From 8d49681960696897bd57ff05e6cfbf921f8c9746 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Eliran Wong Date: Sun, 5 Aug 2018 01:25:46 +0100 Subject: [PATCH] Delete OGNTii.csv --- .../e-Sword/OGNTii.csv | 7941 ----------------- 1 file changed, 7941 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 Modules_for_Bible_Applications/e-Sword/OGNTii.csv diff --git a/Modules_for_Bible_Applications/e-Sword/OGNTii.csv b/Modules_for_Bible_Applications/e-Sword/OGNTii.csv deleted file mode 100644 index 98a07f0..0000000 --- a/Modules_for_Bible_Applications/e-Sword/OGNTii.csv +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7941 +0,0 @@ -40 1 1 ⚐Βίβλος book γενέσεως origin Ἰησοῦ Jesus χριστοῦ Christ υἱοῦ son Δαυὶδ David υἱοῦ son Ἀβραάμ Abraham.

 -40 1 2 ⚐Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἰσαάκ Isaac, ⚐Ἰσαὰκ Isaac δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἰακώβ Jacob, ⚐Ἰακὼβ Jacob δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἰούδαν Judah καὶ and τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother αὐτοῦ of him, -40 1 3 ⚐Ἰούδας Judah δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Φαρὲς Perez καὶ and τὸν the Ζάρα Zerah ἐκ out of τῆς the Θαμάρ Tamar, ⚐Φαρὲς Perez δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἑσρώμ Hezron, ⚐Ἑσρὼμ Hezron δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἀράμ Aram, -40 1 4 ⚐Ἀρὰμ Aram δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἀμιναδάβ Amminadab, ⚐Ἀμιναδὰβ Amminadab δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ναασσών Nahshon, ⚐Ναασσὼν Nahshon δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Σαλμών Salmon, -40 1 5 ⚐Σαλμὼν Salmon δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Βόες Boaz ἐκ out of τῆς the Ῥαχάβ Rahab, ⚐Βόες Boaz δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἰωβὴδ Obed ἐκ out of τῆς the Ῥούθ Ruth, ⚐Ἰωβὴδ Obed δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἰεσσαί Jesse, -40 1 6 ⚐Ἰεσσαὶ Jesse δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Δαυὶδ David τὸν the βασιλέα king.

 ⚐Δαυὶδ David δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Σολομῶνα Solomon ἐκ out of τῆς the τοῦ the Οὐρίου Uriah, -40 1 7 ⚐Σολομὼν Solomon δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ῥοβοάμ Rehoboam, ⚐Ῥοβοὰμ Rehoboam δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἀβιά Abijah, ⚐Ἀβιὰ Abijah δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἀσάφ Asa, -40 1 8 ⚐Ἀσὰφ Asa, δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἰωσαφάτ Jehoshaphat, ⚐Ἰωσαφὰτ Jehoshaphat δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἰωράμ Jehoram, ⚐Ἰωρὰμ Jehoram δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ὀζίαν Uzziah, -40 1 9 ⚐Ὀζίας Uzziah δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἰωαθάμ Jotham, ⚐Ἰωαθὰμ Jotham δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἀχάζ Ahaz, ⚐Ἀχὰζ Ahaz δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἑζεκίαν Hezekiah, -40 1 10 ⚐Ἑζεκίας Hezekiah δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Μανασσῆ Manasseh, ⚐Μανασσῆς Manasseh δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἀμώς Amos, ⚐Ἀμὼς Amos δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἰωσίαν Josiah, -40 1 11 ⚐Ἰωσίας Josiah δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἰεχονίαν Jeconiah καὶ and τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother αὐτοῦ of him ἐπὶ upon τῆς the μετοικεσίας deportation Βαβυλῶνος Babylon.

 -40 1 12 ⚐Μετὰ after δὲ and τὴν the μετοικεσίαν deportation Βαβυλῶνος Babylon Ἰεχονίας Jeconiah ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Σαλαθιήλ Salathiel, ⚐Σαλαθιὴλ Salathiel δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ζοροβαβέλ Zerubbabel, -40 1 13 ⚐Ζοροβαβὲλ Zerubbabel δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἀβιούδ Abiud, ⚐Ἀβιοὺδ Abiud δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἐλιακίμ Eliakim, ⚐Ἐλιακὶμ Eliakim δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἀζώρ Azor, -40 1 14 ⚐Ἀζὼρ Azor δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Σαδώκ Zadok, ⚐Σαδὼκ Zadok δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἀχίμ Akim, ⚐Ἀχὶμ Akim δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἐλιούδ Eliud, -40 1 15 ⚐Ἐλιοὺδ Eliud δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἐλεάζαρ Eleazar, ⚐Ἐλεάζαρ Eleazar δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ματθάν Matthan, ⚐Ματθὰν Matthan δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἰακώβ Jacob, -40 1 16 ⚐Ἰακὼβ Jacob δὲ and ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἰωσὴφ Joseph τὸν who ἄνδρα man Μαρίας Mary, ⚐ἐξ out of ἧς which ἐγεννήθη to beget Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὁ the λεγόμενος to speak χριστός Christ.

 -40 1 17 ⚐Πᾶσαι all οὖν therefore αἱ the γενεαὶ generation ἀπὸ from Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ἕως until Δαυὶδ David γενεαὶ generation δεκατέσσαρες fourteen, ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from Δαυὶδ David ἕως until τῆς the μετοικεσίας deportation Βαβυλῶνος Babylon γενεαὶ generation δεκατέσσαρες fourteen, ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from τῆς the μετοικεσίας deportation Βαβυλῶνος Babylon ἕως until τοῦ the χριστοῦ Christ γενεαὶ generation δεκατέσσαρες fourteen.

 -40 1 18 ⚐Τοῦ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦ Jesus χριστοῦ Christ ἡ the γένεσις origin οὕτως thus(-ly) ἦν to be. ⚐μνηστευθείσης to betroth τῆς the μητρὸς mother αὐτοῦ of him Μαρίας Mary τῷ the Ἰωσήφ Joseph, ⚐πρὶν before ἢ or συνελθεῖν to assemble αὐτοὺς them ⚐εὑρέθη to find ⚐ἐν in γαστρὶ belly ἔχουσα to have ἐκ out of πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy. -40 1 19 ⚐Ἰωσὴφ Joseph δὲ and ὁ the ἀνὴρ man αὐτῆς of her, δίκαιος just ὢν to be ⚐καὶ and μὴ not θέλων to will αὐτὴν her δειγματίσαι to disgrace, ⚐ἐβουλήθη to plan ⚐λάθρᾳ quietly ἀπολῦσαι to release αὐτήν her. -40 1 20 ⚐ταῦτα these δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ἐνθυμηθέντος to reflect on ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἄγγελος angel κυρίου lord κατ᾽ according to ὄναρ dream ἐφάνη to appear αὐτῷ to him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἰωσὴφ Joseph υἱὸς son Δαυίδ David, μὴ not φοβηθῇς to fear ⚐παραλαβεῖν to take Μαρίαν Mary τὴν the γυναῖκά woman σου of you, ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for ἐν in αὐτῇ to her γεννηθὲν to beget ἐκ from πνεύματός spirit ἐστιν to be ἁγίου holy· -40 1 21 ⚐τέξεται to give birth to δὲ and υἱὸν son ⚐καὶ and καλέσεις to call τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐αὐτὸς he γὰρ for σώσει to save τὸν the λαὸν a people αὐτοῦ of him ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἁμαρτιῶν sin αὐτῶν of them. -40 1 22 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and ὅλον all γέγονεν to be ⚐ἵνα in order that πληρωθῇ to fulfill τὸ the ῥηθὲν to say ὑπὸ by κυρίου lord διὰ through τοῦ the προφήτου prophet ⚐λέγοντος to speak· -40 1 23 ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἡ the παρθένος virgin ἐν in γαστρὶ belly ἕξει to have ⚐καὶ and τέξεται to give birth to υἱόν son, ⚐καὶ and καλέσουσιν to call τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him Ἐμμανουήλ Immanuel· ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be μεθερμηνευόμενον to mean ⚐Μεθ᾽ with ἡμῶν of us ὁ the θεός God. -40 1 24 ⚐ἐγερθεὶς to arise δὲ and ὁ the Ἰωσὴφ Joseph ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ὕπνου sleep ⚐ἐποίησεν to do ⚐ὡς as προσέταξεν to order αὐτῷ to him ὁ the ἄγγελος angel κυρίου lord ⚐καὶ and παρέλαβεν to take τὴν the γυναῖκα woman αὐτοῦ of him· -40 1 25 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐγίνωσκεν to know αὐτὴν her ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ἔτεκεν to give birth to υἱόν son· ⚐καὶ and ἐκάλεσεν to call τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him Ἰησοῦν Jesus.

 -40 2 1 ⚐Τοῦ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦ Jesus γεννηθέντος to beget ἐν in Βηθλέεμ Bethlehem τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea ἐν in ἡμέραις day Ἡρῴδου Herod τοῦ the βασιλέως king, ⚐ἰδοὺ look! μάγοι sage ἀπὸ from ἀνατολῶν east παρεγένοντο to come εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem -40 2 2 ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ποῦ where? ἐστιν to be ὁ who τεχθεὶς to give birth to βασιλεὺς king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish; ⚐εἴδομεν to know γὰρ for αὐτοῦ of him τὸν the ἀστέρα star ἐν in τῇ the ἀνατολῇ east ⚐καὶ and ἤλθομεν to come προσκυνῆσαι to worship αὐτῷ to him. -40 2 3 ⚐ἀκούσας to hear δὲ and ὁ the βασιλεὺς king Ἡρῴδης Herod ⚐ἐταράχθη to trouble καὶ and πᾶσα all Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him, -40 2 4 ⚐καὶ and συναγαγὼν to assemble πάντας all τοὺς the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and γραμματεῖς scribe τοῦ the λαοῦ a people ⚐ἐπυνθάνετο to inquire παρ᾽ beside αὐτῶν of them ⚐ποῦ where? ὁ the χριστὸς Christ γεννᾶται to beget. -40 2 5 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἐν in Βηθλέεμ Bethlehem τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea· ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) γὰρ for γέγραπται to write διὰ through τοῦ the προφήτου prophet· -40 2 6 ⚐Καὶ and σύ you, Βηθλέεμ Bethlehem γῆ earth Ἰούδα Judea, οὐδαμῶς by no means ἐλαχίστη least εἶ to be ἐν among τοῖς the ἡγεμόσιν ruler Ἰούδα Judea· ⚐ἐκ out of σοῦ of you γὰρ for ἐξελεύσεται to go out ἡγούμενος to govern, ⚐ὅστις who ποιμανεῖ to shepherd τὸν the λαόν a people μου of me τὸν the Ἰσραήλ Israel.

 -40 2 7 ⚐Τότε then Ἡρῴδης Herod λάθρᾳ quietly καλέσας to call τοὺς the μάγους sage ⚐ἠκρίβωσεν be exactly παρ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them τὸν the χρόνον time τοῦ the φαινομένου to appear ἀστέρος star, -40 2 8 ⚐καὶ and πέμψας to send αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward Βηθλέεμ Bethlehem ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Πορευθέντες to go ⚐ἐξετάσατε to find out ἀκριβῶς exactly περὶ about τοῦ the παιδίου child· ⚐ἐπὰν when δὲ and εὕρητε to find, ⚐ἀπαγγείλατέ to announce μοι to me, ⚐ὅπως that κἀγὼ and I ἐλθὼν to go ⚐προσκυνήσω to worship αὐτῷ to him. -40 2 9 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἀκούσαντες to hear τοῦ the βασιλέως king ⚐ἐπορεύθησαν to go, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ὁ the ἀστὴρ star ὃν which εἶδον to know ἐν in τῇ the ἀνατολῇ east προῆγεν to lead forth αὐτούς them, ⚐ἕως until ἐλθὼν to come ⚐ἐστάθη to stand ἐπάνω above ⚐οὗ where ἦν to be τὸ the παιδίον child. -40 2 10 ⚐ἰδόντες to know δὲ and τὸν the ἀστέρα star ⚐ἐχάρησαν to rejoice χαρὰν joy μεγάλην great σφόδρα very. -40 2 11 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθόντες to come εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house ⚐εἶδον to know τὸ the παιδίον child μετὰ with Μαρίας Mary τῆς the μητρὸς mother αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and πεσόντες to collapse ⚐προσεκύνησαν to worship αὐτῷ to him, ⚐καὶ and ἀνοίξαντες to open τοὺς the θησαυροὺς treasure αὐτῶν of them ⚐προσήνεγκαν to bring to αὐτῷ to him δῶρα gift, χρυσὸν gold καὶ and λίβανον frankincense καὶ and σμύρναν myrrh. -40 2 12 ⚐καὶ and χρηματισθέντες to announce κατ᾽ according to ὄναρ dream ⚐μὴ not ἀνακάμψαι to return πρὸς to Ἡρῴδην Herod ⚐δι᾽ through ἄλλης another ὁδοῦ road ἀνεχώρησαν to leave εἰς toward τὴν the χώραν country αὐτῶν of them.

 -40 2 13 ⚐Ἀναχωρησάντων to leave δὲ and αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἄγγελος angel κυρίου lord φαίνεται to appear κατ᾽ according to ὄναρ dream τῷ the Ἰωσὴφ Joseph ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἐγερθεὶς to arise ⚐παράλαβε to take τὸ the παιδίον child καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and φεῦγε to flee εἰς toward Αἴγυπτον Egypt, ⚐καὶ and ἴσθι to be ἐκεῖ there ⚐ἕως until ἂν if εἴπω to say σοι to you· ⚐μέλλει be about to γὰρ for Ἡρῴδης Herod ζητεῖν to seek τὸ the παιδίον child ⚐τοῦ the ἀπολέσαι to destroy αὐτό it. -40 2 14 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἐγερθεὶς to arise ⚐παρέλαβεν to take τὸ the παιδίον child καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother αὐτοῦ of him νυκτὸς night ⚐καὶ and ἀνεχώρησεν to leave εἰς toward Αἴγυπτον Egypt, -40 2 15 ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ἐκεῖ there ἕως until τῆς the τελευτῆς death Ἡρῴδου Herod· ⚐ἵνα in order that πληρωθῇ to fulfill τὸ the ῥηθὲν to say ὑπὸ by κυρίου lord διὰ through τοῦ the προφήτου prophet ⚐λέγοντος to speak· ⚐Ἐξ out of Αἰγύπτου Egypt ἐκάλεσα to call τὸν the υἱόν son μου of me.

 -40 2 16 ⚐Τότε then Ἡρῴδης Herod ἰδὼν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐνεπαίχθη to mock ὑπὸ by τῶν the μάγων sage ⚐ἐθυμώθη to anger λίαν greatly, ⚐καὶ and ἀποστείλας to send ⚐ἀνεῖλεν to do away with πάντας all τοὺς the παῖδας child τοὺς the ἐν in Βηθλέεμ Bethlehem καὶ and ἐν in πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ὁρίοις region αὐτῆς of her ⚐ἀπὸ from διετοῦς two years old καὶ and κατωτέρω lower, κατὰ according to τὸν the χρόνον time ⚐ὃν which ἠκρίβωσεν be exactly παρὰ from τῶν the μάγων sage. -40 2 17 ⚐τότε then ἐπληρώθη to fulfill τὸ the ῥηθὲν to say διὰ through Ἰερεμίου Jeremiah τοῦ the προφήτου prophet ⚐λέγοντος to speak· -40 2 18 ⚐Φωνὴ voice ἐν in Ῥαμὰ Ramah ἠκούσθη to hear, κλαυθμὸς weeping καὶ and ὀδυρμὸς mourning πολύς much· ⚐Ῥαχὴλ Rachel κλαίουσα to weep τὰ the τέκνα child αὐτῆς of her, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἤθελεν to will παρακληθῆναι to comfort ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no εἰσίν to be.

 -40 2 19 ⚐Τελευτήσαντος to die δὲ and τοῦ the Ἡρῴδου Herod ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἄγγελος angel κυρίου lord φαίνεται to appear κατ᾽ according to ὄναρ dream τῷ the Ἰωσὴφ Joseph ἐν in Αἰγύπτῳ Egypt -40 2 20 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἐγερθεὶς to arise ⚐παράλαβε to take τὸ the παιδίον child καὶ and τὴν who μητέρα mother αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and πορεύου to go εἰς toward γῆν earth Ἰσραήλ Israel, ⚐τεθνήκασιν to be dead γὰρ for οἱ the ζητοῦντες to seek τὴν the ψυχὴν soul τοῦ the παιδίου child. -40 2 21 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἐγερθεὶς to arise ⚐παρέλαβεν to take τὸ the παιδίον child καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward γῆν earth Ἰσραήλ Israel. -40 2 22 ⚐ἀκούσας to hear δὲ but ⚐ὅτι that Ἀρχέλαος Archelaus βασιλεύει to reign τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea ἀντὶ for τοῦ the πατρὸς father αὐτοῦ of him Ἡρῴδου Herod ⚐ἐφοβήθη to fear ⚐ἐκεῖ there ἀπελθεῖν to go away· ⚐χρηματισθεὶς to announce δὲ and κατ᾽ according to ὄναρ dream ⚐ἀνεχώρησεν to leave εἰς toward τὰ the μέρη part τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee, -40 2 23 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὼν to come ⚐κατῴκησεν to dwell εἰς toward πόλιν city λεγομένην to speak Ναζαρέτ Nazareth, ⚐ὅπως that πληρωθῇ to fulfill τὸ the ῥηθὲν to say διὰ through τῶν the προφητῶν prophet ⚐ὅτι that Ναζωραῖος Nazarene κληθήσεται to call.

 -40 3 1 ⚐Ἐν in δὲ and ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ἐκείναις that παραγίνεται to come Ἰωάννης John ὁ the βαπτιστὴς one who baptizes ⚐κηρύσσων to preach ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea -40 3 2 ⚐καὶ and λέγων to speak· ⚐Μετανοεῖτε to repent, ⚐ἤγγικεν to come near γὰρ for ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven. -40 3 3 ⚐οὗτος this γάρ for ἐστιν to be ὁ the ῥηθεὶς to say διὰ through Ἠσαΐου Isaiah τοῦ who προφήτου prophet ⚐λέγοντος to speak· ⚐Φωνὴ voice βοῶντος to cry out ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted· ⚐Ἑτοιμάσατε to make ready τὴν the ὁδὸν road κυρίου lord, ⚐εὐθείας straight ποιεῖτε to make τὰς the τρίβους path αὐτοῦ of him. -40 3 4 ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ and ὁ the Ἰωάννης John εἶχεν to have τὸ the ἔνδυμα clothing αὐτοῦ of him ἀπὸ from τριχῶν hair καμήλου camel ⚐καὶ and ζώνην belt δερματίνην made of leather περὶ about τὴν the ὀσφὺν loins αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἡ the δὲ and τροφὴ food ἦν to be αὐτοῦ of him ἀκρίδες locust καὶ and μέλι honey ἄγριον wild. -40 3 5 ⚐τότε then ἐξεπορεύετο to go out πρὸς to αὐτὸν him Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem καὶ and πᾶσα all ἡ the Ἰουδαία Judea καὶ and πᾶσα all ἡ the περίχωρος surrounding region τοῦ the Ἰορδάνου Jordan, -40 3 6 ⚐καὶ and ἐβαπτίζοντο to baptize ἐν in τῷ the Ἰορδάνῃ Jordan ποταμῷ river ὑπ᾽ by αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐξομολογούμενοι to agree τὰς the ἁμαρτίας sin αὐτῶν of them.

 -40 3 7 ⚐Ἰδὼν to know δὲ but πολλοὺς much τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee καὶ and Σαδδουκαίων Sadducee ⚐ἐρχομένους to come ἐπὶ to τὸ the βάπτισμα baptism αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Γεννήματα offspring ἐχιδνῶν snake, τίς which? ὑπέδειξεν to show ὑμῖν to you ⚐φυγεῖν to flee ἀπὸ from τῆς the μελλούσης be about to ὀργῆς wrath; -40 3 8 ⚐ποιήσατε to make οὖν therefore καρπὸν fruit ἄξιον worthy τῆς the μετανοίας repentance -40 3 9 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not δόξητε to think λέγειν to speak ἐν in ἑαυτοῖς yourself· ⚐Πατέρα father ἔχομεν to have τὸν the Ἀβραάμ Abraham, ⚐λέγω to speak γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that δύναται be able ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐ἐκ from τῶν the λίθων stone τούτων of these ἐγεῖραι to arise τέκνα child τῷ the Ἀβραάμ Abraham. -40 3 10 ⚐ἤδη already δὲ and ἡ the ἀξίνη axe πρὸς to τὴν the ῥίζαν root τῶν the δένδρων tree κεῖται to lay· ⚐πᾶν all οὖν then δένδρον tree μὴ not ποιοῦν to create καρπὸν fruit καλὸν good ἐκκόπτεται to cut off ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward πῦρ fire βάλλεται to throw.

 -40 3 11 ⚐Ἐγὼ I μὲν on the other hand ὑμᾶς you βαπτίζω to baptize ἐν with ὕδατι water εἰς toward μετάνοιαν repentance· ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ὀπίσω after μου of me ἐρχόμενος to come ἰσχυρότερός strong μού of me ἐστιν to be, ⚐οὗ which οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἱκανὸς sufficient ⚐τὰ the ὑποδήματα sandal βαστάσαι to carry· ⚐αὐτὸς he ὑμᾶς you βαπτίσει to baptize ἐν with πνεύματι spirit ἁγίῳ holy καὶ and πυρί fire· -40 3 12 ⚐οὗ which τὸ the πτύον winnowing fork ἐν in τῇ the χειρὶ hand αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and διακαθαριεῖ to clear out τὴν the ἅλωνα threshing-floor αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and συνάξει to assemble τὸν the σῖτον grain αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὴν the ἀποθήκην storehouse, ⚐τὸ the δὲ but ἄχυρον chaff κατακαύσει to burn πυρὶ fire ἀσβέστῳ unquenchable.

 -40 3 13 ⚐Τότε then παραγίνεται to come ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀπὸ from τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee ἐπὶ upon τὸν the Ἰορδάνην Jordan πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰωάννην John ⚐τοῦ the βαπτισθῆναι to baptize ὑπ᾽ by αὐτοῦ of him. -40 3 14 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰωάννης John διεκώλυεν to hinder αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἐγὼ I χρείαν need ἔχω to have ⚐ὑπὸ by σοῦ of you βαπτισθῆναι to baptize, ⚐καὶ and σὺ you ἔρχῃ to come πρός to με me; -40 3 15 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Ἄφες to release ἄρτι now, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) γὰρ for πρέπον be proper ἐστὶν to be ἡμῖν to us ⚐πληρῶσαι to fulfill πᾶσαν all δικαιοσύνην righteousness. ⚐τότε then ἀφίησιν to release αὐτόν him. -40 3 16 ⚐βαπτισθεὶς to baptize δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εὐθὺς immediately ἀνέβη to ascend ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ὕδατος water· ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἠνεῴχθησαν to open αὐτῷ to him οἱ the οὐρανοί heaven, ⚐καὶ and εἶδεν to know τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καταβαῖνον to come down ὡσεὶ like περιστερὰν dove ⚐καὶ and ἐρχόμενον to come ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτόν him· -40 3 17 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! φωνὴ voice ἐκ from τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven ⚐λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the υἱός son μου of me ὁ the ἀγαπητός beloved, ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which εὐδόκησα to delight.

 -40 4 1 ⚐Τότε then ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀνήχθη to lead εἰς toward τὴν the ἔρημον deserted ὑπὸ by τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit, ⚐πειρασθῆναι to tempt ὑπὸ by τοῦ the διαβόλου the Devil. -40 4 2 ⚐καὶ and νηστεύσας to fast ἡμέρας day τεσσεράκοντα forty καὶ and νύκτας night τεσσεράκοντα forty ⚐ὕστερον later ἐπείνασεν to hunger. -40 4 3 ⚐καὶ and προσελθὼν to come near ὁ the πειράζων to tempt ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Εἰ if υἱὸς son εἶ to be τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐εἰπὲ to say ⚐ἵνα in order that οἱ the λίθοι stone οὗτοι these ἄρτοι bread γένωνται to be. -40 4 4 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say· ⚐Γέγραπται to write· ⚐Οὐκ no ἐπ᾽ upon ἄρτῳ bread μόνῳ alone ζήσεται to live ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπὶ upon παντὶ all ῥήματι word ⚐ἐκπορευομένῳ to come out διὰ through στόματος mouth θεοῦ God.

 -40 4 5 ⚐Τότε then παραλαμβάνει to take αὐτὸν him ὁ the διάβολος the Devil εἰς toward τὴν the ἁγίαν holy πόλιν city, ⚐καὶ and ἔστησεν to stand αὐτὸν him ἐπὶ on τὸ the πτερύγιον pinnacle τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple, -40 4 6 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Εἰ if υἱὸς son εἶ to be τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐βάλε to throw σεαυτὸν yourself κάτω under· ⚐γέγραπται to write γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that Τοῖς the ἀγγέλοις angel αὐτοῦ of him ἐντελεῖται to order περὶ about σοῦ of you ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ upon χειρῶν hand ἀροῦσίν to take up σε you, ⚐μήποτε lest προσκόψῃς to strike πρὸς to λίθον stone τὸν the πόδα foot σου of you. -40 4 7 ⚐ἔφη to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Πάλιν again γέγραπται to write· ⚐Οὐκ no ἐκπειράσεις to test κύριον lord τὸν the θεόν God σου of you.

 -40 4 8 ⚐Πάλιν again παραλαμβάνει to take αὐτὸν him ὁ the διάβολος the Devil εἰς toward ὄρος mountain ὑψηλὸν high λίαν greatly, ⚐καὶ and δείκνυσιν to show αὐτῷ to him πάσας all τὰς the βασιλείας kingdom τοῦ the κόσμου world καὶ and τὴν the δόξαν glory αὐτῶν of them -40 4 9 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ταῦτά these σοι to you πάντα all δώσω to give, ⚐ἐὰν if πεσὼν to collapse ⚐προσκυνήσῃς to worship μοι to me. -40 4 10 ⚐τότε then λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ὕπαγε to go, Σατανᾶ Satan· ⚐γέγραπται to write γάρ for· ⚐Κύριον lord τὸν the θεόν God σου of you προσκυνήσεις to worship ⚐καὶ and αὐτῷ to him μόνῳ alone λατρεύσεις to minister. -40 4 11 ⚐τότε then ἀφίησιν to release αὐτὸν him ὁ the διάβολος the Devil, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἄγγελοι angel προσῆλθον to come near ⚐καὶ and διηκόνουν to serve αὐτῷ to him.

 -40 4 12 ⚐Ἀκούσας to hear δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that Ἰωάννης John παρεδόθη to deliver ⚐ἀνεχώρησεν to leave εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee. -40 4 13 ⚐καὶ and καταλιπὼν to leave τὴν the Ναζαρὰ Nazareth ⚐ἐλθὼν to go ⚐κατῴκησεν to dwell εἰς toward Καφαρναοὺμ Capernaum τὴν the παραθαλασσίαν seaside ἐν in ὁρίοις region Ζαβουλὼν Zebulun καὶ and Νεφθαλίμ Naphtali· -40 4 14 ⚐ἵνα in order that πληρωθῇ to fulfill τὸ the ῥηθὲν to say διὰ through Ἠσαΐου Isaiah τοῦ the προφήτου prophet ⚐λέγοντος to speak· -40 4 15 ⚐Γῆ earth Ζαβουλὼν Zebulun καὶ and γῆ earth Νεφθαλίμ Naphtali, ὁδὸν road θαλάσσης sea, πέραν other side τοῦ the Ἰορδάνου Jordan, Γαλιλαία Galilee τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles, -40 4 16 ⚐ὁ the λαὸς a people ὁ who καθήμενος to sit ἐν in σκότει darkness φῶς light εἶδεν to know μέγα great, ⚐καὶ and τοῖς who καθημένοις to sit ἐν in χώρᾳ country καὶ and σκιᾷ shadow θανάτου death φῶς light ἀνέτειλεν to rise αὐτοῖς to them. -40 4 17 ⚐Ἀπὸ from τότε then ἤρξατο be first ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus κηρύσσειν to preach καὶ and λέγειν to speak· ⚐Μετανοεῖτε to repent, ⚐ἤγγικεν to come near γὰρ for ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven.

 -40 4 18 ⚐Περιπατῶν to walk δὲ and παρὰ beside τὴν the θάλασσαν sea τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee ⚐εἶδεν to know δύο two ἀδελφούς brother, Σίμωνα Simon τὸν the λεγόμενον to speak Πέτρον Peter καὶ and Ἀνδρέαν Andrew τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐βάλλοντας to throw ἀμφίβληστρον net εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea, ⚐ἦσαν to be γὰρ for ἁλιεῖς fisherman· -40 4 19 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Δεῦτε come ὀπίσω after μου of me, ⚐καὶ and ποιήσω to make ὑμᾶς you ἁλιεῖς fisherman ἀνθρώπων a human. -40 4 20 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εὐθέως immediately ἀφέντες to release τὰ the δίκτυα net ⚐ἠκολούθησαν to follow αὐτῷ to him. -40 4 21 ⚐Καὶ and προβὰς to advance ἐκεῖθεν from there ⚐εἶδεν to know ἄλλους another δύο two ἀδελφούς brother, Ἰάκωβον James τὸν the τοῦ the Ζεβεδαίου Zebedee καὶ and Ἰωάννην John τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἐν in τῷ the πλοίῳ boat μετὰ with Ζεβεδαίου Zebedee τοῦ the πατρὸς father αὐτῶν of them ⚐καταρτίζοντας to complete τὰ the δίκτυα net αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and ἐκάλεσεν to call αὐτούς them. -40 4 22 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εὐθέως immediately ἀφέντες to release τὸ the πλοῖον boat καὶ and τὸν the πατέρα father αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἠκολούθησαν to follow αὐτῷ to him.

 -40 4 23 ⚐Καὶ and περιῆγεν to go around ἐν in ὅλῃ all τῇ the Γαλιλαίᾳ Galilee, ⚐διδάσκων to teach ἐν among ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and κηρύσσων to preach τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom ⚐καὶ and θεραπεύων to heal πᾶσαν all νόσον illness καὶ and πᾶσαν all μαλακίαν sickness ἐν in τῷ the λαῷ a people. -40 4 24 ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθεν to go away ἡ the ἀκοὴ hearing αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward ὅλην all τὴν the Συρίαν Syria· ⚐καὶ and προσήνεγκαν to bring to αὐτῷ to him πάντας all τοὺς who κακῶς badly ἔχοντας to have ⚐ποικίλαις various νόσοις illness καὶ and βασάνοις torment συνεχομένους to suffer from, ⚐καὶ and δαιμονιζομένους be demonised καὶ and σεληνιαζομένους be epileptic καὶ and παραλυτικούς paralytic, ⚐καὶ and ἐθεράπευσεν to heal αὐτούς them. -40 4 25 ⚐καὶ and ἠκολούθησαν to follow αὐτῷ to him ὄχλοι crowd πολλοὶ much ἀπὸ from τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee καὶ and Δεκαπόλεως Decapolis καὶ and Ἱεροσολύμων Jerusalem καὶ and Ἰουδαίας Judea καὶ and πέραν other side τοῦ the Ἰορδάνου Jordan.

 -40 5 1 ⚐Ἰδὼν to know δὲ and τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd ⚐ἀνέβη to ascend εἰς toward τὸ the ὄρος mountain· ⚐καὶ and καθίσαντος to sit αὐτοῦ of him ⚐προσῆλθαν to come near αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him· -40 5 2 ⚐καὶ and ἀνοίξας to open τὸ the στόμα mouth αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐδίδασκεν to teach αὐτοὺς them ⚐λέγων to speak·

 -40 5 3 ⚐Μακάριοι blessed οἱ the πτωχοὶ poor τῷ the πνεύματι spirit, ⚐ὅτι since αὐτῶν of them ἐστιν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven.

 -40 5 4 ⚐μακάριοι blessed οἱ who πενθοῦντες to mourn, ⚐ὅτι since αὐτοὶ they παρακληθήσονται to comfort.

 -40 5 5 ⚐μακάριοι blessed οἱ the πραεῖς gentle, ⚐ὅτι since αὐτοὶ they κληρονομήσουσιν to inherit τὴν the γῆν earth.

 -40 5 6 ⚐μακάριοι blessed οἱ who πεινῶντες to hunger καὶ and διψῶντες to thirst τὴν the δικαιοσύνην righteousness, ⚐ὅτι since αὐτοὶ they χορτασθήσονται to feed.

 -40 5 7 ⚐μακάριοι blessed οἱ the ἐλεήμονες merciful, ⚐ὅτι since αὐτοὶ they ἐλεηθήσονται to have mercy.

 -40 5 8 ⚐μακάριοι blessed οἱ the καθαροὶ clean τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart, ⚐ὅτι since αὐτοὶ they τὸν the θεὸν God ὄψονται to see.

 -40 5 9 ⚐μακάριοι blessed οἱ the εἰρηνοποιοί peacemaker, ⚐ὅτι since αὐτοὶ they υἱοὶ son θεοῦ God κληθήσονται to call.

 -40 5 10 ⚐μακάριοι blessed οἱ who δεδιωγμένοι to pursue ἕνεκεν because of δικαιοσύνης righteousness, ⚐ὅτι since αὐτῶν of them ἐστιν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven.

 -40 5 11 ⚐μακάριοί blessed ἐστε to be ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ὀνειδίσωσιν to revile ὑμᾶς you ⚐καὶ and διώξωσιν to pursue ⚐καὶ and εἴπωσιν to say πᾶν all πονηρὸν evil καθ᾽ according to ὑμῶν of you ⚐ψευδόμενοι to lie ἕνεκεν because of ἐμοῦ of me. -40 5 12 ⚐χαίρετε to rejoice καὶ and ἀγαλλιᾶσθε to rejoice, ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the μισθὸς wage ὑμῶν of you πολὺς much ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven· ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) γὰρ for ἐδίωξαν to pursue τοὺς the προφήτας prophet τοὺς the πρὸ before ὑμῶν of you.

 -40 5 13 ⚐Ὑμεῖς you ἐστε to be τὸ the ἅλας salt τῆς the γῆς earth· ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but τὸ the ἅλας salt μωρανθῇ to make insipid, ⚐ἐν in τίνι which? ἁλισθήσεται to salt; ⚐εἰς toward οὐδὲν no one ἰσχύει be strong ἔτι still ⚐εἰ if μὴ not βληθὲν to throw ἔξω out ⚐καταπατεῖσθαι to trample ὑπὸ under τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human.

 -40 5 14 ⚐Ὑμεῖς you ἐστε to be τὸ the φῶς light τοῦ the κόσμου world. ⚐οὐ no δύναται be able πόλις city ⚐κρυβῆναι to hide ⚐ἐπάνω above ὄρους mountain κειμένη to lay· -40 5 15 ⚐οὐδὲ and not καίουσιν to kindle λύχνον lamp ⚐καὶ and τιθέασιν to place αὐτὸν him ὑπὸ under τὸν the μόδιον bucket ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπὶ on τὴν the λυχνίαν lampstand, ⚐καὶ and λάμπει to shine πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house. -40 5 16 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) λαμψάτω to shine τὸ the φῶς light ὑμῶν of you ἔμπροσθεν before τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐ὅπως that ἴδωσιν to know ὑμῶν of you τὰ the καλὰ good ἔργα work ⚐καὶ and δοξάσωσιν to glorify τὸν the πατέρα father ὑμῶν of you τὸν the ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven.

 -40 5 17 ⚐Μὴ not νομίσητε to think ⚐ὅτι that ἦλθον to come καταλῦσαι to destroy τὸν the νόμον law ἢ or τοὺς the προφήτας prophet· ⚐οὐκ no ἦλθον to come καταλῦσαι to destroy ⚐ἀλλὰ but πληρῶσαι to fulfill· -40 5 18 ⚐ἀμὴν amen γὰρ for λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἕως until ἂν if παρέλθῃ to pass by ὁ the οὐρανὸς heaven καὶ and ἡ the γῆ earth, ⚐ἰῶτα iota ἓν one ἢ or μία one κεραία tittle οὐ no μὴ not παρέλθῃ to pass by ἀπὸ from τοῦ the νόμου law, ⚐ἕως until ἂν if πάντα all γένηται to be. -40 5 19 ⚐ὃς which ἐὰν if οὖν therefore λύσῃ to loose μίαν one τῶν the ἐντολῶν commandment τούτων of these τῶν the ἐλαχίστων least ⚐καὶ and διδάξῃ to teach οὕτως thus(-ly) τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human, ⚐ἐλάχιστος least κληθήσεται to call ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven· ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ but ἂν if ποιήσῃ to do καὶ and διδάξῃ to teach, ⚐οὗτος this μέγας great κληθήσεται to call ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven. -40 5 20 ⚐λέγω to speak γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ἐὰν if μὴ not περισσεύσῃ to exceed ὑμῶν of you ἡ the δικαιοσύνη righteousness πλεῖον greater τῶν the γραμματέων scribe καὶ and Φαρισαίων Pharisee, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not εἰσέλθητε to enter εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven.

 -40 5 21 ⚐Ἠκούσατε to hear ⚐ὅτι that ἐρρέθη to say τοῖς the ἀρχαίοις ancient· ⚐Οὐ no φονεύσεις to murder· ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ and ἂν if φονεύσῃ to murder, ἔνοχος liable for ἔσται to be τῇ the κρίσει judgment. -40 5 22 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that πᾶς all ὁ who ὀργιζόμενος to anger τῷ the ἀδελφῷ brother αὐτοῦ of him ἔνοχος liable for ἔσται to be τῇ the κρίσει judgment· ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ and ἂν if εἴπῃ to say τῷ the ἀδελφῷ brother αὐτοῦ of him· Ῥακά Raca, ἔνοχος liable for ἔσται to be τῷ the συνεδρίῳ council· ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ and ἂν if εἴπῃ to say· Μωρέ foolish, ἔνοχος liable for ἔσται to be εἰς toward τὴν the γέενναν Gehenna τοῦ the πυρός fire. -40 5 23 ⚐ἐὰν if οὖν then προσφέρῃς to bring to τὸ the δῶρόν gift σου of you ἐπὶ to τὸ the θυσιαστήριον altar ⚐κἀκεῖ and there μνησθῇς to remember ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the ἀδελφός brother σου of you ἔχει to have τι one κατὰ according to σοῦ of you, -40 5 24 ⚐ἄφες to release ἐκεῖ there τὸ the δῶρόν gift σου of you ἔμπροσθεν before τοῦ the θυσιαστηρίου altar ⚐καὶ and ὕπαγε to go ⚐πρῶτον first διαλλάγηθι be reconciled τῷ the ἀδελφῷ brother σου of you, ⚐καὶ and τότε then ἐλθὼν to come πρόσφερε to bring to τὸ the δῶρόν gift σου of you. -40 5 25 ⚐ἴσθι to be εὐνοῶν to reconcile τῷ the ἀντιδίκῳ opponent σου of you ταχὺ quick ⚐ἕως until ὅτου which εἶ to be μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road, ⚐μήποτέ lest σε you παραδῷ to deliver ὁ the ἀντίδικος opponent τῷ the κριτῇ judge, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the κριτὴς judge τῷ the ὑπηρέτῃ servant, ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward φυλακὴν prison βληθήσῃ to throw· -40 5 26 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak σοι to you, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not ἐξέλθῃς to go out ἐκεῖθεν from there ⚐ἕως until ἂν if ἀποδῷς to pay τὸν the ἔσχατον last κοδράντην penny.

 -40 5 27 ⚐Ἠκούσατε to hear ⚐ὅτι that ἐρρέθη to say· ⚐Οὐ no μοιχεύσεις to commit adultery. -40 5 28 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that πᾶς all ὁ the βλέπων to see γυναῖκα woman πρὸς to τὸ the ἐπιθυμῆσαι to long for αὐτὴν her ἤδη already ἐμοίχευσεν to commit adultery αὐτὴν her ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart αὐτοῦ of him. -40 5 29 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and ὁ the ὀφθαλμός eye σου of you ὁ the δεξιὸς right σκανδαλίζει to cause to stumble σε you, ⚐ἔξελε to take out αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and βάλε to throw ἀπὸ from σοῦ of you, ⚐συμφέρει to be profitable γάρ for σοι to you ⚐ἵνα in order to ἀπόληται to destroy ἓν one τῶν the μελῶν member σου of you ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ὅλον all τὸ the σῶμά body σου of you βληθῇ to throw εἰς toward γέενναν Gehenna. -40 5 30 ⚐καὶ and εἰ if ἡ the δεξιά right σου of you χεὶρ hand σκανδαλίζει to cause to stumble σε you, ⚐ἔκκοψον to cut off αὐτὴν her ⚐καὶ and βάλε to throw ἀπὸ from σοῦ of you, ⚐συμφέρει to be profitable γάρ for σοι to you ⚐ἵνα in order to ἀπόληται to destroy ἓν one τῶν the μελῶν member σου of you ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ὅλον all τὸ the σῶμά body σου of you εἰς toward γέενναν Gehenna ἀπέλθῃ to go away.

 -40 5 31 ⚐Ἐρρέθη to say δέ and· ⚐Ὃς which ἂν if ἀπολύσῃ to release τὴν the γυναῖκα woman αὐτοῦ of him, δότω to give αὐτῇ to her ἀποστάσιον divorce. -40 5 32 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that πᾶς all ὁ who ἀπολύων to release τὴν the γυναῖκα woman αὐτοῦ of him παρεκτὸς except λόγου word πορνείας sexual sin ποιεῖ to make αὐτὴν her ⚐μοιχευθῆναι to commit adultery, ⚐καὶ and ὃς which ἐὰν if ἀπολελυμένην to leave γαμήσῃ to marry μοιχᾶται to commit adultery.

 -40 5 33 ⚐Πάλιν again ἠκούσατε to hear ⚐ὅτι that ἐρρέθη to say τοῖς the ἀρχαίοις ancient· ⚐Οὐκ no ἐπιορκήσεις to break an oath, ⚐ἀποδώσεις to pay δὲ but τῷ the κυρίῳ lord τοὺς the ὅρκους oath σου of you. -40 5 34 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐μὴ not ὀμόσαι to swear ὅλως at all· ⚐μήτε neither ἐν by τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven, ⚐ὅτι since θρόνος throne ἐστὶν to be τοῦ the θεοῦ God· -40 5 35 ⚐μήτε neither ἐν by τῇ the γῇ earth, ⚐ὅτι since ὑποπόδιόν footstool ἐστιν to be τῶν the ποδῶν foot αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐μήτε neither εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem, ⚐ὅτι since πόλις city ἐστὶν to be τοῦ the μεγάλου great βασιλέως king· -40 5 36 ⚐μήτε neither ἐν by τῇ the κεφαλῇ head σου of you ὀμόσῃς to swear, ⚐ὅτι since οὐ no δύνασαι be able ⚐μίαν one τρίχα hair λευκὴν white ποιῆσαι to make ἢ or μέλαιναν black. -40 5 37 ⚐ἔστω to be δὲ and ὁ the λόγος word ὑμῶν of you ναὶ yes ναί yes, οὒ no οὔ no· ⚐τὸ the δὲ and περισσὸν excessive τούτων of these ἐκ from τοῦ the πονηροῦ evil ἐστιν to be.

 -40 5 38 ⚐Ἠκούσατε to hear ⚐ὅτι that ἐρρέθη to say· ⚐Ὀφθαλμὸν eye ἀντὶ for ὀφθαλμοῦ eye καὶ and ὀδόντα tooth ἀντὶ for ὀδόντος tooth. -40 5 39 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐μὴ not ἀντιστῆναι to oppose τῷ the πονηρῷ evil· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅστις who σε you ῥαπίζει to slap εἰς toward τὴν the δεξιὰν right σιαγόνα cheek σου of you, ⚐στρέψον to turn αὐτῷ to him καὶ and τὴν the ἄλλην another· -40 5 40 ⚐καὶ and τῷ the θέλοντί to will σοι to you κριθῆναι to judge καὶ and τὸν the χιτῶνά tunic σου of you λαβεῖν to take, ⚐ἄφες to release αὐτῷ to him καὶ and τὸ the ἱμάτιον clothing· -40 5 41 ⚐καὶ and ὅστις who σε you ἀγγαρεύσει to force μίλιον mile ἕν one, ⚐ὕπαγε to go μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him δύο two. -40 5 42 ⚐τῷ who αἰτοῦντί to ask σε you δός to give, ⚐καὶ and τὸν who θέλοντα to will ἀπὸ from σοῦ of you δανίσασθαι to borrow μὴ not ἀποστραφῇς to turn away.

 -40 5 43 ⚐Ἠκούσατε to hear ⚐ὅτι that ἐρρέθη to say· ⚐Ἀγαπήσεις to love τὸν the πλησίον neighbor σου of you ⚐καὶ and μισήσεις to hate τὸν the ἐχθρόν enemy σου of you. -40 5 44 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀγαπᾶτε to love τοὺς who ἐχθροὺς enemy ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and προσεύχεσθε to pray ὑπὲρ for τῶν the διωκόντων to pursue ὑμᾶς you· -40 5 45 ⚐ὅπως that γένησθε to be υἱοὶ son τοῦ the πατρὸς father ὑμῶν of you τοῦ the ἐν in οὐρανοῖς heaven, ⚐ὅτι since τὸν the ἥλιον sun αὐτοῦ of him ἀνατέλλει to rise ἐπὶ on πονηροὺς evil καὶ and ἀγαθοὺς good-doer ⚐καὶ and βρέχει to rain down ἐπὶ on δικαίους just καὶ and ἀδίκους unjust. -40 5 46 ⚐ἐὰν if γὰρ for ἀγαπήσητε to love τοὺς who ἀγαπῶντας to love ὑμᾶς you, ⚐τίνα which? μισθὸν wage ἔχετε to have; ⚐οὐχὶ not καὶ and οἱ the τελῶναι tax collector τὸ the αὐτὸ it ποιοῦσιν to do; -40 5 47 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if ἀσπάσησθε to pay respects to τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother ὑμῶν of you μόνον alone, ⚐τί which? περισσὸν excessive ποιεῖτε to do; ⚐οὐχὶ not καὶ and οἱ the ἐθνικοὶ Gentile τὸ the αὐτὸ it ποιοῦσιν to do; -40 5 48 ⚐Ἔσεσθε to be οὖν then ὑμεῖς you τέλειοι perfect ⚐ὡς as ὁ the πατὴρ father ὑμῶν of you ὁ the οὐράνιος heavenly τέλειός perfect ἐστιν to be.

 -40 6 1 ⚐Προσέχετε to watch out δὲ and ⚐τὴν the δικαιοσύνην righteousness ὑμῶν of you μὴ not ποιεῖν to do ἔμπροσθεν before τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human ⚐πρὸς to τὸ the θεαθῆναι to see αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐εἰ if δὲ and μή not γε not, ⚐μισθὸν wage οὐκ no ἔχετε to have παρὰ with τῷ the πατρὶ father ὑμῶν of you τῷ the ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven.

 -40 6 2 ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) οὖν therefore ποιῇς to do ἐλεημοσύνην charity, ⚐μὴ not σαλπίσῃς to sound a trumpet ἔμπροσθέν before σου of you, ⚐ὥσπερ just as οἱ the ὑποκριταὶ hypocrite ποιοῦσιν to do ἐν in ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue καὶ and ἐν on ταῖς the ῥύμαις lane, ⚐ὅπως that δοξασθῶσιν to glorify ὑπὸ by τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human· ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀπέχουσιν to have in full τὸν the μισθὸν wage αὐτῶν of them. -40 6 3 ⚐σοῦ of you δὲ but ποιοῦντος to do ἐλεημοσύνην charity ⚐μὴ not γνώτω to know ἡ the ἀριστερά left σου of you ⚐τί which? ποιεῖ to do ἡ the δεξιά right σου of you, -40 6 4 ⚐ὅπως that ᾖ to be σου of you ἡ who ἐλεημοσύνη charity ἐν in τῷ the κρυπτῷ hidden· ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πατήρ father σου of you ὁ the βλέπων to see ἐν in τῷ the κρυπτῷ hidden ἀποδώσει to pay σοι to you.

 -40 6 5 ⚐Καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) προσεύχησθε to pray, ⚐οὐκ no ἔσεσθε to be ὡς as οἱ the ὑποκριταί hypocrite· ⚐ὅτι since φιλοῦσιν to love ⚐ἐν in ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue καὶ and ἐν on ταῖς the γωνίαις corner τῶν the πλατειῶν wide ἑστῶτες to stand προσεύχεσθαι to pray, ⚐ὅπως that φανῶσιν to appear τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human· ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀπέχουσιν to have in full τὸν the μισθὸν wage αὐτῶν of them. -40 6 6 ⚐σὺ you δὲ but ὅταν when(-ever) προσεύχῃ to pray, ⚐εἴσελθε to enter εἰς toward τὸ the ταμεῖόν inner room σου of you ⚐καὶ and κλείσας to shut τὴν who θύραν door σου of you ⚐πρόσευξαι to pray τῷ the πατρί father σου of you τῷ the ἐν in τῷ the κρυπτῷ hidden· ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πατήρ father σου of you ὁ the βλέπων to see ἐν in τῷ the κρυπτῷ hidden ἀποδώσει to pay σοι to you.

 -40 6 7 ⚐Προσευχόμενοι to pray δὲ and ⚐μὴ not βατταλογήσητε to babble ὥσπερ just as οἱ the ἐθνικοί Gentile, ⚐δοκοῦσιν to think γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that ἐν by τῇ the πολυλογίᾳ wordiness αὐτῶν of them εἰσακουσθήσονται to listen to· -40 6 8 ⚐μὴ not οὖν therefore ὁμοιωθῆτε to liken αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐οἶδεν to know γὰρ for ὁ the πατὴρ father ὑμῶν of you ⚐ὧν which χρείαν need ἔχετε to have ⚐πρὸ before τοῦ the ὑμᾶς you αἰτῆσαι to ask αὐτόν him.

 -40 6 9 ⚐Οὕτως thus(-ly) οὖν therefore προσεύχεσθε to pray ὑμεῖς you· ⚐Πάτερ father ἡμῶν of us ὁ the ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven· ⚐ἁγιασθήτω to sanctify τὸ the ὄνομά name σου of you, -40 6 10 ⚐ἐλθέτω to come ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom σου of you, ⚐γενηθήτω to be τὸ the θέλημά will σου of you, ὡς as ἐν in οὐρανῷ heaven καὶ and ἐπὶ on γῆς earth· -40 6 11 ⚐τὸν the ἄρτον bread ἡμῶν of us τὸν the ἐπιούσιον daily δὸς to give ἡμῖν to us σήμερον today· -40 6 12 ⚐καὶ and ἄφες to release ἡμῖν to us τὰ the ὀφειλήματα debt ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ὡς as καὶ and ἡμεῖς we ἀφήκαμεν to release τοῖς the ὀφειλέταις debtor ἡμῶν of us· -40 6 13 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not εἰσενέγκῃς to bring in ἡμᾶς us εἰς toward πειρασμόν temptation, ⚐ἀλλὰ but ῥῦσαι to deliver ἡμᾶς us ἀπὸ from τοῦ the πονηροῦ evil. -40 6 14 ⚐ἐὰν if γὰρ for ἀφῆτε to release τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human τὰ the παραπτώματα trespass αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ἀφήσει to release καὶ and ὑμῖν to you ὁ the πατὴρ father ὑμῶν of you ὁ the οὐράνιος heavenly· -40 6 15 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but μὴ not ἀφῆτε to release τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human, ⚐οὐδὲ and not ὁ the πατὴρ father ὑμῶν of you ἀφήσει to release τὰ the παραπτώματα trespass ὑμῶν of you.

 -40 6 16 ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ and νηστεύητε to fast, ⚐μὴ not γίνεσθε to be ὡς as οἱ the ὑποκριταὶ hypocrite σκυθρωποί be sad, ⚐ἀφανίζουσιν to destroy γὰρ for τὰ the πρόσωπα face αὐτῶν of them ⚐ὅπως that φανῶσιν to appear τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human ⚐νηστεύοντες to fast· ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀπέχουσιν to have in full τὸν the μισθὸν wage αὐτῶν of them. -40 6 17 ⚐σὺ you δὲ and νηστεύων to fast ⚐ἄλειψαί to anoint σου of you τὴν the κεφαλὴν head ⚐καὶ and τὸ the πρόσωπόν face σου of you νίψαι to wash, -40 6 18 ⚐ὅπως that μὴ not φανῇς to appear τοῖς who ἀνθρώποις a human ⚐νηστεύων to fast ⚐ἀλλὰ but τῷ who πατρί father σου of you τῷ the ἐν in τῷ the κρυφαίῳ hidden· ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πατήρ father σου of you ὁ the βλέπων to see ἐν in τῷ the κρυφαίῳ hidden ἀποδώσει to pay σοι to you.

 -40 6 19 ⚐Μὴ not θησαυρίζετε to store up ὑμῖν to you θησαυροὺς treasure ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) σὴς moth καὶ and βρῶσις eating ἀφανίζει to destroy, ⚐καὶ and ὅπου where(-ever) κλέπται thief διορύσσουσιν to break in καὶ and κλέπτουσιν to steal· -40 6 20 ⚐θησαυρίζετε to store up δὲ but ὑμῖν to you θησαυροὺς treasure ἐν in οὐρανῷ heaven, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) οὔτε neither σὴς moth οὔτε neither βρῶσις eating ἀφανίζει to destroy, ⚐καὶ and ὅπου where(-ever) κλέπται thief οὐ no διορύσσουσιν to break in οὐδὲ and not κλέπτουσιν to steal· -40 6 21 ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) γάρ for ἐστιν to be ὁ the θησαυρός treasure σου of you, ⚐ἐκεῖ there ἔσται to be καὶ and ἡ the καρδία heart σου of you.

 -40 6 22 ⚐Ὁ the λύχνος lamp τοῦ the σώματός body ἐστιν to be ὁ the ὀφθαλμός eye. ⚐ἐὰν if οὖν then ᾖ to be ὁ the ὀφθαλμός eye σου of you ἁπλοῦς sound, ⚐ὅλον all τὸ the σῶμά body σου of you φωτεινὸν bright ἔσται to be· -40 6 23 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but ὁ the ὀφθαλμός eye σου of you πονηρὸς bad ᾖ to be, ⚐ὅλον all τὸ the σῶμά body σου of you σκοτεινὸν dark ἔσται to be. ⚐εἰ if οὖν then τὸ the φῶς light τὸ the ἐν in σοὶ to you σκότος darkness ἐστίν to be, ⚐τὸ the σκότος darkness πόσον how much.

 -40 6 24 ⚐Οὐδεὶς no one δύναται be able ⚐δυσὶ two κυρίοις lord δουλεύειν be a slave· ⚐ἢ or γὰρ for τὸν the ἕνα one μισήσει to hate ⚐καὶ and τὸν the ἕτερον other ἀγαπήσει to love, ⚐ἢ or ἑνὸς one ἀνθέξεται to cling to ⚐καὶ and τοῦ the ἑτέρου other καταφρονήσει to despise. ⚐οὐ no δύνασθε be able ⚐θεῷ God δουλεύειν be a slave καὶ and μαμωνᾷ wealth.

 -40 6 25 ⚐Διὰ because of τοῦτο this λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you· ⚐μὴ not μεριμνᾶτε to worry τῇ the ψυχῇ soul ὑμῶν of you ⚐τί which? φάγητε to eat, ἢ or τί which? πίητε to drink, ⚐μηδὲ not τῷ the σώματι body ὑμῶν of you ⚐τί which? ἐνδύσησθε to clothe· ⚐οὐχὶ not ἡ the ψυχὴ soul πλεῖόν greater ἐστιν to be τῆς the τροφῆς food ⚐καὶ and τὸ the σῶμα body τοῦ the ἐνδύματος clothing; -40 6 26 ⚐ἐμβλέψατε to look into εἰς toward τὰ the πετεινὰ bird τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no σπείρουσιν to sow οὐδὲ and not θερίζουσιν to reap ⚐οὐδὲ and not συνάγουσιν to assemble εἰς toward ἀποθήκας storehouse, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πατὴρ father ὑμῶν of you ὁ the οὐράνιος heavenly τρέφει to feed αὐτά them· ⚐οὐχ no ὑμεῖς you μᾶλλον more διαφέρετε to surpass αὐτῶν of them; -40 6 27 ⚐τίς which? δὲ and ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you μεριμνῶν to worry ⚐δύναται be able προσθεῖναι to add (to) ἐπὶ to τὴν the ἡλικίαν age αὐτοῦ of him πῆχυν hour ἕνα one; -40 6 28 ⚐καὶ and περὶ about ἐνδύματος clothing τί which? μεριμνᾶτε to worry; ⚐καταμάθετε to consider τὰ the κρίνα lily τοῦ the ἀγροῦ field ⚐πῶς how? αὐξάνουσιν to grow· ⚐οὐ no κοπιῶσιν to labor οὐδὲ and not νήθουσιν to spin· -40 6 29 ⚐λέγω to speak δὲ but ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὐδὲ and not Σολομὼν Solomon ἐν in πάσῃ all τῇ the δόξῃ glory αὐτοῦ of him περιεβάλετο to clothe ὡς as ἓν one τούτων of these. -40 6 30 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and τὸν the χόρτον grass τοῦ the ἀγροῦ field σήμερον today ὄντα to be ⚐καὶ and αὔριον tomorrow εἰς toward κλίβανον oven βαλλόμενον to throw ὁ the θεὸς God οὕτως thus(-ly) ἀμφιέννυσιν to clothe, ⚐οὐ no πολλῷ much μᾶλλον more ὑμᾶς you, ὀλιγόπιστοι of little faith; -40 6 31 ⚐μὴ not οὖν then μεριμνήσητε to worry ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τί which? φάγωμεν to eat; ⚐ἤ or· Τί which? πίωμεν to drink; ⚐ἤ or· Τί which? περιβαλώμεθα to clothe; -40 6 32 ⚐πάντα all γὰρ for ταῦτα these τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles ἐπιζητοῦσιν to seek after· ⚐οἶδεν to know γὰρ for ὁ the πατὴρ father ὑμῶν of you ὁ the οὐράνιος heavenly ⚐ὅτι that χρῄζετε to need τούτων of these ἁπάντων all. -40 6 33 ⚐ζητεῖτε to seek δὲ but πρῶτον first τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and τὴν the δικαιοσύνην righteousness αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these πάντα all προστεθήσεται to add (to) ὑμῖν to you. -40 6 34 ⚐μὴ not οὖν then μεριμνήσητε to worry εἰς toward τὴν the αὔριον tomorrow, ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for αὔριον tomorrow μεριμνήσει to worry ἑαυτῆς itself· ⚐ἀρκετὸν sufficient τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day ἡ the κακία evil αὐτῆς of her.

 -40 7 1 ⚐Μὴ not κρίνετε to judge, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not κριθῆτε to judge· -40 7 2 ⚐ἐν by ᾧ which γὰρ for κρίματι judgment κρίνετε to judge κριθήσεσθε to judge, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ᾧ which μέτρῳ measure μετρεῖτε to measure μετρηθήσεται to measure ὑμῖν to you. -40 7 3 ⚐τί which? δὲ but βλέπεις to see τὸ the κάρφος speck τὸ the ἐν in τῷ the ὀφθαλμῷ eye τοῦ the ἀδελφοῦ brother σου of you, ⚐τὴν the δὲ and ἐν in τῷ the σῷ your ὀφθαλμῷ eye δοκὸν plank οὐ no κατανοεῖς to observe; -40 7 4 ⚐ἢ or πῶς how? ἐρεῖς to say τῷ the ἀδελφῷ brother σου of you· ⚐Ἄφες to release ἐκβάλω to expel τὸ the κάρφος speck ἐκ from τοῦ the ὀφθαλμοῦ eye σου of you, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἡ the δοκὸς plank ἐν in τῷ the ὀφθαλμῷ eye σοῦ of you; -40 7 5 ⚐ὑποκριτά hypocrite, ἔκβαλε to expel πρῶτον first ἐκ from τοῦ the ὀφθαλμοῦ eye σοῦ of you τὴν the δοκόν plank, ⚐καὶ and τότε then διαβλέψεις to see clearly ⚐ἐκβαλεῖν to expel τὸ the κάρφος speck ἐκ from τοῦ the ὀφθαλμοῦ eye τοῦ the ἀδελφοῦ brother σου of you.

 -40 7 6 ⚐Μὴ not δῶτε to give τὸ the ἅγιον holy τοῖς the κυσίν dog, ⚐μηδὲ not βάλητε to throw τοὺς the μαργαρίτας pearl ὑμῶν of you ἔμπροσθεν before τῶν the χοίρων pig, ⚐μήποτε lest καταπατήσουσιν to trample αὐτοὺς them ἐν in τοῖς the ποσὶν foot αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and στραφέντες to turn ⚐ῥήξωσιν to throw violently ὑμᾶς you.

 -40 7 7 ⚐Αἰτεῖτε to ask, καὶ and δοθήσεται to give ὑμῖν to you· ⚐ζητεῖτε to seek, καὶ and εὑρήσετε to find· ⚐κρούετε to knock, καὶ and ἀνοιγήσεται to open ὑμῖν to you. -40 7 8 ⚐πᾶς all γὰρ for ὁ who αἰτῶν to ask λαμβάνει to take ⚐καὶ and ὁ who ζητῶν to seek εὑρίσκει to find ⚐καὶ and τῷ who κρούοντι to knock ἀνοιγήσεται to open. -40 7 9 ⚐ἢ or τίς which? ἐστιν to be ἐξ out of ὑμῶν of you ἄνθρωπος a human, ⚐ὃν which αἰτήσει to ask ὁ the υἱὸς son αὐτοῦ of him ἄρτον bread— ⚐μὴ not λίθον stone ἐπιδώσει to give αὐτῷ to him; -40 7 10 ⚐ἢ or καὶ and ἰχθὺν fish αἰτήσει to ask— ⚐μὴ not ὄφιν snake ἐπιδώσει to give αὐτῷ to him; -40 7 11 ⚐εἰ if οὖν then ὑμεῖς you πονηροὶ evil ὄντες to be ⚐οἴδατε to know ⚐δόματα gift ἀγαθὰ good-doer διδόναι to give τοῖς who τέκνοις child ὑμῶν of you, ⚐πόσῳ how much μᾶλλον more ὁ the πατὴρ father ὑμῶν of you ὁ the ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven δώσει to give ἀγαθὰ good-doer τοῖς the αἰτοῦσιν to ask αὐτόν him.

 -40 7 12 ⚐Πάντα all οὖν therefore ὅσα as much as ἐὰν if θέλητε to will ⚐ἵνα in order to ποιῶσιν to do ὑμῖν to you οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ποιεῖτε to do αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐οὗτος this γάρ for ἐστιν to be ὁ the νόμος law καὶ and οἱ the προφῆται prophet.

 -40 7 13 ⚐Εἰσέλθατε to enter διὰ through τῆς the στενῆς narrow πύλης gate· ⚐ὅτι since πλατεῖα wide ἡ the πύλη gate ⚐καὶ and εὐρύχωρος broad ἡ the ὁδὸς road ἡ the ἀπάγουσα to lead away εἰς toward τὴν who ἀπώλειαν destruction, ⚐καὶ and πολλοί much εἰσιν to be οἱ the εἰσερχόμενοι to enter δι᾽ through αὐτῆς of her· -40 7 14 ⚐τί which? στενὴ narrow ἡ the πύλη gate ⚐καὶ and τεθλιμμένη to press on ἡ the ὁδὸς road ἡ the ἀπάγουσα to lead away εἰς toward τὴν who ζωήν life, ⚐καὶ and ὀλίγοι few εἰσὶν to be οἱ the εὑρίσκοντες to find αὐτήν her.

 -40 7 15 ⚐Προσέχετε to watch out ἀπὸ from τῶν the ψευδοπροφητῶν false prophet, ⚐οἵτινες who ἔρχονται to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ἐν in ἐνδύμασιν clothing προβάτων sheep ⚐ἔσωθεν inwardly δέ but εἰσιν to be λύκοι wolf ἅρπαγες rapacious. -40 7 16 ⚐ἀπὸ from τῶν the καρπῶν fruit αὐτῶν of them ἐπιγνώσεσθε to come to know αὐτούς them. ⚐μήτι no? συλλέγουσιν to collect ἀπὸ from ἀκανθῶν a thorn σταφυλὰς grapes ⚐ἢ or ἀπὸ from τριβόλων thistle σῦκα fig; -40 7 17 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) πᾶν all δένδρον tree ἀγαθὸν good-doer καρποὺς fruit καλοὺς good ποιεῖ to make, ⚐τὸ the δὲ but σαπρὸν rotten δένδρον tree καρποὺς fruit πονηροὺς bad ποιεῖ to make· -40 7 18 ⚐οὐ no δύναται be able δένδρον tree ἀγαθὸν good-doer ⚐καρποὺς fruit πονηροὺς bad ποιεῖν to make, ⚐οὐδὲ and not δένδρον tree σαπρὸν rotten ⚐καρποὺς fruit καλοὺς good ποιεῖν to make. -40 7 19 ⚐πᾶν all δένδρον tree μὴ not ποιοῦν to make καρπὸν fruit καλὸν good ἐκκόπτεται to cut off ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward πῦρ fire βάλλεται to throw. -40 7 20 ⚐ἄρα therefore γε indeed ἀπὸ from τῶν the καρπῶν fruit αὐτῶν of them ἐπιγνώσεσθε to come to know αὐτούς them.

 -40 7 21 ⚐Οὐ no πᾶς all ὁ who λέγων to speak μοι to me· Κύριε lord κύριε lord εἰσελεύσεται to enter εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τῶν who οὐρανῶν heaven, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the ποιῶν to do τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me τοῦ the ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven. -40 7 22 ⚐πολλοὶ much ἐροῦσίν to say μοι to me ἐν on ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day· ⚐Κύριε lord κύριε lord, οὐ no τῷ the σῷ your ὀνόματι name ἐπροφητεύσαμεν to prophesy, ⚐καὶ and τῷ the σῷ your ὀνόματι name δαιμόνια demon ἐξεβάλομεν to expel, ⚐καὶ and τῷ the σῷ your ὀνόματι name δυνάμεις power πολλὰς much ἐποιήσαμεν to do; -40 7 23 ⚐καὶ and τότε then ὁμολογήσω to declare αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ὅτι that Οὐδέποτε never ἔγνων to know ὑμᾶς you· ⚐ἀποχωρεῖτε to leave ἀπ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me οἱ the ἐργαζόμενοι to work τὴν the ἀνομίαν lawlessness.

 -40 7 24 ⚐Πᾶς all οὖν therefore ὅστις who ἀκούει to hear μου of me τοὺς the λόγους word τούτους these καὶ and ποιεῖ to do αὐτούς them, ⚐ὁμοιωθήσεται to liken ἀνδρὶ man φρονίμῳ thoughtful, ⚐ὅστις who ᾠκοδόμησεν to build αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the οἰκίαν house ἐπὶ on τὴν the πέτραν rock. -40 7 25 ⚐καὶ and κατέβη to come down ἡ the βροχὴ rain ⚐καὶ and ἦλθον to come οἱ the ποταμοὶ river ⚐καὶ and ἔπνευσαν to blow οἱ the ἄνεμοι wind ⚐καὶ and προσέπεσαν to beat τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house ἐκείνῃ that, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔπεσεν to collapse, ⚐τεθεμελίωτο to found γὰρ for ἐπὶ on τὴν the πέτραν rock. -40 7 26 ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ who ἀκούων to hear μου of me τοὺς the λόγους word τούτους these καὶ and μὴ not ποιῶν to do αὐτοὺς them ⚐ὁμοιωθήσεται to liken ἀνδρὶ man μωρῷ foolish, ⚐ὅστις who ᾠκοδόμησεν to build αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the οἰκίαν house ἐπὶ on τὴν the ἄμμον sand. -40 7 27 ⚐καὶ and κατέβη to come down ἡ the βροχὴ rain ⚐καὶ and ἦλθον to come οἱ the ποταμοὶ river ⚐καὶ and ἔπνευσαν to blow οἱ the ἄνεμοι wind ⚐καὶ and προσέκοψαν to strike τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house ἐκείνῃ that, ⚐καὶ and ἔπεσεν to collapse, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ἡ the πτῶσις fall αὐτῆς of her μεγάλη great.

 -40 7 28 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ὅτε when ἐτέλεσεν to finish ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τοὺς the λόγους word τούτους these, ⚐ἐξεπλήσσοντο be astonished οἱ the ὄχλοι crowd ἐπὶ upon τῇ the διδαχῇ teaching αὐτοῦ of him· -40 7 29 ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for διδάσκων to teach αὐτοὺς them ὡς as ἐξουσίαν authority ἔχων to have ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no ὡς as οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe αὐτῶν of them.

 -40 8 1 ⚐Καταβάντος to come down δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ὄρους mountain ⚐ἠκολούθησαν to follow αὐτῷ to him ὄχλοι crowd πολλοί much. -40 8 2 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! λεπρὸς leprous προσελθὼν to come near ⚐προσεκύνει to worship αὐτῷ to him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἐὰν if θέλῃς to will ⚐δύνασαί be able ⚐με me καθαρίσαι to clean. -40 8 3 ⚐καὶ and ἐκτείνας to stretch out τὴν the χεῖρα hand ⚐ἥψατο to kindle αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Θέλω to will, καθαρίσθητι to clean· ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἐκαθαρίσθη to clean αὐτοῦ of him ἡ the λέπρα leprosy. -40 8 4 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ὅρα to see μηδενὶ nothing εἴπῃς to say, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὕπαγε to go ⚐σεαυτὸν yourself δεῖξον to show τῷ the ἱερεῖ priest, ⚐καὶ and προσένεγκον to bring to τὸ the δῶρον gift ⚐ὃ which προσέταξεν to order Μωϋσῆς Moses ⚐εἰς toward μαρτύριον testimony αὐτοῖς to them.

 -40 8 5 ⚐Εἰσελθόντος to enter δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward Καφαρναοὺμ Capernaum ⚐προσῆλθεν to come near αὐτῷ to him ἑκατόνταρχος centurion ⚐παρακαλῶν to plead αὐτὸν him -40 8 6 ⚐καὶ and λέγων to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, ὁ the παῖς child μου of me βέβληται to throw ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house παραλυτικός paralytic, ⚐δεινῶς terribly βασανιζόμενος to torture. -40 8 7 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἐγὼ I ἐλθὼν to come ⚐θεραπεύσω to heal αὐτόν him. -40 8 8 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the ἑκατόνταρχος centurion ⚐ἔφη to say· ⚐Κύριε lord, οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἱκανὸς sufficient ⚐ἵνα in order to μου of me ὑπὸ under τὴν the στέγην roof εἰσέλθῃς to enter· ⚐ἀλλὰ but μόνον alone εἰπὲ to say λόγῳ word, ⚐καὶ and ἰαθήσεται to heal ὁ the παῖς child μου of me· -40 8 9 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ἐγὼ I ἄνθρωπός a human εἰμι to be ὑπὸ under ἐξουσίαν authority, ⚐ἔχων to have ὑπ᾽ under ἐμαυτὸν myself στρατιώτας soldier, ⚐καὶ and λέγω to speak τούτῳ to this· ⚐Πορεύθητι to go, ⚐καὶ and πορεύεται to go, ⚐καὶ and ἄλλῳ another· ⚐Ἔρχου to come, ⚐καὶ and ἔρχεται to come, ⚐καὶ and τῷ the δούλῳ slave μου of me· ⚐Ποίησον to do τοῦτο this, ⚐καὶ and ποιεῖ to do. -40 8 10 ⚐ἀκούσας to hear δὲ and ὁ who Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἐθαύμασεν to marvel ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say τοῖς the ἀκολουθοῦσιν to follow· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐παρ᾽ beside οὐδενὶ no one τοσαύτην so great πίστιν faith ἐν in τῷ the Ἰσραὴλ Israel εὗρον to find. -40 8 11 ⚐λέγω to speak δὲ and ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that πολλοὶ much ἀπὸ from ἀνατολῶν east καὶ and δυσμῶν west ἥξουσιν to come ⚐καὶ and ἀνακλιθήσονται to recline μετὰ with Ἀβραὰμ Abraham καὶ and Ἰσαὰκ Isaac καὶ and Ἰακὼβ Jacob ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven· -40 8 12 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but υἱοὶ son τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom ἐκβληθήσονται to expel εἰς toward τὸ the σκότος darkness τὸ the ἐξώτερον outer· ⚐ἐκεῖ there ἔσται to be ὁ the κλαυθμὸς weeping καὶ and ὁ the βρυγμὸς gnashing τῶν the ὀδόντων tooth. -40 8 13 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τῷ the ἑκατοντάρχῃ centurion· ⚐Ὕπαγε to go, ⚐ὡς as ἐπίστευσας to trust (in) γενηθήτω to be σοι to you· ⚐καὶ and ἰάθη to heal ὁ the παῖς child αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour ἐκείνῃ that.

 -40 8 14 ⚐Καὶ and ἐλθὼν to go ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house Πέτρου Peter ⚐εἶδεν to know τὴν the πενθερὰν mother-in-law αὐτοῦ of him βεβλημένην to throw καὶ and πυρέσσουσαν be feverish· -40 8 15 ⚐καὶ and ἥψατο to kindle τῆς the χειρὸς hand αὐτῆς of her, ⚐καὶ and ἀφῆκεν to release αὐτὴν her ὁ the πυρετός fever, ⚐καὶ and ἠγέρθη to arise ⚐καὶ and διηκόνει to serve αὐτῷ to him. -40 8 16 ⚐Ὀψίας evening δὲ and γενομένης to be ⚐προσήνεγκαν to bring to αὐτῷ to him δαιμονιζομένους be demonised πολλούς much· ⚐καὶ and ἐξέβαλεν to expel τὰ the πνεύματα spirit λόγῳ word, ⚐καὶ and πάντας all τοὺς who κακῶς badly ἔχοντας to be ἐθεράπευσεν to heal· -40 8 17 ⚐ὅπως that πληρωθῇ to fulfill τὸ the ῥηθὲν to say διὰ through Ἠσαΐου Isaiah τοῦ the προφήτου prophet ⚐λέγοντος to speak· ⚐Αὐτὸς he τὰς the ἀσθενείας weakness ἡμῶν of us ἔλαβεν to take ⚐καὶ and τὰς the νόσους illness ἐβάστασεν to carry.

 -40 8 18 ⚐Ἰδὼν to know δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὄχλον crowd περὶ about αὐτὸν him ⚐ἐκέλευσεν to order ἀπελθεῖν to go away εἰς toward τὸ the πέραν other side. -40 8 19 ⚐καὶ and προσελθὼν to come near εἷς one γραμματεὺς scribe ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, ἀκολουθήσω to follow σοι to you ὅπου where(-ever) ἐὰν if ἀπέρχῃ to go away. -40 8 20 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Αἱ the ἀλώπεκες fox φωλεοὺς den ἔχουσιν to have ⚐καὶ and τὰ the πετεινὰ bird τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven κατασκηνώσεις dwelling place, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human οὐκ no ἔχει to have ⚐ποῦ where? τὴν the κεφαλὴν head κλίνῃ to lay down. -40 8 21 ⚐ἕτερος other δὲ and τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἐπίτρεψόν to permit μοι to me ⚐πρῶτον first ἀπελθεῖν to go away καὶ and θάψαι to bury τὸν the πατέρα father μου of me. -40 8 22 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀκολούθει to follow μοι to me, ⚐καὶ and ἄφες to release τοὺς the νεκροὺς dead ⚐θάψαι to bury τοὺς the ἑαυτῶν myself νεκρούς dead.

 -40 8 23 ⚐Καὶ and ἐμβάντι to get into αὐτῷ to him εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῖον boat ⚐ἠκολούθησαν to follow αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him. -40 8 24 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! σεισμὸς earthquake μέγας great ἐγένετο to be ἐν on τῇ the θαλάσσῃ sea, ⚐ὥστε so τὸ the πλοῖον boat καλύπτεσθαι to cover ὑπὸ by τῶν the κυμάτων a wave, ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ but ἐκάθευδεν to sleep. -40 8 25 ⚐καὶ and προσελθόντες to come near ⚐ἤγειραν to arise αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, σῶσον to save, ⚐ἀπολλύμεθα to destroy. -40 8 26 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? δειλοί timid ἐστε to be, ὀλιγόπιστοι of little faith; ⚐τότε then ἐγερθεὶς to arise ⚐ἐπετίμησεν to rebuke τοῖς the ἀνέμοις wind καὶ and τῇ the θαλάσσῃ sea, ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be γαλήνη calm μεγάλη great. -40 8 27 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἄνθρωποι a human ἐθαύμασαν to marvel ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ποταπός of what kind? ἐστιν to be οὗτος this ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and οἱ the ἄνεμοι wind καὶ and ἡ the θάλασσα sea αὐτῷ to him ὑπακούουσιν to obey;

 -40 8 28 ⚐Καὶ and ἐλθόντος to come αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὸ the πέραν other side εἰς toward τὴν the χώραν country τῶν the Γαδαρηνῶν Gadarene ⚐ὑπήντησαν to go meet αὐτῷ to him δύο two δαιμονιζόμενοι be demonised ⚐ἐκ from τῶν the μνημείων grave ἐξερχόμενοι to go out, ⚐χαλεποὶ harsh λίαν greatly ⚐ὥστε so μὴ not ἰσχύειν be strong τινὰ one ⚐παρελθεῖν to pass by διὰ through τῆς the ὁδοῦ road ἐκείνης that. -40 8 29 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἔκραξαν to cry ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τί which? ἡμῖν to us καὶ and σοί to you, υἱὲ son τοῦ the θεοῦ God; ⚐ἦλθες to come ὧδε here ⚐πρὸ before καιροῦ time βασανίσαι to torture ἡμᾶς us; -40 8 30 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and μακρὰν distant ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them ἀγέλη herd χοίρων pig πολλῶν much βοσκομένη to feed. -40 8 31 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and δαίμονες demon παρεκάλουν to plead αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Εἰ if ἐκβάλλεις to expel ἡμᾶς us, ⚐ἀπόστειλον to send ἡμᾶς us εἰς toward τὴν the ἀγέλην herd τῶν the χοίρων pig. -40 8 32 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὑπάγετε to go. ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἐξελθόντες to go out ⚐ἀπῆλθον to go away εἰς toward τοὺς the χοίρους pig· ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ὥρμησεν to stampede πᾶσα all ἡ the ἀγέλη herd κατὰ according to τοῦ the κρημνοῦ cliff εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea, ⚐καὶ and ἀπέθανον to die ἐν in τοῖς the ὕδασιν water. -40 8 33 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and βόσκοντες to feed ἔφυγον to flee, ⚐καὶ and ἀπελθόντες to go away εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city ⚐ἀπήγγειλαν to announce πάντα all καὶ and τὰ the τῶν the δαιμονιζομένων be demonised. -40 8 34 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! πᾶσα all ἡ the πόλις city ἐξῆλθεν to go out εἰς toward ὑπάντησιν meeting τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐καὶ and ἰδόντες to know αὐτὸν him ⚐παρεκάλεσαν to plead ⚐ὅπως that μεταβῇ to depart ἀπὸ from τῶν the ὁρίων region αὐτῶν of them.

 -40 9 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἐμβὰς to get into εἰς toward πλοῖον boat ⚐διεπέρασεν to cross ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to come εἰς toward τὴν the ἰδίαν one's own πόλιν city.

 -40 9 2 ⚐Καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! προσέφερον to bring to αὐτῷ to him παραλυτικὸν paralytic ⚐ἐπὶ on κλίνης bed βεβλημένον to throw. ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τὴν the πίστιν faith αὐτῶν of them ⚐εἶπεν to say τῷ the παραλυτικῷ paralytic· ⚐Θάρσει take heart, τέκνον child· ⚐ἀφίενταί to release σου of you αἱ the ἁμαρτίαι sin. -40 9 3 ⚐καὶ and ἰδού look! τινες one τῶν the γραμματέων scribe εἶπαν to say ἐν in ἑαυτοῖς themselves· ⚐Οὗτος this βλασφημεῖ to blaspheme. -40 9 4 ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τὰς the ἐνθυμήσεις reflection αὐτῶν of them ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἱνατί why? ἐνθυμεῖσθε to reflect on πονηρὰ evil ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart ὑμῶν of you; -40 9 5 ⚐τί which? γάρ for ἐστιν to be εὐκοπώτερον easy, ⚐εἰπεῖν to say· ⚐Ἀφίενταί to release σου of you αἱ the ἁμαρτίαι sin, ⚐ἢ or εἰπεῖν to say· ⚐Ἔγειρε to arise καὶ and περιπάτει to walk; -40 9 6 ⚐ἵνα in order that δὲ but εἰδῆτε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐξουσίαν authority ἔχει to have ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐ἀφιέναι to release ἁμαρτίας sin— ⚐τότε then λέγει to speak τῷ the παραλυτικῷ paralytic· ⚐Ἐγερθεὶς to arise ⚐ἆρόν to take up σου of you τὴν the κλίνην bed ⚐καὶ and ὕπαγε to go εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκόν house σου of you. -40 9 7 ⚐καὶ and ἐγερθεὶς to arise ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house αὐτοῦ of him. -40 9 8 ⚐ἰδόντες to know δὲ and οἱ the ὄχλοι crowd ⚐ἐφοβήθησαν to fear ⚐καὶ and ἐδόξασαν to glorify τὸν who θεὸν God τὸν the δόντα to give ἐξουσίαν authority τοιαύτην such as this τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human.

 -40 9 9 ⚐Καὶ and παράγων to pass ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐκεῖθεν from there ⚐εἶδεν to know ἄνθρωπον a human καθήμενον to sit ἐπὶ upon τὸ the τελώνιον tax booth, ⚐Μαθθαῖον Matthew λεγόμενον to speak, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀκολούθει to follow μοι to me· ⚐καὶ and ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐ἠκολούθησεν to follow αὐτῷ to him.

 -40 9 10 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐αὐτοῦ of him ἀνακειμένου to recline ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! πολλοὶ much τελῶναι tax collector καὶ and ἁμαρτωλοὶ sinful ἐλθόντες to come ⚐συνανέκειντο to dine with τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus καὶ and τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him. -40 9 11 ⚐καὶ and ἰδόντες to know οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ⚐ἔλεγον to speak τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Διὰ through τί which? μετὰ with τῶν the τελωνῶν tax collector καὶ and ἁμαρτωλῶν sinful ἐσθίει to eat ὁ the διδάσκαλος teacher ὑμῶν of you; -40 9 12 ⚐ὁ who δὲ and ἀκούσας to hear ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Οὐ no χρείαν need ἔχουσιν to have οἱ who ἰσχύοντες be strong ἰατροῦ physician ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οἱ the κακῶς badly ἔχοντες to have. -40 9 13 ⚐πορευθέντες to go δὲ and ⚐μάθετε to learn ⚐τί which? ἐστιν to be· ⚐Ἔλεος mercy θέλω to will καὶ and οὐ no θυσίαν sacrifice· ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἦλθον to come καλέσαι to call δικαίους just ἀλλ᾽ but ἁμαρτωλούς sinful.

 -40 9 14 ⚐Τότε then προσέρχονται to come near αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple Ἰωάννου John ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Διὰ through τί which? ἡμεῖς we καὶ and οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee νηστεύομεν to fast πολλά much, ⚐οἱ the δὲ but μαθηταί disciple σου of you οὐ no νηστεύουσιν to fast; -40 9 15 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Μὴ not δύνανται be able οἱ the υἱοὶ son τοῦ the νυμφῶνος bridegroom ⚐πενθεῖν to mourn ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ὅσον as much as μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ἐστιν to be ὁ the νυμφίος bridegroom; ⚐ἐλεύσονται to come δὲ but ἡμέραι day ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ἀπαρθῇ to take away ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them ὁ the νυμφίος bridegroom, ⚐καὶ and τότε then νηστεύσουσιν to fast. -40 9 16 ⚐οὐδεὶς no one δὲ and ἐπιβάλλει to put on ἐπίβλημα patch ῥάκους a cloth ἀγνάφου unshrunk ἐπὶ on ἱματίῳ clothing παλαιῷ old· ⚐αἴρει to take up γὰρ for τὸ the πλήρωμα fulfillment αὐτοῦ of it ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ἱματίου clothing, ⚐καὶ and χεῖρον worse than σχίσμα split γίνεται to be. -40 9 17 ⚐οὐδὲ and not βάλλουσιν to throw οἶνον wine νέον new εἰς toward ἀσκοὺς wineskin παλαιούς old· ⚐εἰ if δὲ and μή not γε not, ⚐ῥήγνυνται to throw violently οἱ the ἀσκοί wineskin, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the οἶνος wine ἐκχεῖται to pour out ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἀσκοὶ wineskin ἀπόλλυνται to destroy· ⚐ἀλλὰ but βάλλουσιν to throw οἶνον wine νέον new εἰς toward ἀσκοὺς wineskin καινούς new, ⚐καὶ and ἀμφότεροι both συντηροῦνται to preserve.

 -40 9 18 ⚐Ταῦτα these αὐτοῦ of him λαλοῦντος to speak αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἄρχων ruler εἷς one ἐλθὼν to come ⚐προσεκύνει to worship αὐτῷ to him ⚐λέγων to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἡ the θυγάτηρ daughter μου of me ἄρτι now ἐτελεύτησεν to die· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐλθὼν to come ⚐ἐπίθες to lay on τὴν the χεῖρά hand σου of you ἐπ᾽ on αὐτήν her, ⚐καὶ and ζήσεται to live. -40 9 19 ⚐καὶ and ἐγερθεὶς to arise ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἠκολούθησεν to follow αὐτῷ to him καὶ and οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him. -40 9 20 ⚐Καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! γυνὴ woman αἱμορροοῦσα to bleed δώδεκα twelve ἔτη year προσελθοῦσα to come near ὄπισθεν after ⚐ἥψατο to kindle τοῦ the κρασπέδου edge τοῦ the ἱματίου clothing αὐτοῦ of him· -40 9 21 ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak γὰρ for ἐν in ἑαυτῇ herself· ⚐Ἐὰν if μόνον alone ἅψωμαι to kindle τοῦ the ἱματίου clothing αὐτοῦ of him ⚐σωθήσομαι to save. -40 9 22 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus στραφεὶς to turn καὶ and ἰδὼν to know αὐτὴν her ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Θάρσει take heart, θύγατερ daughter· ⚐ἡ the πίστις faith σου of you σέσωκέν to save σε you. ⚐καὶ and ἐσώθη to save ἡ the γυνὴ woman ἀπὸ from τῆς the ὥρας hour ἐκείνης that. -40 9 23 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὼν to go ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house τοῦ the ἄρχοντος ruler ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know τοὺς the αὐλητὰς flute player καὶ and τὸν the ὄχλον crowd θορυβούμενον to make commotion -40 9 24 ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Ἀναχωρεῖτε to leave, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἀπέθανεν to die τὸ the κοράσιον girl ⚐ἀλλὰ but καθεύδει to sleep· ⚐καὶ and κατεγέλων to mock αὐτοῦ of him. -40 9 25 ⚐ὅτε when δὲ but ἐξεβλήθη to expel ὁ the ὄχλος crowd, ⚐εἰσελθὼν to enter ⚐ἐκράτησεν to grasp τῆς the χειρὸς hand αὐτῆς of her, ⚐καὶ and ἠγέρθη to arise τὸ the κοράσιον girl. -40 9 26 ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἡ the φήμη news αὕτη this εἰς toward ὅλην all τὴν the γῆν earth ἐκείνην that.

 -40 9 27 ⚐Καὶ and παράγοντι to pass ἐκεῖθεν from there τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐ἠκολούθησαν to follow αὐτῷ to him δύο two τυφλοὶ blind ⚐κράζοντες to cry ⚐καὶ and λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἐλέησον to have mercy ἡμᾶς us, υἱὸς son Δαυίδ David. -40 9 28 ⚐ἐλθόντι to go δὲ and εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house ⚐προσῆλθον to come near αὐτῷ to him οἱ the τυφλοί blind, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Πιστεύετε to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that δύναμαι be able ⚐τοῦτο this ποιῆσαι to do; ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ναί yes, κύριε lord. -40 9 29 ⚐τότε then ἥψατο to kindle τῶν the ὀφθαλμῶν eye αὐτῶν of them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Κατὰ according to τὴν the πίστιν faith ὑμῶν of you γενηθήτω to be ὑμῖν to you. -40 9 30 ⚐καὶ and ἠνεῴχθησαν to open αὐτῶν of them οἱ the ὀφθαλμοί eye. ⚐καὶ and ἐνεβριμήθη be agitated αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ὁρᾶτε to see μηδεὶς nothing γινωσκέτω to know· -40 9 31 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἐξελθόντες to go out ⚐διεφήμισαν to publish abroad αὐτὸν him ἐν in ὅλῃ all τῇ the γῇ earth ἐκείνῃ that.

 -40 9 32 ⚐Αὐτῶν of them δὲ and ἐξερχομένων to go out ⚐ἰδοὺ look! προσήνεγκαν to bring to αὐτῷ to him ἄνθρωπον a human κωφὸν mute δαιμονιζόμενον be demonised· -40 9 33 ⚐καὶ and ἐκβληθέντος to expel τοῦ the δαιμονίου demon ⚐ἐλάλησεν to speak ὁ who κωφός mute. ⚐καὶ and ἐθαύμασαν to marvel οἱ the ὄχλοι crowd ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Οὐδέποτε never ἐφάνη to appear οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐν in τῷ the Ἰσραήλ Israel. -40 9 34 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Ἐν by τῷ the ἄρχοντι ruler τῶν the δαιμονίων demon ἐκβάλλει to expel τὰ the δαιμόνια demon.

 -40 9 35 ⚐Καὶ and περιῆγεν to go around ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τὰς the πόλεις city πάσας all καὶ and τὰς the κώμας village, ⚐διδάσκων to teach ἐν in ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and κηρύσσων to preach τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom ⚐καὶ and θεραπεύων to heal πᾶσαν all νόσον illness καὶ and πᾶσαν all μαλακίαν sickness. -40 9 36 ⚐Ἰδὼν to know δὲ and τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd ⚐ἐσπλαγχνίσθη to pity περὶ about αὐτῶν of them ⚐ὅτι since ἦσαν to be ἐσκυλμένοι to trouble καὶ and ἐρριμμένοι to lay down ⚐ὡσεὶ like πρόβατα sheep μὴ not ἔχοντα to have ποιμένα shepherd. -40 9 37 ⚐τότε then λέγει to speak τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Ὁ the μὲν on the other hand θερισμὸς harvest πολύς much, ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἐργάται worker ὀλίγοι few· -40 9 38 ⚐δεήθητε to bind οὖν therefore τοῦ the κυρίου lord τοῦ the θερισμοῦ harvest ⚐ὅπως that ἐκβάλῃ to expel ἐργάτας worker εἰς toward τὸν the θερισμὸν harvest αὐτοῦ of him.

 -40 10 1 ⚐Καὶ and προσκαλεσάμενος to summon τοὺς the δώδεκα twelve μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἔδωκεν to give αὐτοῖς to them ἐξουσίαν authority πνευμάτων spirit ἀκαθάρτων unclean ⚐ὥστε so ἐκβάλλειν to expel αὐτὰ them ⚐καὶ and θεραπεύειν to heal πᾶσαν all νόσον illness καὶ and πᾶσαν all μαλακίαν sickness. -40 10 2 ⚐τῶν the δὲ and δώδεκα twelve ἀποστόλων apostle τὰ the ὀνόματά name ἐστιν to be ταῦτα these· ⚐πρῶτος first Σίμων Simon ὁ the λεγόμενος to speak Πέτρος Peter καὶ and Ἀνδρέας Andrew ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and Ἰάκωβος James ὁ the τοῦ the Ζεβεδαίου Zebedee καὶ and Ἰωάννης John ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother αὐτοῦ of him, -40 10 3 ⚐Φίλιππος Philip καὶ and Βαρθολομαῖος Bartholomew, Θωμᾶς Thomas καὶ and Μαθθαῖος Matthew ὁ the τελώνης tax collector, ⚐Ἰάκωβος James ὁ the τοῦ the Ἁλφαίου Alphaeus καὶ and Θαδδαῖος Thaddaeus, -40 10 4 ⚐Σίμων Simon ὁ who Καναναῖος Zealot καὶ and Ἰούδας Judas ὁ the Ἰσκαριώτης Iscariot ὁ the καὶ and παραδοὺς to deliver αὐτόν him.

 -40 10 5 ⚐Τούτους these τοὺς the δώδεκα twelve ἀπέστειλεν to send ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐παραγγείλας to order αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Εἰς toward ὁδὸν road ἐθνῶν Gentiles μὴ not ἀπέλθητε to go away ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward πόλιν city Σαμαριτῶν Samaritan μὴ not εἰσέλθητε to enter· -40 10 6 ⚐πορεύεσθε to go δὲ and μᾶλλον more πρὸς to τὰ the πρόβατα sheep τὰ the ἀπολωλότα to destroy οἴκου house Ἰσραήλ Israel. -40 10 7 ⚐πορευόμενοι to go δὲ and ⚐κηρύσσετε to preach ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἤγγικεν to come near ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven. -40 10 8 ⚐ἀσθενοῦντας be weak θεραπεύετε to heal, ⚐νεκροὺς dead ἐγείρετε to arise, ⚐λεπροὺς leprous καθαρίζετε to clean, ⚐δαιμόνια demon ἐκβάλλετε to expel· ⚐δωρεὰν freely ἐλάβετε to take, ⚐δωρεὰν freely δότε to give. -40 10 9 ⚐μὴ not κτήσησθε to posses χρυσὸν gold μηδὲ not ἄργυρον silver μηδὲ not χαλκὸν copper εἰς toward τὰς the ζώνας belt ὑμῶν of you, -40 10 10 ⚐μὴ not πήραν bag εἰς toward ὁδὸν road μηδὲ not δύο two χιτῶνας tunic μηδὲ not ὑποδήματα sandal μηδὲ not ῥάβδον rod· ⚐ἄξιος worthy γὰρ for ὁ the ἐργάτης worker τῆς the τροφῆς food αὐτοῦ of him. -40 10 11 ⚐εἰς toward ἣν which δ᾽ and ἂν if πόλιν city ἢ or κώμην village εἰσέλθητε to enter, ⚐ἐξετάσατε to find out ⚐τίς which? ἐν with αὐτῇ to her ἄξιός worthy ἐστιν to be· ⚐κἀκεῖ and there μείνατε to stay ⚐ἕως until ἂν if ἐξέλθητε to go out. -40 10 12 ⚐εἰσερχόμενοι to enter δὲ and εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to αὐτήν her· -40 10 13 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if μὲν on the other hand ᾖ to be ἡ the οἰκία house ἀξία worthy, ⚐ἐλθάτω to come ἡ the εἰρήνη peace ὑμῶν of you ἐπ᾽ on αὐτήν her· ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but μὴ not ᾖ to be ἀξία worthy, ⚐ἡ the εἰρήνη peace ὑμῶν of you πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ἐπιστραφήτω to turn. -40 10 14 ⚐καὶ and ὃς which ἂν if μὴ not δέξηται to receive ὑμᾶς you μηδὲ not ἀκούσῃ to hear τοὺς the λόγους word ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἐξερχόμενοι to go out ἔξω out τῆς the οἰκίας house ἢ or τῆς the πόλεως city ἐκείνης that ⚐ἐκτινάξατε to shake off τὸν the κονιορτὸν dust τῶν the ποδῶν foot ὑμῶν of you. -40 10 15 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀνεκτότερον bearable ἔσται to be γῇ earth Σοδόμων Sodom καὶ and Γομόρρων Gomorrah ἐν on ἡμέρᾳ day κρίσεως judgment ἢ or τῇ the πόλει city ἐκείνῃ that.

 -40 10 16 ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἐγὼ I ἀποστέλλω to send ὑμᾶς you ὡς as πρόβατα sheep ἐν in μέσῳ midst λύκων wolf· ⚐γίνεσθε to be οὖν therefore φρόνιμοι thoughtful ὡς as οἱ the ὄφεις snake ⚐καὶ and ἀκέραιοι innocent ὡς as αἱ the περιστεραί dove. -40 10 17 ⚐προσέχετε to watch out δὲ and ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human· ⚐παραδώσουσιν to deliver γὰρ for ὑμᾶς you εἰς toward συνέδρια council, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue αὐτῶν of them μαστιγώσουσιν to whip ὑμᾶς you· -40 10 18 ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ upon ἡγεμόνας ruler δὲ and καὶ and βασιλεῖς king ἀχθήσεσθε to bring ἕνεκεν because of ἐμοῦ of me εἰς toward μαρτύριον testimony αὐτοῖς to them καὶ and τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles. -40 10 19 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ and παραδῶσιν to deliver ὑμᾶς you, ⚐μὴ not μεριμνήσητε to worry ⚐πῶς how? ἢ or τί which? λαλήσητε to speak· ⚐δοθήσεται to give γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour τί which? λαλήσητε to speak· -40 10 20 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ὑμεῖς you ἐστε to be οἱ the λαλοῦντες to speak ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τοῦ the πατρὸς father ὑμῶν of you τὸ the λαλοῦν to speak ἐν through ὑμῖν to you. -40 10 21 ⚐παραδώσει to deliver δὲ and ἀδελφὸς brother ἀδελφὸν brother εἰς toward θάνατον death ⚐καὶ and πατὴρ father τέκνον child, ⚐καὶ and ἐπαναστήσονται to rebel against τέκνα child ἐπὶ against γονεῖς parent ⚐καὶ and θανατώσουσιν to kill αὐτούς them. -40 10 22 ⚐καὶ and ἔσεσθε to be μισούμενοι to hate ὑπὸ by πάντων all διὰ because of τὸ who ὄνομά name μου of me· ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ὑπομείνας to endure εἰς toward τέλος goal οὗτος this σωθήσεται to save. -40 10 23 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ and διώκωσιν to pursue ὑμᾶς you ἐν in τῇ the πόλει city ταύτῃ to this, ⚐φεύγετε to flee εἰς toward τὴν the ἑτέραν other· ⚐ἀμὴν amen γὰρ for λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not τελέσητε to finish τὰς the πόλεις city τοῦ the Ἰσραὴλ Israel ⚐ἕως until ἂν if ἔλθῃ to come ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human.

 -40 10 24 ⚐Οὐκ no ἔστιν to be μαθητὴς disciple ὑπὲρ above τὸν the διδάσκαλον teacher ⚐οὐδὲ and not δοῦλος slave ὑπὲρ above τὸν the κύριον lord αὐτοῦ of him. -40 10 25 ⚐ἀρκετὸν sufficient τῷ the μαθητῇ disciple ⚐ἵνα in order to γένηται to be ὡς as ὁ the διδάσκαλος teacher αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the δοῦλος slave ὡς as ὁ the κύριος lord αὐτοῦ of him. ⚐εἰ if τὸν the οἰκοδεσπότην householder Βεελζεβοὺλ Beelzebub ἐπεκάλεσαν to name, ⚐πόσῳ how much μᾶλλον more τοὺς the οἰκιακοὺς member of a house αὐτοῦ of him.

 -40 10 26 ⚐Μὴ not οὖν therefore φοβηθῆτε to fear αὐτούς them· ⚐οὐδὲν no one γάρ for ἐστιν to be κεκαλυμμένον to cover ⚐ὃ which οὐκ no ἀποκαλυφθήσεται to reveal, ⚐καὶ and κρυπτὸν hidden ⚐ὃ which οὐ no γνωσθήσεται to know. -40 10 27 ⚐ὃ which λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ἐν in τῇ the σκοτίᾳ darkness, εἴπατε to say ἐν in τῷ the φωτί light· ⚐καὶ and ὃ which εἰς toward τὸ the οὖς ear ἀκούετε to hear, κηρύξατε to preach ἐπὶ upon τῶν the δωμάτων housetop. -40 10 28 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not φοβεῖσθε to fear ἀπὸ from τῶν who ἀποκτεννόντων to kill τὸ the σῶμα body ⚐τὴν the δὲ but ψυχὴν soul μὴ not δυναμένων be able ἀποκτεῖναι to kill· ⚐φοβεῖσθε to fear δὲ and μᾶλλον more τὸν who δυνάμενον be able ⚐καὶ and ψυχὴν soul καὶ and σῶμα body ἀπολέσαι to destroy ἐν in γεέννῃ Gehenna. -40 10 29 ⚐οὐχὶ not δύο two στρουθία sparrow ἀσσαρίου assarion πωλεῖται to sell; ⚐καὶ and ἓν one ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them οὐ no πεσεῖται to collapse ἐπὶ to τὴν the γῆν earth ⚐ἄνευ without τοῦ the πατρὸς father ὑμῶν of you. -40 10 30 ⚐ὑμῶν of you δὲ and καὶ and αἱ the τρίχες hair τῆς the κεφαλῆς head πᾶσαι all ἠριθμημέναι to number εἰσίν to be. -40 10 31 ⚐μὴ not οὖν therefore φοβεῖσθε to fear· ⚐πολλῶν much στρουθίων sparrow διαφέρετε to surpass ὑμεῖς you.

 -40 10 32 ⚐Πᾶς all οὖν then ὅστις who ὁμολογήσει to acknowledge ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me ἔμπροσθεν before τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐ὁμολογήσω to acknowledge κἀγὼ and I ἐν in αὐτῷ to him ἔμπροσθεν before τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me τοῦ the ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven· -40 10 33 ⚐ὅστις who δ᾽ but ἂν if ἀρνήσηταί to deny με me ἔμπροσθεν before τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐ἀρνήσομαι to deny κἀγὼ and I αὐτὸν him ἔμπροσθεν before τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me τοῦ the ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven.

 -40 10 34 ⚐Μὴ not νομίσητε to think ⚐ὅτι that ἦλθον to come βαλεῖν to throw εἰρήνην peace ἐπὶ to τὴν the γῆν earth· ⚐οὐκ no ἦλθον to come βαλεῖν to throw εἰρήνην peace ἀλλὰ but μάχαιραν sword. -40 10 35 ⚐ἦλθον to come γὰρ for διχάσαι to disunite ἄνθρωπον a human κατὰ according to τοῦ the πατρὸς father αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and θυγατέρα daughter κατὰ according to τῆς the μητρὸς mother αὐτῆς of her ⚐καὶ and νύμφην bride κατὰ according to τῆς the πενθερᾶς mother-in-law αὐτῆς of her, -40 10 36 ⚐καὶ and ἐχθροὶ enemy τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human οἱ the οἰκιακοὶ member of a house αὐτοῦ of him. -40 10 37 ⚐ὁ the φιλῶν to love πατέρα father ἢ or μητέρα mother ὑπὲρ above ἐμὲ me οὐκ no ἔστιν to be μου of me ἄξιος worthy· ⚐καὶ and ὁ who φιλῶν to love υἱὸν son ἢ or θυγατέρα daughter ὑπὲρ above ἐμὲ me οὐκ no ἔστιν to be μου of me ἄξιος worthy· -40 10 38 ⚐καὶ and ὃς which οὐ no λαμβάνει to take τὸν the σταυρὸν cross αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and ἀκολουθεῖ to follow ὀπίσω after μου of me, οὐκ no ἔστιν to be μου of me ἄξιος worthy. -40 10 39 ⚐ὁ the εὑρὼν to find τὴν who ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him ἀπολέσει to destroy αὐτήν her, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἀπολέσας to destroy τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him ἕνεκεν because of ἐμοῦ of me εὑρήσει to find αὐτήν her.

 -40 10 40 ⚐Ὁ the δεχόμενος to receive ὑμᾶς you ἐμὲ me δέχεται to receive, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who ἐμὲ me δεχόμενος to receive δέχεται to receive τὸν who ἀποστείλαντά to send με me. -40 10 41 ⚐ὁ the δεχόμενος to receive προφήτην prophet εἰς toward ὄνομα name προφήτου prophet μισθὸν wage προφήτου prophet λήμψεται to take, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the δεχόμενος to receive δίκαιον just εἰς toward ὄνομα name δικαίου just μισθὸν wage δικαίου just λήμψεται to take. -40 10 42 ⚐καὶ and ὃς which ἂν if ποτίσῃ to water ἕνα one τῶν the μικρῶν small τούτων of these ποτήριον cup ψυχροῦ cold μόνον only εἰς toward ὄνομα name μαθητοῦ disciple, ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not ἀπολέσῃ to destroy τὸν the μισθὸν wage αὐτοῦ of him.

 -40 11 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ὅτε when ἐτέλεσεν to finish ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus διατάσσων to direct τοῖς the δώδεκα twelve μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐μετέβη to depart ἐκεῖθεν from there ⚐τοῦ the διδάσκειν to teach καὶ and κηρύσσειν to preach ἐν in ταῖς the πόλεσιν city αὐτῶν of them.

 -40 11 2 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ and Ἰωάννης John ἀκούσας to hear ἐν in τῷ the δεσμωτηρίῳ prison τὰ the ἔργα work τοῦ the χριστοῦ Christ ⚐πέμψας to send διὰ through τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him -40 11 3 ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come ⚐ἢ or ἕτερον other προσδοκῶμεν to look for; -40 11 4 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Πορευθέντες to go ⚐ἀπαγγείλατε to announce Ἰωάννῃ John ἃ which ἀκούετε to hear καὶ and βλέπετε to see· -40 11 5 ⚐τυφλοὶ blind ἀναβλέπουσιν to recover sight ⚐καὶ and χωλοὶ lame περιπατοῦσιν to walk, ⚐λεπροὶ leprous καθαρίζονται to clean ⚐καὶ and κωφοὶ deaf ἀκούουσιν to hear, ⚐καὶ and νεκροὶ dead ἐγείρονται to arise ⚐καὶ and πτωχοὶ poor εὐαγγελίζονται to speak good news· -40 11 6 ⚐καὶ and μακάριός blessed ἐστιν to be ὃς which ἐὰν if μὴ not σκανδαλισθῇ to cause to stumble ἐν in ἐμοί to me.

 -40 11 7 ⚐Τούτων of these δὲ and πορευομένων to go ⚐ἤρξατο be first ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus λέγειν to speak τοῖς the ὄχλοις crowd περὶ about Ἰωάννου John· ⚐Τί which? ἐξήλθατε to go out εἰς toward τὴν the ἔρημον deserted θεάσασθαι to see; ⚐κάλαμον reed ὑπὸ by ἀνέμου wind σαλευόμενον to shake; -40 11 8 ⚐ἀλλὰ but τί which? ἐξήλθατε to go out ἰδεῖν to know; ⚐ἄνθρωπον a human ἐν in μαλακοῖς soft ἠμφιεσμένον to clothe; ⚐ἰδοὺ look! οἱ the τὰ the μαλακὰ soft φοροῦντες to wear ἐν in τοῖς the οἴκοις house τῶν the βασιλέων king εἰσίν to be. -40 11 9 ⚐ἀλλὰ but τί which? ἐξήλθατε to go out; ἰδεῖν to know ⚐προφήτην prophet; ⚐ναί yes, λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐καὶ and περισσότερον superabundant προφήτου prophet. -40 11 10 ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be περὶ about οὗ which γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἐγὼ I ἀποστέλλω to send τὸν the ἄγγελόν angel μου of me πρὸ before προσώπου face σου of you, ⚐ὃς which κατασκευάσει to prepare τὴν the ὁδόν road σου of you ἔμπροσθέν before σου of you. -40 11 11 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐκ no ἐγήγερται to arise ἐν among γεννητοῖς born γυναικῶν woman μείζων great Ἰωάννου John τοῦ the βαπτιστοῦ one who baptizes· ⚐ὁ the δὲ but μικρότερος small ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven μείζων great αὐτοῦ of him ἐστιν to be. -40 11 12 ⚐ἀπὸ from δὲ and τῶν the ἡμερῶν day Ἰωάννου John τοῦ the βαπτιστοῦ one who baptizes ἕως until ἄρτι now ⚐ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven βιάζεται to force, ⚐καὶ and βιασταὶ forceful person ἁρπάζουσιν to seize αὐτήν her. -40 11 13 ⚐πάντες all γὰρ for οἱ the προφῆται prophet καὶ and ὁ the νόμος law ἕως until Ἰωάννου John ἐπροφήτευσαν to prophesy· -40 11 14 ⚐καὶ and εἰ if θέλετε to will δέξασθαι to receive, ⚐αὐτός he ἐστιν to be Ἠλίας Elijah ὁ who μέλλων be about to ἔρχεσθαι to come. -40 11 15 ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have ὦτα ear ἀκουέτω to hear.

 -40 11 16 ⚐Τίνι which? δὲ and ὁμοιώσω to liken τὴν the γενεὰν generation ταύτην this; ⚐ὁμοία like ἐστὶν to be παιδίοις child καθημένοις to sit ἐν in ταῖς the ἀγοραῖς marketplace ⚐ἃ which προσφωνοῦντα to call to τοῖς the ἑτέροις other -40 11 17 ⚐λέγουσιν to speak· ⚐Ηὐλήσαμεν to play the flute ὑμῖν to you ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ὠρχήσασθε to dance· ⚐ἐθρηνήσαμεν to lament ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐκόψασθε to mourn· -40 11 18 ⚐ἦλθεν to come γὰρ for Ἰωάννης John μήτε neither ἐσθίων to eat μήτε neither πίνων to drink, ⚐καὶ and λέγουσιν to speak· ⚐Δαιμόνιον demon ἔχει to have· -40 11 19 ⚐ἦλθεν to come ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐσθίων to eat καὶ and πίνων to drink, ⚐καὶ and λέγουσιν to speak· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἄνθρωπος a human φάγος glutton καὶ and οἰνοπότης drunkard, ⚐τελωνῶν tax collector φίλος friend καὶ and ἁμαρτωλῶν sinful. ⚐καὶ and ἐδικαιώθη to justify ἡ the σοφία wisdom ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἔργων work αὐτῆς of her.

 -40 11 20 ⚐Τότε then ἤρξατο be first ὀνειδίζειν to revile τὰς the πόλεις city ⚐ἐν in αἷς which ἐγένοντο to be αἱ the πλεῖσται most δυνάμεις power αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὅτι since οὐ no μετενόησαν to repent· -40 11 21 ⚐Οὐαί woe! σοι to you, Χοραζίν Chorazin· ⚐οὐαί woe! σοι to you, Βηθσαϊδά Bethsaida· ⚐ὅτι that εἰ if ἐν in Τύρῳ Tyre καὶ and Σιδῶνι Sidon ἐγένοντο to be αἱ the δυνάμεις power αἱ the γενόμεναι to be ἐν in ὑμῖν to you, ⚐πάλαι of old ἂν if ἐν in σάκκῳ sackcloth καὶ and σποδῷ ashes μετενόησαν to repent. -40 11 22 ⚐πλὴν but λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐Τύρῳ Tyre καὶ and Σιδῶνι Sidon ἀνεκτότερον bearable ἔσται to be ἐν on ἡμέρᾳ day κρίσεως judgment ἢ or ὑμῖν to you. -40 11 23 ⚐καὶ and σύ you, Καφαρναούμ Capernaum, μὴ not ἕως until οὐρανοῦ heaven ὑψωθήσῃ to lift up; ⚐ἕως until ᾅδου Hades καταβήσῃ to go down· ⚐ὅτι since εἰ if ἐν among Σοδόμοις Sodom ἐγενήθησαν to be αἱ the δυνάμεις power αἱ the γενόμεναι to be ἐν in σοί to you, ⚐ἔμεινεν to stay ἂν if μέχρι until τῆς this σήμερον today. -40 11 24 ⚐πλὴν but λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that γῇ earth Σοδόμων Sodom ἀνεκτότερον bearable ἔσται to be ἐν on ἡμέρᾳ day κρίσεως judgment ἢ or σοί to you.

 -40 11 25 ⚐Ἐν in ἐκείνῳ that τῷ the καιρῷ time ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐξομολογοῦμαί to agree σοι to you, πάτερ father κύριε lord τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven καὶ and τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐ὅτι since ἔκρυψας to hide ταῦτα these ἀπὸ from σοφῶν wise καὶ and συνετῶν intelligent, ⚐καὶ and ἀπεκάλυψας to reveal αὐτὰ them νηπίοις child· -40 11 26 ⚐ναί yes, ὁ the πατήρ father, ⚐ὅτι since οὕτως thus(-ly) εὐδοκία goodwill ἐγένετο to be ἔμπροσθέν before σου of you. -40 11 27 ⚐Πάντα all μοι to me παρεδόθη to deliver ὑπὸ by τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me, ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἐπιγινώσκει to come to know τὸν the υἱὸν son ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ the πατήρ father, ⚐οὐδὲ and not τὸν the πατέρα father τις one ἐπιγινώσκει to come to know ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ the υἱὸς son καὶ and ᾧ which ἐὰν if βούληται to plan ὁ the υἱὸς son ⚐ἀποκαλύψαι to reveal.

 -40 11 28 ⚐Δεῦτε come πρός to με me πάντες all οἱ who κοπιῶντες to labor καὶ and πεφορτισμένοι to burden, ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἀναπαύσω to give rest ὑμᾶς you. -40 11 29 ⚐ἄρατε to take up τὸν the ζυγόν yoke μου of me ἐφ᾽ on ὑμᾶς you ⚐καὶ and μάθετε to learn ἀπ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me, ⚐ὅτι since πραΰς gentle εἰμι to be καὶ and ταπεινὸς lowly τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart, ⚐καὶ and εὑρήσετε to find ἀνάπαυσιν rest ταῖς the ψυχαῖς soul ὑμῶν of you· -40 11 30 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for ζυγός yoke μου of me χρηστὸς good ⚐καὶ and τὸ the φορτίον burden μου of me ἐλαφρόν light ἐστιν to be.

 -40 12 1 ⚐Ἐν in ἐκείνῳ that τῷ the καιρῷ time ἐπορεύθη to go ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τοῖς the σάββασιν Sabbath διὰ through τῶν the σπορίμων grainfield· ⚐οἱ the δὲ and μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ἐπείνασαν to hunger ⚐καὶ and ἤρξαντο be first τίλλειν to pluck στάχυας head of grain ⚐καὶ and ἐσθίειν to eat. -40 12 2 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ἰδόντες to know ⚐εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! οἱ the μαθηταί disciple σου of you ποιοῦσιν to do ὃ which οὐκ no ἔξεστιν it is permitted ποιεῖν to do ἐν on σαββάτῳ Sabbath. -40 12 3 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οὐκ no ἀνέγνωτε to read ⚐τί which? ἐποίησεν to do Δαυὶδ David ⚐ὅτε when ἐπείνασεν to hunger καὶ and οἱ the μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him; -40 12 4 ⚐πῶς how? εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the ἄρτους bread τῆς the προθέσεως purpose ἔφαγον to eat, ⚐ὃ which οὐκ no ἐξὸν it is permitted ἦν to be αὐτῷ to him φαγεῖν to eat οὐδὲ and not τοῖς the μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐εἰ if μὴ not τοῖς the ἱερεῦσιν priest μόνοις alone; -40 12 5 ⚐ἢ or οὐκ no ἀνέγνωτε to read ἐν in τῷ the νόμῳ law ⚐ὅτι that τοῖς the σάββασιν Sabbath οἱ the ἱερεῖς priest ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple τὸ the σάββατον Sabbath βεβηλοῦσιν to profane ⚐καὶ and ἀναίτιοί innocent εἰσιν to be; -40 12 6 ⚐λέγω to speak δὲ and ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple μεῖζόν great ἐστιν to be ὧδε here. -40 12 7 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and ἐγνώκειτε to know τί which? ἐστιν to be· ⚐Ἔλεος mercy θέλω to will καὶ and οὐ no θυσίαν sacrifice, ⚐οὐκ no ἂν if κατεδικάσατε to condemn τοὺς the ἀναιτίους innocent. -40 12 8 ⚐κύριος lord γάρ for ἐστιν to be τοῦ the σαββάτου Sabbath ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human.

 -40 12 9 ⚐Καὶ and μεταβὰς to depart ἐκεῖθεν from there ⚐ἦλθεν to go εἰς toward τὴν the συναγωγὴν synagogue αὐτῶν of them· -40 12 10 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἄνθρωπος a human χεῖρα hand ἔχων to have ξηράν withered. ⚐καὶ and ἐπηρώτησαν to question αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Εἰ if ἔξεστιν it is permitted ⚐τοῖς the σάββασιν Sabbath θεραπεῦσαι to heal; ⚐ἵνα in order that κατηγορήσωσιν to accuse αὐτοῦ of him. -40 12 11 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τίς which? ἔσται to be ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐ὃς which ἕξει to have πρόβατον sheep ἕν one, ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if ἐμπέσῃ to fall into τοῦτο this τοῖς the σάββασιν Sabbath εἰς toward βόθυνον pit, ⚐οὐχὶ not κρατήσει to grasp αὐτὸ it ⚐καὶ and ἐγερεῖ to arise; -40 12 12 ⚐πόσῳ how much οὖν therefore διαφέρει to surpass ἄνθρωπος a human προβάτου sheep. ⚐ὥστε so ἔξεστιν it is permitted ⚐τοῖς the σάββασιν Sabbath καλῶς well ποιεῖν to do. -40 12 13 ⚐τότε then λέγει to speak τῷ the ἀνθρώπῳ a human· ⚐Ἔκτεινόν to stretch out σου of you τὴν the χεῖρα hand· ⚐καὶ and ἐξέτεινεν to stretch out, ⚐καὶ and ἀπεκατεστάθη to restore ὑγιὴς healthy ὡς as ἡ the ἄλλη another. -40 12 14 ⚐ἐξελθόντες to go out δὲ but οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ⚐συμβούλιον counsel ἔλαβον to take κατ᾽ according to αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅπως that αὐτὸν him ἀπολέσωσιν to destroy.

 -40 12 15 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus γνοὺς to know ⚐ἀνεχώρησεν to leave ἐκεῖθεν from there. ⚐καὶ and ἠκολούθησαν to follow αὐτῷ to him ὄχλοι crowd πολλοί much, ⚐καὶ and ἐθεράπευσεν to heal αὐτοὺς them πάντας all, -40 12 16 ⚐καὶ and ἐπετίμησεν to rebuke αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἵνα in order to μὴ not φανερὸν manifest αὐτὸν him ποιήσωσιν to make, -40 12 17 ⚐ἵνα in order that πληρωθῇ to fulfill τὸ the ῥηθὲν to say διὰ through Ἠσαΐου Isaiah τοῦ the προφήτου prophet ⚐λέγοντος to speak· -40 12 18 ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ὁ the παῖς child μου of me ⚐ὃν which ᾑρέτισα to choose, ⚐ὁ the ἀγαπητός beloved μου of me ⚐εἰς toward ὃν which εὐδόκησεν to delight ἡ the ψυχή soul μου of me· ⚐θήσω to place τὸ the πνεῦμά spirit μου of me ἐπ᾽ on αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and κρίσιν judgment τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles ἀπαγγελεῖ to announce. -40 12 19 ⚐οὐκ no ἐρίσει to quarrel ⚐οὐδὲ and not κραυγάσει to shout, ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἀκούσει to hear τις one ἐν in ταῖς the πλατείαις wide τὴν the φωνὴν voice αὐτοῦ of him. -40 12 20 ⚐κάλαμον reed συντετριμμένον to break οὐ no κατεάξει to break ⚐καὶ and λίνον wick τυφόμενον to smoulder οὐ no σβέσει to extinguish, ⚐ἕως until ἂν if ἐκβάλῃ to expel εἰς toward νῖκος victory τὴν the κρίσιν judgment. -40 12 21 ⚐καὶ and τῷ the ὀνόματι name αὐτοῦ of him ἔθνη Gentiles ἐλπιοῦσιν to hope.

 -40 12 22 ⚐Τότε then προσηνέχθη to bring to αὐτῷ to him δαιμονιζόμενος be demonised τυφλὸς blind καὶ and κωφός mute· ⚐καὶ and ἐθεράπευσεν to heal αὐτόν him, ⚐ὥστε so τὸν the κωφὸν mute λαλεῖν to speak καὶ and βλέπειν to see. -40 12 23 ⚐καὶ and ἐξίσταντο to amaze πάντες all οἱ the ὄχλοι crowd ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Μήτι no? οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the υἱὸς son Δαυίδ David; -40 12 24 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ἀκούσαντες to hear ⚐εἶπον to say· ⚐Οὗτος this οὐκ no ἐκβάλλει to expel τὰ the δαιμόνια demon ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ἐν by τῷ the Βεελζεβοὺλ Beelzebub ἄρχοντι ruler τῶν the δαιμονίων demon. -40 12 25 ⚐εἰδὼς to know δὲ and τὰς the ἐνθυμήσεις reflection αὐτῶν of them ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Πᾶσα all βασιλεία kingdom μερισθεῖσα to divide καθ᾽ according to ἑαυτῆς itself ἐρημοῦται to lay waste, ⚐καὶ and πᾶσα all πόλις city ἢ or οἰκία house μερισθεῖσα to divide καθ᾽ according to ἑαυτῆς itself οὐ no σταθήσεται to stand. -40 12 26 ⚐καὶ and εἰ if ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan τὸν the Σατανᾶν Satan ἐκβάλλει to expel, ⚐ἐφ᾽ against ἑαυτὸν himself ἐμερίσθη to divide· ⚐πῶς how? οὖν then σταθήσεται to stand ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom αὐτοῦ of him; -40 12 27 ⚐καὶ and εἰ if ἐγὼ I ἐν by Βεελζεβοὺλ Beelzebub ἐκβάλλω to expel τὰ the δαιμόνια demon, ⚐οἱ the υἱοὶ son ὑμῶν of you ἐν by τίνι which? ἐκβάλλουσιν to expel; ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this αὐτοὶ they κριταὶ judge ἔσονται to be ὑμῶν of you. -40 12 28 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ἐν by πνεύματι spirit θεοῦ God ἐγὼ I ἐκβάλλω to expel τὰ the δαιμόνια demon, ⚐ἄρα therefore ἔφθασεν to precede ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμᾶς you ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -40 12 29 ⚐ἢ or πῶς how? δύναταί be able τις one ⚐εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house τοῦ the ἰσχυροῦ strong ⚐καὶ and τὰ the σκεύη vessel αὐτοῦ of him ἁρπάσαι to seize, ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not πρῶτον first δήσῃ to bind τὸν the ἰσχυρόν strong; ⚐καὶ and τότε then τὴν the οἰκίαν house αὐτοῦ of him διαρπάσει to rob. -40 12 30 ⚐ὁ the μὴ not ὢν to be μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me κατ᾽ according to ἐμοῦ of me ἐστιν to be, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the μὴ not συνάγων to assemble μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me σκορπίζει to scatter. -40 12 31 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐πᾶσα all ἁμαρτία sin καὶ and βλασφημία blasphemy ἀφεθήσεται to release τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human, ⚐ἡ the δὲ but τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit βλασφημία blasphemy οὐκ no ἀφεθήσεται to release. -40 12 32 ⚐καὶ and ὃς which ἐὰν if εἴπῃ to say λόγον word κατὰ according to τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human, ⚐ἀφεθήσεται to release αὐτῷ to him· ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ but ἂν if εἴπῃ to say κατὰ according to τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit τοῦ the ἁγίου holy, ⚐οὐκ no ἀφεθήσεται to release αὐτῷ to him ⚐οὔτε neither ἐν in τούτῳ to this τῷ the αἰῶνι an age οὔτε neither ἐν in τῷ the μέλλοντι be about to.

 -40 12 33 ⚐Ἢ or ποιήσατε to make τὸ the δένδρον tree καλὸν good ⚐καὶ and τὸν the καρπὸν fruit αὐτοῦ of it καλόν good, ⚐ἢ or ποιήσατε to make τὸ the δένδρον tree σαπρὸν rotten ⚐καὶ and τὸν the καρπὸν fruit αὐτοῦ of it σαπρόν rotten· ⚐ἐκ out of γὰρ for τοῦ the καρποῦ fruit τὸ the δένδρον tree γινώσκεται to know. -40 12 34 ⚐γεννήματα offspring ἐχιδνῶν snake, πῶς how? δύνασθε be able ⚐ἀγαθὰ good-doer λαλεῖν to speak ⚐πονηροὶ evil ὄντες to be; ⚐ἐκ from γὰρ for τοῦ the περισσεύματος overflow τῆς the καρδίας heart τὸ the στόμα mouth λαλεῖ to speak. -40 12 35 ⚐ὁ the ἀγαθὸς good-doer ἄνθρωπος a human ἐκ out of τοῦ the ἀγαθοῦ good-doer θησαυροῦ treasure ἐκβάλλει to expel ἀγαθά good-doer, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πονηρὸς evil ἄνθρωπος a human ἐκ out of τοῦ the πονηροῦ evil θησαυροῦ treasure ἐκβάλλει to expel πονηρά evil. -40 12 36 ⚐λέγω to speak δὲ and ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that πᾶν all ῥῆμα word ἀργὸν idle ὃ which λαλήσουσιν to speak οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human, ⚐ἀποδώσουσιν to pay περὶ about αὐτοῦ of it λόγον word ἐν on ἡμέρᾳ day κρίσεως judgment· -40 12 37 ⚐ἐκ out of γὰρ for τῶν the λόγων word σου of you δικαιωθήσῃ to justify, ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of τῶν the λόγων word σου of you καταδικασθήσῃ to condemn.

 -40 12 38 ⚐Τότε then ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer αὐτῷ to him τινες one τῶν the γραμματέων scribe καὶ and Φαρισαίων Pharisee ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, θέλομεν to will ἀπὸ from σοῦ of you ⚐σημεῖον sign ἰδεῖν to know. -40 12 39 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Γενεὰ generation πονηρὰ evil καὶ and μοιχαλὶς adulterous σημεῖον sign ἐπιζητεῖ to seek after, ⚐καὶ and σημεῖον sign οὐ no δοθήσεται to give αὐτῇ to her ⚐εἰ if μὴ not τὸ the σημεῖον sign Ἰωνᾶ Jonah τοῦ the προφήτου prophet. -40 12 40 ⚐ὥσπερ just as γὰρ for ἦν to be Ἰωνᾶς Jonah ἐν in τῇ the κοιλίᾳ belly τοῦ the κήτους sea monster τρεῖς three ἡμέρας day καὶ and τρεῖς three νύκτας night, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔσται to be ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart τῆς the γῆς earth τρεῖς three ἡμέρας day καὶ and τρεῖς three νύκτας night. -40 12 41 ⚐ἄνδρες man Νινευῖται Ninevite ἀναστήσονται to arise ἐν in τῇ the κρίσει judgment μετὰ with τῆς the γενεᾶς generation ταύτης of this ⚐καὶ and κατακρινοῦσιν to condemn αὐτήν her· ⚐ὅτι since μετενόησαν to repent εἰς toward τὸ the κήρυγμα preaching Ἰωνᾶ Jonah, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! πλεῖον greater Ἰωνᾶ Jonah ὧδε here. -40 12 42 ⚐βασίλισσα queen νότου south ἐγερθήσεται to arise ἐν in τῇ the κρίσει judgment μετὰ with τῆς the γενεᾶς generation ταύτης of this ⚐καὶ and κατακρινεῖ to condemn αὐτήν her· ⚐ὅτι since ἦλθεν to come ἐκ from τῶν the περάτων end τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐ἀκοῦσαι to hear τὴν the σοφίαν wisdom Σολομῶνος Solomon, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! πλεῖον greater Σολομῶνος Solomon ὧδε here.

 -40 12 43 ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ and τὸ the ἀκάθαρτον unclean πνεῦμα spirit ἐξέλθῃ to go out ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human, ⚐διέρχεται to pass through δι᾽ through ἀνύδρων waterless τόπων place ⚐ζητοῦν to seek ἀνάπαυσιν rest, ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no εὑρίσκει to find. -40 12 44 ⚐τότε then λέγει to speak· ⚐Εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκόν house μου of me ἐπιστρέψω to turn ὅθεν whence ἐξῆλθον to go out· ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὸν to come ⚐εὑρίσκει to find ⚐σχολάζοντα empty σεσαρωμένον to sweep καὶ and κεκοσμημένον to arrange. -40 12 45 ⚐τότε then πορεύεται to go ⚐καὶ and παραλαμβάνει to take μεθ᾽ with ἑαυτοῦ itself ἑπτὰ seven ἕτερα other πνεύματα spirit πονηρότερα evil ἑαυτοῦ itself, ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθόντα to enter ⚐κατοικεῖ to dwell ἐκεῖ there· ⚐καὶ and γίνεται to be τὰ the ἔσχατα last τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐκείνου that χείρονα worse than τῶν the πρώτων first. ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔσται to be καὶ and τῇ the γενεᾷ generation ταύτῃ to this τῇ the πονηρᾷ evil.

 -40 12 46 ⚐Ἔτι still αὐτοῦ of him λαλοῦντος to speak τοῖς the ὄχλοις crowd ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἡ the μήτηρ mother καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother αὐτοῦ of him εἱστήκεισαν to stand ἔξω outside ⚐ζητοῦντες to seek ⚐αὐτῷ to him λαλῆσαι to speak. -40 12 47 ⚐εἶπεν to say δέ and τις one αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἡ the μήτηρ mother σου of you καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοί brother σου of you ἔξω outside ἑστήκασιν to stand, ⚐ζητοῦντές to seek ⚐σοι to you λαλῆσαι to speak. -40 12 48 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say τῷ who λέγοντι to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Τίς which? ἐστιν to be ἡ the μήτηρ mother μου of me, ⚐καὶ and τίνες which? εἰσὶν to be οἱ the ἀδελφοί brother μου of me; -40 12 49 ⚐καὶ and ἐκτείνας to stretch out τὴν the χεῖρα hand αὐτοῦ of him ἐπὶ to τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἡ the μήτηρ mother μου of me καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοί brother μου of me· -40 12 50 ⚐ὅστις which γὰρ for ἂν if ποιήσῃ to do τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me τοῦ the ἐν in οὐρανοῖς heaven, ⚐αὐτός he μου of me ἀδελφὸς brother καὶ and ἀδελφὴ sister καὶ and μήτηρ mother ἐστίν to be.

 -40 13 1 ⚐Ἐν on τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day ἐκείνῃ that ἐξελθὼν to go out ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τῆς the οἰκίας house ⚐ἐκάθητο to sit παρὰ beside τὴν the θάλασσαν sea· -40 13 2 ⚐καὶ and συνήχθησαν to assemble πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ὄχλοι crowd πολλοί much, ⚐ὥστε so αὐτὸν him εἰς toward πλοῖον boat ἐμβάντα to get into ⚐καθῆσθαι to sit, ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ the ὄχλος crowd ἐπὶ on τὸν the αἰγιαλὸν shore εἱστήκει to stand. -40 13 3 ⚐καὶ and ἐλάλησεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them πολλὰ much ἐν in παραβολαῖς parable ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἐξῆλθεν to go out ὁ the σπείρων to sow ⚐τοῦ the σπείρειν to sow. -40 13 4 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the σπείρειν to sow αὐτὸν him ⚐ἃ which μὲν on the other hand ἔπεσεν to collapse παρὰ beside τὴν the ὁδόν road, ⚐καὶ and ἐλθόντα to come τὰ the πετεινὰ bird ⚐κατέφαγεν to devour αὐτά them. -40 13 5 ⚐ἄλλα another δὲ and ἔπεσεν to collapse ἐπὶ on τὰ the πετρώδη rocky ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) οὐκ no εἶχεν to have γῆν earth πολλήν much, ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἐξανέτειλεν to sprout up διὰ because of τὸ the μὴ not ἔχειν to be βάθος depth γῆς earth, -40 13 6 ⚐ἡλίου sun δὲ but ἀνατείλαντος to rise ⚐ἐκαυματίσθη to scorch ⚐καὶ and διὰ because of τὸ the μὴ not ἔχειν to have ῥίζαν root ἐξηράνθη to dry. -40 13 7 ⚐ἄλλα another δὲ and ἔπεσεν to collapse ἐπὶ upon τὰς the ἀκάνθας a thorn, ⚐καὶ and ἀνέβησαν to ascend αἱ the ἄκανθαι a thorn ⚐καὶ and ἔπνιξαν to choke αὐτά them. -40 13 8 ⚐ἄλλα another δὲ but ἔπεσεν to collapse ἐπὶ on τὴν the γῆν earth τὴν the καλὴν good ⚐καὶ and ἐδίδου to give καρπόν fruit, ⚐ὃ which μὲν on the other hand ἑκατὸν hundred ὃ which δὲ and ἑξήκοντα sixty ὃ which δὲ and τριάκοντα thirty. -40 13 9 ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have ὦτα ear ἀκουέτω to hear.

 -40 13 10 ⚐Καὶ and προσελθόντες to come near οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Διὰ because of τί which? ἐν in παραβολαῖς parable λαλεῖς to speak αὐτοῖς to them; -40 13 11 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὅτι that ὑμῖν to you δέδοται to give ⚐γνῶναι to know τὰ the μυστήρια mystery τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven, ⚐ἐκείνοις that δὲ and οὐ no δέδοται to give. -40 13 12 ⚐ὅστις who γὰρ for ἔχει to have, δοθήσεται to give αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and περισσευθήσεται to abound· ⚐ὅστις who δὲ but οὐκ no ἔχει to have, καὶ and ὃ which ἔχει to have ἀρθήσεται to take up ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him. -40 13 13 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this ἐν in παραβολαῖς parable αὐτοῖς to them λαλῶ to speak, ⚐ὅτι that βλέποντες to see ⚐οὐ no βλέπουσιν to see ⚐καὶ and ἀκούοντες to hear ⚐οὐκ no ἀκούουσιν to hear οὐδὲ and not συνίουσιν to understand· -40 13 14 ⚐καὶ and ἀναπληροῦται to fulfil αὐτοῖς to them ἡ the προφητεία prophecy Ἠσαΐου Isaiah ἡ the λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Ἀκοῇ hearing ⚐ἀκούσετε to hear καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not συνῆτε to understand, ⚐καὶ and βλέποντες to see ⚐βλέψετε to see καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not ἴδητε to know. -40 13 15 ⚐ἐπαχύνθη to thicken γὰρ for ἡ the καρδία heart τοῦ the λαοῦ a people τούτου of this, ⚐καὶ and τοῖς the ὠσὶν ear βαρέως difficultly ἤκουσαν to hear, ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye αὐτῶν of them ἐκάμμυσαν to close· ⚐μήποτε lest ἴδωσιν to know τοῖς the ὀφθαλμοῖς eye ⚐καὶ and τοῖς the ὠσὶν ear ἀκούσωσιν to hear ⚐καὶ and τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart συνῶσιν to understand ⚐καὶ and ἐπιστρέψωσιν to turn, ⚐καὶ and ἰάσομαι to heal αὐτούς them. -40 13 16 ⚐ὑμῶν of you δὲ but μακάριοι blessed οἱ the ὀφθαλμοὶ eye ⚐ὅτι since βλέπουσιν to see, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ὦτα ear ὑμῶν of you ⚐ὅτι since ἀκούουσιν to hear. -40 13 17 ⚐ἀμὴν amen γὰρ for λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that πολλοὶ much προφῆται prophet καὶ and δίκαιοι just ἐπεθύμησαν to long for ⚐ἰδεῖν to know ἃ which βλέπετε to see ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no εἶδαν to know, ⚐καὶ and ἀκοῦσαι to hear ἃ which ἀκούετε to hear ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἤκουσαν to hear.

 -40 13 18 ⚐Ὑμεῖς you οὖν therefore ἀκούσατε to hear τὴν the παραβολὴν parable τοῦ the σπείραντος to sow. -40 13 19 ⚐παντὸς all ἀκούοντος to hear τὸν the λόγον word τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom ⚐καὶ and μὴ not συνιέντος to understand, ⚐ἔρχεται to come ὁ the πονηρὸς evil ⚐καὶ and ἁρπάζει to seize τὸ the ἐσπαρμένον to sow ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the παρὰ beside τὴν the ὁδὸν road σπαρείς to sow. -40 13 20 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἐπὶ on τὰ the πετρώδη rocky σπαρείς to sow, ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the τὸν the λόγον word ἀκούων to hear ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately μετὰ with χαρᾶς joy λαμβάνων to take αὐτόν him, -40 13 21 ⚐οὐκ no ἔχει to have δὲ but ῥίζαν root ἐν in ἑαυτῷ himself ⚐ἀλλὰ but πρόσκαιρός temporary ἐστιν to be, ⚐γενομένης to be δὲ and θλίψεως pressure ἢ or διωγμοῦ persecution διὰ because of τὸν the λόγον word ⚐εὐθὺς immediately σκανδαλίζεται to cause to stumble. -40 13 22 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἰς toward τὰς the ἀκάνθας a thorn σπαρείς to sow, ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the τὸν the λόγον word ἀκούων to hear, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the μέριμνα concern τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age καὶ and ἡ the ἀπάτη deceit τοῦ the πλούτου riches συμπνίγει to choke τὸν the λόγον word, ⚐καὶ and ἄκαρπος unfruitful γίνεται to be. -40 13 23 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἐπὶ on τὴν the καλὴν good γῆν earth σπαρείς to sow, ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the τὸν the λόγον word ἀκούων to hear καὶ and συνιείς to understand, ⚐ὃς which δὴ so καρποφορεῖ to bear fruit ⚐καὶ and ποιεῖ to make ὃ which μὲν on the other hand ἑκατὸν hundred ὃ which δὲ and ἑξήκοντα sixty ὃ which δὲ and τριάκοντα thirty.

 -40 13 24 ⚐Ἄλλην another παραβολὴν parable παρέθηκεν to set before αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ὡμοιώθη to liken ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven ἀνθρώπῳ a human ⚐σπείραντι to sow καλὸν good σπέρμα seed ἐν in τῷ the ἀγρῷ field αὐτοῦ of him. -40 13 25 ⚐ἐν in δὲ but τῷ the καθεύδειν to sleep τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human ⚐ἦλθεν to come αὐτοῦ of him ὁ the ἐχθρὸς enemy ⚐καὶ and ἐπέσπειρεν to sow above ζιζάνια weed ἀνὰ each μέσον midst τοῦ the σίτου grain ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθεν to go away. -40 13 26 ⚐ὅτε when δὲ and ἐβλάστησεν to sprout ὁ the χόρτος grass καὶ and καρπὸν fruit ἐποίησεν to create, ⚐τότε then ἐφάνη to appear καὶ and τὰ the ζιζάνια weed. -40 13 27 ⚐προσελθόντες to come near δὲ and οἱ the δοῦλοι slave τοῦ the οἰκοδεσπότου householder ⚐εἶπον to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, οὐχὶ not καλὸν good σπέρμα seed ἔσπειρας to sow ἐν in τῷ the σῷ your ἀγρῷ field; ⚐πόθεν where οὖν then ἔχει to have ζιζάνια weed; -40 13 28 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἔφη to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἐχθρὸς enemy ἄνθρωπος a human τοῦτο this ἐποίησεν to do. ⚐οἱ the δὲ and δοῦλοι slave λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Θέλεις to will οὖν therefore ⚐ἀπελθόντες to go away ⚐συλλέξωμεν to collect αὐτά them; -40 13 29 ⚐ὁ the δέ but φησιν to say· ⚐Οὔ no, μήποτε lest συλλέγοντες to collect τὰ the ζιζάνια weed ⚐ἐκριζώσητε to uproot ἅμα together αὐτοῖς to them τὸν the σῖτον grain· -40 13 30 ⚐ἄφετε to release συναυξάνεσθαι to grow together ἀμφότερα both ἕως until τοῦ the θερισμοῦ harvest· ⚐καὶ and ἐν in καιρῷ time τοῦ the θερισμοῦ harvest ἐρῶ to say τοῖς the θερισταῖς reaper· ⚐Συλλέξατε to collect πρῶτον first τὰ the ζιζάνια weed ⚐καὶ and δήσατε to bind αὐτὰ them εἰς toward δέσμας bundle ⚐πρὸς to τὸ the κατακαῦσαι to burn αὐτά them, ⚐τὸν the δὲ but σῖτον grain συναγάγετε to assemble εἰς toward τὴν the ἀποθήκην storehouse μου of me.

 -40 13 31 ⚐Ἄλλην another παραβολὴν parable παρέθηκεν to set before αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ὁμοία like ἐστὶν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven κόκκῳ seed σινάπεως mustard, ⚐ὃν which λαβὼν to take ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐ἔσπειρεν to sow ἐν in τῷ the ἀγρῷ field αὐτοῦ of him· -40 13 32 ⚐ὃ which μικρότερον small μέν on the other hand ἐστιν to be πάντων all τῶν the σπερμάτων seed, ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ but αὐξηθῇ to grow ⚐μεῖζον great τῶν the λαχάνων plant ἐστὶν to be ⚐καὶ and γίνεται to be δένδρον tree, ⚐ὥστε so ἐλθεῖν to come τὰ the πετεινὰ bird τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ⚐καὶ and κατασκηνοῦν to dwell ἐν in τοῖς the κλάδοις branch αὐτοῦ of it.

 -40 13 33 ⚐Ἄλλην another παραβολὴν parable ἐλάλησεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὁμοία like ἐστὶν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven ζύμῃ leaven, ⚐ἣν which λαβοῦσα to take γυνὴ woman ⚐ἐνέκρυψεν to mix εἰς toward ἀλεύρου flour σάτα seah τρία three ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ἐζυμώθη to leaven ὅλον all.

 -40 13 34 ⚐Ταῦτα these πάντα all ἐλάλησεν to speak ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐν in παραβολαῖς parable τοῖς the ὄχλοις crowd, ⚐καὶ and χωρὶς without παραβολῆς parable οὐδὲν no one ἐλάλει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· -40 13 35 ⚐ὅπως that πληρωθῇ to fulfill τὸ the ῥηθὲν to say διὰ through τοῦ the προφήτου prophet ⚐λέγοντος to speak· ⚐Ἀνοίξω to open ἐν in παραβολαῖς parable τὸ the στόμα mouth μου of me, ⚐ἐρεύξομαι to proclaim κεκρυμμένα to hide ἀπὸ from καταβολῆς beginning κόσμου world.

 -40 13 36 ⚐Τότε then ἀφεὶς to release τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd ⚐ἦλθεν to go εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house. ⚐καὶ and προσῆλθον to come near αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Διασάφησον to explain ἡμῖν to us τὴν the παραβολὴν parable τῶν the ζιζανίων weed τοῦ the ἀγροῦ field. -40 13 37 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ὁ who σπείρων to sow τὸ the καλὸν good σπέρμα seed ἐστὶν to be ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human· -40 13 38 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀγρός field ἐστιν to be ὁ the κόσμος world· ⚐τὸ the δὲ and καλὸν good σπέρμα seed, οὗτοί these εἰσιν to be οἱ the υἱοὶ son τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom· ⚐τὰ the δὲ and ζιζάνιά weed εἰσιν to be οἱ the υἱοὶ son τοῦ the πονηροῦ evil, -40 13 39 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἐχθρὸς enemy ὁ who σπείρας to sow αὐτά them ἐστιν to be ὁ the διάβολος the Devil· ⚐ὁ the δὲ and θερισμὸς harvest συντέλεια consummation αἰῶνός an age ἐστιν to be, ⚐οἱ the δὲ and θερισταὶ reaper ἄγγελοί angel εἰσιν to be. -40 13 40 ⚐ὥσπερ just as οὖν therefore συλλέγεται to collect τὰ the ζιζάνια weed καὶ and πυρὶ fire κατακαίεται to burn, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔσται to be ἐν in τῇ the συντελείᾳ consummation τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age· -40 13 41 ⚐ἀποστελεῖ to send ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human τοὺς the ἀγγέλους angel αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and συλλέξουσιν to collect ἐκ from τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom αὐτοῦ of him πάντα all τὰ the σκάνδαλα stumbling block καὶ and τοὺς the ποιοῦντας to do τὴν the ἀνομίαν lawlessness, -40 13 42 ⚐καὶ and βαλοῦσιν to throw αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὴν the κάμινον furnace τοῦ the πυρός fire· ⚐ἐκεῖ there ἔσται to be ὁ the κλαυθμὸς weeping καὶ and ὁ the βρυγμὸς gnashing τῶν the ὀδόντων tooth. -40 13 43 ⚐Τότε then οἱ the δίκαιοι just ἐκλάμψουσιν to shine out ὡς as ὁ the ἥλιος sun ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τοῦ the πατρὸς father αὐτῶν of them. ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have ὦτα ear ἀκουέτω to hear.

 -40 13 44 ⚐Ὁμοία like ἐστὶν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven θησαυρῷ treasure κεκρυμμένῳ to hide ἐν in τῷ the ἀγρῷ field, ⚐ὃν which εὑρὼν to find ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐ἔκρυψεν to hide, ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from τῆς the χαρᾶς joy αὐτοῦ of him ὑπάγει to go ⚐καὶ and πωλεῖ to sell πάντα all ὅσα as much as ἔχει to have ⚐καὶ and ἀγοράζει to buy τὸν the ἀγρὸν field ἐκεῖνον that.

 -40 13 45 ⚐Πάλιν again ὁμοία like ἐστὶν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven ἀνθρώπῳ a human ἐμπόρῳ merchant ⚐ζητοῦντι to seek καλοὺς good μαργαρίτας pearl· -40 13 46 ⚐εὑρὼν to find δὲ and ἕνα one πολύτιμον valuable μαργαρίτην pearl ⚐ἀπελθὼν to go away ⚐πέπρακεν to sell πάντα all ὅσα as much as εἶχεν to have ⚐καὶ and ἠγόρασεν to buy αὐτόν him.

 -40 13 47 ⚐Πάλιν again ὁμοία like ἐστὶν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven σαγήνῃ dragnet βληθείσῃ to throw εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of παντὸς all γένους family συναγαγούσῃ to assemble· -40 13 48 ⚐ἣν which ὅτε when ἐπληρώθη to fulfill ⚐ἀναβιβάσαντες to pull up ἐπὶ upon τὸν the αἰγιαλὸν shore ⚐καὶ and καθίσαντες to sit ⚐συνέλεξαν to collect τὰ the καλὰ good εἰς toward ἄγγη vessel, ⚐τὰ the δὲ and σαπρὰ rotten ἔξω out ἔβαλον to throw. -40 13 49 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔσται to be ἐν in τῇ the συντελείᾳ consummation τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age· ⚐ἐξελεύσονται to go out οἱ the ἄγγελοι angel ⚐καὶ and ἀφοριοῦσιν to separate τοὺς the πονηροὺς evil ἐκ from μέσου midst τῶν the δικαίων just -40 13 50 ⚐καὶ and βαλοῦσιν to throw αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὴν the κάμινον furnace τοῦ the πυρός fire· ⚐ἐκεῖ there ἔσται to be ὁ the κλαυθμὸς weeping καὶ and ὁ the βρυγμὸς gnashing τῶν the ὀδόντων tooth.

 -40 13 51 ⚐Συνήκατε to understand ταῦτα these πάντα all; ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ναί yes. -40 13 52 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Διὰ because of τοῦτο this πᾶς all γραμματεὺς scribe μαθητευθεὶς to disciple τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven ⚐ὅμοιός like ἐστιν to be ἀνθρώπῳ a human οἰκοδεσπότῃ householder ⚐ὅστις who ἐκβάλλει to expel ἐκ of τοῦ the θησαυροῦ treasure αὐτοῦ of him καινὰ new καὶ and παλαιά old. -40 13 53 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ὅτε when ἐτέλεσεν to finish ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τὰς the παραβολὰς parable ταύτας these, ⚐μετῆρεν to leave ἐκεῖθεν from there.

 -40 13 54 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὼν to come εἰς toward τὴν the πατρίδα fatherland αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐδίδασκεν to teach αὐτοὺς them ἐν in τῇ the συναγωγῇ synagogue αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ὥστε so ἐκπλήσσεσθαι be astonished αὐτοὺς them ⚐καὶ and λέγειν to speak· ⚐Πόθεν where τούτῳ to this ἡ the σοφία wisdom αὕτη this καὶ and αἱ the δυνάμεις power; -40 13 55 ⚐οὐχ no οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the τοῦ the τέκτονος craftsman υἱός son; ⚐οὐχ no ἡ the μήτηρ mother αὐτοῦ of him λέγεται to speak Μαριὰμ Mary ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother αὐτοῦ of him Ἰάκωβος James καὶ and Ἰωσὴφ Joseph καὶ and Σίμων Simon καὶ and Ἰούδας Judas; -40 13 56 ⚐καὶ and αἱ the ἀδελφαὶ sister αὐτοῦ of him οὐχὶ not πᾶσαι all πρὸς with ἡμᾶς us εἰσιν to be; ⚐πόθεν where οὖν therefore τούτῳ to this ταῦτα these πάντα all; -40 13 57 ⚐καὶ and ἐσκανδαλίζοντο to cause to stumble ἐν in αὐτῷ to him. ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οὐκ no ἔστιν to be προφήτης prophet ἄτιμος dishonored ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ἐν in τῇ the πατρίδι fatherland καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house αὐτοῦ of him. -40 13 58 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐποίησεν to do ἐκεῖ there δυνάμεις power πολλὰς much ⚐διὰ because of τὴν the ἀπιστίαν unbelief αὐτῶν of them.

 -40 14 1 ⚐Ἐν in ἐκείνῳ that τῷ the καιρῷ time ἤκουσεν to hear Ἡρῴδης Herod ὁ the τετραάρχης tetrarch τὴν the ἀκοὴν hearing Ἰησοῦ Jesus, -40 14 2 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say τοῖς the παισὶν child αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be Ἰωάννης John ὁ the βαπτιστής one who baptizes· ⚐αὐτὸς he ἠγέρθη to arise ἀπὸ from τῶν the νεκρῶν dead, ⚐καὶ and διὰ because of τοῦτο this αἱ the δυνάμεις power ἐνεργοῦσιν be active ἐν in αὐτῷ to him. -40 14 3 ⚐Ὁ the γὰρ for Ἡρῴδης Herod κρατήσας to seize τὸν the Ἰωάννην John ⚐ἔδησεν to bind αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἐν in φυλακῇ prison ἀπέθετο to put aside διὰ because of Ἡρῳδιάδα Herodias τὴν the γυναῖκα woman Φιλίππου Philip τοῦ the ἀδελφοῦ brother αὐτοῦ of him, -40 14 4 ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak γὰρ for ὁ the Ἰωάννης John αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Οὐκ no ἔξεστίν it is permitted σοι to you ⚐ἔχειν to have αὐτήν her· -40 14 5 ⚐καὶ and θέλων to will ⚐αὐτὸν him ἀποκτεῖναι to kill ⚐ἐφοβήθη to fear τὸν the ὄχλον crowd, ⚐ὅτι since ὡς as προφήτην prophet αὐτὸν him εἶχον to have. -40 14 6 ⚐γενεσίοις birthday δὲ but γενομένοις to be τοῦ the Ἡρῴδου Herod ⚐ὠρχήσατο to dance ἡ the θυγάτηρ daughter τῆς the Ἡρῳδιάδος Herodias ἐν in τῷ the μέσῳ midst ⚐καὶ and ἤρεσεν to please τῷ the Ἡρῴδῃ Herod, -40 14 7 ⚐ὅθεν whence μεθ᾽ with ὅρκου oath ὡμολόγησεν to promise αὐτῇ to her ⚐δοῦναι to give ὃ which ἐὰν if αἰτήσηται to ask. -40 14 8 ⚐ἡ the δὲ and προβιβασθεῖσα to prompt ὑπὸ by τῆς the μητρὸς mother αὐτῆς of her· ⚐Δός to give μοι to me, φησίν to say, ὧδε here ἐπὶ on πίνακι platter τὴν the κεφαλὴν head Ἰωάννου John τοῦ the βαπτιστοῦ one who baptizes. -40 14 9 ⚐καὶ and λυπηθεὶς to grieve ὁ the βασιλεὺς king διὰ because of τοὺς the ὅρκους oath καὶ and τοὺς the συνανακειμένους to dine with ⚐ἐκέλευσεν to order δοθῆναι to give, -40 14 10 ⚐καὶ and πέμψας to send ⚐ἀπεκεφάλισεν to behead τὸν the Ἰωάννην John ἐν in τῇ the φυλακῇ prison· -40 14 11 ⚐καὶ and ἠνέχθη to bring ἡ the κεφαλὴ head αὐτοῦ of him ἐπὶ on πίνακι platter ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give τῷ the κορασίῳ girl, ⚐καὶ and ἤνεγκεν to bring τῇ the μητρὶ mother αὐτῆς of her. -40 14 12 ⚐καὶ and προσελθόντες to come near οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἦραν to take up τὸ the πτῶμα corpse ⚐καὶ and ἔθαψαν to bury αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἐλθόντες to go ⚐ἀπήγγειλαν to announce τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus.

 -40 14 13 ⚐Ἀκούσας to hear δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἀνεχώρησεν to leave ἐκεῖθεν from there ἐν in πλοίῳ boat εἰς toward ἔρημον deserted τόπον place κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private· ⚐καὶ and ἀκούσαντες to hear οἱ the ὄχλοι crowd ⚐ἠκολούθησαν to follow αὐτῷ to him πεζῇ on foot ἀπὸ from τῶν the πόλεων city. -40 14 14 ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθὼν to go out ⚐εἶδεν to know πολὺν much ὄχλον crowd, ⚐καὶ and ἐσπλαγχνίσθη to pity ἐπ᾽ on αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καὶ and ἐθεράπευσεν to heal τοὺς the ἀρρώστους ill αὐτῶν of them. -40 14 15 ⚐ὀψίας evening δὲ and γενομένης to be ⚐προσῆλθον to come near αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἔρημός deserted ἐστιν to be ὁ the τόπος place ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ὥρα hour ἤδη already παρῆλθεν to pass by· ⚐ἀπόλυσον to release τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀπελθόντες to go away εἰς toward τὰς the κώμας village ⚐ἀγοράσωσιν to buy ἑαυτοῖς themselves βρώματα food. -40 14 16 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οὐ no χρείαν need ἔχουσιν to have ἀπελθεῖν to go away· ⚐δότε to give αὐτοῖς to them ὑμεῖς you φαγεῖν to eat. -40 14 17 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Οὐκ no ἔχομεν to have ὧδε here εἰ if μὴ not πέντε five ἄρτους bread καὶ and δύο two ἰχθύας fish. -40 14 18 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Φέρετέ to bring μοι to me ὧδε here αὐτούς them. -40 14 19 ⚐καὶ and κελεύσας to order τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd ⚐ἀνακλιθῆναι to recline ἐπὶ on τοῦ the χόρτου grass, ⚐λαβὼν to take τοὺς the πέντε five ἄρτους bread καὶ and τοὺς the δύο two ἰχθύας fish, ⚐ἀναβλέψας to look up εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ⚐εὐλόγησεν to praise ⚐καὶ and κλάσας to break ⚐ἔδωκεν to give τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple τοὺς the ἄρτους bread ⚐οἱ who δὲ and μαθηταὶ disciple τοῖς the ὄχλοις crowd. -40 14 20 ⚐καὶ and ἔφαγον to eat πάντες all ⚐καὶ and ἐχορτάσθησαν to feed, ⚐καὶ and ἦραν to take up τὸ the περισσεῦον to exceed τῶν the κλασμάτων fragment δώδεκα twelve κοφίνους basket πλήρεις full. -40 14 21 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἐσθίοντες to eat ἦσαν to be ἄνδρες man ὡσεὶ about πεντακισχίλιοι five thousand ⚐χωρὶς without γυναικῶν woman καὶ and παιδίων child.

 -40 14 22 ⚐Καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἠνάγκασεν to compel τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple ⚐ἐμβῆναι to get into εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῖον boat ⚐καὶ and προάγειν to go before αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὸ the πέραν other side, ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ἀπολύσῃ to release τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd. -40 14 23 ⚐καὶ and ἀπολύσας to release τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd ⚐ἀνέβη to ascend εἰς toward τὸ the ὄρος mountain κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν one's own ⚐προσεύξασθαι to pray. ⚐ὀψίας evening δὲ and γενομένης to be ⚐μόνος alone ἦν to be ἐκεῖ there. -40 14 24 ⚐τὸ the δὲ and πλοῖον boat ἤδη already σταδίους stadium πολλοὺς much ἀπὸ from τῆς the γῆς earth ἀπεῖχεν to have in full, ⚐βασανιζόμενον to torture ὑπὸ by τῶν the κυμάτων a wave, ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for ἐναντίος against ὁ the ἄνεμος wind. -40 14 25 ⚐τετάρτῃ fourth δὲ and φυλακῇ watch τῆς the νυκτὸς night ἦλθεν to come πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ⚐περιπατῶν to walk ἐπὶ on τὴν the θάλασσαν sea. -40 14 26 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and μαθηταὶ disciple ἰδόντες to know αὐτὸν him ἐπὶ on τῆς the θαλάσσης sea περιπατοῦντα to walk ⚐ἐταράχθησαν to trouble ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Φάντασμά ghost ἐστιν to be, ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from τοῦ the φόβου fear ἔκραξαν to cry. -40 14 27 ⚐εὐθὺς immediately δὲ but ἐλάλησεν to speak ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Θαρσεῖτε take heart, ⚐ἐγώ I εἰμι to be· ⚐μὴ not φοβεῖσθε to fear.

 -40 14 28 ⚐Ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Κύριε lord, εἰ if σὺ you εἶ to be, ⚐κέλευσόν to order με me ⚐ἐλθεῖν to come πρὸς to σὲ you ἐπὶ on τὰ the ὕδατα water· -40 14 29 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐλθέ to come. ⚐καὶ and καταβὰς to go down ἀπὸ from τοῦ the πλοίου boat ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐περιεπάτησεν to walk ἐπὶ on τὰ the ὕδατα water ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to come πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus. -40 14 30 ⚐βλέπων to see δὲ but τὸν the ἄνεμον wind ἰσχυρὸν strong ⚐ἐφοβήθη to fear, ⚐καὶ and ἀρξάμενος be first καταποντίζεσθαι to sink ⚐ἔκραξεν to cry ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, σῶσόν to save με me. -40 14 31 ⚐εὐθέως immediately δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐκτείνας to stretch out τὴν the χεῖρα hand ⚐ἐπελάβετο to catch αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὀλιγόπιστε of little faith, εἰς toward τί which? ἐδίστασας to doubt; -40 14 32 ⚐καὶ and ἀναβάντων to ascend αὐτῶν of them εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῖον boat ⚐ἐκόπασεν to abate ὁ the ἄνεμος wind. -40 14 33 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἐν in τῷ the πλοίῳ boat προσεκύνησαν to worship αὐτῷ to him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἀληθῶς truly θεοῦ God υἱὸς son εἶ to be.

 -40 14 34 ⚐Καὶ and διαπεράσαντες to cross ⚐ἦλθον to come ἐπὶ to τὴν the γῆν earth εἰς toward Γεννησαρέτ Gennesaret. -40 14 35 ⚐καὶ and ἐπιγνόντες to come to know αὐτὸν him οἱ the ἄνδρες man τοῦ the τόπου place ἐκείνου that ⚐ἀπέστειλαν to send εἰς toward ὅλην all τὴν the περίχωρον surrounding region ἐκείνην that, ⚐καὶ and προσήνεγκαν to bring to αὐτῷ to him πάντας all τοὺς the κακῶς badly ἔχοντας to have, -40 14 36 ⚐καὶ and παρεκάλουν to plead αὐτὸν him ⚐ἵνα in order that μόνον alone ἅψωνται to kindle τοῦ the κρασπέδου edge τοῦ the ἱματίου clothing αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐καὶ and ὅσοι as much as ἥψαντο to kindle διεσώθησαν to save.

 -40 15 1 ⚐Τότε then προσέρχονται to come near τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἀπὸ from Ἱεροσολύμων Jerusalem Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee καὶ and γραμματεῖς scribe ⚐λέγοντες to speak -40 15 2 ⚐Διὰ because of τί which? οἱ the μαθηταί disciple σου of you παραβαίνουσιν to transgress τὴν the παράδοσιν tradition τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder; ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for νίπτονται to wash τὰς the χεῖρας hand αὐτῶν of them ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ἄρτον bread ἐσθίωσιν to eat. -40 15 3 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Διὰ because of τί which? καὶ and ὑμεῖς you παραβαίνετε to transgress τὴν the ἐντολὴν commandment τοῦ the θεοῦ God διὰ because of τὴν the παράδοσιν tradition ὑμῶν of you; -40 15 4 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for θεὸς God εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τίμα to honor τὸν the πατέρα father καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother, ⚐καί and· Ὁ the κακολογῶν to revile πατέρα father ἢ or μητέρα mother θανάτῳ death τελευτάτω to die· -40 15 5 ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but λέγετε to speak· ⚐Ὃς which ἂν if εἴπῃ to say τῷ the πατρὶ father ἢ or τῇ the μητρί mother· ⚐Δῶρον gift ὃ which ἐὰν if ἐξ from ἐμοῦ of me ὠφεληθῇς to help, -40 15 6 ⚐οὐ no μὴ not τιμήσει to honor τὸν the πατέρα father αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐καὶ and ἠκυρώσατε to nullify τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God διὰ because of τὴν the παράδοσιν tradition ὑμῶν of you. -40 15 7 ⚐ὑποκριταί hypocrite, καλῶς well ἐπροφήτευσεν to prophesy περὶ about ὑμῶν of you Ἠσαΐας Isaiah ⚐λέγων to speak· -40 15 8 ⚐Ὁ the λαὸς a people οὗτος this τοῖς the χείλεσίν lip με me τιμᾷ to honor, ⚐ἡ the δὲ but καρδία heart αὐτῶν of them πόρρω far (away) ἀπέχει to have in full ἀπ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me· -40 15 9 ⚐μάτην in vain δὲ and σέβονταί be devout με me, ⚐διδάσκοντες to teach διδασκαλίας teaching ἐντάλματα precept ἀνθρώπων a human.

 -40 15 10 ⚐Καὶ and προσκαλεσάμενος to summon τὸν the ὄχλον crowd ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἀκούετε to hear καὶ and συνίετε to understand· -40 15 11 ⚐οὐ no τὸ the εἰσερχόμενον to enter εἰς toward τὸ the στόμα mouth κοινοῖ to profane τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὸ the ἐκπορευόμενον to come out ἐκ of τοῦ the στόματος mouth τοῦτο this κοινοῖ to profane τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human. -40 15 12 ⚐Τότε then προσελθόντες to come near οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Οἶδας to know ⚐ὅτι that οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ἀκούσαντες to hear τὸν this λόγον word ⚐ἐσκανδαλίσθησαν to cause to stumble; -40 15 13 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say· ⚐Πᾶσα all φυτεία plant ἣν which οὐκ no ἐφύτευσεν to plant ὁ the πατήρ father μου of me ὁ the οὐράνιος heavenly ἐκριζωθήσεται to uproot. -40 15 14 ⚐ἄφετε to release αὐτούς them· ⚐τυφλοί blind εἰσιν to be ὁδηγοί guide τυφλῶν blind· ⚐τυφλὸς blind δὲ and τυφλὸν blind ἐὰν if ὁδηγῇ to guide, ⚐ἀμφότεροι both εἰς toward βόθυνον pit πεσοῦνται to collapse. -40 15 15 ⚐Ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ but ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Φράσον to explain ἡμῖν to us τὴν the παραβολήν parable ταύτην this. -40 15 16 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἀκμὴν still καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἀσύνετοί senseless ἐστε to be; -40 15 17 ⚐οὐ no νοεῖτε to understand ⚐ὅτι that πᾶν all τὸ the εἰσπορευόμενον to enter εἰς toward τὸ the στόμα mouth εἰς toward τὴν the κοιλίαν stomach χωρεῖ to make room for ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward ἀφεδρῶνα latrine ἐκβάλλεται to expel; -40 15 18 ⚐τὰ the δὲ but ἐκπορευόμενα to come out ἐκ of τοῦ the στόματος mouth ἐκ from τῆς the καρδίας heart ἐξέρχεται to go out, ⚐κἀκεῖνα and that one κοινοῖ to profane τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human. -40 15 19 ⚐ἐκ out of γὰρ for τῆς the καρδίας heart ἐξέρχονται to go out διαλογισμοὶ reasoning πονηροί evil, φόνοι murder, ⚐μοιχεῖαι adultery, πορνεῖαι sexual sin, κλοπαί theft, ψευδομαρτυρίαι false testimony, βλασφημίαι blasphemy. -40 15 20 ⚐ταῦτά these ἐστιν to be τὰ the κοινοῦντα to profane τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human, ⚐τὸ the δὲ and ἀνίπτοις unwashed χερσὶν hand φαγεῖν to eat οὐ no κοινοῖ to profane τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human.

 -40 15 21 ⚐Καὶ and ἐξελθὼν to go out ἐκεῖθεν from there ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἀνεχώρησεν to leave εἰς toward τὰ the μέρη part Τύρου Tyre καὶ and Σιδῶνος Sidon. -40 15 22 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! γυνὴ woman Χαναναία Canaanite ἀπὸ from τῶν the ὁρίων region ἐκείνων that ἐξελθοῦσα to go out ⚐ἔκραζεν to cry ⚐λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Ἐλέησόν to have mercy με me, κύριε lord υἱὸς son Δαυίδ David· ⚐ἡ the θυγάτηρ daughter μου of me κακῶς badly δαιμονίζεται be demonised. -40 15 23 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but οὐκ no ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτῇ to her λόγον word. ⚐καὶ and προσελθόντες to come near οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἠρώτουν to ask αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἀπόλυσον to release αὐτήν her, ⚐ὅτι since κράζει to cry ὄπισθεν after ἡμῶν of us. -40 15 24 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say· ⚐Οὐκ no ἀπεστάλην to send εἰ if μὴ not εἰς toward τὰ the πρόβατα sheep τὰ the ἀπολωλότα to destroy οἴκου house Ἰσραήλ Israel. -40 15 25 ⚐ἡ the δὲ but ἐλθοῦσα to come ⚐προσεκύνει to worship αὐτῷ to him ⚐λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, βοήθει to help μοι to me. -40 15 26 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say· ⚐Οὐκ no ἔστιν to be καλὸν good ⚐λαβεῖν to take τὸν the ἄρτον bread τῶν the τέκνων child ⚐καὶ and βαλεῖν to throw τοῖς the κυναρίοις little dog. -40 15 27 ⚐ἡ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ναί yes, κύριε lord, ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for τὰ the κυνάρια little dog ἐσθίει to eat ἀπὸ from τῶν the ψιχίων crumb τῶν the πιπτόντων to collapse ἀπὸ from τῆς the τραπέζης table τῶν the κυρίων lord αὐτῶν of them. -40 15 28 ⚐τότε then ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Ὦ oh! γύναι woman, μεγάλη great σου of you ἡ the πίστις faith· ⚐γενηθήτω to be σοι to you ⚐ὡς as θέλεις to will. ⚐καὶ and ἰάθη to heal ἡ the θυγάτηρ daughter αὐτῆς of her ἀπὸ from τῆς the ὥρας hour ἐκείνης that.

 -40 15 29 ⚐Καὶ and μεταβὰς to depart ἐκεῖθεν from there ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἦλθεν to go παρὰ beside τὴν the θάλασσαν sea τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee, ⚐καὶ and ἀναβὰς to ascend εἰς toward τὸ the ὄρος mountain ⚐ἐκάθητο to sit ἐκεῖ there. -40 15 30 ⚐καὶ and προσῆλθον to come near αὐτῷ to him ὄχλοι crowd πολλοὶ much ⚐ἔχοντες to have μεθ᾽ with ἑαυτῶν themselves χωλούς lame, τυφλούς blind, κυλλούς crippled, κωφούς mute, καὶ and ἑτέρους other πολλούς much, ⚐καὶ and ἔρριψαν to lay down αὐτοὺς them παρὰ beside τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἐθεράπευσεν to heal αὐτούς them· -40 15 31 ⚐ὥστε so τὸν the ὄχλον crowd θαυμάσαι to marvel ⚐βλέποντας to see κωφοὺς mute λαλοῦντας to speak ⚐κυλλοὺς crippled ὑγιεῖς healthy ⚐καὶ and χωλοὺς lame περιπατοῦντας to walk ⚐καὶ and τυφλοὺς blind βλέποντας to see· ⚐καὶ and ἐδόξασαν to glorify τὸν the θεὸν God Ἰσραήλ Israel.

 -40 15 32 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus προσκαλεσάμενος to summon τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Σπλαγχνίζομαι to pity ἐπὶ on τὸν the ὄχλον crowd, ⚐ὅτι since ἤδη already ἡμέραι day τρεῖς three προσμένουσίν to remain μοι to me ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔχουσιν to have ⚐τί which? φάγωσιν to eat· ⚐καὶ and ἀπολῦσαι to release αὐτοὺς them νήστεις fasting οὐ no θέλω to will, ⚐μήποτε lest ἐκλυθῶσιν to faint ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road. -40 15 33 ⚐καὶ and λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταί disciple· ⚐Πόθεν where ἡμῖν to us ἐν in ἐρημίᾳ desert ἄρτοι bread τοσοῦτοι so great ⚐ὥστε so χορτάσαι to feed ὄχλον crowd τοσοῦτον so great; -40 15 34 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Πόσους how many ἄρτους bread ἔχετε to have; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Ἑπτά seven, καὶ and ὀλίγα few ἰχθύδια little fish. -40 15 35 ⚐καὶ and παραγγείλας to order τῷ the ὄχλῳ crowd ⚐ἀναπεσεῖν to recline ἐπὶ on τὴν the γῆν earth -40 15 36 ⚐ἔλαβεν to take τοὺς the ἑπτὰ seven ἄρτους bread καὶ and τοὺς the ἰχθύας fish ⚐καὶ and εὐχαριστήσας to thank ⚐ἔκλασεν to break ⚐καὶ and ἐδίδου to give τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple ⚐οἱ the δὲ and μαθηταὶ disciple τοῖς the ὄχλοις crowd. -40 15 37 ⚐καὶ and ἔφαγον to eat πάντες all ⚐καὶ and ἐχορτάσθησαν to feed, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the περισσεῦον to exceed τῶν the κλασμάτων fragment ἦραν to take up ἑπτὰ seven σπυρίδας basket πλήρεις full. -40 15 38 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἐσθίοντες to eat ἦσαν to be τετρακισχίλιοι four thousand ἄνδρες man ⚐χωρὶς without γυναικῶν woman καὶ and παιδίων child. -40 15 39 ⚐καὶ and ἀπολύσας to release τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd ⚐ἐνέβη to get into εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῖον boat, ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to go εἰς toward τὰ the ὅρια region Μαγαδάν Magadan.

 -40 16 1 ⚐Καὶ and προσελθόντες to come near οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee καὶ and Σαδδουκαῖοι Sadducee ⚐πειράζοντες to test ⚐ἐπηρώτησαν to question αὐτὸν him ⚐σημεῖον sign ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ἐπιδεῖξαι to show αὐτοῖς to them. -40 16 2 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὀψίας evening γενομένης to be ⚐λέγετε to speak· ⚐Εὐδία fair weather, ⚐πυρράζει be (fiery) red γὰρ for ὁ the οὐρανός heaven· -40 16 3 ⚐καὶ and πρωΐ morning· ⚐Σήμερον today χειμών winter, ⚐πυρράζει be (fiery) red γὰρ for ⚐στυγνάζων be gloomy ὁ the οὐρανός heaven. ⚐τὸ the μὲν on the other hand πρόσωπον face τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven γινώσκετε to know διακρίνειν to judge, ⚐τὰ the δὲ but σημεῖα sign τῶν the καιρῶν time οὐ no δύνασθε be able. -40 16 4 ⚐Γενεὰ generation πονηρὰ evil καὶ and μοιχαλὶς adulterous σημεῖον sign ἐπιζητεῖ to seek after, ⚐καὶ and σημεῖον sign οὐ no δοθήσεται to give αὐτῇ to her ⚐εἰ if μὴ not τὸ the σημεῖον sign Ἰωνᾶ Jonah. ⚐καὶ and καταλιπὼν to leave αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away.

 -40 16 5 ⚐Καὶ and ἐλθόντες to go οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple εἰς toward τὸ the πέραν other side ⚐ἐπελάθοντο to forget ⚐ἄρτους bread λαβεῖν to take. -40 16 6 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὁρᾶτε to see καὶ and προσέχετε to watch out ἀπὸ from τῆς the ζύμης leaven τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee καὶ and Σαδδουκαίων Sadducee. -40 16 7 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and διελογίζοντο to reason ἐν among ἑαυτοῖς themselves ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι since Ἄρτους bread οὐκ no ἐλάβομεν to take. -40 16 8 ⚐γνοὺς to know δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τί which? διαλογίζεσθε to reason ἐν among ἑαυτοῖς yourself, ὀλιγόπιστοι of little faith, ⚐ὅτι that ἄρτους bread οὐκ no ἔχετε to have; -40 16 9 ⚐οὔπω not yet νοεῖτε to understand, οὐδὲ and not μνημονεύετε to remember τοὺς the πέντε five ἄρτους bread τῶν the πεντακισχιλίων five thousand ⚐καὶ and πόσους how many κοφίνους basket ἐλάβετε to take; -40 16 10 ⚐οὐδὲ and not τοὺς the ἑπτὰ seven ἄρτους bread τῶν the τετρακισχιλίων four thousand ⚐καὶ and πόσας how many σπυρίδας basket ἐλάβετε to take; -40 16 11 ⚐πῶς how? οὐ no νοεῖτε to understand ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no περὶ about ἄρτων bread εἶπον to say ὑμῖν to you; ⚐προσέχετε to watch out δὲ but ἀπὸ from τῆς the ζύμης leaven τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee καὶ and Σαδδουκαίων Sadducee. -40 16 12 ⚐τότε then συνῆκαν to understand ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no εἶπεν to say προσέχειν to watch out ἀπὸ from τῆς the ζύμης leaven τῶν the ἄρτων bread ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀπὸ from τῆς the διδαχῆς teaching τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee καὶ and Σαδδουκαίων Sadducee.

 -40 16 13 ⚐Ἐλθὼν to come δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἰς toward τὰ the μέρη part Καισαρείας Caesarea τῆς the Φιλίππου Philip ⚐ἠρώτα to ask τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Τίνα which? λέγουσιν to speak οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human ⚐εἶναι to be τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human; -40 16 14 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Οἱ the μὲν on the other hand Ἰωάννην John τὸν the βαπτιστήν one who baptizes, ⚐ἄλλοι another δὲ and Ἠλίαν Elijah, ⚐ἕτεροι other δὲ and Ἰερεμίαν Jeremiah ἢ or ἕνα one τῶν the προφητῶν prophet. -40 16 15 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὑμεῖς you δὲ but τίνα which? με me λέγετε to speak εἶναι to be; -40 16 16 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and Σίμων Simon Πέτρος Peter ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the χριστὸς Christ ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God τοῦ the ζῶντος to live. -40 16 17 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Μακάριος blessed εἶ to be, Σίμων Simon Βαριωνᾶ son of Jonas, ⚐ὅτι since σὰρξ flesh καὶ and αἷμα blood οὐκ no ἀπεκάλυψέν to reveal σοι to you ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the πατήρ father μου of me ὁ the ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven· -40 16 18 ⚐κἀγὼ and I δέ and σοι to you λέγω to speak ⚐ὅτι that σὺ you εἶ to be Πέτρος Peter, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on ταύτῃ to this τῇ the πέτρᾳ rock οἰκοδομήσω to build μου of me τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly, ⚐καὶ and πύλαι gate ᾅδου Hades οὐ no κατισχύσουσιν to prevail αὐτῆς of her· -40 16 19 ⚐δώσω to give σοι to you τὰς the κλεῖδας key τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven, ⚐καὶ and ὃ which ἐὰν if δήσῃς to bind ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ἔσται to be δεδεμένον to bind ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven, ⚐καὶ and ὃ which ἐὰν if λύσῃς to loose ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ἔσται to be λελυμένον to loose ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven. -40 16 20 ⚐τότε then διεστείλατο to give orders τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple ⚐ἵνα in order to μηδενὶ nothing εἴπωσιν to say ⚐ὅτι that αὐτός he ἐστιν to be ὁ the χριστός Christ.

 -40 16 21 ⚐Ἀπὸ from τότε then ἤρξατο be first ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus δεικνύειν to show τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅτι that δεῖ to bind αὐτὸν him ⚐εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem ἀπελθεῖν to go away ⚐καὶ and πολλὰ much παθεῖν to suffer ἀπὸ from τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder καὶ and ἀρχιερέων high-priest καὶ and γραμματέων scribe ⚐καὶ and ἀποκτανθῆναι to kill ⚐καὶ and τῇ the τρίτῃ third ἡμέρᾳ day ἐγερθῆναι to arise. -40 16 22 ⚐καὶ and προσλαβόμενος to take αὐτὸν him ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐ἤρξατο be first ἐπιτιμᾶν to rebuke αὐτῷ to him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἵλεώς propitious σοι to you, κύριε lord· ⚐οὐ no μὴ not ἔσται to be σοι to you τοῦτο this. -40 16 23 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but στραφεὶς to turn ⚐εἶπεν to say τῷ the Πέτρῳ Peter· ⚐Ὕπαγε to go ὀπίσω after μου of me, Σατανᾶ Satan· ⚐σκάνδαλον stumbling block εἶ to be ἐμοῦ of me, ⚐ὅτι since οὐ no φρονεῖς to think τὰ the τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἀλλὰ but τὰ the τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human.

 -40 16 24 ⚐Τότε then ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Εἴ if τις one θέλει to will ὀπίσω after μου of me ἐλθεῖν to come, ⚐ἀπαρνησάσθω to deny ἑαυτὸν himself ⚐καὶ and ἀράτω to take up τὸν the σταυρὸν cross αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἀκολουθείτω to follow μοι to me. -40 16 25 ⚐ὃς which γὰρ for ἐὰν if θέλῃ to will τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him σῶσαι to save ἀπολέσει to destroy αὐτήν her· ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ but ἂν if ἀπολέσῃ to destroy τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him ἕνεκεν because of ἐμοῦ of me εὑρήσει to find αὐτήν her. -40 16 26 ⚐τί which? γὰρ for ὠφεληθήσεται to help ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐ἐὰν if τὸν the κόσμον world ὅλον all κερδήσῃ to gain ⚐τὴν the δὲ but ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him ζημιωθῇ to lose; ⚐ἢ or τί which? δώσει to give ἄνθρωπος a human ἀντάλλαγμα in exchange τῆς the ψυχῆς soul αὐτοῦ of him; -40 16 27 ⚐μέλλει be about to γὰρ for ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἔρχεσθαι to come ἐν in τῇ the δόξῃ glory τοῦ the πατρὸς father αὐτοῦ of him μετὰ with τῶν the ἀγγέλων angel αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and τότε then ἀποδώσει to pay ἑκάστῳ each κατὰ according to τὴν the πρᾶξιν action αὐτοῦ of him. -40 16 28 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that εἰσίν to be τινες one τῶν the ὧδε here ἑστώτων to stand ⚐οἵτινες who οὐ no μὴ not γεύσωνται to taste θανάτου death ⚐ἕως until ἂν if ἴδωσιν to know τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐρχόμενον to come ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom αὐτοῦ of him.

 -40 17 1 ⚐Καὶ and μεθ᾽ with ἡμέρας day ἓξ six παραλαμβάνει to take ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τὸν the Πέτρον Peter καὶ and Ἰάκωβον James καὶ and Ἰωάννην John τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἀναφέρει to carry up αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward ὄρος mountain ὑψηλὸν high κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private. -40 17 2 ⚐καὶ and μετεμορφώθη to transform ἔμπροσθεν before αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and ἔλαμψεν to shine τὸ the πρόσωπον face αὐτοῦ of him ὡς as ὁ the ἥλιος sun, ⚐τὰ the δὲ and ἱμάτια clothing αὐτοῦ of him ἐγένετο to be λευκὰ white ὡς as τὸ the φῶς light. -40 17 3 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ὤφθη to see αὐτοῖς to them Μωϋσῆς Moses καὶ and Ἠλίας Elijah ⚐συλλαλοῦντες to talk with μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him. -40 17 4 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐εἶπεν to say τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus· ⚐Κύριε lord, καλόν good ἐστιν to be ἡμᾶς us ⚐ὧδε here εἶναι to be· ⚐εἰ if θέλεις to will, ⚐ποιήσω to make ὧδε here τρεῖς three σκηνάς tent, σοὶ to you μίαν one καὶ and Μωϋσεῖ Moses μίαν one καὶ and Ἠλίᾳ Elijah μίαν one. -40 17 5 ⚐ἔτι still αὐτοῦ of him λαλοῦντος to speak ⚐ἰδοὺ look! νεφέλη cloud φωτεινὴ bright ἐπεσκίασεν to overshadow αὐτούς them, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! φωνὴ voice ἐκ from τῆς the νεφέλης cloud λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the υἱός son μου of me ὁ the ἀγαπητός beloved, ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which εὐδόκησα to delight· ⚐ἀκούετε to hear αὐτοῦ of him. -40 17 6 ⚐καὶ and ἀκούσαντες to hear οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐ἔπεσαν to collapse ἐπὶ upon πρόσωπον face αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἐφοβήθησαν to fear σφόδρα very. -40 17 7 ⚐καὶ and προσῆλθεν to come near ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐καὶ and ἁψάμενος to kindle αὐτῶν of them ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐγέρθητε to arise καὶ and μὴ not φοβεῖσθε to fear. -40 17 8 ⚐ἐπάραντες to lift up δὲ and τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye αὐτῶν of them ⚐οὐδένα no one εἶδον to know ⚐εἰ if μὴ not αὐτὸν him Ἰησοῦν Jesus μόνον alone.

 -40 17 9 ⚐Καὶ and καταβαινόντων to come down αὐτῶν of them ἐκ from τοῦ the ὄρους mountain ⚐ἐνετείλατο to order αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Μηδενὶ nothing εἴπητε to say τὸ the ὅραμα vision ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ἐγερθῇ to arise. -40 17 10 ⚐καὶ and ἐπηρώτησαν to question αὐτὸν him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τί which? οὖν then οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe λέγουσιν to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἠλίαν Elijah δεῖ to bind ἐλθεῖν to come πρῶτον first; -40 17 11 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἠλίας Elijah μὲν on the other hand ἔρχεται to come ⚐καὶ and ἀποκαταστήσει to restore πάντα all· -40 17 12 ⚐λέγω to speak δὲ and ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that Ἠλίας Elijah ἤδη already ἦλθεν to come, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐπέγνωσαν to come to know αὐτὸν him ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐποίησαν to do ἐν in αὐτῷ to him ⚐ὅσα as much as ἠθέλησαν to will· ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human μέλλει be about to πάσχειν to suffer ὑπ᾽ by αὐτῶν of them. -40 17 13 ⚐τότε then συνῆκαν to understand οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐ὅτι that περὶ about Ἰωάννου John τοῦ the βαπτιστοῦ one who baptizes εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them.

 -40 17 14 ⚐Καὶ and ἐλθόντων to come πρὸς to τὸν the ὄχλον crowd ⚐προσῆλθεν to come near αὐτῷ to him ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐γονυπετῶν to kneel αὐτὸν him -40 17 15 ⚐καὶ and λέγων to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἐλέησόν to have mercy μου of me τὸν the υἱόν son, ⚐ὅτι since σεληνιάζεται be epileptic ⚐καὶ and κακῶς badly πάσχει to suffer, ⚐πολλάκις often γὰρ for πίπτει to collapse εἰς toward τὸ the πῦρ fire ⚐καὶ and πολλάκις often εἰς toward τὸ the ὕδωρ water. -40 17 16 ⚐καὶ and προσήνεγκα to bring to αὐτὸν him τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple σου of you, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἠδυνήθησαν be able ⚐αὐτὸν him θεραπεῦσαι to heal. -40 17 17 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ὦ oh! γενεὰ generation ἄπιστος unbelieving καὶ and διεστραμμένη to pervert, ἕως until πότε when? μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you ἔσομαι to be; ⚐ἕως until πότε when? ἀνέξομαι to endure ὑμῶν of you; ⚐φέρετέ to bring μοι to me αὐτὸν him ὧδε here. -40 17 18 ⚐καὶ and ἐπετίμησεν to rebuke αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him τὸ the δαιμόνιον demon· ⚐καὶ and ἐθεραπεύθη to heal ὁ the παῖς child ἀπὸ from τῆς the ὥρας hour ἐκείνης that. -40 17 19 ⚐Τότε then προσελθόντες to come near οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private ⚐εἶπον to say· ⚐Διὰ because of τί which? ἡμεῖς we οὐκ no ἠδυνήθημεν be able ἐκβαλεῖν to expel αὐτό it; -40 17 20 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Διὰ because of τὴν the ὀλιγοπιστίαν little faith ὑμῶν of you· ⚐ἀμὴν amen γὰρ for λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἐὰν if ἔχητε to have πίστιν faith ὡς as κόκκον seed σινάπεως mustard, ⚐ἐρεῖτε to say τῷ the ὄρει mountain τούτῳ to this· ⚐Μετάβα to depart ἔνθεν hence ἐκεῖ there, ⚐καὶ and μεταβήσεται to depart, ⚐καὶ and οὐδὲν no one ἀδυνατήσει not to be able ὑμῖν to you.

 -40 17 22 ⚐Συστρεφομένων to gather δὲ and αὐτῶν of them ἐν in τῇ the Γαλιλαίᾳ Galilee ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Μέλλει be about to ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human παραδίδοσθαι to deliver εἰς toward χεῖρας hand ἀνθρώπων a human, -40 17 23 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκτενοῦσιν to kill αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and τῇ the τρίτῃ third ἡμέρᾳ day ἐγερθήσεται to arise. ⚐καὶ and ἐλυπήθησαν to grieve σφόδρα very.

 -40 17 24 ⚐Ἐλθόντων to arrive δὲ and αὐτῶν of them εἰς toward Καφαρναοὺμ Capernaum ⚐προσῆλθον to come near οἱ the τὰ the δίδραχμα two-drachma λαμβάνοντες to take τῷ the Πέτρῳ Peter ⚐καὶ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Ὁ the διδάσκαλος teacher ὑμῶν of you οὐ no τελεῖ to finish τὰ the δίδραχμα two-drachma; -40 17 25 ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Ναί yes. ⚐καὶ and ἐλθόντα to come εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house ⚐προέφθασεν to come before αὐτὸν him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Τί which? σοι to you δοκεῖ to think, Σίμων Simon; ⚐οἱ the βασιλεῖς king τῆς the γῆς earth ἀπὸ from τίνων which? λαμβάνουσιν to take τέλη tax ἢ or κῆνσον tax; ⚐ἀπὸ from τῶν the υἱῶν son αὐτῶν of them ἢ or ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἀλλοτρίων another’s; -40 17 26 ⚐εἰπόντος to say δέ and· ⚐Ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἀλλοτρίων another’s, ⚐ἔφη to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἄρα therefore γε indeed ἐλεύθεροί free εἰσιν to be οἱ the υἱοί son. -40 17 27 ⚐ἵνα in order that δὲ but μὴ not σκανδαλίσωμεν to cause to stumble αὐτούς them, ⚐πορευθεὶς to go εἰς toward θάλασσαν sea ⚐βάλε to throw ἄγκιστρον fishhook ⚐καὶ and τὸν the ἀναβάντα to ascend πρῶτον first ἰχθὺν fish ἆρον to take up, ⚐καὶ and ἀνοίξας to open τὸ the στόμα mouth αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εὑρήσεις to find στατῆρα coin· ⚐ἐκεῖνον that λαβὼν to take ⚐δὸς to give αὐτοῖς to them ἀντὶ for ἐμοῦ of me καὶ and σοῦ of you.

 -40 18 1 ⚐Ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour προσῆλθον to come near οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τίς which? ἄρα therefore μείζων great ἐστὶν to be ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven; -40 18 2 ⚐καὶ and προσκαλεσάμενος to summon παιδίον child ⚐ἔστησεν to stand αὐτὸ it ἐν among μέσῳ midst αὐτῶν of them -40 18 3 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not στραφῆτε to turn καὶ and γένησθε to be ὡς as τὰ the παιδία child, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not εἰσέλθητε to enter εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven. -40 18 4 ⚐ὅστις who οὖν then ταπεινώσει to humble ἑαυτὸν himself ὡς as τὸ this παιδίον child τοῦτο this, ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the μείζων great ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven· -40 18 5 ⚐καὶ and ὃς which ἐὰν if δέξηται to receive ἓν one παιδίον child τοιοῦτο such as this ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me, ⚐ἐμὲ me δέχεται to receive.

 -40 18 6 ⚐Ὃς which δ᾽ but ἂν if σκανδαλίσῃ to cause to stumble ἕνα one τῶν the μικρῶν small τούτων of these τῶν who πιστευόντων to trust (in) εἰς toward ἐμέ me, ⚐συμφέρει to be profitable αὐτῷ to him ⚐ἵνα in order to κρεμασθῇ to hang μύλος millstone ὀνικὸς huge millstone περὶ about τὸν the τράχηλον neck αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and καταποντισθῇ to sink ἐν in τῷ the πελάγει sea τῆς the θαλάσσης sea. -40 18 7 ⚐οὐαὶ woe! τῷ the κόσμῳ world ἀπὸ from τῶν the σκανδάλων stumbling block· ⚐ἀνάγκη necessity γὰρ for ἐλθεῖν to come τὰ the σκάνδαλα stumbling block, ⚐πλὴν but οὐαὶ woe! τῷ the ἀνθρώπῳ a human ⚐δι᾽ through οὗ which τὸ the σκάνδαλον stumbling block ἔρχεται to come.

 -40 18 8 ⚐Εἰ if δὲ and ἡ the χείρ hand σου of you ἢ or ὁ the πούς foot σου of you σκανδαλίζει to cause to stumble σε you, ⚐ἔκκοψον to cut off αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and βάλε to throw ἀπὸ from σοῦ of you· ⚐καλόν good σοί to you ἐστιν to be ⚐εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the ζωὴν life κυλλὸν crippled ἢ or χωλόν lame, ⚐ἢ or δύο two χεῖρας hand ἢ or δύο two πόδας foot ἔχοντα to have βληθῆναι to throw εἰς toward τὸ the πῦρ fire τὸ the αἰώνιον eternal. -40 18 9 ⚐καὶ and εἰ if ὁ the ὀφθαλμός eye σου of you σκανδαλίζει to cause to stumble σε you, ⚐ἔξελε to take out αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and βάλε to throw ἀπὸ from σοῦ of you· ⚐καλόν good σοί to you ἐστιν to be ⚐μονόφθαλμον one-eyed εἰς toward τὴν the ζωὴν life εἰσελθεῖν to enter, ⚐ἢ or δύο two ὀφθαλμοὺς eye ἔχοντα to have βληθῆναι to throw εἰς toward τὴν the γέενναν Gehenna τοῦ the πυρός fire.

 -40 18 10 ⚐Ὁρᾶτε to see μὴ not καταφρονήσητε to despise ἑνὸς one τῶν the μικρῶν small τούτων of these, ⚐λέγω to speak γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οἱ the ἄγγελοι angel αὐτῶν of them ἐν in οὐρανοῖς heaven διὰ through παντὸς all βλέπουσιν to see τὸ the πρόσωπον face τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me τοῦ the ἐν in οὐρανοῖς heaven. -40 18 12 ⚐τί which? ὑμῖν to you δοκεῖ to think; ⚐ἐὰν if γένηταί to be τινι one ἀνθρώπῳ a human ἑκατὸν hundred πρόβατα sheep ⚐καὶ and πλανηθῇ to lead astray ἓν one ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them, ⚐οὐχὶ not ἀφήσει to release τὰ the ἐνενήκοντα ninety ἐννέα nine ἐπὶ on τὰ the ὄρη mountain ⚐καὶ and πορευθεὶς to go ⚐ζητεῖ to seek τὸ the πλανώμενον to lead astray; -40 18 13 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if γένηται to be εὑρεῖν to find αὐτό it, ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that χαίρει to rejoice ἐπ᾽ over αὐτῷ to it μᾶλλον more ἢ or ἐπὶ over τοῖς the ἐνενήκοντα ninety ἐννέα nine τοῖς the μὴ not πεπλανημένοις to lead astray. -40 18 14 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) οὐκ no ἔστιν to be θέλημα will ἔμπροσθεν before τοῦ the πατρὸς father ὑμῶν of you τοῦ the ἐν in οὐρανοῖς heaven ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀπόληται to destroy ἓν one τῶν the μικρῶν small τούτων of these.

 -40 18 15 ⚐Ἐὰν if δὲ and ἁμαρτήσῃ to sin εἰς toward σὲ you ὁ the ἀδελφός brother σου of you, ⚐ὕπαγε to go ἔλεγξον to rebuke αὐτὸν him μεταξὺ between σοῦ of you καὶ and αὐτοῦ of him μόνου alone. ⚐ἐάν if σου of you ἀκούσῃ to hear, ⚐ἐκέρδησας to gain τὸν the ἀδελφόν brother σου of you· -40 18 16 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but μὴ not ἀκούσῃ to hear, ⚐παράλαβε to take μετὰ with σοῦ of you ἔτι still ἕνα one ἢ or δύο two, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐπὶ upon στόματος mouth δύο two μαρτύρων witness ἢ or τριῶν three σταθῇ to stand πᾶν all ῥῆμα word· -40 18 17 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ and παρακούσῃ to ignore αὐτῶν of them, ⚐εἰπὲ to say τῇ the ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly· ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ and καὶ and τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly παρακούσῃ to ignore, ⚐ἔστω to be σοι to you ὥσπερ just as ὁ the ἐθνικὸς Gentile καὶ and ὁ the τελώνης tax collector. -40 18 18 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὅσα as much as ἐὰν if δήσητε to bind ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ἔσται to be δεδεμένα to bind ἐν in οὐρανῷ heaven ⚐καὶ and ὅσα as much as ἐὰν if λύσητε to loose ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ἔσται to be λελυμένα to loose ἐν in οὐρανῷ heaven. -40 18 19 ⚐Πάλιν again ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ἐὰν if δύο two συμφωνήσωσιν to agree with ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth περὶ about παντὸς all πράγματος thing ⚐οὗ which ἐὰν if αἰτήσωνται to ask, ⚐γενήσεται to be αὐτοῖς to them παρὰ beside τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me τοῦ the ἐν in οὐρανοῖς heaven. -40 18 20 ⚐οὗ where γάρ for εἰσιν to be δύο two ἢ or τρεῖς three συνηγμένοι to assemble εἰς toward τὸ the ἐμὸν my ὄνομα name, ⚐ἐκεῖ there εἰμι to be ἐν in μέσῳ midst αὐτῶν of them.

 -40 18 21 ⚐Τότε then προσελθὼν to come near ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, ποσάκις how often! ἁμαρτήσει to sin εἰς toward ἐμὲ me ὁ the ἀδελφός brother μου of me ⚐καὶ and ἀφήσω to release αὐτῷ to him; ⚐ἕως until ἑπτάκις seven times; -40 18 22 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Οὐ no λέγω to speak σοι to you ἕως until ἑπτάκις seven times ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἕως until ἑβδομηκοντάκις seventy times ἑπτά seven.

 -40 18 23 ⚐Διὰ because of τοῦτο this ὡμοιώθη to liken ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven ἀνθρώπῳ a human βασιλεῖ king ⚐ὃς which ἠθέλησεν to will συνᾶραι to settle accounts λόγον word μετὰ with τῶν the δούλων slave αὐτοῦ of him· -40 18 24 ⚐ἀρξαμένου be first δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him συναίρειν to settle accounts ⚐προσηνέχθη to bring to αὐτῷ to him εἷς one ὀφειλέτης debtor μυρίων myriad ταλάντων talent. -40 18 25 ⚐μὴ not ἔχοντος to have δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ἀποδοῦναι to pay ⚐ἐκέλευσεν to order αὐτὸν him ὁ the κύριος lord ⚐πραθῆναι to sell καὶ and τὴν the γυναῖκα woman καὶ and τὰ the τέκνα child καὶ and πάντα all ὅσα as much as ἔχει to have ⚐καὶ and ἀποδοθῆναι to pay. -40 18 26 ⚐πεσὼν to collapse οὖν then ὁ the δοῦλος slave ⚐προσεκύνει to worship αὐτῷ to him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Μακροθύμησον to have patience ἐπ᾽ with ἐμοί to me, ⚐καὶ and πάντα all ἀποδώσω to pay σοι to you. -40 18 27 ⚐σπλαγχνισθεὶς to pity δὲ and ὁ the κύριος lord τοῦ the δούλου slave ἐκείνου that ⚐ἀπέλυσεν to release αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the δάνειον debt ἀφῆκεν to release αὐτῷ to him. -40 18 28 ⚐ἐξελθὼν to go out δὲ and ὁ the δοῦλος slave ἐκεῖνος that ⚐εὗρεν to find ἕνα one τῶν the συνδούλων fellow slave αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὃς which ὤφειλεν to owe αὐτῷ to him ἑκατὸν hundred δηνάρια denarius, ⚐καὶ and κρατήσας to grasp αὐτὸν him ⚐ἔπνιγεν to choke ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἀπόδος to pay ⚐εἴ if τι one ὀφείλεις to owe. -40 18 29 ⚐πεσὼν to collapse οὖν then ὁ the σύνδουλος fellow slave αὐτοῦ of him ⚐παρεκάλει to plead αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Μακροθύμησον to have patience ἐπ᾽ with ἐμοί to me, ⚐καὶ and ἀποδώσω to pay σοι to you. -40 18 30 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but οὐκ no ἤθελεν to will, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀπελθὼν to go away ⚐ἔβαλεν to throw αὐτὸν him εἰς toward φυλακὴν prison ⚐ἕως until ἀποδῷ to pay τὸ the ὀφειλόμενον to owe. -40 18 31 ⚐ἰδόντες to know οὖν therefore οἱ the σύνδουλοι fellow slave αὐτοῦ of him τὰ the γενόμενα to be ⚐ἐλυπήθησαν to grieve σφόδρα very, ⚐καὶ and ἐλθόντες to go ⚐διεσάφησαν to explain τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ἑαυτῶν themselves πάντα all τὰ the γενόμενα to be. -40 18 32 ⚐τότε then προσκαλεσάμενος to summon αὐτὸν him ὁ the κύριος lord αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Δοῦλε slave πονηρέ evil, πᾶσαν all τὴν the ὀφειλὴν debt ἐκείνην that ἀφῆκά to release σοι to you, ⚐ἐπεὶ since παρεκάλεσάς to plead με me· -40 18 33 ⚐οὐκ no ἔδει be necessary καὶ and σὲ you ἐλεῆσαι to have mercy τὸν the σύνδουλόν fellow slave σου of you, ⚐ὡς as κἀγὼ and I σὲ you ἠλέησα to have mercy; -40 18 34 ⚐καὶ and ὀργισθεὶς to anger ὁ the κύριος lord αὐτοῦ of him ⚐παρέδωκεν to deliver αὐτὸν him τοῖς the βασανισταῖς torturer ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ἀποδῷ to pay πᾶν all τὸ the ὀφειλόμενον to owe. -40 18 35 ⚐Οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὁ the πατήρ father μου of me ὁ the οὐράνιος heavenly ποιήσει to do ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not ἀφῆτε to release ἕκαστος each τῷ the ἀδελφῷ brother αὐτοῦ of him ἀπὸ from τῶν the καρδιῶν heart ὑμῶν of you.

 -40 19 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ὅτε when ἐτέλεσεν to finish ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τοὺς the λόγους word τούτους these, ⚐μετῆρεν to leave ἀπὸ from τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to go εἰς toward τὰ the ὅρια region τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea πέραν other side τοῦ the Ἰορδάνου Jordan. -40 19 2 ⚐καὶ and ἠκολούθησαν to follow αὐτῷ to him ὄχλοι crowd πολλοί much, ⚐καὶ and ἐθεράπευσεν to heal αὐτοὺς them ἐκεῖ there.

 -40 19 3 ⚐Καὶ and προσῆλθον to come near αὐτῷ to him Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ⚐πειράζοντες to test αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Εἰ if ἔξεστιν it is permitted ἀνθρώπῳ a human ⚐ἀπολῦσαι to release τὴν the γυναῖκα woman αὐτοῦ of him κατὰ according to πᾶσαν all αἰτίαν cause; -40 19 4 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say· ⚐Οὐκ no ἀνέγνωτε to read ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the κτίσας to create ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning ἄρσεν male καὶ and θῆλυ female ἐποίησεν to make αὐτοὺς them -40 19 5 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἕνεκα because of τούτου of this καταλείψει to leave ἄνθρωπος a human τὸν the πατέρα father καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother ⚐καὶ and κολληθήσεται to join τῇ the γυναικὶ woman αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἔσονται to be οἱ the δύο two εἰς toward σάρκα flesh μίαν one; -40 19 6 ⚐ὥστε so οὐκέτι not any more εἰσὶν to be δύο two ἀλλὰ but σὰρξ flesh μία one. ⚐ὃ which οὖν therefore ὁ the θεὸς God συνέζευξεν to join ἄνθρωπος a human μὴ not χωριζέτω to separate. -40 19 7 ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Τί which? οὖν then Μωϋσῆς Moses ἐνετείλατο to order δοῦναι to give βιβλίον scroll ἀποστασίου divorce ⚐καὶ and ἀπολῦσαι to release αὐτήν her; -40 19 8 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ὅτι that Μωϋσῆς Moses πρὸς to τὴν the σκληροκαρδίαν hardness of heart ὑμῶν of you ἐπέτρεψεν to permit ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἀπολῦσαι to release τὰς the γυναῖκας woman ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning δὲ but οὐ no γέγονεν to be οὕτως thus(-ly). -40 19 9 ⚐λέγω to speak δὲ and ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ὃς which ἂν if ἀπολύσῃ to release τὴν the γυναῖκα woman αὐτοῦ of him μὴ not ἐπὶ upon πορνείᾳ sexual sin καὶ and γαμήσῃ to marry ἄλλην another μοιχᾶται to commit adultery -40 19 10 ⚐Λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταί disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Εἰ if οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐστὶν to be ἡ the αἰτία case τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human μετὰ with τῆς the γυναικός woman, ⚐οὐ no συμφέρει to be profitable γαμῆσαι to marry. -40 19 11 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οὐ no πάντες all χωροῦσιν to make room for τὸν the λόγον word τοῦτον this ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οἷς which δέδοται to give. -40 19 12 ⚐εἰσὶν to be γὰρ for εὐνοῦχοι eunuch ⚐οἵτινες who ἐκ from κοιλίας womb μητρὸς mother ἐγεννήθησαν to beget οὕτως thus(-ly), ⚐καὶ and εἰσὶν to be εὐνοῦχοι eunuch ⚐οἵτινες who εὐνουχίσθησαν to become a eunuch ὑπὸ by τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐καὶ and εἰσὶν to be εὐνοῦχοι eunuch ⚐οἵτινες who εὐνούχισαν to become a eunuch ἑαυτοὺς oneself διὰ because of τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven. ⚐ὁ the δυνάμενος be able χωρεῖν to make room for χωρείτω to make room for.

 -40 19 13 ⚐Τότε then προσηνέχθησαν to bring to αὐτῷ to him παιδία child ⚐ἵνα in order that τὰς the χεῖρας hand ἐπιθῇ to lay on αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καὶ and προσεύξηται to pray· ⚐οἱ the δὲ but μαθηταὶ disciple ἐπετίμησαν to rebuke αὐτοῖς to them. -40 19 14 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἄφετε to release τὰ the παιδία child ⚐καὶ and μὴ not κωλύετε to prevent αὐτὰ them ⚐ἐλθεῖν to come πρός to με me, ⚐τῶν the γὰρ for τοιούτων such as this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven. -40 19 15 ⚐καὶ and ἐπιθεὶς to put τὰς the χεῖρας hand αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἐπορεύθη to go ἐκεῖθεν from there.

 -40 19 16 ⚐Καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! εἷς one προσελθὼν to come near αὐτῷ to him ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, τί which? ἀγαθὸν good-doer ποιήσω to do ⚐ἵνα in order to σχῶ to have ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal; -40 19 17 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Τί which? με me ἐρωτᾷς to ask περὶ about τοῦ the ἀγαθοῦ good-doer; ⚐εἷς one ἐστιν to be ὁ who ἀγαθός good-doer· ⚐εἰ if δὲ and θέλεις to will εἰς toward τὴν the ζωὴν life εἰσελθεῖν to enter, ⚐τήρησον to keep τὰς the ἐντολάς commandment. -40 19 18 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ποίας what?; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τὸ the Οὐ no φονεύσεις to murder, Οὐ no μοιχεύσεις to commit adultery, Οὐ no κλέψεις to steal, Οὐ no ψευδομαρτυρήσεις to perjure, -40 19 19 ⚐Τίμα to honor τὸν the πατέρα father καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother, ⚐καὶ and Ἀγαπήσεις to love τὸν the πλησίον neighbor σου of you ὡς as σεαυτόν yourself. -40 19 20 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the νεανίσκος young man· ⚐Πάντα all ταῦτα these ἐφύλαξα to keep· ⚐τί which? ἔτι still ὑστερῶ to lack; -40 19 21 ⚐ἔφη to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Εἰ if θέλεις to will τέλειος perfect εἶναι to be, ⚐ὕπαγε to go πώλησόν to sell σου of you τὰ the ὑπάρχοντα to be ⚐καὶ and δὸς to give τοῖς the πτωχοῖς poor, ⚐καὶ and ἕξεις to have θησαυρὸν treasure ἐν in οὐρανοῖς heaven, ⚐καὶ and δεῦρο come ἀκολούθει to follow μοι to me. -40 19 22 ⚐ἀκούσας to hear δὲ but ὁ the νεανίσκος young man τὸν the λόγον word ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away λυπούμενος to grieve, ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for ἔχων to have κτήματα possession πολλά much.

 -40 19 23 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that πλούσιος rich δυσκόλως difficultly εἰσελεύσεται to enter εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven· -40 19 24 ⚐πάλιν again δὲ and λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐εὐκοπώτερόν easy ἐστιν to be ⚐κάμηλον camel διὰ through τρυπήματος hole ῥαφίδος needle διελθεῖν to pass through ⚐ἢ or πλούσιον rich εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -40 19 25 ⚐ἀκούσαντες to hear δὲ and οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐ἐξεπλήσσοντο be astonished σφόδρα very ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τίς which? ἄρα therefore δύναται be able σωθῆναι to save; -40 19 26 ⚐ἐμβλέψας to look into δὲ but ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Παρὰ with ἀνθρώποις a human τοῦτο this ἀδύνατόν unable ἐστιν to be, ⚐παρὰ with δὲ and θεῷ God πάντα all δυνατά able.

 -40 19 27 ⚐Τότε then ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἡμεῖς we ἀφήκαμεν to release πάντα all ⚐καὶ and ἠκολουθήσαμέν to follow σοι to you· ⚐τί which? ἄρα therefore ἔσται to be ἡμῖν to us; -40 19 28 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ὑμεῖς you οἱ who ἀκολουθήσαντές to follow μοι to me ⚐ἐν in τῇ the παλιγγενεσίᾳ regeneration, ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) καθίσῃ to sit ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐπὶ on θρόνου throne δόξης glory αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καθήσεσθε to sit καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἐπὶ on δώδεκα twelve θρόνους throne ⚐κρίνοντες to judge τὰς the δώδεκα twelve φυλὰς tribe τοῦ the Ἰσραήλ Israel. -40 19 29 ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὅστις who ἀφῆκεν to release οἰκίας house ἢ or ἀδελφοὺς brother ἢ or ἀδελφὰς sister ἢ or πατέρα father ἢ or μητέρα mother ἢ or τέκνα child ἢ or ἀγροὺς field ⚐ἕνεκεν because of τοῦ the ὀνόματός name μου of me, ἑκατονταπλασίονα a hundred times λήμψεται to take ⚐καὶ and ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal κληρονομήσει to inherit. -40 19 30 ⚐πολλοὶ much δὲ but ἔσονται to be πρῶτοι first ἔσχατοι last ⚐καὶ and ἔσχατοι last πρῶτοι first.

 -40 20 1 ⚐Ὁμοία like γάρ for ἐστιν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven ἀνθρώπῳ a human οἰκοδεσπότῃ householder ⚐ὅστις who ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἅμα together πρωῒ morning ⚐μισθώσασθαι to hire ἐργάτας worker εἰς toward τὸν the ἀμπελῶνα vineyard αὐτοῦ of him. -40 20 2 ⚐συμφωνήσας to agree with δὲ and μετὰ with τῶν the ἐργατῶν worker ἐκ out of δηναρίου denarius τὴν the ἡμέραν day ⚐ἀπέστειλεν to send αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὸν the ἀμπελῶνα vineyard αὐτοῦ of him. -40 20 3 ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθὼν to go out περὶ about τρίτην third ὥραν hour ⚐εἶδεν to know ἄλλους another ἑστῶτας to stand ἐν in τῇ the ἀγορᾷ marketplace ἀργούς idle· -40 20 4 ⚐καὶ and ἐκείνοις that εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ὑπάγετε to go καὶ and ὑμεῖς you εἰς toward τὸν the ἀμπελῶνα vineyard, ⚐καὶ and ὃ which ἐὰν if ᾖ to be δίκαιον just δώσω to give ὑμῖν to you· -40 20 5 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἀπῆλθον to go away. ⚐πάλιν again δὲ and ἐξελθὼν to go out περὶ about ἕκτην sixth καὶ and ἐνάτην ninth (hour) ὥραν hour ⚐ἐποίησεν to do ὡσαύτως likewise. -40 20 6 ⚐περὶ about δὲ and τὴν the ἑνδεκάτην eleventh ἐξελθὼν to go out ⚐εὗρεν to find ἄλλους another ἑστῶτας to stand, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? ὧδε here ἑστήκατε to stand ὅλην all τὴν the ἡμέραν day ἀργοί idle; -40 20 7 ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὅτι since οὐδεὶς no one ἡμᾶς us ἐμισθώσατο to hire. ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὑπάγετε to go καὶ and ὑμεῖς you εἰς toward τὸν the ἀμπελῶνα vineyard. -40 20 8 ⚐ὀψίας evening δὲ and γενομένης to be ⚐λέγει to speak ὁ the κύριος lord τοῦ the ἀμπελῶνος vineyard τῷ the ἐπιτρόπῳ manager αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Κάλεσον to call τοὺς the ἐργάτας worker ⚐καὶ and ἀπόδος to pay αὐτοῖς to them τὸν the μισθὸν wage ⚐ἀρξάμενος be first ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἐσχάτων last ἕως until τῶν the πρώτων first. -40 20 9 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθόντες to come οἱ the περὶ about τὴν the ἑνδεκάτην eleventh ὥραν hour ⚐ἔλαβον to take ἀνὰ each δηνάριον denarius. -40 20 10 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθόντες to come οἱ the πρῶτοι first ⚐ἐνόμισαν to think ⚐ὅτι that πλεῖον greater λήμψονται to take· ⚐καὶ and ἔλαβον to take τὸ the ἀνὰ each δηνάριον denarius καὶ and αὐτοί they. -40 20 11 ⚐λαβόντες to take δὲ and ⚐ἐγόγγυζον to murmur κατὰ according to τοῦ the οἰκοδεσπότου householder -40 20 12 ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Οὗτοι these οἱ the ἔσχατοι last μίαν one ὥραν hour ἐποίησαν to work, ⚐καὶ and ἴσους equal ἡμῖν to us αὐτοὺς them ἐποίησας to do ⚐τοῖς who βαστάσασιν to carry τὸ the βάρος burden τῆς the ἡμέρας day καὶ and τὸν the καύσωνα heat. -40 20 13 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐ἑνὶ one αὐτῶν of them εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἑταῖρε friend, οὐκ no ἀδικῶ to harm σε you· ⚐οὐχὶ not δηναρίου denarius συνεφώνησάς to agree with μοι to me; -40 20 14 ⚐ἆρον to take up τὸ the σὸν your ⚐καὶ and ὕπαγε to go· ⚐θέλω to will δὲ and ⚐τούτῳ to this τῷ the ἐσχάτῳ last δοῦναι to give ὡς as καὶ and σοί to you· -40 20 15 ⚐Ἢ or οὐκ no ἔξεστίν it is permitted μοι to me ⚐ὃ which θέλω to will ποιῆσαι to do ἐν with τοῖς the ἐμοῖς my; ⚐ἢ or ὁ the ὀφθαλμός eye σου of you πονηρός bad ἐστιν to be ⚐ὅτι since ἐγὼ I ἀγαθός good-doer εἰμι to be; -40 20 16 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔσονται to be οἱ the ἔσχατοι last πρῶτοι first ⚐καὶ and οἱ the πρῶτοι first ἔσχατοι last.

 -40 20 17 ⚐Καὶ and ἀναβαίνων to ascend ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem ⚐παρέλαβεν to take τοὺς the δώδεκα twelve μαθητὰς disciple κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private, ⚐καὶ and ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· -40 20 18 ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἀναβαίνομεν to ascend εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human παραδοθήσεται to deliver τοῖς the ἀρχιερεῦσιν high-priest καὶ and γραμματεῦσιν scribe, ⚐καὶ and κατακρινοῦσιν to condemn αὐτὸν him θανάτῳ death, -40 20 19 ⚐καὶ and παραδώσουσιν to deliver αὐτὸν him τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ἐμπαῖξαι to mock καὶ and μαστιγῶσαι to whip καὶ and σταυρῶσαι to crucify, ⚐καὶ and τῇ the τρίτῃ third ἡμέρᾳ day ἐγερθήσεται to arise.

 -40 20 20 ⚐Τότε then προσῆλθεν to come near αὐτῷ to him ἡ the μήτηρ mother τῶν the υἱῶν son Ζεβεδαίου Zebedee μετὰ with τῶν the υἱῶν son αὐτῆς of her ⚐προσκυνοῦσα to worship καὶ and αἰτοῦσά to ask τι one ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him. -40 20 21 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Τί which? θέλεις to will; ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Εἰπὲ to say ⚐ἵνα in order that καθίσωσιν to sit οὗτοι these οἱ the δύο two υἱοί son μου of me ⚐εἷς one ἐκ of δεξιῶν right σου of you καὶ and εἷς one ἐξ of εὐωνύμων left σου of you ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom σου of you. -40 20 22 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐τί which? αἰτεῖσθε to ask· ⚐δύνασθε be able πιεῖν to drink τὸ the ποτήριον cup ⚐ὃ which ἐγὼ I μέλλω be about to πίνειν to drink; ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Δυνάμεθα be able. -40 20 23 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τὸ the μὲν on the other hand ποτήριόν cup μου of me πίεσθε to drink, ⚐τὸ the δὲ but καθίσαι to sit ἐκ of δεξιῶν right μου of me καὶ and ἐξ of εὐωνύμων left ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐμὸν my τοῦτο this δοῦναι to give, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οἷς which ἡτοίμασται to make ready ὑπὸ by τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me.

 -40 20 24 ⚐Καὶ and ἀκούσαντες to hear οἱ the δέκα ten ⚐ἠγανάκτησαν be indignant περὶ about τῶν the δύο two ἀδελφῶν brother. -40 20 25 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus προσκαλεσάμενος to summon αὐτοὺς them ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that οἱ the ἄρχοντες ruler τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles κατακυριεύουσιν to master αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and οἱ the μεγάλοι great κατεξουσιάζουσιν to rule αὐτῶν of them. -40 20 26 ⚐οὐχ no οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔσται to be ἐν among ὑμῖν to you· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὃς which ἐὰν if θέλῃ to will ἐν among ὑμῖν to you μέγας great γενέσθαι to be ἔσται to be ὑμῶν of you διάκονος servant, -40 20 27 ⚐καὶ and ὃς which ἂν if θέλῃ to will ἐν among ὑμῖν to you εἶναι to be πρῶτος first ἔσται to be ὑμῶν of you δοῦλος slave· -40 20 28 ⚐ὥσπερ just as ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human οὐκ no ἦλθεν to come διακονηθῆναι to serve ⚐ἀλλὰ but διακονῆσαι to serve καὶ and δοῦναι to give τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him λύτρον ransom ἀντὶ for πολλῶν much.

 -40 20 29 ⚐Καὶ and ἐκπορευομένων to come out αὐτῶν of them ἀπὸ from Ἰεριχὼ Jericho ⚐ἠκολούθησεν to follow αὐτῷ to him ὄχλος crowd πολύς much. -40 20 30 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! δύο two τυφλοὶ blind καθήμενοι to sit παρὰ beside τὴν the ὁδόν road, ⚐ἀκούσαντες to hear ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus παράγει to pass, ⚐ἔκραξαν to cry ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐ἐλέησον to have mercy ἡμᾶς us, Κύριε lord, υἱὸς son Δαυίδ David. -40 20 31 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ὄχλος crowd ἐπετίμησεν to rebuke αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἵνα in order that σιωπήσωσιν be quiet· ⚐οἱ the δὲ and μεῖζον great ἔκραξαν to cry ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἐλέησον to have mercy ἡμᾶς us κύριε lord, υἱὸς son Δαυίδ David. -40 20 32 ⚐καὶ and στὰς to stand ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἐφώνησεν to call αὐτοὺς them ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τί which? θέλετε to will ⚐ποιήσω to do ὑμῖν to you; -40 20 33 ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἵνα in order that ἀνοιγῶσιν to open οἱ the ὀφθαλμοὶ eye ἡμῶν of us. -40 20 34 ⚐σπλαγχνισθεὶς to pity δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἥψατο to kindle τῶν the ὀμμάτων eye αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἀνέβλεψαν to recover sight ⚐καὶ and ἠκολούθησαν to follow αὐτῷ to him.

 -40 21 1 ⚐Καὶ and ὅτε when ἤγγισαν to come near εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem ⚐καὶ and ἦλθον to come εἰς toward Βηθφαγὴ Bethphage εἰς toward τὸ the Ὄρος mountain τῶν the Ἐλαιῶν Olivet, ⚐τότε then Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀπέστειλεν to send δύο two μαθητὰς disciple -40 21 2 ⚐λέγων to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Πορεύεσθε to go εἰς toward τὴν the κώμην village τὴν the κατέναντι before ὑμῶν of you, ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately εὑρήσετε to find ὄνον donkey δεδεμένην to bind ⚐καὶ and πῶλον colt μετ᾽ with αὐτῆς of her· ⚐λύσαντες to loose ⚐ἀγάγετέ to bring μοι to me. -40 21 3 ⚐καὶ and ἐάν if τις one ὑμῖν to you εἴπῃ to say τι one, ⚐ἐρεῖτε to say ⚐ὅτι that Ὁ the κύριος lord αὐτῶν of them χρείαν need ἔχει to have· ⚐εὐθὺς immediately δὲ and ἀποστελεῖ to send αὐτούς them. -40 21 4 ⚐Τοῦτο this δὲ and γέγονεν to be ⚐ἵνα in order to πληρωθῇ to fulfill τὸ the ῥηθὲν to say διὰ through τοῦ the προφήτου prophet ⚐λέγοντος to speak· -40 21 5 ⚐Εἴπατε to say τῇ the θυγατρὶ daughter Σιών Zion· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ὁ the βασιλεύς king σου of you ἔρχεταί to come σοι to you ⚐πραῢς gentle καὶ and ἐπιβεβηκὼς to mount ἐπὶ on ὄνον donkey καὶ and ἐπὶ on πῶλον colt υἱὸν son ὑποζυγίου donkey. -40 21 6 ⚐πορευθέντες to go δὲ and οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐καὶ and ποιήσαντες to do καθὼς as συνέταξεν to direct αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus -40 21 7 ⚐ἤγαγον to bring τὴν the ὄνον donkey καὶ and τὸν the πῶλον colt, ⚐καὶ and ἐπέθηκαν to put ἐπ᾽ on αὐτῶν of them τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing, ⚐καὶ and ἐπεκάθισεν to sit on ἐπάνω above αὐτῶν of them. -40 21 8 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and πλεῖστος most ὄχλος crowd ἔστρωσαν to spread ἑαυτῶν themselves τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road, ⚐ἄλλοι another δὲ and ἔκοπτον to cut κλάδους branch ἀπὸ from τῶν the δένδρων tree ⚐καὶ and ἐστρώννυον to spread ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road. -40 21 9 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ὄχλοι crowd οἱ the προάγοντες to go before αὐτὸν him καὶ and οἱ the ἀκολουθοῦντες to follow ἔκραζον to cry ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ὡσαννὰ Hosanna! τῷ the υἱῷ son Δαυίδ David· ⚐Εὐλογημένος to bless ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come ἐν in ὀνόματι name κυρίου lord· ⚐Ὡσαννὰ Hosanna! ἐν in τοῖς the ὑψίστοις highest. -40 21 10 ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθόντος to enter αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem ⚐ἐσείσθη to shake πᾶσα all ἡ the πόλις city ⚐λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Τίς which? ἐστιν to be οὗτος this; -40 21 11 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ὄχλοι crowd ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the προφήτης prophet Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὁ the ἀπὸ from Ναζαρὲθ Nazareth τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee.

 -40 21 12 ⚐Καὶ and εἰσῆλθεν to enter Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερόν temple, ⚐καὶ and ἐξέβαλεν to expel πάντας all τοὺς who πωλοῦντας to sell καὶ and ἀγοράζοντας to buy ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ⚐καὶ and τὰς the τραπέζας table τῶν the κολλυβιστῶν moneychanger κατέστρεψεν to overturn ⚐καὶ and τὰς the καθέδρας seat τῶν the πωλούντων to sell τὰς the περιστεράς dove, -40 21 13 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ὁ the οἶκός house μου of me οἶκος house προσευχῆς prayer κληθήσεται to call, ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but αὐτὸν him ποιεῖτε to make σπήλαιον cave λῃστῶν robber.

 -40 21 14 ⚐Καὶ and προσῆλθον to come near αὐτῷ to him τυφλοὶ blind καὶ and χωλοὶ lame ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple, ⚐καὶ and ἐθεράπευσεν to heal αὐτούς them. -40 21 15 ⚐ἰδόντες to know δὲ but οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe τὰ the θαυμάσια marvelous ἃ which ἐποίησεν to do ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the παῖδας child τοὺς the κράζοντας to cry ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ⚐καὶ and λέγοντας to speak· ⚐Ὡσαννὰ Hosanna! τῷ the υἱῷ son Δαυίδ David ⚐ἠγανάκτησαν be indignant -40 21 16 ⚐καὶ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀκούεις to hear ⚐τί which? οὗτοι these λέγουσιν to speak; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ναί yes. ⚐οὐδέποτε never ἀνέγνωτε to read ⚐ὅτι that Ἐκ out of στόματος mouth νηπίων child καὶ and θηλαζόντων to suckle κατηρτίσω to complete αἶνον praise; -40 21 17 ⚐καὶ and καταλιπὼν to leave αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἔξω out τῆς the πόλεως city εἰς toward Βηθανίαν Bethany, ⚐καὶ and ηὐλίσθη to spend the night ἐκεῖ there.

 -40 21 18 ⚐Πρωῒ morning δὲ and ἐπανάγων to put back εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city ⚐ἐπείνασεν to hunger. -40 21 19 ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know συκῆν fig tree μίαν one ἐπὶ upon τῆς the ὁδοῦ road ⚐ἦλθεν to go ἐπ᾽ to αὐτήν her, ⚐καὶ and οὐδὲν no one εὗρεν to find ἐν on αὐτῇ to her ⚐εἰ if μὴ not φύλλα leaf μόνον alone, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Μηκέτι never again ἐκ from σοῦ of you καρπὸς fruit γένηται to be εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age· ⚐καὶ and ἐξηράνθη to dry παραχρῆμα instantly ἡ the συκῆ fig tree. -40 21 20 ⚐καὶ and ἰδόντες to know οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐ἐθαύμασαν to marvel ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Πῶς how? παραχρῆμα instantly ἐξηράνθη to dry ἡ the συκῆ fig tree; -40 21 21 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἐὰν if ἔχητε to have πίστιν faith καὶ and μὴ not διακριθῆτε to doubt, ⚐οὐ no μόνον alone τὸ the τῆς the συκῆς fig tree ποιήσετε to do, ⚐ἀλλὰ but κἂν even if τῷ the ὄρει mountain τούτῳ to this εἴπητε to say· Ἄρθητι to take up καὶ and βλήθητι to throw εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea, ⚐γενήσεται to be· -40 21 22 ⚐καὶ and πάντα all ὅσα as much as ἂν if αἰτήσητε to ask ἐν in τῇ the προσευχῇ prayer πιστεύοντες to trust (in) λήμψεσθε to take.

 -40 21 23 ⚐Καὶ and ἐλθόντος to go αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερὸν temple ⚐προσῆλθον to come near αὐτῷ to him διδάσκοντι to teach οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder τοῦ the λαοῦ a people ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἐν in ποίᾳ what? ἐξουσίᾳ authority ταῦτα these ποιεῖς to do; ⚐καὶ and τίς which? σοι to you ἔδωκεν to give τὴν the ἐξουσίαν authority ταύτην this; -40 21 24 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἐρωτήσω to ask ὑμᾶς you κἀγὼ and I λόγον word ἕνα one, ⚐ὃν which ἐὰν if εἴπητέ to say μοι to me ⚐κἀγὼ and I ὑμῖν to you ἐρῶ to say ⚐ἐν by ποίᾳ what? ἐξουσίᾳ authority ταῦτα these ποιῶ to do· -40 21 25 ⚐τὸ the βάπτισμα baptism τὸ the Ἰωάννου John πόθεν where ἦν to be; ⚐ἐξ from οὐρανοῦ heaven ἢ or ἐξ from ἀνθρώπων a human; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and διελογίζοντο to reason ἐν among ἑαυτοῖς themselves ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἐὰν if εἴπωμεν to say· Ἐξ from οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐ἐρεῖ to say ἡμῖν to us· ⚐Διὰ through τί which? οὖν therefore οὐκ no ἐπιστεύσατε to trust (in) αὐτῷ to him; -40 21 26 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but εἴπωμεν to say· Ἐξ from ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐φοβούμεθα to fear τὸν the ὄχλον crowd, ⚐πάντες all γὰρ for ὡς as προφήτην prophet ἔχουσιν to have τὸν the Ἰωάννην John. -40 21 27 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθέντες to answer τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Οὐκ no οἴδαμεν to know. ⚐ἔφη to say αὐτοῖς to them καὶ and αὐτός he· ⚐Οὐδὲ and not ἐγὼ I λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἐν by ποίᾳ what? ἐξουσίᾳ authority ταῦτα these ποιῶ to do.

 -40 21 28 ⚐Τί which? δὲ and ὑμῖν to you δοκεῖ to think; ⚐ἄνθρωπος a human εἶχεν to have τέκνα child δύο two. ⚐καὶ and προσελθὼν to come near τῷ the πρώτῳ first ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τέκνον child, ὕπαγε to go σήμερον today ⚐ἐργάζου to work ἐν in τῷ the ἀμπελῶνι vineyard. -40 21 29 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say· ⚐Οὐ no θέλω to will· ⚐ὕστερον later δὲ and μεταμεληθεὶς to repent ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away. -40 21 30 ⚐προσελθὼν to come near δὲ and τῷ the ἑτέρῳ other ⚐εἶπεν to say ὡσαύτως likewise· ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐγώ I, κύριε lord· ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἀπῆλθεν to go away. -40 21 31 ⚐τίς which? ἐκ of τῶν the δύο two ἐποίησεν to do τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ the πατρός father; ⚐λέγουσιν to speak· ⚐Ὁ the πρῶτος first. ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οἱ the τελῶναι tax collector καὶ and αἱ the πόρναι prostitute προάγουσιν to go before ὑμᾶς you εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -40 21 32 ⚐ἦλθεν to come γὰρ for Ἰωάννης John πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ἐν in ὁδῷ road δικαιοσύνης righteousness, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐπιστεύσατε to trust (in) αὐτῷ to him· ⚐οἱ the δὲ but τελῶναι tax collector καὶ and αἱ the πόρναι prostitute ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) αὐτῷ to him· ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but ἰδόντες to know ⚐οὐδὲ and not μετεμελήθητε to repent ὕστερον later ⚐τοῦ the πιστεῦσαι to trust (in) αὐτῷ to him.

 -40 21 33 ⚐Ἄλλην another παραβολὴν parable ἀκούσατε to hear. ⚐Ἄνθρωπος a human ἦν to be οἰκοδεσπότης householder ⚐ὅστις who ἐφύτευσεν to plant ἀμπελῶνα vineyard ⚐καὶ and φραγμὸν fence αὐτῷ to him περιέθηκεν to put on ⚐καὶ and ὤρυξεν to dig ἐν in αὐτῷ to him ληνὸν winepress ⚐καὶ and ᾠκοδόμησεν to build πύργον tower, ⚐καὶ and ἐξέδετο to lease αὐτὸν him γεωργοῖς farmer, ⚐καὶ and ἀπεδήμησεν to go abroad. -40 21 34 ⚐ὅτε when δὲ and ἤγγισεν to come near ὁ the καιρὸς time τῶν the καρπῶν fruit, ⚐ἀπέστειλεν to send τοὺς the δούλους slave αὐτοῦ of him πρὸς to τοὺς the γεωργοὺς farmer ⚐λαβεῖν to take τοὺς the καρποὺς fruit αὐτοῦ of him. -40 21 35 ⚐καὶ and λαβόντες to take οἱ the γεωργοὶ farmer τοὺς the δούλους slave αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὃν which μὲν on the other hand ἔδειραν to beat up, ⚐ὃν which δὲ and ἀπέκτειναν to kill, ⚐ὃν which δὲ and ἐλιθοβόλησαν to stone. -40 21 36 ⚐πάλιν again ἀπέστειλεν to send ἄλλους another δούλους slave πλείονας greater τῶν the πρώτων first, ⚐καὶ and ἐποίησαν to do αὐτοῖς to them ὡσαύτως likewise. -40 21 37 ⚐ὕστερον later δὲ and ἀπέστειλεν to send πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them τὸν the υἱὸν son αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἐντραπήσονται to cause shame τὸν the υἱόν son μου of me. -40 21 38 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but γεωργοὶ farmer ἰδόντες to know τὸν the υἱὸν son ⚐εἶπον to say ἐν in ἑαυτοῖς themselves· ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the κληρονόμος heir· ⚐δεῦτε come ἀποκτείνωμεν to kill αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and σχῶμεν to have τὴν the κληρονομίαν inheritance αὐτοῦ of him· -40 21 39 ⚐καὶ and λαβόντες to take αὐτὸν him ⚐ἐξέβαλον to expel ἔξω out τοῦ the ἀμπελῶνος vineyard ⚐καὶ and ἀπέκτειναν to kill. -40 21 40 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) οὖν then ἔλθῃ to come ὁ the κύριος lord τοῦ the ἀμπελῶνος vineyard, ⚐τί which? ποιήσει to do τοῖς the γεωργοῖς farmer ἐκείνοις that; -40 21 41 ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κακοὺς evil κακῶς badly ἀπολέσει to destroy αὐτούς them, ⚐καὶ and τὸν the ἀμπελῶνα vineyard ἐκδώσεται to lease ἄλλοις another γεωργοῖς farmer, ⚐οἵτινες who ἀποδώσουσιν to pay αὐτῷ to him τοὺς the καρποὺς fruit ἐν in τοῖς the καιροῖς right time αὐτῶν of them.

 -40 21 42 ⚐Λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Οὐδέποτε never ἀνέγνωτε to read ἐν in ταῖς the γραφαῖς a writing· ⚐Λίθον stone ὃν which ἀπεδοκίμασαν to reject οἱ the οἰκοδομοῦντες to build ⚐οὗτος this ἐγενήθη to be εἰς toward κεφαλὴν head γωνίας corner· ⚐παρὰ from κυρίου lord ἐγένετο to be αὕτη this, ⚐καὶ and ἔστιν to be θαυμαστὴ marvellous ἐν in ὀφθαλμοῖς eye ἡμῶν of us; -40 21 43 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ἀρθήσεται to take up ἀφ᾽ from ὑμῶν of you ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and δοθήσεται to give ἔθνει Gentiles ποιοῦντι to create τοὺς the καρποὺς fruit αὐτῆς of her. -40 21 44 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ who πεσὼν to collapse ἐπὶ on τὸν the λίθον stone τοῦτον this συνθλασθήσεται to shatter· ⚐ἐφ᾽ on ὃν which δ᾽ and ἂν if πέσῃ to collapse λικμήσει to crush αὐτόν him.

 -40 21 45 ⚐Καὶ and ἀκούσαντες to hear οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee τὰς the παραβολὰς parable αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἔγνωσαν to know ⚐ὅτι that περὶ about αὐτῶν of them λέγει to speak· -40 21 46 ⚐καὶ and ζητοῦντες to seek ⚐αὐτὸν him κρατῆσαι to seize ⚐ἐφοβήθησαν to fear τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd, ⚐ἐπεὶ since εἰς toward προφήτην prophet αὐτὸν him εἶχον to have.

 -40 22 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐πάλιν again εἶπεν to say ἐν in παραβολαῖς parable αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak· -40 22 2 ⚐Ὡμοιώθη to liken ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven ἀνθρώπῳ a human βασιλεῖ king, ⚐ὅστις who ἐποίησεν to make γάμους wedding τῷ the υἱῷ son αὐτοῦ of him. -40 22 3 ⚐καὶ and ἀπέστειλεν to send τοὺς the δούλους slave αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καλέσαι to call τοὺς who κεκλημένους to call εἰς toward τοὺς the γάμους wedding, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἤθελον to will ἐλθεῖν to come. -40 22 4 ⚐πάλιν again ἀπέστειλεν to send ἄλλους another δούλους slave ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Εἴπατε to say τοῖς who κεκλημένοις to call· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! τὸ the ἄριστόν early meal μου of me ἡτοίμακα to make ready, ⚐οἱ the ταῦροί bull μου of me καὶ and τὰ the σιτιστὰ fattened τεθυμένα to sacrifice, ⚐καὶ and πάντα all ἕτοιμα ready· ⚐δεῦτε come εἰς toward τοὺς the γάμους wedding. -40 22 5 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἀμελήσαντες to neglect ⚐ἀπῆλθον to go away, ⚐ὃς which μὲν on the other hand εἰς toward τὸν the ἴδιον one's own ἀγρόν field, ⚐ὃς which δὲ and ἐπὶ to τὴν the ἐμπορίαν business αὐτοῦ of him· -40 22 6 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and λοιποὶ remaining κρατήσαντες to seize τοὺς the δούλους slave αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὕβρισαν to mistreat καὶ and ἀπέκτειναν to kill. -40 22 7 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and βασιλεὺς king ὠργίσθη to anger, ⚐καὶ and πέμψας to send τὰ the στρατεύματα troops αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἀπώλεσεν to destroy τοὺς the φονεῖς murderer ἐκείνους that ⚐καὶ and τὴν the πόλιν city αὐτῶν of them ἐνέπρησεν to burn. -40 22 8 ⚐τότε then λέγει to speak τοῖς the δούλοις slave αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Ὁ the μὲν on the other hand γάμος wedding ἕτοιμός ready ἐστιν to be, ⚐οἱ the δὲ but κεκλημένοι to call οὐκ no ἦσαν to be ἄξιοι worthy· -40 22 9 ⚐πορεύεσθε to go οὖν therefore ἐπὶ upon τὰς the διεξόδους thoroughfare τῶν the ὁδῶν road, ⚐καὶ and ὅσους as much as ἐὰν if εὕρητε to find καλέσατε to call εἰς toward τοὺς the γάμους wedding. -40 22 10 ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθόντες to go out οἱ the δοῦλοι slave ἐκεῖνοι that εἰς toward τὰς the ὁδοὺς road ⚐συνήγαγον to assemble πάντας all οὓς which εὗρον to find, ⚐πονηρούς bad τε both καὶ and ἀγαθούς good-doer· ⚐καὶ and ἐπλήσθη to fill ὁ the γάμος wedding ἀνακειμένων to recline. -40 22 11 ⚐εἰσελθὼν to enter δὲ but ὁ the βασιλεὺς king ⚐θεάσασθαι to see τοὺς the ἀνακειμένους to recline ⚐εἶδεν to know ἐκεῖ there ἄνθρωπον a human οὐκ no ἐνδεδυμένον to clothe ἔνδυμα clothing γάμου wedding· -40 22 12 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἑταῖρε friend, πῶς how? εἰσῆλθες to enter ὧδε here ⚐μὴ not ἔχων to have ἔνδυμα clothing γάμου wedding; ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἐφιμώθη to muzzle. -40 22 13 ⚐τότε then ὁ the βασιλεὺς king εἶπεν to say τοῖς the διακόνοις servant· ⚐Δήσαντες to bind αὐτοῦ of him πόδας foot καὶ and χεῖρας hand ⚐ἐκβάλετε to expel αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὸ the σκότος darkness τὸ the ἐξώτερον outer· ⚐ἐκεῖ there ἔσται to be ὁ the κλαυθμὸς weeping καὶ and ὁ the βρυγμὸς gnashing τῶν the ὀδόντων tooth. -40 22 14 ⚐πολλοὶ much γάρ for εἰσιν to be κλητοὶ called ⚐ὀλίγοι few δὲ but ἐκλεκτοί select.

 -40 22 15 ⚐Τότε then πορευθέντες to go οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ⚐συμβούλιον counsel ἔλαβον to take ⚐ὅπως that αὐτὸν him παγιδεύσωσιν to trap ἐν with λόγῳ word. -40 22 16 ⚐καὶ and ἀποστέλλουσιν to send αὐτῷ to him τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτῶν of them μετὰ with τῶν the Ἡρῳδιανῶν Herodians ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἀληθὴς true εἶ to be ⚐καὶ and τὴν the ὁδὸν road τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐν with ἀληθείᾳ truth διδάσκεις to teach, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μέλει to care σοι to you περὶ about οὐδενός no one, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for βλέπεις to see εἰς toward πρόσωπον face ἀνθρώπων a human· -40 22 17 ⚐εἰπὲ to say οὖν then ἡμῖν to us ⚐τί which? σοι to you δοκεῖ to think· ⚐ἔξεστιν it is permitted δοῦναι to give κῆνσον tax Καίσαρι Caesar ἢ or οὔ no; -40 22 18 ⚐γνοὺς to know δὲ but ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τὴν the πονηρίαν evil αὐτῶν of them ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τί which? με me πειράζετε to test, ὑποκριταί hypocrite; -40 22 19 ⚐ἐπιδείξατέ to show μοι to me τὸ the νόμισμα coin τοῦ the κήνσου tax. ⚐οἱ the δὲ and προσήνεγκαν to bring to αὐτῷ to him δηνάριον denarius. -40 22 20 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τίνος which? ἡ the εἰκὼν image αὕτη this καὶ and ἡ who ἐπιγραφή inscription; -40 22 21 ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Καίσαρος Caesar. ⚐τότε then λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἀπόδοτε to pay οὖν therefore τὰ the Καίσαρος Caesar Καίσαρι Caesar ⚐καὶ and τὰ the τοῦ the θεοῦ God τῷ the θεῷ God. -40 22 22 ⚐καὶ and ἀκούσαντες to hear ⚐ἐθαύμασαν to marvel, ⚐καὶ and ἀφέντες to release αὐτὸν him ⚐ἀπῆλθαν to go away.

 -40 22 23 ⚐Ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day προσῆλθον to come near αὐτῷ to him Σαδδουκαῖοι Sadducee, ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐μὴ not εἶναι to be ἀνάστασιν resurrection, ⚐καὶ and ἐπηρώτησαν to question αὐτὸν him -40 22 24 ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, Μωϋσῆς Moses εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐάν if τις one ἀποθάνῃ to die μὴ not ἔχων to have τέκνα child, ⚐ἐπιγαμβρεύσει to marry ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the γυναῖκα woman αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἀναστήσει to arise σπέρμα seed τῷ the ἀδελφῷ brother αὐτοῦ of him. -40 22 25 ⚐ἦσαν to be δὲ and παρ᾽ beside ἡμῖν to us ἑπτὰ seven ἀδελφοί brother· ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πρῶτος first γήμας to marry ⚐ἐτελεύτησεν to die, ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ἔχων to have σπέρμα seed ⚐ἀφῆκεν to release τὴν the γυναῖκα woman αὐτοῦ of him τῷ the ἀδελφῷ brother αὐτοῦ of him· -40 22 26 ⚐ὁμοίως likewise καὶ and ὁ the δεύτερος secondly καὶ and ὁ the τρίτος third, ἕως until τῶν the ἑπτά seven· -40 22 27 ⚐ὕστερον later δὲ and πάντων all ἀπέθανεν to die ἡ the γυνή woman. -40 22 28 ⚐ἐν in τῇ the ἀναστάσει resurrection οὖν therefore τίνος which? τῶν the ἑπτὰ seven ἔσται to be γυνή woman; ⚐πάντες all γὰρ for ἔσχον to have αὐτήν her.

 -40 22 29 ⚐Ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Πλανᾶσθε to lead astray ⚐μὴ not εἰδότες to know τὰς the γραφὰς a writing μηδὲ not τὴν the δύναμιν power τοῦ the θεοῦ God· -40 22 30 ⚐ἐν in γὰρ for τῇ the ἀναστάσει resurrection οὔτε neither γαμοῦσιν to marry οὔτε neither γαμίζονται to give in marriage, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as ἄγγελοι angel ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven εἰσιν to be· -40 22 31 ⚐περὶ about δὲ and τῆς the ἀναστάσεως resurrection τῶν the νεκρῶν dead ⚐οὐκ no ἀνέγνωτε to read τὸ the ῥηθὲν to say ὑμῖν to you ὑπὸ by τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐λέγοντος to speak· -40 22 32 ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ὁ the θεὸς God Ἀβραὰμ Abraham καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God Ἰσαὰκ Isaac καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God Ἰακώβ Jacob; ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ὁ the θεὸς God νεκρῶν dead ἀλλὰ but ζώντων to live. -40 22 33 ⚐καὶ and ἀκούσαντες to hear οἱ the ὄχλοι crowd ⚐ἐξεπλήσσοντο be astonished ἐπὶ upon τῇ the διδαχῇ teaching αὐτοῦ of him.

 -40 22 34 ⚐Οἱ the δὲ and Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ἀκούσαντες to hear ⚐ὅτι that ἐφίμωσεν to muzzle τοὺς the Σαδδουκαίους Sadducee ⚐συνήχθησαν to assemble ἐπὶ upon τὸ the αὐτό it. -40 22 35 ⚐καὶ and ἐπηρώτησεν to question εἷς one ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them νομικὸς lawyer ⚐πειράζων to test αὐτόν him· -40 22 36 ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, ποία what? ἐντολὴ commandment μεγάλη great ἐν in τῷ the νόμῳ law; -40 22 37 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἔφη to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀγαπήσεις to love κύριον lord τὸν the θεόν God σου of you ἐν with ὅλῃ all τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart σου of you ⚐καὶ and ἐν with ὅλῃ all τῇ the ψυχῇ soul σου of you καὶ and ἐν with ὅλῃ all τῇ the διανοίᾳ mind σου of you· -40 22 38 ⚐αὕτη this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the μεγάλη great καὶ and πρώτη first ἐντολή commandment. -40 22 39 ⚐Δευτέρα secondly δὲ and ὁμοία like αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Ἀγαπήσεις to love τὸν the πλησίον neighbor σου of you ὡς as σεαυτόν yourself. -40 22 40 ⚐ἐν on ταύταις to these ταῖς the δυσὶν two ἐντολαῖς commandment ὅλος all ὁ the νόμος law κρέμαται to hang ⚐καὶ and οἱ the προφῆται prophet.

 -40 22 41 ⚐Συνηγμένων to assemble δὲ and τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee ⚐ἐπηρώτησεν to question αὐτοὺς them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus -40 22 42 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Τί which? ὑμῖν to you δοκεῖ to think περὶ about τοῦ the χριστοῦ Christ; ⚐τίνος which? υἱός son ἐστιν to be; ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Τοῦ the Δαυίδ David. -40 22 43 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Πῶς how? οὖν then Δαυὶδ David ἐν by πνεύματι spirit καλεῖ to call αὐτὸν him κύριον lord ⚐λέγων to speak· -40 22 44 ⚐Εἶπεν to say κύριος lord τῷ the κυρίῳ lord μου of me· ⚐Κάθου to sit ἐκ of δεξιῶν right μου of me ⚐ἕως until ἂν if θῶ to place τοὺς the ἐχθρούς enemy σου of you ὑποκάτω under τῶν the ποδῶν foot σου of you; -40 22 45 ⚐εἰ if οὖν then Δαυὶδ David καλεῖ to call αὐτὸν him κύριον lord, ⚐πῶς how? υἱὸς son αὐτοῦ of him ἐστιν to be; -40 22 46 ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἐδύνατο be able ἀποκριθῆναι to answer αὐτῷ to him λόγον word, ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἐτόλμησέν be bold τις one ἀπ᾽ from ἐκείνης that τῆς the ἡμέρας day ⚐ἐπερωτῆσαι to question αὐτὸν him οὐκέτι not any more.

 -40 23 1 ⚐Τότε then ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐλάλησεν to speak τοῖς the ὄχλοις crowd καὶ and τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him -40 23 2 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἐπὶ on τῆς the Μωϋσέως Moses καθέδρας seat ἐκάθισαν to sit οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe καὶ and οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee. -40 23 3 ⚐πάντα all οὖν therefore ὅσα as much as ἐὰν if εἴπωσιν to say ὑμῖν to you ποιήσατε to do καὶ and τηρεῖτε to keep, ⚐κατὰ according to δὲ but τὰ the ἔργα work αὐτῶν of them μὴ not ποιεῖτε to do, ⚐λέγουσιν to speak γὰρ for ⚐καὶ and οὐ no ποιοῦσιν to do. -40 23 4 ⚐δεσμεύουσιν to bind δὲ but φορτία burden βαρέα weighty καὶ and δυσβάστακτα ponderous ⚐καὶ and ἐπιτιθέασιν to put ἐπὶ upon τοὺς the ὤμους shoulder τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐αὐτοὶ they δὲ and τῷ the δακτύλῳ finger αὐτῶν of them οὐ no θέλουσιν to will κινῆσαι to move αὐτά them. -40 23 5 ⚐πάντα all δὲ and τὰ the ἔργα work αὐτῶν of them ποιοῦσιν to do ⚐πρὸς to τὸ the θεαθῆναι to see τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human· ⚐πλατύνουσιν to widen γὰρ for τὰ the φυλακτήρια phylactery αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and μεγαλύνουσιν to magnify τὰ the κράσπεδα edge, -40 23 6 ⚐φιλοῦσιν to love δὲ and τὴν the πρωτοκλισίαν place of honor ἐν in τοῖς the δείπνοις dinner ⚐καὶ and τὰς the πρωτοκαθεδρίας seat of honor ἐν in ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue -40 23 7 ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the ἀσπασμοὺς salutation ἐν in ταῖς the ἀγοραῖς marketplace ⚐καὶ and καλεῖσθαι to call ὑπὸ by τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human· Ῥαββί Rabbi. -40 23 8 ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but μὴ not κληθῆτε to call· Ῥαββί Rabbi, ⚐εἷς one γάρ for ἐστιν to be ὑμῶν of you ὁ the διδάσκαλος teacher, ⚐πάντες all δὲ and ὑμεῖς you ἀδελφοί brother ἐστε to be· -40 23 9 ⚐καὶ and πατέρα father μὴ not καλέσητε to call ὑμῶν of you ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐εἷς one γάρ for ἐστιν to be ὑμῶν of you ὁ the πατὴρ father ὁ who οὐράνιος heavenly· -40 23 10 ⚐μηδὲ not κληθῆτε to call καθηγηταί teacher, ⚐ὅτι since καθηγητὴς teacher ὑμῶν of you ἐστιν to be εἷς one ὁ the χριστός Christ· -40 23 11 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and μείζων great ὑμῶν of you ἔσται to be ὑμῶν of you διάκονος servant. -40 23 12 ⚐ὅστις who δὲ and ὑψώσει to lift up ἑαυτὸν himself ταπεινωθήσεται to humble, ⚐καὶ and ὅστις who ταπεινώσει to humble ἑαυτὸν himself ὑψωθήσεται to lift up.

 -40 23 13 ⚐Οὐαὶ woe! δὲ but ὑμῖν to you, γραμματεῖς scribe καὶ and Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ὑποκριταί hypocrite, ⚐ὅτι that κλείετε to shut τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven ἔμπροσθεν before τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human· ⚐ὑμεῖς you γὰρ for οὐκ no εἰσέρχεσθε to enter, ⚐οὐδὲ and not τοὺς the εἰσερχομένους to enter ἀφίετε to release εἰσελθεῖν to enter. -40 23 15 ⚐Οὐαὶ woe! ὑμῖν to you, γραμματεῖς scribe καὶ and Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ὑποκριταί hypocrite, ⚐ὅτι that περιάγετε to go around τὴν the θάλασσαν sea καὶ and τὴν the ξηρὰν dried up ⚐ποιῆσαι to make ἕνα one προσήλυτον proselyte, ⚐καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) γένηται to be ⚐ποιεῖτε to make αὐτὸν him υἱὸν son γεέννης Gehenna διπλότερον double ὑμῶν of you.

 -40 23 16 ⚐Οὐαὶ woe! ὑμῖν to you, ὁδηγοὶ guide τυφλοὶ blind οἱ who λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ὃς which ἂν if ὀμόσῃ to swear ἐν by τῷ the ναῷ temple, οὐδέν no one ἐστιν to be, ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ but ἂν if ὀμόσῃ to swear ἐν by τῷ the χρυσῷ gold τοῦ the ναοῦ temple ὀφείλει to owe. -40 23 17 ⚐μωροὶ foolish καὶ and τυφλοί blind, τίς which? γὰρ for μείζων great ἐστίν to be, ⚐ὁ the χρυσὸς gold ἢ or ὁ the ναὸς temple ὁ the ἁγιάσας to sanctify τὸν the χρυσόν gold; -40 23 18 ⚐καί and· Ὃς which ἂν if ὀμόσῃ to swear ἐν by τῷ the θυσιαστηρίῳ altar, οὐδέν no one ἐστιν to be, ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ but ἂν if ὀμόσῃ to swear ἐν by τῷ the δώρῳ gift τῷ the ἐπάνω above αὐτοῦ of it ὀφείλει to owe. -40 23 19 ⚐τυφλοί blind, τί which? γὰρ for μεῖζον great, ⚐τὸ the δῶρον gift ἢ or τὸ the θυσιαστήριον altar τὸ the ἁγιάζον to sanctify τὸ the δῶρον gift; -40 23 20 ⚐ὁ who οὖν therefore ὀμόσας to swear ἐν by τῷ the θυσιαστηρίῳ altar ὀμνύει to swear ἐν by αὐτῷ to it ⚐καὶ and ἐν by πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ἐπάνω above αὐτοῦ of it· -40 23 21 ⚐καὶ and ὁ who ὀμόσας to swear ἐν by τῷ the ναῷ temple ὀμνύει to swear ἐν by αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῷ who κατοικοῦντι to dwell αὐτόν him· -40 23 22 ⚐καὶ and ὁ who ὀμόσας to swear ἐν by τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven ὀμνύει to swear ἐν by τῷ the θρόνῳ throne τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῷ who καθημένῳ to sit ἐπάνω above αὐτοῦ of him.

 -40 23 23 ⚐Οὐαὶ woe! ὑμῖν to you, γραμματεῖς scribe καὶ and Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ὑποκριταί hypocrite, ⚐ὅτι that ἀποδεκατοῦτε to tithe τὸ the ἡδύοσμον mint καὶ and τὸ the ἄνηθον dill καὶ and τὸ the κύμινον cumin, ⚐καὶ and ἀφήκατε to release τὰ the βαρύτερα weighty τοῦ the νόμου law, ⚐τὴν the κρίσιν judgment καὶ and τὸ the ἔλεος mercy καὶ and τὴν the πίστιν faith· ⚐ταῦτα these δὲ and ἔδει be necessary ποιῆσαι to do ⚐κἀκεῖνα and that one μὴ not ἀφιέναι to release. -40 23 24 ⚐ὁδηγοὶ guide τυφλοί blind, οἱ the διϋλίζοντες to strain out τὸν the κώνωπα gnat ⚐τὴν the δὲ but κάμηλον camel καταπίνοντες to swallow.

 -40 23 25 ⚐Οὐαὶ woe! ὑμῖν to you, γραμματεῖς scribe καὶ and Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ὑποκριταί hypocrite, ⚐ὅτι that καθαρίζετε to clean τὸ the ἔξωθεν outside τοῦ the ποτηρίου cup καὶ and τῆς the παροψίδος dish, ⚐ἔσωθεν inwardly δὲ but γέμουσιν be full ἐξ of ἁρπαγῆς plunder καὶ and ἀκρασίας self-indulgence. -40 23 26 ⚐Φαρισαῖε Pharisee τυφλέ blind, καθάρισον to clean πρῶτον first τὸ the ἐντὸς inside τοῦ the ποτηρίου cup ⚐ἵνα in order that γένηται to be καὶ and τὸ the ἐκτὸς outside αὐτοῦ of it καθαρόν clean.

 -40 23 27 ⚐Οὐαὶ woe! ὑμῖν to you, γραμματεῖς scribe καὶ and Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ὑποκριταί hypocrite, ⚐ὅτι that παρομοιάζετε to resemble τάφοις grave κεκονιαμένοις to whitewash, ⚐οἵτινες which ἔξωθεν outside μὲν on the other hand φαίνονται to appear ὡραῖοι beautiful ⚐ἔσωθεν inwardly δὲ but γέμουσιν be full ὀστέων bone νεκρῶν dead καὶ and πάσης all ἀκαθαρσίας impurity· -40 23 28 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ⚐ἔξωθεν outside μὲν on the other hand φαίνεσθε to appear τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human δίκαιοι just, ⚐ἔσωθεν inwardly δέ but ἐστε to be μεστοὶ full ὑποκρίσεως hypocrisy καὶ and ἀνομίας lawlessness.

 -40 23 29 ⚐Οὐαὶ woe! ὑμῖν to you, γραμματεῖς scribe καὶ and Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ὑποκριταί hypocrite, ⚐ὅτι that οἰκοδομεῖτε to build τοὺς the τάφους grave τῶν the προφητῶν prophet ⚐καὶ and κοσμεῖτε to arrange τὰ the μνημεῖα grave τῶν the δικαίων just, -40 23 30 ⚐καὶ and λέγετε to speak· ⚐Εἰ if ἤμεθα to be ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day τῶν the πατέρων father ἡμῶν of us, ⚐οὐκ no ἂν if ἤμεθα to be αὐτῶν of them κοινωνοὶ participant ἐν in τῷ the αἵματι blood τῶν the προφητῶν prophet· -40 23 31 ⚐ὥστε so μαρτυρεῖτε to testify ἑαυτοῖς yourself ⚐ὅτι that υἱοί son ἐστε to be τῶν who φονευσάντων to murder τοὺς the προφήτας prophet. -40 23 32 ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you πληρώσατε to fulfill τὸ the μέτρον measure τῶν the πατέρων father ὑμῶν of you. -40 23 33 ⚐ὄφεις snake γεννήματα offspring ἐχιδνῶν snake, πῶς how? φύγητε to flee ἀπὸ from τῆς the κρίσεως judgment τῆς the γεέννης Gehenna; -40 23 34 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this ἰδοὺ look! ἐγὼ I ἀποστέλλω to send πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you προφήτας prophet καὶ and σοφοὺς wise καὶ and γραμματεῖς scribe· ⚐ἐξ out of αὐτῶν of them ἀποκτενεῖτε to kill καὶ and σταυρώσετε to crucify, ⚐καὶ and ἐξ out of αὐτῶν of them μαστιγώσετε to whip ἐν in ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and διώξετε to pursue ἀπὸ from πόλεως city εἰς toward πόλιν city· -40 23 35 ⚐ὅπως that ἔλθῃ to come ἐφ᾽ on ὑμᾶς you πᾶν all αἷμα blood δίκαιον just ἐκχυννόμενον to pour out ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐ἀπὸ from τοῦ the αἵματος blood Ἅβελ Abel τοῦ the δικαίου just ⚐ἕως until τοῦ the αἵματος blood Ζαχαρίου Zechariah υἱοῦ son Βαραχίου Berekiah, ⚐ὃν which ἐφονεύσατε to murder μεταξὺ between τοῦ the ναοῦ temple καὶ and τοῦ the θυσιαστηρίου altar. -40 23 36 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἥξει to be present ταῦτα these πάντα all ἐπὶ upon τὴν the γενεὰν generation ταύτην this.

 -40 23 37 ⚐Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ἡ who ἀποκτείνουσα to kill τοὺς the προφήτας prophet ⚐καὶ and λιθοβολοῦσα to stone τοὺς who ἀπεσταλμένους to send πρὸς to αὐτήν her— ⚐ποσάκις how often! ἠθέλησα to will ἐπισυναγαγεῖν to gather τὰ the τέκνα child σου of you, ⚐ὃν which τρόπον way ὄρνις hen ἐπισυνάγει to gather τὰ the νοσσία chick αὐτῆς of her ὑπὸ under τὰς the πτέρυγας wing, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἠθελήσατε to will; -40 23 38 ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἀφίεται to release ὑμῖν to you ὁ the οἶκος house ὑμῶν of you ἔρημος deserted. -40 23 39 ⚐λέγω to speak γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐ no μή not με me ἴδητε to know ἀπ᾽ from ἄρτι now ⚐ἕως until ἂν if εἴπητε to say· ⚐Εὐλογημένος to bless ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come ἐν in ὀνόματι name κυρίου lord.

 -40 24 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἐξελθὼν to go out ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple ⚐ἐπορεύετο to go, ⚐καὶ and προσῆλθον to come near οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐπιδεῖξαι to show αὐτῷ to him τὰς the οἰκοδομὰς building τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple· -40 24 2 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οὐ no βλέπετε to see ταῦτα these πάντα all; ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not ἀφεθῇ to release ὧδε here λίθος stone ἐπὶ on λίθον stone ⚐ὃς which οὐ no καταλυθήσεται to destroy.

 -40 24 3 ⚐Καθημένου to sit δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ἐπὶ on τοῦ the Ὄρους mountain τῶν the Ἐλαιῶν Olivet ⚐προσῆλθον to come near αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐εἰπὲ to say ἡμῖν to us ⚐πότε when? ταῦτα these ἔσται to be, ⚐καὶ and τί which? τὸ the σημεῖον sign τῆς the σῆς your παρουσίας coming καὶ and συντελείας consummation τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age. -40 24 4 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Βλέπετε to see μή not τις one ὑμᾶς you πλανήσῃ to lead astray· -40 24 5 ⚐πολλοὶ much γὰρ for ἐλεύσονται to come ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ὁ the χριστός Christ, ⚐καὶ and πολλοὺς much πλανήσουσιν to lead astray. -40 24 6 ⚐μελλήσετε be about to δὲ and ἀκούειν to hear πολέμους war καὶ and ἀκοὰς hearing πολέμων war· ⚐ὁρᾶτε to see, μὴ not θροεῖσθε to alarm· ⚐δεῖ to bind γὰρ for γενέσθαι to be, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὔπω not yet ἐστὶν to be τὸ the τέλος goal. -40 24 7 ⚐ἐγερθήσεται to arise γὰρ for ἔθνος Gentiles ἐπὶ against ἔθνος Gentiles καὶ and βασιλεία kingdom ἐπὶ against βασιλείαν kingdom, ⚐καὶ and ἔσονται to be λιμοὶ hunger καὶ and σεισμοὶ earthquake κατὰ according to τόπους place· -40 24 8 ⚐πάντα all δὲ and ταῦτα these ἀρχὴ beginning ὠδίνων labor.

 -40 24 9 ⚐Τότε then παραδώσουσιν to deliver ὑμᾶς you εἰς toward θλῖψιν pressure ⚐καὶ and ἀποκτενοῦσιν to kill ὑμᾶς you, ⚐καὶ and ἔσεσθε to be μισούμενοι to hate ὑπὸ by πάντων all τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles διὰ because of τὸ the ὄνομά name μου of me. -40 24 10 ⚐καὶ and τότε then σκανδαλισθήσονται to cause to stumble πολλοὶ much ⚐καὶ and ἀλλήλους one another παραδώσουσιν to deliver ⚐καὶ and μισήσουσιν to hate ἀλλήλους one another· -40 24 11 ⚐καὶ and πολλοὶ much ψευδοπροφῆται false prophet ἐγερθήσονται to arise ⚐καὶ and πλανήσουσιν to lead astray πολλούς much· -40 24 12 ⚐καὶ and διὰ because of τὸ the πληθυνθῆναι to multiply τὴν the ἀνομίαν lawlessness ψυγήσεται to cool ἡ the ἀγάπη love τῶν the πολλῶν much. -40 24 13 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ὑπομείνας to endure εἰς toward τέλος goal οὗτος this σωθήσεται to save. -40 24 14 ⚐καὶ and κηρυχθήσεται to preach τοῦτο this τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom ἐν in ὅλῃ all τῇ the οἰκουμένῃ world ⚐εἰς toward μαρτύριον testimony πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles, ⚐καὶ and τότε then ἥξει to come τὸ the τέλος goal.

 -40 24 15 ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) οὖν therefore ἴδητε to know τὸ the βδέλυγμα abomination τῆς the ἐρημώσεως devastation ⚐τὸ the ῥηθὲν to say διὰ through Δανιὴλ Daniel τοῦ the προφήτου prophet ἑστὸς to stand ἐν in τόπῳ place ἁγίῳ holy, ⚐ὁ the ἀναγινώσκων to read νοείτω to understand, -40 24 16 ⚐τότε then οἱ the ἐν in τῇ the Ἰουδαίᾳ Judea φευγέτωσαν to flee εἰς toward τὰ the ὄρη mountain, -40 24 17 ⚐ὁ the ἐπὶ upon τοῦ the δώματος housetop μὴ not καταβάτω to come down ⚐ἆραι to take up τὰ the ἐκ out of τῆς the οἰκίας house αὐτοῦ of him, -40 24 18 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἐν in τῷ the ἀγρῷ field μὴ not ἐπιστρεψάτω to turn ὀπίσω after ⚐ἆραι to take up τὸ the ἱμάτιον clothing αὐτοῦ of him. -40 24 19 ⚐οὐαὶ woe! δὲ and ταῖς the ἐν in γαστρὶ belly ἐχούσαις to have ⚐καὶ and ταῖς who θηλαζούσαις to suckle ἐν in ἐκείναις that ταῖς the ἡμέραις day. -40 24 20 ⚐προσεύχεσθε to pray δὲ and ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not γένηται to be ἡ the φυγὴ flight ὑμῶν of you χειμῶνος winter μηδὲ not σαββάτῳ Sabbath· -40 24 21 ⚐ἔσται to be γὰρ for τότε then θλῖψις pressure μεγάλη great ⚐οἵα such as οὐ no γέγονεν to be ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning κόσμου world ἕως until τοῦ the νῦν now ⚐οὐδ᾽ and not οὐ no μὴ not γένηται to be. -40 24 22 ⚐καὶ and εἰ if μὴ not ἐκολοβώθησαν to shorten αἱ the ἡμέραι day ἐκεῖναι that, ⚐οὐκ no ἂν if ἐσώθη to save πᾶσα all σάρξ flesh· ⚐διὰ because of δὲ but τοὺς the ἐκλεκτοὺς select κολοβωθήσονται to shorten αἱ the ἡμέραι day ἐκεῖναι that. -40 24 23 ⚐τότε then ἐάν if τις one ὑμῖν to you εἴπῃ to say· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ὧδε here ὁ the χριστός Christ, ἤ or· Ὧδε here, ⚐μὴ not πιστεύσητε to trust (in)· -40 24 24 ⚐ἐγερθήσονται to arise γὰρ for ψευδόχριστοι false Christ καὶ and ψευδοπροφῆται false prophet, ⚐καὶ and δώσουσιν to give σημεῖα sign μεγάλα great καὶ and τέρατα wonders ⚐ὥστε so πλανῆσαι to lead astray εἰ if δυνατὸν able καὶ and τοὺς the ἐκλεκτούς select· -40 24 25 ⚐ἰδοὺ look! προείρηκα to predict ὑμῖν to you. -40 24 26 ⚐ἐὰν if οὖν then εἴπωσιν to say ὑμῖν to you· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted ἐστίν to be, ⚐μὴ not ἐξέλθητε to go out· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἐν in τοῖς the ταμείοις inner room, ⚐μὴ not πιστεύσητε to trust (in)· -40 24 27 ⚐ὥσπερ just as γὰρ for ἡ the ἀστραπὴ lightning ἐξέρχεται to go out ἀπὸ from ἀνατολῶν east καὶ and φαίνεται to shine ἕως until δυσμῶν west, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔσται to be ἡ the παρουσία coming τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human· -40 24 28 ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἐὰν if ᾖ to be τὸ the πτῶμα corpse, ἐκεῖ there συναχθήσονται to assemble οἱ the ἀετοί eagle.

 -40 24 29 ⚐Εὐθέως immediately δὲ and μετὰ after τὴν the θλῖψιν pressure τῶν the ἡμερῶν day ἐκείνων that ⚐ὁ the ἥλιος sun σκοτισθήσεται to darken, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the σελήνη moon οὐ no δώσει to give τὸ the φέγγος light αὐτῆς of her, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἀστέρες star πεσοῦνται to collapse ἀπὸ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐καὶ and αἱ the δυνάμεις power τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven σαλευθήσονται to shake. -40 24 30 ⚐καὶ and τότε then φανήσεται to appear τὸ the σημεῖον sign τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐν in οὐρανῷ heaven, ⚐καὶ and τότε then κόψονται to mourn πᾶσαι all αἱ the φυλαὶ tribe τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐καὶ and ὄψονται to see τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐρχόμενον to arrive ἐπὶ on τῶν the νεφελῶν cloud τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven μετὰ with δυνάμεως power καὶ and δόξης glory πολλῆς much· -40 24 31 ⚐καὶ and ἀποστελεῖ to send τοὺς the ἀγγέλους angel αὐτοῦ of him μετὰ with σάλπιγγος trumpet μεγάλης great, ⚐καὶ and ἐπισυνάξουσιν to gather τοὺς the ἐκλεκτοὺς select αὐτοῦ of him ἐκ from τῶν the τεσσάρων four ἀνέμων wind ⚐ἀπ᾽ from ἄκρων end οὐρανῶν heaven ἕως until τῶν the ἄκρων end αὐτῶν of them.

 -40 24 32 ⚐Ἀπὸ from δὲ and τῆς the συκῆς fig tree μάθετε to learn τὴν this παραβολήν parable· ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ἤδη already ὁ the κλάδος branch αὐτῆς of her γένηται to be ἁπαλὸς tender καὶ and τὰ the φύλλα leaf ἐκφύῃ to put out, ⚐γινώσκετε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐγγὺς near τὸ the θέρος summer· -40 24 33 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὑμεῖς you, ὅταν when(-ever) ἴδητε to know πάντα all ταῦτα these, ⚐γινώσκετε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐγγύς near ἐστιν to be ἐπὶ upon θύραις door. -40 24 34 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no μὴ not παρέλθῃ to pass by ἡ the γενεὰ generation αὕτη this ⚐ἕως until ἂν if πάντα all ταῦτα these γένηται to be. -40 24 35 ⚐ὁ the οὐρανὸς heaven καὶ and ἡ the γῆ earth παρελεύσεται to pass by, ⚐οἱ the δὲ but λόγοι word μου of me οὐ no μὴ not παρέλθωσιν to pass by.

 -40 24 36 ⚐Περὶ about δὲ but τῆς the ἡμέρας day ἐκείνης that καὶ and ὥρας hour οὐδεὶς no one οἶδεν to know, ⚐οὐδὲ and not οἱ the ἄγγελοι angel τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven οὐδὲ and not ὁ the υἱός son, ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ the πατὴρ father μόνος alone. -40 24 37 ⚐ὥσπερ just as γὰρ for αἱ the ἡμέραι day τοῦ the Νῶε Noah, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔσται to be ἡ the παρουσία coming τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human· -40 24 38 ⚐ὡς as γὰρ for ἦσαν to be ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ἐκείναις that ταῖς the πρὸ before τοῦ the κατακλυσμοῦ flood ⚐τρώγοντες to eat καὶ and πίνοντες to drink, γαμοῦντες to marry καὶ and γαμίζοντες to give in marriage, ⚐ἄχρι until ἧς which ἡμέρας day εἰσῆλθεν to enter Νῶε Noah εἰς toward τὴν the κιβωτόν ark, -40 24 39 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔγνωσαν to know ⚐ἕως until ἦλθεν to come ὁ the κατακλυσμὸς flood ⚐καὶ and ἦρεν to take up ἅπαντας all, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔσται to be καὶ and ἡ the παρουσία coming τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human. -40 24 40 ⚐τότε then δύο two ἔσονται to be ἐν in τῷ the ἀγρῷ field, ⚐εἷς one παραλαμβάνεται to take ⚐καὶ and εἷς one ἀφίεται to release· -40 24 41 ⚐δύο two ἀλήθουσαι to grind ἐν with τῷ the μύλῳ millstone, ⚐μία one παραλαμβάνεται to take ⚐καὶ and μία one ἀφίεται to release. -40 24 42 ⚐γρηγορεῖτε to keep watch οὖν therefore, ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐ποίᾳ what? ἡμέρᾳ day ὁ the κύριος lord ὑμῶν of you ἔρχεται to come. -40 24 43 ⚐ἐκεῖνο that δὲ but γινώσκετε to know ⚐ὅτι that εἰ if ᾔδει to know ὁ the οἰκοδεσπότης householder ⚐ποίᾳ what? φυλακῇ watch ὁ the κλέπτης thief ἔρχεται to come, ⚐ἐγρηγόρησεν to keep watch ἂν if ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἂν if εἴασεν to allow διορυχθῆναι to break in τὴν the οἰκίαν house αὐτοῦ of him. -40 24 44 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this καὶ and ὑμεῖς you γίνεσθε to be ἕτοιμοι ready, ⚐ὅτι since ᾗ which οὐ no δοκεῖτε to think ὥρᾳ hour ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἔρχεται to come.

 -40 24 45 ⚐Τίς which? ἄρα therefore ἐστὶν to be ὁ the πιστὸς faithful δοῦλος slave καὶ and φρόνιμος thoughtful ⚐ὃν which κατέστησεν to appoint ὁ the κύριος lord ἐπὶ upon τῆς the οἰκετείας household αὐτοῦ of him ⚐τοῦ the δοῦναι to give αὐτοῖς to them τὴν the τροφὴν food ἐν in καιρῷ right time; -40 24 46 ⚐μακάριος blessed ὁ the δοῦλος slave ἐκεῖνος that ⚐ὃν which ἐλθὼν to come ὁ the κύριος lord αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εὑρήσει to find ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ποιοῦντα to work· -40 24 47 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ἐπὶ upon πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ὑπάρχουσιν to be αὐτοῦ of him καταστήσει to appoint αὐτόν him. -40 24 48 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but εἴπῃ to say ὁ the κακὸς evil δοῦλος slave ἐκεῖνος that ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Χρονίζει to delay μου of me ὁ the κύριος lord, -40 24 49 ⚐καὶ and ἄρξηται be first τύπτειν to strike τοὺς the συνδούλους fellow slave αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἐσθίῃ to eat δὲ and καὶ and πίνῃ to drink μετὰ with τῶν the μεθυόντων to get drunk, -40 24 50 ⚐ἥξει to come ὁ the κύριος lord τοῦ the δούλου slave ἐκείνου that ⚐ἐν on ἡμέρᾳ day ᾗ which οὐ no προσδοκᾷ to look for ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ὥρᾳ hour ᾗ which οὐ no γινώσκει to know, -40 24 51 ⚐καὶ and διχοτομήσει to cut in two αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and τὸ the μέρος part αὐτοῦ of him μετὰ with τῶν the ὑποκριτῶν hypocrite θήσει to place· ⚐ἐκεῖ there ἔσται to be ὁ the κλαυθμὸς weeping καὶ and ὁ the βρυγμὸς gnashing τῶν the ὀδόντων tooth.

 -40 25 1 ⚐Τότε then ὁμοιωθήσεται to liken ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven δέκα ten παρθένοις virgin, ⚐αἵτινες who λαβοῦσαι to take τὰς the λαμπάδας window ἑαυτῶν themselves ⚐ἐξῆλθον to go out εἰς toward ὑπάντησιν meeting τοῦ the νυμφίου bridegroom. -40 25 2 ⚐πέντε five δὲ and ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them ἦσαν to be μωραὶ foolish ⚐καὶ and πέντε five φρόνιμοι thoughtful. -40 25 3 ⚐αἱ the γὰρ for μωραὶ foolish λαβοῦσαι to take τὰς the λαμπάδας window αὐτῶν of them ⚐οὐκ no ἔλαβον to take μεθ᾽ with ἑαυτῶν themselves ἔλαιον olive oil· -40 25 4 ⚐αἱ the δὲ but φρόνιμοι thoughtful ἔλαβον to take ἔλαιον olive oil ἐν in τοῖς the ἀγγείοις jar μετὰ with τῶν the λαμπάδων window ἑαυτῶν themselves. -40 25 5 ⚐χρονίζοντος to delay δὲ and τοῦ the νυμφίου bridegroom ⚐ἐνύσταξαν to doze πᾶσαι all ⚐καὶ and ἐκάθευδον to sleep. -40 25 6 ⚐μέσης midst δὲ but νυκτὸς night κραυγὴ shouting γέγονεν to be· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ὁ the νυμφίος bridegroom, ⚐ἐξέρχεσθε to go out εἰς toward ἀπάντησιν meeting αὐτοῦ of him. -40 25 7 ⚐τότε then ἠγέρθησαν to arise πᾶσαι all αἱ the παρθένοι virgin ἐκεῖναι that ⚐καὶ and ἐκόσμησαν to arrange τὰς the λαμπάδας window ἑαυτῶν themselves. -40 25 8 ⚐αἱ the δὲ and μωραὶ foolish ταῖς the φρονίμοις thoughtful εἶπαν to say· ⚐Δότε to give ἡμῖν to us ἐκ out of τοῦ the ἐλαίου olive oil ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ὅτι since αἱ the λαμπάδες window ἡμῶν of us σβέννυνται to extinguish. -40 25 9 ⚐ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer δὲ and αἱ the φρόνιμοι thoughtful ⚐λέγουσαι to speak· ⚐Μήποτε lest οὐ no μὴ not ἀρκέσῃ be sufficient ἡμῖν to us καὶ and ὑμῖν to you· ⚐πορεύεσθε to go μᾶλλον more πρὸς to τοὺς who πωλοῦντας to sell ⚐καὶ and ἀγοράσατε to buy ἑαυταῖς yourself. -40 25 10 ⚐ἀπερχομένων to go away δὲ but αὐτῶν of them ἀγοράσαι to buy ⚐ἦλθεν to arrive ὁ the νυμφίος bridegroom, ⚐καὶ and αἱ who ἕτοιμοι ready εἰσῆλθον to enter μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τοὺς the γάμους wedding, ⚐καὶ and ἐκλείσθη to shut ἡ the θύρα door. -40 25 11 ⚐ὕστερον later δὲ and ἔρχονται to come καὶ and αἱ the λοιπαὶ remaining παρθένοι virgin ⚐λέγουσαι to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord κύριε lord, ἄνοιξον to open ἡμῖν to us· -40 25 12 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐκ no οἶδα to know ὑμᾶς you. -40 25 13 ⚐γρηγορεῖτε to keep watch οὖν therefore, ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no οἴδατε to know τὴν the ἡμέραν day οὐδὲ and not τὴν the ὥραν hour.

 -40 25 14 ⚐Ὥσπερ just as γὰρ for ἄνθρωπος a human ἀποδημῶν to go abroad ⚐ἐκάλεσεν to call τοὺς the ἰδίους one's own δούλους slave ⚐καὶ and παρέδωκεν to deliver αὐτοῖς to them τὰ the ὑπάρχοντα to be αὐτοῦ of him, -40 25 15 ⚐καὶ and ᾧ which μὲν on the other hand ἔδωκεν to give πέντε five τάλαντα talent ⚐ᾧ which δὲ and δύο two ⚐ᾧ which δὲ and ἕν one, ⚐ἑκάστῳ each κατὰ according to τὴν the ἰδίαν one's own δύναμιν power, ⚐καὶ and ἀπεδήμησεν to go abroad. ⚐εὐθέως immediately -40 25 16 πορευθεὶς to go ὁ the τὰ the πέντε five τάλαντα talent λαβὼν to take ⚐ἠργάσατο to work ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καὶ and ἐκέρδησεν to gain ἄλλα another πέντε five· -40 25 17 ⚐ὡσαύτως likewise ὁ the τὰ who δύο two ἐκέρδησεν to gain ἄλλα another δύο two· -40 25 18 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but τὸ the ἓν one λαβὼν to take ἀπελθὼν to go away ⚐ὤρυξεν to dig γῆν earth ⚐καὶ and ἔκρυψεν to hide τὸ the ἀργύριον silver τοῦ the κυρίου lord αὐτοῦ of him. -40 25 19 ⚐μετὰ after δὲ and πολὺν much χρόνον time ἔρχεται to come ὁ the κύριος lord τῶν the δούλων slave ἐκείνων that ⚐καὶ and συναίρει to settle accounts λόγον word μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them -40 25 20 ⚐καὶ and προσελθὼν to come near ὁ the τὰ the πέντε five τάλαντα talent λαβὼν to take ⚐προσήνεγκεν to bring to ἄλλα another πέντε five τάλαντα talent ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, πέντε five τάλαντά talent μοι to me παρέδωκας to deliver· ⚐ἴδε look! ἄλλα another πέντε five τάλαντα talent ἐκέρδησα to gain. -40 25 21 ⚐ἔφη to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the κύριος lord αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Εὖ well done!, δοῦλε slave ἀγαθὲ good-doer καὶ and πιστέ faithful, ⚐ἐπὶ upon ὀλίγα few ἦς to be πιστός faithful, ⚐ἐπὶ upon πολλῶν much σε you καταστήσω to appoint· ⚐εἴσελθε to enter εἰς toward τὴν the χαρὰν joy τοῦ the κυρίου lord σου of you. -40 25 22 ⚐προσελθὼν to come near δὲ and καὶ and ὁ the τὰ the δύο two τάλαντα talent ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Κύριε lord, δύο two τάλαντά talent μοι to me παρέδωκας to deliver· ⚐ἴδε look! ἄλλα another δύο two τάλαντα talent ἐκέρδησα to gain. -40 25 23 ⚐ἔφη to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the κύριος lord αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Εὖ well done!, δοῦλε slave ἀγαθὲ good-doer καὶ and πιστέ faithful, ⚐ἐπὶ with ὀλίγα few ἦς to be πιστός faithful, ⚐ἐπὶ upon πολλῶν much σε you καταστήσω to appoint· ⚐εἴσελθε to enter εἰς toward τὴν the χαρὰν joy τοῦ the κυρίου lord σου of you. -40 25 24 ⚐προσελθὼν to come near δὲ and καὶ and ὁ the τὸ the ἓν one τάλαντον talent εἰληφὼς to take ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἔγνων to know σε you ⚐ὅτι that σκληρὸς hard εἶ to be ἄνθρωπος a human, ⚐θερίζων to reap ὅπου where(-ever) οὐκ no ἔσπειρας to sow ⚐καὶ and συνάγων to assemble ὅθεν whence οὐ no διεσκόρπισας to scatter· -40 25 25 ⚐καὶ and φοβηθεὶς to fear ἀπελθὼν to go away ⚐ἔκρυψα to hide τὸ the τάλαντόν talent σου of you ἐν in τῇ the γῇ earth· ⚐ἴδε look! ἔχεις to have τὸ the σόν your. -40 25 26 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ but ὁ the κύριος lord αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Πονηρὲ evil δοῦλε slave καὶ and ὀκνηρέ lazy, ᾔδεις to know ⚐ὅτι that θερίζω to reap ὅπου where(-ever) οὐκ no ἔσπειρα to sow ⚐καὶ and συνάγω to assemble ὅθεν whence οὐ no διεσκόρπισα to scatter; -40 25 27 ⚐ἔδει be necessary σε you οὖν then βαλεῖν to throw τὰ the ἀργύριά silver μου of me τοῖς the τραπεζίταις money lender, ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὼν to come ἐγὼ I ⚐ἐκομισάμην to be repaid ἂν if τὸ the ἐμὸν my σὺν with τόκῳ interest. -40 25 28 ⚐ἄρατε to take up οὖν therefore ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him τὸ the τάλαντον talent ⚐καὶ and δότε to give τῷ who ἔχοντι to have τὰ the δέκα ten τάλαντα talent· -40 25 29 ⚐τῷ the γὰρ for ἔχοντι to have παντὶ all δοθήσεται to give ⚐καὶ and περισσευθήσεται to exceed· ⚐τοῦ the δὲ but μὴ not ἔχοντος to have καὶ and ὃ which ἔχει to have ἀρθήσεται to take up ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him. -40 25 30 ⚐καὶ and τὸν the ἀχρεῖον worthless δοῦλον slave ἐκβάλετε to expel εἰς toward τὸ the σκότος darkness τὸ the ἐξώτερον outer· ⚐ἐκεῖ there ἔσται to be ὁ the κλαυθμὸς weeping καὶ and ὁ the βρυγμὸς gnashing τῶν the ὀδόντων tooth.

 -40 25 31 ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ and ἔλθῃ to come ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐν in τῇ the δόξῃ glory αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and πάντες all οἱ the ἄγγελοι angel μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐τότε then καθίσει to sit ἐπὶ on θρόνου throne δόξης glory αὐτοῦ of him· -40 25 32 ⚐καὶ and συναχθήσονται to assemble ἔμπροσθεν before αὐτοῦ of him πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles, ⚐καὶ and ἀφορίσει to separate αὐτοὺς them ἀπ᾽ from ἀλλήλων one another, ⚐ὥσπερ just as ὁ the ποιμὴν shepherd ἀφορίζει to separate τὰ the πρόβατα sheep ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἐρίφων a goat, -40 25 33 ⚐καὶ and στήσει to stand τὰ the μὲν on the other hand πρόβατα sheep ἐκ of δεξιῶν right αὐτοῦ of him ⚐τὰ the δὲ and ἐρίφια a goat ἐξ of εὐωνύμων left. -40 25 34 ⚐τότε then ἐρεῖ to say ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τοῖς the ἐκ of δεξιῶν right αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Δεῦτε come, οἱ who εὐλογημένοι to bless τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me, ⚐κληρονομήσατε to inherit τὴν the ἡτοιμασμένην to make ready ὑμῖν to you βασιλείαν kingdom ἀπὸ from καταβολῆς beginning κόσμου world. -40 25 35 ⚐ἐπείνασα to hunger γὰρ for καὶ and ἐδώκατέ to give μοι to me φαγεῖν to eat, ⚐ἐδίψησα to thirst καὶ and ἐποτίσατέ to water με me, ⚐ξένος foreign ἤμην to be καὶ and συνηγάγετέ to assemble με me, -40 25 36 ⚐γυμνὸς naked καὶ and περιεβάλετέ to clothe με me, ⚐ἠσθένησα be weak καὶ and ἐπεσκέψασθέ to care for με me, ⚐ἐν in φυλακῇ prison ἤμην to be καὶ and ἤλθατε to visit πρός to με me. -40 25 37 ⚐τότε then ἀποκριθήσονται to answer αὐτῷ to him οἱ the δίκαιοι just ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, πότε when? σε you εἴδομεν to know πεινῶντα to hunger ⚐καὶ and ἐθρέψαμεν to feed, ⚐ἢ or διψῶντα to thirst καὶ and ἐποτίσαμεν to water; -40 25 38 ⚐πότε when? δέ and σε you εἴδομεν to know ξένον foreign ⚐καὶ and συνηγάγομεν to assemble, ⚐ἢ or γυμνὸν naked καὶ and περιεβάλομεν to clothe; -40 25 39 ⚐πότε when? δέ and σε you εἴδομεν to know ἀσθενοῦντα be weak ἢ or ἐν in φυλακῇ prison ⚐καὶ and ἤλθομεν to visit πρός to σε you; -40 25 40 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the βασιλεὺς king ⚐ἐρεῖ to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ὅσον as much as ἐποιήσατε to do ἑνὶ one τούτων of these τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother μου of me τῶν the ἐλαχίστων least, ⚐ἐμοὶ to me ἐποιήσατε to do. -40 25 41 ⚐τότε then ἐρεῖ to say καὶ and τοῖς the ἐξ of εὐωνύμων left· ⚐Πορεύεσθε to go ἀπ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me οἱ the κατηραμένοι to curse εἰς toward τὸ the πῦρ fire τὸ the αἰώνιον eternal ⚐τὸ the ἡτοιμασμένον to make ready τῷ the διαβόλῳ the Devil καὶ and τοῖς the ἀγγέλοις angel αὐτοῦ of him. -40 25 42 ⚐ἐπείνασα to hunger γὰρ for ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐδώκατέ to give μοι to me φαγεῖν to eat, ⚐ἐδίψησα to thirst ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐποτίσατέ to water με me, -40 25 43 ⚐ξένος foreign ἤμην to be ⚐καὶ and οὐ no συνηγάγετέ to assemble με me, ⚐γυμνὸς naked ⚐καὶ and οὐ no περιεβάλετέ to clothe με me, ⚐ἀσθενὴς weak καὶ and ἐν in φυλακῇ prison ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐπεσκέψασθέ to visit με me. -40 25 44 ⚐τότε then ἀποκριθήσονται to answer καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, πότε when? σε you εἴδομεν to know πεινῶντα to hunger ἢ or διψῶντα to thirst ἢ or ξένον foreign ἢ or γυμνὸν naked ἢ or ἀσθενῆ weak ἢ or ἐν in φυλακῇ prison ⚐καὶ and οὐ no διηκονήσαμέν to serve σοι to you; -40 25 45 ⚐τότε then ἀποκριθήσεται to answer αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ὅσον as much as οὐκ no ἐποιήσατε to do ἑνὶ one τούτων of these τῶν the ἐλαχίστων least, ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἐμοὶ to me ἐποιήσατε to do. -40 25 46 ⚐καὶ and ἀπελεύσονται to go away οὗτοι these εἰς toward κόλασιν punishment αἰώνιον eternal, ⚐οἱ the δὲ but δίκαιοι just εἰς toward ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal.

 -40 26 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ὅτε when ἐτέλεσεν to finish ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus πάντας all τοὺς the λόγους word τούτους these, ⚐εἶπεν to say τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him· -40 26 2 ⚐Οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that μετὰ after δύο two ἡμέρας day τὸ the πάσχα Passover γίνεται to be, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human παραδίδοται to deliver ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the σταυρωθῆναι to crucify.

 -40 26 3 ⚐Τότε then συνήχθησαν to assemble οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder τοῦ the λαοῦ a people εἰς toward τὴν the αὐλὴν palace τοῦ the ἀρχιερέως high-priest ⚐τοῦ who λεγομένου to speak Καϊάφα Caiaphas, -40 26 4 ⚐καὶ and συνεβουλεύσαντο to consult ⚐ἵνα in order to τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus δόλῳ deceit κρατήσωσιν to seize καὶ and ἀποκτείνωσιν to kill· -40 26 5 ⚐ἔλεγον to speak δέ but· ⚐Μὴ not ἐν in τῇ the ἑορτῇ festival, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not θόρυβος commotion γένηται to be ἐν among τῷ the λαῷ a people.

 -40 26 6 ⚐Τοῦ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦ Jesus γενομένου to be ἐν in Βηθανίᾳ Bethany ἐν in οἰκίᾳ house Σίμωνος Simon τοῦ the λεπροῦ leprous, -40 26 7 ⚐προσῆλθεν to come near αὐτῷ to him γυνὴ woman ἔχουσα to have ἀλάβαστρον jar μύρου ointment βαρυτίμου expensive ⚐καὶ and κατέχεεν to pour ἐπὶ upon τῆς the κεφαλῆς head αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἀνακειμένου to recline. -40 26 8 ⚐ἰδόντες to know δὲ and οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐ἠγανάκτησαν be indignant ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Εἰς toward τί which? ἡ the ἀπώλεια destruction αὕτη this; -40 26 9 ⚐ἐδύνατο be able γὰρ for τοῦτο this ⚐πραθῆναι to sell πολλοῦ much ⚐καὶ and δοθῆναι to give πτωχοῖς poor. -40 26 10 ⚐γνοὺς to know δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? κόπους labor παρέχετε to furnish occasion τῇ this γυναικί woman; ⚐ἔργον work γὰρ for καλὸν good ἠργάσατο to work εἰς toward ἐμέ me· -40 26 11 ⚐πάντοτε always γὰρ for τοὺς the πτωχοὺς poor ἔχετε to have μεθ᾽ with ἑαυτῶν yourself, ⚐ἐμὲ me δὲ but οὐ no πάντοτε always ἔχετε to have· -40 26 12 ⚐βαλοῦσα to throw γὰρ for αὕτη this τὸ the μύρον ointment τοῦτο this ἐπὶ on τοῦ the σώματός body μου of me ⚐πρὸς to τὸ the ἐνταφιάσαι to prepare burial με me ἐποίησεν to do. -40 26 13 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἐὰν if κηρυχθῇ to preach τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τοῦτο this ἐν in ὅλῳ all τῷ the κόσμῳ world, ⚐λαληθήσεται to speak καὶ and ὃ which ἐποίησεν to do αὕτη this εἰς toward μνημόσυνον memorial αὐτῆς of her.

 -40 26 14 ⚐Τότε then πορευθεὶς to go εἷς one τῶν the δώδεκα twelve, ὁ the λεγόμενος to speak Ἰούδας Judas Ἰσκαριώτης Iscariot, πρὸς to τοὺς the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest -40 26 15 ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τί which? θέλετέ to will ⚐μοι to me δοῦναι to give ⚐κἀγὼ and I ὑμῖν to you παραδώσω to deliver αὐτόν him; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἔστησαν to stand αὐτῷ to him τριάκοντα thirty ἀργύρια silver. -40 26 16 ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from τότε then ἐζήτει to seek εὐκαιρίαν opportunity ⚐ἵνα in order to αὐτὸν him παραδῷ to deliver.

 -40 26 17 ⚐Τῇ the δὲ and πρώτῃ first τῶν the ἀζύμων unleavened προσῆλθον to come near οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ποῦ where? θέλεις to will ⚐ἑτοιμάσωμέν to make ready σοι to you ⚐φαγεῖν to eat τὸ the πάσχα Passover; -40 26 18 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ὑπάγετε to go εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city πρὸς to τὸν the δεῖνα a certain one ⚐καὶ and εἴπατε to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὁ the διδάσκαλος teacher λέγει to speak· ⚐Ὁ the καιρός time μου of me ἐγγύς near ἐστιν to be· ⚐πρὸς to σὲ you ποιῶ to make τὸ the πάσχα Passover μετὰ with τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple μου of me. -40 26 19 ⚐καὶ and ἐποίησαν to do οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐ὡς as συνέταξεν to direct αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐καὶ and ἡτοίμασαν to make ready τὸ the πάσχα Passover.

 -40 26 20 ⚐Ὀψίας evening δὲ and γενομένης to be ⚐ἀνέκειτο to recline μετὰ with τῶν the δώδεκα twelve -40 26 21 ⚐καὶ and ἐσθιόντων to eat αὐτῶν of them ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that εἷς one ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you παραδώσει to deliver με me. -40 26 22 ⚐καὶ and λυπούμενοι to grieve σφόδρα very ⚐ἤρξαντο be first λέγειν to speak αὐτῷ to him εἷς one ἕκαστος each· ⚐Μήτι no? ἐγώ I εἰμι to be, κύριε lord; -40 26 23 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ὁ who ἐμβάψας to dip in μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me τὴν the χεῖρα hand ἐν in τῷ the τρυβλίῳ bowl οὗτός this με me παραδώσει to deliver· -40 26 24 ⚐ὁ the μὲν on the other hand υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ὑπάγει to go ⚐καθὼς as γέγραπται to write περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐οὐαὶ woe! δὲ but τῷ the ἀνθρώπῳ a human ἐκείνῳ that ⚐δι᾽ through οὗ which ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human παραδίδοται to deliver· ⚐καλὸν good ἦν to be αὐτῷ to him ⚐εἰ if οὐκ no ἐγεννήθη to beget ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human ἐκεῖνος that. -40 26 25 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and Ἰούδας Judas ὁ who παραδιδοὺς to deliver αὐτὸν him ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Μήτι no? ἐγώ I εἰμι to be, ῥαββί Rabbi; ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Σὺ you εἶπας to say.

 -40 26 26 ⚐Ἐσθιόντων to eat δὲ and αὐτῶν of them ⚐λαβὼν to take ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἄρτον bread ⚐καὶ and εὐλογήσας to praise ⚐ἔκλασεν to break ⚐καὶ and δοὺς to give τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Λάβετε to take φάγετε to eat, ⚐τοῦτό this ἐστιν to be τὸ the σῶμά body μου of me. -40 26 27 ⚐καὶ and λαβὼν to take ποτήριον cup ⚐καὶ and εὐχαριστήσας to thank ⚐ἔδωκεν to give αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Πίετε to drink ἐξ from αὐτοῦ of it πάντες all, -40 26 28 ⚐τοῦτο this γάρ for ἐστιν to be τὸ the αἷμά blood μου of me τῆς the διαθήκης covenant ⚐τὸ the περὶ about πολλῶν much ἐκχυννόμενον to pour out εἰς toward ἄφεσιν forgiveness ἁμαρτιῶν sin· -40 26 29 ⚐λέγω to speak δὲ and ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not πίω to drink ἀπ᾽ from ἄρτι now ἐκ of τούτου of this τοῦ the γενήματος offspring τῆς the ἀμπέλου vine ⚐ἕως until τῆς the ἡμέρας day ἐκείνης that ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) αὐτὸ it πίνω to drink μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you καινὸν new ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me. -40 26 30 ⚐καὶ and ὑμνήσαντες to praise ⚐ἐξῆλθον to go out εἰς toward τὸ the Ὄρος mountain τῶν the Ἐλαιῶν Olivet.

 -40 26 31 ⚐Τότε then λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Πάντες all ὑμεῖς you σκανδαλισθήσεσθε to cause to stumble ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me ἐν in τῇ the νυκτὶ night ταύτῃ to this, ⚐γέγραπται to write γάρ for· ⚐Πατάξω to strike τὸν the ποιμένα shepherd, ⚐καὶ and διασκορπισθήσονται to scatter τὰ the πρόβατα sheep τῆς the ποίμνης flock· -40 26 32 ⚐μετὰ after δὲ but τὸ the ἐγερθῆναί to arise με me ⚐προάξω to go before ὑμᾶς you εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee. -40 26 33 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Εἰ if πάντες all σκανδαλισθήσονται to cause to stumble ἐν in σοί to you, ⚐ἐγὼ I οὐδέποτε never σκανδαλισθήσομαι to cause to stumble. -40 26 34 ⚐ἔφη to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak σοι to you ⚐ὅτι that ἐν on ταύτῃ to this τῇ the νυκτὶ night πρὶν before ἀλέκτορα rooster φωνῆσαι to call ⚐τρὶς three times ἀπαρνήσῃ to deny με me. -40 26 35 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Κἂν even if δέῃ to bind με me σὺν with σοὶ to you ἀποθανεῖν to die, ⚐οὐ no μή not σε you ἀπαρνήσομαι to deny. ⚐ὁμοίως likewise καὶ and πάντες all οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple εἶπαν to say.

 -40 26 36 ⚐Τότε then ἔρχεται to go μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἰς toward χωρίον place λεγόμενον to speak Γεθσημανὶ Gethsemane, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple· ⚐Καθίσατε to sit αὐτοῦ there ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ἀπελθὼν to go away ἐκεῖ there ⚐προσεύξωμαι to pray. -40 26 37 ⚐καὶ and παραλαβὼν to take τὸν the Πέτρον Peter καὶ and τοὺς the δύο two υἱοὺς son Ζεβεδαίου Zebedee ⚐ἤρξατο be first λυπεῖσθαι to grieve καὶ and ἀδημονεῖν be distressed. -40 26 38 ⚐τότε then λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Περίλυπός sorrowful ἐστιν to be ἡ the ψυχή soul μου of me ἕως until θανάτου death· ⚐μείνατε to stay ὧδε here ⚐καὶ and γρηγορεῖτε to keep watch μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me. -40 26 39 ⚐καὶ and προελθὼν to go before μικρὸν small ⚐ἔπεσεν to collapse ἐπὶ with πρόσωπον face αὐτοῦ of him ⚐προσευχόμενος to pray καὶ and λέγων to speak· ⚐Πάτερ father μου of me, εἰ if δυνατόν able ἐστιν to be, ⚐παρελθάτω to pass by ἀπ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me τὸ the ποτήριον cup τοῦτο this· ⚐πλὴν but οὐχ no ὡς as ἐγὼ I θέλω to will ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as σύ you. -40 26 40 ⚐καὶ and ἔρχεται to come πρὸς to τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple ⚐καὶ and εὑρίσκει to find αὐτοὺς them καθεύδοντας to sleep, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak τῷ the Πέτρῳ Peter· ⚐Οὕτως thus(-ly) οὐκ no ἰσχύσατε be strong ⚐μίαν one ὥραν hour γρηγορῆσαι to keep watch μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me; -40 26 41 ⚐γρηγορεῖτε to keep watch καὶ and προσεύχεσθε to pray, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not εἰσέλθητε to enter εἰς toward πειρασμόν temptation· ⚐τὸ the μὲν on the other hand πνεῦμα spirit πρόθυμον eager ⚐ἡ the δὲ but σὰρξ flesh ἀσθενής weak. -40 26 42 ⚐πάλιν again ἐκ out of δευτέρου secondly ἀπελθὼν to go away ⚐προσηύξατο to pray ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Πάτερ father μου of me, εἰ if οὐ no δύναται be able τοῦτο this ⚐παρελθεῖν to pass by ἐὰν if μὴ not αὐτὸ it πίω to drink, ⚐γενηθήτω to be τὸ the θέλημά will σου of you. -40 26 43 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὼν to come ⚐πάλιν again εὗρεν to find αὐτοὺς them καθεύδοντας to sleep, ⚐ἦσαν to be γὰρ for αὐτῶν of them οἱ the ὀφθαλμοὶ eye βεβαρημένοι to burden. -40 26 44 ⚐καὶ and ἀφεὶς to release αὐτοὺς them ⚐πάλιν again ἀπελθὼν to go away ⚐προσηύξατο to pray ἐκ out of τρίτου third ⚐τὸν the αὐτὸν him λόγον word εἰπὼν to say πάλιν again. -40 26 45 ⚐τότε then ἔρχεται to come πρὸς to τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Καθεύδετε to sleep τὸ the λοιπὸν henceforth ⚐καὶ and ἀναπαύεσθε to give rest· ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἤγγικεν to come near ἡ the ὥρα hour ⚐καὶ and ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human παραδίδοται to deliver εἰς toward χεῖρας hand ἁμαρτωλῶν sinful. -40 26 46 ⚐ἐγείρεσθε to arise ἄγωμεν to bring· ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἤγγικεν to come near ὁ the παραδιδούς to deliver με me.

 -40 26 47 ⚐Καὶ and ἔτι still αὐτοῦ of him λαλοῦντος to speak ⚐ἰδοὺ look! Ἰούδας Judas εἷς one τῶν the δώδεκα twelve ἦλθεν to arrive ⚐καὶ and μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him ὄχλος crowd πολὺς much μετὰ with μαχαιρῶν sword καὶ and ξύλων wood ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἀρχιερέων high-priest καὶ and πρεσβυτέρων elder τοῦ the λαοῦ a people. -40 26 48 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and παραδιδοὺς to deliver αὐτὸν him ἔδωκεν to give αὐτοῖς to them σημεῖον sign ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ὃν which ἂν if φιλήσω to love αὐτός he ἐστιν to be· ⚐κρατήσατε to seize αὐτόν him. -40 26 49 ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately προσελθὼν to come near τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Χαῖρε to rejoice, ῥαββί Rabbi· ⚐καὶ and κατεφίλησεν to kiss αὐτόν him. -40 26 50 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἑταῖρε friend, ἐφ᾽ upon ὃ which πάρει be present. ⚐τότε then προσελθόντες to come near ⚐ἐπέβαλον to seize τὰς the χεῖρας hand ἐπὶ upon τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐καὶ and ἐκράτησαν to seize αὐτόν him. -40 26 51 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! εἷς one τῶν the μετὰ with Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἐκτείνας to stretch out τὴν the χεῖρα hand ⚐ἀπέσπασεν to draw away τὴν the μάχαιραν sword αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and πατάξας to strike τὸν the δοῦλον slave τοῦ the ἀρχιερέως high-priest ⚐ἀφεῖλεν to remove αὐτοῦ of him τὸ the ὠτίον ear. -40 26 52 ⚐τότε then λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀπόστρεψον to turn away τὴν the μάχαιράν sword σου of you εἰς toward τὸν the τόπον place αὐτῆς of her, ⚐πάντες all γὰρ for οἱ who λαβόντες to take μάχαιραν sword ἐν by μαχαίρῃ sword ἀπολοῦνται to destroy· -40 26 53 ⚐ἢ or δοκεῖς to think ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no δύναμαι be able παρακαλέσαι to plead τὸν the πατέρα father μου of me, ⚐καὶ and παραστήσει to stand by μοι to me ἄρτι now πλείω much δώδεκα twelve λεγιῶνας legion ἀγγέλων angel; -40 26 54 ⚐πῶς how? οὖν then πληρωθῶσιν to fulfill αἱ the γραφαὶ a writing ⚐ὅτι that οὕτως thus(-ly) δεῖ to bind γενέσθαι to be; -40 26 55 ⚐ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour εἶπεν to say ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τοῖς the ὄχλοις crowd· ⚐Ὡς as ἐπὶ upon λῃστὴν rebel ἐξήλθατε to go out μετὰ with μαχαιρῶν sword καὶ and ξύλων wood ⚐συλλαβεῖν to seize με me; ⚐καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ἐκαθεζόμην to sit down διδάσκων to teach ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐκρατήσατέ to seize με me. -40 26 56 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ but ὅλον all γέγονεν to be ⚐ἵνα in order that πληρωθῶσιν to fulfill αἱ the γραφαὶ a writing τῶν the προφητῶν prophet. ⚐τότε then οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple πάντες all ἀφέντες to release αὐτὸν him ⚐ἔφυγον to flee.

 -40 26 57 ⚐Οἱ the δὲ and κρατήσαντες to seize τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ἀπήγαγον to lead away πρὸς to Καϊάφαν Caiaphas τὸν the ἀρχιερέα high-priest, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe καὶ and οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder συνήχθησαν to assemble. -40 26 58 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Πέτρος Peter ἠκολούθει to follow αὐτῷ to him ἀπὸ from μακρόθεν from afar ἕως until τῆς the αὐλῆς courtyard τοῦ the ἀρχιερέως high-priest, ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθὼν to enter ἔσω in ⚐ἐκάθητο to sit μετὰ with τῶν the ὑπηρετῶν servant ⚐ἰδεῖν to know τὸ the τέλος goal. -40 26 59 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and τὸ the συνέδριον council ὅλον all ἐζήτουν to seek ψευδομαρτυρίαν false testimony κατὰ according to τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐ὅπως that αὐτὸν him θανατώσωσιν to kill, -40 26 60 ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no εὗρον to find πολλῶν much προσελθόντων to come near ψευδομαρτύρων false witness. ⚐Ὕστερον later δὲ and προσελθόντες to come near δύο two -40 26 61 ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Οὗτος this ἔφη to say· ⚐Δύναμαι be able καταλῦσαι to destroy τὸν the ναὸν temple τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and διὰ through τριῶν three ἡμερῶν day οἰκοδομῆσαι to build. -40 26 62 ⚐καὶ and ἀναστὰς to arise ὁ the ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Οὐδὲν no one ἀποκρίνῃ to answer; ⚐τί which? οὗτοί these σου of you καταμαρτυροῦσιν to testify against; -40 26 63 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐσιώπα be quiet. ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἐξορκίζω to adjure σε you κατὰ according to τοῦ the θεοῦ God τοῦ the ζῶντος to live ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡμῖν to us εἴπῃς to say ⚐εἰ if σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the χριστὸς Christ ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -40 26 64 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Σὺ you εἶπας to say· ⚐πλὴν but λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀπ᾽ from ἄρτι now ὄψεσθε to see τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐καθήμενον to sit ἐκ of δεξιῶν right τῆς the δυνάμεως power ⚐καὶ and ἐρχόμενον to come ἐπὶ on τῶν the νεφελῶν cloud τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven. -40 26 65 ⚐τότε then ὁ the ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest διέρρηξεν to tear τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἐβλασφήμησεν to blaspheme· ⚐τί which? ἔτι still χρείαν need ἔχομεν to have μαρτύρων witness; ⚐ἴδε look! νῦν now ἠκούσατε to hear τὴν the βλασφημίαν blasphemy· -40 26 66 ⚐τί which? ὑμῖν to you δοκεῖ to think; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἀποκριθέντες to answer εἶπαν to say· ⚐Ἔνοχος liable for θανάτου death ἐστίν to be. -40 26 67 ⚐τότε then ἐνέπτυσαν to spit on εἰς toward τὸ the πρόσωπον face αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἐκολάφισαν to beat αὐτόν him, ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἐράπισαν to slap -40 26 68 ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Προφήτευσον to prophesy ἡμῖν to us, χριστέ Christ, ⚐τίς which? ἐστιν to be ὁ the παίσας to strike σε you;

 -40 26 69 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ and Πέτρος Peter ἐκάθητο to sit ἔξω outside ἐν in τῇ the αὐλῇ courtyard· ⚐καὶ and προσῆλθεν to come near αὐτῷ to him μία one παιδίσκη maidservant ⚐λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Καὶ and σὺ you ἦσθα to be μετὰ with Ἰησοῦ Jesus τοῦ the Γαλιλαίου Galilean· -40 26 70 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἠρνήσατο to deny ἔμπροσθεν before πάντων all ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Οὐκ no οἶδα to know ⚐τί which? λέγεις to speak. -40 26 71 ⚐ἐξελθόντα to go out δὲ and εἰς toward τὸν the πυλῶνα gate ⚐εἶδεν to know αὐτὸν him ἄλλη another ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak τοῖς the ἐκεῖ there· ⚐Οὗτος this ἦν to be μετὰ with Ἰησοῦ Jesus τοῦ the Ναζωραίου Nazarene· -40 26 72 ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again ἠρνήσατο to deny μετὰ with ὅρκου oath ⚐ὅτι that Οὐκ no οἶδα to know τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human. -40 26 73 ⚐μετὰ after μικρὸν small δὲ and προσελθόντες to come near οἱ the ἑστῶτες to stand ⚐εἶπον to say τῷ the Πέτρῳ Peter· ⚐Ἀληθῶς truly καὶ and σὺ you ἐξ out of αὐτῶν of them εἶ to be, ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ἡ the λαλιά speech σου of you δῆλόν clear σε you ποιεῖ to make· -40 26 74 ⚐τότε then ἤρξατο be first καταθεματίζειν to curse καὶ and ὀμνύειν to swear ⚐ὅτι that Οὐκ no οἶδα to know τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human. ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἀλέκτωρ rooster ἐφώνησεν to call· -40 26 75 ⚐καὶ and ἐμνήσθη to remember ὁ the Πέτρος Peter τοῦ the ῥήματος word Ἰησοῦ Jesus εἰρηκότος to say ⚐ὅτι that Πρὶν before ἀλέκτορα rooster φωνῆσαι to call τρὶς three times ἀπαρνήσῃ to deny με me, ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθὼν to go out ἔξω outside ⚐ἔκλαυσεν to weep πικρῶς bitterly.

 -40 27 1 ⚐Πρωΐας early morning δὲ and γενομένης to be ⚐συμβούλιον counsel ἔλαβον to take πάντες all οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder τοῦ the λαοῦ a people κατὰ according to τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐ὥστε so θανατῶσαι to kill αὐτόν him· -40 27 2 ⚐καὶ and δήσαντες to bind αὐτὸν him ⚐ἀπήγαγον to lead away ⚐καὶ and παρέδωκαν to deliver Πιλάτῳ Pilate τῷ the ἡγεμόνι ruler.

 -40 27 3 ⚐Τότε then ἰδὼν to know Ἰούδας Judas ὁ who παραδιδοὺς to deliver αὐτὸν him ⚐ὅτι that κατεκρίθη to condemn ⚐μεταμεληθεὶς to repent ⚐ἔστρεψεν to turn τὰ the τριάκοντα thirty ἀργύρια silver τοῖς the ἀρχιερεῦσιν high-priest καὶ and πρεσβυτέροις elder -40 27 4 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἥμαρτον to sin ⚐παραδοὺς to deliver αἷμα blood ἀθῷον innocent. ⚐οἱ the δὲ but εἶπαν to say· ⚐Τί which? πρὸς to ἡμᾶς us; ⚐σὺ you ὄψῃ to see. -40 27 5 ⚐καὶ and ῥίψας to throw τὰ the ἀργύρια silver εἰς toward τὸν the ναὸν temple ⚐ἀνεχώρησεν to leave, ⚐καὶ and ἀπελθὼν to go away ⚐ἀπήγξατο to strangle. -40 27 6 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest λαβόντες to take τὰ the ἀργύρια silver ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Οὐκ no ἔξεστιν it is permitted βαλεῖν to throw αὐτὰ them εἰς toward τὸν the κορβανᾶν Corban, ⚐ἐπεὶ since τιμὴ honor αἵματός blood ἐστιν to be· -40 27 7 ⚐συμβούλιον counsel δὲ and λαβόντες to take ⚐ἠγόρασαν to buy ἐξ out of αὐτῶν of them τὸν the Ἀγρὸν field τοῦ the Κεραμέως potter εἰς toward ταφὴν burial (place) τοῖς the ξένοις foreign. -40 27 8 ⚐διὸ therefore ἐκλήθη to call ὁ the ἀγρὸς field ἐκεῖνος that Ἀγρὸς field Αἵματος blood ἕως until τῆς this σήμερον today. -40 27 9 ⚐τότε then ἐπληρώθη to fulfill τὸ the ῥηθὲν to say διὰ through Ἰερεμίου Jeremiah τοῦ the προφήτου prophet ⚐λέγοντος to speak· ⚐Καὶ and ἔλαβον to take τὰ the τριάκοντα thirty ἀργύρια silver, τὴν the τιμὴν honor τοῦ the τετιμημένου to honor ⚐ὃν which ἐτιμήσαντο to honor ἀπὸ from υἱῶν son Ἰσραήλ Israel, -40 27 10 ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκαν to give αὐτὰ them εἰς toward τὸν the ἀγρὸν field τοῦ the κεραμέως potter, ⚐καθὰ as συνέταξέν to direct μοι to me κύριος lord.

 -40 27 11 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐστάθη to stand ἔμπροσθεν before τοῦ the ἡγεμόνος ruler· ⚐καὶ and ἐπηρώτησεν to question αὐτὸν him ὁ the ἡγεμὼν ruler ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἔφη to say· ⚐Σὺ you λέγεις to speak. -40 27 12 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the κατηγορεῖσθαι to accuse αὐτὸν him ὑπὸ by τῶν the ἀρχιερέων high-priest καὶ and πρεσβυτέρων elder ⚐οὐδὲν no one ἀπεκρίνατο to answer. -40 27 13 ⚐τότε then λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate· ⚐Οὐκ no ἀκούεις to hear ⚐πόσα how many σου of you καταμαρτυροῦσιν to testify against; -40 27 14 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτῷ to him πρὸς to οὐδὲ and not ἓν one ῥῆμα word, ⚐ὥστε so θαυμάζειν to marvel τὸν the ἡγεμόνα ruler λίαν greatly.

 -40 27 15 ⚐Κατὰ according to δὲ and ἑορτὴν festival εἰώθει to have a custom ὁ the ἡγεμὼν ruler ⚐ἀπολύειν to release ἕνα one τῷ the ὄχλῳ crowd δέσμιον prisoner ὃν which ἤθελον to will. -40 27 16 ⚐εἶχον to have δὲ and τότε then δέσμιον prisoner ἐπίσημον notable λεγόμενον to speak Ἰησοῦν Jesus Βαραββᾶν Barabbas. -40 27 17 ⚐συνηγμένων to assemble οὖν therefore αὐτῶν of them ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate· ⚐Τίνα which? θέλετε to will ⚐ἀπολύσω to release ὑμῖν to you, ⚐Ἰησοῦν Jesus τὸν the Βαραββᾶν Barabbas ἢ or Ἰησοῦν Jesus τὸν the λεγόμενον to speak χριστόν Christ; -40 27 18 ⚐ᾔδει to know γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that διὰ because of φθόνον envy παρέδωκαν to deliver αὐτόν him. -40 27 19 ⚐Καθημένου to sit δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ἐπὶ on τοῦ the βήματος judgement seat ⚐ἀπέστειλεν to send πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ἡ the γυνὴ woman αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Μηδὲν nothing σοὶ to you καὶ and τῷ the δικαίῳ just ἐκείνῳ that, ⚐πολλὰ much γὰρ for ἔπαθον to suffer σήμερον today κατ᾽ according to ὄναρ dream δι᾽ through αὐτόν him. -40 27 20 ⚐Οἱ the δὲ but ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder ἔπεισαν to persuade τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd ⚐ἵνα in order to αἰτήσωνται to ask τὸν the Βαραββᾶν Barabbas ⚐τὸν the δὲ and Ἰησοῦν Jesus ἀπολέσωσιν to destroy. -40 27 21 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ὁ the ἡγεμὼν ruler ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τίνα which? θέλετε to will ἀπὸ from τῶν the δύο two ⚐ἀπολύσω to release ὑμῖν to you; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Τὸν the Βαραββᾶν Barabbas. -40 27 22 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate· ⚐Τί which? οὖν then ποιήσω to do Ἰησοῦν Jesus τὸν who λεγόμενον to speak χριστόν Christ; ⚐λέγουσιν to speak πάντες all· ⚐Σταυρωθήτω to crucify. -40 27 23 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἔφη to say· ⚐Τί which? γὰρ for κακὸν harm ἐποίησεν to do; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and περισσῶς superabundantly ἔκραζον to cry ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Σταυρωθήτω to crucify.

 -40 27 24 ⚐ἰδὼν to know δὲ and ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate ⚐ὅτι that οὐδὲν no one ὠφελεῖ to help ⚐ἀλλὰ but μᾶλλον more θόρυβος commotion γίνεται to be ⚐λαβὼν to take ὕδωρ water ⚐ἀπενίψατο to wash off τὰς the χεῖρας hand ἀπέναντι opposite τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἀθῷός innocent εἰμι to be ἀπὸ from τοῦ the αἵματος blood τούτου of this· ⚐ὑμεῖς you ὄψεσθε to see. -40 27 25 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer πᾶς all ὁ the λαὸς a people ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τὸ the αἷμα blood αὐτοῦ of him ἐφ᾽ upon ἡμᾶς us καὶ and ἐπὶ on τὰ the τέκνα child ἡμῶν of us. -40 27 26 ⚐τότε then ἀπέλυσεν to release αὐτοῖς to them τὸν the Βαραββᾶν Barabbas, ⚐τὸν the δὲ but Ἰησοῦν Jesus φραγελλώσας to whip ⚐παρέδωκεν to deliver ⚐ἵνα in order to σταυρωθῇ to crucify.

 -40 27 27 ⚐Τότε then οἱ the στρατιῶται soldier τοῦ the ἡγεμόνος ruler παραλαβόντες to take τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus εἰς toward τὸ the πραιτώριον praetorium ⚐συνήγαγον to assemble ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτὸν him ὅλην all τὴν the σπεῖραν band. -40 27 28 ⚐καὶ and ἐκδύσαντες to strip αὐτὸν him ⚐χλαμύδα robe κοκκίνην scarlet περιέθηκαν to put on αὐτῷ to him, -40 27 29 ⚐καὶ and πλέξαντες to weave στέφανον crown ἐξ of ἀκανθῶν a thorn ⚐ἐπέθηκαν to put ἐπὶ upon τῆς the κεφαλῆς head αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and κάλαμον stick ἐν in τῇ the δεξιᾷ right αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and γονυπετήσαντες to kneel ἔμπροσθεν before αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐνέπαιξαν to mock αὐτῷ to him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Χαῖρε to rejoice, βασιλεῦ king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, -40 27 30 ⚐καὶ and ἐμπτύσαντες to spit on εἰς toward αὐτὸν him ⚐ἔλαβον to take τὸν the κάλαμον stick ⚐καὶ and ἔτυπτον to strike εἰς toward τὴν the κεφαλὴν head αὐτοῦ of him. -40 27 31 ⚐καὶ and ὅτε when ἐνέπαιξαν to mock αὐτῷ to him, ⚐ἐξέδυσαν to strip αὐτὸν him τὴν the χλαμύδα robe ⚐καὶ and ἐνέδυσαν to clothe αὐτὸν him τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἀπήγαγον to lead away αὐτὸν him ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the σταυρῶσαι to crucify.

 -40 27 32 ⚐Ἐξερχόμενοι to go out δὲ and ⚐εὗρον to find ἄνθρωπον a human Κυρηναῖον from Cyrene ὀνόματι name Σίμωνα Simon· ⚐τοῦτον this ἠγγάρευσαν to force ⚐ἵνα in order to ἄρῃ to take up τὸν the σταυρὸν cross αὐτοῦ of him. -40 27 33 ⚐Καὶ and ἐλθόντες to come εἰς toward τόπον place λεγόμενον to speak Γολγοθᾶ Golgotha, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be Κρανίου skull Τόπος place λεγόμενος to speak, -40 27 34 ⚐ἔδωκαν to give αὐτῷ to him πιεῖν to drink οἶνον wine μετὰ with χολῆς gall μεμιγμένον to mix· ⚐καὶ and γευσάμενος to taste ⚐οὐκ no ἠθέλησεν to will πιεῖν to drink. -40 27 35 ⚐σταυρώσαντες to crucify δὲ and αὐτὸν him ⚐διεμερίσαντο to divide τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτοῦ of him ⚐βάλλοντες to throw κλῆρον lot, -40 27 36 ⚐καὶ and καθήμενοι to sit ⚐ἐτήρουν to keep αὐτὸν him ἐκεῖ there. -40 27 37 ⚐καὶ and ἐπέθηκαν to put ἐπάνω above τῆς the κεφαλῆς head αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the αἰτίαν charge αὐτοῦ of him γεγραμμένην to write· ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish.

 -40 27 38 ⚐Τότε then σταυροῦνται to crucify σὺν with αὐτῷ to him δύο two λῃσταί rebel, εἷς one ἐκ of δεξιῶν right καὶ and εἷς one ἐξ of εὐωνύμων left. -40 27 39 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and παραπορευόμενοι to pass by ἐβλασφήμουν to blaspheme αὐτὸν him ⚐κινοῦντες to move τὰς the κεφαλὰς head αὐτῶν of them -40 27 40 ⚐καὶ and λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ὁ who καταλύων to destroy τὸν the ναὸν temple καὶ and ἐν in τρισὶν three ἡμέραις day οἰκοδομῶν to build, ⚐σῶσον to save σεαυτόν yourself· ⚐εἰ if υἱὸς son εἶ to be τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐καὶ and κατάβηθι to come down ἀπὸ from τοῦ the σταυροῦ cross. -40 27 41 ⚐ὁμοίως likewise καὶ and οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest ἐμπαίζοντες to mock μετὰ with τῶν the γραμματέων scribe καὶ and πρεσβυτέρων elder ⚐ἔλεγον to speak· -40 27 42 ⚐Ἄλλους another ἔσωσεν to save, ⚐ἑαυτὸν himself οὐ no δύναται be able σῶσαι to save· ⚐βασιλεὺς king Ἰσραήλ Israel ἐστιν to be, ⚐καταβάτω to come down νῦν now ἀπὸ from τοῦ the σταυροῦ cross ⚐καὶ and πιστεύσομεν to trust (in) ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτόν him. -40 27 43 ⚐πέποιθεν to persuade ἐπὶ upon τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐ῥυσάσθω to deliver νῦν now ⚐εἰ if θέλει to will αὐτόν him· ⚐εἶπεν to say γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that Θεοῦ God εἰμι to be υἱός son. -40 27 44 ⚐τὸ the δ᾽ and αὐτὸ it καὶ and οἱ the λῃσταὶ robber οἱ who συσταυρωθέντες to crucify with σὺν with αὐτῷ to him ὠνείδιζον to revile αὐτόν him.

 -40 27 45 ⚐Ἀπὸ from δὲ and ἕκτης sixth ὥρας hour σκότος darkness ἐγένετο to be ἐπὶ over πᾶσαν all τὴν the γῆν earth ἕως until ὥρας hour ἐνάτης ninth (hour). -40 27 46 ⚐περὶ about δὲ and τὴν the ἐνάτην ninth (hour) ὥραν hour ἀνεβόησεν to cry out ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἠλὶ Eli ἠλὶ Eli λεμὰ why? σαβαχθάνι sabachthani; ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be· ⚐Θεέ God μου of me θεέ God μου of me, ἱνατί why? με me ἐγκατέλιπες to leave behind; -40 27 47 ⚐τινὲς one δὲ and τῶν the ἐκεῖ there ἑστηκότων to stand ἀκούσαντες to hear ⚐ἔλεγον to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἠλίαν Elijah φωνεῖ to call οὗτος this. -40 27 48 ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately δραμὼν to run εἷς one ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and λαβὼν to take σπόγγον sponge ⚐πλήσας to fill τε and ὄξους vinegar ⚐καὶ and περιθεὶς to put on καλάμῳ stick ⚐ἐπότιζεν to water αὐτόν him. -40 27 49 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but λοιποὶ remaining ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Ἄφες to release ⚐ἴδωμεν to know ⚐εἰ if ἔρχεται to come Ἠλίας Elijah ⚐σώσων to save αὐτόν him. -40 27 50 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus πάλιν again κράξας to cry φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great ⚐ἀφῆκεν to release τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit. -40 27 51 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! τὸ the καταπέτασμα curtain τοῦ the ναοῦ temple ἐσχίσθη to split ἀπ᾽ from ἄνωθεν from above ἕως until κάτω under εἰς toward δύο two, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the γῆ earth ἐσείσθη to shake, ⚐καὶ and αἱ the πέτραι rock ἐσχίσθησαν to split, -40 27 52 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the μνημεῖα grave ἀνεῴχθησαν to open ⚐καὶ and πολλὰ much σώματα body τῶν who κεκοιμημένων to sleep ἁγίων holy ἠγέρθησαν to arise, -40 27 53 ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθόντες to go out ἐκ of τῶν the μνημείων grave μετὰ after τὴν the ἔγερσιν resurrection αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἰσῆλθον to enter εἰς toward τὴν the ἁγίαν holy πόλιν city ⚐καὶ and ἐνεφανίσθησαν to show πολλοῖς much. -40 27 54 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ and ἑκατόνταρχος centurion καὶ and οἱ the μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him τηροῦντες to keep τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐ἰδόντες to know τὸν the σεισμὸν earthquake καὶ and τὰ the γενόμενα to be ⚐ἐφοβήθησαν to fear σφόδρα very ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἀληθῶς truly θεοῦ God υἱὸς son ἦν to be οὗτος this.

 -40 27 55 ⚐Ἦσαν to be δὲ and ἐκεῖ there γυναῖκες woman πολλαὶ much ⚐ἀπὸ from μακρόθεν from afar θεωροῦσαι to see, ⚐αἵτινες which ἠκολούθησαν to follow τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἀπὸ from τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee ⚐διακονοῦσαι to serve αὐτῷ to him· -40 27 56 ⚐ἐν among αἷς which ἦν to be Μαρία Mary ἡ the Μαγδαληνὴ Magdalene καὶ and Μαρία Mary ἡ the τοῦ the Ἰακώβου James καὶ and Ἰωσὴφ Joseph μήτηρ mother ⚐καὶ and ἡ the μήτηρ mother τῶν the υἱῶν son Ζεβεδαίου Zebedee.

 -40 27 57 ⚐Ὀψίας evening δὲ and γενομένης to be ⚐ἦλθεν to come ἄνθρωπος a human πλούσιος rich ἀπὸ from Ἁριμαθαίας Arimathea, τοὔνομα by name Ἰωσήφ Joseph, ⚐ὃς which καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἐμαθητεύθη to disciple τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus· -40 27 58 ⚐οὗτος this προσελθὼν to come near τῷ the Πιλάτῳ Pilate ⚐ᾐτήσατο to ask τὸ the σῶμα body τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus. ⚐τότε then ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate ἐκέλευσεν to order ἀποδοθῆναι to pay. -40 27 59 ⚐καὶ and λαβὼν to take τὸ the σῶμα body ὁ the Ἰωσὴφ Joseph ⚐ἐνετύλιξεν to wrap up αὐτὸ it ἐν in σινδόνι linen καθαρᾷ clean, -40 27 60 ⚐καὶ and ἔθηκεν to place αὐτὸ it ἐν in τῷ the καινῷ new αὐτοῦ of him μνημείῳ grave ⚐ὃ which ἐλατόμησεν to hew ἐν in τῇ the πέτρᾳ rock, ⚐καὶ and προσκυλίσας to roll before λίθον stone μέγαν great τῇ the θύρᾳ door τοῦ the μνημείου grave ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away. -40 27 61 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and ἐκεῖ there Μαριὰμ Mary ἡ the Μαγδαληνὴ Magdalene καὶ and ἡ the ἄλλη another Μαρία Mary ⚐καθήμεναι to sit ἀπέναντι opposite τοῦ the τάφου grave.

 -40 27 62 ⚐Τῇ the δὲ and ἐπαύριον the next day, ⚐ἥτις which ἐστὶν to be μετὰ after τὴν the παρασκευήν Preparation Day, ⚐συνήχθησαν to assemble οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee πρὸς to Πιλᾶτον Pilate -40 27 63 ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἐμνήσθημεν to remember ⚐ὅτι that ἐκεῖνος that ὁ the πλάνος deceiving εἶπεν to say ⚐ἔτι still ζῶν to live· ⚐Μετὰ after τρεῖς three ἡμέρας day ἐγείρομαι to arise· -40 27 64 ⚐κέλευσον to order οὖν therefore ἀσφαλισθῆναι to secure τὸν the τάφον grave ἕως until τῆς the τρίτης third ἡμέρας day, ⚐μήποτε lest ἐλθόντες to come οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐κλέψωσιν to steal αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and εἴπωσιν to say τῷ the λαῷ a people· ⚐Ἠγέρθη to arise ἀπὸ from τῶν the νεκρῶν dead, ⚐καὶ and ἔσται to be ἡ the ἐσχάτη last πλάνη error χείρων worse than τῆς the πρώτης first. -40 27 65 ⚐ἔφη to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate· ⚐Ἔχετε to have κουστωδίαν guard· ⚐ὑπάγετε to go ἀσφαλίσασθε to secure ὡς as οἴδατε to know. -40 27 66 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and πορευθέντες to go ⚐ἠσφαλίσαντο to secure τὸν the τάφον grave ⚐σφραγίσαντες to seal τὸν the λίθον stone μετὰ with τῆς the κουστωδίας guard.

 -40 28 1 ⚐Ὀψὲ evening δὲ and σαββάτων Sabbath, τῇ the ἐπιφωσκούσῃ to dawn εἰς toward μίαν one σαββάτων Sabbath, ⚐ἦλθεν to go Μαριὰμ Mary ἡ the Μαγδαληνὴ Magdalene καὶ and ἡ the ἄλλη another Μαρία Mary ⚐θεωρῆσαι to see τὸν the τάφον grave. -40 28 2 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! σεισμὸς earthquake ἐγένετο to be μέγας great· ⚐ἄγγελος angel γὰρ for κυρίου lord καταβὰς to come down ἐξ from οὐρανοῦ heaven ⚐καὶ and προσελθὼν to come near ⚐ἀπεκύλισεν to roll away τὸν the λίθον stone ⚐καὶ and ἐκάθητο to sit ἐπάνω above αὐτοῦ of him. -40 28 3 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and ἡ the εἰδέα appearance αὐτοῦ of him ὡς as ἀστραπὴ lightning ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ἔνδυμα clothing αὐτοῦ of him λευκὸν white ὡς as χιών snow. -40 28 4 ⚐ἀπὸ from δὲ and τοῦ the φόβου fear αὐτοῦ of him ἐσείσθησαν to shake οἱ the τηροῦντες to keep ⚐καὶ and ἐγενήθησαν to be ὡς as νεκροί dead. -40 28 5 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ but ὁ the ἄγγελος angel ⚐εἶπεν to say ταῖς the γυναιξίν woman· ⚐Μὴ not φοβεῖσθε to fear ὑμεῖς you, ⚐οἶδα to know γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦν Jesus τὸν who ἐσταυρωμένον to crucify ζητεῖτε to seek· -40 28 6 ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ὧδε here, ⚐ἠγέρθη to arise γὰρ for ⚐καθὼς just as εἶπεν to say· ⚐δεῦτε come ἴδετε to know τὸν the τόπον place ὅπου where(-ever) ἔκειτο to lay· -40 28 7 ⚐καὶ and ταχὺ quickly πορευθεῖσαι to go ⚐εἴπατε to say τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅτι that Ἠγέρθη to arise ἀπὸ from τῶν the νεκρῶν dead, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! προάγει to go before ὑμᾶς you εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee, ⚐ἐκεῖ there αὐτὸν him ὄψεσθε to see· ⚐ἰδοὺ look! εἶπον to say ὑμῖν to you. -40 28 8 ⚐καὶ and ἀπελθοῦσαι to go away ταχὺ quickly ἀπὸ from τοῦ the μνημείου grave μετὰ with φόβου fear καὶ and χαρᾶς joy μεγάλης great ⚐ἔδραμον to run ἀπαγγεῖλαι to announce τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him. -40 28 9 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὑπήντησεν to go meet αὐταῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Χαίρετε to rejoice· ⚐αἱ the δὲ and προσελθοῦσαι to come near ⚐ἐκράτησαν to grasp αὐτοῦ of him τοὺς the πόδας foot ⚐καὶ and προσεκύνησαν to worship αὐτῷ to him. -40 28 10 ⚐τότε then λέγει to speak αὐταῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Μὴ not φοβεῖσθε to fear· ⚐ὑπάγετε to go ἀπαγγείλατε to announce τοῖς the ἀδελφοῖς brother μου of me ⚐ἵνα in order to ἀπέλθωσιν to go away εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee, ⚐κἀκεῖ and there με me ὄψονται to see.

 -40 28 11 ⚐Πορευομένων to go δὲ and αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἰδού look! τινες one τῆς the κουστωδίας guard ἐλθόντες to go εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city ⚐ἀπήγγειλαν to announce τοῖς the ἀρχιερεῦσιν high-priest ἅπαντα all τὰ the γενόμενα to be. -40 28 12 ⚐καὶ and συναχθέντες to assemble μετὰ with τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder ⚐συμβούλιόν council τε and λαβόντες to take ⚐ἀργύρια silver ἱκανὰ sufficient ἔδωκαν to give τοῖς the στρατιώταις soldier -40 28 13 ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Εἴπατε to say ⚐ὅτι that Οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him νυκτὸς night ἐλθόντες to come ⚐ἔκλεψαν to steal αὐτὸν him ⚐ἡμῶν of us κοιμωμένων to sleep· -40 28 14 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if ἀκουσθῇ to hear τοῦτο this ἐπὶ upon τοῦ the ἡγεμόνος ruler, ⚐ἡμεῖς we πείσομεν to persuade αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ὑμᾶς you ἀμερίμνους untroubled ποιήσομεν to make. -40 28 15 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and λαβόντες to take τὰ the ἀργύρια silver ⚐ἐποίησαν to do ὡς as ἐδιδάχθησαν to teach. ⚐Καὶ and διεφημίσθη to publish abroad ὁ the λόγος word οὗτος this παρὰ beside Ἰουδαίοις Jewish μέχρι until τῆς this σήμερον today ἡμέρας day.

 -40 28 16 ⚐Οἱ the δὲ and ἕνδεκα eleven μαθηταὶ disciple ἐπορεύθησαν to go εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ὄρος mountain οὗ where ἐτάξατο to appoint αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus, -40 28 17 ⚐καὶ and ἰδόντες to know αὐτὸν him ⚐προσεκύνησαν to worship, ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἐδίστασαν to doubt. -40 28 18 ⚐καὶ and προσελθὼν to come near ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἐλάλησεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἐδόθη to give μοι to me πᾶσα all ἐξουσία authority ἐν in οὐρανῷ heaven καὶ and ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth· -40 28 19 ⚐πορευθέντες to go οὖν therefore ⚐μαθητεύσατε to disciple πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles, ⚐βαπτίζοντες to baptize αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the πατρὸς father καὶ and τοῦ the υἱοῦ son καὶ and τοῦ the ἁγίου holy πνεύματος spirit, -40 28 20 ⚐διδάσκοντες to teach αὐτοὺς them ⚐τηρεῖν to keep πάντα all ὅσα as much as ἐνετειλάμην to order ὑμῖν to you· ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἐγὼ I μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you εἰμι to be πάσας all τὰς the ἡμέρας day ἕως until τῆς the συντελείας consummation τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age.

 -41 1 1 ⚐Ἀρχὴ beginning τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel Ἰησοῦ Jesus χριστοῦ Christ υἱοῦ son θεοῦ God.

 -41 1 2 ⚐Καθὼς as γέγραπται to write ἐν in τῷ the Ἠσαΐᾳ Isaiah τῷ the προφήτῃ prophet· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἀποστέλλω to send τὸν the ἄγγελόν angel μου of me πρὸ before προσώπου face σου of you, ⚐ὃς which κατασκευάσει to prepare τὴν the ὁδόν road σου of you· -41 1 3 ⚐φωνὴ voice βοῶντος to cry out ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted· ⚐Ἑτοιμάσατε to make ready τὴν the ὁδὸν road κυρίου lord, ⚐εὐθείας straight ποιεῖτε to make τὰς the τρίβους path αὐτοῦ of him, -41 1 4 ⚐ἐγένετο to be Ἰωάννης John ⚐ὁ the βαπτίζων to baptize ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted ⚐καὶ and κηρύσσων to preach βάπτισμα baptism μετανοίας repentance εἰς toward ἄφεσιν forgiveness ἁμαρτιῶν sin. -41 1 5 ⚐καὶ and ἐξεπορεύετο to go out πρὸς to αὐτὸν him πᾶσα all ἡ the Ἰουδαία Judea χώρα country καὶ and οἱ the Ἱεροσολυμῖται of Jerusalem πάντες all, ⚐καὶ and ἐβαπτίζοντο to baptize ὑπ᾽ by αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in τῷ the Ἰορδάνῃ Jordan ποταμῷ river ⚐ἐξομολογούμενοι to agree τὰς the ἁμαρτίας sin αὐτῶν of them. -41 1 6 ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ὁ the Ἰωάννης John ⚐ἐνδεδυμένος to clothe τρίχας hair καμήλου camel ⚐καὶ and ζώνην belt δερματίνην made of leather περὶ about τὴν the ὀσφὺν loins αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἐσθίων to eat ἀκρίδας locust καὶ and μέλι honey ἄγριον wild. -41 1 7 ⚐καὶ and ἐκήρυσσεν to preach ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἔρχεται to come ὁ the ἰσχυρότερός strong μου of me ὀπίσω after μου of me, ⚐οὗ which οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἱκανὸς sufficient ⚐κύψας to bend down ⚐λῦσαι to loose τὸν the ἱμάντα leather strap τῶν the ὑποδημάτων sandal αὐτοῦ of him· -41 1 8 ⚐ἐγὼ I ἐβάπτισα to baptize ὑμᾶς you ὕδατι water, ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ but βαπτίσει to baptize ὑμᾶς you ἐν in πνεύματι spirit ἁγίῳ holy.

 -41 1 9 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in ἐκείναις that ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ἦλθεν to come Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀπὸ from Ναζαρὲτ Nazareth τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee ⚐καὶ and ἐβαπτίσθη to baptize εἰς toward τὸν the Ἰορδάνην Jordan ὑπὸ by Ἰωάννου John. -41 1 10 ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἀναβαίνων to ascend ἐκ out of τοῦ the ὕδατος water ⚐εἶδεν to know σχιζομένους to split τοὺς the οὐρανοὺς heaven ⚐καὶ and τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit ὡς as περιστερὰν dove καταβαῖνον to come down εἰς toward αὐτόν him· -41 1 11 ⚐καὶ and φωνὴ voice ἐγένετο to be ἐκ from τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven· ⚐Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the υἱός son μου of me ὁ the ἀγαπητός beloved, ⚐ἐν in σοὶ to you εὐδόκησα to delight.

 -41 1 12 ⚐Καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit αὐτὸν him ἐκβάλλει to expel εἰς toward τὴν the ἔρημον deserted. -41 1 13 ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted τεσσεράκοντα forty ἡμέρας day ⚐πειραζόμενος to tempt ὑπὸ by τοῦ the Σατανᾶ Satan, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be μετὰ with τῶν the θηρίων wild animal, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἄγγελοι angel διηκόνουν to serve αὐτῷ to him.

 -41 1 14 ⚐Μετὰ after δὲ and τὸ the παραδοθῆναι to deliver τὸν the Ἰωάννην John ⚐ἦλθεν to go ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee ⚐κηρύσσων to preach τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τοῦ the θεοῦ God -41 1 15 ⚐καὶ and λέγων to speak ⚐ὅτι that Πεπλήρωται to fulfill ὁ the καιρὸς time ⚐καὶ and ἤγγικεν to come near ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God· ⚐μετανοεῖτε to repent καὶ and πιστεύετε to trust (in) ἐν in τῷ the εὐαγγελίῳ gospel.

 -41 1 16 ⚐Καὶ and παράγων to pass παρὰ beside τὴν the θάλασσαν sea τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee ⚐εἶδεν to know Σίμωνα Simon καὶ and Ἀνδρέαν Andrew τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother Σίμωνος Simon ⚐ἀμφιβάλλοντας to cast ἐν in τῇ the θαλάσσῃ sea, ⚐ἦσαν to be γὰρ for ἁλιεῖς fisherman· -41 1 17 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Δεῦτε come ὀπίσω after μου of me, ⚐καὶ and ποιήσω to make ὑμᾶς you ⚐γενέσθαι to be ἁλιεῖς fisherman ἀνθρώπων a human. -41 1 18 ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἀφέντες to release τὰ the δίκτυα net ⚐ἠκολούθησαν to follow αὐτῷ to him. -41 1 19 ⚐καὶ and προβὰς to advance ὀλίγον little ⚐εἶδεν to know Ἰάκωβον James τὸν the τοῦ the Ζεβεδαίου Zebedee καὶ and Ἰωάννην John τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὺς them ἐν in τῷ the πλοίῳ boat ⚐καταρτίζοντας to complete τὰ the δίκτυα net, -41 1 20 ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἐκάλεσεν to call αὐτούς them. ⚐καὶ and ἀφέντες to release τὸν the πατέρα father αὐτῶν of them Ζεβεδαῖον Zebedee ἐν in τῷ the πλοίῳ boat μετὰ with τῶν the μισθωτῶν hired worker ⚐ἀπῆλθον to go away ὀπίσω after αὐτοῦ of him.

 -41 1 21 ⚐Καὶ and εἰσπορεύονται to enter εἰς toward Καφαρναούμ Capernaum. ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately τοῖς the σάββασιν Sabbath εἰσελθὼν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the συναγωγὴν synagogue ⚐ἐδίδασκεν to teach. -41 1 22 ⚐καὶ and ἐξεπλήσσοντο be astonished ἐπὶ upon τῇ the διδαχῇ teaching αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for διδάσκων to teach αὐτοὺς them ὡς as ἐξουσίαν authority ἔχων to have ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no ὡς as οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe. -41 1 23 ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἦν to be ἐν in τῇ the συναγωγῇ synagogue αὐτῶν of them ἄνθρωπος a human ἐν with πνεύματι spirit ἀκαθάρτῳ unclean ⚐καὶ and ἀνέκραξεν to yell -41 1 24 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Τί which? ἡμῖν to us καὶ and σοί to you, Ἰησοῦ Jesus Ναζαρηνέ Nazarene; ⚐ἦλθες to come ἀπολέσαι to destroy ἡμᾶς us; ⚐οἶδά to know σε you ⚐τίς which? εἶ to be, ὁ the ἅγιος holy τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -41 1 25 ⚐καὶ and ἐπετίμησεν to rebuke αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Φιμώθητι to muzzle καὶ and ἔξελθε to go out ἐξ of αὐτοῦ of him. -41 1 26 ⚐καὶ and σπαράξαν to convulse αὐτὸν him τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἀκάθαρτον unclean ⚐καὶ and φωνῆσαν to call φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἐξ of αὐτοῦ of him. -41 1 27 ⚐καὶ and ἐθαμβήθησαν to astonish ἅπαντες all, ⚐ὥστε so συζητεῖν to debate πρὸς to ἑαυτοὺς themselves ⚐λέγοντας to speak· ⚐Τί which? ἐστιν to be τοῦτο this; ⚐διδαχὴ teaching καινή new· κατ᾽ according to ἐξουσίαν authority ⚐καὶ and τοῖς the πνεύμασιν spirit τοῖς the ἀκαθάρτοις unclean ἐπιτάσσει to command, ⚐καὶ and ὑπακούουσιν to obey αὐτῷ to him. -41 1 28 ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἡ the ἀκοὴ hearing αὐτοῦ of him εὐθὺς immediately πανταχοῦ everywhere εἰς toward ὅλην all τὴν the περίχωρον surrounding region τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee.

 -41 1 29 ⚐Καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἐκ out of τῆς the συναγωγῆς synagogue ἐξελθόντες to go out ⚐ἦλθον to go εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house Σίμωνος Simon καὶ and Ἀνδρέου Andrew μετὰ with Ἰακώβου James καὶ and Ἰωάννου John. -41 1 30 ⚐ἡ the δὲ and πενθερὰ mother-in-law Σίμωνος Simon κατέκειτο to recline πυρέσσουσα be feverish, ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him περὶ about αὐτῆς of her. -41 1 31 ⚐καὶ and προσελθὼν to come near ⚐ἤγειρεν to arise αὐτὴν her ⚐κρατήσας to grasp τῆς the χειρός hand· ⚐καὶ and ἀφῆκεν to release αὐτὴν her ὁ the πυρετός fever, ⚐καὶ and διηκόνει to serve αὐτοῖς to them.

 -41 1 32 ⚐Ὀψίας evening δὲ and γενομένης to be, ⚐ὅτε when ἔδυ to set ὁ the ἥλιος sun, ⚐ἔφερον to bring πρὸς to αὐτὸν him πάντας all τοὺς the κακῶς badly ἔχοντας to be καὶ and τοὺς the δαιμονιζομένους be demonised· -41 1 33 ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ὅλη all ἡ the πόλις city ἐπισυνηγμένη to gather πρὸς to τὴν the θύραν door. -41 1 34 ⚐καὶ and ἐθεράπευσεν to heal πολλοὺς much κακῶς badly ἔχοντας to be ποικίλαις various νόσοις illness, ⚐καὶ and δαιμόνια demon πολλὰ much ἐξέβαλεν to expel, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἤφιεν to release λαλεῖν to speak τὰ the δαιμόνια demon, ⚐ὅτι since ᾔδεισαν to know αὐτόν him.

 -41 1 35 ⚐Καὶ and πρωῒ morning ἔννυχα at night λίαν greatly ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθεν to go away εἰς toward ἔρημον deserted τόπον place ⚐κἀκεῖ and there προσηύχετο to pray. -41 1 36 ⚐καὶ and κατεδίωξεν to seek αὐτὸν him Σίμων Simon καὶ and οἱ the μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him, -41 1 37 ⚐καὶ and εὗρον to find αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him ⚐ὅτι that Πάντες all ζητοῦσίν to seek σε you. -41 1 38 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἄγωμεν to bring ἀλλαχοῦ from elsewhere εἰς toward τὰς the ἐχομένας to have κωμοπόλεις village, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and ἐκεῖ there κηρύξω to preach, ⚐εἰς toward τοῦτο this γὰρ for ἐξῆλθον to go out. -41 1 39 ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to go ⚐κηρύσσων to preach εἰς toward τὰς the συναγωγὰς synagogue αὐτῶν of them εἰς toward ὅλην all τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee ⚐καὶ and τὰ the δαιμόνια demon ἐκβάλλων to expel.

 -41 1 40 ⚐Καὶ and ἔρχεται to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him λεπρὸς leprous ⚐παρακαλῶν to plead αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and γονυπετῶν to kneel ⚐καὶ and λέγων to speak αὐτῷ to him ⚐ὅτι that Ἐὰν if θέλῃς to will ⚐δύνασαί be able ⚐με me καθαρίσαι to clean. -41 1 41 ⚐καὶ and σπλαγχνισθεὶς to pity ⚐ἐκτείνας to stretch out τὴν the χεῖρα hand αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἥψατο to kindle ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Θέλω to will, καθαρίσθητι to clean· -41 1 42 ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἀπῆλθεν to go away ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him ἡ the λέπρα leprosy, ⚐καὶ and ἐκαθαρίσθη to clean. -41 1 43 ⚐καὶ and ἐμβριμησάμενος be agitated αὐτῷ to him ⚐εὐθὺς immediately ἐξέβαλεν to expel αὐτόν him, -41 1 44 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὅρα to see μηδενὶ nothing μηδὲν nothing εἴπῃς to say, ⚐ἀλλὰ but ὕπαγε to go ⚐σεαυτὸν yourself δεῖξον to show τῷ the ἱερεῖ priest ⚐καὶ and προσένεγκε to bring to περὶ about τοῦ the καθαρισμοῦ cleansing σου of you ἃ which προσέταξεν to order Μωϋσῆς Moses ⚐εἰς toward μαρτύριον testimony αὐτοῖς to them. -41 1 45 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἐξελθὼν to go out ⚐ἤρξατο be first κηρύσσειν to preach πολλὰ much ⚐καὶ and διαφημίζειν to publish abroad τὸν the λόγον word, ⚐ὥστε so μηκέτι never again αὐτὸν him δύνασθαι be able ⚐φανερῶς plainly εἰς toward πόλιν city εἰσελθεῖν to enter, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἔξω outside ἐπ᾽ upon ἐρήμοις deserted τόποις place ἦν to be· ⚐καὶ and ἤρχοντο to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him πάντοθεν from all sides.

 -41 2 1 ⚐Καὶ and εἰσελθὼν to enter πάλιν again εἰς toward Καφαρναοὺμ Capernaum δι᾽ through ἡμερῶν day ⚐ἠκούσθη to hear ⚐ὅτι that ἐν in οἴκῳ house ἐστίν to be· -41 2 2 ⚐καὶ and συνήχθησαν to assemble πολλοὶ much ⚐ὥστε so μηκέτι never again χωρεῖν to make room for μηδὲ not τὰ the πρὸς to τὴν the θύραν door, ⚐καὶ and ἐλάλει to speak αὐτοῖς to them τὸν the λόγον word. -41 2 3 ⚐καὶ and ἔρχονται to come ⚐φέροντες to bring πρὸς to αὐτὸν him παραλυτικὸν paralytic αἰρόμενον to take up ὑπὸ by τεσσάρων four. -41 2 4 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not δυνάμενοι be able προσενέγκαι to bring to αὐτῷ to him διὰ because of τὸν the ὄχλον crowd ⚐ἀπεστέγασαν to unroof τὴν the στέγην roof ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἦν to be, ⚐καὶ and ἐξορύξαντες to dig through ⚐χαλῶσι to lower τὸν the κράβαττον bed ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ὁ the παραλυτικὸς paralytic κατέκειτο to recline. -41 2 5 ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τὴν the πίστιν faith αὐτῶν of them ⚐λέγει to speak τῷ the παραλυτικῷ paralytic· ⚐Τέκνον child, ἀφίενταί to release σου of you αἱ the ἁμαρτίαι sin. -41 2 6 ⚐ἦσαν to be δέ and τινες one τῶν the γραμματέων scribe ἐκεῖ there ⚐καθήμενοι to sit καὶ and διαλογιζόμενοι to reason ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart αὐτῶν of them· -41 2 7 ⚐Τί which? οὗτος this οὕτως thus(-ly) λαλεῖ to speak; ⚐βλασφημεῖ to blaspheme· ⚐τίς which? δύναται be able ἀφιέναι to release ἁμαρτίας sin ⚐εἰ if μὴ not εἷς one ὁ the θεός God; -41 2 8 ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἐπιγνοὺς to come to know ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τῷ the πνεύματι spirit αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅτι that οὕτως thus(-ly) διαλογίζονται to reason ἐν in ἑαυτοῖς oneself ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? ταῦτα these διαλογίζεσθε to reason ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart ὑμῶν of you; -41 2 9 ⚐τί which? ἐστιν to be εὐκοπώτερον easy, ⚐εἰπεῖν to say τῷ the παραλυτικῷ paralytic· ⚐Ἀφίενταί to release σου of you αἱ the ἁμαρτίαι sin, ⚐ἢ or εἰπεῖν to say· ⚐Ἔγειρε to arise καὶ and ἆρον to take up τὸν the κράβαττόν bed σου of you ⚐καὶ and περιπάτει to walk; -41 2 10 ⚐ἵνα in order that δὲ but εἰδῆτε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐξουσίαν authority ἔχει to have ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐ἀφιέναι to release ἁμαρτίας sin ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth— ⚐λέγει to speak τῷ the παραλυτικῷ paralytic· -41 2 11 ⚐Σοὶ to you λέγω to speak, ⚐ἔγειρε to arise ἆρον to take up τὸν the κράβαττόν bed σου of you ⚐καὶ and ὕπαγε to go εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκόν house σου of you. -41 2 12 ⚐καὶ and ἠγέρθη to arise ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἄρας to take up τὸν the κράβαττον bed ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἔμπροσθεν before πάντων all, ⚐ὥστε so ἐξίστασθαι to amaze πάντας all ⚐καὶ and δοξάζειν to glorify τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐λέγοντας to speak ⚐ὅτι that Οὕτως thus(-ly) οὐδέποτε never εἴδομεν to know.

 -41 2 13 ⚐Καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out πάλιν again παρὰ beside τὴν the θάλασσαν sea· ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ the ὄχλος crowd ἤρχετο to come πρὸς to αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἐδίδασκεν to teach αὐτούς them. -41 2 14 ⚐καὶ and παράγων to pass ⚐εἶδεν to know Λευὶν Levi τὸν the τοῦ the Ἁλφαίου Alphaeus καθήμενον to sit ἐπὶ upon τὸ the τελώνιον tax booth, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀκολούθει to follow μοι to me. ⚐καὶ and ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐ἠκολούθησεν to follow αὐτῷ to him.

 -41 2 15 ⚐Καὶ and γίνεται to be ⚐κατακεῖσθαι to recline αὐτὸν him ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and πολλοὶ much τελῶναι tax collector καὶ and ἁμαρτωλοὶ sinful συνανέκειντο to dine with τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus καὶ and τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἦσαν to be γὰρ for πολλοὶ much ⚐καὶ and ἠκολούθουν to follow αὐτῷ to him. -41 2 16 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee ἰδόντες to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐσθίει to eat μετὰ with τῶν the ἁμαρτωλῶν sinful καὶ and τελωνῶν tax collector ⚐ἔλεγον to speak τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Ὅτι that μετὰ with τῶν the τελωνῶν tax collector καὶ and ἁμαρτωλῶν sinful ἐσθίει to eat; -41 2 17 ⚐καὶ and ἀκούσας to hear ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ὅτι that Οὐ no χρείαν need ἔχουσιν to have οἱ who ἰσχύοντες be strong ἰατροῦ physician ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οἱ the κακῶς badly ἔχοντες to have· ⚐οὐκ no ἦλθον to come καλέσαι to call δικαίους just ἀλλ᾽ but ἁμαρτωλούς sinful.

 -41 2 18 ⚐Καὶ and ἦσαν to be οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple Ἰωάννου John καὶ and οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee νηστεύοντες to fast. ⚐καὶ and ἔρχονται to come ⚐καὶ and λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Διὰ through τί which? οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple Ἰωάννου John καὶ and οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee νηστεύουσιν to fast, ⚐οἱ the δὲ but σοὶ your μαθηταὶ disciple οὐ no νηστεύουσιν to fast; -41 2 19 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Μὴ not δύνανται be able οἱ the υἱοὶ son τοῦ the νυμφῶνος bridegroom ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ὁ the νυμφίος bridegroom μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ἐστιν to be νηστεύειν to fast; ⚐ὅσον as much as χρόνον time ἔχουσιν to have τὸν the νυμφίον bridegroom μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ⚐οὐ no δύνανται be able νηστεύειν to fast· -41 2 20 ⚐ἐλεύσονται to come δὲ but ἡμέραι day ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ἀπαρθῇ to take away ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them ὁ the νυμφίος bridegroom, ⚐καὶ and τότε then νηστεύσουσιν to fast ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day.

 -41 2 21 ⚐Οὐδεὶς no one ἐπίβλημα patch ῥάκους a cloth ἀγνάφου unshrunk ἐπιράπτει to sew on ἐπὶ on ἱμάτιον clothing παλαιόν old· ⚐εἰ if δὲ and μή not, ⚐αἴρει to take up τὸ the πλήρωμα fulfillment ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of it τὸ the καινὸν new τοῦ the παλαιοῦ old, ⚐καὶ and χεῖρον worse than σχίσμα split γίνεται to be. -41 2 22 ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one βάλλει to throw οἶνον wine νέον new εἰς toward ἀσκοὺς wineskin παλαιούς old· ⚐εἰ if δὲ and μή not, ⚐ῥήξει to throw violently ὁ the οἶνος wine τοὺς the ἀσκούς wineskin, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the οἶνος wine ἀπόλλυται to destroy καὶ and οἱ the ἀσκοί wineskin. ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οἶνον wine νέον new εἰς toward ἀσκοὺς wineskin καινούς new.

 -41 2 23 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐αὐτὸν him ἐν on τοῖς the σάββασιν Sabbath παραπορεύεσθαι to pass through διὰ through τῶν the σπορίμων grainfield, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ἤρξαντο be first ὁδὸν road ποιεῖν to do ⚐τίλλοντες to pluck τοὺς the στάχυας head of grain. -41 2 24 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ἔλεγον to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἴδε look! τί which? ποιοῦσιν to do τοῖς the σάββασιν Sabbath ὃ which οὐκ no ἔξεστιν it is permitted; -41 2 25 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οὐδέποτε never ἀνέγνωτε to read ⚐τί which? ἐποίησεν to do Δαυὶδ David ⚐ὅτε when χρείαν need ἔσχεν to be καὶ and ἐπείνασεν to hunger αὐτὸς he καὶ and οἱ the μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him; -41 2 26 ⚐πῶς how? εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐπὶ upon Ἀβιαθὰρ Abiathar ἀρχιερέως high-priest ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the ἄρτους bread τῆς the προθέσεως purpose ἔφαγεν to eat, ⚐οὓς which οὐκ no ἔξεστιν it is permitted φαγεῖν to eat εἰ if μὴ not τοὺς the ἱερεῖς priest, ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκεν to give καὶ and τοῖς the σὺν with αὐτῷ to him οὖσιν to be; -41 2 27 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τὸ the σάββατον Sabbath διὰ because of τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human ἐγένετο to be ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human διὰ because of τὸ the σάββατον Sabbath· -41 2 28 ⚐ὥστε so κύριός lord ἐστιν to be ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human καὶ and τοῦ the σαββάτου Sabbath.

 -41 3 1 ⚐Καὶ and εἰσῆλθεν to enter πάλιν again εἰς toward τὴν the συναγωγήν synagogue, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ἐκεῖ there ἄνθρωπος a human ἐξηραμμένην to dry ἔχων to have τὴν the χεῖρα hand. -41 3 2 ⚐καὶ and παρετήρουν to observe αὐτὸν him ⚐εἰ if τοῖς the σάββασιν Sabbath θεραπεύσει to heal αὐτόν him, ⚐ἵνα in order that κατηγορήσωσιν to accuse αὐτοῦ of him. -41 3 3 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak τῷ the ἀνθρώπῳ a human τῷ the τὴν the ξηράν withered χεῖρα hand ἔχοντι to have· ⚐Ἔγειρε to arise εἰς toward τὸ the μέσον midst. -41 3 4 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἔξεστιν it is permitted τοῖς the σάββασιν Sabbath ⚐ἀγαθὸν good-doer ποιῆσαι to do ἢ or κακοποιῆσαι to do evil, ⚐ψυχὴν soul σῶσαι to save ἢ or ἀποκτεῖναι to kill; ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἐσιώπων be quiet. -41 3 5 ⚐καὶ and περιβλεψάμενος to look around αὐτοὺς them μετ᾽ with ὀργῆς wrath, ⚐συλλυπούμενος be grieved ἐπὶ upon τῇ the πωρώσει hardening τῆς the καρδίας heart αὐτῶν of them, ⚐λέγει to speak τῷ the ἀνθρώπῳ a human· ⚐Ἔκτεινον to stretch out τὴν the χεῖρα hand· ⚐καὶ and ἐξέτεινεν to stretch out, ⚐καὶ and ἀπεκατεστάθη to restore ἡ the χεὶρ hand αὐτοῦ of him. -41 3 6 ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθόντες to go out οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ⚐εὐθὺς immediately μετὰ with τῶν the Ἡρῳδιανῶν Herodians συμβούλιον counsel ἐδίδουν to give κατ᾽ according to αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅπως that αὐτὸν him ἀπολέσωσιν to destroy.

 -41 3 7 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus μετὰ with τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him ἀνεχώρησεν to leave πρὸς to τὴν the θάλασσαν sea· ⚐καὶ and πολὺ much πλῆθος multitude ἀπὸ from τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee ἠκολούθησεν to follow, ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea -41 3 8 καὶ and ἀπὸ from Ἱεροσολύμων Jerusalem καὶ and ἀπὸ from τῆς the Ἰδουμαίας Idumea ⚐καὶ and πέραν other side τοῦ the Ἰορδάνου Jordan καὶ and περὶ about Τύρον Tyre καὶ and Σιδῶνα Sidon, πλῆθος multitude πολύ much, ⚐ἀκούοντες to hear ὅσα as much as ἐποίει to do ⚐ἦλθον to come πρὸς to αὐτόν him. -41 3 9 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἵνα in order to πλοιάριον small boat προσκαρτερῇ to adhere to αὐτῷ to him διὰ because of τὸν the ὄχλον crowd ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not θλίβωσιν to press on αὐτόν him· -41 3 10 ⚐πολλοὺς much γὰρ for ἐθεράπευσεν to heal, ⚐ὥστε so ἐπιπίπτειν to press upon αὐτῷ to him ⚐ἵνα in order to αὐτοῦ of him ἅψωνται to kindle ὅσοι as much as εἶχον to be μάστιγας whip. -41 3 11 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the πνεύματα spirit τὰ the ἀκάθαρτα unclean, ὅταν when(-ever) αὐτὸν him ἐθεώρουν to see, ⚐προσέπιπτον to fall αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and ἔκραζον to cry ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -41 3 12 ⚐καὶ and πολλὰ much ἐπετίμα to rebuke αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἵνα in order to μὴ not αὐτὸν him φανερὸν manifest ποιήσωσιν to make.

 -41 3 13 ⚐Καὶ and ἀναβαίνει to ascend εἰς toward τὸ the ὄρος mountain ⚐καὶ and προσκαλεῖται to summon οὓς which ἤθελεν to will αὐτός he, ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθον to go away πρὸς to αὐτόν him. -41 3 14 ⚐καὶ and ἐποίησεν to appoint δώδεκα twelve ⚐οὓς which καὶ and ἀποστόλους apostle ὠνόμασεν to name, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὦσιν to be μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἵνα in order that ἀποστέλλῃ to send αὐτοὺς them κηρύσσειν to preach -41 3 15 ⚐καὶ and ἔχειν to have ἐξουσίαν authority ⚐ἐκβάλλειν to expel τὰ the δαιμόνια demon· -41 3 16 ⚐καὶ and ἐποίησεν to appoint τοὺς the δώδεκα twelve, ⚐καὶ and ἐπέθηκεν to put ὄνομα name τῷ the Σίμωνι Simon Πέτρον Peter, -41 3 17 ⚐καὶ and Ἰάκωβον James τὸν the τοῦ the Ζεβεδαίου Zebedee καὶ and Ἰωάννην John τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother τοῦ the Ἰακώβου James( ⚐καὶ and ἐπέθηκεν to put αὐτοῖς to them ὀνόματα name Βοανηργές Boanerges, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be Υἱοὶ son Βροντῆς thunder), -41 3 18 ⚐καὶ and Ἀνδρέαν Andrew καὶ and Φίλιππον Philip καὶ and Βαρθολομαῖον Bartholomew καὶ and Μαθθαῖον Matthew καὶ and Θωμᾶν Thomas ⚐καὶ and Ἰάκωβον James τὸν the τοῦ the Ἁλφαίου Alphaeus καὶ and Θαδδαῖον Thaddaeus καὶ and Σίμωνα Simon τὸν the Καναναῖον Zealot -41 3 19 ⚐καὶ and Ἰούδαν Judas Ἰσκαριώθ Iscariot, ⚐ὃς which καὶ and παρέδωκεν to deliver αὐτόν him.

 -41 3 20 ⚐Καὶ and ἔρχεται to go εἰς toward οἶκον house· ⚐καὶ and συνέρχεται to assemble πάλιν again ὁ the ὄχλος crowd, ⚐ὥστε so μὴ not δύνασθαι be able αὐτοὺς them ⚐μηδὲ not ἄρτον bread φαγεῖν to eat. -41 3 21 ⚐καὶ and ἀκούσαντες to hear οἱ the παρ᾽ beside αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐξῆλθον to go out κρατῆσαι to grasp αὐτόν him, ⚐ἔλεγον to speak γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that ἐξέστη to amaze. -41 3 22 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe οἱ the ἀπὸ from Ἱεροσολύμων Jerusalem καταβάντες to come down ἔλεγον to speak ⚐ὅτι that Βεελζεβοὺλ Beelzebub ἔχει to be ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that ἐν by τῷ the ἄρχοντι ruler τῶν the δαιμονίων demon ἐκβάλλει to expel τὰ the δαιμόνια demon. -41 3 23 ⚐καὶ and προσκαλεσάμενος to summon αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἐν in παραβολαῖς parable ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Πῶς how? δύναται be able Σατανᾶς Satan ⚐Σατανᾶν Satan ἐκβάλλειν to expel; -41 3 24 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if βασιλεία kingdom ἐφ᾽ against ἑαυτὴν itself μερισθῇ to divide, ⚐οὐ no δύναται be able σταθῆναι to stand ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom ἐκείνη that· -41 3 25 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if οἰκία house ἐφ᾽ against ἑαυτὴν itself μερισθῇ to divide, ⚐οὐ no δυνήσεται be able ἡ the οἰκία house ἐκείνη that ⚐σταθῆναι to stand· -41 3 26 ⚐καὶ and εἰ if ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan ἀνέστη to arise ἐφ᾽ against ἑαυτὸν himself καὶ and ἐμερίσθη to divide, ⚐οὐ no δύναται be able στῆναι to stand ⚐ἀλλὰ but τέλος goal ἔχει to have. -41 3 27 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no δύναται be able οὐδεὶς no one ⚐εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house τοῦ the ἰσχυροῦ strong εἰσελθὼν to enter ⚐τὰ the σκεύη vessel αὐτοῦ of him διαρπάσαι to rob ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not πρῶτον first τὸν the ἰσχυρὸν strong δήσῃ to bind, ⚐καὶ and τότε then τὴν the οἰκίαν house αὐτοῦ of him διαρπάσει to rob.

 -41 3 28 ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that πάντα all ἀφεθήσεται to release τοῖς the υἱοῖς son τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human, τὰ the ἁμαρτήματα sin καὶ and αἱ the βλασφημίαι blasphemy ὅσα as much as ἐὰν if βλασφημήσωσιν to blaspheme· -41 3 29 ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ but ἂν if βλασφημήσῃ to blaspheme εἰς toward τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy, οὐκ no ἔχει to be ἄφεσιν forgiveness εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἔνοχός liable for ἐστιν to be αἰωνίου eternal ἁμαρτήματος sin. -41 3 30 ⚐ὅτι since ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Πνεῦμα spirit ἀκάθαρτον unclean ἔχει to have.

 -41 3 31 ⚐Καὶ and ἔρχεται to come ἡ the μήτηρ mother αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἔξω outside στήκοντες to stand ⚐ἀπέστειλαν to send πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐καλοῦντες to call αὐτόν him. -41 3 32 ⚐καὶ and ἐκάθητο to sit περὶ about αὐτὸν him ὄχλος crowd, ⚐καὶ and λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἡ the μήτηρ mother σου of you καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοί brother σου of you καὶ and αἱ the ἀδελφαί sister σου of you ἔξω outside ⚐ζητοῦσίν to seek σε you. -41 3 33 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Τίς which? ἐστιν to be ἡ the μήτηρ mother μου of me καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοί brother μου of me; -41 3 34 ⚐καὶ and περιβλεψάμενος to look around τοὺς the περὶ about αὐτὸν him κύκλῳ surrounding καθημένους to sit ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Ἴδε look! ἡ the μήτηρ mother μου of me καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοί brother μου of me· -41 3 35 ⚐ὃς which γὰρ for ἂν if ποιήσῃ to do τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐οὗτος this ἀδελφός brother μου of me καὶ and ἀδελφὴ sister καὶ and μήτηρ mother ἐστίν to be.

 -41 4 1 ⚐Καὶ and πάλιν again ἤρξατο be first διδάσκειν to teach παρὰ beside τὴν the θάλασσαν sea. ⚐καὶ and συνάγεται to assemble πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ὄχλος crowd πλεῖστος most, ⚐ὥστε so αὐτὸν him εἰς toward πλοῖον boat ἐμβάντα to get into ⚐καθῆσθαι to sit ἐν on τῇ the θαλάσσῃ sea, ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ the ὄχλος crowd πρὸς to τὴν the θάλασσαν sea ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ἦσαν to be. -41 4 2 ⚐καὶ and ἐδίδασκεν to teach αὐτοὺς them ἐν in παραβολαῖς parable πολλά much ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them ἐν in τῇ the διδαχῇ teaching αὐτοῦ of him· -41 4 3 ⚐Ἀκούετε to hear. ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἐξῆλθεν to go out ὁ the σπείρων to sow ⚐σπεῖραι to sow. -41 4 4 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the σπείρειν to sow ⚐ὃ which μὲν on the other hand ἔπεσεν to collapse παρὰ beside τὴν the ὁδόν road, ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to come τὰ the πετεινὰ bird ⚐καὶ and κατέφαγεν to devour αὐτό it. -41 4 5 ⚐καὶ and ἄλλο another ἔπεσεν to collapse ἐπὶ on τὸ the πετρῶδες rocky ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) οὐκ no εἶχεν to have γῆν earth πολλήν much, ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἐξανέτειλεν to sprout up ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the μὴ not ἔχειν to be βάθος depth γῆς earth· -41 4 6 ⚐καὶ and ὅτε when ἀνέτειλεν to rise ὁ the ἥλιος sun ⚐ἐκαυματίσθη to scorch ⚐καὶ and διὰ because of τὸ the μὴ not ἔχειν to have ῥίζαν root ἐξηράνθη to dry. -41 4 7 ⚐καὶ and ἄλλο another ἔπεσεν to collapse εἰς toward τὰς the ἀκάνθας a thorn, ⚐καὶ and ἀνέβησαν to ascend αἱ the ἄκανθαι a thorn ⚐καὶ and συνέπνιξαν to choke αὐτό it, ⚐καὶ and καρπὸν fruit οὐκ no ἔδωκεν to give. -41 4 8 ⚐καὶ and ἄλλα another ἔπεσεν to collapse εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth τὴν the καλήν good, ⚐καὶ and ἐδίδου to give καρπὸν fruit ⚐ἀναβαίνοντα to ascend καὶ and αὐξανόμενα to grow, ⚐καὶ and ἔφερεν to bear ἓν one τριάκοντα thirty καὶ and ἓν one ἑξήκοντα sixty καὶ and ἓν one ἑκατόν hundred. -41 4 9 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Ὃς which ἔχει to have ὦτα ear ἀκούειν to hear ἀκουέτω to hear.

 -41 4 10 ⚐Καὶ and ὅτε when ἐγένετο to be κατὰ according to μόνας alone, ⚐ἠρώτων to ask αὐτὸν him οἱ the περὶ about αὐτὸν him σὺν with τοῖς the δώδεκα twelve τὰς the παραβολάς parable. -41 4 11 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὑμῖν to you τὸ the μυστήριον mystery δέδοται to give τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God· ⚐ἐκείνοις that δὲ but τοῖς the ἔξω outside ἐν in παραβολαῖς parable τὰ the πάντα all γίνεται to be, -41 4 12 ⚐ἵνα in order that βλέποντες to see ⚐βλέπωσιν to see καὶ and μὴ not ἴδωσιν to know, ⚐καὶ and ἀκούοντες to hear ⚐ἀκούωσιν to hear καὶ and μὴ not συνιῶσιν to understand, ⚐μήποτε lest ἐπιστρέψωσιν to turn καὶ and ἀφεθῇ to release αὐτοῖς to them.

 -41 4 13 ⚐Καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οὐκ no οἴδατε to know τὴν the παραβολὴν parable ταύτην this, ⚐καὶ and πῶς how? πάσας all τὰς the παραβολὰς parable γνώσεσθε to know; -41 4 14 ⚐ὁ the σπείρων to sow τὸν the λόγον word σπείρει to sow. -41 4 15 ⚐οὗτοι these δέ and εἰσιν to be οἱ the παρὰ beside τὴν the ὁδὸν road ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) σπείρεται to sow ὁ the λόγος word, ⚐καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) ἀκούσωσιν to hear ⚐εὐθὺς immediately ἔρχεται to come ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan ⚐καὶ and αἴρει to take up τὸν the λόγον word τὸν the ἐσπαρμένον to sow εἰς toward αὐτούς them. -41 4 16 ⚐καὶ and οὗτοί these εἰσιν to be οἱ the ἐπὶ on τὰ the πετρώδη rocky σπειρόμενοι to sow, ⚐οἳ which ὅταν when(-ever) ἀκούσωσιν to hear τὸν the λόγον word ⚐εὐθὺς immediately μετὰ with χαρᾶς joy λαμβάνουσιν to take αὐτόν him, -41 4 17 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔχουσιν to have ῥίζαν root ἐν in ἑαυτοῖς themselves ⚐ἀλλὰ but πρόσκαιροί temporary εἰσιν to be, ⚐εἶτα then γενομένης to be θλίψεως pressure ἢ or διωγμοῦ persecution διὰ because of τὸν the λόγον word ⚐εὐθὺς immediately σκανδαλίζονται to cause to stumble. -41 4 18 ⚐καὶ and ἄλλοι another εἰσὶν to be οἱ the εἰς toward τὰς the ἀκάνθας a thorn σπειρόμενοι to sow· ⚐οὗτοί these εἰσιν to be οἱ the τὸν the λόγον word ἀκούσαντες to hear, -41 4 19 ⚐καὶ and αἱ the μέριμναι concern τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age καὶ and ἡ the ἀπάτη deceit τοῦ the πλούτου riches καὶ and αἱ the περὶ about τὰ the λοιπὰ remaining ἐπιθυμίαι desire εἰσπορευόμεναι to enter ⚐συμπνίγουσιν to choke τὸν the λόγον word, ⚐καὶ and ἄκαρπος unfruitful γίνεται to be. -41 4 20 ⚐καὶ and ἐκεῖνοί that εἰσιν to be οἱ the ἐπὶ on τὴν the γῆν earth τὴν the καλὴν good σπαρέντες to sow, ⚐οἵτινες who ἀκούουσιν to hear τὸν the λόγον word ⚐καὶ and παραδέχονται to receive καὶ and καρποφοροῦσιν to bear fruit ⚐ἓν one τριάκοντα thirty καὶ and ἓν one ἑξήκοντα sixty καὶ and ἓν one ἑκατόν hundred.

 -41 4 21 ⚐Καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Μήτι no? ἔρχεται to come ὁ the λύχνος lamp ⚐ἵνα in order to ὑπὸ under τὸν the μόδιον bucket τεθῇ to place ἢ or ὑπὸ under τὴν the κλίνην bed, ⚐οὐχ no ἵνα in order to ἐπὶ on τὴν the λυχνίαν lampstand τεθῇ to place; -41 4 22 ⚐οὐ no γάρ for ἐστιν to be κρυπτὸν hidden ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not ἵνα in order to φανερωθῇ to manifest, ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἐγένετο to be ἀπόκρυφον concealed ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order that ἔλθῃ to come εἰς toward φανερόν manifest. -41 4 23 ⚐εἴ if τις one ἔχει to have ὦτα ear ἀκούειν to hear ⚐ἀκουέτω to hear. -41 4 24 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Βλέπετε to see ⚐τί which? ἀκούετε to hear. ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which μέτρῳ measure μετρεῖτε to measure μετρηθήσεται to measure ὑμῖν to you ⚐καὶ and προστεθήσεται to add (to) ὑμῖν to you. -41 4 25 ⚐ὃς which γὰρ for ἔχει to have, ⚐δοθήσεται to give αὐτῷ to him· ⚐καὶ and ὃς which οὐκ no ἔχει to have, ⚐καὶ and ὃ which ἔχει to have ἀρθήσεται to take up ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him.

 -41 4 26 ⚐Καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐστὶν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ὡς as ἄνθρωπος a human βάλῃ to throw τὸν the σπόρον seed ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth -41 4 27 ⚐καὶ and καθεύδῃ to sleep καὶ and ἐγείρηται to arise νύκτα night καὶ and ἡμέραν day, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the σπόρος seed βλαστᾷ to sprout καὶ and μηκύνηται to grow ⚐ὡς as οὐκ no οἶδεν to know αὐτός he. -41 4 28 ⚐αὐτομάτη by itself ἡ the γῆ earth καρποφορεῖ to bear fruit, ⚐πρῶτον first χόρτον grass, ⚐εἶτα then στάχυν head of grain, ⚐εἶτα then πλήρης full σῖτον grain ἐν in τῷ the στάχυϊ head of grain. -41 4 29 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ and παραδοῖ to deliver ὁ the καρπός fruit, ⚐εὐθὺς immediately ἀποστέλλει to send τὸ the δρέπανον sickle, ⚐ὅτι since παρέστηκεν to stand by ὁ the θερισμός harvest.

 -41 4 30 ⚐Καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Πῶς how? ὁμοιώσωμεν to liken τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἢ or ἐν in τίνι which? αὐτὴν her παραβολῇ parable θῶμεν to place; -41 4 31 ⚐ὡς as κόκκῳ seed σινάπεως mustard, ⚐ὃς which ὅταν when(-ever) σπαρῇ to sow ἐπὶ upon τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐μικρότερον small ὂν to be πάντων all τῶν the σπερμάτων seed τῶν the ἐπὶ upon τῆς the γῆς earth— -41 4 32 ⚐καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) σπαρῇ to sow, ⚐ἀναβαίνει to ascend καὶ and γίνεται to be μεῖζον great πάντων all τῶν the λαχάνων plant ⚐καὶ and ποιεῖ to make κλάδους branch μεγάλους great, ⚐ὥστε so δύνασθαι be able ⚐ὑπὸ by τὴν the σκιὰν shadow αὐτοῦ of it τὰ the πετεινὰ bird τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven κατασκηνοῦν to dwell.

 -41 4 33 ⚐Καὶ and τοιαύταις such as this παραβολαῖς parable πολλαῖς much ἐλάλει to speak αὐτοῖς to them τὸν the λόγον word, ⚐καθὼς as ἠδύναντο be able ἀκούειν to hear· -41 4 34 ⚐χωρὶς without δὲ but παραβολῆς parable οὐκ no ἐλάλει to speak αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private δὲ and τοῖς the ἰδίοις one's own μαθηταῖς disciple ἐπέλυεν to explain πάντα all.

 -41 4 35 ⚐Καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ἐν on ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day ⚐ὀψίας evening γενομένης to be· ⚐Διέλθωμεν to pass through εἰς toward τὸ the πέραν other side. -41 4 36 ⚐καὶ and ἀφέντες to release τὸν the ὄχλον crowd ⚐παραλαμβάνουσιν to take αὐτὸν him ὡς as ἦν to be ἐν in τῷ the πλοίῳ boat, ⚐καὶ and ἄλλα another πλοῖα boat ἦν to be μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him. -41 4 37 ⚐καὶ and γίνεται to be λαῖλαψ storm μεγάλη great ἀνέμου wind, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the κύματα a wave ἐπέβαλλεν to seize εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῖον boat, ⚐ὥστε so ἤδη already γεμίζεσθαι to fill τὸ the πλοῖον boat. -41 4 38 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἦν to be ἐν in τῇ the πρύμνῃ stern ⚐ἐπὶ on τὸ the προσκεφάλαιον cushion καθεύδων to sleep· ⚐καὶ and ἐγείρουσιν to arise αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, οὐ no μέλει to care σοι to you ⚐ὅτι that ἀπολλύμεθα to destroy; -41 4 39 ⚐καὶ and διεγερθεὶς to arouse ⚐ἐπετίμησεν to rebuke τῷ the ἀνέμῳ wind ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say τῇ the θαλάσσῃ sea· ⚐Σιώπα be quiet, πεφίμωσο to muzzle. ⚐καὶ and ἐκόπασεν to abate ὁ the ἄνεμος wind, ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be γαλήνη calm μεγάλη great. -41 4 40 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? δειλοί timid ἐστε to be; ⚐οὔπω not yet ἔχετε to have πίστιν faith; -41 4 41 ⚐καὶ and ἐφοβήθησαν to fear φόβον fear μέγαν great, ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another· ⚐Τίς which? ἄρα therefore οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and ὁ the ἄνεμος wind καὶ and ἡ the θάλασσα sea ὑπακούει to obey αὐτῷ to him;

 -41 5 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἦλθον to come εἰς toward τὸ the πέραν other side τῆς the θαλάσσης sea εἰς toward τὴν the χώραν country τῶν the Γερασηνῶν Gerasene. -41 5 2 ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθόντος to go out αὐτοῦ of him ἐκ of τοῦ the πλοίου boat ⚐εὐθὺς immediately ὑπήντησεν to go meet αὐτῷ to him ἐκ from τῶν the μνημείων grave ἄνθρωπος a human ἐν with πνεύματι spirit ἀκαθάρτῳ unclean, -41 5 3 ⚐ὃς which τὴν the κατοίκησιν dwelling εἶχεν to have ἐν among τοῖς the μνήμασιν tomb, ⚐καὶ and οὐδὲ and not ἁλύσει chain οὐκέτι not any more οὐδεὶς no one ἐδύνατο be able ⚐αὐτὸν him δῆσαι to bind -41 5 4 ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the αὐτὸν him πολλάκις often πέδαις fetter καὶ and ἁλύσεσιν chain δεδέσθαι to bind ⚐καὶ and διεσπάσθαι to tear apart ὑπ᾽ by αὐτοῦ of him τὰς the ἁλύσεις chain ⚐καὶ and τὰς the πέδας fetter συντετρῖφθαι to break, ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἴσχυεν be strong ⚐αὐτὸν him δαμάσαι to tame· -41 5 5 ⚐καὶ and διὰ through παντὸς all νυκτὸς night καὶ and ἡμέρας day ἐν among τοῖς the μνήμασιν tomb καὶ and ἐν in τοῖς the ὄρεσιν mountain ⚐ἦν to be κράζων to cry καὶ and κατακόπτων to cut ἑαυτὸν himself λίθοις stone. -41 5 6 ⚐καὶ and Ἰδὼν to know τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ἀπὸ from μακρόθεν from afar ⚐ἔδραμεν to run καὶ and προσεκύνησεν to worship αὐτῷ to him, -41 5 7 ⚐καὶ and κράξας to cry φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Τί which? ἐμοὶ to me καὶ and σοί to you, Ἰησοῦ Jesus υἱὲ son τοῦ the θεοῦ God τοῦ the ὑψίστου highest; ⚐ὁρκίζω to adjure σε you τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐μή not με me βασανίσῃς to torture. -41 5 8 ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak γὰρ for αὐτῷ to it· ⚐Ἔξελθε to go out τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἀκάθαρτον unclean ἐκ of τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human. -41 5 9 ⚐καὶ and ἐπηρώτα to question αὐτόν him· ⚐Τί which? ὄνομά name σοι to you; ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Λεγιὼν legion ὄνομά name μοι to me, ⚐ὅτι since πολλοί much ἐσμεν to be· -41 5 10 ⚐καὶ and παρεκάλει to plead αὐτὸν him πολλὰ much ⚐ἵνα in order to μὴ not αὐτὰ them ἀποστείλῃ to send ἔξω out τῆς the χώρας country. -41 5 11 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and ἐκεῖ there πρὸς to τῷ the ὄρει mountain ἀγέλη herd χοίρων pig μεγάλη great βοσκομένη to feed· -41 5 12 ⚐καὶ and παρεκάλεσαν to plead αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Πέμψον to send ἡμᾶς us εἰς toward τοὺς the χοίρους pig, ⚐ἵνα in order that εἰς toward αὐτοὺς them εἰσέλθωμεν to enter. -41 5 13 ⚐καὶ and ἐπέτρεψεν to permit αὐτοῖς to them. ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθόντα to go out τὰ the πνεύματα spirit τὰ the ἀκάθαρτα unclean ⚐εἰσῆλθον to enter εἰς toward τοὺς the χοίρους pig, ⚐καὶ and ὥρμησεν to stampede ἡ the ἀγέλη herd κατὰ according to τοῦ the κρημνοῦ cliff εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea, ὡς as δισχίλιοι two thousand, ⚐καὶ and ἐπνίγοντο to choke ἐν in τῇ the θαλάσσῃ sea. -41 5 14 ⚐Καὶ and οἱ the βόσκοντες to feed αὐτοὺς them ἔφυγον to flee ⚐καὶ and ἀπήγγειλαν to announce εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city καὶ and εἰς toward τοὺς the ἀγρούς field· ⚐καὶ and ἦλθον to go ἰδεῖν to know ⚐τί which? ἐστιν to be τὸ the γεγονός to be. -41 5 15 ⚐καὶ and ἔρχονται to come πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐καὶ and θεωροῦσιν to see τὸν the δαιμονιζόμενον be demonised καθήμενον to sit ⚐ἱματισμένον to dress καὶ and σωφρονοῦντα be of sound mind, τὸν who ἐσχηκότα to have τὸν the λεγιῶνα legion, ⚐καὶ and ἐφοβήθησαν to fear. -41 5 16 ⚐καὶ and διηγήσαντο to relate fully αὐτοῖς to them οἱ who ἰδόντες to know ⚐πῶς how? ἐγένετο to be τῷ the δαιμονιζομένῳ be demonised καὶ and περὶ about τῶν the χοίρων pig. -41 5 17 ⚐καὶ and ἤρξαντο be first παρακαλεῖν to plead αὐτὸν him ⚐ἀπελθεῖν to go away ἀπὸ from τῶν the ὁρίων region αὐτῶν of them. -41 5 18 ⚐καὶ and ἐμβαίνοντος to get into αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῖον boat ⚐παρεκάλει to plead αὐτὸν him ὁ who δαιμονισθεὶς be demonised ⚐ἵνα in order that μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him ᾖ to be. -41 5 19 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἀφῆκεν to release αὐτόν him, ⚐ἀλλὰ but λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὕπαγε to go εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκόν house σου of you πρὸς to τοὺς the σούς your, ⚐καὶ and ἀπάγγειλον to announce αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ὅσα as much as ὁ the κύριός lord σοι to you πεποίηκεν to do ⚐καὶ and ἠλέησέν to have mercy σε you. -41 5 20 ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθεν to go away ⚐καὶ and ἤρξατο be first κηρύσσειν to preach ἐν in τῇ the Δεκαπόλει Decapolis ⚐ὅσα as much as ἐποίησεν to do αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐καὶ and πάντες all ἐθαύμαζον to marvel.

 -41 5 21 ⚐Καὶ and διαπεράσαντος to cross τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἐν in τῷ the πλοίῳ boat πάλιν again εἰς toward τὸ the πέραν other side ⚐συνήχθη to assemble ὄχλος crowd πολὺς much ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be παρὰ beside τὴν the θάλασσαν sea. -41 5 22 ⚐καὶ and ἔρχεται to come εἷς one τῶν the ἀρχισυναγώγων synagogue leader, ὀνόματι name Ἰάϊρος Jairus, ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know αὐτὸν him ⚐πίπτει to collapse πρὸς to τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτοῦ of him -41 5 23 ⚐καὶ and παρακαλεῖ to plead αὐτὸν him πολλὰ much ⚐λέγων to speak ⚐ὅτι that Τὸ the θυγάτριόν little daughter μου of me ἐσχάτως extremely ἔχει to have, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐλθὼν to come ⚐ἐπιθῇς to lay on τὰς the χεῖρας hand αὐτῇ to her ⚐ἵνα in order that σωθῇ to save καὶ and ζήσῃ to live. -41 5 24 ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθεν to go away μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him.

 ⚐Καὶ and ἠκολούθει to follow αὐτῷ to him ὄχλος crowd πολύς much, ⚐καὶ and συνέθλιβον to push against αὐτόν him. -41 5 25 ⚐καὶ and γυνὴ woman οὖσα to be ἐν in ῥύσει discharge αἵματος blood δώδεκα twelve ἔτη year -41 5 26 ⚐καὶ and πολλὰ much παθοῦσα to suffer ὑπὸ under πολλῶν much ἰατρῶν physician ⚐καὶ and δαπανήσασα to spend τὰ the παρ᾽ beside αὐτῆς of her πάντα all ⚐καὶ and μηδὲν nothing ὠφεληθεῖσα to help ⚐ἀλλὰ but μᾶλλον more εἰς toward τὸ the χεῖρον worse than ἐλθοῦσα to go, -41 5 27 ⚐ἀκούσασα to hear περὶ about τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐ἐλθοῦσα to come ἐν in τῷ the ὄχλῳ crowd ὄπισθεν after ⚐ἥψατο to kindle τοῦ the ἱματίου clothing αὐτοῦ of him· -41 5 28 ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that Ἐὰν if ἅψωμαι to kindle κἂν even if τῶν the ἱματίων clothing αὐτοῦ of him ⚐σωθήσομαι to save. -41 5 29 ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἐξηράνθη to dry ἡ the πηγὴ flow τοῦ the αἵματος blood αὐτῆς of her, ⚐καὶ and ἔγνω to know τῷ the σώματι body ⚐ὅτι that ἴαται to heal ἀπὸ from τῆς the μάστιγος whip. -41 5 30 ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐπιγνοὺς to come to know ἐν in ἑαυτῷ oneself ⚐τὴν the ἐξ from αὐτοῦ of him δύναμιν power ἐξελθοῦσαν to go out ⚐ἐπιστραφεὶς to turn ἐν in τῷ the ὄχλῳ crowd ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Τίς which? μου of me ἥψατο to kindle τῶν the ἱματίων clothing; -41 5 31 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Βλέπεις to see τὸν the ὄχλον crowd συνθλίβοντά to push against σε you, ⚐καὶ and λέγεις to speak· ⚐Τίς which? μου of me ἥψατο to kindle; -41 5 32 ⚐καὶ and περιεβλέπετο to look around ⚐ἰδεῖν to know τὴν the τοῦτο this ποιήσασαν to do. -41 5 33 ⚐ἡ the δὲ and γυνὴ woman φοβηθεῖσα to fear καὶ and τρέμουσα to tremble, ⚐εἰδυῖα to know ὃ which γέγονεν to be αὐτῇ to her, ⚐ἦλθεν to come ⚐καὶ and προσέπεσεν to fall αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him πᾶσαν all τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth. -41 5 34 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Θυγάτηρ daughter, ἡ the πίστις faith σου of you σέσωκέν to save σε you· ⚐ὕπαγε to go εἰς toward εἰρήνην peace, ⚐καὶ and ἴσθι to be ὑγιὴς healthy ἀπὸ from τῆς the μάστιγός whip σου of you.

 -41 5 35 ⚐Ἔτι still αὐτοῦ of him λαλοῦντος to speak ⚐ἔρχονται to come ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ἀρχισυναγώγου synagogue leader ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἡ the θυγάτηρ daughter σου of you ἀπέθανεν to die· ⚐τί which? ἔτι still σκύλλεις to trouble τὸν the διδάσκαλον teacher; -41 5 36 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus παρακούσας to ignore τὸν the λόγον word λαλούμενον to speak ⚐λέγει to speak τῷ the ἀρχισυναγώγῳ synagogue leader· ⚐Μὴ not φοβοῦ to fear, ⚐μόνον alone πίστευε to trust (in). -41 5 37 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἀφῆκεν to release ⚐οὐδένα no one μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him συνακολουθῆσαι to accompany ⚐εἰ if μὴ not τὸν the Πέτρον Peter καὶ and Ἰάκωβον James καὶ and Ἰωάννην John τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother Ἰακώβου James. -41 5 38 ⚐καὶ and ἔρχονται to come εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house τοῦ the ἀρχισυναγώγου synagogue leader, ⚐καὶ and θεωρεῖ to see θόρυβον commotion καὶ and κλαίοντας to weep καὶ and ἀλαλάζοντας to wail πολλά much, -41 5 39 ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθὼν to enter ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? θορυβεῖσθε to make commotion καὶ and κλαίετε to weep; ⚐τὸ the παιδίον child οὐκ no ἀπέθανεν to die ⚐ἀλλὰ but καθεύδει to sleep. -41 5 40 ⚐καὶ and κατεγέλων to mock αὐτοῦ of him. ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ but ἐκβαλὼν to expel πάντας all ⚐παραλαμβάνει to take τὸν the πατέρα father τοῦ the παιδίου child καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother καὶ and τοὺς the μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and εἰσπορεύεται to enter ὅπου where(-ever) ἦν to be τὸ the παιδίον child· -41 5 41 ⚐καὶ and κρατήσας to grasp τῆς the χειρὸς hand τοῦ the παιδίου child ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Ταλιθα girl κουμ stand up!, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be μεθερμηνευόμενον to mean· ⚐Τὸ the κοράσιον girl, σοὶ to you λέγω to speak, ⚐ἔγειρε to arise. -41 5 42 ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἀνέστη to arise τὸ the κοράσιον girl ⚐καὶ and περιεπάτει to walk, ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for ἐτῶν year δώδεκα twelve. ⚐καὶ and ἐξέστησαν to amaze εὐθὺς immediately ἐκστάσει amazement μεγάλῃ great. -41 5 43 ⚐καὶ and διεστείλατο to give orders αὐτοῖς to them πολλὰ much ⚐ἵνα in order that μηδεὶς nothing γνοῖ to know τοῦτο this, ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say ⚐δοθῆναι to give αὐτῇ to her φαγεῖν to eat.

 -41 6 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἐκεῖθεν from there, ⚐καὶ and ἔρχεται to come εἰς toward τὴν the πατρίδα fatherland αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἀκολουθοῦσιν to follow αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him. -41 6 2 ⚐καὶ and γενομένου to be σαββάτου Sabbath ⚐ἤρξατο be first διδάσκειν to teach ἐν in τῇ the συναγωγῇ synagogue· ⚐καὶ and πολλοὶ much ἀκούοντες to hear ⚐ἐξεπλήσσοντο be astonished ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Πόθεν where τούτῳ to this ταῦτα these, ⚐καὶ and τίς which? ἡ this σοφία wisdom ἡ the δοθεῖσα to give τούτῳ to this, ⚐καὶ and αἱ the δυνάμεις power τοιαῦται such as this διὰ through τῶν the χειρῶν hand αὐτοῦ of him γινόμεναι to be; -41 6 3 ⚐οὐχ no οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the τέκτων craftsman, ὁ the υἱὸς son τῆς the Μαρίας Mary ⚐καὶ and ἀδελφὸς brother Ἰακώβου James καὶ and Ἰωσῆτος Joses καὶ and Ἰούδα Judas καὶ and Σίμωνος Simon; ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no εἰσὶν to be αἱ the ἀδελφαὶ sister αὐτοῦ of him ὧδε here πρὸς with ἡμᾶς us; ⚐καὶ and ἐσκανδαλίζοντο to cause to stumble ἐν in αὐτῷ to him. -41 6 4 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὅτι that Οὐκ no ἔστιν to be προφήτης prophet ἄτιμος dishonored ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ἐν in τῇ the πατρίδι fatherland αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and ἐν among τοῖς the συγγενεῦσιν kindred αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house αὐτοῦ of him. -41 6 5 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐδύνατο be able ⚐ἐκεῖ there ποιῆσαι to do οὐδεμίαν no one δύναμιν power, ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὀλίγοις few ἀρρώστοις ill ἐπιθεὶς to lay on τὰς the χεῖρας hand ⚐ἐθεράπευσεν to heal· -41 6 6 ⚐καὶ and ἐθαύμαζεν to marvel διὰ because of τὴν the ἀπιστίαν unbelief αὐτῶν of them.

 ⚐Καὶ and περιῆγεν to go around τὰς the κώμας village κύκλῳ surrounding διδάσκων to teach. -41 6 7 ⚐καὶ and προσκαλεῖται to summon τοὺς the δώδεκα twelve, ⚐καὶ and ἤρξατο be first αὐτοὺς them ἀποστέλλειν to send δύο two δύο two, ⚐καὶ and ἐδίδου to give αὐτοῖς to them ἐξουσίαν authority τῶν the πνευμάτων spirit τῶν the ἀκαθάρτων unclean, -41 6 8 ⚐καὶ and παρήγγειλεν to order αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἵνα in order to μηδὲν nothing αἴρωσιν to take up εἰς toward ὁδὸν road ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ῥάβδον rod μόνον alone, ⚐μὴ not ἄρτον bread, μὴ not πήραν bag, μὴ not εἰς toward τὴν the ζώνην belt χαλκόν coin, -41 6 9 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὑποδεδεμένους to put on σανδάλια sandal, ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ἐνδύσησθε to clothe δύο two χιτῶνας tunic. -41 6 10 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὅπου where(-ever) ἐὰν if εἰσέλθητε to enter εἰς toward οἰκίαν house, ⚐ἐκεῖ there μένετε to stay ⚐ἕως until ἂν if ἐξέλθητε to go out ἐκεῖθεν from there. -41 6 11 ⚐καὶ and ὃς which ἂν if τόπος place μὴ not δέξηται to receive ὑμᾶς you μηδὲ not ἀκούσωσιν to hear ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἐκπορευόμενοι to go out ἐκεῖθεν from there ⚐ἐκτινάξατε to shake off τὸν the χοῦν dust τὸν the ὑποκάτω under τῶν the ποδῶν foot ὑμῶν of you ⚐εἰς toward μαρτύριον testimony αὐτοῖς to them. -41 6 12 ⚐Καὶ and ἐξελθόντες to go out ⚐ἐκήρυξαν to preach ⚐ἵνα in order that μετανοῶσιν to repent, -41 6 13 ⚐καὶ and δαιμόνια demon πολλὰ much ἐξέβαλλον to expel, ⚐καὶ and ἤλειφον to anoint ἐλαίῳ olive oil πολλοὺς much ἀρρώστους ill ⚐καὶ and ἐθεράπευον to heal.

 -41 6 14 ⚐Καὶ and ἤκουσεν to hear ὁ the βασιλεὺς king Ἡρῴδης Herod, ⚐φανερὸν manifest γὰρ for ἐγένετο to be τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἰωάννης John ὁ the βαπτίζων to baptize ἐγήγερται to arise ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead, ⚐καὶ and διὰ because of τοῦτο this ἐνεργοῦσιν be active αἱ the δυνάμεις power ἐν in αὐτῷ to him· -41 6 15 ⚐ἄλλοι another δὲ and ἔλεγον to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἠλίας Elijah ἐστίν to be· ⚐ἄλλοι another δὲ and ἔλεγον to speak ⚐ὅτι that προφήτης prophet ὡς as εἷς one τῶν the προφητῶν prophet. -41 6 16 ⚐ἀκούσας to hear δὲ but ὁ the Ἡρῴδης Herod ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Ὃν which ἐγὼ I ἀπεκεφάλισα to behead Ἰωάννην John, οὗτος this ἠγέρθη to arise.

 -41 6 17 ⚐Αὐτὸς he γὰρ for ὁ the Ἡρῴδης Herod ἀποστείλας to send ⚐ἐκράτησεν to seize τὸν the Ἰωάννην John ⚐καὶ and ἔδησεν to bind αὐτὸν him ἐν in φυλακῇ prison διὰ because of Ἡρῳδιάδα Herodias τὴν the γυναῖκα woman Φιλίππου Philip τοῦ the ἀδελφοῦ brother αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὅτι since αὐτὴν her ἐγάμησεν to marry· -41 6 18 ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak γὰρ for ὁ the Ἰωάννης John τῷ the Ἡρῴδῃ Herod ⚐ὅτι that Οὐκ no ἔξεστίν it is permitted σοι to you ⚐ἔχειν to have τὴν the γυναῖκα woman τοῦ the ἀδελφοῦ brother σου of you. -41 6 19 ⚐ἡ the δὲ and Ἡρῳδιὰς Herodias ἐνεῖχεν to oppose αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and ἤθελεν to will ⚐αὐτὸν him ἀποκτεῖναι to kill, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἠδύνατο be able· -41 6 20 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for Ἡρῴδης Herod ἐφοβεῖτο to fear τὸν the Ἰωάννην John, ⚐εἰδὼς to know αὐτὸν him ἄνδρα man δίκαιον just καὶ and ἅγιον holy, ⚐καὶ and συνετήρει to preserve αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἀκούσας to hear αὐτοῦ of him ⚐πολλὰ much ἠπόρει be perplexed, ⚐καὶ and ἡδέως gladly αὐτοῦ of him ἤκουεν to hear. -41 6 21 ⚐Καὶ and γενομένης to be ἡμέρας day εὐκαίρου opportune ⚐ὅτε when Ἡρῴδης Herod τοῖς the γενεσίοις birthday αὐτοῦ of him δεῖπνον dinner ἐποίησεν to make ⚐τοῖς the μεγιστᾶσιν great man αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and τοῖς the χιλιάρχοις military officer καὶ and τοῖς the πρώτοις first τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee, -41 6 22 ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθούσης to enter τῆς the θυγατρὸς daughter αὐτοῦ of him Ἡρῳδιάδος Herodias ⚐καὶ and ὀρχησαμένης to dance ⚐ἤρεσεν to please τῷ the Ἡρῴδῃ Herod καὶ and τοῖς the συνανακειμένοις to dine with, ⚐εἶπεν to say ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τῷ the κορασίῳ girl· ⚐Αἴτησόν to ask με me ὃ which ἐὰν if θέλῃς to will, ⚐καὶ and δώσω to give σοι to you· -41 6 23 ⚐καὶ and ὤμοσεν to swear αὐτῇ to her πολλά much· ⚐Ὅ which τι one ἐάν if με me αἰτήσῃς to ask δώσω to give σοι to you ἕως until ἡμίσους half τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom μου of me. -41 6 24 ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθοῦσα to go out ⚐εἶπεν to say τῇ the μητρὶ mother αὐτῆς of her· ⚐Τί which? αἰτήσωμαι to ask; ⚐ἡ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τὴν the κεφαλὴν head Ἰωάννου John τοῦ the βαπτίζοντος to baptize. -41 6 25 ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθοῦσα to enter εὐθὺς immediately μετὰ with σπουδῆς diligence πρὸς to τὸν the βασιλέα king ⚐ᾐτήσατο to ask ⚐λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Θέλω to will ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐξαυτῆς immediately δῷς to give μοι to me ἐπὶ on πίνακι platter τὴν the κεφαλὴν head Ἰωάννου John τοῦ the βαπτιστοῦ one who baptizes. -41 6 26 ⚐καὶ and περίλυπος sorrowful γενόμενος to be ὁ the βασιλεὺς king διὰ because of τοὺς the ὅρκους oath καὶ and τοὺς the ἀνακειμένους to recline ⚐οὐκ no ἠθέλησεν to will ἀθετῆσαι to reject αὐτήν her· -41 6 27 ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἀποστείλας to send ὁ the βασιλεὺς king σπεκουλάτορα executioner ⚐ἐπέταξεν to command ἐνέγκαι to bring τὴν the κεφαλὴν head αὐτοῦ of him. ⚐καὶ and ἀπελθὼν to go away ⚐ἀπεκεφάλισεν to behead αὐτὸν him ἐν in τῇ the φυλακῇ prison -41 6 28 ⚐καὶ and ἤνεγκεν to bring τὴν the κεφαλὴν head αὐτοῦ of him ἐπὶ on πίνακι platter ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκεν to give αὐτὴν her τῷ the κορασίῳ girl, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the κοράσιον girl ἔδωκεν to give αὐτὴν her τῇ the μητρὶ mother αὐτῆς of her. -41 6 29 ⚐καὶ and ἀκούσαντες to hear οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἦλθον to come ⚐καὶ and ἦραν to take up τὸ the πτῶμα corpse αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἔθηκαν to place αὐτὸ it ἐν in μνημείῳ grave.

 -41 6 30 ⚐Καὶ and συνάγονται to assemble οἱ the ἀπόστολοι apostle πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐καὶ and ἀπήγγειλαν to announce αὐτῷ to him πάντα all ὅσα as much as ἐποίησαν to do καὶ and ὅσα as much as ἐδίδαξαν to teach. -41 6 31 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Δεῦτε come ὑμεῖς you αὐτοὶ they κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private εἰς toward ἔρημον deserted τόπον place ⚐καὶ and ἀναπαύσασθε to give rest ὀλίγον little. ⚐ἦσαν to be γὰρ for οἱ the ἐρχόμενοι to come καὶ and οἱ the ὑπάγοντες to go πολλοί much, ⚐καὶ and οὐδὲ and not φαγεῖν to eat εὐκαίρουν to have opportunity. -41 6 32 ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθον to go away ἐν in τῷ the πλοίῳ boat εἰς toward ἔρημον deserted τόπον place κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν one's own. -41 6 33 ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know αὐτοὺς them ὑπάγοντας to go ⚐καὶ and ἐπέγνωσαν to come to know πολλοί much, ⚐καὶ and πεζῇ on foot ἀπὸ from πασῶν all τῶν the πόλεων city συνέδραμον to flock ἐκεῖ there ⚐καὶ and προῆλθον to go before αὐτούς them. -41 6 34 ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθὼν to go out ⚐εἶδεν to know πολὺν much ὄχλον crowd, ⚐καὶ and ἐσπλαγχνίσθη to pity ἐπ᾽ on αὐτοὺς them ⚐ὅτι since ἦσαν to be ὡς as πρόβατα sheep μὴ not ἔχοντα to have ποιμένα shepherd, ⚐καὶ and ἤρξατο be first διδάσκειν to teach αὐτοὺς them πολλά much. -41 6 35 ⚐Καὶ and ἤδη already ὥρας hour πολλῆς much γενομένης to be ⚐προσελθόντες to come near αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἔλεγον to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἔρημός deserted ἐστιν to be ὁ the τόπος place, ⚐καὶ and ἤδη already ὥρα hour πολλή much· -41 6 36 ⚐ἀπόλυσον to release αὐτούς them, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀπελθόντες to go away εἰς toward τοὺς the κύκλῳ surrounding ἀγροὺς field καὶ and κώμας village ⚐ἀγοράσωσιν to buy ἑαυτοῖς themselves ⚐τί which? φάγωσιν to eat. -41 6 37 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Δότε to give αὐτοῖς to them ὑμεῖς you ⚐φαγεῖν to eat. ⚐καὶ and λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀπελθόντες to go away ⚐ἀγοράσωμεν to buy δηναρίων denarius διακοσίων two hundred ἄρτους bread ⚐καὶ and δώσομεν to give αὐτοῖς to them φαγεῖν to eat; -41 6 38 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Πόσους how many ἄρτους bread ἔχετε to have; ⚐ὑπάγετε to go ἴδετε to know. ⚐καὶ and γνόντες to know ⚐λέγουσιν to speak· ⚐Πέντε five, καὶ and δύο two ἰχθύας fish. -41 6 39 ⚐καὶ and ἐπέταξεν to command αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἀνακλῖναι to recline πάντας all συμπόσια common meal συμπόσια common meal ἐπὶ on τῷ the χλωρῷ green χόρτῳ grass. -41 6 40 ⚐καὶ and ἀνέπεσαν to recline πρασιαὶ group πρασιαὶ group κατὰ according to ἑκατὸν hundred καὶ and κατὰ according to πεντήκοντα fifty. -41 6 41 ⚐καὶ and λαβὼν to take τοὺς the πέντε five ἄρτους bread καὶ and τοὺς the δύο two ἰχθύας fish ⚐ἀναβλέψας to look up εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ⚐εὐλόγησεν to praise καὶ and κατέκλασεν to break τοὺς the ἄρτους bread ⚐καὶ and ἐδίδου to give τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἵνα in order to παρατιθῶσιν to set before αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the δύο two ἰχθύας fish ἐμέρισεν to divide πᾶσιν all. -41 6 42 ⚐καὶ and ἔφαγον to eat πάντες all ⚐καὶ and ἐχορτάσθησαν to feed· -41 6 43 ⚐καὶ and ἦραν to take up κλάσματα fragment δώδεκα twelve κοφίνων basket πληρώματα fulfillment καὶ and ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἰχθύων fish. -41 6 44 ⚐καὶ and ἦσαν to be οἱ who φαγόντες to eat τοὺς the ἄρτους bread πεντακισχίλιοι five thousand ἄνδρες man.

 -41 6 45 ⚐Καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἠνάγκασεν to compel τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐμβῆναι to get into εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῖον boat ⚐καὶ and προάγειν to go before εἰς toward τὸ the πέραν other side πρὸς to Βηθσαϊδάν Bethsaida, ⚐ἕως until αὐτὸς he ἀπολύει to release τὸν the ὄχλον crowd. -41 6 46 ⚐καὶ and ἀποταξάμενος to leave αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away εἰς toward τὸ the ὄρος mountain ⚐προσεύξασθαι to pray.

 -41 6 47 ⚐Καὶ and ὀψίας evening γενομένης to be ⚐ἦν to be τὸ the πλοῖον boat ἐν in μέσῳ midst τῆς the θαλάσσης sea, ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he μόνος alone ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth. -41 6 48 ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know αὐτοὺς them βασανιζομένους to torture ἐν in τῷ the ἐλαύνειν to drive, ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for ὁ the ἄνεμος wind ἐναντίος against αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐περὶ about τετάρτην fourth φυλακὴν watch τῆς the νυκτὸς night ἔρχεται to come πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ⚐περιπατῶν to walk ἐπὶ on τῆς the θαλάσσης sea· ⚐καὶ and ἤθελεν to will παρελθεῖν to pass by αὐτούς them. -41 6 49 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἰδόντες to know αὐτὸν him ἐπὶ on τῆς the θαλάσσης sea περιπατοῦντα to walk ⚐ἔδοξαν to think ⚐ὅτι that φάντασμά ghost ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and ἀνέκραξαν to yell, -41 6 50 ⚐πάντες all γὰρ for αὐτὸν him εἶδον to know ⚐καὶ and ἐταράχθησαν to trouble. ⚐ὁ the δὲ but εὐθὺς immediately ἐλάλησεν to speak μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Θαρσεῖτε take heart, ⚐ἐγώ I εἰμι to be, ⚐μὴ not φοβεῖσθε to fear. -41 6 51 ⚐καὶ and ἀνέβη to ascend πρὸς with αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῖον boat, ⚐καὶ and ἐκόπασεν to abate ὁ the ἄνεμος wind. ⚐καὶ and λίαν greatly ἐκ out of περισσοῦ abundant ἐν in ἑαυτοῖς oneself ἐξίσταντο to amaze, -41 6 52 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for συνῆκαν to understand ἐπὶ upon τοῖς the ἄρτοις bread, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἦν to be αὐτῶν of them ἡ the καρδία heart πεπωρωμένη to harden.

 -41 6 53 ⚐Καὶ and διαπεράσαντες to cross ἐπὶ to τὴν the γῆν earth ⚐ἦλθον to come εἰς toward Γεννησαρὲτ Gennesaret ⚐καὶ and προσωρμίσθησαν to anchor. -41 6 54 ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθόντων to go out αὐτῶν of them ἐκ of τοῦ the πλοίου boat ⚐εὐθὺς immediately ἐπιγνόντες to come to know αὐτὸν him -41 6 55 ⚐περιέδραμον to run around ὅλην all τὴν the χώραν country ἐκείνην that ⚐καὶ and ἤρξαντο be first ⚐ἐπὶ on τοῖς the κραβάττοις bed τοὺς the κακῶς badly ἔχοντας to have περιφέρειν to carry (around) ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἤκουον to hear ⚐ὅτι that ἐστίν to be. -41 6 56 ⚐καὶ and ὅπου where(-ever) ἂν if εἰσεπορεύετο to enter εἰς toward κώμας village ἢ or εἰς toward πόλεις city ἢ or εἰς toward ἀγροὺς field ⚐ἐν in ταῖς the ἀγοραῖς marketplace ἐτίθεσαν to place τοὺς the ἀσθενοῦντας be weak, ⚐καὶ and παρεκάλουν to plead αὐτὸν him ⚐ἵνα in order that κἂν even if τοῦ the κρασπέδου edge τοῦ the ἱματίου clothing αὐτοῦ of him ἅψωνται to kindle· ⚐καὶ and ὅσοι as much as ἂν if ἥψαντο to kindle αὐτοῦ of him ἐσῴζοντο to save.

 -41 7 1 ⚐Καὶ and συνάγονται to assemble πρὸς to αὐτὸν him οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee καί and τινες one τῶν the γραμματέων scribe ⚐ἐλθόντες to come ἀπὸ from Ἱεροσολύμων Jerusalem -41 7 2 ⚐καὶ and ἰδόντες to know τινὰς one τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅτι that κοιναῖς common χερσίν hand, ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be ἀνίπτοις unwashed, ⚐ἐσθίουσιν to eat τοὺς the ἄρτους bread— -41 7 3 ⚐οἱ the γὰρ for Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee καὶ and πάντες all οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not πυγμῇ fist νίψωνται to wash τὰς the χεῖρας hand οὐκ no ἐσθίουσιν to eat, ⚐κρατοῦντες to grasp τὴν the παράδοσιν tradition τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder, -41 7 4 ⚐καὶ and ἀπ᾽ from ἀγορᾶς marketplace ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not βαπτίσωνται to baptize οὐκ no ἐσθίουσιν to eat, ⚐καὶ and ἄλλα another πολλά much ἐστιν to be ἃ which παρέλαβον to take κρατεῖν to grasp, ⚐βαπτισμοὺς baptism ποτηρίων cup καὶ and ξεστῶν pitcher καὶ and χαλκίων kettle καὶ and κλινῶν bed— -41 7 5 ⚐καὶ and ἐπερωτῶσιν to question αὐτὸν him οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee καὶ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe· ⚐Διὰ because of τί which? οὐ no περιπατοῦσιν to walk οἱ the μαθηταί disciple σου of you κατὰ according to τὴν the παράδοσιν tradition τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder, ⚐ἀλλὰ but κοιναῖς common χερσὶν hand ἐσθίουσιν to eat τὸν the ἄρτον bread; -41 7 6 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Καλῶς well ἐπροφήτευσεν to prophesy Ἠσαΐας Isaiah περὶ about ὑμῶν of you τῶν the ὑποκριτῶν hypocrite, ⚐ὡς as γέγραπται to write ⚐ὅτι that Οὗτος this ὁ the λαὸς a people τοῖς the χείλεσίν lip με me τιμᾷ to honor, ⚐ἡ the δὲ and καρδία heart αὐτῶν of them πόρρω far (away) ἀπέχει to have in full ἀπ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me· -41 7 7 ⚐μάτην in vain δὲ and σέβονταί be devout με me, ⚐διδάσκοντες to teach διδασκαλίας teaching ἐντάλματα precept ἀνθρώπων a human· -41 7 8 ⚐ἀφέντες to release τὴν the ἐντολὴν commandment τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐κρατεῖτε to grasp τὴν the παράδοσιν tradition τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human.

 -41 7 9 ⚐Καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Καλῶς well ἀθετεῖτε to reject τὴν the ἐντολὴν commandment τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἵνα in order to τὴν the παράδοσιν tradition ὑμῶν of you στήσητε to stand· -41 7 10 ⚐Μωϋσῆς Moses γὰρ for εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τίμα to honor τὸν the πατέρα father σου of you καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother σου of you, ⚐καί and· Ὁ the κακολογῶν to revile πατέρα father ἢ or μητέρα mother θανάτῳ death τελευτάτω to die· -41 7 11 ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but λέγετε to speak· ⚐Ἐὰν if εἴπῃ to say ἄνθρωπος a human τῷ the πατρὶ father ἢ or τῇ the μητρί mother· ⚐Κορβᾶν Corban, ὅ which ἐστιν to be Δῶρον gift, ὃ which ἐὰν if ἐξ from ἐμοῦ of me ὠφεληθῇς to help, -41 7 12 ⚐οὐκέτι not any more ἀφίετε to release αὐτὸν him ⚐οὐδὲν no one ποιῆσαι to do τῷ the πατρὶ father ἢ or τῇ the μητρί mother, -41 7 13 ⚐ἀκυροῦντες to nullify τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐τῇ the παραδόσει tradition ὑμῶν of you ᾗ which παρεδώκατε to deliver· ⚐καὶ and παρόμοια like τοιαῦτα such as this πολλὰ much ποιεῖτε to do.

 -41 7 14 ⚐Καὶ and προσκαλεσάμενος to summon πάλιν again τὸν the ὄχλον crowd ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἀκούσατέ to hear μου of me πάντες all ⚐καὶ and σύνετε to understand. -41 7 15 ⚐οὐδέν no one ἐστιν to be ἔξωθεν outside τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human εἰσπορευόμενον to enter εἰς toward αὐτὸν him ⚐ὃ which δύναται be able κοινῶσαι to profane αὐτόν him· ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὰ the ἐκ of τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐκπορευόμενά to come out ἐστιν to be τὰ the κοινοῦντα to profane τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human.

 -41 7 17 ⚐Καὶ and ὅτε when εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward οἶκον house ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd, ⚐ἐπηρώτων to question αὐτὸν him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the παραβολήν parable. -41 7 18 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἀσύνετοί senseless ἐστε to be; ⚐οὐ no νοεῖτε to understand ⚐ὅτι that πᾶν all τὸ the ἔξωθεν outside εἰσπορευόμενον to enter εἰς toward τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human οὐ no δύναται be able ⚐αὐτὸν him κοινῶσαι to profane, -41 7 19 ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no εἰσπορεύεται to enter αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὴν the καρδίαν heart ἀλλ᾽ but εἰς toward τὴν the κοιλίαν stomach, ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward τὸν the ἀφεδρῶνα latrine ἐκπορεύεται to go out;— ⚐καθαρίζων to clean πάντα all τὰ the βρώματα food. -41 7 20 ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that Τὸ the ἐκ of τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐκπορευόμενον to come out ⚐ἐκεῖνο that κοινοῖ to profane τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human· -41 7 21 ⚐ἔσωθεν inwardly γὰρ for ἐκ out of τῆς the καρδίας heart τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human ⚐οἱ the διαλογισμοὶ reasoning οἱ the κακοὶ evil ἐκπορεύονται to come out, ⚐πορνεῖαι sexual sin, κλοπαί theft, φόνοι murder, -41 7 22 μοιχεῖαι adultery, πλεονεξίαι greediness, πονηρίαι evil, δόλος deceit, ⚐ἀσέλγεια debauchery, ὀφθαλμὸς eye πονηρός evil, βλασφημία blasphemy, ὑπερηφανία pride, ἀφροσύνη foolishness· -41 7 23 ⚐πάντα all ταῦτα these τὰ the πονηρὰ evil ἔσωθεν inwardly ἐκπορεύεται to come out ⚐καὶ and κοινοῖ to profane τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human.

 -41 7 24 ⚐Ἐκεῖθεν from there δὲ and ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away εἰς toward τὰ the ὅρια region Τύρου Tyre. ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθὼν to enter εἰς toward οἰκίαν house ⚐οὐδένα no one ἤθελεν to will γνῶναι to know, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἠδυνήθη be able λαθεῖν be hidden· -41 7 25 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εὐθὺς immediately ἀκούσασα to hear γυνὴ woman περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἧς which εἶχεν to have τὸ who θυγάτριον little daughter αὐτῆς of her πνεῦμα spirit ἀκάθαρτον unclean, ⚐ἐλθοῦσα to come ⚐προσέπεσεν to fall πρὸς to τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτοῦ of him· -41 7 26 ⚐ἡ the δὲ and γυνὴ woman ἦν to be Ἑλληνίς Greek woman, ⚐Συροφοινίκισσα Syrophoenician τῷ the γένει family· ⚐καὶ and ἠρώτα to ask αὐτὸν him ⚐ἵνα in order to τὸ the δαιμόνιον demon ἐκβάλῃ to expel ἐκ out of τῆς the θυγατρὸς daughter αὐτῆς of her. -41 7 27 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Ἄφες to release ⚐πρῶτον first χορτασθῆναι to feed τὰ the τέκνα child, ⚐οὐ no γάρ for ἐστιν to be καλὸν good ⚐λαβεῖν to take τὸν the ἄρτον bread τῶν the τέκνων child ⚐καὶ and τοῖς the κυναρίοις little dog βαλεῖν to throw. -41 7 28 ⚐ἡ the δὲ and ἀπεκρίθη to answer καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, καὶ and τὰ the κυνάρια little dog ὑποκάτω under τῆς the τραπέζης table ἐσθίουσιν to eat ἀπὸ from τῶν the ψιχίων crumb τῶν the παιδίων child. -41 7 29 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Διὰ because of τοῦτον this τὸν the λόγον word ὕπαγε to go, ⚐ἐξελήλυθεν to go out ἐκ out of τῆς the θυγατρός daughter σου of you τὸ the δαιμόνιον demon. -41 7 30 ⚐καὶ and ἀπελθοῦσα to go away εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house αὐτῆς of her ⚐εὗρεν to find τὸ the παιδίον child ⚐βεβλημένον to throw ἐπὶ on τὴν the κλίνην bed ⚐καὶ and τὸ the δαιμόνιον demon ⚐ἐξεληλυθός to go out.

 -41 7 31 ⚐Καὶ and πάλιν again ἐξελθὼν to go out ἐκ from τῶν the ὁρίων region Τύρου Tyre ⚐ἦλθεν to come διὰ through Σιδῶνος Sidon εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee ἀνὰ each μέσον midst τῶν the ὁρίων region Δεκαπόλεως Decapolis. -41 7 32 ⚐καὶ and φέρουσιν to bring αὐτῷ to him κωφὸν deaf καὶ and μογιλάλον hardly talking, ⚐καὶ and παρακαλοῦσιν to plead αὐτὸν him ⚐ἵνα in order to ἐπιθῇ to put αὐτῷ to him τὴν the χεῖρα hand. -41 7 33 ⚐καὶ and ἀπολαβόμενος to get back αὐτὸν him ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private ⚐ἔβαλεν to throw τοὺς the δακτύλους finger αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὰ the ὦτα ear αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and πτύσας to spit ⚐ἥψατο to kindle τῆς the γλώσσης tongue αὐτοῦ of him, -41 7 34 ⚐καὶ and ἀναβλέψας to look up εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ⚐ἐστέναξεν to groan, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Εφφαθα open!, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be Διανοίχθητι to open· -41 7 35 ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἠνοίγησαν to open αὐτοῦ of him αἱ the ἀκοαί hearing, ⚐καὶ and ἐλύθη to loose ὁ the δεσμὸς chain τῆς the γλώσσης tongue αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἐλάλει to speak ὀρθῶς correctly· -41 7 36 ⚐καὶ and διεστείλατο to give orders αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἵνα in order to μηδενὶ nothing λέγωσιν to speak· ⚐ὅσον as much as δὲ but αὐτοῖς to them διεστέλλετο to give orders, ⚐αὐτοὶ they μᾶλλον more περισσότερον superabundant ἐκήρυσσον to preach. -41 7 37 ⚐καὶ and ὑπερπερισσῶς exceedingly ἐξεπλήσσοντο be astonished ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Καλῶς well πάντα all πεποίηκεν to do, ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the κωφοὺς deaf ποιεῖ to do ἀκούειν to hear ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the ἀλάλους mute λαλεῖν to speak.

 -41 8 1 ⚐Ἐν in ἐκείναις that ταῖς the ἡμέραις day πάλιν again πολλοῦ much ὄχλου crowd ὄντος to be ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ἐχόντων to have τί which? φάγωσιν to eat, ⚐προσκαλεσάμενος to summon τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· -41 8 2 ⚐Σπλαγχνίζομαι to pity ἐπὶ on τὸν the ὄχλον crowd ⚐ὅτι since ἤδη already ἡμέραι day τρεῖς three προσμένουσίν to remain μοι to me ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔχουσιν to have ⚐τί which? φάγωσιν to eat· -41 8 3 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if ἀπολύσω to release αὐτοὺς them νήστεις fasting εἰς toward οἶκον house αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ἐκλυθήσονται to faint ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road· ⚐καί and τινες one αὐτῶν of them ἀπὸ from μακρόθεν from afar ἥκασιν to come. -41 8 4 ⚐καὶ and ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅτι that Πόθεν where τούτους these δυνήσεταί be able τις one ⚐ὧδε here χορτάσαι to feed ἄρτων bread ἐπ᾽ upon ἐρημίας desert; -41 8 5 ⚐καὶ and ἠρώτα to ask αὐτούς them· ⚐Πόσους how many ἔχετε to have ἄρτους bread; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Ἑπτά seven. -41 8 6 ⚐καὶ and παραγγέλλει to order τῷ the ὄχλῳ crowd ⚐ἀναπεσεῖν to recline ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth· ⚐καὶ and λαβὼν to take τοὺς the ἑπτὰ seven ἄρτους bread ⚐εὐχαριστήσας to thank ⚐ἔκλασεν to break καὶ and ἐδίδου to give τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἵνα in order to παρατιθῶσιν to set before ⚐καὶ and παρέθηκαν to set before τῷ the ὄχλῳ crowd. -41 8 7 ⚐καὶ and εἶχον to have ἰχθύδια little fish ὀλίγα few· ⚐καὶ and εὐλογήσας to praise αὐτὰ them ⚐εἶπεν to say ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these παρατιθέναι to set before. -41 8 8 ⚐καὶ and ἔφαγον to eat καὶ and ἐχορτάσθησαν to feed, ⚐καὶ and ἦραν to take up περισσεύματα overflow κλασμάτων fragment ἑπτὰ seven σπυρίδας basket. -41 8 9 ⚐ἦσαν to be δὲ and ὡς as τετρακισχίλιοι four thousand. ⚐καὶ and ἀπέλυσεν to release αὐτούς them. -41 8 10 ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἐμβὰς to get into εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῖον boat μετὰ with τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἦλθεν to go εἰς toward τὰ the μέρη part Δαλμανουθά Dalmanutha.

 -41 8 11 ⚐Καὶ and ἐξῆλθον to go out οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ⚐καὶ and ἤρξαντο be first συζητεῖν to debate αὐτῷ to him, ⚐ζητοῦντες to seek παρ᾽ beside αὐτοῦ of him σημεῖον sign ἀπὸ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐πειράζοντες to test αὐτόν him. -41 8 12 ⚐καὶ and ἀναστενάξας to sigh deeply τῷ the πνεύματι spirit αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Τί which? ἡ the γενεὰ generation αὕτη this ζητεῖ to seek σημεῖον sign; ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐εἰ if δοθήσεται to give τῇ the γενεᾷ generation ταύτῃ to this σημεῖον sign. -41 8 13 ⚐καὶ and ἀφεὶς to release αὐτοὺς them ⚐πάλιν again ἐμβὰς to get into ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away εἰς toward τὸ the πέραν other side.

 -41 8 14 ⚐Καὶ and ἐπελάθοντο to forget λαβεῖν to take ἄρτους bread, ⚐καὶ and εἰ if μὴ not ἕνα one ἄρτον bread οὐκ no εἶχον to have μεθ᾽ with ἑαυτῶν themselves ἐν in τῷ the πλοίῳ boat. -41 8 15 ⚐καὶ and διεστέλλετο to give orders αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ὁρᾶτε to see, βλέπετε to see ἀπὸ from τῆς the ζύμης leaven τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee καὶ and τῆς the ζύμης leaven Ἡρῴδου Herod. -41 8 16 ⚐καὶ and διελογίζοντο to reason πρὸς with ἀλλήλους one another ⚐ὅτι that ἄρτους bread οὐκ no ἔχουσιν to have. -41 8 17 ⚐καὶ and γνοὺς to know ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? διαλογίζεσθε to reason ⚐ὅτι that ἄρτους bread οὐκ no ἔχετε to have; ⚐οὔπω not yet νοεῖτε to understand οὐδὲ and not συνίετε to understand; ⚐πεπωρωμένην to harden ἔχετε to have τὴν the καρδίαν heart ὑμῶν of you; -41 8 18 ⚐ὀφθαλμοὺς eye ἔχοντες to have ⚐οὐ no βλέπετε to see ⚐καὶ and ὦτα ear ἔχοντες to have ⚐οὐκ no ἀκούετε to hear; ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μνημονεύετε to remember -41 8 19 ⚐ὅτε when τοὺς the πέντε five ἄρτους bread ἔκλασα to break εἰς toward τοὺς the πεντακισχιλίους five thousand, ⚐πόσους how many κοφίνους basket κλασμάτων fragment πλήρεις full ἤρατε to take up; ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Δώδεκα twelve. -41 8 20 ⚐ὅτε when τοὺς the ἑπτὰ seven εἰς toward τοὺς the τετρακισχιλίους four thousand, ⚐πόσων how many σπυρίδων basket πληρώματα fulfillment κλασμάτων fragment ἤρατε to take up; ⚐καὶ and λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἑπτά seven. -41 8 21 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οὔπω not yet συνίετε to understand;

 -41 8 22 ⚐Καὶ and ἔρχονται to come εἰς toward Βηθσαϊδάν Bethsaida. ⚐καὶ and φέρουσιν to bring αὐτῷ to him τυφλὸν blind ⚐καὶ and παρακαλοῦσιν to plead αὐτὸν him ⚐ἵνα in order to αὐτοῦ of him ἅψηται to kindle. -41 8 23 ⚐καὶ and ἐπιλαβόμενος to catch τῆς the χειρὸς hand τοῦ the τυφλοῦ blind ⚐ἐξήνεγκεν to bring αὐτὸν him ἔξω outside τῆς the κώμης village, ⚐καὶ and πτύσας to spit εἰς toward τὰ the ὄμματα eye αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἐπιθεὶς to put τὰς the χεῖρας hand αὐτῷ to him, ⚐ἐπηρώτα to question αὐτόν him· ⚐Εἴ if τι one βλέπεις to see; -41 8 24 ⚐καὶ and ἀναβλέψας to recover sight ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Βλέπω to see τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human ⚐ὅτι that ὡς as δένδρα tree ὁρῶ to see περιπατοῦντας to walk. -41 8 25 ⚐εἶτα then πάλιν again ἐπέθηκεν to put τὰς the χεῖρας hand ἐπὶ on τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and διέβλεψεν to see clearly ⚐καὶ and ἀπεκατέστη to restore ⚐καὶ and ἐνέβλεπεν to look upon τηλαυγῶς clearly ἅπαντα all. -41 8 26 ⚐καὶ and ἀπέστειλεν to send αὐτὸν him εἰς toward οἶκον house αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Μηδὲ not εἰς toward τὴν the κώμην village εἰσέλθῃς to enter.

 -41 8 27 ⚐Καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὰς the κώμας village Καισαρείας Caesarea τῆς the Φιλίππου Philip· ⚐καὶ and ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road ἐπηρώτα to question τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγων to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τίνα which? με me λέγουσιν to speak οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human ⚐εἶναι to be; -41 8 28 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἰωάννην John τὸν the βαπτιστήν one who baptizes, ⚐καὶ and ἄλλοι another Ἠλίαν Elijah, ⚐ἄλλοι another δὲ and ὅτι that εἷς one τῶν the προφητῶν prophet. -41 8 29 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἐπηρώτα to question αὐτούς them· ⚐Ὑμεῖς you δὲ but τίνα which? με me λέγετε to speak εἶναι to be; ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the χριστός Christ. -41 8 30 ⚐καὶ and ἐπετίμησεν to rebuke αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἵνα in order to μηδενὶ nothing λέγωσιν to speak περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him.

 -41 8 31 ⚐Καὶ and ἤρξατο be first διδάσκειν to teach αὐτοὺς them ⚐ὅτι that δεῖ to bind τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐πολλὰ much παθεῖν to suffer ⚐καὶ and ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι to reject ὑπὸ by τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder καὶ and τῶν the ἀρχιερέων high-priest καὶ and τῶν the γραμματέων scribe ⚐καὶ and ἀποκτανθῆναι to kill ⚐καὶ and μετὰ after τρεῖς three ἡμέρας day ἀναστῆναι to arise· -41 8 32 ⚐καὶ and παρρησίᾳ boldness τὸν the λόγον word ἐλάλει to speak. ⚐καὶ and προσλαβόμενος to take ὁ the Πέτρος Peter αὐτὸν him ⚐ἤρξατο be first ἐπιτιμᾶν to rebuke αὐτῷ to him. -41 8 33 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἐπιστραφεὶς to turn ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐπετίμησεν to rebuke Πέτρῳ Peter ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak· ⚐Ὕπαγε to go ὀπίσω after μου of me, Σατανᾶ Satan, ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no φρονεῖς to think τὰ the τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὰ the τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human.

 -41 8 34 ⚐Καὶ and προσκαλεσάμενος to summon τὸν the ὄχλον crowd σὺν with τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Εἴ if τις one θέλει to will ὀπίσω after μου of me ἀκολουθεῖν to follow, ⚐ἀπαρνησάσθω to deny ἑαυτὸν himself ⚐καὶ and ἀράτω to take up τὸν the σταυρὸν cross αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἀκολουθείτω to follow μοι to me. -41 8 35 ⚐ὃς which γὰρ for ἐὰν if θέλῃ to will τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him σῶσαι to save ἀπολέσει to destroy αὐτήν her· ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ but ἂν if ἀπολέσει to destroy τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him ἕνεκεν because of ἐμοῦ of me καὶ and τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel σώσει to save αὐτήν her. -41 8 36 ⚐τί which? γὰρ for ὠφελεῖ to help ἄνθρωπον a human ⚐κερδῆσαι to gain τὸν the κόσμον world ὅλον all ⚐καὶ and ζημιωθῆναι to lose τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him; -41 8 37 ⚐τί which? γὰρ for δοῖ to give ἄνθρωπος a human ἀντάλλαγμα in exchange τῆς the ψυχῆς soul αὐτοῦ of him; -41 8 38 ⚐ὃς which γὰρ for ἐὰν if ἐπαισχυνθῇ be ashamed of με me καὶ and τοὺς the ἐμοὺς my λόγους word ⚐ἐν in τῇ the γενεᾷ generation ταύτῃ to this τῇ the μοιχαλίδι adulterous καὶ and ἁμαρτωλῷ sinful, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐπαισχυνθήσεται be ashamed of αὐτὸν him ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ἔλθῃ to come ἐν in τῇ the δόξῃ glory τοῦ the πατρὸς father αὐτοῦ of him μετὰ with τῶν the ἀγγέλων angel τῶν the ἁγίων holy. -41 9 1 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that εἰσίν to be τινες one ὧδε here τῶν the ἑστηκότων to stand ⚐οἵτινες who οὐ no μὴ not γεύσωνται to taste θανάτου death ⚐ἕως until ἂν if ἴδωσιν to know τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐληλυθυῖαν to come ἐν with δυνάμει power.

 -41 9 2 ⚐Καὶ and μετὰ with ἡμέρας day ἓξ six παραλαμβάνει to take ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τὸν the Πέτρον Peter καὶ and τὸν the Ἰάκωβον James καὶ and τὸν the Ἰωάννην John, ⚐καὶ and ἀναφέρει to carry up αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward ὄρος mountain ὑψηλὸν high κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private μόνους alone. ⚐καὶ and μετεμορφώθη to transform ἔμπροσθεν before αὐτῶν of them, -41 9 3 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτοῦ of him ἐγένετο to be στίλβοντα to dazzle λευκὰ white λίαν greatly ⚐οἷα such as γναφεὺς one who bleaches ἐπὶ upon τῆς the γῆς earth οὐ no δύναται be able ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) λευκᾶναι to bleach. -41 9 4 ⚐καὶ and ὤφθη to see αὐτοῖς to them Ἠλίας Elijah σὺν with Μωϋσεῖ Moses, ⚐καὶ and ἦσαν to be συλλαλοῦντες to talk with τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -41 9 5 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐λέγει to speak τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus· ⚐Ῥαββί Rabbi, καλόν good ἐστιν to be ἡμᾶς us ⚐ὧδε here εἶναι to be, ⚐καὶ and ποιήσωμεν to make τρεῖς three σκηνάς tent, ⚐σοὶ to you μίαν one καὶ and Μωϋσεῖ Moses μίαν one καὶ and Ἠλίᾳ Elijah μίαν one. -41 9 6 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ᾔδει to know ⚐τί which? ἀποκριθῇ to answer, ⚐ἔκφοβοι terrified γὰρ for ἐγένοντο to be. -41 9 7 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be νεφέλη cloud ⚐ἐπισκιάζουσα to overshadow αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be φωνὴ voice ἐκ from τῆς the νεφέλης cloud· ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the υἱός son μου of me ὁ the ἀγαπητός beloved, ⚐ἀκούετε to hear αὐτοῦ of him. -41 9 8 ⚐καὶ and ἐξάπινα suddenly περιβλεψάμενοι to look around ⚐οὐκέτι not any more οὐδένα no one εἶδον to know ἀλλὰ but τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus μόνον alone μεθ᾽ with ἑαυτῶν themselves.

 -41 9 9 ⚐Καὶ and καταβαινόντων to come down αὐτῶν of them ἐκ from τοῦ the ὄρους mountain ⚐διεστείλατο to give orders αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἵνα in order that μηδενὶ nothing ἃ which εἶδον to know διηγήσωνται to relate fully, ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὅταν when(-ever) ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ἀναστῇ to arise. -41 9 10 ⚐καὶ and τὸν this λόγον word ἐκράτησαν to grasp πρὸς to ἑαυτοὺς themselves ⚐συζητοῦντες to debate ⚐τί which? ἐστιν to be τὸ the ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ἀναστῆναι to arise. -41 9 11 ⚐καὶ and ἐπηρώτων to question αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ὅτι that λέγουσιν to speak οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe ⚐ὅτι that Ἠλίαν Elijah δεῖ to bind ἐλθεῖν to come πρῶτον first; -41 9 12 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἔφη to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἠλίας Elijah μὲν on the other hand ἐλθὼν to come πρῶτον first ⚐ἀποκαθιστάνει to restore πάντα all, ⚐καὶ and πῶς how? γέγραπται to write ἐπὶ upon τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐ἵνα in order that πολλὰ much πάθῃ to suffer ⚐καὶ and ἐξουδενηθῇ be rejected; -41 9 13 ⚐ἀλλὰ but λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and Ἠλίας Elijah ἐλήλυθεν to come, ⚐καὶ and ἐποίησαν to do αὐτῷ to him ὅσα as much as ἤθελον to will, ⚐καθὼς just as γέγραπται to write ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτόν him.

 -41 9 14 ⚐Καὶ and ἐλθόντες to come πρὸς to τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple ⚐εἶδον to know ὄχλον crowd πολὺν much περὶ about αὐτοὺς them ⚐καὶ and γραμματεῖς scribe συζητοῦντας to debate πρὸς with αὐτούς them. -41 9 15 ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately πᾶς all ὁ the ὄχλος crowd ἰδόντες to know αὐτὸν him ⚐ἐξεθαμβήθησαν be awe-struck, ⚐καὶ and προστρέχοντες to hasten ⚐ἠσπάζοντο to pay respects to αὐτόν him. -41 9 16 ⚐καὶ and ἐπηρώτησεν to question αὐτούς them· ⚐Τί which? συζητεῖτε to debate πρὸς with αὐτούς them; -41 9 17 ⚐καὶ and ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτῷ to him εἷς one ἐκ of τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, ἤνεγκα to bring τὸν the υἱόν son μου of me πρὸς to σέ you, ⚐ἔχοντα to be πνεῦμα spirit ἄλαλον mute· -41 9 18 ⚐καὶ and ὅπου where(-ever) ἐὰν if αὐτὸν him καταλάβῃ to lay hold of ⚐ῥήσσει to throw violently αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἀφρίζει to foam ⚐καὶ and τρίζει to gnash τοὺς the ὀδόντας tooth ⚐καὶ and ξηραίνεται to dry· ⚐καὶ and εἶπα to say τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple σου of you ⚐ἵνα in order to αὐτὸ it ἐκβάλωσιν to expel, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἴσχυσαν be strong. -41 9 19 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Ὦ oh! γενεὰ generation ἄπιστος unbelieving, ἕως until πότε when? πρὸς with ὑμᾶς you ἔσομαι to be; ⚐ἕως until πότε when? ἀνέξομαι to endure ὑμῶν of you; ⚐φέρετε to bring αὐτὸν him πρός to με me. -41 9 20 ⚐καὶ and ἤνεγκαν to bring αὐτὸν him πρὸς to αὐτόν him. ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know αὐτὸν him τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit ⚐εὐθὺς immediately συνεσπάραξεν to convulse αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and πεσὼν to collapse ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐ἐκυλίετο to wallow ⚐ἀφρίζων to foam. -41 9 21 ⚐καὶ and ἐπηρώτησεν to question τὸν the πατέρα father αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Πόσος how many χρόνος time ἐστὶν to be ⚐ὡς as τοῦτο this γέγονεν to be αὐτῷ to him; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐκ from παιδιόθεν from childhood· -41 9 22 ⚐καὶ and πολλάκις often καὶ and εἰς toward πῦρ fire αὐτὸν him ἔβαλεν to throw καὶ and εἰς toward ὕδατα water ⚐ἵνα in order to ἀπολέσῃ to destroy αὐτόν him· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἴ if τι one δύνῃ be able, ⚐βοήθησον to help ἡμῖν to us ⚐σπλαγχνισθεὶς to pity ἐφ᾽ on ἡμᾶς us. -41 9 23 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Τὸ the Εἰ if δύνῃ be able, ⚐πάντα all δυνατὰ able τῷ who πιστεύοντι to trust (in). -41 9 24 ⚐εὐθὺς immediately κράξας to cry ὁ the πατὴρ father τοῦ the παιδίου child ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Πιστεύω to trust (in)· ⚐βοήθει to help μου of me τῇ the ἀπιστίᾳ unbelief. -41 9 25 ⚐ἰδὼν to know δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὅτι that ἐπισυντρέχει to run together ὄχλος crowd ⚐ἐπετίμησεν to rebuke τῷ the πνεύματι spirit τῷ the ἀκαθάρτῳ unclean ⚐λέγων to speak αὐτῷ to it· ⚐Τὸ the ἄλαλον mute καὶ and κωφὸν deaf πνεῦμα spirit, ἐγὼ I ἐπιτάσσω to command σοι to you, ⚐ἔξελθε to go out ἐξ of αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and μηκέτι never again εἰσέλθῃς to enter εἰς toward αὐτόν him. -41 9 26 ⚐καὶ and κράξας to cry ⚐καὶ and πολλὰ much σπαράξας to convulse ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out· ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ὡσεὶ like νεκρὸς dead ⚐ὥστε so τοὺς the πολλοὺς much λέγειν to speak ⚐ὅτι that ἀπέθανεν to die. -41 9 27 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus κρατήσας to grasp τῆς the χειρὸς hand αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἤγειρεν to arise αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἀνέστη to arise. -41 9 28 ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθόντος to enter αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward οἶκον house ⚐οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private ἐπηρώτων to question αὐτόν him· ⚐Ὅτι that ἡμεῖς we οὐκ no ἠδυνήθημεν be able ἐκβαλεῖν to expel αὐτό it; -41 9 29 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τοῦτο this τὸ the γένος family ἐν by οὐδενὶ no one δύναται be able ἐξελθεῖν to go out ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ἐν in προσευχῇ prayer.

 -41 9 30 ⚐Κἀκεῖθεν and from there ἐξελθόντες to go out ⚐παρεπορεύοντο to pass through διὰ through τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἤθελεν to will ⚐ἵνα in order that τις one γνοῖ to know· -41 9 31 ⚐ἐδίδασκεν to teach γὰρ for τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ὅτι that Ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human παραδίδοται to deliver εἰς toward χεῖρας hand ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐καὶ and ἀποκτενοῦσιν to kill αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἀποκτανθεὶς to kill ⚐μετὰ after τρεῖς three ἡμέρας day ἀναστήσεται to arise. -41 9 32 ⚐οἱ this δὲ but ἠγνόουν be ignorant τὸ the ῥῆμα word, ⚐καὶ and ἐφοβοῦντο to fear ⚐αὐτὸν him ἐπερωτῆσαι to question.

 -41 9 33 ⚐Καὶ and ἦλθον to come εἰς toward Καφαρναούμ Capernaum. ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house γενόμενος to be ⚐ἐπηρώτα to question αὐτούς them· ⚐Τί which? ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road διελογίζεσθε to reason; -41 9 34 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἐσιώπων be quiet, ⚐πρὸς with ἀλλήλους one another γὰρ for διελέχθησαν to dispute ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road ⚐τίς which? μείζων great. -41 9 35 ⚐καὶ and καθίσας to sit ⚐ἐφώνησεν to call τοὺς the δώδεκα twelve ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Εἴ if τις one θέλει to will πρῶτος first εἶναι to be ⚐ἔσται to be πάντων all ἔσχατος last καὶ and πάντων all διάκονος servant. -41 9 36 ⚐καὶ and λαβὼν to take παιδίον child ⚐ἔστησεν to stand αὐτὸ it ἐν among μέσῳ midst αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἐναγκαλισάμενος to embrace αὐτὸ it ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· -41 9 37 ⚐Ὃς which ἂν if ἓν one τῶν the τοιούτων such as this παιδίων child δέξηται to receive ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me, ἐμὲ me δέχεται to receive· ⚐καὶ and ὃς which ἂν if ἐμὲ me δέχηται to receive, οὐκ no ἐμὲ me δέχεται to receive ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὸν who ἀποστείλαντά to send με me.

 -41 9 38 ⚐Ἔφη to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰωάννης John· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, εἴδομέν to know τινα one ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματί name σου of you ἐκβάλλοντα to expel δαιμόνια demon, ⚐καὶ and ἐκωλύομεν to prevent αὐτόν him, ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἠκολούθει to follow ἡμῖν to us. -41 9 39 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say· ⚐Μὴ not κωλύετε to prevent αὐτόν him, ⚐οὐδεὶς no one γάρ for ἐστιν to be ⚐ὃς which ποιήσει to do δύναμιν power ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me ⚐καὶ and δυνήσεται be able ταχὺ quickly ⚐κακολογῆσαί to revile με me· -41 9 40 ⚐ὃς which γὰρ for οὐκ no ἔστιν to be καθ᾽ according to ἡμῶν of us, ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us ἐστιν to be. -41 9 41 ⚐Ὃς which γὰρ for ἂν if ποτίσῃ to water ὑμᾶς you ποτήριον cup ὕδατος water ἐν in ὀνόματι name ⚐ὅτι since χριστοῦ Christ ἐστε to be, ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no μὴ not ἀπολέσῃ to destroy τὸν the μισθὸν wage αὐτοῦ of him.

 -41 9 42 ⚐Καὶ and ὃς which ἂν if σκανδαλίσῃ to cause to stumble ἕνα one τῶν the μικρῶν small τούτων of these τῶν who πιστευόντων to trust (in) εἰς toward ἐμέ me, ⚐καλόν good ἐστιν to be αὐτῷ to him ⚐μᾶλλον more εἰ if περίκειται to surround μύλος millstone ὀνικὸς huge millstone περὶ about τὸν the τράχηλον neck αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and βέβληται to throw εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea. -41 9 43 ⚐Καὶ and ἐὰν if σκανδαλίζῃ to cause to stumble σε you ἡ the χείρ hand σου of you, ⚐ἀπόκοψον to cut off αὐτήν her· ⚐καλόν good ἐστίν to be σε you ⚐κυλλὸν crippled εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the ζωὴν life ⚐ἢ or τὰς the δύο two χεῖρας hand ἔχοντα to have ἀπελθεῖν to go away εἰς toward τὴν the γέενναν Gehenna, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the πῦρ fire τὸ the ἄσβεστον unquenchable. -41 9 45 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if ὁ the πούς foot σου of you σκανδαλίζῃ to cause to stumble σε you, ⚐ἀπόκοψον to cut off αὐτόν him· ⚐καλόν good ἐστίν to be σε you ⚐εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the ζωὴν life χωλὸν lame ⚐ἢ or τοὺς the δύο two πόδας foot ἔχοντα to have βληθῆναι to throw εἰς toward τὴν the γέενναν Gehenna. -41 9 47 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if ὁ the ὀφθαλμός eye σου of you σκανδαλίζῃ to cause to stumble σε you, ⚐ἔκβαλε to expel αὐτόν him· ⚐καλόν good σέ you ἐστιν to be ⚐μονόφθαλμον one-eyed εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ἢ or δύο two ὀφθαλμοὺς eye ἔχοντα to have βληθῆναι to throw εἰς toward τὴν the γέενναν Gehenna, -41 9 48 ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ὁ the σκώληξ worm αὐτῶν of them οὐ no τελευτᾷ to die ⚐καὶ and τὸ the πῦρ fire οὐ no σβέννυται to extinguish.

 -41 9 49 ⚐Πᾶς all γὰρ for πυρὶ fire ἁλισθήσεται to salt. -41 9 50 ⚐καλὸν good τὸ the ἅλας salt· ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but τὸ the ἅλας salt ἄναλον unsalty γένηται to be, ⚐ἐν in τίνι which? αὐτὸ it ἀρτύσετε to season; ⚐ἔχετε to have ἐν with ἑαυτοῖς yourself ἅλα salt, ⚐καὶ and εἰρηνεύετε be at peace ἐν in ἀλλήλοις one another.

 -41 10 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἐκεῖθεν from there ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐ἔρχεται to go εἰς toward τὰ the ὅρια region τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea καὶ and πέραν other side τοῦ the Ἰορδάνου Jordan, ⚐καὶ and συμπορεύονται to go with πάλιν again ὄχλοι crowd πρὸς to αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ὡς as εἰώθει to have a custom πάλιν again ἐδίδασκεν to teach αὐτούς them.

 -41 10 2 ⚐Καὶ and προσελθόντες to come near Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ⚐ἐπηρώτων to question αὐτὸν him ⚐εἰ if ἔξεστιν it is permitted ἀνδρὶ man ⚐γυναῖκα woman ἀπολῦσαι to release, ⚐πειράζοντες to test αὐτόν him. -41 10 3 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? ὑμῖν to you ἐνετείλατο to order Μωϋσῆς Moses; -41 10 4 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Ἐπέτρεψεν to permit Μωϋσῆς Moses ⚐βιβλίον scroll ἀποστασίου divorce γράψαι to write ⚐καὶ and ἀπολῦσαι to release. -41 10 5 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Πρὸς to τὴν the σκληροκαρδίαν hardness of heart ὑμῶν of you ἔγραψεν to write ὑμῖν to you τὴν the ἐντολὴν commandment ταύτην this· -41 10 6 ⚐ἀπὸ from δὲ but ἀρχῆς beginning κτίσεως creation ἄρσεν male καὶ and θῆλυ female ἐποίησεν to make αὐτούς them· -41 10 7 ⚐ἕνεκεν because of τούτου of this καταλείψει to leave ἄνθρωπος a human τὸν the πατέρα father αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother ⚐καὶ and προσκολληθήσεται to join πρὸς to τὴν the γυναῖκα woman αὐτοῦ of him, -41 10 8 ⚐καὶ and ἔσονται to be οἱ the δύο two εἰς toward σάρκα flesh μίαν one· ⚐ὥστε so οὐκέτι not any more εἰσὶν to be δύο two ἀλλὰ but μία one σάρξ flesh· -41 10 9 ⚐ὃ which οὖν therefore ὁ the θεὸς God συνέζευξεν to join ⚐ἄνθρωπος a human μὴ not χωριζέτω to separate.

 -41 10 10 ⚐Καὶ and εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house πάλιν again οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple περὶ about τούτου of this ἐπηρώτων to question αὐτόν him. -41 10 11 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὃς which ἂν if ἀπολύσῃ to release τὴν the γυναῖκα woman αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and γαμήσῃ to marry ἄλλην another μοιχᾶται to commit adultery ἐπ᾽ against αὐτήν her, -41 10 12 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if αὐτὴ she ἀπολύσασα to release τὸν the ἄνδρα man αὐτῆς of her γαμήσῃ to marry ἄλλον another ⚐μοιχᾶται to commit adultery.

 -41 10 13 ⚐Καὶ and προσέφερον to bring to αὐτῷ to him παιδία child ⚐ἵνα in order that αὐτῶν of them ἅψηται to kindle· ⚐οἱ the δὲ but μαθηταὶ disciple ἐπετίμησαν to rebuke αὐτοῖς to them. -41 10 14 ⚐ἰδὼν to know δὲ but ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἠγανάκτησεν be indignant ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἄφετε to release τὰ the παιδία child ⚐ἔρχεσθαι to come πρός to με me, ⚐μὴ not κωλύετε to prevent αὐτά them, ⚐τῶν the γὰρ for τοιούτων such as this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -41 10 15 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὃς which ἂν if μὴ not δέξηται to receive τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ὡς as παιδίον child, οὐ no μὴ not εἰσέλθῃ to enter εἰς toward αὐτήν her. -41 10 16 ⚐καὶ and ἐναγκαλισάμενος to embrace αὐτὰ them ⚐κατευλόγει to bless ⚐τιθεὶς to place τὰς the χεῖρας hand ἐπ᾽ on αὐτά them.

 -41 10 17 ⚐Καὶ and ἐκπορευομένου to go out αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward ὁδὸν road ⚐προσδραμὼν to hasten εἷς one ⚐καὶ and γονυπετήσας to kneel αὐτὸν him ⚐ἐπηρώτα to question αὐτόν him· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher ἀγαθέ good-doer, τί which? ποιήσω to do ⚐ἵνα in order to ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal κληρονομήσω to inherit; -41 10 18 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Τί which? με me λέγεις to speak ἀγαθόν good-doer; ⚐οὐδεὶς no one ἀγαθὸς good-doer ⚐εἰ if μὴ not εἷς one ὁ the θεός God. -41 10 19 ⚐τὰς the ἐντολὰς commandment οἶδας to know· ⚐Μὴ not φονεύσῃς to murder, ⚐Μὴ not μοιχεύσῃς to commit adultery, ⚐Μὴ not κλέψῃς to steal, ⚐Μὴ not ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς to perjure, ⚐Μὴ not ἀποστερήσῃς to defraud, ⚐Τίμα to honor τὸν the πατέρα father σου of you καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother. -41 10 20 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἔφη to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, ταῦτα these πάντα all ἐφυλαξάμην to keep ἐκ out of νεότητός youth μου of me. -41 10 21 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐμβλέψας to look into αὐτῷ to him ⚐ἠγάπησεν to love αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἕν one σε you ὑστερεῖ to lack· ⚐ὕπαγε to go ⚐ὅσα as much as ἔχεις to have πώλησον to sell ⚐καὶ and δὸς to give τοῖς the πτωχοῖς poor, ⚐καὶ and ἕξεις to have θησαυρὸν treasure ἐν in οὐρανῷ heaven, ⚐καὶ and δεῦρο come ἀκολούθει to follow μοι to me. -41 10 22 ⚐ὁ this δὲ but στυγνάσας be gloomy ἐπὶ upon τῷ the λόγῳ word ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away ⚐λυπούμενος to grieve, ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for ἔχων to have κτήματα possession πολλά much.

 -41 10 23 ⚐Καὶ and περιβλεψάμενος to look around ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐λέγει to speak τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Πῶς how? δυσκόλως difficultly οἱ the τὰ the χρήματα money ἔχοντες to have εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God εἰσελεύσονται to enter. -41 10 24 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but μαθηταὶ disciple ἐθαμβοῦντο to astonish ἐπὶ upon τοῖς the λόγοις word αὐτοῦ of him. ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus πάλιν again ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τέκνα child, πῶς how? δύσκολόν difficult ἐστιν to be ⚐εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God εἰσελθεῖν to enter· -41 10 25 ⚐εὐκοπώτερόν easy ἐστιν to be ⚐κάμηλον camel διὰ through τῆς the τρυμαλιᾶς hole τῆς the ῥαφίδος needle διελθεῖν to pass through ⚐ἢ or πλούσιον rich εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God εἰσελθεῖν to enter. -41 10 26 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and περισσῶς superabundantly ἐξεπλήσσοντο be astonished ⚐λέγοντες to speak πρὸς to ἑαυτούς themselves· ⚐Καὶ and τίς which? δύναται be able σωθῆναι to save; -41 10 27 ⚐ἐμβλέψας to look into αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Παρὰ with ἀνθρώποις a human ἀδύνατον unable ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no παρὰ with θεῷ God, ⚐πάντα all γὰρ for δυνατὰ able παρὰ with τῷ the θεῷ God.

 -41 10 28 ⚐Ἤρξατο be first λέγειν to speak ὁ the Πέτρος Peter αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἡμεῖς we ἀφήκαμεν to release πάντα all ⚐καὶ and ἠκολουθήκαμέν to follow σοι to you. -41 10 29 ⚐ἔφη to say ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐδείς no one ἐστιν to be ⚐ὃς which ἀφῆκεν to release οἰκίαν house ἢ or ἀδελφοὺς brother ἢ or ἀδελφὰς sister ἢ or μητέρα mother ἢ or πατέρα father ἢ or τέκνα child ἢ or ἀγροὺς field ἕνεκεν because of ἐμοῦ of me καὶ and ἕνεκεν because of τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel, -41 10 30 ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not λάβῃ to take ἑκατονταπλασίονα a hundred times νῦν now ἐν in τῷ the καιρῷ time τούτῳ to this ⚐οἰκίας house καὶ and ἀδελφοὺς brother καὶ and ἀδελφὰς sister καὶ and μητέρας mother καὶ and τέκνα child καὶ and ἀγροὺς field μετὰ with διωγμῶν persecution, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the αἰῶνι an age τῷ the ἐρχομένῳ to come ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal. -41 10 31 ⚐πολλοὶ much δὲ but ἔσονται to be πρῶτοι first ἔσχατοι last ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἔσχατοι last πρῶτοι first.

 -41 10 32 ⚐Ἦσαν to be δὲ but ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road ⚐ἀναβαίνοντες to ascend εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be προάγων to go before αὐτοὺς them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐καὶ and ἐθαμβοῦντο to astonish, ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἀκολουθοῦντες to follow ἐφοβοῦντο to fear. ⚐καὶ and παραλαβὼν to take πάλιν again τοὺς the δώδεκα twelve ⚐ἤρξατο be first αὐτοῖς to them λέγειν to speak τὰ the μέλλοντα be about to αὐτῷ to him συμβαίνειν to happen -41 10 33 ⚐ὅτι that Ἰδοὺ look! ἀναβαίνομεν to ascend εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human παραδοθήσεται to deliver τοῖς the ἀρχιερεῦσιν high-priest καὶ and τοῖς the γραμματεῦσιν scribe, ⚐καὶ and κατακρινοῦσιν to condemn αὐτὸν him θανάτῳ death ⚐καὶ and παραδώσουσιν to deliver αὐτὸν him τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles -41 10 34 ⚐καὶ and ἐμπαίξουσιν to mock αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and ἐμπτύσουσιν to spit on αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and μαστιγώσουσιν to whip αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἀποκτενοῦσιν to kill, ⚐καὶ and μετὰ after τρεῖς three ἡμέρας day ἀναστήσεται to arise.

 -41 10 35 ⚐Καὶ and προσπορεύονται to approach αὐτῷ to him Ἰάκωβος James καὶ and Ἰωάννης John οἱ the υἱοὶ son Ζεβεδαίου Zebedee ⚐λέγοντες to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, θέλομεν to will ⚐ἵνα in order that ὃ which ἐὰν if αἰτήσωμέν to ask σε you ποιήσῃς to do ἡμῖν to us. -41 10 36 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? θέλετε to will με me ⚐ποιήσω to do ὑμῖν to you; -41 10 37 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Δὸς to give ἡμῖν to us ⚐ἵνα in order to εἷς one σου of you ἐκ of δεξιῶν right καὶ and εἷς one ἐξ of ἀριστερῶν left καθίσωμεν to sit ἐν in τῇ the δόξῃ glory σου of you. -41 10 38 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐τί which? αἰτεῖσθε to ask· ⚐δύνασθε be able πιεῖν to drink τὸ the ποτήριον cup ⚐ὃ which ἐγὼ I πίνω to drink, ⚐ἢ or τὸ the βάπτισμα baptism ⚐ὃ which ἐγὼ I βαπτίζομαι to baptize βαπτισθῆναι to baptize; -41 10 39 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Δυνάμεθα be able. ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τὸ the ποτήριον cup ὃ which ἐγὼ I πίνω to drink πίεσθε to drink ⚐καὶ and τὸ the βάπτισμα baptism ὃ which ἐγὼ I βαπτίζομαι to baptize βαπτισθήσεσθε to baptize, -41 10 40 ⚐τὸ the δὲ but καθίσαι to sit ἐκ of δεξιῶν right μου of me ἢ or ἐξ of εὐωνύμων left οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐμὸν my δοῦναι to give, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οἷς which ἡτοίμασται to make ready.

 -41 10 41 ⚐Καὶ and ἀκούσαντες to hear οἱ the δέκα ten ⚐ἤρξαντο be first ἀγανακτεῖν be indignant περὶ about Ἰακώβου James καὶ and Ἰωάννου John. -41 10 42 ⚐Καὶ and προσκαλεσάμενος to summon αὐτοὺς them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that οἱ who δοκοῦντες to think ἄρχειν be first τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles κατακυριεύουσιν to master αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and οἱ the μεγάλοι great αὐτῶν of them κατεξουσιάζουσιν to rule αὐτῶν of them. -41 10 43 ⚐οὐχ no οὕτως thus(-ly) δέ but ἐστιν to be ἐν among ὑμῖν to you· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὃς which ἂν if θέλῃ to will μέγας great γενέσθαι to be ἐν among ὑμῖν to you, ἔσται to be ὑμῶν of you διάκονος servant, -41 10 44 ⚐καὶ and ὃς which ἂν if θέλῃ to will ἐν among ὑμῖν to you εἶναι to be πρῶτος first, ἔσται to be πάντων all δοῦλος slave· -41 10 45 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human οὐκ no ἦλθεν to come διακονηθῆναι to serve ⚐ἀλλὰ but διακονῆσαι to serve ⚐καὶ and δοῦναι to give τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him λύτρον ransom ἀντὶ for πολλῶν much.

 -41 10 46 ⚐Καὶ and ἔρχονται to come εἰς toward Ἰεριχώ Jericho. ⚐καὶ and ἐκπορευομένου to come out αὐτοῦ of him ἀπὸ from Ἰεριχὼ Jericho ⚐καὶ and τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and ὄχλου crowd ἱκανοῦ sufficient ⚐ὁ the υἱὸς son Τιμαίου Timaeus Βαρτιμαῖος Bartimaeus τυφλὸς blind προσαίτης a beggar ἐκάθητο to sit παρὰ beside τὴν the ὁδόν road. -41 10 47 ⚐καὶ and ἀκούσας to hear ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὁ the Ναζαρηνός Nazarene ἐστιν to be ⚐ἤρξατο be first κράζειν to cry καὶ and λέγειν to speak· ⚐Υἱὲ son Δαυὶδ David Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ἐλέησόν to have mercy με me. -41 10 48 ⚐καὶ and ἐπετίμων to rebuke αὐτῷ to him πολλοὶ much ⚐ἵνα in order that σιωπήσῃ be quiet· ⚐ὁ the δὲ but πολλῷ much μᾶλλον more ἔκραζεν to cry· ⚐Υἱὲ son Δαυίδ David, ἐλέησόν to have mercy με me. -41 10 49 ⚐καὶ and στὰς to stand ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Φωνήσατε to call αὐτόν him. ⚐καὶ and φωνοῦσιν to call τὸν the τυφλὸν blind ⚐λέγοντες to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Θάρσει take heart, ἔγειρε to arise, φωνεῖ to call σε you. -41 10 50 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποβαλὼν to throw away τὸ the ἱμάτιον clothing αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἀναπηδήσας to jump up ⚐ἦλθεν to come πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus. -41 10 51 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τί which? σοι to you θέλεις to will ποιήσω to do; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and τυφλὸς blind εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ραββουνι Rabboni, ἵνα in order that ἀναβλέψω to recover sight. -41 10 52 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὕπαγε to go, ⚐ἡ the πίστις faith σου of you σέσωκέν to save σε you. ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἀνέβλεψεν to recover sight, ⚐καὶ and ἠκολούθει to follow αὐτῷ to him ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road.

 -41 11 1 ⚐Καὶ and ὅτε when ἐγγίζουσιν to come near εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem εἰς toward Βηθφαγὴ Bethphage καὶ and Βηθανίαν Bethany πρὸς to τὸ the Ὄρος mountain τῶν the Ἐλαιῶν Olivet, ⚐ἀποστέλλει to send δύο two τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him -41 11 2 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὑπάγετε to go εἰς toward τὴν the κώμην village τὴν the κατέναντι before ὑμῶν of you, ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately εἰσπορευόμενοι to enter εἰς toward αὐτὴν her ⚐εὑρήσετε to find πῶλον colt δεδεμένον to bind ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ὃν which οὐδεὶς no one οὔπω not yet ἀνθρώπων a human ἐκάθισεν to sit· ⚐λύσατε to loose αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and φέρετε to bring. -41 11 3 ⚐καὶ and ἐάν if τις one ὑμῖν to you εἴπῃ to say· Τί which? ποιεῖτε to do τοῦτο this; ⚐εἴπατε to say ⚐Ὁ the κύριος lord αὐτοῦ of him χρείαν need ἔχει to have· ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately αὐτὸν him ἀποστέλλει to send πάλιν again ὧδε here. -41 11 4 ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθον to go away ⚐καὶ and εὗρον to find πῶλον colt δεδεμένον to bind πρὸς to θύραν door ἔξω outside ἐπὶ upon τοῦ the ἀμφόδου street, ⚐καὶ and λύουσιν to loose αὐτόν him. -41 11 5 ⚐καί and τινες one τῶν the ἐκεῖ there ἑστηκότων to stand ἔλεγον to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? ποιεῖτε to do ⚐λύοντες to loose τὸν the πῶλον colt; -41 11 6 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καθὼς as εἶπεν to say ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐καὶ and ἀφῆκαν to release αὐτούς them. -41 11 7 ⚐καὶ and φέρουσιν to bring τὸν the πῶλον colt πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐καὶ and ἐπιβάλλουσιν to put on αὐτῷ to him τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and ἐκάθισεν to sit ἐπ᾽ on αὐτόν him. -41 11 8 ⚐καὶ and πολλοὶ much τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτῶν of them ἔστρωσαν to spread εἰς toward τὴν the ὁδόν road, ⚐ἄλλοι another δὲ and στιβάδας leafy branch κόψαντες to cut ἐκ out of τῶν the ἀγρῶν field. -41 11 9 ⚐καὶ and οἱ who προάγοντες to go before καὶ and οἱ who ἀκολουθοῦντες to follow ἔκραζον to cry· ⚐Ὡσαννά Hosanna!· ⚐Εὐλογημένος to bless ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come ἐν in ὀνόματι name κυρίου lord· -41 11 10 ⚐Εὐλογημένη to bless ἡ the ἐρχομένη to come βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us Δαυίδ David· ⚐Ὡσαννὰ Hosanna! ἐν in τοῖς the ὑψίστοις highest.

 -41 11 11 ⚐Καὶ and εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερόν temple· ⚐καὶ and περιβλεψάμενος to look around πάντα all ⚐ὀψίας evening ἤδη already οὔσης to be τῆς the ὥρας hour ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out εἰς toward Βηθανίαν Bethany μετὰ with τῶν the δώδεκα twelve.

 -41 11 12 ⚐Καὶ and τῇ the ἐπαύριον the next day ἐξελθόντων to go out αὐτῶν of them ἀπὸ from Βηθανίας Bethany ⚐ἐπείνασεν to hunger. -41 11 13 ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know συκῆν fig tree ἀπὸ from μακρόθεν from afar ἔχουσαν to have φύλλα leaf ⚐ἦλθεν to go ⚐εἰ if ἄρα therefore τι one εὑρήσει to find ἐν on αὐτῇ to her, ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὼν to come ἐπ᾽ to αὐτὴν her ⚐οὐδὲν no one εὗρεν to find ⚐εἰ if μὴ not φύλλα leaf, ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for καιρὸς right time οὐκ no ἦν to be σύκων fig. -41 11 14 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Μηκέτι never again εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age ἐκ from σοῦ of you μηδεὶς nothing καρπὸν fruit φάγοι to eat. ⚐καὶ and ἤκουον to hear οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him.

 -41 11 15 ⚐Καὶ and ἔρχονται to come εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem. ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθὼν to enter εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερὸν temple ⚐ἤρξατο be first ἐκβάλλειν to expel τοὺς who πωλοῦντας to sell καὶ and τοὺς the ἀγοράζοντας to buy ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple, ⚐καὶ and τὰς the τραπέζας table τῶν the κολλυβιστῶν moneychanger καὶ and τὰς the καθέδρας seat τῶν the πωλούντων to sell τὰς the περιστερὰς dove κατέστρεψεν to overturn -41 11 16 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἤφιεν to release ⚐ἵνα in order that τις one διενέγκῃ to carry through σκεῦος vessel διὰ through τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple, -41 11 17 ⚐καὶ and ἐδίδασκεν to teach ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οὐ no γέγραπται to write ⚐ὅτι that Ὁ the οἶκός house μου of me οἶκος house προσευχῆς prayer κληθήσεται to call πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles; ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but πεποιήκατε to make αὐτὸν him σπήλαιον cave λῃστῶν robber. -41 11 18 ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσαν to hear οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe, ⚐καὶ and ἐζήτουν to seek ⚐πῶς how? αὐτὸν him ἀπολέσωσιν to destroy· ⚐ἐφοβοῦντο to fear γὰρ for αὐτόν him, ⚐πᾶς all γὰρ for ὁ the ὄχλος crowd ἐξεπλήσσετο be astonished ἐπὶ upon τῇ the διδαχῇ teaching αὐτοῦ of him. -41 11 19 ⚐Καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) ὀψὲ evening ἐγένετο to be, ⚐ἐξεπορεύοντο to go out ἔξω out τῆς the πόλεως city.

 -41 11 20 ⚐Καὶ and παραπορευόμενοι to pass by πρωῒ morning ⚐εἶδον to know τὴν the συκῆν fig tree ἐξηραμμένην to dry ἐκ from ῥιζῶν root. -41 11 21 ⚐καὶ and ἀναμνησθεὶς to remind ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ῥαββί Rabbi, ἴδε look! ἡ the συκῆ fig tree ἣν which κατηράσω to curse ἐξήρανται to dry. -41 11 22 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἔχετε to have πίστιν faith θεοῦ God· -41 11 23 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ὃς which ἂν if εἴπῃ to say τῷ the ὄρει mountain τούτῳ to this· ⚐Ἄρθητι to take up καὶ and βλήθητι to throw εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea, ⚐καὶ and μὴ not διακριθῇ to doubt ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἀλλὰ but πιστεύῃ to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that ὃ which λαλεῖ to speak γίνεται to be, ⚐ἔσται to be αὐτῷ to him. -41 11 24 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐πάντα all ὅσα as much as προσεύχεσθε to pray καὶ and αἰτεῖσθε to ask, ⚐πιστεύετε to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that ἐλάβετε to take, ⚐καὶ and ἔσται to be ὑμῖν to you.

 -41 11 25 ⚐καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) στήκετε to stand προσευχόμενοι to pray, ⚐ἀφίετε to release ⚐εἴ if τι one ἔχετε to have κατά according to τινος one, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and ὁ the πατὴρ father ὑμῶν of you ὁ the ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven ἀφῇ to release ὑμῖν to you τὰ the παραπτώματα trespass ὑμῶν of you.

 -41 11 27 ⚐Καὶ and ἔρχονται to come πάλιν again εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem. ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple περιπατοῦντος to walk αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἔρχονται to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe καὶ and οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder -41 11 28 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἐν by ποίᾳ what? ἐξουσίᾳ authority ταῦτα these ποιεῖς to do; ⚐ἢ or τίς which? σοι to you ἔδωκεν to give τὴν the ἐξουσίαν authority ταύτην this ⚐ἵνα in order to ταῦτα these ποιῇς to do; -41 11 29 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἐπερωτήσω to question ὑμᾶς you ἕνα one λόγον word, ⚐καὶ and ἀποκρίθητέ to answer μοι to me, ⚐καὶ and ἐρῶ to say ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἐν by ποίᾳ what? ἐξουσίᾳ authority ταῦτα these ποιῶ to do· -41 11 30 ⚐τὸ the βάπτισμα baptism τὸ the Ἰωάννου John ἐξ from οὐρανοῦ heaven ἦν to be ἢ or ἐξ from ἀνθρώπων a human; ⚐ἀποκρίθητέ to answer μοι to me. -41 11 31 ⚐καὶ and διελογίζοντο to reason πρὸς with ἑαυτοὺς themselves ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐ἐὰν if εἴπωμεν to say· Ἐξ from οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐ἐρεῖ to say· ⚐Διὰ through τί which? οὖν therefore οὐκ no ἐπιστεύσατε to trust (in) αὐτῷ to him; -41 11 32 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἴπωμεν to say· Ἐξ from ἀνθρώπων a human;— ⚐ἐφοβοῦντο to fear τὸν the ὄχλον crowd, ⚐ἅπαντες all γὰρ for εἶχον to have τὸν the Ἰωάννην John ὄντως really ⚐ὅτι that προφήτης prophet ἦν to be. -41 11 33 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθέντες to answer τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐λέγουσιν to speak· ⚐Οὐκ no οἴδαμεν to know. ⚐καὶ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οὐδὲ and not ἐγὼ I λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἐν by ποίᾳ what? ἐξουσίᾳ authority ταῦτα these ποιῶ to do.

 -41 12 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἤρξατο be first αὐτοῖς to them ἐν in παραβολαῖς parable λαλεῖν to speak· ⚐Ἀμπελῶνα vineyard ἄνθρωπος a human ἐφύτευσεν to plant, ⚐καὶ and περιέθηκεν to put on φραγμὸν fence ⚐καὶ and ὤρυξεν to dig ὑπολήνιον trough ⚐καὶ and ᾠκοδόμησεν to build πύργον tower, ⚐καὶ and ἐξέδετο to lease αὐτὸν him γεωργοῖς farmer, ⚐καὶ and ἀπεδήμησεν to go abroad. -41 12 2 ⚐καὶ and ἀπέστειλεν to send πρὸς to τοὺς the γεωργοὺς farmer τῷ the καιρῷ right time δοῦλον slave, ⚐ἵνα in order to παρὰ from τῶν the γεωργῶν farmer λάβῃ to take ἀπὸ from τῶν the καρπῶν fruit τοῦ the ἀμπελῶνος vineyard· -41 12 3 ⚐καὶ and λαβόντες to take αὐτὸν him ⚐ἔδειραν to beat up καὶ and ἀπέστειλαν to send κενόν empty. -41 12 4 ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again ἀπέστειλεν to send πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ἄλλον another δοῦλον slave· ⚐κἀκεῖνον and that one ἐκεφαλίωσαν to strike a head καὶ and ἠτίμασαν to dishonor. -41 12 5 ⚐καὶ and ἄλλον another ἀπέστειλεν to send· ⚐κἀκεῖνον and that one ἀπέκτειναν to kill, καὶ and πολλοὺς much ἄλλους another, ⚐οὓς which μὲν on the other hand δέροντες to beat up ⚐οὓς which δὲ and ἀποκτέννοντες to kill. -41 12 6 ⚐ἔτι still ἕνα one εἶχεν to have, υἱὸν son ἀγαπητόν beloved· ⚐ἀπέστειλεν to send αὐτὸν him ἔσχατον last πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ⚐λέγων to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἐντραπήσονται to cause shame τὸν the υἱόν son μου of me. -41 12 7 ⚐ἐκεῖνοι that δὲ but οἱ the γεωργοὶ farmer πρὸς to ἑαυτοὺς themselves εἶπαν to say ⚐ὅτι that Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the κληρονόμος heir· ⚐δεῦτε come ἀποκτείνωμεν to kill αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἡμῶν of us ἔσται to be ἡ the κληρονομία inheritance. -41 12 8 ⚐καὶ and λαβόντες to take ⚐ἀπέκτειναν to kill αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἐξέβαλον to expel αὐτὸν him ἔξω out τοῦ the ἀμπελῶνος vineyard. -41 12 9 ⚐τί which? οὖν then ποιήσει to do ὁ the κύριος lord τοῦ the ἀμπελῶνος vineyard; ⚐ἐλεύσεται to come καὶ and ἀπολέσει to destroy τοὺς the γεωργούς farmer, ⚐καὶ and δώσει to give τὸν the ἀμπελῶνα vineyard ἄλλοις another. -41 12 10 ⚐οὐδὲ and not τὴν the γραφὴν a writing ταύτην this ἀνέγνωτε to read· ⚐Λίθον stone ὃν which ἀπεδοκίμασαν to reject οἱ the οἰκοδομοῦντες to build, ⚐οὗτος this ἐγενήθη to be εἰς toward κεφαλὴν head γωνίας corner· -41 12 11 ⚐παρὰ from κυρίου lord ἐγένετο to be αὕτη this, ⚐καὶ and ἔστιν to be θαυμαστὴ marvellous ἐν in ὀφθαλμοῖς eye ἡμῶν of us;

 -41 12 12 ⚐Καὶ and ἐζήτουν to seek ⚐αὐτὸν him κρατῆσαι to seize, ⚐καὶ and ἐφοβήθησαν to fear τὸν the ὄχλον crowd, ⚐ἔγνωσαν to know γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them τὴν this παραβολὴν parable εἶπεν to say. ⚐καὶ and ἀφέντες to release αὐτὸν him ⚐ἀπῆλθον to go away.

 -41 12 13 ⚐Καὶ and ἀποστέλλουσιν to send πρὸς to αὐτόν him τινας one τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee καὶ and τῶν the Ἡρῳδιανῶν Herodians ⚐ἵνα in order to αὐτὸν him ἀγρεύσωσιν to catch λόγῳ word. -41 12 14 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθόντες to come ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἀληθὴς true εἶ to be ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μέλει to care σοι to you περὶ about οὐδενός no one, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for βλέπεις to see εἰς toward πρόσωπον face ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπ᾽ upon ἀληθείας truth τὴν the ὁδὸν road τοῦ the θεοῦ God διδάσκεις to teach· ⚐ἔξεστιν it is permitted δοῦναι to give κῆνσον tax Καίσαρι Caesar ἢ or οὔ no; ⚐δῶμεν to give ἢ or μὴ not δῶμεν to give; -41 12 15 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but εἰδὼς to know αὐτῶν of them τὴν the ὑπόκρισιν hypocrisy ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? με me πειράζετε to test; ⚐φέρετέ to bring μοι to me δηνάριον denarius ⚐ἵνα in order that ἴδω to know. -41 12 16 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἤνεγκαν to bring. ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τίνος which? ἡ the εἰκὼν image αὕτη this καὶ and ἡ who ἐπιγραφή inscription; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Καίσαρος Caesar. -41 12 17 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τὰ the Καίσαρος Caesar ἀπόδοτε to pay Καίσαρι Caesar ⚐καὶ and τὰ the τοῦ the θεοῦ God τῷ the θεῷ God. ⚐καὶ and ἐξεθαύμαζον be amazed ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῷ to him.

 -41 12 18 ⚐Καὶ and ἔρχονται to come Σαδδουκαῖοι Sadducee πρὸς to αὐτόν him, ⚐οἵτινες who λέγουσιν to speak ⚐ἀνάστασιν resurrection μὴ not εἶναι to be, ⚐καὶ and ἐπηρώτων to question αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· -41 12 19 ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, Μωϋσῆς Moses ἔγραψεν to write ἡμῖν to us ⚐ὅτι that ἐάν if τινος one ἀδελφὸς brother ἀποθάνῃ to die καὶ and καταλίπῃ to leave γυναῖκα woman καὶ and μὴ not ἀφῇ to release τέκνον child, ⚐ἵνα in order that λάβῃ to take ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the γυναῖκα woman ⚐καὶ and ἐξαναστήσῃ to raise up σπέρμα seed τῷ the ἀδελφῷ brother αὐτοῦ of him. -41 12 20 ⚐ἑπτὰ seven ἀδελφοὶ brother ἦσαν to be· ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πρῶτος first ἔλαβεν to take γυναῖκα woman, ⚐καὶ and ἀποθνῄσκων to die ⚐οὐκ no ἀφῆκεν to release σπέρμα seed· -41 12 21 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the δεύτερος secondly ἔλαβεν to take αὐτήν her, ⚐καὶ and ἀπέθανεν to die ⚐μὴ not καταλιπὼν to leave σπέρμα seed, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the τρίτος third ὡσαύτως likewise· -41 12 22 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἑπτὰ seven οὐκ no ἀφῆκαν to release σπέρμα seed· ⚐ἔσχατον last πάντων all καὶ and ἡ the γυνὴ woman ἀπέθανεν to die. -41 12 23 ⚐ἐν in τῇ the ἀναστάσει resurrection ὅταν when(-ever) ἀναστῶσιν to arise τίνος which? αὐτῶν of them ἔσται to be γυνή woman; ⚐οἱ the γὰρ for ἑπτὰ seven ἔσχον to have αὐτὴν her γυναῖκα woman.

 -41 12 24 ⚐ἔφη to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Οὐ no διὰ because of τοῦτο this πλανᾶσθε to lead astray ⚐μὴ not εἰδότες to know τὰς the γραφὰς a writing μηδὲ not τὴν the δύναμιν power τοῦ the θεοῦ God; -41 12 25 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) γὰρ for ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ἀναστῶσιν to arise, ⚐οὔτε neither γαμοῦσιν to marry οὔτε neither γαμίζονται to give in marriage, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἰσὶν to be ὡς as ἄγγελοι angel ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven· -41 12 26 ⚐περὶ about δὲ and τῶν the νεκρῶν dead ὅτι that ἐγείρονται to arise ⚐οὐκ no ἀνέγνωτε to read ἐν in τῇ the βίβλῳ book Μωϋσέως Moses ἐπὶ upon τοῦ the βάτου thorn bush ⚐πῶς how? εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἐγὼ I ὁ the θεὸς God Ἀβραὰμ Abraham καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God Ἰσαὰκ Isaac καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God Ἰακώβ Jacob; -41 12 27 ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be θεὸς God νεκρῶν dead ἀλλὰ but ζώντων to live· ⚐πολὺ much πλανᾶσθε to lead astray.

 -41 12 28 ⚐Καὶ and προσελθὼν to come near εἷς one τῶν the γραμματέων scribe ⚐ἀκούσας to hear αὐτῶν of them συζητούντων to debate, ⚐ἰδὼν to know ⚐ὅτι that καλῶς well ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐ἐπηρώτησεν to question αὐτόν him· ⚐Ποία what? ἐστὶν to be ἐντολὴ commandment πρώτη first πάντων all; -41 12 29 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὅτι that Πρώτη first ἐστίν to be· ⚐Ἄκουε to hear, Ἰσραήλ Israel, ⚐κύριος lord ὁ the θεὸς God ἡμῶν of us κύριος lord εἷς one ἐστιν to be, -41 12 30 ⚐καὶ and ἀγαπήσεις to love κύριον lord τὸν the θεόν God σου of you ἐξ out of ὅλης all τῆς the καρδίας heart σου of you καὶ and ἐξ out of ὅλης all τῆς the ψυχῆς soul σου of you ⚐καὶ and ἐξ out of ὅλης all τῆς the διανοίας mind σου of you καὶ and ἐξ out of ὅλης all τῆς the ἰσχύος strength σου of you. -41 12 31 ⚐δευτέρα secondly αὕτη this· ⚐Ἀγαπήσεις to love τὸν the πλησίον neighbor σου of you ὡς as σεαυτόν yourself. ⚐μείζων great τούτων of these ἄλλη another ἐντολὴ commandment οὐκ no ἔστιν to be. -41 12 32 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the γραμματεύς scribe· ⚐Καλῶς well, διδάσκαλε teacher, ἐπ᾽ upon ἀληθείας truth εἶπες to say ⚐ὅτι that εἷς one ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἄλλος another πλὴν but αὐτοῦ of him· -41 12 33 ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ἀγαπᾶν to love αὐτὸν him ἐξ out of ὅλης all τῆς the καρδίας heart καὶ and ἐξ out of ὅλης all τῆς the συνέσεως understanding καὶ and ἐξ out of ὅλης all τῆς the ἰσχύος strength ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ἀγαπᾶν to love τὸν the πλησίον neighbor ὡς as ἑαυτὸν yourself περισσότερόν superabundant ἐστιν to be πάντων all τῶν the ὁλοκαυτωμάτων burnt offering καὶ and θυσιῶν sacrifice. -41 12 34 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἰδὼν to know αὐτὸν him ⚐ὅτι that νουνεχῶς wisely ἀπεκρίθη to answer ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Οὐ no μακρὰν distant εἶ to be ἀπὸ from τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one οὐκέτι not any more ἐτόλμα be bold αὐτὸν him ἐπερωτῆσαι to question.

 -41 12 35 ⚐Καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak ⚐διδάσκων to teach ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple· ⚐Πῶς how? λέγουσιν to speak οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the χριστὸς Christ υἱὸς son Δαυίδ David ἐστιν to be; -41 12 36 ⚐αὐτὸς he Δαυὶδ David εἶπεν to say ἐν by τῷ the πνεύματι spirit τῷ the ἁγίῳ holy· ⚐Εἶπεν to say κύριος lord τῷ the κυρίῳ lord μου of me· ⚐Κάθου to sit ἐκ of δεξιῶν right μου of me ⚐ἕως until ἂν if θῶ to place τοὺς the ἐχθρούς enemy σου of you ὑποκάτω under τῶν the ποδῶν foot σου of you. -41 12 37 ⚐αὐτὸς he Δαυὶδ David λέγει to speak αὐτὸν him κύριον lord, ⚐καὶ and πόθεν where αὐτοῦ of him ἐστιν to be υἱός son; ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πολὺς much ὄχλος crowd ἤκουεν to hear αὐτοῦ of him ἡδέως gladly.

 -41 12 38 ⚐Καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the διδαχῇ teaching αὐτοῦ of him ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Βλέπετε to see ἀπὸ from τῶν the γραμματέων scribe ⚐τῶν the θελόντων to will ἐν in στολαῖς robe περιπατεῖν to walk ⚐καὶ and ἀσπασμοὺς salutation ἐν in ταῖς the ἀγοραῖς marketplace -41 12 39 ⚐καὶ and πρωτοκαθεδρίας seat of honor ἐν in ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue ⚐καὶ and πρωτοκλισίας place of honor ἐν in τοῖς the δείπνοις dinner, -41 12 40 ⚐οἱ the κατεσθίοντες to devour τὰς the οἰκίας house τῶν the χηρῶν widow ⚐καὶ and προφάσει pretense μακρὰ long προσευχόμενοι to pray· ⚐οὗτοι these λήμψονται to take περισσότερον superabundant κρίμα judgment.

 -41 12 41 ⚐Καὶ and καθίσας to sit κατέναντι before τοῦ the γαζοφυλακίου treasury ⚐ἐθεώρει to see ⚐πῶς how? ὁ the ὄχλος crowd βάλλει to throw χαλκὸν coin εἰς toward τὸ the γαζοφυλάκιον treasury· ⚐καὶ and πολλοὶ much πλούσιοι rich ἔβαλλον to throw πολλά much· -41 12 42 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθοῦσα to come μία one χήρα widow πτωχὴ poor ⚐ἔβαλεν to throw λεπτὰ coin δύο two, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be κοδράντης penny. -41 12 43 ⚐καὶ and προσκαλεσάμενος to summon τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ἡ the χήρα widow αὕτη this ἡ the πτωχὴ poor πλεῖον greater πάντων all ἔβαλεν to throw τῶν the βαλλόντων to throw εἰς toward τὸ the γαζοφυλάκιον treasury· -41 12 44 ⚐πάντες all γὰρ for ἐκ out of τοῦ the περισσεύοντος to exceed αὐτοῖς to them ἔβαλον to throw, ⚐αὕτη this δὲ but ἐκ out of τῆς the ὑστερήσεως poverty αὐτῆς of her πάντα all ὅσα as much as εἶχεν to have ἔβαλεν to throw, ⚐ὅλον all τὸν the βίον life αὐτῆς of her.

 -41 13 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἐκπορευομένου to go out αὐτοῦ of him ἐκ of τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him εἷς one τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, ἴδε look! ποταποὶ of what kind? λίθοι stone καὶ and ποταπαὶ of what kind? οἰκοδομαί building. -41 13 2 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Βλέπεις to see ταύτας these τὰς the μεγάλας great οἰκοδομάς building; ⚐οὐ no μὴ not ἀφεθῇ to release ὧδε here λίθος stone ἐπὶ on λίθον stone ⚐ὃς which οὐ no μὴ not καταλυθῇ to destroy.

 -41 13 3 ⚐Καὶ and καθημένου to sit αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὸ the Ὄρος mountain τῶν the Ἐλαιῶν Olivet κατέναντι before τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple ⚐ἐπηρώτα to question αὐτὸν him κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private Πέτρος Peter καὶ and Ἰάκωβος James καὶ and Ἰωάννης John καὶ and Ἀνδρέας Andrew· -41 13 4 ⚐Εἰπὸν to say ἡμῖν to us ⚐πότε when? ταῦτα these ἔσται to be, ⚐καὶ and τί which? τὸ the σημεῖον sign ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) μέλλῃ be about to ταῦτα these συντελεῖσθαι to complete πάντα all. -41 13 5 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἤρξατο be first λέγειν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Βλέπετε to see ⚐μή not τις one ὑμᾶς you πλανήσῃ to lead astray· -41 13 6 ⚐πολλοὶ much ἐλεύσονται to come ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be, ⚐καὶ and πολλοὺς much πλανήσουσιν to lead astray. -41 13 7 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ and ἀκούσητε to hear πολέμους war καὶ and ἀκοὰς hearing πολέμων war, ⚐μὴ not θροεῖσθε to alarm· ⚐δεῖ to bind γενέσθαι to be, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὔπω not yet τὸ the τέλος goal. -41 13 8 ⚐ἐγερθήσεται to arise γὰρ for ἔθνος Gentiles ἐπ᾽ against ἔθνος Gentiles καὶ and βασιλεία kingdom ἐπὶ against βασιλείαν kingdom, ⚐ἔσονται to be σεισμοὶ earthquake κατὰ according to τόπους place, ⚐ἔσονται to be λιμοί hunger· ⚐ἀρχὴ beginning ὠδίνων labor ταῦτα these.

 -41 13 9 ⚐βλέπετε to see δὲ and ὑμεῖς you ἑαυτούς yourself· ⚐παραδώσουσιν to deliver ὑμᾶς you εἰς toward συνέδρια council ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward συναγωγὰς synagogue δαρήσεσθε to beat up ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ upon ἡγεμόνων ruler καὶ and βασιλέων king σταθήσεσθε to stand ἕνεκεν because of ἐμοῦ of me ⚐εἰς toward μαρτύριον testimony αὐτοῖς to them. -41 13 10 ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles πρῶτον first δεῖ to bind κηρυχθῆναι to preach τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel. -41 13 11 ⚐καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) ἄγωσιν to bring ὑμᾶς you ⚐παραδιδόντες to deliver, ⚐μὴ not προμεριμνᾶτε to worry beforehand ⚐τί which? λαλήσητε to speak, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὃ which ἐὰν if δοθῇ to give ὑμῖν to you ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour τοῦτο this λαλεῖτε to speak, ⚐οὐ no γάρ for ἐστε to be ὑμεῖς you οἱ the λαλοῦντες to speak ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy. -41 13 12 ⚐καὶ and παραδώσει to deliver ἀδελφὸς brother ἀδελφὸν brother εἰς toward θάνατον death ⚐καὶ and πατὴρ father τέκνον child, ⚐καὶ and ἐπαναστήσονται to rebel against τέκνα child ἐπὶ against γονεῖς parent ⚐καὶ and θανατώσουσιν to kill αὐτούς them· -41 13 13 ⚐καὶ and ἔσεσθε to be μισούμενοι to hate ὑπὸ by πάντων all διὰ because of τὸ the ὄνομά name μου of me. ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ὑπομείνας to endure εἰς toward τέλος goal οὗτος this σωθήσεται to save.

 -41 13 14 ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ but ἴδητε to know τὸ the βδέλυγμα abomination τῆς the ἐρημώσεως devastation ἑστηκότα to stand ὅπου where(-ever) οὐ no δεῖ to bind, ⚐ὁ the ἀναγινώσκων to read νοείτω to understand, ⚐τότε then οἱ the ἐν in τῇ the Ἰουδαίᾳ Judea φευγέτωσαν to flee εἰς toward τὰ the ὄρη mountain, -41 13 15 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἐπὶ upon τοῦ the δώματος housetop μὴ not καταβάτω to come down ⚐μηδὲ not εἰσελθάτω to enter ⚐ἆραι to take up τι one ἐκ out of τῆς the οἰκίας house αὐτοῦ of him, -41 13 16 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the εἰς toward τὸν the ἀγρὸν field μὴ not ἐπιστρεψάτω to turn εἰς toward τὰ the ὀπίσω after ⚐ἆραι to take up τὸ the ἱμάτιον clothing αὐτοῦ of him. -41 13 17 ⚐οὐαὶ woe! δὲ and ταῖς the ἐν in γαστρὶ belly ἐχούσαις to have ⚐καὶ and ταῖς who θηλαζούσαις to suckle ἐν in ἐκείναις that ταῖς the ἡμέραις day. -41 13 18 ⚐προσεύχεσθε to pray δὲ and ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not γένηται to be χειμῶνος winter· -41 13 19 ⚐ἔσονται to be γὰρ for αἱ the ἡμέραι day ἐκεῖναι that θλῖψις pressure ⚐οἵα such as οὐ no γέγονεν to be τοιαύτη such as this ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning κτίσεως creation ⚐ἣν which ἔκτισεν to create ὁ the θεὸς God ἕως until τοῦ the νῦν now ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not γένηται to be. -41 13 20 ⚐καὶ and εἰ if μὴ not ἐκολόβωσεν to shorten κύριος lord τὰς the ἡμέρας day, ⚐οὐκ no ἂν if ἐσώθη to save πᾶσα all σάρξ flesh. ⚐ἀλλὰ but διὰ because of τοὺς the ἐκλεκτοὺς select οὓς which ἐξελέξατο to select ἐκολόβωσεν to shorten τὰς the ἡμέρας day. -41 13 21 ⚐καὶ and τότε then ἐάν if τις one ὑμῖν to you εἴπῃ to say· ⚐Ἴδε look! ὧδε here ὁ the χριστός Christ, ⚐Ἴδε look! ἐκεῖ there, ⚐μὴ not πιστεύετε to trust (in)· -41 13 22 ⚐ἐγερθήσονται to arise γὰρ for ψευδόχριστοι false Christ καὶ and ψευδοπροφῆται false prophet ⚐καὶ and δώσουσιν to give σημεῖα sign καὶ and τέρατα wonders ⚐πρὸς to τὸ the ἀποπλανᾶν to mislead εἰ if δυνατὸν able τοὺς the ἐκλεκτούς select· -41 13 23 ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ and βλέπετε to see· ⚐προείρηκα to predict ὑμῖν to you πάντα all.

 -41 13 24 ⚐Ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in ἐκείναις that ταῖς the ἡμέραις day μετὰ after τὴν the θλῖψιν pressure ἐκείνην that ⚐ὁ the ἥλιος sun σκοτισθήσεται to darken, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the σελήνη moon οὐ no δώσει to give τὸ the φέγγος light αὐτῆς of her, -41 13 25 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἀστέρες star ἔσονται to be ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven πίπτοντες to collapse, ⚐καὶ and αἱ the δυνάμεις power αἱ the ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven σαλευθήσονται to shake. -41 13 26 ⚐καὶ and τότε then ὄψονται to see τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐρχόμενον to arrive ἐν in νεφέλαις cloud μετὰ with δυνάμεως power πολλῆς much καὶ and δόξης glory· -41 13 27 ⚐καὶ and τότε then ἀποστελεῖ to send τοὺς the ἀγγέλους angel ⚐καὶ and ἐπισυνάξει to gather τοὺς the ἐκλεκτοὺς select αὐτοῦ of him ἐκ out of τῶν the τεσσάρων four ἀνέμων wind ⚐ἀπ᾽ from ἄκρου end γῆς earth ἕως until ἄκρου end οὐρανοῦ heaven.

 -41 13 28 ⚐Ἀπὸ from δὲ and τῆς the συκῆς fig tree μάθετε to learn τὴν this παραβολήν parable· ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ἤδη already ὁ the κλάδος branch αὐτῆς of her ἁπαλὸς tender γένηται to be ⚐καὶ and ἐκφύῃ to put out τὰ the φύλλα leaf, ⚐γινώσκετε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐγγὺς near τὸ the θέρος summer ἐστίν to be· -41 13 29 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὑμεῖς you, ὅταν when(-ever) ἴδητε to know ταῦτα these γινόμενα to be, ⚐γινώσκετε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐγγύς near ἐστιν to be ἐπὶ upon θύραις door. -41 13 30 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no μὴ not παρέλθῃ to pass by ἡ the γενεὰ generation αὕτη this ⚐μέχρις until οὗ which ταῦτα these πάντα all γένηται to be. -41 13 31 ⚐ὁ the οὐρανὸς heaven καὶ and ἡ the γῆ earth παρελεύσονται to pass by, ⚐οἱ the δὲ but λόγοι word μου of me οὐ no μὴ not παρελεύσονται to pass by.

 -41 13 32 ⚐Περὶ about δὲ but τῆς the ἡμέρας day ἐκείνης that ἢ or τῆς the ὥρας hour οὐδεὶς no one οἶδεν to know, ⚐οὐδὲ and not οἱ the ἄγγελοι angel ἐν in οὐρανῷ heaven οὐδὲ and not ὁ the υἱός son, ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ the πατήρ father. -41 13 33 ⚐βλέπετε to see ἀγρυπνεῖτε be watchful, ⚐οὐκ no οἴδατε to know γὰρ for ⚐πότε when? ὁ the καιρός time ἐστιν to be· -41 13 34 ⚐ὡς as ἄνθρωπος a human ἀπόδημος absent ἀφεὶς to release τὴν the οἰκίαν house αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and δοὺς to give τοῖς the δούλοις slave αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the ἐξουσίαν authority, ⚐ἑκάστῳ each τὸ the ἔργον work αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and τῷ the θυρωρῷ gatekeeper ἐνετείλατο to order ⚐ἵνα in order to γρηγορῇ to keep watch. -41 13 35 ⚐γρηγορεῖτε to keep watch οὖν then, ⚐οὐκ no οἴδατε to know γὰρ for ⚐πότε when? ὁ the κύριος lord τῆς the οἰκίας house ἔρχεται to come, ⚐ἢ or ὀψὲ evening ἢ or μεσονύκτιον midnight ἢ or ἀλεκτοροφωνίας crowing ἢ or πρωΐ morning, -41 13 36 ⚐μὴ not ἐλθὼν to come ἐξαίφνης suddenly ⚐εὕρῃ to find ὑμᾶς you καθεύδοντας to sleep· -41 13 37 ⚐ὃ which δὲ and ὑμῖν to you λέγω to speak πᾶσιν all λέγω to speak· ⚐γρηγορεῖτε to keep watch.

 -41 14 1 ⚐Ἦν to be δὲ and τὸ the πάσχα Passover καὶ and τὰ the ἄζυμα unleavened μετὰ with δύο two ἡμέρας day. ⚐καὶ and ἐζήτουν to seek οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe ⚐πῶς how? αὐτὸν him ἐν by δόλῳ deceit κρατήσαντες to seize ⚐ἀποκτείνωσιν to kill, -41 14 2 ⚐ἔλεγον to speak γάρ for· ⚐Μὴ not ἐν in τῇ the ἑορτῇ festival, ⚐μήποτε lest ἔσται to be θόρυβος commotion τοῦ the λαοῦ a people.

 -41 14 3 ⚐Καὶ and ὄντος to be αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in Βηθανίᾳ Bethany ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house Σίμωνος Simon τοῦ the λεπροῦ leprous ⚐κατακειμένου to recline αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἦλθεν to come γυνὴ woman ⚐ἔχουσα to have ἀλάβαστρον jar μύρου ointment νάρδου nard πιστικῆς pure πολυτελοῦς valuable· ⚐συντρίψασα to break τὴν the ἀλάβαστρον jar ⚐κατέχεεν to pour αὐτοῦ of him τῆς the κεφαλῆς head. -41 14 4 ⚐ἦσαν to be δέ but τινες one ⚐ἀγανακτοῦντες be indignant πρὸς to ἑαυτούς themselves· ⚐Εἰς toward τί which? ἡ the ἀπώλεια destruction αὕτη this τοῦ the μύρου ointment γέγονεν to be; -41 14 5 ⚐ἠδύνατο be able γὰρ for τοῦτο this τὸ the μύρον ointment ⚐πραθῆναι to sell ἐπάνω above δηναρίων denarius τριακοσίων three hundred ⚐καὶ and δοθῆναι to give τοῖς the πτωχοῖς poor· ⚐καὶ and ἐνεβριμῶντο be agitated αὐτῇ to her. -41 14 6 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἄφετε to release αὐτήν her· ⚐τί which? αὐτῇ to her κόπους labor παρέχετε to furnish occasion; ⚐καλὸν good ἔργον work ἠργάσατο to work ἐν in ἐμοί to me· -41 14 7 ⚐πάντοτε always γὰρ for τοὺς the πτωχοὺς poor ἔχετε to have μεθ᾽ with ἑαυτῶν yourself, ⚐καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) θέλητε to will δύνασθε be able αὐτοῖς to them ⚐εὖ well ποιῆσαι to do, ⚐ἐμὲ me δὲ but οὐ no πάντοτε always ἔχετε to have· -41 14 8 ⚐ὃ which ἔσχεν to have ἐποίησεν to do, ⚐προέλαβεν to take beforehand μυρίσαι to anoint τὸ the σῶμά body μου of me εἰς toward τὸν the ἐνταφιασμόν burial. -41 14 9 ⚐ἀμὴν amen δὲ and λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἐὰν if κηρυχθῇ to preach τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel εἰς toward ὅλον all τὸν the κόσμον world, ⚐καὶ and ὃ which ἐποίησεν to do αὕτη this λαληθήσεται to speak εἰς toward μνημόσυνον memorial αὐτῆς of her.

 -41 14 10 ⚐Καὶ and Ἰούδας Judas Ἰσκαριὼθ Iscariot ὁ the εἷς one τῶν the δώδεκα twelve ἀπῆλθεν to go away πρὸς to τοὺς the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest ⚐ἵνα in order to αὐτὸν him παραδοῖ to deliver αὐτοῖς to them. -41 14 11 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἀκούσαντες to hear ⚐ἐχάρησαν to rejoice ⚐καὶ and ἐπηγγείλαντο to profess αὐτῷ to him ⚐ἀργύριον silver δοῦναι to give. ⚐καὶ and ἐζήτει to seek ⚐πῶς how? αὐτὸν him εὐκαίρως well timed παραδοῖ to deliver.

 -41 14 12 ⚐Καὶ and τῇ the πρώτῃ first ἡμέρᾳ day τῶν the ἀζύμων unleavened, ⚐ὅτε when τὸ the πάσχα Passover ἔθυον to sacrifice, ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Ποῦ where? θέλεις to will ⚐ἀπελθόντες to go away ⚐ἑτοιμάσωμεν to make ready ⚐ἵνα in order to φάγῃς to eat τὸ the πάσχα Passover; -41 14 13 ⚐καὶ and ἀποστέλλει to send δύο two τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὑπάγετε to go εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city, ⚐καὶ and ἀπαντήσει to meet ὑμῖν to you ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐κεράμιον clay jar ὕδατος water βαστάζων to carry· ⚐ἀκολουθήσατε to follow αὐτῷ to him, -41 14 14 ⚐καὶ and ὅπου where(-ever) ἐὰν if εἰσέλθῃ to enter ⚐εἴπατε to say τῷ the οἰκοδεσπότῃ householder ⚐ὅτι that Ὁ the διδάσκαλος teacher λέγει to speak· ⚐Ποῦ where? ἐστιν to be τὸ the κατάλυμά guest room μου of me ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) τὸ the πάσχα Passover μετὰ with τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple μου of me φάγω to eat; -41 14 15 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ὑμῖν to you δείξει to show ἀνάγαιον an upper room μέγα great ἐστρωμένον to spread ἕτοιμον ready· ⚐καὶ and ἐκεῖ there ἑτοιμάσατε to make ready ἡμῖν to us. -41 14 16 ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθον to go out οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐καὶ and ἦλθον to go εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city ⚐καὶ and εὗρον to find καθὼς just as εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and ἡτοίμασαν to make ready τὸ the πάσχα Passover.

 -41 14 17 ⚐Καὶ and ὀψίας evening γενομένης to be ⚐ἔρχεται to come μετὰ with τῶν the δώδεκα twelve. -41 14 18 ⚐καὶ and ἀνακειμένων to recline αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἐσθιόντων to eat ⚐ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that εἷς one ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you παραδώσει to deliver με me ⚐ὁ the ἐσθίων to eat μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me. -41 14 19 ⚐ἤρξαντο be first λυπεῖσθαι to grieve καὶ and λέγειν to speak αὐτῷ to him εἷς one κατὰ according to εἷς one· ⚐Μήτι no? ἐγώ I; -41 14 20 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Εἷς one τῶν the δώδεκα twelve, ὁ who ἐμβαπτόμενος to dip in μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me εἰς toward τὸ the τρύβλιον bowl· -41 14 21 ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the μὲν on the other hand υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ὑπάγει to go ⚐καθὼς as γέγραπται to write περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐οὐαὶ woe! δὲ but τῷ the ἀνθρώπῳ a human ἐκείνῳ that ⚐δι᾽ through οὗ which ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human παραδίδοται to deliver· ⚐καλὸν good αὐτῷ to him ⚐εἰ if οὐκ no ἐγεννήθη to beget ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human ἐκεῖνος that.

 -41 14 22 ⚐Καὶ and ἐσθιόντων to eat αὐτῶν of them ⚐λαβὼν to take ἄρτον bread ⚐εὐλογήσας to praise ⚐ἔκλασεν to break καὶ and ἔδωκεν to give αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Λάβετε to take, ⚐τοῦτό this ἐστιν to be τὸ the σῶμά body μου of me. -41 14 23 ⚐καὶ and λαβὼν to take ποτήριον cup ⚐εὐχαριστήσας to thank ⚐ἔδωκεν to give αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and ἔπιον to drink ἐξ from αὐτοῦ of it πάντες all. -41 14 24 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τοῦτό this ἐστιν to be τὸ the αἷμά blood μου of me τῆς the διαθήκης covenant ⚐τὸ the ἐκχυννόμενον to pour out ὑπὲρ for πολλῶν much. -41 14 25 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὐκέτι not any more οὐ no μὴ not πίω to drink ἐκ of τοῦ the γενήματος offspring τῆς the ἀμπέλου vine ἕως until τῆς the ἡμέρας day ἐκείνης that ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) αὐτὸ it πίνω to drink καινὸν new ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -41 14 26 ⚐Καὶ and ὑμνήσαντες to praise ⚐ἐξῆλθον to go out εἰς toward τὸ the Ὄρος mountain τῶν the Ἐλαιῶν Olivet. -41 14 27 ⚐Καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὅτι since Πάντες all σκανδαλισθήσεσθε to cause to stumble, ⚐ὅτι that γέγραπται to write· ⚐Πατάξω to strike τὸν the ποιμένα shepherd, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the πρόβατα sheep διασκορπισθήσονται to scatter. -41 14 28 ⚐ἀλλὰ but μετὰ after τὸ the ἐγερθῆναί to arise με me ⚐προάξω to go before ὑμᾶς you εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee. -41 14 29 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Πέτρος Peter ἔφη to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Εἰ if καὶ and πάντες all σκανδαλισθήσονται to cause to stumble, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no ἐγώ I. -41 14 30 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak σοι to you ⚐ὅτι that σὺ you σήμερον today ταύτῃ to this τῇ the νυκτὶ night πρὶν before ἢ or δὶς twice ἀλέκτορα rooster φωνῆσαι to call ⚐τρίς three times με me ἀπαρνήσῃ to deny. -41 14 31 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἐκπερισσῶς exceedingly ἐλάλει to speak· ⚐Ἐὰν if δέῃ to bind με me συναποθανεῖν to die with σοι to you, ⚐οὐ no μή not σε you ἀπαρνήσομαι to deny. ⚐ὡσαύτως likewise δὲ and καὶ and πάντες all ἔλεγον to speak.

 -41 14 32 ⚐Καὶ and ἔρχονται to go εἰς toward χωρίον place ⚐οὗ which τὸ the ὄνομα name Γεθσημανί Gethsemane, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Καθίσατε to sit ὧδε here ⚐ἕως until προσεύξωμαι to pray. -41 14 33 ⚐καὶ and παραλαμβάνει to take τὸν the Πέτρον Peter καὶ and τὸν the Ἰάκωβον James καὶ and τὸν the Ἰωάννην John μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἤρξατο be first ἐκθαμβεῖσθαι be awe-struck καὶ and ἀδημονεῖν be distressed, -41 14 34 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Περίλυπός sorrowful ἐστιν to be ἡ the ψυχή soul μου of me ἕως until θανάτου death· ⚐μείνατε to stay ὧδε here ⚐καὶ and γρηγορεῖτε to keep watch. -41 14 35 ⚐καὶ and προελθὼν to go before μικρὸν small ⚐ἔπιπτεν to collapse ἐπὶ upon τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐καὶ and προσηύχετο to pray ⚐ἵνα in order that εἰ if δυνατόν able ἐστιν to be ⚐παρέλθῃ to pass by ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him ἡ the ὥρα hour, -41 14 36 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Αββα Father ὁ the πατήρ father, πάντα all δυνατά able σοι to you· ⚐παρένεγκε to take away τὸ the ποτήριον cup τοῦτο this ἀπ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no τί which? ἐγὼ I θέλω to will ⚐ἀλλὰ but τί which? σύ you. -41 14 37 ⚐καὶ and ἔρχεται to come ⚐καὶ and εὑρίσκει to find αὐτοὺς them καθεύδοντας to sleep, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak τῷ the Πέτρῳ Peter· ⚐Σίμων Simon, καθεύδεις to sleep; ⚐οὐκ no ἴσχυσας be strong ⚐μίαν one ὥραν hour γρηγορῆσαι to keep watch; -41 14 38 ⚐γρηγορεῖτε to keep watch καὶ and προσεύχεσθε to pray, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἔλθητε to go εἰς toward πειρασμόν temptation· ⚐τὸ the μὲν on the other hand πνεῦμα spirit πρόθυμον eager ⚐ἡ the δὲ but σὰρξ flesh ἀσθενής weak. -41 14 39 ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again ἀπελθὼν to go away ⚐προσηύξατο to pray ⚐τὸν the αὐτὸν him λόγον word εἰπών to say. -41 14 40 ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again ἐλθὼν to come ⚐εὗρεν to find αὐτοὺς them καθεύδοντας to sleep, ⚐ἦσαν to be γὰρ for αὐτῶν of them οἱ the ὀφθαλμοὶ eye καταβαρυνόμενοι to burden, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ᾔδεισαν to know ⚐τί which? ἀποκριθῶσιν to answer αὐτῷ to him. -41 14 41 ⚐καὶ and ἔρχεται to come τὸ the τρίτον third ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Καθεύδετε to sleep τὸ the λοιπὸν henceforth ⚐καὶ and ἀναπαύεσθε to give rest· ⚐ἀπέχει to have in full· ⚐ἦλθεν to come ἡ the ὥρα hour, ⚐ἰδοὺ look! παραδίδοται to deliver ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human εἰς toward τὰς the χεῖρας hand τῶν the ἁμαρτωλῶν sinful. -41 14 42 ⚐ἐγείρεσθε to arise ἄγωμεν to bring· ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ὁ the παραδιδούς to deliver με me ἤγγικεν to come near.

 -41 14 43 ⚐Καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἔτι still αὐτοῦ of him λαλοῦντος to speak ⚐παραγίνεται to come Ἰούδας Judas εἷς one τῶν the δώδεκα twelve ⚐καὶ and μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him ὄχλος crowd μετὰ with μαχαιρῶν sword καὶ and ξύλων wood ⚐παρὰ beside τῶν the ἀρχιερέων high-priest καὶ and τῶν the γραμματέων scribe καὶ and τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder. -41 14 44 ⚐δεδώκει to give δὲ and ὁ the παραδιδοὺς to deliver αὐτὸν him σύσσημον an agreed signal αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ὃν which ἂν if φιλήσω to love αὐτός he ἐστιν to be· ⚐κρατήσατε to seize αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἀπάγετε to lead away ἀσφαλῶς securely. -41 14 45 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὼν to arrive ⚐εὐθὺς immediately προσελθὼν to come near αὐτῷ to him ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Ῥαββί Rabbi, ⚐καὶ and κατεφίλησεν to kiss αὐτόν him. -41 14 46 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἐπέβαλον to seize τὰς the χεῖρας hand αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and ἐκράτησαν to seize αὐτόν him. -41 14 47 ⚐εἷς one δέ and τις one τῶν the παρεστηκότων to stand by σπασάμενος to draw τὴν the μάχαιραν sword ⚐ἔπαισεν to strike τὸν the δοῦλον slave τοῦ the ἀρχιερέως high-priest ⚐καὶ and ἀφεῖλεν to remove αὐτοῦ of him τὸ the ὠτάριον ear. -41 14 48 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὡς as ἐπὶ upon λῃστὴν rebel ἐξήλθατε to go out μετὰ with μαχαιρῶν sword καὶ and ξύλων wood ⚐συλλαβεῖν to seize με me; -41 14 49 ⚐καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day ἤμην to be πρὸς with ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple διδάσκων to teach ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐκρατήσατέ to seize με me· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order that πληρωθῶσιν to fulfill αἱ the γραφαί a writing. -41 14 50 ⚐καὶ and ἀφέντες to release αὐτὸν him ⚐ἔφυγον to flee πάντες all.

 -41 14 51 ⚐Καὶ and νεανίσκος young man τις one συνηκολούθει to accompany αὐτῷ to him ⚐περιβεβλημένος to clothe σινδόνα linen ἐπὶ upon γυμνοῦ naked, ⚐καὶ and κρατοῦσιν to seize αὐτόν him, -41 14 52 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but καταλιπὼν to leave τὴν the σινδόνα linen ⚐γυμνὸς naked ἔφυγεν to flee.

 -41 14 53 ⚐Καὶ and ἀπήγαγον to lead away τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus πρὸς to τὸν the ἀρχιερέα high-priest, ⚐καὶ and συνέρχονται to assemble πάντες all οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder καὶ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe. -41 14 54 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ἀπὸ from μακρόθεν from afar ἠκολούθησεν to follow αὐτῷ to him ἕως until ἔσω in εἰς toward τὴν the αὐλὴν courtyard τοῦ the ἀρχιερέως high-priest ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be συγκαθήμενος to sit with μετὰ with τῶν the ὑπηρετῶν servant ⚐καὶ and θερμαινόμενος to warm πρὸς to τὸ the φῶς light. -41 14 55 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and ὅλον all τὸ the συνέδριον council ἐζήτουν to seek κατὰ according to τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus μαρτυρίαν testimony ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the θανατῶσαι to kill αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no ηὕρισκον to find· -41 14 56 ⚐πολλοὶ much γὰρ for ἐψευδομαρτύρουν to perjure κατ᾽ according to αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἴσαι equal αἱ the μαρτυρίαι testimony οὐκ no ἦσαν to be. -41 14 57 ⚐καί and τινες one ἀναστάντες to arise ⚐ἐψευδομαρτύρουν to perjure κατ᾽ according to αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγοντες to speak -41 14 58 ⚐ὅτι that Ἡμεῖς we ἠκούσαμεν to hear αὐτοῦ of him λέγοντος to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἐγὼ I καταλύσω to destroy τὸν the ναὸν temple τοῦτον this τὸν the χειροποίητον hand-made ⚐καὶ and διὰ through τριῶν three ἡμερῶν day ἄλλον another ἀχειροποίητον not man-made οἰκοδομήσω to build· -41 14 59 ⚐καὶ and οὐδὲ and not οὕτως thus(-ly) ἴση equal ἦν to be ἡ the μαρτυρία testimony αὐτῶν of them. -41 14 60 ⚐καὶ and ἀναστὰς to arise ὁ the ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest εἰς toward μέσον midst ⚐ἐπηρώτησεν to question τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Οὐκ no ἀποκρίνῃ to answer οὐδέν no one; ⚐τί which? οὗτοί these σου of you καταμαρτυροῦσιν to testify against; -41 14 61 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἐσιώπα be quiet ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἀπεκρίνατο to answer οὐδέν no one. ⚐πάλιν again ὁ the ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest ἐπηρώτα to question αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the χριστὸς Christ ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the εὐλογητοῦ praiseworthy; -41 14 62 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be, ⚐καὶ and ὄψεσθε to see τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐ἐκ of δεξιῶν right καθήμενον to sit τῆς the δυνάμεως power ⚐καὶ and ἐρχόμενον to come μετὰ with τῶν the νεφελῶν cloud τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven. -41 14 63 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest διαρρήξας to tear τοὺς the χιτῶνας tunic αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Τί which? ἔτι still χρείαν need ἔχομεν to have μαρτύρων witness; -41 14 64 ⚐ἠκούσατε to hear τῆς the βλασφημίας blasphemy· ⚐τί which? ὑμῖν to you φαίνεται to appear; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and πάντες all κατέκριναν to condemn αὐτὸν him ⚐ἔνοχον liable for εἶναι to be θανάτου death. -41 14 65 ⚐καὶ and ἤρξαντό be first τινες one ⚐ἐμπτύειν to spit on αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and περικαλύπτειν to cover αὐτοῦ of him τὸ the πρόσωπον face ⚐καὶ and κολαφίζειν to beat αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and λέγειν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Προφήτευσον to prophesy, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ὑπηρέται servant ῥαπίσμασιν slap αὐτὸν him ἔλαβον to take.

 -41 14 66 ⚐Καὶ and ὄντος to be τοῦ the Πέτρου Peter κάτω under ἐν in τῇ the αὐλῇ courtyard ⚐ἔρχεται to come μία one τῶν the παιδισκῶν maidservant τοῦ the ἀρχιερέως high-priest, -41 14 67 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοῦσα to know τὸν the Πέτρον Peter θερμαινόμενον to warm ⚐ἐμβλέψασα to look into αὐτῷ to him ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Καὶ and σὺ you μετὰ with τοῦ the Ναζαρηνοῦ Nazarene ἦσθα to be τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus· -41 14 68 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἠρνήσατο to deny ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Οὔτε neither οἶδα to know οὔτε neither ἐπίσταμαι to understand ⚐σὺ you τί which? λέγεις to speak, ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἔξω out εἰς toward τὸ the προαύλιον entryway ⚐καὶ and ἀλέκτωρ rooster ἐφώνησεν to call. -41 14 69 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the παιδίσκη maidservant ἰδοῦσα to know αὐτὸν him ⚐ἤρξατο be first πάλιν again λέγειν to speak τοῖς the παρεστῶσιν to stand by ⚐ὅτι that Οὗτος this ἐξ out of αὐτῶν of them ἐστιν to be. -41 14 70 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but πάλιν again ἠρνεῖτο to deny. ⚐καὶ and μετὰ with μικρὸν small πάλιν again οἱ the παρεστῶτες to stand by ἔλεγον to speak τῷ the Πέτρῳ Peter· ⚐Ἀληθῶς truly ἐξ out of αὐτῶν of them εἶ to be, ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for Γαλιλαῖος Galilean εἶ to be -41 14 71 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἤρξατο be first ἀναθεματίζειν to take an oath καὶ and ὀμνύναι to swear ⚐ὅτι that Οὐκ no οἶδα to know τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human τοῦτον this ὃν which λέγετε to speak. -41 14 72 ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἐκ out of δευτέρου secondly ἀλέκτωρ rooster ἐφώνησεν to call· ⚐καὶ and ἀνεμνήσθη to remind ὁ the Πέτρος Peter τὸ the ῥῆμα word ⚐ὡς as εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὅτι that Πρὶν before ἀλέκτορα rooster φωνῆσαι to call δίς twice τρίς three times με me ἀπαρνήσῃ to deny, ⚐καὶ and ἐπιβαλὼν to weep ⚐ἔκλαιεν to weep.

 -41 15 1 ⚐Καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately πρωῒ morning συμβούλιον council ποιήσαντες to make οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest ⚐μετὰ with τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder καὶ and γραμματέων scribe καὶ and ὅλον all τὸ the συνέδριον council ⚐δήσαντες to bind τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐ἀπήνεγκαν to carry off ⚐καὶ and παρέδωκαν to deliver Πιλάτῳ Pilate. -41 15 2 ⚐καὶ and ἐπηρώτησεν to question αὐτὸν him ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate· ⚐Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer αὐτῷ to him ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Σὺ you λέγεις to speak. -41 15 3 ⚐καὶ and κατηγόρουν to accuse αὐτοῦ of him οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest πολλά much. -41 15 4 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Πιλᾶτος Pilate πάλιν again ἐπηρώτα to question αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Οὐκ no ἀποκρίνῃ to answer οὐδέν no one; ⚐ἴδε look! πόσα how many σου of you κατηγοροῦσιν to accuse. -41 15 5 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus οὐκέτι not any more οὐδὲν no one ἀπεκρίθη to answer, ⚐ὥστε so θαυμάζειν to marvel τὸν the Πιλᾶτον Pilate.

 -41 15 6 ⚐Κατὰ according to δὲ and ἑορτὴν festival ἀπέλυεν to release αὐτοῖς to them ἕνα one δέσμιον prisoner ⚐ὃν which παρῃτοῦντο to excuse. -41 15 7 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and ὁ the λεγόμενος to speak Βαραββᾶς Barabbas ⚐μετὰ with τῶν the στασιαστῶν insurrectionist δεδεμένος to bind ⚐οἵτινες who ἐν in τῇ the στάσει uprising φόνον murder πεποιήκεισαν to make. -41 15 8 ⚐καὶ and ἀναβὰς to ascend ὁ the ὄχλος crowd ⚐ἤρξατο be first αἰτεῖσθαι to ask ⚐καθὼς as ἐποίει to do αὐτοῖς to them. -41 15 9 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Πιλᾶτος Pilate ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Θέλετε to will ⚐ἀπολύσω to release ὑμῖν to you τὸν the βασιλέα king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish; -41 15 10 ⚐ἐγίνωσκεν to know γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that διὰ because of φθόνον envy παραδεδώκεισαν to deliver αὐτὸν him οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest. -41 15 11 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest ἀνέσεισαν to incite τὸν the ὄχλον crowd ⚐ἵνα in order to μᾶλλον more τὸν the Βαραββᾶν Barabbas ἀπολύσῃ to release αὐτοῖς to them. -41 15 12 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Πιλᾶτος Pilate πάλιν again ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? οὖν then θέλετε to will ⚐ποιήσω to do ὃν which λέγετε to speak τὸν the βασιλέα king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish; -41 15 13 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and πάλιν again ἔκραξαν to cry· ⚐Σταύρωσον to crucify αὐτόν him. -41 15 14 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Πιλᾶτος Pilate ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? γὰρ for ἐποίησεν to do κακόν harm; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and περισσῶς superabundantly ἔκραξαν to cry· ⚐Σταύρωσον to crucify αὐτόν him. -41 15 15 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Πιλᾶτος Pilate βουλόμενος to plan ⚐τῷ the ὄχλῳ crowd τὸ the ἱκανὸν sufficient ποιῆσαι to make ⚐ἀπέλυσεν to release αὐτοῖς to them τὸν the Βαραββᾶν Barabbas, ⚐καὶ and παρέδωκεν to deliver τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐φραγελλώσας to whip ⚐ἵνα in order to σταυρωθῇ to crucify.

 -41 15 16 ⚐Οἱ the δὲ and στρατιῶται soldier ἀπήγαγον to lead away αὐτὸν him ἔσω in τῆς the αὐλῆς palace, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be πραιτώριον praetorium, ⚐καὶ and συγκαλοῦσιν to call together ὅλην all τὴν the σπεῖραν band. -41 15 17 ⚐καὶ and ἐνδιδύσκουσιν to dress αὐτὸν him πορφύραν purple ⚐καὶ and περιτιθέασιν to put on αὐτῷ to him πλέξαντες to weave ἀκάνθινον thorny στέφανον crown· -41 15 18 ⚐καὶ and ἤρξαντο be first ἀσπάζεσθαι to pay respects to αὐτόν him· ⚐Χαῖρε to rejoice, βασιλεῦ king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish· -41 15 19 ⚐καὶ and ἔτυπτον to strike αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the κεφαλὴν head καλάμῳ stick ⚐καὶ and ἐνέπτυον to spit on αὐτῷ to him, ⚐καὶ and τιθέντες to place τὰ the γόνατα a knee ⚐προσεκύνουν to worship αὐτῷ to him. -41 15 20 ⚐καὶ and ὅτε when ἐνέπαιξαν to mock αὐτῷ to him, ⚐ἐξέδυσαν to strip αὐτὸν him τὴν the πορφύραν purple ⚐καὶ and ἐνέδυσαν to clothe αὐτὸν him τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτοῦ of him. ⚐καὶ and ἐξάγουσιν to lead out αὐτὸν him ⚐ἵνα in order to σταυρώσωσιν to crucify αὐτόν him.

 -41 15 21 ⚐Καὶ and ἀγγαρεύουσιν to force παράγοντά to pass τινα one Σίμωνα Simon ⚐Κυρηναῖον from Cyrene ἐρχόμενον to come ἀπ᾽ from ἀγροῦ field, ⚐τὸν the πατέρα father Ἀλεξάνδρου Alexander καὶ and Ῥούφου Rufus, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἄρῃ to take up τὸν the σταυρὸν cross αὐτοῦ of him. -41 15 22 ⚐καὶ and φέρουσιν to bring αὐτὸν him ἐπὶ to τὸν the Γολγοθᾶν Golgotha τόπον place, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be μεθερμηνευόμενον to mean Κρανίου skull Τόπος place. -41 15 23 ⚐καὶ and ἐδίδουν to give αὐτῷ to him ἐσμυρνισμένον to mix with myrrh οἶνον wine, ⚐ὃς which δὲ but οὐκ no ἔλαβεν to take. -41 15 24 ⚐καὶ and σταυροῦσιν to crucify αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and διαμερίζονται to divide τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐βάλλοντες to throw κλῆρον lot ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτὰ them ⚐τίς which? τί which? ἄρῃ to take up.

 -41 15 25 ⚐Ἦν to be δὲ and ὥρα hour τρίτη third ⚐καὶ and ἐσταύρωσαν to crucify αὐτόν him. -41 15 26 ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ἡ the ἐπιγραφὴ inscription τῆς the αἰτίας charge αὐτοῦ of him ἐπιγεγραμμένη to write on· ⚐Ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish. -41 15 27 ⚐καὶ and σὺν with αὐτῷ to him σταυροῦσιν to crucify δύο two λῃστάς rebel, ⚐ἕνα one ἐκ of δεξιῶν right ⚐καὶ and ἕνα one ἐξ of εὐωνύμων left αὐτοῦ of him. -41 15 29 ⚐Καὶ and οἱ who παραπορευόμενοι to pass by ἐβλασφήμουν to blaspheme αὐτὸν him ⚐κινοῦντες to move τὰς the κεφαλὰς head αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Οὐὰ aha! ὁ who καταλύων to destroy τὸν the ναὸν temple καὶ and οἰκοδομῶν to build ἐν in τρισὶν three ἡμέραις day, -41 15 30 ⚐σῶσον to save σεαυτὸν yourself ⚐καταβὰς to come down ἀπὸ from τοῦ the σταυροῦ cross. -41 15 31 ⚐ὁμοίως likewise καὶ and οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest ⚐ἐμπαίζοντες to mock πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another μετὰ with τῶν the γραμματέων scribe ⚐ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Ἄλλους another ἔσωσεν to save, ⚐ἑαυτὸν himself οὐ no δύναται be able σῶσαι to save· -41 15 32 ⚐ὁ the χριστὸς Christ ὁ the βασιλεὺς king Ἰσραὴλ Israel καταβάτω to come down νῦν now ἀπὸ from τοῦ the σταυροῦ cross, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἴδωμεν to know καὶ and πιστεύσωμεν to trust (in). ⚐καὶ and οἱ who συνεσταυρωμένοι to crucify with σὺν with αὐτῷ to him ὠνείδιζον to revile αὐτόν him.

 -41 15 33 ⚐Καὶ and γενομένης to be ὥρας hour ἕκτης sixth ⚐σκότος darkness ἐγένετο to be ἐφ᾽ over ὅλην all τὴν the γῆν earth ἕως until ὥρας hour ἐνάτης ninth (hour). -41 15 34 ⚐καὶ and τῇ the ἐνάτῃ ninth (hour) ὥρᾳ hour ἐβόησεν to cry out ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great· ⚐Ἐλωῒ my God ἐλωῒ my God λεμὰ why? σαβαχθάνι sabachthani; ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be μεθερμηνευόμενον to mean ⚐Ὁ the θεός God μου of me ὁ the θεός God μου of me, εἰς toward τί which? ἐγκατέλιπές to leave behind με me; -41 15 35 ⚐καί and τινες one τῶν the παρεστηκότων to stand by ἀκούσαντες to hear ⚐ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Ἴδε look! Ἠλίαν Elijah φωνεῖ to call. -41 15 36 ⚐δραμὼν to run δέ and τις one ⚐καὶ and γεμίσας to fill σπόγγον sponge ὄξους vinegar ⚐περιθεὶς to put on καλάμῳ stick ⚐ἐπότιζεν to water αὐτόν him, ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἄφετε to release ⚐ἴδωμεν to know ⚐εἰ if ἔρχεται to come Ἠλίας Elijah ⚐καθελεῖν to take down αὐτόν him. -41 15 37 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀφεὶς to release φωνὴν voice μεγάλην great ⚐ἐξέπνευσεν to expire. -41 15 38 ⚐καὶ and τὸ the καταπέτασμα curtain τοῦ the ναοῦ temple ἐσχίσθη to split εἰς toward δύο two ἀπ᾽ from ἄνωθεν from above ἕως until κάτω under. -41 15 39 ⚐ἰδὼν to know δὲ and ὁ the κεντυρίων centurion ὁ who παρεστηκὼς to stand by ἐξ out of ἐναντίας against αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅτι that οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐξέπνευσεν to expire ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἀληθῶς truly οὗτος this ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human υἱὸς son θεοῦ God ἦν to be.

 -41 15 40 ⚐Ἦσαν to be δὲ and καὶ and γυναῖκες woman ἀπὸ from μακρόθεν from afar θεωροῦσαι to see, ⚐ἐν among αἷς which καὶ and Μαρία Mary ἡ the Μαγδαληνὴ Magdalene καὶ and Μαρία Mary ἡ the Ἰακώβου James τοῦ the μικροῦ small καὶ and Ἰωσῆτος Joses μήτηρ mother καὶ and Σαλώμη Salome, -41 15 41 ⚐αἳ which ὅτε when ἦν to be ἐν in τῇ the Γαλιλαίᾳ Galilee ⚐ἠκολούθουν to follow αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and διηκόνουν to serve αὐτῷ to him, ⚐καὶ and ἄλλαι another πολλαὶ much αἱ who συναναβᾶσαι to ascend with αὐτῷ to him εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem.

 -41 15 42 ⚐Καὶ and ἤδη already ὀψίας evening γενομένης to be, ⚐ἐπεὶ since ἦν to be παρασκευή Preparation Day, ὅ which ἐστιν to be προσάββατον Friday, -41 15 43 ⚐ἐλθὼν to come Ἰωσὴφ Joseph ὁ the ἀπὸ from Ἁριμαθαίας Arimathea ⚐εὐσχήμων proper βουλευτής member of a council, ⚐ὃς which καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἦν to be προσδεχόμενος to look for τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐τολμήσας be bold ⚐εἰσῆλθεν to enter πρὸς to τὸν the Πιλᾶτον Pilate ⚐καὶ and ᾐτήσατο to ask τὸ the σῶμα body τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -41 15 44 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Πιλᾶτος Pilate ἐθαύμασεν to marvel ⚐εἰ if ἤδη already τέθνηκεν to be dead, ⚐καὶ and προσκαλεσάμενος to summon τὸν the κεντυρίωνα centurion ⚐ἐπηρώτησεν to question αὐτὸν him ⚐εἰ if πάλαι of old ἀπέθανεν to die· -41 15 45 ⚐καὶ and γνοὺς to know ἀπὸ from τοῦ the κεντυρίωνος centurion ⚐ἐδωρήσατο to give τὸ the πτῶμα corpse τῷ the Ἰωσήφ Joseph. -41 15 46 ⚐καὶ and ἀγοράσας to buy σινδόνα linen ⚐καθελὼν to take down αὐτὸν him ⚐ἐνείλησεν to enwrap τῇ the σινδόνι linen ⚐καὶ and ἔθηκεν to place αὐτὸν him ἐν in μνημείῳ grave ⚐ὃ which ἦν to be λελατομημένον to hew ἐκ out of πέτρας rock, ⚐καὶ and προσεκύλισεν to roll before λίθον stone ἐπὶ upon τὴν the θύραν door τοῦ the μνημείου grave. -41 15 47 ⚐ἡ the δὲ and Μαρία Mary ἡ the Μαγδαληνὴ Magdalene καὶ and Μαρία Mary ἡ the Ἰωσῆτος Joses ἐθεώρουν to see ⚐ποῦ where? τέθειται to place.

 -41 16 1 ⚐Καὶ and διαγενομένου to pass τοῦ the σαββάτου Sabbath ⚐Μαρία Mary ἡ the Μαγδαληνὴ Magdalene καὶ and Μαρία Mary ἡ the τοῦ the Ἰακώβου James καὶ and Σαλώμη Salome ἠγόρασαν to buy ἀρώματα spices ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐλθοῦσαι to go ⚐ἀλείψωσιν to anoint αὐτόν him. -41 16 2 ⚐καὶ and λίαν greatly πρωῒ morning τῇ the μιᾷ one τῶν the σαββάτων Sabbath ἔρχονται to go ἐπὶ to τὸ the μνημεῖον grave ⚐ἀνατείλαντος to rise τοῦ the ἡλίου sun. -41 16 3 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak πρὸς to ἑαυτάς themselves· ⚐Τίς which? ἀποκυλίσει to roll away ἡμῖν to us τὸν the λίθον stone ἐκ from τῆς the θύρας door τοῦ the μνημείου grave; -41 16 4 ⚐καὶ and ἀναβλέψασαι to look up ⚐θεωροῦσιν to see ⚐ὅτι that ἀποκεκύλισται to roll away ὁ the λίθος stone, ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for μέγας great σφόδρα very. -41 16 5 ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθοῦσαι to enter εἰς toward τὸ the μνημεῖον grave ⚐εἶδον to know νεανίσκον young man καθήμενον to sit ἐν on τοῖς the δεξιοῖς right ⚐περιβεβλημένον to clothe στολὴν robe λευκήν white, ⚐καὶ and ἐξεθαμβήθησαν be awe-struck. -41 16 6 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but λέγει to speak αὐταῖς to them· ⚐Μὴ not ἐκθαμβεῖσθε be awe-struck· ⚐Ἰησοῦν Jesus ζητεῖτε to seek τὸν the Ναζαρηνὸν Nazarene τὸν who ἐσταυρωμένον to crucify· ⚐ἠγέρθη to arise, ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ὧδε here· ⚐ἴδε look! ὁ the τόπος place ὅπου where(-ever) ἔθηκαν to place αὐτόν him· -41 16 7 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὑπάγετε to go εἴπατε to say τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and τῷ the Πέτρῳ Peter ⚐ὅτι that Προάγει to go before ὑμᾶς you εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee· ⚐ἐκεῖ there αὐτὸν him ὄψεσθε to see, ⚐καθὼς just as εἶπεν to say ὑμῖν to you. -41 16 8 ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθοῦσαι to go out ⚐ἔφυγον to flee ἀπὸ from τοῦ the μνημείου grave, ⚐εἶχεν to have γὰρ for αὐτὰς them τρόμος trembling καὶ and ἔκστασις amazement· ⚐καὶ and οὐδενὶ no one οὐδὲν no one εἶπαν to say, ⚐ἐφοβοῦντο to fear γάρ for.

 -41 16 9 [[ ⚐Ἀναστὰς to arise δὲ and πρωῒ morning πρώτῃ first σαββάτου Sabbath ⚐ἐφάνη to appear πρῶτον first Μαρίᾳ Mary τῇ the Μαγδαληνῇ Magdalene, ⚐παρ᾽ from ἧς which ἐκβεβλήκει to expel ἑπτὰ seven δαιμόνια demon. -41 16 10 ⚐ἐκείνη that πορευθεῖσα to go ⚐ἀπήγγειλεν to announce τοῖς the μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him γενομένοις to be πενθοῦσιν to mourn καὶ and κλαίουσιν to weep· -41 16 11 ⚐κἀκεῖνοι and that one ἀκούσαντες to hear ⚐ὅτι that ζῇ to live καὶ and ἐθεάθη to see ὑπ᾽ by αὐτῆς of her ⚐ἠπίστησαν to disbelieve.

 -41 16 12 ⚐Μετὰ after δὲ and ταῦτα these δυσὶν two ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them περιπατοῦσιν to walk ἐφανερώθη to manifest ἐν in ἑτέρᾳ other μορφῇ form ⚐πορευομένοις to go εἰς toward ἀγρόν field· -41 16 13 ⚐κἀκεῖνοι and that one ἀπελθόντες to go away ⚐ἀπήγγειλαν to announce τοῖς the λοιποῖς remaining· ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἐκείνοις that ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in).

 -41 16 14 ⚐Ὕστερον later δὲ and ἀνακειμένοις to recline αὐτοῖς to them ⚐τοῖς the ἕνδεκα eleven ἐφανερώθη to manifest, ⚐καὶ and ὠνείδισεν to revile τὴν the ἀπιστίαν unbelief αὐτῶν of them καὶ and σκληροκαρδίαν hardness of heart ⚐ὅτι since τοῖς who θεασαμένοις to see αὐτὸν him ἐγηγερμένον to arise οὐκ no ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in). -41 16 15 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Πορευθέντες to go εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world ἅπαντα all ⚐κηρύξατε to preach τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel πάσῃ all τῇ the κτίσει creation. -41 16 16 ⚐ὁ who πιστεύσας to trust (in) καὶ and βαπτισθεὶς to baptize σωθήσεται to save, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀπιστήσας to disbelieve κατακριθήσεται to condemn. -41 16 17 ⚐σημεῖα sign δὲ and τοῖς who πιστεύσασιν to trust (in) ταῦτα these παρακολουθήσει to follow, ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me δαιμόνια demon ἐκβαλοῦσιν to expel, ⚐γλώσσαις tongue λαλήσουσιν to speak καιναῖς new, -41 16 18 ⚐καὶ and ἐν with ταῖς the χερσὶν hand ὄφεις snake ἀροῦσιν to take up ⚐κἂν and θανάσιμόν deadly τι one πίωσιν to drink ⚐οὐ no μὴ not αὐτοὺς them βλάψῃ to hurt, ⚐ἐπὶ on ἀρρώστους ill χεῖρας hand ἐπιθήσουσιν to put ⚐καὶ and καλῶς well ἕξουσιν to be.

 -41 16 19 ⚐Ὁ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore κύριος lord Ἰησοῦς Jesus μετὰ after τὸ the λαλῆσαι to speak αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἀνελήμφθη to take up εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ⚐καὶ and ἐκάθισεν to sit ἐκ of δεξιῶν right τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -41 16 20 ⚐ἐκεῖνοι that δὲ and ἐξελθόντες to go out ⚐ἐκήρυξαν to preach πανταχοῦ everywhere, ⚐τοῦ the κυρίου lord συνεργοῦντος to work with ⚐καὶ and τὸν the λόγον word βεβαιοῦντος to confirm διὰ through τῶν the ἐπακολουθούντων to follow after σημείων sign.

[ ⚐Πάντα all δὲ and τὰ the παρηγγελμένα to order τοῖς the περὶ about τὸν the Πέτρον Peter συντόμως concisely ἐξήγγειλαν to proclaim. ⚐μετὰ with δὲ and ταῦτα these καὶ and αὐτὸς he ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἀπὸ from ἀνατολῆς east καὶ and ἄχρι until δύσεως sunset ἐξαπέστειλεν to send out δι᾽ through αὐτῶν of them ⚐τὸ the ἱερὸν temple καὶ and ἄφθαρτον incorruptible κήρυγμα preaching τῆς the αἰωνίου eternal σωτηρίας salvation. ἀμήν amen.]

 -42 1 1 ⚐Ἐπειδήπερ since πολλοὶ much ἐπεχείρησαν to attempt ἀνατάξασθαι to compile διήγησιν narrative περὶ about τῶν the πεπληροφορημένων to fulfill ἐν among ἡμῖν to us πραγμάτων thing, -42 1 2 ⚐καθὼς as παρέδοσαν to deliver ἡμῖν to us οἱ the ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning αὐτόπται eyewitness καὶ and ὑπηρέται servant γενόμενοι to be τοῦ the λόγου word, -42 1 3 ⚐ἔδοξεν to think κἀμοὶ and I ⚐παρηκολουθηκότι to follow ἄνωθεν from the beginning πᾶσιν all ἀκριβῶς exactly ⚐καθεξῆς in order σοι to you γράψαι to write, κράτιστε excellent Θεόφιλε Theophilus, -42 1 4 ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐπιγνῷς to come to know περὶ about ὧν which κατηχήθης to instruct λόγων word τὴν the ἀσφάλειαν security.

 -42 1 5 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day Ἡρῴδου Herod βασιλέως king τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea ἱερεύς priest τις one ὀνόματι name Ζαχαρίας Zechariah ἐξ out of ἐφημερίας division Ἀβιά Abijah, ⚐καὶ and γυνὴ woman αὐτῷ to him ἐκ out of τῶν who θυγατέρων daughter Ἀαρών Aaron, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτῆς of her Ἐλισάβετ Elizabeth. -42 1 6 ⚐ἦσαν to be δὲ and δίκαιοι just ἀμφότεροι both ἐναντίον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐πορευόμενοι to go ἐν in πάσαις all ταῖς the ἐντολαῖς commandment καὶ and δικαιώμασιν righteous act τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἄμεμπτοι blameless. -42 1 7 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἦν to be αὐτοῖς to them τέκνον child, ⚐καθότι as ἦν to be ἡ the Ἐλισάβετ Elizabeth στεῖρα infertility, ⚐καὶ and ἀμφότεροι both προβεβηκότες to advance ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day αὐτῶν of them ἦσαν to be.

 -42 1 8 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ἱερατεύειν to serve as priest αὐτὸν him ἐν in τῇ the τάξει order τῆς the ἐφημερίας division αὐτοῦ of him ἔναντι before τοῦ the θεοῦ God -42 1 9 ⚐κατὰ according to τὸ the ἔθος custom τῆς the ἱερατείας priesthood ἔλαχεν to choose by lot ⚐τοῦ the θυμιᾶσαι to burn incense ⚐εἰσελθὼν to enter εἰς toward τὸν the ναὸν temple τοῦ the κυρίου lord, -42 1 10 ⚐καὶ and πᾶν all τὸ the πλῆθος multitude ἦν to be τοῦ the λαοῦ a people προσευχόμενον to pray ἔξω outside τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour τοῦ the θυμιάματος incense· -42 1 11 ⚐ὤφθη to see δὲ and αὐτῷ to him ἄγγελος angel κυρίου lord ⚐ἑστὼς to stand ἐκ of δεξιῶν right τοῦ the θυσιαστηρίου altar τοῦ the θυμιάματος incense. -42 1 12 ⚐καὶ and ἐταράχθη to trouble Ζαχαρίας Zechariah ⚐ἰδών to know, ⚐καὶ and φόβος fear ἐπέπεσεν to fall ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτόν him. -42 1 13 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ὁ the ἄγγελος angel· ⚐Μὴ not φοβοῦ to fear, Ζαχαρία Zechariah, ⚐διότι because εἰσηκούσθη to listen to ἡ the δέησίς prayer σου of you, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the γυνή woman σου of you Ἐλισάβετ Elizabeth γεννήσει to beget υἱόν son σοι to you, ⚐καὶ and καλέσεις to call τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him Ἰωάννην John· -42 1 14 ⚐καὶ and ἔσται to be χαρά joy σοι to you καὶ and ἀγαλλίασις joy, ⚐καὶ and πολλοὶ much ἐπὶ upon τῇ the γενέσει origin αὐτοῦ of him χαρήσονται to rejoice· -42 1 15 ⚐ἔσται to be γὰρ for μέγας great ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the κυρίου lord, ⚐καὶ and οἶνον wine καὶ and σίκερα alcoholic drink οὐ no μὴ not πίῃ to drink, ⚐καὶ and πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy πλησθήσεται to fill ἔτι still ἐκ out of κοιλίας womb μητρὸς mother αὐτοῦ of him, -42 1 16 ⚐καὶ and πολλοὺς much τῶν the υἱῶν son Ἰσραὴλ Israel ἐπιστρέψει to turn ἐπὶ to κύριον lord τὸν the θεὸν God αὐτῶν of them· -42 1 17 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he προελεύσεται to go before ἐνώπιον before αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in πνεύματι spirit καὶ and δυνάμει power Ἠλίου Elijah, ⚐ἐπιστρέψαι to turn καρδίας heart πατέρων father ἐπὶ to τέκνα child ⚐καὶ and ἀπειθεῖς disobedient ἐν in φρονήσει understanding δικαίων just, ⚐ἑτοιμάσαι to make ready κυρίῳ lord λαὸν a people κατεσκευασμένον to prepare. -42 1 18 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say Ζαχαρίας Zechariah πρὸς to τὸν the ἄγγελον angel· ⚐Κατὰ according to τί which? γνώσομαι to know τοῦτο this; ⚐ἐγὼ I γάρ for εἰμι to be πρεσβύτης old man ⚐καὶ and ἡ the γυνή woman μου of me προβεβηκυῖα to advance ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day αὐτῆς of her. -42 1 19 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the ἄγγελος angel ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be Γαβριὴλ Gabriel ὁ who παρεστηκὼς to stand by ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐καὶ and ἀπεστάλην to send ⚐λαλῆσαι to speak πρὸς to σὲ you ⚐καὶ and εὐαγγελίσασθαί to speak good news σοι to you ταῦτα these· -42 1 20 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἔσῃ to be σιωπῶν be quiet καὶ and μὴ not δυνάμενος be able λαλῆσαι to speak ⚐ἄχρι until ἧς which ἡμέρας day γένηται to be ταῦτα these, ⚐ἀνθ᾽ for ὧν which οὐκ no ἐπίστευσας to trust (in) τοῖς the λόγοις word μου of me, ⚐οἵτινες which πληρωθήσονται to fulfill εἰς toward τὸν the καιρὸν time αὐτῶν of them.

 -42 1 21 ⚐Καὶ and ἦν to be ὁ the λαὸς a people προσδοκῶν to look for τὸν the Ζαχαρίαν Zechariah, ⚐καὶ and ἐθαύμαζον to marvel ἐν in τῷ the χρονίζειν to delay ἐν in τῷ the ναῷ temple αὐτόν him. -42 1 22 ⚐ἐξελθὼν to go out δὲ and ⚐οὐκ no ἐδύνατο be able λαλῆσαι to speak αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and ἐπέγνωσαν to come to know ⚐ὅτι that ὀπτασίαν vision ἑώρακεν to see ἐν in τῷ the ναῷ temple· ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἦν to be διανεύων to signify αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and διέμενεν to remain κωφός mute. -42 1 23 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ὡς as ἐπλήσθησαν to fill αἱ the ἡμέραι day τῆς the λειτουργίας ministry αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house αὐτοῦ of him.

 -42 1 24 ⚐Μετὰ after δὲ and ταύτας these τὰς the ἡμέρας day συνέλαβεν to conceive Ἐλισάβετ Elizabeth ἡ the γυνὴ woman αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐καὶ and περιέκρυβεν to hide ἑαυτὴν herself μῆνας month πέντε five, ⚐λέγουσα to speak -42 1 25 ⚐ὅτι that Οὕτως thus(-ly) μοι to me πεποίηκεν to do κύριος lord ἐν in ἡμέραις day ⚐αἷς which ἐπεῖδεν to look upon ⚐ἀφελεῖν to remove ὄνειδός disgrace μου of me ἐν among ἀνθρώποις a human.

 -42 1 26 ⚐Ἐν in δὲ and τῷ the μηνὶ month τῷ the ἕκτῳ sixth ἀπεστάλη to send ὁ the ἄγγελος angel Γαβριὴλ Gabriel ἀπὸ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God εἰς toward πόλιν city τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee ⚐ᾗ which ὄνομα name Ναζαρὲθ Nazareth -42 1 27 ⚐πρὸς to παρθένον virgin ἐμνηστευμένην to betroth ἀνδρὶ man ⚐ᾧ which ὄνομα name Ἰωσὴφ Joseph ἐξ out of οἴκου house Δαυὶδ David, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ὄνομα name τῆς the παρθένου virgin Μαριάμ Mary. -42 1 28 ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθὼν to enter πρὸς to αὐτὴν her ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Χαῖρε to rejoice, κεχαριτωμένη to favor, ⚐ὁ the κύριος lord μετὰ with σοῦ of you. -42 1 29 ⚐ἡ the δὲ but ἐπὶ upon τῷ the λόγῳ word διεταράχθη to trouble ⚐καὶ and διελογίζετο to reason ⚐ποταπὸς of what kind? εἴη to be ὁ the ἀσπασμὸς salutation οὗτος this. -42 1 30 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say ὁ the ἄγγελος angel αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Μὴ not φοβοῦ to fear, Μαριάμ Mary, ⚐εὗρες to find γὰρ for χάριν grace παρὰ with τῷ the θεῷ God· -42 1 31 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! συλλήμψῃ to conceive ἐν in γαστρὶ belly ⚐καὶ and τέξῃ to give birth to υἱόν son, ⚐καὶ and καλέσεις to call τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him Ἰησοῦν Jesus. -42 1 32 ⚐οὗτος this ἔσται to be μέγας great ⚐καὶ and υἱὸς son Ὑψίστου highest κληθήσεται to call, ⚐καὶ and δώσει to give αὐτῷ to him κύριος lord ὁ the θεὸς God τὸν the θρόνον throne Δαυὶδ David τοῦ the πατρὸς father αὐτοῦ of him, -42 1 33 ⚐καὶ and βασιλεύσει to reign ἐπὶ over τὸν the οἶκον house Ἰακὼβ Jacob εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age, ⚐καὶ and τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom αὐτοῦ of him οὐκ no ἔσται to be τέλος goal. -42 1 34 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and Μαριὰμ Mary πρὸς to τὸν the ἄγγελον angel· ⚐Πῶς how? ἔσται to be τοῦτο this, ⚐ἐπεὶ since ἄνδρα man οὐ no γινώσκω to know; -42 1 35 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the ἄγγελος angel ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Πνεῦμα spirit ἅγιον holy ἐπελεύσεται to arrive ἐπὶ upon σέ you, ⚐καὶ and δύναμις power Ὑψίστου highest ἐπισκιάσει to overshadow σοι to you· ⚐διὸ therefore καὶ and τὸ the γεννώμενον to beget ἅγιον holy κληθήσεται to call, υἱὸς son θεοῦ God· -42 1 36 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! Ἐλισάβετ Elizabeth ἡ the συγγενίς relative σου of you καὶ and αὐτὴ she συνείληφεν to conceive υἱὸν son ἐν in γήρει old age αὐτῆς of her, ⚐καὶ and οὗτος this μὴν month ἕκτος sixth ἐστὶν to be αὐτῇ to her τῇ the καλουμένῃ to call στείρᾳ infertility· -42 1 37 ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἀδυνατήσει not to be able παρὰ with τοῦ the θεοῦ God πᾶν all ῥῆμα word. -42 1 38 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and Μαριάμ Mary· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἡ the δούλη female slave κυρίου lord· ⚐γένοιτό to be μοι to me κατὰ according to τὸ the ῥῆμά word σου of you. ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθεν to go away ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῆς of her ὁ the ἄγγελος angel.

 -42 1 39 ⚐Ἀναστᾶσα to arise δὲ and Μαριὰμ Mary ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ταύταις to these ⚐ἐπορεύθη to go εἰς toward τὴν the ὀρεινὴν hilly μετὰ with σπουδῆς diligence εἰς toward πόλιν city Ἰούδα Judea, -42 1 40 ⚐καὶ and εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house Ζαχαρίου Zechariah ⚐καὶ and ἠσπάσατο to pay respects to τὴν the Ἐλισάβετ Elizabeth. -42 1 41 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ὡς as ἤκουσεν to hear τὸν the ἀσπασμὸν salutation τῆς the Μαρίας Mary ἡ the Ἐλισάβετ Elizabeth, ⚐ἐσκίρτησεν to leap τὸ the βρέφος infant ἐν in τῇ the κοιλίᾳ womb αὐτῆς of her, ⚐καὶ and ἐπλήσθη to fill πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy ἡ the Ἐλισάβετ Elizabeth, -42 1 42 ⚐καὶ and ἀνεφώνησεν to exclaim κραυγῇ shouting μεγάλῃ great ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Εὐλογημένη to bless σὺ you ἐν among γυναιξίν woman, ⚐καὶ and εὐλογημένος to bless ὁ the καρπὸς fruit τῆς the κοιλίας womb σου of you. -42 1 43 ⚐καὶ and πόθεν where μοι to me τοῦτο this ⚐ἵνα in order that ἔλθῃ to come ἡ the μήτηρ mother τοῦ the κυρίου lord μου of me πρὸς to ἐμέ me; -42 1 44 ⚐ἰδοὺ look! γὰρ for ὡς as ἐγένετο to be ἡ the φωνὴ sound τοῦ the ἀσπασμοῦ salutation σου of you εἰς toward τὰ the ὦτά ear μου of me, ⚐ἐσκίρτησεν to leap ἐν in ἀγαλλιάσει joy τὸ the βρέφος infant ἐν in τῇ the κοιλίᾳ womb μου of me. -42 1 45 ⚐καὶ and μακαρία blessed ἡ who πιστεύσασα to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that ἔσται to be τελείωσις perfection τοῖς the λελαλημένοις to speak αὐτῇ to her παρὰ beside κυρίου lord.

 -42 1 46 ⚐Καὶ and εἶπεν to say Μαριάμ Mary· ⚐Μεγαλύνει to magnify ἡ the ψυχή soul μου of me τὸν the κύριον lord, -42 1 47 ⚐καὶ and ἠγαλλίασεν to rejoice τὸ the πνεῦμά spirit μου of me ἐπὶ upon τῷ the θεῷ God τῷ the σωτῆρί savior μου of me· -42 1 48 ⚐ὅτι since ἐπέβλεψεν to look upon ἐπὶ upon τὴν the ταπείνωσιν lowliness τῆς the δούλης female slave αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἰδοὺ look! γὰρ for ἀπὸ from τοῦ the νῦν now μακαριοῦσίν to bless με me πᾶσαι all αἱ the γενεαί generation· -42 1 49 ⚐ὅτι since ἐποίησέν to do μοι to me μεγάλα great ὁ who δυνατός able, ⚐καὶ and ἅγιον holy τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him, -42 1 50 ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ἔλεος mercy αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward γενεὰς generation καὶ and γενεὰς generation τοῖς who φοβουμένοις to fear αὐτόν him. -42 1 51 ⚐Ἐποίησεν to do κράτος power ἐν with βραχίονι arm αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐διεσκόρπισεν to scatter ὑπερηφάνους arrogant διανοίᾳ mind καρδίας heart αὐτῶν of them· -42 1 52 ⚐καθεῖλεν to take down δυνάστας ruler ἀπὸ from θρόνων throne ⚐καὶ and ὕψωσεν to lift up ταπεινούς lowly, -42 1 53 ⚐πεινῶντας to hunger ἐνέπλησεν to fill up ἀγαθῶν good-doer ⚐καὶ and πλουτοῦντας be rich ἐξαπέστειλεν to send out κενούς empty. -42 1 54 ⚐ἀντελάβετο to help Ἰσραὴλ Israel παιδὸς child αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐μνησθῆναι to remember ἐλέους mercy, -42 1 55 ⚐καθὼς as ἐλάλησεν to speak πρὸς to τοὺς the πατέρας father ἡμῶν of us, ⚐τῷ the Ἀβραὰμ Abraham καὶ and τῷ the σπέρματι seed αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age. -42 1 56 ⚐Ἔμεινεν to stay δὲ and Μαριὰμ Mary σὺν with αὐτῇ to her ὡς as μῆνας month τρεῖς three, ⚐καὶ and ὑπέστρεψεν to return εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house αὐτῆς of her.

 -42 1 57 ⚐Τῇ the δὲ and Ἐλισάβετ Elizabeth ἐπλήσθη to fill ὁ the χρόνος time ⚐τοῦ the τεκεῖν to give birth to αὐτήν her, ⚐καὶ and ἐγέννησεν to beget υἱόν son. -42 1 58 ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσαν to hear οἱ the περίοικοι neighboring καὶ and οἱ the συγγενεῖς kindred αὐτῆς of her ⚐ὅτι that ἐμεγάλυνεν to magnify κύριος lord τὸ the ἔλεος mercy αὐτοῦ of him μετ᾽ with αὐτῆς of her, ⚐καὶ and συνέχαιρον to rejoice with αὐτῇ to her. -42 1 59 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν on τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τῇ the ὀγδόῃ eighth ἦλθον to come περιτεμεῖν to circumcise τὸ the παιδίον child, ⚐καὶ and ἐκάλουν to call αὐτὸ it ἐπὶ to τῷ the ὀνόματι name τοῦ the πατρὸς father αὐτοῦ of him Ζαχαρίαν Zechariah. -42 1 60 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεῖσα to answer ἡ the μήτηρ mother αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Οὐχί not, ἀλλὰ but κληθήσεται to call Ἰωάννης John. -42 1 61 ⚐καὶ and εἶπαν to say πρὸς to αὐτὴν her ⚐ὅτι that Οὐδείς no one ἐστιν to be ἐκ of τῆς the συγγενείας kindred σου of you ⚐ὃς which καλεῖται to call τῷ the ὀνόματι name τούτῳ to this. -42 1 62 ⚐ἐνένευον to signify δὲ and τῷ the πατρὶ father αὐτοῦ of him ⚐τὸ the τί which? ἂν if θέλοι to will καλεῖσθαι to call αὐτό it. -42 1 63 ⚐καὶ and αἰτήσας to ask πινακίδιον little tablet ⚐ἔγραψεν to write ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἰωάννης John ἐστὶν to be ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him. ⚐καὶ and ἐθαύμασαν to marvel πάντες all. -42 1 64 ⚐ἀνεῴχθη to open δὲ and τὸ the στόμα mouth αὐτοῦ of him παραχρῆμα instantly καὶ and ἡ the γλῶσσα tongue αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἐλάλει to speak ⚐εὐλογῶν to bless τὸν the θεόν God. -42 1 65 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ἐπὶ with πάντας all φόβος fear τοὺς the περιοικοῦντας to dwell around αὐτούς them, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ὅλῃ all τῇ the ὀρεινῇ hilly τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea διελαλεῖτο to discuss πάντα all τὰ the ῥήματα word ταῦτα these, -42 1 66 ⚐καὶ and ἔθεντο to place πάντες all οἱ who ἀκούσαντες to hear ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart αὐτῶν of them, ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τί which? ἄρα therefore τὸ the παιδίον child τοῦτο this ἔσται to be; ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for χεὶρ hand κυρίου lord ἦν to be μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him.

 -42 1 67 ⚐Καὶ and Ζαχαρίας Zechariah ὁ the πατὴρ father αὐτοῦ of him ἐπλήσθη to fill πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy ⚐καὶ and ἐπροφήτευσεν to prophesy ⚐λέγων to speak· -42 1 68 ⚐Εὐλογητὸς praiseworthy κύριος lord ὁ the θεὸς God τοῦ the Ἰσραήλ Israel, ⚐ὅτι since ἐπεσκέψατο to visit with help καὶ and ἐποίησεν to make λύτρωσιν redemption τῷ the λαῷ a people αὐτοῦ of him, -42 1 69 ⚐καὶ and ἤγειρεν to arise κέρας horn σωτηρίας salvation ἡμῖν to us ἐν in οἴκῳ house Δαυὶδ David παιδὸς child αὐτοῦ of him, -42 1 70 ⚐καθὼς as ἐλάλησεν to speak διὰ through στόματος mouth τῶν the ἁγίων holy ἀπ᾽ from αἰῶνος an age προφητῶν prophet αὐτοῦ of him, -42 1 71 ⚐σωτηρίαν salvation ἐξ from ἐχθρῶν enemy ἡμῶν of us καὶ and ἐκ from χειρὸς hand πάντων all τῶν who μισούντων to hate ἡμᾶς us, -42 1 72 ⚐ποιῆσαι to do ἔλεος mercy μετὰ with τῶν the πατέρων father ἡμῶν of us ⚐καὶ and μνησθῆναι to remember διαθήκης covenant ἁγίας holy αὐτοῦ of him, -42 1 73 ⚐ὅρκον oath ὃν which ὤμοσεν to swear πρὸς to Ἀβραὰμ Abraham τὸν the πατέρα father ἡμῶν of us, ⚐τοῦ this δοῦναι to give ἡμῖν to us -42 1 74 ⚐ἀφόβως fearlessly ἐκ from χειρὸς hand ἐχθρῶν enemy ῥυσθέντας to deliver ⚐λατρεύειν to minister αὐτῷ to him -42 1 75 ἐν in ὁσιότητι holiness καὶ and δικαιοσύνῃ righteousness ἐνώπιον before αὐτοῦ of him πάσαις all ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ἡμῶν of us. -42 1 76 ⚐καὶ and σὺ you δέ and, παιδίον child, προφήτης prophet Ὑψίστου highest κληθήσῃ to call, ⚐προπορεύσῃ to go before γὰρ for ἐνώπιον before κυρίου lord ⚐ἑτοιμάσαι to make ready ὁδοὺς road αὐτοῦ of him, -42 1 77 ⚐τοῦ the δοῦναι to give γνῶσιν knowledge σωτηρίας salvation τῷ the λαῷ a people αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐν through ἀφέσει forgiveness ἁμαρτιῶν sin αὐτῶν of them, -42 1 78 διὰ because of σπλάγχνα affection ἐλέους mercy θεοῦ God ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ἐν in οἷς which ἐπισκέψεται to visit with help ἡμᾶς us ἀνατολὴ east ἐξ from ὕψους height, -42 1 79 ⚐ἐπιφᾶναι to appear τοῖς the ἐν in σκότει darkness καὶ and σκιᾷ shadow θανάτου death καθημένοις to sit, ⚐τοῦ the κατευθῦναι to guide τοὺς the πόδας foot ἡμῶν of us εἰς toward ὁδὸν road εἰρήνης peace.

 -42 1 80 ⚐Τὸ the δὲ and παιδίον child ηὔξανεν to grow ⚐καὶ and ἐκραταιοῦτο to strengthen πνεύματι spirit, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ἐν in ταῖς the ἐρήμοις deserted ἕως until ἡμέρας day ἀναδείξεως public appearance αὐτοῦ of him πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰσραήλ Israel.

 -42 2 1 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ἐκείναις that ἐξῆλθεν to go out δόγμα decree παρὰ from Καίσαρος Caesar Αὐγούστου Augustus ⚐ἀπογράφεσθαι to register πᾶσαν all τὴν the οἰκουμένην world· -42 2 2 ( ⚐αὕτη this ἀπογραφὴ census πρώτη first ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἡγεμονεύοντος to govern τῆς the Συρίας Syria Κυρηνίου Quirinius·) -42 2 3 ⚐καὶ and ἐπορεύοντο to go πάντες all ⚐ἀπογράφεσθαι to register, ⚐ἕκαστος each εἰς toward τὴν the ἑαυτοῦ myself πόλιν city. -42 2 4 ⚐Ἀνέβη to ascend δὲ and καὶ and Ἰωσὴφ Joseph ἀπὸ from τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee ἐκ of πόλεως city Ναζαρὲθ Nazareth εἰς toward τὴν the Ἰουδαίαν Judea ⚐εἰς toward πόλιν city Δαυὶδ David ἥτις which καλεῖται to call Βηθλέεμ Bethlehem, ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the εἶναι to be αὐτὸν him ἐξ out of οἴκου house καὶ and πατριᾶς family line Δαυίδ David, -42 2 5 ⚐ἀπογράψασθαι to register σὺν with Μαριὰμ Mary τῇ the ἐμνηστευμένῃ to betroth αὐτῷ to him, ⚐οὔσῃ to be ἐγκύῳ pregnant. -42 2 6 ⚐ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν in τῷ the εἶναι to be αὐτοὺς them ἐκεῖ there ⚐ἐπλήσθησαν to fill αἱ the ἡμέραι day ⚐τοῦ the τεκεῖν to give birth to αὐτήν her, -42 2 7 ⚐καὶ and ἔτεκεν to give birth to τὸν the υἱὸν son αὐτῆς of her τὸν the πρωτότοκον firstborn, ⚐καὶ and ἐσπαργάνωσεν to wrap αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἀνέκλινεν to recline αὐτὸν him ἐν in φάτνῃ manger, ⚐διότι because οὐκ no ἦν to be αὐτοῖς to them τόπος place ἐν in τῷ the καταλύματι inn.

 -42 2 8 ⚐Καὶ and ποιμένες shepherd ἦσαν to be ἐν in τῇ the χώρᾳ country τῇ the αὐτῇ to her ⚐ἀγραυλοῦντες to live outside ⚐καὶ and φυλάσσοντες to guard φυλακὰς watch τῆς the νυκτὸς night ἐπὶ over τὴν the ποίμνην flock αὐτῶν of them. -42 2 9 ⚐καὶ and ἄγγελος angel κυρίου lord ἐπέστη to approach αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καὶ and δόξα glory κυρίου lord περιέλαμψεν to shine around αὐτούς them, ⚐καὶ and ἐφοβήθησαν to fear φόβον fear μέγαν great· -42 2 10 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the ἄγγελος angel· ⚐Μὴ not φοβεῖσθε to fear, ⚐ἰδοὺ look! γὰρ for εὐαγγελίζομαι to speak good news ὑμῖν to you χαρὰν joy μεγάλην great ⚐ἥτις which ἔσται to be παντὶ all τῷ the λαῷ a people, -42 2 11 ⚐ὅτι that ἐτέχθη to give birth to ὑμῖν to you σήμερον today σωτὴρ savior ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be χριστὸς Christ κύριος lord ⚐ἐν in πόλει city Δαυίδ David· -42 2 12 ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this ὑμῖν to you τὸ the σημεῖον sign, ⚐εὑρήσετε to find βρέφος infant ἐσπαργανωμένον to wrap καὶ and κείμενον to lay ἐν in φάτνῃ manger. -42 2 13 ⚐καὶ and ἐξαίφνης suddenly ἐγένετο to be σὺν with τῷ the ἀγγέλῳ angel πλῆθος multitude στρατιᾶς army οὐρανίου heavenly ⚐αἰνούντων to praise τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐καὶ and λεγόντων to speak· -42 2 14 ⚐Δόξα glory ἐν in ὑψίστοις highest θεῷ God ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on γῆς earth εἰρήνη peace ἐν among ἀνθρώποις a human εὐδοκίας goodwill.

 -42 2 15 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ὡς as ἀπῆλθον to go away ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven οἱ the ἄγγελοι angel, ⚐οἱ the ποιμένες shepherd ἐλάλουν to speak πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another· ⚐Διέλθωμεν to pass through δὴ so ἕως until Βηθλέεμ Bethlehem ⚐καὶ and ἴδωμεν to know τὸ the ῥῆμα word τοῦτο this τὸ the γεγονὸς to be ⚐ὃ which ὁ the κύριος lord ἐγνώρισεν to make known ἡμῖν to us. -42 2 16 ⚐καὶ and ἦλθαν to go ⚐σπεύσαντες to hasten ⚐καὶ and ἀνεῦραν to find τήν the τε and Μαριὰμ Mary καὶ and τὸν the Ἰωσὴφ Joseph ⚐καὶ and τὸ the βρέφος infant κείμενον to lay ἐν in τῇ the φάτνῃ manger· -42 2 17 ⚐ἰδόντες to know δὲ and ⚐ἐγνώρισαν to make known περὶ about τοῦ the ῥήματος word τοῦ the λαληθέντος to speak αὐτοῖς to them περὶ about τοῦ the παιδίου child τούτου of this. -42 2 18 ⚐καὶ and πάντες all οἱ who ἀκούσαντες to hear ἐθαύμασαν to marvel περὶ about τῶν the λαληθέντων to speak ὑπὸ by τῶν the ποιμένων shepherd πρὸς to αὐτούς them, -42 2 19 ⚐ἡ the δὲ but Μαριὰμ Mary πάντα all συνετήρει to preserve τὰ the ῥήματα word ταῦτα these ⚐συμβάλλουσα to ponder ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart αὐτῆς of her. -42 2 20 ⚐καὶ and ὑπέστρεψαν to return οἱ the ποιμένες shepherd ⚐δοξάζοντες to glorify καὶ and αἰνοῦντες to praise τὸν the θεὸν God ἐπὶ upon πᾶσιν all ⚐οἷς which ἤκουσαν to hear καὶ and εἶδον to know ⚐καθὼς just as ἐλαλήθη to speak πρὸς to αὐτούς them.

 -42 2 21 ⚐Καὶ and ὅτε when ἐπλήσθησαν to fill ἡμέραι day ὀκτὼ eight τοῦ the περιτεμεῖν to circumcise αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἐκλήθη to call τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐τὸ the κληθὲν to call ὑπὸ by τοῦ the ἀγγέλου angel ⚐πρὸ before τοῦ the συλλημφθῆναι to conceive αὐτὸν him ἐν in τῇ the κοιλίᾳ womb.

 -42 2 22 ⚐Καὶ and ὅτε when ἐπλήσθησαν to fill αἱ the ἡμέραι day τοῦ the καθαρισμοῦ cleansing αὐτῶν of them κατὰ according to τὸν the νόμον law Μωϋσέως Moses, ⚐ἀνήγαγον to lead αὐτὸν him εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem ⚐παραστῆσαι to stand by τῷ the κυρίῳ lord, -42 2 23 ⚐καθὼς just as γέγραπται to write ἐν in νόμῳ law κυρίου lord ⚐ὅτι that Πᾶν all ἄρσεν male διανοῖγον to open μήτραν womb ἅγιον holy τῷ the κυρίῳ lord κληθήσεται to call, -42 2 24 ⚐καὶ and τοῦ the δοῦναι to give θυσίαν sacrifice κατὰ according to τὸ the εἰρημένον to say ἐν in τῷ the νόμῳ law κυρίου lord, ⚐ζεῦγος a pair τρυγόνων dove ἢ or δύο two νοσσοὺς nestling περιστερῶν dove.

 -42 2 25 ⚐Καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἄνθρωπος a human ἦν to be ἐν in Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐ᾧ which ὄνομα name Συμεών Simeon, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human οὗτος this δίκαιος just καὶ and εὐλαβής devout, ⚐προσδεχόμενος to look for παράκλησιν encouragement τοῦ the Ἰσραήλ Israel, ⚐καὶ and πνεῦμα spirit ἦν to be ἅγιον holy ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτόν him· -42 2 26 ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be αὐτῷ to him κεχρηματισμένον to announce ὑπὸ by τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit τοῦ the ἁγίου holy ⚐μὴ not ἰδεῖν to know θάνατον death ⚐πρὶν before ἢ or ἂν if ἴδῃ to know τὸν the χριστὸν Christ κυρίου lord. -42 2 27 ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to come ἐν in τῷ the πνεύματι spirit εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερόν temple· ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the εἰσαγαγεῖν to bring in τοὺς the γονεῖς parent τὸ the παιδίον child Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐τοῦ the ποιῆσαι to do αὐτοὺς them κατὰ according to τὸ the εἰθισμένον be accustomed τοῦ the νόμου law περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him -42 2 28 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἐδέξατο to receive αὐτὸ it εἰς toward τὰς the ἀγκάλας arm ⚐καὶ and εὐλόγησεν to bless τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· -42 2 29 ⚐Νῦν now ἀπολύεις to release τὸν the δοῦλόν slave σου of you, δέσποτα master, κατὰ according to τὸ the ῥῆμά word σου of you ἐν in εἰρήνῃ peace· -42 2 30 ⚐ὅτι since εἶδον to know οἱ the ὀφθαλμοί eye μου of me τὸ the σωτήριόν saving σου of you -42 2 31 ⚐ὃ which ἡτοίμασας to make ready κατὰ according to πρόσωπον face πάντων all τῶν the λαῶν a people, -42 2 32 ⚐φῶς light εἰς toward ἀποκάλυψιν revelation ἐθνῶν Gentiles ⚐καὶ and δόξαν glory λαοῦ a people σου of you Ἰσραήλ Israel.

 -42 2 33 ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ὁ the πατὴρ father αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and ἡ the μήτηρ mother θαυμάζοντες to marvel ἐπὶ upon τοῖς the λαλουμένοις to speak περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him. -42 2 34 ⚐καὶ and εὐλόγησεν to bless αὐτοὺς them Συμεὼν Simeon ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to Μαριὰμ Mary τὴν the μητέρα mother αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! οὗτος this κεῖται to be appointed εἰς toward πτῶσιν fall καὶ and ἀνάστασιν resurrection πολλῶν much ἐν in τῷ the Ἰσραὴλ Israel ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward σημεῖον sign ἀντιλεγόμενον to dispute, -42 2 35 ⚐καὶ and σοῦ of you δὲ and αὐτῆς of her τὴν the ψυχὴν soul διελεύσεται to pass through ῥομφαία sword, ⚐ὅπως that ἂν if ἀποκαλυφθῶσιν to reveal ἐκ of πολλῶν much καρδιῶν heart διαλογισμοί reasoning.

 -42 2 36 ⚐Καὶ and ἦν to be Ἅννα Anna προφῆτις prophetess, θυγάτηρ daughter Φανουήλ Phanuel, ἐκ of φυλῆς tribe Ἀσήρ Asher( ⚐αὕτη this προβεβηκυῖα to advance ἐν in ἡμέραις day πολλαῖς much, ⚐ζήσασα to live μετὰ with ἀνδρὸς man ἔτη year ἑπτὰ seven ἀπὸ from τῆς the παρθενίας virginity αὐτῆς of her, -42 2 37 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὴ she χήρα widow ἕως until ἐτῶν year ὀγδοήκοντα eighty τεσσάρων four,) ⚐ἣ which οὐκ no ἀφίστατο to leave τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple ⚐νηστείαις fasting καὶ and δεήσεσιν prayer λατρεύουσα to minister νύκτα night καὶ and ἡμέραν day. -42 2 38 ⚐καὶ and αὐτῇ to her τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour ἐπιστᾶσα to approach ⚐ἀνθωμολογεῖτο to praise τῷ the θεῷ God ⚐καὶ and ἐλάλει to speak περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him πᾶσιν all τοῖς who προσδεχομένοις to wait for λύτρωσιν redemption Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem.

 -42 2 39 ⚐Καὶ and ὡς as ἐτέλεσαν to finish πάντα all τὰ the κατὰ according to τὸν the νόμον law κυρίου lord, ⚐ἐπέστρεψαν to turn εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee εἰς toward πόλιν city ἑαυτῶν themselves Ναζαρέθ Nazareth. -42 2 40 ⚐Τὸ the δὲ and παιδίον child ηὔξανεν to grow καὶ and ἐκραταιοῦτο to strengthen ⚐πληρούμενον to fulfill σοφίᾳ wisdom, ⚐καὶ and χάρις grace θεοῦ God ἦν to be ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτό it.

 -42 2 41 ⚐Καὶ and ἐπορεύοντο to go οἱ the γονεῖς parent αὐτοῦ of him κατ᾽ according to ἔτος year εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem τῇ the ἑορτῇ festival τοῦ the πάσχα Passover. -42 2 42 ⚐καὶ and ὅτε when ἐγένετο to be ἐτῶν year δώδεκα twelve, ⚐ἀναβαινόντων to ascend αὐτῶν of them κατὰ according to τὸ the ἔθος custom τῆς the ἑορτῆς festival -42 2 43 ⚐καὶ and τελειωσάντων to perfect τὰς the ἡμέρας day, ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ὑποστρέφειν to return αὐτοὺς them ⚐ὑπέμεινεν to endure Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὁ the παῖς child ἐν in Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔγνωσαν to know οἱ the γονεῖς parent αὐτοῦ of him. -42 2 44 ⚐νομίσαντες to think δὲ but ⚐αὐτὸν him εἶναι to be ἐν in τῇ the συνοδίᾳ caravan ⚐ἦλθον to go ἡμέρας day ὁδὸν road ⚐καὶ and ἀνεζήτουν to search αὐτὸν him ἐν among τοῖς the συγγενεῦσιν kindred καὶ and τοῖς the γνωστοῖς acquainted with, -42 2 45 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not εὑρόντες to find ⚐ὑπέστρεψαν to return εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐ἀναζητοῦντες to search αὐτόν him. -42 2 46 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐μετὰ after ἡμέρας day τρεῖς three εὗρον to find αὐτὸν him ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ⚐καθεζόμενον to sit down ἐν among μέσῳ midst τῶν the διδασκάλων teacher ⚐καὶ and ἀκούοντα to hear αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἐπερωτῶντα to question αὐτούς them· -42 2 47 ⚐ἐξίσταντο to amaze δὲ and πάντες all οἱ who ἀκούοντες to hear αὐτοῦ of him ἐπὶ upon τῇ the συνέσει understanding καὶ and ταῖς the ἀποκρίσεσιν answer αὐτοῦ of him. -42 2 48 ⚐καὶ and ἰδόντες to know αὐτὸν him ⚐ἐξεπλάγησαν be astonished, ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ἡ the μήτηρ mother αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Τέκνον child, τί which? ἐποίησας to do ἡμῖν to us οὕτως thus(-ly); ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ὁ the πατήρ father σου of you κἀγὼ and I ὀδυνώμενοι be anguished ⚐ἐζητοῦμέν to seek σε you. -42 2 49 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Τί which? ὅτι that ἐζητεῖτέ to seek με me; ⚐οὐκ no ᾔδειτε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐν in τοῖς the τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me δεῖ to bind εἶναί to be με me; -42 2 50 ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they οὐ no συνῆκαν to understand τὸ the ῥῆμα word ⚐ὃ which ἐλάλησεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them. -42 2 51 ⚐καὶ and κατέβη to go down μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to come εἰς toward Ναζαρὲθ Nazareth, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ὑποτασσόμενος to subject αὐτοῖς to them. ⚐καὶ and ἡ the μήτηρ mother αὐτοῦ of him διετήρει to keep πάντα all τὰ the ῥήματα word ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart αὐτῆς of her.

 -42 2 52 ⚐Καὶ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus προέκοπτεν to advance ἐν in τῇ the σοφίᾳ wisdom καὶ and ἡλικίᾳ height καὶ and χάριτι grace παρὰ with θεῷ God καὶ and ἀνθρώποις a human.

 -42 3 1 ⚐Ἐν in ἔτει year δὲ and πεντεκαιδεκάτῳ fifteenth τῆς the ἡγεμονίας reign Τιβερίου Tiberius Καίσαρος Caesar, ⚐ἡγεμονεύοντος to govern Ποντίου Pontius Πιλάτου Pilate τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea, ⚐καὶ and τετρααρχοῦντος be a tetrarch τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee Ἡρῴδου Herod, ⚐Φιλίππου Philip δὲ and τοῦ the ἀδελφοῦ brother αὐτοῦ of him τετρααρχοῦντος be a tetrarch τῆς the Ἰτουραίας Iturea καὶ and Τραχωνίτιδος Traconitis χώρας country, ⚐καὶ and Λυσανίου Lysanias τῆς the Ἀβιληνῆς Abilene τετρααρχοῦντος be a tetrarch, -42 3 2 ⚐ἐπὶ upon ἀρχιερέως high-priest Ἅννα Annas καὶ and Καϊάφα Caiaphas, ⚐ἐγένετο to be ῥῆμα word θεοῦ God ἐπὶ to Ἰωάννην John τὸν the Ζαχαρίου Zechariah υἱὸν son ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted. -42 3 3 ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to go εἰς toward πᾶσαν all τὴν the περίχωρον surrounding region τοῦ the Ἰορδάνου Jordan ⚐κηρύσσων to preach βάπτισμα baptism μετανοίας repentance εἰς toward ἄφεσιν forgiveness ἁμαρτιῶν sin, -42 3 4 ⚐ὡς as γέγραπται to write ἐν in βίβλῳ book λόγων word Ἠσαΐου Isaiah τοῦ the προφήτου prophet· ⚐Φωνὴ voice βοῶντος to cry out ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted· ⚐Ἑτοιμάσατε to make ready τὴν the ὁδὸν road κυρίου lord, ⚐εὐθείας straight ποιεῖτε to make τὰς the τρίβους path αὐτοῦ of him. -42 3 5 ⚐πᾶσα all φάραγξ valley πληρωθήσεται to fulfill ⚐καὶ and πᾶν all ὄρος mountain καὶ and βουνὸς hill ταπεινωθήσεται to humble, ⚐καὶ and ἔσται to be τὰ the σκολιὰ crooked εἰς toward εὐθεῖαν straight ⚐καὶ and αἱ the τραχεῖαι rough εἰς toward ὁδοὺς road λείας smooth· -42 3 6 ⚐καὶ and ὄψεται to see πᾶσα all σὰρξ flesh τὸ the σωτήριον saving τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -42 3 7 ⚐Ἔλεγεν to speak οὖν therefore τοῖς the ἐκπορευομένοις to come out ὄχλοις crowd ⚐βαπτισθῆναι to baptize ὑπ᾽ by αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Γεννήματα offspring ἐχιδνῶν snake, τίς which? ὑπέδειξεν to show ὑμῖν to you ⚐φυγεῖν to flee ἀπὸ from τῆς the μελλούσης be about to ὀργῆς wrath; -42 3 8 ⚐ποιήσατε to make οὖν therefore καρποὺς fruit ἀξίους worthy τῆς the μετανοίας repentance· ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ἄρξησθε be first λέγειν to speak ἐν in ἑαυτοῖς yourself· ⚐Πατέρα father ἔχομεν to have τὸν the Ἀβραάμ Abraham, ⚐λέγω to speak γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that δύναται be able ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐ἐκ from τῶν the λίθων stone τούτων of these ἐγεῖραι to arise τέκνα child τῷ the Ἀβραάμ Abraham. -42 3 9 ⚐ἤδη already δὲ and καὶ and ἡ the ἀξίνη axe πρὸς to τὴν the ῥίζαν root τῶν the δένδρων tree κεῖται to lay· ⚐πᾶν all οὖν therefore δένδρον tree μὴ not ποιοῦν to create καρπὸν fruit καλὸν good ἐκκόπτεται to cut off ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward πῦρ fire βάλλεται to throw.

 -42 3 10 ⚐Καὶ and ἐπηρώτων to question αὐτὸν him οἱ the ὄχλοι crowd ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τί which? οὖν then ποιήσωμεν to do; -42 3 11 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὁ who ἔχων to have δύο two χιτῶνας tunic μεταδότω to share τῷ the μὴ not ἔχοντι to have, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who ἔχων to have βρώματα food ὁμοίως likewise ποιείτω to do. -42 3 12 ⚐ἦλθον to come δὲ and καὶ and τελῶναι tax collector ⚐βαπτισθῆναι to baptize ⚐καὶ and εἶπαν to say πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, τί which? ποιήσωμεν to do; -42 3 13 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Μηδὲν nothing πλέον greater παρὰ beside τὸ the διατεταγμένον to direct ὑμῖν to you πράσσετε to exact. -42 3 14 ⚐ἐπηρώτων to question δὲ and αὐτὸν him καὶ and στρατευόμενοι to battle ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τί which? ποιήσωμεν to do καὶ and ἡμεῖς we; ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Μηδένα nothing διασείσητε to extort ⚐μηδὲ not συκοφαντήσητε to extort, ⚐καὶ and ἀρκεῖσθε be sufficient τοῖς the ὀψωνίοις compensation ὑμῶν of you.

 -42 3 15 ⚐Προσδοκῶντος to look for δὲ and τοῦ the λαοῦ a people ⚐καὶ and διαλογιζομένων to reason πάντων all ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart αὐτῶν of them περὶ about τοῦ the Ἰωάννου John, ⚐μήποτε lest αὐτὸς he εἴη to be ὁ the χριστός Christ, -42 3 16 ⚐ἀπεκρίνατο to answer ⚐λέγων to speak πᾶσιν all ὁ the Ἰωάννης John· ⚐Ἐγὼ I μὲν on the other hand ὕδατι water βαπτίζω to baptize ὑμᾶς you· ⚐ἔρχεται to come δὲ but ὁ the ἰσχυρότερός strong μου of me, ⚐οὗ which οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἱκανὸς sufficient ⚐λῦσαι to loose τὸν the ἱμάντα leather strap τῶν the ὑποδημάτων sandal αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐αὐτὸς he ὑμᾶς you βαπτίσει to baptize ἐν with πνεύματι spirit ἁγίῳ holy καὶ and πυρί fire· -42 3 17 ⚐οὗ which τὸ the πτύον winnowing fork ἐν in τῇ the χειρὶ hand αὐτοῦ of him ⚐διακαθᾶραι to scour τὴν the ἅλωνα threshing-floor αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and συναγαγεῖν to assemble τὸν the σῖτον grain εἰς toward τὴν the ἀποθήκην storehouse αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐τὸ the δὲ but ἄχυρον chaff κατακαύσει to burn πυρὶ fire ἀσβέστῳ unquenchable.

 -42 3 18 ⚐Πολλὰ much μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore καὶ and ἕτερα other παρακαλῶν to plead ⚐εὐηγγελίζετο to speak good news τὸν the λαόν a people· -42 3 19 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἡρῴδης Herod ὁ the τετραάρχης tetrarch, ⚐ἐλεγχόμενος to rebuke ὑπ᾽ by αὐτοῦ of him περὶ about Ἡρῳδιάδος Herodias τῆς the γυναικὸς woman τοῦ the ἀδελφοῦ brother αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and περὶ about πάντων all ὧν which ἐποίησεν to do πονηρῶν evil ὁ the Ἡρῴδης Herod, -42 3 20 ⚐προσέθηκεν to add (to) καὶ and τοῦτο this ἐπὶ to πᾶσιν all, ⚐καὶ and κατέκλεισεν to lock up τὸν the Ἰωάννην John ἐν in φυλακῇ prison.

 -42 3 21 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν in τῷ the βαπτισθῆναι to baptize ἅπαντα all τὸν the λαὸν a people ⚐καὶ and Ἰησοῦ Jesus βαπτισθέντος to baptize καὶ and προσευχομένου to pray ⚐ἀνεῳχθῆναι to open τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven -42 3 22 ⚐καὶ and καταβῆναι to come down τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy σωματικῷ bodily εἴδει appearance ὡς as περιστερὰν dove ἐπ᾽ on αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and φωνὴν voice ἐξ from οὐρανοῦ heaven γενέσθαι to be· ⚐Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the υἱός son μου of me ὁ the ἀγαπητός beloved, ⚐ἐν in σοὶ to you εὐδόκησα to delight.

 -42 3 23 ⚐Καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἦν to be Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀρχόμενος be first ὡσεὶ about ἐτῶν year τριάκοντα thirty, ⚐ὢν to be υἱός son, ὡς as ἐνομίζετο to think, Ἰωσὴφ Joseph ⚐τοῦ the Ἠλὶ Heli -42 3 24 τοῦ the Μαθθὰτ Matthat τοῦ the Λευὶ Levi τοῦ the Μελχὶ Melki τοῦ the Ἰανναὶ Janna τοῦ the Ἰωσὴφ Joseph -42 3 25 τοῦ the Ματταθίου Mattathias τοῦ the Ἀμὼς Amos τοῦ the Ναοὺμ Nahum τοῦ the Ἑσλὶ Esli τοῦ the Ναγγαὶ Naggai -42 3 26 τοῦ the Μάαθ Maath τοῦ the Ματταθίου Mattathias τοῦ the Σεμεῒν Semein τοῦ the Ἰωσὴχ Josech τοῦ the Ἰωδὰ Joda -42 3 27 τοῦ the Ἰωανὰν Joannan τοῦ the Ῥησὰ Rhesa τοῦ the Ζοροβαβὲλ Zerubbabel τοῦ the Σαλαθιὴλ Salathiel τοῦ the Νηρὶ Neri -42 3 28 τοῦ the Μελχὶ Melki τοῦ the Ἀδδὶ Addi τοῦ the Κωσὰμ Cosam τοῦ the Ἐλμαδὰμ Elmadam τοῦ the Ἢρ Er -42 3 29 τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Joshua τοῦ the Ἐλιέζερ Eliezer τοῦ the Ἰωρὶμ Jorim τοῦ the Μαθθὰτ Matthat τοῦ the Λευὶ Levi -42 3 30 τοῦ the Συμεὼν Simeon τοῦ the Ἰούδα Judah τοῦ the Ἰωσὴφ Joseph τοῦ the Ἰωνὰμ Jonam τοῦ the Ἐλιακὶμ Eliakim -42 3 31 τοῦ the Μελεὰ Melea τοῦ the Μεννὰ Menna τοῦ the Ματταθὰ Mattatha τοῦ the Ναθὰμ Nathan τοῦ the Δαυὶδ David -42 3 32 τοῦ the Ἰεσσαὶ Jesse τοῦ the Ἰωβὴδ Obed τοῦ the Βόος Boaz τοῦ the Σαλὰ Sala τοῦ the Ναασσὼν Nahshon -42 3 33 τοῦ the Ἀμιναδὰβ Amminadab τοῦ the Ἀδμὶν Adminan τοῦ the Ἀρνὶ Arni τοῦ the Ἑσρὼμ Hezron τοῦ the Φαρὲς Perez τοῦ the Ἰούδα Judah -42 3 34 τοῦ the Ἰακὼβ Jacob τοῦ the Ἰσαὰκ Isaac τοῦ the Ἀβραὰμ Abraham τοῦ the Θάρα Terah τοῦ the Ναχὼρ Nahor -42 3 35 τοῦ the Σεροὺχ Serug τοῦ the Ῥαγαὺ Reu τοῦ the Φάλεκ Peleg τοῦ the Ἔβερ Eber τοῦ the Σαλὰ Sala -42 3 36 τοῦ the Καϊνὰμ Cainan τοῦ the Ἀρφαξὰδ Arphaxad τοῦ the Σὴμ Shem τοῦ the Νῶε Noah τοῦ the Λάμεχ Lamech -42 3 37 τοῦ the Μαθουσαλὰ Methuselah τοῦ the Ἑνὼχ Enoch τοῦ the Ἰάρετ Jared τοῦ the Μαλελεὴλ Mahalalel τοῦ the Καϊνὰμ Cainan -42 3 38 τοῦ the Ἐνὼς Enosh τοῦ the Σὴθ Seth τοῦ the Ἀδὰμ Adam τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -42 4 1 ⚐Ἰησοῦς Jesus δὲ and πλήρης full πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy ὑπέστρεψεν to return ἀπὸ from τοῦ the Ἰορδάνου Jordan, ⚐καὶ and ἤγετο to bring ἐν by τῷ the πνεύματι spirit ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted -42 4 2 ⚐ἡμέρας day τεσσεράκοντα forty πειραζόμενος to tempt ὑπὸ by τοῦ the διαβόλου the Devil. ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔφαγεν to eat οὐδὲν no one ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ἐκείναις that, ⚐καὶ and συντελεσθεισῶν to complete αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐπείνασεν to hunger. -42 4 3 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and αὐτῷ to him ὁ the διάβολος the Devil· ⚐Εἰ if υἱὸς son εἶ to be τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐εἰπὲ to say τῷ the λίθῳ stone τούτῳ to this ⚐ἵνα in order to γένηται to be ἄρτος bread. -42 4 4 ⚐καὶ and ἀπεκρίθη to answer πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Γέγραπται to write ⚐ὅτι that Οὐκ no ἐπ᾽ upon ἄρτῳ bread μόνῳ alone ζήσεται to live ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human.

 -42 4 5 ⚐Καὶ and ἀναγαγὼν to lead αὐτὸν him ⚐ἔδειξεν to show αὐτῷ to him πάσας all τὰς the βασιλείας kingdom τῆς the οἰκουμένης world ἐν in στιγμῇ instant χρόνου time· -42 4 6 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the διάβολος the Devil· ⚐Σοὶ to you δώσω to give τὴν the ἐξουσίαν authority ταύτην this ἅπασαν all καὶ and τὴν the δόξαν glory αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ὅτι since ἐμοὶ to me παραδέδοται to deliver ⚐καὶ and ᾧ which ἐὰν if θέλω to will δίδωμι to give αὐτήν her· -42 4 7 ⚐σὺ you οὖν then ἐὰν if προσκυνήσῃς to worship ἐνώπιον before ἐμοῦ of me, ⚐ἔσται to be σοῦ of you πᾶσα all. -42 4 8 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Γέγραπται to write· ⚐Κύριον lord τὸν the θεόν God σου of you προσκυνήσεις to worship ⚐καὶ and αὐτῷ to him μόνῳ alone λατρεύσεις to minister.

 -42 4 9 ⚐Ἤγαγεν to bring δὲ and αὐτὸν him εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐καὶ and ἔστησεν to stand ἐπὶ on τὸ the πτερύγιον pinnacle τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple, ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Εἰ if υἱὸς son εἶ to be τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐βάλε to throw σεαυτὸν yourself ἐντεῦθεν from here κάτω under· -42 4 10 ⚐γέγραπται to write γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that Τοῖς the ἀγγέλοις angel αὐτοῦ of him ἐντελεῖται to order περὶ about σοῦ of you ⚐τοῦ the διαφυλάξαι to protect σε you, -42 4 11 ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that Ἐπὶ upon χειρῶν hand ἀροῦσίν to take up σε you ⚐μήποτε lest προσκόψῃς to strike πρὸς to λίθον stone τὸν the πόδα foot σου of you. -42 4 12 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὅτι that Εἴρηται to say· ⚐Οὐκ no ἐκπειράσεις to test κύριον lord τὸν the θεόν God σου of you. -42 4 13 ⚐καὶ and συντελέσας to complete πάντα all πειρασμὸν temptation ὁ the διάβολος the Devil ⚐ἀπέστη to leave ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him ἄχρι until καιροῦ right time.

 -42 4 14 ⚐Καὶ and ὑπέστρεψεν to return ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐν in τῇ the δυνάμει power τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee. ⚐καὶ and φήμη news ἐξῆλθεν to go out καθ᾽ according to ὅλης all τῆς the περιχώρου surrounding region περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him. -42 4 15 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἐδίδασκεν to teach ἐν in ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue αὐτῶν of them, ⚐δοξαζόμενος to glorify ὑπὸ by πάντων all.

 -42 4 16 ⚐Καὶ and ἦλθεν to come εἰς toward Ναζαρά Nazareth, ⚐οὗ where ἦν to be τεθραμμένος to feed, ⚐καὶ and εἰσῆλθεν to enter κατὰ according to τὸ the εἰωθὸς to have a custom αὐτῷ to him ἐν on τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τῶν the σαββάτων Sabbath εἰς toward τὴν the συναγωγήν synagogue, ⚐καὶ and ἀνέστη to arise ἀναγνῶναι to read. -42 4 17 ⚐καὶ and ἐπεδόθη to give αὐτῷ to him βιβλίον scroll τοῦ the προφήτου prophet Ἠσαΐου Isaiah ⚐καὶ and ἀναπτύξας to unroll τὸ the βιβλίον scroll ⚐εὗρεν to find τὸν the τόπον place οὗ no ἦν to be γεγραμμένον to write· -42 4 18 ⚐Πνεῦμα spirit κυρίου lord ἐπ᾽ upon ἐμέ me, ⚐οὗ which εἵνεκεν because of ἔχρισέν to anoint με me ⚐εὐαγγελίσασθαι to speak good news πτωχοῖς poor, ⚐ἀπέσταλκέν to send με me ⚐κηρύξαι to preach αἰχμαλώτοις captive ἄφεσιν forgiveness ⚐καὶ and τυφλοῖς blind ἀνάβλεψιν recovery of sight, ⚐ἀποστεῖλαι to send τεθραυσμένους to crush ἐν in ἀφέσει forgiveness, -42 4 19 ⚐κηρύξαι to preach ἐνιαυτὸν year κυρίου lord δεκτόν acceptable. -42 4 20 ⚐καὶ and πτύξας to roll up τὸ the βιβλίον scroll ⚐ἀποδοὺς to pay τῷ the ὑπηρέτῃ servant ⚐ἐκάθισεν to sit· ⚐καὶ and πάντων all οἱ the ὀφθαλμοὶ eye ἐν in τῇ the συναγωγῇ synagogue ἦσαν to be ἀτενίζοντες to gaze αὐτῷ to him. -42 4 21 ⚐ἤρξατο be first δὲ and λέγειν to speak πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ⚐ὅτι that Σήμερον today πεπλήρωται to fulfill ἡ the γραφὴ a writing αὕτη this ἐν in τοῖς the ὠσὶν ear ὑμῶν of you. -42 4 22 ⚐καὶ and πάντες all ἐμαρτύρουν to testify αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and ἐθαύμαζον to marvel ἐπὶ upon τοῖς the λόγοις word τῆς the χάριτος grace τοῖς the ἐκπορευομένοις to come out ἐκ of τοῦ the στόματος mouth αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Οὐχὶ not υἱός son ἐστιν to be Ἰωσὴφ Joseph οὗτος this; -42 4 23 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Πάντως surely ἐρεῖτέ to say μοι to me τὴν the παραβολὴν parable ταύτην this· ⚐Ἰατρέ physician, θεράπευσον to heal σεαυτόν yourself· ⚐ὅσα as much as ἠκούσαμεν to hear γενόμενα to be εἰς toward τὴν the Καφαρναοὺμ Capernaum ποίησον to do καὶ and ὧδε here ἐν in τῇ the πατρίδι fatherland σου of you. -42 4 24 ⚐εἶπεν to say δέ and· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὐδεὶς no one προφήτης prophet δεκτός acceptable ἐστιν to be ἐν in τῇ the πατρίδι fatherland αὐτοῦ of him. -42 4 25 ⚐ἐπ᾽ over ἀληθείας truth δὲ but λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐πολλαὶ much χῆραι widow ἦσαν to be ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day Ἠλίου Elijah ἐν in τῷ the Ἰσραήλ Israel, ⚐ὅτε when ἐκλείσθη to shut ὁ the οὐρανὸς heaven ἐπὶ upon ἔτη year τρία three καὶ and μῆνας month ἕξ six, ⚐ὡς as ἐγένετο to be λιμὸς hunger μέγας great ἐπὶ upon πᾶσαν all τὴν the γῆν earth, -42 4 26 ⚐καὶ and πρὸς to οὐδεμίαν no one αὐτῶν of them ἐπέμφθη to send Ἠλίας Elijah ⚐εἰ if μὴ not εἰς toward Σάρεπτα Zarephath τῆς the Σιδωνίας Sidonian πρὸς to γυναῖκα woman χήραν widow. -42 4 27 ⚐καὶ and πολλοὶ much λεπροὶ leprous ἦσαν to be ἐν in τῷ the Ἰσραὴλ Israel ἐπὶ upon Ἐλισαίου Elisha τοῦ the προφήτου prophet, ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one αὐτῶν of them ἐκαθαρίσθη to clean, ⚐εἰ if μὴ not Ναιμὰν Naaman ὁ the Σύρος Syrian. -42 4 28 ⚐καὶ and ἐπλήσθησαν to fill πάντες all θυμοῦ wrath ἐν in τῇ the συναγωγῇ synagogue ⚐ἀκούοντες to hear ταῦτα these, -42 4 29 ⚐καὶ and ἀναστάντες to arise ⚐ἐξέβαλον to expel αὐτὸν him ἔξω out τῆς the πόλεως city, ⚐καὶ and ἤγαγον to bring αὐτὸν him ἕως until ὀφρύος brow τοῦ the ὄρους mountain ⚐ἐφ᾽ on οὗ which ἡ the πόλις city ᾠκοδόμητο to build αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ὥστε so κατακρημνίσαι to cast down αὐτόν him· -42 4 30 ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ but διελθὼν to pass through διὰ through μέσου midst αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐπορεύετο to go.

 -42 4 31 ⚐Καὶ and κατῆλθεν to descend εἰς toward Καφαρναοὺμ Capernaum πόλιν city τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee. ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be διδάσκων to teach αὐτοὺς them ἐν on τοῖς the σάββασιν Sabbath· -42 4 32 ⚐καὶ and ἐξεπλήσσοντο be astonished ἐπὶ upon τῇ the διδαχῇ teaching αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὅτι since ἐν with ἐξουσίᾳ authority ἦν to be ὁ the λόγος word αὐτοῦ of him. -42 4 33 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the συναγωγῇ synagogue ἦν to be ἄνθρωπος a human ἔχων to have πνεῦμα spirit δαιμονίου demon ἀκαθάρτου unclean, ⚐καὶ and ἀνέκραξεν to yell φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great· -42 4 34 ⚐Ἔα ha!, τί which? ἡμῖν to us καὶ and σοί to you, Ἰησοῦ Jesus Ναζαρηνέ Nazarene; ⚐ἦλθες to come ἀπολέσαι to destroy ἡμᾶς us; ⚐οἶδά to know σε you ⚐τίς which? εἶ to be, ὁ the ἅγιος holy τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 4 35 ⚐καὶ and ἐπετίμησεν to rebuke αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Φιμώθητι to muzzle καὶ and ἔξελθε to go out ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him. ⚐καὶ and ῥίψαν to throw αὐτὸν him τὸ the δαιμόνιον demon εἰς toward τὸ the μέσον midst ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him ⚐μηδὲν nothing βλάψαν to hurt αὐτόν him. -42 4 36 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be θάμβος amazement ἐπὶ upon πάντας all, ⚐καὶ and συνελάλουν to talk with πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τίς which? ὁ the λόγος word οὗτος this ⚐ὅτι since ἐν with ἐξουσίᾳ authority καὶ and δυνάμει power ἐπιτάσσει to command τοῖς the ἀκαθάρτοις unclean πνεύμασιν spirit, ⚐καὶ and ἐξέρχονται to go out; -42 4 37 ⚐καὶ and ἐξεπορεύετο to go out ἦχος sound περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward πάντα all τόπον place τῆς the περιχώρου surrounding region.

 -42 4 38 ⚐Ἀναστὰς to arise δὲ and ἀπὸ from τῆς the συναγωγῆς synagogue ⚐εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house Σίμωνος Simon. ⚐πενθερὰ mother-in-law δὲ and τοῦ the Σίμωνος Simon ἦν to be συνεχομένη to suffer from πυρετῷ fever μεγάλῳ great, ⚐καὶ and ἠρώτησαν to ask αὐτὸν him περὶ about αὐτῆς of her. -42 4 39 ⚐καὶ and ἐπιστὰς to approach ἐπάνω above αὐτῆς of her ⚐ἐπετίμησεν to rebuke τῷ the πυρετῷ fever, ⚐καὶ and ἀφῆκεν to release αὐτήν her· ⚐παραχρῆμα instantly δὲ and ἀναστᾶσα to arise ⚐διηκόνει to serve αὐτοῖς to them.

 -42 4 40 ⚐Δύνοντος to set δὲ and τοῦ the ἡλίου sun ⚐ἅπαντες all ὅσοι as much as εἶχον to have ἀσθενοῦντας be weak νόσοις illness ποικίλαις various ἤγαγον to bring αὐτοὺς them πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἑνὶ one ἑκάστῳ each αὐτῶν of them τὰς the χεῖρας hand ἐπιτιθεὶς to put ⚐ἐθεράπευεν to heal αὐτούς them. -42 4 41 ⚐ἐξήρχετο to go out δὲ and καὶ and δαιμόνια demon ἀπὸ from πολλῶν much ⚐κραυγάζοντα to shout καὶ and λέγοντα to speak ⚐ὅτι since Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God. ⚐καὶ and ἐπιτιμῶν to rebuke ⚐οὐκ no εἴα to allow αὐτὰ them λαλεῖν to speak, ⚐ὅτι that ᾔδεισαν to know ⚐τὸν the χριστὸν Christ αὐτὸν him εἶναι to be.

 -42 4 42 ⚐Γενομένης to be δὲ and ἡμέρας day ⚐ἐξελθὼν to go out ⚐ἐπορεύθη to go εἰς toward ἔρημον deserted τόπον place· ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ὄχλοι crowd ἐπεζήτουν to seek after αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἦλθον to come ἕως until αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and κατεῖχον to hold back αὐτὸν him ⚐τοῦ the μὴ not πορεύεσθαι to go ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them. -42 4 43 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ⚐ὅτι that Καὶ and ταῖς the ἑτέραις other πόλεσιν city εὐαγγελίσασθαί to speak good news με me δεῖ to bind τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ὅτι that ἐπὶ upon τοῦτο this ἀπεστάλην to send. -42 4 44 ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be κηρύσσων to preach εἰς toward τὰς the συναγωγὰς synagogue τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea.

 -42 5 1 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν in τῷ the τὸν the ὄχλον crowd ἐπικεῖσθαι to lay on αὐτῷ to him καὶ and ἀκούειν to hear τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἦν to be ἑστὼς to stand παρὰ beside τὴν the λίμνην lake Γεννησαρὲτ Gennesaret, -42 5 2 ⚐καὶ and εἶδεν to know δύο two πλοῖα boat ἑστῶτα to stand παρὰ beside τὴν the λίμνην lake, ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἁλιεῖς fisherman ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them ἀποβάντες to get out ⚐ἔπλυνον to wash τὰ the δίκτυα net. -42 5 3 ⚐ἐμβὰς to get into δὲ and εἰς toward ἓν one τῶν the πλοίων boat, ⚐ὃ which ἦν to be Σίμωνος Simon, ⚐ἠρώτησεν to ask αὐτὸν him ⚐ἀπὸ from τῆς the γῆς earth ἐπαναγαγεῖν to put off ὀλίγον little, ⚐καθίσας to sit δὲ and ⚐ἐκ from τοῦ the πλοίου boat ἐδίδασκεν to teach τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd. -42 5 4 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and ἐπαύσατο to cease λαλῶν to speak, ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to τὸν the Σίμωνα Simon· ⚐Ἐπανάγαγε to put off εἰς toward τὸ the βάθος depth ⚐καὶ and χαλάσατε to lower τὰ the δίκτυα net ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward ἄγραν catch. -42 5 5 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer Σίμων Simon ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐπιστάτα master, δι᾽ through ὅλης all νυκτὸς night κοπιάσαντες to labor ⚐οὐδὲν no one ἐλάβομεν to take, ⚐ἐπὶ upon δὲ but τῷ the ῥήματί word σου of you χαλάσω to lower τὰ the δίκτυα net. -42 5 6 ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this ποιήσαντες to do ⚐συνέκλεισαν to confine πλῆθος multitude ἰχθύων fish πολύ much, ⚐διερρήσσετο to tear δὲ and τὰ the δίκτυα net αὐτῶν of them. -42 5 7 ⚐καὶ and κατένευσαν to signal τοῖς the μετόχοις partaker ἐν in τῷ the ἑτέρῳ other πλοίῳ boat ⚐τοῦ the ἐλθόντας to come ⚐συλλαβέσθαι to help αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐καὶ and ἦλθον to come, ⚐καὶ and ἔπλησαν to fill ἀμφότερα both τὰ the πλοῖα boat ⚐ὥστε so βυθίζεσθαι to sink αὐτά them. -42 5 8 ⚐ἰδὼν to know δὲ but Σίμων Simon Πέτρος Peter ⚐προσέπεσεν to fall τοῖς the γόνασιν a knee Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἔξελθε to go out ἀπ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me, ⚐ὅτι since ἀνὴρ man ἁμαρτωλός sinful εἰμι to be, κύριε lord· -42 5 9 ⚐θάμβος amazement γὰρ for περιέσχεν to contain αὐτὸν him καὶ and πάντας all τοὺς who σὺν with αὐτῷ to him ⚐ἐπὶ upon τῇ the ἄγρᾳ catch τῶν the ἰχθύων fish ⚐ὧν which συνέλαβον to seize, -42 5 10 ⚐ὁμοίως likewise δὲ and καὶ and Ἰάκωβον James καὶ and Ἰωάννην John υἱοὺς son Ζεβεδαίου Zebedee, ⚐οἳ which ἦσαν to be κοινωνοὶ participant τῷ the Σίμωνι Simon. ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to τὸν the Σίμωνα Simon ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Μὴ not φοβοῦ to fear· ⚐ἀπὸ from τοῦ the νῦν now ἀνθρώπους a human ἔσῃ to be ζωγρῶν to capture alive. -42 5 11 ⚐καὶ and καταγαγόντες to bring down τὰ the πλοῖα boat ἐπὶ to τὴν the γῆν earth ⚐ἀφέντες to release πάντα all ⚐ἠκολούθησαν to follow αὐτῷ to him.

 -42 5 12 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the εἶναι to be αὐτὸν him ἐν in μιᾷ one τῶν the πόλεων city ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἀνὴρ man πλήρης full λέπρας leprosy· ⚐ἰδὼν to know δὲ and τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐πεσὼν to collapse ἐπὶ with πρόσωπον face ⚐ἐδεήθη to pray αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἐὰν if θέλῃς to will ⚐δύνασαί be able ⚐με me καθαρίσαι to clean. -42 5 13 ⚐καὶ and ἐκτείνας to stretch out τὴν the χεῖρα hand ⚐ἥψατο to kindle αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Θέλω to will, καθαρίσθητι to clean· ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἡ the λέπρα leprosy ἀπῆλθεν to go away ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him. -42 5 14 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he παρήγγειλεν to order αὐτῷ to him ⚐μηδενὶ nothing εἰπεῖν to say, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀπελθὼν to go away ⚐δεῖξον to show σεαυτὸν yourself τῷ the ἱερεῖ priest, ⚐καὶ and προσένεγκε to bring to περὶ about τοῦ the καθαρισμοῦ cleansing σου of you ⚐καθὼς as προσέταξεν to order Μωϋσῆς Moses ⚐εἰς toward μαρτύριον testimony αὐτοῖς to them. -42 5 15 ⚐διήρχετο to pass through δὲ but μᾶλλον more ὁ the λόγος word περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and συνήρχοντο to assemble ὄχλοι crowd πολλοὶ much ⚐ἀκούειν to hear καὶ and θεραπεύεσθαι to heal ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἀσθενειῶν weakness αὐτῶν of them· -42 5 16 ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ but ἦν to be ὑποχωρῶν to withdraw ἐν in ταῖς the ἐρήμοις deserted ⚐καὶ and προσευχόμενος to pray.

 -42 5 17 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν on μιᾷ one τῶν the ἡμερῶν day ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἦν to be διδάσκων to teach, ⚐καὶ and ἦσαν to be καθήμενοι to sit Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee καὶ and νομοδιδάσκαλοι teacher of the law ⚐οἳ which ἦσαν to be ἐληλυθότες to come ἐκ from πάσης all κώμης village τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee καὶ and Ἰουδαίας Judea καὶ and Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem· ⚐καὶ and δύναμις power κυρίου lord ἦν to be ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ἰᾶσθαι to heal αὐτόν him. -42 5 18 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἄνδρες man φέροντες to bring ἐπὶ on κλίνης bed ἄνθρωπον a human ὃς which ἦν to be παραλελυμένος to paralyze, ⚐καὶ and ἐζήτουν to seek ⚐αὐτὸν him εἰσενεγκεῖν to bring in ⚐καὶ and θεῖναι to place αὐτὸν him ἐνώπιον before αὐτοῦ of him. -42 5 19 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not εὑρόντες to find ⚐ποίας what? εἰσενέγκωσιν to bring in αὐτὸν him διὰ because of τὸν the ὄχλον crowd ⚐ἀναβάντες to ascend ἐπὶ on τὸ the δῶμα housetop ⚐διὰ through τῶν the κεράμων clay roof tile καθῆκαν to lower αὐτὸν him σὺν with τῷ the κλινιδίῳ bed εἰς toward τὸ the μέσον midst ἔμπροσθεν before τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -42 5 20 ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know τὴν the πίστιν faith αὐτῶν of them ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἄνθρωπε a human, ἀφέωνταί to release σοι to you αἱ the ἁμαρτίαι sin σου of you. -42 5 21 ⚐καὶ and ἤρξαντο be first διαλογίζεσθαι to reason οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe καὶ and οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τίς which? ἐστιν to be οὗτος this ⚐ὃς which λαλεῖ to speak βλασφημίας blasphemy; ⚐τίς which? δύναται be able ⚐ἁμαρτίας sin ἀφεῖναι to release ⚐εἰ if μὴ not μόνος alone ὁ the θεός God; -42 5 22 ⚐ἐπιγνοὺς to come to know δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τοὺς the διαλογισμοὺς reasoning αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Τί which? διαλογίζεσθε to reason ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart ὑμῶν of you; -42 5 23 ⚐τί which? ἐστιν to be εὐκοπώτερον easy, ⚐εἰπεῖν to say· ⚐Ἀφέωνταί to release σοι to you αἱ the ἁμαρτίαι sin σου of you, ⚐ἢ or εἰπεῖν to say· ⚐Ἔγειρε to arise καὶ and περιπάτει to walk; -42 5 24 ⚐ἵνα in order that δὲ but εἰδῆτε to know ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐξουσίαν authority ἔχει to have ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐ἀφιέναι to release ἁμαρτίας sin— ⚐εἶπεν to say τῷ the παραλελυμένῳ to paralyze· ⚐Σοὶ to you λέγω to speak, ⚐ἔγειρε to arise ⚐καὶ and ἄρας to take up τὸ the κλινίδιόν bed σου of you ⚐πορεύου to go εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκόν house σου of you. -42 5 25 ⚐καὶ and παραχρῆμα instantly ἀναστὰς to arise ἐνώπιον before αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ἄρας to take up ἐφ᾽ upon ὃ which κατέκειτο to recline, ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house αὐτοῦ of him ⚐δοξάζων to glorify τὸν the θεόν God. -42 5 26 ⚐καὶ and ἔκστασις amazement ἔλαβεν to take ἅπαντας all ⚐καὶ and ἐδόξαζον to glorify τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐καὶ and ἐπλήσθησαν to fill φόβου fear ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Εἴδομεν to know παράδοξα remarkable σήμερον today.

 -42 5 27 ⚐Καὶ and μετὰ after ταῦτα these ἐξῆλθεν to go out ⚐καὶ and ἐθεάσατο to see τελώνην tax collector ὀνόματι name Λευὶν Levi καθήμενον to sit ἐπὶ upon τὸ the τελώνιον tax booth, ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀκολούθει to follow μοι to me. -42 5 28 ⚐καὶ and καταλιπὼν to leave πάντα all ⚐ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐ἠκολούθει to follow αὐτῷ to him.

 -42 5 29 ⚐Καὶ and ἐποίησεν to make δοχὴν banquet μεγάλην great Λευὶς Levi αὐτῷ to him ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ὄχλος crowd πολὺς much τελωνῶν tax collector καὶ and ἄλλων another ⚐οἳ which ἦσαν to be μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them κατακείμενοι to recline. -42 5 30 ⚐καὶ and ἐγόγγυζον to murmur οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee καὶ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe αὐτῶν of them πρὸς to τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Διὰ because of τί which? μετὰ with τῶν the τελωνῶν tax collector καὶ and ἁμαρτωλῶν sinful ἐσθίετε to eat καὶ and πίνετε to drink; -42 5 31 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Οὐ no χρείαν need ἔχουσιν to have οἱ who ὑγιαίνοντες be healthy ἰατροῦ physician ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οἱ who κακῶς badly ἔχοντες to have· -42 5 32 ⚐οὐκ no ἐλήλυθα to come ⚐καλέσαι to call δικαίους just ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἁμαρτωλοὺς sinful εἰς toward μετάνοιαν repentance.

 -42 5 33 ⚐Οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple Ἰωάννου John νηστεύουσιν to fast πυκνὰ often ⚐καὶ and δεήσεις prayer ποιοῦνται to make, ⚐ὁμοίως likewise καὶ and οἱ the τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee, ⚐οἱ the δὲ but σοὶ your ἐσθίουσιν to eat καὶ and πίνουσιν to drink. -42 5 34 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Μὴ not δύνασθε be able ⚐τοὺς the υἱοὺς son τοῦ the νυμφῶνος bridegroom ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ὁ the νυμφίος bridegroom μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ἐστιν to be ⚐ποιῆσαι to make νηστεῦσαι to fast; -42 5 35 ⚐ἐλεύσονται to come δὲ but ἡμέραι day, ⚐καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) ἀπαρθῇ to take away ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them ὁ the νυμφίος bridegroom ⚐τότε then νηστεύσουσιν to fast ἐν in ἐκείναις that ταῖς the ἡμέραις day. -42 5 36 ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak δὲ and καὶ and παραβολὴν parable πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ⚐ὅτι that Οὐδεὶς no one ἐπίβλημα patch ἀπὸ from ἱματίου clothing καινοῦ new σχίσας to split ⚐ἐπιβάλλει to put on ἐπὶ upon ἱμάτιον clothing παλαιόν old· ⚐εἰ if δὲ and μή not γε not, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the καινὸν new σχίσει to split ⚐καὶ and τῷ the παλαιῷ old οὐ no συμφωνήσει to agree with τὸ the ἐπίβλημα patch τὸ the ἀπὸ from τοῦ the καινοῦ new. -42 5 37 ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one βάλλει to throw οἶνον wine νέον new εἰς toward ἀσκοὺς wineskin παλαιούς old· ⚐εἰ if δὲ and μή not γε not, ⚐ῥήξει to throw violently ὁ the οἶνος wine ὁ the νέος new τοὺς the ἀσκούς wineskin, ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἐκχυθήσεται to pour out ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἀσκοὶ wineskin ἀπολοῦνται to destroy· -42 5 38 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οἶνον wine νέον new εἰς toward ἀσκοὺς wineskin καινοὺς new βλητέον must be put. -42 5 39 ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one πιὼν to drink παλαιὸν old ⚐θέλει to will νέον new· ⚐λέγει to speak γάρ for· ⚐Ὁ the παλαιὸς old χρηστός good ἐστιν to be.

 -42 6 1 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν on σαββάτῳ Sabbath διαπορεύεσθαι to go through αὐτὸν him διὰ through σπορίμων grainfield, ⚐καὶ and ἔτιλλον to pluck οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἤσθιον to eat τοὺς the στάχυας head of grain ⚐ψώχοντες to rub ταῖς the χερσίν hand. -42 6 2 ⚐τινὲς one δὲ but τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee εἶπαν to say· ⚐Τί which? ποιεῖτε to do ⚐ὃ which οὐκ no ἔξεστιν it is permitted τοῖς the σάββασιν Sabbath; -42 6 3 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ⚐εἶπεν to say ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Οὐδὲ and not τοῦτο this ἀνέγνωτε to read ⚐ὃ which ἐποίησεν to do Δαυὶδ David ⚐ὅτε when ἐπείνασεν to hunger αὐτὸς he καὶ and οἱ the μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him ὄντες to be; -42 6 4 ⚐ὡς how εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the ἄρτους bread τῆς the προθέσεως purpose λαβὼν to take ⚐ἔφαγεν to eat καὶ and ἔδωκεν to give τοῖς the μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐οὓς which οὐκ no ἔξεστιν it is permitted φαγεῖν to eat εἰ if μὴ not μόνους alone τοὺς the ἱερεῖς priest; -42 6 5 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Κύριός lord ἐστιν to be τοῦ the σαββάτου Sabbath ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human.

 -42 6 6 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν on ἑτέρῳ other σαββάτῳ Sabbath εἰσελθεῖν to enter αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὴν the συναγωγὴν synagogue ⚐καὶ and διδάσκειν to teach· ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ἄνθρωπος a human ἐκεῖ there ⚐καὶ and ἡ the χεὶρ hand αὐτοῦ of him ἡ the δεξιὰ right ἦν to be ξηρά withered· -42 6 7 ⚐παρετηροῦντο to observe δὲ and αὐτὸν him οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe καὶ and οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ⚐εἰ if ἐν on τῷ the σαββάτῳ Sabbath θεραπεύει to heal, ⚐ἵνα in order that εὕρωσιν to find κατηγορεῖν to accuse αὐτοῦ of him. -42 6 8 ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ but ᾔδει to know τοὺς the διαλογισμοὺς reasoning αὐτῶν of them, ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and τῷ the ἀνδρὶ man τῷ the ξηρὰν withered ἔχοντι to have τὴν the χεῖρα hand· ⚐Ἔγειρε to arise καὶ and στῆθι to stand εἰς toward τὸ the μέσον midst· ⚐καὶ and ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐ἔστη to stand. -42 6 9 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Ἐπερωτῶ to question ὑμᾶς you, ⚐εἰ if ἔξεστιν it is permitted τῷ the σαββάτῳ Sabbath ⚐ἀγαθοποιῆσαι to do good ἢ or κακοποιῆσαι to do evil, ⚐ψυχὴν soul σῶσαι to save ἢ or ἀπολέσαι to destroy; -42 6 10 ⚐καὶ and περιβλεψάμενος to look around πάντας all αὐτοὺς them ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἔκτεινον to stretch out τὴν the χεῖρά hand σου of you· ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἐποίησεν to do, ⚐καὶ and ἀπεκατεστάθη to restore ἡ the χεὶρ hand αὐτοῦ of him. -42 6 11 ⚐αὐτοὶ they δὲ but ἐπλήσθησαν to fill ἀνοίας folly, ⚐καὶ and διελάλουν to discuss πρὸς with ἀλλήλους one another ⚐τί which? ἂν if ποιήσαιεν to do τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus.

 -42 6 12 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ταύταις to these ἐξελθεῖν to go out αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὸ the ὄρος mountain ⚐προσεύξασθαι to pray, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be διανυκτερεύων to spend the night ἐν in τῇ the προσευχῇ prayer τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 6 13 ⚐καὶ and ὅτε when ἐγένετο to be ἡμέρα day, ⚐προσεφώνησεν to summon τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἐκλεξάμενος to select ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them δώδεκα twelve, ⚐οὓς which καὶ and ἀποστόλους apostle ὠνόμασεν to name, -42 6 14 ⚐Σίμωνα Simon ⚐ὃν which καὶ and ὠνόμασεν to name Πέτρον Peter ⚐καὶ and Ἀνδρέαν Andrew τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and Ἰάκωβον James καὶ and Ἰωάννην John καὶ and Φίλιππον Philip καὶ and Βαρθολομαῖον Bartholomew -42 6 15 ⚐καὶ and Μαθθαῖον Matthew καὶ and Θωμᾶν Thomas καὶ and Ἰάκωβον James Ἁλφαίου Alphaeus ⚐καὶ and Σίμωνα Simon τὸν who καλούμενον to call Ζηλωτὴν zealot -42 6 16 ⚐καὶ and Ἰούδαν Judas Ἰακώβου James ⚐καὶ and Ἰούδαν Judas Ἰσκαριὼθ Iscariot ⚐ὃς which ἐγένετο to be προδότης traitor.

 -42 6 17 ⚐Καὶ and καταβὰς to come down μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἔστη to stand ἐπὶ on τόπου place πεδινοῦ level, ⚐καὶ and ὄχλος crowd πολὺς much μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and πλῆθος multitude πολὺ much τοῦ the λαοῦ a people ἀπὸ from πάσης all τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea καὶ and Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem καὶ and τῆς the παραλίου seaside Τύρου Tyre καὶ and Σιδῶνος Sidon, -42 6 18 ⚐οἳ which ἦλθον to come ⚐ἀκοῦσαι to hear αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἰαθῆναι to heal ἀπὸ from τῶν the νόσων illness αὐτῶν of them· ⚐καὶ and οἱ who ἐνοχλούμενοι to trouble ἀπὸ from πνευμάτων spirit ἀκαθάρτων unclean ἐθεραπεύοντο to heal· -42 6 19 ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ the ὄχλος crowd ἐζήτουν to seek ἅπτεσθαι to kindle αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὅτι since δύναμις power παρ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him ἐξήρχετο to go out ⚐καὶ and ἰᾶτο to heal πάντας all.

 -42 6 20 ⚐Καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἐπάρας to lift up τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Μακάριοι blessed οἱ who πτωχοί poor, ⚐ὅτι since ὑμετέρα your ἐστὶν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 6 21 ⚐μακάριοι blessed οἱ who πεινῶντες to hunger νῦν now, ⚐ὅτι since χορτασθήσεσθε to feed. ⚐μακάριοι blessed οἱ who κλαίοντες to weep νῦν now, ⚐ὅτι since γελάσετε to laugh.

 -42 6 22 ⚐Μακάριοί blessed ἐστε to be ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) μισήσωσιν to hate ὑμᾶς you οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human, ⚐καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) ἀφορίσωσιν to separate ὑμᾶς you ⚐καὶ and ὀνειδίσωσιν to revile ⚐καὶ and ἐκβάλωσιν to expel τὸ the ὄνομα name ὑμῶν of you ὡς as πονηρὸν evil ἕνεκα because of τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human· -42 6 23 ⚐χάρητε to rejoice ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day ⚐καὶ and σκιρτήσατε to leap, ⚐ἰδοὺ look! γὰρ for ὁ the μισθὸς wage ὑμῶν of you πολὺς much ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven· ⚐κατὰ according to τὰ the αὐτὰ them γὰρ for ἐποίουν to do τοῖς the προφήταις prophet οἱ the πατέρες father αὐτῶν of them. -42 6 24 ⚐πλὴν but οὐαὶ woe! ὑμῖν to you τοῖς who πλουσίοις rich, ⚐ὅτι since ἀπέχετε to have in full τὴν the παράκλησιν encouragement ὑμῶν of you. -42 6 25 ⚐οὐαὶ woe! ὑμῖν to you, οἱ who ἐμπεπλησμένοι to fill up νῦν now, ⚐ὅτι since πεινάσετε to hunger. ⚐οὐαί woe!, οἱ who γελῶντες to laugh νῦν now, ⚐ὅτι since πενθήσετε to mourn καὶ and κλαύσετε to weep.

 -42 6 26 ⚐Οὐαὶ woe! ὅταν when(-ever) ὑμᾶς you καλῶς well εἴπωσιν to say πάντες all οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human, ⚐κατὰ according to τὰ the αὐτὰ them γὰρ for ἐποίουν to do τοῖς the ψευδοπροφήταις false prophet οἱ the πατέρες father αὐτῶν of them.

 -42 6 27 ⚐Ἀλλ᾽ but ὑμῖν to you λέγω to speak τοῖς who ἀκούουσιν to hear, ⚐ἀγαπᾶτε to love τοὺς the ἐχθροὺς enemy ὑμῶν of you, ⚐καλῶς well ποιεῖτε to do τοῖς who μισοῦσιν to hate ὑμᾶς you, -42 6 28 ⚐εὐλογεῖτε to bless τοὺς who καταρωμένους to curse ὑμᾶς you, ⚐προσεύχεσθε to pray περὶ about τῶν who ἐπηρεαζόντων to mistreat ὑμᾶς you. -42 6 29 ⚐τῷ who τύπτοντί to strike σε you ἐπὶ on τὴν the σιαγόνα cheek πάρεχε to furnish occasion καὶ and τὴν the ἄλλην another, ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from τοῦ who αἴροντός to take up σου of you τὸ the ἱμάτιον clothing καὶ and τὸν the χιτῶνα tunic μὴ not κωλύσῃς to prevent. -42 6 30 ⚐παντὶ all αἰτοῦντί to ask σε you δίδου to give, ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from τοῦ who αἴροντος to take up τὰ the σὰ your μὴ not ἀπαίτει to demand. -42 6 31 ⚐καὶ and καθὼς as θέλετε to will ⚐ἵνα in order to ποιῶσιν to do ὑμῖν to you οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human, ⚐ποιεῖτε to do αὐτοῖς to them ὁμοίως likewise.

 -42 6 32 ⚐Καὶ and εἰ if ἀγαπᾶτε to love τοὺς who ἀγαπῶντας to love ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ποία what? ὑμῖν to you χάρις grace ἐστίν to be; ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for οἱ the ἁμαρτωλοὶ sinful τοὺς the ἀγαπῶντας to love αὐτοὺς them ἀγαπῶσιν to love. -42 6 33 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ἐὰν if ἀγαθοποιῆτε to do good τοὺς who ἀγαθοποιοῦντας to do good ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ποία what? ὑμῖν to you χάρις grace ἐστίν to be; ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἁμαρτωλοὶ sinful τὸ the αὐτὸ it ποιοῦσιν to do. -42 6 34 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if δανίσητε to lend παρ᾽ from ὧν which ἐλπίζετε to hope λαβεῖν to take, ⚐ποία what? ὑμῖν to you χάρις grace ἐστίν to be; ⚐καὶ and ἁμαρτωλοὶ sinful ἁμαρτωλοῖς sinful δανίζουσιν to lend ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀπολάβωσιν to get back τὰ the ἴσα equal. -42 6 35 ⚐πλὴν but ἀγαπᾶτε to love τοὺς the ἐχθροὺς enemy ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and ἀγαθοποιεῖτε to do good καὶ and δανίζετε to lend ⚐μηδὲν nothing ἀπελπίζοντες to despair· ⚐καὶ and ἔσται to be ὁ the μισθὸς wage ὑμῶν of you πολύς much, ⚐καὶ and ἔσεσθε to be υἱοὶ son Ὑψίστου highest, ⚐ὅτι since αὐτὸς he χρηστός kind ἐστιν to be ἐπὶ to τοὺς the ἀχαρίστους ungrateful καὶ and πονηρούς evil. -42 6 36 ⚐γίνεσθε to be οἰκτίρμονες compassionate ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and ὁ the πατὴρ father ὑμῶν of you οἰκτίρμων compassionate ἐστίν to be·

 -42 6 37 ⚐Καὶ and μὴ not κρίνετε to judge, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not κριθῆτε to judge· ⚐καὶ and μὴ not καταδικάζετε to condemn, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not καταδικασθῆτε to condemn. ⚐ἀπολύετε to release, ⚐καὶ and ἀπολυθήσεσθε to release· -42 6 38 ⚐δίδοτε to give, ⚐καὶ and δοθήσεται to give ὑμῖν to you· ⚐μέτρον measure καλὸν good πεπιεσμένον to press down σεσαλευμένον to shake ὑπερεκχυννόμενον to overflow δώσουσιν to give εἰς toward τὸν the κόλπον bosom ὑμῶν of you· ⚐ᾧ which γὰρ for μέτρῳ measure μετρεῖτε to measure ἀντιμετρηθήσεται to return ὑμῖν to you.

 -42 6 39 ⚐Εἶπεν to say δὲ and καὶ and παραβολὴν parable αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Μήτι no? δύναται be able τυφλὸς blind ⚐τυφλὸν blind ὁδηγεῖν to guide; ⚐οὐχὶ not ἀμφότεροι both εἰς toward βόθυνον pit ἐμπεσοῦνται to fall into; -42 6 40 ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be μαθητὴς disciple ὑπὲρ above τὸν the διδάσκαλον teacher, ⚐κατηρτισμένος to complete δὲ but πᾶς all ⚐ἔσται to be ὡς as ὁ the διδάσκαλος teacher αὐτοῦ of him. -42 6 41 ⚐τί which? δὲ but βλέπεις to see τὸ the κάρφος speck τὸ the ἐν in τῷ the ὀφθαλμῷ eye τοῦ the ἀδελφοῦ brother σου of you, ⚐τὴν the δὲ and δοκὸν plank τὴν the ἐν in τῷ the ἰδίῳ one's own ὀφθαλμῷ eye οὐ no κατανοεῖς to observe; -42 6 42 ⚐πῶς how? δύνασαι be able λέγειν to speak τῷ the ἀδελφῷ brother σου of you· ⚐Ἀδελφέ brother, ἄφες to release ἐκβάλω to expel τὸ the κάρφος speck τὸ the ἐν in τῷ the ὀφθαλμῷ eye σου of you, ⚐αὐτὸς he τὴν the ἐν in τῷ the ὀφθαλμῷ eye σοῦ of you δοκὸν plank οὐ no βλέπων to see; ⚐ὑποκριτά hypocrite, ἔκβαλε to expel πρῶτον first τὴν the δοκὸν plank ἐκ from τοῦ the ὀφθαλμοῦ eye σοῦ of you, ⚐καὶ and τότε then διαβλέψεις to see clearly ⚐τὸ the κάρφος speck τὸ the ἐν in τῷ the ὀφθαλμῷ eye τοῦ the ἀδελφοῦ brother σου of you ἐκβαλεῖν to expel.

 -42 6 43 ⚐Οὐ no γάρ for ἐστιν to be δένδρον tree καλὸν good ποιοῦν to make καρπὸν fruit σαπρόν rotten, ⚐οὐδὲ and not πάλιν again δένδρον tree σαπρὸν rotten ποιοῦν to make καρπὸν fruit καλόν good. -42 6 44 ⚐ἕκαστον each γὰρ for δένδρον tree ἐκ out of τοῦ the ἰδίου one's own καρποῦ fruit γινώσκεται to know· ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἐξ from ἀκανθῶν a thorn συλλέγουσιν to collect σῦκα fig, ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἐκ from βάτου thorn bush σταφυλὴν grapes τρυγῶσιν to harvest. -42 6 45 ⚐ὁ the ἀγαθὸς good-doer ἄνθρωπος a human ἐκ out of τοῦ the ἀγαθοῦ good-doer θησαυροῦ treasure τῆς the καρδίας heart προφέρει to bring out τὸ the ἀγαθόν good-doer, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πονηρὸς evil ἐκ of τοῦ the πονηροῦ evil προφέρει to bring out τὸ the πονηρόν evil· ⚐ἐκ out of γὰρ for περισσεύματος overflow καρδίας heart λαλεῖ to speak τὸ the στόμα mouth αὐτοῦ of him.

 -42 6 46 ⚐Τί which? δέ and με me καλεῖτε to call· Κύριε lord κύριε lord, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no ποιεῖτε to do ἃ which λέγω to speak; -42 6 47 ⚐πᾶς all ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come πρός to με me καὶ and ἀκούων to hear μου of me τῶν the λόγων word ⚐καὶ and ποιῶν to do αὐτούς them, ⚐ὑποδείξω to show ὑμῖν to you ⚐τίνι which? ἐστὶν to be ὅμοιος like· -42 6 48 ⚐ὅμοιός like ἐστιν to be ἀνθρώπῳ a human οἰκοδομοῦντι to build οἰκίαν house ⚐ὃς which ἔσκαψεν to dig καὶ and ἐβάθυνεν to dig deep ⚐καὶ and ἔθηκεν to place θεμέλιον foundation ἐπὶ on τὴν the πέτραν rock· ⚐πλημμύρης flood δὲ and γενομένης to be ⚐προσέρηξεν to strike upon ὁ the ποταμὸς river τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house ἐκείνῃ that, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἴσχυσεν be strong σαλεῦσαι to shake αὐτὴν her ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the καλῶς well οἰκοδομῆσθαι to build αὐτήν her. -42 6 49 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀκούσας to hear καὶ and μὴ not ποιήσας to do ὅμοιός like ἐστιν to be ἀνθρώπῳ a human οἰκοδομήσαντι to build οἰκίαν house ἐπὶ on τὴν the γῆν earth χωρὶς without θεμελίου foundation, ⚐ᾗ which προσέρηξεν to strike upon ὁ the ποταμός river, ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately συνέπεσεν be downcast, ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be τὸ the ῥῆγμα destruction τῆς the οἰκίας house ἐκείνης that μέγα great.

 -42 7 1 ⚐Ἐπειδὴ since ἐπλήρωσεν to fulfill πάντα all τὰ the ῥήματα word αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὰς the ἀκοὰς hearing τοῦ the λαοῦ a people, ⚐εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward Καφαρναούμ Capernaum. -42 7 2 ⚐Ἑκατοντάρχου centurion δέ and τινος one δοῦλος slave κακῶς badly ἔχων to be ⚐ἤμελλεν be about to τελευτᾶν to die, ⚐ὃς which ἦν to be αὐτῷ to him ἔντιμος honored. -42 7 3 ⚐ἀκούσας to hear δὲ and περὶ about τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐ἀπέστειλεν to send πρὸς to αὐτὸν him πρεσβυτέρους elder τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, ⚐ἐρωτῶν to ask αὐτὸν him ⚐ὅπως that ἐλθὼν to come ⚐διασώσῃ to save τὸν the δοῦλον slave αὐτοῦ of him. -42 7 4 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and παραγενόμενοι to come πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐παρεκάλουν to plead αὐτὸν him σπουδαίως diligently ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἄξιός worthy ἐστιν to be ⚐ᾧ which παρέξῃ to furnish occasion τοῦτο this, -42 7 5 ⚐ἀγαπᾷ to love γὰρ for τὸ the ἔθνος Gentiles ἡμῶν of us ⚐καὶ and τὴν the συναγωγὴν synagogue αὐτὸς he ᾠκοδόμησεν to build ἡμῖν to us. -42 7 6 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐπορεύετο to go σὺν with αὐτοῖς to them. ⚐ἤδη already δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him οὐ no μακρὰν distant ἀπέχοντος to have in full ἀπὸ from τῆς the οἰκίας house ⚐ἔπεμψεν to send φίλους friend ὁ the ἑκατοντάρχης centurion ⚐λέγων to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, μὴ not σκύλλου to trouble, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἱκανός sufficient εἰμι to be ⚐ἵνα in order to ὑπὸ under τὴν the στέγην roof μου of me εἰσέλθῃς to enter· -42 7 7 ⚐διὸ therefore οὐδὲ and not ἐμαυτὸν myself ἠξίωσα to deem worthy ⚐πρὸς to σὲ you ἐλθεῖν to come· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἰπὲ to say λόγῳ word, ⚐καὶ and ἰαθήτω to heal ὁ the παῖς child μου of me· -42 7 8 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ἐγὼ I ἄνθρωπός a human εἰμι to be ὑπὸ under ἐξουσίαν authority τασσόμενος to appoint, ⚐ἔχων to have ὑπ᾽ under ἐμαυτὸν myself στρατιώτας soldier, ⚐καὶ and λέγω to speak τούτῳ to this· ⚐Πορεύθητι to go, ⚐καὶ and πορεύεται to go, ⚐καὶ and ἄλλῳ another· ⚐Ἔρχου to come, ⚐καὶ and ἔρχεται to come, ⚐καὶ and τῷ the δούλῳ slave μου of me· ⚐Ποίησον to do τοῦτο this, ⚐καὶ and ποιεῖ to do. -42 7 9 ⚐ἀκούσας to hear δὲ and ταῦτα these ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἐθαύμασεν to marvel αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and στραφεὶς to turn τῷ the ἀκολουθοῦντι to follow αὐτῷ to him ὄχλῳ crowd ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἐν in τῷ the Ἰσραὴλ Israel τοσαύτην so great πίστιν faith εὗρον to find. -42 7 10 ⚐καὶ and ὑποστρέψαντες to return εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house οἱ who πεμφθέντες to send ⚐εὗρον to find τὸν the δοῦλον slave ὑγιαίνοντα be healthy.

 -42 7 11 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ἑξῆς afterward ἐπορεύθη to go εἰς toward πόλιν city καλουμένην to call Ναΐν Nain, ⚐καὶ and συνεπορεύοντο to go with αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and ὄχλος crowd πολύς much. -42 7 12 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and ἤγγισεν to come near τῇ the πύλῃ gate τῆς the πόλεως city, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἐξεκομίζετο to carry out τεθνηκὼς to die μονογενὴς unique υἱὸς son τῇ the μητρὶ mother αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and αὐτὴ she ἦν to be χήρα widow, ⚐καὶ and ὄχλος crowd τῆς the πόλεως city ἱκανὸς sufficient ἦν to be σὺν with αὐτῇ to her. -42 7 13 ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know αὐτὴν her ὁ the κύριος lord ⚐ἐσπλαγχνίσθη to pity ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῇ to her ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Μὴ not κλαῖε to weep. -42 7 14 ⚐καὶ and προσελθὼν to come near ⚐ἥψατο to kindle τῆς the σοροῦ bier, ⚐οἱ the δὲ and βαστάζοντες to carry ἔστησαν to stand, ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Νεανίσκε young man, σοὶ to you λέγω to speak, ⚐ἐγέρθητι to arise. -42 7 15 ⚐καὶ and ἀνεκάθισεν to sit up ὁ the νεκρὸς dead ⚐καὶ and ἤρξατο be first λαλεῖν to speak, ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκεν to give αὐτὸν him τῇ the μητρὶ mother αὐτοῦ of him. -42 7 16 ⚐ἔλαβεν to take δὲ and φόβος fear πάντας all, ⚐καὶ and ἐδόξαζον to glorify τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Προφήτης prophet μέγας great ἠγέρθη to arise ἐν among ἡμῖν to us, ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that Ἐπεσκέψατο to visit with help ὁ the θεὸς God τὸν the λαὸν a people αὐτοῦ of him. -42 7 17 ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out ὁ the λόγος word οὗτος this ἐν in ὅλῃ all τῇ the Ἰουδαίᾳ Judea περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and πάσῃ all τῇ the περιχώρῳ surrounding region.

 -42 7 18 ⚐Καὶ and ἀπήγγειλαν to announce Ἰωάννῃ John οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him περὶ about πάντων all τούτων of these. ⚐καὶ and προσκαλεσάμενος to summon δύο two τινὰς one τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him ὁ the Ἰωάννης John -42 7 19 ⚐ἔπεμψεν to send πρὸς to τὸν the κύριον lord ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come ⚐ἢ or ἄλλον another προσδοκῶμεν to look for; -42 7 20 ⚐παραγενόμενοι to come δὲ and πρὸς to αὐτὸν him οἱ the ἄνδρες man ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Ἰωάννης John ὁ the βαπτιστὴς one who baptizes ἀπέστειλεν to send ἡμᾶς us πρὸς to σὲ you ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come ⚐ἢ or ἄλλον another προσδοκῶμεν to look for; -42 7 21 ⚐ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour ἐθεράπευσεν to heal πολλοὺς much ἀπὸ from νόσων illness καὶ and μαστίγων whip καὶ and πνευμάτων spirit πονηρῶν evil, ⚐καὶ and τυφλοῖς blind πολλοῖς much ἐχαρίσατο to give grace βλέπειν to see. -42 7 22 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Πορευθέντες to go ⚐ἀπαγγείλατε to announce Ἰωάννῃ John ἃ which εἴδετε to know καὶ and ἠκούσατε to hear· ⚐τυφλοὶ blind ἀναβλέπουσιν to recover sight, ⚐χωλοὶ lame περιπατοῦσιν to walk, ⚐λεπροὶ leprous καθαρίζονται to clean, ⚐καὶ and κωφοὶ deaf ἀκούουσιν to hear, ⚐νεκροὶ dead ἐγείρονται to arise, ⚐πτωχοὶ poor εὐαγγελίζονται to speak good news· -42 7 23 ⚐καὶ and μακάριός blessed ἐστιν to be ⚐ὃς which ἐὰν if μὴ not σκανδαλισθῇ to cause to stumble ἐν in ἐμοί to me.

 -42 7 24 ⚐Ἀπελθόντων to go away δὲ and τῶν the ἀγγέλων angel Ἰωάννου John ⚐ἤρξατο be first λέγειν to speak πρὸς to τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd περὶ about Ἰωάννου John· ⚐Τί which? ἐξήλθατε to go out εἰς toward τὴν the ἔρημον deserted θεάσασθαι to see; ⚐κάλαμον reed ὑπὸ by ἀνέμου wind σαλευόμενον to shake; -42 7 25 ⚐ἀλλὰ but τί which? ἐξήλθατε to go out ἰδεῖν to know; ⚐ἄνθρωπον a human ἐν in μαλακοῖς soft ἱματίοις clothing ἠμφιεσμένον to clothe; ⚐ἰδοὺ look! οἱ who ἐν in ἱματισμῷ clothing ἐνδόξῳ honored καὶ and τρυφῇ self-indulgence ὑπάρχοντες to be ἐν in τοῖς the βασιλείοις palace εἰσίν to be. -42 7 26 ⚐ἀλλὰ but τί which? ἐξήλθατε to go out ἰδεῖν to know; ⚐προφήτην prophet; ⚐ναί yes, λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐καὶ and περισσότερον superabundant προφήτου prophet. -42 7 27 ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be περὶ about οὗ which γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἀποστέλλω to send τὸν the ἄγγελόν angel μου of me πρὸ before προσώπου face σου of you, ⚐ὃς which κατασκευάσει to prepare τὴν the ὁδόν road σου of you ἔμπροσθέν before σου of you. -42 7 28 ⚐λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐μείζων great ἐν among γεννητοῖς born γυναικῶν woman Ἰωάννου John οὐδείς no one ἐστιν to be· ⚐ὁ the δὲ but μικρότερος small ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God μείζων great αὐτοῦ of him ἐστιν to be. -42 7 29 ( ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ the λαὸς a people ἀκούσας to hear καὶ and οἱ the τελῶναι tax collector ⚐ἐδικαίωσαν to justify τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐βαπτισθέντες to baptize τὸ the βάπτισμα baptism Ἰωάννου John· -42 7 30 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee καὶ and οἱ the νομικοὶ lawyer τὴν the βουλὴν plan τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἠθέτησαν to reject εἰς toward ἑαυτούς themselves, ⚐μὴ not βαπτισθέντες to baptize ὑπ᾽ by αὐτοῦ of him.)

 -42 7 31 ⚐Τίνι which? οὖν then ὁμοιώσω to liken τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human τῆς the γενεᾶς generation ταύτης of this, ⚐καὶ and τίνι which? εἰσὶν to be ὅμοιοι like; -42 7 32 ⚐ὅμοιοί like εἰσιν to be παιδίοις child τοῖς the ἐν in ἀγορᾷ marketplace καθημένοις to sit ⚐καὶ and προσφωνοῦσιν to call to ἀλλήλοις one another, ⚐ἃ which λέγει to speak· ⚐Ηὐλήσαμεν to play the flute ὑμῖν to you ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ὠρχήσασθε to dance· ⚐ἐθρηνήσαμεν to lament ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐκλαύσατε to weep· -42 7 33 ⚐ἐλήλυθεν to come γὰρ for Ἰωάννης John ὁ the βαπτιστὴς one who baptizes ⚐μὴ not ἐσθίων to eat ἄρτον bread μήτε neither πίνων to drink οἶνον wine, ⚐καὶ and λέγετε to speak· ⚐Δαιμόνιον demon ἔχει to have· -42 7 34 ⚐ἐλήλυθεν to come ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐ἐσθίων to eat καὶ and πίνων to drink, ⚐καὶ and λέγετε to speak· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἄνθρωπος a human φάγος glutton καὶ and οἰνοπότης drunkard, φίλος friend τελωνῶν tax collector καὶ and ἁμαρτωλῶν sinful. -42 7 35 ⚐καὶ and ἐδικαιώθη to justify ἡ the σοφία wisdom ἀπὸ from πάντων all τῶν the τέκνων child αὐτῆς of her.

 -42 7 36 ⚐Ἠρώτα to ask δέ and τις one αὐτὸν him τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee ⚐ἵνα in order to φάγῃ to eat μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθὼν to enter εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house τοῦ the Φαρισαίου Pharisee ⚐κατεκλίθη to sit. -42 7 37 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! γυνὴ woman ⚐ἥτις who ἦν to be ἐν in τῇ the πόλει city ἁμαρτωλός sinful, ⚐καὶ and ἐπιγνοῦσα to come to know ⚐ὅτι that κατάκειται to recline ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house τοῦ the Φαρισαίου Pharisee, ⚐κομίσασα to bring ἀλάβαστρον jar μύρου ointment -42 7 38 ⚐καὶ and στᾶσα to stand ὀπίσω after παρὰ beside τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτοῦ of him ⚐κλαίουσα to weep, ⚐τοῖς the δάκρυσιν teardrop ἤρξατο be first βρέχειν to rain down τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ταῖς the θριξὶν hair τῆς the κεφαλῆς head αὐτῆς of her ἐξέμασσεν to wipe off, ⚐καὶ and κατεφίλει to kiss τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἤλειφεν to anoint τῷ the μύρῳ ointment. -42 7 39 ⚐ἰδὼν to know δὲ and ὁ the Φαρισαῖος Pharisee ὁ who καλέσας to call αὐτὸν him ⚐εἶπεν to say ἐν in ἑαυτῷ himself ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Οὗτος this εἰ if ἦν to be προφήτης prophet, ⚐ἐγίνωσκεν to know ἂν if ⚐τίς which? καὶ and ποταπὴ of what kind? ἡ the γυνὴ woman ⚐ἥτις who ἅπτεται to kindle αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὅτι that ἁμαρτωλός sinful ἐστιν to be. -42 7 40 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Σίμων Simon, ἔχω to have ⚐σοί to you τι one εἰπεῖν to say. ⚐ὁ the δέ and· Διδάσκαλε teacher, εἰπέ to say, φησίν to say. -42 7 41 ⚐δύο two χρεοφειλέται debtor ἦσαν to be δανιστῇ moneylender τινι one· ⚐ὁ the εἷς one ὤφειλεν to owe δηνάρια denarius πεντακόσια five hundred, ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἕτερος other πεντήκοντα fifty. -42 7 42 ⚐μὴ not ἐχόντων to have αὐτῶν of them ἀποδοῦναι to pay ⚐ἀμφοτέροις both ἐχαρίσατο to give grace. ⚐τίς which? οὖν then αὐτῶν of them πλεῖον greater ἀγαπήσει to love αὐτόν him; -42 7 43 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer Σίμων Simon ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ὑπολαμβάνω to suppose ⚐ὅτι that ᾧ which τὸ the πλεῖον greater ἐχαρίσατο to give grace. ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὀρθῶς correctly ἔκρινας to judge. -42 7 44 ⚐καὶ and στραφεὶς to turn πρὸς to τὴν the γυναῖκα woman ⚐τῷ the Σίμωνι Simon ἔφη to say· ⚐Βλέπεις to see ταύτην this τὴν the γυναῖκα woman; ⚐εἰσῆλθόν to enter σου of you εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house, ⚐ὕδωρ water μοι to me ἐπὶ upon πόδας foot οὐκ no ἔδωκας to give· ⚐αὕτη this δὲ but τοῖς the δάκρυσιν teardrop ἔβρεξέν to rain down μου of me τοὺς the πόδας foot ⚐καὶ and ταῖς the θριξὶν hair αὐτῆς of her ἐξέμαξεν to wipe off. -42 7 45 ⚐φίλημά kiss μοι to me οὐκ no ἔδωκας to give· ⚐αὕτη this δὲ but ἀφ᾽ from ἧς which εἰσῆλθον to enter ⚐οὐ no διέλιπεν to stop καταφιλοῦσά to kiss μου of me τοὺς the πόδας foot. -42 7 46 ⚐ἐλαίῳ olive oil τὴν the κεφαλήν head μου of me οὐκ no ἤλειψας to anoint· ⚐αὕτη this δὲ but μύρῳ ointment ἤλειψεν to anoint τοὺς the πόδας foot μου of me. -42 7 47 ⚐οὗ which χάριν therefore, λέγω to speak σοι to you, ⚐ἀφέωνται to release αἱ the ἁμαρτίαι sin αὐτῆς of her αἱ the πολλαί much, ⚐ὅτι that ἠγάπησεν to love πολύ much· ⚐ᾧ which δὲ but ὀλίγον little ἀφίεται to release, ⚐ὀλίγον little ἀγαπᾷ to love. -42 7 48 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Ἀφέωνταί to release σου of you αἱ the ἁμαρτίαι sin. -42 7 49 ⚐καὶ and ἤρξαντο be first οἱ who συνανακείμενοι to dine with λέγειν to speak ἐν among ἑαυτοῖς themselves· ⚐Τίς which? οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ⚐ὃς which καὶ and ἁμαρτίας sin ἀφίησιν to release; -42 7 50 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and πρὸς to τὴν the γυναῖκα woman· ⚐Ἡ the πίστις faith σου of you σέσωκέν to save σε you· ⚐πορεύου to go εἰς toward εἰρήνην peace.

 -42 8 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the καθεξῆς in order ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he διώδευεν to go through κατὰ according to πόλιν city καὶ and κώμην village ⚐κηρύσσων to preach καὶ and εὐαγγελιζόμενος to speak good news τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the δώδεκα twelve σὺν with αὐτῷ to him, -42 8 2 ⚐καὶ and γυναῖκές woman τινες one ⚐αἳ which ἦσαν to be τεθεραπευμέναι to heal ἀπὸ from πνευμάτων spirit πονηρῶν evil καὶ and ἀσθενειῶν weakness, ⚐Μαρία Mary ἡ the καλουμένη to call Μαγδαληνή Magdalene, ⚐ἀφ᾽ from ἧς which δαιμόνια demon ἑπτὰ seven ἐξεληλύθει to go out, -42 8 3 ⚐καὶ and Ἰωάννα Joanna γυνὴ woman Χουζᾶ Chuza ἐπιτρόπου manager Ἡρῴδου Herod καὶ and Σουσάννα Susanna καὶ and ἕτεραι other πολλαί much, ⚐αἵτινες who διηκόνουν to serve αὐτοῖς to them ἐκ out of τῶν the ὑπαρχόντων to be αὐταῖς to them.

 -42 8 4 ⚐Συνιόντος to gather δὲ and ὄχλου crowd πολλοῦ much ⚐καὶ and τῶν the κατὰ according to πόλιν city ἐπιπορευομένων to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐εἶπεν to say διὰ through παραβολῆς parable· -42 8 5 ⚐Ἐξῆλθεν to go out ὁ the σπείρων to sow ⚐τοῦ the σπεῖραι to sow τὸν the σπόρον seed αὐτοῦ of him. ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the σπείρειν to sow αὐτὸν him ⚐ὃ which μὲν on the other hand ἔπεσεν to collapse παρὰ beside τὴν the ὁδόν road, ⚐καὶ and κατεπατήθη to trample ⚐καὶ and τὰ the πετεινὰ bird τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven κατέφαγεν to devour αὐτό it. -42 8 6 ⚐καὶ and ἕτερον other κατέπεσεν to fall down ἐπὶ on τὴν the πέτραν rock, ⚐καὶ and φυὲν to grow ⚐ἐξηράνθη to dry ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the μὴ not ἔχειν to have ἰκμάδα moisture. -42 8 7 ⚐καὶ and ἕτερον other ἔπεσεν to collapse ἐν in μέσῳ midst τῶν the ἀκανθῶν a thorn, ⚐καὶ and συμφυεῖσαι to grow with ⚐αἱ the ἄκανθαι a thorn ἀπέπνιξαν to choke αὐτό it. -42 8 8 ⚐καὶ and ἕτερον other ἔπεσεν to collapse εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth τὴν the ἀγαθήν good-doer, ⚐καὶ and φυὲν to grow ⚐ἐποίησεν to create καρπὸν fruit ἑκατονταπλασίονα a hundred times. ⚐ταῦτα these λέγων to speak ⚐ἐφώνει to call· ⚐Ὁ who ἔχων to have ὦτα ear ἀκούειν to hear ἀκουέτω to hear.

 -42 8 9 ⚐Ἐπηρώτων to question δὲ and αὐτὸν him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐τίς which? αὕτη this εἴη to be ἡ the παραβολή parable. -42 8 10 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ὑμῖν to you δέδοται to give ⚐γνῶναι to know τὰ the μυστήρια mystery τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐τοῖς the δὲ and λοιποῖς remaining ἐν in παραβολαῖς parable, ⚐ἵνα in order that βλέποντες to see ⚐μὴ not βλέπωσιν to see ⚐καὶ and ἀκούοντες to hear ⚐μὴ not συνιῶσιν to understand.

 -42 8 11 ⚐Ἔστιν to be δὲ and αὕτη this ἡ the παραβολή parable· ⚐Ὁ the σπόρος seed ἐστὶν to be ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 8 12 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and παρὰ beside τὴν the ὁδόν road εἰσιν to be οἱ who ἀκούσαντες to hear, ⚐εἶτα then ἔρχεται to come ὁ the διάβολος the Devil ⚐καὶ and αἴρει to take up τὸν the λόγον word ἀπὸ from τῆς the καρδίας heart αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not πιστεύσαντες to trust (in) ⚐σωθῶσιν to save. -42 8 13 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἐπὶ upon τῆς the πέτρας rock ⚐οἳ which ὅταν when(-ever) ἀκούσωσιν to hear ⚐μετὰ with χαρᾶς joy δέχονται to receive τὸν the λόγον word, ⚐καὶ and οὗτοι these ῥίζαν root οὐκ no ἔχουσιν to have, ⚐οἳ which πρὸς to καιρὸν time πιστεύουσιν to trust (in) ⚐καὶ and ἐν in καιρῷ time πειρασμοῦ testing ἀφίστανται to leave. -42 8 14 ⚐τὸ the δὲ and εἰς toward τὰς the ἀκάνθας a thorn πεσόν to collapse, ⚐οὗτοί these εἰσιν to be οἱ who ἀκούσαντες to hear, ⚐καὶ and ὑπὸ by μεριμνῶν concern καὶ and πλούτου riches καὶ and ἡδονῶν pleasure τοῦ the βίου life πορευόμενοι to go ⚐συμπνίγονται to choke καὶ and οὐ no τελεσφοροῦσιν to mature. -42 8 15 ⚐τὸ the δὲ but ἐν on τῇ the καλῇ good γῇ earth, ⚐οὗτοί these εἰσιν to be οἵτινες who ἐν with καρδίᾳ heart καλῇ good καὶ and ἀγαθῇ good-doer ἀκούσαντες to hear τὸν the λόγον word ⚐κατέχουσιν to hold fast ⚐καὶ and καρποφοροῦσιν to bear fruit ἐν with ὑπομονῇ perseverance.

 -42 8 16 ⚐Οὐδεὶς no one δὲ and λύχνον lamp ἅψας to kindle ⚐καλύπτει to cover αὐτὸν him σκεύει vessel ⚐ἢ or ὑποκάτω under κλίνης bed τίθησιν to place, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπὶ upon λυχνίας lampstand τίθησιν to place, ⚐ἵνα in order that οἱ who εἰσπορευόμενοι to enter βλέπωσιν to see τὸ the φῶς light. -42 8 17 ⚐οὐ no γάρ for ἐστιν to be κρυπτὸν hidden ⚐ὃ which οὐ no φανερὸν manifest γενήσεται to be, ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἀπόκρυφον concealed ⚐ὃ which οὐ no μὴ not γνωσθῇ to know ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward φανερὸν manifest ἔλθῃ to come. -42 8 18 ⚐βλέπετε to see οὖν therefore ⚐πῶς how? ἀκούετε to hear· ⚐ὃς which ἂν if γὰρ for ἔχῃ to have, δοθήσεται to give αὐτῷ to him, ⚐καὶ and ὃς which ἂν if μὴ not ἔχῃ to have, καὶ and ὃ which δοκεῖ to think ἔχειν to have ἀρθήσεται to take up ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him.

 -42 8 19 ⚐Παρεγένετο to come δὲ and πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ἡ the μήτηρ mother καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἠδύναντο be able συντυχεῖν to meet with αὐτῷ to him διὰ because of τὸν the ὄχλον crowd. -42 8 20 ⚐ἀπηγγέλη to announce δὲ and αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἡ the μήτηρ mother σου of you καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοί brother σου of you ἑστήκασιν to stand ἔξω outside ⚐ἰδεῖν to know θέλοντές to will σε you. -42 8 21 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Μήτηρ mother μου of me καὶ and ἀδελφοί brother μου of me οὗτοί these εἰσιν to be ⚐οἱ the τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἀκούοντες to hear καὶ and ποιοῦντες to do.

 -42 8 22 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν in μιᾷ one τῶν the ἡμερῶν day ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἐνέβη to get into εἰς toward πλοῖον boat καὶ and οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Διέλθωμεν to pass through εἰς toward τὸ the πέραν other side τῆς the λίμνης lake, ⚐καὶ and ἀνήχθησαν to lead. -42 8 23 ⚐πλεόντων to sail δὲ and αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἀφύπνωσεν to fall sleep. ⚐καὶ and κατέβη to come down λαῖλαψ storm ἀνέμου wind εἰς toward τὴν the λίμνην lake, ⚐καὶ and συνεπληροῦντο to (ful)fill καὶ and ἐκινδύνευον be in danger. -42 8 24 ⚐προσελθόντες to come near δὲ and ⚐διήγειραν to arouse αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἐπιστάτα master ἐπιστάτα master, ἀπολλύμεθα to destroy· ⚐ὁ the δὲ and διεγερθεὶς to arouse ⚐ἐπετίμησεν to rebuke τῷ the ἀνέμῳ wind καὶ and τῷ the κλύδωνι waves τοῦ the ὕδατος water, ⚐καὶ and ἐπαύσαντο to cease, ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be γαλήνη calm. -42 8 25 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ποῦ where? ἡ the πίστις faith ὑμῶν of you; ⚐φοβηθέντες to fear δὲ but ⚐ἐθαύμασαν to marvel, ⚐λέγοντες to speak πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another· ⚐Τίς which? ἄρα therefore οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and τοῖς the ἀνέμοις wind ἐπιτάσσει to command καὶ and τῷ the ὕδατι water, ⚐καὶ and ὑπακούουσιν to obey αὐτῷ to him;

 -42 8 26 ⚐Καὶ and κατέπλευσαν to sail εἰς toward τὴν the χώραν country τῶν the Γερασηνῶν Gerasene, ⚐ἥτις which ἐστὶν to be ἀντιπέρα opposite τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee. -42 8 27 ⚐ἐξελθόντι to go out δὲ and αὐτῷ to him ἐπὶ upon τὴν the γῆν earth ⚐ὑπήντησεν to go meet ἀνήρ man τις one ἐκ from τῆς the πόλεως city ⚐ἔχων to be δαιμόνια demon· ⚐καὶ and χρόνῳ time ἱκανῷ sufficient οὐκ no ἐνεδύσατο to clothe ἱμάτιον clothing, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in οἰκίᾳ house οὐκ no ἔμενεν to stay ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν among τοῖς the μνήμασιν tomb. -42 8 28 ⚐ἰδὼν to know δὲ and τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐ἀνακράξας to yell ⚐προσέπεσεν to fall αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τί which? ἐμοὶ to me καὶ and σοί to you, Ἰησοῦ Jesus υἱὲ son τοῦ the θεοῦ God τοῦ the ὑψίστου highest; ⚐δέομαί to pray σου of you, ⚐μή not με me βασανίσῃς to torture· -42 8 29 ⚐παρήγγειλεν to order γὰρ for τῷ the πνεύματι spirit τῷ the ἀκαθάρτῳ unclean ⚐ἐξελθεῖν to go out ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human. ⚐πολλοῖς much γὰρ for χρόνοις time συνηρπάκει to seize αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἐδεσμεύετο to bind ἁλύσεσιν chain καὶ and πέδαις fetter ⚐φυλασσόμενος to guard, ⚐καὶ and διαρρήσσων to tear τὰ the δεσμὰ chain ⚐ἠλαύνετο to drive ὑπὸ by τοῦ the δαιμονίου demon εἰς toward τὰς the ἐρήμους deserted. -42 8 30 ⚐ἐπηρώτησεν to question δὲ and αὐτὸν him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Τί which? σοι to you ὄνομά name ἐστιν to be; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Λεγιών legion, ⚐ὅτι since εἰσῆλθεν to enter δαιμόνια demon πολλὰ much εἰς toward αὐτόν him. -42 8 31 ⚐καὶ and παρεκάλουν to plead αὐτὸν him ⚐ἵνα in order to μὴ not ἐπιτάξῃ to command αὐτοῖς to them ⚐εἰς toward τὴν the ἄβυσσον abyss ἀπελθεῖν to go away.

 -42 8 32 ⚐Ἦν to be δὲ and ἐκεῖ there ἀγέλη herd χοίρων pig ἱκανῶν sufficient ⚐βοσκομένη to feed ἐν on τῷ the ὄρει mountain· ⚐καὶ and παρεκάλεσαν to plead αὐτὸν him ⚐ἵνα in order to ἐπιτρέψῃ to permit αὐτοῖς to them ⚐εἰς toward ἐκείνους that εἰσελθεῖν to enter· ⚐καὶ and ἐπέτρεψεν to permit αὐτοῖς to them. -42 8 33 ⚐ἐξελθόντα to go out δὲ and τὰ the δαιμόνια demon ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐εἰσῆλθον to enter εἰς toward τοὺς the χοίρους pig, ⚐καὶ and ὥρμησεν to stampede ἡ the ἀγέλη herd κατὰ according to τοῦ the κρημνοῦ cliff εἰς toward τὴν the λίμνην lake ⚐καὶ and ἀπεπνίγη to choke.

 -42 8 34 ⚐Ἰδόντες to know δὲ and οἱ the βόσκοντες to feed τὸ the γεγονὸς to be ⚐ἔφυγον to flee ⚐καὶ and ἀπήγγειλαν to announce εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city καὶ and εἰς toward τοὺς the ἀγρούς field. -42 8 35 ⚐ἐξῆλθον to go out δὲ and ⚐ἰδεῖν to know τὸ the γεγονὸς to be ⚐καὶ and ἦλθον to come πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐καὶ and εὗρον to find καθήμενον to sit τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human ⚐ἀφ᾽ from οὗ which τὰ the δαιμόνια demon ἐξῆλθεν to go out ⚐ἱματισμένον to dress καὶ and σωφρονοῦντα be of sound mind παρὰ beside τοὺς the πόδας foot τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐καὶ and ἐφοβήθησαν to fear. -42 8 36 ⚐ἀπήγγειλαν to announce δὲ and αὐτοῖς to them οἱ who ἰδόντες to know ⚐πῶς how? ἐσώθη to save ὁ who δαιμονισθείς be demonised. -42 8 37 ⚐καὶ and ἠρώτησεν to ask αὐτὸν him ἅπαν all τὸ the πλῆθος multitude τῆς the περιχώρου surrounding region τῶν the Γερασηνῶν Gerasene ⚐ἀπελθεῖν to go away ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ὅτι that φόβῳ fear μεγάλῳ great συνείχοντο to suffer from· ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ and ἐμβὰς to get into εἰς toward πλοῖον boat ⚐ὑπέστρεψεν to return. -42 8 38 ⚐ἐδεῖτο to pray δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ὁ the ἀνὴρ man ⚐ἀφ᾽ from οὗ which ἐξεληλύθει to go out τὰ the δαιμόνια demon ⚐εἶναι to be σὺν with αὐτῷ to him· ⚐ἀπέλυσεν to release δὲ and αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγων to speak· -42 8 39 ⚐Ὑπόστρεφε to return εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκόν house σου of you, ⚐καὶ and διηγοῦ to relate fully ⚐ὅσα as much as σοι to you ἐποίησεν to do ὁ the θεός God. ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθεν to go away ⚐καθ᾽ according to ὅλην all τὴν the πόλιν city κηρύσσων to preach ⚐ὅσα as much as ἐποίησεν to do αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus.

 -42 8 40 ⚐Ἐν in δὲ and τῷ the ὑποστρέφειν to return τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐ἀπεδέξατο to welcome αὐτὸν him ὁ the ὄχλος crowd, ⚐ἦσαν to be γὰρ for πάντες all προσδοκῶντες to look for αὐτόν him. -42 8 41 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἦλθεν to come ἀνὴρ man ⚐ᾧ which ὄνομα name Ἰάϊρος Jairus, ⚐καὶ and οὗτος this ἄρχων ruler τῆς the συναγωγῆς synagogue ὑπῆρχεν to be, ⚐καὶ and πεσὼν to collapse παρὰ beside τοὺς the πόδας foot τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐παρεκάλει to plead αὐτὸν him ⚐εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house αὐτοῦ of him, -42 8 42 ⚐ὅτι since θυγάτηρ daughter μονογενὴς unique ἦν to be αὐτῷ to him ὡς as ἐτῶν year δώδεκα twelve ⚐καὶ and αὐτὴ she ἀπέθνῃσκεν to die.

 ⚐Ἐν in δὲ and τῷ the ὑπάγειν to go αὐτὸν him ⚐οἱ the ὄχλοι crowd συνέπνιγον to choke αὐτόν him. -42 8 43 ⚐καὶ and γυνὴ woman οὖσα to be ἐν in ῥύσει discharge αἵματος blood ἀπὸ from ἐτῶν year δώδεκα twelve, ⚐ἥτις which ἰατροῖς physician προσαναλώσασα to expend ὅλον all τὸν the βίον life ⚐οὐκ no ἴσχυσεν be strong ⚐ἀπ᾽ from οὐδενὸς no one θεραπευθῆναι to heal, -42 8 44 ⚐προσελθοῦσα to come near ὄπισθεν after ⚐ἥψατο to kindle τοῦ the κρασπέδου edge τοῦ the ἱματίου clothing αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and παραχρῆμα instantly ἔστη to stand ἡ the ῥύσις discharge τοῦ the αἵματος blood αὐτῆς of her. -42 8 45 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Τίς which? ὁ who ἁψάμενός to kindle μου of me; ⚐ἀρνουμένων to deny δὲ and πάντων all ⚐εἶπεν to say ὁ the Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Ἐπιστάτα master, οἱ the ὄχλοι crowd συνέχουσίν to press on every side σε you καὶ and ἀποθλίβουσιν to crowd up to. -42 8 46 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἥψατό to kindle μού of me τις one, ⚐ἐγὼ I γὰρ for ἔγνων to know ⚐δύναμιν power ἐξεληλυθυῖαν to go out ἀπ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me. -42 8 47 ⚐ἰδοῦσα to know δὲ and ἡ the γυνὴ woman ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no ἔλαθεν be hidden ⚐τρέμουσα to tremble ἦλθεν to come ⚐καὶ and προσπεσοῦσα to fall αὐτῷ to him ⚐δι᾽ because of ἣν which αἰτίαν cause ἥψατο to kindle αὐτοῦ of him ἀπήγγειλεν to announce ἐνώπιον before παντὸς all τοῦ the λαοῦ a people ⚐καὶ and ὡς how ἰάθη to heal παραχρῆμα instantly. -42 8 48 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Θυγάτηρ daughter, ἡ the πίστις faith σου of you σέσωκέν to save σε you· ⚐πορεύου to go εἰς toward εἰρήνην peace.

 -42 8 49 ⚐Ἔτι still αὐτοῦ of him λαλοῦντος to speak ⚐ἔρχεταί to come τις one παρὰ from τοῦ the ἀρχισυναγώγου synagogue leader ⚐λέγων to speak ⚐ὅτι that Τέθνηκεν to be dead ἡ the θυγάτηρ daughter σου of you, ⚐μηκέτι never again σκύλλε to trouble τὸν the διδάσκαλον teacher. -42 8 50 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀκούσας to hear ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Μὴ not φοβοῦ to fear, ⚐μόνον alone πίστευσον to trust (in), ⚐καὶ and σωθήσεται to save. -42 8 51 ⚐ἐλθὼν to come δὲ and εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house ⚐οὐκ no ἀφῆκεν to release ⚐εἰσελθεῖν to enter τινα one σὺν with αὐτῷ to him ⚐εἰ if μὴ not Πέτρον Peter καὶ and Ἰωάννην John καὶ and Ἰάκωβον James καὶ and τὸν the πατέρα father τῆς the παιδὸς child καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother. -42 8 52 ⚐ἔκλαιον to weep δὲ and πάντες all ⚐καὶ and ἐκόπτοντο to mourn αὐτήν her. ⚐ὁ the δὲ but εἶπεν to say· ⚐Μὴ not κλαίετε to weep, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἀπέθανεν to die ⚐ἀλλὰ but καθεύδει to sleep. -42 8 53 ⚐καὶ and κατεγέλων to mock αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι that ἀπέθανεν to die. -42 8 54 ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ but κρατήσας to grasp τῆς the χειρὸς hand αὐτῆς of her ⚐ἐφώνησεν to call ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἡ the παῖς child, ἔγειρε to arise. -42 8 55 ⚐καὶ and ἐπέστρεψεν to turn τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit αὐτῆς of her, ⚐καὶ and ἀνέστη to arise παραχρῆμα instantly, ⚐καὶ and διέταξεν to direct ⚐αὐτῇ to her δοθῆναι to give φαγεῖν to eat. -42 8 56 ⚐καὶ and ἐξέστησαν to amaze οἱ the γονεῖς parent αὐτῆς of her· ⚐ὁ the δὲ but παρήγγειλεν to order αὐτοῖς to them ⚐μηδενὶ nothing εἰπεῖν to say τὸ the γεγονός to be.

 -42 9 1 ⚐Συγκαλεσάμενος to call together δὲ and τοὺς the δώδεκα twelve ⚐ἔδωκεν to give αὐτοῖς to them δύναμιν power καὶ and ἐξουσίαν authority ἐπὶ over πάντα all τὰ the δαιμόνια demon ⚐καὶ and νόσους illness θεραπεύειν to heal, -42 9 2 ⚐καὶ and ἀπέστειλεν to send αὐτοὺς them ⚐κηρύσσειν to preach τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and ἰᾶσθαι to heal τοὺς the ἀσθενεῖς weak, -42 9 3 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Μηδὲν nothing αἴρετε to take up εἰς toward τὴν the ὁδόν road, ⚐μήτε neither ῥάβδον rod μήτε neither πήραν bag μήτε neither ἄρτον bread μήτε neither ἀργύριον silver, ⚐μήτε neither ἀνὰ each δύο two χιτῶνας tunic ἔχειν to have. -42 9 4 ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward ἣν which ἂν if οἰκίαν house εἰσέλθητε to enter, ἐκεῖ there μένετε to stay ⚐καὶ and ἐκεῖθεν from there ἐξέρχεσθε to go out. -42 9 5 ⚐καὶ and ὅσοι as much as ἂν if μὴ not δέχωνται to receive ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἐξερχόμενοι to go out ἀπὸ from τῆς the πόλεως city ἐκείνης that ⚐τὸν the κονιορτὸν dust ἀπὸ from τῶν the ποδῶν foot ὑμῶν of you ἀποτινάσσετε to shake off ⚐εἰς toward μαρτύριον testimony ἐπ᾽ against αὐτούς them. -42 9 6 ⚐ἐξερχόμενοι to go out δὲ and ⚐διήρχοντο to pass through κατὰ according to τὰς the κώμας village ⚐εὐαγγελιζόμενοι to speak good news καὶ and θεραπεύοντες to heal πανταχοῦ everywhere.

 -42 9 7 ⚐Ἤκουσεν to hear δὲ and Ἡρῴδης Herod ὁ the τετραάρχης tetrarch τὰ the γινόμενα to be πάντα all, ⚐καὶ and διηπόρει be perplexed ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the λέγεσθαι to speak ὑπό by τινων one ⚐ὅτι that Ἰωάννης John ἠγέρθη to arise ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead, -42 9 8 ⚐ὑπό by τινων one δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that Ἠλίας Elijah ἐφάνη to appear, ⚐ἄλλων another δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that προφήτης prophet τις one τῶν the ἀρχαίων ancient ἀνέστη to arise. -42 9 9 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but Ἡρῴδης Herod· ⚐Ἰωάννην John ἐγὼ I ἀπεκεφάλισα to behead· ⚐τίς which? δέ and ἐστιν to be οὗτος this ⚐περὶ about οὗ which ἀκούω to hear τοιαῦτα such as this; ⚐καὶ and ἐζήτει to seek ἰδεῖν to know αὐτόν him.

 -42 9 10 ⚐Καὶ and ὑποστρέψαντες to return οἱ the ἀπόστολοι apostle ⚐διηγήσαντο to relate fully αὐτῷ to him ⚐ὅσα as much as ἐποίησαν to do. ⚐καὶ and παραλαβὼν to take αὐτοὺς them ⚐ὑπεχώρησεν to withdraw κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private εἰς toward πόλιν city καλουμένην to call Βηθσαϊδά Bethsaida. -42 9 11 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ὄχλοι crowd γνόντες to know ⚐ἠκολούθησαν to follow αὐτῷ to him. ⚐καὶ and ἀποδεξάμενος to welcome αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἐλάλει to speak αὐτοῖς to them περὶ about τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐καὶ and τοὺς who χρείαν need ἔχοντας to have θεραπείας service ἰᾶτο to heal.

 -42 9 12 ⚐Ἡ the δὲ and ἡμέρα day ἤρξατο be first κλίνειν to bow· ⚐προσελθόντες to come near δὲ and οἱ the δώδεκα twelve ⚐εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀπόλυσον to release τὸν the ὄχλον crowd, ⚐ἵνα in order that πορευθέντες to go εἰς toward τὰς the κύκλῳ surrounding κώμας village καὶ and ἀγροὺς field ⚐καταλύσωσιν to lodge καὶ and εὕρωσιν to find ἐπισιτισμόν food, ⚐ὅτι since ὧδε here ἐν in ἐρήμῳ deserted τόπῳ place ἐσμέν to be. -42 9 13 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Δότε to give αὐτοῖς to them ὑμεῖς you ⚐φαγεῖν to eat. ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Οὐκ no εἰσὶν to be ἡμῖν to us πλεῖον greater ἢ or ἄρτοι bread πέντε five καὶ and ἰχθύες fish δύο two, ⚐εἰ if μήτι no? πορευθέντες to go ἡμεῖς we ⚐ἀγοράσωμεν to buy εἰς toward πάντα all τὸν the λαὸν a people τοῦτον this βρώματα food. -42 9 14 ⚐ἦσαν to be γὰρ for ὡσεὶ about ἄνδρες man πεντακισχίλιοι five thousand. ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and πρὸς to τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Κατακλίνατε to sit αὐτοὺς them κλισίας group ὡσεὶ about ἀνὰ each πεντήκοντα fifty. -42 9 15 ⚐καὶ and ἐποίησαν to do οὕτως thus(-ly) ⚐καὶ and κατέκλιναν to sit ἅπαντας all. -42 9 16 ⚐λαβὼν to take δὲ and τοὺς the πέντε five ἄρτους bread καὶ and τοὺς the δύο two ἰχθύας fish ⚐ἀναβλέψας to look up εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ⚐εὐλόγησεν to praise αὐτοὺς them ⚐καὶ and κατέκλασεν to break ⚐καὶ and ἐδίδου to give τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple ⚐παραθεῖναι to set before τῷ the ὄχλῳ crowd. -42 9 17 ⚐καὶ and ἔφαγον to eat καὶ and ἐχορτάσθησαν to feed πάντες all, ⚐καὶ and ἤρθη to take up τὸ the περισσεῦσαν to exceed αὐτοῖς to them κλασμάτων fragment κόφινοι basket δώδεκα twelve.

 -42 9 18 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the εἶναι to be αὐτὸν him προσευχόμενον to pray κατὰ according to μόνας alone ⚐συνῆσαν be with αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταί disciple, ⚐καὶ and ἐπηρώτησεν to question αὐτοὺς them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Τίνα which? με me λέγουσιν to speak οἱ the ὄχλοι crowd ⚐εἶναι to be; -42 9 19 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἀποκριθέντες to answer ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Ἰωάννην John τὸν the βαπτιστήν one who baptizes, ⚐ἄλλοι another δὲ and Ἠλίαν Elijah, ⚐ἄλλοι another δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that προφήτης prophet τις one τῶν the ἀρχαίων ancient ἀνέστη to arise. -42 9 20 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὑμεῖς you δὲ but τίνα which? με me λέγετε to speak εἶναι to be; ⚐Πέτρος Peter δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τὸν the χριστὸν Christ τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -42 9 21 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ but ἐπιτιμήσας to rebuke αὐτοῖς to them ⚐παρήγγειλεν to order ⚐μηδενὶ nothing λέγειν to speak τοῦτο this, -42 9 22 ⚐εἰπὼν to say ⚐ὅτι that Δεῖ to bind τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐πολλὰ much παθεῖν to suffer ⚐καὶ and ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι to reject ἀπὸ from τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder καὶ and ἀρχιερέων high-priest καὶ and γραμματέων scribe ⚐καὶ and ἀποκτανθῆναι to kill ⚐καὶ and τῇ the τρίτῃ third ἡμέρᾳ day ἐγερθῆναι to arise.

 -42 9 23 ⚐Ἔλεγεν to speak δὲ and πρὸς to πάντας all· ⚐Εἴ if τις one θέλει to will ὀπίσω after μου of me ἔρχεσθαι to come, ⚐ἀρνησάσθω to deny ἑαυτὸν himself ⚐καὶ and ἀράτω to take up τὸν the σταυρὸν cross αὐτοῦ of him καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day, ⚐καὶ and ἀκολουθείτω to follow μοι to me. -42 9 24 ⚐ὃς which γὰρ for ἂν if θέλῃ to will τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him σῶσαι to save, ἀπολέσει to destroy αὐτήν her· ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ but ἂν if ἀπολέσῃ to destroy τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him ἕνεκεν because of ἐμοῦ of me, οὗτος this σώσει to save αὐτήν her. -42 9 25 ⚐τί which? γὰρ for ὠφελεῖται to help ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐κερδήσας to gain τὸν the κόσμον world ὅλον all ⚐ἑαυτὸν himself δὲ but ἀπολέσας to destroy ἢ or ζημιωθείς to lose; -42 9 26 ⚐ὃς which γὰρ for ἂν if ἐπαισχυνθῇ be ashamed of με me καὶ and τοὺς the ἐμοὺς my λόγους word, τοῦτον this ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐπαισχυνθήσεται be ashamed of, ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ἔλθῃ to come ἐν in τῇ the δόξῃ glory αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and τοῦ the πατρὸς father καὶ and τῶν the ἁγίων holy ἀγγέλων angel. -42 9 27 ⚐λέγω to speak δὲ but ὑμῖν to you ἀληθῶς truly, ⚐εἰσίν to be τινες one τῶν the αὐτοῦ there ἑστηκότων to stand ⚐οἳ which οὐ no μὴ not γεύσωνται to taste θανάτου death ⚐ἕως until ἂν if ἴδωσιν to know τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -42 9 28 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐μετὰ after τοὺς the λόγους word τούτους these ὡσεὶ about ἡμέραι day ὀκτὼ eight ⚐καὶ and παραλαβὼν to take Πέτρον Peter καὶ and Ἰωάννην John καὶ and Ἰάκωβον James ⚐ἀνέβη to ascend εἰς toward τὸ the ὄρος mountain ⚐προσεύξασθαι to pray. -42 9 29 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the προσεύχεσθαι to pray αὐτὸν him ⚐τὸ the εἶδος appearance τοῦ the προσώπου face αὐτοῦ of him ἕτερον other ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἱματισμὸς clothing αὐτοῦ of him λευκὸς white ἐξαστράπτων to flash forth. -42 9 30 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἄνδρες man δύο two συνελάλουν to talk with αὐτῷ to him, ⚐οἵτινες which ἦσαν to be Μωϋσῆς Moses καὶ and Ἠλίας Elijah, -42 9 31 ⚐οἳ which ὀφθέντες to see ἐν in δόξῃ glory ⚐ἔλεγον to speak τὴν the ἔξοδον departure αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἣν which ἤμελλεν be about to πληροῦν to fulfill ἐν in Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem. -42 9 32 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Πέτρος Peter καὶ and οἱ the σὺν with αὐτῷ to him ἦσαν to be βεβαρημένοι to burden ὕπνῳ sleep· ⚐διαγρηγορήσαντες to wake δὲ but ⚐εἶδον to know τὴν the δόξαν glory αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and τοὺς the δύο two ἄνδρας man τοὺς the συνεστῶτας to commend αὐτῷ to him. -42 9 33 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the διαχωρίζεσθαι be separated αὐτοὺς them ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἶπεν to say ὁ the Πέτρος Peter πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus· ⚐Ἐπιστάτα master, καλόν good ἐστιν to be ⚐ἡμᾶς us ὧδε here εἶναι to be, ⚐καὶ and ποιήσωμεν to make σκηνὰς tent τρεῖς three, ⚐μίαν one σοὶ to you καὶ and μίαν one Μωϋσεῖ Moses καὶ and μίαν one Ἠλίᾳ Elijah, ⚐μὴ not εἰδὼς to know ⚐ὃ which λέγει to speak. -42 9 34 ⚐ταῦτα these δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him λέγοντος to speak ⚐ἐγένετο to be νεφέλη cloud ⚐καὶ and ἐπεσκίαζεν to overshadow αὐτούς them· ⚐ἐφοβήθησαν to fear δὲ and ⚐ἐν in τῷ the εἰσελθεῖν to enter αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὴν the νεφέλην cloud. -42 9 35 ⚐καὶ and φωνὴ voice ἐγένετο to be ἐκ from τῆς the νεφέλης cloud ⚐λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the υἱός son μου of me ὁ the ἐκλελεγμένος to select, ⚐αὐτοῦ of him ἀκούετε to hear. -42 9 36 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the γενέσθαι to be τὴν the φωνὴν voice ⚐εὑρέθη to find Ἰησοῦς Jesus μόνος alone. ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἐσίγησαν be silent ⚐καὶ and οὐδενὶ no one ἀπήγγειλαν to announce ἐν in ἐκείναις that ταῖς the ἡμέραις day οὐδὲν no one ὧν which ἑώρακαν to see.

 -42 9 37 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐τῇ the ἑξῆς next ἡμέρᾳ day κατελθόντων to descend αὐτῶν of them ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ὄρους mountain ⚐συνήντησεν to meet αὐτῷ to him ὄχλος crowd πολύς much. -42 9 38 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἀνὴρ man ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd ἐβόησεν to cry out ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, δέομαί to pray σου of you ⚐ἐπιβλέψαι to look at ἐπὶ upon τὸν the υἱόν son μου of me, ⚐ὅτι that μονογενής unique μοί to me ἐστιν to be, -42 9 39 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! πνεῦμα spirit λαμβάνει to take αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἐξαίφνης suddenly κράζει to cry, ⚐καὶ and σπαράσσει to convulse αὐτὸν him μετὰ with ἀφροῦ foam ⚐καὶ and μόγις hardly ἀποχωρεῖ to leave ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him ⚐συντρῖβον to break αὐτόν him· -42 9 40 ⚐καὶ and ἐδεήθην to pray τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple σου of you ⚐ἵνα in order to ἐκβάλωσιν to expel αὐτό it, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἠδυνήθησαν be able. -42 9 41 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ὦ oh! γενεὰ generation ἄπιστος unbelieving καὶ and διεστραμμένη to pervert, ἕως until πότε when? ἔσομαι to be πρὸς with ὑμᾶς you ⚐καὶ and ἀνέξομαι to endure ὑμῶν of you; ⚐προσάγαγε to bring near ὧδε here τὸν the υἱόν son σου of you. -42 9 42 ⚐ἔτι still δὲ but προσερχομένου to come near αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἔρρηξεν to throw violently αὐτὸν him τὸ the δαιμόνιον demon ⚐καὶ and συνεσπάραξεν to convulse· ⚐ἐπετίμησεν to rebuke δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τῷ the πνεύματι spirit τῷ the ἀκαθάρτῳ unclean, ⚐καὶ and ἰάσατο to heal τὸν the παῖδα child ⚐καὶ and ἀπέδωκεν to pay αὐτὸν him τῷ the πατρὶ father αὐτοῦ of him. -42 9 43 ⚐ἐξεπλήσσοντο be astonished δὲ and πάντες all ἐπὶ upon τῇ the μεγαλειότητι majesty τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 ⚐Πάντων all δὲ and θαυμαζόντων to marvel ἐπὶ upon πᾶσιν all οἷς which ἐποίει to do ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him· -42 9 44 ⚐Θέσθε to place ὑμεῖς you εἰς toward τὰ the ὦτα ear ὑμῶν of you τοὺς the λόγους word τούτους these, ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human μέλλει be about to παραδίδοσθαι to deliver εἰς toward χεῖρας hand ἀνθρώπων a human. -42 9 45 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἠγνόουν be ignorant τὸ the ῥῆμα word τοῦτο this, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be παρακεκαλυμμένον to hide ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not αἴσθωνται to perceive αὐτό it, ⚐καὶ and ἐφοβοῦντο to fear ἐρωτῆσαι to ask αὐτὸν him περὶ about τοῦ the ῥήματος word τούτου of this.

 -42 9 46 ⚐Εἰσῆλθεν to enter δὲ and διαλογισμὸς reasoning ἐν among αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐τὸ the τίς which? ἂν if εἴη to be μείζων great αὐτῶν of them. -42 9 47 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἰδὼς to know τὸν the διαλογισμὸν reasoning τῆς the καρδίας heart αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐπιλαβόμενος to catch παιδίον child ⚐ἔστησεν to stand αὐτὸ it παρ᾽ beside ἑαυτῷ himself, -42 9 48 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὃς which ἐὰν if δέξηται to receive τοῦτο this τὸ the παιδίον child ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me ἐμὲ me δέχεται to receive, ⚐καὶ and ὃς which ἂν if ἐμὲ me δέξηται to receive δέχεται to receive τὸν who ἀποστείλαντά to send με me· ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for μικρότερος small ἐν among πᾶσιν all ὑμῖν to you ὑπάρχων to be οὗτός this ἐστιν to be μέγας great.

 -42 9 49 ⚐Ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and Ἰωάννης John ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐπιστάτα master, εἴδομέν to know τινα one ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματί name σου of you ἐκβάλλοντα to expel δαιμόνια demon, ⚐καὶ and ἐκωλύομεν to prevent αὐτὸν him ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἀκολουθεῖ to follow μεθ᾽ with ἡμῶν of us. -42 9 50 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Μὴ not κωλύετε to prevent, ⚐ὃς which γὰρ for οὐκ no ἔστιν to be καθ᾽ according to ὑμῶν of you ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you ἐστιν to be.

 -42 9 51 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν in τῷ the συμπληροῦσθαι to (ful)fill τὰς the ἡμέρας day τῆς the ἀναλήμψεως ascension αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he τὸ the πρόσωπον face ἐστήρισεν to establish ⚐τοῦ the πορεύεσθαι to go εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, -42 9 52 ⚐καὶ and ἀπέστειλεν to send ἀγγέλους angel πρὸ before προσώπου face αὐτοῦ of him. ⚐καὶ and πορευθέντες to go ⚐εἰσῆλθον to enter εἰς toward κώμην village Σαμαριτῶν Samaritan, ⚐ὡς as ἑτοιμάσαι to make ready αὐτῷ to him· -42 9 53 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐδέξαντο to receive αὐτόν him, ⚐ὅτι since τὸ the πρόσωπον face αὐτοῦ of him ἦν to be πορευόμενον to go εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem. -42 9 54 ⚐ἰδόντες to know δὲ and οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple Ἰάκωβος James καὶ and Ἰωάννης John ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Κύριε lord, θέλεις to will ⚐εἴπωμεν to say πῦρ fire ⚐καταβῆναι to come down ἀπὸ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ⚐καὶ and ἀναλῶσαι to consume αὐτούς them; -42 9 55 ⚐στραφεὶς to turn δὲ but ⚐ἐπετίμησεν to rebuke αὐτοῖς to them. -42 9 56 ⚐καὶ and ἐπορεύθησαν to go εἰς toward ἑτέραν other κώμην village.

 -42 9 57 ⚐Καὶ and πορευομένων to go αὐτῶν of them ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road ⚐εἶπέν to say τις one πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Ἀκολουθήσω to follow σοι to you ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἐὰν if ἀπέρχῃ to go away. -42 9 58 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Αἱ the ἀλώπεκες fox φωλεοὺς den ἔχουσιν to have ⚐καὶ and τὰ the πετεινὰ bird τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven κατασκηνώσεις dwelling place, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human οὐκ no ἔχει to have ⚐ποῦ where? τὴν the κεφαλὴν head κλίνῃ to lay down. -42 9 59 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but πρὸς to ἕτερον other· ⚐Ἀκολούθει to follow μοι to me. ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἐπίτρεψόν to permit μοι to me ⚐ἀπελθόντι to go away πρῶτον first ⚐θάψαι to bury τὸν the πατέρα father μου of me. -42 9 60 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἄφες to release τοὺς the νεκροὺς dead ⚐θάψαι to bury τοὺς the ἑαυτῶν myself νεκρούς dead, ⚐σὺ you δὲ but ἀπελθὼν to go away ⚐διάγγελλε to proclaim τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 9 61 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but καὶ and ἕτερος other· ⚐Ἀκολουθήσω to follow σοι to you, κύριε lord· ⚐πρῶτον first δὲ and ἐπίτρεψόν to permit μοι to me ⚐ἀποτάξασθαι to leave τοῖς the εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκόν house μου of me. -42 9 62 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Οὐδεὶς no one ἐπιβαλὼν to put on τὴν the χεῖρα hand ἐπ᾽ to ἄροτρον plow ⚐καὶ and βλέπων to see εἰς toward τὰ the ὀπίσω after ⚐εὔθετός suitable ἐστιν to be τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -42 10 1 ⚐Μετὰ after δὲ and ταῦτα these ἀνέδειξεν to appoint ὁ the κύριος lord ἑτέρους other ἑβδομήκοντα seventy δύο two ⚐καὶ and ἀπέστειλεν to send αὐτοὺς them ἀνὰ each δύο two δύο two πρὸ before προσώπου face αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward πᾶσαν all πόλιν city καὶ and τόπον place ⚐οὗ where ἤμελλεν be about to αὐτὸς he ἔρχεσθαι to go. -42 10 2 ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak δὲ but πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Ὁ the μὲν on the other hand θερισμὸς harvest πολύς much, ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἐργάται worker ὀλίγοι few· ⚐δεήθητε to bind οὖν therefore τοῦ the κυρίου lord τοῦ the θερισμοῦ harvest ⚐ὅπως that ἐργάτας worker ἐκβάλῃ to expel εἰς toward τὸν the θερισμὸν harvest αὐτοῦ of him. -42 10 3 ⚐ὑπάγετε to go· ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἀποστέλλω to send ὑμᾶς you ὡς as ἄρνας lamb ἐν in μέσῳ midst λύκων wolf. -42 10 4 ⚐μὴ not βαστάζετε to carry βαλλάντιον purse, μὴ not πήραν bag, μὴ not ὑποδήματα sandal, ⚐καὶ and μηδένα nothing κατὰ according to τὴν the ὁδὸν road ἀσπάσησθε to pay respects to. -42 10 5 ⚐εἰς toward ἣν which δ᾽ and ἂν if εἰσέλθητε to enter οἰκίαν house ⚐πρῶτον first λέγετε to speak· ⚐Εἰρήνη peace τῷ the οἴκῳ house τούτῳ to this. -42 10 6 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if ἐκεῖ there ᾖ to be υἱὸς son εἰρήνης peace, ⚐ἐπαναπαήσεται to rest ἐπ᾽ to αὐτὸν him ἡ the εἰρήνη peace ὑμῶν of you· ⚐εἰ if δὲ but μή not γε not, ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμᾶς you ἀνακάμψει to return. -42 10 7 ⚐ἐν in αὐτῇ to her δὲ and τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house μένετε to stay, ⚐ἐσθίοντες to eat καὶ and πίνοντες to drink τὰ the παρ᾽ beside αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ἄξιος worthy γὰρ for ὁ the ἐργάτης worker τοῦ the μισθοῦ wage αὐτοῦ of him. ⚐μὴ not μεταβαίνετε to depart ἐξ from οἰκίας house εἰς toward οἰκίαν house. -42 10 8 ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward ἣν which ἂν if πόλιν city εἰσέρχησθε to enter καὶ and δέχωνται to receive ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἐσθίετε to eat τὰ the παρατιθέμενα to set before ὑμῖν to you, -42 10 9 ⚐καὶ and θεραπεύετε to heal τοὺς the ἐν in αὐτῇ to her ἀσθενεῖς weak, ⚐καὶ and λέγετε to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἤγγικεν to come near ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμᾶς you ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 10 10 ⚐εἰς toward ἣν which δ᾽ but ἂν if πόλιν city εἰσέλθητε to enter καὶ and μὴ not δέχωνται to receive ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἐξελθόντες to go out εἰς toward τὰς the πλατείας wide αὐτῆς of her ⚐εἴπατε to say· -42 10 11 ⚐Καὶ and τὸν the κονιορτὸν dust τὸν the κολληθέντα to join ἡμῖν to us ἐκ of τῆς the πόλεως city ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward τοὺς the πόδας foot ἀπομασσόμεθα to wipe off ὑμῖν to you· ⚐πλὴν but τοῦτο this γινώσκετε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἤγγικεν to come near ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 10 12 ⚐λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that Σοδόμοις Sodom ἐν on τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day ἐκείνῃ that ἀνεκτότερον bearable ἔσται to be ἢ or τῇ the πόλει city ἐκείνῃ that.

 -42 10 13 ⚐Οὐαί woe! σοι to you, Χοραζίν Chorazin· ⚐οὐαί woe! σοι to you, Βηθσαϊδά Bethsaida· ⚐ὅτι since εἰ if ἐν in Τύρῳ Tyre καὶ and Σιδῶνι Sidon ἐγενήθησαν to be αἱ the δυνάμεις power αἱ the γενόμεναι to be ἐν in ὑμῖν to you, ⚐πάλαι of old ἂν if ἐν in σάκκῳ sackcloth καὶ and σποδῷ ashes καθήμενοι to sit μετενόησαν to repent. -42 10 14 ⚐πλὴν but Τύρῳ Tyre καὶ and Σιδῶνι Sidon ἀνεκτότερον bearable ἔσται to be ἐν in τῇ the κρίσει judgment ἢ or ὑμῖν to you. -42 10 15 ⚐καὶ and σύ you, Καφαρναούμ Capernaum, μὴ not ἕως until οὐρανοῦ heaven ὑψωθήσῃ to lift up; ⚐ἕως until τοῦ the ᾅδου Hades καταβήσῃ to go down.

 -42 10 16 ⚐Ὁ who ἀκούων to hear ὑμῶν of you ἐμοῦ of me ἀκούει to hear, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who ἀθετῶν to reject ὑμᾶς you ἐμὲ me ἀθετεῖ to reject· ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἐμὲ me ἀθετῶν to reject ἀθετεῖ to reject τὸν who ἀποστείλαντά to send με me.

 -42 10 17 ⚐Ὑπέστρεψαν to return δὲ and οἱ the ἑβδομήκοντα seventy δύο two μετὰ with χαρᾶς joy ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, καὶ and τὰ the δαιμόνια demon ὑποτάσσεται to subject ἡμῖν to us ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματί name σου of you. -42 10 18 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἐθεώρουν to see τὸν the Σατανᾶν Satan ⚐ὡς as ἀστραπὴν lightning ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven πεσόντα to collapse. -42 10 19 ⚐ἰδοὺ look! δέδωκα to give ὑμῖν to you τὴν the ἐξουσίαν authority ⚐τοῦ the πατεῖν to trample ἐπάνω above ὄφεων snake καὶ and σκορπίων scorpion, καὶ and ἐπὶ on πᾶσαν all τὴν the δύναμιν power τοῦ the ἐχθροῦ enemy, ⚐καὶ and οὐδὲν no one ὑμᾶς you οὐ no μὴ not ἀδικήσῃ to harm. -42 10 20 ⚐πλὴν but ἐν in τούτῳ to this μὴ not χαίρετε to rejoice ⚐ὅτι that τὰ the πνεύματα spirit ὑμῖν to you ὑποτάσσεται to subject, ⚐χαίρετε to rejoice δὲ but ⚐ὅτι that τὰ the ὀνόματα name ὑμῶν of you ἐγγέγραπται to write in ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven.

 -42 10 21 ⚐Ἐν on αὐτῇ to her τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour ἠγαλλιάσατο to rejoice ἐν in τῷ the πνεύματι spirit τῷ the ἁγίῳ holy ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐξομολογοῦμαί to agree σοι to you, πάτερ father κύριε lord τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven καὶ and τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐ὅτι since ἀπέκρυψας to conceal ταῦτα these ἀπὸ from σοφῶν wise καὶ and συνετῶν intelligent, ⚐καὶ and ἀπεκάλυψας to reveal αὐτὰ them νηπίοις child· ⚐ναί yes, ὁ the πατήρ father, ⚐ὅτι since οὕτως thus(-ly) εὐδοκία goodwill ἐγένετο to be ἔμπροσθέν before σου of you. -42 10 22 ⚐πάντα all μοι to me παρεδόθη to deliver ὑπὸ by τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me, ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one γινώσκει to know ⚐τίς which? ἐστιν to be ὁ the υἱὸς son ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ the πατήρ father, ⚐καὶ and τίς which? ἐστιν to be ὁ the πατὴρ father ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ the υἱὸς son καὶ and ᾧ which ἐὰν if βούληται to plan ὁ the υἱὸς son ⚐ἀποκαλύψαι to reveal.

 -42 10 23 ⚐Καὶ and στραφεὶς to turn πρὸς to τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Μακάριοι blessed οἱ the ὀφθαλμοὶ eye οἱ the βλέποντες to see ἃ which βλέπετε to see. -42 10 24 ⚐λέγω to speak γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that πολλοὶ much προφῆται prophet καὶ and βασιλεῖς king ἠθέλησαν to will ἰδεῖν to know ⚐ἃ which ὑμεῖς you βλέπετε to see ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no εἶδαν to know, ⚐καὶ and ἀκοῦσαι to hear ⚐ἃ which ἀκούετε to hear ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἤκουσαν to hear.

 -42 10 25 ⚐Καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! νομικός lawyer τις one ἀνέστη to arise ⚐ἐκπειράζων to test αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, τί which? ποιήσας to do ⚐ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal κληρονομήσω to inherit; -42 10 26 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Ἐν in τῷ the νόμῳ law τί which? γέγραπται to write; ⚐πῶς how? ἀναγινώσκεις to read; -42 10 27 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἀγαπήσεις to love κύριον lord τὸν the θεόν God σου of you ἐξ out of ὅλης all τῆς the καρδίας heart σου of you καὶ and ἐν with ὅλῃ all τῇ the ψυχῇ soul σου of you ⚐καὶ and ἐν with ὅλῃ all τῇ the ἰσχύϊ strength σου of you καὶ and ἐν with ὅλῃ all τῇ the διανοίᾳ mind σου of you, ⚐καὶ and τὸν the πλησίον neighbor σου of you ὡς as σεαυτόν yourself. -42 10 28 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὀρθῶς correctly ἀπεκρίθης to answer· ⚐τοῦτο this ποίει to do ⚐καὶ and ζήσῃ to live.

 -42 10 29 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ but θέλων to will δικαιῶσαι to justify ἑαυτὸν himself ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus· ⚐Καὶ and τίς which? ἐστίν to be μου of me πλησίον neighbor; -42 10 30 ⚐ὑπολαβὼν to catch up in speech ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἄνθρωπός a human τις one κατέβαινεν to go down ἀπὸ from Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem εἰς toward Ἰεριχὼ Jericho ⚐καὶ and λῃσταῖς robber περιέπεσεν to fall upon, ⚐οἳ which καὶ and ἐκδύσαντες to strip αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and πληγὰς blow ἐπιθέντες to put ⚐ἀπῆλθον to go away ⚐ἀφέντες to release ἡμιθανῆ half-dead. -42 10 31 ⚐κατὰ according to συγκυρίαν coincidence δὲ and ἱερεύς priest τις one κατέβαινεν to go down ἐν in τῇ the ὁδῷ road ἐκείνῃ that, ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know αὐτὸν him ⚐ἀντιπαρῆλθεν to pass· -42 10 32 ⚐ὁμοίως likewise δὲ and καὶ and Λευίτης Levite γενόμενος to be κατὰ according to τὸν the τόπον place ⚐ἐλθὼν to come ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know ⚐ἀντιπαρῆλθεν to pass. -42 10 33 ⚐Σαμαρίτης Samaritan δέ but τις one ὁδεύων to journey ⚐ἦλθεν to come κατ᾽ according to αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know ⚐ἐσπλαγχνίσθη to pity, -42 10 34 ⚐καὶ and προσελθὼν to come near ⚐κατέδησεν to bandage τὰ the τραύματα wound αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐπιχέων to pour on ἔλαιον olive oil καὶ and οἶνον wine, ⚐ἐπιβιβάσας to mount δὲ and αὐτὸν him ἐπὶ on τὸ the ἴδιον one's own κτῆνος animal ⚐ἤγαγεν to bring αὐτὸν him εἰς toward πανδοχεῖον inn ⚐καὶ and ἐπεμελήθη to care αὐτοῦ of him. -42 10 35 ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ upon τὴν the αὔριον tomorrow ἐκβαλὼν to expel ⚐ἔδωκεν to give δύο two δηνάρια denarius τῷ the πανδοχεῖ innkeeper ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐπιμελήθητι to care αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ὅ which τι one ἂν if προσδαπανήσῃς to spend extra ἐγὼ I ἐν in τῷ this ἐπανέρχεσθαί to return με me ἀποδώσω to pay σοι to you. -42 10 36 ⚐τίς which? τούτων of these τῶν the τριῶν three πλησίον neighbor δοκεῖ to think σοι to you γεγονέναι to be τοῦ who ἐμπεσόντος to fall into εἰς toward τοὺς the λῃστάς robber; -42 10 37 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ὁ who ποιήσας to do τὸ the ἔλεος mercy μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him. ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Πορεύου to go ⚐καὶ and σὺ you ποίει to do ὁμοίως likewise.

 -42 10 38 ⚐Ἐν in δὲ and τῷ the πορεύεσθαι to go αὐτοὺς them ⚐αὐτὸς he εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward κώμην village τινά one· ⚐γυνὴ woman δέ and τις one ὀνόματι name Μάρθα Martha ὑπεδέξατο to receive αὐτὸν him. -42 10 39 ⚐καὶ and τῇδε this ἦν to be ἀδελφὴ sister καλουμένη to call Μαριάμ Mary, ⚐ἣ which καὶ and παρακαθεσθεῖσα to sit by πρὸς to τοὺς the πόδας foot τοῦ the κυρίου lord ⚐ἤκουεν to hear τὸν the λόγον word αὐτοῦ of him. -42 10 40 ⚐ἡ the δὲ but Μάρθα Martha περιεσπᾶτο to distract περὶ about πολλὴν much διακονίαν service· ⚐ἐπιστᾶσα to approach δὲ and ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Κύριε lord, οὐ no μέλει to care σοι to you ⚐ὅτι that ἡ the ἀδελφή sister μου of me μόνην alone με me κατέλιπεν to leave διακονεῖν to serve; ⚐εἰπὲ to say οὖν therefore αὐτῇ to her ⚐ἵνα in order to μοι to me συναντιλάβηται to help. -42 10 41 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ but ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her ὁ the κύριος lord· ⚐Μάρθα Martha Μάρθα Martha, μεριμνᾷς to worry καὶ and θορυβάζῃ to make commotion περὶ about πολλά much, -42 10 42 ⚐ἑνὸς one δέ but ἐστιν to be χρεία need· ⚐Μαριὰμ Mary γὰρ for τὴν the ἀγαθὴν good-doer μερίδα part ἐξελέξατο to select ⚐ἥτις which οὐκ no ἀφαιρεθήσεται to remove αὐτῆς of her.

 -42 11 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the εἶναι to be αὐτὸν him ἐν in τόπῳ place τινὶ one προσευχόμενον to pray, ⚐ὡς as ἐπαύσατο to cease, ⚐εἶπέν to say τις one τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Κύριε lord, δίδαξον to teach ἡμᾶς us ⚐προσεύχεσθαι to pray, ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and Ἰωάννης John ἐδίδαξεν to teach τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him. -42 11 2 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) προσεύχησθε to pray, ⚐λέγετε to speak· ⚐Πάτερ father, ἁγιασθήτω to sanctify τὸ the ὄνομά name σου of you· ⚐ἐλθέτω to come ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom σου of you· -42 11 3 ⚐τὸν the ἄρτον bread ἡμῶν of us τὸν the ἐπιούσιον daily δίδου to give ἡμῖν to us τὸ the καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day· -42 11 4 ⚐καὶ and ἄφες to release ἡμῖν to us τὰς the ἁμαρτίας sin ἡμῶν of us, ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for αὐτοὶ they ἀφίομεν to release παντὶ all ὀφείλοντι to owe ἡμῖν to us· ⚐καὶ and μὴ not εἰσενέγκῃς to bring in ἡμᾶς us εἰς toward πειρασμόν temptation.

 -42 11 5 ⚐Καὶ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Τίς which? ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you ἕξει to have φίλον friend ⚐καὶ and πορεύσεται to go πρὸς to αὐτὸν him μεσονυκτίου midnight ⚐καὶ and εἴπῃ to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Φίλε friend, χρῆσόν to lend μοι to me τρεῖς three ἄρτους bread, -42 11 6 ⚐ἐπειδὴ since φίλος friend μου of me παρεγένετο to come ἐξ out of ὁδοῦ road πρός to με me ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔχω to have ὃ which παραθήσω to set before αὐτῷ to him· -42 11 7 ⚐κἀκεῖνος and that one ἔσωθεν inwardly ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐εἴπῃ to say· ⚐Μή not μοι to me κόπους labor πάρεχε to furnish occasion· ⚐ἤδη already ἡ the θύρα door κέκλεισται to shut, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the παιδία child μου of me μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me εἰς toward τὴν the κοίτην bed εἰσίν to be· ⚐οὐ no δύναμαι be able ⚐ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐δοῦναί to give σοι to you. -42 11 8 ⚐λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐εἰ if καὶ and οὐ no δώσει to give αὐτῷ to him ἀναστὰς to arise διὰ because of τὸ the εἶναι to be φίλον friend αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐διά because of γε indeed τὴν the ἀναίδειαν shamelessnes αὐτοῦ of him ἐγερθεὶς to arise ⚐δώσει to give αὐτῷ to him ⚐ὅσων as much as χρῄζει to need.

 -42 11 9 ⚐Κἀγὼ and I ὑμῖν to you λέγω to speak, ⚐αἰτεῖτε to ask, καὶ and δοθήσεται to give ὑμῖν to you· ⚐ζητεῖτε to seek, καὶ and εὑρήσετε to find· ⚐κρούετε to knock, καὶ and ἀνοιγήσεται to open ὑμῖν to you· -42 11 10 ⚐πᾶς all γὰρ for ὁ who αἰτῶν to ask λαμβάνει to take, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who ζητῶν to seek εὑρίσκει to find, ⚐καὶ and τῷ who κρούοντι to knock ἀνοιγήσεται to open. -42 11 11 ⚐τίνα which? δὲ and ἐξ out of ὑμῶν of you τὸν the πατέρα father αἰτήσει to ask ὁ the υἱὸς son ἰχθύν fish, ⚐καὶ and ἀντὶ for ἰχθύος fish ὄφιν snake αὐτῷ to him ἐπιδώσει to give; -42 11 12 ⚐ἢ or καὶ and αἰτήσει to ask ᾠόν an egg, ⚐ἐπιδώσει to give αὐτῷ to him σκορπίον scorpion; -42 11 13 ⚐εἰ if οὖν then ὑμεῖς you πονηροὶ evil ὑπάρχοντες to be ⚐οἴδατε to know ⚐δόματα gift ἀγαθὰ good-doer διδόναι to give τοῖς the τέκνοις child ὑμῶν of you, ⚐πόσῳ how much μᾶλλον more ὁ the πατὴρ father ὁ the ἐξ out of οὐρανοῦ heaven δώσει to give πνεῦμα spirit ἅγιον holy τοῖς who αἰτοῦσιν to ask αὐτόν him.

 -42 11 14 ⚐Καὶ and ἦν to be ἐκβάλλων to expel δαιμόνιον demon ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸ it ἦν to be κωφόν mute· ⚐ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐τοῦ the δαιμονίου demon ἐξελθόντος to go out ⚐ἐλάλησεν to speak ὁ who κωφός mute. ⚐καὶ and ἐθαύμασαν to marvel οἱ the ὄχλοι crowd· -42 11 15 ⚐τινὲς one δὲ but ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them εἶπον to say· ⚐Ἐν by Βεελζεβοὺλ Beelzebub τῷ the ἄρχοντι ruler τῶν the δαιμονίων demon ἐκβάλλει to expel τὰ the δαιμόνια demon· -42 11 16 ⚐ἕτεροι other δὲ and πειράζοντες to test ⚐σημεῖον sign ἐξ from οὐρανοῦ heaven ἐζήτουν to seek παρ᾽ beside αὐτοῦ of him. -42 11 17 ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ but εἰδὼς to know αὐτῶν of them τὰ the διανοήματα thought ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Πᾶσα all βασιλεία kingdom ἐφ᾽ against ἑαυτὴν itself διαμερισθεῖσα to divide ἐρημοῦται to lay waste, ⚐καὶ and οἶκος house ἐπὶ upon οἶκον house πίπτει to collapse. -42 11 18 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and καὶ and ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan ἐφ᾽ against ἑαυτὸν himself διεμερίσθη to divide, ⚐πῶς how? σταθήσεται to stand ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom αὐτοῦ of him; ⚐ὅτι since λέγετε to speak ⚐ἐν by Βεελζεβοὺλ Beelzebub ἐκβάλλειν to expel με me τὰ the δαιμόνια demon. -42 11 19 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and ἐγὼ I ἐν by Βεελζεβοὺλ Beelzebub ἐκβάλλω to expel τὰ the δαιμόνια demon, ⚐οἱ the υἱοὶ son ὑμῶν of you ἐν by τίνι which? ἐκβάλλουσιν to expel; ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this αὐτοὶ they ὑμῶν of you κριταὶ judge ἔσονται to be. -42 11 20 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ἐν by δακτύλῳ finger θεοῦ God ἐγὼ I ἐκβάλλω to expel τὰ the δαιμόνια demon, ⚐ἄρα therefore ἔφθασεν to precede ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμᾶς you ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 11 21 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ὁ the ἰσχυρὸς strong καθωπλισμένος to arm fully ⚐φυλάσσῃ to guard τὴν the ἑαυτοῦ myself αὐλήν palace, ⚐ἐν in εἰρήνῃ peace ἐστὶν to be τὰ the ὑπάρχοντα to be αὐτοῦ of him· -42 11 22 ⚐ἐπὰν when δὲ but ἰσχυρότερος strong αὐτοῦ of him ἐπελθὼν to invade ⚐νικήσῃ to conquer αὐτόν him, ⚐τὴν the πανοπλίαν complete armor αὐτοῦ of him αἴρει to take up ⚐ἐφ᾽ on ᾗ which ἐπεποίθει to persuade, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the σκῦλα plunder αὐτοῦ of him διαδίδωσιν to distribute. -42 11 23 ⚐ὁ the μὴ not ὢν to be μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me κατ᾽ according to ἐμοῦ of me ἐστιν to be, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who μὴ not συνάγων to assemble μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me σκορπίζει to scatter.

 -42 11 24 ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) τὸ the ἀκάθαρτον unclean πνεῦμα spirit ἐξέλθῃ to go out ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human, ⚐διέρχεται to pass through δι᾽ through ἀνύδρων waterless τόπων place ⚐ζητοῦν to seek ἀνάπαυσιν rest, ⚐καὶ and μὴ not εὑρίσκον to find ⚐τότε then λέγει to speak· ⚐Ὑποστρέψω to return εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκόν house μου of me ⚐ὅθεν whence ἐξῆλθον to go out· -42 11 25 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὸν to come ⚐εὑρίσκει to find ⚐σεσαρωμένον to sweep καὶ and κεκοσμημένον to arrange. -42 11 26 ⚐τότε then πορεύεται to go καὶ and παραλαμβάνει to take ἕτερα other πνεύματα spirit πονηρότερα evil ἑαυτοῦ itself ἑπτά seven, ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθόντα to enter ⚐κατοικεῖ to dwell ἐκεῖ there, ⚐καὶ and γίνεται to be τὰ the ἔσχατα last τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐκείνου that χείρονα worse than τῶν the πρώτων first.

 -42 11 27 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν in τῷ the λέγειν to speak αὐτὸν him ταῦτα these ⚐ἐπάρασά to lift up τις one φωνὴν voice γυνὴ woman ἐκ out of τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Μακαρία blessed ἡ the κοιλία womb ἡ the βαστάσασά to carry σε you ⚐καὶ and μαστοὶ breast οὓς which ἐθήλασας to suckle· -42 11 28 ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ but εἶπεν to say· ⚐Μενοῦν rather μακάριοι blessed οἱ who ἀκούοντες to hear τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and φυλάσσοντες to keep.

 -42 11 29 ⚐Τῶν the δὲ and ὄχλων crowd ἐπαθροιζομένων to crowd ⚐ἤρξατο be first λέγειν to speak· ⚐Ἡ the γενεὰ generation αὕτη this γενεὰ generation πονηρά evil ἐστιν to be· ⚐σημεῖον sign ζητεῖ to seek, ⚐καὶ and σημεῖον sign οὐ no δοθήσεται to give αὐτῇ to her ⚐εἰ if μὴ not τὸ the σημεῖον sign Ἰωνᾶ Jonah. -42 11 30 ⚐καθὼς just as γὰρ for ἐγένετο to be Ἰωνᾶς Jonah τοῖς the Νινευίταις Ninevite σημεῖον sign, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔσται to be καὶ and ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human τῇ the γενεᾷ generation ταύτῃ to this. -42 11 31 ⚐βασίλισσα queen νότου south ἐγερθήσεται to arise ἐν in τῇ the κρίσει judgment μετὰ with τῶν the ἀνδρῶν man τῆς the γενεᾶς generation ταύτης of this ⚐καὶ and κατακρινεῖ to condemn αὐτούς them· ⚐ὅτι since ἦλθεν to come ἐκ from τῶν the περάτων end τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐ἀκοῦσαι to hear τὴν the σοφίαν wisdom Σολομῶνος Solomon, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! πλεῖον greater Σολομῶνος Solomon ὧδε here. -42 11 32 ⚐ἄνδρες man Νινευῖται Ninevite ἀναστήσονται to arise ἐν in τῇ the κρίσει judgment μετὰ with τῆς the γενεᾶς generation ταύτης of this ⚐καὶ and κατακρινοῦσιν to condemn αὐτήν her· ⚐ὅτι since μετενόησαν to repent εἰς toward τὸ the κήρυγμα preaching Ἰωνᾶ Jonah, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! πλεῖον greater Ἰωνᾶ Jonah ὧδε here.

 -42 11 33 ⚐Οὐδεὶς no one λύχνον lamp ἅψας to kindle ⚐εἰς toward κρύπτην cellar τίθησιν to place οὐδὲ and not ὑπὸ under τὸν the μόδιον bucket ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπὶ on τὴν the λυχνίαν lampstand, ⚐ἵνα in order that οἱ who εἰσπορευόμενοι to enter τὸ the φῶς light βλέπωσιν to see. -42 11 34 ⚐ὁ the λύχνος lamp τοῦ the σώματός body ἐστιν to be ὁ the ὀφθαλμός eye σου of you. ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ὁ the ὀφθαλμός eye σου of you ἁπλοῦς sound ᾖ to be, ⚐καὶ and ὅλον all τὸ the σῶμά body σου of you φωτεινόν bright ἐστιν to be· ⚐ἐπὰν when δὲ but πονηρὸς bad ᾖ to be, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the σῶμά body σου of you σκοτεινόν dark. -42 11 35 ⚐σκόπει to watch out οὖν therefore ⚐μὴ not τὸ the φῶς light τὸ the ἐν in σοὶ to you σκότος darkness ἐστίν to be. -42 11 36 ⚐εἰ if οὖν then τὸ the σῶμά body σου of you ὅλον all φωτεινόν bright, ⚐μὴ not ἔχον to have μέρος part τι one σκοτεινόν dark, ⚐ἔσται to be φωτεινὸν bright ὅλον all ⚐ὡς as ὅταν when(-ever) ὁ the λύχνος lamp τῇ the ἀστραπῇ lightning φωτίζῃ to illuminate σε you.

 -42 11 37 ⚐Ἐν in δὲ and τῷ the λαλῆσαι to speak ⚐ἐρωτᾷ to ask αὐτὸν him Φαρισαῖος Pharisee ⚐ὅπως that ἀριστήσῃ to eat early meal παρ᾽ with αὐτῷ to him· ⚐εἰσελθὼν to enter δὲ and ⚐ἀνέπεσεν to recline. -42 11 38 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Φαρισαῖος Pharisee ἰδὼν to know ⚐ἐθαύμασεν to marvel ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no πρῶτον first ἐβαπτίσθη to baptize πρὸ before τοῦ the ἀρίστου early meal. -42 11 39 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but ὁ the κύριος lord πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Νῦν now ὑμεῖς you οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee τὸ the ἔξωθεν outside τοῦ the ποτηρίου cup καὶ and τοῦ the πίνακος platter καθαρίζετε to clean, ⚐τὸ the δὲ but ἔσωθεν inwardly ὑμῶν of you γέμει be full ἁρπαγῆς plunder καὶ and πονηρίας evil. -42 11 40 ⚐ἄφρονες foolish, οὐχ no ὁ who ποιήσας to make τὸ the ἔξωθεν outside καὶ and τὸ the ἔσωθεν inwardly ἐποίησεν to make; -42 11 41 ⚐πλὴν but τὰ the ἐνόντα be in δότε to give ἐλεημοσύνην charity, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! πάντα all καθαρὰ clean ὑμῖν to you ἐστιν to be.

 -42 11 42 ⚐Ἀλλ᾽ but οὐαὶ woe! ὑμῖν to you τοῖς the Φαρισαίοις Pharisee, ⚐ὅτι that ἀποδεκατοῦτε to tithe τὸ the ἡδύοσμον mint καὶ and τὸ the πήγανον rue καὶ and πᾶν all λάχανον plant, ⚐καὶ and παρέρχεσθε to pass by τὴν the κρίσιν judgment καὶ and τὴν the ἀγάπην love τοῦ the θεοῦ God· ⚐ταῦτα these δὲ but ἔδει be necessary ποιῆσαι to do ⚐κἀκεῖνα and that one μὴ not παρεῖναι be present. -42 11 43 ⚐οὐαὶ woe! ὑμῖν to you τοῖς the Φαρισαίοις Pharisee, ⚐ὅτι that ἀγαπᾶτε to love τὴν the πρωτοκαθεδρίαν seat of honor ἐν in ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the ἀσπασμοὺς salutation ἐν in ταῖς the ἀγοραῖς marketplace. -42 11 44 ⚐οὐαὶ woe! ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὅτι that ἐστὲ to be ὡς as τὰ the μνημεῖα grave τὰ the ἄδηλα unclear, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human οἱ the περιπατοῦντες to walk ἐπάνω above οὐκ no οἴδασιν to know.

 -42 11 45 ⚐Ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δέ and τις one τῶν the νομικῶν lawyer ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, ταῦτα these λέγων to speak ⚐καὶ and ἡμᾶς us ὑβρίζεις to mistreat. -42 11 46 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but εἶπεν to say· ⚐Καὶ and ὑμῖν to you τοῖς the νομικοῖς lawyer οὐαί woe!, ⚐ὅτι that φορτίζετε to burden τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human φορτία burden δυσβάστακτα ponderous, ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἑνὶ one τῶν the δακτύλων finger ὑμῶν of you οὐ no προσψαύετε to touch τοῖς the φορτίοις burden. -42 11 47 ⚐οὐαὶ woe! ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὅτι that οἰκοδομεῖτε to build τὰ the μνημεῖα grave τῶν the προφητῶν prophet ⚐οἱ the δὲ and πατέρες father ὑμῶν of you ἀπέκτειναν to kill αὐτούς them. -42 11 48 ⚐ἄρα therefore μάρτυρές witness ἐστε to be ⚐καὶ and συνευδοκεῖτε to agree to τοῖς the ἔργοις work τῶν the πατέρων father ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ὅτι since αὐτοὶ they μὲν on the other hand ἀπέκτειναν to kill αὐτοὺς them ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ and οἰκοδομεῖτε to build. -42 11 49 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this καὶ and ἡ the σοφία wisdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἀποστελῶ to send εἰς toward αὐτοὺς them προφήτας prophet καὶ and ἀποστόλους apostle, ⚐καὶ and ἐξ out of αὐτῶν of them ἀποκτενοῦσιν to kill καὶ and διώξουσιν to pursue, -42 11 50 ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐκζητηθῇ to seek out τὸ the αἷμα blood πάντων all τῶν the προφητῶν prophet τὸ the ἐκκεχυμένον to pour out ἀπὸ from καταβολῆς beginning κόσμου world ⚐ἀπὸ from τῆς the γενεᾶς generation ταύτης of this, -42 11 51 ⚐ἀπὸ from αἵματος blood Ἅβελ Abel ἕως until αἵματος blood Ζαχαρίου Zechariah τοῦ who ἀπολομένου to destroy μεταξὺ between τοῦ the θυσιαστηρίου altar καὶ and τοῦ the οἴκου house· ⚐ναί yes, λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἐκζητηθήσεται to seek out ἀπὸ from τῆς the γενεᾶς generation ταύτης of this. -42 11 52 ⚐οὐαὶ woe! ὑμῖν to you τοῖς the νομικοῖς lawyer, ⚐ὅτι that ἤρατε to take up τὴν the κλεῖδα key τῆς the γνώσεως knowledge· ⚐αὐτοὶ they οὐκ no εἰσήλθατε to enter ⚐καὶ and τοὺς who εἰσερχομένους to enter ἐκωλύσατε to prevent.

 -42 11 53 ⚐Κἀκεῖθεν and from there ἐξελθόντος to go out αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἤρξαντο be first οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe καὶ and οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee δεινῶς terribly ἐνέχειν to oppose ⚐καὶ and ἀποστοματίζειν to interrogate αὐτὸν him περὶ about πλειόνων greater, -42 11 54 ⚐ἐνεδρεύοντες to ambush ⚐αὐτὸν him θηρεῦσαί to catch τι one ἐκ out of τοῦ the στόματος mouth αὐτοῦ of him.

 -42 12 1 ⚐Ἐν in οἷς which ἐπισυναχθεισῶν to gather τῶν the μυριάδων myriad τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd, ⚐ὥστε so καταπατεῖν to trample ἀλλήλους one another, ⚐ἤρξατο be first λέγειν to speak πρὸς to τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him πρῶτον first· ⚐Προσέχετε to watch out ἑαυτοῖς yourself ἀπὸ from τῆς the ζύμης leaven, ⚐ἥτις which ἐστὶν to be ὑπόκρισις hypocrisy, τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee. -42 12 2 ⚐οὐδὲν no one δὲ and συγκεκαλυμμένον to conceal ἐστὶν to be ⚐ὃ which οὐκ no ἀποκαλυφθήσεται to reveal, ⚐καὶ and κρυπτὸν hidden ⚐ὃ which οὐ no γνωσθήσεται to know. -42 12 3 ⚐ἀνθ᾽ for ὧν which ὅσα as much as ἐν in τῇ the σκοτίᾳ darkness εἴπατε to say ἐν in τῷ the φωτὶ light ἀκουσθήσεται to hear, ⚐καὶ and ὃ which πρὸς to τὸ the οὖς ear ἐλαλήσατε to speak ἐν in τοῖς the ταμείοις inner room κηρυχθήσεται to preach ἐπὶ upon τῶν the δωμάτων housetop.

 -42 12 4 ⚐Λέγω to speak δὲ and ὑμῖν to you τοῖς the φίλοις friend μου of me, ⚐μὴ not φοβηθῆτε to fear ἀπὸ from τῶν who ἀποκτεινόντων to kill τὸ the σῶμα body ⚐καὶ and μετὰ after ταῦτα these μὴ not ἐχόντων to have περισσότερόν superabundant τι one ποιῆσαι to do. -42 12 5 ⚐ὑποδείξω to show δὲ but ὑμῖν to you ⚐τίνα which? φοβηθῆτε to fear· ⚐φοβήθητε to fear τὸν the μετὰ after τὸ the ἀποκτεῖναι to kill ἔχοντα to have ἐξουσίαν authority ⚐ἐμβαλεῖν to throw in εἰς toward τὴν the γέενναν Gehenna· ⚐ναί yes, λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐τοῦτον this φοβήθητε to fear. -42 12 6 ⚐οὐχὶ not πέντε five στρουθία sparrow πωλοῦνται to sell ἀσσαρίων assarion δύο two; ⚐καὶ and ἓν one ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐπιλελησμένον to forget ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 12 7 ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and αἱ the τρίχες hair τῆς the κεφαλῆς head ὑμῶν of you πᾶσαι all ἠρίθμηνται to number· ⚐μὴ not φοβεῖσθε to fear· ⚐πολλῶν much στρουθίων sparrow διαφέρετε to surpass.

 -42 12 8 ⚐Λέγω to speak δὲ and ὑμῖν to you, ⚐πᾶς all ὃς which ἂν if ὁμολογήσῃ to acknowledge ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me ἔμπροσθεν before τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ὁμολογήσει to acknowledge ἐν in αὐτῷ to him ἔμπροσθεν before τῶν the ἀγγέλων angel τοῦ the θεοῦ God· -42 12 9 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀρνησάμενός to deny με me ἐνώπιον before τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human ἀπαρνηθήσεται to deny ἐνώπιον before τῶν the ἀγγέλων angel τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 12 10 ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὃς which ἐρεῖ to say λόγον word εἰς toward τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human, ἀφεθήσεται to release αὐτῷ to him ⚐τῷ the δὲ but εἰς toward τὸ the ἅγιον holy πνεῦμα spirit βλασφημήσαντι to blaspheme οὐκ no ἀφεθήσεται to release. -42 12 11 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ but εἰσφέρωσιν to bring in ὑμᾶς you ἐπὶ upon τὰς the συναγωγὰς synagogue καὶ and τὰς the ἀρχὰς beginning καὶ and τὰς the ἐξουσίας authority, ⚐μὴ not μεριμνήσητε to worry ⚐πῶς how? ἢ or τί which? ἀπολογήσησθε to defend oneself ⚐ἢ or τί which? εἴπητε to say· -42 12 12 ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for ἅγιον holy πνεῦμα spirit διδάξει to teach ὑμᾶς you ἐν in αὐτῇ to her τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour ⚐ἃ which δεῖ to bind εἰπεῖν to say.

 -42 12 13 ⚐Εἶπεν to say δέ and τις one ἐκ from τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, εἰπὲ to say τῷ the ἀδελφῷ brother μου of me ⚐μερίσασθαι to divide μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me τὴν the κληρονομίαν inheritance. -42 12 14 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἄνθρωπε a human, τίς which? με me κατέστησεν to appoint κριτὴν judge ἢ or μεριστὴν arbiter ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμᾶς you; -42 12 15 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Ὁρᾶτε to see καὶ and φυλάσσεσθε to guard ἀπὸ from πάσης all πλεονεξίας greediness, ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἐν in τῷ the περισσεύειν to abound τινὶ one ἡ the ζωὴ life αὐτοῦ of him ἐστιν to be ἐκ of τῶν the ὑπαρχόντων to be αὐτῷ to him. -42 12 16 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and παραβολὴν parable πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἀνθρώπου a human τινὸς one πλουσίου rich εὐφόρησεν be fruitful ἡ the χώρα country. -42 12 17 ⚐καὶ and διελογίζετο to reason ἐν in ἑαυτῷ himself ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Τί which? ποιήσω to do, ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἔχω to have ⚐ποῦ where? συνάξω to assemble τοὺς the καρπούς fruit μου of me; -42 12 18 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τοῦτο this ποιήσω to do· ⚐καθελῶ to take down μου of me τὰς the ἀποθήκας storehouse ⚐καὶ and μείζονας great οἰκοδομήσω to build, ⚐καὶ and συνάξω to assemble ἐκεῖ there πάντα all τὸν the σῖτον grain καὶ and τὰ the ἀγαθά good-doer μου of me, -42 12 19 ⚐καὶ and ἐρῶ to say τῇ the ψυχῇ soul μου of me· ⚐Ψυχή soul, ἔχεις to have πολλὰ much ἀγαθὰ good-doer κείμενα to lay εἰς toward ἔτη year πολλά much· ⚐ἀναπαύου to give rest, φάγε to eat, πίε to drink, εὐφραίνου to celebrate. -42 12 20 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but αὐτῷ to him ὁ the θεός God· ⚐Ἄφρων foolish, ταύτῃ to this τῇ the νυκτὶ night τὴν the ψυχήν soul σου of you ἀπαιτοῦσιν to demand ἀπὸ from σοῦ of you· ⚐ἃ which δὲ but ἡτοίμασας to make ready, τίνι which? ἔσται to be; -42 12 21 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ὁ who θησαυρίζων to store up ἑαυτῷ himself ⚐καὶ and μὴ not εἰς toward θεὸν God πλουτῶν be rich.

 -42 12 22 ⚐Εἶπεν to say δὲ and πρὸς to τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Διὰ because of τοῦτο this λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐μὴ not μεριμνᾶτε to worry τῇ the ψυχῇ soul ⚐τί which? φάγητε to eat, ⚐μηδὲ not τῷ the σώματι body ⚐τί which? ἐνδύσησθε to clothe. -42 12 23 ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for ψυχὴ soul πλεῖόν greater ἐστιν to be τῆς the τροφῆς food ⚐καὶ and τὸ the σῶμα body τοῦ the ἐνδύματος clothing. -42 12 24 ⚐κατανοήσατε to observe τοὺς the κόρακας raven ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no σπείρουσιν to sow οὐδὲ and not θερίζουσιν to reap, ⚐οἷς which οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ταμεῖον inner room οὐδὲ and not ἀποθήκη storehouse, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God τρέφει to feed αὐτούς them· ⚐πόσῳ how much μᾶλλον more ὑμεῖς you διαφέρετε to surpass τῶν the πετεινῶν bird. -42 12 25 ⚐τίς which? δὲ and ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you μεριμνῶν to worry ⚐δύναται be able ⚐ἐπὶ to τὴν the ἡλικίαν age αὐτοῦ of him προσθεῖναι to add (to) πῆχυν hour; -42 12 26 ⚐εἰ if οὖν therefore οὐδὲ and not ἐλάχιστον least δύνασθε be able, ⚐τί which? περὶ about τῶν the λοιπῶν remaining μεριμνᾶτε to worry; -42 12 27 ⚐κατανοήσατε to observe τὰ the κρίνα lily ⚐πῶς how? αὐξάνει to grow· ⚐οὐ no κοπιᾷ to labor οὐδὲ and not νήθει to spin· ⚐λέγω to speak δὲ but ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐδὲ and not Σολομὼν Solomon ἐν in πάσῃ all τῇ the δόξῃ glory αὐτοῦ of him περιεβάλετο to clothe ὡς as ἓν one τούτων of these. -42 12 28 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and ἐν in ἀγρῷ field τὸν the χόρτον grass ὄντα to be σήμερον today ⚐καὶ and αὔριον tomorrow εἰς toward κλίβανον oven βαλλόμενον to throw ὁ the θεὸς God οὕτως thus(-ly) ἀμφιέζει to clothe, ⚐πόσῳ how much μᾶλλον more ὑμᾶς you, ὀλιγόπιστοι of little faith. -42 12 29 ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you μὴ not ζητεῖτε to seek ⚐τί which? φάγητε to eat καὶ and τί which? πίητε to drink, ⚐καὶ and μὴ not μετεωρίζεσθε to worry, -42 12 30 ⚐ταῦτα these γὰρ for πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles τοῦ the κόσμου world ἐπιζητοῦσιν to seek after, ⚐ὑμῶν of you δὲ and ὁ the πατὴρ father οἶδεν to know ⚐ὅτι that χρῄζετε to need τούτων of these. -42 12 31 ⚐πλὴν but ζητεῖτε to seek τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these προστεθήσεται to add (to) ὑμῖν to you.

 -42 12 32 ⚐Μὴ not φοβοῦ to fear, τὸ the μικρὸν small ποίμνιον flock, ⚐ὅτι since εὐδόκησεν to delight ὁ the πατὴρ father ὑμῶν of you ⚐δοῦναι to give ὑμῖν to you τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom. -42 12 33 ⚐πωλήσατε to sell τὰ the ὑπάρχοντα to be ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and δότε to give ἐλεημοσύνην charity· ⚐ποιήσατε to prepare ἑαυτοῖς yourself βαλλάντια purse μὴ not παλαιούμενα to make old, ⚐θησαυρὸν treasure ἀνέκλειπτον inexhaustible ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) κλέπτης thief οὐκ no ἐγγίζει to come near ⚐οὐδὲ and not σὴς moth διαφθείρει to corrupt· -42 12 34 ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) γάρ for ἐστιν to be ὁ the θησαυρὸς treasure ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἐκεῖ there καὶ and ἡ the καρδία heart ὑμῶν of you ἔσται to be.

 -42 12 35 ⚐Ἔστωσαν to be ὑμῶν of you αἱ the ὀσφύες loins περιεζωσμέναι to gird ⚐καὶ and οἱ the λύχνοι lamp καιόμενοι to burn, -42 12 36 ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ὅμοιοι like ἀνθρώποις a human προσδεχομένοις to wait for τὸν the κύριον lord ἑαυτῶν themselves ⚐πότε when? ἀναλύσῃ to depart ἐκ from τῶν the γάμων wedding, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐλθόντος to come καὶ and κρούσαντος to knock ⚐εὐθέως immediately ἀνοίξωσιν to open αὐτῷ to him. -42 12 37 ⚐μακάριοι blessed οἱ the δοῦλοι slave ἐκεῖνοι that, ⚐οὓς which ἐλθὼν to come ὁ the κύριος lord ⚐εὑρήσει to find γρηγοροῦντας to keep watch· ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that περιζώσεται to gird καὶ and ἀνακλινεῖ to recline αὐτοὺς them ⚐καὶ and παρελθὼν to pass by ⚐διακονήσει to serve αὐτοῖς to them. -42 12 38 ⚐κἂν even if ἐν in τῇ the δευτέρᾳ secondly κἂν and ἐν in τῇ the τρίτῃ third φυλακῇ watch ἔλθῃ to come καὶ and εὕρῃ to find οὕτως thus(-ly), ⚐μακάριοί blessed εἰσιν to be ἐκεῖνοι that.

 -42 12 39 ⚐Τοῦτο this δὲ but γινώσκετε to know ⚐ὅτι that εἰ if ᾔδει to know ὁ the οἰκοδεσπότης householder ⚐ποίᾳ what? ὥρᾳ hour ὁ the κλέπτης thief ἔρχεται to come, ⚐οὐκ no ἂν if ἀφῆκεν to release διορυχθῆναι to break in τὸν the οἶκον house αὐτοῦ of him. -42 12 40 ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you γίνεσθε to be ἕτοιμοι ready, ⚐ὅτι since ᾗ which ὥρᾳ hour οὐ no δοκεῖτε to think ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἔρχεται to come.

 -42 12 41 ⚐Εἶπεν to say δὲ and ὁ the Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Κύριε lord, πρὸς to ἡμᾶς us τὴν the παραβολὴν parable ταύτην this λέγεις to speak ⚐ἢ or καὶ and πρὸς to πάντας all; -42 12 42 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say ὁ the κύριος lord· ⚐Τίς which? ἄρα therefore ἐστὶν to be ὁ the πιστὸς faithful οἰκονόμος manager, ὁ the φρόνιμος thoughtful, ⚐ὃν which καταστήσει to appoint ὁ the κύριος lord ἐπὶ upon τῆς the θεραπείας service αὐτοῦ of him ⚐τοῦ the διδόναι to give ἐν in καιρῷ right time τὸ the σιτομέτριον grain ration; -42 12 43 ⚐μακάριος blessed ὁ the δοῦλος slave ἐκεῖνος that, ⚐ὃν which ἐλθὼν to come ὁ the κύριος lord αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εὑρήσει to find ποιοῦντα to work οὕτως thus(-ly)· -42 12 44 ⚐ἀληθῶς truly λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ἐπὶ upon πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ὑπάρχουσιν to be αὐτοῦ of him καταστήσει to appoint αὐτόν him. -42 12 45 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but εἴπῃ to say ὁ the δοῦλος slave ἐκεῖνος that ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Χρονίζει to delay ὁ the κύριός lord μου of me ⚐ἔρχεσθαι to come, ⚐καὶ and ἄρξηται be first τύπτειν to strike τοὺς the παῖδας child καὶ and τὰς the παιδίσκας maidservant, ⚐ἐσθίειν to eat τε and καὶ and πίνειν to drink καὶ and μεθύσκεσθαι to get drunk, -42 12 46 ⚐ἥξει to come ὁ the κύριος lord τοῦ the δούλου slave ἐκείνου that ἐν on ἡμέρᾳ day ⚐ᾗ which οὐ no προσδοκᾷ to look for ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ὥρᾳ hour ⚐ᾗ which οὐ no γινώσκει to know, ⚐καὶ and διχοτομήσει to cut in two αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and τὸ the μέρος part αὐτοῦ of him μετὰ with τῶν the ἀπίστων unbelieving θήσει to place. -42 12 47 ⚐ἐκεῖνος that δὲ and ὁ the δοῦλος slave ὁ who γνοὺς to know τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ the κυρίου lord αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ἑτοιμάσας to make ready ἢ or ποιήσας to do πρὸς to τὸ the θέλημα will αὐτοῦ of him δαρήσεται to beat up πολλάς much· -42 12 48 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but μὴ not γνοὺς to know ποιήσας to do δὲ and ἄξια worthy πληγῶν plague δαρήσεται to beat up ὀλίγας little. ⚐παντὶ all δὲ and ᾧ which ἐδόθη to give πολύ much, ⚐πολὺ much ζητηθήσεται to seek παρ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ᾧ which παρέθεντο to set before πολύ much, ⚐περισσότερον superabundant αἰτήσουσιν to ask αὐτόν him.

 -42 12 49 ⚐Πῦρ fire ἦλθον to come βαλεῖν to throw ἐπὶ on τὴν the γῆν earth, ⚐καὶ and τί which? θέλω to will ⚐εἰ if ἤδη already ἀνήφθη to kindle; -42 12 50 ⚐βάπτισμα baptism δὲ and ἔχω to have ⚐βαπτισθῆναι to baptize, ⚐καὶ and πῶς how? συνέχομαι to constrain ⚐ἕως until ὅτου which τελεσθῇ to finish. -42 12 51 ⚐δοκεῖτε to think ⚐ὅτι that εἰρήνην peace παρεγενόμην to come δοῦναι to give ἐν on τῇ the γῇ earth; ⚐οὐχί not, λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἢ or διαμερισμόν division. -42 12 52 ⚐ἔσονται to be γὰρ for ἀπὸ from τοῦ the νῦν now πέντε five ἐν in ἑνὶ one οἴκῳ house διαμεμερισμένοι to divide, ⚐τρεῖς three ἐπὶ against δυσὶν two ⚐καὶ and δύο two ἐπὶ against τρισίν three, -42 12 53 ⚐διαμερισθήσονται to divide πατὴρ father ἐπὶ against υἱῷ son ⚐καὶ and υἱὸς son ἐπὶ against πατρί father, ⚐μήτηρ mother ἐπὶ against τὴν the θυγατέρα daughter ⚐καὶ and θυγάτηρ daughter ἐπὶ against τὴν the μητέρα mother, ⚐πενθερὰ mother-in-law ἐπὶ against τὴν the νύμφην bride αὐτῆς of her ⚐καὶ and νύμφη bride ἐπὶ against τὴν the πενθεράν mother-in-law.

 -42 12 54 ⚐Ἔλεγεν to speak δὲ and καὶ and τοῖς the ὄχλοις crowd· ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) ἴδητε to know τὴν the νεφέλην cloud ἀνατέλλουσαν to rise ἐπὶ upon δυσμῶν west, ⚐εὐθέως immediately λέγετε to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ὄμβρος rainstorm ἔρχεται to come, ⚐καὶ and γίνεται to be οὕτως thus(-ly)· -42 12 55 ⚐καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) νότον south πνέοντα to blow, ⚐λέγετε to speak ⚐ὅτι that Καύσων heat ἔσται to be, ⚐καὶ and γίνεται to be. -42 12 56 ⚐ὑποκριταί hypocrite, τὸ the πρόσωπον face τῆς the γῆς earth καὶ and τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven οἴδατε to know δοκιμάζειν to test, ⚐τὸν the καιρὸν right time δὲ but τοῦτον this πῶς how? οὐκ no οἴδατε to know δοκιμάζειν to test;

 -42 12 57 ⚐Τί which? δὲ and καὶ and ἀφ᾽ from ἑαυτῶν yourself οὐ no κρίνετε to judge τὸ the δίκαιον just; -42 12 58 ⚐ὡς as γὰρ for ὑπάγεις to go μετὰ with τοῦ the ἀντιδίκου opponent σου of you ἐπ᾽ upon ἄρχοντα ruler, ⚐ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road δὸς to give ἐργασίαν work ἀπηλλάχθαι to release ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐μήποτε lest κατασύρῃ to drag away σε you πρὸς to τὸν the κριτήν judge, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the κριτής judge σε you παραδώσει to deliver τῷ the πράκτορι bailiff, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πράκτωρ bailiff σε you βαλεῖ to throw εἰς toward φυλακήν prison. -42 12 59 ⚐λέγω to speak σοι to you, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not ἐξέλθῃς to go out ἐκεῖθεν from there ⚐ἕως until καὶ and τὸ the ἔσχατον last λεπτὸν coin ἀποδῷς to pay.

 -42 13 1 ⚐Παρῆσαν be present δέ and τινες one ἐν on αὐτῷ to him τῷ the καιρῷ time ⚐ἀπαγγέλλοντες to announce αὐτῷ to him περὶ about τῶν the Γαλιλαίων Galilean ⚐ὧν which τὸ the αἷμα blood Πιλᾶτος Pilate ἔμιξεν to mix μετὰ with τῶν the θυσιῶν sacrifice αὐτῶν of them. -42 13 2 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Δοκεῖτε to think ⚐ὅτι since οἱ the Γαλιλαῖοι Galilean οὗτοι these ἁμαρτωλοὶ sinful παρὰ beside πάντας all τοὺς the Γαλιλαίους Galilean ἐγένοντο to be, ⚐ὅτι that ταῦτα these πεπόνθασιν to suffer; -42 13 3 ⚐οὐχί not, λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐὰν if μὴ not μετανοῆτε to repent ⚐πάντες all ὁμοίως likewise ἀπολεῖσθε to destroy. -42 13 4 ⚐ἢ or ἐκεῖνοι that οἱ the δεκαοκτὼ ten ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon οὓς which ἔπεσεν to collapse ὁ the πύργος tower ἐν in τῷ the Σιλωὰμ Siloam ⚐καὶ and ἀπέκτεινεν to kill αὐτούς them, ⚐δοκεῖτε to think ⚐ὅτι that αὐτοὶ they ὀφειλέται debtor ἐγένοντο to be παρὰ beside πάντας all τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human τοὺς who κατοικοῦντας to dwell Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem; -42 13 5 ⚐οὐχί not, λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐὰν if μὴ not μετανοῆτε to repent ⚐πάντες all ὡσαύτως likewise ἀπολεῖσθε to destroy.

 -42 13 6 ⚐Ἔλεγεν to speak δὲ and ταύτην this τὴν the παραβολήν parable. ⚐Συκῆν fig tree εἶχέν to have τις one πεφυτευμένην to plant ἐν in τῷ the ἀμπελῶνι vineyard αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to come ⚐ζητῶν to seek καρπὸν fruit ἐν on αὐτῇ to her ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no εὗρεν to find. -42 13 7 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and πρὸς to τὸν who ἀμπελουργόν a vine-worker· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! τρία three ἔτη year ἀφ᾽ from οὗ which ἔρχομαι to come ⚐ζητῶν to seek καρπὸν fruit ἐν on τῇ the συκῇ fig tree ταύτῃ to this ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no εὑρίσκω to find· ⚐ἔκκοψον to cut off οὖν therefore αὐτήν her· ⚐ἱνατί why? καὶ and τὴν the γῆν earth καταργεῖ to end; -42 13 8 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἄφες to release αὐτὴν her καὶ and τοῦτο this τὸ the ἔτος year, ⚐ἕως until ὅτου which σκάψω to dig περὶ about αὐτὴν her ⚐καὶ and βάλω to throw κόπρια manure· -42 13 9 ⚐κἂν even if μὲν on the other hand ποιήσῃ to make καρπὸν fruit εἰς toward τὸ the μέλλον be about to— ⚐εἰ if δὲ but μή not γε not, ⚐ἐκκόψεις to cut off αὐτήν her.

 -42 13 10 ⚐Ἦν to be δὲ and διδάσκων to teach ἐν in μιᾷ one τῶν the συναγωγῶν synagogue ἐν on τοῖς the σάββασιν Sabbath. -42 13 11 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! γυνὴ woman πνεῦμα spirit ἔχουσα to have ἀσθενείας weakness ἔτη year δεκαοκτώ ten, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be συγκύπτουσα to bend ⚐καὶ and μὴ not δυναμένη be able ἀνακύψαι to straighten up εἰς toward τὸ the παντελές completely. -42 13 12 ⚐ἰδὼν to know δὲ and αὐτὴν her ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐προσεφώνησεν to summon ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Γύναι woman, ἀπολέλυσαι to release τῆς the ἀσθενείας weakness σου of you, -42 13 13 ⚐καὶ and ἐπέθηκεν to put αὐτῇ to her τὰς the χεῖρας hand· ⚐καὶ and παραχρῆμα instantly ἀνωρθώθη to restore, ⚐καὶ and ἐδόξαζεν to glorify τὸν the θεόν God. -42 13 14 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ but ὁ the ἀρχισυνάγωγος synagogue leader, ⚐ἀγανακτῶν be indignant ⚐ὅτι since τῷ the σαββάτῳ Sabbath ἐθεράπευσεν to heal ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak τῷ the ὄχλῳ crowd ⚐ὅτι that Ἓξ six ἡμέραι day εἰσὶν to be ⚐ἐν on αἷς which δεῖ to bind ἐργάζεσθαι to work· ⚐ἐν on αὐταῖς to them οὖν therefore ἐρχόμενοι to come θεραπεύεσθε to heal ⚐καὶ and μὴ not τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τοῦ the σαββάτου Sabbath. -42 13 15 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer δὲ and αὐτῷ to him ὁ the κύριος lord ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ὑποκριταί hypocrite, ἕκαστος each ὑμῶν of you τῷ the σαββάτῳ Sabbath οὐ no λύει to loose τὸν the βοῦν ox αὐτοῦ of him ἢ or τὸν the ὄνον donkey ἀπὸ from τῆς the φάτνης manger ⚐καὶ and ἀπαγαγὼν to lead away ⚐ποτίζει to water; -42 13 16 ⚐ταύτην this δὲ and θυγατέρα daughter Ἀβραὰμ Abraham οὖσαν to be, ⚐ἣν which ἔδησεν to bind ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan ἰδοὺ look! δέκα ten καὶ and ὀκτὼ eight ἔτη year, ⚐οὐκ no ἔδει be necessary λυθῆναι to loose ἀπὸ from τοῦ the δεσμοῦ chain τούτου of this τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τοῦ the σαββάτου Sabbath; -42 13 17 ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these λέγοντος to speak αὐτοῦ of him ⚐κατῃσχύνοντο to dishonor πάντες all οἱ the ἀντικείμενοι be an opponent αὐτῷ to him, ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ the ὄχλος crowd ἔχαιρεν to rejoice ἐπὶ upon πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ἐνδόξοις honored τοῖς the γινομένοις to be ὑπ᾽ by αὐτοῦ of him.

 -42 13 18 ⚐Ἔλεγεν to speak οὖν therefore· ⚐Τίνι which? ὁμοία like ἐστὶν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐καὶ and τίνι which? ὁμοιώσω to liken αὐτήν her; -42 13 19 ⚐ὁμοία like ἐστὶν to be κόκκῳ seed σινάπεως mustard, ⚐ὃν which λαβὼν to take ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐ἔβαλεν to throw εἰς toward κῆπον garden ἑαυτοῦ himself, ⚐καὶ and ηὔξησεν to grow ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be εἰς toward δένδρον tree, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the πετεινὰ bird τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven κατεσκήνωσεν to dwell ἐν in τοῖς the κλάδοις branch αὐτοῦ of it.

 -42 13 20 ⚐Καὶ and πάλιν again εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τίνι which? ὁμοιώσω to liken τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God; -42 13 21 ⚐ὁμοία like ἐστὶν to be ζύμῃ leaven, ⚐ἣν which λαβοῦσα to take γυνὴ woman ⚐ἐνέκρυψεν to mix εἰς toward ἀλεύρου flour σάτα seah τρία three ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ἐζυμώθη to leaven ὅλον all.

 -42 13 22 ⚐Καὶ and διεπορεύετο to go through κατὰ according to πόλεις city καὶ and κώμας village ⚐διδάσκων to teach ⚐καὶ and πορείαν journey ποιούμενος to make εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem. -42 13 23 ⚐εἶπεν to say δέ and τις one αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, εἰ if ὀλίγοι few οἱ the σῳζόμενοι to save; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· -42 13 24 ⚐Ἀγωνίζεσθε to struggle εἰσελθεῖν to enter διὰ through τῆς the στενῆς narrow θύρας door, ⚐ὅτι since πολλοί much, λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ζητήσουσιν to seek εἰσελθεῖν to enter ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἰσχύσουσιν be strong, -42 13 25 ⚐ἀφ᾽ from οὗ which ἂν if ἐγερθῇ to arise ὁ the οἰκοδεσπότης householder ⚐καὶ and ἀποκλείσῃ to shut τὴν the θύραν door, ⚐καὶ and ἄρξησθε be first ἔξω outside ἑστάναι to stand ⚐καὶ and κρούειν to knock τὴν the θύραν door ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἄνοιξον to open ἡμῖν to us· ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐ἐρεῖ to say ὑμῖν to you· ⚐Οὐκ no οἶδα to know ὑμᾶς you ⚐πόθεν where ἐστέ to be. -42 13 26 ⚐τότε then ἄρξεσθε be first λέγειν to speak· ⚐Ἐφάγομεν to eat ἐνώπιόν before σου of you ⚐καὶ and ἐπίομεν to drink, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ταῖς the πλατείαις wide ἡμῶν of us ἐδίδαξας to teach· -42 13 27 ⚐καὶ and ἐρεῖ to say ⚐λέγων to speak ὑμῖν to you· ⚐Οὐκ no οἶδα to know ὑμᾶς you ⚐πόθεν where ἐστέ to be· ⚐ἀπόστητε to leave ἀπ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me, πάντες all ἐργάται worker ἀδικίας unrighteousness. -42 13 28 ⚐ἐκεῖ there ἔσται to be ὁ the κλαυθμὸς weeping καὶ and ὁ the βρυγμὸς gnashing τῶν the ὀδόντων tooth, ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ὄψησθε to see Ἀβραὰμ Abraham καὶ and Ἰσαὰκ Isaac καὶ and Ἰακὼβ Jacob καὶ and πάντας all τοὺς the προφήτας prophet ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ὑμᾶς you δὲ but ἐκβαλλομένους to expel ἔξω out. -42 13 29 ⚐καὶ and ἥξουσιν to come ἀπὸ from ἀνατολῶν east καὶ and δυσμῶν west καὶ and ἀπὸ from βορρᾶ the north καὶ and νότου south ⚐καὶ and ἀνακλιθήσονται to recline ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 13 30 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! εἰσὶν to be ἔσχατοι last ⚐οἳ which ἔσονται to be πρῶτοι first, ⚐καὶ and εἰσὶν to be πρῶτοι first ⚐οἳ which ἔσονται to be ἔσχατοι last.

 -42 13 31 ⚐Ἐν in αὐτῇ to her τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour προσῆλθάν to come near τινες one Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ⚐λέγοντες to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἔξελθε to go out καὶ and πορεύου to go ἐντεῦθεν from here, ⚐ὅτι since Ἡρῴδης Herod θέλει to will ⚐σε you ἀποκτεῖναι to kill. -42 13 32 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Πορευθέντες to go ⚐εἴπατε to say τῇ the ἀλώπεκι fox ταύτῃ to this· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἐκβάλλω to expel δαιμόνια demon ⚐καὶ and ἰάσεις healing ἀποτελῶ to complete σήμερον today καὶ and αὔριον tomorrow, ⚐καὶ and τῇ the τρίτῃ third τελειοῦμαι to perfect. -42 13 33 ⚐πλὴν but δεῖ to bind με me σήμερον today καὶ and αὔριον tomorrow καὶ and τῇ the ἐχομένῃ to have πορεύεσθαι to go, ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἐνδέχεται be possible προφήτην prophet ⚐ἀπολέσθαι to destroy ἔξω outside Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem. -42 13 34 ⚐Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ἡ who ἀποκτείνουσα to kill τοὺς the προφήτας prophet καὶ and λιθοβολοῦσα to stone τοὺς who ἀπεσταλμένους to send πρὸς to αὐτήν her— ⚐ποσάκις how often! ἠθέλησα to will ἐπισυνάξαι to gather τὰ the τέκνα child σου of you ⚐ὃν which τρόπον way ὄρνις hen τὴν the ἑαυτῆς herself νοσσιὰν chick ὑπὸ under τὰς the πτέρυγας wing, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἠθελήσατε to will. -42 13 35 ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἀφίεται to release ὑμῖν to you ὁ the οἶκος house ὑμῶν of you. ⚐λέγω to speak δὲ and ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not ἴδητέ to know με me ⚐ἕως until ἥξει to come ὅτε when εἴπητε to say· ⚐Εὐλογημένος to bless ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come ἐν in ὀνόματι name κυρίου lord.

 -42 14 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ἐλθεῖν to go αὐτὸν him εἰς toward οἶκόν house τινος one τῶν the ἀρχόντων ruler τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee σαββάτῳ Sabbath ⚐φαγεῖν to eat ἄρτον bread ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἦσαν to be παρατηρούμενοι to observe αὐτόν him. -42 14 2 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἄνθρωπός a human τις one ἦν to be ὑδρωπικὸς with dropsy ἔμπροσθεν before αὐτοῦ of him. -42 14 3 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to τοὺς the νομικοὺς lawyer καὶ and Φαρισαίους Pharisee ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἔξεστιν it is permitted τῷ the σαββάτῳ Sabbath ⚐θεραπεῦσαι to heal ἢ or οὔ no; -42 14 4 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἡσύχασαν be quiet. ⚐καὶ and ἐπιλαβόμενος to catch ⚐ἰάσατο to heal αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἀπέλυσεν to release. -42 14 5 ⚐καὶ and πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τίνος which? ὑμῶν of you υἱὸς son ἢ or βοῦς ox εἰς toward φρέαρ well πεσεῖται to collapse, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no εὐθέως immediately ἀνασπάσει to pull up αὐτὸν him ἐν on ἡμέρᾳ day τοῦ the σαββάτου Sabbath; -42 14 6 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἴσχυσαν be strong ἀνταποκριθῆναι to contradict πρὸς to ταῦτα these.

 -42 14 7 ⚐Ἔλεγεν to speak δὲ and πρὸς to τοὺς the κεκλημένους to call παραβολήν parable, ⚐ἐπέχων to observe ⚐πῶς how? τὰς the πρωτοκλισίας place of honor ἐξελέγοντο to select, ⚐λέγων to speak πρὸς to αὐτούς them· -42 14 8 ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) κληθῇς to call ὑπό by τινος one εἰς toward γάμους wedding, ⚐μὴ not κατακλιθῇς to sit εἰς toward τὴν the πρωτοκλισίαν place of honor, ⚐μήποτε lest ἐντιμότερός honored σου of you ᾖ to be κεκλημένος to call ὑπ᾽ by αὐτοῦ of him -42 14 9 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὼν to come ὁ the σὲ you καὶ and αὐτὸν him καλέσας to call ⚐ἐρεῖ to say σοι to you· ⚐Δὸς to give τούτῳ to this τόπον place, ⚐καὶ and τότε then ἄρξῃ be first μετὰ with αἰσχύνης shame ⚐τὸν the ἔσχατον least τόπον place κατέχειν to get possession of. -42 14 10 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅταν when(-ever) κληθῇς to call ⚐πορευθεὶς to go ⚐ἀνάπεσε to recline εἰς toward τὸν the ἔσχατον least τόπον place, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὅταν when(-ever) ἔλθῃ to come ὁ the κεκληκώς to call σε you ⚐ἐρεῖ to say σοι to you· ⚐Φίλε friend, προσανάβηθι to go up ἀνώτερον higher· ⚐τότε then ἔσται to be σοι to you δόξα glory ἐνώπιον before πάντων all τῶν who συνανακειμένων to dine with σοι to you. -42 14 11 ⚐ὅτι since πᾶς all ὁ who ὑψῶν to lift up ἑαυτὸν himself ταπεινωθήσεται to humble ⚐καὶ and ὁ who ταπεινῶν to humble ἑαυτὸν himself ὑψωθήσεται to lift up. -42 14 12 ⚐Ἔλεγεν to speak δὲ and καὶ and τῷ who κεκληκότι to call αὐτόν him· ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) ποιῇς to make ἄριστον early meal ἢ or δεῖπνον dinner, ⚐μὴ not φώνει to call τοὺς the φίλους friend σου of you μηδὲ not τοὺς the ἀδελφούς brother σου of you μηδὲ not τοὺς the συγγενεῖς kindred σου of you μηδὲ not γείτονας neighbour πλουσίους rich, ⚐μήποτε lest καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἀντικαλέσωσίν to invite in return σε you ⚐καὶ and γένηται to be ἀνταπόδομά repayment σοι to you. -42 14 13 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅταν when(-ever) δοχὴν banquet ποιῇς to make, ⚐κάλει to call πτωχούς poor, ἀναπείρους crippled, χωλούς lame, τυφλούς blind· -42 14 14 ⚐καὶ and μακάριος blessed ἔσῃ to be, ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἔχουσιν to have ἀνταποδοῦναί to repay σοι to you, ⚐ἀνταποδοθήσεται to repay γάρ for σοι to you ἐν in τῇ the ἀναστάσει resurrection τῶν the δικαίων just.

 -42 14 15 ⚐Ἀκούσας to hear δέ and τις one τῶν the συνανακειμένων to dine with ταῦτα these ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Μακάριος blessed ὅστις who φάγεται to eat ἄρτον bread ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 14 16 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἄνθρωπός a human τις one ἐποίει to make δεῖπνον dinner μέγα great, ⚐καὶ and ἐκάλεσεν to call πολλούς much, -42 14 17 ⚐καὶ and ἀπέστειλεν to send τὸν the δοῦλον slave αὐτοῦ of him τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour τοῦ the δείπνου dinner ⚐εἰπεῖν to say τοῖς who κεκλημένοις to call· ⚐Ἔρχεσθε to come, ⚐ὅτι since ἤδη already ἕτοιμά ready ἐστιν to be. -42 14 18 ⚐καὶ and ἤρξαντο be first ἀπὸ from μιᾶς one πάντες all ⚐παραιτεῖσθαι to excuse. ⚐ὁ the πρῶτος first εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀγρὸν field ἠγόρασα to buy ⚐καὶ and ἔχω to have ἀνάγκην necessity ⚐ἐξελθὼν to go out ⚐ἰδεῖν to know αὐτόν him· ⚐ἐρωτῶ to ask σε you, ⚐ἔχε to have με me παρῃτημένον to excuse. -42 14 19 ⚐καὶ and ἕτερος other εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ζεύγη a yoke βοῶν ox ἠγόρασα to buy πέντε five ⚐καὶ and πορεύομαι to go δοκιμάσαι to test αὐτά them· ⚐ἐρωτῶ to ask σε you, ⚐ἔχε to have με me παρῃτημένον to excuse. -42 14 20 ⚐καὶ and ἕτερος other εἶπεν to say· ⚐Γυναῖκα woman ἔγημα to marry ⚐καὶ and διὰ through τοῦτο this οὐ no δύναμαι be able ἐλθεῖν to come. -42 14 21 ⚐καὶ and παραγενόμενος to come ὁ the δοῦλος slave ⚐ἀπήγγειλεν to announce τῷ the κυρίῳ lord αὐτοῦ of him ταῦτα these. ⚐τότε then ὀργισθεὶς to anger ὁ the οἰκοδεσπότης householder ⚐εἶπεν to say τῷ the δούλῳ slave αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Ἔξελθε to go out ταχέως quickly εἰς toward τὰς the πλατείας wide καὶ and ῥύμας lane τῆς the πόλεως city, ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the πτωχοὺς poor καὶ and ἀναπείρους crippled καὶ and τυφλοὺς blind καὶ and χωλοὺς lame εἰσάγαγε to bring in ὧδε here. -42 14 22 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say ὁ the δοῦλος slave· ⚐Κύριε lord, γέγονεν to be ὃ which ἐπέταξας to command, ⚐καὶ and ἔτι still τόπος place ἐστίν to be. -42 14 23 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say ὁ the κύριος lord πρὸς to τὸν the δοῦλον slave· ⚐Ἔξελθε to go out εἰς toward τὰς the ὁδοὺς road καὶ and φραγμοὺς fence ⚐καὶ and ἀνάγκασον to compel εἰσελθεῖν to enter, ⚐ἵνα in order that γεμισθῇ to fill μου of me ὁ the οἶκος house· -42 14 24 ⚐λέγω to speak γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὐδεὶς no one τῶν the ἀνδρῶν man ἐκείνων that τῶν who κεκλημένων to call γεύσεταί to taste μου of me τοῦ the δείπνου dinner.

 -42 14 25 ⚐Συνεπορεύοντο to go with δὲ and αὐτῷ to him ὄχλοι crowd πολλοί much, ⚐καὶ and στραφεὶς to turn ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· -42 14 26 ⚐Εἴ if τις one ἔρχεται to come πρός to με me ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μισεῖ to hate τὸν the πατέρα father ἑαυτοῦ himself καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother καὶ and τὴν the γυναῖκα woman καὶ and τὰ the τέκνα child καὶ and τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother καὶ and τὰς the ἀδελφάς sister, ⚐ἔτι still τε and καὶ and τὴν the ψυχὴν soul ἑαυτοῦ himself, ⚐οὐ no δύναται be able εἶναί to be μου of me μαθητής disciple. -42 14 27 ⚐ὅστις who οὐ no βαστάζει to carry τὸν the σταυρὸν cross ἑαυτοῦ himself καὶ and ἔρχεται to follow ὀπίσω after μου of me, ⚐οὐ no δύναται be able εἶναί to be μου of me μαθητής disciple. -42 14 28 ⚐τίς which? γὰρ for ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you θέλων to will πύργον tower οἰκοδομῆσαι to build ⚐οὐχὶ not πρῶτον first καθίσας to sit ⚐ψηφίζει to calculate τὴν the δαπάνην cost, ⚐εἰ if ἔχει to have εἰς toward ἀπαρτισμόν completion; -42 14 29 ⚐ἵνα in order that μήποτε lest θέντος to place αὐτοῦ of him θεμέλιον foundation ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ἰσχύοντος be strong ἐκτελέσαι to finish up ⚐πάντες all οἱ who θεωροῦντες to see ἄρξωνται be first ⚐αὐτῷ to him ἐμπαίζειν to mock -42 14 30 ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Οὗτος this ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human ἤρξατο be first οἰκοδομεῖν to build ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἴσχυσεν be strong ἐκτελέσαι to finish up. -42 14 31 ⚐ἢ or τίς which? βασιλεὺς king πορευόμενος to go ἑτέρῳ other βασιλεῖ king συμβαλεῖν to meet with εἰς toward πόλεμον war ⚐οὐχὶ not καθίσας to sit πρῶτον first ⚐βουλεύσεται to plan ⚐εἰ if δυνατός able ἐστιν to be ἐν with δέκα ten χιλιάσιν thousand ⚐ὑπαντῆσαι to go meet τῷ the μετὰ with εἴκοσι twenty χιλιάδων thousand ἐρχομένῳ to come ἐπ᾽ against αὐτόν him; -42 14 32 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and μή not γε not, ⚐ἔτι still αὐτοῦ of him πόρρω far (away) ὄντος to be ⚐πρεσβείαν delegation ἀποστείλας to send ⚐ἐρωτᾷ to ask τὰ the πρὸς to εἰρήνην peace. -42 14 33 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) οὖν therefore πᾶς all ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you ⚐ὃς which οὐκ no ἀποτάσσεται to leave πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ἑαυτοῦ myself ὑπάρχουσιν to be ⚐οὐ no δύναται be able εἶναί to be μου of me μαθητής disciple.

 -42 14 34 ⚐Καλὸν good οὖν therefore τὸ the ἅλας salt· ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but καὶ and τὸ the ἅλας salt μωρανθῇ to make insipid, ⚐ἐν in τίνι which? ἀρτυθήσεται to season; -42 14 35 ⚐οὔτε neither εἰς toward γῆν earth οὔτε neither εἰς toward κοπρίαν manure εὔθετόν suitable ἐστιν to be· ⚐ἔξω out βάλλουσιν to throw αὐτό it. ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have ὦτα ear ἀκούειν to hear ἀκουέτω to hear.

 -42 15 1 ⚐Ἦσαν to be δὲ and αὐτῷ to him ἐγγίζοντες to come near πάντες all οἱ the τελῶναι tax collector καὶ and οἱ the ἁμαρτωλοὶ sinful ⚐ἀκούειν to hear αὐτοῦ of him. -42 15 2 ⚐καὶ and διεγόγγυζον to murmur οἵ the τε and Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee καὶ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Οὗτος this ἁμαρτωλοὺς sinful προσδέχεται to welcome ⚐καὶ and συνεσθίει to eat with αὐτοῖς to them. -42 15 3 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them τὴν the παραβολὴν parable ταύτην this ⚐λέγων to speak· -42 15 4 ⚐Τίς which? ἄνθρωπος a human ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you ἔχων to have ἑκατὸν hundred πρόβατα sheep ⚐καὶ and ἀπολέσας to destroy ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them ἓν one ⚐οὐ no καταλείπει to leave τὰ the ἐνενήκοντα ninety ἐννέα nine ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted ⚐καὶ and πορεύεται to go ἐπὶ upon τὸ the ἀπολωλὸς to destroy ⚐ἕως until εὕρῃ to find αὐτό it; -42 15 5 ⚐καὶ and εὑρὼν to find ⚐ἐπιτίθησιν to put ἐπὶ upon τοὺς the ὤμους shoulder αὐτοῦ of him ⚐χαίρων to rejoice, -42 15 6 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὼν to come εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house ⚐συγκαλεῖ to call together τοὺς the φίλους friend καὶ and τοὺς the γείτονας neighbour, ⚐λέγων to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Συγχάρητέ to rejoice with μοι to me ⚐ὅτι since εὗρον to find τὸ the πρόβατόν sheep μου of me τὸ the ἀπολωλός to destroy. -42 15 7 ⚐λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὕτως thus(-ly) χαρὰ joy ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven ἔσται to be ἐπὶ over ἑνὶ one ἁμαρτωλῷ sinful μετανοοῦντι to repent ⚐ἢ or ἐπὶ over ἐνενήκοντα ninety ἐννέα nine δικαίοις just ⚐οἵτινες who οὐ no χρείαν need ἔχουσιν to have μετανοίας repentance.

 -42 15 8 ⚐Ἢ or τίς which? γυνὴ woman δραχμὰς drachma ἔχουσα to have δέκα ten, ⚐ἐὰν if ἀπολέσῃ to destroy δραχμὴν drachma μίαν one, ⚐οὐχὶ not ἅπτει to kindle λύχνον lamp ⚐καὶ and σαροῖ to sweep τὴν the οἰκίαν house ⚐καὶ and ζητεῖ to seek ἐπιμελῶς carefully ⚐ἕως until οὗ which εὕρῃ to find; -42 15 9 ⚐καὶ and εὑροῦσα to find ⚐συγκαλεῖ to call together τὰς the φίλας friend καὶ and γείτονας neighbour ⚐λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Συγχάρητέ to rejoice with μοι to me ⚐ὅτι since εὗρον to find τὴν the δραχμὴν drachma ἣν which ἀπώλεσα to destroy. -42 15 10 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly), λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐γίνεται to be χαρὰ joy ἐνώπιον before τῶν the ἀγγέλων angel τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐπὶ over ἑνὶ one ἁμαρτωλῷ sinful μετανοοῦντι to repent.

 -42 15 11 ⚐Εἶπεν to say δέ and· ⚐Ἄνθρωπός a human τις one εἶχεν to have δύο two υἱούς son. -42 15 12 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say ὁ the νεώτερος new αὐτῶν of them τῷ the πατρί father· ⚐Πάτερ father, δός to give μοι to me τὸ the ἐπιβάλλον to put on μέρος part τῆς the οὐσίας estate· ⚐ὁ the δὲ and διεῖλεν to distribute αὐτοῖς to them τὸν the βίον life. -42 15 13 ⚐καὶ and μετ᾽ after οὐ no πολλὰς much ἡμέρας day συναγαγὼν to assemble πάντα all ὁ the νεώτερος new υἱὸς son ⚐ἀπεδήμησεν to go abroad εἰς toward χώραν country μακράν distant, ⚐καὶ and ἐκεῖ there διεσκόρπισεν to scatter τὴν the οὐσίαν estate αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ζῶν to live ἀσώτως in debauchery. -42 15 14 ⚐δαπανήσαντος to spend δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him πάντα all ⚐ἐγένετο to be λιμὸς hunger ἰσχυρὰ strong κατὰ according to τὴν the χώραν country ἐκείνην that, ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἤρξατο be first ὑστερεῖσθαι to lack. -42 15 15 ⚐καὶ and πορευθεὶς to go ⚐ἐκολλήθη to join ἑνὶ one τῶν the πολιτῶν citizen τῆς the χώρας country ἐκείνης that, ⚐καὶ and ἔπεμψεν to send αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τοὺς the ἀγροὺς field αὐτοῦ of him ⚐βόσκειν to feed χοίρους pig· -42 15 16 ⚐καὶ and ἐπεθύμει to long for χορτασθῆναι to feed ἐκ out of τῶν the κερατίων husk ⚐ὧν which ἤσθιον to eat οἱ the χοῖροι pig, ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἐδίδου to give αὐτῷ to him. -42 15 17 ⚐εἰς toward ἑαυτὸν himself δὲ but ἐλθὼν to come ⚐ἔφη to say· ⚐Πόσοι how many μίσθιοι hired worker τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me περισσεύονται to exceed ἄρτων bread, ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but λιμῷ hunger ὧδε here ἀπόλλυμαι to destroy· -42 15 18 ⚐ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐πορεύσομαι to go πρὸς to τὸν the πατέρα father μου of me ⚐καὶ and ἐρῶ to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Πάτερ father, ἥμαρτον to sin εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven καὶ and ἐνώπιόν before σου of you, -42 15 19 ⚐οὐκέτι not any more εἰμὶ to be ἄξιος worthy ⚐κληθῆναι to call υἱός son σου of you· ⚐ποίησόν to make με me ὡς as ἕνα one τῶν the μισθίων hired worker σου of you. -42 15 20 ⚐καὶ and ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐ἦλθεν to go πρὸς to τὸν the πατέρα father ἑαυτοῦ himself. ⚐ἔτι still δὲ but αὐτοῦ of him μακρὰν distant ἀπέχοντος to have in full ⚐εἶδεν to know αὐτὸν him ὁ the πατὴρ father αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἐσπλαγχνίσθη to pity ⚐καὶ and δραμὼν to run ⚐ἐπέπεσεν to press upon ἐπὶ upon τὸν the τράχηλον neck αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and κατεφίλησεν to kiss αὐτόν him. -42 15 21 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and ὁ the υἱὸς son αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Πάτερ father, ἥμαρτον to sin εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven καὶ and ἐνώπιόν before σου of you, ⚐οὐκέτι not any more εἰμὶ to be ἄξιος worthy ⚐κληθῆναι to call υἱός son σου of you. -42 15 22 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but ὁ the πατὴρ father πρὸς to τοὺς the δούλους slave αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Ταχὺ quick ἐξενέγκατε to bring στολὴν robe τὴν the πρώτην first ⚐καὶ and ἐνδύσατε to clothe αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and δότε to give δακτύλιον ring εἰς toward τὴν the χεῖρα hand αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ὑποδήματα sandal εἰς toward τοὺς the πόδας foot, -42 15 23 ⚐καὶ and φέρετε to bring τὸν the μόσχον calf τὸν the σιτευτόν fattened, ⚐θύσατε to sacrifice, ⚐καὶ and φαγόντες to eat ⚐εὐφρανθῶμεν to celebrate, -42 15 24 ⚐ὅτι since οὗτος this ὁ the υἱός son μου of me νεκρὸς dead ἦν to be ⚐καὶ and ἀνέζησεν to revive, ⚐ἦν to be ἀπολωλὼς to destroy ⚐καὶ and εὑρέθη to find. ⚐καὶ and ἤρξαντο be first εὐφραίνεσθαι to celebrate.

 -42 15 25 ⚐Ἦν to be δὲ and ὁ the υἱὸς son αὐτοῦ of him ὁ the πρεσβύτερος elder ἐν in ἀγρῷ field· ⚐καὶ and ὡς as ἐρχόμενος to come ἤγγισεν to come near τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house, ⚐ἤκουσεν to hear συμφωνίας music καὶ and χορῶν a dance, -42 15 26 ⚐καὶ and προσκαλεσάμενος to summon ἕνα one τῶν the παίδων child ⚐ἐπυνθάνετο to inquire ⚐τί which? ἂν if εἴη to be ταῦτα these· -42 15 27 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him ⚐ὅτι since Ὁ the ἀδελφός brother σου of you ἥκει to come, ⚐καὶ and ἔθυσεν to sacrifice ὁ the πατήρ father σου of you τὸν the μόσχον calf τὸν the σιτευτόν fattened, ⚐ὅτι that ὑγιαίνοντα be healthy αὐτὸν him ἀπέλαβεν to get back. -42 15 28 ⚐ὠργίσθη to anger δὲ but ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἤθελεν to will εἰσελθεῖν to enter. ⚐ὁ the δὲ and πατὴρ father αὐτοῦ of him ἐξελθὼν to go out ⚐παρεκάλει to plead αὐτόν him. -42 15 29 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐εἶπεν to say τῷ the πατρὶ father αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! τοσαῦτα so great ἔτη year δουλεύω be a slave σοι to you ⚐καὶ and οὐδέποτε never ἐντολήν commandment σου of you παρῆλθον to pass by, ⚐καὶ and ἐμοὶ to me οὐδέποτε never ἔδωκας to give ἔριφον a goat ⚐ἵνα in order that μετὰ with τῶν the φίλων friend μου of me εὐφρανθῶ to celebrate· -42 15 30 ⚐ὅτε when δὲ but ὁ the υἱός son σου of you οὗτος this ὁ who καταφαγών to devour σου of you τὸν the βίον life μετὰ with πορνῶν prostitute ἦλθεν to come, ⚐ἔθυσας to sacrifice αὐτῷ to him τὸν the σιτευτὸν fattened μόσχον calf. -42 15 31 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Τέκνον child, σὺ you πάντοτε always μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me εἶ to be, ⚐καὶ and πάντα all τὰ the ἐμὰ my σά your ἐστιν to be· -42 15 32 ⚐εὐφρανθῆναι to celebrate δὲ and καὶ and χαρῆναι to rejoice ἔδει be necessary, ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the ἀδελφός brother σου of you οὗτος this νεκρὸς dead ἦν to be ⚐καὶ and ἔζησεν to live, ⚐καὶ and ἀπολωλὼς to destroy ⚐καὶ and εὑρέθη to find.

 -42 16 1 ⚐Ἔλεγεν to speak δὲ and καὶ and πρὸς to τοὺς the μαθητάς disciple· ⚐Ἄνθρωπός a human τις one ἦν to be πλούσιος rich ⚐ὃς which εἶχεν to have οἰκονόμον manager, ⚐καὶ and οὗτος this διεβλήθη to accuse αὐτῷ to him ⚐ὡς as διασκορπίζων to scatter τὰ the ὑπάρχοντα to be αὐτοῦ of him. -42 16 2 ⚐καὶ and φωνήσας to call αὐτὸν him ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Τί which? τοῦτο this ἀκούω to hear περὶ about σοῦ of you; ⚐ἀπόδος to pay τὸν the λόγον word τῆς the οἰκονομίας management σου of you, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for δύνῃ be able ⚐ἔτι still οἰκονομεῖν to manage. -42 16 3 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and ἐν in ἑαυτῷ himself ὁ the οἰκονόμος manager· ⚐Τί which? ποιήσω to do ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the κύριός lord μου of me ἀφαιρεῖται to remove τὴν the οἰκονομίαν management ἀπ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me; ⚐σκάπτειν to dig οὐκ no ἰσχύω be strong, ⚐ἐπαιτεῖν to beg αἰσχύνομαι be ashamed· -42 16 4 ⚐ἔγνων to know ⚐τί which? ποιήσω to do, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὅταν when(-ever) μετασταθῶ to move ἐκ of τῆς the οἰκονομίας management ⚐δέξωνταί to receive με me εἰς toward τοὺς the οἴκους house αὐτῶν of them. -42 16 5 ⚐καὶ and προσκαλεσάμενος to summon ἕνα one ἕκαστον each τῶν the χρεοφειλετῶν debtor τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἑαυτοῦ himself ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak τῷ the πρώτῳ first· ⚐Πόσον how much ὀφείλεις to owe τῷ the κυρίῳ lord μου of me; -42 16 6 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἑκατὸν hundred βάτους bath ἐλαίου olive oil· ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Δέξαι to receive σου of you τὰ the γράμματα something written ⚐καὶ and καθίσας to sit ⚐ταχέως quickly γράψον to write πεντήκοντα fifty. -42 16 7 ⚐ἔπειτα then ἑτέρῳ other εἶπεν to say· ⚐Σὺ you δὲ and πόσον how much ὀφείλεις to owe; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἑκατὸν hundred κόρους cor σίτου grain· ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Δέξαι to receive σου of you τὰ the γράμματα something written ⚐καὶ and γράψον to write ὀγδοήκοντα eighty. -42 16 8 ⚐καὶ and ἐπῄνεσεν to praise ὁ the κύριος lord τὸν the οἰκονόμον manager τῆς the ἀδικίας unrighteousness ⚐ὅτι since φρονίμως shrewdly ἐποίησεν to do· ⚐ὅτι since οἱ the υἱοὶ son τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age τούτου of this φρονιμώτεροι thoughtful ὑπὲρ than τοὺς the υἱοὺς son τοῦ the φωτὸς light εἰς toward τὴν the γενεὰν generation τὴν the ἑαυτῶν themselves εἰσιν to be. -42 16 9 ⚐καὶ ἐγὼ and I ὑμῖν to you λέγω to speak, ⚐ἑαυτοῖς yourself ποιήσατε to make φίλους friend ἐκ out of τοῦ the μαμωνᾶ wealth τῆς the ἀδικίας unrighteousness, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὅταν when(-ever) ἐκλίπῃ to fail ⚐δέξωνται to receive ὑμᾶς you εἰς toward τὰς the αἰωνίους eternal σκηνάς tent.

 -42 16 10 ⚐Ὁ the πιστὸς faithful ἐν in ἐλαχίστῳ least καὶ and ἐν in πολλῷ much πιστός faithful ἐστιν to be, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἐν in ἐλαχίστῳ least ἄδικος unjust καὶ and ἐν in πολλῷ much ἄδικός unjust ἐστιν to be. -42 16 11 ⚐εἰ if οὖν then ἐν in τῷ the ἀδίκῳ unjust μαμωνᾷ wealth πιστοὶ faithful οὐκ no ἐγένεσθε to be, ⚐τὸ the ἀληθινὸν true τίς which? ὑμῖν to you πιστεύσει to trust (in); -42 16 12 ⚐καὶ and εἰ if ἐν with τῷ the ἀλλοτρίῳ another’s πιστοὶ faithful οὐκ no ἐγένεσθε to be, ⚐τὸ the ὑμέτερον your τίς which? ὑμῖν to you δώσει to give; -42 16 13 ⚐οὐδεὶς no one οἰκέτης slave δύναται be able ⚐δυσὶν two κυρίοις lord δουλεύειν be a slave· ⚐ἢ or γὰρ for τὸν the ἕνα one μισήσει to hate ⚐καὶ and τὸν the ἕτερον other ἀγαπήσει to love, ⚐ἢ or ἑνὸς one ἀνθέξεται to cling to ⚐καὶ and τοῦ the ἑτέρου other καταφρονήσει to despise. ⚐οὐ no δύνασθε be able ⚐θεῷ God δουλεύειν be a slave καὶ and μαμωνᾷ wealth.

 -42 16 14 ⚐Ἤκουον to hear δὲ and ταῦτα these πάντα all οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ⚐φιλάργυροι money-loving ὑπάρχοντες to be, ⚐καὶ and ἐξεμυκτήριζον to ridicule αὐτόν him. -42 16 15 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὑμεῖς you ἐστε to be οἱ who δικαιοῦντες to justify ἑαυτοὺς yourself ἐνώπιον before τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but θεὸς God γινώσκει to know τὰς the καρδίας heart ὑμῶν of you· ⚐ὅτι since τὸ the ἐν among ἀνθρώποις a human ὑψηλὸν high βδέλυγμα abomination ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -42 16 16 ⚐Ὁ the νόμος law καὶ and οἱ the προφῆται prophet μέχρι until Ἰωάννου John· ⚐ἀπὸ from τότε then ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God εὐαγγελίζεται to speak good news ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all εἰς toward αὐτὴν her βιάζεται to force. -42 16 17 ⚐Εὐκοπώτερον easy δέ but ἐστιν to be ⚐τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven καὶ and τὴν the γῆν earth παρελθεῖν to pass by ⚐ἢ or τοῦ the νόμου law μίαν one κεραίαν tittle πεσεῖν to collapse.

 -42 16 18 ⚐Πᾶς all ὁ who ἀπολύων to release τὴν the γυναῖκα woman αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and γαμῶν to marry ἑτέραν other μοιχεύει to commit adultery, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἀπολελυμένην to leave ἀπὸ from ἀνδρὸς man γαμῶν to marry μοιχεύει to commit adultery.

 -42 16 19 ⚐Ἄνθρωπος a human δέ and τις one ἦν to be πλούσιος rich, ⚐καὶ and ἐνεδιδύσκετο to dress πορφύραν purple καὶ and βύσσον fine linen ⚐εὐφραινόμενος to celebrate καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day λαμπρῶς magnificently. -42 16 20 ⚐πτωχὸς poor δέ but τις one ὀνόματι name Λάζαρος Lazarus ἐβέβλητο to throw πρὸς to τὸν the πυλῶνα gate αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἱλκωμένος to have sores -42 16 21 ⚐καὶ and ἐπιθυμῶν to long for χορτασθῆναι to feed ἀπὸ from τῶν the πιπτόντων to collapse ἀπὸ from τῆς the τραπέζης table τοῦ the πλουσίου rich· ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and οἱ the κύνες dog ἐρχόμενοι to come ⚐ἐπέλειχον to lick τὰ the ἕλκη sore αὐτοῦ of him. -42 16 22 ⚐ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ἀποθανεῖν to die τὸν the πτωχὸν poor ⚐καὶ and ἀπενεχθῆναι to carry off αὐτὸν him ὑπὸ by τῶν the ἀγγέλων angel εἰς toward τὸν the κόλπον bosom Ἀβραάμ Abraham· ⚐ἀπέθανεν to die δὲ and καὶ and ὁ the πλούσιος rich ⚐καὶ and ἐτάφη to bury. -42 16 23 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the ᾅδῃ Hades ἐπάρας to lift up τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὑπάρχων to be ἐν in βασάνοις torment, ⚐ὁρᾷ to see Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ἀπὸ from μακρόθεν from afar ⚐καὶ and Λάζαρον Lazarus ἐν in τοῖς the κόλποις bosom αὐτοῦ of him. -42 16 24 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he φωνήσας to call ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Πάτερ father Ἀβραάμ Abraham, ἐλέησόν to have mercy με me ⚐καὶ and πέμψον to send Λάζαρον Lazarus ⚐ἵνα in order to βάψῃ to dip τὸ the ἄκρον end τοῦ the δακτύλου finger αὐτοῦ of him ὕδατος water ⚐καὶ and καταψύξῃ to cool τὴν the γλῶσσάν tongue μου of me, ⚐ὅτι since ὀδυνῶμαι be anguished ἐν in τῇ the φλογὶ flame ταύτῃ to this. -42 16 25 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but Ἀβραάμ Abraham· ⚐Τέκνον child, μνήσθητι to remember ⚐ὅτι that ἀπέλαβες to get back τὰ the ἀγαθά good-doer σου of you ἐν in τῇ the ζωῇ life σου of you, ⚐καὶ and Λάζαρος Lazarus ὁμοίως likewise τὰ the κακά harm· ⚐νῦν now δὲ but ὧδε here παρακαλεῖται to comfort ⚐σὺ you δὲ and ὀδυνᾶσαι be anguished. -42 16 26 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in πᾶσιν all τούτοις to these ⚐μεταξὺ between ἡμῶν of us καὶ and ὑμῶν of you χάσμα chasm μέγα great ἐστήρικται to establish, ⚐ὅπως that οἱ who θέλοντες to will διαβῆναι to cross ἔνθεν hence πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you μὴ not δύνωνται be able, ⚐μηδὲ not ἐκεῖθεν from there πρὸς to ἡμᾶς us διαπερῶσιν to cross. -42 16 27 ⚐εἶπεν to say δέ and· ⚐Ἐρωτῶ to ask σε you οὖν then, πάτερ father, ⚐ἵνα in order that πέμψῃς to send αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me, -42 16 28 ⚐ἔχω to have γὰρ for πέντε five ἀδελφούς brother, ⚐ὅπως that διαμαρτύρηται to testify solemnly αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἔλθωσιν to come εἰς toward τὸν the τόπον place τοῦτον this τῆς the βασάνου torment. -42 16 29 ⚐λέγει to speak δὲ but Ἀβραάμ Abraham· ⚐Ἔχουσιν to have Μωϋσέα Moses καὶ and τοὺς the προφήτας prophet· ⚐ἀκουσάτωσαν to hear αὐτῶν of them. -42 16 30 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Οὐχί not, πάτερ father Ἀβραάμ Abraham, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐάν if τις one ἀπὸ from νεκρῶν dead πορευθῇ to go πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ⚐μετανοήσουσιν to repent. -42 16 31 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Εἰ if Μωϋσέως Moses καὶ and τῶν the προφητῶν prophet οὐκ no ἀκούουσιν to hear, ⚐οὐδ᾽ and not ἐάν if τις one ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ἀναστῇ to arise πεισθήσονται to persuade.

 -42 17 1 ⚐Εἶπεν to say δὲ and πρὸς to τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Ἀνένδεκτόν impossible ἐστιν to be ⚐τοῦ the τὰ the σκάνδαλα stumbling block μὴ not ἐλθεῖν to come, ⚐πλὴν but οὐαὶ woe! δι᾽ through οὗ which ἔρχεται to come· -42 17 2 ⚐λυσιτελεῖ to profit αὐτῷ to him ⚐εἰ if λίθος stone μυλικὸς millstone περίκειται to surround περὶ about τὸν the τράχηλον neck αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἔρριπται to throw εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea ⚐ἢ or ἵνα in order that σκανδαλίσῃ to cause to stumble τῶν the μικρῶν small τούτων of these ἕνα one. -42 17 3 ⚐προσέχετε to watch out ἑαυτοῖς yourself. ⚐ἐὰν if ἁμάρτῃ to sin ὁ the ἀδελφός brother σου of you ⚐ἐπιτίμησον to rebuke αὐτῷ to him, ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if μετανοήσῃ to repent ⚐ἄφες to release αὐτῷ to him· -42 17 4 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if ἑπτάκις seven times τῆς the ἡμέρας day ἁμαρτήσῃ to sin εἰς toward σὲ you ⚐καὶ and ἑπτάκις seven times ἐπιστρέψῃ to turn πρὸς to σὲ you ⚐λέγων to speak· Μετανοῶ to repent, ⚐ἀφήσεις to release αὐτῷ to him.

 -42 17 5 ⚐Καὶ and εἶπαν to say οἱ the ἀπόστολοι apostle τῷ the κυρίῳ lord· ⚐Πρόσθες to add (to) ἡμῖν to us πίστιν faith. -42 17 6 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and ὁ the κύριος lord· ⚐Εἰ if ἔχετε to have πίστιν faith ὡς as κόκκον seed σινάπεως mustard, ⚐ἐλέγετε to speak ἂν if τῇ the συκαμίνῳ mulberry tree ταύτῃ to this· ⚐Ἐκριζώθητι to uproot ⚐καὶ and φυτεύθητι to plant ἐν in τῇ the θαλάσσῃ sea· ⚐καὶ and ὑπήκουσεν to obey ἂν if ὑμῖν to you.

 -42 17 7 ⚐Τίς which? δὲ and ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you δοῦλον slave ἔχων to have ἀροτριῶντα to plow ἢ or ποιμαίνοντα to shepherd, ⚐ὃς which εἰσελθόντι to enter ἐκ from τοῦ the ἀγροῦ field ⚐ἐρεῖ to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Εὐθέως immediately παρελθὼν to pass by ⚐ἀνάπεσε to recline, -42 17 8 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐχὶ not ἐρεῖ to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἑτοίμασον to make ready τί which? ⚐δειπνήσω to dine ⚐καὶ and περιζωσάμενος to gird ⚐διακόνει to serve μοι to me ⚐ἕως until φάγω to eat καὶ and πίω to drink, ⚐καὶ and μετὰ with ταῦτα these φάγεσαι to eat καὶ and πίεσαι to drink σύ you; -42 17 9 ⚐μὴ not ἔχει to have χάριν grace τῷ the δούλῳ slave ⚐ὅτι since ἐποίησεν to do τὰ the διαταχθέντα to direct; -42 17 10 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὑμεῖς you, ὅταν when(-ever) ποιήσητε to do πάντα all τὰ the διαταχθέντα to direct ὑμῖν to you, ⚐λέγετε to speak ⚐ὅτι that Δοῦλοι slave ἀχρεῖοί worthless ἐσμεν to be, ⚐ὃ which ὠφείλομεν to owe ποιῆσαι to do πεποιήκαμεν to do.

 -42 17 11 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν on τῷ the πορεύεσθαι to go εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he διήρχετο to pass through διὰ through μέσον midst Σαμαρείας Samaria καὶ and Γαλιλαίας Galilee. -42 17 12 ⚐καὶ and εἰσερχομένου to enter αὐτοῦ of him εἴς toward τινα one κώμην village ⚐ἀπήντησαν to meet αὐτῷ to him δέκα ten λεπροὶ leprous ἄνδρες man, ⚐οἳ which ἔστησαν to stand πόρρωθεν afar off, -42 17 13 ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἦραν to take up φωνὴν voice ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἐπιστάτα master, ἐλέησον to have mercy ἡμᾶς us. -42 17 14 ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Πορευθέντες to go ⚐ἐπιδείξατε to show ἑαυτοὺς yourself τοῖς the ἱερεῦσιν priest. ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ὑπάγειν to go αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἐκαθαρίσθησαν to clean. -42 17 15 ⚐εἷς one δὲ and ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them, ἰδὼν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἰάθη to heal, ⚐ὑπέστρεψεν to return ⚐μετὰ with φωνῆς voice μεγάλης great δοξάζων to glorify τὸν the θεόν God, -42 17 16 ⚐καὶ and ἔπεσεν to collapse ἐπὶ with πρόσωπον face παρὰ beside τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εὐχαριστῶν to thank αὐτῷ to him· ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἦν to be Σαμαρίτης Samaritan. -42 17 17 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Οὐχὶ not οἱ the δέκα ten ἐκαθαρίσθησαν to clean; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἐννέα nine ποῦ where?; -42 17 18 ⚐οὐχ no εὑρέθησαν to find ⚐ὑποστρέψαντες to return ⚐δοῦναι to give δόξαν glory τῷ the θεῷ God ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ the ἀλλογενὴς foreign οὗτος this; -42 17 19 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐πορεύου to go· ⚐ἡ the πίστις faith σου of you σέσωκέν to save σε you.

 -42 17 20 ⚐Ἐπερωτηθεὶς to question δὲ and ὑπὸ by τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee ⚐πότε when? ἔρχεται to come ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Οὐκ no ἔρχεται to come ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God μετὰ with παρατηρήσεως observation, -42 17 21 ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἐροῦσιν to say· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ὧδε here ἤ or· Ἐκεῖ there· ⚐ἰδοὺ look! γὰρ for ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐντὸς inside ὑμῶν of you ἐστιν to be.

 -42 17 22 ⚐Εἶπεν to say δὲ and πρὸς to τοὺς the μαθητάς disciple· ⚐Ἐλεύσονται to come ἡμέραι day ⚐ὅτε when ἐπιθυμήσετε to long for ⚐μίαν one τῶν the ἡμερῶν day τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἰδεῖν to know ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ὄψεσθε to see. -42 17 23 ⚐καὶ and ἐροῦσιν to say ὑμῖν to you· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἐκεῖ there, ἤ or· Ἰδοὺ look! ὧδε here· ⚐μὴ not ἀπέλθητε to go away μηδὲ not διώξητε to pursue. -42 17 24 ⚐ὥσπερ just as γὰρ for ἡ the ἀστραπὴ lightning ἀστράπτουσα to flash ἐκ out of τῆς the ὑπὸ by τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ⚐εἰς toward τὴν the ὑπ᾽ by οὐρανὸν heaven λάμπει to shine, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔσται to be ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐν in τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day αὐτοῦ of him. -42 17 25 ⚐πρῶτον first δὲ but δεῖ to bind αὐτὸν him ⚐πολλὰ much παθεῖν to suffer ⚐καὶ and ἀποδοκιμασθῆναι to reject ἀπὸ from τῆς the γενεᾶς generation ταύτης of this. -42 17 26 ⚐καὶ and καθὼς just as ἐγένετο to be ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day Νῶε Noah, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔσται to be καὶ and ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human· -42 17 27 ⚐ἤσθιον to eat, ἔπινον to drink, ἐγάμουν to marry, ἐγαμίζοντο to give in marriage, ⚐ἄχρι until ἧς which ἡμέρας day εἰσῆλθεν to enter Νῶε Noah εἰς toward τὴν the κιβωτόν ark, ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to come ὁ the κατακλυσμὸς flood ⚐καὶ and ἀπώλεσεν to destroy πάντας all. -42 17 28 ⚐ὁμοίως likewise καθὼς just as ἐγένετο to be ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day Λώτ Lot· ⚐ἤσθιον to eat, ἔπινον to drink, ἠγόραζον to buy, ἐπώλουν to sell, ἐφύτευον to plant, ᾠκοδόμουν to build· -42 17 29 ⚐ᾗ which δὲ but ἡμέρᾳ day ἐξῆλθεν to go out Λὼτ Lot ἀπὸ from Σοδόμων Sodom, ⚐ἔβρεξεν to rain down πῦρ fire καὶ and θεῖον sulfur ἀπ᾽ from οὐρανοῦ heaven ⚐καὶ and ἀπώλεσεν to destroy πάντας all. -42 17 30 ⚐κατὰ according to τὰ the αὐτὰ them ἔσται to be ⚐ᾗ which ἡμέρᾳ day ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἀποκαλύπτεται to reveal. -42 17 31 ⚐ἐν on ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day ὃς which ἔσται to be ἐπὶ on τοῦ the δώματος housetop ⚐καὶ and τὰ the σκεύη vessel αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house, ⚐μὴ not καταβάτω to come down ἆραι to take up αὐτά them, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἐν in ἀγρῷ field ὁμοίως likewise μὴ not ἐπιστρεψάτω to turn εἰς toward τὰ the ὀπίσω after. -42 17 32 ⚐μνημονεύετε to remember τῆς the γυναικὸς woman Λώτ Lot. -42 17 33 ⚐ὃς which ἐὰν if ζητήσῃ to seek τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him περιποιήσασθαι to gain ἀπολέσει to destroy αὐτήν her, ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ but ἂν if ἀπολέσῃ to destroy ζῳογονήσει to give life αὐτήν her. -42 17 34 ⚐λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ταύτῃ to this τῇ the νυκτὶ night ἔσονται to be δύο two ἐπὶ upon κλίνης bed μιᾶς one, ⚐ὁ the εἷς one παραλημφθήσεται to take ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἕτερος other ἀφεθήσεται to release· -42 17 35 ⚐ἔσονται to be δύο two ⚐ἀλήθουσαι to grind ἐπὶ upon τὸ the αὐτό it, ⚐ἡ the μία one παραλημφθήσεται to take ⚐ἡ the δὲ and ἑτέρα other ἀφεθήσεται to release. -42 17 37 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθέντες to answer ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ποῦ where?, κύριε lord; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὅπου where(-ever) τὸ the σῶμα body, ἐκεῖ there καὶ and οἱ the ἀετοὶ eagle ἐπισυναχθήσονται to gather.

 -42 18 1 ⚐Ἔλεγεν to speak δὲ and παραβολὴν parable αὐτοῖς to them ⚐πρὸς to τὸ the δεῖν be necessary πάντοτε always προσεύχεσθαι to pray αὐτοὺς them ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ἐγκακεῖν to lose heart, -42 18 2 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Κριτής judge τις one ἦν to be ἔν in τινι one πόλει city ⚐τὸν the θεὸν God μὴ not φοβούμενος to fear ⚐καὶ and ἄνθρωπον a human μὴ not ἐντρεπόμενος to cause shame. -42 18 3 ⚐χήρα widow δὲ and ἦν to be ἐν in τῇ the πόλει city ἐκείνῃ that ⚐καὶ and ἤρχετο to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Ἐκδίκησόν to avenge με me ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ἀντιδίκου opponent μου of me. -42 18 4 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἤθελεν to will ἐπὶ upon χρόνον time, ⚐μετὰ with δὲ but ταῦτα these εἶπεν to say ἐν in ἑαυτῷ himself· ⚐Εἰ if καὶ and τὸν the θεὸν God οὐ no φοβοῦμαι to fear οὐδὲ and not ἄνθρωπον a human ἐντρέπομαι to cause shame, -42 18 5 ⚐διά because of γε indeed τὸ the παρέχειν to furnish occasion μοι to me κόπον labor τὴν the χήραν widow ταύτην this ⚐ἐκδικήσω to avenge αὐτήν her ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not εἰς toward τέλος goal ἐρχομένη to come ⚐ὑπωπιάζῃ to wear out με me. -42 18 6 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and ὁ the κύριος lord· ⚐Ἀκούσατε to hear ⚐τί which? ὁ the κριτὴς judge τῆς the ἀδικίας unrighteousness λέγει to speak· -42 18 7 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and θεὸς God οὐ no μὴ not ποιήσῃ to do τὴν the ἐκδίκησιν vengeance τῶν the ἐκλεκτῶν select αὐτοῦ of him τῶν who βοώντων to cry out αὐτῷ to him ἡμέρας day καὶ and νυκτός night, ⚐καὶ and μακροθυμεῖ to have patience ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτοῖς to them; -42 18 8 ⚐λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ποιήσει to do τὴν the ἐκδίκησιν vengeance αὐτῶν of them ἐν in τάχει quickness. ⚐πλὴν but ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐλθὼν to come ⚐ἆρα no? εὑρήσει to find τὴν the πίστιν faith ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth;

 -42 18 9 ⚐Εἶπεν to say δὲ and καὶ and πρός to τινας one ⚐τοὺς who πεποιθότας to persuade ἐφ᾽ upon ἑαυτοῖς oneself ⚐ὅτι that εἰσὶν to be δίκαιοι just ⚐καὶ and ἐξουθενοῦντας to reject τοὺς the λοιποὺς remaining τὴν the παραβολὴν parable ταύτην this· -42 18 10 ⚐Ἄνθρωποι a human δύο two ἀνέβησαν to ascend εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερὸν temple ⚐προσεύξασθαι to pray, ⚐ὁ the εἷς one Φαρισαῖος Pharisee ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἕτερος other τελώνης tax collector. -42 18 11 ⚐ὁ the Φαρισαῖος Pharisee σταθεὶς to stand ⚐πρὸς to ἑαυτὸν himself ταῦτα these προσηύχετο to pray· ⚐Ὁ the θεός God, εὐχαριστῶ to thank σοι to you ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ὥσπερ just as οἱ the λοιποὶ remaining τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐ἅρπαγες rapacious, ἄδικοι unjust, μοιχοί adulterer, ⚐ἢ or καὶ and ὡς as οὗτος this ὁ the τελώνης tax collector· -42 18 12 ⚐νηστεύω to fast δὶς twice τοῦ the σαββάτου Sabbath, ⚐ἀποδεκατῶ to tithe πάντα all ὅσα as much as κτῶμαι to posses. -42 18 13 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but τελώνης tax collector μακρόθεν from afar ἑστὼς to stand ⚐οὐκ no ἤθελεν to will ⚐οὐδὲ and not τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye ἐπᾶραι to lift up εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανόν heaven, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἔτυπτεν to strike τὸ the στῆθος chest αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ὁ the θεός God, ἱλάσθητί to propitiate μοι to me τῷ the ἁμαρτωλῷ sinful. -42 18 14 ⚐λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐κατέβη to go down οὗτος this δεδικαιωμένος to justify εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house αὐτοῦ of him παρ᾽ beside ἐκεῖνον that· ⚐ὅτι since πᾶς all ὁ who ὑψῶν to lift up ἑαυτὸν himself ταπεινωθήσεται to humble, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ταπεινῶν to humble ἑαυτὸν himself ὑψωθήσεται to lift up.

 -42 18 15 ⚐Προσέφερον to bring to δὲ and αὐτῷ to him καὶ and τὰ the βρέφη infant ⚐ἵνα in order that αὐτῶν of them ἅπτηται to kindle· ⚐ἰδόντες to know δὲ but οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐ἐπετίμων to rebuke αὐτοῖς to them. -42 18 16 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus προσεκαλέσατο to summon αὐτὰ them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἄφετε to release τὰ the παιδία child ⚐ἔρχεσθαι to come πρός to με me ⚐καὶ and μὴ not κωλύετε to prevent αὐτά them, ⚐τῶν the γὰρ for τοιούτων such as this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 18 17 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὃς which ἂν if μὴ not δέξηται to receive τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ὡς as παιδίον child, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not εἰσέλθῃ to enter εἰς toward αὐτήν her.

 -42 18 18 ⚐Καὶ and ἐπηρώτησέν to question τις one αὐτὸν him ἄρχων ruler ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher ἀγαθέ good-doer, τί which? ποιήσας to do ⚐ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal κληρονομήσω to inherit; -42 18 19 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Τί which? με me λέγεις to speak ἀγαθόν good-doer; ⚐οὐδεὶς no one ἀγαθὸς good-doer ⚐εἰ if μὴ not εἷς one ὁ the θεός God. -42 18 20 ⚐τὰς the ἐντολὰς commandment οἶδας to know· ⚐Μὴ not μοιχεύσῃς to commit adultery, ⚐Μὴ not φονεύσῃς to murder, ⚐Μὴ not κλέψῃς to steal, ⚐Μὴ not ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς to perjure, ⚐Τίμα to honor τὸν the πατέρα father σου of you καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother. -42 18 21 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ταῦτα these πάντα all ἐφύλαξα to keep ἐκ out of νεότητος youth -42 18 22 ⚐ἀκούσας to hear δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἔτι still ἕν one σοι to you λείπει to lack· ⚐πάντα all ὅσα as much as ἔχεις to have πώλησον to sell ⚐καὶ and διάδος to distribute πτωχοῖς poor, ⚐καὶ and ἕξεις to have θησαυρὸν treasure ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven, ⚐καὶ and δεῦρο come ἀκολούθει to follow μοι to me. -42 18 23 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀκούσας to hear ταῦτα these ⚐περίλυπος sorrowful ἐγενήθη to be, ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for πλούσιος rich σφόδρα very. -42 18 24 ⚐Ἰδὼν to know δὲ and αὐτὸν him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus περίλυπον sorrowful γενόμενον to be ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Πῶς how? δυσκόλως difficultly οἱ the τὰ the χρήματα money ἔχοντες to have εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God εἰσπορεύονται to enter· -42 18 25 ⚐εὐκοπώτερον easy γάρ for ἐστιν to be ⚐κάμηλον camel διὰ through τρήματος hole βελόνης needle εἰσελθεῖν to enter ⚐ἢ or πλούσιον rich εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God εἰσελθεῖν to enter.

 -42 18 26 ⚐Εἶπαν to say δὲ and οἱ who ἀκούσαντες to hear· ⚐Καὶ and τίς which? δύναται be able σωθῆναι to save; -42 18 27 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τὰ the ἀδύνατα unable παρὰ with ἀνθρώποις a human δυνατὰ able παρὰ with τῷ the θεῷ God ἐστιν to be.

 -42 18 28 ⚐Εἶπεν to say δὲ and ὁ the Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἡμεῖς we ἀφέντες to release τὰ the ἴδια one's own ⚐ἠκολουθήσαμέν to follow σοι to you. -42 18 29 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὐδείς no one ἐστιν to be ⚐ὃς which ἀφῆκεν to release οἰκίαν house ἢ or γυναῖκα woman ἢ or ἀδελφοὺς brother ἢ or γονεῖς parent ἢ or τέκνα child ⚐ἕνεκεν because of τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -42 18 30 ⚐ὃς which οὐχὶ not μὴ not ἀπολάβῃ to get back πολλαπλασίονα many times more ἐν in τῷ the καιρῷ time τούτῳ to this ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the αἰῶνι an age τῷ the ἐρχομένῳ to come ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal.

 -42 18 31 ⚐Παραλαβὼν to take δὲ and τοὺς the δώδεκα twelve ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἀναβαίνομεν to ascend εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐καὶ and τελεσθήσεται to finish πάντα all τὰ the γεγραμμένα to write διὰ through τῶν the προφητῶν prophet τῷ the υἱῷ son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human· -42 18 32 ⚐παραδοθήσεται to deliver γὰρ for τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles ⚐καὶ and ἐμπαιχθήσεται to mock καὶ and ὑβρισθήσεται to mistreat καὶ and ἐμπτυσθήσεται to spit on, -42 18 33 ⚐καὶ and μαστιγώσαντες to whip ⚐ἀποκτενοῦσιν to kill αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τῇ the τρίτῃ third ἀναστήσεται to arise. -42 18 34 ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they οὐδὲν no one τούτων of these συνῆκαν to understand, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be τὸ the ῥῆμα word τοῦτο this κεκρυμμένον to hide ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐγίνωσκον to know τὰ the λεγόμενα to speak.

 -42 18 35 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ἐγγίζειν to come near αὐτὸν him εἰς toward Ἰεριχὼ Jericho ⚐τυφλός blind τις one ἐκάθητο to sit παρὰ beside τὴν the ὁδὸν road ⚐ἐπαιτῶν to beg. -42 18 36 ⚐ἀκούσας to hear δὲ and ὄχλου crowd διαπορευομένου to go through ⚐ἐπυνθάνετο to inquire ⚐τί which? εἴη to be τοῦτο this· -42 18 37 ⚐ἀπήγγειλαν to announce δὲ and αὐτῷ to him ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὁ the Ναζωραῖος Nazarene παρέρχεται to pass by. -42 18 38 ⚐καὶ and ἐβόησεν to cry out ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἰησοῦ Jesus υἱὲ son Δαυίδ David, ἐλέησόν to have mercy με me. -42 18 39 ⚐καὶ and οἱ who προάγοντες to go before ἐπετίμων to rebuke αὐτῷ to him ⚐ἵνα in order to σιγήσῃ be silent· ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ but πολλῷ much μᾶλλον more ἔκραζεν to cry· ⚐Υἱὲ son Δαυίδ David, ἐλέησόν to have mercy με me. -42 18 40 ⚐σταθεὶς to stand δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἐκέλευσεν to order αὐτὸν him ⚐ἀχθῆναι to bring πρὸς to αὐτόν him. ⚐ἐγγίσαντος to come near δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐπηρώτησεν to question αὐτόν him· -42 18 41 ⚐Τί which? σοι to you θέλεις to will ⚐ποιήσω to do; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἵνα in order that ἀναβλέψω to recover sight. -42 18 42 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀνάβλεψον to recover sight· ⚐ἡ the πίστις faith σου of you σέσωκέν to save σε you. -42 18 43 ⚐καὶ and παραχρῆμα instantly ἀνέβλεψεν to recover sight, ⚐καὶ and ἠκολούθει to follow αὐτῷ to him ⚐δοξάζων to glorify τὸν the θεόν God. ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ the λαὸς a people ἰδὼν to know ⚐ἔδωκεν to give αἶνον praise τῷ the θεῷ God.

 -42 19 1 ⚐Καὶ and εἰσελθὼν to enter ⚐διήρχετο to pass through τὴν the Ἰεριχώ Jericho. -42 19 2 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἀνὴρ man ὀνόματι name καλούμενος to call Ζακχαῖος Zacchaeus, ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἦν to be ἀρχιτελώνης chief tax collector ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he πλούσιος rich· -42 19 3 ⚐καὶ and ἐζήτει to seek ἰδεῖν to know τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐τίς which? ἐστιν to be, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἠδύνατο be able ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd ⚐ὅτι that τῇ the ἡλικίᾳ height μικρὸς small ἦν to be. -42 19 4 ⚐καὶ and προδραμὼν to outrun εἰς toward τὸ the ἔμπροσθεν before ⚐ἀνέβη to ascend ἐπὶ upon συκομορέαν sycamore tree ⚐ἵνα in order to ἴδῃ to know αὐτόν him, ⚐ὅτι since ἐκείνης that ἤμελλεν be about to διέρχεσθαι to pass through. -42 19 5 ⚐καὶ and ὡς as ἦλθεν to come ἐπὶ to τὸν the τόπον place, ⚐ἀναβλέψας to look up ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Ζακχαῖε Zacchaeus, σπεύσας to hasten ⚐κατάβηθι to come down, ⚐σήμερον today γὰρ for ἐν in τῷ the οἴκῳ house σου of you δεῖ to bind με me μεῖναι to stay. -42 19 6 ⚐καὶ and σπεύσας to hasten ⚐κατέβη to come down, καὶ and ὑπεδέξατο to receive αὐτὸν him ⚐χαίρων to rejoice. -42 19 7 ⚐καὶ and ἰδόντες to know πάντες all ⚐διεγόγγυζον to murmur ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Παρὰ beside ἁμαρτωλῷ sinful ἀνδρὶ man εἰσῆλθεν to enter καταλῦσαι to lodge. -42 19 8 ⚐σταθεὶς to stand δὲ but Ζακχαῖος Zacchaeus ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to τὸν the κύριον lord· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! τὰ the ἡμίσιά half μου of me τῶν the ὑπαρχόντων to be, κύριε lord, τοῖς the πτωχοῖς poor δίδωμι to give, ⚐καὶ and εἴ if τινός one τι one ἐσυκοφάντησα to extort ⚐ἀποδίδωμι to pay τετραπλοῦν fourfold. -42 19 9 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὅτι that Σήμερον today σωτηρία salvation τῷ the οἴκῳ house τούτῳ to this ἐγένετο to be, ⚐καθότι as καὶ and αὐτὸς he υἱὸς son Ἀβραάμ Abraham ἐστιν to be· -42 19 10 ⚐ἦλθεν to come γὰρ for ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐ζητῆσαι to seek καὶ and σῶσαι to save τὸ the ἀπολωλός to destroy.

 -42 19 11 ⚐Ἀκουόντων to hear δὲ and αὐτῶν of them ταῦτα these ⚐προσθεὶς to add (to) ⚐εἶπεν to say παραβολὴν parable ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the ἐγγὺς near εἶναι to be Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and δοκεῖν to think αὐτοὺς them ⚐ὅτι that παραχρῆμα instantly μέλλει be about to ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ἀναφαίνεσθαι to appear· -42 19 12 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν therefore· ⚐Ἄνθρωπός a human τις one εὐγενὴς of noble birth ἐπορεύθη to go εἰς toward χώραν country μακρὰν distant ⚐λαβεῖν to take ἑαυτῷ himself βασιλείαν kingdom ⚐καὶ and ὑποστρέψαι to return. -42 19 13 ⚐καλέσας to call δὲ and δέκα ten δούλους slave ἑαυτοῦ himself ⚐ἔδωκεν to give αὐτοῖς to them δέκα ten μνᾶς mina ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Πραγματεύσασθε to trade ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ἔρχομαι to come. -42 19 14 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but πολῖται citizen αὐτοῦ of him ἐμίσουν to hate αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἀπέστειλαν to send πρεσβείαν delegation ὀπίσω after αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Οὐ no θέλομεν to will τοῦτον this ⚐βασιλεῦσαι to reign ἐφ᾽ over ἡμᾶς us. -42 19 15 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ἐπανελθεῖν to return αὐτὸν him ⚐λαβόντα to take τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say φωνηθῆναι to call αὐτῷ to him τοὺς the δούλους slave τούτους these ⚐οἷς which δεδώκει to give τὸ the ἀργύριον silver, ⚐ἵνα in order to γνοῖ to know ⚐τί which? διεπραγματεύσαντο to gain in trade. -42 19 16 ⚐παρεγένετο to come δὲ and ὁ the πρῶτος first ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἡ the μνᾶ mina σου of you δέκα ten προσηργάσατο to earn more μνᾶς mina. -42 19 17 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Εὖγε well done, ἀγαθὲ good-doer δοῦλε slave, ⚐ὅτι since ἐν in ἐλαχίστῳ least πιστὸς faithful ἐγένου to be, ⚐ἴσθι to be ἐξουσίαν authority ἔχων to have ἐπάνω above δέκα ten πόλεων city. -42 19 18 ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to come ὁ the δεύτερος secondly ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἡ the μνᾶ mina σου of you, κύριε lord, ἐποίησεν to make πέντε five μνᾶς mina. -42 19 19 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and καὶ and τούτῳ to this· ⚐Καὶ and σὺ you ἐπάνω above γίνου to be πέντε five πόλεων city. -42 19 20 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἕτερος other ἦλθεν to come ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἰδοὺ look! ἡ the μνᾶ mina σου of you ⚐ἣν which εἶχον to have ἀποκειμένην to lay up ἐν in σουδαρίῳ handkerchief· -42 19 21 ⚐ἐφοβούμην to fear γάρ for σε you ⚐ὅτι since ἄνθρωπος a human αὐστηρὸς severe εἶ to be, ⚐αἴρεις to take up ⚐ὃ which οὐκ no ἔθηκας to place ⚐καὶ and θερίζεις to reap ⚐ὃ which οὐκ no ἔσπειρας to sow. -42 19 22 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἐκ out of τοῦ the στόματός mouth σου of you κρινῶ to judge σε you, πονηρὲ evil δοῦλε slave· ⚐ᾔδεις to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐγὼ I ἄνθρωπος a human αὐστηρός severe εἰμι to be, ⚐αἴρων to take up ⚐ὃ which οὐκ no ἔθηκα to place ⚐καὶ and θερίζων to reap ⚐ὃ which οὐκ no ἔσπειρα to sow; -42 19 23 ⚐καὶ and διὰ because of τί which? οὐκ no ἔδωκάς to give μου of me τὸ the ἀργύριον silver ἐπὶ upon τράπεζαν table; ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἐλθὼν to come ⚐σὺν with τόκῳ interest ἂν if αὐτὸ it ἔπραξα to exact. -42 19 24 ⚐καὶ and τοῖς the παρεστῶσιν to stand by εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἄρατε to take up ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the μνᾶν mina ⚐καὶ and δότε to give τῷ the τὰς the δέκα ten μνᾶς mina ἔχοντι to have— -42 19 25 ⚐καὶ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἔχει to have δέκα ten μνᾶς mina— -42 19 26 ⚐λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that παντὶ all τῷ who ἔχοντι to have δοθήσεται to give, ⚐ἀπὸ from δὲ but τοῦ who μὴ not ἔχοντος to have καὶ and ὃ which ἔχει to have ἀρθήσεται to take up. -42 19 27 ⚐πλὴν but τοὺς the ἐχθρούς enemy μου of me τούτους these τοὺς who μὴ not θελήσαντάς to will με me βασιλεῦσαι to reign ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτοὺς them ἀγάγετε to bring ὧδε here ⚐καὶ and κατασφάξατε to slaughter αὐτοὺς them ἔμπροσθέν before μου of me.

 -42 19 28 ⚐Καὶ and εἰπὼν to say ταῦτα these ⚐ἐπορεύετο to go ἔμπροσθεν before ⚐ἀναβαίνων to ascend εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem.

 -42 19 29 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ὡς as ἤγγισεν to come near εἰς toward Βηθφαγὴ Bethphage καὶ and Βηθανίαν Bethany πρὸς to τὸ the ὄρος mountain τὸ the καλούμενον to call Ἐλαιῶν Olivet, ⚐ἀπέστειλεν to send δύο two τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple -42 19 30 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ὑπάγετε to go εἰς toward τὴν the κατέναντι before κώμην village, ⚐ἐν in ᾗ which εἰσπορευόμενοι to enter ⚐εὑρήσετε to find πῶλον colt δεδεμένον to bind, ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ὃν which οὐδεὶς no one πώποτε ever ἀνθρώπων a human ἐκάθισεν to sit, ⚐καὶ and λύσαντες to loose αὐτὸν him ⚐ἀγάγετε to bring. -42 19 31 ⚐καὶ and ἐάν if τις one ὑμᾶς you ἐρωτᾷ to ask· Διὰ because of τί which? λύετε to loose; ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐρεῖτε to say ⚐ὅτι that Ὁ the κύριος lord αὐτοῦ of him χρείαν need ἔχει to have. -42 19 32 ⚐ἀπελθόντες to go away δὲ and οἱ who ἀπεσταλμένοι to send ⚐εὗρον to find ⚐καθὼς as εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them. -42 19 33 ⚐λυόντων to loose δὲ and αὐτῶν of them τὸν the πῶλον colt ⚐εἶπαν to say οἱ the κύριοι lord αὐτοῦ of him πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Τί which? λύετε to loose τὸν the πῶλον colt; -42 19 34 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say ⚐ὅτι that Ὁ the κύριος lord αὐτοῦ of him χρείαν need ἔχει to have. -42 19 35 ⚐καὶ and ἤγαγον to bring αὐτὸν him πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐καὶ and ἐπιρίψαντες to throw on αὐτῶν of them τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing ἐπὶ on τὸν the πῶλον colt ⚐ἐπεβίβασαν to mount τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus· -42 19 36 ⚐πορευομένου to go δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὑπεστρώννυον to spread τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτῶν of them ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road. -42 19 37 ⚐ἐγγίζοντος to come near δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ἤδη already πρὸς to τῇ the καταβάσει descent τοῦ the Ὄρους mountain τῶν the Ἐλαιῶν Olivet ⚐ἤρξαντο be first ἅπαν all τὸ the πλῆθος multitude τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple ⚐χαίροντες to rejoice ⚐αἰνεῖν to praise τὸν the θεὸν God φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great ⚐περὶ about πασῶν all ὧν which εἶδον to know δυνάμεων power, -42 19 38 ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Εὐλογημένος to bless ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come ὁ the βασιλεὺς king ἐν in ὀνόματι name κυρίου lord· ⚐ἐν in οὐρανῷ heaven εἰρήνη peace ⚐καὶ and δόξα glory ἐν in ὑψίστοις highest. -42 19 39 ⚐καί and τινες one τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd εἶπαν to say πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, ἐπιτίμησον to rebuke τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple σου of you. -42 19 40 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἐὰν if οὗτοι these σιωπήσουσιν be quiet, ⚐οἱ the λίθοι stone κράξουσιν to cry.

 -42 19 41 ⚐Καὶ and ὡς as ἤγγισεν to come near, ⚐ἰδὼν to know τὴν the πόλιν city ⚐ἔκλαυσεν to weep ἐπ᾽ over αὐτήν her, -42 19 42 ⚐λέγων to speak ⚐ὅτι that Εἰ if ἔγνως to know ἐν on τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day ταύτῃ to this καὶ and σὺ you τὰ the πρὸς to εἰρήνην peace— ⚐νῦν now δὲ but ἐκρύβη to hide ἀπὸ from ὀφθαλμῶν eye σου of you. -42 19 43 ⚐ὅτι since ἥξουσιν to come ἡμέραι day ἐπὶ upon σὲ you ⚐καὶ and παρεμβαλοῦσιν to encamp οἱ the ἐχθροί enemy σου of you χάρακά barricade σοι to you ⚐καὶ and περικυκλώσουσίν to surround σε you ⚐καὶ and συνέξουσίν to press on every side σε you πάντοθεν from all sides, -42 19 44 ⚐καὶ and ἐδαφιοῦσίν to raze σε you καὶ and τὰ the τέκνα child σου of you ἐν in σοί to you, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἀφήσουσιν to release λίθον stone ἐπὶ upon λίθον stone ἐν in σοί to you, ⚐ἀνθ᾽ for ὧν which οὐκ no ἔγνως to know τὸν the καιρὸν time τῆς the ἐπισκοπῆς oversight σου of you.

 -42 19 45 ⚐Καὶ and εἰσελθὼν to enter εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερὸν temple ⚐ἤρξατο be first ἐκβάλλειν to expel τοὺς who πωλοῦντας to sell, -42 19 46 ⚐λέγων to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Γέγραπται to write· ⚐Καὶ and ἔσται to be ὁ the οἶκός house μου of me οἶκος house προσευχῆς prayer, ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but αὐτὸν him ἐποιήσατε to make σπήλαιον cave λῃστῶν robber.

 -42 19 47 ⚐Καὶ and ἦν to be διδάσκων to teach τὸ the καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple· ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe ἐζήτουν to seek ⚐αὐτὸν him ἀπολέσαι to destroy ⚐καὶ and οἱ the πρῶτοι first τοῦ the λαοῦ a people, -42 19 48 ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no εὕρισκον to find ⚐τὸ the τί which? ποιήσωσιν to do, ⚐ὁ the λαὸς a people γὰρ for ἅπας all ἐξεκρέματο to hang upon αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἀκούων to hear.

 -42 20 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in μιᾷ one τῶν the ἡμερῶν day διδάσκοντος to teach αὐτοῦ of him τὸν the λαὸν a people ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ⚐καὶ and εὐαγγελιζομένου to speak good news ⚐ἐπέστησαν to approach οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe σὺν with τοῖς the πρεσβυτέροις elder, -42 20 2 ⚐καὶ and εἶπαν to say ⚐λέγοντες to speak πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Εἰπὸν to say ἡμῖν to us ⚐ἐν in ποίᾳ what? ἐξουσίᾳ authority ταῦτα these ποιεῖς to do, ⚐ἢ or τίς which? ἐστιν to be ὁ who δούς to give σοι to you τὴν the ἐξουσίαν authority ταύτην this; -42 20 3 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Ἐρωτήσω to ask ὑμᾶς you κἀγὼ and I λόγον word, ⚐καὶ and εἴπατέ to say μοι to me· -42 20 4 ⚐Τὸ the βάπτισμα baptism Ἰωάννου John ἐξ from οὐρανοῦ heaven ἦν to be ἢ or ἐξ from ἀνθρώπων a human; -42 20 5 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and συνελογίσαντο to discuss πρὸς with ἑαυτοὺς themselves ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἐὰν if εἴπωμεν to say· Ἐξ from οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐ἐρεῖ to say· ⚐Διὰ because of τί which? οὐκ no ἐπιστεύσατε to trust (in) αὐτῷ to him; -42 20 6 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but εἴπωμεν to say· Ἐξ from ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐ὁ the λαὸς a people ἅπας all καταλιθάσει to stone ἡμᾶς us, ⚐πεπεισμένος to persuade γάρ for ἐστιν to be ⚐Ἰωάννην John προφήτην prophet εἶναι to be· -42 20 7 ⚐καὶ and ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer ⚐μὴ not εἰδέναι to know πόθεν where. -42 20 8 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οὐδὲ and not ἐγὼ I λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἐν by ποίᾳ what? ἐξουσίᾳ authority ταῦτα these ποιῶ to do.

 -42 20 9 ⚐Ἤρξατο be first δὲ and ⚐πρὸς to τὸν the λαὸν a people λέγειν to speak τὴν the παραβολὴν parable ταύτην this· ⚐Ἄνθρωπος a human τις one ἐφύτευσεν to plant ἀμπελῶνα vineyard, ⚐καὶ and ἐξέδετο to lease αὐτὸν him γεωργοῖς farmer, ⚐καὶ and ἀπεδήμησεν to go abroad χρόνους time ἱκανούς sufficient. -42 20 10 ⚐καὶ and καιρῷ right time ἀπέστειλεν to send πρὸς to τοὺς the γεωργοὺς farmer δοῦλον slave, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀπὸ from τοῦ the καρποῦ fruit τοῦ the ἀμπελῶνος vineyard δώσουσιν to give αὐτῷ to him· ⚐οἱ the δὲ but γεωργοὶ farmer ἐξαπέστειλαν to send out αὐτὸν him ⚐δείραντες to beat up κενόν empty. -42 20 11 ⚐καὶ and προσέθετο to add (to) ⚐ἕτερον other πέμψαι to send δοῦλον slave· ⚐οἱ the δὲ and κἀκεῖνον and that one δείραντες to beat up καὶ and ἀτιμάσαντες to dishonor ⚐ἐξαπέστειλαν to send out κενόν empty. -42 20 12 ⚐καὶ and προσέθετο to add (to) ⚐τρίτον third πέμψαι to send· ⚐οἱ the δὲ and καὶ and τοῦτον this τραυματίσαντες to wound ⚐ἐξέβαλον to expel. -42 20 13 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and ὁ the κύριος lord τοῦ the ἀμπελῶνος vineyard· ⚐Τί which? ποιήσω to do; ⚐πέμψω to send τὸν the υἱόν son μου of me τὸν the ἀγαπητόν beloved· ⚐ἴσως perhaps τοῦτον this ἐντραπήσονται to cause shame. -42 20 14 ⚐ἰδόντες to know δὲ but αὐτὸν him οἱ the γεωργοὶ farmer ⚐διελογίζοντο to reason πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the κληρονόμος heir· ⚐ἀποκτείνωμεν to kill αὐτόν him, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡμῶν of us γένηται to be ἡ the κληρονομία inheritance· -42 20 15 ⚐καὶ and ἐκβαλόντες to expel αὐτὸν him ἔξω out τοῦ the ἀμπελῶνος vineyard ⚐ἀπέκτειναν to kill. ⚐τί which? οὖν then ποιήσει to do αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the κύριος lord τοῦ the ἀμπελῶνος vineyard; -42 20 16 ⚐ἐλεύσεται to come καὶ and ἀπολέσει to destroy τοὺς the γεωργοὺς farmer τούτους these, ⚐καὶ and δώσει to give τὸν the ἀμπελῶνα vineyard ἄλλοις another. ⚐ἀκούσαντες to hear δὲ and ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Μὴ not γένοιτο to be. -42 20 17 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἐμβλέψας to look into αὐτοῖς to them ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τί which? οὖν then ἐστιν to be τὸ the γεγραμμένον to write τοῦτο this· ⚐Λίθον stone ὃν which ἀπεδοκίμασαν to reject οἱ the οἰκοδομοῦντες to build, ⚐οὗτος this ἐγενήθη to be εἰς toward κεφαλὴν head γωνίας corner; -42 20 18 ⚐πᾶς all ὁ who πεσὼν to collapse ἐπ᾽ on ἐκεῖνον that τὸν the λίθον stone συνθλασθήσεται to shatter· ⚐ἐφ᾽ on ὃν which δ᾽ and ἂν if πέσῃ to collapse, λικμήσει to crush αὐτόν him. -42 20 19 ⚐καὶ and ἐζήτησαν to seek οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe καὶ and οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest ⚐ἐπιβαλεῖν to seize ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτὸν him τὰς the χεῖρας hand ἐν in αὐτῇ to her τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour, ⚐καὶ and ἐφοβήθησαν to fear τὸν the λαόν a people, ⚐ἔγνωσαν to know γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them εἶπεν to say τὴν the παραβολὴν parable ταύτην this.

 -42 20 20 ⚐Καὶ and παρατηρήσαντες to observe ⚐ἀπέστειλαν to send ἐγκαθέτους a spy ⚐ὑποκρινομένους to pretend ἑαυτοὺς oneself ⚐δικαίους just εἶναι to be, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐπιλάβωνται to catch αὐτοῦ of him λόγου word, ⚐ὥστε so παραδοῦναι to deliver αὐτὸν him τῇ the ἀρχῇ beginning καὶ and τῇ the ἐξουσίᾳ authority τοῦ the ἡγεμόνος ruler. -42 20 21 ⚐καὶ and ἐπηρώτησαν to question αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that ὀρθῶς correctly λέγεις to speak ⚐καὶ and διδάσκεις to teach καὶ and οὐ no λαμβάνεις to take πρόσωπον face, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπ᾽ upon ἀληθείας truth τὴν the ὁδὸν road τοῦ the θεοῦ God διδάσκεις to teach· -42 20 22 ⚐ἔξεστιν it is permitted ἡμᾶς us ⚐Καίσαρι Caesar φόρον tax δοῦναι to give ἢ or οὔ no; -42 20 23 ⚐κατανοήσας to observe δὲ but αὐτῶν of them τὴν the πανουργίαν craftiness ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· -42 20 24 ⚐Δείξατέ to show μοι to me δηνάριον denarius· ⚐τίνος which? ἔχει to have εἰκόνα image καὶ and ἐπιγραφήν inscription; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Καίσαρος Caesar. -42 20 25 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Τοίνυν then ἀπόδοτε to pay τὰ the Καίσαρος Caesar Καίσαρι Caesar ⚐καὶ and τὰ the τοῦ the θεοῦ God τῷ the θεῷ God. -42 20 26 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἴσχυσαν be strong ἐπιλαβέσθαι to catch αὐτοῦ of him ῥήματος word ἐναντίον before τοῦ the λαοῦ a people, ⚐καὶ and θαυμάσαντες to marvel ἐπὶ upon τῇ the ἀποκρίσει answer αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐσίγησαν be silent.

 -42 20 27 ⚐Προσελθόντες to come near δέ and τινες one τῶν the Σαδδουκαίων Sadducee, ⚐οἱ who ἀντιλέγοντες to dispute ⚐ἀνάστασιν resurrection μὴ not εἶναι to be, ⚐ἐπηρώτησαν to question αὐτὸν him -42 20 28 ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, Μωϋσῆς Moses ἔγραψεν to write ἡμῖν to us, ⚐ἐάν if τινος one ἀδελφὸς brother ἀποθάνῃ to die ⚐ἔχων to have γυναῖκα woman, ⚐καὶ and οὗτος this ἄτεκνος childless ᾖ to be, ⚐ἵνα in order that λάβῃ to take ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the γυναῖκα woman ⚐καὶ and ἐξαναστήσῃ to raise up σπέρμα seed τῷ the ἀδελφῷ brother αὐτοῦ of him. -42 20 29 ⚐ἑπτὰ seven οὖν then ἀδελφοὶ brother ἦσαν to be· ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πρῶτος first λαβὼν to take γυναῖκα woman ⚐ἀπέθανεν to die ἄτεκνος childless· -42 20 30 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the δεύτερος secondly -42 20 31 καὶ and ὁ the τρίτος third ἔλαβεν to take αὐτήν her, ⚐ὡσαύτως likewise δὲ and καὶ and οἱ the ἑπτὰ seven οὐ no κατέλιπον to leave τέκνα child ⚐καὶ and ἀπέθανον to die· -42 20 32 ⚐ὕστερον later καὶ and ἡ the γυνὴ woman ἀπέθανεν to die. -42 20 33 ⚐ἡ the γυνὴ woman οὖν therefore ἐν in τῇ the ἀναστάσει resurrection τίνος which? αὐτῶν of them γίνεται to be γυνή woman; ⚐οἱ the γὰρ for ἑπτὰ seven ἔσχον to have αὐτὴν her γυναῖκα woman.

 -42 20 34 ⚐Καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Οἱ the υἱοὶ son τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age τούτου of this γαμοῦσιν to marry καὶ and γαμίσκονται to give in marriage, -42 20 35 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but καταξιωθέντες to consider worthy ⚐τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age ἐκείνου that τυχεῖν to obtain καὶ and τῆς the ἀναστάσεως resurrection τῆς the ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead οὔτε neither γαμοῦσιν to marry οὔτε neither γαμίζονται to give in marriage· -42 20 36 ⚐οὐδὲ and not γὰρ for ἀποθανεῖν to die ἔτι still δύνανται be able, ⚐ἰσάγγελοι like an angel γάρ for εἰσιν to be ⚐καὶ and υἱοί son εἰσιν to be θεοῦ God ⚐τῆς the ἀναστάσεως resurrection υἱοὶ son ὄντες to be. -42 20 37 ⚐ὅτι that δὲ but ἐγείρονται to arise οἱ the νεκροὶ dead ⚐καὶ and Μωϋσῆς Moses ἐμήνυσεν to disclose ἐπὶ upon τῆς the βάτου thorn bush, ⚐ὡς as λέγει to speak κύριον lord τὸν the θεὸν God Ἀβραὰμ Abraham καὶ and θεὸν God Ἰσαὰκ Isaac καὶ and θεὸν God Ἰακώβ Jacob· -42 20 38 ⚐θεὸς God δὲ and οὐκ no ἔστιν to be νεκρῶν dead ἀλλὰ but ζώντων to live, ⚐πάντες all γὰρ for αὐτῷ to him ζῶσιν to live. -42 20 39 ⚐ἀποκριθέντες to answer δέ and τινες one τῶν the γραμματέων scribe ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, καλῶς well εἶπας to say· -42 20 40 ⚐οὐκέτι not any more γὰρ for ἐτόλμων be bold ⚐ἐπερωτᾶν to question αὐτὸν him οὐδέν no one.

 -42 20 41 ⚐Εἶπεν to say δὲ but πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Πῶς how? λέγουσιν to speak ⚐τὸν the χριστὸν Christ εἶναι to be Δαυὶδ David υἱόν son; -42 20 42 ⚐αὐτὸς he γὰρ for Δαυὶδ David λέγει to speak ἐν in βίβλῳ book ψαλμῶν psalm· ⚐Εἶπεν to say κύριος lord τῷ the κυρίῳ lord μου of me· ⚐Κάθου to sit ἐκ of δεξιῶν right μου of me -42 20 43 ⚐ἕως until ἂν if θῶ to place τοὺς the ἐχθρούς enemy σου of you ὑποπόδιον footstool τῶν the ποδῶν foot σου of you. -42 20 44 ⚐Δαυὶδ David οὖν then κύριον lord αὐτὸν him καλεῖ to call, ⚐καὶ and πῶς how? αὐτοῦ of him υἱός son ἐστιν to be;

 -42 20 45 ⚐Ἀκούοντος to hear δὲ and παντὸς all τοῦ the λαοῦ a people ⚐εἶπεν to say τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him· -42 20 46 ⚐Προσέχετε to watch out ἀπὸ from τῶν the γραμματέων scribe ⚐τῶν the θελόντων to will περιπατεῖν to walk ἐν in στολαῖς robe ⚐καὶ and φιλούντων to love ἀσπασμοὺς salutation ἐν in ταῖς the ἀγοραῖς marketplace ⚐καὶ and πρωτοκαθεδρίας seat of honor ἐν in ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue ⚐καὶ and πρωτοκλισίας place of honor ἐν in τοῖς the δείπνοις dinner, -42 20 47 ⚐οἳ which κατεσθίουσιν to devour τὰς the οἰκίας house τῶν the χηρῶν widow ⚐καὶ and προφάσει pretense μακρὰ long προσεύχονται to pray· ⚐οὗτοι these λήμψονται to take περισσότερον superabundant κρίμα judgment.

 -42 21 1 ⚐Ἀναβλέψας to look up δὲ and ⚐εἶδεν to know τοὺς the βάλλοντας to throw εἰς toward τὸ the γαζοφυλάκιον treasury τὰ the δῶρα gift αὐτῶν of them πλουσίους rich. -42 21 2 ⚐εἶδεν to know δέ and τινα one χήραν widow πενιχρὰν poor ⚐βάλλουσαν to throw ἐκεῖ there λεπτὰ coin δύο two, -42 21 3 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἀληθῶς truly λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ἡ the χήρα widow αὕτη this ἡ the πτωχὴ poor πλεῖον greater πάντων all ἔβαλεν to throw· -42 21 4 ⚐πάντες all γὰρ for οὗτοι these ἐκ out of τοῦ the περισσεύοντος to exceed αὐτοῖς to them ἔβαλον to throw εἰς toward τὰ the δῶρα gift, ⚐αὕτη this δὲ but ἐκ out of τοῦ the ὑστερήματος deficiency αὐτῆς of her πάντα all τὸν the βίον life ὃν which εἶχεν to have ἔβαλεν to throw.

 -42 21 5 ⚐Καί and τινων one λεγόντων to speak περὶ about τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple, ⚐ὅτι that λίθοις stone καλοῖς good καὶ and ἀναθήμασιν devoted κεκόσμηται to arrange ⚐εἶπεν to say· -42 21 6 ⚐Ταῦτα these ἃ which θεωρεῖτε to see, ἐλεύσονται to come ἡμέραι day ⚐ἐν in αἷς which οὐκ no ἀφεθήσεται to release λίθος stone ἐπὶ on λίθῳ stone ⚐ὃς which οὐ no καταλυθήσεται to destroy.

 -42 21 7 ⚐Ἐπηρώτησαν to question δὲ and αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, πότε when? οὖν therefore ταῦτα these ἔσται to be, ⚐καὶ and τί which? τὸ the σημεῖον sign ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) μέλλῃ be about to ταῦτα these γίνεσθαι to be; -42 21 8 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Βλέπετε to see μὴ not πλανηθῆτε to lead astray· ⚐πολλοὶ much γὰρ for ἐλεύσονται to come ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ⚐καί and· Ὁ the καιρὸς time ἤγγικεν to come near· ⚐μὴ not πορευθῆτε to go ὀπίσω after αὐτῶν of them. -42 21 9 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ and ἀκούσητε to hear πολέμους war καὶ and ἀκαταστασίας disorder, ⚐μὴ not πτοηθῆτε to frighten· ⚐δεῖ to bind γὰρ for ταῦτα these γενέσθαι to be πρῶτον first, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no εὐθέως immediately τὸ the τέλος goal. -42 21 10 ⚐τότε then ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἐγερθήσεται to arise ἔθνος Gentiles ἐπ᾽ against ἔθνος Gentiles ⚐καὶ and βασιλεία kingdom ἐπὶ against βασιλείαν kingdom, -42 21 11 ⚐σεισμοί earthquake τε and μεγάλοι great καὶ and κατὰ according to τόπους place λιμοὶ hunger καὶ and λοιμοὶ pestilence ἔσονται to be, ⚐φόβητρά fearful thing τε and καὶ and ἀπ᾽ from οὐρανοῦ heaven σημεῖα sign μεγάλα great ἔσται to be.

 -42 21 12 ⚐Πρὸ before δὲ but τούτων of these πάντων all ⚐ἐπιβαλοῦσιν to seize ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμᾶς you τὰς the χεῖρας hand αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and διώξουσιν to pursue, ⚐παραδιδόντες to deliver εἰς toward τὰς the συναγωγὰς synagogue καὶ and φυλακάς prison, ⚐ἀπαγομένους to lead away ἐπὶ upon βασιλεῖς king καὶ and ἡγεμόνας ruler ἕνεκεν because of τοῦ the ὀνόματός name μου of me· -42 21 13 ⚐ἀποβήσεται to get out ὑμῖν to you εἰς toward μαρτύριον testimony. -42 21 14 ⚐θέτε to place οὖν therefore ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart ὑμῶν of you ⚐μὴ not προμελετᾶν to premeditate ἀπολογηθῆναι to defend oneself, -42 21 15 ⚐ἐγὼ I γὰρ for δώσω to give ὑμῖν to you στόμα mouth καὶ and σοφίαν wisdom ⚐ᾗ which οὐ no δυνήσονται be able ἀντιστῆναι to oppose ⚐ἢ or ἀντειπεῖν to dispute ἅπαντες all οἱ the ἀντικείμενοι be an opponent ὑμῖν to you. -42 21 16 ⚐παραδοθήσεσθε to deliver δὲ and καὶ and ὑπὸ by γονέων parent καὶ and ἀδελφῶν brother καὶ and συγγενῶν kindred καὶ and φίλων friend, ⚐καὶ and θανατώσουσιν to kill ἐξ out of ὑμῶν of you, -42 21 17 ⚐καὶ and ἔσεσθε to be μισούμενοι to hate ὑπὸ by πάντων all διὰ because of τὸ the ὄνομά name μου of me. -42 21 18 ⚐καὶ and θρὶξ hair ἐκ of τῆς the κεφαλῆς head ὑμῶν of you οὐ no μὴ not ἀπόληται to destroy. -42 21 19 ⚐ἐν in τῇ the ὑπομονῇ perseverance ὑμῶν of you κτήσασθε to posses τὰς the ψυχὰς soul ὑμῶν of you.

 -42 21 20 ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ but ἴδητε to know κυκλουμένην to surround ὑπὸ by στρατοπέδων army camp Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐τότε then γνῶτε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἤγγικεν to come near ἡ the ἐρήμωσις devastation αὐτῆς of her. -42 21 21 ⚐τότε then οἱ who ἐν in τῇ the Ἰουδαίᾳ Judea φευγέτωσαν to flee εἰς toward τὰ the ὄρη mountain, ⚐καὶ and οἱ who ἐν in μέσῳ midst αὐτῆς of her ἐκχωρείτωσαν to go out, ⚐καὶ and οἱ who ἐν in ταῖς the χώραις country μὴ not εἰσερχέσθωσαν to enter εἰς toward αὐτήν her, -42 21 22 ⚐ὅτι since ἡμέραι day ἐκδικήσεως vengeance αὗταί these εἰσιν to be ⚐τοῦ the πλησθῆναι to fill πάντα all τὰ the γεγραμμένα to write. -42 21 23 ⚐οὐαὶ woe! ταῖς the ἐν in γαστρὶ belly ἐχούσαις to have ⚐καὶ and ταῖς the θηλαζούσαις to suckle ἐν in ἐκείναις that ταῖς the ἡμέραις day· ⚐ἔσται to be γὰρ for ἀνάγκη necessity μεγάλη great ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐καὶ and ὀργὴ wrath τῷ the λαῷ a people τούτῳ to this, -42 21 24 ⚐καὶ and πεσοῦνται to collapse στόματι mouth μαχαίρης sword ⚐καὶ and αἰχμαλωτισθήσονται to capture εἰς toward τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles πάντα all, ⚐καὶ and Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ἔσται to be πατουμένη to trample ὑπὸ by ἐθνῶν Gentiles, ⚐ἄχρι until οὗ which πληρωθῶσιν to fulfill καιροὶ time ἐθνῶν Gentiles.

 -42 21 25 ⚐Καὶ and ἔσονται to be σημεῖα sign ἐν in ἡλίῳ sun καὶ and σελήνῃ moon καὶ and ἄστροις star, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth συνοχὴ anguish ἐθνῶν Gentiles ἐν in ἀπορίᾳ perplexity ἤχους sound θαλάσσης sea καὶ and σάλου tossing, -42 21 26 ⚐ἀποψυχόντων to faint ἀνθρώπων a human ἀπὸ from φόβου fear καὶ and προσδοκίας expectation τῶν the ἐπερχομένων to arrive τῇ the οἰκουμένῃ world, ⚐αἱ the γὰρ for δυνάμεις power τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven σαλευθήσονται to shake. -42 21 27 ⚐καὶ and τότε then ὄψονται to see τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐ἐρχόμενον to arrive ἐν in νεφέλῃ cloud μετὰ with δυνάμεως power καὶ and δόξης glory πολλῆς much. -42 21 28 ⚐ἀρχομένων be first δὲ but τούτων of these γίνεσθαι to be ⚐ἀνακύψατε to straighten up καὶ and ἐπάρατε to lift up τὰς the κεφαλὰς head ὑμῶν of you, ⚐διότι because ἐγγίζει to come near ἡ the ἀπολύτρωσις redemption ὑμῶν of you.

 -42 21 29 ⚐Καὶ and εἶπεν to say παραβολὴν parable αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἴδετε to know τὴν the συκῆν fig tree καὶ and πάντα all τὰ the δένδρα tree· -42 21 30 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) προβάλωσιν to put forth ἤδη already, ⚐βλέποντες to see ἀφ᾽ from ἑαυτῶν yourself ⚐γινώσκετε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἤδη already ἐγγὺς near τὸ the θέρος summer ἐστίν to be· -42 21 31 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὑμεῖς you, ὅταν when(-ever) ἴδητε to know ταῦτα these γινόμενα to be, ⚐γινώσκετε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐγγύς near ἐστιν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 21 32 ⚐ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no μὴ not παρέλθῃ to pass by ἡ the γενεὰ generation αὕτη this ⚐ἕως until ἂν if πάντα all γένηται to be. -42 21 33 ⚐ὁ the οὐρανὸς heaven καὶ and ἡ the γῆ earth παρελεύσονται to pass by, ⚐οἱ the δὲ but λόγοι word μου of me οὐ no μὴ not παρελεύσονται to pass by.

 -42 21 34 ⚐Προσέχετε to watch out δὲ but ἑαυτοῖς oneself ⚐μήποτε lest βαρηθῶσιν to burden ὑμῶν of you αἱ the καρδίαι heart ἐν with κραιπάλῃ dissipation καὶ and μέθῃ drunkenness καὶ and μερίμναις concern βιωτικαῖς of this life, ⚐καὶ and ἐπιστῇ to approach ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμᾶς you αἰφνίδιος sudden ἡ the ἡμέρα day ἐκείνη that -42 21 35 ὡς as παγίς trap· ⚐ἐπεισελεύσεται to enter γὰρ for ἐπὶ on πάντας all τοὺς who καθημένους to sit ἐπὶ upon πρόσωπον face πάσης all τῆς the γῆς earth. -42 21 36 ⚐ἀγρυπνεῖτε be watchful δὲ but ἐν in παντὶ all καιρῷ time ⚐δεόμενοι to pray ⚐ἵνα in order that κατισχύσητε to prevail ἐκφυγεῖν to escape ταῦτα these πάντα all τὰ the μέλλοντα be about to γίνεσθαι to be, ⚐καὶ and σταθῆναι to stand ἔμπροσθεν before τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human.

 -42 21 37 ⚐Ἦν to be δὲ and τὰς the ἡμέρας day ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple διδάσκων to teach, ⚐τὰς the δὲ but νύκτας night ἐξερχόμενος to go out ⚐ηὐλίζετο to spend the night εἰς toward τὸ the ὄρος mountain τὸ the καλούμενον to call Ἐλαιῶν Olivet· -42 21 38 ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ the λαὸς a people ὤρθριζεν to rise at dawn πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ⚐ἀκούειν to hear αὐτοῦ of him.

 -42 22 1 ⚐Ἤγγιζεν to come near δὲ and ἡ the ἑορτὴ festival τῶν the ἀζύμων unleavened ἡ the λεγομένη to speak Πάσχα Passover. -42 22 2 ⚐καὶ and ἐζήτουν to seek οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe ⚐τὸ the πῶς how? ἀνέλωσιν to do away with αὐτόν him, ⚐ἐφοβοῦντο to fear γὰρ for τὸν the λαόν a people.

 -42 22 3 ⚐Εἰσῆλθεν to enter δὲ and Σατανᾶς Satan εἰς toward Ἰούδαν Judas τὸν the καλούμενον to call Ἰσκαριώτην Iscariot, ⚐ὄντα to be ἐκ out of τοῦ the ἀριθμοῦ number τῶν the δώδεκα twelve· -42 22 4 ⚐καὶ and ἀπελθὼν to go away ⚐συνελάλησεν to talk with τοῖς the ἀρχιερεῦσιν high-priest καὶ and στρατηγοῖς officer ⚐τὸ the πῶς how? αὐτοῖς to them παραδῷ to deliver αὐτόν him. -42 22 5 ⚐καὶ and ἐχάρησαν to rejoice ⚐καὶ and συνέθεντο to agree αὐτῷ to him ⚐ἀργύριον silver δοῦναι to give. -42 22 6 ⚐καὶ and ἐξωμολόγησεν to agree, ⚐καὶ and ἐζήτει to seek εὐκαιρίαν opportunity ⚐τοῦ the παραδοῦναι to deliver αὐτὸν him ἄτερ without ὄχλου crowd αὐτοῖς to them.

 -42 22 7 ⚐Ἦλθεν to come δὲ and ἡ the ἡμέρα day τῶν the ἀζύμων unleavened, ⚐ἐν on ᾗ which ἔδει be necessary θύεσθαι to sacrifice τὸ the πάσχα Passover· -42 22 8 ⚐καὶ and ἀπέστειλεν to send Πέτρον Peter καὶ and Ἰωάννην John ⚐εἰπών to say· ⚐Πορευθέντες to go ⚐ἑτοιμάσατε to make ready ἡμῖν to us τὸ the πάσχα Passover ⚐ἵνα in order to φάγωμεν to eat. -42 22 9 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ποῦ where? θέλεις to will ⚐ἑτοιμάσωμεν to make ready; -42 22 10 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! εἰσελθόντων to enter ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city ⚐συναντήσει to meet ὑμῖν to you ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐κεράμιον clay jar ὕδατος water βαστάζων to carry· ⚐ἀκολουθήσατε to follow αὐτῷ to him εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house ⚐εἰς toward ἣν which εἰσπορεύεται to enter. -42 22 11 ⚐καὶ and ἐρεῖτε to say τῷ the οἰκοδεσπότῃ householder τῆς the οἰκίας house· ⚐Λέγει to speak σοι to you ὁ the διδάσκαλος teacher· ⚐Ποῦ where? ἐστιν to be τὸ the κατάλυμα guest room ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) τὸ the πάσχα Passover μετὰ with τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple μου of me φάγω to eat; -42 22 12 ⚐κἀκεῖνος and that one ὑμῖν to you δείξει to show ἀνάγαιον an upper room μέγα great ἐστρωμένον to spread· ⚐ἐκεῖ there ἑτοιμάσατε to make ready. -42 22 13 ⚐ἀπελθόντες to go away δὲ and ⚐εὗρον to find ⚐καθὼς just as εἰρήκει to say αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and ἡτοίμασαν to make ready τὸ the πάσχα Passover.

 -42 22 14 ⚐Καὶ and ὅτε when ἐγένετο to be ἡ the ὥρα hour, ⚐ἀνέπεσεν to recline ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἀπόστολοι apostle σὺν with αὐτῷ to him. -42 22 15 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Ἐπιθυμίᾳ desire ἐπεθύμησα to long for ⚐τοῦτο this τὸ the πάσχα Passover φαγεῖν to eat μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you ⚐πρὸ before τοῦ the με me παθεῖν to suffer· -42 22 16 ⚐λέγω to speak γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no μὴ not φάγω to eat αὐτὸ it ⚐ἕως until ὅτου which πληρωθῇ to fulfill ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 22 17 ⚐καὶ and δεξάμενος to receive ποτήριον cup ⚐εὐχαριστήσας to thank ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Λάβετε to take τοῦτο this ⚐καὶ and διαμερίσατε to divide εἰς toward ἑαυτούς yourself· -42 22 18 ⚐λέγω to speak γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no μὴ not πίω to drink ἀπὸ from τοῦ the νῦν now ἀπὸ from τοῦ the γενήματος offspring τῆς the ἀμπέλου vine ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἔλθῃ to come. -42 22 19 ⚐καὶ and λαβὼν to take ἄρτον bread ⚐εὐχαριστήσας to thank ⚐ἔκλασεν to break ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκεν to give αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Τοῦτό this ἐστιν to be τὸ the σῶμά body μου of me ⚐τὸ the ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you διδόμενον to give· ⚐τοῦτο this ποιεῖτε to do εἰς toward τὴν the ἐμὴν my ἀνάμνησιν remembrance. -42 22 20 ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ποτήριον cup ὡσαύτως likewise μετὰ after τὸ the δειπνῆσαι to dine, ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Τοῦτο this τὸ the ποτήριον cup ἡ the καινὴ new διαθήκη covenant ἐν in τῷ the αἵματί blood μου of me, ⚐τὸ the ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you ἐκχυννόμενον to pour out. -42 22 21 ⚐πλὴν but ἰδοὺ look! ἡ the χεὶρ hand τοῦ who παραδιδόντος to deliver με me μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me ἐπὶ on τῆς the τραπέζης table· -42 22 22 ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the υἱὸς son μὲν on the other hand τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human κατὰ according to τὸ the ὡρισμένον to determine πορεύεται to go, ⚐πλὴν but οὐαὶ woe! τῷ the ἀνθρώπῳ a human ἐκείνῳ that ⚐δι᾽ through οὗ which παραδίδοται to deliver. -42 22 23 ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἤρξαντο be first συζητεῖν to debate πρὸς to ἑαυτοὺς oneself ⚐τὸ the τίς which? ἄρα therefore εἴη to be ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them ὁ the τοῦτο this μέλλων be about to πράσσειν to practise.

 -42 22 24 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and καὶ and φιλονεικία love of dispute ἐν among αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐τὸ the τίς which? αὐτῶν of them δοκεῖ to think εἶναι to be μείζων great. -42 22 25 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Οἱ the βασιλεῖς king τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles κυριεύουσιν to lord over αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἐξουσιάζοντες to have authority αὐτῶν of them εὐεργέται benefactor καλοῦνται to call. -42 22 26 ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ and οὐχ no οὕτως thus(-ly), ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ who μείζων great ἐν among ὑμῖν to you γινέσθω to be ὡς as ὁ the νεώτερος new, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἡγούμενος to govern ὡς as ὁ who διακονῶν to serve· -42 22 27 ⚐τίς which? γὰρ for μείζων great, ὁ who ἀνακείμενος to recline ἢ or ὁ who διακονῶν to serve; ⚐οὐχὶ not ὁ who ἀνακείμενος to recline; ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but ἐν in μέσῳ midst ὑμῶν of you εἰμι to be ὡς as ὁ who διακονῶν to serve.

 -42 22 28 ⚐Ὑμεῖς you δέ and ἐστε to be οἱ who διαμεμενηκότες to remain μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me ἐν in τοῖς the πειρασμοῖς testing μου of me· -42 22 29 ⚐κἀγὼ and I διατίθεμαι to make a covenant ὑμῖν to you, ⚐καθὼς just as διέθετό to make a covenant μοι to me ὁ the πατήρ father μου of me βασιλείαν kingdom, -42 22 30 ⚐ἵνα in order that ἔσθητε to eat καὶ and πίνητε to drink ἐπὶ upon τῆς the τραπέζης table μου of me ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom μου of me, ⚐καὶ and καθήσεσθε to sit ἐπὶ on θρόνων throne ⚐τὰς the δώδεκα twelve φυλὰς tribe κρίνοντες to judge τοῦ the Ἰσραήλ Israel.

 -42 22 31 ⚐Σίμων Simon Σίμων Simon, ἰδοὺ look! ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan ἐξῃτήσατο to demand ὑμᾶς you ⚐τοῦ the σινιάσαι to sift ὡς as τὸν the σῖτον grain· -42 22 32 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but ἐδεήθην to pray περὶ about σοῦ of you ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἐκλίπῃ to fail ἡ the πίστις faith σου of you· ⚐καὶ and σύ you ποτε when ἐπιστρέψας to turn ⚐στήρισον to establish τοὺς the ἀδελφούς brother σου of you. -42 22 33 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, μετὰ with σοῦ of you ἕτοιμός ready εἰμι to be ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward φυλακὴν prison καὶ and εἰς toward θάνατον death πορεύεσθαι to go. -42 22 34 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Λέγω to speak σοι to you, Πέτρε Peter, ⚐οὐ no φωνήσει to call σήμερον today ἀλέκτωρ rooster ⚐ἕως until τρίς three times με me ἀπαρνήσῃ to deny εἰδέναι to know.

 -42 22 35 ⚐Καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὅτε when ἀπέστειλα to send ὑμᾶς you ἄτερ without βαλλαντίου purse καὶ and πήρας bag καὶ and ὑποδημάτων sandal, ⚐μή not τινος one ὑστερήσατε to lack; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Οὐθενός no one. -42 22 36 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἀλλὰ but νῦν now ὁ who ἔχων to have βαλλάντιον purse ἀράτω to take up, ⚐ὁμοίως likewise καὶ and πήραν bag, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the μὴ not ἔχων to have πωλησάτω to sell τὸ the ἱμάτιον clothing αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἀγορασάτω to buy μάχαιραν sword. -42 22 37 ⚐λέγω to speak γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that τοῦτο this τὸ the γεγραμμένον to write δεῖ to bind τελεσθῆναι to finish ἐν in ἐμοί to me, ⚐τό the· Καὶ and μετὰ with ἀνόμων lawless ἐλογίσθη to count· ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for τὸ the περὶ about ἐμοῦ of me τέλος goal ἔχει to be. -42 22 38 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἰδοὺ look! μάχαιραι sword ὧδε here δύο two. ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἱκανόν sufficient ἐστιν to be.

 -42 22 39 ⚐Καὶ and ἐξελθὼν to go out ⚐ἐπορεύθη to go κατὰ according to τὸ the ἔθος custom εἰς toward τὸ the Ὄρος mountain τῶν the Ἐλαιῶν Olivet· ⚐ἠκολούθησαν to follow δὲ and αὐτῷ to him καὶ and οἱ the μαθηταί disciple. -42 22 40 ⚐γενόμενος to be δὲ and ἐπὶ to τοῦ the τόπου place ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Προσεύχεσθε to pray ⚐μὴ not εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward πειρασμόν temptation. -42 22 41 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἀπεσπάσθη to draw away ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them ὡσεὶ about λίθου stone βολήν throwing, ⚐καὶ and θεὶς to place τὰ the γόνατα a knee ⚐προσηύχετο to pray -42 22 42 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Πάτερ father, εἰ if βούλει to plan ⚐παρένεγκε to take away τοῦτο this τὸ the ποτήριον cup ἀπ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me· ⚐πλὴν but μὴ not τὸ the θέλημά will μου of me ἀλλὰ but τὸ the σὸν your γινέσθω to be. -42 22 43 ⚐ὤφθη to see δὲ and αὐτῷ to him ἄγγελος angel ἀπ᾽ from οὐρανοῦ heaven ⚐ἐνισχύων to strengthen αὐτόν him. -42 22 44 ⚐καὶ and γενόμενος to be ἐν in ἀγωνίᾳ a struggle ⚐ἐκτενέστερον earnestly προσηύχετο to pray· ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ὁ the ἱδρὼς sweat αὐτοῦ of him ὡσεὶ like θρόμβοι drop αἵματος blood ⚐καταβαίνοντες to go down ἐπὶ to τὴν the γῆν earth. -42 22 45 ⚐καὶ and ἀναστὰς to arise ἀπὸ from τῆς the προσευχῆς prayer ⚐ἐλθὼν to come πρὸς to τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple ⚐εὗρεν to find κοιμωμένους to sleep αὐτοὺς them ἀπὸ from τῆς the λύπης grief, -42 22 46 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? καθεύδετε to sleep; ⚐ἀναστάντες to arise ⚐προσεύχεσθε to pray, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not εἰσέλθητε to enter εἰς toward πειρασμόν temptation.

 -42 22 47 ⚐Ἔτι still αὐτοῦ of him λαλοῦντος to speak ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ὄχλος crowd, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the λεγόμενος to speak Ἰούδας Judas εἷς one τῶν the δώδεκα twelve προήρχετο to go before αὐτούς them, ⚐καὶ and ἤγγισεν to come near τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐φιλῆσαι to love αὐτόν him. -42 22 48 ⚐Ἰησοῦς Jesus δὲ but εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἰούδα Judas, φιλήματι kiss τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human παραδίδως to deliver; -42 22 49 ⚐ἰδόντες to know δὲ and οἱ who περὶ about αὐτὸν him τὸ the ἐσόμενον to be ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Κύριε lord, εἰ if πατάξομεν to strike ἐν in μαχαίρῃ sword; -42 22 50 ⚐καὶ and ἐπάταξεν to strike εἷς one τις one ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them τοῦ the ἀρχιερέως high-priest τὸν the δοῦλον slave ⚐καὶ and ἀφεῖλεν to remove τὸ the οὖς ear αὐτοῦ of him τὸ the δεξιόν right. -42 22 51 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ but ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐᾶτε to allow ἕως until τούτου of this· ⚐καὶ and ἁψάμενος to kindle τοῦ the ὠτίου ear ⚐ἰάσατο to heal αὐτόν him. -42 22 52 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus πρὸς to τοὺς who παραγενομένους to come ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτὸν him ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and στρατηγοὺς officer τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple καὶ and πρεσβυτέρους elder· ⚐Ὡς as ἐπὶ against λῃστὴν rebel ἐξήλθατε to go out μετὰ with μαχαιρῶν sword καὶ and ξύλων wood; -42 22 53 ⚐καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day ὄντος to be μου of me μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ⚐οὐκ no ἐξετείνατε to stretch out τὰς the χεῖρας hand ἐπ᾽ upon ἐμέ me· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but αὕτη this ἐστὶν to be ὑμῶν of you ἡ the ὥρα hour ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ἐξουσία authority τοῦ the σκότους darkness.

 -42 22 54 ⚐Συλλαβόντες to seize δὲ and αὐτὸν him ⚐ἤγαγον to bring ⚐καὶ and εἰσήγαγον to bring in εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house τοῦ the ἀρχιερέως high-priest· ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Πέτρος Peter ἠκολούθει to follow μακρόθεν from afar. -42 22 55 ⚐περιαψάντων to kindle δὲ and πῦρ fire ἐν in μέσῳ midst τῆς the αὐλῆς courtyard ⚐καὶ and συγκαθισάντων to sit down with ⚐ἐκάθητο to sit ὁ the Πέτρος Peter μέσος midst αὐτῶν of them. -42 22 56 ⚐ἰδοῦσα to know δὲ and αὐτὸν him παιδίσκη maidservant τις one ⚐καθήμενον to sit πρὸς to τὸ the φῶς light ⚐καὶ and ἀτενίσασα to gaze αὐτῷ to him ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Καὶ and οὗτος this σὺν with αὐτῷ to him ἦν to be· -42 22 57 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἠρνήσατο to deny ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Οὐκ no οἶδα to know αὐτόν him, γύναι woman. -42 22 58 ⚐καὶ and μετὰ with βραχὺ little ἕτερος other ἰδὼν to know αὐτὸν him ⚐ἔφη to say· ⚐Καὶ and σὺ you ἐξ out of αὐτῶν of them εἶ to be· ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Πέτρος Peter ἔφη to say· ⚐Ἄνθρωπε a human, οὐκ no εἰμί to be. -42 22 59 ⚐καὶ and διαστάσης to pass ὡσεὶ about ὥρας hour μιᾶς one ⚐ἄλλος another τις one διϊσχυρίζετο to insist ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἐπ᾽ upon ἀληθείας truth καὶ and οὗτος this μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him ἦν to be, ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for Γαλιλαῖός Galilean ἐστιν to be· -42 22 60 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but ὁ the Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Ἄνθρωπε a human, οὐκ no οἶδα to know ⚐ὃ which λέγεις to speak. ⚐καὶ and παραχρῆμα instantly ἔτι still λαλοῦντος to speak αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐφώνησεν to call ἀλέκτωρ rooster. -42 22 61 ⚐καὶ and στραφεὶς to turn ὁ the κύριος lord ⚐ἐνέβλεψεν to look into τῷ the Πέτρῳ Peter, ⚐καὶ and ὑπεμνήσθη to remind ὁ the Πέτρος Peter τοῦ the ῥήματος word τοῦ the κυρίου lord ⚐ὡς how εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him ⚐ὅτι that Πρὶν before ἀλέκτορα rooster φωνῆσαι to call σήμερον today ⚐ἀπαρνήσῃ to deny με me τρίς three times. -42 22 62 ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθὼν to go out ἔξω outside ⚐ἔκλαυσεν to weep πικρῶς bitterly.

 -42 22 63 ⚐Καὶ and οἱ the ἄνδρες man οἱ who συνέχοντες to hold in charge αὐτὸν him ἐνέπαιζον to mock αὐτῷ to him ⚐δέροντες to beat up, -42 22 64 ⚐καὶ and περικαλύψαντες to cover αὐτὸν him ⚐ἐπηρώτων to question ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Προφήτευσον to prophesy, ⚐τίς which? ἐστιν to be ὁ the παίσας to strike σε you; -42 22 65 ⚐καὶ and ἕτερα other πολλὰ much βλασφημοῦντες to blaspheme ⚐ἔλεγον to speak εἰς toward αὐτόν him.

 -42 22 66 ⚐Καὶ and ὡς as ἐγένετο to be ἡμέρα day, ⚐συνήχθη to assemble τὸ the πρεσβυτέριον council of elders τοῦ the λαοῦ a people, ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest τε both καὶ and γραμματεῖς scribe, ⚐καὶ and ἀπήγαγον to lead away αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὸ the συνέδριον council αὐτῶν of them, -42 22 67 ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Εἰ if σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the χριστός Christ, ⚐εἰπὸν to say ἡμῖν to us. ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἐὰν if ὑμῖν to you εἴπω to say ⚐οὐ no μὴ not πιστεύσητε to trust (in)· -42 22 68 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ and ἐρωτήσω to ask, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not ἀποκριθῆτε to answer. -42 22 69 ⚐ἀπὸ from τοῦ the νῦν now δὲ but ἔσται to be ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐καθήμενος to sit ἐκ of δεξιῶν right τῆς the δυνάμεως power τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -42 22 70 ⚐εἶπαν to say δὲ and πάντες all· ⚐Σὺ you οὖν then εἶ to be ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ἔφη to say· ⚐Ὑμεῖς you λέγετε to speak ⚐ὅτι that ἐγώ I εἰμι to be. -42 22 71 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Τί which? ἔτι still ἔχομεν to have μαρτυρίας testimony χρείαν need; ⚐αὐτοὶ they γὰρ for ἠκούσαμεν to hear ἀπὸ from τοῦ the στόματος mouth αὐτοῦ of him.

 -42 23 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἀναστὰν to arise ἅπαν all τὸ the πλῆθος multitude αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἤγαγον to bring αὐτὸν him ἐπὶ upon τὸν the Πιλᾶτον Pilate. -42 23 2 ⚐ἤρξαντο be first δὲ and κατηγορεῖν to accuse αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τοῦτον this εὕραμεν to find ⚐διαστρέφοντα to pervert τὸ the ἔθνος Gentiles ἡμῶν of us ⚐καὶ and κωλύοντα to prevent ⚐φόρους tax Καίσαρι Caesar διδόναι to give ⚐καὶ and λέγοντα to speak ἑαυτὸν himself ⚐χριστὸν Christ βασιλέα king εἶναι to be. -42 23 3 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Πιλᾶτος Pilate ἠρώτησεν to ask αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀποκριθεὶς to answer αὐτῷ to him ⚐ἔφη to say· ⚐Σὺ you λέγεις to speak. -42 23 4 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Πιλᾶτος Pilate εἶπεν to say πρὸς to τοὺς the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd· ⚐Οὐδὲν no one εὑρίσκω to find αἴτιον causer ἐν in τῷ the ἀνθρώπῳ a human τούτῳ to this. -42 23 5 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἐπίσχυον to insist ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἀνασείει to incite τὸν the λαὸν a people ⚐διδάσκων to teach καθ᾽ according to ὅλης all τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea, ⚐καὶ and ἀρξάμενος be first ἀπὸ from τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee ἕως until ὧδε here.

 -42 23 6 ⚐Πιλᾶτος Pilate δὲ and ἀκούσας to hear ⚐ἐπηρώτησεν to question ⚐εἰ if ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human Γαλιλαῖός Galilean ἐστιν to be, -42 23 7 ⚐καὶ and ἐπιγνοὺς to come to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐκ from τῆς the ἐξουσίας authority Ἡρῴδου Herod ἐστὶν to be ⚐ἀνέπεμψεν to send back αὐτὸν him πρὸς to Ἡρῴδην Herod, ⚐ὄντα to be καὶ and αὐτὸν him ἐν in Ἱεροσολύμοις Jerusalem ἐν in ταύταις to these ταῖς the ἡμέραις day. -42 23 8 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἡρῴδης Herod ἰδὼν to know τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐ἐχάρη to rejoice λίαν greatly, ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for ⚐ἐξ out of ἱκανῶν sufficient χρόνων time θέλων to desire ἰδεῖν to know αὐτὸν him ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the ἀκούειν to hear περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἤλπιζέν to hope ⚐τι one σημεῖον sign ἰδεῖν to know ὑπ᾽ by αὐτοῦ of him γινόμενον to be. -42 23 9 ⚐ἐπηρώτα to question δὲ and αὐτὸν him ἐν in λόγοις word ἱκανοῖς sufficient· ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ and οὐδὲν no one ἀπεκρίνατο to answer αὐτῷ to him. -42 23 10 ⚐εἱστήκεισαν to stand δὲ and οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe ⚐εὐτόνως vehemently κατηγοροῦντες to accuse αὐτοῦ of him. -42 23 11 ⚐ἐξουθενήσας to reject δὲ and αὐτὸν him καὶ and ὁ the Ἡρῴδης Herod σὺν with τοῖς the στρατεύμασιν troops αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἐμπαίξας to mock ⚐περιβαλὼν to clothe ἐσθῆτα clothing λαμπρὰν shining ⚐ἀνέπεμψεν to send back αὐτὸν him τῷ the Πιλάτῳ Pilate. -42 23 12 ⚐ἐγένοντο to be δὲ and φίλοι friend ὅ the τε and Ἡρῴδης Herod καὶ and ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate ἐν in αὐτῇ to her τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day μετ᾽ with ἀλλήλων one another· ⚐προϋπῆρχον be formerly γὰρ for ⚐ἐν in ἔχθρᾳ hostility ὄντες to be πρὸς to αὐτούς them.

 -42 23 13 ⚐Πιλᾶτος Pilate δὲ and συγκαλεσάμενος to call together τοὺς the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and τοὺς the ἄρχοντας ruler καὶ and τὸν the λαὸν a people -42 23 14 ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Προσηνέγκατέ to bring to μοι to me τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human τοῦτον this ⚐ὡς as ἀποστρέφοντα to turn away τὸν the λαόν a people, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἐγὼ I ἐνώπιον before ὑμῶν of you ἀνακρίνας to investigate ⚐οὐθὲν no one εὗρον to find ἐν in τῷ the ἀνθρώπῳ a human τούτῳ to this αἴτιον causer ⚐ὧν which κατηγορεῖτε to accuse κατ᾽ according to αὐτοῦ of him. -42 23 15 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐδὲ and not Ἡρῴδης Herod, ⚐ἀνέπεμψεν to send back γὰρ for αὐτὸν him πρὸς to ἡμᾶς us· ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! οὐδὲν no one ἄξιον worthy θανάτου death ἐστὶν to be πεπραγμένον to practise αὐτῷ to him· -42 23 16 ⚐παιδεύσας to instruct οὖν therefore αὐτὸν him ⚐ἀπολύσω to release.

 -42 23 18 ⚐Ἀνέκραγον to yell δὲ but παμπληθεὶ together ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Αἶρε to take up τοῦτον this, ⚐ἀπόλυσον to release δὲ and ἡμῖν to us τὸν the Βαραββᾶν Barabbas· -42 23 19 ⚐ὅστις who ἦν to be διὰ because of στάσιν uprising τινὰ one γενομένην to be ἐν in τῇ the πόλει city καὶ and φόνον murder βληθεὶς to throw ἐν in τῇ the φυλακῇ prison. -42 23 20 ⚐πάλιν again δὲ and ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate προσεφώνησεν to summon αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐θέλων to will ἀπολῦσαι to release τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus. -42 23 21 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἐπεφώνουν to shout ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Σταύρου to crucify σταύρου to crucify αὐτόν him. -42 23 22 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and τρίτον third εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Τί which? γὰρ for κακὸν harm ἐποίησεν to do οὗτος this; ⚐οὐδὲν no one αἴτιον causer θανάτου death εὗρον to find ἐν in αὐτῷ to him· ⚐παιδεύσας to instruct οὖν therefore αὐτὸν him ⚐ἀπολύσω to release. -42 23 23 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἐπέκειντο to lay on φωναῖς voice μεγάλαις great ⚐αἰτούμενοι to ask ⚐αὐτὸν him σταυρωθῆναι to crucify, ⚐καὶ and κατίσχυον to prevail αἱ the φωναὶ voice αὐτῶν of them. -42 23 24 ⚐καὶ and Πιλᾶτος Pilate ἐπέκρινεν to decide ⚐γενέσθαι to be τὸ the αἴτημα request αὐτῶν of them· -42 23 25 ⚐ἀπέλυσεν to release δὲ but τὸν the διὰ because of στάσιν uprising καὶ and φόνον murder βεβλημένον to throw εἰς toward φυλακὴν prison ⚐ὃν which ᾐτοῦντο to ask, ⚐τὸν the δὲ and Ἰησοῦν Jesus παρέδωκεν to deliver τῷ the θελήματι will αὐτῶν of them.

 -42 23 26 ⚐Καὶ and ὡς as ἀπήγαγον to lead away αὐτόν him, ⚐ἐπιλαβόμενοι to catch Σίμωνά Simon τινα one Κυρηναῖον from Cyrene ⚐ἐρχόμενον to come ἀπ᾽ from ἀγροῦ field ⚐ἐπέθηκαν to put αὐτῷ to him τὸν the σταυρὸν cross ⚐φέρειν to bring ὄπισθεν after τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -42 23 27 ⚐Ἠκολούθει to follow δὲ and αὐτῷ to him πολὺ much πλῆθος multitude τοῦ the λαοῦ a people ⚐καὶ and γυναικῶν woman ⚐αἳ which ἐκόπτοντο to mourn καὶ and ἐθρήνουν to lament αὐτόν him. -42 23 28 ⚐στραφεὶς to turn δὲ but πρὸς to αὐτὰς them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Θυγατέρες daughter Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, μὴ not κλαίετε to weep ἐπ᾽ upon ἐμέ me· ⚐πλὴν but ἐφ᾽ upon ἑαυτὰς yourself κλαίετε to weep καὶ and ἐπὶ upon τὰ the τέκνα child ὑμῶν of you, -42 23 29 ⚐ὅτι since ἰδοὺ look! ἔρχονται to come ἡμέραι day ⚐ἐν in αἷς which ἐροῦσιν to say ⚐Μακάριαι blessed αἱ the στεῖραι infertility καὶ and αἱ the κοιλίαι womb αἳ which οὐκ no ἐγέννησαν to beget καὶ and μαστοὶ breast οἳ which οὐκ no ἔθρεψαν to feed. -42 23 30 ⚐τότε then ἄρξονται be first λέγειν to speak τοῖς the ὄρεσιν mountain· ⚐Πέσετε to collapse ἐφ᾽ on ἡμᾶς us, ⚐καὶ and τοῖς the βουνοῖς hill· ⚐Καλύψατε to cover ἡμᾶς us· -42 23 31 ⚐ὅτι since εἰ if ἐν in τῷ the ὑγρῷ green ξύλῳ wood ταῦτα these ποιοῦσιν to do, ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ξηρῷ dried up τί which? γένηται to be;

 -42 23 32 ⚐Ἤγοντο to bring δὲ and καὶ and ἕτεροι other κακοῦργοι criminal δύο two ⚐σὺν with αὐτῷ to him ἀναιρεθῆναι to do away with. -42 23 33 ⚐καὶ and ὅτε when ἦλθον to come ἐπὶ to τὸν the τόπον place τὸν the καλούμενον to call Κρανίον skull, ⚐ἐκεῖ there ἐσταύρωσαν to crucify αὐτὸν him καὶ and τοὺς the κακούργους criminal, ⚐ὃν which μὲν on the other hand ἐκ of δεξιῶν right ⚐ὃν which δὲ and ἐξ of ἀριστερῶν left. -42 23 34 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Πάτερ father, ἄφες to release αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for οἴδασιν to know ⚐τί which? ποιοῦσιν to do. ⚐διαμεριζόμενοι to divide δὲ and τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἔβαλον to throw κλήρους lot. -42 23 35 ⚐καὶ and εἱστήκει to stand ὁ the λαὸς a people ⚐θεωρῶν to see. ⚐ἐξεμυκτήριζον to ridicule δὲ but καὶ and οἱ the ἄρχοντες ruler ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἄλλους another ἔσωσεν to save, ⚐σωσάτω to save ἑαυτόν himself, ⚐εἰ if οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the χριστὸς Christ τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ὁ the ἐκλεκτός select. -42 23 36 ⚐ἐνέπαιξαν to mock δὲ and αὐτῷ to him καὶ and οἱ the στρατιῶται soldier ⚐προσερχόμενοι to come near, ⚐ὄξος vinegar προσφέροντες to bring to αὐτῷ to him -42 23 37 ⚐καὶ and λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Εἰ if σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, ⚐σῶσον to save σεαυτόν yourself. -42 23 38 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and καὶ and ἐπιγραφὴ inscription ἐπ᾽ over αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish οὗτος this.

 -42 23 39 ⚐Εἷς one δὲ and τῶν who κρεμασθέντων to hang κακούργων criminal ἐβλασφήμει to blaspheme αὐτόν him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Οὐχὶ not σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the χριστός Christ; ⚐σῶσον to save σεαυτὸν yourself καὶ and ἡμᾶς us. -42 23 40 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ but ὁ the ἕτερος other ⚐ἐπιτιμῶν to rebuke αὐτῷ to him ⚐ἔφη to say· ⚐Οὐδὲ and not φοβῇ to fear σὺ you τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐ὅτι since ἐν in τῷ the αὐτῷ to it κρίματι judgment εἶ to be; -42 23 41 ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we μὲν on the other hand δικαίως rightly, ⚐ἄξια worthy γὰρ for ὧν which ἐπράξαμεν to practise ἀπολαμβάνομεν to get back· ⚐οὗτος this δὲ but οὐδὲν no one ἄτοπον wrong ἔπραξεν to practise. -42 23 42 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Ἰησοῦ Jesus, μνήσθητί to remember μου of me ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ἔλθῃς to come εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom σου of you. -42 23 43 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀμήν amen σοι to you λέγω to speak ⚐σήμερον today μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me ἔσῃ to be ἐν in τῷ the παραδείσῳ paradise.

 -42 23 44 ⚐Καὶ and ἦν to be ἤδη already ὡσεὶ about ὥρα hour ἕκτη sixth ⚐καὶ and σκότος darkness ἐγένετο to be ἐφ᾽ over ὅλην all τὴν the γῆν earth ἕως until ὥρας hour ἐνάτης ninth (hour) -42 23 45 ⚐τοῦ the ἡλίου sun ἐκλιπόντος to fail, ⚐ἐσχίσθη to split δὲ and τὸ the καταπέτασμα curtain τοῦ the ναοῦ temple μέσον midst. -42 23 46 ⚐καὶ and φωνήσας to call φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Πάτερ father, εἰς toward χεῖράς hand σου of you παρατίθεμαι to set before τὸ the πνεῦμά spirit μου of me. ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and εἰπὼν to say ⚐ἐξέπνευσεν to expire. -42 23 47 ⚐Ἰδὼν to know δὲ and ὁ the ἑκατοντάρχης centurion τὸ the γενόμενον to be ⚐ἐδόξαζεν to glorify τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ὄντως really ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human οὗτος this δίκαιος just ἦν to be. -42 23 48 ⚐καὶ and πάντες all οἱ the συμπαραγενόμενοι to assemble ὄχλοι crowd ἐπὶ upon τὴν the θεωρίαν sight ταύτην this, ⚐θεωρήσαντες to see τὰ the γενόμενα to be, ⚐τύπτοντες to strike τὰ the στήθη chest ὑπέστρεφον to return. -42 23 49 ⚐εἱστήκεισαν to stand δὲ and πάντες all οἱ who γνωστοὶ acquainted with αὐτῷ to him απο from μακρόθεν from afar, ⚐καὶ and γυναῖκες woman αἱ who συνακολουθοῦσαι to accompany αὐτῷ to him ἀπὸ from τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee, ⚐ὁρῶσαι to see ταῦτα these.

 -42 23 50 ⚐Καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἀνὴρ man ὀνόματι name Ἰωσὴφ Joseph ⚐βουλευτὴς member of a council ὑπάρχων to be, ⚐καὶ and ἀνὴρ man ἀγαθὸς good-doer καὶ and δίκαιος just— -42 23 51 ⚐οὗτος this οὐκ no ἦν to be συγκατατεθειμένος to consent τῇ the βουλῇ plan καὶ and τῇ the πράξει action αὐτῶν of them— ⚐ἀπὸ from Ἁριμαθαίας Arimathea πόλεως city τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, ⚐ὃς which προσεδέχετο to look for τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -42 23 52 ⚐οὗτος this προσελθὼν to come near τῷ the Πιλάτῳ Pilate ⚐ᾐτήσατο to ask τὸ the σῶμα body τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus, -42 23 53 ⚐καὶ and καθελὼν to take down ⚐ἐνετύλιξεν to wrap up αὐτὸ it σινδόνι linen, ⚐καὶ and ἔθηκεν to place αὐτὸν him ἐν in μνήματι tomb λαξευτῷ engraved ⚐οὗ no οὐκ no ἦν to be οὐδεὶς no one οὔπω not yet κείμενος to lay. -42 23 54 ⚐καὶ and ἡμέρα day ἦν to be παρασκευῆς Preparation Day, ⚐καὶ and σάββατον Sabbath ἐπέφωσκεν to dawn. -42 23 55 ⚐κατακολουθήσασαι to follow δὲ and αἱ the γυναῖκες woman, ⚐αἵτινες who ἦσαν to be συνεληλυθυῖαι to assemble ἐκ from τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee αὐτῷ to him, ⚐ἐθεάσαντο to see τὸ the μνημεῖον grave ⚐καὶ and ὡς how ἐτέθη to place τὸ the σῶμα body αὐτοῦ of him, -42 23 56 ⚐ὑποστρέψασαι to return δὲ and ⚐ἡτοίμασαν to make ready ἀρώματα spices καὶ and μύρα ointment.

 ⚐Καὶ and τὸ the μὲν on the other hand σάββατον Sabbath ἡσύχασαν be quiet κατὰ according to τὴν the ἐντολήν commandment, -42 24 1 ⚐τῇ the δὲ and μιᾷ one τῶν the σαββάτων Sabbath ⚐ὄρθρου dawn βαθέως deep ἐπὶ to τὸ the μνῆμα tomb ἦλθον to go ⚐φέρουσαι to bring ⚐ἃ which ἡτοίμασαν to make ready ἀρώματα spices. -42 24 2 ⚐εὗρον to find δὲ and τὸν the λίθον stone ἀποκεκυλισμένον to roll away ἀπὸ from τοῦ the μνημείου grave, -42 24 3 ⚐εἰσελθοῦσαι to enter δὲ but ⚐οὐχ no εὗρον to find τὸ the σῶμα body τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -42 24 4 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ἀπορεῖσθαι be perplexed αὐτὰς them περὶ about τούτου of this ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἄνδρες man δύο two ἐπέστησαν to approach αὐταῖς to them ἐν in ἐσθῆτι clothing ἀστραπτούσῃ to flash. -42 24 5 ⚐ἐμφόβων afraid δὲ and γενομένων to be αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and κλινουσῶν to bow τὰ the πρόσωπα face εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth ⚐εἶπαν to say πρὸς to αὐτάς them· ⚐Τί which? ζητεῖτε to seek τὸν the ζῶντα to live μετὰ with τῶν the νεκρῶν dead; -42 24 6 ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ὧδε here, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἠγέρθη to arise. ⚐μνήσθητε to remember ὡς how ἐλάλησεν to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἔτι still ὢν to be ἐν in τῇ the Γαλιλαίᾳ Galilee, -42 24 7 ⚐λέγων to speak ⚐τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ὅτι that δεῖ to bind παραδοθῆναι to deliver εἰς toward χεῖρας hand ἀνθρώπων a human ἁμαρτωλῶν sinful ⚐καὶ and σταυρωθῆναι to crucify ⚐καὶ and τῇ the τρίτῃ third ἡμέρᾳ day ἀναστῆναι to arise. -42 24 8 ⚐καὶ and ἐμνήσθησαν to remember τῶν the ῥημάτων word αὐτοῦ of him, -42 24 9 ⚐καὶ and ὑποστρέψασαι to return ἀπὸ from τοῦ the μνημείου grave ⚐ἀπήγγειλαν to announce ταῦτα these πάντα all τοῖς the ἕνδεκα eleven καὶ and πᾶσιν all τοῖς the λοιποῖς remaining. -42 24 10 ⚐ἦσαν to be δὲ and ἡ the Μαγδαληνὴ Magdalene Μαρία Mary καὶ and Ἰωάννα Joanna καὶ and Μαρία Mary ἡ the Ἰακώβου James ⚐καὶ and αἱ the λοιπαὶ remaining σὺν with αὐταῖς to them· ⚐ἔλεγον to speak πρὸς to τοὺς the ἀποστόλους apostle ταῦτα these. -42 24 11 ⚐καὶ and ἐφάνησαν to appear ἐνώπιον before αὐτῶν of them ὡσεὶ like λῆρος nonsense τὰ the ῥήματα word ταῦτα these, ⚐καὶ and ἠπίστουν to disbelieve αὐταῖς to them. -42 24 12 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ but Πέτρος Peter ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐ἔδραμεν to run ἐπὶ to τὸ the μνημεῖον grave· ⚐καὶ and παρακύψας to stoop ⚐βλέπει to see τὰ the ὀθόνια bandages μόνα alone· ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθεν to go away πρὸς to ἑαυτὸν oneself ⚐θαυμάζων to marvel τὸ the γεγονός to be.

 -42 24 13 ⚐Καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! δύο two ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them ἐν in αὐτῇ to her τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day ἦσαν to be πορευόμενοι to go εἰς toward κώμην village ἀπέχουσαν to have in full σταδίους stadium ἑξήκοντα sixty ἀπὸ from Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐ᾗ which ὄνομα name Ἐμμαοῦς Emmaus, -42 24 14 ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ὡμίλουν to talk πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another περὶ about πάντων all τῶν the συμβεβηκότων to happen τούτων of these. -42 24 15 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ὁμιλεῖν to talk αὐτοὺς them καὶ and συζητεῖν to debate ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐγγίσας to come near ⚐συνεπορεύετο to go with αὐτοῖς to them, -42 24 16 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ὀφθαλμοὶ eye αὐτῶν of them ἐκρατοῦντο to grasp ⚐τοῦ the μὴ not ἐπιγνῶναι to come to know αὐτόν him. -42 24 17 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Τίνες which? οἱ the λόγοι word οὗτοι these ⚐οὓς which ἀντιβάλλετε to discuss πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another ⚐περιπατοῦντες to walk; ⚐καὶ and ἐστάθησαν to stand σκυθρωποί be sad. -42 24 18 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and εἷς one ὀνόματι name Κλεοπᾶς Cleopas ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Σὺ you μόνος alone παροικεῖς be a stranger Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔγνως to know τὰ the γενόμενα to be ἐν in αὐτῇ to her ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ταύταις to these; -42 24 19 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ποῖα what?; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Τὰ the περὶ about Ἰησοῦ Jesus τοῦ the Ναζαρηνοῦ Nazarene, ⚐ὃς which ἐγένετο to be ἀνὴρ man προφήτης prophet δυνατὸς able ἐν in ἔργῳ work καὶ and λόγῳ word ἐναντίον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and παντὸς all τοῦ the λαοῦ a people, -42 24 20 ⚐ὅπως that τε and παρέδωκαν to deliver αὐτὸν him οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the ἄρχοντες ruler ἡμῶν of us εἰς toward κρίμα judgment θανάτου death ⚐καὶ and ἐσταύρωσαν to crucify αὐτόν him. -42 24 21 ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ but ἠλπίζομεν to hope ⚐ὅτι that αὐτός he ἐστιν to be ὁ who μέλλων be about to λυτροῦσθαι to ransom τὸν the Ἰσραήλ Israel· ⚐ἀλλά but γε indeed καὶ and σὺν with πᾶσιν all τούτοις to these τρίτην third ταύτην this ἡμέραν day ἄγει to bring ⚐ἀφ᾽ from οὗ which ταῦτα these ἐγένετο to be. -42 24 22 ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and γυναῖκές woman τινες one ἐξ of ἡμῶν of us ἐξέστησαν to amaze ἡμᾶς us, ⚐γενόμεναι to be ὀρθριναὶ dawn ἐπὶ upon τὸ the μνημεῖον grave -42 24 23 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not εὑροῦσαι to find τὸ the σῶμα body αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἦλθον to come ⚐λέγουσαι to speak ⚐καὶ and ὀπτασίαν vision ἀγγέλων angel ἑωρακέναι to see, ⚐οἳ which λέγουσιν to speak ⚐αὐτὸν him ζῆν to live. -42 24 24 ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθόν to go away τινες one τῶν who σὺν with ἡμῖν to us ἐπὶ to τὸ the μνημεῖον grave, ⚐καὶ and εὗρον to find οὕτως thus(-ly) ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and αἱ the γυναῖκες woman εἶπον to say, ⚐αὐτὸν him δὲ but οὐκ no εἶδον to know. -42 24 25 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Ὦ oh! ἀνόητοι foolish καὶ and βραδεῖς slow τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart ⚐τοῦ the πιστεύειν to trust (in) ἐπὶ upon πᾶσιν all οἷς which ἐλάλησαν to speak οἱ the προφῆται prophet· -42 24 26 ⚐οὐχὶ not ταῦτα these ἔδει be necessary παθεῖν to suffer τὸν the χριστὸν Christ ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the δόξαν glory αὐτοῦ of him; -42 24 27 ⚐καὶ and ἀρξάμενος be first ἀπὸ from Μωϋσέως Moses καὶ and ἀπὸ from πάντων all τῶν the προφητῶν prophet ⚐διερμήνευσεν to interpret αὐτοῖς to them ἐν in πάσαις all ταῖς the γραφαῖς a writing τὰ the περὶ about ἑαυτοῦ himself.

 -42 24 28 ⚐Καὶ and ἤγγισαν to come near εἰς toward τὴν the κώμην village οὗ where ἐπορεύοντο to go, ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he προσεποιήσατο to pretend ⚐πορρώτερον far (away) πορεύεσθαι to go. -42 24 29 ⚐καὶ and παρεβιάσαντο to urge αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Μεῖνον to stay μεθ᾽ with ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ὅτι since πρὸς to ἑσπέραν evening ἐστὶν to be ⚐καὶ and κέκλικεν to bow ἤδη already ἡ the ἡμέρα day. ⚐καὶ and εἰσῆλθεν to enter ⚐τοῦ the μεῖναι to stay σὺν with αὐτοῖς to them. -42 24 30 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the κατακλιθῆναι to sit αὐτὸν him μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ⚐λαβὼν to take τὸν the ἄρτον bread ⚐εὐλόγησεν to bless ⚐καὶ and κλάσας to break ⚐ἐπεδίδου to give αὐτοῖς to them· -42 24 31 ⚐αὐτῶν of them δὲ and διηνοίχθησαν to open οἱ the ὀφθαλμοὶ eye ⚐καὶ and ἐπέγνωσαν to come to know αὐτόν him· ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἄφαντος disappearing ἐγένετο to be ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them. -42 24 32 ⚐καὶ and εἶπαν to say πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another· ⚐Οὐχὶ not ἡ the καρδία heart ἡμῶν of us καιομένη to burn ἦν to be ἐν on ἡμῖν to us ⚐ὡς as ἐλάλει to speak ἡμῖν to us ἐν in τῇ the ὁδῷ road, ⚐ὡς as διήνοιγεν to open ἡμῖν to us τὰς the γραφάς a writing; -42 24 33 ⚐καὶ and ἀναστάντες to arise αὐτῇ to her τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour ⚐ὑπέστρεψαν to return εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐καὶ and εὗρον to find ἠθροισμένους to assemble τοὺς the ἕνδεκα eleven καὶ and τοὺς the σὺν with αὐτοῖς to them, -42 24 34 ⚐λέγοντας to speak ⚐ὅτι that ὄντως really ἠγέρθη to arise ὁ the κύριος lord ⚐καὶ and ὤφθη to see Σίμωνι Simon. -42 24 35 ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἐξηγοῦντο to tell τὰ the ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road ⚐καὶ and ὡς how ἐγνώσθη to know αὐτοῖς to them ἐν in τῇ the κλάσει breaking τοῦ the ἄρτου bread.

 -42 24 36 ⚐Ταῦτα these δὲ and αὐτῶν of them λαλούντων to speak ⚐αὐτὸς he ἔστη to stand ἐν among μέσῳ midst αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ⚐Εἰρήνη peace ὑμῖν to you. -42 24 37 ⚐πτοηθέντες to frighten δὲ but ⚐καὶ and ἔμφοβοι afraid γενόμενοι to be ⚐ἐδόκουν to think ⚐πνεῦμα spirit θεωρεῖν to see. -42 24 38 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? τεταραγμένοι to trouble ἐστέ to be, ⚐καὶ and διὰ because of τί which? διαλογισμοὶ reasoning ἀναβαίνουσιν to ascend ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart ὑμῶν of you; -42 24 39 ⚐ἴδετε to know τὰς the χεῖράς hand μου of me καὶ and τοὺς the πόδας foot μου of me ⚐ὅτι that ἐγώ I εἰμι to be αὐτός he· ⚐ψηλαφήσατέ to touch με me καὶ and ἴδετε to know, ⚐ὅτι that πνεῦμα spirit σάρκα flesh καὶ and ὀστέα bone οὐκ no ἔχει to have ⚐καθὼς as ἐμὲ me θεωρεῖτε to see ἔχοντα to have. -42 24 40 ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this εἰπὼν to say ⚐ἔδειξεν to show αὐτοῖς to them τὰς the χεῖρας hand καὶ and τοὺς the πόδας foot. -42 24 41 ⚐ἔτι still δὲ and ἀπιστούντων to disbelieve αὐτῶν of them ἀπὸ from τῆς the χαρᾶς joy ⚐καὶ and θαυμαζόντων to marvel ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἔχετέ to have τι one βρώσιμον edible ἐνθάδε here; -42 24 42 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἐπέδωκαν to give αὐτῷ to him ἰχθύος fish ὀπτοῦ broiled μέρος part· -42 24 43 ⚐καὶ and λαβὼν to take ⚐ἐνώπιον before αὐτῶν of them ἔφαγεν to eat.

 -42 24 44 ⚐Εἶπεν to say δὲ and πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Οὗτοι these οἱ the λόγοι word μου of me ⚐οὓς which ἐλάλησα to speak πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἔτι still ὢν to be σὺν with ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὅτι that δεῖ to bind πληρωθῆναι to fulfill πάντα all τὰ the γεγραμμένα to write ἐν in τῷ the νόμῳ law Μωϋσέως Moses καὶ and τοῖς the προφήταις prophet καὶ and ψαλμοῖς psalm περὶ about ἐμοῦ of me. -42 24 45 ⚐τότε then διήνοιξεν to open αὐτῶν of them τὸν the νοῦν mind ⚐τοῦ the συνιέναι to understand τὰς the γραφάς a writing, -42 24 46 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ὅτι that οὕτως thus(-ly) γέγραπται to write ⚐παθεῖν to suffer τὸν the χριστὸν Christ ⚐καὶ and ἀναστῆναι to arise ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead τῇ the τρίτῃ third ἡμέρᾳ day, -42 24 47 ⚐καὶ and κηρυχθῆναι to preach ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ὀνόματι name αὐτοῦ of him μετάνοιαν repentance εἰς toward ἄφεσιν forgiveness ἁμαρτιῶν sin εἰς toward πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles— ⚐ἀρξάμενοι be first ἀπὸ from Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem· -42 24 48 ⚐ὑμεῖς you μάρτυρες witness τούτων of these. -42 24 49 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἐγὼ I ἀποστέλλω to send τὴν the ἐπαγγελίαν promise τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμᾶς you· ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but καθίσατε to sit ἐν in τῇ the πόλει city ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ἐνδύσησθε to clothe ἐξ from ὕψους height δύναμιν power.

 -42 24 50 ⚐Ἐξήγαγεν to lead out δὲ and αὐτοὺς them ἔξω out ἕως until πρὸς to Βηθανίαν Bethany, ⚐καὶ and ἐπάρας to lift up τὰς the χεῖρας hand αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εὐλόγησεν to bless αὐτούς them. -42 24 51 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the εὐλογεῖν to bless αὐτὸν him αὐτοὺς them ⚐διέστη to pass ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἀνεφέρετο to carry up εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανόν heaven. -42 24 52 ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they προσκυνήσαντες to worship αὐτὸν him ⚐ὑπέστρεψαν to return εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem μετὰ with χαρᾶς joy μεγάλης great, -42 24 53 ⚐καὶ and ἦσαν to be διὰ through παντὸς all ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ⚐εὐλογοῦντες to bless τὸν the θεόν God.

 -43 1 1 ⚐Ἐν in ἀρχῇ beginning ἦν to be ὁ the λόγος word, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the λόγος word ἦν to be πρὸς with τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐καὶ and θεὸς God ἦν to be ὁ the λόγος word. -43 1 2 ⚐οὗτος this ἦν to be ἐν in ἀρχῇ beginning πρὸς with τὸν the θεόν God. -43 1 3 ⚐πάντα all δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him ἐγένετο to be, ⚐καὶ and χωρὶς without αὐτοῦ of him ἐγένετο to be οὐδὲ and not ἕν one. ὃ which γέγονεν to be -43 1 4 ⚐ἐν in αὐτῷ to him ζωὴ life ἦν to be, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ζωὴ life ἦν to be τὸ the φῶς light τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human· -43 1 5 ⚐καὶ and τὸ the φῶς light ἐν in τῇ the σκοτίᾳ darkness φαίνει to shine, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the σκοτία darkness αὐτὸ it οὐ no κατέλαβεν to overtake.

 -43 1 6 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be ἄνθρωπος a human ἀπεσταλμένος to send παρὰ from θεοῦ God, ⚐ὄνομα name αὐτῷ to him Ἰωάννης John· -43 1 7 ⚐οὗτος this ἦλθεν to come εἰς toward μαρτυρίαν testimony, ⚐ἵνα in order to μαρτυρήσῃ to testify περὶ about τοῦ the φωτός light, ⚐ἵνα in order that πάντες all πιστεύσωσιν to trust (in) δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him. -43 1 8 ⚐οὐκ no ἦν to be ἐκεῖνος that τὸ the φῶς light, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order to μαρτυρήσῃ to testify περὶ about τοῦ the φωτός light. -43 1 9 ⚐ἦν to be τὸ the φῶς light τὸ the ἀληθινὸν true ⚐ὃ which φωτίζει to illuminate πάντα all ἄνθρωπον a human ⚐ἐρχόμενον to come εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world.

 -43 1 10 ⚐Ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world ἦν to be, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the κόσμος world δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him ἐγένετο to be, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the κόσμος world αὐτὸν him οὐκ no ἔγνω to know. -43 1 11 ⚐εἰς toward τὰ the ἴδια one's own ἦλθεν to come, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἴδιοι one's own αὐτὸν him οὐ no παρέλαβον to take. -43 1 12 ⚐ὅσοι as much as δὲ but ἔλαβον to take αὐτόν him, ἔδωκεν to give αὐτοῖς to them ἐξουσίαν authority ⚐τέκνα child θεοῦ God γενέσθαι to be, ⚐τοῖς who πιστεύουσιν to trust (in) εἰς toward τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him, -43 1 13 ⚐οἳ which οὐκ no ἐξ out of αἱμάτων blood οὐδὲ and not ἐκ out of θελήματος desire σαρκὸς flesh οὐδὲ and not ἐκ out of θελήματος will ἀνδρὸς man ἀλλ᾽ but ἐκ out of θεοῦ God ἐγεννήθησαν to beget.

 -43 1 14 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the λόγος word σὰρξ flesh ἐγένετο to be ⚐καὶ and ἐσκήνωσεν to dwell ἐν among ἡμῖν to us, ⚐καὶ and ἐθεασάμεθα to see τὴν the δόξαν glory αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐δόξαν glory ὡς as μονογενοῦς unique παρὰ from πατρός father, πλήρης full χάριτος grace καὶ and ἀληθείας truth· -43 1 15 ( ⚐Ἰωάννης John μαρτυρεῖ to testify περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and κέκραγεν to cry ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Οὗτος this ἦν to be ⚐ὃν which εἶπον to say· ⚐Ὁ the ὀπίσω after μου of me ἐρχόμενος to come ἔμπροσθέν before μου of me γέγονεν to be, ⚐ὅτι since πρῶτός first μου of me ἦν to be·) -43 1 16 ⚐ὅτι since ἐκ from τοῦ the πληρώματος fulfillment αὐτοῦ of him ἡμεῖς we πάντες all ἐλάβομεν to take, καὶ and χάριν grace ἀντὶ for χάριτος grace· -43 1 17 ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the νόμος law διὰ through Μωϋσέως Moses ἐδόθη to give, ⚐ἡ the χάρις grace καὶ and ἡ the ἀλήθεια truth διὰ through Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ἐγένετο to be. -43 1 18 ⚐θεὸν God οὐδεὶς no one ἑώρακεν to see πώποτε ever· ⚐μονογενὴς unique θεὸς God ὁ who ὢν to be εἰς toward τὸν the κόλπον bosom τοῦ the πατρὸς father ἐκεῖνος that ἐξηγήσατο to tell.

 -43 1 19 ⚐Καὶ and αὕτη this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the μαρτυρία testimony τοῦ the Ἰωάννου John ⚐ὅτε when ἀπέστειλαν to send πρὸς to αὐτὸν him οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ἐξ from Ἱεροσολύμων Jerusalem ἱερεῖς priest καὶ and Λευίτας Levite ⚐ἵνα in order to ἐρωτήσωσιν to ask αὐτόν him· ⚐Σὺ you τίς which? εἶ to be; -43 1 20 ⚐καὶ and ὡμολόγησεν to confess ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἠρνήσατο to deny, ⚐καὶ and ὡμολόγησεν to confess ⚐ὅτι that Ἐγὼ I οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ὁ the χριστός Christ. -43 1 21 ⚐καὶ and ἠρώτησαν to ask αὐτόν him· ⚐Τί which? οὖν then; ⚐σὺ you Ἠλίας Elijah εἶ to be; ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak· ⚐Οὐκ no εἰμί to be. ⚐Ὁ the προφήτης prophet εἶ to be σύ you; ⚐καὶ and ἀπεκρίθη to answer· ⚐Οὔ no. -43 1 22 ⚐εἶπαν to say οὖν then αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Τίς which? εἶ to be; ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀπόκρισιν answer δῶμεν to give τοῖς who πέμψασιν to send ἡμᾶς us· ⚐τί which? λέγεις to speak περὶ about σεαυτοῦ yourself; -43 1 23 ⚐ἔφη to say· ⚐Ἐγὼ I φωνὴ voice βοῶντος to cry out ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted· ⚐Εὐθύνατε to straighten τὴν the ὁδὸν road κυρίου lord, ⚐καθὼς as εἶπεν to say Ἠσαΐας Isaiah ὁ the προφήτης prophet.

 -43 1 24 ⚐Καὶ and ἀπεσταλμένοι to send ἦσαν to be ἐκ from τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee. -43 1 25 ⚐καὶ and ἠρώτησαν to ask αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Τί which? οὖν then βαπτίζεις to baptize ⚐εἰ if σὺ you οὐκ no εἶ to be ὁ the χριστὸς Christ οὐδὲ and not Ἠλίας Elijah οὐδὲ and not ὁ the προφήτης prophet; -43 1 26 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰωάννης John ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἐγὼ I βαπτίζω to baptize ἐν with ὕδατι water· ⚐μέσος midst ὑμῶν of you ἕστηκεν to stand ⚐ὃν which ὑμεῖς you οὐκ no οἴδατε to know, -43 1 27 ⚐ὁ the ὀπίσω after μου of me ἐρχόμενος to come, ⚐οὗ which οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἐγὼ I ἄξιος worthy ⚐ἵνα in order to λύσω to loose αὐτοῦ of him τὸν the ἱμάντα leather strap τοῦ the ὑποδήματος sandal. -43 1 28 ⚐ταῦτα these ἐν in Βηθανίᾳ Bethany ἐγένετο to be πέραν other side τοῦ the Ἰορδάνου Jordan, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἦν to be ὁ the Ἰωάννης John βαπτίζων to baptize.

 -43 1 29 ⚐Τῇ the ἐπαύριον the next day βλέπει to see τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ἐρχόμενον to come πρὸς to αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak· ⚐Ἴδε look! ὁ the ἀμνὸς lamb τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ὁ who αἴρων to take up τὴν the ἁμαρτίαν sin τοῦ the κόσμου world. -43 1 30 ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ⚐ὑπὲρ for οὗ which ἐγὼ I εἶπον to say· ⚐Ὀπίσω after μου of me ἔρχεται to come ἀνὴρ man ⚐ὃς which ἔμπροσθέν before μου of me γέγονεν to be, ⚐ὅτι since πρῶτός first μου of me ἦν to be· -43 1 31 ⚐κἀγὼ and I οὐκ no ᾔδειν to know αὐτόν him, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order that φανερωθῇ to manifest τῷ the Ἰσραὴλ Israel ⚐διὰ through τοῦτο this ἦλθον to come ἐγὼ I ⚐ἐν with ὕδατι water βαπτίζων to baptize. -43 1 32 ⚐καὶ and ἐμαρτύρησεν to testify Ἰωάννης John ⚐λέγων to speak ⚐ὅτι that Τεθέαμαι to see τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit καταβαῖνον to come down ὡς as περιστερὰν dove ἐξ from οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐καὶ and ἔμεινεν to stay ἐπ᾽ on αὐτόν him· -43 1 33 ⚐κἀγὼ and I οὐκ no ᾔδειν to know αὐτόν him, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ who πέμψας to send με me βαπτίζειν to baptize ἐν with ὕδατι water ⚐ἐκεῖνός that μοι to me εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐφ᾽ on ὃν which ἂν if ἴδῃς to know τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit καταβαῖνον to come down καὶ and μένον to stay ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτόν him, ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ who βαπτίζων to baptize ἐν with πνεύματι spirit ἁγίῳ holy· -43 1 34 ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἑώρακα to see, ⚐καὶ and μεμαρτύρηκα to testify ⚐ὅτι that οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -43 1 35 ⚐Τῇ the ἐπαύριον the next day πάλιν again εἱστήκει to stand ὁ the Ἰωάννης John καὶ and ἐκ of τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him δύο two, -43 1 36 ⚐καὶ and ἐμβλέψας to look into τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus περιπατοῦντι to walk ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Ἴδε look! ὁ the ἀμνὸς lamb τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -43 1 37 ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσαν to hear οἱ the δύο two μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him λαλοῦντος to speak ⚐καὶ and ἠκολούθησαν to follow τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -43 1 38 ⚐στραφεὶς to turn δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐καὶ and θεασάμενος to see αὐτοὺς them ἀκολουθοῦντας to follow ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τί which? ζητεῖτε to seek; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ῥαββί Rabbi( ὃ which λέγεται to speak μεθερμηνευόμενον to mean Διδάσκαλε teacher), ποῦ where? μένεις to stay; -43 1 39 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἔρχεσθε to come καὶ and ὄψεσθε to see. ⚐ἦλθαν to come οὖν therefore ⚐καὶ and εἶδαν to know ⚐ποῦ where? μένει to stay, ⚐καὶ and παρ᾽ with αὐτῷ to him ἔμειναν to stay τὴν the ἡμέραν day ἐκείνην that· ⚐ὥρα hour ἦν to be ὡς as δεκάτη tenth. -43 1 40 ⚐ἦν to be Ἀνδρέας Andrew ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother Σίμωνος Simon Πέτρου Peter εἷς one ἐκ of τῶν the δύο two τῶν who ἀκουσάντων to hear παρὰ beside Ἰωάννου John καὶ and ἀκολουθησάντων to follow αὐτῷ to him· -43 1 41 ⚐εὑρίσκει to find οὗτος this πρῶτον first τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother τὸν the ἴδιον one's own Σίμωνα Simon ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Εὑρήκαμεν to find τὸν the Μεσσίαν Messiah( ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be μεθερμηνευόμενον to mean χριστός Christ). -43 1 42 ⚐ἤγαγεν to bring αὐτὸν him πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus. ⚐ἐμβλέψας to look into αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Σὺ you εἶ to be Σίμων Simon ὁ the υἱὸς son Ἰωάννου John, ⚐σὺ you κληθήσῃ to call Κηφᾶς Cephas( ⚐ὃ which ἑρμηνεύεται to interpret Πέτρος Peter).

 -43 1 43 ⚐Τῇ the ἐπαύριον the next day ἠθέλησεν to will ἐξελθεῖν to go out εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee. ⚐καὶ and εὑρίσκει to find Φίλιππον Philip ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀκολούθει to follow μοι to me. -43 1 44 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and ὁ the Φίλιππος Philip ἀπὸ from Βηθσαϊδά Bethsaida, ⚐ἐκ out of τῆς the πόλεως city Ἀνδρέου Andrew καὶ and Πέτρου Peter. -43 1 45 ⚐εὑρίσκει to find Φίλιππος Philip τὸν the Ναθαναὴλ Nathanael ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὃν which ἔγραψεν to write Μωϋσῆς Moses ἐν in τῷ the νόμῳ law καὶ and οἱ the προφῆται prophet εὑρήκαμεν to find, ⚐Ἰησοῦν Jesus υἱὸν son τοῦ the Ἰωσὴφ Joseph τὸν the ἀπὸ from Ναζαρέτ Nazareth. -43 1 46 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him Ναθαναήλ Nathanael· ⚐Ἐκ of Ναζαρὲτ Nazareth δύναταί be able ⚐τι one ἀγαθὸν good-doer εἶναι to be; ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Φίλιππος Philip· ⚐Ἔρχου to come καὶ and ἴδε to know. -43 1 47 ⚐εἶδεν to know ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τὸν the Ναθαναὴλ Nathanael ἐρχόμενον to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Ἴδε look! ἀληθῶς truly Ἰσραηλίτης Israelite ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which δόλος deceit οὐκ no ἔστιν to be. -43 1 48 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him Ναθαναήλ Nathanael· ⚐Πόθεν where με me γινώσκεις to know; ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Πρὸ before τοῦ the σε you Φίλιππον Philip φωνῆσαι to call ⚐ὄντα to be ὑπὸ under τὴν the συκῆν fig tree εἶδόν to know σε you. -43 1 49 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτῷ to him Ναθαναήλ Nathanael· ⚐Ῥαββί Rabbi, σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐σὺ you βασιλεὺς king εἶ to be τοῦ the Ἰσραήλ Israel. -43 1 50 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὅτι since εἶπόν to say σοι to you ὅτι that εἶδόν to know σε you ὑποκάτω under τῆς the συκῆς fig tree πιστεύεις to trust (in); ⚐μείζω great τούτων of these ὄψῃ to see. -43 1 51 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὄψεσθε to see τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ἀνεῳγότα to open ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the ἀγγέλους angel τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἀναβαίνοντας to ascend καὶ and καταβαίνοντας to come down ἐπὶ on τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human.

 -43 2 1 ⚐Καὶ and τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τῇ the τρίτῃ third γάμος wedding ἐγένετο to be ἐν in Κανὰ Cana τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ἡ the μήτηρ mother τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἐκεῖ there· -43 2 2 ⚐ἐκλήθη to call δὲ and καὶ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὸν the γάμον wedding. -43 2 3 ⚐καὶ and ὑστερήσαντος to lack οἴνου wine ⚐λέγει to speak ἡ the μήτηρ mother τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Οἶνον wine οὐκ no ἔχουσιν to have. -43 2 4 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῇ to her ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Τί which? ἐμοὶ to me καὶ and σοί to you, γύναι woman; ⚐οὔπω not yet ἥκει to come ἡ the ὥρα hour μου of me. -43 2 5 ⚐λέγει to speak ἡ the μήτηρ mother αὐτοῦ of him τοῖς the διακόνοις servant· ⚐Ὅ which τι one ἂν if λέγῃ to speak ὑμῖν to you ποιήσατε to do. -43 2 6 ⚐ἦσαν to be δὲ and ἐκεῖ there λίθιναι stone ὑδρίαι jar ἓξ six ⚐κατὰ according to τὸν the καθαρισμὸν cleansing τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish κείμεναι to lay, ⚐χωροῦσαι to make room for ἀνὰ each μετρητὰς measure δύο two ἢ or τρεῖς three. -43 2 7 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Γεμίσατε to fill τὰς the ὑδρίας jar ὕδατος water· ⚐καὶ and ἐγέμισαν to fill αὐτὰς them ἕως until ἄνω above. -43 2 8 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἀντλήσατε to draw νῦν now ⚐καὶ and φέρετε to bring τῷ the ἀρχιτρικλίνῳ head waiter· ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἤνεγκαν to bring. -43 2 9 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and ἐγεύσατο to taste ὁ the ἀρχιτρίκλινος head waiter τὸ the ὕδωρ water οἶνον wine γεγενημένον to be, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ᾔδει to know ⚐πόθεν where ἐστίν to be, ⚐οἱ the δὲ and διάκονοι servant ᾔδεισαν to know οἱ who ἠντληκότες to draw τὸ the ὕδωρ water, ⚐φωνεῖ to call τὸν the νυμφίον bridegroom ὁ the ἀρχιτρίκλινος head waiter -43 2 10 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Πᾶς all ἄνθρωπος a human πρῶτον first τὸν the καλὸν good οἶνον wine τίθησιν to place, ⚐καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) μεθυσθῶσιν to get drunk τὸν the ἐλάσσω lesser· ⚐σὺ you τετήρηκας to keep τὸν the καλὸν good οἶνον wine ἕως until ἄρτι now. -43 2 11 ⚐ταύτην this ἐποίησεν to do ἀρχὴν beginning τῶν the σημείων sign ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐν in Κανὰ Cana τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee ⚐καὶ and ἐφανέρωσεν to manifest τὴν the δόξαν glory αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτὸν him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him.

 -43 2 12 ⚐Μετὰ after τοῦτο this κατέβη to go down εἰς toward Καφαρναοὺμ Capernaum αὐτὸς he καὶ and ἡ the μήτηρ mother αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἐκεῖ there ἔμειναν to stay οὐ no πολλὰς much ἡμέρας day.

 -43 2 13 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγγὺς near ἦν to be τὸ the πάσχα Passover τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, ⚐καὶ and ἀνέβη to ascend εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus. -43 2 14 ⚐καὶ and εὗρεν to find ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple τοὺς who πωλοῦντας to sell βόας ox καὶ and πρόβατα sheep καὶ and περιστερὰς dove ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the κερματιστὰς moneychanger καθημένους to sit, -43 2 15 ⚐καὶ and ποιήσας to make φραγέλλιον whip ἐκ of σχοινίων rope ⚐πάντας all ἐξέβαλεν to expel ἐκ of τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple τά the τε and πρόβατα sheep καὶ and τοὺς the βόας ox, ⚐καὶ and τῶν the κολλυβιστῶν moneychanger ἐξέχεεν to pour out τὸ the κέρμα coin ⚐καὶ and τὰς the τραπέζας table ἀνέτρεψεν to overturn, -43 2 16 ⚐καὶ and τοῖς the τὰς the περιστερὰς dove πωλοῦσιν to sell εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἄρατε to take up ταῦτα these ἐντεῦθεν from here, ⚐μὴ not ποιεῖτε to make τὸν the οἶκον house τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me οἶκον house ἐμπορίου marketplace. -43 2 17 ⚐ἐμνήσθησαν to remember οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅτι that γεγραμμένον to write ἐστίν to be· ⚐Ὁ the ζῆλος zeal τοῦ the οἴκου house σου of you καταφάγεταί to devour με me. -43 2 18 ⚐ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer οὖν then οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish καὶ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Τί which? σημεῖον sign δεικνύεις to show ἡμῖν to us, ⚐ὅτι since ταῦτα these ποιεῖς to do; -43 2 19 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Λύσατε to loose τὸν the ναὸν temple τοῦτον this ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τρισὶν three ἡμέραις day ἐγερῶ to arise αὐτόν him. -43 2 20 ⚐εἶπαν to say οὖν then οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish· ⚐Τεσσεράκοντα forty καὶ and ἓξ six ἔτεσιν year οἰκοδομήθη to build ὁ the ναὸς temple οὗτος this, ⚐καὶ and σὺ you ἐν in τρισὶν three ἡμέραις day ἐγερεῖς to arise αὐτόν him; -43 2 21 ⚐ἐκεῖνος that δὲ but ἔλεγεν to speak περὶ about τοῦ the ναοῦ temple τοῦ the σώματος body αὐτοῦ of him. -43 2 22 ⚐ὅτε when οὖν therefore ἠγέρθη to arise ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead, ⚐ἐμνήσθησαν to remember οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅτι that τοῦτο this ἔλεγεν to speak, ⚐καὶ and ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) τῇ the γραφῇ a writing καὶ and τῷ the λόγῳ word ⚐ὃν which εἶπεν to say ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus.

 -43 2 23 ⚐Ὡς as δὲ and ἦν to be ἐν in τοῖς the Ἱεροσολύμοις Jerusalem ἐν in τῷ the πάσχα Passover ἐν in τῇ the ἑορτῇ festival, ⚐πολλοὶ much ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) εἰς toward τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐θεωροῦντες to see αὐτοῦ of him τὰ the σημεῖα sign ⚐ἃ which ἐποίει to do· -43 2 24 ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus οὐκ no ἐπίστευεν to trust (in) αὐτὸν him αὐτοῖς to them ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the αὐτὸν him γινώσκειν to know πάντας all -43 2 25 ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that οὐ no χρείαν need εἶχεν to have ⚐ἵνα in order to τις one μαρτυρήσῃ to testify περὶ about τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human, ⚐αὐτὸς he γὰρ for ἐγίνωσκεν to know ⚐τί which? ἦν to be ἐν in τῷ the ἀνθρώπῳ a human.

 -43 3 1 ⚐Ἦν to be δὲ and ἄνθρωπος a human ἐκ out of τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee, ⚐Νικόδημος Nicodemus ὄνομα name αὐτῷ to him, ἄρχων ruler τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish· -43 3 2 ⚐οὗτος this ἦλθεν to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him νυκτὸς night ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ῥαββί Rabbi, οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God ἐλήλυθας to come διδάσκαλος teacher· ⚐οὐδεὶς no one γὰρ for δύναται be able ⚐ταῦτα these τὰ the σημεῖα sign ποιεῖν to do ἃ which σὺ you ποιεῖς to do, ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not ᾖ to be ὁ the θεὸς God μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him. -43 3 3 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak σοι to you, ⚐ἐὰν if μή not τις one γεννηθῇ to beget ἄνωθεν from above, ⚐οὐ no δύναται be able ἰδεῖν to know τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -43 3 4 ⚐λέγει to speak πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ὁ the Νικόδημος Nicodemus· ⚐Πῶς how? δύναται be able ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐γεννηθῆναι to beget ⚐γέρων an old man ὤν to be; ⚐μὴ not δύναται be able ⚐εἰς toward τὴν the κοιλίαν womb τῆς the μητρὸς mother αὐτοῦ of him δεύτερον secondly εἰσελθεῖν to enter ⚐καὶ and γεννηθῆναι to beget; -43 3 5 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak σοι to you, ⚐ἐὰν if μή not τις one γεννηθῇ to beget ἐξ of ὕδατος water καὶ and πνεύματος spirit, ⚐οὐ no δύναται be able εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -43 3 6 ⚐τὸ the γεγεννημένον to beget ἐκ of τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh σάρξ flesh ἐστιν to be, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the γεγεννημένον to beget ἐκ of τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit πνεῦμά spirit ἐστιν to be. -43 3 7 ⚐μὴ not θαυμάσῃς to marvel ⚐ὅτι that εἶπόν to say σοι to you ⚐Δεῖ to bind ὑμᾶς you γεννηθῆναι to beget ἄνωθεν from above. -43 3 8 ⚐τὸ the πνεῦμα wind ὅπου where(-ever) θέλει to will πνεῖ to blow, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the φωνὴν sound αὐτοῦ of it ἀκούεις to hear, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no οἶδας to know ⚐πόθεν where ἔρχεται to come ⚐καὶ and ποῦ where? ὑπάγει to go· ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐστὶν to be πᾶς all ὁ the γεγεννημένος to beget ἐκ of τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit. -43 3 9 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Νικόδημος Nicodemus καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Πῶς how? δύναται be able ταῦτα these ⚐γενέσθαι to be; -43 3 10 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the διδάσκαλος teacher τοῦ the Ἰσραὴλ Israel ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these οὐ no γινώσκεις to know; -43 3 11 ⚐ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak σοι to you ⚐ὅτι that ὃ which οἴδαμεν to know λαλοῦμεν to speak ⚐καὶ and ὃ which ἑωράκαμεν to see μαρτυροῦμεν to testify, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony ἡμῶν of us οὐ no λαμβάνετε to take. -43 3 12 ⚐εἰ if τὰ the ἐπίγεια earthly εἶπον to say ὑμῖν to you καὶ and οὐ no πιστεύετε to trust (in), ⚐πῶς how? ἐὰν if εἴπω to say ὑμῖν to you τὰ the ἐπουράνια heavenly πιστεύσετε to trust (in); -43 3 13 ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἀναβέβηκεν to ascend εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ the ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven καταβάς to come down, ⚐ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human. -43 3 14 ⚐καὶ and καθὼς just as Μωϋσῆς Moses ὕψωσεν to lift up τὸν the ὄφιν snake ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ὑψωθῆναι to lift up δεῖ to bind τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human, -43 3 15 ⚐ἵνα in order that πᾶς all ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) ἐν in αὐτῷ to him ἔχῃ to have ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal.

 -43 3 16 ⚐Οὕτως thus(-ly) γὰρ for ἠγάπησεν to love ὁ the θεὸς God τὸν the κόσμον world ⚐ὥστε so τὸν the υἱὸν son τὸν the μονογενῆ unique ἔδωκεν to give, ⚐ἵνα in order that πᾶς all ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτὸν him μὴ not ἀπόληται to destroy ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἔχῃ to have ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal. -43 3 17 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἀπέστειλεν to send ὁ the θεὸς God τὸν the υἱὸν son εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world ⚐ἵνα in order to κρίνῃ to judge τὸν the κόσμον world, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order that σωθῇ to save ὁ the κόσμος world δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him. -43 3 18 ⚐ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτὸν him οὐ no κρίνεται to judge· ⚐ὁ the δὲ and μὴ not πιστεύων to trust (in) ἤδη already κέκριται to judge, ⚐ὅτι since μὴ not πεπίστευκεν to trust (in) εἰς toward τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the μονογενοῦς unique υἱοῦ son τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -43 3 19 ⚐αὕτη this δέ and ἐστιν to be ἡ the κρίσις judgment ⚐ὅτι that τὸ the φῶς light ἐλήλυθεν to come εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world ⚐καὶ and ἠγάπησαν to love οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human μᾶλλον more τὸ the σκότος darkness ἢ or τὸ the φῶς light, ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for αὐτῶν of them πονηρὰ evil τὰ the ἔργα work. -43 3 20 ⚐πᾶς all γὰρ for ὁ the φαῦλα evil πράσσων to practise μισεῖ to hate τὸ the φῶς light ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔρχεται to come πρὸς to τὸ the φῶς light, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἐλεγχθῇ to rebuke τὰ the ἔργα work αὐτοῦ of him· -43 3 21 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ποιῶν to do τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth ἔρχεται to come πρὸς to τὸ the φῶς light, ⚐ἵνα in order that φανερωθῇ to manifest αὐτοῦ of him τὰ the ἔργα work ⚐ὅτι that ἐν in θεῷ God ἐστιν to be εἰργασμένα to work.

 -43 3 22 ⚐Μετὰ after ταῦτα these ἦλθεν to come ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὴν the Ἰουδαίαν Jewish γῆν earth, ⚐καὶ and ἐκεῖ there διέτριβεν to remain μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἐβάπτιζεν to baptize. -43 3 23 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and καὶ and ὁ the Ἰωάννης John βαπτίζων to baptize ἐν in Αἰνὼν Aenon ἐγγὺς near τοῦ the Σαλείμ Salim, ⚐ὅτι since ὕδατα water πολλὰ much ἦν to be ἐκεῖ there, ⚐καὶ and παρεγίνοντο to come ⚐καὶ and ἐβαπτίζοντο to baptize· -43 3 24 ⚐οὔπω not yet γὰρ for ἦν to be βεβλημένος to throw εἰς toward τὴν the φυλακὴν prison ὁ the Ἰωάννης John.

 -43 3 25 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be οὖν then ζήτησις controversy ἐκ out of τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple Ἰωάννου John μετὰ with Ἰουδαίου Jewish περὶ about καθαρισμοῦ cleansing. -43 3 26 ⚐καὶ and ἦλθον to come πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰωάννην John ⚐καὶ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ῥαββί Rabbi, ὃς which ἦν to be μετὰ with σοῦ of you πέραν other side τοῦ the Ἰορδάνου Jordan, ⚐ᾧ which σὺ you μεμαρτύρηκας to testify, ⚐ἴδε look! οὗτος this βαπτίζει to baptize ⚐καὶ and πάντες all ἔρχονται to go πρὸς to αὐτόν him. -43 3 27 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰωάννης John καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Οὐ no δύναται be able ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐λαμβάνειν to take οὐδὲ and not ἓν one ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not ᾖ to be δεδομένον to give αὐτῷ to him ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven. -43 3 28 ⚐αὐτοὶ they ὑμεῖς you μοι to me μαρτυρεῖτε to testify ⚐ὅτι that εἶπον to say ⚐ὅτι that· Οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἐγὼ I ὁ the χριστός Christ, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅτι that Ἀπεσταλμένος to send εἰμὶ to be ἔμπροσθεν before ἐκείνου that. -43 3 29 ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have τὴν the νύμφην bride νυμφίος bridegroom ἐστίν to be· ⚐ὁ the δὲ and φίλος friend τοῦ the νυμφίου bridegroom ὁ who ἑστηκὼς to stand καὶ and ἀκούων to hear αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐χαρᾷ joy χαίρει to rejoice διὰ through τὴν the φωνὴν voice τοῦ the νυμφίου bridegroom. ⚐αὕτη this οὖν then ἡ the χαρὰ joy ἡ the ἐμὴ my πεπλήρωται to fulfill. -43 3 30 ⚐ἐκεῖνον that δεῖ to bind αὐξάνειν to grow, ⚐ἐμὲ me δὲ and ἐλαττοῦσθαι to make less.

 -43 3 31 ⚐Ὁ the ἄνωθεν from above ἐρχόμενος to come ἐπάνω above πάντων all ἐστίν to be. ⚐ὁ who ὢν to be ἐκ from τῆς the γῆς earth ἐκ out of τῆς the γῆς earth ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of τῆς the γῆς earth λαλεῖ to speak· ⚐ὁ the ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ἐρχόμενος to come ἐπάνω above πάντων all ἐστίν to be· -43 3 32 ⚐ὃ which ἑώρακεν to see καὶ and ἤκουσεν to hear τοῦτο this μαρτυρεῖ to testify, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony αὐτοῦ of him οὐδεὶς no one λαμβάνει to take. -43 3 33 ⚐ὁ who λαβὼν to take αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony ἐσφράγισεν to seal ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the θεὸς God ἀληθής true ἐστιν to be. -43 3 34 ⚐ὃν which γὰρ for ἀπέστειλεν to send ὁ the θεὸς God τὰ the ῥήματα word τοῦ the θεοῦ God λαλεῖ to speak, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἐκ out of μέτρου measure δίδωσιν to give τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit. -43 3 35 ⚐ὁ the πατὴρ father ἀγαπᾷ to love τὸν the υἱόν son, ⚐καὶ and πάντα all δέδωκεν to give ἐν in τῇ the χειρὶ hand αὐτοῦ of him. -43 3 36 ⚐ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) εἰς toward τὸν the υἱὸν son ἔχει to have ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal· ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀπειθῶν to disobey τῷ the υἱῷ son οὐκ no ὄψεται to see ζωήν life, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἡ the ὀργὴ wrath τοῦ the θεοῦ God μένει to stay ἐπ᾽ on αὐτόν him.

 -43 4 1 ⚐Ὡς as οὖν then ἔγνω to know ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὅτι that ἤκουσαν to hear οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus πλείονας greater μαθητὰς disciple ποιεῖ to make καὶ and βαπτίζει to baptize ἢ or Ἰωάννης John— -43 4 2 ⚐καίτοιγε although Ἰησοῦς Jesus αὐτὸς he οὐκ no ἐβάπτιζεν to baptize ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him— -43 4 3 ⚐ἀφῆκεν to release τὴν the Ἰουδαίαν Judea ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθεν to go away πάλιν again εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee. -43 4 4 ⚐ἔδει be necessary δὲ but αὐτὸν him διέρχεσθαι to pass through διὰ through τῆς the Σαμαρείας Samaria. -43 4 5 ⚐ἔρχεται to come οὖν then εἰς toward πόλιν city τῆς the Σαμαρείας Samaria λεγομένην to speak Συχὰρ Sychar πλησίον near τοῦ the χωρίου place ⚐ὃ which ἔδωκεν to give Ἰακὼβ Jacob τῷ the Ἰωσὴφ Joseph τῷ the υἱῷ son αὐτοῦ of him· -43 4 6 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and ἐκεῖ there πηγὴ flow τοῦ the Ἰακώβ Jacob. ⚐ὁ the οὖν therefore Ἰησοῦς Jesus κεκοπιακὼς to labor ἐκ from τῆς the ὁδοιπορίας journey ⚐ἐκαθέζετο to sit down οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐπὶ upon τῇ the πηγῇ flow· ⚐ὥρα hour ἦν to be ὡς as ἕκτη sixth.

 -43 4 7 ⚐Ἔρχεται to come γυνὴ woman ἐκ out of τῆς the Σαμαρείας Samaria ⚐ἀντλῆσαι to draw ὕδωρ water. ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῇ to her ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Δός to give μοι to me πεῖν to drink· -43 4 8 ⚐οἱ the γὰρ for μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ἀπεληλύθεισαν to go away εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city, ⚐ἵνα in order to τροφὰς food ἀγοράσωσιν to buy. -43 4 9 ⚐λέγει to speak οὖν therefore αὐτῷ to him ἡ the γυνὴ woman ἡ the Σαμαρῖτις Samaritan· ⚐Πῶς how? σὺ you Ἰουδαῖος Jewish ὢν to be ⚐παρ᾽ beside ἐμοῦ of me πεῖν to drink αἰτεῖς to ask ⚐γυναικὸς woman Σαμαρίτιδος Samaritan οὔσης to be; ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for συγχρῶνται to associate with Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish Σαμαρίταις Samaritan. -43 4 10 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Εἰ if ᾔδεις to know τὴν the δωρεὰν free gift τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and τίς which? ἐστιν to be ὁ who λέγων to speak σοι to you· ⚐Δός to give μοι to me πεῖν to drink, ⚐σὺ you ἂν if ᾔτησας to ask αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκεν to give ἄν if σοι to you ὕδωρ water ζῶν to live. -43 4 11 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ἡ the γυνή woman· ⚐Κύριε lord, οὔτε neither ἄντλημα bucket ἔχεις to have ⚐καὶ and τὸ the φρέαρ well ἐστὶν to be βαθύ deep· ⚐πόθεν where οὖν then ἔχεις to have τὸ the ὕδωρ water τὸ this ζῶν to live; -43 4 12 ⚐μὴ not σὺ you μείζων great εἶ to be τοῦ the πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us Ἰακώβ Jacob, ⚐ὃς which ἔδωκεν to give ἡμῖν to us τὸ this φρέαρ well ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἐξ from αὐτοῦ of it ἔπιεν to drink ⚐καὶ and οἱ the υἱοὶ son αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and τὰ the θρέμματα livestock αὐτοῦ of him; -43 4 13 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Πᾶς all ὁ who πίνων to drink ἐκ out of τοῦ the ὕδατος water τούτου of this διψήσει to thirst πάλιν again· -43 4 14 ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ but ἂν if πίῃ to drink ἐκ out of τοῦ the ὕδατος water οὗ which ἐγὼ I δώσω to give αὐτῷ to him, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not διψήσει to thirst εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὸ the ὕδωρ water ὃ which δώσω to give αὐτῷ to him γενήσεται to be ἐν in αὐτῷ to him πηγὴ flow ὕδατος water ἁλλομένου to spring εἰς toward ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal. -43 4 15 ⚐λέγει to speak πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ἡ the γυνή woman· ⚐Κύριε lord, δός to give μοι to me τοῦτο this τὸ the ὕδωρ water, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not διψῶ to thirst μηδὲ not διέρχωμαι to pass through ἐνθάδε here ἀντλεῖν to draw.

 -43 4 16 ⚐Λέγει to speak αὐτῇ to her· ⚐Ὕπαγε to go φώνησον to call τὸν the ἄνδρα man σου of you ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὲ to come ἐνθάδε here. -43 4 17 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer ἡ the γυνὴ woman καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Οὐκ no ἔχω to have ἄνδρα man. ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῇ to her ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Καλῶς well εἶπας to say ⚐ὅτι that Ἄνδρα man οὐκ no ἔχω to have· -43 4 18 ⚐πέντε five γὰρ for ἄνδρας man ἔσχες to have, ⚐καὶ and νῦν now ὃν which ἔχεις to have οὐκ no ἔστιν to be σου of you ἀνήρ man· ⚐τοῦτο this ἀληθὲς true εἴρηκας to say. -43 4 19 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ἡ the γυνή woman· ⚐Κύριε lord, θεωρῶ to see ⚐ὅτι that προφήτης prophet εἶ to be σύ you. -43 4 20 ⚐οἱ the πατέρες father ἡμῶν of us ἐν on τῷ the ὄρει mountain τούτῳ to this προσεκύνησαν to worship· ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you λέγετε to speak ⚐ὅτι that ἐν in Ἱεροσολύμοις Jerusalem ἐστὶν to be ὁ the τόπος place ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) προσκυνεῖν to worship δεῖ to bind. -43 4 21 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῇ to her ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Πίστευέ to trust (in) μοι to me, γύναι woman, ⚐ὅτι that ἔρχεται to come ὥρα hour ⚐ὅτε when οὔτε neither ἐν on τῷ the ὄρει mountain τούτῳ to this οὔτε neither ἐν in Ἱεροσολύμοις Jerusalem προσκυνήσετε to worship τῷ the πατρί father. -43 4 22 ⚐ὑμεῖς you προσκυνεῖτε to worship ὃ which οὐκ no οἴδατε to know, ⚐ἡμεῖς we προσκυνοῦμεν to worship ὃ which οἴδαμεν to know, ⚐ὅτι since ἡ the σωτηρία salvation ἐκ from τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish ἐστίν to be· -43 4 23 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἔρχεται to come ὥρα hour ⚐καὶ and νῦν now ἐστιν to be, ⚐ὅτε when οἱ the ἀληθινοὶ true προσκυνηταὶ worshiper προσκυνήσουσιν to worship τῷ the πατρὶ father ἐν in πνεύματι spirit καὶ and ἀληθείᾳ truth, ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ὁ the πατὴρ father τοιούτους such as this ζητεῖ to seek τοὺς the προσκυνοῦντας to worship αὐτόν him· -43 4 24 ⚐πνεῦμα spirit ὁ the θεός God, ⚐καὶ and τοὺς who προσκυνοῦντας to worship αὐτὸν him ἐν in πνεύματι spirit καὶ and ἀληθείᾳ truth δεῖ to bind προσκυνεῖν to worship. -43 4 25 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ἡ the γυνή woman· ⚐Οἶδα to know ⚐ὅτι that Μεσσίας Messiah ἔρχεται to come, ὁ the λεγόμενος to speak χριστός Christ· ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ἔλθῃ to come ἐκεῖνος that, ⚐ἀναγγελεῖ to report ἡμῖν to us ἅπαντα all. -43 4 26 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῇ to her ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be, ὁ the λαλῶν to speak σοι to you.

 -43 4 27 ⚐Καὶ and ἐπὶ upon τούτῳ to this ἦλθαν to come οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἐθαύμαζον to marvel ⚐ὅτι since μετὰ with γυναικὸς woman ἐλάλει to speak· ⚐οὐδεὶς no one μέντοι yet εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τί which? ζητεῖς to seek; ⚐ἢ or τί which? λαλεῖς to speak μετ᾽ with αὐτῆς of her; -43 4 28 ⚐ἀφῆκεν to release οὖν then τὴν the ὑδρίαν jar αὐτῆς of her ἡ the γυνὴ woman ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθεν to go away εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human· -43 4 29 ⚐Δεῦτε come ἴδετε to know ἄνθρωπον a human ⚐ὃς which εἶπέν to say μοι to me πάντα all ὅσα as much as ἐποίησα to do· ⚐μήτι no? οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the χριστός Christ; -43 4 30 ⚐ἐξῆλθον to go out ἐκ out of τῆς the πόλεως city ⚐καὶ and ἤρχοντο to come πρὸς to αὐτόν him.

 -43 4 31 ⚐Ἐν in τῷ the μεταξὺ meanwhile ἠρώτων to ask αὐτὸν him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ῥαββί Rabbi, φάγε to eat. -43 4 32 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἐγὼ I βρῶσιν eating ἔχω to have φαγεῖν to eat ⚐ἣν which ὑμεῖς you οὐκ no οἴδατε to know. -43 4 33 ⚐ἔλεγον to speak οὖν therefore οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another· ⚐Μή not τις one ἤνεγκεν to bring αὐτῷ to him φαγεῖν to eat; -43 4 34 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἐμὸν my βρῶμά food ἐστιν to be ⚐ἵνα in order to ποιήσω to do τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ who πέμψαντός to send με me ⚐καὶ and τελειώσω to perfect αὐτοῦ of him τὸ the ἔργον work. -43 4 35 ⚐οὐχ no ὑμεῖς you λέγετε to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἔτι still τετράμηνός four months ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and ὁ the θερισμὸς harvest ἔρχεται to come; ⚐ἰδοὺ look! λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἐπάρατε to lift up τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and θεάσασθε to see τὰς the χώρας country ⚐ὅτι that λευκαί white εἰσιν to be πρὸς to θερισμόν harvest· ⚐ἤδη already -43 4 36 ὁ who θερίζων to reap μισθὸν wage λαμβάνει to take ⚐καὶ and συνάγει to assemble καρπὸν fruit εἰς toward ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὁ who σπείρων to sow ὁμοῦ together χαίρῃ to rejoice καὶ and ὁ who θερίζων to reap. -43 4 37 ⚐ἐν in γὰρ for τούτῳ to this ὁ the λόγος word ἐστὶν to be ἀληθινὸς true ⚐ὅτι that Ἄλλος another ἐστὶν to be ὁ the σπείρων to sow ⚐καὶ and ἄλλος another ὁ the θερίζων to reap· -43 4 38 ⚐ἐγὼ I ἀπέστειλα to send ὑμᾶς you ⚐θερίζειν to reap ὃ which οὐχ no ὑμεῖς you κεκοπιάκατε to labor· ⚐ἄλλοι another κεκοπιάκασιν to labor, ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you εἰς toward τὸν the κόπον labor αὐτῶν of them εἰσεληλύθατε to enter.

 -43 4 39 ⚐Ἐκ from δὲ and τῆς the πόλεως city ἐκείνης that πολλοὶ much ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτὸν him τῶν the Σαμαριτῶν Samaritan ⚐διὰ because of τὸν the λόγον word τῆς the γυναικὸς woman μαρτυρούσης to testify ⚐ὅτι that Εἶπέν to say μοι to me πάντα all ἃ which ἐποίησα to do. -43 4 40 ⚐ὡς as οὖν therefore ἦλθον to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him οἱ the Σαμαρῖται Samaritan, ⚐ἠρώτων to ask αὐτὸν him ⚐μεῖναι to stay παρ᾽ with αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐καὶ and ἔμεινεν to stay ἐκεῖ there δύο two ἡμέρας day. -43 4 41 ⚐καὶ and πολλῷ much πλείους much ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) διὰ because of τὸν the λόγον word αὐτοῦ of him, -43 4 42 ⚐τῇ the τε and γυναικὶ woman ἔλεγον to speak ⚐ὅτι that Οὐκέτι not any more διὰ because of τὴν the σὴν your λαλιὰν speech πιστεύομεν to trust (in)· ⚐αὐτοὶ they γὰρ for ἀκηκόαμεν to hear, ⚐καὶ and οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ἀληθῶς truly ὁ the σωτὴρ savior τοῦ the κόσμου world.

 -43 4 43 ⚐Μετὰ after δὲ and τὰς the δύο two ἡμέρας day ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἐκεῖθεν from there εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee· -43 4 44 ⚐αὐτὸς he γὰρ for Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐμαρτύρησεν to testify ⚐ὅτι that προφήτης prophet ἐν in τῇ the ἰδίᾳ one's own πατρίδι fatherland τιμὴν honor οὐκ no ἔχει to have. -43 4 45 ⚐ὅτε when οὖν therefore ἦλθεν to come εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee, ⚐ἐδέξαντο to receive αὐτὸν him οἱ the Γαλιλαῖοι Galilean, ⚐πάντα all ἑωρακότες to see ὅσα as much as ἐποίησεν to do ἐν in Ἱεροσολύμοις Jerusalem ἐν in τῇ the ἑορτῇ festival, ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they γὰρ for ἦλθον to go εἰς toward τὴν the ἑορτήν festival.

 -43 4 46 ⚐Ἦλθεν to come οὖν then πάλιν again εἰς toward τὴν the Κανὰ Cana τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἐποίησεν to make τὸ the ὕδωρ water οἶνον wine. ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be τις one βασιλικὸς royal ⚐οὗ which ὁ the υἱὸς son ἠσθένει be weak ἐν in Καφαρναούμ Capernaum. -43 4 47 ⚐οὗτος this ἀκούσας to hear ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἥκει to come ἐκ from τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἠρώτα to ask ⚐ἵνα in order to καταβῇ to come down καὶ and ἰάσηται to heal αὐτοῦ of him τὸν the υἱόν son, ⚐ἤμελλεν be about to γὰρ for ἀποθνῄσκειν to die. -43 4 48 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν therefore ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Ἐὰν if μὴ not σημεῖα sign καὶ and τέρατα wonders ἴδητε to know, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not πιστεύσητε to trust (in). -43 4 49 ⚐λέγει to speak πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ὁ the βασιλικός royal· ⚐Κύριε lord, κατάβηθι to come down ⚐πρὶν before ἀποθανεῖν to die τὸ the παιδίον child μου of me. -43 4 50 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Πορεύου to go· ⚐ὁ the υἱός son σου of you ζῇ to live. ⚐ἐπίστευσεν to trust (in) ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human τῷ the λόγῳ word ⚐ὃν which εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐καὶ and ἐπορεύετο to go. -43 4 51 ⚐ἤδη already δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him καταβαίνοντος to go down ⚐οἱ the δοῦλοι slave αὐτοῦ of him ὑπήντησαν to go meet αὐτῷ to him ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the παῖς child αὐτοῦ of him ζῇ to live. -43 4 52 ⚐ἐπύθετο to inquire οὖν therefore τὴν the ὥραν hour παρ᾽ beside αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐν in ᾗ which κομψότερον better ἔσχεν to be· ⚐εἶπαν to say οὖν therefore αὐτῷ to him ⚐ὅτι that Ἐχθὲς yesterday ὥραν hour ἑβδόμην seventh ἀφῆκεν to release αὐτὸν him ὁ the πυρετός fever. -43 4 53 ⚐ἔγνω to know οὖν then ὁ the πατὴρ father ⚐ὅτι that ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour ⚐ἐν in ᾗ which εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ὁ the υἱός son σου of you ζῇ to live, ⚐καὶ and ἐπίστευσεν to trust (in) αὐτὸς he καὶ and ἡ the οἰκία house αὐτοῦ of him ὅλη all. -43 4 54 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and πάλιν again δεύτερον secondly σημεῖον sign ἐποίησεν to do ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἐλθὼν to come ἐκ from τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea εἰς toward τὴν the Γαλιλαίαν Galilee.

 -43 5 1 ⚐Μετὰ after ταῦτα these ἦν to be ἑορτὴ festival τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, ⚐καὶ and ἀνέβη to ascend Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem. -43 5 2 ⚐ἔστιν to be δὲ and ἐν in τοῖς the Ἱεροσολύμοις Jerusalem ἐπὶ upon τῇ the προβατικῇ Sheep Gate κολυμβήθρα pool ἡ the ἐπιλεγομένη to call Ἑβραϊστὶ in Aramaic Βηθζαθά Bethesda, ⚐πέντε five στοὰς portico ἔχουσα to have· -43 5 3 ⚐ἐν in ταύταις to these κατέκειτο to recline πλῆθος multitude τῶν the ἀσθενούντων be weak, τυφλῶν blind, χωλῶν lame, ξηρῶν withered. -43 5 5 ⚐ἦν to be δέ and τις one ἄνθρωπος a human ἐκεῖ there ⚐τριάκοντα thirty καὶ and ὀκτὼ eight ἔτη year ἔχων to have ἐν in τῇ who ἀσθενείᾳ weakness αὐτοῦ of him· -43 5 6 ⚐τοῦτον this ἰδὼν to know ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus κατακείμενον to recline, ⚐καὶ and γνοὺς to know ⚐ὅτι that πολὺν much ἤδη already χρόνον time ἔχει to have, ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Θέλεις to will ⚐ὑγιὴς healthy γενέσθαι to be; -43 5 7 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτῷ to him ὁ the ἀσθενῶν be weak· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἄνθρωπον a human οὐκ no ἔχω to have ⚐ἵνα in order to ὅταν when(-ever) ταραχθῇ to trouble τὸ the ὕδωρ water ⚐βάλῃ to throw με me εἰς toward τὴν the κολυμβήθραν pool· ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which δὲ and ἔρχομαι to go ἐγὼ I ⚐ἄλλος another πρὸ before ἐμοῦ of me καταβαίνει to go down. -43 5 8 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἔγειρε to arise ⚐ἆρον to take up τὸν the κράβαττόν bed σου of you ⚐καὶ and περιπάτει to walk. -43 5 9 ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἐγένετο to be ὑγιὴς healthy ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐καὶ and ἦρεν to take up τὸν the κράβαττον bed αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and περιεπάτει to walk.

 ⚐Ἦν to be δὲ and σάββατον Sabbath ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day. -43 5 10 ⚐ἔλεγον to speak οὖν therefore οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish τῷ who τεθεραπευμένῳ to heal· ⚐Σάββατόν Sabbath ἐστιν to be, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔξεστίν it is permitted σοι to you ⚐ἆραι to take up τὸν the κράβαττον bed σου of you. -43 5 11 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὁ who ποιήσας to make με me ὑγιῆ healthy ἐκεῖνός that μοι to me εἶπεν to say ⚐Ἆρον to take up τὸν the κράβαττόν bed σου of you ⚐καὶ and περιπάτει to walk. -43 5 12 ⚐ἠρώτησαν to ask αὐτόν him· ⚐Τίς which? ἐστιν to be ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human ὁ who εἰπών to say σοι to you· ⚐Ἆρον to take up καὶ and περιπάτει to walk; -43 5 13 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἰαθεὶς to heal οὐκ no ᾔδει to know ⚐τίς which? ἐστιν to be, ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐξένευσεν to withdraw ⚐ὄχλου crowd ὄντος to be ἐν in τῷ the τόπῳ place. -43 5 14 ⚐μετὰ after ταῦτα these εὑρίσκει to find αὐτὸν him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἴδε look! ὑγιὴς healthy γέγονας to be· ⚐μηκέτι never again ἁμάρτανε to sin, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not χεῖρόν worse than σοί to you τι one γένηται to be. -43 5 15 ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐καὶ and ἀνήγγειλεν to report τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐστιν to be ὁ who ποιήσας to make αὐτὸν him ὑγιῆ healthy. -43 5 16 ⚐καὶ and διὰ through τοῦτο this ἐδίωκον to pursue οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐ὅτι since ταῦτα these ἐποίει to do ἐν on σαββάτῳ Sabbath. -43 5 17 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀπεκρίνατο to answer αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὁ the πατήρ father μου of me ἕως until ἄρτι now ἐργάζεται to work ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἐργάζομαι to work. -43 5 18 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this οὖν therefore μᾶλλον more ἐζήτουν to seek αὐτὸν him οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ἀποκτεῖναι to kill ⚐ὅτι since οὐ no μόνον alone ἔλυεν to loose τὸ the σάββατον Sabbath, ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and πατέρα father ἴδιον one's own ἔλεγεν to speak τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐ἴσον equal ἑαυτὸν himself ποιῶν to make τῷ the θεῷ God.

 -43 5 19 ⚐Ἀπεκρίνατο to answer οὖν therefore ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐ no δύναται be able ὁ the υἱὸς son ⚐ποιεῖν to do ἀφ᾽ from ἑαυτοῦ himself οὐδὲν no one ⚐ἐὰν if μή not τι one βλέπῃ to see τὸν the πατέρα father ποιοῦντα to do· ⚐ἃ which γὰρ for ἂν if ἐκεῖνος that ποιῇ to do, ταῦτα these καὶ and ὁ the υἱὸς son ὁμοίως likewise ποιεῖ to do. -43 5 20 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for πατὴρ father φιλεῖ to love τὸν the υἱὸν son ⚐καὶ and πάντα all δείκνυσιν to show αὐτῷ to him ⚐ἃ which αὐτὸς he ποιεῖ to do, ⚐καὶ and μείζονα great τούτων of these δείξει to show αὐτῷ to him ἔργα work, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὑμεῖς you θαυμάζητε to marvel. -43 5 21 ⚐ὥσπερ just as γὰρ for ὁ the πατὴρ father ἐγείρει to arise τοὺς the νεκροὺς dead καὶ and ζῳοποιεῖ to make alive, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὁ the υἱὸς son οὓς which θέλει to will ζῳοποιεῖ to make alive. -43 5 22 ⚐οὐδὲ and not γὰρ for ὁ the πατὴρ father κρίνει to judge οὐδένα no one, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὴν the κρίσιν judgment πᾶσαν all δέδωκεν to give τῷ the υἱῷ son, -43 5 23 ⚐ἵνα in order that πάντες all τιμῶσιν to honor τὸν the υἱὸν son ⚐καθὼς just as τιμῶσιν to honor τὸν the πατέρα father. ⚐ὁ the μὴ not τιμῶν to honor τὸν the υἱὸν son οὐ no τιμᾷ to honor τὸν the πατέρα father τὸν who πέμψαντα to send αὐτόν him. -43 5 24 ⚐Ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the τὸν the λόγον word μου of me ἀκούων to hear καὶ and πιστεύων to trust (in) τῷ who πέμψαντί to send με me ἔχει to have ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal, ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward κρίσιν judgment οὐκ no ἔρχεται to go ⚐ἀλλὰ but μεταβέβηκεν to depart ἐκ from τοῦ the θανάτου death εἰς toward τὴν the ζωήν life.

 -43 5 25 ⚐Ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ἔρχεται to come ὥρα hour ⚐καὶ and νῦν now ἐστιν to be ⚐ὅτε when οἱ the νεκροὶ dead ἀκούσουσιν to hear τῆς the φωνῆς voice τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and οἱ who ἀκούσαντες to hear ζήσουσιν to live. -43 5 26 ⚐ὥσπερ just as γὰρ for ὁ the πατὴρ father ἔχει to have ζωὴν life ἐν in ἑαυτῷ himself, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and τῷ the υἱῷ son ἔδωκεν to give ⚐ζωὴν life ἔχειν to have ἐν in ἑαυτῷ himself· -43 5 27 ⚐καὶ and ἐξουσίαν authority ἔδωκεν to give αὐτῷ to him ⚐κρίσιν judgment ποιεῖν to do, ⚐ὅτι since υἱὸς son ἀνθρώπου a human ἐστίν to be. -43 5 28 ⚐μὴ not θαυμάζετε to marvel τοῦτο this, ⚐ὅτι since ἔρχεται to come ὥρα hour ⚐ἐν in ᾗ which πάντες all οἱ who ἐν in τοῖς the μνημείοις grave ἀκούσουσιν to hear τῆς the φωνῆς voice αὐτοῦ of him -43 5 29 ⚐καὶ and ἐκπορεύσονται to come out ⚐οἱ the τὰ the ἀγαθὰ good-doer ποιήσαντες to do εἰς toward ἀνάστασιν resurrection ζωῆς life, ⚐οἱ the δὲ and τὰ the φαῦλα evil πράξαντες to practise εἰς toward ἀνάστασιν resurrection κρίσεως judgment.

 -43 5 30 ⚐Οὐ no δύναμαι be able ἐγὼ I ⚐ποιεῖν to do ἀπ᾽ from ἐμαυτοῦ myself οὐδέν no one· ⚐καθὼς just as ἀκούω to hear κρίνω to judge, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the κρίσις judgment ἡ the ἐμὴ my δικαία just ἐστίν to be, ⚐ὅτι since οὐ no ζητῶ to seek τὸ the θέλημα will τὸ the ἐμὸν my ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ who πέμψαντός to send με me.

 -43 5 31 ⚐Ἐὰν if ἐγὼ I μαρτυρῶ to testify περὶ about ἐμαυτοῦ myself, ⚐ἡ the μαρτυρία testimony μου of me οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἀληθής true· -43 5 32 ⚐ἄλλος another ἐστὶν to be ὁ who μαρτυρῶν to testify περὶ about ἐμοῦ of me, ⚐καὶ and οἶδα to know ⚐ὅτι that ἀληθής true ἐστιν to be ἡ the μαρτυρία testimony ἣν which μαρτυρεῖ to testify περὶ about ἐμοῦ of me. -43 5 33 ⚐ὑμεῖς you ἀπεστάλκατε to send πρὸς to Ἰωάννην John, ⚐καὶ and μεμαρτύρηκεν to testify τῇ the ἀληθείᾳ truth· -43 5 34 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ and οὐ no παρὰ beside ἀνθρώπου a human τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony λαμβάνω to take, ⚐ἀλλὰ but ταῦτα these λέγω to speak ⚐ἵνα in order that ὑμεῖς you σωθῆτε to save. -43 5 35 ⚐ἐκεῖνος that ἦν to be ὁ the λύχνος lamp ὁ the καιόμενος to burn καὶ and φαίνων to shine, ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ and ἠθελήσατε to will ἀγαλλιαθῆναι to rejoice πρὸς to ὥραν hour ἐν in τῷ the φωτὶ light αὐτοῦ of him· -43 5 36 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but ἔχω to have τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony μείζω great τοῦ the Ἰωάννου John, ⚐τὰ the γὰρ for ἔργα work ἃ which δέδωκέν to give μοι to me ὁ the πατὴρ father ἵνα in order to τελειώσω to perfect αὐτά them, ⚐αὐτὰ they τὰ the ἔργα work ἃ which ποιῶ to do, μαρτυρεῖ to testify περὶ about ἐμοῦ of me ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the πατήρ father με me ἀπέσταλκεν to send, -43 5 37 ⚐καὶ and ὁ who πέμψας to send με me πατὴρ father ἐκεῖνος that μεμαρτύρηκεν to testify περὶ about ἐμοῦ of me. ⚐οὔτε neither φωνὴν voice αὐτοῦ of him πώποτε ever ἀκηκόατε to hear ⚐οὔτε neither εἶδος appearance αὐτοῦ of him ἑωράκατε to see, -43 5 38 ⚐καὶ and τὸν the λόγον word αὐτοῦ of him οὐκ no ἔχετε to have ἐν in ὑμῖν to you μένοντα to stay, ⚐ὅτι since ὃν which ἀπέστειλεν to send ἐκεῖνος that τούτῳ to this ὑμεῖς you οὐ no πιστεύετε to trust (in).

 -43 5 39 ⚐Ἐραυνᾶτε to look into τὰς the γραφάς a writing, ⚐ὅτι since ὑμεῖς you δοκεῖτε to think ⚐ἐν in αὐταῖς to them ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal ἔχειν to have· ⚐καὶ and ἐκεῖναί that εἰσιν to be αἱ the μαρτυροῦσαι to testify περὶ about ἐμοῦ of me· -43 5 40 ⚐καὶ and οὐ no θέλετε to will ἐλθεῖν to come πρός to με me ⚐ἵνα in order that ζωὴν life ἔχητε to have. -43 5 41 ⚐δόξαν glory παρὰ from ἀνθρώπων a human οὐ no λαμβάνω to take, -43 5 42 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἔγνωκα to know ὑμᾶς you ⚐ὅτι that τὴν the ἀγάπην love τοῦ the θεοῦ God οὐκ no ἔχετε to have ἐν in ἑαυτοῖς yourself. -43 5 43 ⚐ἐγὼ I ἐλήλυθα to come ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματι name τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me ⚐καὶ and οὐ no λαμβάνετέ to take με me· ⚐ἐὰν if ἄλλος another ἔλθῃ to come ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματι name τῷ the ἰδίῳ one's own, ⚐ἐκεῖνον that λήμψεσθε to take. -43 5 44 ⚐πῶς how? δύνασθε be able ὑμεῖς you ⚐πιστεῦσαι to trust (in), ⚐δόξαν glory παρὰ from ἀλλήλων one another λαμβάνοντες to take, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the δόξαν glory τὴν the παρὰ from τοῦ the μόνου alone θεοῦ God οὐ no ζητεῖτε to seek; -43 5 45 ⚐μὴ not δοκεῖτε to think ⚐ὅτι that ἐγὼ I κατηγορήσω to accuse ὑμῶν of you πρὸς to τὸν the πατέρα father· ⚐ἔστιν to be ὁ who κατηγορῶν to accuse ὑμῶν of you Μωϋσῆς Moses, ⚐εἰς toward ὃν which ὑμεῖς you ἠλπίκατε to hope. -43 5 46 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ἐπιστεύετε to trust (in) Μωϋσεῖ Moses, ⚐ἐπιστεύετε to trust (in) ἂν if ἐμοί to me, ⚐περὶ about γὰρ for ἐμοῦ of me ἐκεῖνος that ἔγραψεν to write. -43 5 47 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but τοῖς the ἐκείνου that γράμμασιν something written οὐ no πιστεύετε to trust (in), ⚐πῶς how? τοῖς the ἐμοῖς my ῥήμασιν word πιστεύσετε to trust (in);

 -43 6 1 ⚐Μετὰ after ταῦτα these ἀπῆλθεν to go away ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus πέραν other side τῆς the θαλάσσης sea τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee τῆς the Τιβεριάδος Tiberias. -43 6 2 ⚐ἠκολούθει to follow δὲ and αὐτῷ to him ὄχλος crowd πολύς much, ⚐ὅτι since ἐθεώρουν to see τὰ the σημεῖα sign ⚐ἃ which ἐποίει to do ἐπὶ on τῶν the ἀσθενούντων be weak. -43 6 3 ⚐ἀνῆλθεν to go up δὲ and εἰς toward τὸ the ὄρος mountain Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐καὶ and ἐκεῖ there ἐκάθητο to sit μετὰ with τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him. -43 6 4 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and ἐγγὺς near τὸ the πάσχα Passover, ἡ the ἑορτὴ festival τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish. -43 6 5 ⚐ἐπάρας to lift up οὖν then τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐καὶ and θεασάμενος to see ⚐ὅτι that πολὺς much ὄχλος crowd ἔρχεται to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγει to speak πρὸς to Φίλιππον Philip· ⚐Πόθεν where ἀγοράσωμεν to buy ἄρτους bread ⚐ἵνα in order that φάγωσιν to eat οὗτοι these; -43 6 6 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and ἔλεγεν to speak ⚐πειράζων to test αὐτόν him, ⚐αὐτὸς he γὰρ for ᾔδει to know ⚐τί which? ἔμελλεν be about to ποιεῖν to do. -43 6 7 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Φίλιππος Philip· ⚐Διακοσίων two hundred δηναρίων denarius ἄρτοι bread οὐκ no ἀρκοῦσιν be sufficient αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἵνα in order that ἕκαστος each βραχύ little τι one λάβῃ to take. -43 6 8 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him εἷς one ἐκ of τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him, Ἀνδρέας Andrew ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother Σίμωνος Simon Πέτρου Peter· -43 6 9 ⚐Ἔστιν to be παιδάριον boy ὧδε here ⚐ὃς which ἔχει to have πέντε five ἄρτους bread κριθίνους barley καὶ and δύο two ὀψάρια fish· ⚐ἀλλὰ but ταῦτα these τί which? ἐστιν to be εἰς toward τοσούτους so great; -43 6 10 ⚐εἶπεν to say ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ποιήσατε to make τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human ⚐ἀναπεσεῖν to recline. ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and χόρτος grass πολὺς much ἐν in τῷ the τόπῳ place. ⚐ἀνέπεσαν to recline οὖν therefore οἱ the ἄνδρες man ⚐τὸν the ἀριθμὸν number ὡς as πεντακισχίλιοι five thousand. -43 6 11 ⚐ἔλαβεν to take οὖν then τοὺς the ἄρτους bread ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐καὶ and εὐχαριστήσας to thank ⚐διέδωκεν to distribute τοῖς who ἀνακειμένοις to recline, ⚐ὁμοίως likewise καὶ and ἐκ out of τῶν the ὀψαρίων fish ὅσον as much as ἤθελον to will. -43 6 12 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and ἐνεπλήσθησαν to fill up ⚐λέγει to speak τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Συναγάγετε to assemble τὰ the περισσεύσαντα to exceed κλάσματα fragment, ⚐ἵνα in order that μή not τι one ἀπόληται to destroy. -43 6 13 ⚐συνήγαγον to assemble οὖν therefore, ⚐καὶ and ἐγέμισαν to fill δώδεκα twelve κοφίνους basket κλασμάτων fragment ἐκ from τῶν the πέντε five ἄρτων bread τῶν the κριθίνων barley ⚐ἃ which ἐπερίσσευσαν to exceed τοῖς who βεβρωκόσιν to eat. -43 6 14 ⚐οἱ the οὖν then ἄνθρωποι a human ἰδόντες to know ⚐ὃ which ἐποίησεν to do σημεῖον sign ⚐ἔλεγον to speak ⚐ὅτι that Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ἀληθῶς truly ὁ the προφήτης prophet ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world.

 -43 6 15 ⚐Ἰησοῦς Jesus οὖν then γνοὺς to know ⚐ὅτι since μέλλουσιν be about to ἔρχεσθαι to come καὶ and ἁρπάζειν to seize αὐτὸν him ⚐ἵνα in order to ποιήσωσιν to make βασιλέα king ⚐ἀνεχώρησεν to leave πάλιν again εἰς toward τὸ the ὄρος mountain αὐτὸς he μόνος alone.

 -43 6 16 ⚐Ὡς as δὲ and ὀψία evening ἐγένετο to be ⚐κατέβησαν to go down οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ἐπὶ to τὴν the θάλασσαν sea, -43 6 17 ⚐καὶ and ἐμβάντες to get into εἰς toward πλοῖον boat ⚐ἤρχοντο to go πέραν other side τῆς the θαλάσσης sea εἰς toward Καφαρναούμ Capernaum. ⚐καὶ and σκοτία darkness ἤδη already ἐγεγόνει to be ⚐καὶ and οὔπω not yet ἐληλύθει to come πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus, -43 6 18 ⚐ἥ the τε and θάλασσα sea ἀνέμου wind μεγάλου great πνέοντος to blow διεγείρετο to arouse. -43 6 19 ⚐ἐληλακότες to drive οὖν then ὡς as σταδίους stadium εἴκοσι twenty πέντε five ἢ or τριάκοντα thirty ⚐θεωροῦσιν to see τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus περιπατοῦντα to walk ἐπὶ on τῆς the θαλάσσης sea ⚐καὶ and ἐγγὺς near τοῦ the πλοίου boat γινόμενον to be, ⚐καὶ and ἐφοβήθησαν to fear. -43 6 20 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be, ⚐μὴ not φοβεῖσθε to fear. -43 6 21 ⚐ἤθελον to will οὖν then λαβεῖν to take αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῖον boat, ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἐγένετο to be τὸ the πλοῖον boat ἐπὶ to τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐εἰς toward ἣν which ὑπῆγον to go.

 -43 6 22 ⚐Τῇ the ἐπαύριον the next day ὁ the ὄχλος crowd ὁ the ἑστηκὼς to stand πέραν other side τῆς the θαλάσσης sea εἶδον to know ⚐ὅτι that πλοιάριον small boat ἄλλο another οὐκ no ἦν to be ἐκεῖ there ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ἕν one, ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that οὐ no συνεισῆλθεν to enter with τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῖον boat ⚐ἀλλὰ but μόνοι alone οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ἀπῆλθον to go away· -43 6 23 ⚐ἄλλα another ἦλθεν to come πλοιάρια small boat ἐκ from Τιβεριάδος Tiberias ἐγγὺς near τοῦ the τόπου place ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἔφαγον to eat τὸν the ἄρτον bread ⚐εὐχαριστήσαντος to thank τοῦ the κυρίου lord. -43 6 24 ⚐ὅτε when οὖν therefore εἶδεν to know ὁ the ὄχλος crowd ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐκεῖ there οὐδὲ and not οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἐνέβησαν to get into αὐτοὶ they εἰς toward τὰ the πλοιάρια small boat ⚐καὶ and ἦλθον to come εἰς toward Καφαρναοὺμ Capernaum ⚐ζητοῦντες to seek τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus.

 -43 6 25 ⚐Καὶ and εὑρόντες to find αὐτὸν him πέραν other side τῆς the θαλάσσης sea ⚐εἶπον to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ῥαββί Rabbi, πότε when? ὧδε here γέγονας to be; -43 6 26 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ζητεῖτέ to seek με me ⚐οὐχ no ὅτι since εἴδετε to know σημεῖα sign ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅτι since ἐφάγετε to eat ἐκ out of τῶν the ἄρτων bread ⚐καὶ and ἐχορτάσθητε to feed· -43 6 27 ⚐ἐργάζεσθε to work μὴ not τὴν the βρῶσιν eating τὴν the ἀπολλυμένην to destroy ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὴν the βρῶσιν eating τὴν the μένουσαν to stay εἰς toward ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal, ⚐ἣν which ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ὑμῖν to you δώσει to give, ⚐τοῦτον this γὰρ for ὁ the πατὴρ father ἐσφράγισεν to seal ὁ the θεός God. -43 6 28 ⚐εἶπον to say οὖν then πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Τί which? ποιῶμεν to do ⚐ἵνα in order to ἐργαζώμεθα to work τὰ the ἔργα work τοῦ the θεοῦ God; -43 6 29 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τοῦτό this ἐστιν to be τὸ the ἔργον work τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ἵνα in order to πιστεύητε to trust (in) ⚐εἰς toward ὃν which ἀπέστειλεν to send ἐκεῖνος that. -43 6 30 ⚐εἶπον to say οὖν therefore αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Τί which? οὖν then ποιεῖς to do σὺ you σημεῖον sign, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἴδωμεν to know καὶ and πιστεύσωμέν to trust (in) σοι to you; ⚐τί which? ἐργάζῃ to work; -43 6 31 ⚐οἱ the πατέρες father ἡμῶν of us τὸ the μάννα manna ἔφαγον to eat ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted, ⚐καθώς just as ἐστιν to be γεγραμμένον to write· ⚐Ἄρτον bread ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ἔδωκεν to give αὐτοῖς to them ⚐φαγεῖν to eat. -43 6 32 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν then αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐ no Μωϋσῆς Moses δέδωκεν to give ὑμῖν to you τὸν the ἄρτον bread ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the πατήρ father μου of me δίδωσιν to give ὑμῖν to you τὸν the ἄρτον bread ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven τὸν the ἀληθινόν true· -43 6 33 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for ἄρτος bread τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐστιν to be ὁ who καταβαίνων to come down ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven καὶ and ζωὴν life διδοὺς to give τῷ the κόσμῳ world. -43 6 34 ⚐εἶπον to say οὖν therefore πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Κύριε lord, πάντοτε always δὸς to give ἡμῖν to us τὸν the ἄρτον bread τοῦτον this.

 -43 6 35 ⚐Εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ὁ the ἄρτος bread τῆς the ζωῆς life· ⚐ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come πρὸς to ἐμὲ me οὐ no μὴ not πεινάσῃ to hunger, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) εἰς toward ἐμὲ me οὐ no μὴ not διψήσει to thirst πώποτε ever. -43 6 36 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἶπον to say ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and ἑωράκατέ to see με me ⚐καὶ and οὐ no πιστεύετε to trust (in). -43 6 37 ⚐πᾶν all ὃ which δίδωσίν to give μοι to me ὁ the πατὴρ father πρὸς to ἐμὲ me ἥξει to come, ⚐καὶ and τὸν who ἐρχόμενον to come πρός to ἐμὲ me οὐ no μὴ not ἐκβάλω to expel ἔξω out, -43 6 38 ⚐ὅτι since καταβέβηκα to come down ἀπὸ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ⚐οὐχ no ἵνα in order to ποιῶ to do τὸ the θέλημα will τὸ the ἐμὸν my ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ who πέμψαντός to send με me· -43 6 39 ⚐τοῦτο this δέ and ἐστιν to be τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ who πέμψαντός to send με me ⚐ἵνα in order that πᾶν all ὃ which δέδωκέν to give μοι to me μὴ not ἀπολέσω to destroy ἐξ out of αὐτοῦ of it ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀναστήσω to arise αὐτὸ it ἐν in τῇ the ἐσχάτῃ last ἡμέρᾳ day. -43 6 40 ⚐τοῦτο this γάρ for ἐστιν to be τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me ⚐ἵνα in order that πᾶς all ὁ who θεωρῶν to see τὸν the υἱὸν son καὶ and πιστεύων to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτὸν him ἔχῃ to have ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal, ⚐καὶ and ἀναστήσω to arise αὐτὸν him ἐγὼ I ἐν in τῇ the ἐσχάτῃ last ἡμέρᾳ day.

 -43 6 41 ⚐Ἐγόγγυζον to murmur οὖν then οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅτι since εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ὁ the ἄρτος bread ὁ the καταβὰς to come down ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven, -43 6 42 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Οὐχ no οὗτός this ἐστιν to be Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὁ the υἱὸς son Ἰωσήφ Joseph, ⚐οὗ which ἡμεῖς we οἴδαμεν to know τὸν the πατέρα father καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother; ⚐πῶς how? νῦν now λέγει to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven καταβέβηκα to come down; -43 6 43 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Μὴ not γογγύζετε to murmur μετ᾽ with ἀλλήλων one another. -43 6 44 ⚐οὐδεὶς no one δύναται be able ἐλθεῖν to come πρός to με me ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not ὁ the πατὴρ father ὁ who πέμψας to send με me ἑλκύσῃ to draw αὐτόν him, ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἀναστήσω to arise αὐτὸν him ἐν in τῇ the ἐσχάτῃ last ἡμέρᾳ day. -43 6 45 ⚐ἔστιν to be γεγραμμένον to write ἐν in τοῖς the προφήταις prophet· ⚐Καὶ and ἔσονται to be πάντες all διδακτοὶ taught θεοῦ God· ⚐πᾶς all ὁ who ἀκούσας to hear παρὰ from τοῦ the πατρὸς father καὶ and μαθὼν to learn ἔρχεται to come πρὸς to ἐμέ me. -43 6 46 ⚐οὐχ no ὅτι that τὸν the πατέρα father ἑώρακέν to see τις one ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ who ὢν to be παρὰ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God, οὗτος this ἑώρακεν to see τὸν the πατέρα father. -43 6 47 ⚐ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) ἔχει to have ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal. -43 6 48 ⚐ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ὁ the ἄρτος bread τῆς the ζωῆς life· -43 6 49 ⚐οἱ the πατέρες father ὑμῶν of you ἔφαγον to eat ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted τὸ the μάννα manna ⚐καὶ and ἀπέθανον to die· -43 6 50 ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the ἄρτος bread ὁ the ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven καταβαίνων to come down ⚐ἵνα in order that τις one ἐξ from αὐτοῦ of him φάγῃ to eat καὶ and μὴ not ἀποθάνῃ to die· -43 6 51 ⚐ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ὁ the ἄρτος bread ὁ the ζῶν to live ὁ the ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven καταβάς to come down· ⚐ἐάν if τις one φάγῃ to eat ἐκ from τούτου of this τοῦ the ἄρτου bread ⚐ζήσει to live εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἄρτος bread δὲ and ὃν which ἐγὼ I δώσω to give ἡ the σάρξ flesh μού of me ἐστιν to be ὑπὲρ for τῆς the τοῦ the κόσμου world ζωῆς life.

 -43 6 52 ⚐Ἐμάχοντο to quarrel οὖν then πρὸς with ἀλλήλους one another οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Πῶς how? δύναται be able οὗτος this ⚐ἡμῖν to us δοῦναι to give τὴν the σάρκα flesh αὐτοῦ of him ⚐φαγεῖν to eat; -43 6 53 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν therefore αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not φάγητε to eat τὴν the σάρκα flesh τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐καὶ and πίητε to drink αὐτοῦ of him τὸ the αἷμα blood, ⚐οὐκ no ἔχετε to have ζωὴν life ἐν in ἑαυτοῖς yourself. -43 6 54 ⚐ὁ who τρώγων to eat μου of me τὴν the σάρκα flesh καὶ and πίνων to drink μου of me τὸ the αἷμα blood ἔχει to have ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal, ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἀναστήσω to arise αὐτὸν him τῇ the ἐσχάτῃ last ἡμέρᾳ day. -43 6 55 ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for σάρξ flesh μου of me ἀληθής true ἐστιν to be βρῶσις eating, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the αἷμά blood μου of me ἀληθής true ἐστιν to be πόσις drink. -43 6 56 ⚐ὁ who τρώγων to eat μου of me τὴν the σάρκα flesh καὶ and πίνων to drink μου of me τὸ the αἷμα blood ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me μένει to stay ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἐν in αὐτῷ to him. -43 6 57 ⚐καθὼς just as ἀπέστειλέν to send με me ὁ the ζῶν to live πατὴρ father ⚐κἀγὼ and I ζῶ to live διὰ because of τὸν the πατέρα father, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who τρώγων to eat με me κἀκεῖνος and that one ζήσει to live δι᾽ because of ἐμέ me. -43 6 58 ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the ἄρτος bread ὁ the ἐξ from οὐρανοῦ heaven καταβάς to come down, ⚐οὐ no καθὼς as ἔφαγον to eat οἱ the πατέρες father ⚐καὶ and ἀπέθανον to die· ⚐ὁ who τρώγων to eat τοῦτον this τὸν the ἄρτον bread ζήσει to live εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age. -43 6 59 ⚐ταῦτα these εἶπεν to say ἐν in συναγωγῇ synagogue ⚐διδάσκων to teach ἐν in Καφαρναούμ Capernaum.

 -43 6 60 ⚐Πολλοὶ much οὖν then ἀκούσαντες to hear ἐκ of τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Σκληρός hard ἐστιν to be ὁ the λόγος word οὗτος this· ⚐τίς which? δύναται be able ⚐αὐτοῦ of him ἀκούειν to hear; -43 6 61 ⚐εἰδὼς to know δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐν in ἑαυτῷ oneself ⚐ὅτι that γογγύζουσιν to murmur περὶ about τούτου of this οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τοῦτο this ὑμᾶς you σκανδαλίζει to cause to stumble; -43 6 62 ⚐ἐὰν if οὖν then θεωρῆτε to see τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐ἀναβαίνοντα to ascend ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἦν to be τὸ the πρότερον before; -43 6 63 ⚐τὸ the πνεῦμά spirit ἐστιν to be τὸ who ζῳοποιοῦν to make alive, ⚐ἡ the σὰρξ flesh οὐκ no ὠφελεῖ to help οὐδέν no one· ⚐τὰ the ῥήματα word ἃ which ἐγὼ I λελάληκα to speak ὑμῖν to you πνεῦμά spirit ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and ζωή life ἐστιν to be. -43 6 64 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἰσὶν to be ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you τινες one ⚐οἳ which οὐ no πιστεύουσιν to trust (in). ⚐ᾔδει to know γὰρ for ἐξ from ἀρχῆς beginning ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐τίνες which? εἰσὶν to be οἱ who μὴ not πιστεύοντες to trust (in) ⚐καὶ and τίς which? ἐστιν to be ὁ who παραδώσων to deliver αὐτόν him. -43 6 65 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Διὰ because of τοῦτο this εἴρηκα to say ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὐδεὶς no one δύναται be able ἐλθεῖν to come πρός to με me ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not ᾖ to be δεδομένον to give αὐτῷ to him ἐκ out of τοῦ the πατρός father.

 -43 6 66 ⚐Ἐκ out of τούτου of this πολλοὶ much ἐκ of τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him ἀπῆλθον to go away εἰς toward τὰ the ὀπίσω after ⚐καὶ and οὐκέτι not any more μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him περιεπάτουν to walk. -43 6 67 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν therefore ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τοῖς the δώδεκα twelve· ⚐Μὴ not καὶ and ὑμεῖς you θέλετε to will ὑπάγειν to go; -43 6 68 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτῷ to him Σίμων Simon Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Κύριε lord, πρὸς to τίνα which? ἀπελευσόμεθα to go away; ⚐ῥήματα word ζωῆς life αἰωνίου eternal ἔχεις to have, -43 6 69 ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we πεπιστεύκαμεν to trust (in) καὶ and ἐγνώκαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the ἅγιος holy τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -43 6 70 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Οὐκ no ἐγὼ I ὑμᾶς you τοὺς the δώδεκα twelve ἐξελεξάμην to select; ⚐καὶ and ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you εἷς one διάβολός the Devil ἐστιν to be. -43 6 71 ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak δὲ and τὸν this Ἰούδαν Judas Σίμωνος Simon Ἰσκαριώτου Iscariot· ⚐οὗτος this γὰρ for ἔμελλεν be about to παραδιδόναι to deliver αὐτόν him, εἷς one ἐκ of τῶν the δώδεκα twelve.

 -43 7 1 ⚐Καὶ and μετὰ after ταῦτα these περιεπάτει to walk ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐν in τῇ the Γαλιλαίᾳ Galilee, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἤθελεν to will ⚐ἐν in τῇ the Ἰουδαίᾳ Judea περιπατεῖν to walk, ⚐ὅτι since ἐζήτουν to seek αὐτὸν him οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ἀποκτεῖναι to kill. -43 7 2 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and ἐγγὺς near ἡ the ἑορτὴ festival τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish ἡ the σκηνοπηγία Feast of Booths. -43 7 3 ⚐εἶπον to say οὖν therefore πρὸς to αὐτὸν him οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Μετάβηθι to depart ἐντεῦθεν from here ⚐καὶ and ὕπαγε to go εἰς toward τὴν the Ἰουδαίαν Judea, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and οἱ the μαθηταί disciple σου of you θεωρήσουσιν to see σοῦ of you τὰ the ἔργα work ⚐ἃ which ποιεῖς to do· -43 7 4 ⚐οὐδεὶς no one γάρ for τι one ἐν in κρυπτῷ hidden ποιεῖ to do ⚐καὶ and ζητεῖ to seek αὐτὸς he ⚐ἐν in παρρησίᾳ boldness εἶναι to be· ⚐εἰ if ταῦτα these ποιεῖς to do, ⚐φανέρωσον to manifest σεαυτὸν yourself τῷ the κόσμῳ world. -43 7 5 ⚐οὐδὲ and not γὰρ for οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother αὐτοῦ of him ἐπίστευον to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτόν him. -43 7 6 ⚐λέγει to speak οὖν therefore αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ὁ the καιρὸς time ὁ the ἐμὸς my οὔπω not yet πάρεστιν be present, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but καιρὸς time ὁ the ὑμέτερος your πάντοτέ always ἐστιν to be ἕτοιμος ready. -43 7 7 ⚐οὐ no δύναται be able ὁ the κόσμος world ⚐μισεῖν to hate ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἐμὲ me δὲ but μισεῖ to hate, ⚐ὅτι since ἐγὼ I μαρτυρῶ to testify περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅτι that τὰ the ἔργα work αὐτοῦ of him πονηρά evil ἐστιν to be. -43 7 8 ⚐ὑμεῖς you ἀνάβητε to ascend εἰς toward τὴν the ἑορτήν festival· ⚐ἐγὼ I οὐκ no ἀναβαίνω to ascend εἰς toward τὴν the ἑορτὴν festival ταύτην this, ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the ἐμὸς my καιρὸς time οὔπω not yet πεπλήρωται to fulfill. -43 7 9 ⚐ταῦτα these δὲ and εἰπὼν to say ⚐αὐτὸς he ἔμεινεν to stay ἐν in τῇ the Γαλιλαίᾳ Galilee.

 -43 7 10 ⚐Ὡς as δὲ but ἀνέβησαν to ascend οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὴν the ἑορτήν festival, ⚐τότε then καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἀνέβη to ascend, ⚐οὐ no φανερῶς plainly ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as ἐν in κρυπτῷ hidden. -43 7 11 ⚐οἱ the οὖν therefore Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ἐζήτουν to seek αὐτὸν him ἐν in τῇ the ἑορτῇ festival ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Ποῦ where? ἐστιν to be ἐκεῖνος that; -43 7 12 ⚐καὶ and γογγυσμὸς murmuring περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him ἦν to be πολὺς much ἐν among τοῖς the ὄχλοις crowd· ⚐οἱ the μὲν on the other hand ἔλεγον to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἀγαθός good-doer ἐστιν to be, ⚐ἄλλοι another δὲ but ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Οὔ no, ἀλλὰ but πλανᾷ to lead astray τὸν the ὄχλον crowd. -43 7 13 ⚐οὐδεὶς no one μέντοι yet παρρησίᾳ boldness ἐλάλει to speak περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him διὰ because of τὸν the φόβον fear τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish.

 -43 7 14 ⚐Ἤδη already δὲ and τῆς the ἑορτῆς festival μεσούσης be in the middle ⚐ἀνέβη to ascend Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερὸν temple ⚐καὶ and ἐδίδασκεν to teach. -43 7 15 ⚐ἐθαύμαζον to marvel οὖν then οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Πῶς how? οὗτος this γράμματα something written οἶδεν to know ⚐μὴ not μεμαθηκώς to learn; -43 7 16 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer οὖν therefore αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἡ the ἐμὴ my διδαχὴ teaching οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐμὴ my ⚐ἀλλὰ but τοῦ who πέμψαντός to send με me· -43 7 17 ⚐ἐάν if τις one θέλῃ to will ⚐τὸ the θέλημα will αὐτοῦ of him ποιεῖν to do, ⚐γνώσεται to know περὶ about τῆς the διδαχῆς teaching ⚐πότερον whether ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐστιν to be ⚐ἢ or ἐγὼ I ἀπ᾽ from ἐμαυτοῦ myself λαλῶ to speak. -43 7 18 ⚐ὁ the ἀφ᾽ from ἑαυτοῦ himself λαλῶν to speak τὴν the δόξαν glory τὴν the ἰδίαν one's own ζητεῖ to seek· ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ζητῶν to seek τὴν the δόξαν glory τοῦ who πέμψαντος to send αὐτὸν him οὗτος this ἀληθής true ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and ἀδικία unrighteousness ἐν in αὐτῷ to him οὐκ no ἔστιν to be.

 -43 7 19 ⚐Οὐ no Μωϋσῆς Moses δέδωκεν to give ὑμῖν to you τὸν the νόμον law; ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you ποιεῖ to do τὸν the νόμον law. ⚐τί which? με me ζητεῖτε to seek ἀποκτεῖναι to kill; -43 7 20 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer ὁ the ὄχλος crowd· ⚐Δαιμόνιον demon ἔχεις to have· ⚐τίς which? σε you ζητεῖ to seek ἀποκτεῖναι to kill; -43 7 21 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἓν one ἔργον work ἐποίησα to do ⚐καὶ and πάντες all θαυμάζετε to marvel. -43 7 22 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this Μωϋσῆς Moses δέδωκεν to give ὑμῖν to you τὴν the περιτομήν circumcision— ⚐οὐχ no ὅτι that ἐκ from τοῦ the Μωϋσέως Moses ἐστὶν to be ἀλλ᾽ but ἐκ from τῶν the πατέρων father— ⚐καὶ and ἐν on σαββάτῳ Sabbath περιτέμνετε to circumcise ἄνθρωπον a human. -43 7 23 ⚐εἰ if περιτομὴν circumcision λαμβάνει to take ἄνθρωπος a human ἐν on σαββάτῳ Sabbath ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not λυθῇ to loose ὁ the νόμος law Μωϋσέως Moses, ⚐ἐμοὶ to me χολᾶτε be angry ⚐ὅτι since ὅλον all ἄνθρωπον a human ὑγιῆ healthy ἐποίησα to make ἐν on σαββάτῳ Sabbath; -43 7 24 ⚐μὴ not κρίνετε to judge κατ᾽ according to ὄψιν face, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὴν the δικαίαν just κρίσιν judgment κρίνετε to judge.

 -43 7 25 ⚐Ἔλεγον to speak οὖν then τινες one ἐκ of τῶν the Ἱεροσολυμιτῶν of Jerusalem· ⚐Οὐχ no οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ⚐ὃν which ζητοῦσιν to seek ἀποκτεῖναι to kill; -43 7 26 ⚐καὶ and ἴδε look! παρρησίᾳ boldness λαλεῖ to speak ⚐καὶ and οὐδὲν no one αὐτῷ to him λέγουσιν to speak· ⚐μήποτε lest ἀληθῶς truly ἔγνωσαν to know οἱ the ἄρχοντες ruler ⚐ὅτι that οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the χριστός Christ; -43 7 27 ⚐ἀλλὰ but τοῦτον this οἴδαμεν to know ⚐πόθεν where ἐστίν to be· ⚐ὁ the δὲ and χριστὸς Christ ὅταν when(-ever) ἔρχηται to come ⚐οὐδεὶς no one γινώσκει to know ⚐πόθεν where ἐστίν to be. -43 7 28 ⚐ἔκραξεν to cry οὖν then ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ⚐διδάσκων to teach ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐καὶ and λέγων to speak· ⚐Κἀμὲ and I οἴδατε to know ⚐καὶ and οἴδατε to know ⚐πόθεν where εἰμί to be· ⚐καὶ and ἀπ᾽ from ἐμαυτοῦ myself οὐκ no ἐλήλυθα to come, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἔστιν to be ἀληθινὸς true ὁ who πέμψας to send με me, ⚐ὃν which ὑμεῖς you οὐκ no οἴδατε to know· -43 7 29 ⚐ἐγὼ I οἶδα to know αὐτόν him, ⚐ὅτι since παρ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him εἰμι to be ⚐κἀκεῖνός and that one με me ἀπέστειλεν to send. -43 7 30 ⚐ἐζήτουν to seek οὖν then ⚐αὐτὸν him πιάσαι to catch, ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἐπέβαλεν to seize ἐπ᾽ on αὐτὸν him τὴν the χεῖρα hand, ⚐ὅτι since οὔπω not yet ἐληλύθει to come ἡ the ὥρα hour αὐτοῦ of him. -43 7 31 ⚐ἐκ of τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd δὲ but πολλοὶ much ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Ὁ the χριστὸς Christ ὅταν when(-ever) ἔλθῃ to come ⚐μὴ not πλείονα greater σημεῖα sign ποιήσει to do ⚐ὧν which οὗτος this ἐποίησεν to do;

 -43 7 32 ⚐Ἤκουσαν to hear οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd ⚐γογγύζοντος to murmur περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him ταῦτα these, ⚐καὶ and ἀπέστειλαν to send οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ὑπηρέτας servant ⚐ἵνα in order to πιάσωσιν to arrest αὐτόν him. -43 7 33 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν then ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἔτι still χρόνον time μικρὸν small μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you εἰμι to be ⚐καὶ and ὑπάγω to go πρὸς to τὸν who πέμψαντά to send με me. -43 7 34 ⚐ζητήσετέ to seek με me ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no εὑρήσετέ to find με me, ⚐καὶ and ὅπου where(-ever) εἰμὶ to be ἐγὼ I ὑμεῖς you οὐ no δύνασθε be able ἐλθεῖν to come. -43 7 35 ⚐εἶπον to say οὖν then οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish πρὸς to ἑαυτούς themselves· ⚐Ποῦ where? οὗτος this μέλλει be about to πορεύεσθαι to go ⚐ὅτι that ἡμεῖς we οὐχ no εὑρήσομεν to find αὐτόν him; ⚐μὴ not εἰς toward τὴν the διασπορὰν dispersion τῶν the Ἑλλήνων a Greek μέλλει be about to πορεύεσθαι to go ⚐καὶ and διδάσκειν to teach τοὺς the Ἕλληνας a Greek; -43 7 36 ⚐τίς which? ἐστιν to be ὁ the λόγος word οὗτος this ⚐ὃν which εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ζητήσετέ to seek με me ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no εὑρήσετέ to find με me, ⚐καὶ and ὅπου where(-ever) εἰμὶ to be ἐγὼ I ὑμεῖς you οὐ no δύνασθε be able ἐλθεῖν to come;

 -43 7 37 ⚐Ἐν on δὲ and τῇ the ἐσχάτῃ last ἡμέρᾳ day τῇ the μεγάλῃ great τῆς the ἑορτῆς festival ⚐εἱστήκει to stand ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐καὶ and ἔκραξεν to cry ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἐάν if τις one διψᾷ to thirst ⚐ἐρχέσθω to come πρός to με me ⚐καὶ and πινέτω to drink. -43 7 38 ⚐ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) εἰς toward ἐμέ me, καθὼς just as εἶπεν to say ἡ the γραφή a writing, ⚐ποταμοὶ river ἐκ from τῆς the κοιλίας belly αὐτοῦ of him ῥεύσουσιν to (over)flow ὕδατος water ζῶντος to live. -43 7 39 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and εἶπεν to say περὶ about τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit ⚐ὃ which ἔμελλον be about to λαμβάνειν to take οἱ who πιστεύσαντες to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτόν him· ⚐οὔπω not yet γὰρ for ἦν to be πνεῦμα spirit, ⚐ὅτι since Ἰησοῦς Jesus οὐδέπω never ἐδοξάσθη to glorify.

 -43 7 40 ⚐Ἐκ out of τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd οὖν therefore ἀκούσαντες to hear τῶν the λόγων word τούτων of these ⚐ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ἀληθῶς truly ὁ the προφήτης prophet· -43 7 41 ⚐ἄλλοι another ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the χριστός Christ· ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Μὴ not γὰρ for ἐκ from τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee ὁ the χριστὸς Christ ἔρχεται to come; -43 7 42 ⚐οὐχ no ἡ the γραφὴ a writing εἶπεν to say ⚐ὅτι that ἐκ out of τοῦ the σπέρματος seed Δαυὶδ David, καὶ and ἀπὸ from Βηθλέεμ Bethlehem τῆς the κώμης village ὅπου where(-ever) ἦν to be Δαυὶδ David, ἔρχεται to come ὁ the χριστός Christ; -43 7 43 ⚐σχίσμα split οὖν therefore ἐγένετο to be ἐν in τῷ the ὄχλῳ crowd δι᾽ because of αὐτόν him. -43 7 44 ⚐τινὲς one δὲ and ἤθελον to will ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them ⚐πιάσαι to catch αὐτόν him, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐδεὶς no one ἐπέβαλεν to seize ἐπ᾽ on αὐτὸν him τὰς the χεῖρας hand.

 -43 7 45 ⚐Ἦλθον to come οὖν then οἱ the ὑπηρέται servant πρὸς to τοὺς the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and Φαρισαίους Pharisee, ⚐καὶ and εἶπον to say αὐτοῖς to them ἐκεῖνοι that· ⚐Διὰ because of τί which? οὐκ no ἠγάγετε to bring αὐτόν him; -43 7 46 ⚐ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer οἱ the ὑπηρέται servant· ⚐Οὐδέποτε never ἐλάλησεν to speak οὕτως thus(-ly) ἄνθρωπος a human. -43 7 47 ⚐ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer οὖν then αὐτοῖς to them οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee· ⚐Μὴ not καὶ and ὑμεῖς you πεπλάνησθε to lead astray; -43 7 48 ⚐μή not τις one ἐκ of τῶν the ἀρχόντων ruler ἐπίστευσεν to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτὸν him ἢ or ἐκ out of τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee; -43 7 49 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the ὄχλος crowd οὗτος this ὁ who μὴ not γινώσκων to know τὸν the νόμον law ἐπάρατοί accursed εἰσιν to be. -43 7 50 ⚐λέγει to speak Νικόδημος Nicodemus πρὸς to αὐτούς them, ⚐ὁ who ἐλθὼν to go πρὸς to αὐτὸν him τὸ the πρότερον before, ⚐εἷς one ὢν to be ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them· -43 7 51 ⚐Μὴ not ὁ the νόμος law ἡμῶν of us κρίνει to judge τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not ἀκούσῃ to hear πρῶτον first παρ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and γνῷ to know ⚐τί which? ποιεῖ to do; -43 7 52 ⚐ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer καὶ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Μὴ not καὶ and σὺ you ἐκ from τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee εἶ to be; ⚐ἐραύνησον to look into καὶ and ἴδε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐκ from τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee προφήτης prophet οὐκ no ἐγείρεται to arise.

 -43 7 53 [[ ⚐Καὶ and ἐπορεύθησαν to go ἕκαστος each εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house αὐτοῦ of him,

 -43 8 1 ⚐Ἰησοῦς Jesus δὲ but ἐπορεύθη to go εἰς toward τὸ the Ὄρος mountain τῶν the Ἐλαιῶν Olivet. -43 8 2 ⚐Ὄρθρου dawn δὲ and πάλιν again παρεγένετο to come εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερὸν temple ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ the λαὸς a people ἤρχετο to come πρὸς to αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and καθίσας to sit ⚐ἐδίδασκεν to teach αὐτούς them. -43 8 3 ⚐ἄγουσιν to bring δὲ and οἱ the γραμματεῖς scribe καὶ and οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee γυναῖκα woman ἐπὶ upon μοιχείᾳ adultery κατειλημμένην to lay hold of ⚐καὶ and στήσαντες to stand αὐτὴν her ἐν on μέσῳ midst -43 8 4 ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him, ⚐Διδάσκαλε teacher, αὕτη this ἡ the γυνὴ woman κατείληπται to lay hold of ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτοφώρῳ in the very act μοιχευομένη to commit adultery· -43 8 5 ⚐ἐν in δὲ and τῷ the νόμῳ law ἡμῖν to us Μωϋσῆς Moses ἐνετείλατο to order ⚐τὰς the τοιαύτας such as this λιθάζειν to stone· ⚐σὺ you οὖν then τί which? λέγεις to speak; -43 8 6 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and ἔλεγον to speak ⚐πειράζοντες to test αὐτόν him, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἔχωσιν to have κατηγορεῖν to accuse αὐτοῦ of him. ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus κάτω under κύψας to bend down ⚐τῷ the δακτύλῳ finger κατέγραφεν to delineate εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth. -43 8 7 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and ἐπέμενον to remain ἐρωτῶντες to ask αὐτόν him, ⚐ἀνέκυψεν to straighten up ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐Ὁ the ἀναμάρτητος sinless ὑμῶν of you πρῶτος first ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτὴν her βαλέτω to throw λίθον stone· -43 8 8 ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again κατακύψας to stoop ⚐ἔγραφεν to write εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth. -43 8 9 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἀκούσαντες to hear ⚐ἐξήρχοντο to go out εἷς one καθ᾽ according to εἷς one ⚐ἀρξάμενοι be first ἀπὸ from τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder ⚐καὶ and κατελείφθη to leave μόνος alone ⚐καὶ and ἡ the γυνὴ woman ἐν in μέσῳ midst οὖσα to be. -43 8 10 ⚐ἀνακύψας to straighten up δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her, ⚐Γύναι woman ποῦ where? εἰσιν to be; ⚐οὐδείς no one σε you κατέκρινεν to condemn; -43 8 11 ⚐ἡ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say, ⚐Οὐδείς no one, κύριε lord. ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐Οὐδὲ and not ἐγώ I σε you κατακρίνω to condemn· ⚐πορεύου to go ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from τοῦ the νῦν now μηκέτι never again ἁμάρτανε to sin.]] -43 8 12 ⚐Πάλιν again οὖν then αὐτοῖς to them ἐλάλησεν to speak ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be τὸ the φῶς light τοῦ the κόσμου world· ⚐ὁ who ἀκολουθῶν to follow ἐμοὶ to me οὐ no μὴ not περιπατήσῃ to walk ἐν in τῇ the σκοτίᾳ darkness, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἕξει to have τὸ the φῶς light τῆς the ζωῆς life. -43 8 13 ⚐εἶπον to say οὖν therefore αὐτῷ to him οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee· ⚐Σὺ you περὶ about σεαυτοῦ yourself μαρτυρεῖς to testify· ⚐ἡ the μαρτυρία testimony σου of you οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἀληθής true. -43 8 14 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Κἂν even if ἐγὼ I μαρτυρῶ to testify περὶ about ἐμαυτοῦ myself, ⚐ἀληθής true ἐστιν to be ἡ the μαρτυρία testimony μου of me, ⚐ὅτι since οἶδα to know ⚐πόθεν where ἦλθον to come ⚐καὶ and ποῦ where? ὑπάγω to go· ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐πόθεν where ἔρχομαι to come ⚐ἢ or ποῦ where? ὑπάγω to go. -43 8 15 ⚐ὑμεῖς you κατὰ according to τὴν the σάρκα flesh κρίνετε to judge, ⚐ἐγὼ I οὐ no κρίνω to judge οὐδένα no one. -43 8 16 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if κρίνω to judge δὲ but ἐγώ I, ⚐ἡ the κρίσις judgment ἡ the ἐμὴ my ἀληθινή true ἐστιν to be, ⚐ὅτι since μόνος alone οὐκ no εἰμί to be, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐγὼ I καὶ and ὁ who πέμψας to send με me πατήρ father. -43 8 17 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the νόμῳ law δὲ and τῷ the ὑμετέρῳ your γέγραπται to write ⚐ὅτι that δύο two ἀνθρώπων a human ἡ the μαρτυρία testimony ἀληθής true ἐστιν to be. -43 8 18 ⚐ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ὁ the μαρτυρῶν to testify περὶ about ἐμαυτοῦ myself ⚐καὶ and μαρτυρεῖ to testify περὶ about ἐμοῦ of me ὁ who πέμψας to send με me πατήρ father. -43 8 19 ⚐ἔλεγον to speak οὖν then αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ποῦ where? ἐστιν to be ὁ the πατήρ father σου of you; ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Οὔτε neither ἐμὲ me οἴδατε to know οὔτε neither τὸν the πατέρα father μου of me· ⚐εἰ if ἐμὲ me ᾔδειτε to know, ⚐καὶ and τὸν the πατέρα father μου of me ἂν if ᾔδειτε to know. -43 8 20 ⚐ταῦτα these τὰ the ῥήματα word ἐλάλησεν to speak ἐν in τῷ the γαζοφυλακίῳ treasury ⚐διδάσκων to teach ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple· ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἐπίασεν to catch αὐτόν him, ⚐ὅτι since οὔπω not yet ἐληλύθει to come ἡ the ὥρα hour αὐτοῦ of him.

 -43 8 21 ⚐Εἶπεν to say οὖν then πάλιν again αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἐγὼ I ὑπάγω to go ⚐καὶ and ζητήσετέ to seek με me, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the ἁμαρτίᾳ sin ὑμῶν of you ἀποθανεῖσθε to die· ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἐγὼ I ὑπάγω to go ὑμεῖς you οὐ no δύνασθε be able ἐλθεῖν to come. -43 8 22 ⚐ἔλεγον to speak οὖν therefore οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish· ⚐Μήτι no? ἀποκτενεῖ to kill ἑαυτὸν himself ⚐ὅτι since λέγει to speak· ⚐Ὅπου where(-ever) ἐγὼ I ὑπάγω to go ὑμεῖς you οὐ no δύνασθε be able ἐλθεῖν to come; -43 8 23 ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγεν to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὑμεῖς you ἐκ from τῶν the κάτω under ἐστέ to be, ⚐ἐγὼ I ἐκ from τῶν the ἄνω above εἰμί to be· ⚐ὑμεῖς you ἐκ from τούτου of this τοῦ the κόσμου world ἐστέ to be, ⚐ἐγὼ I οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἐκ from τοῦ the κόσμου world τούτου of this. -43 8 24 ⚐εἶπον to say οὖν therefore ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ἀποθανεῖσθε to die ἐν in ταῖς the ἁμαρτίαις sin ὑμῶν of you· ⚐ἐὰν if γὰρ for μὴ not πιστεύσητε to trust (in) ὅτι that ἐγώ I εἰμι to be, ⚐ἀποθανεῖσθε to die ἐν in ταῖς the ἁμαρτίαις sin ὑμῶν of you. -43 8 25 ⚐ἔλεγον to speak οὖν therefore αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Σὺ you τίς which? εἶ to be; ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Τὴν the ἀρχὴν beginning ὅ which τι one καὶ and λαλῶ to speak ὑμῖν to you; -43 8 26 ⚐πολλὰ much ἔχω to have περὶ about ὑμῶν of you λαλεῖν to speak καὶ and κρίνειν to judge· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ who πέμψας to send με me ἀληθής true ἐστιν to be, ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἃ which ἤκουσα to hear παρ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him ταῦτα these λαλῶ to speak εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world. -43 8 27 ⚐οὐκ no ἔγνωσαν to know ⚐ὅτι that τὸν the πατέρα father αὐτοῖς to them ἔλεγεν to speak. -43 8 28 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν then αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) ὑψώσητε to lift up τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human, ⚐τότε then γνώσεσθε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐγώ I εἰμι to be, ⚐καὶ and ἀπ᾽ from ἐμαυτοῦ myself ποιῶ to do οὐδέν no one, ⚐ἀλλὰ but καθὼς just as ἐδίδαξέν to teach με me ὁ the πατὴρ father ταῦτα these λαλῶ to speak. -43 8 29 ⚐καὶ and ὁ who πέμψας to send με me μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me ἐστιν to be· ⚐οὐκ no ἀφῆκέν to release με me μόνον alone, ⚐ὅτι since ἐγὼ I τὰ the ἀρεστὰ pleasing αὐτῷ to him ποιῶ to do πάντοτε always. -43 8 30 ⚐ταῦτα these αὐτοῦ of him λαλοῦντος to speak ⚐πολλοὶ much ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτόν him.

 -43 8 31 ⚐Ἔλεγεν to speak οὖν then ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus πρὸς to τοὺς who πεπιστευκότας to trust (in) αὐτῷ to him Ἰουδαίους Jewish· ⚐Ἐὰν if ὑμεῖς you μείνητε to stay ἐν in τῷ the λόγῳ word τῷ the ἐμῷ my, ⚐ἀληθῶς truly μαθηταί disciple μού of me ἐστε to be, -43 8 32 ⚐καὶ and γνώσεσθε to know τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ἀλήθεια truth ἐλευθερώσει to set free ὑμᾶς you. -43 8 33 ⚐ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Σπέρμα seed Ἀβραάμ Abraham ἐσμεν to be ⚐καὶ and οὐδενὶ no one δεδουλεύκαμεν be a slave πώποτε ever· ⚐πῶς how? σὺ you λέγεις to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἐλεύθεροι free γενήσεσθε to be;

 -43 8 34 ⚐Ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that πᾶς all ὁ who ποιῶν to do τὴν the ἁμαρτίαν sin δοῦλός slave ἐστιν to be τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin· -43 8 35 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and δοῦλος slave οὐ no μένει to stay ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age· ⚐ὁ the υἱὸς son μένει to stay εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age. -43 8 36 ⚐ἐὰν if οὖν therefore ὁ the υἱὸς son ὑμᾶς you ἐλευθερώσῃ to set free, ⚐ὄντως really ἐλεύθεροι free ἔσεσθε to be. -43 8 37 ⚐οἶδα to know ⚐ὅτι that σπέρμα seed Ἀβραάμ Abraham ἐστε to be· ⚐ἀλλὰ but ζητεῖτέ to seek ⚐με me ἀποκτεῖναι to kill, ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the λόγος word ὁ the ἐμὸς my οὐ no χωρεῖ to make room for ἐν among ὑμῖν to you. -43 8 38 ⚐ἃ which ἐγὼ I ἑώρακα to see παρὰ beside τῷ the πατρὶ father λαλῶ to speak· ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you οὖν therefore ἃ which ἠκούσατε to hear παρὰ from τοῦ the πατρὸς father ποιεῖτε to do.

 -43 8 39 ⚐Ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer καὶ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὁ the πατὴρ father ἡμῶν of us Ἀβραάμ Abraham ἐστιν to be. ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Εἰ if τέκνα child τοῦ the Ἀβραάμ Abraham ἐστε to be, ⚐τὰ the ἔργα work τοῦ the Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ἐποιεῖτε to do· -43 8 40 ⚐νῦν now δὲ but ζητεῖτέ to seek ⚐με me ἀποκτεῖναι to kill, ⚐ἄνθρωπον a human ὃς which τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth ὑμῖν to you λελάληκα to speak ⚐ἣν which ἤκουσα to hear παρὰ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God· ⚐τοῦτο this Ἀβραὰμ Abraham οὐκ no ἐποίησεν to do. -43 8 41 ⚐ὑμεῖς you ποιεῖτε to do τὰ the ἔργα work τοῦ the πατρὸς father ὑμῶν of you. ⚐εἶπαν to say οὖν therefore αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἡμεῖς we ἐκ out of πορνείας sexual sin οὐ no γεγεννήμεθα to beget· ⚐ἕνα one πατέρα father ἔχομεν to have τὸν the θεόν God. -43 8 42 ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Εἰ if ὁ the θεὸς God πατὴρ father ὑμῶν of you ἦν to be ⚐ἠγαπᾶτε to love ἂν if ἐμέ me, ⚐ἐγὼ I γὰρ for ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐξῆλθον to go out καὶ and ἥκω to be present· ⚐οὐδὲ and not γὰρ for ἀπ᾽ from ἐμαυτοῦ myself ἐλήλυθα to come, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐκεῖνός that με me ἀπέστειλεν to send. -43 8 43 ⚐διὰ because of τί which? τὴν the λαλιὰν speech τὴν the ἐμὴν my οὐ no γινώσκετε to know; ⚐ὅτι since οὐ no δύνασθε be able ἀκούειν to hear τὸν the λόγον word τὸν the ἐμόν my. -43 8 44 ⚐ὑμεῖς you ἐκ from τοῦ the πατρὸς father τοῦ the διαβόλου the Devil ἐστὲ to be ⚐καὶ and τὰς the ἐπιθυμίας desire τοῦ the πατρὸς father ὑμῶν of you θέλετε to will ποιεῖν to do. ⚐ἐκεῖνος that ἀνθρωποκτόνος murderer ἦν to be ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the ἀληθείᾳ truth οὐκ no ἔστηκεν to stand, ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἀλήθεια truth ἐν in αὐτῷ to him. ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) λαλῇ to speak τὸ the ψεῦδος lie, ⚐ἐκ out of τῶν the ἰδίων one's own λαλεῖ to speak, ⚐ὅτι since ψεύστης liar ἐστὶν to be καὶ and ὁ the πατὴρ father αὐτοῦ of it. -43 8 45 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but ὅτι since τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth λέγω to speak, ⚐οὐ no πιστεύετέ to trust (in) μοι to me. -43 8 46 ⚐τίς which? ἐξ out of ὑμῶν of you ἐλέγχει to rebuke με me περὶ about ἁμαρτίας sin; ⚐εἰ if ἀλήθειαν truth λέγω to speak, ⚐διὰ because of τί which? ὑμεῖς you οὐ no πιστεύετέ to trust (in) μοι to me; -43 8 47 ⚐ὁ who ὢν to be ἐκ out of τοῦ the θεοῦ God τὰ the ῥήματα word τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἀκούει to hear· ⚐διὰ through τοῦτο this ὑμεῖς you οὐκ no ἀκούετε to hear ⚐ὅτι since ἐκ out of τοῦ the θεοῦ God οὐκ no ἐστέ to be.

 -43 8 48 ⚐Ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish καὶ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Οὐ no καλῶς well λέγομεν to speak ἡμεῖς we ⚐ὅτι that Σαμαρίτης Samaritan εἶ to be σὺ you ⚐καὶ and δαιμόνιον demon ἔχεις to have; -43 8 49 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἐγὼ I δαιμόνιον demon οὐκ no ἔχω to be, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τιμῶ to honor τὸν the πατέρα father μου of me, ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἀτιμάζετέ to dishonor με me. -43 8 50 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ and οὐ no ζητῶ to seek τὴν the δόξαν glory μου of me· ⚐ἔστιν to be ὁ who ζητῶν to seek καὶ and κρίνων to judge. -43 8 51 ⚐ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἐάν if τις one τὸν the ἐμὸν my λόγον word τηρήσῃ to keep, ⚐θάνατον death οὐ no μὴ not θεωρήσῃ to see εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age. -43 8 52 ⚐εἶπον to say οὖν therefore αὐτῷ to him οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish· ⚐Νῦν now ἐγνώκαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that δαιμόνιον demon ἔχεις to have. ⚐Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ἀπέθανεν to die καὶ and οἱ the προφῆται prophet, ⚐καὶ and σὺ you λέγεις to speak· ⚐Ἐάν if τις one τὸν the λόγον word μου of me τηρήσῃ to keep, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not γεύσηται to taste θανάτου death εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age· -43 8 53 ⚐μὴ not σὺ you μείζων great εἶ to be τοῦ the πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us Ἀβραάμ Abraham, ⚐ὅστις who ἀπέθανεν to die; ⚐καὶ and οἱ the προφῆται prophet ἀπέθανον to die· ⚐τίνα which? σεαυτὸν yourself ποιεῖς to make; -43 8 54 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἐὰν if ἐγὼ I δοξάσω to glorify ἐμαυτόν myself, ⚐ἡ the δόξα glory μου of me οὐδέν no one ἐστιν to be· ⚐ἔστιν to be ὁ the πατήρ father μου of me ὁ who δοξάζων to glorify με me, ⚐ὃν which ὑμεῖς you λέγετε to speak ⚐ὅτι that θεὸς God ἡμῶν of us ἐστιν to be, -43 8 55 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐγνώκατε to know αὐτόν him, ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but οἶδα to know αὐτόν him· ⚐κἂν even if εἴπω to say ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no οἶδα to know αὐτόν him, ⚐ἔσομαι to be ὅμοιος like ὑμῖν to you ψεύστης liar· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οἶδα to know αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and τὸν the λόγον word αὐτοῦ of him τηρῶ to keep. -43 8 56 ⚐Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ὁ the πατὴρ father ὑμῶν of you ἠγαλλιάσατο to rejoice ⚐ἵνα in order to ἴδῃ to know τὴν the ἡμέραν day τὴν the ἐμήν my, ⚐καὶ and εἶδεν to know ⚐καὶ and ἐχάρη to rejoice. -43 8 57 ⚐εἶπον to say οὖν then οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Πεντήκοντα fifty ἔτη year οὔπω not yet ἔχεις to have ⚐καὶ and Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ἑώρακας to see; -43 8 58 ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐πρὶν before Ἀβραὰμ Abraham γενέσθαι to be ἐγὼ I εἰμί to be. -43 8 59 ⚐ἦραν to take up οὖν then λίθους stone ⚐ἵνα in order to βάλωσιν to throw ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτόν him· ⚐Ἰησοῦς Jesus δὲ but ἐκρύβη to hide ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἐκ from τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple. -43 9 1 ⚐Καὶ and παράγων to pass ⚐εἶδεν to know ἄνθρωπον a human τυφλὸν blind ἐκ from γενετῆς birth. -43 9 2 ⚐καὶ and ἠρώτησαν to ask αὐτὸν him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ῥαββί Rabbi, τίς which? ἥμαρτεν to sin, οὗτος this ἢ or οἱ the γονεῖς parent αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἵνα in order that τυφλὸς blind γεννηθῇ to beget; -43 9 3 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Οὔτε neither οὗτος this ἥμαρτεν to sin οὔτε neither οἱ the γονεῖς parent αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order that φανερωθῇ to manifest τὰ the ἔργα work τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐν through αὐτῷ to him. -43 9 4 ⚐ἡμᾶς us δεῖ to bind ἐργάζεσθαι to work τὰ the ἔργα work τοῦ who πέμψαντός to send με me ⚐ἕως until ἡμέρα day ἐστίν to be· ⚐ἔρχεται to come νὺξ night ⚐ὅτε when οὐδεὶς no one δύναται be able ἐργάζεσθαι to work. -43 9 5 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world ὦ to be, ⚐φῶς light εἰμι to be τοῦ the κόσμου world. -43 9 6 ⚐ταῦτα these εἰπὼν to say ⚐ἔπτυσεν to spit χαμαὶ on the ground ⚐καὶ and ἐποίησεν to make πηλὸν clay ἐκ out of τοῦ the πτύσματος saliva, ⚐καὶ and ἐπέχρισεν to rub on αὐτοῦ of him τὸν the πηλὸν clay ἐπὶ on τοὺς the ὀφθαλμούς eye, -43 9 7 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὕπαγε to go νίψαι to wash εἰς toward τὴν the κολυμβήθραν pool τοῦ the Σιλωάμ Siloam( ⚐ὃ which ἑρμηνεύεται to interpret Ἀπεσταλμένος to send). ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away οὖν therefore ⚐καὶ and ἐνίψατο to wash, ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to come βλέπων to see. -43 9 8 ⚐οἱ the οὖν then γείτονες neighbour καὶ and οἱ who θεωροῦντες to see αὐτὸν him τὸ the πρότερον before ⚐ὅτι that προσαίτης a beggar ἦν to be ⚐ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Οὐχ no οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ who καθήμενος to sit καὶ and προσαιτῶν to beg; -43 9 9 ⚐ἄλλοι another ἔλεγον to speak ⚐ὅτι that Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be· ⚐ἄλλοι another ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Οὐχί not, ἀλλ᾽ but ὅμοιος like αὐτῷ to him ἐστιν to be. ⚐ἐκεῖνος that ἔλεγεν to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be. -43 9 10 ⚐ἔλεγον to speak οὖν therefore αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Πῶς how? οὖν then ἠνεῴχθησάν to open σου of you οἱ the ὀφθαλμοί eye; -43 9 11 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer ἐκεῖνος that· ⚐Ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human ὁ the λεγόμενος to speak Ἰησοῦς Jesus πηλὸν clay ἐποίησεν to make ⚐καὶ and ἐπέχρισέν to rub on μου of me τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye ⚐καὶ and εἶπέν to say μοι to me ⚐ὅτι that Ὕπαγε to go εἰς toward τὸν the Σιλωὰμ Siloam ⚐καὶ and νίψαι to wash· ⚐ἀπελθὼν to go away οὖν therefore καὶ and νιψάμενος to wash ⚐ἀνέβλεψα to recover sight. -43 9 12 ⚐καὶ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ποῦ where? ἐστιν to be ἐκεῖνος that; ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Οὐκ no οἶδα to know.

 -43 9 13 ⚐Ἄγουσιν to bring αὐτὸν him πρὸς to τοὺς the Φαρισαίους Pharisee τόν who ποτε once τυφλόν blind. -43 9 14 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and σάββατον Sabbath ⚐ἐν on ᾗ which ἡμέρᾳ day τὸν the πηλὸν clay ἐποίησεν to make ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐καὶ and ἀνέῳξεν to open αὐτοῦ of him τοὺς the ὀφθαλμούς eye. -43 9 15 ⚐πάλιν again οὖν therefore ἠρώτων to ask αὐτὸν him καὶ and οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ⚐πῶς how? ἀνέβλεψεν to recover sight. ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Πηλὸν clay ἐπέθηκέν to put μου of me ἐπὶ on τοὺς the ὀφθαλμούς eye, ⚐καὶ and ἐνιψάμην to wash, ⚐καὶ and βλέπω to see. -43 9 16 ⚐ἔλεγον to speak οὖν then ἐκ of τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee τινές one· ⚐Οὐκ no ἔστιν to be οὗτος this παρὰ from θεοῦ God ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human, ⚐ὅτι since τὸ the σάββατον Sabbath οὐ no τηρεῖ to keep. ⚐ἄλλοι another δὲ but ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Πῶς how? δύναται be able ἄνθρωπος a human ἁμαρτωλὸς sinful ⚐τοιαῦτα such as this σημεῖα sign ποιεῖν to do; ⚐καὶ and σχίσμα split ἦν to be ἐν among αὐτοῖς to them. -43 9 17 ⚐λέγουσιν to speak οὖν therefore τῷ who τυφλῷ blind πάλιν again· ⚐Τί which? σὺ you λέγεις to speak περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὅτι since ἠνέῳξέν to open σου of you τοὺς the ὀφθαλμούς eye; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say ⚐ὅτι that Προφήτης prophet ἐστίν to be.

 -43 9 18 ⚐Οὐκ no ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) οὖν then οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅτι that ἦν to be τυφλὸς blind καὶ and ἀνέβλεψεν to recover sight, ⚐ἕως until ὅτου which ἐφώνησαν to call τοὺς the γονεῖς parent αὐτοῦ of him τοῦ who ἀναβλέψαντος to recover sight -43 9 19 ⚐καὶ and ἠρώτησαν to ask αὐτοὺς them ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the υἱὸς son ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ὃν which ὑμεῖς you λέγετε to speak ⚐ὅτι that τυφλὸς blind ἐγεννήθη to beget; ⚐πῶς how? οὖν then βλέπει to see ἄρτι now; -43 9 20 ⚐ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer οὖν therefore οἱ the γονεῖς parent αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the υἱὸς son ἡμῶν of us ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that τυφλὸς blind ἐγεννήθη to beget· -43 9 21 ⚐πῶς how? δὲ but νῦν now βλέπει to see οὐκ no οἴδαμεν to know, ⚐ἢ or τίς which? ἤνοιξεν to open αὐτοῦ of him τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye ἡμεῖς we οὐκ no οἴδαμεν to know· ⚐αὐτὸν him ἐρωτήσατε to ask, ⚐ἡλικίαν age ἔχει to be, ⚐αὐτὸς he περὶ about ἑαυτοῦ himself λαλήσει to speak. -43 9 22 ⚐ταῦτα these εἶπαν to say οἱ the γονεῖς parent αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅτι since ἐφοβοῦντο to fear τοὺς the Ἰουδαίους Jewish, ⚐ἤδη already γὰρ for συνετέθειντο to agree οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐάν if τις one αὐτὸν him ὁμολογήσῃ to confess χριστόν Christ, ⚐ἀποσυνάγωγος excommunicated γένηται to be. -43 9 23 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this οἱ the γονεῖς parent αὐτοῦ of him εἶπαν to say ⚐ὅτι that Ἡλικίαν age ἔχει to be, ⚐αὐτὸν him ἐπερωτήσατε to question.

 -43 9 24 ⚐Ἐφώνησαν to call οὖν then τὸν the ἄνθρωπον a human ἐκ out of δευτέρου secondly ⚐ὃς which ἦν to be τυφλὸς blind ⚐καὶ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Δὸς to give δόξαν glory τῷ the θεῷ God· ⚐ἡμεῖς we οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that οὗτος this ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human ἁμαρτωλός sinful ἐστιν to be. -43 9 25 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer οὖν therefore ἐκεῖνος that· ⚐Εἰ if ἁμαρτωλός sinful ἐστιν to be οὐκ no οἶδα to know· ⚐ἓν one οἶδα to know ⚐ὅτι that τυφλὸς blind ὢν to be ⚐ἄρτι now βλέπω to see. -43 9 26 ⚐εἶπον to say οὖν then αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Τί which? ἐποίησέν to do σοι to you; ⚐πῶς how? ἤνοιξέν to open σου of you τοὺς the ὀφθαλμούς eye; -43 9 27 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Εἶπον to say ὑμῖν to you ἤδη already ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἠκούσατε to hear· ⚐τί which? πάλιν again θέλετε to will ἀκούειν to hear; ⚐μὴ not καὶ and ὑμεῖς you θέλετε to will ⚐αὐτοῦ of him μαθηταὶ disciple γενέσθαι to be; -43 9 28 ⚐καὶ and ἐλοιδόρησαν to revile αὐτὸν him καὶ and εἶπον to say· ⚐Σὺ you μαθητὴς disciple εἶ to be ἐκείνου that, ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ and τοῦ the Μωϋσέως Moses ἐσμὲν to be μαθηταί disciple· -43 9 29 ⚐ἡμεῖς we οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that Μωϋσεῖ Moses λελάληκεν to speak ὁ the θεός God, ⚐τοῦτον this δὲ and οὐκ no οἴδαμεν to know ⚐πόθεν where ἐστίν to be. -43 9 30 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἐν in τούτῳ to this γὰρ for τὸ the θαυμαστόν marvellous ἐστιν to be ⚐ὅτι that ὑμεῖς you οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐πόθεν where ἐστίν to be, ⚐καὶ and ἤνοιξέν to open μου of me τοὺς the ὀφθαλμούς eye. -43 9 31 ⚐οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἁμαρτωλῶν sinful ὁ the θεὸς God οὐκ no ἀκούει to hear, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐάν if τις one θεοσεβὴς godly ᾖ to be καὶ and τὸ the θέλημα will αὐτοῦ of him ποιῇ to do ⚐τούτου of this ἀκούει to hear. -43 9 32 ⚐ἐκ out of τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age οὐκ no ἠκούσθη to hear ⚐ὅτι that ἠνέῳξέν to open τις one ὀφθαλμοὺς eye τυφλοῦ blind γεγεννημένου to beget· -43 9 33 ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ἦν to be οὗτος this παρὰ from θεοῦ God, ⚐οὐκ no ἠδύνατο be able ποιεῖν to do οὐδέν no one. -43 9 34 ⚐ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer καὶ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἐν in ἁμαρτίαις sin σὺ you ἐγεννήθης to beget ὅλος all, ⚐καὶ and σὺ you διδάσκεις to teach ἡμᾶς us; ⚐καὶ and ἐξέβαλον to expel αὐτὸν him ἔξω out.

 -43 9 35 ⚐Ἤκουσεν to hear Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὅτι that ἐξέβαλον to expel αὐτὸν him ἔξω out, ⚐καὶ and εὑρὼν to find αὐτὸν him ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Σὺ you πιστεύεις to trust (in) εἰς toward τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human; -43 9 36 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer ἐκεῖνος that καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Καὶ and τίς which? ἐστιν to be, κύριε lord, ⚐ἵνα in order that πιστεύσω to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτόν him; -43 9 37 ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Καὶ and ἑώρακας to see αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ὁ the λαλῶν to speak μετὰ with σοῦ of you ἐκεῖνός that ἐστιν to be. -43 9 38 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἔφη to say· ⚐Πιστεύω to trust (in), κύριε lord· ⚐καὶ and προσεκύνησεν to worship αὐτῷ to him. -43 9 39 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Εἰς toward κρίμα judgment ἐγὼ I εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world τοῦτον this ἦλθον to come, ⚐ἵνα in order that οἱ who μὴ not βλέποντες to see βλέπωσιν to see ⚐καὶ and οἱ who βλέποντες to see τυφλοὶ blind γένωνται to be. -43 9 40 ⚐ἤκουσαν to hear ἐκ out of τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee ταῦτα these οἱ the μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him ὄντες to be, ⚐καὶ and εἶπον to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Μὴ not καὶ and ἡμεῖς we τυφλοί blind ἐσμεν to be; -43 9 41 ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Εἰ if τυφλοὶ blind ἦτε to be, ⚐οὐκ no ἂν if εἴχετε to be ἁμαρτίαν sin· ⚐νῦν now δὲ but λέγετε to speak ⚐ὅτι that Βλέπομεν to see· ⚐ἡ the ἁμαρτία sin ὑμῶν of you μένει to stay.

 -43 10 1 ⚐Ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὁ who μὴ not εἰσερχόμενος to enter διὰ through τῆς the θύρας door εἰς toward τὴν the αὐλὴν sheepfold τῶν the προβάτων sheep ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀναβαίνων to ascend ἀλλαχόθεν from elsewhere ⚐ἐκεῖνος that κλέπτης thief ἐστὶν to be καὶ and λῃστής robber· -43 10 2 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἰσερχόμενος to enter διὰ through τῆς the θύρας door ποιμήν shepherd ἐστιν to be τῶν the προβάτων sheep. -43 10 3 ⚐τούτῳ to this ὁ the θυρωρὸς gatekeeper ἀνοίγει to open, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the πρόβατα sheep τῆς the φωνῆς voice αὐτοῦ of him ἀκούει to hear ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ἴδια one's own πρόβατα sheep φωνεῖ to call κατ᾽ according to ὄνομα name ⚐καὶ and ἐξάγει to lead out αὐτά them. -43 10 4 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) τὰ the ἴδια one's own πάντα all ἐκβάλῃ to expel, ⚐ἔμπροσθεν before αὐτῶν of them πορεύεται to go, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the πρόβατα sheep αὐτῷ to him ἀκολουθεῖ to follow, ⚐ὅτι since οἴδασιν to know τὴν the φωνὴν voice αὐτοῦ of him· -43 10 5 ⚐ἀλλοτρίῳ another’s δὲ and οὐ no μὴ not ἀκολουθήσουσιν to follow ⚐ἀλλὰ but φεύξονται to flee ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no οἴδασιν to know τῶν the ἀλλοτρίων another’s τὴν the φωνήν voice. -43 10 6 ⚐ταύτην this τὴν the παροιμίαν proverb εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐ἐκεῖνοι that δὲ but οὐκ no ἔγνωσαν to know ⚐τίνα which? ἦν to be ⚐ἃ which ἐλάλει to speak αὐτοῖς to them.

 -43 10 7 ⚐Εἶπεν to say οὖν therefore πάλιν again ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ἡ the θύρα door τῶν the προβάτων sheep. -43 10 8 ⚐πάντες all ὅσοι as much as ἦλθον to come πρὸ before ἐμοῦ of me κλέπται thief εἰσὶν to be καὶ and λῃσταί robber· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no ἤκουσαν to hear αὐτῶν of them τὰ the πρόβατα sheep. -43 10 9 ⚐ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ἡ the θύρα door· ⚐δι᾽ through ἐμοῦ of me ἐάν if τις one εἰσέλθῃ to enter ⚐σωθήσεται to save καὶ and εἰσελεύσεται to enter καὶ and ἐξελεύσεται to go out ⚐καὶ and νομὴν pasture εὑρήσει to find. -43 10 10 ⚐ὁ the κλέπτης thief οὐκ no ἔρχεται to come ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ἵνα in order to κλέψῃ to steal καὶ and θύσῃ to sacrifice καὶ and ἀπολέσῃ to destroy· ⚐ἐγὼ I ἦλθον to come ⚐ἵνα in order that ζωὴν life ἔχωσιν to have ⚐καὶ and περισσὸν abundant ἔχωσιν to have.

 -43 10 11 ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ὁ the ποιμὴν shepherd ὁ the καλός good· ⚐ὁ the ποιμὴν shepherd ὁ the καλὸς good τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him τίθησιν to place ὑπὲρ for τῶν the προβάτων sheep· -43 10 12 ⚐ὁ the μισθωτὸς hired worker ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ὢν to be ποιμήν shepherd, ⚐οὗ which οὐκ no ἔστιν to be τὰ the πρόβατα sheep ἴδια one's own, ⚐θεωρεῖ to see τὸν the λύκον wolf ἐρχόμενον to come ⚐καὶ and ἀφίησιν to release τὰ the πρόβατα sheep ⚐καὶ and φεύγει to flee— ⚐καὶ and ὁ the λύκος wolf ἁρπάζει to seize αὐτὰ them ⚐καὶ and σκορπίζει to scatter— -43 10 13 ⚐ὅτι since μισθωτός hired worker ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μέλει to care αὐτῷ to him περὶ about τῶν the προβάτων sheep. -43 10 14 ⚐ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ὁ the ποιμὴν shepherd ὁ the καλός good, ⚐καὶ and γινώσκω to know τὰ the ἐμὰ my ⚐καὶ and γινώσκουσίν to know με me τὰ the ἐμά my, -43 10 15 ⚐καθὼς just as γινώσκει to know με me ὁ the πατὴρ father ⚐κἀγὼ and I γινώσκω to know τὸν the πατέρα father, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the ψυχήν soul μου of me τίθημι to place ὑπὲρ for τῶν the προβάτων sheep. -43 10 16 ⚐καὶ and ἄλλα another πρόβατα sheep ἔχω to have ⚐ἃ which οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐκ from τῆς the αὐλῆς sheepfold ταύτης of this· ⚐κἀκεῖνα and that one δεῖ to bind με me ἀγαγεῖν to bring, ⚐καὶ and τῆς the φωνῆς voice μου of me ἀκούσουσιν to hear, ⚐καὶ and γενήσονται to be μία one ποίμνη flock, εἷς one ποιμήν shepherd. -43 10 17 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτό this με me ὁ the πατὴρ father ἀγαπᾷ to love ⚐ὅτι since ἐγὼ I τίθημι to place τὴν the ψυχήν soul μου of me, ⚐ἵνα in order that πάλιν again λάβω to take αὐτήν her. -43 10 18 ⚐οὐδεὶς no one αἴρει to take up αὐτὴν her ἀπ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐγὼ I τίθημι to place αὐτὴν her ἀπ᾽ from ἐμαυτοῦ myself. ⚐ἐξουσίαν authority ἔχω to have θεῖναι to place αὐτήν her, ⚐καὶ and ἐξουσίαν authority ἔχω to have ⚐πάλιν again λαβεῖν to take αὐτήν her· ⚐ταύτην this τὴν the ἐντολὴν commandment ἔλαβον to take παρὰ from τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me.

 -43 10 19 ⚐Σχίσμα split πάλιν again ἐγένετο to be ἐν among τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish διὰ because of τοὺς the λόγους word τούτους these. -43 10 20 ⚐ἔλεγον to speak δὲ and πολλοὶ much ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them· ⚐Δαιμόνιον demon ἔχει to be ⚐καὶ and μαίνεται to rave· ⚐τί which? αὐτοῦ of him ἀκούετε to hear; -43 10 21 ⚐ἄλλοι another ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Ταῦτα these τὰ the ῥήματα word οὐκ no ἔστιν to be δαιμονιζομένου be demonised· ⚐μὴ not δαιμόνιον demon δύναται be able ⚐τυφλῶν blind ὀφθαλμοὺς eye ἀνοῖξαι to open;

 -43 10 22 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be τότε then τὰ the ἐγκαίνια Feast of Dedication ἐν in τοῖς the Ἱεροσολύμοις Jerusalem· ⚐χειμὼν winter ἦν to be, -43 10 23 ⚐καὶ and περιεπάτει to walk ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ἐν in τῇ the στοᾷ portico τοῦ the Σολομῶνος Solomon. -43 10 24 ⚐ἐκύκλωσαν to surround οὖν therefore αὐτὸν him οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἕως until πότε when? τὴν the ψυχὴν soul ἡμῶν of us αἴρεις to take up; ⚐εἰ if σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the χριστός Christ, ⚐εἰπὲ to say ἡμῖν to us παρρησίᾳ boldness. -43 10 25 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Εἶπον to say ὑμῖν to you ⚐καὶ and οὐ no πιστεύετε to trust (in)· ⚐τὰ the ἔργα work ἃ which ἐγὼ I ποιῶ to do ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματι name τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me ταῦτα these μαρτυρεῖ to testify περὶ about ἐμοῦ of me· -43 10 26 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὑμεῖς you οὐ no πιστεύετε to trust (in), ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἐστὲ to be ἐκ out of τῶν the προβάτων sheep τῶν the ἐμῶν my. -43 10 27 ⚐τὰ the πρόβατα sheep τὰ the ἐμὰ my τῆς the φωνῆς voice μου of me ἀκούουσιν to hear, ⚐κἀγὼ and I γινώσκω to know αὐτά them, ⚐καὶ and ἀκολουθοῦσίν to follow μοι to me, -43 10 28 ⚐κἀγὼ and I δίδωμι to give αὐτοῖς to them ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not ἀπόλωνται to destroy εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age, ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no ἁρπάσει to seize τις one αὐτὰ them ἐκ from τῆς the χειρός hand μου of me. -43 10 29 ⚐ὁ the πατήρ father μου of me ὃ which δέδωκέν to give μοι to me πάντων all μεῖζόν great ἐστιν to be, ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one δύναται be able ἁρπάζειν to seize ἐκ from τῆς the χειρὸς hand τοῦ the πατρός father. -43 10 30 ⚐ἐγὼ I καὶ and ὁ the πατὴρ father ἕν one ἐσμεν to be.

 -43 10 31 ⚐Ἐβάστασαν to carry πάλιν again λίθους stone οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ⚐ἵνα in order to λιθάσωσιν to stone αὐτόν him. -43 10 32 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Πολλὰ much ἔργα work καλὰ good ἔδειξα to show ὑμῖν to you ἐκ from τοῦ the πατρός father· ⚐διὰ because of ποῖον what? αὐτῶν of them ἔργον work ἐμὲ me λιθάζετε to stone; -43 10 33 ⚐ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer αὐτῷ to him οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish· ⚐Περὶ about καλοῦ good ἔργου work οὐ no λιθάζομέν to stone σε you ἀλλὰ but περὶ about βλασφημίας blasphemy, ⚐καὶ and ὅτι since σὺ you ἄνθρωπος a human ὢν to be ⚐ποιεῖς to make σεαυτὸν yourself θεόν God. -43 10 34 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Οὐκ no ἔστιν to be γεγραμμένον to write ἐν in τῷ the νόμῳ law ὑμῶν of you ⚐ὅτι that Ἐγὼ I εἶπα to say· ⚐Θεοί God ἐστε to be; -43 10 35 ⚐εἰ if ἐκείνους that εἶπεν to say θεοὺς God ⚐πρὸς to οὓς which ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐγένετο to be, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no δύναται be able λυθῆναι to loose ἡ the γραφή a writing, -43 10 36 ⚐ὃν which ὁ the πατὴρ father ἡγίασεν to sanctify καὶ and ἀπέστειλεν to send εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world ὑμεῖς you λέγετε to speak ⚐ὅτι since Βλασφημεῖς to blaspheme, ⚐ὅτι that εἶπον to say· ⚐Υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God εἰμι to be; -43 10 37 ⚐εἰ if οὐ no ποιῶ to do τὰ the ἔργα work τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me, ⚐μὴ not πιστεύετέ to trust (in) μοι to me· -43 10 38 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ποιῶ to do, ⚐κἂν even if ἐμοὶ to me μὴ not πιστεύητε to trust (in) ⚐τοῖς the ἔργοις work πιστεύετε to trust (in), ⚐ἵνα in order that γνῶτε to know καὶ and γινώσκητε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me ὁ the πατὴρ father ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἐν in τῷ the πατρί father. -43 10 39 ⚐ἐζήτουν to seek οὖν then ⚐αὐτὸν him πάλιν again πιάσαι to catch· ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἐκ out of τῆς the χειρὸς hand αὐτῶν of them.

 -43 10 40 ⚐Καὶ and ἀπῆλθεν to go away πάλιν again πέραν other side τοῦ the Ἰορδάνου Jordan εἰς toward τὸν the τόπον place ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἦν to be Ἰωάννης John τὸ the πρῶτον first βαπτίζων to baptize, ⚐καὶ and ἔμεινεν to stay ἐκεῖ there. -43 10 41 ⚐καὶ and πολλοὶ much ἦλθον to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἰωάννης John μὲν on the other hand σημεῖον sign ἐποίησεν to do οὐδέν no one, ⚐πάντα all δὲ but ὅσα as much as εἶπεν to say Ἰωάννης John περὶ about τούτου of this ἀληθῆ true ἦν to be. -43 10 42 ⚐καὶ and πολλοὶ much ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτὸν him ἐκεῖ there.

 -43 11 1 ⚐Ἦν to be δέ and τις one ἀσθενῶν be weak, Λάζαρος Lazarus ἀπὸ from Βηθανίας Bethany ⚐ἐκ out of τῆς the κώμης village Μαρίας Mary καὶ and Μάρθας Martha τῆς the ἀδελφῆς sister αὐτῆς of her. -43 11 2 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and Μαριὰμ Mary ἡ who ἀλείψασα to anoint τὸν the κύριον lord μύρῳ ointment ⚐καὶ and ἐκμάξασα to wipe off τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτοῦ of him ταῖς the θριξὶν hair αὐτῆς of her, ⚐ἧς which ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother Λάζαρος Lazarus ἠσθένει be weak. -43 11 3 ⚐ἀπέστειλαν to send οὖν therefore αἱ the ἀδελφαὶ sister πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγουσαι to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἴδε look! ὃν which φιλεῖς to love ἀσθενεῖ be weak. -43 11 4 ⚐ἀκούσας to hear δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Αὕτη this ἡ the ἀσθένεια weakness οὐκ no ἔστιν to be πρὸς to θάνατον death ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὑπὲρ for τῆς the δόξης glory τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ἵνα in order that δοξασθῇ to glorify ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God δι᾽ through αὐτῆς of her. -43 11 5 ⚐ἠγάπα to love δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τὴν the Μάρθαν Martha καὶ and τὴν the ἀδελφὴν sister αὐτῆς of her καὶ and τὸν the Λάζαρον Lazarus. -43 11 6 ⚐ὡς as οὖν therefore ἤκουσεν to hear ⚐ὅτι that ἀσθενεῖ be weak, ⚐τότε then μὲν on the other hand ἔμεινεν to stay ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ἦν to be τόπῳ place δύο two ἡμέρας day· -43 11 7 ⚐ἔπειτα then μετὰ after τοῦτο this λέγει to speak τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple· ⚐Ἄγωμεν to bring εἰς toward τὴν the Ἰουδαίαν Judea πάλιν again. -43 11 8 ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him οἱ the μαθηταί disciple· ⚐Ῥαββί Rabbi, νῦν now ἐζήτουν to seek ⚐σε you λιθάσαι to stone οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish, ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again ὑπάγεις to go ἐκεῖ there; -43 11 9 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Οὐχὶ not δώδεκα twelve ὧραί hour εἰσιν to be τῆς the ἡμέρας day; ⚐ἐάν if τις one περιπατῇ to walk ἐν in τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day, ⚐οὐ no προσκόπτει to strike, ⚐ὅτι since τὸ the φῶς light τοῦ the κόσμου world τούτου of this βλέπει to see· -43 11 10 ⚐ἐὰν if δέ but τις one περιπατῇ to walk ἐν in τῇ the νυκτί night, ⚐προσκόπτει to strike, ⚐ὅτι since τὸ the φῶς light οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐν in αὐτῷ to him. -43 11 11 ⚐ταῦτα these εἶπεν to say, ⚐καὶ and μετὰ after τοῦτο this λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Λάζαρος Lazarus ὁ the φίλος friend ἡμῶν of us κεκοίμηται to sleep, ⚐ἀλλὰ but πορεύομαι to go ⚐ἵνα in order to ἐξυπνίσω to awake αὐτόν him. -43 11 12 ⚐εἶπαν to say οὖν then οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, εἰ if κεκοίμηται to sleep ⚐σωθήσεται to save. -43 11 13 ⚐εἰρήκει to say δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus περὶ about τοῦ the θανάτου death αὐτοῦ of him. ⚐ἐκεῖνοι that δὲ but ἔδοξαν to think ⚐ὅτι that περὶ about τῆς the κοιμήσεως sleep τοῦ the ὕπνου sleep λέγει to speak. -43 11 14 ⚐τότε then οὖν therefore εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus παρρησίᾳ boldness· ⚐Λάζαρος Lazarus ἀπέθανεν to die, -43 11 15 ⚐καὶ and χαίρω to rejoice δι᾽ because of ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἵνα in order that πιστεύσητε to trust (in), ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no ἤμην to be ἐκεῖ there· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἄγωμεν to bring πρὸς to αὐτόν him. -43 11 16 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν therefore Θωμᾶς Thomas ὁ the λεγόμενος to speak Δίδυμος Didymus τοῖς the συμμαθηταῖς fellow disciple· ⚐Ἄγωμεν to bring καὶ and ἡμεῖς we ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀποθάνωμεν to die μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him.

 -43 11 17 ⚐Ἐλθὼν to arrive οὖν therefore ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εὗρεν to find αὐτὸν him ⚐τέσσαρας four ἤδη already ἡμέρας day ἔχοντα to have ἐν in τῷ the μνημείῳ grave. -43 11 18 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and ἡ the Βηθανία Bethany ἐγγὺς near τῶν the Ἱεροσολύμων Jerusalem ὡς as ἀπὸ from σταδίων stadium δεκαπέντε fifteen. -43 11 19 ⚐πολλοὶ much δὲ and ἐκ of τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish ἐληλύθεισαν to come πρὸς to τὴν the Μάρθαν Martha καὶ and Μαριὰμ Mary ⚐ἵνα in order to παραμυθήσωνται to encourage αὐτὰς them περὶ about τοῦ the ἀδελφοῦ brother. -43 11 20 ⚐ἡ the οὖν therefore Μάρθα Martha ὡς as ἤκουσεν to hear ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἔρχεται to come ⚐ὑπήντησεν to go meet αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Μαριὰμ Mary δὲ but ἐν in τῷ the οἴκῳ house ἐκαθέζετο to sit down. -43 11 21 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν therefore ἡ the Μάρθα Martha πρὸς to τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus· ⚐Κύριε lord, εἰ if ἦς to be ὧδε here ⚐οὐκ no ἂν if ἀπέθανεν to die ὁ the ἀδελφός brother μου of me· -43 11 22 ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and νῦν now οἶδα to know ⚐ὅτι that ὅσα as much as ἂν if αἰτήσῃ to ask τὸν the θεὸν God δώσει to give σοι to you ὁ the θεός God. -43 11 23 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῇ to her ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀναστήσεται to arise ὁ the ἀδελφός brother σου of you. -43 11 24 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ἡ the Μάρθα Martha· ⚐Οἶδα to know ⚐ὅτι that ἀναστήσεται to arise ἐν in τῇ the ἀναστάσει resurrection ἐν in τῇ the ἐσχάτῃ last ἡμέρᾳ day. -43 11 25 ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ἡ the ἀνάστασις resurrection καὶ and ἡ the ζωή life· ⚐ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) εἰς toward ἐμὲ me κἂν even if ἀποθάνῃ to die ⚐ζήσεται to live, -43 11 26 ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ who ζῶν to live καὶ and πιστεύων to trust (in) εἰς toward ἐμὲ me οὐ no μὴ not ἀποθάνῃ to die εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age· ⚐πιστεύεις to trust (in) τοῦτο this; -43 11 27 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ναί yes, κύριε lord· ⚐ἐγὼ I πεπίστευκα to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the χριστὸς Christ ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ὁ the εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world ἐρχόμενος to come.

 -43 11 28 ⚐Καὶ and τοῦτο this εἰποῦσα to say ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away ⚐καὶ and ἐφώνησεν to call Μαριὰμ Mary τὴν the ἀδελφὴν sister αὐτῆς of her ⚐λάθρᾳ quietly εἰποῦσα to say· ⚐Ὁ the διδάσκαλος teacher πάρεστιν be present ⚐καὶ and φωνεῖ to call σε you. -43 11 29 ⚐ἐκείνη that δὲ and ὡς as ἤκουσεν to hear ⚐ἠγέρθη to arise ταχὺ quickly ⚐καὶ and ἤρχετο to go πρὸς to αὐτόν him· -43 11 30 ⚐οὔπω not yet δὲ and ἐληλύθει to go ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἰς toward τὴν the κώμην village, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἦν to be ἔτι still ἐν in τῷ the τόπῳ place ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ὑπήντησεν to go meet αὐτῷ to him ἡ the Μάρθα Martha. -43 11 31 ⚐οἱ the οὖν then Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish οἱ who ὄντες to be μετ᾽ with αὐτῆς of her ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house ⚐καὶ and παραμυθούμενοι to encourage αὐτήν her, ⚐ἰδόντες to know τὴν the Μαριὰμ Mary ⚐ὅτι since ταχέως quickly ἀνέστη to arise καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out, ⚐ἠκολούθησαν to follow αὐτῇ to her ⚐δόξαντες to think ⚐ὅτι that ὑπάγει to go εἰς toward τὸ the μνημεῖον grave ⚐ἵνα in order to κλαύσῃ to weep ἐκεῖ there. -43 11 32 ⚐ἡ the οὖν then Μαριὰμ Mary ⚐ὡς as ἦλθεν to come ὅπου where(-ever) ἦν to be Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἰδοῦσα to know αὐτὸν him ⚐ἔπεσεν to collapse αὐτοῦ of him πρὸς to τοὺς the πόδας foot, ⚐λέγουσα to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, εἰ if ἦς to be ὧδε here ⚐οὐκ no ἄν if μου of me ἀπέθανεν to die ὁ the ἀδελφός brother. -43 11 33 ⚐Ἰησοῦς Jesus οὖν therefore ὡς as εἶδεν to know αὐτὴν her κλαίουσαν to weep ⚐καὶ and τοὺς who συνελθόντας to assemble αὐτῇ to her Ἰουδαίους Jewish κλαίοντας to weep ⚐ἐνεβριμήσατο be agitated τῷ the πνεύματι spirit ⚐καὶ and ἐτάραξεν to trouble ἑαυτόν oneself, -43 11 34 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ποῦ where? τεθείκατε to place αὐτόν him; ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἔρχου to come καὶ and ἴδε to know. -43 11 35 ⚐ἐδάκρυσεν to weep ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus. -43 11 36 ⚐ἔλεγον to speak οὖν therefore οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish· ⚐Ἴδε look! πῶς how? ἐφίλει to love αὐτόν him. -43 11 37 ⚐τινὲς one δὲ but ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them εἶπαν to say· ⚐Οὐκ no ἐδύνατο be able οὗτος this ὁ who ἀνοίξας to open τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye τοῦ the τυφλοῦ blind ⚐ποιῆσαι to make ⚐ἵνα in order to καὶ and οὗτος this μὴ not ἀποθάνῃ to die;

 -43 11 38 ⚐Ἰησοῦς Jesus οὖν therefore πάλιν again ἐμβριμώμενος be agitated ἐν in ἑαυτῷ oneself ⚐ἔρχεται to come εἰς toward τὸ the μνημεῖον grave· ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and σπήλαιον cave, ⚐καὶ and λίθος stone ἐπέκειτο to lay on ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῷ to it. -43 11 39 ⚐λέγει to speak ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἄρατε to take up τὸν the λίθον stone. ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ἡ the ἀδελφὴ sister τοῦ the τετελευτηκότος to die Μάρθα Martha· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἤδη already ὄζει to stink, ⚐τεταρταῖος fourth γάρ for ἐστιν to be. -43 11 40 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῇ to her ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Οὐκ no εἶπόν to say σοι to you ⚐ὅτι that ἐὰν if πιστεύσῃς to trust (in) ⚐ὄψῃ to see τὴν the δόξαν glory τοῦ the θεοῦ God; -43 11 41 ⚐ἦραν to take up οὖν therefore τὸν the λίθον stone. ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἦρεν to take up τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye ἄνω above ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Πάτερ father, εὐχαριστῶ to thank σοι to you ⚐ὅτι that ἤκουσάς to hear μου of me, -43 11 42 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ and ᾔδειν to know ⚐ὅτι that πάντοτέ always μου of me ἀκούεις to hear· ⚐ἀλλὰ but διὰ because of τὸν the ὄχλον crowd τὸν the περιεστῶτα to stand around εἶπον to say, ⚐ἵνα in order that πιστεύσωσιν to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that σύ you με me ἀπέστειλας to send. -43 11 43 ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these εἰπὼν to say ⚐φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great ἐκραύγασεν to shout· ⚐Λάζαρε Lazarus, δεῦρο come ἔξω out. -43 11 44 ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out ὁ who τεθνηκὼς to die ⚐δεδεμένος to bind τοὺς the πόδας foot καὶ and τὰς the χεῖρας hand κειρίαις graveclothes, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ὄψις face αὐτοῦ of him σουδαρίῳ handkerchief περιεδέδετο to wrap around. ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Λύσατε to loose αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἄφετε to release αὐτὸν him ⚐ὑπάγειν to go.

 -43 11 45 ⚐Πολλοὶ much οὖν then ἐκ of τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, οἱ who ἐλθόντες to come πρὸς with τὴν the Μαριὰμ Mary ⚐καὶ and θεασάμενοι to see ⚐ἃ which ἐποίησεν to do, ⚐ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτόν him· -43 11 46 ⚐τινὲς one δὲ but ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them ἀπῆλθον to go away πρὸς to τοὺς the Φαρισαίους Pharisee ⚐καὶ and εἶπαν to say αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἃ which ἐποίησεν to do Ἰησοῦς Jesus. -43 11 47 ⚐συνήγαγον to assemble οὖν therefore οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee συνέδριον council, ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Τί which? ποιοῦμεν to do ⚐ὅτι since οὗτος this ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human πολλὰ much ποιεῖ to do σημεῖα sign; -43 11 48 ⚐ἐὰν if ἀφῶμεν to release αὐτὸν him οὕτως thus(-ly), ⚐πάντες all πιστεύσουσιν to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἐλεύσονται to come οἱ the Ῥωμαῖοι Roman ⚐καὶ and ἀροῦσιν to take up ἡμῶν of us καὶ and τὸν the τόπον place καὶ and τὸ the ἔθνος Gentiles. -43 11 49 ⚐εἷς one δέ and τις one ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them Καϊάφας Caiaphas, ⚐ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest ὢν to be τοῦ the ἐνιαυτοῦ year ἐκείνου that, ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὑμεῖς you οὐκ no οἴδατε to know οὐδέν no one, -43 11 50 ⚐οὐδὲ and not λογίζεσθε to count ⚐ὅτι that συμφέρει to be profitable ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἵνα in order to εἷς one ἄνθρωπος a human ἀποθάνῃ to die ὑπὲρ for τοῦ the λαοῦ a people ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ὅλον all τὸ the ἔθνος Gentiles ἀπόληται to destroy. -43 11 51 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and ἀφ᾽ from ἑαυτοῦ himself οὐκ no εἶπεν to say, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest ὢν to be τοῦ the ἐνιαυτοῦ year ἐκείνου that ⚐ἐπροφήτευσεν to prophesy ⚐ὅτι that ἔμελλεν be about to Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀποθνῄσκειν to die ὑπὲρ for τοῦ the ἔθνους Gentiles, -43 11 52 ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no ὑπὲρ for τοῦ the ἔθνους Gentiles μόνον alone, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order to καὶ and τὰ the τέκνα child τοῦ the θεοῦ God τὰ who διεσκορπισμένα to scatter συναγάγῃ to assemble εἰς toward ἕν one. -43 11 53 ⚐ἀπ᾽ from ἐκείνης that οὖν therefore τῆς the ἡμέρας day ἐβουλεύσαντο to plan ⚐ἵνα in order to ἀποκτείνωσιν to kill αὐτόν him.

 -43 11 54 ⚐Ὁ the οὖν therefore Ἰησοῦς Jesus οὐκέτι not any more παρρησίᾳ boldness περιεπάτει to walk ἐν among τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀπῆλθεν to go away ἐκεῖθεν from there εἰς toward τὴν the χώραν country ἐγγὺς near τῆς the ἐρήμου deserted, εἰς toward Ἐφραὶμ Ephraim λεγομένην to speak πόλιν city, ⚐κἀκεῖ and there ἔμεινεν to stay μετὰ with τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple.

 -43 11 55 ⚐Ἦν to be δὲ and ἐγγὺς near τὸ the πάσχα Passover τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, ⚐καὶ and ἀνέβησαν to ascend πολλοὶ much εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem ἐκ from τῆς the χώρας country πρὸ before τοῦ the πάσχα Passover ⚐ἵνα in order to ἁγνίσωσιν to purify ἑαυτούς themselves. -43 11 56 ⚐ἐζήτουν to seek οὖν therefore τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak μετ᾽ with ἀλλήλων one another ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ἑστηκότες to stand· ⚐Τί which? δοκεῖ to think ὑμῖν to you; ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no μὴ not ἔλθῃ to come εἰς toward τὴν the ἑορτήν festival; -43 11 57 ⚐δεδώκεισαν to give δὲ and οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee ἐντολὰς commandment ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐάν if τις one γνῷ to know ⚐ποῦ where? ἐστιν to be ⚐μηνύσῃ to disclose, ⚐ὅπως that πιάσωσιν to arrest αὐτόν him.

 -43 12 1 ⚐Ὁ the οὖν then Ἰησοῦς Jesus πρὸ before ἓξ six ἡμερῶν day τοῦ the πάσχα Passover ἦλθεν to come εἰς toward Βηθανίαν Bethany, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἦν to be Λάζαρος Lazarus, ⚐ὃν which ἤγειρεν to arise ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead Ἰησοῦς Jesus. -43 12 2 ⚐ἐποίησαν to make οὖν therefore αὐτῷ to him δεῖπνον dinner ἐκεῖ there, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the Μάρθα Martha διηκόνει to serve, ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Λάζαρος Lazarus εἷς one ἦν to be ἐκ out of τῶν the ἀνακειμένων to recline σὺν with αὐτῷ to him· -43 12 3 ⚐ἡ the οὖν then Μαριὰμ Mary λαβοῦσα to take λίτραν pound μύρου ointment νάρδου nard πιστικῆς pure πολυτίμου valuable ⚐ἤλειψεν to anoint τοὺς the πόδας foot τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐καὶ and ἐξέμαξεν to wipe off ταῖς the θριξὶν hair αὐτῆς of her τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐ἡ the δὲ and οἰκία house ἐπληρώθη to fulfill ἐκ out of τῆς the ὀσμῆς aroma τοῦ the μύρου ointment. -43 12 4 ⚐λέγει to speak δὲ but Ἰούδας Judas ὁ the Ἰσκαριώτης Iscariot εἷς one ἐκ of τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὁ who μέλλων be about to αὐτὸν him παραδιδόναι to deliver· -43 12 5 ⚐Διὰ because of τί which? τοῦτο this τὸ the μύρον ointment οὐκ no ἐπράθη to sell τριακοσίων three hundred δηναρίων denarius ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give πτωχοῖς poor; -43 12 6 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and τοῦτο this ⚐οὐχ no ὅτι since περὶ about τῶν the πτωχῶν poor ἔμελεν to care αὐτῷ to him, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅτι since κλέπτης thief ἦν to be ⚐καὶ and τὸ the γλωσσόκομον moneybag ἔχων to have ⚐τὰ the βαλλόμενα to throw ἐβάσταζεν to carry. -43 12 7 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν therefore ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἄφες to release αὐτήν her, ⚐ἵνα in order that εἰς toward τὴν the ἡμέραν day τοῦ the ἐνταφιασμοῦ burial μου of me τηρήσῃ to keep αὐτό it· -43 12 8 ⚐τοὺς the πτωχοὺς poor γὰρ for πάντοτε always ἔχετε to have μεθ᾽ with ἑαυτῶν yourself, ⚐ἐμὲ me δὲ but οὐ no πάντοτε always ἔχετε to have.

 -43 12 9 ⚐Ἔγνω to know οὖν then ὁ the ὄχλος crowd πολὺς much ἐκ of τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish ⚐ὅτι that ἐκεῖ there ἐστιν to be, ⚐καὶ and ἦλθον to come οὐ no διὰ because of τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus μόνον alone, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order to καὶ and τὸν the Λάζαρον Lazarus ἴδωσιν to know ⚐ὃν which ἤγειρεν to arise ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead. -43 12 10 ⚐ἐβουλεύσαντο to plan δὲ and οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest ⚐ἵνα in order to καὶ and τὸν the Λάζαρον Lazarus ἀποκτείνωσιν to kill, -43 12 11 ⚐ὅτι since πολλοὶ much δι᾽ because of αὐτὸν him ὑπῆγον to go τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish ⚐καὶ and ἐπίστευον to trust (in) εἰς toward τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus.

 -43 12 12 ⚐Τῇ the ἐπαύριον the next day ὁ the ὄχλος crowd πολὺς much ὁ the ἐλθὼν to come εἰς toward τὴν the ἑορτήν festival, ⚐ἀκούσαντες to hear ⚐ὅτι that ἔρχεται to come ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem, -43 12 13 ⚐ἔλαβον to take τὰ the βαΐα palm branch τῶν the φοινίκων palm ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθον to go out εἰς toward ὑπάντησιν meeting αὐτῷ to him, ⚐καὶ and ἐκραύγαζον to shout· ⚐Ὡσαννά Hosanna!, ⚐εὐλογημένος to bless ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come ἐν in ὀνόματι name κυρίου lord, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τοῦ the Ἰσραήλ Israel. -43 12 14 ⚐εὑρὼν to find δὲ and ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὀνάριον young donkey ⚐ἐκάθισεν to sit ἐπ᾽ on αὐτό it, ⚐καθώς just as ἐστιν to be γεγραμμένον to write· -43 12 15 ⚐Μὴ not φοβοῦ to fear, θυγάτηρ daughter Σιών Zion· ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ὁ the βασιλεύς king σου of you ἔρχεται to come, ⚐καθήμενος to sit ἐπὶ on πῶλον colt ὄνου donkey. -43 12 16 ⚐ταῦτα these οὐκ no ἔγνωσαν to know αὐτοῦ of him οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple τὸ the πρῶτον first, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅτε when ἐδοξάσθη to glorify Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐τότε then ἐμνήσθησαν to remember ⚐ὅτι that ταῦτα these ἦν to be ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῷ to him γεγραμμένα to write ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these ἐποίησαν to do αὐτῷ to him. -43 12 17 ⚐ἐμαρτύρει to testify οὖν therefore ὁ the ὄχλος crowd ὁ who ὢν to be μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅτε when τὸν the Λάζαρον Lazarus ἐφώνησεν to call ἐκ out of τοῦ the μνημείου grave ⚐καὶ and ἤγειρεν to arise αὐτὸν him ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead. -43 12 18 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this καὶ and ὑπήντησεν to go meet αὐτῷ to him ὁ the ὄχλος crowd ⚐ὅτι that ἤκουσαν to hear τοῦτο this αὐτὸν him πεποιηκέναι to do τὸ this σημεῖον sign. -43 12 19 ⚐οἱ the οὖν therefore Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee εἶπαν to say πρὸς to ἑαυτούς themselves· ⚐Θεωρεῖτε to see ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no ὠφελεῖτε to help οὐδέν no one· ⚐ἴδε look! ὁ the κόσμος world ὀπίσω after αὐτοῦ of him ἀπῆλθεν to go away.

 -43 12 20 ⚐Ἦσαν to be δὲ and Ἕλληνές a Greek τινες one ἐκ out of τῶν who ἀναβαινόντων to ascend ⚐ἵνα in order to προσκυνήσωσιν to worship ἐν in τῇ the ἑορτῇ festival· -43 12 21 ⚐οὗτοι these οὖν therefore προσῆλθον to come near Φιλίππῳ Philip τῷ who ἀπὸ from Βηθσαϊδὰ Bethsaida τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee, ⚐καὶ and ἠρώτων to ask αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, θέλομεν to will ⚐τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ἰδεῖν to know. -43 12 22 ⚐ἔρχεται to go ὁ the Φίλιππος Philip ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak τῷ the Ἀνδρέᾳ Andrew· ⚐ἔρχεται to go Ἀνδρέας Andrew καὶ and Φίλιππος Philip ⚐καὶ and λέγουσιν to speak τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -43 12 23 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀποκρίνεται to answer αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἐλήλυθεν to come ἡ the ὥρα hour ⚐ἵνα in order to δοξασθῇ to glorify ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human. -43 12 24 ⚐ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not ὁ the κόκκος seed τοῦ the σίτου grain πεσὼν to collapse εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth ἀποθάνῃ to die, ⚐αὐτὸς he μόνος alone μένει to stay· ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but ἀποθάνῃ to die, ⚐πολὺν much καρπὸν fruit φέρει to bear. -43 12 25 ⚐ὁ who φιλῶν to love τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him ἀπολλύει to destroy αὐτήν her, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who μισῶν to hate τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world τούτῳ to this εἰς toward ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal φυλάξει to guard αὐτήν her. -43 12 26 ⚐ἐὰν if ἐμοί to me τις one διακονῇ to serve ⚐ἐμοὶ to me ἀκολουθείτω to follow, ⚐καὶ and ὅπου where(-ever) εἰμὶ to be ἐγὼ I ⚐ἐκεῖ there καὶ and ὁ the διάκονος servant ὁ the ἐμὸς my ἔσται to be· ⚐ἐάν if τις one ἐμοὶ to me διακονῇ to serve ⚐τιμήσει to honor αὐτὸν him ὁ the πατήρ father.

 -43 12 27 ⚐Νῦν now ἡ the ψυχή soul μου of me τετάρακται to trouble, ⚐καὶ and τί which? εἴπω to say; ⚐πάτερ father, σῶσόν to save με me ἐκ from τῆς the ὥρας hour ταύτης of this. ⚐ἀλλὰ but διὰ because of τοῦτο this ἦλθον to come εἰς toward τὴν the ὥραν hour ταύτην this. -43 12 28 ⚐πάτερ father, δόξασόν to glorify σου of you τὸ the ὄνομα name. ⚐ἦλθεν to come οὖν then φωνὴ voice ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven· ⚐Καὶ and ἐδόξασα to glorify ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again δοξάσω to glorify. -43 12 29 ⚐ὁ the οὖν therefore ὄχλος crowd ὁ the ἑστὼς to stand καὶ and ἀκούσας to hear ἔλεγεν to speak ⚐βροντὴν thunder γεγονέναι to be· ⚐ἄλλοι another ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Ἄγγελος angel αὐτῷ to him λελάληκεν to speak. -43 12 30 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Οὐ no δι᾽ because of ἐμὲ me ἡ the φωνὴ voice αὕτη this γέγονεν to be ⚐ἀλλὰ but δι᾽ because of ὑμᾶς you. -43 12 31 ⚐νῦν now κρίσις judgment ἐστὶν to be τοῦ the κόσμου world τούτου of this, ⚐νῦν now ὁ the ἄρχων ruler τοῦ the κόσμου world τούτου of this ἐκβληθήσεται to expel ἔξω out· -43 12 32 ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἐὰν if ὑψωθῶ to lift up ἐκ from τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐πάντας all ἑλκύσω to draw πρὸς to ἐμαυτόν myself. -43 12 33 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and ἔλεγεν to speak ⚐σημαίνων to signify ⚐ποίῳ what? θανάτῳ death ἤμελλεν be about to ἀποθνῄσκειν to die. -43 12 34 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer οὖν then αὐτῷ to him ὁ the ὄχλος crowd· ⚐Ἡμεῖς we ἠκούσαμεν to hear ἐκ from τοῦ the νόμου law ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the χριστὸς Christ μένει to stay εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age, ⚐καὶ and πῶς how? λέγεις to speak σὺ you ⚐ὅτι that δεῖ to bind ὑψωθῆναι to lift up τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human; ⚐τίς which? ἐστιν to be οὗτος this ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human; -43 12 35 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν therefore αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἔτι still μικρὸν small χρόνον time τὸ the φῶς light ἐν with ὑμῖν to you ἐστιν to be. ⚐περιπατεῖτε to walk ⚐ὡς as τὸ the φῶς light ἔχετε to have, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not σκοτία darkness ὑμᾶς you καταλάβῃ to overtake, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who περιπατῶν to walk ἐν in τῇ the σκοτίᾳ darkness οὐκ no οἶδεν to know ⚐ποῦ where? ὑπάγει to go. -43 12 36 ⚐ὡς as τὸ the φῶς light ἔχετε to have, ⚐πιστεύετε to trust (in) εἰς toward τὸ the φῶς light, ⚐ἵνα in order that υἱοὶ son φωτὸς light γένησθε to be.

 ⚐Ταῦτα these ἐλάλησεν to speak Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐καὶ and ἀπελθὼν to go away ⚐ἐκρύβη to hide ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them. -43 12 37 ⚐τοσαῦτα so great δὲ but αὐτοῦ of him σημεῖα sign πεποιηκότος to do ἔμπροσθεν before αὐτῶν of them ⚐οὐκ no ἐπίστευον to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτόν him, -43 12 38 ⚐ἵνα in order that ὁ the λόγος word Ἠσαΐου Isaiah τοῦ the προφήτου prophet πληρωθῇ to fulfill ⚐ὃν which εἶπεν to say· ⚐Κύριε lord, τίς which? ἐπίστευσεν to trust (in) τῇ the ἀκοῇ hearing ἡμῶν of us; ⚐καὶ and ὁ the βραχίων arm κυρίου lord τίνι which? ἀπεκαλύφθη to reveal; -43 12 39 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this οὐκ no ἠδύναντο be able πιστεύειν to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι since πάλιν again εἶπεν to say Ἠσαΐας Isaiah· -43 12 40 ⚐Τετύφλωκεν to blind αὐτῶν of them τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye ⚐καὶ and ἐπώρωσεν to harden αὐτῶν of them τὴν the καρδίαν heart, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἴδωσιν to know τοῖς the ὀφθαλμοῖς eye ⚐καὶ and νοήσωσιν to understand τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart ⚐καὶ and στραφῶσιν to turn, ⚐καὶ and ἰάσομαι to heal αὐτούς them. -43 12 41 ⚐ταῦτα these εἶπεν to say Ἠσαΐας Isaiah ⚐ὅτι since εἶδεν to know τὴν the δόξαν glory αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἐλάλησεν to speak περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him. -43 12 42 ⚐ὅμως just as μέντοι yet καὶ and ἐκ out of τῶν the ἀρχόντων ruler πολλοὶ much ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτόν him, ⚐ἀλλὰ but διὰ because of τοὺς the Φαρισαίους Pharisee οὐχ no ὡμολόγουν to confess ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἀποσυνάγωγοι excommunicated γένωνται to be, -43 12 43 ⚐ἠγάπησαν to love γὰρ for τὴν the δόξαν glory τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human μᾶλλον more ἤπερ than τὴν the δόξαν glory τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -43 12 44 ⚐Ἰησοῦς Jesus δὲ but ἔκραξεν to cry καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) εἰς toward ἐμὲ me οὐ no πιστεύει to trust (in) εἰς toward ἐμὲ me ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἰς toward τὸν who πέμψαντά to send με me, -43 12 45 ⚐καὶ and ὁ who θεωρῶν to see ἐμὲ me θεωρεῖ to see τὸν who πέμψαντά to send με me. -43 12 46 ⚐ἐγὼ I φῶς light εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world ἐλήλυθα to come, ⚐ἵνα in order that πᾶς all ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) εἰς toward ἐμὲ me ἐν in τῇ the σκοτίᾳ darkness μὴ not μείνῃ to stay. -43 12 47 ⚐καὶ and ἐάν if τίς one μου of me ἀκούσῃ to hear τῶν the ῥημάτων word ⚐καὶ and μὴ not φυλάξῃ to keep, ⚐ἐγὼ I οὐ no κρίνω to judge αὐτόν him, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἦλθον to come ⚐ἵνα in order to κρίνω to judge τὸν the κόσμον world ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order to σώσω to save τὸν the κόσμον world. -43 12 48 ⚐ὁ who ἀθετῶν to reject ἐμὲ me καὶ and μὴ not λαμβάνων to take τὰ the ῥήματά word μου of me ἔχει to have τὸν the κρίνοντα to judge αὐτόν him· ⚐ὁ the λόγος word ὃν which ἐλάλησα to speak ἐκεῖνος that κρινεῖ to judge αὐτὸν him ἐν in τῇ the ἐσχάτῃ last ἡμέρᾳ day· -43 12 49 ⚐ὅτι since ἐγὼ I ἐξ from ἐμαυτοῦ myself οὐκ no ἐλάλησα to speak, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ who πέμψας to send με me πατὴρ father αὐτός he μοι to me ἐντολὴν commandment δέδωκεν to give ⚐τί which? εἴπω to say ⚐καὶ and τί which? λαλήσω to speak. -43 12 50 ⚐καὶ and οἶδα to know ⚐ὅτι that ἡ the ἐντολὴ commandment αὐτοῦ of him ζωὴ life αἰώνιός eternal ἐστιν to be. ⚐ἃ which οὖν therefore ἐγὼ I λαλῶ to speak, ⚐καθὼς just as εἴρηκέν to say μοι to me ὁ the πατήρ father, οὕτως thus(-ly) λαλῶ to speak.

 -43 13 1 ⚐Πρὸ before δὲ and τῆς the ἑορτῆς festival τοῦ the πάσχα Passover ⚐εἰδὼς to know ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὅτι that ἦλθεν to come αὐτοῦ of him ἡ the ὥρα hour ⚐ἵνα in order to μεταβῇ to depart ἐκ from τοῦ the κόσμου world τούτου of this πρὸς to τὸν the πατέρα father ⚐ἀγαπήσας to love τοὺς the ἰδίους one's own τοὺς who ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world ⚐εἰς toward τέλος goal ἠγάπησεν to love αὐτούς them. -43 13 2 ⚐καὶ and δείπνου dinner γινομένου to be, ⚐τοῦ the διαβόλου the Devil ἤδη already βεβληκότος to throw εἰς toward τὴν the καρδίαν heart ⚐ἵνα in order that παραδοῖ to deliver αὐτὸν him Ἰούδας Judas Σίμωνος Simon Ἰσκαριώτου Iscariot, -43 13 3 ⚐εἰδὼς to know ⚐ὅτι that πάντα all ἔδωκεν to give αὐτῷ to him ὁ the πατὴρ father εἰς toward τὰς the χεῖρας hand, ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God ἐξῆλθεν to go out ⚐καὶ and πρὸς to τὸν the θεὸν God ὑπάγει to go, -43 13 4 ⚐ἐγείρεται to arise ἐκ from τοῦ the δείπνου dinner ⚐καὶ and τίθησιν to place τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing ⚐καὶ and λαβὼν to take λέντιον towel ⚐διέζωσεν to tie around ἑαυτόν himself· -43 13 5 ⚐εἶτα then βάλλει to throw ὕδωρ water εἰς toward τὸν the νιπτῆρα wash basin, ⚐καὶ and ἤρξατο be first νίπτειν to wash τοὺς the πόδας foot τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple ⚐καὶ and ἐκμάσσειν to wipe off τῷ the λεντίῳ towel ⚐ᾧ which ἦν to be διεζωσμένος to tie around. -43 13 6 ⚐ἔρχεται to come οὖν then πρὸς to Σίμωνα Simon Πέτρον Peter. ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, σύ you μου of me νίπτεις to wash τοὺς the πόδας foot; -43 13 7 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὃ which ἐγὼ I ποιῶ to do σὺ you οὐκ no οἶδας to know ἄρτι now, ⚐γνώσῃ to know δὲ but μετὰ after ταῦτα these. -43 13 8 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Οὐ no μὴ not νίψῃς to wash μου of me τοὺς the πόδας foot εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age. ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἐὰν if μὴ not νίψω to wash σε you, ⚐οὐκ no ἔχεις to have μέρος part μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me. -43 13 9 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him Σίμων Simon Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Κύριε lord, μὴ not τοὺς the πόδας foot μου of me μόνον alone ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and τὰς the χεῖρας hand καὶ and τὴν the κεφαλήν head. -43 13 10 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ὁ who λελουμένος to wash οὐκ no ἔχει to have χρείαν need ⚐εἰ if μὴ not τοὺς the πόδας foot νίψασθαι to wash, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἔστιν to be καθαρὸς clean ὅλος all· ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you καθαροί clean ἐστε to be, ἀλλ᾽ but οὐχὶ not πάντες all. -43 13 11 ⚐ᾔδει to know γὰρ for τὸν who παραδιδόντα to deliver αὐτόν him· ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this εἶπεν to say ⚐ὅτι that Οὐχὶ not πάντες all καθαροί clean ἐστε to be.

 -43 13 12 ⚐Ὅτε when οὖν therefore ἔνιψεν to wash τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἔλαβεν to take τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἀνέπεσεν to recline, πάλιν again ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Γινώσκετε to know ⚐τί which? πεποίηκα to do ὑμῖν to you; -43 13 13 ⚐ὑμεῖς you φωνεῖτέ to call με me Ὁ the διδάσκαλος teacher καὶ and Ὁ the κύριος lord, ⚐καὶ and καλῶς well λέγετε to speak, ⚐εἰμὶ to be γάρ for. -43 13 14 ⚐εἰ if οὖν then ἐγὼ I ἔνιψα to wash ὑμῶν of you τοὺς the πόδας foot ὁ the κύριος lord καὶ and ὁ the διδάσκαλος teacher, ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ὀφείλετε to owe ⚐ἀλλήλων one another νίπτειν to wash τοὺς the πόδας foot· -43 13 15 ⚐ὑπόδειγμα example γὰρ for ἔδωκα to give ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἵνα in order that καθὼς just as ἐγὼ I ἐποίησα to do ὑμῖν to you ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ποιῆτε to do. -43 13 16 ⚐ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be δοῦλος slave μείζων great τοῦ the κυρίου lord αὐτοῦ of him ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἀπόστολος apostle μείζων great τοῦ who πέμψαντος to send αὐτόν him. -43 13 17 ⚐εἰ if ταῦτα these οἴδατε to know, ⚐μακάριοί blessed ἐστε to be ⚐ἐὰν if ποιῆτε to do αὐτά them. -43 13 18 ⚐οὐ no περὶ about πάντων all ὑμῶν of you λέγω to speak· ⚐ἐγὼ I οἶδα to know ⚐τίνας which? ἐξελεξάμην to select· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order to ἡ the γραφὴ a writing πληρωθῇ to fulfill· ⚐Ὁ who τρώγων to eat μου of me τὸν the ἄρτον bread ἐπῆρεν to lift up ἐπ᾽ against ἐμὲ me τὴν the πτέρναν heel αὐτοῦ of him. -43 13 19 ⚐ἀπ᾽ from ἄρτι now λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you πρὸ before τοῦ the γενέσθαι to be, ⚐ἵνα in order that πιστεύσητε to trust (in) ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) γένηται to be ⚐ὅτι that ἐγώ I εἰμι to be. -43 13 20 ⚐ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὁ the λαμβάνων to take ἄν if τινα one πέμψω to send ἐμὲ me λαμβάνει to take, ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἐμὲ me λαμβάνων to take λαμβάνει to take τὸν who πέμψαντά to send με me.

 -43 13 21 ⚐Ταῦτα these εἰπὼν to say ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἐταράχθη to trouble τῷ the πνεύματι spirit ⚐καὶ and ἐμαρτύρησεν to testify ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that εἷς one ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you παραδώσει to deliver με me. -43 13 22 ⚐ἔβλεπον to see εἰς toward ἀλλήλους one another οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐ἀπορούμενοι be perplexed ⚐περὶ about τίνος which? λέγει to speak. -43 13 23 ⚐ἦν to be ἀνακείμενος to recline εἷς one ἐκ of τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in τῷ the κόλπῳ bosom τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐ὃν which ἠγάπα to love ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· -43 13 24 ⚐νεύει to motion οὖν therefore τούτῳ to this Σίμων Simon Πέτρος Peter ⚐πυθέσθαι to inquire ⚐τίς which? ἂν if εἴη to be ⚐περὶ about οὗ which λέγει to speak. -43 13 25 ⚐ἀναπεσὼν to recline οὖν then ἐκεῖνος that οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐπὶ against τὸ the στῆθος chest τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, τίς which? ἐστιν to be; -43 13 26 ⚐ἀποκρίνεται to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἐκεῖνός that ἐστιν to be ⚐ᾧ which ἐγὼ I βάψω to dip τὸ this ψωμίον piece ⚐καὶ and δώσω to give αὐτῷ to him· ⚐βάψας to dip οὖν then τὸ the ψωμίον piece ⚐λαμβάνει to take καὶ and δίδωσιν to give Ἰούδᾳ Judas Σίμωνος Simon Ἰσκαριώτου Iscariot. -43 13 27 ⚐καὶ and μετὰ after τὸ the ψωμίον piece τότε then εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward ἐκεῖνον that ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan. ⚐λέγει to speak οὖν therefore αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ὃ which ποιεῖς to do ποίησον to do τάχιον more quickly. -43 13 28 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and οὐδεὶς no one ἔγνω to know τῶν the ἀνακειμένων to recline ⚐πρὸς to τί which? εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· -43 13 29 ⚐τινὲς one γὰρ for ἐδόκουν to think, ⚐ἐπεὶ since τὸ the γλωσσόκομον moneybag εἶχεν to have Ἰούδας Judas, ⚐ὅτι that λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀγόρασον to buy ⚐ὧν which χρείαν need ἔχομεν to have εἰς toward τὴν the ἑορτήν festival, ⚐ἢ or τοῖς the πτωχοῖς poor ἵνα in order to τι one δῷ to give. -43 13 30 ⚐λαβὼν to take οὖν therefore τὸ the ψωμίον piece ἐκεῖνος that ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out εὐθύς immediately. ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and νύξ night.

 -43 13 31 ⚐Ὅτε when οὖν therefore ἐξῆλθεν to go out ⚐λέγει to speak Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Νῦν now ἐδοξάσθη to glorify ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God ἐδοξάσθη to glorify ἐν in αὐτῷ to him· -43 13 32 ⚐εἰ if ὁ the θεὸς God ἐδοξάσθη to glorify ἐν in αὐτῷ to him, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God δοξάσει to glorify αὐτὸν him ἐν in αὐτῷ to him, ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately δοξάσει to glorify αὐτόν him. -43 13 33 ⚐τεκνία children, ἔτι still μικρὸν small μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you εἰμι to be· ⚐ζητήσετέ to seek με me, ⚐καὶ and καθὼς just as εἶπον to say τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish ⚐ὅτι that Ὅπου where(-ever) ἐγὼ I ὑπάγω to go ὑμεῖς you οὐ no δύνασθε be able ἐλθεῖν to come, ⚐καὶ and ὑμῖν to you λέγω to speak ἄρτι now. -43 13 34 ⚐ἐντολὴν commandment καινὴν new δίδωμι to give ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἵνα in order to ἀγαπᾶτε to love ἀλλήλους one another, ⚐καθὼς just as ἠγάπησα to love ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἀγαπᾶτε to love ἀλλήλους one another. -43 13 35 ⚐ἐν by τούτῳ to this γνώσονται to know πάντες all ⚐ὅτι that ἐμοὶ my μαθηταί disciple ἐστε to be, ⚐ἐὰν if ἀγάπην love ἔχητε to have ἐν in ἀλλήλοις one another.

 -43 13 36 ⚐Λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him Σίμων Simon Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Κύριε lord, ποῦ where? ὑπάγεις to go; ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτῷ to him Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ὅπου where(-ever) ὑπάγω to go οὐ no δύνασαί be able ⚐μοι to me νῦν now ἀκολουθῆσαι to follow, ⚐ἀκολουθήσεις to follow δὲ but ὕστερον later. -43 13 37 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Κύριε lord, διὰ through τί which? οὐ no δύναμαί be able ⚐σοι to you ἀκολουθῆσαι to follow ἄρτι now; ⚐τὴν the ψυχήν soul μου of me ὑπὲρ for σοῦ of you θήσω to place. -43 13 38 ⚐ἀποκρίνεται to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Τὴν the ψυχήν soul σου of you ὑπὲρ for ἐμοῦ of me θήσεις to place; ⚐ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak σοι to you, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not ἀλέκτωρ rooster φωνήσῃ to call ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ἀρνήσῃ to deny με me τρίς three times.

 -43 14 1 ⚐Μὴ not ταρασσέσθω to trouble ὑμῶν of you ἡ the καρδία heart· ⚐πιστεύετε to trust (in) εἰς toward τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward ἐμὲ me πιστεύετε to trust (in). -43 14 2 ⚐ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me μοναὶ abode πολλαί much εἰσιν to be· ⚐εἰ if δὲ and μή not, ⚐εἶπον to say ἂν if ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι since πορεύομαι to go ἑτοιμάσαι to make ready τόπον place ὑμῖν to you· -43 14 3 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if πορευθῶ to go καὶ and ἑτοιμάσω to make ready τόπον place ὑμῖν to you, ⚐πάλιν again ἔρχομαι to come ⚐καὶ and παραλήμψομαι to take ὑμᾶς you πρὸς to ἐμαυτόν myself, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὅπου where(-ever) εἰμὶ to be ἐγὼ I καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἦτε to be. -43 14 4 ⚐καὶ and ὅπου where(-ever) ἐγὼ I ὑπάγω to go οἴδατε to know τὴν the ὁδόν road. -43 14 5 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him Θωμᾶς Thomas· ⚐Κύριε lord, οὐκ no οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ποῦ where? ὑπάγεις to go· ⚐πῶς how? δυνάμεθα be able ⚐τὴν the ὁδὸν road εἰδέναι to know; -43 14 6 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ἡ the ὁδὸς road καὶ and ἡ the ἀλήθεια truth καὶ and ἡ the ζωή life· ⚐οὐδεὶς no one ἔρχεται to come πρὸς to τὸν the πατέρα father ⚐εἰ if μὴ not δι᾽ through ἐμοῦ of me. -43 14 7 ⚐εἰ if ἐγνώκατέ to know με me, ⚐καὶ and τὸν the πατέρα father μου of me γνώσεσθε to know· ⚐καὶ and ἀπ᾽ from ἄρτι now γινώσκετε to know αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἑωράκατε to see αὐτόν him.

 -43 14 8 ⚐Λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him Φίλιππος Philip· ⚐Κύριε lord, δεῖξον to show ἡμῖν to us τὸν the πατέρα father, ⚐καὶ and ἀρκεῖ be sufficient ἡμῖν to us. -43 14 9 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Τοσούτῳ so great χρόνῳ time μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you εἰμι to be ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔγνωκάς to know με me, Φίλιππε Philip; ⚐ὁ who ἑωρακὼς to see ἐμὲ me ἑώρακεν to see τὸν the πατέρα father· ⚐πῶς how? σὺ you λέγεις to speak· ⚐Δεῖξον to show ἡμῖν to us τὸν the πατέρα father; -43 14 10 ⚐οὐ no πιστεύεις to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that ἐγὼ I ἐν in τῷ the πατρὶ father ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πατὴρ father ἐν in ἐμοί to me ἐστιν to be; ⚐τὰ the ῥήματα word ἃ which ἐγὼ I λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ἀπ᾽ from ἐμαυτοῦ myself οὐ no λαλῶ to speak, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but πατὴρ father ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me μένων to stay ποιεῖ to do τὰ the ἔργα work αὐτοῦ of him. -43 14 11 ⚐πιστεύετέ to trust (in) μοι to me ⚐ὅτι that ἐγὼ I ἐν in τῷ the πατρὶ father ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πατὴρ father ἐν in ἐμοί to me· ⚐εἰ if δὲ but μή not, ⚐διὰ because of τὰ the ἔργα work αὐτὰ them πιστεύετε to trust (in). -43 14 12 ⚐ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) εἰς toward ἐμὲ me τὰ the ἔργα work ἃ which ἐγὼ I ποιῶ to do κἀκεῖνος and that one ποιήσει to do, ⚐καὶ and μείζονα great τούτων of these ποιήσει to do, ⚐ὅτι since ἐγὼ I πρὸς to τὸν the πατέρα father πορεύομαι to go· -43 14 13 ⚐καὶ and ὅ which τι one ἂν if αἰτήσητε to ask ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me τοῦτο this ποιήσω to do, ⚐ἵνα in order that δοξασθῇ to glorify ὁ the πατὴρ father ἐν in τῷ the υἱῷ son· -43 14 14 ⚐ἐάν if τι one αἰτήσητέ to ask με me ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me ⚐ἐγὼ I ποιήσω to do.

 -43 14 15 ⚐Ἐὰν if ἀγαπᾶτέ to love με me, ⚐τὰς the ἐντολὰς commandment τὰς the ἐμὰς my τηρήσετε to keep· -43 14 16 ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἐρωτήσω to ask τὸν the πατέρα father ⚐καὶ and ἄλλον another παράκλητον counsellor δώσει to give ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἵνα in order to μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age ᾖ to be, -43 14 17 ⚐τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τῆς the ἀληθείας truth, ⚐ὃ which ὁ the κόσμος world οὐ no δύναται be able λαβεῖν to take, ⚐ὅτι since οὐ no θεωρεῖ to see αὐτὸ it ⚐οὐδὲ and not γινώσκει to know· ⚐ὑμεῖς you γινώσκετε to know αὐτό it, ⚐ὅτι since παρ᾽ with ὑμῖν to you μένει to stay ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ὑμῖν to you ἔσται to be.

 -43 14 18 ⚐Οὐκ no ἀφήσω to release ὑμᾶς you ὀρφανούς orphan, ⚐ἔρχομαι to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you. -43 14 19 ⚐ἔτι still μικρὸν small ⚐καὶ and ὁ the κόσμος world με me οὐκέτι not any more θεωρεῖ to see, ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but θεωρεῖτέ to see με me, ⚐ὅτι since ἐγὼ I ζῶ to live ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ζήσετε to live. -43 14 20 ⚐ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day γνώσεσθε to know ὑμεῖς you ⚐ὅτι that ἐγὼ I ἐν in τῷ the πατρί father μου of me ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἐν in ὑμῖν to you. -43 14 21 ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have τὰς the ἐντολάς commandment μου of me καὶ and τηρῶν to keep αὐτὰς them ἐκεῖνός that ἐστιν to be ὁ who ἀγαπῶν to love με me· ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀγαπῶν to love με me ἀγαπηθήσεται to love ὑπὸ by τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me, ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἀγαπήσω to love αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἐμφανίσω to show αὐτῷ to him ἐμαυτόν myself. -43 14 22 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him Ἰούδας Judas, οὐχ no ὁ the Ἰσκαριώτης Iscariot· ⚐Κύριε lord, καὶ and τί which? γέγονεν to be ⚐ὅτι that ἡμῖν to us μέλλεις be about to ἐμφανίζειν to show σεαυτὸν yourself ⚐καὶ and οὐχὶ not τῷ the κόσμῳ world; -43 14 23 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἐάν if τις one ἀγαπᾷ to love με me ⚐τὸν the λόγον word μου of me τηρήσει to keep, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πατήρ father μου of me ἀγαπήσει to love αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ἐλευσόμεθα to come ⚐καὶ and μονὴν abode παρ᾽ with αὐτῷ to him ποιησόμεθα to make. -43 14 24 ⚐ὁ who μὴ not ἀγαπῶν to love με me τοὺς the λόγους word μου of me οὐ no τηρεῖ to keep· ⚐καὶ and ὁ the λόγος word ὃν which ἀκούετε to hear οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐμὸς my ⚐ἀλλὰ but τοῦ who πέμψαντός to send με me πατρός father.

 -43 14 25 ⚐Ταῦτα these λελάληκα to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐παρ᾽ with ὑμῖν to you μένων to stay· -43 14 26 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but παράκλητος counsellor, τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy ⚐ὃ which πέμψει to send ὁ the πατὴρ father ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me, ⚐ἐκεῖνος that ὑμᾶς you διδάξει to teach πάντα all ⚐καὶ and ὑπομνήσει to remind ὑμᾶς you ⚐πάντα all ἃ which εἶπον to say ὑμῖν to you ἐγώ I. -43 14 27 ⚐εἰρήνην peace ἀφίημι to release ὑμῖν to you, ⚐εἰρήνην peace τὴν the ἐμὴν my δίδωμι to give ὑμῖν to you· ⚐οὐ no καθὼς as ὁ the κόσμος world δίδωσιν to give ἐγὼ I δίδωμι to give ὑμῖν to you. ⚐μὴ not ταρασσέσθω to trouble ὑμῶν of you ἡ the καρδία heart ⚐μηδὲ not δειλιάτω be timid. -43 14 28 ⚐ἠκούσατε to hear ⚐ὅτι that ἐγὼ I εἶπον to say ὑμῖν to you· ⚐Ὑπάγω to go ⚐καὶ and ἔρχομαι to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you. ⚐εἰ if ἠγαπᾶτέ to love με me ⚐ἐχάρητε to rejoice ἄν if, ⚐ὅτι since πορεύομαι to go πρὸς to τὸν the πατέρα father, ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the πατὴρ father μείζων great μού of me ἐστιν to be. -43 14 29 ⚐καὶ and νῦν now εἴρηκα to say ὑμῖν to you πρὶν before γενέσθαι to be, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὅταν when(-ever) γένηται to be ⚐πιστεύσητε to trust (in). -43 14 30 ⚐οὐκέτι not any more πολλὰ much λαλήσω to speak μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἔρχεται to come γὰρ for ὁ the τοῦ this κόσμου world ἄρχων ruler· ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me οὐκ no ἔχει to have οὐδέν no one, -43 14 31 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order that γνῷ to know ὁ the κόσμος world ⚐ὅτι that ἀγαπῶ to love τὸν the πατέρα father, ⚐καὶ and καθὼς just as ἐνετείλατο to order μοι to me ὁ the πατὴρ father οὕτως thus(-ly) ποιῶ to do. ⚐Ἐγείρεσθε to arise, ⚐ἄγωμεν to bring ἐντεῦθεν from here.

 -43 15 1 ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ἡ the ἄμπελος vine ἡ the ἀληθινή true, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πατήρ father μου of me ὁ the γεωργός farmer ἐστιν to be· -43 15 2 ⚐πᾶν all κλῆμα branch ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me μὴ not φέρον to bear καρπὸν fruit αἴρει to take up αὐτό it, ⚐καὶ and πᾶν all τὸ the καρπὸν fruit φέρον to bear καθαίρει to prune αὐτὸ it ⚐ἵνα in order that καρπὸν fruit πλείονα greater φέρῃ to bear. -43 15 3 ⚐ἤδη already ὑμεῖς you καθαροί clean ἐστε to be διὰ because of τὸν the λόγον word ⚐ὃν which λελάληκα to speak ὑμῖν to you· -43 15 4 ⚐μείνατε to stay ἐν in ἐμοί to me, ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἐν in ὑμῖν to you. ⚐καθὼς just as τὸ the κλῆμα branch οὐ no δύναται be able ⚐καρπὸν fruit φέρειν to bear ἀφ᾽ from ἑαυτοῦ itself ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not μένῃ to stay ἐν in τῇ the ἀμπέλῳ vine, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) οὐδὲ and not ὑμεῖς you ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me μένητε to stay. -43 15 5 ⚐ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ἡ the ἄμπελος vine, ⚐ὑμεῖς you τὰ the κλήματα branch. ⚐ὁ who μένων to stay ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me κἀγὼ and I ἐν in αὐτῷ to him οὗτος this φέρει to bear καρπὸν fruit πολύν much, ⚐ὅτι since χωρὶς without ἐμοῦ of me οὐ no δύνασθε be able ποιεῖν to do οὐδέν no one. -43 15 6 ⚐ἐὰν if μή not τις one μένῃ to stay ἐν in ἐμοί to me, ⚐ἐβλήθη to throw ἔξω out ὡς as τὸ the κλῆμα branch ⚐καὶ and ἐξηράνθη to dry, ⚐καὶ and συνάγουσιν to assemble αὐτὰ them ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward τὸ the πῦρ fire βάλλουσιν to throw ⚐καὶ and καίεται to burn. -43 15 7 ⚐ἐὰν if μείνητε to stay ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ῥήματά word μου of me ἐν in ὑμῖν to you μείνῃ to stay, ⚐ὃ which ἐὰν if θέλητε to will αἰτήσασθε to ask ⚐καὶ and γενήσεται to be ὑμῖν to you· -43 15 8 ⚐ἐν by τούτῳ to this ἐδοξάσθη to glorify ὁ the πατήρ father μου of me ⚐ἵνα in order that καρπὸν fruit πολὺν much φέρητε to bear ⚐καὶ and γένησθε to be ἐμοὶ my μαθηταί disciple. -43 15 9 ⚐καθὼς just as ἠγάπησέν to love με me ὁ the πατήρ father, ⚐κἀγὼ and I ὑμᾶς you ἠγάπησα to love, ⚐μείνατε to stay ἐν in τῇ the ἀγάπῃ love τῇ the ἐμῇ my. -43 15 10 ⚐ἐὰν if τὰς the ἐντολάς commandment μου of me τηρήσητε to keep, ⚐μενεῖτε to stay ἐν in τῇ the ἀγάπῃ love μου of me, ⚐καθὼς just as ἐγὼ I τὰς the ἐντολὰς commandment τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me τετήρηκα to keep ⚐καὶ and μένω to stay αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in τῇ the ἀγάπῃ love. -43 15 11 ⚐ταῦτα these λελάληκα to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the χαρὰ joy ἡ the ἐμὴ my ἐν in ὑμῖν to you ᾖ to be ⚐καὶ and ἡ the χαρὰ joy ὑμῶν of you πληρωθῇ to fulfill.

 -43 15 12 ⚐Αὕτη this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the ἐντολὴ commandment ἡ the ἐμὴ my ⚐ἵνα in order to ἀγαπᾶτε to love ἀλλήλους one another ⚐καθὼς just as ἠγάπησα to love ὑμᾶς you· -43 15 13 ⚐μείζονα great ταύτης of this ἀγάπην love οὐδεὶς no one ἔχει to have, ⚐ἵνα in order that τις one τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him θῇ to place ὑπὲρ for τῶν the φίλων friend αὐτοῦ of him. -43 15 14 ⚐ὑμεῖς you φίλοι friend μού of me ἐστε to be ⚐ἐὰν if ποιῆτε to do ⚐ἃ which ἐγὼ I ἐντέλλομαι to order ὑμῖν to you. -43 15 15 ⚐οὐκέτι not any more λέγω to speak ὑμᾶς you δούλους slave, ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the δοῦλος slave οὐκ no οἶδεν to know ⚐τί which? ποιεῖ to do αὐτοῦ of him ὁ the κύριος lord· ⚐ὑμᾶς you δὲ but εἴρηκα to say φίλους friend, ⚐ὅτι since πάντα all ἃ which ἤκουσα to hear παρὰ from τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me ἐγνώρισα to make known ὑμῖν to you. -43 15 16 ⚐οὐχ no ὑμεῖς you με me ἐξελέξασθε to select, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐγὼ I ἐξελεξάμην to select ὑμᾶς you, ⚐καὶ and ἔθηκα to place ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἵνα in order to ὑμεῖς you ὑπάγητε to go ⚐καὶ and καρπὸν fruit φέρητε to bear ⚐καὶ and ὁ the καρπὸς fruit ὑμῶν of you μένῃ to stay, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὅ which τι one ἂν if αἰτήσητε to ask τὸν the πατέρα father ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me δῷ to give ὑμῖν to you. -43 15 17 ⚐ταῦτα these ἐντέλλομαι to order ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἵνα in order to ἀγαπᾶτε to love ἀλλήλους one another.

 -43 15 18 ⚐Εἰ if ὁ the κόσμος world ὑμᾶς you μισεῖ to hate, ⚐γινώσκετε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐμὲ me πρῶτον first ὑμῶν of you μεμίσηκεν to hate. -43 15 19 ⚐εἰ if ἐκ out of τοῦ the κόσμου world ἦτε to be, ⚐ὁ the κόσμος world ἂν if τὸ the ἴδιον one's own ἐφίλει to love· ⚐ὅτι since δὲ but ἐκ out of τοῦ the κόσμου world οὐκ no ἐστέ to be, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐγὼ I ἐξελεξάμην to select ὑμᾶς you ἐκ out of τοῦ the κόσμου world, ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this μισεῖ to hate ὑμᾶς you ὁ the κόσμος world. -43 15 20 ⚐μνημονεύετε to remember τοῦ the λόγου word ⚐οὗ which ἐγὼ I εἶπον to say ὑμῖν to you· ⚐Οὐκ no ἔστιν to be δοῦλος slave μείζων great τοῦ the κυρίου lord αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐εἰ if ἐμὲ me ἐδίωξαν to pursue, ⚐καὶ and ὑμᾶς you διώξουσιν to pursue· ⚐εἰ if τὸν the λόγον word μου of me ἐτήρησαν to keep, ⚐καὶ and τὸν the ὑμέτερον your τηρήσουσιν to keep. -43 15 21 ⚐ἀλλὰ but ταῦτα these πάντα all ποιήσουσιν to do εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you διὰ because of τὸ the ὄνομά name μου of me, ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no οἴδασιν to know τὸν who πέμψαντά to send με me. -43 15 22 ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ἦλθον to come καὶ and ἐλάλησα to speak αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐ἁμαρτίαν sin οὐκ no εἴχοσαν to be· ⚐νῦν now δὲ but πρόφασιν pretense οὐκ no ἔχουσιν to have περὶ about τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin αὐτῶν of them. -43 15 23 ⚐ὁ the ἐμὲ me μισῶν to hate καὶ and τὸν the πατέρα father μου of me μισεῖ to hate. -43 15 24 ⚐εἰ if τὰ the ἔργα work μὴ not ἐποίησα to do ἐν among αὐτοῖς to them ἃ which οὐδεὶς no one ἄλλος another ἐποίησεν to do, ⚐ἁμαρτίαν sin οὐκ no εἴχοσαν to be· ⚐νῦν now δὲ but καὶ and ἑωράκασιν to see καὶ and μεμισήκασιν to hate καὶ and ἐμὲ me καὶ and τὸν the πατέρα father μου of me. -43 15 25 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order to πληρωθῇ to fulfill ὁ the λόγος word ὁ the ἐν in τῷ the νόμῳ law αὐτῶν of them γεγραμμένος to write ⚐ὅτι that Ἐμίσησάν to hate με me δωρεάν freely.

 -43 15 26 ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) ἔλθῃ to come ὁ the παράκλητος counsellor ⚐ὃν which ἐγὼ I πέμψω to send ὑμῖν to you παρὰ from τοῦ the πατρός father, ⚐τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τῆς the ἀληθείας truth ⚐ὃ which παρὰ from τοῦ the πατρὸς father ἐκπορεύεται to go out, ⚐ἐκεῖνος that μαρτυρήσει to testify περὶ about ἐμοῦ of me· -43 15 27 ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you δὲ and μαρτυρεῖτε to testify, ⚐ὅτι since ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me ἐστε to be.

 -43 16 1 ⚐Ταῦτα these λελάληκα to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not σκανδαλισθῆτε to cause to stumble. -43 16 2 ⚐ἀποσυναγώγους excommunicated ποιήσουσιν to make ὑμᾶς you· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἔρχεται to come ὥρα hour ⚐ἵνα in order that πᾶς all ὁ who ἀποκτείνας to kill ὑμᾶς you δόξῃ to think ⚐λατρείαν ministry προσφέρειν to bring to τῷ the θεῷ God. -43 16 3 ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these ποιήσουσιν to do ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἔγνωσαν to know τὸν the πατέρα father οὐδὲ and not ἐμέ me. -43 16 4 ⚐ἀλλὰ but ταῦτα these λελάληκα to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἵνα in order that ὅταν when(-ever) ἔλθῃ to come ἡ the ὥρα hour αὐτῶν of them ⚐μνημονεύητε to remember αὐτῶν of them ⚐ὅτι that ἐγὼ I εἶπον to say ὑμῖν to you.

 ⚐Ταῦτα these δὲ and ὑμῖν to you ἐξ from ἀρχῆς beginning οὐκ no εἶπον to say, ⚐ὅτι since μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you ἤμην to be. -43 16 5 ⚐νῦν now δὲ but ὑπάγω to go πρὸς to τὸν who πέμψαντά to send με me ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you ἐρωτᾷ to ask με me· ⚐Ποῦ where? ὑπάγεις to go; -43 16 6 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅτι since ταῦτα these λελάληκα to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἡ the λύπη grief πεπλήρωκεν to fulfill ὑμῶν of you τὴν the καρδίαν heart. -43 16 7 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐγὼ I τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐συμφέρει to be profitable ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐγὼ I ἀπέλθω to go away. ⚐ἐὰν if γὰρ for μὴ not ἀπέλθω to go away, ⚐ὁ the παράκλητος counsellor οὐκ no ἐλεύσεται to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you· ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but πορευθῶ to go, ⚐πέμψω to send αὐτὸν him πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you. -43 16 8 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὼν to come ἐκεῖνος that ⚐ἐλέγξει to rebuke τὸν the κόσμον world περὶ about ἁμαρτίας sin καὶ and περὶ about δικαιοσύνης righteousness καὶ and περὶ about κρίσεως judgment· -43 16 9 ⚐περὶ about ἁμαρτίας sin μέν on the other hand, ⚐ὅτι since οὐ no πιστεύουσιν to trust (in) εἰς toward ἐμέ me· -43 16 10 ⚐περὶ about δικαιοσύνης righteousness δέ and, ⚐ὅτι since πρὸς to τὸν the πατέρα father ὑπάγω to go ⚐καὶ and οὐκέτι not any more θεωρεῖτέ to see με me· -43 16 11 ⚐περὶ about δὲ and κρίσεως judgment, ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the ἄρχων ruler τοῦ the κόσμου world τούτου of this κέκριται to judge.

 -43 16 12 ⚐Ἔτι still πολλὰ much ἔχω to have ⚐ὑμῖν to you λέγειν to speak, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no δύνασθε be able βαστάζειν to carry ἄρτι now· -43 16 13 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ but ἔλθῃ to come ἐκεῖνος that, τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τῆς the ἀληθείας truth, ⚐ὁδηγήσει to guide ὑμᾶς you ἐν in τῇ the ἀληθείᾳ truth πάσῃ all, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for λαλήσει to speak ἀφ᾽ from ἑαυτοῦ himself, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅσα as much as ἀκούσει to hear λαλήσει to speak, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ἐρχόμενα to come ἀναγγελεῖ to report ὑμῖν to you. -43 16 14 ⚐ἐκεῖνος that ἐμὲ me δοξάσει to glorify, ⚐ὅτι since ἐκ from τοῦ the ἐμοῦ my λήμψεται to take ⚐καὶ and ἀναγγελεῖ to report ὑμῖν to you. -43 16 15 ⚐πάντα all ὅσα as much as ἔχει to have ὁ the πατὴρ father ἐμά my ἐστιν to be· ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this εἶπον to say ⚐ὅτι that ἐκ from τοῦ the ἐμοῦ of me λαμβάνει to take ⚐καὶ and ἀναγγελεῖ to report ὑμῖν to you.

 -43 16 16 ⚐Μικρὸν small ⚐καὶ and οὐκέτι not any more θεωρεῖτέ to see με me, ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again μικρὸν small ⚐καὶ and ὄψεσθέ to see με me. -43 16 17 ⚐εἶπαν to say οὖν then ἐκ out of τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another· ⚐Τί which? ἐστιν to be τοῦτο this ὃ which λέγει to speak ἡμῖν to us· ⚐Μικρὸν small ⚐καὶ and οὐ no θεωρεῖτέ to see με me, ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again μικρὸν small ⚐καὶ and ὄψεσθέ to see με me; ⚐καί and· Ὅτι since ὑπάγω to go πρὸς to τὸν the πατέρα father; -43 16 18 ⚐ἔλεγον to speak οὖν therefore· ⚐Τί which? ἐστιν to be τοῦτο this ὃ which λέγει to speak τὸ the μικρόν small; ⚐οὐκ no οἴδαμεν to know ⚐τί which? λαλεῖ to speak. -43 16 19 ⚐ἔγνω to know ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὅτι that ἤθελον to will ⚐αὐτὸν him ἐρωτᾶν to ask, ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Περὶ about τούτου of this ζητεῖτε to seek μετ᾽ with ἀλλήλων one another ⚐ὅτι that εἶπον to say· ⚐Μικρὸν small ⚐καὶ and οὐ no θεωρεῖτέ to see με me, ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again μικρὸν small ⚐καὶ and ὄψεσθέ to see με me; -43 16 20 ⚐ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that κλαύσετε to weep καὶ and θρηνήσετε to lament ὑμεῖς you, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but κόσμος world χαρήσεται to rejoice· ⚐ὑμεῖς you λυπηθήσεσθε to grieve, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἡ the λύπη grief ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward χαρὰν joy γενήσεται to be. -43 16 21 ⚐ἡ the γυνὴ woman ὅταν when(-ever) τίκτῃ to give birth to λύπην grief ἔχει to have, ⚐ὅτι since ἦλθεν to come ἡ the ὥρα hour αὐτῆς of her· ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ but γεννήσῃ to beget τὸ the παιδίον child, ⚐οὐκέτι not any more μνημονεύει to remember τῆς the θλίψεως pressure διὰ because of τὴν the χαρὰν joy ⚐ὅτι that ἐγεννήθη to beget ἄνθρωπος a human εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world. -43 16 22 ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you οὖν therefore νῦν now μὲν on the other hand λύπην grief ἔχετε to have· ⚐πάλιν again δὲ but ὄψομαι to see ὑμᾶς you, ⚐καὶ and χαρήσεται to rejoice ὑμῶν of you ἡ the καρδία heart, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the χαρὰν joy ὑμῶν of you οὐδεὶς no one αἴρει to take up ἀφ᾽ from ὑμῶν of you. -43 16 23 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day ἐμὲ me οὐκ no ἐρωτήσετε to ask οὐδέν no one· ⚐ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἄν if τι one αἰτήσητε to ask τὸν the πατέρα father ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me δώσει to give ὑμῖν to you. -43 16 24 ⚐ἕως until ἄρτι now οὐκ no ᾐτήσατε to ask οὐδὲν no one ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me· ⚐αἰτεῖτε to ask ⚐καὶ and λήμψεσθε to take, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the χαρὰ joy ὑμῶν of you ᾖ to be πεπληρωμένη to fulfill.

 -43 16 25 ⚐Ταῦτα these ἐν in παροιμίαις proverb λελάληκα to speak ὑμῖν to you· ⚐ἔρχεται to come ὥρα hour ⚐ὅτε when οὐκέτι not any more ἐν in παροιμίαις proverb λαλήσω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἀλλὰ but παρρησίᾳ boldness περὶ about τοῦ the πατρὸς father ἀπαγγελῶ to announce ὑμῖν to you. -43 16 26 ⚐ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματί name μου of me αἰτήσεσθε to ask, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ἐγὼ I ἐρωτήσω to ask τὸν the πατέρα father περὶ about ὑμῶν of you· -43 16 27 ⚐αὐτὸς he γὰρ for ὁ the πατὴρ father φιλεῖ to love ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ὅτι since ὑμεῖς you ἐμὲ me πεφιλήκατε to love ⚐καὶ and πεπιστεύκατε to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that ἐγὼ I παρὰ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐξῆλθον to go out. -43 16 28 ⚐ἐξῆλθον to go out παρὰ from τοῦ the πατρὸς father ⚐καὶ and ἐλήλυθα to go εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world· ⚐πάλιν again ἀφίημι to release τὸν the κόσμον world ⚐καὶ and πορεύομαι to go πρὸς to τὸν the πατέρα father.

 -43 16 29 ⚐Λέγουσιν to speak οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐Ἴδε look! νῦν now ἐν in παρρησίᾳ boldness λαλεῖς to speak, ⚐καὶ and παροιμίαν proverb οὐδεμίαν no one λέγεις to speak. -43 16 30 ⚐νῦν now οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that οἶδας to know πάντα all ⚐καὶ and οὐ no χρείαν need ἔχεις to have ⚐ἵνα in order that τίς one σε you ἐρωτᾷ to ask· ⚐ἐν in τούτῳ to this πιστεύομεν to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God ἐξῆλθες to go out. -43 16 31 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτοῖς to them Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἄρτι now πιστεύετε to trust (in); -43 16 32 ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἔρχεται to come ὥρα hour ⚐καὶ and ἐλήλυθεν to come ⚐ἵνα in order that σκορπισθῆτε to scatter ἕκαστος each εἰς toward τὰ the ἴδια one's own ⚐κἀμὲ and I μόνον alone ἀφῆτε to release· ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be μόνος alone, ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the πατὴρ father μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me ἐστιν to be. -43 16 33 ⚐ταῦτα these λελάληκα to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me εἰρήνην peace ἔχητε to have· ⚐ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world θλῖψιν pressure ἔχετε to have, ⚐ἀλλὰ but θαρσεῖτε take heart, ⚐ἐγὼ I νενίκηκα to conquer τὸν the κόσμον world.

 -43 17 1 ⚐Ταῦτα these ἐλάλησεν to speak Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐καὶ and ἐπάρας to lift up τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Πάτερ father, ἐλήλυθεν to come ἡ the ὥρα hour· ⚐δόξασόν to glorify σου of you τὸν the υἱόν son, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὁ the υἱὸς son δοξάσῃ to glorify σέ you, -43 17 2 ⚐καθὼς just as ἔδωκας to give αὐτῷ to him ἐξουσίαν authority πάσης all σαρκός flesh, ⚐ἵνα in order that πᾶν all ὃ which δέδωκας to give αὐτῷ to him δώσῃ to give αὐτοῖς to them ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal. -43 17 3 ⚐αὕτη this δέ and ἐστιν to be ἡ the αἰώνιος eternal ζωὴ life ⚐ἵνα in order that γινώσκωσιν to know σὲ you τὸν the μόνον alone ἀληθινὸν true θεὸν God ⚐καὶ and ὃν which ἀπέστειλας to send Ἰησοῦν Jesus Χριστόν Christ. -43 17 4 ⚐ἐγώ I σε you ἐδόξασα to glorify ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐τὸ the ἔργον work τελειώσας to perfect ὃ which δέδωκάς to give μοι to me ⚐ἵνα in order to ποιήσω to do· -43 17 5 ⚐καὶ and νῦν now δόξασόν to glorify με me σύ you, πάτερ father, παρὰ beside σεαυτῷ yourself τῇ the δόξῃ glory ⚐ᾗ which εἶχον to have πρὸ before τοῦ the τὸν the κόσμον world εἶναι to be παρὰ with σοί to you.

 -43 17 6 ⚐Ἐφανέρωσά to manifest σου of you τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human ⚐οὓς which ἔδωκάς to give μοι to me ἐκ out of τοῦ the κόσμου world. ⚐σοὶ to you ἦσαν to be ⚐κἀμοὶ and I αὐτοὺς them ἔδωκας to give, ⚐καὶ and τὸν the λόγον word σου of you τετήρηκαν to keep. -43 17 7 ⚐νῦν now ἔγνωκαν to know ⚐ὅτι that πάντα all ὅσα as much as δέδωκάς to give μοι to me παρὰ from σοῦ of you εἰσιν to be· -43 17 8 ⚐ὅτι since τὰ the ῥήματα word ἃ which ἔδωκάς to give μοι to me δέδωκα to give αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἔλαβον to take καὶ and ἔγνωσαν to know ἀληθῶς truly ⚐ὅτι that παρὰ from σοῦ of you ἐξῆλθον to go out, ⚐καὶ and ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that σύ you με me ἀπέστειλας to send. -43 17 9 ⚐ἐγὼ I περὶ about αὐτῶν of them ἐρωτῶ to ask· ⚐οὐ no περὶ about τοῦ the κόσμου world ἐρωτῶ to ask ⚐ἀλλὰ but περὶ about ὧν which δέδωκάς to give μοι to me, ⚐ὅτι since σοί to you εἰσιν to be, -43 17 10 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ἐμὰ my πάντα all σά your ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and τὰ the σὰ your ἐμά my, ⚐καὶ and δεδόξασμαι to glorify ἐν by αὐτοῖς to them. -43 17 11 ⚐καὶ and οὐκέτι not any more εἰμὶ to be ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world, ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world εἰσίν to be, ⚐κἀγὼ and I πρὸς to σὲ you ἔρχομαι to come. ⚐πάτερ father ἅγιε holy, τήρησον to keep αὐτοὺς them ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματί name σου of you ⚐ᾧ which δέδωκάς to give μοι to me, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὦσιν to be ἓν one καθὼς just as ἡμεῖς we. -43 17 12 ⚐ὅτε when ἤμην to be μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐγὼ I ἐτήρουν to keep αὐτοὺς them ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματί name σου of you ⚐ᾧ which δέδωκάς to give μοι to me, ⚐καὶ and ἐφύλαξα to keep, ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them ἀπώλετο to destroy ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ the υἱὸς son τῆς the ἀπωλείας destruction, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the γραφὴ a writing πληρωθῇ to fulfill. -43 17 13 ⚐νῦν now δὲ but πρὸς to σὲ you ἔρχομαι to come, ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these λαλῶ to speak ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world ⚐ἵνα in order that ἔχωσιν to have τὴν the χαρὰν joy τὴν the ἐμὴν my πεπληρωμένην to fulfill ἐν in ἑαυτοῖς themselves. -43 17 14 ⚐ἐγὼ I δέδωκα to give αὐτοῖς to them τὸν the λόγον word σου of you, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the κόσμος world ἐμίσησεν to hate αὐτούς them, ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no εἰσὶν to be ἐκ out of τοῦ the κόσμου world ⚐καθὼς just as ἐγὼ I οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἐκ out of τοῦ the κόσμου world. -43 17 15 ⚐οὐκ no ἐρωτῶ to ask ⚐ἵνα in order to ἄρῃς to take up αὐτοὺς them ἐκ out of τοῦ the κόσμου world ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order that τηρήσῃς to keep αὐτοὺς them ἐκ from τοῦ the πονηροῦ evil. -43 17 16 ⚐ἐκ out of τοῦ the κόσμου world οὐκ no εἰσὶν to be ⚐καθὼς just as ἐγὼ I οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἐκ out of τοῦ the κόσμου world. -43 17 17 ⚐ἁγίασον to sanctify αὐτοὺς them ἐν in τῇ the ἀληθείᾳ truth· ⚐ὁ the λόγος word ὁ the σὸς your ἀλήθειά truth ἐστιν to be. -43 17 18 ⚐καθὼς just as ἐμὲ me ἀπέστειλας to send εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world, ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἀπέστειλα to send αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world· -43 17 19 ⚐καὶ and ὑπὲρ above αὐτῶν of them ἐγὼ I ἁγιάζω to sanctify ἐμαυτόν myself, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὦσιν to be καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἡγιασμένοι to sanctify ἐν in ἀληθείᾳ truth.

 -43 17 20 ⚐Οὐ no περὶ about τούτων of these δὲ and ἐρωτῶ to ask μόνον alone, ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and περὶ about τῶν who πιστευόντων to trust (in) διὰ through τοῦ the λόγου word αὐτῶν of them εἰς toward ἐμέ me, -43 17 21 ⚐ἵνα in order that πάντες all ἓν one ὦσιν to be, ⚐καθὼς just as σύ you, πάτερ father, ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἐν in σοί to you, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἐν in ἡμῖν to us ὦσιν to be, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὁ the κόσμος world πιστεύῃ to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that σύ you με me ἀπέστειλας to send. -43 17 22 ⚐κἀγὼ and I τὴν the δόξαν glory ἣν which δέδωκάς to give μοι to me δέδωκα to give αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὦσιν to be ἓν one ⚐καθὼς just as ἡμεῖς we ἕν one, -43 17 23 ⚐ἐγὼ I ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καὶ and σὺ you ἐν in ἐμοί to me, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὦσιν to be τετελειωμένοι to perfect εἰς toward ἕν one, ⚐ἵνα in order that γινώσκῃ to know ὁ the κόσμος world ⚐ὅτι that σύ you με me ἀπέστειλας to send ⚐καὶ and ἠγάπησας to love αὐτοὺς them ⚐καθὼς just as ἐμὲ me ἠγάπησας to love. -43 17 24 ⚐πάτερ father, ὃ which δέδωκάς to give μοι to me, ⚐θέλω to will ⚐ἵνα in order to ὅπου where(-ever) εἰμὶ to be ἐγὼ I κἀκεῖνοι and that one ὦσιν to be μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me, ⚐ἵνα in order that θεωρῶσιν to see τὴν the δόξαν glory τὴν the ἐμὴν my ⚐ἣν which δέδωκάς to give μοι to me, ⚐ὅτι since ἠγάπησάς to love με me πρὸ before καταβολῆς beginning κόσμου world.

 -43 17 25 ⚐Πάτερ father δίκαιε just, καὶ and ὁ the κόσμος world σε you οὐκ no ἔγνω to know, ⚐ἐγὼ I δέ and σε you ἔγνων to know, ⚐καὶ and οὗτοι these ἔγνωσαν to know ⚐ὅτι that σύ you με me ἀπέστειλας to send, -43 17 26 ⚐καὶ and ἐγνώρισα to make known αὐτοῖς to them τὸ the ὄνομά name σου of you ⚐καὶ and γνωρίσω to make known, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the ἀγάπη love ἣν which ἠγάπησάς to love με me ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them ᾖ to be ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them.

 -43 18 1 ⚐Ταῦτα these εἰπὼν to say Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out σὺν with τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple αὐτοῦ of him πέραν other side τοῦ the χειμάρρου brook τοῦ the Κεδρὼν Kidron ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἦν to be κῆπος garden, ⚐εἰς toward ὃν which εἰσῆλθεν to enter αὐτὸς he καὶ and οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him. -43 18 2 ⚐Ἤιδει to know δὲ and καὶ and Ἰούδας Judas ὁ who παραδιδοὺς to deliver αὐτὸν him τὸν the τόπον place, ⚐ὅτι since πολλάκις often συνήχθη to assemble Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐκεῖ there μετὰ with τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him. -43 18 3 ⚐ὁ the οὖν therefore Ἰούδας Judas λαβὼν to take τὴν the σπεῖραν band καὶ and ἐκ of τῶν the ἀρχιερέων high-priest καὶ and ἐκ out of τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee ὑπηρέτας servant ⚐ἔρχεται to come ἐκεῖ there μετὰ with φανῶν torch καὶ and λαμπάδων window καὶ and ὅπλων weapon. -43 18 4 ⚐Ἰησοῦς Jesus οὖν then εἰδὼς to know πάντα all τὰ the ἐρχόμενα to come ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτὸν him ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τίνα which? ζητεῖτε to seek; -43 18 5 ⚐ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἰησοῦν Jesus τὸν the Ναζωραῖον Nazarene. ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be. ⚐εἱστήκει to stand δὲ and καὶ and Ἰούδας Judas ὁ who παραδιδοὺς to deliver αὐτὸν him μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them. -43 18 6 ⚐ὡς as οὖν therefore εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be, ⚐ἀπῆλθον to go away εἰς toward τὰ the ὀπίσω after ⚐καὶ and ἔπεσαν to collapse χαμαί on the ground. -43 18 7 ⚐πάλιν again οὖν then ἐπηρώτησεν to question αὐτούς them· ⚐Τίνα which? ζητεῖτε to seek; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Ἰησοῦν Jesus τὸν the Ναζωραῖον Nazarene. -43 18 8 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Εἶπον to say ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ἐγώ I εἰμι to be· ⚐εἰ if οὖν therefore ἐμὲ me ζητεῖτε to seek, ⚐ἄφετε to release τούτους these ⚐ὑπάγειν to go· -43 18 9 ⚐ἵνα in order to πληρωθῇ to fulfill ὁ the λόγος word ⚐ὃν which εἶπεν to say ⚐ὅτι that Οὓς which δέδωκάς to give μοι to me οὐκ no ἀπώλεσα to destroy ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them οὐδένα no one. -43 18 10 ⚐Σίμων Simon οὖν then Πέτρος Peter ἔχων to have μάχαιραν sword ⚐εἵλκυσεν to draw αὐτὴν her ⚐καὶ and ἔπαισεν to strike τὸν the τοῦ the ἀρχιερέως high-priest δοῦλον slave ⚐καὶ and ἀπέκοψεν to cut off αὐτοῦ of him τὸ the ὠτάριον ear τὸ the δεξιόν right. ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and ὄνομα name τῷ the δούλῳ slave Μάλχος Malchus. -43 18 11 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν therefore ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τῷ the Πέτρῳ Peter· ⚐Βάλε to throw τὴν the μάχαιραν sword εἰς toward τὴν the θήκην sheath· ⚐τὸ the ποτήριον cup ὃ which δέδωκέν to give μοι to me ὁ the πατὴρ father οὐ no μὴ not πίω to drink αὐτό it;

 -43 18 12 ⚐Ἡ the οὖν then σπεῖρα band καὶ and ὁ the χιλίαρχος military officer καὶ and οἱ the ὑπηρέται servant τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish συνέλαβον to seize τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐καὶ and ἔδησαν to bind αὐτὸν him -43 18 13 ⚐καὶ and ἤγαγον to bring πρὸς to Ἅνναν Annas πρῶτον first· ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for πενθερὸς father-in-law τοῦ the Καϊάφα Caiaphas, ⚐ὃς which ἦν to be ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest τοῦ the ἐνιαυτοῦ year ἐκείνου that· -43 18 14 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and Καϊάφας Caiaphas ὁ who συμβουλεύσας to consult τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish ⚐ὅτι that συμφέρει to be profitable ⚐ἕνα one ἄνθρωπον a human ἀποθανεῖν to die ὑπὲρ for τοῦ the λαοῦ a people.

 -43 18 15 ⚐Ἠκολούθει to follow δὲ and τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus Σίμων Simon Πέτρος Peter καὶ and ἄλλος another μαθητής disciple. ⚐ὁ the δὲ and μαθητὴς disciple ἐκεῖνος that ἦν to be γνωστὸς acquainted with τῷ the ἀρχιερεῖ high-priest ⚐καὶ and συνεισῆλθεν to enter with τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus εἰς toward τὴν the αὐλὴν courtyard τοῦ the ἀρχιερέως high-priest, -43 18 16 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Πέτρος Peter εἱστήκει to stand πρὸς to τῇ the θύρᾳ door ἔξω outside. ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out οὖν therefore ὁ the μαθητὴς disciple ὁ the ἄλλος another ὁ who γνωστὸς acquainted with τοῦ the ἀρχιερέως high-priest ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say τῇ who θυρωρῷ gatekeeper ⚐καὶ and εἰσήγαγεν to bring in τὸν the Πέτρον Peter. -43 18 17 ⚐λέγει to speak οὖν therefore τῷ the Πέτρῳ Peter ἡ the παιδίσκη maidservant ἡ who θυρωρός gatekeeper· ⚐Μὴ not καὶ and σὺ you ἐκ out of τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple εἶ to be τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human τούτου of this; ⚐λέγει to speak ἐκεῖνος that· ⚐Οὐκ no εἰμί to be. -43 18 18 ⚐εἱστήκεισαν to stand δὲ and οἱ the δοῦλοι slave καὶ and οἱ the ὑπηρέται servant ⚐ἀνθρακιὰν charcoal fire πεποιηκότες to make, ⚐ὅτι since ψῦχος cold ἦν to be, ⚐καὶ and ἐθερμαίνοντο to warm· ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and καὶ and ὁ the Πέτρος Peter μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἑστὼς to stand καὶ and θερμαινόμενος to warm.

 -43 18 19 ⚐Ὁ the οὖν therefore ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest ἠρώτησεν to ask τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus περὶ about τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and περὶ about τῆς the διδαχῆς teaching αὐτοῦ of him. -43 18 20 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτῷ to him Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἐγὼ I παρρησίᾳ boldness λελάληκα to speak τῷ the κόσμῳ world· ⚐ἐγὼ I πάντοτε always ἐδίδαξα to teach ἐν in συναγωγῇ synagogue καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) πάντες all οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish συνέρχονται to assemble, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in κρυπτῷ hidden ἐλάλησα to speak οὐδέν no one· -43 18 21 ⚐τί which? με me ἐρωτᾷς to ask; ⚐ἐρώτησον to ask τοὺς who ἀκηκοότας to hear ⚐τί which? ἐλάλησα to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐ἴδε look! οὗτοι these οἴδασιν to know ⚐ἃ which εἶπον to say ἐγώ I. -43 18 22 ⚐ταῦτα these δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him εἰπόντος to say ⚐εἷς one παρεστηκὼς to stand by τῶν the ὑπηρετῶν servant ἔδωκεν to give ῥάπισμα slap τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐εἰπών to say· ⚐Οὕτως thus(-ly) ἀποκρίνῃ to answer τῷ the ἀρχιερεῖ high-priest; -43 18 23 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτῷ to him Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Εἰ if κακῶς badly ἐλάλησα to speak, ⚐μαρτύρησον to testify περὶ about τοῦ the κακοῦ harm· ⚐εἰ if δὲ but καλῶς well, ⚐τί which? με me δέρεις to beat up; -43 18 24 ⚐ἀπέστειλεν to send οὖν then αὐτὸν him ὁ the Ἅννας Annas ⚐δεδεμένον to bind ⚐πρὸς to Καϊάφαν Caiaphas τὸν the ἀρχιερέα high-priest.

 -43 18 25 ⚐Ἦν to be δὲ and Σίμων Simon Πέτρος Peter ἑστὼς to stand καὶ and θερμαινόμενος to warm. ⚐εἶπον to say οὖν therefore αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Μὴ not καὶ and σὺ you ἐκ out of τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him εἶ to be; ⚐ἠρνήσατο to deny ἐκεῖνος that ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Οὐκ no εἰμί to be. -43 18 26 ⚐λέγει to speak εἷς one ἐκ of τῶν the δούλων slave τοῦ the ἀρχιερέως high-priest, ⚐συγγενὴς kindred ὢν to be οὗ which ἀπέκοψεν to cut off Πέτρος Peter τὸ the ὠτίον ear· ⚐Οὐκ no ἐγώ I σε you εἶδον to know ἐν in τῷ the κήπῳ garden μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him; -43 18 27 ⚐πάλιν again οὖν then ἠρνήσατο to deny Πέτρος Peter· ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἀλέκτωρ rooster ἐφώνησεν to call.

 -43 18 28 ⚐Ἄγουσιν to bring οὖν then τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ἀπὸ from τοῦ the Καϊάφα Caiaphas εἰς toward τὸ the πραιτώριον praetorium· ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and πρωΐ morning· ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they οὐκ no εἰσῆλθον to enter εἰς toward τὸ the πραιτώριον praetorium, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not μιανθῶσιν to stain ⚐ἀλλὰ but φάγωσιν to eat τὸ the πάσχα Passover. -43 18 29 ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out οὖν therefore ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate ἔξω outside πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ⚐καὶ and φησίν to say· ⚐Τίνα which? κατηγορίαν accusation φέρετε to bring κατὰ according to τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human τούτου of this; -43 18 30 ⚐ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer καὶ and εἶπαν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Εἰ if μὴ not ἦν to be οὗτος this κακὸν harm ποιῶν to do, ⚐οὐκ no ἄν if σοι to you παρεδώκαμεν to deliver αὐτόν him. -43 18 31 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν therefore αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate· ⚐Λάβετε to take αὐτὸν him ὑμεῖς you, ⚐καὶ and κατὰ according to τὸν the νόμον law ὑμῶν of you κρίνατε to judge αὐτόν him. ⚐εἶπον to say αὐτῷ to him οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish· ⚐Ἡμῖν to us οὐκ no ἔξεστιν it is permitted ἀποκτεῖναι to kill οὐδένα no one· -43 18 32 ⚐ἵνα in order to ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus πληρωθῇ to fulfill ⚐ὃν which εἶπεν to say σημαίνων to signify ⚐ποίῳ what? θανάτῳ death ἤμελλεν be about to ἀποθνῄσκειν to die.

 -43 18 33 ⚐Εἰσῆλθεν to enter οὖν therefore πάλιν again εἰς toward τὸ the πραιτώριον praetorium ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate ⚐καὶ and ἐφώνησεν to call τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish; -43 18 34 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἀπὸ from σεαυτοῦ yourself σὺ you τοῦτο this λέγεις to speak ⚐ἢ or ἄλλοι another εἶπόν to say σοι to you περὶ about ἐμοῦ of me; -43 18 35 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate· ⚐Μήτι no? ἐγὼ I Ἰουδαῖός Jewish εἰμι to be; ⚐τὸ the ἔθνος Gentiles τὸ the σὸν your καὶ and οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest παρέδωκάν to deliver σε you ἐμοί to me· ⚐τί which? ἐποίησας to do; -43 18 36 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom ἡ the ἐμὴ my οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐκ from τοῦ the κόσμου world τούτου of this· ⚐εἰ if ἐκ from τοῦ the κόσμου world τούτου of this ἦν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom ἡ the ἐμή my, ⚐οἱ the ὑπηρέται servant οἱ the ἐμοὶ my ἠγωνίζοντο to struggle ἄν if, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not παραδοθῶ to deliver τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish· ⚐νῦν now δὲ but ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom ἡ the ἐμὴ my οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐντεῦθεν from here. -43 18 37 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν then αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate· ⚐Οὐκοῦν so βασιλεὺς king εἶ to be σύ you; ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Σὺ you λέγεις to speak ⚐ὅτι that βασιλεύς king εἰμι to be. ⚐ἐγὼ I εἰς toward τοῦτο this γεγέννημαι to beget ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward τοῦτο this ἐλήλυθα to come εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world ⚐ἵνα in order to μαρτυρήσω to testify τῇ the ἀληθείᾳ truth· ⚐πᾶς all ὁ who ὢν to be ἐκ out of τῆς the ἀληθείας truth ἀκούει to hear μου of me τῆς the φωνῆς voice. -43 18 38 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate· ⚐Τί which? ἐστιν to be ἀλήθεια truth;

 ⚐Καὶ and τοῦτο this εἰπὼν to say ⚐πάλιν again ἐξῆλθεν to go out πρὸς to τοὺς the Ἰουδαίους Jewish, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἐγὼ I οὐδεμίαν no one εὑρίσκω to find ἐν in αὐτῷ to him αἰτίαν charge· -43 18 39 ⚐ἔστιν to be δὲ but συνήθεια custom ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἵνα in order that ἕνα one ἀπολύσω to release ὑμῖν to you ἐν in τῷ the πάσχα Passover· ⚐βούλεσθε to plan οὖν therefore ⚐ἀπολύσω to release ὑμῖν to you τὸν the βασιλέα king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish; -43 18 40 ⚐ἐκραύγασαν to shout οὖν then πάλιν again ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Μὴ not τοῦτον this ἀλλὰ but τὸν the Βαραββᾶν Barabbas. ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and ὁ the Βαραββᾶς Barabbas λῃστής rebel.

 -43 19 1 ⚐Τότε then οὖν therefore ἔλαβεν to take ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐καὶ and ἐμαστίγωσεν to whip. -43 19 2 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the στρατιῶται soldier πλέξαντες to weave στέφανον crown ἐξ of ἀκανθῶν a thorn ⚐ἐπέθηκαν to put αὐτοῦ of him τῇ the κεφαλῇ head, ⚐καὶ and ἱμάτιον clothing πορφυροῦν purple περιέβαλον to clothe αὐτόν him, -43 19 3 ⚐καὶ and ἤρχοντο to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Χαῖρε to rejoice, ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish· ⚐καὶ and ἐδίδοσαν to give αὐτῷ to him ῥαπίσματα slap. -43 19 4 ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out πάλιν again ἔξω out ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἴδε look! ἄγω to bring ὑμῖν to you αὐτὸν him ἔξω out, ⚐ἵνα in order that γνῶτε to know ⚐ὅτι that οὐδεμίαν no one αἰτίαν charge εὑρίσκω to find ἐν in αὐτῷ to him. -43 19 5 ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out οὖν therefore ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἔξω outside, ⚐φορῶν to wear τὸν the ἀκάνθινον thorny στέφανον crown καὶ and τὸ the πορφυροῦν purple ἱμάτιον clothing. ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human. -43 19 6 ⚐ὅτε when οὖν therefore εἶδον to know αὐτὸν him οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the ὑπηρέται servant ⚐ἐκραύγασαν to shout ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Σταύρωσον to crucify σταύρωσον to crucify. ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate· ⚐Λάβετε to take αὐτὸν him ὑμεῖς you ⚐καὶ and σταυρώσατε to crucify, ⚐ἐγὼ I γὰρ for οὐχ no εὑρίσκω to find ἐν in αὐτῷ to him αἰτίαν charge. -43 19 7 ⚐ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer αὐτῷ to him οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish· ⚐Ἡμεῖς we νόμον law ἔχομεν to have, ⚐καὶ and κατὰ according to τὸν the νόμον law ὀφείλει to owe ἀποθανεῖν to die, ⚐ὅτι since υἱὸν son θεοῦ God ἑαυτὸν oneself ἐποίησεν to make.

 -43 19 8 ⚐Ὅτε when οὖν therefore ἤκουσεν to hear ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate τοῦτον this τὸν the λόγον word, ⚐μᾶλλον more ἐφοβήθη to fear, -43 19 9 ⚐καὶ and εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward τὸ the πραιτώριον praetorium πάλιν again ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus· ⚐Πόθεν where εἶ to be σύ you; ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀπόκρισιν answer οὐκ no ἔδωκεν to give αὐτῷ to him. -43 19 10 ⚐λέγει to speak οὖν therefore αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate· ⚐Ἐμοὶ to me οὐ no λαλεῖς to speak; ⚐οὐκ no οἶδας to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐξουσίαν authority ἔχω to have ⚐ἀπολῦσαί to release σε you ⚐καὶ and ἐξουσίαν authority ἔχω to have ⚐σταυρῶσαί to crucify σε you; -43 19 11 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer αὐτῷ to him Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Οὐκ no εἶχες to have ἐξουσίαν authority κατ᾽ according to ἐμοῦ of me οὐδεμίαν no one ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ἦν to be δεδομένον to give σοι to you ἄνωθεν from above· ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this ὁ who παραδούς to deliver μέ me σοι to you μείζονα great ἁμαρτίαν sin ἔχει to be. -43 19 12 ⚐ἐκ from τούτου of this ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate ἐζήτει to seek ἀπολῦσαι to release αὐτόν him· ⚐οἱ the δὲ but Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ἐκραύγασαν to shout ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἐὰν if τοῦτον this ἀπολύσῃς to release, ⚐οὐκ no εἶ to be φίλος friend τοῦ the Καίσαρος Caesar· ⚐πᾶς all ὁ the βασιλέα king ἑαυτὸν oneself ποιῶν to make ἀντιλέγει to dispute τῷ the Καίσαρι Caesar.

 -43 19 13 ⚐Ὁ the οὖν therefore Πιλᾶτος Pilate ἀκούσας to hear τῶν the λόγων word τούτων of these ⚐ἤγαγεν to bring ἔξω outside τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐καὶ and ἐκάθισεν to sit ἐπὶ on βήματος judgement seat εἰς toward τόπον place λεγόμενον to speak Λιθόστρωτον pavement, ⚐Ἑβραϊστὶ in Aramaic δὲ and Γαββαθα Gabbatha. -43 19 14 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and παρασκευὴ Preparation Day τοῦ the πάσχα Passover, ⚐ὥρα hour ἦν to be ὡς as ἕκτη sixth. ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish· ⚐Ἴδε look! ὁ the βασιλεὺς king ὑμῶν of you. -43 19 15 ⚐ἐκραύγασαν to shout οὖν then ἐκεῖνοι that· ⚐Ἆρον to take up ἆρον to take up, ⚐σταύρωσον to crucify αὐτόν him. ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate· ⚐Τὸν the βασιλέα king ὑμῶν of you σταυρώσω to crucify; ⚐ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest· ⚐Οὐκ no ἔχομεν to have βασιλέα king εἰ if μὴ not Καίσαρα Caesar. -43 19 16 ⚐τότε then οὖν therefore παρέδωκεν to deliver αὐτὸν him αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἵνα in order to σταυρωθῇ to crucify.

 ⚐Παρέλαβον to take οὖν therefore τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus· -43 19 17 ⚐καὶ and βαστάζων to carry ἑαυτῷ himself τὸν the σταυρὸν cross ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out εἰς toward τὸν the λεγόμενον to speak Κρανίου skull Τόπον place, ⚐ὃ which λέγεται to speak Ἑβραϊστὶ in Aramaic Γολγοθα Golgotha, -43 19 18 ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) αὐτὸν him ἐσταύρωσαν to crucify, ⚐καὶ and μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him ἄλλους another δύο two ἐντεῦθεν from here καὶ and ἐντεῦθεν from here, ⚐μέσον midst δὲ and τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus. -43 19 19 ⚐ἔγραψεν to write δὲ and καὶ and τίτλον title ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate ⚐καὶ and ἔθηκεν to place ἐπὶ to τοῦ the σταυροῦ cross· ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and γεγραμμένον to write· ⚐Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὁ the Ναζωραῖος Nazarene ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish. -43 19 20 ⚐τοῦτον this οὖν therefore τὸν this τίτλον title πολλοὶ much ἀνέγνωσαν to read τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, ⚐ὅτι since ἐγγὺς near ἦν to be ὁ the τόπος place τῆς the πόλεως city ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἐσταυρώθη to crucify ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be γεγραμμένον to write Ἑβραϊστί in Aramaic, Ῥωμαϊστί in Latin, Ἑλληνιστί in Greek. -43 19 21 ⚐ἔλεγον to speak οὖν then τῷ the Πιλάτῳ Pilate οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish· ⚐Μὴ not γράφε to write· Ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅτι that ἐκεῖνος that εἶπεν to say ⚐Βασιλεὺς king εἰμι to be τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish. -43 19 22 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate· ⚐Ὃ which γέγραφα to write γέγραφα to write. -43 19 23 ⚐οἱ the οὖν then στρατιῶται soldier ὅτε when ἐσταύρωσαν to crucify τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐ἔλαβον to take τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἐποίησαν to make τέσσαρα four μέρη part, ⚐ἑκάστῳ each στρατιώτῃ soldier μέρος part, ⚐καὶ and τὸν the χιτῶνα tunic. ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and ὁ the χιτὼν tunic ἄραφος seamless, ⚐ἐκ from τῶν the ἄνωθεν from above ὑφαντὸς woven δι᾽ through ὅλου all· -43 19 24 ⚐εἶπαν to say οὖν therefore πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another· ⚐Μὴ not σχίσωμεν to split αὐτόν him, ⚐ἀλλὰ but λάχωμεν to choose by lot περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him ⚐τίνος which? ἔσται to be· ⚐ἵνα in order to ἡ the γραφὴ a writing πληρωθῇ to fulfill ἡ the λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Διεμερίσαντο to divide τὰ the ἱμάτιά clothing μου of me ἑαυτοῖς themselves ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ upon τὸν the ἱματισμόν clothing μου of me ἔβαλον to throw κλῆρον lot. ⚐Οἱ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore στρατιῶται soldier ταῦτα these ἐποίησαν to do.

 -43 19 25 ⚐Εἱστήκεισαν to stand δὲ and παρὰ beside τῷ the σταυρῷ cross τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἡ the μήτηρ mother αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ἀδελφὴ sister τῆς the μητρὸς mother αὐτοῦ of him, Μαρία Mary ἡ the τοῦ the Κλωπᾶ Clopas καὶ and Μαρία Mary ἡ the Μαγδαληνή Magdalene. -43 19 26 ⚐Ἰησοῦς Jesus οὖν therefore ⚐ἰδὼν to know τὴν the μητέρα mother καὶ and τὸν the μαθητὴν disciple παρεστῶτα to stand by ⚐ὃν which ἠγάπα to love ⚐λέγει to speak τῇ the μητρί mother· ⚐Γύναι woman, ἴδε look! ὁ the υἱός son σου of you· -43 19 27 ⚐εἶτα then λέγει to speak τῷ the μαθητῇ disciple· ⚐Ἴδε look! ἡ the μήτηρ mother σου of you. ⚐καὶ and ἀπ᾽ from ἐκείνης that τῆς the ὥρας hour ἔλαβεν to take ὁ the μαθητὴς disciple αὐτὴν her εἰς toward τὰ the ἴδια one's own.

 -43 19 28 ⚐Μετὰ after τοῦτο this εἰδὼς to know ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὅτι that ἤδη already πάντα all τετέλεσται to finish ⚐ἵνα in order to τελειωθῇ to perfect ἡ the γραφὴ a writing ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Διψῶ to thirst. -43 19 29 ⚐σκεῦος vessel ἔκειτο to lay ὄξους vinegar μεστόν full· ⚐σπόγγον sponge οὖν therefore μεστὸν full τοῦ the ὄξους vinegar ὑσσώπῳ hyssop περιθέντες to put on ⚐προσήνεγκαν to bring to αὐτοῦ of him τῷ the στόματι mouth. -43 19 30 ⚐ὅτε when οὖν therefore ἔλαβεν to take τὸ the ὄξος vinegar ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τετέλεσται to finish, ⚐καὶ and κλίνας to bow τὴν the κεφαλὴν head ⚐παρέδωκεν to deliver τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit.

 -43 19 31 ⚐Οἱ the οὖν then Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish, ἐπεὶ since παρασκευὴ Preparation Day ἦν to be, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not μείνῃ to stay ἐπὶ on τοῦ the σταυροῦ cross τὰ the σώματα body ἐν on τῷ the σαββάτῳ Sabbath, ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for μεγάλη great ἡ the ἡμέρα day ἐκείνου that τοῦ the σαββάτου Sabbath, ⚐ἠρώτησαν to ask τὸν the Πιλᾶτον Pilate ⚐ἵνα in order to κατεαγῶσιν to break αὐτῶν of them τὰ the σκέλη leg ⚐καὶ and ἀρθῶσιν to take up. -43 19 32 ⚐ἦλθον to come οὖν therefore οἱ the στρατιῶται soldier, ⚐καὶ and τοῦ the μὲν on the other hand πρώτου first κατέαξαν to break τὰ the σκέλη leg ⚐καὶ and τοῦ the ἄλλου another τοῦ who συσταυρωθέντος to crucify with αὐτῷ to him· -43 19 33 ⚐ἐπὶ to δὲ but τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ἐλθόντες to come, ⚐ὡς as εἶδον to know ἤδη already αὐτὸν him τεθνηκότα to be dead, ⚐οὐ no κατέαξαν to break αὐτοῦ of him τὰ the σκέλη leg, -43 19 34 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἷς one τῶν the στρατιωτῶν soldier λόγχῃ spear αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the πλευρὰν side ἔνυξεν to pierce, ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out εὐθὺς immediately αἷμα blood καὶ and ὕδωρ water. -43 19 35 ⚐καὶ and ὁ who ἑωρακὼς to see μεμαρτύρηκεν to testify, ⚐καὶ and ἀληθινὴ true αὐτοῦ of him ἐστιν to be ἡ the μαρτυρία testimony, ⚐καὶ and ἐκεῖνος that οἶδεν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἀληθῆ true λέγει to speak, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and ὑμεῖς you πιστεύσητε to trust (in). -43 19 36 ⚐ἐγένετο to be γὰρ for ταῦτα these ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the γραφὴ a writing πληρωθῇ to fulfill· ⚐Ὀστοῦν bone οὐ no συντριβήσεται to break αὐτοῦ of him. -43 19 37 ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again ἑτέρα other γραφὴ a writing λέγει to speak· ⚐Ὄψονται to see εἰς toward ὃν which ἐξεκέντησαν to pierce.

 -43 19 38 ⚐Μετὰ after δὲ but ταῦτα these ἠρώτησεν to ask τὸν the Πιλᾶτον Pilate Ἰωσὴφ Joseph ὁ the ἀπὸ from Ἁριμαθαίας Arimathea, ⚐ὢν to be μαθητὴς disciple τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐κεκρυμμένος to hide δὲ and διὰ because of τὸν the φόβον fear τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἄρῃ to take up τὸ the σῶμα body τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus· ⚐καὶ and ἐπέτρεψεν to permit ὁ the Πιλᾶτος Pilate. ⚐ἦλθεν to go οὖν therefore ⚐καὶ and ἦρεν to take up τὸ the σῶμα body αὐτοῦ of him. -43 19 39 ⚐ἦλθεν to come δὲ and καὶ and Νικόδημος Nicodemus, ⚐ὁ the ἐλθὼν to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him νυκτὸς night τὸ who πρῶτον first, ⚐φέρων to bring μίγμα mixture σμύρνης myrrh καὶ and ἀλόης aloes ὡς as λίτρας pound ἑκατόν hundred. -43 19 40 ⚐ἔλαβον to take οὖν then τὸ the σῶμα body τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐καὶ and ἔδησαν to bind αὐτὸ it ὀθονίοις bandages μετὰ with τῶν the ἀρωμάτων spices, ⚐καθὼς as ἔθος custom ἐστὶν to be τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish ἐνταφιάζειν to prepare burial. -43 19 41 ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and ἐν in τῷ the τόπῳ place ὅπου where(-ever) ἐσταυρώθη to crucify κῆπος garden, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the κήπῳ garden μνημεῖον grave καινόν new, ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which οὐδέπω never οὐδεὶς no one ἦν to be τεθειμένος to place· -43 19 42 ⚐ἐκεῖ there οὖν therefore διὰ because of τὴν the παρασκευὴν Preparation Day τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, ⚐ὅτι that ἐγγὺς near ἦν to be τὸ the μνημεῖον grave, ⚐ἔθηκαν to place τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus.

 -43 20 1 ⚐Τῇ the δὲ and μιᾷ one τῶν the σαββάτων Sabbath ⚐Μαρία Mary ἡ the Μαγδαληνὴ Magdalene ἔρχεται to come πρωῒ morning ⚐σκοτίας darkness ἔτι still οὔσης to be ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the μνημεῖον grave, ⚐καὶ and βλέπει to see τὸν the λίθον stone ἠρμένον to take up ἐκ from τοῦ the μνημείου grave. -43 20 2 ⚐τρέχει to run οὖν therefore ⚐καὶ and ἔρχεται to go πρὸς to Σίμωνα Simon Πέτρον Peter καὶ and πρὸς to τὸν the ἄλλον another μαθητὴν disciple ⚐ὃν which ἐφίλει to love ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἦραν to take up τὸν the κύριον lord ἐκ from τοῦ the μνημείου grave, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ποῦ where? ἔθηκαν to place αὐτόν him. -43 20 3 ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out οὖν then ὁ the Πέτρος Peter καὶ and ὁ the ἄλλος another μαθητής disciple, ⚐καὶ and ἤρχοντο to go εἰς toward τὸ the μνημεῖον grave. -43 20 4 ⚐ἔτρεχον to run δὲ and οἱ the δύο two ὁμοῦ together· ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἄλλος another μαθητὴς disciple προέδραμεν to outrun τάχιον more quickly τοῦ the Πέτρου Peter ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to arrive πρῶτος first εἰς toward τὸ the μνημεῖον grave, -43 20 5 ⚐καὶ and παρακύψας to stoop ⚐βλέπει to see κείμενα to lay τὰ the ὀθόνια bandages, ⚐οὐ no μέντοι yet εἰσῆλθεν to enter. -43 20 6 ⚐ἔρχεται to arrive οὖν then καὶ and Σίμων Simon Πέτρος Peter ⚐ἀκολουθῶν to follow αὐτῷ to him, ⚐καὶ and εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward τὸ the μνημεῖον grave· ⚐καὶ and θεωρεῖ to see τὰ the ὀθόνια bandages κείμενα to lay, -43 20 7 ⚐καὶ and τὸ the σουδάριον handkerchief, ⚐ὃ which ἦν to be ἐπὶ upon τῆς the κεφαλῆς head αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐οὐ no μετὰ with τῶν the ὀθονίων bandages κείμενον to lay ἀλλὰ but χωρὶς without ⚐ἐντετυλιγμένον to wrap up εἰς toward ἕνα one τόπον place· -43 20 8 ⚐τότε then οὖν therefore εἰσῆλθεν to enter καὶ and ὁ the ἄλλος another μαθητὴς disciple ⚐ὁ the ἐλθὼν to come πρῶτος first εἰς toward τὸ the μνημεῖον grave, ⚐καὶ and εἶδεν to know καὶ and ἐπίστευσεν to trust (in)· -43 20 9 ⚐οὐδέπω never γὰρ for ᾔδεισαν to know τὴν the γραφὴν a writing ⚐ὅτι that δεῖ to bind αὐτὸν him ⚐ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ἀναστῆναι to arise. -43 20 10 ⚐ἀπῆλθον to go away οὖν therefore πάλιν again πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them οἱ the μαθηταί disciple.

 -43 20 11 ⚐Μαρία Mary δὲ but εἱστήκει to stand πρὸς to τῷ the μνημείῳ grave ἔξω outside ⚐κλαίουσα to weep. ⚐ὡς as οὖν therefore ἔκλαιεν to weep ⚐παρέκυψεν to stoop εἰς toward τὸ the μνημεῖον grave, -43 20 12 ⚐καὶ and θεωρεῖ to see δύο two ἀγγέλους angel ἐν in λευκοῖς white καθεζομένους to sit down, ⚐ἕνα one πρὸς to τῇ the κεφαλῇ head καὶ and ἕνα one πρὸς to τοῖς the ποσίν foot, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἔκειτο to lay τὸ the σῶμα body τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -43 20 13 ⚐καὶ and λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῇ to her ἐκεῖνοι that· ⚐Γύναι woman, τί which? κλαίεις to weep; ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ὅτι that Ἦραν to take up τὸν the κύριόν lord μου of me, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no οἶδα to know ⚐ποῦ where? ἔθηκαν to place αὐτόν him. -43 20 14 ⚐ταῦτα these εἰποῦσα to say ⚐ἐστράφη to turn εἰς toward τὰ the ὀπίσω after, ⚐καὶ and θεωρεῖ to see τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ἑστῶτα to stand, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ᾔδει to know ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐστιν to be. -43 20 15 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῇ to her Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Γύναι woman, τί which? κλαίεις to weep; ⚐τίνα which? ζητεῖς to seek; ⚐ἐκείνη that δοκοῦσα to think ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the κηπουρός gardener ἐστιν to be ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, εἰ if σὺ you ἐβάστασας to carry αὐτόν him, ⚐εἰπέ to say μοι to me ⚐ποῦ where? ἔθηκας to place αὐτόν him, ⚐κἀγὼ and I αὐτὸν him ἀρῶ to take up. -43 20 16 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῇ to her Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Μαριάμ Mary. ⚐στραφεῖσα to turn ἐκείνη that ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him Ἑβραϊστί in Aramaic· ⚐Ραββουνι Rabboni( ⚐ὃ which λέγεται to speak Διδάσκαλε teacher). -43 20 17 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῇ to her Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Μή not μου of me ἅπτου to kindle, ⚐οὔπω not yet γὰρ for ἀναβέβηκα to ascend πρὸς to τὸν the πατέρα father· ⚐πορεύου to go δὲ and πρὸς to τοὺς the ἀδελφούς brother μου of me ⚐καὶ and εἰπὲ to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἀναβαίνω to ascend πρὸς to τὸν the πατέρα father μου of me καὶ and πατέρα father ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and θεόν God μου of me καὶ and θεὸν God ὑμῶν of you. -43 20 18 ⚐ἔρχεται to come Μαριὰμ Mary ἡ the Μαγδαληνὴ Magdalene ⚐ἀγγέλλουσα to announce τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple ⚐ὅτι that Ἑώρακα to see τὸν the κύριον lord ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these εἶπεν to say αὐτῇ to her.

 -43 20 19 ⚐Οὔσης to be οὖν therefore ὀψίας evening τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the μιᾷ one σαββάτων Sabbath, ⚐καὶ and τῶν the θυρῶν door κεκλεισμένων to shut ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἦσαν to be οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐διὰ because of τὸν the φόβον fear τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, ⚐ἦλθεν to come ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐καὶ and ἔστη to stand εἰς toward τὸ the μέσον midst, ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Εἰρήνη peace ὑμῖν to you. -43 20 20 ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this εἰπὼν to say ⚐ἔδειξεν to show τὰς the χεῖρας hand καὶ and τὴν the πλευρὰν side αὐτοῖς to them. ⚐ἐχάρησαν to rejoice οὖν then οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐ἰδόντες to know τὸν the κύριον lord. -43 20 21 ⚐εἶπεν to say οὖν therefore αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus πάλιν again· ⚐Εἰρήνη peace ὑμῖν to you· ⚐καθὼς just as ἀπέσταλκέν to send με me ὁ the πατήρ father, ⚐κἀγὼ and I πέμπω to send ὑμᾶς you. -43 20 22 ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this εἰπὼν to say ⚐ἐνεφύσησεν to breathe into ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Λάβετε to take πνεῦμα spirit ἅγιον holy· -43 20 23 ⚐ἄν if τινων one ἀφῆτε to release τὰς the ἁμαρτίας sin ἀφέωνται to release αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐ἄν if τινων one κρατῆτε to grasp κεκράτηνται to grasp.

 -43 20 24 ⚐Θωμᾶς Thomas δὲ and εἷς one ἐκ of τῶν the δώδεκα twelve, ὁ the λεγόμενος to speak Δίδυμος Didymus, ⚐οὐκ no ἦν to be μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ⚐ὅτε when ἦλθεν to come Ἰησοῦς Jesus. -43 20 25 ⚐ἔλεγον to speak οὖν therefore αὐτῷ to him οἱ the ἄλλοι another μαθηταί disciple· ⚐Ἑωράκαμεν to see τὸν the κύριον lord. ⚐ὁ the δὲ but εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἐὰν if μὴ not ἴδω to know ἐν in ταῖς the χερσὶν hand αὐτοῦ of him τὸν the τύπον mark τῶν the ἥλων nail ⚐καὶ and βάλω to throw τὸν the δάκτυλόν finger μου of me εἰς toward τὸν the τύπον mark τῶν the ἥλων nail ⚐καὶ and βάλω to throw μου of me τὴν the χεῖρα hand εἰς toward τὴν the πλευρὰν side αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not πιστεύσω to trust (in).

 -43 20 26 ⚐Καὶ and μεθ᾽ with ἡμέρας day ὀκτὼ eight πάλιν again ἦσαν to be ἔσω in οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and Θωμᾶς Thomas μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them. ⚐ἔρχεται to come ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐τῶν the θυρῶν door κεκλεισμένων to shut, ⚐καὶ and ἔστη to stand εἰς toward τὸ the μέσον midst ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Εἰρήνη peace ὑμῖν to you. -43 20 27 ⚐εἶτα then λέγει to speak τῷ the Θωμᾷ Thomas· ⚐Φέρε to bring τὸν the δάκτυλόν finger σου of you ὧδε here ⚐καὶ and ἴδε to know τὰς the χεῖράς hand μου of me, ⚐καὶ and φέρε to bring τὴν the χεῖρά hand σου of you ⚐καὶ and βάλε to throw εἰς toward τὴν the πλευράν side μου of me, ⚐καὶ and μὴ not γίνου to be ἄπιστος unbelieving ἀλλὰ but πιστός faithful. -43 20 28 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Θωμᾶς Thomas καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ὁ the κύριός lord μου of me καὶ and ὁ the θεός God μου of me. -43 20 29 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ὅτι since ἑώρακάς to see με me πεπίστευκας to trust (in); ⚐μακάριοι blessed οἱ who μὴ not ἰδόντες to know καὶ and πιστεύσαντες to trust (in).

 -43 20 30 ⚐Πολλὰ much μὲν on the other hand οὖν then καὶ and ἄλλα another σημεῖα sign ἐποίησεν to do ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐνώπιον before τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἃ which οὐκ no ἔστιν to be γεγραμμένα to write ἐν in τῷ the βιβλίῳ scroll τούτῳ to this· -43 20 31 ⚐ταῦτα these δὲ but γέγραπται to write ⚐ἵνα in order that πιστεύσητε to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐστιν to be ὁ the χριστὸς Christ ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐καὶ and ἵνα in order that πιστεύοντες to trust (in) ⚐ζωὴν life ἔχητε to have ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματι name αὐτοῦ of him.

 -43 21 1 ⚐Μετὰ after ταῦτα these ἐφανέρωσεν to manifest ἑαυτὸν himself πάλιν again ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple ἐπὶ upon τῆς the θαλάσσης sea τῆς the Τιβεριάδος Tiberias· ⚐ἐφανέρωσεν to manifest δὲ and οὕτως thus(-ly). -43 21 2 ⚐ἦσαν to be ὁμοῦ together Σίμων Simon Πέτρος Peter καὶ and Θωμᾶς Thomas ὁ the λεγόμενος to speak Δίδυμος Didymus ⚐καὶ and Ναθαναὴλ Nathanael ὁ who ἀπὸ from Κανὰ Cana τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee ⚐καὶ and οἱ the τοῦ the Ζεβεδαίου Zebedee καὶ and ἄλλοι another ἐκ out of τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτοῦ of him δύο two. -43 21 3 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them Σίμων Simon Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Ὑπάγω to go ἁλιεύειν to fish· ⚐λέγουσιν to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἐρχόμεθα to go καὶ and ἡμεῖς we σὺν with σοί to you. ⚐ἐξῆλθον to go out καὶ and ἐνέβησαν to get into εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῖον boat, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the νυκτὶ night ἐπίασαν to catch οὐδέν no one.

 -43 21 4 ⚐Πρωΐας early morning δὲ and ἤδη already γενομένης to be ⚐ἔστη to stand Ἰησοῦς Jesus εἰς toward τὸν the αἰγιαλόν shore· ⚐οὐ no μέντοι yet ᾔδεισαν to know οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐστιν to be. -43 21 5 ⚐λέγει to speak οὖν therefore αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Παιδία child, μή not τι one προσφάγιον fish ἔχετε to have; ⚐ἀπεκρίθησαν to answer αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Οὔ no. -43 21 6 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Βάλετε to throw εἰς toward τὰ the δεξιὰ right μέρη part τοῦ the πλοίου boat τὸ the δίκτυον net, ⚐καὶ and εὑρήσετε to find. ⚐ἔβαλον to throw οὖν therefore, ⚐καὶ and οὐκέτι not any more αὐτὸ it ἑλκύσαι to draw ἴσχυον be strong ἀπὸ from τοῦ the πλήθους multitude τῶν the ἰχθύων fish. -43 21 7 ⚐λέγει to speak οὖν then ὁ the μαθητὴς disciple ἐκεῖνος that ὃν which ἠγάπα to love ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus τῷ the Πέτρῳ Peter· ⚐Ὁ the κύριός lord ἐστιν to be. ⚐Σίμων Simon οὖν therefore Πέτρος Peter, ἀκούσας to hear ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the κύριός lord ἐστιν to be, ⚐τὸν the ἐπενδύτην coat διεζώσατο to tie around, ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for γυμνός naked, ⚐καὶ and ἔβαλεν to throw ἑαυτὸν oneself εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea· -43 21 8 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἄλλοι another μαθηταὶ disciple τῷ the πλοιαρίῳ small boat ἦλθον to come, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἦσαν to be μακρὰν distant ἀπὸ from τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as ἀπὸ from πηχῶν cubit διακοσίων two hundred, ⚐σύροντες to drag τὸ the δίκτυον net τῶν the ἰχθύων fish.

 -43 21 9 ⚐Ὡς as οὖν therefore ἀπέβησαν to get out εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth ⚐βλέπουσιν to see ἀνθρακιὰν charcoal fire κειμένην to lay ⚐καὶ and ὀψάριον fish ἐπικείμενον to lay on καὶ and ἄρτον bread. -43 21 10 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἐνέγκατε to bring ἀπὸ from τῶν the ὀψαρίων fish ⚐ὧν which ἐπιάσατε to catch νῦν now. -43 21 11 ⚐ἀνέβη to ascend οὖν therefore Σίμων Simon Πέτρος Peter ⚐καὶ and εἵλκυσεν to draw τὸ the δίκτυον net εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth μεστὸν full ἰχθύων fish μεγάλων great ⚐ἑκατὸν hundred πεντήκοντα fifty τριῶν three· ⚐καὶ and τοσούτων so great ὄντων to be ⚐οὐκ no ἐσχίσθη to split τὸ the δίκτυον net. -43 21 12 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Δεῦτε come ἀριστήσατε to eat early meal. ⚐οὐδεὶς no one δὲ but ἐτόλμα be bold τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple ⚐ἐξετάσαι to find out αὐτόν him· ⚐Σὺ you τίς which? εἶ to be; ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the κύριός lord ἐστιν to be. -43 21 13 ⚐ἔρχεται to come Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐καὶ and λαμβάνει to take τὸν the ἄρτον bread ⚐καὶ and δίδωσιν to give αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ὀψάριον fish ὁμοίως likewise. -43 21 14 ⚐τοῦτο this ἤδη already τρίτον third ἐφανερώθη to manifest Ἰησοῦς Jesus τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple ⚐ἐγερθεὶς to arise ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead.

 -43 21 15 ⚐Ὅτε when οὖν then ἠρίστησαν to eat early meal ⚐λέγει to speak τῷ the Σίμωνι Simon Πέτρῳ Peter ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Σίμων Simon Ἰωάννου John, ἀγαπᾷς to love με me πλέον greater τούτων of these; ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ναί yes, κύριε lord, σὺ you οἶδας to know ⚐ὅτι that φιλῶ to love σε you. ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Βόσκε to feed τὰ the ἀρνία lamb μου of me. -43 21 16 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him πάλιν again δεύτερον secondly· ⚐Σίμων Simon Ἰωάννου John, ἀγαπᾷς to love με me; ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ναί yes, κύριε lord, σὺ you οἶδας to know ⚐ὅτι that φιλῶ to love σε you. ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ποίμαινε to shepherd τὰ the πρόβατά sheep μου of me. -43 21 17 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him τὸ the τρίτον third· ⚐Σίμων Simon Ἰωάννου John, φιλεῖς to love με me; ⚐ἐλυπήθη to grieve ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐ὅτι that εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him τὸ the τρίτον third· ⚐Φιλεῖς to love με me; ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριε lord, πάντα all σὺ you οἶδας to know, ⚐σὺ you γινώσκεις to know ⚐ὅτι that φιλῶ to love σε you. ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Βόσκε to feed τὰ the πρόβατά sheep μου of me. -43 21 18 ⚐ἀμὴν amen ἀμὴν amen λέγω to speak σοι to you, ⚐ὅτε when ἦς to be νεώτερος new, ⚐ἐζώννυες to dress σεαυτὸν yourself ⚐καὶ and περιεπάτεις to walk ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἤθελες to will· ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ but γηράσῃς to grow old, ⚐ἐκτενεῖς to stretch out τὰς the χεῖράς hand σου of you, ⚐καὶ and ἄλλος another σε you ζώσει to dress ⚐καὶ and οἴσει to bring ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) οὐ no θέλεις to will. -43 21 19 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and εἶπεν to say ⚐σημαίνων to signify ⚐ποίῳ what? θανάτῳ death δοξάσει to glorify τὸν the θεόν God. ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this εἰπὼν to say ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Ἀκολούθει to follow μοι to me.

 -43 21 20 ⚐Ἐπιστραφεὶς to turn ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐βλέπει to see τὸν the μαθητὴν disciple ὃν which ἠγάπα to love ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀκολουθοῦντα to follow, ⚐ὃς which καὶ and ἀνέπεσεν to recline ἐν in τῷ the δείπνῳ dinner ἐπὶ against τὸ the στῆθος chest αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Κύριε lord, τίς which? ἐστιν to be ὁ the παραδιδούς to deliver σε you; -43 21 21 ⚐τοῦτον this οὖν therefore ἰδὼν to know ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐λέγει to speak τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus· ⚐Κύριε lord, οὗτος this δὲ and τί which?; -43 21 22 ⚐λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus· ⚐Ἐὰν if αὐτὸν him θέλω to will μένειν to stay ἕως until ἔρχομαι to come, ⚐τί which? πρὸς to σέ you; ⚐σύ you μοι to me ἀκολούθει to follow. -43 21 23 ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out οὖν therefore οὗτος this ὁ the λόγος word εἰς toward τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the μαθητὴς disciple ἐκεῖνος that οὐκ no ἀποθνῄσκει to die. ⚐οὐκ no εἶπεν to say δὲ but αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no ἀποθνῄσκει to die ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but· Ἐὰν if αὐτὸν him θέλω to will μένειν to stay ἕως until ἔρχομαι to come, ⚐τί which? πρὸς to σέ you;

 -43 21 24 ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the μαθητὴς disciple ὁ who μαρτυρῶν to testify περὶ about τούτων of these ⚐καὶ and ὁ the γράψας to write ταῦτα these, ⚐καὶ and οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἀληθὴς true αὐτοῦ of him ἡ the μαρτυρία testimony ἐστίν to be. -43 21 25 ⚐ἔστιν to be δὲ and καὶ and ἄλλα another πολλὰ much ⚐ἃ which ἐποίησεν to do ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐ἅτινα which ἐὰν if γράφηται to write καθ᾽ according to ἕν one, ⚐οὐδ᾽ and not αὐτὸν him οἶμαι to suppose τὸν the κόσμον world χωρῆσαι to make room for τὰ the γραφόμενα to write βιβλία scroll.

 -44 1 1 ⚐Τὸν the μὲν on the other hand πρῶτον first λόγον word ἐποιησάμην to do περὶ about πάντων all, ὦ oh! Θεόφιλε Theophilus, ⚐ὧν which ἤρξατο be first ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ποιεῖν to do τε and καὶ and διδάσκειν to teach -44 1 2 ⚐ἄχρι until ἧς which ἡμέρας day ἐντειλάμενος to order τοῖς the ἀποστόλοις apostle διὰ through πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy οὓς which ἐξελέξατο to select ⚐ἀνελήμφθη to take up· -44 1 3 ⚐οἷς which καὶ and παρέστησεν to stand by ἑαυτὸν himself ζῶντα to live μετὰ after τὸ the παθεῖν to suffer αὐτὸν him ἐν with πολλοῖς much τεκμηρίοις clear proof, ⚐δι᾽ through ἡμερῶν day τεσσεράκοντα forty ὀπτανόμενος to appear αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καὶ and λέγων to speak τὰ the περὶ about τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God· -44 1 4 ⚐καὶ and συναλιζόμενος to assemble ⚐παρήγγειλεν to order αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἀπὸ from Ἱεροσολύμων Jerusalem μὴ not χωρίζεσθαι to leave, ⚐ἀλλὰ but περιμένειν to await τὴν the ἐπαγγελίαν promise τοῦ the πατρὸς father ⚐ἣν which ἠκούσατέ to hear μου of me· -44 1 5 ⚐ὅτι since Ἰωάννης John μὲν on the other hand ἐβάπτισεν to baptize ὕδατι water, ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but ἐν with πνεύματι spirit βαπτισθήσεσθε to baptize ἁγίῳ holy οὐ no μετὰ with πολλὰς much ταύτας these ἡμέρας day.

 -44 1 6 ⚐Οἱ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore συνελθόντες to assemble ⚐ἠρώτων to ask αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, εἰ if ἐν in τῷ the χρόνῳ time τούτῳ to this ἀποκαθιστάνεις to restore τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τῷ the Ἰσραήλ Israel; -44 1 7 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Οὐχ no ὑμῶν of you ἐστιν to be γνῶναι to know χρόνους time ἢ or καιροὺς time ⚐οὓς which ὁ the πατὴρ father ἔθετο to place ἐν in τῇ the ἰδίᾳ one's own ἐξουσίᾳ authority, -44 1 8 ⚐ἀλλὰ but λήμψεσθε to take δύναμιν power ⚐ἐπελθόντος to arrive τοῦ the ἁγίου holy πνεύματος spirit ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμᾶς you, ⚐καὶ and ἔσεσθέ to be μου of me μάρτυρες witness ἔν in τε and Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem καὶ and ἐν in πάσῃ all τῇ the Ἰουδαίᾳ Judea καὶ and Σαμαρείᾳ Samaria ⚐καὶ and ἕως until ἐσχάτου last τῆς the γῆς earth. -44 1 9 ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these εἰπὼν to say ⚐βλεπόντων to see αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐπήρθη to lift up ⚐καὶ and νεφέλη cloud ὑπέλαβεν to take up αὐτὸν him ἀπὸ from τῶν the ὀφθαλμῶν eye αὐτῶν of them. -44 1 10 ⚐καὶ and ὡς as ἀτενίζοντες to gaze ἦσαν to be εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ⚐πορευομένου to go αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἄνδρες man δύο two παρειστήκεισαν to stand by αὐτοῖς to them ἐν in ἐσθήσεσι clothing λευκαῖς white, -44 1 11 ⚐οἳ which καὶ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Ἄνδρες man Γαλιλαῖοι Galilean, τί which? ἑστήκατε to stand ἐμβλέποντες to look into εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανόν heaven; ⚐οὗτος this ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὁ who ἀναλημφθεὶς to take up ἀφ᾽ from ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐλεύσεται to come ⚐ὃν which τρόπον way ἐθεάσασθε to see αὐτὸν him ⚐πορευόμενον to go εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανόν heaven.

 -44 1 12 ⚐Τότε then ὑπέστρεψαν to return εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ἀπὸ from ὄρους mountain τοῦ the καλουμένου to call Ἐλαιῶνος Olivet, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be ἐγγὺς near Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐σαββάτου Sabbath ἔχον to have ὁδόν road. -44 1 13 ⚐καὶ and ὅτε when εἰσῆλθον to enter, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ὑπερῷον upper room ἀνέβησαν to ascend ⚐οὗ where ἦσαν to be καταμένοντες to stay, ⚐ὅ the τε and Πέτρος Peter καὶ and Ἰωάννης John καὶ and Ἰάκωβος James καὶ and Ἀνδρέας Andrew, Φίλιππος Philip καὶ and Θωμᾶς Thomas, Βαρθολομαῖος Bartholomew καὶ and Μαθθαῖος Matthew, ⚐Ἰάκωβος James Ἁλφαίου Alphaeus καὶ and Σίμων Simon ὁ the ζηλωτὴς zealot καὶ and Ἰούδας Judas Ἰακώβου James. -44 1 14 ⚐οὗτοι these πάντες all ἦσαν to be προσκαρτεροῦντες to adhere to ὁμοθυμαδὸν united τῇ the προσευχῇ prayer ⚐σὺν with γυναιξὶν woman καὶ and Μαριὰμ Mary τῇ the μητρὶ mother τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus καὶ and τοῖς the ἀδελφοῖς brother αὐτοῦ of him.

 -44 1 15 ⚐Καὶ and ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ταύταις to these ἀναστὰς to arise Πέτρος Peter ἐν among μέσῳ midst τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother ⚐εἶπεν to say( ⚐ἦν to be τε and ὄχλος crowd ὀνομάτων name ἐπὶ upon τὸ the αὐτὸ it ὡσεὶ about ἑκατὸν hundred εἴκοσι twenty)· -44 1 16 ⚐Ἄνδρες man ἀδελφοί brother, ἔδει be necessary πληρωθῆναι to fulfill τὴν the γραφὴν a writing ⚐ἣν which προεῖπεν to predict τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy διὰ through στόματος mouth Δαυὶδ David περὶ about Ἰούδα Judas ⚐τοῦ who γενομένου to be ὁδηγοῦ guide τοῖς who συλλαβοῦσιν to seize Ἰησοῦν Jesus, -44 1 17 ⚐ὅτι since κατηριθμημένος to number ἦν to be ἐν in ἡμῖν to us ⚐καὶ and ἔλαχεν to choose by lot τὸν the κλῆρον lot τῆς the διακονίας service ταύτης of this.— -44 1 18 ⚐Οὗτος this μὲν on the other hand οὖν then ἐκτήσατο to posses χωρίον place ἐκ out of μισθοῦ wage τῆς the ἀδικίας unrighteousness, ⚐καὶ and πρηνὴς headlong γενόμενος to be ⚐ἐλάκησεν to burst μέσος midst, ⚐καὶ and ἐξεχύθη to pour out πάντα all τὰ the σπλάγχνα entrails αὐτοῦ of him. -44 1 19 ⚐καὶ and γνωστὸν acquainted with ἐγένετο to be πᾶσιν all τοῖς who κατοικοῦσιν to dwell Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐ὥστε so κληθῆναι to call τὸ the χωρίον place ἐκεῖνο that τῇ the ἰδίᾳ one's own διαλέκτῳ language αὐτῶν of them Ἁκελδαμάχ Akeldama, ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be Χωρίον place Αἵματος blood.— -44 1 20 ⚐γέγραπται to write γὰρ for ἐν in βίβλῳ book ψαλμῶν psalm· ⚐Γενηθήτω to be ἡ the ἔπαυλις residence αὐτοῦ of him ἔρημος deserted ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ἔστω to be ὁ the κατοικῶν to dwell ἐν in αὐτῇ to her, ⚐καί and· Τὴν the ἐπισκοπὴν oversight αὐτοῦ of him λαβέτω to take ἕτερος other. -44 1 21 ⚐δεῖ to bind οὖν therefore ⚐τῶν who συνελθόντων to assemble ἡμῖν to us ἀνδρῶν man ἐν in παντὶ all χρόνῳ time ⚐ᾧ which εἰσῆλθεν to enter καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἐφ᾽ with ἡμᾶς us ὁ the κύριος lord Ἰησοῦς Jesus, -44 1 22 ⚐ἀρξάμενος be first ἀπὸ from τοῦ the βαπτίσματος baptism Ἰωάννου John ἕως until τῆς the ἡμέρας day ⚐ἧς which ἀνελήμφθη to take up ἀφ᾽ from ἡμῶν of us, ⚐μάρτυρα witness τῆς the ἀναστάσεως resurrection αὐτοῦ of him σὺν with ἡμῖν to us γενέσθαι to be ἕνα one τούτων of these. -44 1 23 ⚐καὶ and ἔστησαν to stand δύο two, ⚐Ἰωσὴφ Joseph τὸν the καλούμενον to call Βαρσαββᾶν Barsabbas, ⚐ὃς which ἐπεκλήθη to name Ἰοῦστος Justus, ⚐καὶ and Μαθθίαν Matthias. -44 1 24 ⚐καὶ and προσευξάμενοι to pray ⚐εἶπαν to say ⚐Σὺ you κύριε lord καρδιογνῶστα heart-knower πάντων all, ἀνάδειξον to appoint ⚐ὃν which ἐξελέξω to select, ἐκ of τούτων of these τῶν the δύο two ἕνα one, -44 1 25 ⚐λαβεῖν to take τὸν the τόπον place τῆς the διακονίας service ταύτης of this καὶ and ἀποστολῆς apostleship, ⚐ἀφ᾽ from ἧς which παρέβη to transgress Ἰούδας Judas ⚐πορευθῆναι to go εἰς toward τὸν the τόπον place τὸν the ἴδιον one's own. -44 1 26 ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκαν to give κλήρους lot αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and ἔπεσεν to collapse ὁ the κλῆρος lot ἐπὶ upon Μαθθίαν Matthias, ⚐καὶ and συγκατεψηφίσθη to numbered with μετὰ with τῶν the ἕνδεκα eleven ἀποστόλων apostle.

 -44 2 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the συμπληροῦσθαι to (ful)fill τὴν the ἡμέραν day τῆς the πεντηκοστῆς Pentecost ⚐ἦσαν to be πάντες all ὁμοῦ together ἐπὶ upon τὸ the αὐτό it, -44 2 2 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ἄφνω suddenly ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ἦχος sound ὥσπερ just as φερομένης to bear πνοῆς wind βιαίας strong ⚐καὶ and ἐπλήρωσεν to fulfill ὅλον all τὸν the οἶκον house ⚐οὗ where ἦσαν to be καθήμενοι to sit, -44 2 3 ⚐καὶ and ὤφθησαν to see αὐτοῖς to them ⚐διαμεριζόμεναι to divide γλῶσσαι tongue ὡσεὶ like πυρός fire, ⚐καὶ and ἐκάθισεν to sit ἐφ᾽ on ἕνα one ἕκαστον each αὐτῶν of them, -44 2 4 ⚐καὶ and ἐπλήσθησαν to fill πάντες all πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy, ⚐καὶ and ἤρξαντο be first λαλεῖν to speak ἑτέραις other γλώσσαις tongue ⚐καθὼς as τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit ἐδίδου to give ἀποφθέγγεσθαι to declare αὐτοῖς to them.

 -44 2 5 ⚐Ἦσαν to be δὲ and εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐κατοικοῦντες to dwell Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish, ⚐ἄνδρες man εὐλαβεῖς devout ἀπὸ from παντὸς all ἔθνους Gentiles τῶν the ὑπὸ under τὸν the οὐρανόν heaven· -44 2 6 ⚐γενομένης to be δὲ and τῆς the φωνῆς sound ταύτης of this ⚐συνῆλθεν to assemble τὸ the πλῆθος multitude ⚐καὶ and συνεχύθη to confound, ⚐ὅτι since ἤκουον to hear εἷς one ἕκαστος each ⚐τῇ the ἰδίᾳ one's own διαλέκτῳ language λαλούντων to speak αὐτῶν of them· -44 2 7 ⚐ἐξίσταντο to amaze δὲ and ⚐καὶ and ἐθαύμαζον to marvel ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Οὐχ no ἰδοὺ look! ἅπαντες all οὗτοί these εἰσιν to be οἱ the λαλοῦντες to speak Γαλιλαῖοι Galilean; -44 2 8 ⚐καὶ and πῶς how? ἡμεῖς we ἀκούομεν to hear ἕκαστος each τῇ the ἰδίᾳ one's own διαλέκτῳ language ἡμῶν of us ⚐ἐν in ᾗ which ἐγεννήθημεν to beget; -44 2 9 ⚐Πάρθοι Parthian καὶ and Μῆδοι Mede καὶ and Ἐλαμῖται Elamite, καὶ and οἱ the κατοικοῦντες to dwell τὴν the Μεσοποταμίαν Mesopotamia, ⚐Ἰουδαίαν Judea τε and καὶ and Καππαδοκίαν Cappadocia, Πόντον Pontus καὶ and τὴν the Ἀσίαν Asia, -44 2 10 ⚐Φρυγίαν Phrygia τε and καὶ and Παμφυλίαν Pamphylia, Αἴγυπτον Egypt καὶ and τὰ the μέρη part τῆς the Λιβύης Libya τῆς the κατὰ according to Κυρήνην Cyrene, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἐπιδημοῦντες to sojourn Ῥωμαῖοι Roman, -44 2 11 ⚐Ἰουδαῖοί Jewish τε both καὶ and προσήλυτοι proselyte, Κρῆτες Cretan καὶ and Ἄραβες Arabian, ⚐ἀκούομεν to hear ⚐λαλούντων to speak αὐτῶν of them ταῖς the ἡμετέραις our γλώσσαις tongue τὰ the μεγαλεῖα great thing τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -44 2 12 ⚐ἐξίσταντο to amaze δὲ and πάντες all ⚐καὶ and διηπόρουν be perplexed, ⚐ἄλλος another πρὸς to ἄλλον another λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τί which? θέλει to will τοῦτο this ⚐εἶναι to be; -44 2 13 ⚐ἕτεροι other δὲ but διαχλευάζοντες to deride ⚐ἔλεγον to speak ⚐ὅτι that Γλεύκους sweet wine μεμεστωμένοι to fill εἰσίν to be.

 -44 2 14 ⚐Σταθεὶς to stand δὲ but ὁ the Πέτρος Peter σὺν with τοῖς the ἕνδεκα eleven ⚐ἐπῆρεν to lift up τὴν the φωνὴν voice αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἀπεφθέγξατο to declare αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἄνδρες man Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish καὶ and οἱ who κατοικοῦντες to dwell Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem πάντες all, ⚐τοῦτο this ὑμῖν to you γνωστὸν acquainted with ἔστω to be ⚐καὶ and ἐνωτίσασθε to listen to τὰ the ῥήματά word μου of me. -44 2 15 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ὡς as ὑμεῖς you ὑπολαμβάνετε to suppose ⚐οὗτοι these μεθύουσιν to get drunk, ⚐ἔστιν to be γὰρ for ὥρα hour τρίτη third τῆς the ἡμέρας day, -44 2 16 ⚐ἀλλὰ but τοῦτό this ἐστιν to be τὸ the εἰρημένον to say διὰ through τοῦ the προφήτου prophet Ἰωήλ Joel· -44 2 17 ⚐Καὶ and ἔσται to be ἐν in ταῖς the ἐσχάταις last ἡμέραις day, ⚐λέγει to speak ὁ the θεός God, ⚐ἐκχεῶ to pour out ἀπὸ from τοῦ the πνεύματός spirit μου of me ἐπὶ on πᾶσαν all σάρκα flesh, ⚐καὶ and προφητεύσουσιν to prophesy οἱ the υἱοὶ son ὑμῶν of you καὶ and αἱ the θυγατέρες daughter ὑμῶν of you, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the νεανίσκοι young man ὑμῶν of you ὁράσεις vision ὄψονται to see, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder ὑμῶν of you ἐνυπνίοις dream ἐνυπνιασθήσονται to dream· -44 2 18 ⚐καί and γε indeed ἐπὶ on τοὺς the δούλους slave μου of me καὶ and ἐπὶ upon τὰς the δούλας female slave μου of me ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ἐκείναις that ἐκχεῶ to pour out ⚐ἀπὸ from τοῦ the πνεύματός spirit μου of me, ⚐καὶ and προφητεύσουσιν to prophesy. -44 2 19 ⚐καὶ and δώσω to give τέρατα wonders ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven ἄνω above ⚐καὶ and σημεῖα sign ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth κάτω under, ⚐αἷμα blood καὶ and πῦρ fire καὶ and ἀτμίδα vapor καπνοῦ smoke· -44 2 20 ⚐ὁ the ἥλιος sun μεταστραφήσεται to change εἰς toward σκότος darkness ⚐καὶ and ἡ the σελήνη moon εἰς toward αἷμα blood ⚐πρὶν before ἐλθεῖν to come ἡμέραν day κυρίου lord τὴν the μεγάλην great καὶ and ἐπιφανῆ glorious. -44 2 21 ⚐καὶ and ἔσται to be ⚐πᾶς all ὃς which ἂν if ἐπικαλέσηται to call (on) τὸ the ὄνομα name κυρίου lord σωθήσεται to save.

 -44 2 22 ⚐Ἄνδρες man Ἰσραηλῖται Israelite, ἀκούσατε to hear τοὺς the λόγους word τούτους these. ⚐Ἰησοῦν Jesus τὸν the Ναζωραῖον Nazarene, ἄνδρα man ἀποδεδειγμένον to display ἀπὸ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you δυνάμεσιν power καὶ and τέρασιν wonders καὶ and σημείοις sign ⚐οἷς which ἐποίησεν to do δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him ὁ the θεὸς God ἐν in μέσῳ midst ὑμῶν of you, ⚐καθὼς just as αὐτοὶ they οἴδατε to know, -44 2 23 ⚐τοῦτον this τῇ the ὡρισμένῃ to determine βουλῇ plan καὶ and προγνώσει foreknowledge τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἔκδοτον handed over διὰ through χειρὸς hand ἀνόμων lawless ⚐προσπήξαντες to nail to ⚐ἀνείλατε to do away with, -44 2 24 ⚐ὃν which ὁ the θεὸς God ἀνέστησεν to arise ⚐λύσας to loose τὰς the ὠδῖνας labor τοῦ the θανάτου death, ⚐καθότι as οὐκ no ἦν to be δυνατὸν able ⚐κρατεῖσθαι to grasp αὐτὸν him ὑπ᾽ by αὐτοῦ of him· -44 2 25 ⚐Δαυὶδ David γὰρ for λέγει to speak εἰς toward αὐτόν him· ⚐Προορώμην to foresee τὸν the κύριον lord ἐνώπιόν before μου of me διὰ through παντός all, ⚐ὅτι since ἐκ of δεξιῶν right μού of me ἐστιν to be ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not σαλευθῶ to shake. -44 2 26 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this ηὐφράνθη to celebrate ἡ the καρδία heart μου of me ⚐καὶ and ἠγαλλιάσατο to rejoice ἡ the γλῶσσά tongue μου of me, ⚐ἔτι still δὲ and καὶ and ἡ the σάρξ flesh μου of me κατασκηνώσει to dwell ἐπ᾽ upon ἐλπίδι hope· -44 2 27 ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἐγκαταλείψεις to leave behind τὴν the ψυχήν soul μου of me εἰς toward ᾅδην Hades, ⚐οὐδὲ and not δώσεις to give τὸν the ὅσιόν holy σου of you ⚐ἰδεῖν to know διαφθοράν decay. -44 2 28 ⚐ἐγνώρισάς to make known μοι to me ὁδοὺς road ζωῆς life, ⚐πληρώσεις to fulfill με me εὐφροσύνης joy μετὰ with τοῦ the προσώπου face σου of you.

 -44 2 29 ⚐Ἄνδρες man ἀδελφοί brother, ἐξὸν it is permitted ⚐εἰπεῖν to say μετὰ with παρρησίας boldness πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you περὶ about τοῦ the πατριάρχου patriarch Δαυὶδ David, ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and ἐτελεύτησεν to die καὶ and ἐτάφη to bury, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the μνῆμα tomb αὐτοῦ of him ἔστιν to be ἐν with ἡμῖν to us ἄχρι until τῆς the ἡμέρας day ταύτης of this· -44 2 30 ⚐προφήτης prophet οὖν then ὑπάρχων to be, ⚐καὶ and εἰδὼς to know ⚐ὅτι that ὅρκῳ oath ὤμοσεν to swear αὐτῷ to him ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐ἐκ out of καρποῦ fruit τῆς the ὀσφύος loins αὐτοῦ of him καθίσαι to sit ἐπὶ on τὸν the θρόνον throne αὐτοῦ of him, -44 2 31 ⚐προϊδὼν to foresee ⚐ἐλάλησεν to speak περὶ about τῆς the ἀναστάσεως resurrection τοῦ the χριστοῦ Christ ⚐ὅτι that οὔτε neither ἐγκατελείφθη to leave behind εἰς toward ᾅδην Hades ⚐οὔτε neither ἡ the σὰρξ flesh αὐτοῦ of him εἶδεν to know διαφθοράν decay. -44 2 32 ⚐τοῦτον this τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ἀνέστησεν to arise ὁ the θεός God, ⚐οὗ which πάντες all ἡμεῖς we ἐσμεν to be μάρτυρες witness. -44 2 33 ⚐τῇ the δεξιᾷ right οὖν then τοῦ the θεοῦ God ὑψωθεὶς to lift up ⚐τήν the τε and ἐπαγγελίαν promise τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit τοῦ the ἁγίου holy λαβὼν to take παρὰ from τοῦ the πατρὸς father ⚐ἐξέχεεν to pour out τοῦτο this ⚐ὃ which ὑμεῖς you καὶ and βλέπετε to see καὶ and ἀκούετε to hear. -44 2 34 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for Δαυὶδ David ἀνέβη to ascend εἰς toward τοὺς the οὐρανούς heaven, ⚐λέγει to speak δὲ but αὐτός he· ⚐Εἶπεν to say ὁ the κύριος lord τῷ the κυρίῳ lord μου of me· ⚐Κάθου to sit ἐκ of δεξιῶν right μου of me, -44 2 35 ⚐ἕως until ἂν if θῶ to place τοὺς the ἐχθρούς enemy σου of you ὑποπόδιον footstool τῶν the ποδῶν foot σου of you. -44 2 36 ⚐ἀσφαλῶς securely οὖν therefore γινωσκέτω to know πᾶς all οἶκος house Ἰσραὴλ Israel ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and κύριον lord αὐτὸν him καὶ and χριστὸν Christ ἐποίησεν to make ὁ the θεός God, ⚐τοῦτον this τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐ὃν which ὑμεῖς you ἐσταυρώσατε to crucify.

 -44 2 37 ⚐Ἀκούσαντες to hear δὲ and ⚐κατενύγησαν to pierce τὴν the καρδίαν heart, ⚐εἶπόν to say τε and πρὸς to τὸν the Πέτρον Peter καὶ and τοὺς the λοιποὺς remaining ἀποστόλους apostle· ⚐Τί which? ποιήσωμεν to do, ἄνδρες man ἀδελφοί brother; -44 2 38 ⚐Πέτρος Peter δὲ and πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Μετανοήσατε to repent φησίν to say, ⚐καὶ and βαπτισθήτω to baptize ἕκαστος each ὑμῶν of you ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ὀνόματι name Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ εἰς toward ἄφεσιν forgiveness τῶν the ἁμαρτιῶν sin ὑμῶν of you, ⚐καὶ and λήμψεσθε to take τὴν the δωρεὰν free gift τοῦ the ἁγίου holy πνεύματος spirit· -44 2 39 ⚐ὑμῖν to you γάρ for ἐστιν to be ἡ the ἐπαγγελία promise καὶ and τοῖς the τέκνοις child ὑμῶν of you καὶ and πᾶσιν all τοῖς the εἰς toward μακρὰν distant ⚐ὅσους as many as ἂν if προσκαλέσηται to summon κύριος lord ὁ the θεὸς God ἡμῶν of us. -44 2 40 ⚐ἑτέροις other τε and λόγοις word πλείοσιν greater διεμαρτύρατο to testify solemnly, ⚐καὶ and παρεκάλει to plead αὐτοὺς them ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Σώθητε to save ἀπὸ from τῆς the γενεᾶς generation τῆς the σκολιᾶς crooked ταύτης of this. -44 2 41 ⚐οἱ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore ἀποδεξάμενοι to welcome τὸν the λόγον word αὐτοῦ of him ἐβαπτίσθησαν to baptize, ⚐καὶ and προσετέθησαν to add (to) ἐν in τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day ἐκείνῃ that ψυχαὶ soul ὡσεὶ about τρισχίλιαι three thousand. -44 2 42 ⚐ἦσαν to be δὲ and προσκαρτεροῦντες to adhere to τῇ the διδαχῇ teaching τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle καὶ and τῇ the κοινωνίᾳ participation, ⚐τῇ the κλάσει breaking τοῦ the ἄρτου bread καὶ and ταῖς the προσευχαῖς prayer.

 -44 2 43 ⚐Ἐγίνετο to be δὲ and πάσῃ all ψυχῇ soul φόβος fear, ⚐πολλά much τε and τέρατα wonders καὶ and σημεῖα sign διὰ through τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle ἐγίνετο to be. -44 2 44 ⚐πάντες all δὲ and οἱ who πιστεύοντες to trust (in) ἦσαν to be ἐπὶ upon τὸ the αὐτὸ it ⚐καὶ and εἶχον to have ἅπαντα all κοινά common, -44 2 45 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the κτήματα possession καὶ and τὰς the ὑπάρξεις property ἐπίπρασκον to sell ⚐καὶ and διεμέριζον to divide αὐτὰ them πᾶσιν all ⚐καθότι as ἄν if τις one χρείαν need εἶχεν to have· -44 2 46 ⚐καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day τε and προσκαρτεροῦντες to adhere to ὁμοθυμαδὸν united ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple, ⚐κλῶντές to break τε and κατ᾽ according to οἶκον house ἄρτον bread, ⚐μετελάμβανον to partake τροφῆς food ἐν with ἀγαλλιάσει joy καὶ and ἀφελότητι sincerity καρδίας heart, -44 2 47 ⚐αἰνοῦντες to praise τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐καὶ and ἔχοντες to have χάριν grace πρὸς to ὅλον all τὸν the λαόν a people. ⚐ὁ the δὲ and κύριος lord προσετίθει to add (to) τοὺς who σῳζομένους to save καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day ἐπὶ to τὸ the αὐτό it.

 -44 3 1 ⚐Πέτρος Peter δὲ and καὶ and Ἰωάννης John ἀνέβαινον to ascend εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερὸν temple ἐπὶ upon τὴν the ὥραν hour τῆς the προσευχῆς prayer τὴν the ἐνάτην ninth (hour), -44 3 2 ⚐καί and τις one ἀνὴρ man χωλὸς lame ἐκ from κοιλίας womb μητρὸς mother αὐτοῦ of him ὑπάρχων to be ἐβαστάζετο to carry, ⚐ὃν which ἐτίθουν to place καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day πρὸς to τὴν the θύραν door τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple τὴν the λεγομένην to speak Ὡραίαν Beautiful Gate ⚐τοῦ the αἰτεῖν to ask ἐλεημοσύνην charity παρὰ from τῶν the εἰσπορευομένων to enter εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερόν temple, -44 3 3 ⚐ὃς which ἰδὼν to know Πέτρον Peter καὶ and Ἰωάννην John μέλλοντας be about to εἰσιέναι to enter εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερὸν temple ⚐ἠρώτα to ask ⚐ἐλεημοσύνην charity λαβεῖν to take. -44 3 4 ⚐ἀτενίσας to gaze δὲ and Πέτρος Peter εἰς toward αὐτὸν him σὺν with τῷ the Ἰωάννῃ John ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Βλέψον to see εἰς toward ἡμᾶς us. -44 3 5 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἐπεῖχεν to observe αὐτοῖς to them ⚐προσδοκῶν to look for ⚐τι one παρ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them λαβεῖν to take. -44 3 6 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Ἀργύριον silver καὶ and χρυσίον gold οὐχ no ὑπάρχει to be μοι to me, ⚐ὃ which δὲ but ἔχω to have τοῦτό this σοι to you δίδωμι to give· ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματι name Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ τοῦ the Ναζωραίου Nazarene ἔγειρε to arise καὶ and περιπάτει to walk. -44 3 7 ⚐καὶ and πιάσας to catch αὐτὸν him τῆς the δεξιᾶς right χειρὸς hand ⚐ἤγειρεν to arise αὐτόν him· ⚐παραχρῆμα instantly δὲ and ἐστερεώθησαν to strengthen αἱ the βάσεις foot αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and τὰ the σφυδρά ankle, -44 3 8 ⚐καὶ and ἐξαλλόμενος to leap up ⚐ἔστη to stand ⚐καὶ and περιεπάτει to walk, ⚐καὶ and εἰσῆλθεν to enter σὺν with αὐτοῖς to them εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερὸν temple ⚐περιπατῶν to walk καὶ and ἁλλόμενος to spring καὶ and αἰνῶν to praise τὸν the θεόν God. -44 3 9 ⚐καὶ and εἶδεν to know πᾶς all ὁ the λαὸς a people αὐτὸν him ⚐περιπατοῦντα to walk καὶ and αἰνοῦντα to praise τὸν the θεόν God, -44 3 10 ⚐ἐπεγίνωσκον to come to know δὲ and αὐτὸν him ⚐ὅτι since αὐτὸς he ἦν to be ὁ the πρὸς to τὴν the ἐλεημοσύνην charity καθήμενος to sit ἐπὶ upon τῇ the Ὡραίᾳ Beautiful Gate Πύλῃ gate τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple, ⚐καὶ and ἐπλήσθησαν to fill θάμβους amazement καὶ and ἐκστάσεως amazement ἐπὶ upon τῷ the συμβεβηκότι to happen αὐτῷ to him.

 -44 3 11 ⚐Κρατοῦντος to grasp δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him τὸν the Πέτρον Peter καὶ and τὸν the Ἰωάννην John ⚐συνέδραμεν to flock πᾶς all ὁ the λαὸς a people πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ἐπὶ upon τῇ the στοᾷ portico τῇ the καλουμένῃ to call Σολομῶντος Solomon ⚐ἔκθαμβοι astonished. -44 3 12 ⚐ἰδὼν to know δὲ and ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐ἀπεκρίνατο to answer πρὸς to τὸν the λαόν a people· ⚐Ἄνδρες man Ἰσραηλῖται Israelite, τί which? θαυμάζετε to marvel ἐπὶ upon τούτῳ to this, ⚐ἢ or ἡμῖν to us τί which? ἀτενίζετε to gaze ⚐ὡς as ἰδίᾳ one's own δυνάμει power ἢ or εὐσεβείᾳ piety πεποιηκόσιν to make τοῦ the περιπατεῖν to walk αὐτόν him; -44 3 13 ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God Ἀβραὰμ Abraham καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God Ἰσαὰκ Isaac καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God Ἰακώβ Jacob, ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God τῶν the πατέρων father ἡμῶν of us, ἐδόξασεν to glorify τὸν the παῖδα child αὐτοῦ of him Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐ὃν which ὑμεῖς you μὲν on the other hand παρεδώκατε to deliver καὶ and ἠρνήσασθε to deny κατὰ according to πρόσωπον face Πιλάτου Pilate, ⚐κρίναντος to judge ἐκείνου that ⚐ἀπολύειν to release· -44 3 14 ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but τὸν the ἅγιον holy καὶ and δίκαιον just ἠρνήσασθε to deny ⚐καὶ and ᾐτήσασθε to ask ⚐ἄνδρα man φονέα murderer χαρισθῆναι to give grace ὑμῖν to you, -44 3 15 ⚐τὸν the δὲ and ἀρχηγὸν founder τῆς the ζωῆς life ἀπεκτείνατε to kill, ⚐ὃν which ὁ the θεὸς God ἤγειρεν to arise ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead, ⚐οὗ which ἡμεῖς we μάρτυρές witness ἐσμεν to be. -44 3 16 ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ upon τῇ the πίστει faith τοῦ the ὀνόματος name αὐτοῦ of him τοῦτον this ⚐ὃν which θεωρεῖτε to see καὶ and οἴδατε to know ἐστερέωσεν to strengthen τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the πίστις faith ἡ the δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him ἔδωκεν to give αὐτῷ to him τὴν the ὁλοκληρίαν wholeness ταύτην this ἀπέναντι opposite πάντων all ὑμῶν of you.

 -44 3 17 ⚐Καὶ and νῦν now, ἀδελφοί brother, οἶδα to know ⚐ὅτι that κατὰ according to ἄγνοιαν ignorance ἐπράξατε to practise, ὥσπερ just as καὶ and οἱ the ἄρχοντες ruler ὑμῶν of you· -44 3 18 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but θεὸς God ἃ which προκατήγγειλεν to foretell διὰ through στόματος mouth πάντων all τῶν the προφητῶν prophet ⚐παθεῖν to suffer τὸν the χριστὸν Christ αὐτοῦ of him ἐπλήρωσεν to fulfill οὕτως thus(-ly). -44 3 19 ⚐μετανοήσατε to repent οὖν therefore ⚐καὶ and ἐπιστρέψατε to turn ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ἐξαλειφθῆναι to blot out ὑμῶν of you τὰς the ἁμαρτίας sin, -44 3 20 ⚐ὅπως that ἂν if ἔλθωσιν to come καιροὶ time ἀναψύξεως refreshment ἀπὸ from προσώπου face τοῦ the κυρίου lord ⚐καὶ and ἀποστείλῃ to send τὸν the προκεχειρισμένον to appoint ὑμῖν to you χριστὸν Christ Ἰησοῦν Jesus, -44 3 21 ⚐ὃν which δεῖ to bind οὐρανὸν heaven μὲν on the other hand δέξασθαι to receive ἄχρι until χρόνων time ἀποκαταστάσεως restoration πάντων all ⚐ὧν which ἐλάλησεν to speak ὁ the θεὸς God διὰ through στόματος mouth τῶν the ἁγίων holy ἀπ᾽ from αἰῶνος an age αὐτοῦ of him προφητῶν prophet. -44 3 22 ⚐Μωϋσῆς Moses μὲν on the other hand εἶπεν to say ⚐ὅτι that Προφήτην prophet ὑμῖν to you ἀναστήσει to arise κύριος lord ὁ the θεὸς God ὑμῶν of you ἐκ from τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother ὑμῶν of you ὡς as ἐμέ me· ⚐αὐτοῦ of him ἀκούσεσθε to hear κατὰ according to πάντα all ⚐ὅσα as much as ἂν if λαλήσῃ to speak πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you. -44 3 23 ⚐ἔσται to be δὲ and ⚐πᾶσα all ψυχὴ soul ἥτις who ἐὰν if μὴ not ἀκούσῃ to hear τοῦ the προφήτου prophet ἐκείνου that ἐξολεθρευθήσεται to root out ἐκ from τοῦ the λαοῦ a people. -44 3 24 ⚐καὶ and πάντες all δὲ and οἱ the προφῆται prophet ἀπὸ from Σαμουὴλ Samuel καὶ and τῶν who καθεξῆς in order ὅσοι as much as ἐλάλησαν to speak καὶ and κατήγγειλαν to proclaim ⚐τὰς the ἡμέρας day ταύτας these. -44 3 25 ⚐ὑμεῖς you ἐστε to be οἱ the υἱοὶ son τῶν the προφητῶν prophet καὶ and τῆς the διαθήκης covenant ⚐ἧς which διέθετο to make a covenant ὁ the θεὸς God πρὸς with τοὺς the πατέρας father ὑμῶν of you, ⚐λέγων to speak πρὸς to Ἀβραάμ Abraham ⚐Καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the σπέρματί seed σου of you ἐνευλογηθήσονται be blessed πᾶσαι all αἱ the πατριαὶ family line τῆς the γῆς earth. -44 3 26 ⚐ὑμῖν to you πρῶτον first ἀναστήσας to arise ὁ the θεὸς God τὸν the παῖδα child αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἀπέστειλεν to send αὐτὸν him ⚐εὐλογοῦντα to bless ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἐν by τῷ the ἀποστρέφειν to turn away ἕκαστον each ἀπὸ from τῶν the πονηριῶν evil ὑμῶν of you.

 -44 4 1 ⚐Λαλούντων to speak δὲ and αὐτῶν of them πρὸς to τὸν the λαὸν a people ⚐ἐπέστησαν to approach αὐτοῖς to them οἱ the ἱερεῖς priest καὶ and ὁ the στρατηγὸς commander τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple καὶ and οἱ the Σαδδουκαῖοι Sadducee, -44 4 2 ⚐διαπονούμενοι be vexed διὰ because of τὸ the διδάσκειν to teach αὐτοὺς them τὸν the λαὸν a people ⚐καὶ and καταγγέλλειν to proclaim ἐν in τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus τὴν the ἀνάστασιν resurrection τὴν the ἐκ of νεκρῶν dead, -44 4 3 ⚐καὶ and ἐπέβαλον to seize αὐτοῖς to them τὰς the χεῖρας hand ⚐καὶ and ἔθεντο to place εἰς toward τήρησιν jail εἰς toward τὴν the αὔριον tomorrow, ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for ἑσπέρα evening ἤδη already. -44 4 4 ⚐πολλοὶ much δὲ but τῶν who ἀκουσάντων to hear τὸν the λόγον word ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in), ⚐καὶ and ἐγενήθη to be ὁ the ἀριθμὸς number τῶν the ἀνδρῶν man ὡς as χιλιάδες thousand πέντε five.

 -44 4 5 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐπὶ upon τὴν the αὔριον tomorrow συναχθῆναι to assemble αὐτῶν of them τοὺς the ἄρχοντας ruler καὶ and τοὺς the πρεσβυτέρους elder καὶ and τοὺς the γραμματεῖς scribe ἐν in Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem -44 4 6 ( ⚐καὶ and Ἅννας Annas ὁ the ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest καὶ and Καϊάφας Caiaphas καὶ and Ἰωάννης John καὶ and Ἀλέξανδρος Alexander ⚐καὶ and ὅσοι as much as ἦσαν to be ἐκ out of γένους family ἀρχιερατικοῦ high-priestly) -44 4 7 ⚐καὶ and στήσαντες to stand αὐτοὺς them ἐν in τῷ the μέσῳ midst ⚐ἐπυνθάνοντο to inquire· ⚐Ἐν by ποίᾳ what? δυνάμει power ἢ or ἐν by ποίῳ what? ὀνόματι name ἐποιήσατε to do τοῦτο this ὑμεῖς you; -44 4 8 ⚐τότε then Πέτρος Peter πλησθεὶς to fill πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Ἄρχοντες ruler τοῦ the λαοῦ a people καὶ and πρεσβύτεροι elder, -44 4 9 ⚐εἰ if ἡμεῖς we σήμερον today ἀνακρινόμεθα to investigate ἐπὶ upon εὐεργεσίᾳ good deed ἀνθρώπου a human ἀσθενοῦς weak, ⚐ἐν by τίνι which? οὗτος this σέσωται to save, -44 4 10 ⚐γνωστὸν acquainted with ἔστω to be πᾶσιν all ὑμῖν to you καὶ and παντὶ all τῷ the λαῷ a people Ἰσραὴλ Israel ⚐ὅτι that ἐν by τῷ the ὀνόματι name Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ τοῦ the Ναζωραίου Nazarene, ⚐ὃν which ὑμεῖς you ἐσταυρώσατε to crucify, ⚐ὃν which ὁ the θεὸς God ἤγειρεν to arise ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead, ⚐ἐν in τούτῳ to this οὗτος this παρέστηκεν to stand by ἐνώπιον before ὑμῶν of you ὑγιής healthy. -44 4 11 ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the λίθος stone ὁ the ἐξουθενηθεὶς to reject ὑφ᾽ by ὑμῶν of you τῶν the οἰκοδόμων builder, ⚐ὁ the γενόμενος to be εἰς toward κεφαλὴν head γωνίας corner. -44 4 12 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐν in ἄλλῳ another οὐδενὶ no one ἡ the σωτηρία salvation, ⚐οὐδὲ and not γὰρ for ὄνομά name ἐστιν to be ἕτερον other ὑπὸ under τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven τὸ the δεδομένον to give ἐν among ἀνθρώποις a human ⚐ἐν by ᾧ which δεῖ to bind σωθῆναι to save ἡμᾶς us.

 -44 4 13 ⚐Θεωροῦντες to see δὲ and τὴν the τοῦ the Πέτρου Peter παρρησίαν boldness καὶ and Ἰωάννου John ⚐καὶ and καταλαβόμενοι to realize ⚐ὅτι that ἄνθρωποι a human ἀγράμματοί unschooled εἰσιν to be καὶ and ἰδιῶται unlearned, ⚐ἐθαύμαζον to marvel, ⚐ἐπεγίνωσκόν to come to know τε and αὐτοὺς them ⚐ὅτι that σὺν with τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἦσαν to be, -44 4 14 ⚐τόν the τε and ἄνθρωπον a human βλέποντες to see σὺν with αὐτοῖς to them ἑστῶτα to stand τὸν who τεθεραπευμένον to heal ⚐οὐδὲν no one εἶχον to have ἀντειπεῖν to dispute. -44 4 15 ⚐κελεύσαντες to order δὲ but αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἔξω outside τοῦ the συνεδρίου council ἀπελθεῖν to go away ⚐συνέβαλλον to confer πρὸς with ἀλλήλους one another -44 4 16 ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τί which? ποιήσωμεν to do τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human τούτοις to these; ⚐ὅτι that μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for γνωστὸν acquainted with σημεῖον sign γέγονεν to be δι᾽ through αὐτῶν of them ⚐πᾶσιν all τοῖς who κατοικοῦσιν to dwell Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem φανερόν manifest, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no δυνάμεθα be able ἀρνεῖσθαι to deny· -44 4 17 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order to μὴ not ἐπὶ upon πλεῖον greater διανεμηθῇ to spread εἰς toward τὸν the λαόν a people, ⚐ἀπειλησώμεθα to threaten αὐτοῖς to them ⚐μηκέτι never again λαλεῖν to speak ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ὀνόματι name τούτῳ to this μηδενὶ nothing ἀνθρώπων a human. -44 4 18 ⚐καὶ and καλέσαντες to call αὐτοὺς them ⚐παρήγγειλαν to order τὸ the καθόλου at all ⚐μὴ not φθέγγεσθαι to speak μηδὲ not διδάσκειν to teach ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ὀνόματι name τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -44 4 19 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Πέτρος Peter καὶ and Ἰωάννης John ἀποκριθέντες to answer ⚐εἶπον to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Εἰ if δίκαιόν just ἐστιν to be ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ὑμῶν of you ἀκούειν to hear μᾶλλον more ἢ or τοῦ the θεοῦ God, κρίνατε to judge, -44 4 20 ⚐οὐ no δυνάμεθα be able γὰρ for ἡμεῖς we ⚐ἃ which εἴδαμεν to know καὶ and ἠκούσαμεν to hear μὴ not λαλεῖν to speak. -44 4 21 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and προσαπειλησάμενοι to threaten further ⚐ἀπέλυσαν to release αὐτούς them, ⚐μηδὲν nothing εὑρίσκοντες to find τὸ the πῶς how? κολάσωνται to punish αὐτούς them, διὰ because of τὸν the λαόν a people, ⚐ὅτι since πάντες all ἐδόξαζον to glorify τὸν the θεὸν God ἐπὶ upon τῷ the γεγονότι to be· -44 4 22 ⚐ἐτῶν year γὰρ for ἦν to be πλειόνων greater τεσσεράκοντα forty ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐ἐφ᾽ on ὃν which γεγόνει to be τὸ the σημεῖον sign τοῦτο this τῆς the ἰάσεως healing.

 -44 4 23 ⚐Ἀπολυθέντες to release δὲ and ⚐ἦλθον to go πρὸς to τοὺς the ἰδίους one's own ⚐καὶ and ἀπήγγειλαν to announce ⚐ὅσα as much as πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder εἶπαν to say. -44 4 24 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἀκούσαντες to hear ⚐ὁμοθυμαδὸν united ἦραν to take up φωνὴν voice πρὸς to τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐καὶ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Δέσποτα master, σὺ you ὁ who ποιήσας to make τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven καὶ and τὴν the γῆν earth καὶ and τὴν the θάλασσαν sea καὶ and πάντα all τὰ the ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them, -44 4 25 ⚐ὁ the τοῦ the πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us διὰ through πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy ⚐στόματος mouth Δαυὶδ David παιδός child σου of you εἰπών to say· ⚐Ἱνατί why? ἐφρύαξαν to rage ἔθνη Gentiles ⚐καὶ and λαοὶ a people ἐμελέτησαν to plot κενά empty; -44 4 26 ⚐παρέστησαν to stand by οἱ the βασιλεῖς king τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἄρχοντες ruler συνήχθησαν to assemble ἐπὶ upon τὸ the αὐτὸ it κατὰ according to τοῦ the κυρίου lord καὶ and κατὰ according to τοῦ the χριστοῦ Christ αὐτοῦ of him. -44 4 27 ⚐συνήχθησαν to assemble γὰρ for ἐπ᾽ upon ἀληθείας truth ἐν in τῇ the πόλει city ταύτῃ to this ἐπὶ against τὸν the ἅγιον holy παῖδά child σου of you Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐ὃν which ἔχρισας to anoint, ⚐Ἡρῴδης Herod τε both καὶ and Πόντιος Pontius Πιλᾶτος Pilate σὺν with ἔθνεσιν Gentiles καὶ and λαοῖς a people Ἰσραήλ Israel, -44 4 28 ⚐ποιῆσαι to do ⚐ὅσα as much as ἡ the χείρ hand σου of you καὶ and ἡ the βουλὴ plan σου of you προώρισεν to predestine γενέσθαι to be. -44 4 29 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the νῦν now, κύριε lord, ἔπιδε to look upon ἐπὶ to τὰς the ἀπειλὰς threat αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and δὸς to give τοῖς the δούλοις slave σου of you ⚐μετὰ with παρρησίας boldness πάσης all λαλεῖν to speak τὸν the λόγον word σου of you, -44 4 30 ⚐ἐν in τῷ the τὴν the χεῖρά hand σου of you ἐκτείνειν to stretch out σε you ⚐εἰς toward ἴασιν healing καὶ and σημεῖα sign καὶ and τέρατα wonders γίνεσθαι to be διὰ through τοῦ the ὀνόματος name τοῦ the ἁγίου holy παιδός child σου of you Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -44 4 31 ⚐καὶ and δεηθέντων to pray αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐσαλεύθη to shake ὁ the τόπος place ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ἦσαν to be συνηγμένοι to assemble, ⚐καὶ and ἐπλήσθησαν to fill ἅπαντες all τοῦ the ἁγίου holy πνεύματος spirit, ⚐καὶ and ἐλάλουν to speak τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God μετὰ with παρρησίας boldness.

 -44 4 32 ⚐Τοῦ the δὲ and πλήθους multitude τῶν who πιστευσάντων to trust (in) ἦν to be καρδία heart καὶ and ψυχὴ soul μία one, ⚐καὶ and οὐδὲ and not εἷς one τι one τῶν the ὑπαρχόντων to be αὐτῷ to him ἔλεγεν to speak ⚐ἴδιον one's own εἶναι to be, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἦν to be αὐτοῖς to them ἅπαντα all κοινά common. -44 4 33 ⚐καὶ and δυνάμει power μεγάλῃ great ἀπεδίδουν to pay τὸ the μαρτύριον testimony οἱ the ἀπόστολοι apostle τῆς the ἀναστάσεως resurrection τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐χάρις grace τε and μεγάλη great ἦν to be ἐπὶ on πάντας all αὐτούς them. -44 4 34 ⚐οὐδὲ and not γὰρ for ἐνδεής impoverished τις one ἦν to be ἐν among αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐ὅσοι as much as γὰρ for κτήτορες owner χωρίων place ἢ or οἰκιῶν house ὑπῆρχον to be, πωλοῦντες to sell ⚐ἔφερον to bring τὰς the τιμὰς honor τῶν the πιπρασκομένων to sell -44 4 35 ⚐καὶ and ἐτίθουν to place παρὰ beside τοὺς the πόδας foot τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle· ⚐διεδίδετο to distribute δὲ and ἑκάστῳ each ⚐καθότι as ἄν if τις one χρείαν need εἶχεν to have. -44 4 36 ⚐Ἰωσὴφ Joseph δὲ and ὁ the ἐπικληθεὶς to name Βαρναβᾶς Barnabas ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be μεθερμηνευόμενον to mean υἱὸς son παρακλήσεως encouragement, ⚐Λευίτης Levite, Κύπριος Cyprian τῷ who γένει family, -44 4 37 ⚐ὑπάρχοντος to be αὐτῷ to him ἀγροῦ field ⚐πωλήσας to sell ⚐ἤνεγκεν to bring τὸ the χρῆμα money ⚐καὶ and ἔθηκεν to place πρὸς to τοὺς the πόδας foot τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle.

 -44 5 1 ⚐Ἀνὴρ man δέ and τις one Ἁνανίας Ananias ὀνόματι name σὺν with σαπφίρῃ Sapphira τῇ the γυναικὶ woman αὐτοῦ of him ἐπώλησεν to sell κτῆμα possession -44 5 2 ⚐καὶ and ἐνοσφίσατο to embezzle ἀπὸ from τῆς the τιμῆς honor, ⚐συνειδυίης to be conscious of καὶ and τῆς the γυναικός woman, ⚐καὶ and ἐνέγκας to bring μέρος part τι one ⚐παρὰ beside τοὺς the πόδας foot τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle ἔθηκεν to place. -44 5 3 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but ὁ the Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Ἁνανία Ananias, διὰ because of τί which? ἐπλήρωσεν to fulfill ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan τὴν the καρδίαν heart σου of you, ⚐ψεύσασθαί to lie σε you τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy ⚐καὶ and νοσφίσασθαι to embezzle ἀπὸ from τῆς the τιμῆς honor τοῦ the χωρίου place; -44 5 4 ⚐οὐχὶ not μένον to stay ⚐σοὶ to you ἔμενεν to stay ⚐καὶ and πραθὲν to sell ⚐ἐν in τῇ the σῇ your ἐξουσίᾳ authority ὑπῆρχεν to be; ⚐τί which? ὅτι that ἔθου to place ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart σου of you τὸ the πρᾶγμα thing τοῦτο this; ⚐οὐκ no ἐψεύσω to lie ἀνθρώποις a human ἀλλὰ but τῷ the θεῷ God. -44 5 5 ⚐ἀκούων to hear δὲ and ὁ the Ἁνανίας Ananias τοὺς the λόγους word τούτους these ⚐πεσὼν to collapse ⚐ἐξέψυξεν to expire· ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be φόβος fear μέγας great ἐπὶ upon πάντας all τοὺς who ἀκούοντας to hear. -44 5 6 ⚐ἀναστάντες to arise δὲ and οἱ the νεώτεροι new ⚐συνέστειλαν to wrap up αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἐξενέγκαντες to carry out ⚐ἔθαψαν to bury.

 -44 5 7 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ὡς as ὡρῶν hour τριῶν three διάστημα interval ⚐καὶ and ἡ the γυνὴ woman αὐτοῦ of him μὴ not εἰδυῖα to know τὸ the γεγονὸς to be ⚐εἰσῆλθεν to enter. -44 5 8 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer δὲ and πρὸς to αὐτὴν her Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Εἰπέ to say μοι to me, ⚐εἰ if τοσούτου so great τὸ the χωρίον place ἀπέδοσθε to pay; ⚐ἡ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ναί yes, τοσούτου so great. -44 5 9 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Πέτρος Peter πρὸς to αὐτήν her· ⚐Τί which? ὅτι that συνεφωνήθη to agree with ὑμῖν to you ⚐πειράσαι to test τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit κυρίου lord; ⚐ἰδοὺ look! οἱ the πόδες foot τῶν who θαψάντων to bury τὸν the ἄνδρα man σου of you ἐπὶ upon τῇ the θύρᾳ door ⚐καὶ and ἐξοίσουσίν to carry out σε you. -44 5 10 ⚐ἔπεσεν to collapse δὲ and παραχρῆμα instantly πρὸς to τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἐξέψυξεν to expire· ⚐εἰσελθόντες to enter δὲ and οἱ the νεανίσκοι young man ⚐εὗρον to find αὐτὴν her νεκράν dead, ⚐καὶ and ἐξενέγκαντες to carry out ⚐ἔθαψαν to bury πρὸς to τὸν the ἄνδρα man αὐτῆς of her. -44 5 11 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be φόβος fear μέγας great ἐφ᾽ upon ὅλην all τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly καὶ and ἐπὶ upon πάντας all τοὺς who ἀκούοντας to hear ταῦτα these.

 -44 5 12 ⚐Διὰ through δὲ and τῶν the χειρῶν hand τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle ἐγίνετο to be σημεῖα sign καὶ and τέρατα wonders πολλὰ much ἐν among τῷ the λαῷ a people· ⚐καὶ and ἦσαν to be ὁμοθυμαδὸν united ἅπαντες all ἐν in τῇ the Στοᾷ portico Σολομῶντος Solomon· -44 5 13 ⚐τῶν the δὲ and λοιπῶν remaining οὐδεὶς no one ἐτόλμα be bold κολλᾶσθαι to join αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐμεγάλυνεν to magnify αὐτοὺς them ὁ the λαός a people, -44 5 14 ⚐μᾶλλον more δὲ and προσετίθεντο to add (to) πιστεύοντες to trust (in) τῷ the κυρίῳ lord πλήθη multitude ἀνδρῶν man τε both καὶ and γυναικῶν woman· -44 5 15 ⚐ὥστε so καὶ and εἰς toward τὰς the πλατείας wide ἐκφέρειν to carry out τοὺς the ἀσθενεῖς weak ⚐καὶ and τιθέναι to place ἐπὶ upon κλιναρίων a cot καὶ and κραβάττων bed, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐρχομένου to come Πέτρου Peter ⚐κἂν even if ἡ the σκιὰ shadow ἐπισκιάσῃ to overshadow τινὶ one αὐτῶν of them. -44 5 16 ⚐συνήρχετο to assemble δὲ and καὶ and τὸ the πλῆθος multitude τῶν the πέριξ around πόλεων city Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐φέροντες to bring ἀσθενεῖς weak καὶ and ὀχλουμένους to disturb ὑπὸ by πνευμάτων spirit ἀκαθάρτων unclean, ⚐οἵτινες who ἐθεραπεύοντο to heal ἅπαντες all.

 -44 5 17 ⚐Ἀναστὰς to arise δὲ and ὁ the ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest καὶ and πάντες all οἱ the σὺν with αὐτῷ to him, ἡ the οὖσα to be αἵρεσις sect τῶν the Σαδδουκαίων Sadducee, ⚐ἐπλήσθησαν to fill ζήλου zeal -44 5 18 ⚐καὶ and ἐπέβαλον to seize τὰς the χεῖρας hand ἐπὶ on τοὺς the ἀποστόλους apostle ⚐καὶ and ἔθεντο to place αὐτοὺς them ἐν in τηρήσει jail δημοσίᾳ public. -44 5 19 ⚐ἄγγελος angel δὲ but κυρίου lord διὰ through νυκτὸς night ἀνοίξας to open τὰς the θύρας door τῆς the φυλακῆς prison ⚐ἐξαγαγών to lead out τε and αὐτοὺς them ⚐εἶπεν to say· -44 5 20 ⚐Πορεύεσθε to go ⚐καὶ and σταθέντες to stand ⚐λαλεῖτε to speak ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple τῷ the λαῷ a people πάντα all τὰ the ῥήματα word τῆς the ζωῆς life ταύτης of this. -44 5 21 ⚐ἀκούσαντες to hear δὲ and ⚐εἰσῆλθον to enter ὑπὸ by τὸν the ὄρθρον dawn εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερὸν temple ⚐καὶ and ἐδίδασκον to teach.

 ⚐Παραγενόμενος to come δὲ and ὁ the ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest καὶ and οἱ who σὺν with αὐτῷ to him ⚐συνεκάλεσαν to call together τὸ the συνέδριον council καὶ and πᾶσαν all τὴν the γερουσίαν council of elders τῶν the υἱῶν son Ἰσραήλ Israel, ⚐καὶ and ἀπέστειλαν to send εἰς toward τὸ the δεσμωτήριον prison ⚐ἀχθῆναι to bring αὐτούς them. -44 5 22 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but παραγενόμενοι to come ὑπηρέται servant οὐχ no εὗρον to find αὐτοὺς them ἐν in τῇ the φυλακῇ prison, ⚐ἀναστρέψαντες to return δὲ and ⚐ἀπήγγειλαν to announce -44 5 23 ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Τὸ the δεσμωτήριον prison εὕρομεν to find κεκλεισμένον to shut ἐν in πάσῃ all ἀσφαλείᾳ security ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the φύλακας guard ἑστῶτας to stand ἐπὶ upon τῶν the θυρῶν door, ⚐ἀνοίξαντες to open δὲ but ⚐ἔσω inside οὐδένα no one εὕρομεν to find. -44 5 24 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and ἤκουσαν to hear τοὺς the λόγους word τούτους these ὅ the τε and στρατηγὸς commander τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple καὶ and οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest, ⚐διηπόρουν be perplexed περὶ about αὐτῶν of them ⚐τί which? ἂν if γένοιτο to be τοῦτο this. -44 5 25 ⚐παραγενόμενος to come δέ but τις one ⚐ἀπήγγειλεν to announce αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ὅτι that Ἰδοὺ look! οἱ the ἄνδρες man οὓς which ἔθεσθε to place ἐν in τῇ the φυλακῇ prison εἰσὶν to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ἑστῶτες to stand ⚐καὶ and διδάσκοντες to teach τὸν the λαόν a people. -44 5 26 ⚐τότε then ἀπελθὼν to go away ὁ the στρατηγὸς commander σὺν with τοῖς the ὑπηρέταις servant ⚐ἦγεν to bring αὐτούς them, οὐ no μετὰ with βίας force, ⚐ἐφοβοῦντο to fear γὰρ for τὸν the λαόν a people, ⚐μὴ not λιθασθῶσιν to stone.

 -44 5 27 ⚐Ἀγαγόντες to bring δὲ and αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἔστησαν to stand ἐν in τῷ the συνεδρίῳ council. ⚐καὶ and ἐπηρώτησεν to question αὐτοὺς them ὁ the ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest -44 5 28 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Οὐ where Παραγγελίᾳ order παρηγγείλαμεν to order ὑμῖν to you ⚐μὴ not διδάσκειν to teach ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ὀνόματι name τούτῳ to this, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! πεπληρώκατε to fulfill τὴν the Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem τῆς the διδαχῆς teaching ὑμῶν of you, ⚐καὶ and βούλεσθε to plan ἐπαγαγεῖν to bring upon ἐφ᾽ on ἡμᾶς us τὸ the αἷμα blood τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human τούτου of this. -44 5 29 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ but Πέτρος Peter καὶ and οἱ the ἀπόστολοι apostle ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Πειθαρχεῖν to obey δεῖ to bind θεῷ God μᾶλλον more ἢ or ἀνθρώποις a human. -44 5 30 ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God τῶν the πατέρων father ἡμῶν of us ἤγειρεν to arise Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐ὃν which ὑμεῖς you διεχειρίσασθε to kill ⚐κρεμάσαντες to hang ἐπὶ upon ξύλου wood· -44 5 31 ⚐τοῦτον this ὁ the θεὸς God ἀρχηγὸν founder καὶ and σωτῆρα savior ὕψωσεν to lift up τῇ the δεξιᾷ right αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐τοῦ the δοῦναι to give μετάνοιαν repentance τῷ the Ἰσραὴλ Israel καὶ and ἄφεσιν forgiveness ἁμαρτιῶν sin· -44 5 32 ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we ἐσμεν to be μάρτυρες witness τῶν the ῥημάτων word τούτων of these, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy ⚐ὃ which ἔδωκεν to give ὁ the θεὸς God τοῖς who πειθαρχοῦσιν to obey αὐτῷ to him.

 -44 5 33 ⚐Οἱ the δὲ and ἀκούσαντες to hear ⚐διεπρίοντο be furious ⚐καὶ and ἐβούλοντο to plan ἀνελεῖν to do away with αὐτούς them. -44 5 34 ⚐ἀναστὰς to arise δέ but τις one ἐν in τῷ the συνεδρίῳ council Φαρισαῖος Pharisee ὀνόματι name Γαμαλιήλ Gamaliel, ⚐νομοδιδάσκαλος teacher of the law τίμιος precious παντὶ all τῷ the λαῷ a people, ⚐ἐκέλευσεν to order ⚐ἔξω outside βραχὺ little τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human ποιῆσαι to cause, -44 5 35 ⚐εἶπέν to say τε and πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Ἄνδρες man Ἰσραηλῖται Israelite, προσέχετε to watch out ἑαυτοῖς oneself ἐπὶ to τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human τούτοις to these ⚐τί which? μέλλετε be about to πράσσειν to practise. -44 5 36 ⚐πρὸ before γὰρ for τούτων of these τῶν the ἡμερῶν day ἀνέστη to arise Θευδᾶς Theudas, ⚐λέγων to speak εἶναί to be τινα one ἑαυτόν oneself, ⚐ᾧ which προσεκλίθη to lean toward ἀνδρῶν man ἀριθμὸς number ὡς as τετρακοσίων four hundred· ⚐ὃς which ἀνῃρέθη to do away with, ⚐καὶ and πάντες all ὅσοι as much as ἐπείθοντο to persuade αὐτῷ to him διελύθησαν to disperse ⚐καὶ and ἐγένοντο to be εἰς toward οὐδέν no one. -44 5 37 ⚐μετὰ after τοῦτον this ἀνέστη to arise Ἰούδας Judas ὁ the Γαλιλαῖος Galilean ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day τῆς the ἀπογραφῆς census ⚐καὶ and ἀπέστησεν to leave λαὸν a people ὀπίσω after αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐κἀκεῖνος and that one ἀπώλετο to destroy ⚐καὶ and πάντες all ὅσοι as much as ἐπείθοντο to persuade αὐτῷ to him διεσκορπίσθησαν to scatter. -44 5 38 ⚐καὶ and τὰ this νῦν now λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀπόστητε to leave ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human τούτων of these ⚐καὶ and ἄφετε to release αὐτούς them·( ⚐ὅτι since ἐὰν if ᾖ to be ἐξ out of ἀνθρώπων a human ἡ the βουλὴ plan αὕτη this ἢ or τὸ the ἔργον work τοῦτο this, ⚐καταλυθήσεται to destroy, -44 5 39 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ἐκ from θεοῦ God ἐστιν to be, ⚐οὐ no δυνήσεσθε be able καταλῦσαι to destroy αὐτούς them·) ⚐μήποτε lest καὶ and θεομάχοι opposing God εὑρεθῆτε to find. ⚐ἐπείσθησαν to persuade δὲ and αὐτῷ to him, -44 5 40 ⚐καὶ and προσκαλεσάμενοι to summon τοὺς the ἀποστόλους apostle ⚐δείραντες to beat up ⚐παρήγγειλαν to order ⚐μὴ not λαλεῖν to speak ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ὀνόματι name τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐καὶ and ἀπέλυσαν to release. -44 5 41 ⚐οἱ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore ἐπορεύοντο to go χαίροντες to rejoice ἀπὸ from προσώπου face τοῦ the συνεδρίου council ⚐ὅτι since κατηξιώθησαν to consider worthy ⚐ὑπὲρ for τοῦ the ὀνόματος name ἀτιμασθῆναι to dishonor· -44 5 42 ⚐πᾶσάν all τε and ἡμέραν day ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple καὶ and κατ᾽ according to οἶκον house οὐκ no ἐπαύοντο to cease ⚐διδάσκοντες to teach καὶ and εὐαγγελιζόμενοι to speak good news τὸν the χριστὸν Christ Ἰησοῦν Jesus.

 -44 6 1 ⚐Ἐν in δὲ and ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ταύταις to these πληθυνόντων to multiply τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple ⚐ἐγένετο to be γογγυσμὸς murmuring τῶν the Ἑλληνιστῶν Hellenist πρὸς to τοὺς the Ἑβραίους a Hebrew ⚐ὅτι since παρεθεωροῦντο to neglect ἐν in τῇ the διακονίᾳ service τῇ the καθημερινῇ daily αἱ the χῆραι widow αὐτῶν of them. -44 6 2 ⚐προσκαλεσάμενοι to summon δὲ and οἱ the δώδεκα twelve τὸ the πλῆθος multitude τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Οὐκ no ἀρεστόν pleasing ἐστιν to be ἡμᾶς us ⚐καταλείψαντας to leave τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐διακονεῖν to serve τραπέζαις table· -44 6 3 ⚐ἐπισκέψασθε to care for δέ but, ἀδελφοί brother, ἄνδρας man ἐξ from ὑμῶν of you μαρτυρουμένους to testify ἑπτὰ seven ⚐πλήρεις full πνεύματος spirit καὶ and σοφίας wisdom, ⚐οὓς which καταστήσομεν to appoint ἐπὶ upon τῆς the χρείας need ταύτης of this· -44 6 4 ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ but τῇ the προσευχῇ prayer καὶ and τῇ the διακονίᾳ service τοῦ the λόγου word προσκαρτερήσομεν to adhere to. -44 6 5 ⚐καὶ and ἤρεσεν to please ὁ the λόγος word ἐνώπιον before παντὸς all τοῦ the πλήθους multitude, ⚐καὶ and ἐξελέξαντο to select Στέφανον Stephen, ἄνδρα man πλήρης full πίστεως faith καὶ and πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy, ⚐καὶ and Φίλιππον Philip καὶ and Πρόχορον Procorus καὶ and Νικάνορα Nicanor καὶ and Τίμωνα Timon καὶ and Παρμενᾶν Parmenas ⚐καὶ and Νικόλαον Nicolas προσήλυτον proselyte Ἀντιοχέα Antiochian, -44 6 6 ⚐οὓς which ἔστησαν to stand ἐνώπιον before τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle, ⚐καὶ and προσευξάμενοι to pray ⚐ἐπέθηκαν to put αὐτοῖς to them τὰς the χεῖρας hand.

 -44 6 7 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the θεοῦ God ηὔξανεν to grow, ⚐καὶ and ἐπληθύνετο to multiply ὁ the ἀριθμὸς number τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple ἐν in Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem σφόδρα very, ⚐πολύς much τε and ὄχλος crowd τῶν the ἱερέων priest ὑπήκουον to obey τῇ the πίστει faith.

 -44 6 8 ⚐Στέφανος Stephen δὲ and πλήρης full χάριτος grace καὶ and δυνάμεως power ⚐ἐποίει to do τέρατα wonders καὶ and σημεῖα sign μεγάλα great ἐν among τῷ the λαῷ a people. -44 6 9 ⚐ἀνέστησαν to arise δέ but τινες one τῶν the ἐκ from τῆς the συναγωγῆς synagogue τῆς the λεγομένης to speak Λιβερτίνων Freedman ⚐καὶ and Κυρηναίων from Cyrene καὶ and Ἀλεξανδρέων Alexandrian καὶ and τῶν the ἀπὸ from Κιλικίας Cilicia καὶ and Ἀσίας Asia ⚐συζητοῦντες to debate τῷ the Στεφάνῳ Stephen, -44 6 10 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἴσχυον be strong ἀντιστῆναι to oppose τῇ the σοφίᾳ wisdom καὶ and τῷ the πνεύματι spirit ⚐ᾧ which ἐλάλει to speak. -44 6 11 ⚐τότε then ὑπέβαλον to instigate ἄνδρας man ⚐λέγοντας to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἀκηκόαμεν to hear αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λαλοῦντος to speak ῥήματα word βλάσφημα blasphemous εἰς toward Μωϋσῆν Moses καὶ and τὸν the θεόν God· -44 6 12 ⚐συνεκίνησάν to stir up τε and τὸν the λαὸν a people καὶ and τοὺς the πρεσβυτέρους elder καὶ and τοὺς the γραμματεῖς scribe, ⚐καὶ and ἐπιστάντες to approach ⚐συνήρπασαν to seize αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἤγαγον to bring εἰς toward τὸ the συνέδριον council, -44 6 13 ⚐ἔστησάν to stand τε and μάρτυρας witness ψευδεῖς false ⚐λέγοντας to speak· ⚐Ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human οὗτος this οὐ no παύεται to cease ⚐λαλῶν to speak ῥήματα word κατὰ according to τοῦ the τόπου place τοῦ the ἁγίου holy τούτου of this καὶ and τοῦ the νόμου law, -44 6 14 ⚐ἀκηκόαμεν to hear γὰρ for αὐτοῦ of him ⚐λέγοντος to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὁ the Ναζωραῖος Nazarene οὗτος this καταλύσει to destroy τὸν the τόπον place τοῦτον this ⚐καὶ and ἀλλάξει to change τὰ the ἔθη custom ⚐ἃ which παρέδωκεν to deliver ἡμῖν to us Μωϋσῆς Moses. -44 6 15 ⚐καὶ and ἀτενίσαντες to gaze εἰς toward αὐτὸν him πάντες all οἱ who καθεζόμενοι to sit down ἐν in τῷ the συνεδρίῳ council ⚐εἶδον to know τὸ the πρόσωπον face αὐτοῦ of him ὡσεὶ like πρόσωπον face ἀγγέλου angel.

 -44 7 1 ⚐Εἶπεν to say δὲ and ὁ the ἀρχιερεύς high-priest· ⚐Εἰ if ταῦτα these οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔχει to have; -44 7 2 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἔφη to say· ⚐Ἄνδρες man ἀδελφοὶ brother καὶ and πατέρες father, ἀκούσατε to hear· ⚐Ὁ the θεὸς God τῆς the δόξης glory ὤφθη to see τῷ the πατρὶ father ἡμῶν of us Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ⚐ὄντι to be ἐν in τῇ the Μεσοποταμίᾳ Mesopotamia ⚐πρὶν before ἢ or κατοικῆσαι to dwell αὐτὸν him ἐν in Χαρράν Haran, -44 7 3 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Ἔξελθε to go out ἐκ from τῆς the γῆς earth σου of you καὶ and ἐκ from τῆς the συγγενείας kindred σου of you, ⚐καὶ and δεῦρο come εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth ⚐ἣν which ἄν if σοι to you δείξω to show. -44 7 4 ⚐τότε then ἐξελθὼν to go out ἐκ from γῆς earth Χαλδαίων Chaldean ⚐κατῴκησεν to dwell ἐν in Χαρράν Haran. ⚐κἀκεῖθεν and from there μετὰ after τὸ the ἀποθανεῖν to die τὸν the πατέρα father αὐτοῦ of him ⚐μετῴκισεν to deport αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth ταύτην this ⚐εἰς toward ἣν which ὑμεῖς you νῦν now κατοικεῖτε to dwell, -44 7 5 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔδωκεν to give αὐτῷ to him κληρονομίαν inheritance ἐν in αὐτῇ to her ⚐οὐδὲ and not βῆμα judgement seat ποδός foot, ⚐καὶ and ἐπηγγείλατο to profess δοῦναι to give αὐτῷ to him εἰς toward κατάσχεσιν possession αὐτὴν her ⚐καὶ and τῷ the σπέρματι seed αὐτοῦ of him μετ᾽ after αὐτόν him, ⚐οὐκ no ὄντος to be αὐτῷ to him τέκνου child. -44 7 6 ⚐ἐλάλησεν to speak δὲ but οὕτως thus(-ly) ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐ὅτι that ἔσται to be τὸ the σπέρμα seed αὐτοῦ of him πάροικον foreigner ἐν in γῇ earth ἀλλοτρίᾳ another’s, ⚐καὶ and δουλώσουσιν to enslave αὐτὸ it ⚐καὶ and κακώσουσιν to harm ἔτη year τετρακόσια four hundred· -44 7 7 ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ἔθνος Gentiles ᾧ which ἐὰν if δουλεύσουσιν be a slave κρινῶ to judge ἐγώ I, ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God εἶπεν to say, ⚐καὶ and μετὰ after ταῦτα these ἐξελεύσονται to go out ⚐καὶ and λατρεύσουσίν to minister μοι to me ἐν in τῷ the τόπῳ place τούτῳ to this. -44 7 8 ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκεν to give αὐτῷ to him διαθήκην covenant περιτομῆς circumcision· ⚐καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐγέννησεν to beget τὸν the Ἰσαὰκ Isaac ⚐καὶ and περιέτεμεν to circumcise αὐτὸν him τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τῇ the ὀγδόῃ eighth, ⚐καὶ and Ἰσαὰκ Isaac τὸν the Ἰακώβ Jacob, ⚐καὶ and Ἰακὼβ Jacob τοὺς the δώδεκα twelve πατριάρχας patriarch.

 -44 7 9 ⚐Καὶ and οἱ the πατριάρχαι patriarch ζηλώσαντες be eager τὸν the Ἰωσὴφ Joseph ⚐ἀπέδοντο to pay εἰς toward Αἴγυπτον Egypt· ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ὁ the θεὸς God μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him, -44 7 10 ⚐καὶ and ἐξείλατο to deliver αὐτὸν him ἐκ from πασῶν all τῶν the θλίψεων pressure αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκεν to give αὐτῷ to him χάριν grace καὶ and σοφίαν wisdom ἐναντίον before Φαραὼ Pharaoh βασιλέως king Αἰγύπτου Egypt, ⚐καὶ and κατέστησεν to appoint αὐτὸν him ἡγούμενον to govern ἐπ᾽ over Αἴγυπτον Egypt καὶ and ἐφ᾽ over ὅλον all τὸν the οἶκον house αὐτοῦ of him. -44 7 11 ⚐ἦλθεν to come δὲ and λιμὸς hunger ἐφ᾽ upon ὅλην all τὴν the Αἴγυπτον Egypt καὶ and Χανάαν Canaan καὶ and θλῖψις pressure μεγάλη great, ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no ηὕρισκον to find χορτάσματα food οἱ the πατέρες father ἡμῶν of us· -44 7 12 ⚐ἀκούσας to hear δὲ and Ἰακὼβ Jacob ⚐ὄντα to be σιτία food εἰς toward Αἴγυπτον Egypt ⚐ἐξαπέστειλεν to send out τοὺς the πατέρας father ἡμῶν of us πρῶτον first· -44 7 13 ⚐καὶ and ἐν on τῷ the δευτέρῳ secondly ἀνεγνωρίσθη to recognize Ἰωσὴφ Joseph τοῖς the ἀδελφοῖς brother αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and φανερὸν manifest ἐγένετο to be τῷ the Φαραὼ Pharaoh τὸ the γένος family τοῦ the Ἰωσήφ Joseph. -44 7 14 ⚐ἀποστείλας to send δὲ and Ἰωσὴφ Joseph ⚐μετεκαλέσατο to summon Ἰακὼβ Jacob τὸν the πατέρα father αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and πᾶσαν all τὴν the συγγένειαν kindred ⚐ἐν in ψυχαῖς soul ἑβδομήκοντα seventy πέντε five, -44 7 15 ⚐καὶ and κατέβη to go down Ἰακὼβ Jacob εἰς toward Αἴγυπτον Egypt. ⚐καὶ and ἐτελεύτησεν to die αὐτὸς he καὶ and οἱ the πατέρες father ἡμῶν of us, -44 7 16 ⚐καὶ and μετετέθησαν to transport εἰς toward Συχὲμ Shechem ⚐καὶ and ἐτέθησαν to place ἐν in τῷ the μνήματι tomb ⚐ᾧ which ὠνήσατο to buy Ἀβραὰμ Abraham τιμῆς honor ἀργυρίου silver παρὰ from τῶν the υἱῶν son Ἑμμὼρ Hamor ἐν in Συχέμ Shechem.

 -44 7 17 ⚐Καθὼς as δὲ but ἤγγιζεν to come near ὁ the χρόνος time τῆς the ἐπαγγελίας promise ⚐ἧς which ὡμολόγησεν to declare ὁ the θεὸς God τῷ the Ἀβραάμ Abraham, ⚐ηὔξησεν to grow ὁ the λαὸς a people ⚐καὶ and ἐπληθύνθη to multiply ἐν in Αἰγύπτῳ Egypt, -44 7 18 ⚐ἄχρι until οὗ which ἀνέστη to arise βασιλεὺς king ἕτερος other ἐπ᾽ over Αἴγυπτον Egypt, ⚐ὃς which οὐκ no ᾔδει to know τὸν the Ἰωσήφ Joseph. -44 7 19 ⚐οὗτος this κατασοφισάμενος be treacherous τὸ the γένος family ἡμῶν of us ⚐ἐκάκωσεν to harm τοὺς the πατέρας father ἡμῶν of us ⚐τοῦ the ποιεῖν to make τὰ the βρέφη infant ἔκθετα exposed αὐτῶν of them ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the μὴ not ζῳογονεῖσθαι to give life. -44 7 20 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which καιρῷ time ἐγεννήθη to beget Μωϋσῆς Moses, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ἀστεῖος beautiful τῷ the θεῷ God· ⚐ὃς which ἀνετράφη to bring up μῆνας month τρεῖς three ἐν in τῷ the οἴκῳ house τοῦ the πατρός father· -44 7 21 ⚐ἐκτεθέντος to expose δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἀνείλατο to do away with αὐτὸν him ἡ the θυγάτηρ daughter Φαραὼ Pharaoh ⚐καὶ and ἀνεθρέψατο to bring up αὐτὸν him ἑαυτῇ herself εἰς toward υἱόν son. -44 7 22 ⚐καὶ and ἐπαιδεύθη to instruct Μωϋσῆς Moses ἐν in πάσῃ all σοφίᾳ wisdom Αἰγυπτίων Egyptian, ⚐ἦν to be δὲ and δυνατὸς able ἐν in λόγοις word καὶ and ἔργοις work αὐτοῦ of him.

 -44 7 23 ⚐Ὡς as δὲ but ἐπληροῦτο to fulfill αὐτῷ to him τεσσερακονταετὴς forty years χρόνος time, ⚐ἀνέβη to ascend ἐπὶ upon τὴν the καρδίαν heart αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐπισκέψασθαι to visit τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother αὐτοῦ of him τοὺς the υἱοὺς son Ἰσραήλ Israel. -44 7 24 ⚐καὶ and ἰδών to know τινα one ἀδικούμενον to harm ⚐ἠμύνατο to defend ⚐καὶ and ἐποίησεν to do ἐκδίκησιν vengeance τῷ who καταπονουμένῳ to oppress ⚐πατάξας to strike τὸν the Αἰγύπτιον Egyptian. -44 7 25 ⚐ἐνόμιζεν to think δὲ but ⚐συνιέναι to understand τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the θεὸς God διὰ through χειρὸς hand αὐτοῦ of him δίδωσιν to give σωτηρίαν salvation αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐οἱ the δὲ and οὐ no συνῆκαν to understand. -44 7 26 ⚐τῇ the τε and ἐπιούσῃ come after ἡμέρᾳ day ὤφθη to see αὐτοῖς to them ⚐μαχομένοις to quarrel ⚐καὶ and συνήλλασσεν to urge αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward εἰρήνην peace ⚐εἰπών to say· ⚐Ἄνδρες man, ἀδελφοί brother ἐστε to be· ⚐ἱνατί why? ἀδικεῖτε to harm ἀλλήλους one another; -44 7 27 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀδικῶν to harm τὸν the πλησίον neighbor ἀπώσατο to reject αὐτὸν him ⚐εἰπών to say· ⚐Τίς which? σε you κατέστησεν to appoint ἄρχοντα ruler καὶ and δικαστὴν judge ἐφ᾽ over ἡμῶν of us; -44 7 28 ⚐μὴ not ἀνελεῖν to do away with με me σὺ you θέλεις to will ⚐ὃν which τρόπον way ἀνεῖλες to do away with ἐχθὲς yesterday τὸν the Αἰγύπτιον Egyptian; -44 7 29 ⚐ἔφυγεν to flee δὲ and Μωϋσῆς Moses ἐν in τῷ the λόγῳ word τούτῳ to this, ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be πάροικος foreigner ἐν in γῇ earth Μαδιάμ Midian, ⚐οὗ where ἐγέννησεν to beget υἱοὺς son δύο two.

 -44 7 30 ⚐Καὶ and πληρωθέντων to fulfill ἐτῶν year τεσσεράκοντα forty ⚐ὤφθη to see αὐτῷ to him ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted τοῦ the ὄρους mountain Σινᾶ Sinai ἄγγελος angel ἐν in φλογὶ flame πυρὸς fire βάτου thorn bush· -44 7 31 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Μωϋσῆς Moses ἰδὼν to know ⚐ἐθαύμαζεν to marvel τὸ the ὅραμα vision. ⚐προσερχομένου to come near δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ⚐κατανοῆσαι to observe ⚐ἐγένετο to be φωνὴ voice κυρίου lord· -44 7 32 ⚐Ἐγὼ I ὁ the θεὸς God τῶν the πατέρων father σου of you, ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God Ἀβραὰμ Abraham καὶ and Ἰσαὰκ Isaac καὶ and Ἰακώβ Jacob. ⚐ἔντρομος trembling δὲ and γενόμενος to be Μωϋσῆς Moses ⚐οὐκ no ἐτόλμα be bold κατανοῆσαι to observe. -44 7 33 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but αὐτῷ to him ὁ the κύριος lord· ⚐Λῦσον to loose τὸ the ὑπόδημα sandal τῶν the ποδῶν foot σου of you, ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for τόπος place ἐφ᾽ upon ᾧ which ἕστηκας to stand γῆ earth ἁγία holy ἐστίν to be. -44 7 34 ⚐ἰδὼν to know εἶδον to know τὴν the κάκωσιν oppression τοῦ the λαοῦ a people μου of me τοῦ who ἐν in Αἰγύπτῳ Egypt, ⚐καὶ and τοῦ the στεναγμοῦ groan αὐτῶν of them ἤκουσα to hear, ⚐καὶ and κατέβην to come down ἐξελέσθαι to deliver αὐτούς them· ⚐καὶ and νῦν now δεῦρο come ⚐ἀποστείλω to send σε you εἰς toward Αἴγυπτον Egypt.

 -44 7 35 ⚐Τοῦτον this τὸν the Μωϋσῆν Moses, ὃν which ἠρνήσαντο to deny ⚐εἰπόντες to say· ⚐Τίς which? σε you κατέστησεν to appoint ἄρχοντα ruler καὶ and δικαστήν judge, ⚐τοῦτον this ὁ the θεὸς God καὶ and ἄρχοντα ruler καὶ and λυτρωτὴν redeemer ἀπέσταλκεν to send σὺν with χειρὶ hand ἀγγέλου angel ⚐τοῦ who ὀφθέντος to see αὐτῷ to him ἐν in τῇ the βάτῳ thorn bush. -44 7 36 ⚐οὗτος this ἐξήγαγεν to lead out αὐτοὺς them ⚐ποιήσας to do τέρατα wonders καὶ and σημεῖα sign ἐν in γῇ earth Αἰγύπτῳ Egypt καὶ and ἐν in Ἐρυθρᾷ red Θαλάσσῃ sea καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted ἔτη year τεσσεράκοντα forty. -44 7 37 ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the Μωϋσῆς Moses ⚐ὁ who εἴπας to say τοῖς the υἱοῖς son Ἰσραήλ Israel· ⚐Προφήτην prophet ὑμῖν to you ἀναστήσει to arise ὁ the θεὸς God ἐκ from τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother ὑμῶν of you ὡς as ἐμέ me. -44 7 38 ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ who γενόμενος to be ἐν in τῇ the ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted μετὰ with τοῦ the ἀγγέλου angel ⚐τοῦ who λαλοῦντος to speak αὐτῷ to him ἐν in τῷ the ὄρει mountain Σινᾶ Sinai ⚐καὶ and τῶν the πατέρων father ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ὃς which ἐδέξατο to receive λόγια oracles ζῶντα to live ⚐δοῦναι to give ἡμῖν to us, -44 7 39 ⚐ᾧ which οὐκ no ἠθέλησαν to will ⚐ὑπήκοοι obedient γενέσθαι to be οἱ the πατέρες father ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀπώσαντο to reject ⚐καὶ and ἐστράφησαν to turn ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart αὐτῶν of them εἰς toward Αἴγυπτον Egypt, -44 7 40 ⚐εἰπόντες to say τῷ the Ἀαρών Aaron· ⚐Ποίησον to make ἡμῖν to us θεοὺς God ⚐οἳ which προπορεύσονται to go before ἡμῶν of us· ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for Μωϋσῆς Moses οὗτος this, ὃς which ἐξήγαγεν to lead out ἡμᾶς us ἐκ of γῆς earth Αἰγύπτου Egypt, ⚐οὐκ no οἴδαμεν to know ⚐τί which? ἐγένετο to be αὐτῷ to him. -44 7 41 ⚐καὶ and ἐμοσχοποίησαν to make a calf ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ἐκείναις that ⚐καὶ and ἀνήγαγον to lead θυσίαν sacrifice τῷ the εἰδώλῳ idol, ⚐καὶ and εὐφραίνοντο to celebrate ἐν in τοῖς the ἔργοις work τῶν the χειρῶν hand αὐτῶν of them. -44 7 42 ⚐ἔστρεψεν to turn δὲ but ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐καὶ and παρέδωκεν to deliver αὐτοὺς them ⚐λατρεύειν to minister τῇ the στρατιᾷ army τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐καθὼς as γέγραπται to write ἐν in βίβλῳ book τῶν the προφητῶν prophet·

 ⚐Μὴ not σφάγια sacrificial victim καὶ and θυσίας sacrifice προσηνέγκατέ to bring to μοι to me ἔτη year τεσσεράκοντα forty ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted, οἶκος house Ἰσραήλ Israel; -44 7 43 ⚐καὶ and ἀνελάβετε to take up τὴν the σκηνὴν tent τοῦ the Μολὸχ Molech καὶ and τὸ the ἄστρον star τοῦ the θεοῦ God ὑμῶν of you Ῥαιφάν Rephan, ⚐τοὺς the τύπους image οὓς which ἐποιήσατε to make ⚐προσκυνεῖν to worship αὐτοῖς to them. ⚐καὶ and μετοικιῶ to deport ὑμᾶς you ἐπέκεινα beyond Βαβυλῶνος Babylon.

 -44 7 44 ⚐Ἡ the σκηνὴ tent τοῦ the μαρτυρίου testimony ἦν to be τοῖς the πατράσιν father ἡμῶν of us ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted, ⚐καθὼς just as διετάξατο to direct ὁ who λαλῶν to speak τῷ the Μωϋσῇ Moses ⚐ποιῆσαι to make αὐτὴν her κατὰ according to τὸν the τύπον pattern ⚐ὃν which ἑωράκει to see, -44 7 45 ⚐ἣν which καὶ and εἰσήγαγον to bring in ⚐διαδεξάμενοι to receive in turn οἱ the πατέρες father ἡμῶν of us μετὰ with Ἰησοῦ Joshua ⚐ἐν in τῇ the κατασχέσει possession τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles ⚐ὧν which ἐξῶσεν to expel ὁ the θεὸς God ἀπὸ from προσώπου face τῶν the πατέρων father ἡμῶν of us ἕως until τῶν the ἡμερῶν day Δαυίδ David· -44 7 46 ⚐ὃς which εὗρεν to find χάριν grace ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and ᾐτήσατο to ask εὑρεῖν to find σκήνωμα tent τῷ the οἴκῳ house Ἰακώβ Jacob. -44 7 47 ⚐Σολομῶν Solomon δὲ but οἰκοδόμησεν to build αὐτῷ to him οἶκον house. -44 7 48 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐχ no ὁ the ὕψιστος highest ἐν in χειροποιήτοις hand-made κατοικεῖ to dwell· ⚐καθὼς as ὁ the προφήτης prophet λέγει to speak· -44 7 49 ⚐Ὁ the οὐρανός heaven μοι to me θρόνος throne, ⚐ἡ the δὲ and γῆ earth ὑποπόδιον footstool τῶν the ποδῶν foot μου of me· ⚐ποῖον what? οἶκον house οἰκοδομήσετέ to build μοι to me, ⚐λέγει to speak κύριος lord, ⚐ἢ or τίς which? τόπος place τῆς the καταπαύσεώς rest μου of me; -44 7 50 ⚐οὐχὶ not ἡ the χείρ hand μου of me ἐποίησεν to make ταῦτα these πάντα all;

 -44 7 51 ⚐Σκληροτράχηλοι stiff-necked καὶ and ἀπερίτμητοι uncircumcised καρδίαις heart καὶ and τοῖς the ὠσίν ear, ⚐ὑμεῖς you ἀεὶ always τῷ the πνεύματι spirit τῷ the ἁγίῳ holy ἀντιπίπτετε to resist, ⚐ὡς as οἱ the πατέρες father ὑμῶν of you καὶ and ὑμεῖς you. -44 7 52 ⚐τίνα which? τῶν the προφητῶν prophet οὐκ no ἐδίωξαν to pursue οἱ the πατέρες father ὑμῶν of you; ⚐καὶ and ἀπέκτειναν to kill τοὺς who προκαταγγείλαντας to foretell περὶ about τῆς the ἐλεύσεως coming τοῦ the δικαίου just ⚐οὗ which νῦν now ὑμεῖς you προδόται traitor καὶ and φονεῖς murderer ἐγένεσθε to be, -44 7 53 ⚐οἵτινες who ἐλάβετε to take τὸν the νόμον law εἰς toward διαταγὰς ordinance ἀγγέλων angel, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐφυλάξατε to keep.

 -44 7 54 ⚐Ἀκούοντες to hear δὲ and ταῦτα these ⚐διεπρίοντο be furious ταῖς the καρδίαις heart αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἔβρυχον to gnash τοὺς the ὀδόντας tooth ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτόν him. -44 7 55 ⚐ὑπάρχων to be δὲ but πλήρης full πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy ⚐ἀτενίσας to gaze εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ⚐εἶδεν to know δόξαν glory θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and Ἰησοῦν Jesus ἑστῶτα to stand ἐκ of δεξιῶν right τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -44 7 56 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! θεωρῶ to see τοὺς the οὐρανοὺς heaven διηνοιγμένους to open ⚐καὶ and τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἐκ of δεξιῶν right ἑστῶτα to stand τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -44 7 57 ⚐κράξαντες to cry δὲ but φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great ⚐συνέσχον to hold together τὰ the ὦτα ear αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and ὥρμησαν to stampede ὁμοθυμαδὸν united ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτόν him, -44 7 58 ⚐καὶ and ἐκβαλόντες to expel ἔξω out τῆς the πόλεως city ⚐ἐλιθοβόλουν to stone. ⚐καὶ and οἱ the μάρτυρες witness ἀπέθεντο to put aside τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτῶν of them παρὰ beside τοὺς the πόδας foot νεανίου young man ⚐καλουμένου to call Σαύλου Saul. -44 7 59 ⚐καὶ and ἐλιθοβόλουν to stone τὸν the Στέφανον Stephen ⚐ἐπικαλούμενον to call (on) καὶ and λέγοντα to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus, δέξαι to receive τὸ the πνεῦμά spirit μου of me· -44 7 60 ⚐θεὶς to place δὲ and τὰ the γόνατα a knee ⚐ἔκραξεν to cry φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great· ⚐Κύριε lord, μὴ not στήσῃς to stand αὐτοῖς to them ταύτην this τὴν the ἁμαρτίαν sin· ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this εἰπὼν to say ⚐ἐκοιμήθη to sleep. -44 8 1 ⚐Σαῦλος Saul δὲ and ἦν to be συνευδοκῶν to agree to τῇ the ἀναιρέσει murder αὐτοῦ of him.

 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ἐν on ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day διωγμὸς persecution μέγας great ἐπὶ against τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly τὴν the ἐν in Ἱεροσολύμοις Jerusalem· ⚐πάντες all δὲ and διεσπάρησαν to scatter κατὰ according to τὰς the χώρας country τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea καὶ and Σαμαρείας Samaria πλὴν but τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle. -44 8 2 ⚐συνεκόμισαν to entomb δὲ and τὸν the Στέφανον crown ἄνδρες man εὐλαβεῖς devout ⚐καὶ and ἐποίησαν to make κοπετὸν lamentation μέγαν great ἐπ᾽ over αὐτῷ to him. -44 8 3 ⚐Σαῦλος Saul δὲ but ἐλυμαίνετο to ravage τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly ⚐κατὰ according to τοὺς the οἴκους house εἰσπορευόμενος to enter, ⚐σύρων to drag τε both ἄνδρας man καὶ and γυναῖκας woman ⚐παρεδίδου to deliver εἰς toward φυλακήν prison.

 -44 8 4 ⚐Οἱ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν then διασπαρέντες to scatter διῆλθον to pass through ⚐εὐαγγελιζόμενοι to speak good news τὸν the λόγον word. -44 8 5 ⚐Φίλιππος Philip δὲ and κατελθὼν to descend εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city τῆς the Σαμαρείας Samaria ⚐ἐκήρυσσεν to preach αὐτοῖς to them τὸν the χριστόν Christ. -44 8 6 ⚐προσεῖχον to watch out δὲ and οἱ the ὄχλοι crowd τοῖς the λεγομένοις to speak ὑπὸ by τοῦ the Φιλίππου Philip ὁμοθυμαδὸν united ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ἀκούειν to hear αὐτοὺς them ⚐καὶ and βλέπειν to see τὰ the σημεῖα sign ⚐ἃ which ἐποίει to do· -44 8 7 ⚐πολλοὶ much γὰρ for τῶν who ἐχόντων to be πνεύματα spirit ἀκάθαρτα unclean βοῶντα to cry out φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great ἐξήρχοντο to go out, ⚐πολλοὶ much δὲ and παραλελυμένοι to paralyze καὶ and χωλοὶ lame ἐθεραπεύθησαν to heal· -44 8 8 ⚐ἐγένετο to be δὲ and πολλὴ much χαρὰ joy ἐν in τῇ the πόλει city ἐκείνῃ that.

 -44 8 9 ⚐Ἀνὴρ man δέ and τις one ὀνόματι name Σίμων Simon προϋπῆρχεν be formerly ἐν in τῇ the πόλει city ⚐μαγεύων to practice magic ⚐καὶ and ἐξιστάνων to amaze τὸ the ἔθνος Gentiles τῆς the Σαμαρείας Samaria, ⚐λέγων to speak ⚐εἶναί to be τινα one ἑαυτὸν oneself μέγαν great, -44 8 10 ⚐ᾧ which προσεῖχον to watch out πάντες all ἀπὸ from μικροῦ small ἕως until μεγάλου great ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ἡ the Δύναμις power τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἡ the καλουμένη to call Μεγάλη great. -44 8 11 ⚐προσεῖχον to watch out δὲ and αὐτῷ to him ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the ἱκανῷ sufficient χρόνῳ time ταῖς the μαγείαις magic ἐξεστακέναι to amaze αὐτούς them. -44 8 12 ⚐ὅτε when δὲ but ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) τῷ the Φιλίππῳ Philip ⚐εὐαγγελιζομένῳ to speak good news περὶ about τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and τοῦ the ὀνόματος name Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ἐβαπτίζοντο to baptize ἄνδρες man τε both καὶ and γυναῖκες woman. -44 8 13 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Σίμων Simon καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἐπίστευσεν to trust (in), ⚐καὶ and βαπτισθεὶς to baptize ⚐ἦν to be προσκαρτερῶν to adhere to τῷ the Φιλίππῳ Philip, ⚐θεωρῶν to see τε and σημεῖα sign καὶ and δυνάμεις power μεγάλας great γινομένας to be ⚐ἐξίστατο to amaze.

 -44 8 14 ⚐Ἀκούσαντες to hear δὲ and οἱ the ἐν in Ἱεροσολύμοις Jerusalem ἀπόστολοι apostle ⚐ὅτι that δέδεκται to receive ἡ the Σαμάρεια Samaria τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἀπέστειλαν to send πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them Πέτρον Peter καὶ and Ἰωάννην John, -44 8 15 ⚐οἵτινες which καταβάντες to go down ⚐προσηύξαντο to pray περὶ about αὐτῶν of them ⚐ὅπως that λάβωσιν to take πνεῦμα spirit ἅγιον holy· -44 8 16 ⚐οὐδέπω never γὰρ for ἦν to be ἐπ᾽ upon οὐδενὶ no one αὐτῶν of them ἐπιπεπτωκός to press upon, ⚐μόνον alone δὲ but βεβαπτισμένοι to baptize ὑπῆρχον to be εἰς toward τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -44 8 17 ⚐τότε then ἐπετίθεσαν to put τὰς the χεῖρας hand ἐπ᾽ on αὐτούς them, ⚐καὶ and ἐλάμβανον to take πνεῦμα spirit ἅγιον holy. -44 8 18 ⚐ἰδὼν to know δὲ and ὁ the Σίμων Simon ⚐ὅτι that διὰ through τῆς the ἐπιθέσεως laying on τῶν the χειρῶν hand τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle δίδοται to give τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit ⚐προσήνεγκεν to bring to αὐτοῖς to them χρήματα money -44 8 19 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Δότε to give κἀμοὶ and I τὴν the ἐξουσίαν authority ταύτην this ⚐ἵνα in order that ᾧ which ἐὰν if ἐπιθῶ to put τὰς the χεῖρας hand ⚐λαμβάνῃ to take πνεῦμα spirit ἅγιον holy. -44 8 20 ⚐Πέτρος Peter δὲ but εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Τὸ the ἀργύριόν silver σου of you σὺν with σοὶ to you εἴη to be εἰς toward ἀπώλειαν destruction ⚐ὅτι since τὴν the δωρεὰν free gift τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐνόμισας to think διὰ through χρημάτων money κτᾶσθαι to posses. -44 8 21 ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be σοι to you μερὶς part οὐδὲ and not κλῆρος lot ἐν in τῷ the λόγῳ word τούτῳ to this, ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for καρδία heart σου of you οὐκ no ἔστιν to be εὐθεῖα upright ἔναντι before τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -44 8 22 ⚐μετανόησον to repent οὖν therefore ἀπὸ from τῆς the κακίας evil σου of you ταύτης of this, ⚐καὶ and δεήθητι to pray τοῦ the κυρίου lord ⚐εἰ if ἄρα therefore ἀφεθήσεταί to release σοι to you ἡ the ἐπίνοια thought τῆς the καρδίας heart σου of you· -44 8 23 ⚐εἰς toward γὰρ for χολὴν gall πικρίας bitterness καὶ and σύνδεσμον bond(age) ἀδικίας unrighteousness ὁρῶ to see σε you ὄντα to be. -44 8 24 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ but ὁ the Σίμων Simon ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Δεήθητε to bind ὑμεῖς you ὑπὲρ for ἐμοῦ of me πρὸς to τὸν the κύριον lord ⚐ὅπως that μηδὲν nothing ἐπέλθῃ to arrive ἐπ᾽ to ἐμὲ me ὧν which εἰρήκατε to say.

 -44 8 25 ⚐Οἱ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore διαμαρτυράμενοι to testify solemnly καὶ and λαλήσαντες to speak τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the κυρίου lord ⚐ὑπέστρεφον to return εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem, ⚐πολλάς much τε and κώμας village τῶν the Σαμαριτῶν Samaritan εὐηγγελίζοντο to speak good news.

 -44 8 26 ⚐Ἄγγελος angel δὲ and κυρίου lord ἐλάλησεν to speak πρὸς to Φίλιππον Philip ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἀνάστηθι to arise καὶ and πορεύου to go κατὰ according to μεσημβρίαν south ἐπὶ on τὴν the ὁδὸν road ⚐τὴν the καταβαίνουσαν to go down ἀπὸ from Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem εἰς toward Γάζαν Gazah· ⚐αὕτη this ἐστὶν to be ἔρημος deserted. -44 8 27 ⚐καὶ and ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐ἐπορεύθη to go, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἀνὴρ man Αἰθίοψ Ethiopian εὐνοῦχος eunuch δυνάστης ruler Κανδάκης Candace βασιλίσσης queen Αἰθιόπων Ethiopian, ⚐ὃς which ἦν to be ἐπὶ upon πάσης all τῆς the γάζης treasury αὐτῆς of her, ⚐ὃς which ἐληλύθει to come ⚐προσκυνήσων to worship εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, -44 8 28 ⚐ἦν to be τε and ὑποστρέφων to return καὶ and καθήμενος to sit ἐπὶ upon τοῦ the ἅρματος chariot αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἀνεγίνωσκεν to read τὸν the προφήτην prophet Ἠσαΐαν Isaiah. -44 8 29 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τῷ the Φιλίππῳ Philip· ⚐Πρόσελθε to come near καὶ and κολλήθητι to join τῷ the ἅρματι chariot τούτῳ to this. -44 8 30 ⚐προσδραμὼν to hasten δὲ and ὁ the Φίλιππος Philip ⚐ἤκουσεν to hear αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἀναγινώσκοντος to read Ἠσαΐαν Isaiah τὸν the προφήτην prophet ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἆρά no? γε indeed γινώσκεις to know ⚐ἃ which ἀναγινώσκεις to read; -44 8 31 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Πῶς how? γὰρ for ἂν if δυναίμην be able ⚐ἐὰν if μή not τις one ὁδηγήσει to guide με me; ⚐παρεκάλεσέν to plead τε and τὸν the Φίλιππον Philip ⚐ἀναβάντα to ascend ⚐καθίσαι to sit σὺν with αὐτῷ to him. -44 8 32 ⚐ἡ the δὲ and περιοχὴ passage τῆς the γραφῆς a writing ἣν which ἀνεγίνωσκεν to read ἦν to be αὕτη this· ⚐Ὡς as πρόβατον sheep ἐπὶ to σφαγὴν slaughter ἤχθη to bring, ⚐καὶ and ὡς as ἀμνὸς lamb ἐναντίον before τοῦ the κείραντος to shear αὐτὸν him ἄφωνος mute, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) οὐκ no ἀνοίγει to open τὸ the στόμα mouth αὐτοῦ of him. -44 8 33 ⚐ἐν in τῇ the ταπεινώσει lowliness αὐτοῦ of him ἡ the κρίσις judgment αὐτοῦ of him ἤρθη to take up· ⚐τὴν the γενεὰν generation αὐτοῦ of him τίς which? διηγήσεται to relate fully; ⚐ὅτι since αἴρεται to take up ἀπὸ from τῆς the γῆς earth ἡ the ζωὴ life αὐτοῦ of him. -44 8 34 ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer δὲ and ὁ the εὐνοῦχος eunuch τῷ the Φιλίππῳ Philip ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Δέομαί to pray σου of you, ⚐περὶ about τίνος which? ὁ the προφήτης prophet λέγει to speak τοῦτο this; ⚐περὶ about ἑαυτοῦ himself ἢ or περὶ about ἑτέρου other τινός one; -44 8 35 ⚐ἀνοίξας to open δὲ and ὁ the Φίλιππος Philip τὸ the στόμα mouth αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἀρξάμενος be first ἀπὸ from τῆς the γραφῆς a writing ταύτης of this ⚐εὐηγγελίσατο to speak good news αὐτῷ to him τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus. -44 8 36 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and ἐπορεύοντο to go κατὰ according to τὴν the ὁδόν road, ⚐ἦλθον to come ἐπί to τι one ὕδωρ water, ⚐καί and φησιν to say ὁ the εὐνοῦχος eunuch· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ὕδωρ water, ⚐τί which? κωλύει to prevent με me ⚐βαπτισθῆναι to baptize; -44 8 38 ⚐καὶ and ἐκέλευσεν to order στῆναι to stand τὸ the ἅρμα chariot, ⚐καὶ and κατέβησαν to go down ἀμφότεροι both εἰς toward τὸ the ὕδωρ water ὅ the τε and Φίλιππος Philip καὶ and ὁ the εὐνοῦχος eunuch, ⚐καὶ and ἐβάπτισεν to baptize αὐτόν him. -44 8 39 ⚐ὅτε when δὲ and ἀνέβησαν to ascend ἐκ out of τοῦ the ὕδατος water, ⚐πνεῦμα spirit κυρίου lord ἥρπασεν to seize τὸν the Φίλιππον Philip, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no εἶδεν to know αὐτὸν him οὐκέτι not any more ὁ the εὐνοῦχος eunuch, ⚐ἐπορεύετο to go γὰρ for τὴν the ὁδὸν road αὐτοῦ of him ⚐χαίρων to rejoice. -44 8 40 ⚐Φίλιππος Philip δὲ but εὑρέθη to find εἰς toward Ἄζωτον Azotus, ⚐καὶ and διερχόμενος to pass through ⚐εὐηγγελίζετο to speak good news τὰς the πόλεις city πάσας all ⚐ἕως until τοῦ the ἐλθεῖν to come αὐτὸν him εἰς toward Καισάρειαν Caesarea.

 -44 9 1 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ and Σαῦλος Saul ἔτι still ἐμπνέων to breath into ἀπειλῆς threat καὶ and φόνου murder εἰς toward τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple τοῦ the κυρίου lord, ⚐προσελθὼν to come near τῷ the ἀρχιερεῖ high-priest -44 9 2 ⚐ᾐτήσατο to ask παρ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him ἐπιστολὰς epistle εἰς toward Δαμασκὸν Damascus πρὸς to τὰς the συναγωγάς synagogue, ⚐ὅπως that ἐάν if τινας one εὕρῃ to find τῆς the ὁδοῦ road ὄντας to be, ἄνδρας man τε and καὶ and γυναῖκας woman, ⚐δεδεμένους to bind ἀγάγῃ to bring εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem. -44 9 3 ⚐ἐν in δὲ and τῷ the πορεύεσθαι to go ⚐ἐγένετο to be αὐτὸν him ἐγγίζειν to come near τῇ the Δαμασκῷ Damascus, ⚐ἐξαίφνης suddenly τε and αὐτὸν him περιήστραψεν to shine φῶς light ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven, -44 9 4 ⚐καὶ and πεσὼν to collapse ἐπὶ to τὴν the γῆν earth ⚐ἤκουσεν to hear φωνὴν voice ⚐λέγουσαν to speak αὐτῷ to him ⚐Σαοὺλ Saul Σαούλ Saul, τί which? με me διώκεις to pursue; -44 9 5 ⚐εἶπεν to say δέ and· ⚐Τίς which? εἶ to be, κύριε lord; ⚐ὁ the δέ and· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὃν which σὺ you διώκεις to pursue· -44 9 6 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀνάστηθι to arise ⚐καὶ and εἴσελθε to enter εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city, ⚐καὶ and λαληθήσεταί to speak σοι to you ⚐ὅ which τί which? σε you δεῖ to bind ποιεῖν to do. -44 9 7 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἄνδρες man οἱ who συνοδεύοντες to travel with αὐτῷ to him εἱστήκεισαν to stand ἐνεοί speechless, ⚐ἀκούοντες to hear μὲν on the other hand τῆς the φωνῆς voice ⚐μηδένα nothing δὲ but θεωροῦντες to see. -44 9 8 ⚐ἠγέρθη to arise δὲ and Σαῦλος Saul ἀπὸ from τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐ἀνεῳγμένων to open δὲ but τῶν the ὀφθαλμῶν eye αὐτοῦ of him ⚐οὐδὲν no one ἔβλεπεν to see· ⚐χειραγωγοῦντες to lead by the hand δὲ and αὐτὸν him ⚐εἰσήγαγον to bring in εἰς toward Δαμασκόν Damascus. -44 9 9 ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ἡμέρας day τρεῖς three μὴ not βλέπων to see, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔφαγεν to eat οὐδὲ and not ἔπιεν to drink.

 -44 9 10 ⚐Ἦν to be δέ and τις one μαθητὴς disciple ἐν in Δαμασκῷ Damascus ὀνόματι name Ἁνανίας Ananias, ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ἐν in ὁράματι vision ὁ the κύριος lord· ⚐Ἁνανία Ananias. ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἐγώ I, κύριε lord. -44 9 11 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and κύριος lord πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐πορεύθητι to go ἐπὶ to τὴν the ῥύμην lane τὴν the καλουμένην to call Εὐθεῖαν Straight ⚐καὶ and ζήτησον to seek ἐν in οἰκίᾳ house Ἰούδα Judas Σαῦλον Saul ὀνόματι name Ταρσέα of Tarsus, ⚐ἰδοὺ look! γὰρ for προσεύχεται to pray, -44 9 12 ⚐καὶ and εἶδεν to know ἄνδρα man ἐν in ὁράματι vision Ἁνανίαν Ananias ὀνόματι name ⚐εἰσελθόντα to enter ⚐καὶ and ἐπιθέντα to put αὐτῷ to him τὰς the χεῖρας hand ⚐ὅπως that ἀναβλέψῃ to recover sight. -44 9 13 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer δὲ but Ἁνανίας Ananias· ⚐Κύριε lord, ἤκουσα to hear ἀπὸ from πολλῶν much περὶ about τοῦ the ἀνδρὸς man τούτου of this, ⚐ὅσα as much as κακὰ harm τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy σου of you ἐποίησεν to do ἐν in Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem· -44 9 14 ⚐καὶ and ὧδε here ἔχει to have ἐξουσίαν authority παρὰ from τῶν the ἀρχιερέων high-priest ⚐δῆσαι to bind πάντας all τοὺς who ἐπικαλουμένους to call (on) τὸ the ὄνομά name σου of you. -44 9 15 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ but πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ὁ the κύριος lord· ⚐Πορεύου to go, ⚐ὅτι since σκεῦος vessel ἐκλογῆς selecting ἐστίν to be μοι to me οὗτος this ⚐τοῦ the βαστάσαι to carry τὸ the ὄνομά name μου of me ἐνώπιον before ἐθνῶν Gentiles τε and καὶ and βασιλέων king υἱῶν son τε and Ἰσραήλ Israel, -44 9 16 ⚐ἐγὼ I γὰρ for ὑποδείξω to show αὐτῷ to him ⚐ὅσα as much as δεῖ to bind αὐτὸν him ὑπὲρ for τοῦ the ὀνόματός name μου of me παθεῖν to suffer. -44 9 17 ⚐ἀπῆλθεν to go away δὲ and Ἁνανίας Ananias ⚐καὶ and εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκίαν house, ⚐καὶ and ἐπιθεὶς to put ἐπ᾽ on αὐτὸν him τὰς the χεῖρας hand ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Σαοὺλ Saul ἀδελφέ brother, ὁ the κύριος lord ἀπέσταλκέν to send με me, Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὁ who ὀφθείς to see σοι to you ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road ᾗ which ἤρχου to come, ⚐ὅπως that ἀναβλέψῃς to recover sight ⚐καὶ and πλησθῇς to fill πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy. -44 9 18 ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἀπέπεσαν to fall from αὐτοῦ of him ἀπὸ from τῶν the ὀφθαλμῶν eye ὡς as λεπίδες scale, ⚐ἀνέβλεψέν to recover sight τε and ⚐καὶ and ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐ἐβαπτίσθη to baptize, -44 9 19 ⚐καὶ and λαβὼν to take τροφὴν food ⚐ἐνίσχυσεν to strengthen.

 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and μετὰ with τῶν the ἐν in Δαμασκῷ Damascus μαθητῶν disciple ἡμέρας day τινὰς one, -44 9 20 ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἐν in ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue ἐκήρυσσεν to preach τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐ὅτι that οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -44 9 21 ⚐ἐξίσταντο to amaze δὲ and πάντες all οἱ who ἀκούοντες to hear ⚐καὶ and ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Οὐχ no οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the πορθήσας to lay waste εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem τοὺς who ἐπικαλουμένους to call (on) τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦτο this, ⚐καὶ and ὧδε here εἰς toward τοῦτο this ἐληλύθει to come ⚐ἵνα in order to δεδεμένους to bind αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἀγάγῃ to bring ἐπὶ to τοὺς the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest; -44 9 22 ⚐Σαῦλος Saul δὲ but μᾶλλον more ἐνεδυναμοῦτο to strengthen ⚐καὶ and συνέχυννεν to confound τοὺς the Ἰουδαίους Jewish τοὺς who κατοικοῦντας to dwell ἐν in Δαμασκῷ Damascus, ⚐συμβιβάζων to join with ⚐ὅτι that οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the χριστός Christ.

 -44 9 23 ⚐Ὡς as δὲ and ἐπληροῦντο to fulfill ἡμέραι day ἱκαναί sufficient, ⚐συνεβουλεύσαντο to consult οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ⚐ἀνελεῖν to do away with αὐτόν him· -44 9 24 ⚐ἐγνώσθη to know δὲ but τῷ the Σαύλῳ Saul ἡ the ἐπιβουλὴ plot αὐτῶν of them. ⚐παρετηροῦντο to observe δὲ and καὶ and τὰς the πύλας gate ἡμέρας day τε and καὶ and νυκτὸς night ⚐ὅπως that αὐτὸν him ἀνέλωσιν to do away with· -44 9 25 ⚐λαβόντες to take δὲ but οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple αὐτοῦ of him νυκτὸς night ⚐διὰ through τοῦ the τείχους wall καθῆκαν to lower αὐτὸν him ⚐χαλάσαντες to lower ἐν in σπυρίδι basket.

 -44 9 26 ⚐Παραγενόμενος to come δὲ and εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐ἐπείραζεν to tempt κολλᾶσθαι to join τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple· ⚐καὶ and πάντες all ἐφοβοῦντο to fear αὐτόν him, ⚐μὴ not πιστεύοντες to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that ἐστὶν to be μαθητής disciple. -44 9 27 ⚐Βαρναβᾶς Barnabas δὲ but ἐπιλαβόμενος to catch αὐτὸν him ⚐ἤγαγεν to bring πρὸς to τοὺς the ἀποστόλους apostle, ⚐καὶ and διηγήσατο to relate fully αὐτοῖς to them ⚐πῶς how? ἐν on τῇ the ὁδῷ road εἶδεν to know τὸν the κύριον lord ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that ἐλάλησεν to speak αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and πῶς how? ἐν in Δαμασκῷ Damascus ἐπαρρησιάσατο to preach boldly ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματι name τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -44 9 28 ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ⚐εἰσπορευόμενος to enter καὶ and ἐκπορευόμενος to go out εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐παρρησιαζόμενος to preach boldly ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματι name τοῦ the κυρίου lord, -44 9 29 ⚐ἐλάλει to speak τε and καὶ and συνεζήτει to debate πρὸς with τοὺς the Ἑλληνιστάς Hellenist· ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἐπεχείρουν to attempt ἀνελεῖν to do away with αὐτόν him. -44 9 30 ⚐ἐπιγνόντες to come to know δὲ and οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother ⚐κατήγαγον to bring down αὐτὸν him εἰς toward Καισάρειαν Caesarea ⚐καὶ and ἐξαπέστειλαν to send out αὐτὸν him εἰς toward Ταρσόν Tarsus.

 -44 9 31 ⚐Ἡ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν then ἐκκλησία assembly καθ᾽ according to ὅλης all τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea καὶ and Γαλιλαίας Galilee καὶ and Σαμαρείας Samaria εἶχεν to have εἰρήνην peace ⚐οἰκοδομουμένη to build, ⚐καὶ and πορευομένη to go τῷ the φόβῳ fear τοῦ the κυρίου lord καὶ and τῇ the παρακλήσει encouragement τοῦ the ἁγίου holy πνεύματος spirit ⚐ἐπληθύνετο to multiply.

 -44 9 32 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐Πέτρον Peter διερχόμενον to pass through διὰ through πάντων all ⚐κατελθεῖν to descend καὶ and πρὸς to τοὺς the ἁγίους holy τοὺς who κατοικοῦντας to dwell Λύδδα Lydda. -44 9 33 ⚐εὗρεν to find δὲ and ἐκεῖ there ἄνθρωπόν a human τινα one ὀνόματι name Αἰνέαν Aeneas ⚐ἐξ out of ἐτῶν year ὀκτὼ eight κατακείμενον to recline ἐπὶ to κραβάττου bed, ⚐ὃς which ἦν to be παραλελυμένος to paralyze. -44 9 34 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Πέτρος Peter· ⚐Αἰνέα Aeneas, ἰᾶταί to heal σε you Ἰησοῦς Jesus Χριστός Christ· ⚐ἀνάστηθι to arise καὶ and στρῶσον to spread σεαυτῷ yourself· ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἀνέστη to arise. -44 9 35 ⚐καὶ and εἶδαν to know αὐτὸν him πάντες all οἱ who κατοικοῦντες to dwell Λύδδα Lydda καὶ and τὸν the Σαρῶνα Sharon, ⚐οἵτινες who ἐπέστρεψαν to turn ἐπὶ to τὸν the κύριον lord.

 -44 9 36 ⚐Ἐν in Ἰόππῃ Joppa δέ and τις one ἦν to be μαθήτρια disciple ὀνόματι name Ταβιθά Tabitha, ⚐ἣ which διερμηνευομένη to interpret λέγεται to speak Δορκάς Dorcas· ⚐αὕτη this ἦν to be πλήρης full ἔργων work ἀγαθῶν good-doer καὶ and ἐλεημοσυνῶν charity ⚐ὧν which ἐποίει to do. -44 9 37 ⚐ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ἐκείναις that ἀσθενήσασαν be weak αὐτὴν her ⚐ἀποθανεῖν to die· ⚐λούσαντες to wash δὲ and ⚐ἔθηκαν to place αὐτὴν her ἐν in ὑπερῴῳ upper room. -44 9 38 ⚐ἐγγὺς near δὲ and οὔσης to be Λύδδας Lydda τῇ the Ἰόππῃ Joppa ⚐οἱ the μαθηταὶ disciple ἀκούσαντες to hear ⚐ὅτι that Πέτρος Peter ἐστὶν to be ἐν in αὐτῇ to her ⚐ἀπέστειλαν to send δύο two ἄνδρας man πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐παρακαλοῦντες to plead· ⚐Μὴ not ὀκνήσῃς to delay διελθεῖν to pass through ἕως until ἡμῶν of us· -44 9 39 ⚐ἀναστὰς to arise δὲ and Πέτρος Peter ⚐συνῆλθεν to assemble αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐ὃν which παραγενόμενον to come ⚐ἀνήγαγον to lead εἰς toward τὸ the ὑπερῷον upper room, ⚐καὶ and παρέστησαν to stand by αὐτῷ to him πᾶσαι all αἱ the χῆραι widow ⚐κλαίουσαι to weep ⚐καὶ and ἐπιδεικνύμεναι to show χιτῶνας tunic καὶ and ἱμάτια clothing ⚐ὅσα as much as ἐποίει to make μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them οὖσα to be ἡ the Δορκάς Dorcas. -44 9 40 ⚐ἐκβαλὼν to expel δὲ but ἔξω outside πάντας all ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐καὶ and θεὶς to place τὰ the γόνατα a knee ⚐προσηύξατο to pray, ⚐καὶ and ἐπιστρέψας to turn πρὸς to τὸ the σῶμα body ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ταβιθά Tabitha, ἀνάστηθι to arise. ⚐ἡ the δὲ and ἤνοιξεν to open τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye αὐτῆς of her, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοῦσα to know τὸν the Πέτρον Peter ⚐ἀνεκάθισεν to sit up. -44 9 41 ⚐δοὺς to give δὲ and αὐτῇ to her χεῖρα hand ⚐ἀνέστησεν to arise αὐτήν her, ⚐φωνήσας to call δὲ and τοὺς the ἁγίους holy καὶ and τὰς the χήρας widow ⚐παρέστησεν to stand by αὐτὴν her ζῶσαν to live. -44 9 42 ⚐γνωστὸν acquainted with δὲ and ἐγένετο to be καθ᾽ according to ὅλης all τῆς the Ἰόππης Joppa, ⚐καὶ and ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) πολλοὶ much ἐπὶ upon τὸν the κύριον lord. -44 9 43 ⚐ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἡμέρας day ἱκανὰς sufficient μεῖναι to stay ἐν in Ἰόππῃ Joppa παρά with τινι one Σίμωνι Simon βυρσεῖ tanner.

 -44 10 1 ⚐Ἀνὴρ man δέ and τις one ἐν in Καισαρείᾳ Caesarea ὀνόματι name Κορνήλιος Cornelius, ⚐ἑκατοντάρχης centurion ἐκ of σπείρης band τῆς the καλουμένης to call Ἰταλικῆς Italian, -44 10 2 ⚐εὐσεβὴς pious καὶ and φοβούμενος to fear τὸν the θεὸν God σὺν with παντὶ all τῷ the οἴκῳ house αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ποιῶν to do ἐλεημοσύνας charity πολλὰς much τῷ the λαῷ a people ⚐καὶ and δεόμενος to pray τοῦ the θεοῦ God διὰ through παντός all, -44 10 3 ⚐εἶδεν to know ἐν in ὁράματι vision φανερῶς plainly ὡσεὶ about περὶ about ὥραν hour ἐνάτην ninth (hour) τῆς the ἡμέρας day ἄγγελον angel τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐εἰσελθόντα to enter πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and εἰπόντα to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κορνήλιε Cornelius. -44 10 4 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀτενίσας to gaze αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and ἔμφοβος afraid γενόμενος to be ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τί which? ἐστιν to be, κύριε lord; ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Αἱ the προσευχαί prayer σου of you καὶ and αἱ the ἐλεημοσύναι charity σου of you ἀνέβησαν to ascend εἰς toward μνημόσυνον memorial ἔμπροσθεν before τοῦ the θεοῦ God· -44 10 5 ⚐καὶ and νῦν now πέμψον to send ἄνδρας man εἰς toward Ἰόππην Joppa ⚐καὶ and μετάπεμψαι to summon Σίμωνά Simon τινα one ⚐ὃς which ἐπικαλεῖται to name Πέτρος Peter· -44 10 6 ⚐οὗτος this ξενίζεται to host παρά with τινι one Σίμωνι Simon βυρσεῖ tanner, ⚐ᾧ which ἐστιν to be οἰκία house παρὰ beside θάλασσαν sea. -44 10 7 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and ἀπῆλθεν to go away ὁ the ἄγγελος angel ὁ who λαλῶν to speak αὐτῷ to him, ⚐φωνήσας to call δύο two τῶν the οἰκετῶν slave καὶ and στρατιώτην soldier εὐσεβῆ pious τῶν who προσκαρτερούντων to adhere to αὐτῷ to him -44 10 8 ⚐καὶ and ἐξηγησάμενος to tell ἅπαντα all αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἀπέστειλεν to send αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὴν the Ἰόππην Joppa.

 -44 10 9 ⚐Τῇ the δὲ and ἐπαύριον the next day ὁδοιπορούντων to journey ἐκείνων that ⚐καὶ and τῇ the πόλει city ἐγγιζόντων to come near ⚐ἀνέβη to ascend Πέτρος Peter ἐπὶ on τὸ the δῶμα housetop ⚐προσεύξασθαι to pray περὶ about ὥραν hour ἕκτην sixth. -44 10 10 ⚐ἐγένετο to be δὲ but πρόσπεινος very hungry ⚐καὶ and ἤθελεν to will γεύσασθαι to taste· ⚐παρασκευαζόντων to prepare δὲ and αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐγένετο to be ἐπ᾽ over αὐτὸν him ἔκστασις amazement, -44 10 11 ⚐καὶ and θεωρεῖ to see τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ἀνεῳγμένον to open ⚐καὶ and καταβαῖνον to come down σκεῦός vessel τι one ὡς as ὀθόνην sheet μεγάλην great ⚐τέσσαρσιν four ἀρχαῖς beginning καθιέμενον to lower ἐπὶ to τῆς the γῆς earth, -44 10 12 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ὑπῆρχεν to be πάντα all τὰ the τετράποδα four-footed καὶ and ἑρπετὰ reptile τῆς the γῆς earth καὶ and πετεινὰ bird τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven. -44 10 13 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be φωνὴ voice πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Ἀναστάς to arise, Πέτρε Peter, ⚐θῦσον to sacrifice καὶ and φάγε to eat. -44 10 14 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Πέτρος Peter εἶπεν to say· ⚐Μηδαμῶς surely not, κύριε lord, ⚐ὅτι since οὐδέποτε never ἔφαγον to eat πᾶν all κοινὸν common καὶ and ἀκάθαρτον unclean. -44 10 15 ⚐καὶ and φωνὴ voice πάλιν again ἐκ out of δευτέρου secondly πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Ἃ which ὁ the θεὸς God ἐκαθάρισεν to clean σὺ you μὴ not κοίνου to profane. -44 10 16 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and ἐγένετο to be ἐπὶ upon τρίς three times, ⚐καὶ and εὐθὺς immediately ἀνελήμφθη to take up τὸ the σκεῦος vessel εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανόν heaven.

 -44 10 17 ⚐Ὡς as δὲ and ἐν in ἑαυτῷ oneself διηπόρει be perplexed ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ⚐τί which? ἂν if εἴη to be τὸ the ὅραμα vision ⚐ὃ which εἶδεν to know, ⚐ἰδοὺ look! οἱ the ἄνδρες man οἱ the ἀπεσταλμένοι to send ὑπὸ by τοῦ the Κορνηλίου Cornelius ⚐διερωτήσαντες to ascertain τὴν the οἰκίαν house τοῦ the Σίμωνος Simon ⚐ἐπέστησαν to approach ἐπὶ upon τὸν the πυλῶνα gate, -44 10 18 ⚐καὶ and φωνήσαντες to call ⚐ἐπυνθάνοντο to inquire ⚐εἰ if Σίμων Simon ὁ the ἐπικαλούμενος to name Πέτρος Peter ἐνθάδε there ξενίζεται to host. -44 10 19 ⚐τοῦ the δὲ and Πέτρου Peter διενθυμουμένου to ponder περὶ about τοῦ the ὁράματος vision ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἄνδρες man τρεῖς three ζητοῦντές to seek σε you· -44 10 20 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐κατάβηθι to go down ⚐καὶ and πορεύου to go σὺν with αὐτοῖς to them ⚐μηδὲν nothing διακρινόμενος to doubt, ⚐ὅτι since ἐγὼ I ἀπέσταλκα to send αὐτούς them. -44 10 21 ⚐καταβὰς to go down δὲ and Πέτρος Peter πρὸς to τοὺς the ἄνδρας man ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ⚐ὃν which ζητεῖτε to seek· ⚐τίς which? ἡ the αἰτία cause ⚐δι᾽ through ἣν which πάρεστε be present; -44 10 22 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Κορνήλιος Cornelius ἑκατοντάρχης centurion, ἀνὴρ man δίκαιος just καὶ and φοβούμενος to fear τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐μαρτυρούμενός to testify τε and ὑπὸ by ὅλου all τοῦ the ἔθνους Gentiles τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, ⚐ἐχρηματίσθη to announce ὑπὸ by ἀγγέλου angel ἁγίου holy ⚐μεταπέμψασθαί to summon σε you εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἀκοῦσαι to hear ῥήματα word παρὰ from σοῦ of you. -44 10 23 ⚐εἰσκαλεσάμενος to invite οὖν therefore αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἐξένισεν to host.

 ⚐Τῇ the δὲ and ἐπαύριον the next day ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out σὺν with αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καί and τινες one τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother τῶν the ἀπὸ from Ἰόππης Joppa συνῆλθον to assemble αὐτῷ to him. -44 10 24 ⚐τῇ the δὲ and ἐπαύριον the next day εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the Καισάρειαν Caesarea. ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Κορνήλιος Cornelius ἦν to be προσδοκῶν to look for αὐτοὺς them ⚐συγκαλεσάμενος to call together τοὺς the συγγενεῖς kindred αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and τοὺς the ἀναγκαίους necessary φίλους friend. -44 10 25 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and ἐγένετο to be τοῦ the εἰσελθεῖν to enter τὸν the Πέτρον Peter, ⚐συναντήσας to meet αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Κορνήλιος Cornelius ⚐πεσὼν to collapse ἐπὶ upon τοὺς the πόδας foot ⚐προσεκύνησεν to worship. -44 10 26 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Πέτρος Peter ἤγειρεν to arise αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἀνάστηθι to arise· ⚐καὶ ἐγὼ and I αὐτὸς he ἄνθρωπός a human εἰμι to be. -44 10 27 ⚐καὶ and συνομιλῶν to converse αὐτῷ to him ⚐εἰσῆλθεν to enter, ⚐καὶ and εὑρίσκει to find συνεληλυθότας to assemble πολλούς much, -44 10 28 ⚐ἔφη to say τε and πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Ὑμεῖς you ἐπίστασθε to know ⚐ὡς as ἀθέμιτόν unlawful ἐστιν to be ἀνδρὶ man Ἰουδαίῳ Jewish ⚐κολλᾶσθαι to join ἢ or προσέρχεσθαι to come near ἀλλοφύλῳ foreigner· ⚐κἀμοὶ and I ὁ the θεὸς God ἔδειξεν to show ⚐μηδένα nothing κοινὸν common ἢ or ἀκάθαρτον unclean λέγειν to speak ἄνθρωπον a human· -44 10 29 ⚐διὸ therefore καὶ and ἀναντιρρήτως without objection ἦλθον to come ⚐μεταπεμφθείς to summon ⚐πυνθάνομαι to inquire οὖν then ⚐τίνι which? λόγῳ word μετεπέμψασθέ to summon με me.

 -44 10 30 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the Κορνήλιος Cornelius ἔφη to say· ⚐Ἀπὸ from τετάρτης fourth ἡμέρας day μέχρι until ταύτης of this τῆς the ὥρας hour ἤμην to be τὴν the ἐνάτην ninth (hour) προσευχόμενος to pray ἐν in τῷ the οἴκῳ house μου of me, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἀνὴρ man ἔστη to stand ἐνώπιόν before μου of me ἐν in ἐσθῆτι clothing λαμπρᾷ shining -44 10 31 ⚐καὶ and φησίν to say· ⚐Κορνήλιε Cornelius, εἰσηκούσθη to listen to σου of you ἡ the προσευχὴ prayer ⚐καὶ and αἱ the ἐλεημοσύναι charity σου of you ἐμνήσθησαν to remember ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -44 10 32 ⚐πέμψον to send οὖν therefore εἰς toward Ἰόππην Joppa ⚐καὶ and μετακάλεσαι to summon Σίμωνα Simon ⚐ὃς which ἐπικαλεῖται to name Πέτρος Peter· ⚐οὗτος this ξενίζεται to host ἐν in οἰκίᾳ house Σίμωνος Simon βυρσέως tanner παρὰ beside θάλασσαν sea. -44 10 33 ⚐ἐξαυτῆς immediately οὖν therefore ἔπεμψα to send πρὸς to σέ you, ⚐σύ you τε and καλῶς well ἐποίησας to do παραγενόμενος to come. ⚐νῦν now οὖν therefore πάντες all ἡμεῖς we ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God πάρεσμεν be present ⚐ἀκοῦσαι to hear πάντα all τὰ the προστεταγμένα to order σοι to you ὑπὸ by τοῦ the κυρίου lord.

 -44 10 34 ⚐Ἀνοίξας to open δὲ and Πέτρος Peter τὸ the στόμα mouth ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐπ᾽ upon ἀληθείας truth καταλαμβάνομαι to realize ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no ἔστιν to be προσωπολήμπτης prejudiced person ὁ the θεός God, -44 10 35 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in παντὶ all ἔθνει Gentiles ὁ who φοβούμενος to fear αὐτὸν him καὶ and ἐργαζόμενος to work δικαιοσύνην righteousness δεκτὸς acceptable αὐτῷ to him ἐστιν to be. -44 10 36 ⚐τὸν the λόγον word ὃν which ἀπέστειλεν to send τοῖς the υἱοῖς son Ἰσραὴλ Israel ⚐εὐαγγελιζόμενος to speak good news εἰρήνην peace διὰ through Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ· ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be πάντων all κύριος lord. -44 10 37 ⚐ὑμεῖς you οἴδατε to know τὸ the γενόμενον to be ῥῆμα word καθ᾽ according to ὅλης all τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea, ⚐ἀρξάμενος be first ἀπὸ from τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee μετὰ after τὸ the βάπτισμα baptism ⚐ὃ which ἐκήρυξεν to preach Ἰωάννης John, -44 10 38 ⚐Ἰησοῦν Jesus τὸν the ἀπὸ from Ναζαρέθ Nazareth, ⚐ὡς as ἔχρισεν to anoint αὐτὸν him ὁ the θεὸς God πνεύματι spirit ἁγίῳ holy καὶ and δυνάμει power, ⚐ὃς which διῆλθεν to pass through εὐεργετῶν to do good ⚐καὶ and ἰώμενος to heal πάντας all τοὺς who καταδυναστευομένους to oppress ὑπὸ by τοῦ the διαβόλου the Devil, ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the θεὸς God ἦν to be μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him· -44 10 39 ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we μάρτυρες witness πάντων all ⚐ὧν which ἐποίησεν to do ἔν in τε both τῇ the χώρᾳ country τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish καὶ and ἐν in Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem· ⚐ὃν which καὶ and ἀνεῖλαν to do away with ⚐κρεμάσαντες to hang ἐπὶ upon ξύλου wood. -44 10 40 ⚐τοῦτον this ὁ the θεὸς God ἤγειρεν to arise ἐν on τῇ the τρίτῃ third ἡμέρᾳ day ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκεν to give αὐτὸν him ⚐ἐμφανῆ revealed γενέσθαι to be, -44 10 41 οὐ no παντὶ all τῷ the λαῷ a people ⚐ἀλλὰ but μάρτυσιν witness τοῖς the προκεχειροτονημένοις to choose ὑπὸ by τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἡμῖν to us, οἵτινες who συνεφάγομεν to eat with καὶ and συνεπίομεν to drink with αὐτῷ to him ⚐μετὰ after τὸ the ἀναστῆναι to arise αὐτὸν him ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead· -44 10 42 ⚐καὶ and παρήγγειλεν to order ἡμῖν to us ⚐κηρύξαι to preach τῷ the λαῷ a people ⚐καὶ and διαμαρτύρασθαι to testify solemnly ⚐ὅτι that οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the ὡρισμένος to determine ὑπὸ by τοῦ the θεοῦ God κριτὴς judge ζώντων to live καὶ and νεκρῶν dead. -44 10 43 ⚐τούτῳ to this πάντες all οἱ the προφῆται prophet μαρτυροῦσιν to testify, ⚐ἄφεσιν forgiveness ἁμαρτιῶν sin λαβεῖν to take διὰ through τοῦ the ὀνόματος name αὐτοῦ of him πάντα all τὸν who πιστεύοντα to trust (in) εἰς toward αὐτόν him.

 -44 10 44 ⚐Ἔτι still λαλοῦντος to speak τοῦ the Πέτρου Peter τὰ the ῥήματα word ταῦτα these ⚐ἐπέπεσεν to fall τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy ἐπὶ on πάντας all τοὺς who ἀκούοντας to hear τὸν the λόγον word. -44 10 45 ⚐καὶ and ἐξέστησαν to amaze οἱ the ἐκ out of περιτομῆς circumcision πιστοὶ faithful ὅσοι as much as συνῆλθαν to assemble τῷ the Πέτρῳ Peter, ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and ἐπὶ on τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles ἡ the δωρεὰ free gift τοῦ the ἁγίου holy πνεύματος spirit ἐκκέχυται to pour out· -44 10 46 ⚐ἤκουον to hear γὰρ for αὐτῶν of them λαλούντων to speak γλώσσαις tongue καὶ and μεγαλυνόντων to magnify τὸν the θεόν God. ⚐τότε then ἀπεκρίθη to answer Πέτρος Peter· -44 10 47 ⚐Μήτι no? τὸ the ὕδωρ water δύναται be able κωλῦσαί to prevent τις one ⚐τοῦ the μὴ not βαπτισθῆναι to baptize τούτους these ⚐οἵτινες who τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy ἔλαβον to take ὡς as καὶ and ἡμεῖς we; -44 10 48 ⚐προσέταξεν to order δὲ and αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματι name Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ βαπτισθῆναι to baptize. ⚐τότε then ἠρώτησαν to ask αὐτὸν him ⚐ἐπιμεῖναι to remain ἡμέρας day τινάς one.

 -44 11 1 ⚐Ἤκουσαν to hear δὲ and οἱ the ἀπόστολοι apostle καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother οἱ who ὄντες to be κατὰ according to τὴν the Ἰουδαίαν Judea ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles ἐδέξαντο to receive τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -44 11 2 ⚐ὅτε when δὲ and ἀνέβη to ascend Πέτρος Peter εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐διεκρίνοντο to contend πρὸς with αὐτὸν him οἱ the ἐκ out of περιτομῆς circumcision -44 11 3 ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Εἰσῆλθες to enter πρὸς to ἄνδρας man ἀκροβυστίαν uncircumcision ἔχοντας to have ⚐καὶ and συνέφαγες to eat with αὐτοῖς to them. -44 11 4 ⚐ἀρξάμενος be first δὲ but Πέτρος Peter ⚐ἐξετίθετο to explain αὐτοῖς to them καθεξῆς in order ⚐λέγων to speak· -44 11 5 ⚐Ἐγὼ I ἤμην to be ἐν in πόλει city Ἰόππῃ Joppa ⚐προσευχόμενος to pray ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know ἐν in ἐκστάσει amazement ὅραμα vision, ⚐καταβαῖνον to come down σκεῦός vessel τι one ὡς as ὀθόνην sheet μεγάλην great ⚐τέσσαρσιν four ἀρχαῖς beginning καθιεμένην to lower ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to come ἄχρι until ἐμοῦ of me· -44 11 6 ⚐εἰς toward ἣν which ἀτενίσας to gaze ⚐κατενόουν to observe ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know τὰ the τετράποδα four-footed τῆς the γῆς earth καὶ and τὰ the θηρία wild animal καὶ and τὰ the ἑρπετὰ reptile καὶ and τὰ the πετεινὰ bird τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven· -44 11 7 ⚐ἤκουσα to hear δὲ and καὶ and φωνῆς voice ⚐λεγούσης to speak μοι to me· ⚐Ἀναστάς to arise, Πέτρε Peter, ⚐θῦσον to sacrifice καὶ and φάγε to eat. -44 11 8 ⚐εἶπον to say δέ but· ⚐Μηδαμῶς surely not, κύριε lord, ⚐ὅτι since κοινὸν common ἢ or ἀκάθαρτον unclean οὐδέποτε never εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward τὸ the στόμα mouth μου of me. -44 11 9 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer δὲ but φωνὴ voice ἐκ from δευτέρου secondly ἐκ out of τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven· ⚐Ἃ which ὁ the θεὸς God ἐκαθάρισεν to clean σὺ you μὴ not κοίνου to profane. -44 11 10 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and ἐγένετο to be ἐπὶ upon τρίς three times, ⚐καὶ and ἀνεσπάσθη to pull up πάλιν again ἅπαντα all εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανόν heaven. -44 11 11 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἐξαυτῆς immediately τρεῖς three ἄνδρες man ἐπέστησαν to approach ἐπὶ upon τὴν the οἰκίαν house ⚐ἐν in ᾗ which ἦμεν to be, ⚐ἀπεσταλμένοι to send ἀπὸ from Καισαρείας Caesarea πρός to με me. -44 11 12 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and τὸ the πνεῦμά spirit μοι to me ⚐συνελθεῖν to assemble αὐτοῖς to them ⚐μηδὲν nothing διακρίναντα to discern. ⚐ἦλθον to go δὲ and σὺν with ἐμοὶ to me καὶ and οἱ the ἓξ six ἀδελφοὶ brother οὗτοι these, ⚐καὶ and εἰσήλθομεν to enter εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house τοῦ the ἀνδρός man. -44 11 13 ⚐ἀπήγγειλεν to announce δὲ and ἡμῖν to us ⚐πῶς how? εἶδεν to know τὸν the ἄγγελον angel ἐν in τῷ the οἴκῳ house αὐτοῦ of him ⚐σταθέντα to stand καὶ and εἰπόντα to say· ⚐Ἀπόστειλον to send εἰς toward Ἰόππην Joppa ⚐καὶ and μετάπεμψαι to summon Σίμωνα Simon τὸν who ἐπικαλούμενον to name Πέτρον Peter, -44 11 14 ⚐ὃς which λαλήσει to speak ῥήματα word πρὸς to σὲ you ⚐ἐν by οἷς which σωθήσῃ to save σὺ you καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ the οἶκός house σου of you. -44 11 15 ⚐ἐν in δὲ and τῷ the ἄρξασθαί be first με me λαλεῖν to speak ⚐ἐπέπεσεν to fall τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy ἐπ᾽ on αὐτοὺς them ⚐ὥσπερ just as καὶ and ἐφ᾽ upon ἡμᾶς us ἐν in ἀρχῇ beginning. -44 11 16 ⚐ἐμνήσθην to remember δὲ and τοῦ the ῥήματος word τοῦ the κυρίου lord ⚐ὡς as ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Ἰωάννης John μὲν on the other hand ἐβάπτισεν to baptize ὕδατι water, ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but βαπτισθήσεσθε to baptize ἐν with πνεύματι spirit ἁγίῳ holy. -44 11 17 ⚐εἰ if οὖν therefore τὴν the ἴσην equal δωρεὰν free gift ἔδωκεν to give αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐ὡς as καὶ and ἡμῖν to us πιστεύσασιν to trust (in) ἐπὶ upon τὸν the κύριον lord Ἰησοῦν Jesus Χριστόν Christ, ⚐ἐγὼ I τίς which? ἤμην to be δυνατὸς able ⚐κωλῦσαι to prevent τὸν the θεόν God; -44 11 18 ⚐ἀκούσαντες to hear δὲ and ταῦτα these ⚐ἡσύχασαν give up ⚐καὶ and ἐδόξασαν to glorify τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἄρα therefore καὶ and τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles ὁ the θεὸς God τὴν the μετάνοιαν repentance εἰς toward ζωὴν life ἔδωκεν to give.

 -44 11 19 ⚐Οἱ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν then διασπαρέντες to scatter ἀπὸ from τῆς the θλίψεως pressure τῆς the γενομένης to be ἐπὶ over Στεφάνῳ Stephen ⚐διῆλθον to pass through ἕως until Φοινίκης Phoenicia καὶ and Κύπρου Cyprus καὶ and Ἀντιοχείας Antioch ⚐μηδενὶ nothing λαλοῦντες to speak τὸν the λόγον word ⚐εἰ if μὴ not μόνον alone Ἰουδαίοις Jewish. -44 11 20 ⚐ἦσαν to be δέ but τινες one ἐξ out of αὐτῶν of them ἄνδρες man Κύπριοι Cyprian καὶ and Κυρηναῖοι from Cyrene, ⚐οἵτινες who ἐλθόντες to come εἰς toward Ἀντιόχειαν Antioch ⚐ἐλάλουν to speak καὶ and πρὸς to τοὺς the Ἑλληνιστάς Hellenist, ⚐εὐαγγελιζόμενοι to speak good news τὸν the κύριον lord Ἰησοῦν Jesus. -44 11 21 ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be χεὶρ hand κυρίου lord μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them, ⚐πολύς much τε and ἀριθμὸς number ὁ who πιστεύσας to trust (in) ἐπέστρεψεν to turn ἐπὶ to τὸν the κύριον lord. -44 11 22 ⚐ἠκούσθη to hear δὲ and ὁ the λόγος word εἰς toward τὰ the ὦτα ear τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly τῆς the οὔσης to be ἐν in Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem περὶ about αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and ἐξαπέστειλαν to send out Βαρναβᾶν Barnabas ⚐διελθεῖν to pass through ἕως until Ἀντιοχείας Antioch· -44 11 23 ⚐ὃς which παραγενόμενος to come καὶ and ἰδὼν to know τὴν the χάριν grace τὴν the τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἐχάρη to rejoice ⚐καὶ and παρεκάλει to comfort πάντας all τῇ the προθέσει purpose τῆς the καρδίας heart ⚐προσμένειν to remain τῷ the κυρίῳ lord, -44 11 24 ⚐ὅτι since ἦν to be ἀνὴρ man ἀγαθὸς good-doer καὶ and πλήρης full πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy καὶ and πίστεως faith. ⚐καὶ and προσετέθη to add (to) ὄχλος crowd ἱκανὸς sufficient τῷ the κυρίῳ lord. -44 11 25 ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out δὲ and εἰς toward Ταρσὸν Tarsus ⚐ἀναζητῆσαι to search Σαῦλον Saul, -44 11 26 ⚐καὶ and εὑρὼν to find ⚐ἤγαγεν to bring εἰς toward Ἀντιόχειαν Antioch. ⚐ἐγένετο to be δὲ and αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καὶ and ἐνιαυτὸν year ὅλον all συναχθῆναι to assemble ἐν with τῇ the ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly ⚐καὶ and διδάξαι to teach ὄχλον crowd ἱκανόν sufficient, ⚐χρηματίσαι to announce τε and πρώτως originally ἐν in Ἀντιοχείᾳ Antioch τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple Χριστιανούς Christian.

 -44 11 27 ⚐Ἐν in ταύταις to these δὲ and ταῖς the ἡμέραις day κατῆλθον to descend ἀπὸ from Ἱεροσολύμων Jerusalem προφῆται prophet εἰς toward Ἀντιόχειαν Antioch· -44 11 28 ⚐ἀναστὰς to arise δὲ and εἷς one ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them ὀνόματι name Ἅγαβος Agabus ⚐ἐσήμανεν to signify διὰ through τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit ⚐λιμὸν hunger μεγάλην great μέλλειν be about to ἔσεσθαι to be ἐφ᾽ over ὅλην all τὴν the οἰκουμένην world· ⚐ἥτις which ἐγένετο to be ἐπὶ upon Κλαυδίου Claudius. -44 11 29 ⚐τῶν the δὲ and μαθητῶν disciple καθὼς as εὐπορεῖτό be prosperous τις one ⚐ὥρισαν to determine ἕκαστος each αὐτῶν of them ⚐εἰς toward διακονίαν service πέμψαι to send τοῖς the κατοικοῦσιν to dwell ἐν in τῇ the Ἰουδαίᾳ Judea ἀδελφοῖς brother· -44 11 30 ⚐ὃ which καὶ and ἐποίησαν to do ⚐ἀποστείλαντες to send πρὸς to τοὺς the πρεσβυτέρους elder διὰ through χειρὸς hand Βαρναβᾶ Barnabas καὶ and Σαύλου Saul.

 -44 12 1 ⚐Κατ᾽ according to ἐκεῖνον that δὲ and τὸν the καιρὸν time ⚐ἐπέβαλεν to seize Ἡρῴδης Herod ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τὰς the χεῖρας hand ⚐κακῶσαί to harm τινας one τῶν the ἀπὸ from τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly. -44 12 2 ⚐ἀνεῖλεν to do away with δὲ and Ἰάκωβον James τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother Ἰωάννου John μαχαίρῃ sword. -44 12 3 ⚐ἰδὼν to know δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that ἀρεστόν pleasing ἐστιν to be τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish ⚐προσέθετο to add (to) συλλαβεῖν to seize καὶ and Πέτρον Peter( ⚐ἦσαν to be δὲ and αἱ the ἡμέραι day τῶν the ἀζύμων unleavened), -44 12 4 ⚐ὃν which καὶ and πιάσας to catch ⚐ἔθετο to place εἰς toward φυλακήν prison, ⚐παραδοὺς to deliver τέσσαρσιν four τετραδίοις squad of four στρατιωτῶν soldier ⚐φυλάσσειν to guard αὐτόν him, ⚐βουλόμενος to plan ⚐μετὰ after τὸ the πάσχα Passover ἀναγαγεῖν to lead αὐτὸν him τῷ the λαῷ a people. -44 12 5 ⚐ὁ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore Πέτρος Peter ἐτηρεῖτο to keep ἐν in τῇ the φυλακῇ prison· ⚐προσευχὴ prayer δὲ but ἦν to be ἐκτενῶς intently γινομένη to be ὑπὸ by τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly πρὸς to τὸν the θεὸν God περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him.

 -44 12 6 ⚐Ὅτε when δὲ and ἤμελλεν be about to προαγαγεῖν to bring before αὐτὸν him ὁ the Ἡρῴδης Herod, ⚐τῇ the νυκτὶ night ἐκείνῃ that ἦν to be ὁ the Πέτρος Peter κοιμώμενος to sleep μεταξὺ between δύο two στρατιωτῶν soldier ⚐δεδεμένος to bind ἁλύσεσιν chain δυσίν two, ⚐φύλακές guard τε and πρὸ before τῆς the θύρας door ἐτήρουν to keep τὴν the φυλακήν prison. -44 12 7 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἄγγελος angel κυρίου lord ἐπέστη to approach, ⚐καὶ and φῶς light ἔλαμψεν to shine ἐν in τῷ the οἰκήματι cell· ⚐πατάξας to strike δὲ and τὴν the πλευρὰν side τοῦ the Πέτρου Peter ⚐ἤγειρεν to arise αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἀνάστα to arise ἐν in τάχει quickness· ⚐καὶ and ἐξέπεσαν to fall out αὐτοῦ of him αἱ the ἁλύσεις chain ἐκ out of τῶν the χειρῶν hand. -44 12 8 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and ὁ the ἄγγελος angel πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Ζῶσαι to dress ⚐καὶ and ὑπόδησαι to put on τὰ the σανδάλιά sandal σου of you· ⚐ἐποίησεν to do δὲ and οὕτως thus(-ly). ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Περιβαλοῦ to clothe τὸ the ἱμάτιόν clothing σου of you ⚐καὶ and ἀκολούθει to follow μοι to me. -44 12 9 ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθὼν to go out ⚐ἠκολούθει to follow, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ᾔδει to know ⚐ὅτι that ἀληθές true ἐστιν to be τὸ the γινόμενον to be διὰ through τοῦ the ἀγγέλου angel, ⚐ἐδόκει to think δὲ but ⚐ὅραμα vision βλέπειν to see. -44 12 10 ⚐διελθόντες to pass through δὲ and πρώτην first φυλακὴν watch καὶ and δευτέραν secondly ⚐ἦλθαν to come ἐπὶ to τὴν the πύλην gate τὴν the σιδηρᾶν iron τὴν the φέρουσαν to lead εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city, ⚐ἥτις which αὐτομάτη by itself ἠνοίγη to open αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθόντες to go out ⚐προῆλθον to go before ῥύμην lane μίαν one, ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἀπέστη to leave ὁ the ἄγγελος angel ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him. -44 12 11 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ἐν in ἑαυτῷ himself γενόμενος to be ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Νῦν now οἶδα to know ἀληθῶς truly ⚐ὅτι that ἐξαπέστειλεν to send out ὁ the κύριος lord τὸν the ἄγγελον angel αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἐξείλατό to deliver με me ἐκ from χειρὸς hand Ἡρῴδου Herod καὶ and πάσης all τῆς the προσδοκίας expectation τοῦ the λαοῦ a people τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish.

 -44 12 12 ⚐Συνιδών be aware τε and ⚐ἦλθεν to go ἐπὶ to τὴν the οἰκίαν house τῆς the Μαρίας Mary τῆς the μητρὸς mother Ἰωάννου John τοῦ the ἐπικαλουμένου to name Μάρκου Mark, ⚐οὗ where ἦσαν to be ἱκανοὶ sufficient συνηθροισμένοι to assemble καὶ and προσευχόμενοι to pray. -44 12 13 ⚐κρούσαντος to knock δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the θύραν door τοῦ the πυλῶνος gate ⚐προσῆλθεν to come near παιδίσκη maidservant ⚐ὑπακοῦσαι to obey ὀνόματι name Ῥόδη Rhoda, -44 12 14 ⚐καὶ and ἐπιγνοῦσα to come to know τὴν the φωνὴν voice τοῦ the Πέτρου Peter ⚐ἀπὸ from τῆς the χαρᾶς joy οὐκ no ἤνοιξεν to open τὸν the πυλῶνα gate, ⚐εἰσδραμοῦσα to run in δὲ but ⚐ἀπήγγειλεν to announce ⚐ἑστάναι to stand τὸν the Πέτρον Peter πρὸ before τοῦ the πυλῶνος gate. -44 12 15 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but πρὸς to αὐτὴν her εἶπαν to say· ⚐Μαίνῃ to rave. ⚐ἡ the δὲ but διϊσχυρίζετο to insist ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔχειν to be. ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Ὁ the ἄγγελός angel ἐστιν to be αὐτοῦ of him. -44 12 16 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Πέτρος Peter ἐπέμενεν to remain κρούων to knock· ⚐ἀνοίξαντες to open δὲ and ⚐εἶδαν to know αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἐξέστησαν to amaze. -44 12 17 ⚐κατασείσας to signal δὲ and αὐτοῖς to them τῇ the χειρὶ hand ⚐σιγᾶν be silent ⚐διηγήσατο to relate fully αὐτοῖς to them ⚐πῶς how? ὁ the κύριος lord αὐτὸν him ἐξήγαγεν to lead out ἐκ of τῆς the φυλακῆς prison, ⚐εἶπέν to say τε and· ⚐Ἀπαγγείλατε to announce Ἰακώβῳ James καὶ and τοῖς the ἀδελφοῖς brother ταῦτα these. ⚐καὶ and ἐξελθὼν to go out ⚐ἐπορεύθη to go εἰς toward ἕτερον other τόπον place.

 -44 12 18 ⚐Γενομένης to be δὲ and ἡμέρας day ⚐ἦν to be τάραχος disturbance οὐκ no ὀλίγος little ἐν among τοῖς the στρατιώταις soldier, ⚐τί which? ἄρα therefore ὁ the Πέτρος Peter ἐγένετο to be. -44 12 19 ⚐Ἡρῴδης Herod δὲ and ἐπιζητήσας to seek after αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and μὴ not εὑρὼν to find ⚐ἀνακρίνας to investigate τοὺς the φύλακας guard ⚐ἐκέλευσεν to order ἀπαχθῆναι to lead away, ⚐καὶ and κατελθὼν to descend ἀπὸ from τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea εἰς toward Καισάρειαν Caesarea ⚐διέτριβεν to remain.

 -44 12 20 ⚐Ἦν to be δὲ and θυμομαχῶν to quarrel Τυρίοις Tyrian καὶ and Σιδωνίοις Sidonian· ⚐ὁμοθυμαδὸν united δὲ and παρῆσαν be present πρὸς to αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and πείσαντες to persuade Βλάστον Blastus τὸν the ἐπὶ upon τοῦ the κοιτῶνος chamberlain τοῦ the βασιλέως king ⚐ᾐτοῦντο to ask εἰρήνην peace ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the τρέφεσθαι to feed αὐτῶν of them τὴν the χώραν country ἀπὸ from τῆς the βασιλικῆς royal. -44 12 21 ⚐τακτῇ appointed δὲ and ἡμέρᾳ day ὁ the Ἡρῴδης Herod ⚐ἐνδυσάμενος to clothe ἐσθῆτα clothing βασιλικὴν royal ⚐καὶ and καθίσας to sit ἐπὶ on τοῦ the βήματος judgement seat ⚐ἐδημηγόρει to give a speech πρὸς to αὐτούς them· -44 12 22 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but δῆμος people ἐπεφώνει to shout· ⚐Θεοῦ God φωνὴ voice καὶ and οὐκ no ἀνθρώπου a human. -44 12 23 ⚐παραχρῆμα instantly δὲ and ἐπάταξεν to strike αὐτὸν him ἄγγελος angel κυρίου lord ⚐ἀνθ᾽ for ὧν which οὐκ no ἔδωκεν to give τὴν the δόξαν glory τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐καὶ and γενόμενος to be σκωληκόβρωτος worm-eated ⚐ἐξέψυξεν to expire.

 -44 12 24 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ but λόγος word τοῦ the θεοῦ God ηὔξανεν to grow καὶ and ἐπληθύνετο to multiply. -44 12 25 ⚐Βαρναβᾶς Barnabas δὲ and καὶ and Σαῦλος Saul ὑπέστρεψαν to return, εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐πληρώσαντες to fulfill τὴν the διακονίαν service, ⚐συμπαραλαβόντες to take along with Ἰωάννην John τὸν the ἐπικληθέντα to name Μᾶρκον Mark.

 -44 13 1 ⚐Ἦσαν to be δὲ and ἐν in Ἀντιοχείᾳ Antioch κατὰ according to τὴν the οὖσαν to be ἐκκλησίαν assembly προφῆται prophet καὶ and διδάσκαλοι teacher ⚐ὅ the τε and Βαρναβᾶς Barnabas καὶ and Συμεὼν Simeon ὁ the καλούμενος to call Νίγερ Niger, καὶ and Λούκιος Lucius ὁ the Κυρηναῖος from Cyrene, ⚐Μαναήν Manaen τε and Ἡρῴδου Herod τοῦ the τετραάρχου tetrarch σύντροφος brought up with καὶ and Σαῦλος Saul. -44 13 2 ⚐λειτουργούντων to minister δὲ and αὐτῶν of them τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ⚐καὶ and νηστευόντων to fast ⚐εἶπεν to say τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy· ⚐Ἀφορίσατε to separate δή so μοι to me τὸν the Βαρναβᾶν Barnabas καὶ and Σαῦλον Saul εἰς toward τὸ the ἔργον work ⚐ὃ which προσκέκλημαι to call to αὐτούς them. -44 13 3 ⚐τότε then νηστεύσαντες to fast ⚐καὶ and προσευξάμενοι to pray ⚐καὶ and ἐπιθέντες to put τὰς the χεῖρας hand αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἀπέλυσαν to release.

 -44 13 4 ⚐Αὐτοὶ they μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore ἐκπεμφθέντες to send out ὑπὸ by τοῦ the ἁγίου holy πνεύματος spirit ⚐κατῆλθον to descend εἰς toward Σελεύκειαν Seleucia, ⚐ἐκεῖθέν from there τε and ἀπέπλευσαν to set sail εἰς toward Κύπρον Cyprus, -44 13 5 ⚐καὶ and γενόμενοι to be ἐν in Σαλαμῖνι Salamis ⚐κατήγγελλον to proclaim τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐν in ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish· ⚐εἶχον to have δὲ and καὶ and Ἰωάννην John ὑπηρέτην servant. -44 13 6 ⚐διελθόντες to pass through δὲ and ὅλην all τὴν the νῆσον island ἄχρι until Πάφου Paphos ⚐εὗρον to find ἄνδρα man τινὰ one μάγον sage ψευδοπροφήτην false prophet Ἰουδαῖον Jewish ⚐ᾧ which ὄνομα name Βαριησοῦ Bar-Jesus, -44 13 7 ⚐ὃς which ἦν to be σὺν with τῷ the ἀνθυπάτῳ proconsul Σεργίῳ Sergius Παύλῳ Paul, ἀνδρὶ man συνετῷ intelligent. ⚐οὗτος this προσκαλεσάμενος to summon Βαρναβᾶν Barnabas καὶ and Σαῦλον Saul ⚐ἐπεζήτησεν to seek after ἀκοῦσαι to hear τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God· -44 13 8 ⚐ἀνθίστατο to oppose δὲ but αὐτοῖς to them Ἐλύμας Elymas ὁ the μάγος sage, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) γὰρ for μεθερμηνεύεται to mean τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ζητῶν to seek διαστρέψαι to pervert τὸν the ἀνθύπατον proconsul ἀπὸ from τῆς the πίστεως faith. -44 13 9 ⚐Σαῦλος Saul δέ but, ὁ the καὶ and Παῦλος Paul, πλησθεὶς to fill πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy ⚐ἀτενίσας to gaze εἰς toward αὐτὸν him -44 13 10 ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ὦ oh! πλήρης full παντὸς all δόλου deceit καὶ and πάσης all ῥᾳδιουργίας trickery, ⚐υἱὲ son διαβόλου the Devil, ἐχθρὲ enemy πάσης all δικαιοσύνης righteousness, ⚐οὐ no παύσῃ to cease διαστρέφων to pervert τὰς the ὁδοὺς road τοῦ the κυρίου lord τὰς the εὐθείας straight; -44 13 11 ⚐καὶ and νῦν now ἰδοὺ look! χεὶρ hand κυρίου lord ἐπὶ against σέ you, ⚐καὶ and ἔσῃ to be τυφλὸς blind ⚐μὴ not βλέπων to see τὸν the ἥλιον sun ἄχρι until καιροῦ time. ⚐παραχρῆμα instantly τε and ἔπεσεν to collapse ἐπ᾽ over αὐτὸν him ἀχλὺς mist καὶ and σκότος darkness, ⚐καὶ and περιάγων to go around ⚐ἐζήτει to seek χειραγωγούς hand-leader. -44 13 12 ⚐τότε then ἰδὼν to know ὁ the ἀνθύπατος proconsul τὸ the γεγονὸς to be ⚐ἐπίστευσεν to trust (in) ⚐ἐκπλησσόμενος be astonished ἐπὶ upon τῇ the διδαχῇ teaching τοῦ the κυρίου lord.

 -44 13 13 ⚐Ἀναχθέντες to lead δὲ and ἀπὸ from τῆς the Πάφου Paphos οἱ the περὶ about Παῦλον Paul ⚐ἦλθον to come εἰς toward Πέργην Perga τῆς the Παμφυλίας Pamphylia· ⚐Ἰωάννης John δὲ but ἀποχωρήσας to leave ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them ⚐ὑπέστρεψεν to return εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem. -44 13 14 ⚐αὐτοὶ they δὲ and διελθόντες to pass through ἀπὸ from τῆς the Πέργης Perga ⚐παρεγένοντο to come εἰς toward Ἀντιόχειαν Antioch τὴν the Πισιδίαν Pisidia, ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθόντες to enter εἰς toward τὴν the συναγωγὴν synagogue τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τῶν the σαββάτων Sabbath ⚐ἐκάθισαν to sit. -44 13 15 ⚐μετὰ after δὲ and τὴν the ἀνάγνωσιν reading τοῦ the νόμου law καὶ and τῶν the προφητῶν prophet ⚐ἀπέστειλαν to send οἱ the ἀρχισυνάγωγοι synagogue leader πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἄνδρες man ἀδελφοί brother, εἴ if τίς one ἐστιν to be ἐν in ὑμῖν to you λόγος word παρακλήσεως encouragement πρὸς to τὸν the λαόν a people, ⚐λέγετε to speak. -44 13 16 ⚐ἀναστὰς to arise δὲ and Παῦλος Paul ⚐καὶ and κατασείσας to signal τῇ the χειρὶ hand ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἄνδρες man Ἰσραηλῖται Israelite καὶ and οἱ who φοβούμενοι to fear τὸν the θεόν God, ἀκούσατε to hear. -44 13 17 ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God τοῦ the λαοῦ a people τούτου of this Ἰσραὴλ Israel ἐξελέξατο to select τοὺς the πατέρας father ἡμῶν of us, ⚐καὶ and τὸν the λαὸν a people ὕψωσεν to lift up ἐν in τῇ the παροικίᾳ sojourning ἐν in γῇ earth Αἰγύπτου Egypt, ⚐καὶ and μετὰ with βραχίονος arm ὑψηλοῦ high ἐξήγαγεν to lead out αὐτοὺς them ἐξ out of αὐτῆς of her, -44 13 18 ⚐καί and, ὡς as τεσσερακονταετῆ forty years χρόνον time ἐτροποφόρησεν to put up with αὐτοὺς them ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted, -44 13 19 ⚐καὶ and καθελὼν to take down ἔθνη Gentiles ἑπτὰ seven ἐν in γῇ earth Χανάαν Canaan ⚐κατεκληρονόμησεν to distribute τὴν the γῆν earth αὐτῶν of them -44 13 20 ὡς as ἔτεσιν year τετρακοσίοις four hundred καὶ and πεντήκοντα fifty. ⚐καὶ and μετὰ after ταῦτα these ἔδωκεν to give κριτὰς judge ἕως until Σαμουὴλ Samuel τοῦ the προφήτου prophet. -44 13 21 ⚐κἀκεῖθεν and from there ᾐτήσαντο to ask βασιλέα king, ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκεν to give αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the θεὸς God τὸν the Σαοὺλ Saul υἱὸν son Κίς Kish, ἄνδρα man ἐκ from φυλῆς tribe Βενιαμίν Benjamin, ἔτη year τεσσεράκοντα forty· -44 13 22 ⚐καὶ and μεταστήσας to move αὐτὸν him ⚐ἤγειρεν to arise τὸν the Δαυὶδ David αὐτοῖς to them εἰς toward βασιλέα king, ⚐ᾧ which καὶ and εἶπεν to say ⚐μαρτυρήσας to testify· ⚐Εὗρον to find Δαυὶδ David τὸν the τοῦ the Ἰεσσαί Jesse, ἄνδρα man κατὰ according to τὴν the καρδίαν heart μου of me, ⚐ὃς which ποιήσει to do πάντα all τὰ the θελήματά desire μου of me. -44 13 23 ⚐τούτου of this ὁ the θεὸς God ἀπὸ from τοῦ the σπέρματος seed κατ᾽ according to ἐπαγγελίαν promise ⚐ἤγαγεν to bring τῷ the Ἰσραὴλ Israel σωτῆρα savior Ἰησοῦν Jesus, -44 13 24 ⚐προκηρύξαντος to announce Ἰωάννου John πρὸ before προσώπου face τῆς the εἰσόδου entry αὐτοῦ of him ⚐βάπτισμα baptism μετανοίας repentance παντὶ all τῷ the λαῷ a people Ἰσραήλ Israel. -44 13 25 ⚐ὡς as δὲ but ἐπλήρου to fulfill Ἰωάννης John τὸν the δρόμον racecourse, ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak· ⚐Τί which? ἐμὲ me ὑπονοεῖτε to suppose εἶναι to be; ⚐οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἐγώ I· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἰδοὺ look! ἔρχεται to come μετ᾽ after ἐμὲ me ⚐οὗ which οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἄξιος worthy τὸ the ὑπόδημα sandal τῶν the ποδῶν foot λῦσαι to loose.

 -44 13 26 ⚐Ἄνδρες man ἀδελφοί brother, υἱοὶ son γένους family Ἀβραὰμ Abraham καὶ and οἱ the ἐν among ὑμῖν to you φοβούμενοι to fear τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐ἡμῖν to us ὁ the λόγος word τῆς the σωτηρίας salvation ταύτης of this ἐξαπεστάλη to send out. -44 13 27 ⚐οἱ the γὰρ for κατοικοῦντες to dwell ἐν in Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem καὶ and οἱ the ἄρχοντες ruler αὐτῶν of them τοῦτον this ἀγνοήσαντες be ignorant ⚐καὶ and τὰς the φωνὰς voice τῶν the προφητῶν prophet τὰς the κατὰ according to πᾶν all σάββατον Sabbath ἀναγινωσκομένας to read ⚐κρίναντες to judge ⚐ἐπλήρωσαν to fulfill, -44 13 28 ⚐καὶ and μηδεμίαν nothing αἰτίαν cause θανάτου death εὑρόντες to find ⚐ᾐτήσαντο to ask Πιλᾶτον Pilate ⚐ἀναιρεθῆναι to do away with αὐτόν him· -44 13 29 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and ἐτέλεσαν to finish πάντα all τὰ the περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him γεγραμμένα to write, ⚐καθελόντες to take down ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ξύλου wood ⚐ἔθηκαν to place εἰς toward μνημεῖον grave. -44 13 30 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but θεὸς God ἤγειρεν to arise αὐτὸν him ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead· -44 13 31 ⚐ὃς which ὤφθη to see ἐπὶ upon ἡμέρας day πλείους much τοῖς who συναναβᾶσιν to ascend with αὐτῷ to him ἀπὸ from τῆς the Γαλιλαίας Galilee εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐οἵτινες which νῦν now εἰσὶν to be μάρτυρες witness αὐτοῦ of him πρὸς to τὸν the λαόν a people. -44 13 32 ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we ὑμᾶς you εὐαγγελιζόμεθα to speak good news τὴν the πρὸς to τοὺς the πατέρας father ἐπαγγελίαν promise γενομένην to be -44 13 33 ⚐ὅτι that ταύτην this ὁ the θεὸς God ἐκπεπλήρωκεν to fulfill τοῖς the τέκνοις child αὐτῶν of them ἡμῖν to us ⚐ἀναστήσας to arise Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐ὡς as καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the ψαλμῷ psalm γέγραπται to write τῷ the δευτέρῳ secondly· ⚐Υἱός son μου of me εἶ to be σύ you, ⚐ἐγὼ I σήμερον today γεγέννηκά to beget σε you. -44 13 34 ⚐ὅτι that δὲ but ἀνέστησεν to arise αὐτὸν him ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ⚐μηκέτι never again μέλλοντα be about to ὑποστρέφειν to return εἰς toward διαφθοράν decay, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) εἴρηκεν to say ⚐ὅτι that Δώσω to give ὑμῖν to you τὰ the ὅσια holy Δαυὶδ David τὰ the πιστά faithful. -44 13 35 ⚐διότι because καὶ and ἐν in ἑτέρῳ other λέγει to speak· ⚐Οὐ no δώσεις to give τὸν the ὅσιόν holy σου of you ⚐ἰδεῖν to know διαφθοράν decay· -44 13 36 ⚐Δαυὶδ David μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for ἰδίᾳ one's own γενεᾷ generation ὑπηρετήσας to serve τῇ the τοῦ the θεοῦ God βουλῇ plan ⚐ἐκοιμήθη to sleep ⚐καὶ and προσετέθη to add (to) πρὸς with τοὺς the πατέρας father αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and εἶδεν to know διαφθοράν decay, -44 13 37 ⚐ὃν which δὲ but ὁ the θεὸς God ἤγειρεν to arise οὐκ no εἶδεν to know διαφθοράν decay. -44 13 38 ⚐γνωστὸν acquainted with οὖν therefore ἔστω to be ὑμῖν to you, ἄνδρες man ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐ὅτι that διὰ through τούτου of this ὑμῖν to you ἄφεσις forgiveness ἁμαρτιῶν sin καταγγέλλεται to proclaim, ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from πάντων all ὧν which οὐκ no ἠδυνήθητε be able ἐν in νόμῳ law Μωϋσέως Moses δικαιωθῆναι to justify -44 13 39 ⚐ἐν by τούτῳ to this πᾶς all ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) δικαιοῦται to justify. -44 13 40 ⚐βλέπετε to see οὖν then ⚐μὴ not ἐπέλθῃ to arrive τὸ the εἰρημένον to say ἐν in τοῖς the προφήταις prophet· -44 13 41 ⚐Ἴδετε to know, οἱ the καταφρονηταί despiser, ⚐καὶ and θαυμάσατε to marvel καὶ and ἀφανίσθητε to destroy, ⚐ὅτι since ἔργον work ἐργάζομαι to work ἐγὼ I ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἔργον work ὃ which οὐ no μὴ not πιστεύσητε to trust (in) ⚐ἐάν if τις one ἐκδιηγῆται to tell in detail ὑμῖν to you.

 -44 13 42 ⚐Ἐξιόντων to go out δὲ and αὐτῶν of them ⚐παρεκάλουν to plead ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the μεταξὺ between σάββατον Sabbath λαληθῆναι to speak αὐτοῖς to them τὰ the ῥήματα word ταῦτα these. -44 13 43 ⚐λυθείσης to loose δὲ and τῆς the συναγωγῆς synagogue ⚐ἠκολούθησαν to follow πολλοὶ much τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish καὶ and τῶν the σεβομένων be devout προσηλύτων proselyte τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul καὶ and τῷ the Βαρναβᾷ Barnabas, ⚐οἵτινες who προσλαλοῦντες to talk to αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἔπειθον to persuade· αὐτοὺς them ⚐προσμένειν to persist τῇ the χάριτι grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -44 13 44 ⚐Τῷ the δὲ and ἐρχομένῳ to come σαββάτῳ Sabbath σχεδὸν nearly πᾶσα all ἡ the πόλις city συνήχθη to assemble ἀκοῦσαι to hear τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the κυρίου lord. -44 13 45 ⚐ἰδόντες to know δὲ but οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd ⚐ἐπλήσθησαν to fill ζήλου zeal ⚐καὶ and ἀντέλεγον to dispute τοῖς the ὑπὸ by Παύλου Paul λαλουμένοις to speak ⚐βλασφημοῦντες to blaspheme. -44 13 46 ⚐παρρησιασάμενοί to preach boldly τε both ὁ the Παῦλος Paul καὶ and ὁ the Βαρναβᾶς Barnabas ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Ὑμῖν to you ἦν to be ἀναγκαῖον necessary ⚐πρῶτον first λαληθῆναι to speak τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God· ⚐ἐπειδὴ since ἀπωθεῖσθε to reject αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἀξίους worthy κρίνετε to judge ἑαυτοὺς yourself τῆς the αἰωνίου eternal ζωῆς life, ⚐ἰδοὺ look! στρεφόμεθα to turn εἰς toward τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles· -44 13 47 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) γὰρ for ἐντέταλται to order ἡμῖν to us ὁ the κύριος lord· ⚐Τέθεικά to place σε you εἰς toward φῶς light ἐθνῶν Gentiles ⚐τοῦ the εἶναί to be σε you εἰς toward σωτηρίαν salvation ἕως until ἐσχάτου last τῆς the γῆς earth. -44 13 48 ⚐ἀκούοντα to hear δὲ and τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles ⚐ἔχαιρον to rejoice καὶ and ἐδόξαζον to glorify τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the κυρίου lord, ⚐καὶ and ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in) ὅσοι as much as ἦσαν to be τεταγμένοι to appoint εἰς toward ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal· -44 13 49 ⚐διεφέρετο to spread δὲ and ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the κυρίου lord δι᾽ through ὅλης all τῆς the χώρας country. -44 13 50 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish παρώτρυναν to incite τὰς the σεβομένας be devout γυναῖκας woman τὰς the εὐσχήμονας proper καὶ and τοὺς the πρώτους first τῆς the πόλεως city ⚐καὶ and ἐπήγειραν to rouse διωγμὸν persecution ἐπὶ against τὸν the Παῦλον Paul καὶ and Βαρναβᾶν Barnabas, ⚐καὶ and ἐξέβαλον to expel αὐτοὺς them ἀπὸ from τῶν the ὁρίων region αὐτῶν of them. -44 13 51 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἐκτιναξάμενοι to shake off τὸν the κονιορτὸν dust τῶν the ποδῶν foot ἐπ᾽ against αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἦλθον to go εἰς toward Ἰκόνιον Iconium, -44 13 52 ⚐οἵ the τε and μαθηταὶ disciple ἐπληροῦντο to fulfill χαρᾶς joy καὶ and πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy.

 -44 14 1 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν in Ἰκονίῳ Iconium κατὰ according to τὸ the αὐτὸ it εἰσελθεῖν to enter αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὴν the συναγωγὴν synagogue τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish ⚐καὶ and λαλῆσαι to speak οὕτως thus(-ly) ⚐ὥστε so πιστεῦσαι to trust (in) Ἰουδαίων Jewish τε both καὶ and Ἑλλήνων a Greek πολὺ much πλῆθος multitude. -44 14 2 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἀπειθήσαντες to disobey Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ἐπήγειραν to rouse καὶ and ἐκάκωσαν to harm τὰς the ψυχὰς soul τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles κατὰ according to τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother. -44 14 3 ⚐ἱκανὸν sufficient μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore χρόνον time διέτριψαν to remain ⚐παρρησιαζόμενοι to preach boldly ἐπὶ upon τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ⚐τῷ who μαρτυροῦντι to testify ἐπὶ upon τῷ the λόγῳ word τῆς the χάριτος grace αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐διδόντι to give σημεῖα sign καὶ and τέρατα wonders γίνεσθαι to be διὰ through τῶν the χειρῶν hand αὐτῶν of them. -44 14 4 ⚐ἐσχίσθη to split δὲ but τὸ the πλῆθος multitude τῆς the πόλεως city, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the μὲν on the other hand ἦσαν to be σὺν with τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish ⚐οἱ the δὲ and σὺν with τοῖς the ἀποστόλοις apostle. -44 14 5 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and ἐγένετο to be ὁρμὴ impulse τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles τε both καὶ and Ἰουδαίων Jewish σὺν with τοῖς the ἄρχουσιν ruler αὐτῶν of them ⚐ὑβρίσαι to mistreat καὶ and λιθοβολῆσαι to stone αὐτούς them, -44 14 6 ⚐συνιδόντες be aware ⚐κατέφυγον to flee εἰς toward τὰς the πόλεις city τῆς the Λυκαονίας Lycaonia Λύστραν Lystra καὶ and Δέρβην Derbe καὶ and τὴν the περίχωρον surrounding region, -44 14 7 ⚐κἀκεῖ and there εὐαγγελιζόμενοι to speak good news ἦσαν to be.

 -44 14 8 ⚐Καί and τις one ἀνὴρ man ἀδύνατος unable ἐν in Λύστροις Lystra τοῖς the ποσὶν foot ἐκάθητο to sit, ⚐χωλὸς lame ἐκ from κοιλίας womb μητρὸς mother αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὃς which οὐδέποτε never περιεπάτησεν to walk. -44 14 9 ⚐οὗτος this ἤκουσεν to hear τοῦ the Παύλου Paul λαλοῦντος to speak· ⚐ὃς which ἀτενίσας to gaze αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἔχει to have πίστιν faith ⚐τοῦ the σωθῆναι to save -44 14 10 ⚐εἶπεν to say μεγάλῃ great φωνῇ voice· ⚐Ἀνάστηθι to arise ἐπὶ on τοὺς the πόδας foot σου of you ὀρθός upright· ⚐καὶ and ἥλατο to spring καὶ and περιεπάτει to walk. -44 14 11 ⚐οἵ the τε and ὄχλοι crowd ἰδόντες to know ⚐ὃ which ἐποίησεν to do Παῦλος Paul ⚐ἐπῆραν to lift up τὴν the φωνὴν voice αὐτῶν of them Λυκαονιστὶ in Lycaonian ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Οἱ the θεοὶ God ὁμοιωθέντες to liken ἀνθρώποις a human κατέβησαν to come down πρὸς to ἡμᾶς us -44 14 12 ⚐ἐκάλουν to call τε and τὸν the Βαρναβᾶν Barnabas Δία Zeus, ⚐τὸν the δὲ and Παῦλον Paul Ἑρμῆν Hermes, ⚐ἐπειδὴ since αὐτὸς he ἦν to be ὁ the ἡγούμενος to govern τοῦ the λόγου word. -44 14 13 ⚐ὅ the τε and ἱερεὺς priest τοῦ the Διὸς Zeus τοῦ the ὄντος to be πρὸ before τῆς the πόλεως city ⚐ταύρους bull καὶ and στέμματα wreath ἐπὶ to τοὺς the πυλῶνας gate ἐνέγκας to bring ⚐σὺν with τοῖς the ὄχλοις crowd ἤθελεν to will θύειν to sacrifice. -44 14 14 ⚐ἀκούσαντες to hear δὲ but οἱ the ἀπόστολοι apostle Βαρναβᾶς Barnabas καὶ and Παῦλος Paul, ⚐διαρρήξαντες to tear τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐξεπήδησαν to rush out εἰς toward τὸν the ὄχλον crowd ⚐κράζοντες to cry -44 14 15 καὶ and λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἄνδρες man, τί which? ταῦτα these ποιεῖτε to do; ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we ὁμοιοπαθεῖς like ἐσμεν to be ὑμῖν to you ἄνθρωποι a human, ⚐εὐαγγελιζόμενοι to speak good news ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἀπὸ from τούτων of these τῶν the ματαίων futile ἐπιστρέφειν to turn ἐπὶ to θεὸν God ζῶντα to live ⚐ὃς which ἐποίησεν to do τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven καὶ and τὴν the γῆν earth καὶ and τὴν the θάλασσαν sea ⚐καὶ and πάντα all τὰ the ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them· -44 14 16 ⚐ὃς which ἐν in ταῖς the παρῳχημέναις to pass by γενεαῖς generation εἴασεν to allow πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles ⚐πορεύεσθαι to go ταῖς the ὁδοῖς road αὐτῶν of them· -44 14 17 ⚐καίτοι and yet οὐκ no ἀμάρτυρον without witness αὐτὸν him ἀφῆκεν to release ⚐ἀγαθουργῶν to do good, οὐρανόθεν from heaven ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὑετοὺς rain διδοὺς to give καὶ and καιροὺς right time καρποφόρους fruitbearing, ⚐ἐμπιπλῶν to fill up τροφῆς food καὶ and εὐφροσύνης joy τὰς the καρδίας heart ὑμῶν of you. -44 14 18 ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these λέγοντες to speak ⚐μόλις hardly κατέπαυσαν to keep from τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd ⚐τοῦ the μὴ not θύειν to sacrifice αὐτοῖς to them.

 -44 14 19 ⚐Ἐπῆλθαν to arrive δὲ but ἀπὸ from Ἀντιοχείας Antioch καὶ and Ἰκονίου Iconium Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish, ⚐καὶ and πείσαντες to persuade τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd ⚐καὶ and λιθάσαντες to stone τὸν the Παῦλον Paul ⚐ἔσυρον to drag ἔξω out τῆς the πόλεως city, ⚐νομίζοντες to think ⚐αὐτὸν him τεθνηκέναι to be dead. -44 14 20 ⚐κυκλωσάντων to surround δὲ but τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple αὐτὸν him ⚐ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city. ⚐καὶ and τῇ the ἐπαύριον the next day ἐξῆλθεν to go out σὺν with τῷ the Βαρναβᾷ Barnabas εἰς toward Δέρβην Derbe.

 -44 14 21 ⚐Εὐαγγελισάμενοί to speak good news τε and τὴν the πόλιν city ἐκείνην that ⚐καὶ and μαθητεύσαντες to disciple ἱκανοὺς sufficient ⚐ὑπέστρεψαν to return εἰς toward τὴν the Λύστραν Lystra καὶ and εἰς toward Ἰκόνιον Iconium καὶ and εἰς toward Ἀντιόχειαν Antioch, -44 14 22 ⚐ἐπιστηρίζοντες to strengthen τὰς the ψυχὰς soul τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple, ⚐παρακαλοῦντες to comfort ἐμμένειν to abide by τῇ the πίστει faith ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that διὰ through πολλῶν much θλίψεων pressure δεῖ to bind ἡμᾶς us ⚐εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -44 14 23 ⚐χειροτονήσαντες to appoint δὲ and αὐτοῖς to them κατ᾽ according to ἐκκλησίαν assembly πρεσβυτέρους elder ⚐προσευξάμενοι to pray μετὰ with νηστειῶν fasting ⚐παρέθεντο to set before αὐτοὺς them τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ⚐εἰς toward ὃν which πεπιστεύκεισαν to trust (in). -44 14 24 ⚐καὶ and διελθόντες to pass through τὴν the Πισιδίαν Pisidia ⚐ἦλθον to come εἰς toward τὴν the Παμφυλίαν Pamphylia, -44 14 25 ⚐καὶ and λαλήσαντες to speak ἐν in Πέργῃ Perga τὸν the λόγον word ⚐κατέβησαν to go down εἰς toward Ἀττάλειαν Attalia, -44 14 26 ⚐κἀκεῖθεν and from there ἀπέπλευσαν to set sail εἰς toward Ἀντιόχειαν Antioch, ⚐ὅθεν whence ἦσαν to be παραδεδομένοι to deliver τῇ the χάριτι grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God εἰς toward τὸ the ἔργον work ⚐ὃ which ἐπλήρωσαν to fulfill. -44 14 27 ⚐παραγενόμενοι to come δὲ and καὶ and συναγαγόντες to assemble τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly ⚐ἀνήγγελλον to report ⚐ὅσα as much as ἐποίησεν to do ὁ the θεὸς God μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that ἤνοιξεν to open τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles θύραν door πίστεως faith. -44 14 28 ⚐διέτριβον to remain δὲ and χρόνον time οὐκ no ὀλίγον little σὺν with τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple.

 -44 15 1 ⚐Καί and τινες one κατελθόντες to descend ἀπὸ from τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea ⚐ἐδίδασκον to teach τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother ⚐ὅτι that Ἐὰν if μὴ not περιτμηθῆτε to circumcise τῷ the ἔθει custom τῷ the Μωϋσέως Moses, ⚐οὐ no δύνασθε be able σωθῆναι to save. -44 15 2 ⚐γενομένης to be δὲ and στάσεως uprising καὶ and ζητήσεως controversy οὐκ no ὀλίγης little τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul καὶ and τῷ the Βαρναβᾷ Barnabas πρὸς with αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἔταξαν to appoint ἀναβαίνειν to ascend Παῦλον Paul καὶ and Βαρναβᾶν Barnabas καί and τινας one ἄλλους another ἐξ from αὐτῶν of them πρὸς to τοὺς the ἀποστόλους apostle καὶ and πρεσβυτέρους elder εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem περὶ about τοῦ the ζητήματος a dispute τούτου of this. -44 15 3 ⚐οἱ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore προπεμφθέντες to help on the way ὑπὸ by τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly ⚐διήρχοντο to pass through τήν the τε both Φοινίκην Phoenicia καὶ and Σαμάρειαν Samaria ⚐ἐκδιηγούμενοι to tell in detail τὴν the ἐπιστροφὴν conversion τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles, ⚐καὶ and ἐποίουν to make χαρὰν joy μεγάλην great πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ἀδελφοῖς brother. -44 15 4 ⚐παραγενόμενοι to come δὲ and εἰς toward Ἱερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐παρεδέχθησαν to receive ἀπὸ from τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly καὶ and τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle καὶ and τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder, ⚐ἀνήγγειλάν to report τε and ⚐ὅσα as much as ὁ the θεὸς God ἐποίησεν to do μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them. -44 15 5 ⚐ἐξανέστησαν to raise up δέ but τινες one τῶν the ἀπὸ from τῆς the αἱρέσεως sect τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee πεπιστευκότες to trust (in), ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that δεῖ to bind περιτέμνειν to circumcise αὐτοὺς them ⚐παραγγέλλειν to order τε and τηρεῖν to keep τὸν the νόμον law Μωϋσέως Moses.

 -44 15 6 ⚐Συνήχθησάν to assemble τε both οἱ the ἀπόστολοι apostle καὶ and οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder ⚐ἰδεῖν to know περὶ about τοῦ the λόγου word τούτου of this. -44 15 7 ⚐πολλῆς much δὲ and ζητήσεως controversy γενομένης to be ⚐ἀναστὰς to arise Πέτρος Peter ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Ἄνδρες man ἀδελφοί brother, ὑμεῖς you ἐπίστασθε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἀφ᾽ from ἡμερῶν day ἀρχαίων ancient ἐν in ὑμῖν to you ἐξελέξατο to select ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐διὰ through τοῦ the στόματός mouth μου of me ἀκοῦσαι to hear τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel ⚐καὶ and πιστεῦσαι to trust (in), -44 15 8 ⚐καὶ and ὁ who καρδιογνώστης heart-knower θεὸς God ἐμαρτύρησεν to testify αὐτοῖς to them ⚐δοὺς to give τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy καθὼς just as καὶ and ἡμῖν to us, -44 15 9 ⚐καὶ and οὐθὲν no one διέκρινεν to discern μεταξὺ between ἡμῶν of us τε and καὶ and αὐτῶν of them, ⚐τῇ the πίστει faith καθαρίσας to clean τὰς the καρδίας heart αὐτῶν of them. -44 15 10 ⚐νῦν now οὖν therefore τί which? πειράζετε to test τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐ἐπιθεῖναι to put ζυγὸν yoke ἐπὶ on τὸν the τράχηλον neck τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple ⚐ὃν which οὔτε neither οἱ the πατέρες father ἡμῶν of us οὔτε neither ἡμεῖς we ἰσχύσαμεν be strong βαστάσαι to carry; -44 15 11 ⚐ἀλλὰ but διὰ through τῆς the χάριτος grace τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus πιστεύομεν to trust (in) σωθῆναι to save ⚐καθ᾽ according to ὃν which τρόπον way κἀκεῖνοι and that one.

 -44 15 12 ⚐Ἐσίγησεν be silent δὲ and πᾶν all τὸ the πλῆθος multitude, ⚐καὶ and ἤκουον to hear Βαρναβᾶ Barnabas καὶ and Παύλου Paul ⚐ἐξηγουμένων to tell ⚐ὅσα as much as ἐποίησεν to do ὁ the θεὸς God σημεῖα sign καὶ and τέρατα wonders ἐν among τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles δι᾽ through αὐτῶν of them. -44 15 13 ⚐μετὰ after δὲ and τὸ the σιγῆσαι be silent αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer Ἰάκωβος James ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἄνδρες man ἀδελφοί brother, ἀκούσατέ to hear μου of me. -44 15 14 ⚐Συμεὼν Simeon ἐξηγήσατο to tell ⚐καθὼς as πρῶτον first ὁ the θεὸς God ἐπεσκέψατο to care for λαβεῖν to take ἐξ from ἐθνῶν Gentiles λαὸν a people τῷ the ὀνόματι name αὐτοῦ of him. -44 15 15 ⚐καὶ and τούτῳ to this συμφωνοῦσιν to agree with οἱ the λόγοι word τῶν the προφητῶν prophet, ⚐καθὼς as γέγραπται to write· -44 15 16 ⚐Μετὰ after ταῦτα these ἀναστρέψω to return ⚐καὶ and ἀνοικοδομήσω to rebuild τὴν the σκηνὴν tent Δαυὶδ David τὴν the πεπτωκυῖαν to collapse ⚐καὶ and τὰ the κατεσκαμμένα to ruin αὐτῆς of her ἀνοικοδομήσω to rebuild ⚐καὶ and ἀνορθώσω to restore αὐτήν her, -44 15 17 ⚐ὅπως that ἂν if ἐκζητήσωσιν to seek out οἱ the κατάλοιποι remaining τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human τὸν the κύριον lord, ⚐καὶ and πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon οὓς which ἐπικέκληται to call (on) τὸ the ὄνομά name μου of me ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτούς them, ⚐λέγει to speak κύριος lord ⚐ποιῶν to make ταῦτα these -44 15 18 γνωστὰ acquainted with ἀπ᾽ from αἰῶνος an age. -44 15 19 ⚐διὸ therefore ἐγὼ I κρίνω to judge ⚐μὴ not παρενοχλεῖν to trouble τοῖς the ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles ἐπιστρέφουσιν to turn ἐπὶ to τὸν the θεόν God, -44 15 20 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπιστεῖλαι to write to αὐτοῖς to them ⚐τοῦ the ἀπέχεσθαι to have in full τῶν the ἀλισγημάτων defilement τῶν the εἰδώλων idol καὶ and τῆς the πορνείας sexual sin καὶ and τοῦ the πνικτοῦ strangled καὶ and τοῦ the αἵματος blood· -44 15 21 ⚐Μωϋσῆς Moses γὰρ for ἐκ from γενεῶν generation ἀρχαίων ancient κατὰ according to πόλιν city τοὺς who κηρύσσοντας to preach αὐτὸν him ἔχει to have ⚐ἐν in ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue κατὰ according to πᾶν all σάββατον Sabbath ἀναγινωσκόμενος to read.

 -44 15 22 ⚐Τότε then ἔδοξεν to think τοῖς the ἀποστόλοις apostle καὶ and τοῖς the πρεσβυτέροις elder σὺν with ὅλῃ all τῇ the ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly ⚐ἐκλεξαμένους to select ἄνδρας man ἐξ from αὐτῶν of them ⚐πέμψαι to send εἰς toward Ἀντιόχειαν Antioch σὺν with τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul καὶ and Βαρναβᾷ Barnabas, Ἰούδαν Judas τὸν the καλούμενον to call Βαρσαββᾶν Barsabbas καὶ and Σιλᾶν Silas, ⚐ἄνδρας man ἡγουμένους to govern ἐν among τοῖς the ἀδελφοῖς brother, -44 15 23 ⚐γράψαντες to write διὰ through χειρὸς hand αὐτῶν of them· ⚐Οἱ the ἀπόστολοι apostle καὶ and οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder ἀδελφοὶ brother ⚐τοῖς the κατὰ according to τὴν the Ἀντιόχειαν Antioch καὶ and Συρίαν Syria καὶ and Κιλικίαν Cilicia ἀδελφοῖς brother τοῖς the ἐξ out of ἐθνῶν Gentiles ⚐χαίρειν to rejoice. -44 15 24 ⚐ἐπειδὴ since ἠκούσαμεν to hear ⚐ὅτι that τινὲς one ἐξ from ἡμῶν of us ἐξελθόντες to go out ἐτάραξαν to trouble ὑμᾶς you λόγοις word ⚐ἀνασκευάζοντες to upset τὰς the ψυχὰς soul ὑμῶν of you ⚐οἷς which οὐ no διεστειλάμεθα to give orders, -44 15 25 ⚐ἔδοξεν to think ἡμῖν to us ⚐γενομένοις to be ὁμοθυμαδὸν united ⚐ἐκλεξαμένοις to select ἄνδρας man ⚐πέμψαι to send πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you σὺν with τοῖς the ἀγαπητοῖς beloved ἡμῶν of us Βαρναβᾷ Barnabas καὶ and Παύλῳ Paul, -44 15 26 ⚐ἀνθρώποις a human παραδεδωκόσιν to deliver τὰς the ψυχὰς soul αὐτῶν of them ὑπὲρ for τοῦ the ὀνόματος name τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ. -44 15 27 ⚐ἀπεστάλκαμεν to send οὖν therefore Ἰούδαν Judas καὶ and Σιλᾶν Silas, ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὺς them διὰ through λόγου word ἀπαγγέλλοντας to announce τὰ the αὐτά them. -44 15 28 ⚐ἔδοξεν to think γὰρ for τῷ the πνεύματι spirit τῷ the ἁγίῳ holy καὶ and ἡμῖν to us ⚐μηδὲν nothing πλέον greater ἐπιτίθεσθαι to put ὑμῖν to you βάρος burden πλὴν but τούτων of these τῶν the ἐπάναγκες necessarily, -44 15 29 ⚐ἀπέχεσθαι to have in full εἰδωλοθύτων sacrificed to idols καὶ and αἵματος blood καὶ and πνικτῶν strangled καὶ and πορνείας sexual sin· ⚐ἐξ from ὧν which διατηροῦντες to keep ἑαυτοὺς yourself ⚐εὖ well πράξετε to practise. ⚐ἔρρωσθε farewell.

 -44 15 30 ⚐Οἱ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore ἀπολυθέντες to release ⚐κατῆλθον to descend εἰς toward Ἀντιόχειαν Antioch, ⚐καὶ and συναγαγόντες to assemble τὸ the πλῆθος multitude ⚐ἐπέδωκαν to deliver τὴν the ἐπιστολήν epistle· -44 15 31 ⚐ἀναγνόντες to read δὲ and ⚐ἐχάρησαν to rejoice ἐπὶ upon τῇ the παρακλήσει encouragement. -44 15 32 ⚐Ἰούδας Judas τε both καὶ and Σιλᾶς Silas, καὶ and αὐτοὶ they προφῆται prophet ὄντες to be, ⚐διὰ through λόγου word πολλοῦ much παρεκάλεσαν to comfort τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother ⚐καὶ and ἐπεστήριξαν to strengthen· -44 15 33 ⚐ποιήσαντες to spend δὲ and χρόνον time ⚐ἀπελύθησαν to release μετ᾽ with εἰρήνης peace ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother πρὸς to τοὺς who ἀποστείλαντας to send αὐτούς them. -44 15 35 ⚐Παῦλος Paul δὲ but καὶ and Βαρναβᾶς Barnabas διέτριβον to remain ἐν in Ἀντιοχείᾳ Antioch ⚐διδάσκοντες to teach καὶ and εὐαγγελιζόμενοι to speak good news μετὰ with καὶ and ἑτέρων other πολλῶν much τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the κυρίου lord.

 -44 15 36 ⚐Μετὰ after δέ and τινας one ἡμέρας day εἶπεν to say πρὸς to Βαρναβᾶν Barnabas Παῦλος Paul· ⚐Ἐπιστρέψαντες to turn δὴ so ⚐ἐπισκεψώμεθα to visit τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother κατὰ according to πόλιν city πᾶσαν all ⚐ἐν in αἷς which κατηγγείλαμεν to proclaim τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the κυρίου lord, ⚐πῶς how? ἔχουσιν to have. -44 15 37 ⚐Βαρναβᾶς Barnabas δὲ and ἐβούλετο to plan συμπαραλαβεῖν to take along with καὶ and τὸν the Ἰωάννην John τὸν the καλούμενον to call Μᾶρκον Mark· -44 15 38 ⚐Παῦλος Paul δὲ but ἠξίου to deem worthy, ⚐τὸν who ἀποστάντα to leave ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them ἀπὸ from Παμφυλίας Pamphylia ⚐καὶ and μὴ not συνελθόντα to assemble αὐτοῖς to them εἰς toward τὸ the ἔργον work, ⚐μὴ not συμπαραλαμβάνειν to take along with τοῦτον this. -44 15 39 ⚐ἐγένετο to be δὲ and παροξυσμὸς stirring up ⚐ὥστε so ἀποχωρισθῆναι to separate from αὐτοὺς them ἀπ᾽ from ἀλλήλων one another, ⚐τόν the τε and Βαρναβᾶν Barnabas παραλαβόντα to take τὸν the Μᾶρκον Mark ⚐ἐκπλεῦσαι to sail away εἰς toward Κύπρον Cyprus, -44 15 40 ⚐Παῦλος Paul δὲ but ἐπιλεξάμενος to choose Σιλᾶν Silas ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out ⚐παραδοθεὶς to deliver τῇ the χάριτι grace τοῦ the κυρίου lord ὑπὸ by τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother, -44 15 41 ⚐διήρχετο to pass through δὲ and τὴν the Συρίαν Syria καὶ and τὴν the Κιλικίαν Cilicia ⚐ἐπιστηρίζων to strengthen τὰς the ἐκκλησίας assembly.

 -44 16 1 ⚐Κατήντησεν to come to δὲ but καὶ and εἰς toward Δέρβην Derbe καὶ and εἰς toward Λύστραν Lystra. ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! μαθητής disciple τις one ἦν to be ἐκεῖ there ὀνόματι name Τιμόθεος Timothy, ⚐υἱὸς son γυναικὸς woman Ἰουδαίας Jewish πιστῆς faithful, ⚐πατρὸς father δὲ and Ἕλληνος a Greek, -44 16 2 ⚐ὃς which ἐμαρτυρεῖτο to testify ὑπὸ by τῶν the ἐν in Λύστροις Lystra καὶ and Ἰκονίῳ Iconium ἀδελφῶν brother· -44 16 3 ⚐τοῦτον this ἠθέλησεν to will ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ⚐σὺν with αὐτῷ to him ἐξελθεῖν to go out, ⚐καὶ and λαβὼν to take ⚐περιέτεμεν to circumcise αὐτὸν him διὰ because of τοὺς the Ἰουδαίους Jewish τοὺς who ὄντας to be ἐν in τοῖς the τόποις place ἐκείνοις that, ⚐ᾔδεισαν to know γὰρ for ἅπαντες all ⚐ὅτι that Ἕλλην a Greek ὁ the πατὴρ father αὐτοῦ of him ὑπῆρχεν to be. -44 16 4 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and διεπορεύοντο to go through τὰς the πόλεις city, ⚐παρεδίδοσαν to deliver αὐτοῖς to them ⚐φυλάσσειν to keep τὰ the δόγματα decree ⚐τὰ the κεκριμένα to judge ὑπὸ by τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle καὶ and πρεσβυτέρων elder τῶν the ἐν in Ἱεροσολύμοις Jerusalem. -44 16 5 ⚐αἱ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore ἐκκλησίαι assembly ἐστερεοῦντο to strengthen τῇ the πίστει faith ⚐καὶ and ἐπερίσσευον to abound τῷ the ἀριθμῷ number καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day.

 -44 16 6 ⚐Διῆλθον to pass through δὲ and τὴν the Φρυγίαν Phrygia καὶ and Γαλατικὴν Galatian χώραν country, ⚐κωλυθέντες to prevent ὑπὸ by τοῦ the ἁγίου holy πνεύματος spirit ⚐λαλῆσαι to speak τὸν the λόγον word ἐν in τῇ the Ἀσίᾳ Asia, -44 16 7 ⚐ἐλθόντες to come δὲ and κατὰ according to τὴν the Μυσίαν Mysia ⚐ἐπείραζον to tempt ⚐εἰς toward τὴν the Βιθυνίαν Bithynia πορευθῆναι to go ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no εἴασεν to allow αὐτοὺς them τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit Ἰησοῦ Jesus· -44 16 8 ⚐παρελθόντες to pass by δὲ and τὴν the Μυσίαν Mysia ⚐κατέβησαν to go down εἰς toward Τρῳάδα Troas. -44 16 9 ⚐καὶ and ὅραμα vision διὰ through τῆς the νυκτὸς night τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul ὤφθη to see, ⚐ἀνὴρ man Μακεδών Macedonian τις one ἦν to be ἑστὼς to stand ⚐καὶ and παρακαλῶν to plead αὐτὸν him καὶ and λέγων to speak· ⚐Διαβὰς to cross εἰς toward Μακεδονίαν Macedonia ⚐βοήθησον to help ἡμῖν to us. -44 16 10 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and τὸ the ὅραμα vision εἶδεν to know, ⚐εὐθέως immediately ἐζητήσαμεν to seek ἐξελθεῖν to go out εἰς toward Μακεδονίαν Macedonia, ⚐συμβιβάζοντες to join with ⚐ὅτι that προσκέκληται to call to ἡμᾶς us ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐εὐαγγελίσασθαι to speak good news αὐτούς them.

 -44 16 11 ⚐Ἀναχθέντες to lead δὲ and ἀπὸ from Τρῳάδος Troas ⚐εὐθυδρομήσαμεν to sail straight εἰς toward Σαμοθρᾴκην Samothrace, ⚐τῇ the δὲ and ἐπιούσῃ come after εἰς toward Νέαν new Πόλιν city, -44 16 12 ⚐κἀκεῖθεν and from there εἰς toward Φιλίππους Philippi, ⚐ἥτις which ἐστὶν to be πρώτης first μερίδος part τῆς the Μακεδονίας Macedonia πόλις city, κολωνία colony. ⚐ἦμεν to be δὲ and ἐν in ταύτῃ to this τῇ the πόλει city διατρίβοντες to remain ἡμέρας day τινάς one. -44 16 13 ⚐τῇ the τε and ἡμέρᾳ day τῶν the σαββάτων Sabbath ἐξήλθομεν to go out ἔξω outside τῆς the πύλης gate παρὰ beside ποταμὸν river ⚐οὗ where ἐνομίζομεν to think ⚐προσευχὴν prayer εἶναι to be, ⚐καὶ and καθίσαντες to sit ⚐ἐλαλοῦμεν to speak ταῖς who συνελθούσαις to assemble γυναιξίν woman. -44 16 14 ⚐καί and τις one γυνὴ woman ὀνόματι name Λυδία Lydia, πορφυρόπωλις dealer in purple πόλεως city Θυατείρων Thyatira σεβομένη be devout τὸν the θεόν God, ἤκουεν to hear, ⚐ἧς which ὁ the κύριος lord διήνοιξεν to open τὴν the καρδίαν heart ⚐προσέχειν to watch out τοῖς the λαλουμένοις to speak ὑπὸ by τοῦ the Παύλου Paul. -44 16 15 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and ἐβαπτίσθη to baptize καὶ and ὁ the οἶκος house αὐτῆς of her, ⚐παρεκάλεσεν to plead ⚐λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Εἰ if κεκρίκατέ to judge με me πιστὴν faithful τῷ the κυρίῳ lord εἶναι to be, ⚐εἰσελθόντες to enter εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκόν house μου of me ⚐μένετε to stay· ⚐καὶ and παρεβιάσατο to urge ἡμᾶς us.

 -44 16 16 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐πορευομένων to go ἡμῶν of us εἰς toward τὴν the προσευχὴν prayer ⚐παιδίσκην maidservant τινὰ one ἔχουσαν to have πνεῦμα spirit πύθωνα divining spirit ὑπαντῆσαι to go meet ἡμῖν to us, ⚐ἥτις which ἐργασίαν work πολλὴν much παρεῖχεν to furnish occasion τοῖς the κυρίοις lord αὐτῆς of her ⚐μαντευομένη to divine· -44 16 17 ⚐αὕτη this κατακολουθοῦσα to follow τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul καὶ and ἡμῖν to us ⚐ἔκραζεν to cry ⚐λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Οὗτοι these οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human δοῦλοι slave τοῦ the θεοῦ God τοῦ the ὑψίστου highest εἰσίν to be, ⚐οἵτινες who καταγγέλλουσιν to proclaim ὑμῖν to you ὁδὸν road σωτηρίας salvation. -44 16 18 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ but ἐποίει to do ἐπὶ upon πολλὰς much ἡμέρας day. ⚐διαπονηθεὶς be vexed δὲ and Παῦλος Paul ⚐καὶ and ἐπιστρέψας to turn ⚐τῷ the πνεύματι spirit εἶπεν to say· ⚐Παραγγέλλω to order σοι to you ἐν in ὀνόματι name Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐ἐξελθεῖν to go out ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῆς of her· ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out αὐτῇ to her τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour.

 -44 16 19 ⚐ἰδόντες to know δὲ but οἱ the κύριοι lord αὐτῆς of her ⚐ὅτι that ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἡ the ἐλπὶς hope τῆς the ἐργασίας work αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐπιλαβόμενοι to catch τὸν the Παῦλον Paul καὶ and τὸν the Σιλᾶν Silas ⚐εἵλκυσαν to draw εἰς toward τὴν the ἀγορὰν marketplace ἐπὶ upon τοὺς the ἄρχοντας ruler, -44 16 20 ⚐καὶ and προσαγαγόντες to bring near αὐτοὺς them τοῖς the στρατηγοῖς magistrate ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Οὗτοι these οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human ἐκταράσσουσιν to disturb greatly ἡμῶν of us τὴν the πόλιν city ⚐Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ὑπάρχοντες to be, -44 16 21 ⚐καὶ and καταγγέλλουσιν to proclaim ἔθη custom ⚐ἃ which οὐκ no ἔξεστιν it is permitted ἡμῖν to us ⚐παραδέχεσθαι to receive οὐδὲ and not ποιεῖν to do ⚐Ῥωμαίοις Roman οὖσιν to be. -44 16 22 ⚐καὶ and συνεπέστη to attack ὁ the ὄχλος crowd κατ᾽ according to αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the στρατηγοὶ magistrate περιρήξαντες to strip off αὐτῶν of them τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing ⚐ἐκέλευον to order ῥαβδίζειν to beat with a rod, -44 16 23 ⚐πολλάς much τε and ἐπιθέντες to put αὐτοῖς to them πληγὰς blow ⚐ἔβαλον to throw εἰς toward φυλακήν prison, ⚐παραγγείλαντες to order τῷ the δεσμοφύλακι jailer ⚐ἀσφαλῶς securely τηρεῖν to keep αὐτούς them· -44 16 24 ⚐ὃς which παραγγελίαν order τοιαύτην such as this λαβὼν to take ⚐ἔβαλεν to throw αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὴν the ἐσωτέραν inner φυλακὴν prison ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the πόδας foot ἠσφαλίσατο to secure αὐτῶν of them εἰς toward τὸ the ξύλον wood.

 -44 16 25 ⚐Κατὰ according to δὲ and τὸ the μεσονύκτιον midnight Παῦλος Paul καὶ and Σιλᾶς Silas προσευχόμενοι to pray ⚐ὕμνουν to praise τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐ἐπηκροῶντο to listen ro δὲ and αὐτῶν of them οἱ the δέσμιοι prisoner· -44 16 26 ⚐ἄφνω suddenly δὲ and σεισμὸς earthquake ἐγένετο to be μέγας great ⚐ὥστε so σαλευθῆναι to shake τὰ the θεμέλια foundation τοῦ the δεσμωτηρίου prison, ⚐ἠνεῴχθησαν to open δὲ and παραχρῆμα instantly αἱ the θύραι door πᾶσαι all, ⚐καὶ and πάντων all τὰ the δεσμὰ chain ἀνέθη to loosen. -44 16 27 ⚐ἔξυπνος awake δὲ and γενόμενος to be ὁ the δεσμοφύλαξ jailer ⚐καὶ and ἰδὼν to know ἀνεῳγμένας to open τὰς the θύρας door τῆς the φυλακῆς prison ⚐σπασάμενος to draw τὴν the μάχαιραν sword ⚐ἤμελλεν be about to ἑαυτὸν himself ἀναιρεῖν to do away with, ⚐νομίζων to think ⚐ἐκπεφευγέναι to escape τοὺς the δεσμίους prisoner. -44 16 28 ⚐ἐφώνησεν to call δὲ but μεγάλῃ great φωνῇ voice ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Μηδὲν nothing πράξῃς to practise σεαυτῷ yourself κακόν harm, ⚐ἅπαντες all γάρ for ἐσμεν to be ἐνθάδε here. -44 16 29 ⚐αἰτήσας to ask δὲ and φῶτα light ⚐εἰσεπήδησεν to rush into ⚐καὶ and ἔντρομος trembling γενόμενος to be ⚐προσέπεσεν to fall τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul καὶ and τῷ the Σιλᾷ Silas, -44 16 30 ⚐καὶ and προαγαγὼν to bring before αὐτοὺς them ἔξω outside ⚐ἔφη to say· ⚐Κύριοι lord, τί which? με me δεῖ to bind ποιεῖν to do ⚐ἵνα in order to σωθῶ to save; -44 16 31 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Πίστευσον to trust (in) ἐπὶ upon τὸν the κύριον lord Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐καὶ and σωθήσῃ to save σὺ you καὶ and ὁ the οἶκός house σου of you. -44 16 32 ⚐καὶ and ἐλάλησαν to speak αὐτῷ to him τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the κυρίου lord ⚐σὺν with πᾶσιν all τοῖς who ἐν in τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house αὐτοῦ of him. -44 16 33 ⚐καὶ and παραλαβὼν to take αὐτοὺς them ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour τῆς the νυκτὸς night ⚐ἔλουσεν to wash ἀπὸ from τῶν the πληγῶν wound, ⚐καὶ and ἐβαπτίσθη to baptize αὐτὸς he καὶ and οἱ the αὐτοῦ of him πάντες all παραχρῆμα instantly, -44 16 34 ⚐ἀναγαγών to lead τε and αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house ⚐παρέθηκεν to set before τράπεζαν table ⚐καὶ and ἠγαλλιάσατο to rejoice πανοικεὶ with all the house ⚐πεπιστευκὼς to trust (in) τῷ the θεῷ God.

 -44 16 35 ⚐Ἡμέρας day δὲ and γενομένης to be ⚐ἀπέστειλαν to send οἱ the στρατηγοὶ magistrate τοὺς the ῥαβδούχους police ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἀπόλυσον to release τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human ἐκείνους that. -44 16 36 ⚐ἀπήγγειλεν to announce δὲ and ὁ the δεσμοφύλαξ jailer τοὺς the λόγους word τούτους these πρὸς to τὸν the Παῦλον Paul, ⚐ὅτι that Ἀπέσταλκαν to send οἱ the στρατηγοὶ magistrate ⚐ἵνα in order to ἀπολυθῆτε to release· ⚐νῦν now οὖν therefore ἐξελθόντες to go out ⚐πορεύεσθε to go ἐν in εἰρήνῃ peace. -44 16 37 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Παῦλος Paul ἔφη to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Δείραντες to beat up ἡμᾶς us δημοσίᾳ public ἀκατακρίτους uncondemned, ⚐ἀνθρώπους a human Ῥωμαίους Roman ὑπάρχοντας to be, ἔβαλαν to throw εἰς toward φυλακήν prison· ⚐καὶ and νῦν now λάθρᾳ quietly ἡμᾶς us ἐκβάλλουσιν to expel; ⚐οὐ no γάρ for, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐλθόντες to come αὐτοὶ they ἡμᾶς us ἐξαγαγέτωσαν to lead out. -44 16 38 ⚐ἀπήγγειλαν to announce δὲ and τοῖς the στρατηγοῖς magistrate οἱ the ῥαβδοῦχοι police τὰ the ῥήματα word ταῦτα these· ⚐ἐφοβήθησαν to fear δὲ and ⚐ἀκούσαντες to hear ⚐ὅτι that Ῥωμαῖοί Roman εἰσιν to be, -44 16 39 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθόντες to come ⚐παρεκάλεσαν to plead αὐτούς them, ⚐καὶ and ἐξαγαγόντες to lead out ⚐ἠρώτων to ask ἀπελθεῖν to go away ἀπὸ from τῆς the πόλεως city. -44 16 40 ⚐ἐξελθόντες to go out δὲ and ἀπὸ from τῆς the φυλακῆς prison ⚐εἰσῆλθον to enter πρὸς to τὴν the Λυδίαν Lydia, ⚐καὶ and ἰδόντες to know ⚐παρεκάλεσαν to comfort τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθαν to go out.

 -44 17 1 ⚐Διοδεύσαντες to go through δὲ and τὴν the Ἀμφίπολιν Amphipolis καὶ and τὴν the Ἀπολλωνίαν Apollonia ⚐ἦλθον to come εἰς toward Θεσσαλονίκην Thessalonica, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἦν to be συναγωγὴ synagogue τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish. -44 17 2 ⚐κατὰ according to δὲ and τὸ the εἰωθὸς to have a custom τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul εἰσῆλθεν to enter πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on σάββατα Sabbath τρία three διελέξατο to dispute αὐτοῖς to them ἀπὸ from τῶν the γραφῶν a writing, -44 17 3 ⚐διανοίγων to open καὶ and παρατιθέμενος to set before ⚐ὅτι that τὸν the χριστὸν Christ ἔδει be necessary παθεῖν to suffer καὶ and ἀναστῆναι to arise ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead, ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the χριστός Christ, ὁ the Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὃν which ἐγὼ I καταγγέλλω to proclaim ὑμῖν to you. -44 17 4 ⚐καί and τινες one ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them ἐπείσθησαν to persuade ⚐καὶ and προσεκληρώθησαν to join τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul καὶ and τῷ the Σιλᾷ Silas, τῶν the τε and σεβομένων be devout Ἑλλήνων a Greek πλῆθος multitude πολὺ much ⚐γυναικῶν woman τε and τῶν the πρώτων first οὐκ no ὀλίγαι few. -44 17 5 ⚐ζηλώσαντες be eager δὲ but οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ⚐καὶ and προσλαβόμενοι to take τῶν the ἀγοραίων of the marketplace ἄνδρας man τινὰς one πονηροὺς bad ⚐καὶ and ὀχλοποιήσαντες to riot ⚐ἐθορύβουν to make commotion τὴν the πόλιν city, ⚐καὶ and ἐπιστάντες to approach τῇ the οἰκίᾳ house Ἰάσονος Jason ⚐ἐζήτουν to seek αὐτοὺς them ⚐προαγαγεῖν to bring before εἰς toward τὸν the δῆμον people· -44 17 6 ⚐μὴ not εὑρόντες to find δὲ and αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἔσυρον to drag Ἰάσονα Jason καί and τινας one ἀδελφοὺς brother ἐπὶ upon τοὺς the πολιτάρχας city authority, ⚐βοῶντες to cry out ⚐ὅτι that Οἱ the τὴν the οἰκουμένην world ἀναστατώσαντες to cause trouble οὗτοι these καὶ and ἐνθάδε here πάρεισιν be present, -44 17 7 ⚐οὓς which ὑποδέδεκται to receive Ἰάσων Jason· ⚐καὶ and οὗτοι these πάντες all ἀπέναντι opposite τῶν the δογμάτων decree Καίσαρος Caesar πράσσουσιν to practise, ⚐βασιλέα king ἕτερον other λέγοντες to speak εἶναι to be Ἰησοῦν Jesus. -44 17 8 ⚐ἐτάραξαν to trouble δὲ and τὸν the ὄχλον crowd καὶ and τοὺς the πολιτάρχας city authority ἀκούοντας to hear ταῦτα these, -44 17 9 ⚐καὶ and λαβόντες to take τὸ the ἱκανὸν sufficient παρὰ from τοῦ the Ἰάσονος Jason καὶ and τῶν the λοιπῶν remaining ⚐ἀπέλυσαν to release αὐτούς them.

 -44 17 10 ⚐Οἱ the δὲ and ἀδελφοὶ brother εὐθέως immediately διὰ through νυκτὸς night ἐξέπεμψαν to send out τόν the τε and Παῦλον Paul καὶ and τὸν the Σιλᾶν Silas εἰς toward Βέροιαν Berea, ⚐οἵτινες which παραγενόμενοι to come ⚐εἰς toward τὴν the συναγωγὴν synagogue τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish ἀπῄεσαν to go· -44 17 11 ⚐οὗτοι these δὲ and ἦσαν to be εὐγενέστεροι of noble birth τῶν the ἐν in Θεσσαλονίκῃ Thessalonica, ⚐οἵτινες who ἐδέξαντο to receive τὸν the λόγον word μετὰ with πάσης all προθυμίας eagerness, ⚐καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day ἀνακρίνοντες to investigate τὰς the γραφὰς a writing ⚐εἰ if ἔχοι to be ταῦτα these οὕτως thus(-ly). -44 17 12 ⚐πολλοὶ much μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in), ⚐καὶ and τῶν the Ἑλληνίδων Greek woman γυναικῶν woman τῶν the εὐσχημόνων proper καὶ and ἀνδρῶν man οὐκ no ὀλίγοι few. -44 17 13 ⚐ὡς as δὲ but ἔγνωσαν to know οἱ the ἀπὸ from τῆς the Θεσσαλονίκης Thessalonica Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the Βεροίᾳ Berea κατηγγέλη to proclaim ὑπὸ by τοῦ the Παύλου Paul ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἦλθον to come κἀκεῖ and there ⚐σαλεύοντες to shake καὶ and ταράσσοντες to trouble τοὺς the ὄχλους crowd. -44 17 14 ⚐εὐθέως immediately δὲ and τότε then τὸν the Παῦλον Paul ἐξαπέστειλαν to send out οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother ⚐πορεύεσθαι to go ἕως until ἐπὶ to τὴν the θάλασσαν sea· ⚐ὑπέμεινάν to endure τε and ὅ the τε and Σιλᾶς Silas καὶ and ὁ the Τιμόθεος Timothy ἐκεῖ there. -44 17 15 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and καθιστάνοντες to bring down to a place τὸν the Παῦλον Paul ἤγαγον to bring ἕως until Ἀθηνῶν Athens, ⚐καὶ and λαβόντες to take ἐντολὴν commandment πρὸς to τὸν the Σιλᾶν Silas καὶ and τὸν the Τιμόθεον Timothy ⚐ἵνα in order to ὡς as τάχιστα quick ἔλθωσιν to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐ἐξῄεσαν to go away.

 -44 17 16 ⚐Ἐν in δὲ and ταῖς the Ἀθήναις Athens ἐκδεχομένου to wait for αὐτοὺς them τοῦ the Παύλου Paul, ⚐παρωξύνετο to provoke τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in αὐτῷ to him ⚐θεωροῦντος to see ⚐κατείδωλον idolatrous οὖσαν to be τὴν the πόλιν city. -44 17 17 ⚐διελέγετο to dispute μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore ἐν in τῇ the συναγωγῇ synagogue τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish καὶ and τοῖς the σεβομένοις be devout ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the ἀγορᾷ marketplace κατὰ according to πᾶσαν all ἡμέραν day πρὸς to τοὺς who παρατυγχάνοντας be there. -44 17 18 ⚐τινὲς one δὲ and καὶ and τῶν the Ἐπικουρείων Epicurean καὶ and Στοϊκῶν Stoic φιλοσόφων philosopher συνέβαλλον to confer αὐτῷ to him, ⚐καί and τινες one ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Τί which? ἂν if θέλοι to will ὁ the σπερμολόγος babbler οὗτος this ⚐λέγειν to speak; ⚐οἱ the δέ and· ⚐Ξένων foreign δαιμονίων demon δοκεῖ to think καταγγελεὺς proclaimer εἶναι to be· ⚐ὅτι since τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus καὶ and τὴν the ἀνάστασιν resurrection εὐηγγελίζετο to speak good news. -44 17 19 ⚐ἐπιλαβόμενοί to catch τε and αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐπὶ upon τὸν the Ἄρειον Mars' Hill Πάγον Mars' Hill ἤγαγον to bring, ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Δυνάμεθα be able γνῶναι to know ⚐τίς which? ἡ the καινὴ new αὕτη this ἡ the ὑπὸ by σοῦ of you λαλουμένη to speak διδαχή teaching; -44 17 20 ⚐ξενίζοντα to host γάρ for τινα one εἰσφέρεις to bring in εἰς toward τὰς the ἀκοὰς hearing ἡμῶν of us· ⚐βουλόμεθα to plan οὖν therefore γνῶναι to know ⚐τίνα which? θέλει to will ταῦτα these ⚐εἶναι to be. -44 17 21 ⚐Ἀθηναῖοι Athenian δὲ and πάντες all καὶ and οἱ who ἐπιδημοῦντες to sojourn ξένοι foreign εἰς toward οὐδὲν no one ἕτερον other ηὐκαίρουν to have opportunity ⚐ἢ or λέγειν to speak τι one ἢ or ἀκούειν to hear τι one καινότερον new.

 -44 17 22 ⚐Σταθεὶς to stand δὲ and ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ἐν in μέσῳ midst τοῦ the Ἀρείου Mars' Hill Πάγου Mars' Hill ⚐ἔφη to say· ⚐Ἄνδρες man Ἀθηναῖοι Athenian, κατὰ according to πάντα all ὡς as δεισιδαιμονεστέρους religious ὑμᾶς you θεωρῶ to see· -44 17 23 ⚐διερχόμενος to pass through γὰρ for καὶ and ἀναθεωρῶν to contemplate τὰ the σεβάσματα object of worship ὑμῶν of you ⚐εὗρον to find καὶ and βωμὸν altar ⚐ἐν with ᾧ which ἐπεγέγραπτο to write on· ⚐Ἀγνώστῳ unknown θεῷ God. ⚐ὃ which οὖν therefore ἀγνοοῦντες be ignorant εὐσεβεῖτε to show piety, τοῦτο this ἐγὼ I καταγγέλλω to proclaim ὑμῖν to you. -44 17 24 ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God ὁ who ποιήσας to make τὸν the κόσμον world καὶ and πάντα all τὰ the ἐν in αὐτῷ to him, ⚐οὗτος this οὐρανοῦ heaven καὶ and γῆς earth ὑπάρχων to be κύριος lord ⚐οὐκ no ἐν in χειροποιήτοις hand-made ναοῖς temple κατοικεῖ to dwell -44 17 25 ⚐οὐδὲ and not ὑπὸ by χειρῶν hand ἀνθρωπίνων human θεραπεύεται to serve ⚐προσδεόμενός to need τινος one, ⚐αὐτὸς he διδοὺς to give πᾶσιν all ζωὴν life καὶ and πνοὴν breath καὶ and τὰ the πάντα all· -44 17 26 ⚐ἐποίησέν to make τε and ἐξ from ἑνὸς one πᾶν all ἔθνος Gentiles ἀνθρώπων a human ⚐κατοικεῖν to dwell ἐπὶ upon παντὸς all προσώπου face τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐ὁρίσας to determine προστεταγμένους to order καιροὺς time καὶ and τὰς the ὁροθεσίας fixed boundary τῆς the κατοικίας dwelling αὐτῶν of them, -44 17 27 ⚐ζητεῖν to seek τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐εἰ if ἄρα therefore γε indeed ψηλαφήσειαν to touch αὐτὸν him καὶ and εὕροιεν to find, ⚐καί and γε indeed οὐ no μακρὰν distant ἀπὸ from ἑνὸς one ἑκάστου each ἡμῶν of us ὑπάρχοντα to be. -44 17 28 ⚐ἐν in αὐτῷ to him γὰρ for ζῶμεν to live καὶ and κινούμεθα to move καὶ and ἐσμέν to be, ⚐ὡς as καί and τινες one τῶν the καθ᾽ according to ὑμᾶς you ποιητῶν doer εἰρήκασιν to say· ⚐Τοῦ the γὰρ for καὶ and γένος family ἐσμέν to be. -44 17 29 ⚐γένος family οὖν therefore ὑπάρχοντες to be τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐οὐκ no ὀφείλομεν to owe νομίζειν to think ⚐χρυσῷ gold ἢ or ἀργύρῳ silver ἢ or λίθῳ stone, χαράγματι image τέχνης skill καὶ and ἐνθυμήσεως reflection ἀνθρώπου a human, τὸ the θεῖον divine εἶναι to be ὅμοιον like. -44 17 30 ⚐τοὺς the μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore χρόνους time τῆς the ἀγνοίας ignorance ὑπεριδὼν to overlook ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐τὰ the νῦν now παραγγέλλει to order τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human πάντας all πανταχοῦ everywhere ⚐μετανοεῖν to repent, -44 17 31 ⚐καθότι as ἔστησεν to stand ἡμέραν day ⚐ἐν on ᾗ which μέλλει be about to κρίνειν to judge τὴν the οἰκουμένην world ἐν in δικαιοσύνῃ righteousness ἐν by ἀνδρὶ man ⚐ᾧ which ὥρισεν to determine, ⚐πίστιν faith παρασχὼν to furnish occasion πᾶσιν all ⚐ἀναστήσας to arise αὐτὸν him ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead.

 -44 17 32 ⚐Ἀκούσαντες to hear δὲ and ἀνάστασιν resurrection νεκρῶν dead ⚐οἱ the μὲν on the other hand ἐχλεύαζον to sneer ⚐οἱ the δὲ but εἶπαν to say ⚐Ἀκουσόμεθά to hear σου of you περὶ about τούτου of this καὶ and πάλιν again. -44 17 33 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἐκ out of μέσου midst αὐτῶν of them· -44 17 34 ⚐τινὲς one δὲ but ἄνδρες man κολληθέντες to join αὐτῷ to him ⚐ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in), ⚐ἐν among οἷς which καὶ and Διονύσιος Dionysius ὁ who Ἀρεοπαγίτης Areopagite καὶ and γυνὴ woman ὀνόματι name Δάμαρις Damaris καὶ and ἕτεροι other σὺν with αὐτοῖς to them.

 -44 18 1 ⚐Μετὰ after ταῦτα these χωρισθεὶς to leave ἐκ from τῶν the Ἀθηνῶν Athens ⚐ἦλθεν to go εἰς toward Κόρινθον Corinth. -44 18 2 ⚐καὶ and εὑρών to find τινα one Ἰουδαῖον Jewish ὀνόματι name Ἀκύλαν Aquila, ⚐Ποντικὸν from Pontus τῷ the γένει family, ⚐προσφάτως recently ἐληλυθότα to come ἀπὸ from τῆς the Ἰταλίας Italy ⚐καὶ and Πρίσκιλλαν Priscilla γυναῖκα woman αὐτοῦ of him ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the διατεταχέναι to direct Κλαύδιον Claudius ⚐χωρίζεσθαι to leave πάντας all τοὺς the Ἰουδαίους Jewish ἀπὸ from τῆς the Ῥώμης Rome, ⚐προσῆλθεν to come near αὐτοῖς to them, -44 18 3 ⚐καὶ and διὰ because of τὸ the ὁμότεχνον of the same trade εἶναι to be ⚐ἔμενεν to stay παρ᾽ with αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καὶ and ἠργάζετο to work, ⚐ἦσαν to be γὰρ for σκηνοποιοὶ tentmaker τῇ the τέχνῃ skill. -44 18 4 ⚐διελέγετο to dispute δὲ and ἐν in τῇ the συναγωγῇ synagogue κατὰ according to πᾶν all σάββατον Sabbath, ⚐ἔπειθέν to persuade τε both Ἰουδαίους Jewish καὶ and Ἕλληνας a Greek.

 -44 18 5 ⚐Ὡς as δὲ and κατῆλθον to descend ἀπὸ from τῆς the Μακεδονίας Macedonia ὅ the τε and Σιλᾶς Silas καὶ and ὁ the Τιμόθεος Timothy, ⚐συνείχετο to constrain τῷ the λόγῳ word ὁ the Παῦλος Paul, ⚐διαμαρτυρόμενος to testify solemnly τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish ⚐εἶναι to be τὸν the χριστὸν Christ Ἰησοῦν Jesus. -44 18 6 ⚐ἀντιτασσομένων to resist δὲ and αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and βλασφημούντων to blaspheme ⚐ἐκτιναξάμενος to shake out τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Τὸ the αἷμα blood ὑμῶν of you ἐπὶ upon τὴν the κεφαλὴν head ὑμῶν of you· ⚐καθαρὸς clean ἐγώ I· ⚐ἀπὸ from τοῦ the νῦν now εἰς toward τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles πορεύσομαι to go. -44 18 7 ⚐καὶ and μεταβὰς to depart ἐκεῖθεν from there ⚐εἰσῆλθεν to enter εἰς toward οἰκίαν house τινὸς one ὀνόματι name Τιτίου Titius Ἰούστου Justus ⚐σεβομένου be devout τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐οὗ which ἡ the οἰκία house ἦν to be συνομοροῦσα be next to τῇ the συναγωγῇ synagogue. -44 18 8 ⚐Κρίσπος Crispus δὲ and ὁ the ἀρχισυνάγωγος synagogue leader ἐπίστευσεν to trust (in) τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ⚐σὺν with ὅλῳ all τῷ the οἴκῳ house αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and πολλοὶ much τῶν the Κορινθίων Corinthian ἀκούοντες to hear ⚐ἐπίστευον to trust (in) καὶ and ἐβαπτίζοντο to baptize. -44 18 9 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and ὁ the κύριος lord ἐν in νυκτὶ night δι᾽ through ὁράματος vision τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul· ⚐Μὴ not φοβοῦ to fear, ⚐ἀλλὰ but λάλει to speak καὶ and μὴ not σιωπήσῃς be quiet, -44 18 10 ⚐διότι because ἐγώ I εἰμι to be μετὰ with σοῦ of you ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἐπιθήσεταί to put σοι to you ⚐τοῦ the κακῶσαί to harm σε you, ⚐διότι because λαός a people ἐστίν to be μοι to me πολὺς much ἐν in τῇ the πόλει city ταύτῃ to this. -44 18 11 ⚐ἐκάθισεν to sit δὲ and ἐνιαυτὸν year καὶ and μῆνας month ἓξ six ⚐διδάσκων to teach ἐν among αὐτοῖς to them τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -44 18 12 ⚐Γαλλίωνος Gallio δὲ and ἀνθυπάτου proconsul ὄντος to be τῆς the Ἀχαΐας Achaia ⚐κατεπέστησαν to attack ὁμοθυμαδὸν united οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul ⚐καὶ and ἤγαγον to bring αὐτὸν him ἐπὶ upon τὸ the βῆμα judgement seat, -44 18 13 ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Παρὰ beside τὸν the νόμον law ἀναπείθει to persuade οὗτος this τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human ⚐σέβεσθαι be devout τὸν the θεόν God. -44 18 14 ⚐μέλλοντος be about to δὲ but τοῦ the Παύλου Paul ἀνοίγειν to open τὸ the στόμα mouth ⚐εἶπεν to say ὁ the Γαλλίων Gallio πρὸς to τοὺς the Ἰουδαίους Jewish· ⚐Εἰ if μὲν on the other hand ἦν to be ἀδίκημά crime τι one ἢ or ῥᾳδιούργημα crime πονηρόν bad, ὦ oh! Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish, ⚐κατὰ according to λόγον word ἂν if ἀνεσχόμην to endure ὑμῶν of you· -44 18 15 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ζητήματά a dispute ἐστιν to be περὶ about λόγου word καὶ and ὀνομάτων name καὶ and νόμου law τοῦ the καθ᾽ according to ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ὄψεσθε to see αὐτοί they· ⚐κριτὴς judge ἐγὼ I τούτων of these οὐ no βούλομαι to plan εἶναι to be. -44 18 16 ⚐καὶ and ἀπήλασεν to eject αὐτοὺς them ἀπὸ from τοῦ the βήματος judgement seat. -44 18 17 ⚐ἐπιλαβόμενοι to catch δὲ and πάντες all Σωσθένην Sosthenes τὸν the ἀρχισυνάγωγον synagogue leader ⚐ἔτυπτον to strike ἔμπροσθεν before τοῦ the βήματος judgement seat· ⚐καὶ and οὐδὲν no one τούτων of these τῷ the Γαλλίωνι Gallio ἔμελεν to care.

 -44 18 18 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ and Παῦλος Paul ἔτι still προσμείνας to remain ἡμέρας day ἱκανὰς sufficient τοῖς the ἀδελφοῖς brother ⚐ἀποταξάμενος to leave ⚐ἐξέπλει to sail away εἰς toward τὴν the Συρίαν Syria, ⚐καὶ and σὺν with αὐτῷ to him Πρίσκιλλα Priscilla καὶ and Ἀκύλας Aquila, ⚐κειράμενος to shear ἐν in Κεγχρεαῖς Cenchrea τὴν the κεφαλήν head, ⚐εἶχεν to have γὰρ for εὐχήν a vow. -44 18 19 ⚐κατήντησαν to come to δὲ but εἰς toward Ἔφεσον Ephesus, ⚐κἀκείνους and that one κατέλιπεν to leave αὐτοῦ there, ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ and εἰσελθὼν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the συναγωγὴν synagogue ⚐διελέξατο to dispute τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish. -44 18 20 ⚐ἐρωτώντων to ask δὲ and αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐπὶ upon πλείονα greater χρόνον time μεῖναι to stay ⚐οὐκ no ἐπένευσεν to accept, -44 18 21 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀποταξάμενος to leave ⚐καὶ and εἰπών to say· ⚐Πάλιν again ἀνακάμψω to return πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ⚐τοῦ the θεοῦ God θέλοντος to will ⚐ἀνήχθη to lead ἀπὸ from τῆς the Ἐφέσου Ephesus, -44 18 22 ⚐καὶ and κατελθὼν to descend εἰς toward Καισάρειαν Caesarea, ⚐ἀναβὰς to ascend ⚐καὶ and ἀσπασάμενος to pay respects to τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly, ⚐κατέβη to go down εἰς toward Ἀντιόχειαν Antioch, -44 18 23 ⚐καὶ and ποιήσας to spend χρόνον time τινὰ one ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out, ⚐διερχόμενος to pass through καθεξῆς in order τὴν the Γαλατικὴν Galatian χώραν country καὶ and Φρυγίαν Phrygia, ⚐ἐπιστηρίζων to strengthen πάντας all τοὺς the μαθητάς disciple.

 -44 18 24 ⚐Ἰουδαῖος Jewish δέ and τις one Ἀπολλῶς Apollos ὀνόματι name, Ἀλεξανδρεὺς Alexandrian τῷ the γένει family, ἀνὴρ man λόγιος learned, κατήντησεν to come to εἰς toward Ἔφεσον Ephesus, ⚐δυνατὸς able ὢν to be ἐν in ταῖς the γραφαῖς a writing. -44 18 25 ⚐οὗτος this ἦν to be κατηχημένος to instruct τὴν the ὁδὸν road τοῦ the κυρίου lord, ⚐καὶ and ζέων be fervent τῷ the πνεύματι spirit ⚐ἐλάλει to speak καὶ and ἐδίδασκεν to teach ἀκριβῶς exactly τὰ the περὶ about τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐ἐπιστάμενος to know μόνον alone τὸ the βάπτισμα baptism Ἰωάννου John. -44 18 26 ⚐οὗτός this τε and ἤρξατο be first παρρησιάζεσθαι to preach boldly ἐν in τῇ the συναγωγῇ synagogue· ⚐ἀκούσαντες to hear δὲ but αὐτοῦ of him Πρίσκιλλα Priscilla καὶ and Ἀκύλας Aquila ⚐προσελάβοντο to take αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ἀκριβέστερον stricter αὐτῷ to him ἐξέθεντο to explain τὴν the ὁδὸν road τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -44 18 27 ⚐βουλομένου to plan δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ⚐διελθεῖν to pass through εἰς toward τὴν the Ἀχαΐαν Achaia ⚐προτρεψάμενοι to encourage οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother ⚐ἔγραψαν to write τοῖς the μαθηταῖς disciple ⚐ἀποδέξασθαι to welcome αὐτόν him· ⚐ὃς which παραγενόμενος to come ⚐συνεβάλετο to contribute πολὺ much τοῖς who πεπιστευκόσιν to trust (in) διὰ through τῆς the χάριτος grace· -44 18 28 ⚐εὐτόνως vehemently γὰρ for τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish διακατηλέγχετο to refute δημοσίᾳ public ⚐ἐπιδεικνὺς to prove διὰ through τῶν the γραφῶν a writing ⚐εἶναι to be τὸν the χριστὸν Christ Ἰησοῦν Jesus.

 -44 19 1 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐ἐν in τῷ the τὸν the Ἀπολλῶ Apollos εἶναι to be ἐν in Κορίνθῳ Corinth ⚐Παῦλον Paul διελθόντα to pass through τὰ the ἀνωτερικὰ interior μέρη part ⚐κατελθεῖν to descend εἰς toward Ἔφεσον Ephesus ⚐καὶ and εὑρεῖν to find τινας one μαθητάς disciple, -44 19 2 ⚐εἶπέν to say τε and πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Εἰ if πνεῦμα spirit ἅγιον holy ἐλάβετε to take ⚐πιστεύσαντες to trust (in); ⚐οἱ the δὲ and πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Ἀλλ᾽ but οὐδ᾽ and not εἰ if πνεῦμα spirit ἅγιον holy ἔστιν to be ἠκούσαμεν to hear. -44 19 3 ⚐εἶπέν to say τε and· ⚐Εἰς toward τί which? οὖν then ἐβαπτίσθητε to baptize; ⚐οἱ the δὲ and εἶπαν to say· ⚐Εἰς toward τὸ the Ἰωάννου John βάπτισμα baptism. -44 19 4 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and Παῦλος Paul· ⚐Ἰωάννης John ἐβάπτισεν to baptize βάπτισμα baptism μετανοίας repentance, ⚐τῷ the λαῷ a people λέγων to speak ⚐εἰς toward τὸν who ἐρχόμενον to come μετ᾽ after αὐτὸν him ἵνα in order to πιστεύσωσιν to trust (in), ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be εἰς toward τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus. -44 19 5 ⚐ἀκούσαντες to hear δὲ and ⚐ἐβαπτίσθησαν to baptize εἰς toward τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus· -44 19 6 ⚐καὶ and ἐπιθέντος to put αὐτοῖς to them τοῦ the Παύλου Paul τὰς the χεῖρας hand ⚐ἦλθεν to come τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτούς them, ⚐ἐλάλουν to speak τε and γλώσσαις tongue ⚐καὶ and ἐπροφήτευον to prophesy. -44 19 7 ⚐ἦσαν to be δὲ and οἱ the πάντες all ἄνδρες man ὡσεὶ about δώδεκα twelve.

 -44 19 8 ⚐Εἰσελθὼν to enter δὲ and εἰς toward τὴν the συναγωγὴν synagogue ⚐ἐπαρρησιάζετο to preach boldly ἐπὶ upon μῆνας month τρεῖς three ⚐διαλεγόμενος to dispute καὶ and πείθων to persuade τὰ the περὶ about τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -44 19 9 ⚐ὡς as δέ but τινες one ἐσκληρύνοντο to harden καὶ and ἠπείθουν to disobey ⚐κακολογοῦντες to revile τὴν the ὁδὸν road ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the πλήθους multitude, ⚐ἀποστὰς to leave ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἀφώρισεν to separate τοὺς the μαθητάς disciple, ⚐καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day διαλεγόμενος to dispute ἐν in τῇ the σχολῇ lecture hall Τυράννου Tyrannus. -44 19 10 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and ἐγένετο to be ἐπὶ upon ἔτη year δύο two, ⚐ὥστε so πάντας all τοὺς who κατοικοῦντας to dwell τὴν the Ἀσίαν Asia ἀκοῦσαι to hear τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the κυρίου lord, ⚐Ἰουδαίους Jewish τε both καὶ and Ἕλληνας a Greek.

 -44 19 11 ⚐Δυνάμεις power τε and οὐ no τὰς the τυχούσας to meet with ὁ the θεὸς God ἐποίει to do διὰ through τῶν the χειρῶν hand Παύλου Paul, -44 19 12 ⚐ὥστε so καὶ and ἐπὶ to τοὺς the ἀσθενοῦντας be weak ⚐ἀποφέρεσθαι to carry off ἀπὸ from τοῦ the χρωτὸς skin αὐτοῦ of him σουδάρια handkerchief ἢ or σιμικίνθια apron ⚐καὶ and ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι to release ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them τὰς the νόσους illness, ⚐τά the τε and πνεύματα spirit τὰ the πονηρὰ evil ἐκπορεύεσθαι to go out. -44 19 13 ⚐ἐπεχείρησαν to attempt δέ but τινες one καὶ and τῶν the περιερχομένων to go around Ἰουδαίων Jewish ἐξορκιστῶν exorcist ⚐ὀνομάζειν to name ἐπὶ over τοὺς who ἔχοντας to be τὰ the πνεύματα spirit τὰ the πονηρὰ evil τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ὁρκίζω to adjure ὑμᾶς you τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ⚐ὃν which Παῦλος Paul κηρύσσει to preach. -44 19 14 ⚐ἦσαν to be δέ and τινος one Σκευᾶ Sceva Ἰουδαίου Jewish ἀρχιερέως high-priest ἑπτὰ seven υἱοὶ son ⚐τοῦτο this ποιοῦντες to do. -44 19 15 ⚐ἀποκριθὲν to answer δὲ but τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the πονηρὸν evil ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Τὸν the μὲν on the other hand Ἰησοῦν Jesus γινώσκω to know ⚐καὶ and τὸν the Παῦλον Paul ἐπίσταμαι to know, ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but τίνες which? ἐστέ to be; -44 19 16 ⚐καὶ and ἐφαλόμενος to jump on ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human ἐπ᾽ on αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ἦν to be τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the πονηρὸν evil ⚐κατακυριεύσας to master ἀμφοτέρων both ⚐ἴσχυσεν be strong κατ᾽ according to αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ὥστε so γυμνοὺς naked καὶ and τετραυματισμένους to wound ἐκφυγεῖν to escape ἐκ from τοῦ the οἴκου house ἐκείνου that. -44 19 17 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and ἐγένετο to be γνωστὸν acquainted with πᾶσιν all Ἰουδαίοις Jewish τε both καὶ and Ἕλλησιν a Greek ⚐τοῖς who κατοικοῦσιν to dwell τὴν the Ἔφεσον Ephesus, ⚐καὶ and ἐπέπεσεν to press upon φόβος fear ἐπὶ over πάντας all αὐτούς them, ⚐καὶ and ἐμεγαλύνετο to magnify τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -44 19 18 ⚐πολλοί much τε and τῶν who πεπιστευκότων to trust (in) ἤρχοντο to come ⚐ἐξομολογούμενοι to agree καὶ and ἀναγγέλλοντες to report τὰς the πράξεις action αὐτῶν of them. -44 19 19 ⚐ἱκανοὶ sufficient δὲ and τῶν the τὰ the περίεργα magic πραξάντων to practise ⚐συνενέγκαντες to be profitable τὰς the βίβλους book ⚐κατέκαιον to burn ἐνώπιον before πάντων all· ⚐καὶ and συνεψήφισαν to calculate τὰς the τιμὰς honor αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and εὗρον to find ἀργυρίου silver μυριάδας myriad πέντε five. -44 19 20 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) κατὰ according to κράτος power τοῦ the κυρίου lord ὁ the λόγος word ηὔξανεν to grow καὶ and ἴσχυεν be strong.

 -44 19 21 ⚐Ὡς as δὲ and ἐπληρώθη to fulfill ταῦτα these, ⚐ἔθετο to place ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ἐν in τῷ the πνεύματι spirit ⚐διελθὼν to pass through τὴν the Μακεδονίαν Macedonia καὶ and Ἀχαΐαν Achaia ⚐πορεύεσθαι to go εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem, ⚐εἰπὼν to say ⚐ὅτι that Μετὰ with τὸ the γενέσθαι to be με me ἐκεῖ there ⚐δεῖ to bind με me καὶ and Ῥώμην Rome ἰδεῖν to know. -44 19 22 ⚐ἀποστείλας to send δὲ and εἰς toward τὴν the Μακεδονίαν Macedonia δύο two τῶν the διακονούντων to serve αὐτῷ to him, Τιμόθεον Timothy καὶ and Ἔραστον Erastus, ⚐αὐτὸς he ἐπέσχεν to stay χρόνον time εἰς toward τὴν the Ἀσίαν Asia.

 -44 19 23 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and κατὰ according to τὸν the καιρὸν time ἐκεῖνον that τάραχος disturbance οὐκ no ὀλίγος little περὶ about τῆς the ὁδοῦ road. -44 19 24 ⚐Δημήτριος Demetrius γάρ for τις one ὀνόματι name, ἀργυροκόπος silversmith, ⚐ποιῶν to make ναοὺς temple ἀργυροῦς silver Ἀρτέμιδος Artemis ⚐παρείχετο to furnish occasion τοῖς the τεχνίταις craftsman οὐκ no ὀλίγην little ἐργασίαν work, -44 19 25 ⚐οὓς which συναθροίσας to assemble καὶ and τοὺς the περὶ about τὰ the τοιαῦτα such as this ἐργάτας worker ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἄνδρες man, ἐπίστασθε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐκ from ταύτης of this τῆς the ἐργασίας work ἡ the εὐπορία prosperity ἡμῖν to us ἐστιν to be, -44 19 26 ⚐καὶ and θεωρεῖτε to see καὶ and ἀκούετε to hear ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no μόνον alone Ἐφέσου Ephesus ἀλλὰ but σχεδὸν nearly πάσης all τῆς the Ἀσίας Asia ὁ the Παῦλος Paul οὗτος this πείσας to persuade ⚐μετέστησεν to move ἱκανὸν sufficient ὄχλον crowd, ⚐λέγων to speak ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no εἰσὶν to be θεοὶ God οἱ the διὰ through χειρῶν hand γινόμενοι to be. -44 19 27 ⚐οὐ no μόνον alone δὲ and τοῦτο this κινδυνεύει be in danger ἡμῖν to us ⚐τὸ the μέρος part εἰς toward ἀπελεγμὸν discredit ἐλθεῖν to come, ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and τὸ the τῆς the μεγάλης great θεᾶς goddess Ἀρτέμιδος Artemis ἱερὸν temple εἰς toward οὐθὲν no one λογισθῆναι to count, ⚐μέλλειν be about to τε and καὶ and καθαιρεῖσθαι to take down τῆς the μεγαλειότητος majesty αὐτῆς of her, ⚐ἣν which ὅλη all ἡ the Ἀσία Asia καὶ and ἡ the οἰκουμένη world σέβεται be devout.

 -44 19 28 ⚐Ἀκούσαντες to hear δὲ and καὶ and γενόμενοι to be πλήρεις full θυμοῦ wrath ⚐ἔκραζον to cry ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Μεγάλη great ἡ the Ἄρτεμις Artemis Ἐφεσίων Ephesian. -44 19 29 ⚐καὶ and ἐπλήσθη to fill ἡ the πόλις city τῆς the συγχύσεως confusion, ⚐ὥρμησάν to stampede τε and ὁμοθυμαδὸν united εἰς toward τὸ the θέατρον theatre ⚐συναρπάσαντες to seize Γάϊον Gaius καὶ and Ἀρίσταρχον Aristarchus Μακεδόνας Macedonian, συνεκδήμους companion Παύλου Paul. -44 19 30 ⚐Παύλου Paul δὲ but βουλομένου to plan εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward τὸν the δῆμον people ⚐οὐκ no εἴων to allow αὐτὸν him οἱ the μαθηταί disciple· -44 19 31 ⚐τινὲς one δὲ and καὶ and τῶν the Ἀσιαρχῶν Asiarch, ὄντες to be αὐτῷ to him φίλοι friend, ⚐πέμψαντες to send πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐παρεκάλουν to plead ⚐μὴ not δοῦναι to give ἑαυτὸν himself εἰς toward τὸ the θέατρον theatre. -44 19 32 ⚐ἄλλοι another μὲν on the other hand οὖν then ἄλλο another τι one ἔκραζον to cry, ⚐ἦν to be γὰρ for ἡ the ἐκκλησία assembly συγκεχυμένη to confound, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the πλείους much οὐκ no ᾔδεισαν to know ⚐τίνος which? ἕνεκα because of συνεληλύθεισαν to assemble. -44 19 33 ⚐ἐκ out of δὲ and τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd συνεβίβασαν to join with Ἀλέξανδρον Alexander ⚐προβαλόντων to put forth αὐτὸν him τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἀλέξανδρος Alexander κατασείσας to signal τὴν the χεῖρα hand ⚐ἤθελεν to will ἀπολογεῖσθαι to defend oneself τῷ the δήμῳ people. -44 19 34 ⚐ἐπιγνόντες to come to know δὲ but ⚐ὅτι that Ἰουδαῖός Jewish ἐστιν to be ⚐φωνὴ voice ἐγένετο to be μία one ἐκ out of πάντων all ⚐ὡς as ἐπὶ upon ὥρας hour δύο two κραζόντων to cry· ⚐Μεγάλη great ἡ the Ἄρτεμις Artemis Ἐφεσίων Ephesian. -44 19 35 ⚐καταστείλας to quiet δὲ and ὁ the γραμματεὺς scribe τὸν the ὄχλον crowd ⚐φησίν to say· ⚐Ἄνδρες man Ἐφέσιοι Ephesian, τίς which? γάρ for ἐστιν to be ἀνθρώπων a human ⚐ὃς which οὐ no γινώσκει to know ⚐τὴν the Ἐφεσίων Ephesian πόλιν city νεωκόρον temple guard οὖσαν to be τῆς the μεγάλης great Ἀρτέμιδος Artemis καὶ and τοῦ the διοπετοῦς fallen from heaven; -44 19 36 ⚐ἀναντιρρήτων indisputable οὖν therefore ὄντων to be τούτων of these ⚐δέον be necessary ἐστὶν to be ὑμᾶς you κατεσταλμένους to quiet ὑπάρχειν to be ⚐καὶ and μηδὲν nothing προπετὲς reckless πράσσειν to practise. -44 19 37 ⚐ἠγάγετε to bring γὰρ for τοὺς the ἄνδρας man τούτους these ⚐οὔτε neither ἱεροσύλους temple robber ⚐οὔτε neither βλασφημοῦντας to blaspheme τὴν the θεὸν God ἡμῶν of us. -44 19 38 ⚐εἰ if μὲν on the other hand οὖν then Δημήτριος Demetrius καὶ and οἱ who σὺν with αὐτῷ to him τεχνῖται craftsman ἔχουσιν to have πρός to τινα one λόγον word, ⚐ἀγοραῖοι of the marketplace ἄγονται to bring ⚐καὶ and ἀνθύπατοί proconsul εἰσιν to be, ⚐ἐγκαλείτωσαν to accuse ἀλλήλοις one another. -44 19 39 ⚐εἰ if δέ but τι one περαιτέρω further ἐπιζητεῖτε to seek after, ⚐ἐν in τῇ the ἐννόμῳ under law ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly ἐπιλυθήσεται to explain. -44 19 40 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for κινδυνεύομεν be in danger ἐγκαλεῖσθαι to accuse στάσεως uprising περὶ about τῆς the σήμερον today ⚐μηδενὸς nothing αἰτίου causer ὑπάρχοντος to be ⚐περὶ about οὗ which οὐ no δυνησόμεθα be able ἀποδοῦναι to pay λόγον word περὶ about τῆς the συστροφῆς commotion ταύτης of this. ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these εἰπὼν to say ⚐ἀπέλυσεν to release τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly.

 -44 20 1 ⚐Μετὰ after δὲ and τὸ the παύσασθαι to cease τὸν the θόρυβον commotion ⚐μεταπεμψάμενος to summon ὁ the Παῦλος Paul τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple ⚐καὶ and παρακαλέσας to comfort, ⚐ἀσπασάμενος to pay respects to ⚐ἐξῆλθεν to go out πορεύεσθαι to go εἰς toward Μακεδονίαν Macedonia. -44 20 2 ⚐διελθὼν to pass through δὲ and τὰ the μέρη part ἐκεῖνα that ⚐καὶ and παρακαλέσας to plead αὐτοὺς them λόγῳ word πολλῷ much ⚐ἦλθεν to come εἰς toward τὴν the Ἑλλάδα Greece -44 20 3 ⚐ποιήσας to spend τε and μῆνας month τρεῖς three· ⚐γενομένης to be ἐπιβουλῆς plot αὐτῷ to him ὑπὸ by τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish ⚐μέλλοντι be about to ἀνάγεσθαι to lead εἰς toward τὴν the Συρίαν Syria ⚐ἐγένετο to be γνώμης resolution ⚐τοῦ the ὑποστρέφειν to return διὰ through Μακεδονίας Macedonia. -44 20 4 ⚐συνείπετο to accompany δὲ and αὐτῷ to him Σώπατρος Sopater Πύρρου Pyrrhus Βεροιαῖος Berean, ⚐Θεσσαλονικέων Thessalonian δὲ and Ἀρίσταρχος Aristarchus καὶ and Σεκοῦνδος Secundus, ⚐καὶ and Γάϊος Gaius Δερβαῖος from Derbe καὶ and Τιμόθεος Timothy, ⚐Ἀσιανοὶ Asian δὲ and Τυχικὸς Tychicus καὶ and Τρόφιμος Trophimus· -44 20 5 ⚐οὗτοι these δὲ and προελθόντες to go before ⚐ἔμενον to stay ἡμᾶς us ἐν in Τρῳάδι Troas· -44 20 6 ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ and ἐξεπλεύσαμεν to sail away μετὰ after τὰς the ἡμέρας day τῶν the ἀζύμων unleavened ἀπὸ from Φιλίππων Philippi, ⚐καὶ and ἤλθομεν to come πρὸς to αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὴν the Τρῳάδα Troas ἄχρι until ἡμερῶν day πέντε five, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) διετρίψαμεν to remain ἡμέρας day ἑπτά seven.

 -44 20 7 ⚐Ἐν on δὲ and τῇ the μιᾷ one τῶν the σαββάτων Sabbath συνηγμένων to assemble ἡμῶν of us ⚐κλάσαι to break ἄρτον bread ⚐ὁ the Παῦλος Paul διελέγετο to dispute αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐μέλλων be about to ἐξιέναι to go away τῇ the ἐπαύριον the next day, ⚐παρέτεινέν to prolong τε and τὸν the λόγον word μέχρι until μεσονυκτίου midnight. -44 20 8 ⚐ἦσαν to be δὲ and λαμπάδες window ἱκαναὶ sufficient ἐν in τῷ the ὑπερῴῳ upper room ⚐οὗ where ἦμεν to be συνηγμένοι to assemble· -44 20 9 ⚐καθεζόμενος to sit down δέ and τις one νεανίας young man ὀνόματι name Εὔτυχος Eutychus ἐπὶ upon τῆς the θυρίδος window, ⚐καταφερόμενος to vote against ὕπνῳ sleep βαθεῖ deep ⚐διαλεγομένου to dispute τοῦ the Παύλου Paul ἐπὶ upon πλεῖον greater, ⚐κατενεχθεὶς to vote against ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ὕπνου sleep ⚐ἔπεσεν to collapse ἀπὸ from τοῦ the τριστέγου third story κάτω under ⚐καὶ and ἤρθη to take up νεκρός dead. -44 20 10 ⚐καταβὰς to go down δὲ but ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ⚐ἐπέπεσεν to fall αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and συμπεριλαβὼν to embrace ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Μὴ not θορυβεῖσθε to make commotion, ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for ψυχὴ soul αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in αὐτῷ to him ἐστιν to be. -44 20 11 ⚐ἀναβὰς to ascend δὲ and ⚐καὶ and κλάσας to break τὸν the ἄρτον bread ⚐καὶ and γευσάμενος to taste ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ἱκανόν sufficient τε and ὁμιλήσας to talk ἄχρι until αὐγῆς daybreak, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐξῆλθεν to go out. -44 20 12 ⚐ἤγαγον to bring δὲ and τὸν the παῖδα child ζῶντα to live, ⚐καὶ and παρεκλήθησαν to comfort οὐ no μετρίως moderately.

 -44 20 13 ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ and προελθόντες to go before ἐπὶ to τὸ the πλοῖον boat ⚐ἀνήχθημεν to lead ἐπὶ upon τὴν the Ἆσσον Assos, ⚐ἐκεῖθεν from there μέλλοντες be about to ἀναλαμβάνειν to take up τὸν the Παῦλον Paul, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) γὰρ for διατεταγμένος to direct ἦν to be ⚐μέλλων be about to αὐτὸς he πεζεύειν to walk. -44 20 14 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and συνέβαλλεν to meet with ἡμῖν to us εἰς toward τὴν the Ἆσσον Assos, ⚐ἀναλαβόντες to take up αὐτὸν him ⚐ἤλθομεν to go εἰς toward Μιτυλήνην Mitylene, -44 20 15 ⚐κἀκεῖθεν and from there ἀποπλεύσαντες to set sail ⚐τῇ the ἐπιούσῃ come after κατηντήσαμεν to come to ἄντικρυς opposite Χίου Chios, ⚐τῇ the δὲ and ἑτέρᾳ other παρεβάλομεν to arrive εἰς toward Σάμον Samos, ⚐τῇ the δὲ and ἐχομένῃ to have ἤλθομεν to arrive εἰς toward Μίλητον Miletus· -44 20 16 ⚐κεκρίκει to judge γὰρ for ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ⚐παραπλεῦσαι to sail past τὴν the Ἔφεσον Ephesus, ⚐ὅπως that μὴ not γένηται to be αὐτῷ to him ⚐χρονοτριβῆσαι to spend time ἐν in τῇ the Ἀσίᾳ Asia, ⚐ἔσπευδεν to hasten γὰρ for ⚐εἰ if δυνατὸν able εἴη to be αὐτῷ to him ⚐τὴν the ἡμέραν day τῆς the πεντηκοστῆς Pentecost γενέσθαι to be εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem.

 -44 20 17 ⚐Ἀπὸ from δὲ and τῆς the Μιλήτου Miletus πέμψας to send εἰς toward Ἔφεσον Ephesus ⚐μετεκαλέσατο to summon τοὺς the πρεσβυτέρους elder τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly. -44 20 18 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and παρεγένοντο to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ὑμεῖς you ἐπίστασθε to know ⚐ἀπὸ from πρώτης first ἡμέρας day ἀφ᾽ from ἧς which ἐπέβην to go up to εἰς toward τὴν the Ἀσίαν Asia ⚐πῶς how? μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you τὸν the πάντα all χρόνον time ἐγενόμην to be, -44 20 19 ⚐δουλεύων be a slave τῷ the κυρίῳ lord μετὰ with πάσης all ταπεινοφροσύνης humility καὶ and δακρύων teardrop καὶ and πειρασμῶν testing ⚐τῶν the συμβάντων to happen μοι to me ἐν in ταῖς the ἐπιβουλαῖς plot τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish· -44 20 20 ⚐ὡς as οὐδὲν no one ὑπεστειλάμην to withdraw τῶν the συμφερόντων to be profitable ⚐τοῦ the μὴ not ἀναγγεῖλαι to report ὑμῖν to you ⚐καὶ and διδάξαι to teach ὑμᾶς you δημοσίᾳ public καὶ and κατ᾽ according to οἴκους house, -44 20 21 ⚐διαμαρτυρόμενος to testify solemnly Ἰουδαίοις Jewish τε both καὶ and Ἕλλησιν a Greek τὴν the εἰς toward θεὸν God μετάνοιαν repentance καὶ and πίστιν faith εἰς toward τὸν the κύριον lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦν Jesus. -44 20 22 ⚐καὶ and νῦν now ἰδοὺ look! δεδεμένος to bind ἐγὼ I τῷ the πνεύματι spirit ⚐πορεύομαι to go εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐τὰ the ἐν in αὐτῇ to her συναντήσοντά to meet μοι to me μὴ not εἰδώς to know, -44 20 23 ⚐πλὴν but ὅτι that τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy κατὰ according to πόλιν city διαμαρτύρεταί to testify solemnly μοι to me ⚐λέγον to speak ⚐ὅτι that δεσμὰ chain καὶ and θλίψεις pressure με me μένουσιν to stay· -44 20 24 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐδενὸς no one λόγου word ποιοῦμαι to appoint τὴν the ψυχὴν soul τιμίαν precious ἐμαυτῷ myself ⚐ὡς as τελειῶσαι to perfect τὸν the δρόμον racecourse μου of me καὶ and τὴν the διακονίαν service ⚐ἣν which ἔλαβον to take παρὰ from τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐διαμαρτύρασθαι to testify solemnly τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τῆς the χάριτος grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -44 20 25 ⚐Καὶ and νῦν now ἰδοὺ look! ἐγὼ I οἶδα to know ⚐ὅτι that οὐκέτι not any more ὄψεσθε to see τὸ the πρόσωπόν face μου of me ὑμεῖς you πάντες all ⚐ἐν among οἷς which διῆλθον to pass through κηρύσσων to preach τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom. -44 20 26 ⚐διότι because μαρτύρομαι to testify ὑμῖν to you ἐν in τῇ the σήμερον today ἡμέρᾳ day ⚐ὅτι that καθαρός clean εἰμι to be ἀπὸ from τοῦ the αἵματος blood πάντων all, -44 20 27 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ὑπεστειλάμην to withdraw ⚐τοῦ the μὴ not ἀναγγεῖλαι to report πᾶσαν all τὴν the βουλὴν plan τοῦ the θεοῦ God ὑμῖν to you. -44 20 28 ⚐προσέχετε to watch out ἑαυτοῖς yourself καὶ and παντὶ all τῷ the ποιμνίῳ flock, ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ὑμᾶς you τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy ἔθετο to place ἐπισκόπους overseer, ⚐ποιμαίνειν to shepherd τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἣν which περιεποιήσατο to gain διὰ through τοῦ the αἵματος blood τοῦ the ἰδίου one's own. -44 20 29 ⚐ἐγὼ I οἶδα to know ⚐ὅτι that εἰσελεύσονται to enter μετὰ after τὴν the ἄφιξίν departure μου of me λύκοι wolf βαρεῖς weighty εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you ⚐μὴ not φειδόμενοι to spare τοῦ the ποιμνίου flock, -44 20 30 ⚐καὶ and ἐξ from ὑμῶν of you αὐτῶν of them ἀναστήσονται to arise ἄνδρες man ⚐λαλοῦντες to speak διεστραμμένα to pervert ⚐τοῦ the ἀποσπᾶν to draw away τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple ὀπίσω after αὐτῶν of them· -44 20 31 ⚐διὸ therefore γρηγορεῖτε to keep watch, ⚐μνημονεύοντες to remember ⚐ὅτι that τριετίαν three years νύκτα night καὶ and ἡμέραν day οὐκ no ἐπαυσάμην to cease ⚐μετὰ with δακρύων teardrop νουθετῶν to admonish ἕνα one ἕκαστον each. -44 20 32 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the νῦν now παρατίθεμαι to set before ὑμᾶς you τῷ the θεῷ God καὶ and τῷ the λόγῳ word τῆς the χάριτος grace αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐τῷ this δυναμένῳ be able οἰκοδομῆσαι to build καὶ and δοῦναι to give τὴν the κληρονομίαν inheritance ἐν among τοῖς who ἡγιασμένοις to sanctify πᾶσιν all. -44 20 33 ⚐ἀργυρίου silver ἢ or χρυσίου gold ἢ or ἱματισμοῦ clothing οὐδενὸς no one ἐπεθύμησα to long for· -44 20 34 ⚐αὐτοὶ they γινώσκετε to know ⚐ὅτι that ταῖς the χρείαις need μου of me καὶ and τοῖς who οὖσιν to be μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me ὑπηρέτησαν to serve αἱ the χεῖρες hand αὗται these. -44 20 35 ⚐πάντα all ὑπέδειξα to show ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὕτως thus(-ly) κοπιῶντας to labor ⚐δεῖ to bind ἀντιλαμβάνεσθαι to help τῶν the ἀσθενούντων be weak, ⚐μνημονεύειν to remember τε and τῶν the λόγων word τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐ὅτι that αὐτὸς he εἶπεν to say ⚐Μακάριόν blessed ἐστιν to be ⚐μᾶλλον more διδόναι to give ἢ or λαμβάνειν to take.

 -44 20 36 ⚐Καὶ and ταῦτα these εἰπὼν to say ⚐θεὶς to place τὰ the γόνατα a knee αὐτοῦ of him ⚐σὺν with πᾶσιν all αὐτοῖς to them προσηύξατο to pray. -44 20 37 ⚐ἱκανὸς sufficient δὲ and κλαυθμὸς weeping ἐγένετο to be πάντων all, ⚐καὶ and ἐπιπεσόντες to press upon ἐπὶ upon τὸν the τράχηλον neck τοῦ the Παύλου Paul ⚐κατεφίλουν to kiss αὐτόν him, -44 20 38 ⚐ὀδυνώμενοι be anguished μάλιστα especially ἐπὶ upon τῷ the λόγῳ word ⚐ᾧ which εἰρήκει to say ⚐ὅτι that οὐκέτι not any more μέλλουσιν be about to τὸ the πρόσωπον face αὐτοῦ of him θεωρεῖν to see. ⚐προέπεμπον to help on the way δὲ and αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῖον boat.

 -44 21 1 ⚐Ὡς as δὲ and ἐγένετο to be ἀναχθῆναι to lead ἡμᾶς us ⚐ἀποσπασθέντας to draw away ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them, ⚐εὐθυδρομήσαντες to sail straight ⚐ἤλθομεν to come εἰς toward τὴν the Κῶ Cos, ⚐τῇ the δὲ and ἑξῆς next εἰς toward τὴν the Ῥόδον Rhodes, ⚐κἀκεῖθεν and from there εἰς toward Πάταρα Patara· -44 21 2 ⚐καὶ and εὑρόντες to find πλοῖον boat διαπερῶν to cross εἰς toward Φοινίκην Phoenicia ⚐ἐπιβάντες to board ⚐ἀνήχθημεν to lead. -44 21 3 ⚐ἀναφάναντες to appear δὲ and τὴν the Κύπρον Cyprus ⚐καὶ and καταλιπόντες to leave αὐτὴν her εὐώνυμον left ⚐ἐπλέομεν to sail εἰς toward Συρίαν Syria, ⚐καὶ and κατήλθομεν to descend εἰς toward Τύρον Tyre, ⚐ἐκεῖσε there γὰρ for τὸ the πλοῖον boat ἦν to be ἀποφορτιζόμενον to unload τὸν the γόμον cargo. -44 21 4 ⚐ἀνευρόντες to find δὲ and τοὺς the μαθητὰς disciple ⚐ἐπεμείναμεν to remain αὐτοῦ there ἡμέρας day ἑπτά seven, ⚐οἵτινες who τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul ἔλεγον to speak διὰ through τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit ⚐μὴ not ἐπιβαίνειν to go up to εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem. -44 21 5 ⚐ὅτε when δὲ and ἐγένετο to be ἡμᾶς us ἐξαρτίσαι to finish τὰς the ἡμέρας day, ⚐ἐξελθόντες to go out ⚐ἐπορευόμεθα to go ⚐προπεμπόντων to help on the way ἡμᾶς us πάντων all σὺν with γυναιξὶν woman καὶ and τέκνοις child ἕως until ἔξω outside τῆς the πόλεως city, ⚐καὶ and θέντες to place τὰ the γόνατα a knee ἐπὶ on τὸν the αἰγιαλὸν shore ⚐προσευξάμενοι to pray -44 21 6 ⚐ἀπησπασάμεθα to draw away ἀλλήλους one another, ⚐καὶ and ἀνέβημεν to ascend εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῖον boat, ⚐ἐκεῖνοι that δὲ and ὑπέστρεψαν to return εἰς toward τὰ the ἴδια one's own.

 -44 21 7 ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ and τὸν the πλοῦν voyage διανύσαντες to continue ἀπὸ from Τύρου Tyre ⚐κατηντήσαμεν to come to εἰς toward Πτολεμαΐδα Ptolemais, ⚐καὶ and ἀσπασάμενοι to pay respects to τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother ⚐ἐμείναμεν to stay ἡμέραν day μίαν one παρ᾽ with αὐτοῖς to them. -44 21 8 ⚐τῇ the δὲ and ἐπαύριον the next day ἐξελθόντες to go out ⚐ἤλθομεν to come εἰς toward Καισάρειαν Caesarea, ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθόντες to enter εἰς toward τὸν the οἶκον house Φιλίππου Philip τοῦ the εὐαγγελιστοῦ evangelist ⚐ὄντος to be ἐκ out of τῶν the ἑπτὰ seven ⚐ἐμείναμεν to stay παρ᾽ with αὐτῷ to him. -44 21 9 ⚐τούτῳ to this δὲ and ἦσαν to be θυγατέρες daughter τέσσαρες four παρθένοι virgin προφητεύουσαι to prophesy. -44 21 10 ⚐ἐπιμενόντων to remain δὲ and ἡμέρας day πλείους much ⚐κατῆλθέν to descend τις one ἀπὸ from τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea προφήτης prophet ὀνόματι name Ἅγαβος Agabus, -44 21 11 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὼν to come πρὸς to ἡμᾶς us ⚐καὶ and ἄρας to take up τὴν the ζώνην belt τοῦ the Παύλου Paul ⚐δήσας to bind ἑαυτοῦ himself τοὺς the πόδας foot καὶ and τὰς the χεῖρας hand ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τάδε this λέγει to speak τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy ⚐Τὸν the ἄνδρα man οὗ which ἐστιν to be ἡ the ζώνη belt αὕτη this, οὕτως thus(-ly) δήσουσιν to bind ἐν in Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ⚐καὶ and παραδώσουσιν to deliver εἰς toward χεῖρας hand ἐθνῶν Gentiles. -44 21 12 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and ἠκούσαμεν to hear ταῦτα these, ⚐παρεκαλοῦμεν to plead ἡμεῖς we τε both καὶ and οἱ the ἐντόπιοι resident ⚐τοῦ the μὴ not ἀναβαίνειν to ascend αὐτὸν him εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem. -44 21 13 ⚐τότε then ἀπεκρίθη to answer ὁ the Παῦλος Paul· ⚐Τί which? ποιεῖτε to do ⚐κλαίοντες to weep καὶ and συνθρύπτοντές to break μου of me τὴν the καρδίαν heart; ⚐ἐγὼ I γὰρ for οὐ no μόνον alone δεθῆναι to bind ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and ἀποθανεῖν to die εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ἑτοίμως readily ἔχω to be ὑπὲρ for τοῦ the ὀνόματος name τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -44 21 14 ⚐μὴ not πειθομένου to persuade δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἡσυχάσαμεν give up ⚐εἰπόντες to say· ⚐Τοῦ the κυρίου lord τὸ the θέλημα will γινέσθω to be.

 -44 21 15 ⚐Μετὰ after δὲ and τὰς the ἡμέρας day ταύτας these ἐπισκευασάμενοι to pack up ⚐ἀνεβαίνομεν to ascend εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem· -44 21 16 ⚐συνῆλθον to assemble δὲ and καὶ and τῶν the μαθητῶν disciple ἀπὸ from Καισαρείας Caesarea σὺν with ἡμῖν to us, ⚐ἄγοντες to bring παρ᾽ with ᾧ which ξενισθῶμεν to host ⚐Μνάσωνί Mnason τινι one Κυπρίῳ Cyprian, ἀρχαίῳ ancient μαθητῇ disciple.

 -44 21 17 ⚐Γενομένων to be δὲ and ἡμῶν of us εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem ⚐ἀσμένως gladly ἀπεδέξαντο to welcome ἡμᾶς us οἱ the ἀδελφοί brother. -44 21 18 ⚐τῇ the δὲ and ἐπιούσῃ come after εἰσῄει to enter ὁ the Παῦλος Paul σὺν with ἡμῖν to us πρὸς to Ἰάκωβον James, ⚐πάντες all τε and παρεγένοντο to come οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder. -44 21 19 ⚐καὶ and ἀσπασάμενος to pay respects to αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἐξηγεῖτο to tell καθ᾽ according to ἓν one ἕκαστον each ⚐ὧν which ἐποίησεν to do ὁ the θεὸς God ἐν among τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles διὰ through τῆς the διακονίας service αὐτοῦ of him. -44 21 20 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἀκούσαντες to hear ⚐ἐδόξαζον to glorify τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐εἶπόν to say τε and αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Θεωρεῖς to see, ἀδελφέ brother, ⚐πόσαι how many μυριάδες myriad εἰσὶν to be ἐν in τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish τῶν who πεπιστευκότων to trust (in), ⚐καὶ and πάντες all ζηλωταὶ zealot τοῦ the νόμου law ὑπάρχουσιν to be· -44 21 21 ⚐κατηχήθησαν to instruct δὲ and περὶ about σοῦ of you ⚐ὅτι that ἀποστασίαν apostasy διδάσκεις to teach ἀπὸ from Μωϋσέως Moses τοὺς the κατὰ according to τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles πάντας all Ἰουδαίους Jewish, ⚐λέγων to speak ⚐μὴ not περιτέμνειν to circumcise αὐτοὺς them τὰ the τέκνα child ⚐μηδὲ not τοῖς the ἔθεσιν custom περιπατεῖν to walk. -44 21 22 ⚐τί which? οὖν then ἐστιν to be; ⚐πάντως surely ἀκούσονται to hear ⚐ὅτι that ἐλήλυθας to come. -44 21 23 ⚐τοῦτο this οὖν therefore ποίησον to do ὅ which σοι to you λέγομεν to speak· ⚐εἰσὶν to be ἡμῖν to us ἄνδρες man τέσσαρες four ⚐εὐχὴν a vow ἔχοντες to have ἐφ᾽ upon ἑαυτῶν oneself. -44 21 24 ⚐τούτους these παραλαβὼν to take ⚐ἁγνίσθητι to purify σὺν with αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καὶ and δαπάνησον to spend ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἵνα in order that ξυρήσονται to shave τὴν the κεφαλήν head, ⚐καὶ and γνώσονται to know πάντες all ⚐ὅτι that ὧν which κατήχηνται to instruct περὶ about σοῦ of you οὐδέν no one ἐστιν to be, ⚐ἀλλὰ but στοιχεῖς to follow καὶ and αὐτὸς he ⚐φυλάσσων to keep τὸν the νόμον law. -44 21 25 ⚐περὶ about δὲ but τῶν who πεπιστευκότων to trust (in) ἐθνῶν Gentiles ⚐ἡμεῖς we ἐπεστείλαμεν to write to ⚐κρίναντες to judge ⚐φυλάσσεσθαι to keep αὐτοὺς them τό the τε and εἰδωλόθυτον sacrificed to idols καὶ and αἷμα blood καὶ and πνικτὸν strangled καὶ and πορνείαν sexual sin. -44 21 26 ⚐τότε then ὁ the Παῦλος Paul παραλαβὼν to take τοὺς the ἄνδρας man τῇ the ἐχομένῃ to have ἡμέρᾳ day ⚐σὺν with αὐτοῖς to them ἁγνισθεὶς to purify ⚐εἰσῄει to enter εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερόν temple, ⚐διαγγέλλων to proclaim τὴν the ἐκπλήρωσιν fulfillment τῶν the ἡμερῶν day τοῦ the ἁγνισμοῦ purification ⚐ἕως until οὗ which προσηνέχθη to bring to ὑπὲρ for ἑνὸς one ἑκάστου each αὐτῶν of them ἡ the προσφορά offering.

 -44 21 27 ⚐Ὡς as δὲ and ἔμελλον be about to αἱ the ἑπτὰ seven ἡμέραι day συντελεῖσθαι to complete, ⚐οἱ the ἀπὸ from τῆς the Ἀσίας Asia Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish θεασάμενοι to see αὐτὸν him ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ⚐συνέχεον to confound πάντα all τὸν the ὄχλον crowd ⚐καὶ and ἐπέβαλον to seize ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτὸν him τὰς the χεῖρας hand, -44 21 28 ⚐κράζοντες to cry· ⚐Ἄνδρες man Ἰσραηλῖται Israelite, βοηθεῖτε to help· ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐ὁ the κατὰ according to τοῦ the λαοῦ a people καὶ and τοῦ the νόμου law καὶ and τοῦ the τόπου place τούτου of this πάντας all πανταχῇ everywhere διδάσκων to teach, ⚐ἔτι still τε and καὶ and Ἕλληνας a Greek εἰσήγαγεν to bring in εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερὸν temple ⚐καὶ and κεκοίνωκεν to profane τὸν the ἅγιον holy τόπον place τοῦτον this. -44 21 29 ⚐ἦσαν to be γὰρ for προεωρακότες to foresee Τρόφιμον Trophimus τὸν the Ἐφέσιον Ephesian ἐν in τῇ the πόλει city σὺν with αὐτῷ to him, ⚐ὃν which ἐνόμιζον to think ⚐ὅτι that εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερὸν temple εἰσήγαγεν to bring in ὁ the Παῦλος Paul. -44 21 30 ⚐ἐκινήθη to move τε and ἡ the πόλις city ὅλη all ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be συνδρομὴ swarming τοῦ the λαοῦ a people, ⚐καὶ and ἐπιλαβόμενοι to catch τοῦ the Παύλου Paul ⚐εἷλκον to draw αὐτὸν him ἔξω out τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple, ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἐκλείσθησαν to shut αἱ the θύραι door. -44 21 31 ⚐ζητούντων to seek τε and ⚐αὐτὸν him ἀποκτεῖναι to kill ⚐ἀνέβη to ascend φάσις news τῷ the χιλιάρχῳ military officer τῆς the σπείρης band ⚐ὅτι that ὅλη all συγχύννεται to confound Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, -44 21 32 ⚐ὃς which ἐξαυτῆς immediately παραλαβὼν to take στρατιώτας soldier καὶ and ἑκατοντάρχας centurion ⚐κατέδραμεν to rush down ἐπ᾽ to αὐτούς them, ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἰδόντες to know τὸν the χιλίαρχον military officer καὶ and τοὺς the στρατιώτας soldier ⚐ἐπαύσαντο to cease τύπτοντες to strike τὸν the Παῦλον Paul. -44 21 33 ⚐τότε then ἐγγίσας to come near ὁ the χιλίαρχος military officer ⚐ἐπελάβετο to catch αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἐκέλευσεν to order δεθῆναι to bind ἁλύσεσιν chain δυσίν two, ⚐καὶ and ἐπυνθάνετο to inquire ⚐τίς which? εἴη to be ⚐καὶ and τί which? ἐστιν to be πεποιηκώς to do. -44 21 34 ⚐ἄλλοι another δὲ but ἄλλο another τι one ἐπεφώνουν to shout ἐν in τῷ the ὄχλῳ crowd· ⚐μὴ not δυναμένου be able δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ⚐γνῶναι to know τὸ the ἀσφαλὲς secure διὰ because of τὸν the θόρυβον commotion ⚐ἐκέλευσεν to order ἄγεσθαι to bring αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὴν the παρεμβολήν barracks. -44 21 35 ⚐ὅτε when δὲ and ἐγένετο to be ἐπὶ to τοὺς the ἀναβαθμούς stairs, ⚐συνέβη to happen ⚐βαστάζεσθαι to carry αὐτὸν him ὑπὸ by τῶν the στρατιωτῶν soldier διὰ because of τὴν the βίαν force τοῦ the ὄχλου crowd, -44 21 36 ⚐ἠκολούθει to follow γὰρ for τὸ the πλῆθος multitude τοῦ the λαοῦ a people ⚐κράζοντες to cry· ⚐Αἶρε to take up αὐτόν him.

 -44 21 37 ⚐Μέλλων be about to τε and εἰσάγεσθαι to bring in εἰς toward τὴν the παρεμβολὴν barracks ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ⚐λέγει to speak τῷ the χιλιάρχῳ military officer· ⚐Εἰ if ἔξεστίν it is permitted μοι to me ⚐εἰπεῖν to say τι one πρὸς to σέ you; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἔφη to say· ⚐Ἑλληνιστὶ in Greek γινώσκεις to know; -44 21 38 ⚐οὐκ no ἄρα therefore σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the Αἰγύπτιος Egyptian ⚐ὁ the πρὸ before τούτων of these τῶν the ἡμερῶν day ἀναστατώσας to cause trouble ⚐καὶ and ἐξαγαγὼν to lead out εἰς toward τὴν the ἔρημον deserted τοὺς the τετρακισχιλίους four thousand ἄνδρας man τῶν the σικαρίων assassin; -44 21 39 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and ὁ the Παῦλος Paul· ⚐Ἐγὼ I ἄνθρωπος a human μέν on the other hand εἰμι to be Ἰουδαῖος Jewish, Ταρσεὺς of Tarsus τῆς the Κιλικίας Cilicia, ⚐οὐκ no ἀσήμου insignificant πόλεως city πολίτης citizen· ⚐δέομαι to pray δέ and σου of you, ⚐ἐπίτρεψόν to permit μοι to me ⚐λαλῆσαι to speak πρὸς to τὸν the λαόν a people. -44 21 40 ⚐ἐπιτρέψαντος to permit δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ἑστὼς to stand ἐπὶ on τῶν the ἀναβαθμῶν stairs ⚐κατέσεισεν to signal τῇ the χειρὶ hand τῷ the λαῷ a people, ⚐πολλῆς much δὲ and σιγῆς silence γενομένης to be ⚐προσεφώνησεν to call to τῇ the Ἑβραΐδι Aramaic διαλέκτῳ language ⚐λέγων to speak -44 22 1 ⚐Ἄνδρες man ἀδελφοὶ brother καὶ and πατέρες father, ἀκούσατέ to hear μου of me τῆς the πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you νυνὶ now ἀπολογίας defence.

 -44 22 2 ⚐Ἀκούσαντες to hear δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that τῇ the Ἑβραΐδι Aramaic διαλέκτῳ language προσεφώνει to call to αὐτοῖς to them ⚐μᾶλλον more παρέσχον to furnish occasion ἡσυχίαν quietness. ⚐καὶ and φησίν to say· -44 22 3 ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ἀνὴρ man Ἰουδαῖος Jewish, ⚐γεγεννημένος to beget ἐν in Ταρσῷ Tarsus τῆς the Κιλικίας Cilicia, ⚐ἀνατεθραμμένος to bring up δὲ but ἐν in τῇ the πόλει city ταύτῃ to this παρὰ beside τοὺς the πόδας foot Γαμαλιήλ Gamaliel, ⚐πεπαιδευμένος to instruct κατὰ according to ἀκρίβειαν strictness τοῦ the πατρῴου ancestral νόμου law, ⚐ζηλωτὴς zealot ὑπάρχων to be τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καθὼς just as πάντες all ὑμεῖς you ἐστε to be σήμερον today, -44 22 4 ⚐ὃς which ταύτην this τὴν the ὁδὸν road ἐδίωξα to pursue ἄχρι until θανάτου death, ⚐δεσμεύων to bind καὶ and παραδιδοὺς to deliver εἰς toward φυλακὰς prison ἄνδρας man τε both καὶ and γυναῖκας woman, -44 22 5 ⚐ὡς as καὶ and ὁ the ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest μαρτυρεῖ to testify μοι to me καὶ and πᾶν all τὸ the πρεσβυτέριον council of elders· ⚐παρ᾽ from ὧν which καὶ and ἐπιστολὰς epistle δεξάμενος to receive πρὸς to τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother εἰς toward Δαμασκὸν Damascus ⚐ἐπορευόμην to go ⚐ἄξων to bring καὶ and τοὺς the ἐκεῖσε there ὄντας to be ⚐δεδεμένους to bind εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐ἵνα in order to τιμωρηθῶσιν to punish.

 -44 22 6 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δέ and μοι to me ⚐πορευομένῳ to go καὶ and ἐγγίζοντι to come near τῇ the Δαμασκῷ Damascus περὶ about μεσημβρίαν noon ⚐ἐξαίφνης suddenly ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven περιαστράψαι to shine φῶς light ἱκανὸν sufficient περὶ about ἐμέ me, -44 22 7 ⚐ἔπεσά to collapse τε and εἰς toward τὸ the ἔδαφος ground ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear φωνῆς voice ⚐λεγούσης to speak μοι to me· ⚐Σαοὺλ Saul Σαούλ Saul, τί which? με me διώκεις to pursue; -44 22 8 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ and ἀπεκρίθην to answer· ⚐Τίς which? εἶ to be, κύριε lord; ⚐εἶπέν to say τε and πρὸς to με me· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὁ the Ναζωραῖος Nazarene ⚐ὃν which σὺ you διώκεις to pursue. -44 22 9 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and σὺν with ἐμοὶ to me ὄντες to be τὸ the μὲν on the other hand φῶς light ἐθεάσαντο to see ⚐τὴν the δὲ but φωνὴν voice οὐκ no ἤκουσαν to hear τοῦ who λαλοῦντός to speak μοι to me. -44 22 10 ⚐εἶπον to say δέ and· ⚐Τί which? ποιήσω to do, κύριε lord; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and κύριος lord εἶπεν to say πρός to με me· ⚐Ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐πορεύου to go εἰς toward Δαμασκόν Damascus, ⚐κἀκεῖ and there σοι to you λαληθήσεται to speak περὶ about πάντων all ⚐ὧν which τέτακταί to appoint σοι to you ⚐ποιῆσαι to do. -44 22 11 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and οὐκ no ἐνέβλεπον to look upon ἀπὸ from τῆς the δόξης glory τοῦ the φωτὸς light ἐκείνου that, ⚐χειραγωγούμενος to lead by the hand ὑπὸ by τῶν who συνόντων be with μοι to me ἦλθον to come εἰς toward Δαμασκόν Damascus.

 -44 22 12 ⚐Ἁνανίας Ananias δέ and τις one ἀνὴρ man εὐλαβὴς devout κατὰ according to τὸν the νόμον law ⚐μαρτυρούμενος to testify ὑπὸ by πάντων all τῶν who κατοικούντων to dwell Ἰουδαίων Jewish, -44 22 13 ⚐ἐλθὼν to come πρὸς to με me ⚐καὶ and ἐπιστὰς to approach ⚐εἶπέν to say μοι to me· ⚐Σαοὺλ Saul ἀδελφέ brother, ἀνάβλεψον to recover sight· ⚐κἀγὼ and I αὐτῇ to her τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour ἀνέβλεψα to recover sight εἰς toward αὐτόν him. -44 22 14 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ὁ the θεὸς God τῶν the πατέρων father ἡμῶν of us προεχειρίσατό to appoint σε you ⚐γνῶναι to know τὸ the θέλημα will αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἰδεῖν to know τὸν the δίκαιον just ⚐καὶ and ἀκοῦσαι to hear φωνὴν voice ἐκ from τοῦ the στόματος mouth αὐτοῦ of him, -44 22 15 ⚐ὅτι since ἔσῃ to be μάρτυς witness αὐτῷ to him πρὸς to πάντας all ἀνθρώπους a human ⚐ὧν which ἑώρακας to see καὶ and ἤκουσας to hear. -44 22 16 ⚐καὶ and νῦν now τί which? μέλλεις be about to; ⚐ἀναστὰς to arise ⚐βάπτισαι to baptize καὶ and ἀπόλουσαι to wash off τὰς the ἁμαρτίας sin σου of you ⚐ἐπικαλεσάμενος to call (on) τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him.

 -44 22 17 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δέ and μοι to me ⚐ὑποστρέψαντι to return εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐καὶ and προσευχομένου to pray μου of me ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ⚐γενέσθαι to be με me ἐν in ἐκστάσει amazement -44 22 18 ⚐καὶ and ἰδεῖν to know αὐτὸν him ⚐λέγοντά to speak μοι to me· ⚐Σπεῦσον to hasten καὶ and ἔξελθε to go out ἐν in τάχει quickness ἐξ of Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐διότι because οὐ no παραδέξονταί to receive σου of you μαρτυρίαν testimony περὶ about ἐμοῦ of me. -44 22 19 ⚐κἀγὼ and I εἶπον to say· ⚐Κύριε lord, αὐτοὶ they ἐπίστανται to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐγὼ I ἤμην to be φυλακίζων to imprison καὶ and δέρων to beat up κατὰ according to τὰς the συναγωγὰς synagogue τοὺς who πιστεύοντας to trust (in) ἐπὶ upon σέ you· -44 22 20 ⚐καὶ and ὅτε when ἐξεχύννετο to pour out τὸ the αἷμα blood Στεφάνου Stephen τοῦ the μάρτυρός witness σου of you, ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἤμην to be ἐφεστὼς to approach καὶ and συνευδοκῶν to agree to ⚐καὶ and φυλάσσων to guard τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing τῶν who ἀναιρούντων to do away with αὐτόν him. -44 22 21 ⚐καὶ and εἶπεν to say πρός to με me· ⚐Πορεύου to go, ⚐ὅτι since ἐγὼ I εἰς toward ἔθνη Gentiles μακρὰν distant ἐξαποστελῶ to send out σε you.

 -44 22 22 ⚐Ἤκουον to hear δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ἄχρι until τούτου of this τοῦ the λόγου word ⚐καὶ and ἐπῆραν to lift up τὴν the φωνὴν voice αὐτῶν of them ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Αἶρε to take up ἀπὸ from τῆς the γῆς earth τὸν this τοιοῦτον such as this, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for καθῆκεν be fit ⚐αὐτὸν him ζῆν to live. -44 22 23 ⚐κραυγαζόντων to shout τε and αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ῥιπτούντων to throw τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing ⚐καὶ and κονιορτὸν dust βαλλόντων to throw εἰς toward τὸν the ἀέρα air, -44 22 24 ⚐ἐκέλευσεν to order ὁ the χιλίαρχος military officer ⚐εἰσάγεσθαι to bring in αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὴν the παρεμβολήν barracks, ⚐εἴπας to say ⚐μάστιξιν whip ἀνετάζεσθαι to question αὐτὸν him ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐπιγνῷ to come to know ⚐δι᾽ through ἣν which αἰτίαν cause οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐπεφώνουν to shout αὐτῷ to him. -44 22 25 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and προέτειναν to stretch out αὐτὸν him τοῖς the ἱμᾶσιν leather strap ⚐εἶπεν to say πρὸς to τὸν the ἑστῶτα to stand ἑκατόνταρχον centurion ὁ the Παῦλος Paul· ⚐Εἰ if ἄνθρωπον a human Ῥωμαῖον Roman καὶ and ἀκατάκριτον uncondemned ἔξεστιν it is permitted ὑμῖν to you μαστίζειν to whip; -44 22 26 ⚐ἀκούσας to hear δὲ and ὁ the ἑκατοντάρχης centurion ⚐προσελθὼν to come near τῷ the χιλιάρχῳ military officer ⚐ἀπήγγειλεν to announce ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Τί which? μέλλεις be about to ποιεῖν to do; ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for ἄνθρωπος a human οὗτος this Ῥωμαῖός Roman ἐστιν to be. -44 22 27 ⚐προσελθὼν to come near δὲ and ὁ the χιλίαρχος military officer ⚐εἶπεν to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Λέγε to speak μοι to me, ⚐σὺ you Ῥωμαῖος Roman εἶ to be; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἔφη to say· ⚐Ναί yes. -44 22 28 ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer δὲ but ὁ the χιλίαρχος military officer· ⚐Ἐγὼ I πολλοῦ much κεφαλαίου sum τὴν the πολιτείαν citizenship ταύτην this ἐκτησάμην to posses. ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Παῦλος Paul ἔφη to say· ⚐Ἐγὼ I δὲ and καὶ and γεγέννημαι to beget. -44 22 29 ⚐εὐθέως immediately οὖν then ἀπέστησαν to leave ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him οἱ who μέλλοντες be about to αὐτὸν him ἀνετάζειν to question· ⚐καὶ and ὁ the χιλίαρχος military officer δὲ and ἐφοβήθη to fear ⚐ἐπιγνοὺς to come to know ⚐ὅτι that Ῥωμαῖός Roman ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that αὐτὸν him ἦν to be δεδεκώς to bind.

 -44 22 30 ⚐Τῇ the δὲ and ἐπαύριον the next day βουλόμενος to plan γνῶναι to know τὸ the ἀσφαλὲς secure ⚐τὸ the τί which? κατηγορεῖται to accuse ὑπὸ by τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish ⚐ἔλυσεν to loose αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἐκέλευσεν to order συνελθεῖν to assemble τοὺς the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and πᾶν all τὸ the συνέδριον council, ⚐καὶ and καταγαγὼν to bring down τὸν the Παῦλον Paul ⚐ἔστησεν to stand εἰς toward αὐτούς them. -44 23 1 ⚐ἀτενίσας to gaze δὲ and ὁ the Παῦλος Paul τῷ the συνεδρίῳ council ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἄνδρες man ἀδελφοί brother, ἐγὼ I πάσῃ all συνειδήσει conscience ἀγαθῇ good-doer πεπολίτευμαι be a citizen τῷ the θεῷ God ἄχρι until ταύτης of this τῆς the ἡμέρας day. -44 23 2 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest Ἁνανίας Ananias ἐπέταξεν to command τοῖς the παρεστῶσιν to stand by αὐτῷ to him ⚐τύπτειν to strike αὐτοῦ of him τὸ the στόμα mouth. -44 23 3 ⚐τότε then ὁ the Παῦλος Paul πρὸς to αὐτὸν him εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τύπτειν to strike σε you μέλλει be about to ὁ the θεός God, τοῖχε wall κεκονιαμένε to whitewash· ⚐καὶ and σὺ you κάθῃ to sit κρίνων to judge με me κατὰ according to τὸν the νόμον law, ⚐καὶ and παρανομῶν to break the law κελεύεις to order ⚐με me τύπτεσθαι to strike; -44 23 4 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and παρεστῶτες to stand by εἶπαν to say· ⚐Τὸν the ἀρχιερέα high-priest τοῦ the θεοῦ God λοιδορεῖς to revile; -44 23 5 ⚐ἔφη to say τε and ὁ the Παῦλος Paul· ⚐Οὐκ no ᾔδειν to know, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐ὅτι that ἐστὶν to be ἀρχιερεύς high-priest· ⚐γέγραπται to write γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that Ἄρχοντα ruler τοῦ the λαοῦ a people σου of you οὐκ no ἐρεῖς to say κακῶς badly.

 -44 23 6 ⚐Γνοὺς to know δὲ and ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ⚐ὅτι that τὸ the ἓν one μέρος part ἐστὶν to be Σαδδουκαίων Sadducee ⚐τὸ the δὲ and ἕτερον other Φαρισαίων Pharisee ⚐ἔκραζεν to cry ἐν in τῷ the συνεδρίῳ council· ⚐Ἄνδρες man ἀδελφοί brother, ἐγὼ I Φαρισαῖος Pharisee εἰμι to be, υἱὸς son Φαρισαίων Pharisee· ⚐περὶ about ἐλπίδος hope καὶ and ἀναστάσεως resurrection νεκρῶν dead ἐγὼ I κρίνομαι to judge. -44 23 7 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him εἰπόντος to say ⚐ἐγένετο to be στάσις uprising τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee καὶ and Σαδδουκαίων Sadducee, ⚐καὶ and ἐσχίσθη to split τὸ the πλῆθος multitude. -44 23 8 ⚐Σαδδουκαῖοι Sadducee μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for λέγουσιν to speak ⚐μὴ not εἶναι to be ἀνάστασιν resurrection μήτε neither ἄγγελον angel μήτε neither πνεῦμα spirit, ⚐Φαρισαῖοι Pharisee δὲ but ὁμολογοῦσιν to acknowledge τὰ the ἀμφότερα both. -44 23 9 ⚐ἐγένετο to be δὲ and κραυγὴ shouting μεγάλη great, ⚐καὶ and ἀναστάντες to arise τινὲς one τῶν the γραμματέων scribe τοῦ the μέρους part τῶν the Φαρισαίων Pharisee ⚐διεμάχοντο to contend sharply ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Οὐδὲν no one κακὸν harm εὑρίσκομεν to find ἐν with τῷ the ἀνθρώπῳ a human τούτῳ to this· ⚐εἰ if δὲ and πνεῦμα spirit ἐλάλησεν to speak αὐτῷ to him ἢ or ἄγγελος angel— -44 23 10 ⚐πολλῆς much δὲ and γινομένης to be στάσεως uprising ⚐φοβηθεὶς to fear ὁ the χιλίαρχος military officer ⚐μὴ not διασπασθῇ to tear apart ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ὑπ᾽ by αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐκέλευσεν to order τὸ the στράτευμα troops ⚐καταβὰν to go down ⚐ἁρπάσαι to seize αὐτὸν him ἐκ from μέσου midst αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ἄγειν to bring τε and εἰς toward τὴν the παρεμβολήν barracks.

 -44 23 11 ⚐Τῇ the δὲ and ἐπιούσῃ come after νυκτὶ night ἐπιστὰς to approach αὐτῷ to him ὁ the κύριος lord ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Θάρσει take heart, ⚐ὡς as γὰρ for διεμαρτύρω to testify solemnly τὰ the περὶ about ἐμοῦ of me εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) σε you δεῖ to bind καὶ and εἰς toward Ῥώμην Rome μαρτυρῆσαι to testify.

 -44 23 12 ⚐Γενομένης to be δὲ and ἡμέρας day ⚐ποιήσαντες to make συστροφὴν plot οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ⚐ἀνεθεμάτισαν to take an oath ἑαυτοὺς themselves ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐μήτε neither φαγεῖν to eat μήτε neither πιεῖν to drink ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ἀποκτείνωσιν to kill τὸν the Παῦλον Paul. -44 23 13 ⚐ἦσαν to be δὲ and πλείους much τεσσεράκοντα forty οἱ the ταύτην this τὴν the συνωμοσίαν plot ποιησάμενοι to make· -44 23 14 ⚐οἵτινες who προσελθόντες to come near τοῖς the ἀρχιερεῦσιν high-priest καὶ and τοῖς the πρεσβυτέροις elder ⚐εἶπαν to say· ⚐Ἀναθέματι devoted ἀνεθεματίσαμεν to take an oath ἑαυτοὺς ourselves ⚐μηδενὸς nothing γεύσασθαι to taste ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ἀποκτείνωμεν to kill τὸν the Παῦλον Paul. -44 23 15 ⚐νῦν now οὖν therefore ὑμεῖς you ἐμφανίσατε to show τῷ the χιλιάρχῳ military officer σὺν with τῷ the συνεδρίῳ council ⚐ὅπως that καταγάγῃ to bring down αὐτὸν him εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you ⚐ὡς as μέλλοντας be about to διαγινώσκειν to decide ἀκριβέστερον stricter τὰ the περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ and πρὸ before τοῦ this ἐγγίσαι to come near αὐτὸν him ἕτοιμοί ready ἐσμεν to be ⚐τοῦ the ἀνελεῖν to do away with αὐτόν him.

 -44 23 16 ⚐Ἀκούσας to hear δὲ but ὁ the υἱὸς son τῆς the ἀδελφῆς sister Παύλου Paul τὴν the ἐνέδραν ambush ⚐παραγενόμενος to come ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθὼν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the παρεμβολὴν barracks ⚐ἀπήγγειλεν to announce τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul. -44 23 17 ⚐προσκαλεσάμενος to summon δὲ and ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ἕνα one τῶν the ἑκατονταρχῶν centurion ⚐ἔφη to say· ⚐Τὸν the νεανίαν young man τοῦτον this ἀπάγαγε to lead away πρὸς to τὸν the χιλίαρχον military officer, ⚐ἔχει to have γὰρ for ἀπαγγεῖλαί to announce τι one αὐτῷ to him. -44 23 18 ⚐ὁ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore παραλαβὼν to take αὐτὸν him ⚐ἤγαγεν to bring πρὸς to τὸν the χιλίαρχον military officer ⚐καὶ and φησίν to say· ⚐Ὁ the δέσμιος prisoner Παῦλος Paul προσκαλεσάμενός to summon με me ⚐ἠρώτησεν to ask ⚐τοῦτον this τὸν the νεανίσκον young man ἀγαγεῖν to bring πρὸς to σέ you, ⚐ἔχοντά to have τι one ⚐λαλῆσαί to speak σοι to you. -44 23 19 ⚐ἐπιλαβόμενος to catch δὲ and τῆς the χειρὸς hand αὐτοῦ of him ὁ the χιλίαρχος military officer ⚐καὶ and ἀναχωρήσας to leave κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private ⚐ἐπυνθάνετο to inquire· ⚐Τί which? ἐστιν to be ⚐ὃ which ἔχεις to have ἀπαγγεῖλαί to announce μοι to me; -44 23 20 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that Οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish συνέθεντο to agree ⚐τοῦ the ἐρωτῆσαί to ask σε you ⚐ὅπως that αὔριον tomorrow τὸν the Παῦλον Paul καταγάγῃς to bring down εἰς toward τὸ the συνέδριον council ⚐ὡς as μέλλον be about to τι one ἀκριβέστερον stricter πυνθάνεσθαι to inquire περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him· -44 23 21 ⚐σὺ you οὖν therefore μὴ not πεισθῇς to persuade αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐ἐνεδρεύουσιν to ambush γὰρ for αὐτὸν him ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them ἄνδρες man πλείους much τεσσεράκοντα forty, ⚐οἵτινες which ἀνεθεμάτισαν to take an oath ἑαυτοὺς themselves ⚐μήτε neither φαγεῖν to eat μήτε neither πιεῖν to drink ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ἀνέλωσιν to do away with αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and νῦν now εἰσιν to be ἕτοιμοι ready ⚐προσδεχόμενοι to wait for τὴν the ἀπὸ from σοῦ of you ἐπαγγελίαν promise. -44 23 22 ⚐ὁ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν then χιλίαρχος military officer ἀπέλυσεν to release τὸν the νεανίσκον young man ⚐παραγγείλας to order ⚐μηδενὶ nothing ἐκλαλῆσαι to speak out ⚐ὅτι that ταῦτα these ἐνεφάνισας to show πρὸς to με me.

 -44 23 23 ⚐Καὶ and προσκαλεσάμενός to summon δύο two τινας one τῶν the ἑκατονταρχῶν centurion ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἑτοιμάσατε to make ready στρατιώτας soldier διακοσίους two hundred ⚐ὅπως that πορευθῶσιν to go ἕως until Καισαρείας Caesarea, ⚐καὶ and ἱππεῖς horseman ἑβδομήκοντα seventy καὶ and δεξιολάβους slinger διακοσίους two hundred, ⚐ἀπὸ from τρίτης third ὥρας hour τῆς the νυκτός night, -44 23 24 ⚐κτήνη animal τε and παραστῆσαι to stand by ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐπιβιβάσαντες to mount τὸν the Παῦλον Paul ⚐διασώσωσιν to save πρὸς to Φήλικα Felix τὸν the ἡγεμόνα ruler, -44 23 25 ⚐γράψας to write ἐπιστολὴν epistle ⚐ἔχουσαν to have τὸν the τύπον form τοῦτον this· -44 23 26 ⚐Κλαύδιος Claudius Λυσίας Lysias τῷ the κρατίστῳ excellent ἡγεμόνι ruler Φήλικι Felix χαίρειν to rejoice. -44 23 27 ⚐τὸν the ἄνδρα man τοῦτον this συλλημφθέντα to seize ὑπὸ by τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish ⚐καὶ and μέλλοντα be about to ἀναιρεῖσθαι to do away with ὑπ᾽ by αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐπιστὰς to approach σὺν with τῷ the στρατεύματι troops ⚐ἐξειλάμην to deliver, ⚐μαθὼν to learn ⚐ὅτι that Ῥωμαῖός Roman ἐστιν to be, -44 23 28 ⚐βουλόμενός to plan τε and ἐπιγνῶναι to come to know τὴν the αἰτίαν charge ⚐δι᾽ through ἣν which ἐνεκάλουν to accuse αὐτῷ to him, ⚐κατήγαγον to bring down εἰς toward τὸ the συνέδριον council αὐτῶν of them. -44 23 29 ⚐ὃν which εὗρον to find ἐγκαλούμενον to accuse περὶ about ζητημάτων a question τοῦ the νόμου law αὐτῶν of them, ⚐μηδὲν nothing δὲ but ἄξιον worthy θανάτου death ἢ or δεσμῶν chain ἔχοντα to have ἔγκλημα accusation. -44 23 30 ⚐μηνυθείσης to disclose δέ and μοι to me ⚐ἐπιβουλῆς plot εἰς toward τὸν this ἄνδρα man ἔσεσθαι to be ⚐ἐξαυτῆς immediately ἔπεμψα to send πρὸς to σέ you, ⚐παραγγείλας to order καὶ and τοῖς the κατηγόροις accuser ⚐λέγειν to speak τὰ the πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ἐπὶ upon σοῦ of you. -44 23 31 ⚐Οἱ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore στρατιῶται soldier κατὰ according to τὸ the διατεταγμένον to direct αὐτοῖς to them ἀναλαβόντες to take up τὸν the Παῦλον Paul ⚐ἤγαγον to bring διὰ through νυκτὸς night εἰς toward τὴν the Ἀντιπατρίδα Antipatris· -44 23 32 ⚐τῇ the δὲ and ἐπαύριον the next day ἐάσαντες to allow τοὺς the ἱππεῖς horseman ⚐ἀπέρχεσθαι to go away σὺν with αὐτῷ to him ⚐ὑπέστρεψαν to return εἰς toward τὴν the παρεμβολήν barracks· -44 23 33 ⚐οἵτινες which εἰσελθόντες to enter εἰς toward τὴν the Καισάρειαν Caesarea ⚐καὶ and ἀναδόντες to deliver τὴν the ἐπιστολὴν epistle τῷ the ἡγεμόνι ruler ⚐παρέστησαν to stand by καὶ and τὸν the Παῦλον Paul αὐτῷ to him. -44 23 34 ⚐ἀναγνοὺς to read δὲ and ⚐καὶ and ἐπερωτήσας to question ⚐ἐκ out of ποίας what? ἐπαρχείας province ἐστὶν to be ⚐καὶ and πυθόμενος to inquire ⚐ὅτι that ἀπὸ from Κιλικίας Cilicia, -44 23 35 ⚐Διακούσομαί to give a hearing σου of you, ⚐ἔφη to say, ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) καὶ and οἱ the κατήγοροί accuser σου of you παραγένωνται to come· ⚐κελεύσας to order ⚐ἐν in τῷ the πραιτωρίῳ praetorium τοῦ the Ἡρῴδου Herod φυλάσσεσθαι to guard αὐτόν him.

 -44 24 1 ⚐Μετὰ after δὲ and πέντε five ἡμέρας day κατέβη to come down ὁ the ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest Ἁνανίας Ananias μετὰ with πρεσβυτέρων elder τινῶν one καὶ and ῥήτορος spokesman Τερτύλλου Tertullus τινός one, ⚐οἵτινες who ἐνεφάνισαν to show τῷ the ἡγεμόνι ruler κατὰ according to τοῦ the Παύλου Paul. -44 24 2 ⚐κληθέντος to call δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἤρξατο be first κατηγορεῖν to accuse ὁ the Τέρτυλλος Tertullus ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Πολλῆς much εἰρήνης peace τυγχάνοντες to obtain διὰ through σοῦ of you ⚐καὶ and διορθωμάτων reformation γινομένων to be τῷ the ἔθνει Gentiles τούτῳ to this διὰ through τῆς the σῆς your προνοίας foresight -44 24 3 ⚐πάντῃ always τε and καὶ and πανταχοῦ everywhere ἀποδεχόμεθα to welcome, κράτιστε excellent Φῆλιξ Felix, μετὰ with πάσης all εὐχαριστίας thankfulness. -44 24 4 ⚐ἵνα in order that δὲ but μὴ not ἐπὶ upon πλεῖόν greater σε you ἐγκόπτω to hinder, ⚐παρακαλῶ to plead ἀκοῦσαί to hear σε you ἡμῶν of us συντόμως concisely τῇ the σῇ your ἐπιεικείᾳ gentleness. -44 24 5 ⚐εὑρόντες to find γὰρ for τὸν the ἄνδρα man τοῦτον this λοιμὸν pestilence ⚐καὶ and κινοῦντα to move στάσεις uprising πᾶσιν all τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish τοῖς the κατὰ according to τὴν the οἰκουμένην world ⚐πρωτοστάτην ringleader τε and τῆς the τῶν the Ναζωραίων Nazarene αἱρέσεως sect, -44 24 6 ⚐ὃς which καὶ and τὸ the ἱερὸν temple ἐπείρασεν to try βεβηλῶσαι to profane, ⚐ὃν which καὶ and ἐκρατήσαμεν to seize, -44 24 8 ⚐παρ᾽ from οὗ which δυνήσῃ be able αὐτὸς he ⚐ἀνακρίνας to investigate περὶ about πάντων all τούτων of these ⚐ἐπιγνῶναι to come to know ⚐ὧν which ἡμεῖς we κατηγοροῦμεν to accuse αὐτοῦ of him. -44 24 9 ⚐συνεπέθεντο to agree δὲ and καὶ and οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish ⚐φάσκοντες to claim ⚐ταῦτα these οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔχειν to be.

 -44 24 10 ⚐Ἀπεκρίθη to answer τε and ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ⚐νεύσαντος to motion αὐτῷ to him τοῦ the ἡγεμόνος ruler ⚐λέγειν to speak· ⚐Ἐκ out of πολλῶν much ἐτῶν year ὄντα to be σε you κριτὴν judge τῷ the ἔθνει Gentiles τούτῳ to this ἐπιστάμενος to know ⚐εὐθύμως cheerful τὰ the περὶ about ἐμαυτοῦ myself ἀπολογοῦμαι to defend oneself, -44 24 11 ⚐δυναμένου be able σου of you ⚐ἐπιγνῶναι to come to know, ⚐ὅτι since οὐ no πλείους much εἰσίν to be μοι to me ἡμέραι day δώδεκα twelve ⚐ἀφ᾽ from ἧς which ἀνέβην to ascend προσκυνήσων to worship εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, -44 24 12 ⚐καὶ and οὔτε neither ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple εὗρόν to find με me ⚐πρός with τινα one διαλεγόμενον to dispute ⚐ἢ or ἐπίστασιν insurrection ποιοῦντα to make ὄχλου crowd οὔτε neither ἐν in ταῖς the συναγωγαῖς synagogue οὔτε neither κατὰ according to τὴν the πόλιν city, -44 24 13 ⚐οὐδὲ and not παραστῆσαι to stand by δύνανταί be able σοι to you ⚐περὶ about ὧν which νυνὶ now κατηγοροῦσίν to accuse μου of me. -44 24 14 ⚐ὁμολογῶ to confess δὲ but τοῦτό this σοι to you ⚐ὅτι that κατὰ according to τὴν the ὁδὸν road ἣν which λέγουσιν to speak αἵρεσιν sect οὕτως thus(-ly) λατρεύω to minister τῷ the πατρῴῳ ancestral θεῷ God, ⚐πιστεύων to trust (in) πᾶσι all τοῖς the κατὰ according to τὸν the νόμον law ⚐καὶ and τοῖς the ἐν in τοῖς the προφήταις prophet γεγραμμένοις to write, -44 24 15 ⚐ἐλπίδα hope ἔχων to have εἰς toward τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐ἣν which καὶ and αὐτοὶ they οὗτοι these προσδέχονται to accept, ⚐ἀνάστασιν resurrection μέλλειν be about to ἔσεσθαι to be δικαίων just τε both καὶ and ἀδίκων unjust· -44 24 16 ⚐ἐν in τούτῳ to this καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἀσκῶ to strive ⚐ἀπρόσκοπον not giving offence συνείδησιν conscience ἔχειν to have πρὸς to τὸν the θεὸν God καὶ and τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human διὰ through παντός all. -44 24 17 ⚐δι᾽ through ἐτῶν year δὲ and πλειόνων greater ἐλεημοσύνας charity ποιήσων to do εἰς toward τὸ the ἔθνος Gentiles μου of me παρεγενόμην to come ⚐καὶ and προσφοράς offering, -44 24 18 ⚐ἐν in αἷς which εὗρόν to find με me ⚐ἡγνισμένον to purify ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple, οὐ no μετὰ with ὄχλου crowd οὐδὲ and not μετὰ with θορύβου commotion, -44 24 19 ⚐τινὲς one δὲ but ἀπὸ from τῆς the Ἀσίας Asia Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish, ⚐οὓς which ἔδει be necessary ἐπὶ upon σοῦ of you παρεῖναι be present καὶ and κατηγορεῖν to accuse ⚐εἴ if τι one ἔχοιεν to have πρὸς to ἐμέ me, -44 24 20 ⚐ἢ or αὐτοὶ they οὗτοι these εἰπάτωσαν to say ⚐τί which? εὗρον to find ἀδίκημα crime ⚐στάντος to stand μου of me ἐπὶ upon τοῦ the συνεδρίου council -44 24 21 ⚐ἢ or περὶ about μιᾶς one ταύτης of this φωνῆς voice ἧς which ἐκέκραξα to cry ⚐ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them ἑστὼς to stand ⚐ὅτι that Περὶ about ἀναστάσεως resurrection νεκρῶν dead ἐγὼ I κρίνομαι to judge σήμερον today ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμῶν of you.

 -44 24 22 ⚐ἀνεβάλετο to defer δὲ and αὐτοὺς them ὁ the Φῆλιξ Felix, ⚐ἀκριβέστερον stricter εἰδὼς to know τὰ the περὶ about τῆς the ὁδοῦ road, ⚐εἴπας to say· ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) Λυσίας Lysias ὁ the χιλίαρχος military officer καταβῇ to come down διαγνώσομαι to decide τὰ the καθ᾽ according to ὑμᾶς you· -44 24 23 ⚐διαταξάμενος to direct τῷ the ἑκατοντάρχῃ centurion ⚐τηρεῖσθαι to keep αὐτὸν him ⚐ἔχειν to have τε and ἄνεσιν rest ⚐καὶ and μηδένα nothing κωλύειν to prevent τῶν the ἰδίων one's own αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὑπηρετεῖν to serve αὐτῷ to him.

 -44 24 24 ⚐Μετὰ with δὲ and ἡμέρας day τινὰς one ⚐παραγενόμενος to come ὁ the Φῆλιξ Felix σὺν with Δρουσίλλῃ Drusilla τῇ the ἰδίᾳ one's own γυναικὶ woman ⚐οὔσῃ to be Ἰουδαίᾳ Jewish ⚐μετεπέμψατο to summon τὸν the Παῦλον Paul ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσεν to hear αὐτοῦ of him περὶ about τῆς the εἰς toward Χριστὸν Christ Ἰησοῦν Jesus πίστεως faith. -44 24 25 ⚐διαλεγομένου to dispute δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him περὶ about δικαιοσύνης righteousness καὶ and ἐγκρατείας self-control καὶ and τοῦ the κρίματος judgment τοῦ the μέλλοντος be about to ⚐ἔμφοβος afraid γενόμενος to be ὁ the Φῆλιξ Felix ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer· ⚐Τὸ the νῦν now ἔχον to have πορεύου to go, ⚐καιρὸν right time δὲ and μεταλαβὼν to partake ⚐μετακαλέσομαί to summon σε you· -44 24 26 ⚐ἅμα together καὶ and ἐλπίζων to hope ⚐ὅτι that χρήματα money δοθήσεται to give αὐτῷ to him ὑπὸ by τοῦ the Παύλου Paul· ⚐διὸ therefore καὶ and πυκνότερον often αὐτὸν him μεταπεμπόμενος to summon ⚐ὡμίλει to talk αὐτῷ to him.

 -44 24 27 ⚐Διετίας two years δὲ and πληρωθείσης to fulfill ⚐ἔλαβεν to take διάδοχον successor ὁ the Φῆλιξ Felix Πόρκιον Porcius Φῆστον Festus· ⚐θέλων to will τε and χάριτα grace καταθέσθαι to do a favor τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish ὁ the Φῆλιξ Felix ⚐κατέλιπεν to leave τὸν the Παῦλον Paul δεδεμένον to bind.

 -44 25 1 ⚐Φῆστος Festus οὖν then ἐπιβὰς to go up to τῇ the ἐπαρχείᾳ province ⚐μετὰ after τρεῖς three ἡμέρας day ἀνέβη to ascend εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem ἀπὸ from Καισαρείας Caesarea, -44 25 2 ⚐ἐνεφάνισάν to show τε and αὐτῷ to him οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the πρῶτοι first τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish κατὰ according to τοῦ the Παύλου Paul, ⚐καὶ and παρεκάλουν to plead αὐτὸν him -44 25 3 ⚐αἰτούμενοι to ask χάριν grace κατ᾽ according to αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὅπως that μεταπέμψηται to summon αὐτὸν him εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐ἐνέδραν ambush ποιοῦντες to make ⚐ἀνελεῖν to do away with αὐτὸν him κατὰ according to τὴν the ὁδόν road. -44 25 4 ⚐ὁ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν then Φῆστος Festus ἀπεκρίθη to answer ⚐τηρεῖσθαι to keep τὸν the Παῦλον Paul εἰς toward Καισάρειαν Caesarea, ⚐ἑαυτὸν himself δὲ and μέλλειν be about to ἐν in τάχει quickness ἐκπορεύεσθαι to go out· -44 25 5 ⚐Οἱ the οὖν therefore ἐν in ὑμῖν to you φησίν to say, δυνατοὶ able, συγκαταβάντες to descend with ⚐εἴ if τί one ἐστιν to be ἐν in τῷ this ἀνδρὶ man ἄτοπον wrong ⚐κατηγορείτωσαν to accuse αὐτοῦ of him.

 -44 25 6 ⚐Διατρίψας to remain δὲ and ἐν among αὐτοῖς to them ἡμέρας day οὐ no πλείους much ὀκτὼ eight ἢ or δέκα ten, ⚐καταβὰς to go down εἰς toward Καισάρειαν Caesarea, ⚐τῇ the ἐπαύριον the next day καθίσας to sit ἐπὶ on τοῦ the βήματος judgement seat ⚐ἐκέλευσεν to order ⚐τὸν the Παῦλον Paul ἀχθῆναι to bring. -44 25 7 ⚐παραγενομένου to come δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ⚐περιέστησαν to stand around αὐτὸν him οἱ the ἀπὸ from Ἱεροσολύμων Jerusalem καταβεβηκότες to come down Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish, ⚐πολλὰ much καὶ and βαρέα weighty αἰτιώματα charge καταφέροντες to vote against ⚐ἃ which οὐκ no ἴσχυον be strong ἀποδεῖξαι to display, -44 25 8 ⚐τοῦ the Παύλου Paul ἀπολογουμένου to defend oneself ⚐ὅτι that Οὔτε neither εἰς toward τὸν the νόμον law τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish οὔτε neither εἰς toward τὸ the ἱερὸν temple οὔτε neither εἰς toward Καίσαρά Caesar τι one ἥμαρτον to sin. -44 25 9 ⚐ὁ the Φῆστος Festus δὲ but θέλων to will τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish χάριν grace καταθέσθαι to do a favor ⚐ἀποκριθεὶς to answer τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Θέλεις to will ⚐εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem ἀναβὰς to ascend ⚐ἐκεῖ there περὶ about τούτων of these κριθῆναι to judge ἐπ᾽ upon ἐμοῦ of me; -44 25 10 ⚐εἶπεν to say δὲ and ὁ the Παῦλος Paul· ⚐Ἐπὶ upon τοῦ the βήματος judgement seat Καίσαρος Caesar ἑστώς to stand εἰμι to be, ⚐οὗ where με me δεῖ to bind κρίνεσθαι to judge. ⚐Ἰουδαίους Jewish οὐδὲν no one ἠδίκησα to harm, ⚐ὡς as καὶ and σὺ you κάλλιον good ἐπιγινώσκεις to come to know. -44 25 11 ⚐εἰ if μὲν on the other hand οὖν then ἀδικῶ to harm καὶ and ἄξιον worthy θανάτου death πέπραχά to practise τι one, ⚐οὐ no παραιτοῦμαι to excuse τὸ the ἀποθανεῖν to die· ⚐εἰ if δὲ but οὐδέν no one ἐστιν to be ὧν which οὗτοι these κατηγοροῦσίν to accuse μου of me, ⚐οὐδείς no one με me δύναται be able ⚐αὐτοῖς to them χαρίσασθαι to give grace· ⚐Καίσαρα Caesar ἐπικαλοῦμαι to call (on). -44 25 12 ⚐τότε then ὁ the Φῆστος Festus συλλαλήσας to talk with μετὰ with τοῦ the συμβουλίου council ⚐ἀπεκρίθη to answer· ⚐Καίσαρα Caesar ἐπικέκλησαι to call (on), ⚐ἐπὶ to Καίσαρα Caesar πορεύσῃ to go.

 -44 25 13 ⚐Ἡμερῶν day δὲ and διαγενομένων to pass τινῶν one ⚐Ἀγρίππας Agrippa ὁ the βασιλεὺς king καὶ and Βερνίκη Bernice κατήντησαν to come to εἰς toward Καισάρειαν Caesarea ⚐ἀσπασάμενοι to pay respects to τὸν the Φῆστον Festus. -44 25 14 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and πλείους much ἡμέρας day διέτριβον to remain ἐκεῖ there, ⚐ὁ the Φῆστος Festus τῷ the βασιλεῖ king ἀνέθετο to set before τὰ the κατὰ according to τὸν the Παῦλον Paul ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἀνήρ man τίς one ἐστιν to be καταλελειμμένος to leave ὑπὸ by Φήλικος Felix δέσμιος prisoner, -44 25 15 ⚐περὶ about οὗ which γενομένου to be μου of me εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem ⚐ἐνεφάνισαν to show οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest καὶ and οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish, ⚐αἰτούμενοι to ask κατ᾽ according to αὐτοῦ of him καταδίκην judgment· -44 25 16 ⚐πρὸς to οὓς which ἀπεκρίθην to answer ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἔθος custom Ῥωμαίοις Roman ⚐χαρίζεσθαί to give grace τινα one ἄνθρωπον a human ⚐πρὶν before ἢ or ὁ the κατηγορούμενος to accuse κατὰ according to πρόσωπον face ἔχοι to have τοὺς the κατηγόρους accuser ⚐τόπον place τε and ἀπολογίας defence λάβοι to take περὶ about τοῦ the ἐγκλήματος accusation. -44 25 17 ⚐συνελθόντων to assemble οὖν therefore αὐτῶν of them ἐνθάδε here ⚐ἀναβολὴν delay μηδεμίαν nothing ποιησάμενος to do ⚐τῇ the ἑξῆς next καθίσας to sit ἐπὶ on τοῦ the βήματος judgement seat ⚐ἐκέλευσα to order ἀχθῆναι to bring τὸν the ἄνδρα man· -44 25 18 ⚐περὶ about οὗ which σταθέντες to stand οἱ the κατήγοροι accuser ⚐οὐδεμίαν no one αἰτίαν charge ἔφερον to bring ⚐ὧν which ἐγὼ I ὑπενόουν to suppose πονηρῶν evil, -44 25 19 ⚐ζητήματα a dispute δέ and τινα one περὶ about τῆς the ἰδίας one's own δεισιδαιμονίας religion εἶχον to have πρὸς with αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and περί about τινος one Ἰησοῦ Jesus τεθνηκότος to be dead, ⚐ὃν which ἔφασκεν to claim ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ⚐ζῆν to live. -44 25 20 ⚐ἀπορούμενος be perplexed δὲ and ἐγὼ I τὴν the περὶ about τούτων of these ζήτησιν controversy ⚐ἔλεγον to speak ⚐εἰ if βούλοιτο to plan πορεύεσθαι to go εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem ⚐κἀκεῖ and there κρίνεσθαι to judge περὶ about τούτων of these. -44 25 21 ⚐τοῦ the δὲ but Παύλου Paul ἐπικαλεσαμένου to call (on) ⚐τηρηθῆναι to keep αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὴν the τοῦ the Σεβαστοῦ august διάγνωσιν decision, ⚐ἐκέλευσα to order τηρεῖσθαι to keep αὐτὸν him ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ἀναπέμψω to send back αὐτὸν him πρὸς to Καίσαρα Caesar. -44 25 22 ⚐Ἀγρίππας Agrippa δὲ and πρὸς to τὸν the Φῆστον Festus· ⚐Ἐβουλόμην to plan καὶ and αὐτὸς he ⚐τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ἀκοῦσαι to hear. ⚐Αὔριον tomorrow, φησίν to say, ἀκούσῃ to hear αὐτοῦ of him.

 -44 25 23 ⚐Τῇ the οὖν therefore ἐπαύριον the next day ⚐ἐλθόντος to come τοῦ the Ἀγρίππα Agrippa καὶ and τῆς the Βερνίκης Bernice μετὰ with πολλῆς much φαντασίας pageantry ⚐καὶ and εἰσελθόντων to enter εἰς toward τὸ the ἀκροατήριον hall σύν with τε and χιλιάρχοις military officer καὶ and ἀνδράσιν man τοῖς the κατ᾽ according to ἐξοχὴν prominent τῆς the πόλεως city ⚐καὶ and κελεύσαντος to order τοῦ the Φήστου Festus ⚐ἤχθη to bring ὁ the Παῦλος Paul. -44 25 24 ⚐καί and φησιν to say ὁ the Φῆστος Festus· ⚐Ἀγρίππα Agrippa βασιλεῦ king καὶ and πάντες all οἱ who συμπαρόντες be present with ἡμῖν to us ἄνδρες man, ⚐θεωρεῖτε to see τοῦτον this ⚐περὶ about οὗ which ἅπαν all τὸ the πλῆθος multitude τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish ἐνέτυχόν to call on μοι to me ἔν in τε both Ἱεροσολύμοις Jerusalem καὶ and ἐνθάδε here, ⚐βοῶντες to cry out ⚐μὴ not δεῖν be necessary αὐτὸν him ζῆν to live μηκέτι never again. -44 25 25 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but κατελαβόμην to realize ⚐μηδὲν nothing ἄξιον worthy αὐτὸν him θανάτου death πεπραχέναι to practise, ⚐αὐτοῦ of him δὲ and τούτου of this ἐπικαλεσαμένου to call (on) τὸν the Σεβαστὸν august ⚐ἔκρινα to judge πέμπειν to send. -44 25 26 ⚐περὶ about οὗ which ἀσφαλές secure τι one γράψαι to write τῷ the κυρίῳ lord οὐκ no ἔχω to have· ⚐διὸ therefore προήγαγον to bring before αὐτὸν him ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and μάλιστα especially ἐπὶ upon σοῦ of you, βασιλεῦ king Ἀγρίππα Agrippa, ⚐ὅπως that τῆς this ἀνακρίσεως investigation γενομένης to be ⚐σχῶ to have ⚐τί which? γράψω to write· -44 25 27 ⚐ἄλογον unreasonable γάρ for μοι to me δοκεῖ to think ⚐πέμποντα to send δέσμιον prisoner ⚐μὴ not καὶ and τὰς the κατ᾽ according to αὐτοῦ of him αἰτίας charge σημᾶναι to signify.

 -44 26 1 ⚐Ἀγρίππας Agrippa δὲ and πρὸς to τὸν the Παῦλον Paul ἔφη to say· ⚐Ἐπιτρέπεταί to permit σοι to you ⚐περὶ about σεαυτοῦ yourself λέγειν to speak. ⚐τότε then ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ἐκτείνας to stretch out τὴν the χεῖρα hand ⚐ἀπελογεῖτο to defend oneself· -44 26 2 ⚐Περὶ about πάντων all ὧν which ἐγκαλοῦμαι to accuse ὑπὸ by Ἰουδαίων Jewish, βασιλεῦ king Ἀγρίππα Agrippa, ⚐ἥγημαι to govern ἐμαυτὸν myself μακάριον blessed ⚐ἐπὶ upon σοῦ of you μέλλων be about to σήμερον today ἀπολογεῖσθαι to defend oneself, -44 26 3 ⚐μάλιστα especially γνώστην expert in ὄντα to be σε you πάντων all τῶν the κατὰ according to Ἰουδαίους Jewish ἐθῶν custom τε and καὶ and ζητημάτων a question· ⚐διὸ therefore δέομαι to pray ⚐μακροθύμως patiently ἀκοῦσαί to hear μου of me.

 -44 26 4 ⚐Τὴν the μὲν on the other hand οὖν then βίωσίν lifestyle μου of me τὴν the ἐκ from νεότητος youth ⚐τὴν the ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning γενομένην to be ἐν among τῷ the ἔθνει Gentiles μου of me ἔν in τε and Ἱεροσολύμοις Jerusalem ⚐ἴσασιν to know πάντες all οἱ the Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish, -44 26 5 ⚐προγινώσκοντές to foreknow με me ἄνωθεν from the first, ⚐ἐὰν if θέλωσιν to will μαρτυρεῖν to testify, ⚐ὅτι that κατὰ according to τὴν the ἀκριβεστάτην strictest αἵρεσιν sect τῆς the ἡμετέρας our θρησκείας religion ἔζησα to live Φαρισαῖος Pharisee. -44 26 6 ⚐καὶ and νῦν now ἐπ᾽ upon ἐλπίδι hope τῆς the εἰς toward τοὺς the πατέρας father ἡμῶν of us ἐπαγγελίας promise γενομένης to be ὑπὸ by τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἕστηκα to stand κρινόμενος to judge, -44 26 7 ⚐εἰς toward ἣν which τὸ the δωδεκάφυλον twelve tribes ἡμῶν of us ἐν in ἐκτενείᾳ earnestness νύκτα night καὶ and ἡμέραν day λατρεῦον to minister ⚐ἐλπίζει to hope καταντῆσαι to come to· ⚐περὶ about ἧς which ἐλπίδος hope ἐγκαλοῦμαι to accuse ὑπὸ by Ἰουδαίων Jewish, βασιλεῦ king· -44 26 8 ⚐τί which? ἄπιστον unbelieving κρίνεται to judge παρ᾽ beside ὑμῖν to you ⚐εἰ if ὁ the θεὸς God νεκροὺς dead ἐγείρει to arise;

 -44 26 9 ⚐Ἐγὼ I μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore ἔδοξα to think ἐμαυτῷ myself ⚐πρὸς to τὸ the ὄνομα name Ἰησοῦ Jesus τοῦ the Ναζωραίου Nazarene δεῖν be necessary πολλὰ much ἐναντία against πρᾶξαι to practise· -44 26 10 ⚐ὃ which καὶ and ἐποίησα to do ἐν in Ἱεροσολύμοις Jerusalem, ⚐καὶ and πολλούς much τε and τῶν the ἁγίων holy ἐγὼ I ἐν in φυλακαῖς prison κατέκλεισα to lock up ⚐τὴν the παρὰ from τῶν the ἀρχιερέων high-priest ἐξουσίαν authority λαβών to take, ⚐ἀναιρουμένων to do away with τε and αὐτῶν of them ⚐κατήνεγκα to vote against ψῆφον vote, -44 26 11 ⚐καὶ and κατὰ according to πάσας all τὰς the συναγωγὰς synagogue πολλάκις often τιμωρῶν to punish αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἠνάγκαζον to compel βλασφημεῖν to blaspheme, ⚐περισσῶς superabundantly τε and ἐμμαινόμενος be enraged αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἐδίωκον to pursue ἕως until καὶ and εἰς toward τὰς the ἔξω outside πόλεις city.

 -44 26 12 ⚐Ἐν in οἷς which πορευόμενος to go εἰς toward τὴν the Δαμασκὸν Damascus μετ᾽ with ἐξουσίας authority καὶ and ἐπιτροπῆς commission τῆς the τῶν the ἀρχιερέων high-priest -44 26 13 ⚐ἡμέρας day μέσης midst κατὰ according to τὴν the ὁδὸν road εἶδον to know, βασιλεῦ king, ⚐οὐρανόθεν from heaven ὑπὲρ for τὴν the λαμπρότητα brightness τοῦ the ἡλίου sun περιλάμψαν to shine around με me φῶς light ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the σὺν with ἐμοὶ to me πορευομένους to go· -44 26 14 ⚐πάντων all τε and καταπεσόντων to fall down ἡμῶν of us εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth ⚐ἤκουσα to hear φωνὴν voice ⚐λέγουσαν to speak πρός to με me τῇ the Ἑβραΐδι Aramaic διαλέκτῳ language· ⚐Σαοὺλ Saul Σαούλ Saul, τί which? με me διώκεις to pursue; ⚐σκληρόν hard σοι to you ⚐πρὸς to κέντρα sting λακτίζειν to kick. -44 26 15 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ and εἶπα to say· ⚐Τίς which? εἶ to be, κύριε lord; ⚐ὁ the δὲ and κύριος lord εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐ὃν which σὺ you διώκεις to pursue· -44 26 16 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀνάστηθι to arise καὶ and στῆθι to stand ἐπὶ on τοὺς the πόδας foot σου of you· ⚐εἰς toward τοῦτο this γὰρ for ὤφθην to see σοι to you, ⚐προχειρίσασθαί to appoint σε you ὑπηρέτην servant καὶ and μάρτυρα witness ⚐ὧν which τε and εἶδές to know με me ⚐ὧν which τε and ὀφθήσομαί to see σοι to you, -44 26 17 ⚐ἐξαιρούμενός to deliver σε you ἐκ from τοῦ the λαοῦ a people καὶ and ἐκ from τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles, ⚐εἰς toward οὓς which ἐγὼ I ἀποστέλλω to send σε you -44 26 18 ⚐ἀνοῖξαι to open ὀφθαλμοὺς eye αὐτῶν of them, ⚐τοῦ the ἐπιστρέψαι to turn ἀπὸ from σκότους darkness εἰς toward φῶς light ⚐καὶ and τῆς the ἐξουσίας authority τοῦ the Σατανᾶ Satan ἐπὶ to τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐τοῦ the λαβεῖν to take αὐτοὺς them ἄφεσιν forgiveness ἁμαρτιῶν sin καὶ and κλῆρον lot ⚐ἐν among τοῖς who ἡγιασμένοις to sanctify πίστει faith τῇ the εἰς toward ἐμέ me.

 -44 26 19 ⚐Ὅθεν whence, βασιλεῦ king Ἀγρίππα Agrippa, οὐκ no ἐγενόμην to be ἀπειθὴς disobedient τῇ the οὐρανίῳ heavenly ὀπτασίᾳ vision, -44 26 20 ⚐ἀλλὰ but τοῖς the ἐν in Δαμασκῷ Damascus πρῶτόν first τε and καὶ and Ἱεροσολύμοις Jerusalem, ⚐πᾶσάν all τε and τὴν the χώραν country τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea, καὶ and τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles ἀπήγγελλον to announce ⚐μετανοεῖν to repent καὶ and ἐπιστρέφειν to turn ἐπὶ to τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐ἄξια worthy τῆς the μετανοίας repentance ἔργα work πράσσοντας to perform. -44 26 21 ⚐ἕνεκα because of τούτων of these με me Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish συλλαβόμενοι to seize ὄντα to be ἐν in τῷ the ἱερῷ temple ⚐ἐπειρῶντο to try διαχειρίσασθαι to kill. -44 26 22 ⚐ἐπικουρίας help οὖν therefore τυχὼν to obtain τῆς the ἀπὸ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἄχρι until τῆς the ἡμέρας day ταύτης of this ⚐ἕστηκα to stand ⚐μαρτυρόμενος to testify μικρῷ small τε both καὶ and μεγάλῳ great, ⚐οὐδὲν no one ἐκτὸς except λέγων to speak ὧν which τε and οἱ the προφῆται prophet ἐλάλησαν to speak μελλόντων be about to γίνεσθαι to be ⚐καὶ and Μωϋσῆς Moses, -44 26 23 ⚐εἰ if παθητὸς suffering ὁ the χριστός Christ, ⚐εἰ if πρῶτος first ἐξ from ἀναστάσεως resurrection νεκρῶν dead ⚐φῶς light μέλλει be about to καταγγέλλειν to proclaim τῷ the τε both λαῷ a people καὶ and τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles.

 -44 26 24 ⚐Ταῦτα these δὲ and αὐτοῦ of him ἀπολογουμένου to defend oneself ⚐ὁ the Φῆστος Festus μεγάλῃ great τῇ the φωνῇ voice φησιν to say· ⚐Μαίνῃ to rave, Παῦλε Paul· ⚐τὰ the πολλά much σε you γράμματα something written εἰς toward μανίαν insanity περιτρέπει to drive insane. -44 26 25 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Παῦλος Paul· ⚐Οὐ no μαίνομαι to rave, φησίν to say, κράτιστε excellent Φῆστε Festus, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀληθείας truth καὶ and σωφροσύνης mental soundness ῥήματα word ἀποφθέγγομαι to declare. -44 26 26 ⚐ἐπίσταται to know γὰρ for περὶ about τούτων of these ὁ the βασιλεύς king, ⚐πρὸς to ὃν which καὶ and παρρησιαζόμενος to preach boldly λαλῶ to speak· ⚐λανθάνειν be hidden γὰρ for αὐτὸν him τι one τούτων of these οὐ no πείθομαι to persuade οὐθέν no one, ⚐οὐ no γάρ for ἐστιν to be ἐν in γωνίᾳ corner πεπραγμένον to practise τοῦτο this. -44 26 27 ⚐πιστεύεις to trust (in), βασιλεῦ king Ἀγρίππα Agrippa, τοῖς the προφήταις prophet; ⚐οἶδα to know ⚐ὅτι that πιστεύεις to trust (in). -44 26 28 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Ἀγρίππας Agrippa πρὸς to τὸν the Παῦλον Paul· ⚐Ἐν in ὀλίγῳ little με me πείθεις to persuade ⚐Χριστιανὸν Christian ποιῆσαι to make. -44 26 29 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and Παῦλος Paul· ⚐Εὐξαίμην to pray ἂν if τῷ the θεῷ God ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ὀλίγῳ little καὶ and ἐν in μεγάλῳ great οὐ no μόνον alone σὲ you ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and πάντας all τοὺς who ἀκούοντάς to hear μου of me σήμερον today γενέσθαι to be τοιούτους such as this ⚐ὁποῖος what sort καὶ ἐγώ and I εἰμι to be ⚐παρεκτὸς except τῶν the δεσμῶν chain τούτων of these.

 -44 26 30 ⚐Ἀνέστη to arise τε and ὁ the βασιλεὺς king καὶ and ὁ the ἡγεμὼν ruler ἥ the τε and Βερνίκη Bernice καὶ and οἱ the συγκαθήμενοι to sit with αὐτοῖς to them, -44 26 31 ⚐καὶ and ἀναχωρήσαντες to leave ⚐ἐλάλουν to speak πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐ὅτι that Οὐδὲν no one θανάτου death ἢ or δεσμῶν chain ἄξιον worthy τι one πράσσει to practise ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human οὗτος this. -44 26 32 ⚐Ἀγρίππας Agrippa δὲ and τῷ the Φήστῳ Festus ἔφη to say· ⚐Ἀπολελύσθαι to release ἐδύνατο be able ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human οὗτος this ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ἐπεκέκλητο to call (on) Καίσαρα Caesar.

 -44 27 1 ⚐Ὡς as δὲ and ἐκρίθη to judge τοῦ the ἀποπλεῖν to set sail ἡμᾶς us εἰς toward τὴν the Ἰταλίαν Italy, ⚐παρεδίδουν to deliver τόν the τε and Παῦλον Paul καί and τινας one ἑτέρους other δεσμώτας prisoner ἑκατοντάρχῃ centurion ὀνόματι name Ἰουλίῳ Julius σπείρης band Σεβαστῆς august. -44 27 2 ⚐ἐπιβάντες to board δὲ and πλοίῳ boat Ἀδραμυττηνῷ Adramyttene ⚐μέλλοντι be about to πλεῖν to sail εἰς toward τοὺς the κατὰ according to τὴν the Ἀσίαν Asia τόπους place ⚐ἀνήχθημεν to lead ⚐ὄντος to be σὺν with ἡμῖν to us Ἀριστάρχου Aristarchus Μακεδόνος Macedonian Θεσσαλονικέως Thessalonian· -44 27 3 ⚐τῇ the τε and ἑτέρᾳ other κατήχθημεν to bring down εἰς toward Σιδῶνα Sidon, ⚐φιλανθρώπως benevolently τε and ὁ the Ἰούλιος Julius τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul χρησάμενος to use ⚐ἐπέτρεψεν to permit ⚐πρὸς to τοὺς the φίλους friend πορευθέντι to go ⚐ἐπιμελείας care τυχεῖν to obtain. -44 27 4 ⚐κἀκεῖθεν and from there ἀναχθέντες to lead ⚐ὑπεπλεύσαμεν to sail the lee τὴν the Κύπρον Cyprus ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the τοὺς the ἀνέμους wind εἶναι to be ἐναντίους against, -44 27 5 ⚐τό the τε and πέλαγος sea τὸ the κατὰ according to τὴν the Κιλικίαν Cilicia καὶ and Παμφυλίαν Pamphylia διαπλεύσαντες to sail across ⚐κατήλθομεν to descend εἰς toward Μύρα Myra τῆς the Λυκίας Lycia. -44 27 6 ⚐κἀκεῖ and there εὑρὼν to find ὁ the ἑκατοντάρχης centurion πλοῖον boat Ἀλεξανδρῖνον Alexandrian ⚐πλέον to sail εἰς toward τὴν the Ἰταλίαν Italy ⚐ἐνεβίβασεν to put on board ἡμᾶς us εἰς toward αὐτό it. -44 27 7 ⚐ἐν in ἱκαναῖς sufficient δὲ and ἡμέραις day βραδυπλοοῦντες to sail slowly ⚐καὶ and μόλις hardly γενόμενοι to be κατὰ according to τὴν the Κνίδον Cnidus, ⚐μὴ not προσεῶντος to permit ἡμᾶς us τοῦ the ἀνέμου wind, ⚐ὑπεπλεύσαμεν to sail the lee τὴν the Κρήτην Crete κατὰ according to Σαλμώνην Salmone, -44 27 8 ⚐μόλις hardly τε and παραλεγόμενοι to sail past αὐτὴν her ⚐ἤλθομεν to come εἰς toward τόπον place τινὰ one καλούμενον to call Καλοὺς good Λιμένας harbor ⚐ᾧ which ἐγγὺς near πόλις city ἦν to be Λασαία Lasea.

 -44 27 9 ⚐Ἱκανοῦ sufficient δὲ and χρόνου time διαγενομένου to pass ⚐καὶ and ὄντος to be ἤδη already ἐπισφαλοῦς dangerous τοῦ the πλοὸς voyage ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the καὶ and τὴν the νηστείαν fasting ἤδη already παρεληλυθέναι to pass by, ⚐παρῄνει to urge ὁ the Παῦλος Paul -44 27 10 ⚐λέγων to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἄνδρες man, θεωρῶ to see ⚐ὅτι that μετὰ with ὕβρεως mistreatment καὶ and πολλῆς much ζημίας loss οὐ no μόνον alone τοῦ the φορτίου burden καὶ and τοῦ the πλοίου boat ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and τῶν the ψυχῶν soul ἡμῶν of us μέλλειν be about to ἔσεσθαι to be τὸν the πλοῦν voyage. -44 27 11 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἑκατοντάρχης centurion τῷ the κυβερνήτῃ captain καὶ and τῷ the ναυκλήρῳ captain μᾶλλον more ἐπείθετο to persuade ⚐ἢ or τοῖς the ὑπὸ by Παύλου Paul λεγομένοις to speak. -44 27 12 ⚐ἀνευθέτου unsuitable δὲ and τοῦ the λιμένος harbor ὑπάρχοντος to be πρὸς to παραχειμασίαν wintering ⚐οἱ the πλείονες greater ἔθεντο to place βουλὴν plan ⚐ἀναχθῆναι to lead ἐκεῖθεν from there, ⚐εἴ if πως how? δύναιντο be able ⚐καταντήσαντες to come to εἰς toward Φοίνικα Phenice ⚐παραχειμάσαι to winter, λιμένα harbor τῆς the Κρήτης Crete ⚐βλέποντα to see κατὰ according to λίβα southwest καὶ and κατὰ according to χῶρον northwest.

 -44 27 13 ⚐Ὑποπνεύσαντος to blow gently δὲ and νότου south ⚐δόξαντες to think ⚐τῆς the προθέσεως purpose κεκρατηκέναι to grasp ⚐ἄραντες to take up ⚐ἆσσον nearer παρελέγοντο to sail past τὴν the Κρήτην Crete. -44 27 14 ⚐μετ᾽ after οὐ no πολὺ much δὲ and ἔβαλεν to throw κατ᾽ according to αὐτῆς of her ἄνεμος wind τυφωνικὸς tempestuous ⚐ὁ the καλούμενος to call Εὐρακύλων a north wind· -44 27 15 ⚐συναρπασθέντος to seize δὲ and τοῦ the πλοίου boat ⚐καὶ and μὴ not δυναμένου be able ἀντοφθαλμεῖν to face τῷ the ἀνέμῳ wind ⚐ἐπιδόντες to give ⚐ἐφερόμεθα to lead. -44 27 16 ⚐νησίον small island δέ and τι one ὑποδραμόντες to sail under καλούμενον to call Καῦδα Cauda ⚐ἰσχύσαμεν be strong μόλις hardly ⚐περικρατεῖς in control of γενέσθαι to be τῆς the σκάφης lifeboat, -44 27 17 ⚐ἣν which ἄραντες to take up ⚐βοηθείαις help ἐχρῶντο to use ⚐ὑποζωννύντες to undergird τὸ the πλοῖον boat· ⚐φοβούμενοί to fear τε and ⚐μὴ not εἰς toward τὴν the Σύρτιν Syrtis ἐκπέσωσιν to fall out, ⚐χαλάσαντες to lower τὸ the σκεῦος vessel, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐφέροντο to lead. -44 27 18 ⚐σφοδρῶς violently δὲ and χειμαζομένων be storm-tossed ἡμῶν of us ⚐τῇ the ἑξῆς next ἐκβολὴν jettisoning ἐποιοῦντο to make, -44 27 19 ⚐καὶ and τῇ the τρίτῃ third αὐτόχειρες with one’s own hand τὴν the σκευὴν gear τοῦ the πλοίου boat ἔρριψαν to throw. -44 27 20 ⚐μήτε neither δὲ and ἡλίου sun μήτε neither ἄστρων star ἐπιφαινόντων to appear ἐπὶ upon πλείονας greater ἡμέρας day, ⚐χειμῶνός winter τε and οὐκ no ὀλίγου little ἐπικειμένου to lay on, ⚐λοιπὸν henceforth περιῃρεῖτο to take away ἐλπὶς hope πᾶσα all ⚐τοῦ the σῴζεσθαι to save ἡμᾶς us.

 -44 27 21 ⚐Πολλῆς much τε and ἀσιτίας fasting ὑπαρχούσης to be ⚐τότε then σταθεὶς to stand ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ἐν in μέσῳ midst αὐτῶν of them ⚐εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἔδει be necessary μέν on the other hand, ὦ oh! ἄνδρες man, ⚐πειθαρχήσαντάς to obey μοι to me ⚐μὴ not ἀνάγεσθαι to lead ἀπὸ from τῆς the Κρήτης Crete ⚐κερδῆσαί to gain τε and τὴν the ὕβριν mistreatment ταύτην this καὶ and τὴν the ζημίαν loss. -44 27 22 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the νῦν now παραινῶ to urge ὑμᾶς you εὐθυμεῖν be cheerful, ⚐ἀποβολὴ deprivation γὰρ for ψυχῆς soul οὐδεμία no one ἔσται to be ἐξ out of ὑμῶν of you πλὴν but τοῦ the πλοίου boat· -44 27 23 ⚐παρέστη to stand by γάρ for μοι to me ταύτῃ to this τῇ the νυκτὶ night τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐οὗ which εἰμι to be ἐγὼ I, ⚐ᾧ which καὶ and λατρεύω to minister, ἄγγελος angel -44 27 24 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Μὴ not φοβοῦ to fear, Παῦλε Paul· ⚐Καίσαρί Caesar σε you δεῖ to bind παραστῆναι to stand by, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! κεχάρισταί to give grace σοι to you ὁ the θεὸς God πάντας all τοὺς who πλέοντας to sail μετὰ with σοῦ of you. -44 27 25 ⚐διὸ therefore εὐθυμεῖτε be cheerful, ἄνδρες man· ⚐πιστεύω to trust (in) γὰρ for τῷ the θεῷ God ⚐ὅτι that οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔσται to be ⚐καθ᾽ according to ὃν which τρόπον way λελάληταί to speak μοι to me. -44 27 26 ⚐εἰς toward νῆσον island δέ but τινα one δεῖ to bind ἡμᾶς us ἐκπεσεῖν to fall out.

 -44 27 27 ⚐Ὡς as δὲ and τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτη fourteenth νὺξ night ἐγένετο to be ⚐διαφερομένων to surpass ἡμῶν of us ἐν in τῷ the Ἀδρίᾳ Adriatic Sea, ⚐κατὰ according to μέσον midst τῆς the νυκτὸς night ὑπενόουν to suppose οἱ the ναῦται sailor ⚐προσάγειν to bring near τινὰ one αὐτοῖς to them χώραν country. -44 27 28 ⚐καὶ and βολίσαντες to sound ⚐εὗρον to find ὀργυιὰς a fathom εἴκοσι twenty, ⚐βραχὺ little δὲ and διαστήσαντες to pass ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again βολίσαντες to sound ⚐εὗρον to find ὀργυιὰς a fathom δεκαπέντε fifteen· -44 27 29 ⚐φοβούμενοί to fear τε and ⚐μή not που somewhere κατὰ according to τραχεῖς rough τόπους place ἐκπέσωμεν to fall out ⚐ἐκ from πρύμνης stern ῥίψαντες to throw ἀγκύρας anchor τέσσαρας four ⚐ηὔχοντο to wish for ⚐ἡμέραν day γενέσθαι to be. -44 27 30 ⚐τῶν the δὲ and ναυτῶν sailor ζητούντων to seek φυγεῖν to flee ἐκ from τοῦ the πλοίου boat ⚐καὶ and χαλασάντων to lower τὴν the σκάφην lifeboat εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea ⚐προφάσει pretense ⚐ὡς as ἐκ from πρῴρης bow ἀγκύρας anchor μελλόντων be about to ἐκτείνειν to stretch out, -44 27 31 ⚐εἶπεν to say ὁ the Παῦλος Paul τῷ the ἑκατοντάρχῃ centurion καὶ and τοῖς the στρατιώταις soldier· ⚐Ἐὰν if μὴ not οὗτοι these μείνωσιν to stay ἐν with τῷ the πλοίῳ boat, ⚐ὑμεῖς you σωθῆναι to save οὐ no δύνασθε be able. -44 27 32 ⚐τότε then ἀπέκοψαν to cut off οἱ the στρατιῶται soldier τὰ the σχοινία rope τῆς the σκάφης lifeboat ⚐καὶ and εἴασαν to allow αὐτὴν her ἐκπεσεῖν to fall out.

 -44 27 33 ⚐Ἄχρι until δὲ and οὗ which ἡμέρα day ἤμελλεν be about to γίνεσθαι to be ⚐παρεκάλει to plead ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ἅπαντας all ⚐μεταλαβεῖν to partake τροφῆς food ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην fourteenth σήμερον today ἡμέραν day προσδοκῶντες to look for ἄσιτοι fasting διατελεῖτε to continue, ⚐μηθὲν nothing προσλαβόμενοι to take· -44 27 34 ⚐διὸ therefore παρακαλῶ to plead ὑμᾶς you ⚐μεταλαβεῖν to partake τροφῆς food, ⚐τοῦτο this γὰρ for πρὸς to τῆς the ὑμετέρας your σωτηρίας salvation ὑπάρχει to be· ⚐οὐδενὸς no one γὰρ for ὑμῶν of you θρὶξ hair ἀπὸ from τῆς the κεφαλῆς head ἀπολεῖται to destroy. -44 27 35 ⚐εἴπας to say δὲ and ταῦτα these ⚐καὶ and λαβὼν to take ἄρτον bread ⚐εὐχαρίστησεν to thank τῷ the θεῷ God ἐνώπιον before πάντων all ⚐καὶ and κλάσας to break ⚐ἤρξατο be first ἐσθίειν to eat. -44 27 36 ⚐εὔθυμοι cheerful δὲ and γενόμενοι to be πάντες all ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they προσελάβοντο to take τροφῆς food. -44 27 37 ⚐ἤμεθα to be δὲ and αἱ the πᾶσαι all ψυχαὶ soul ἐν on τῷ the πλοίῳ boat διακόσιαι two hundred ἑβδομήκοντα seventy ἕξ six. -44 27 38 ⚐κορεσθέντες to satisfy δὲ and τροφῆς food ⚐ἐκούφιζον to lighten τὸ the πλοῖον boat ⚐ἐκβαλλόμενοι to expel τὸν the σῖτον grain εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea.

 -44 27 39 ⚐Ὅτε when δὲ but ἡμέρα day ἐγένετο to be, ⚐τὴν the γῆν earth οὐκ no ἐπεγίνωσκον to come to know, ⚐κόλπον bosom δέ and τινα one κατενόουν to observe ⚐ἔχοντα to have αἰγιαλὸν shore ⚐εἰς toward ὃν which ἐβουλεύοντο to plan ⚐εἰ if δύναιντο be able ⚐ἐξῶσαι to expel τὸ the πλοῖον boat. -44 27 40 ⚐καὶ and τὰς the ἀγκύρας anchor περιελόντες to take away ⚐εἴων to allow εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea, ⚐ἅμα together ἀνέντες to loosen τὰς the ζευκτηρίας rope τῶν the πηδαλίων rudder, ⚐καὶ and ἐπάραντες to lift up τὸν the ἀρτέμωνα foresail τῇ the πνεούσῃ to blow ⚐κατεῖχον to hold fast εἰς toward τὸν the αἰγιαλόν shore. -44 27 41 ⚐περιπεσόντες to fall upon δὲ but εἰς toward τόπον place διθάλασσον sandbar ⚐ἐπέκειλαν to run aground τὴν the ναῦν ship, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the μὲν on the other hand πρῷρα bow ἐρείσασα to immobilise ⚐ἔμεινεν to stay ἀσάλευτος unshakable, ⚐ἡ the δὲ but πρύμνα stern ἐλύετο to loose ὑπὸ by τῆς the βίας force τῶν the κυμάτων a wave. -44 27 42 ⚐τῶν the δὲ and στρατιωτῶν soldier βουλὴ plan ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἵνα in order to τοὺς the δεσμώτας prisoner ἀποκτείνωσιν to kill, ⚐μή not τις one ἐκκολυμβήσας to swim out διαφύγῃ to escape· -44 27 43 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἑκατοντάρχης centurion βουλόμενος to plan διασῶσαι to save τὸν the Παῦλον Paul ⚐ἐκώλυσεν to prevent αὐτοὺς them τοῦ the βουλήματος plan, ⚐ἐκέλευσέν to order τε and τοὺς who δυναμένους be able κολυμβᾶν to swim ⚐ἀπορίψαντας to throw off πρώτους first ⚐ἐπὶ to τὴν the γῆν earth ἐξιέναι to go out, -44 27 44 ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the λοιποὺς remaining οὓς which μὲν on the other hand ἐπὶ upon σανίσιν plank ⚐οὓς which δὲ and ἐπί on τινων one τῶν the ἀπὸ from τοῦ the πλοίου boat· ⚐καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐγένετο to be ⚐πάντας all διασωθῆναι to save ἐπὶ on τὴν the γῆν earth.

 -44 28 1 ⚐Καὶ and διασωθέντες to save ⚐τότε then ἐπέγνωμεν to come to know ⚐ὅτι that Μελίτη Malta ἡ the νῆσος island καλεῖται to call. -44 28 2 ⚐οἵ the τε and βάρβαροι barbarian παρεῖχον to furnish occasion οὐ no τὴν the τυχοῦσαν to meet with φιλανθρωπίαν benevolence ἡμῖν to us, ⚐ἅψαντες to kindle γὰρ for πυρὰν fire ⚐προσελάβοντο to take πάντας all ἡμᾶς us διὰ because of τὸν the ὑετὸν rain τὸν the ἐφεστῶτα to approach καὶ and διὰ through τὸ the ψῦχος cold. -44 28 3 ⚐συστρέψαντος to gather δὲ and τοῦ the Παύλου Paul φρυγάνων brushwood τι one πλῆθος multitude ⚐καὶ and ἐπιθέντος to put ἐπὶ upon τὴν the πυράν fire, ⚐ἔχιδνα snake ἀπὸ from τῆς the θέρμης heat ἐξελθοῦσα to go out ⚐καθῆψεν to attach τῆς the χειρὸς hand αὐτοῦ of him. -44 28 4 ⚐ὡς as δὲ and εἶδον to know οἱ the βάρβαροι barbarian κρεμάμενον to hang τὸ the θηρίον wild animal ἐκ from τῆς the χειρὸς hand αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Πάντως surely φονεύς murderer ἐστιν to be ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human οὗτος this ⚐ὃν which διασωθέντα to save ἐκ from τῆς the θαλάσσης sea ⚐ἡ the δίκη condemnation ζῆν to live οὐκ no εἴασεν to allow. -44 28 5 ⚐ὁ the μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore ἀποτινάξας to shake off τὸ the θηρίον wild animal εἰς toward τὸ the πῦρ fire ⚐ἔπαθεν to suffer οὐδὲν no one κακόν harm· -44 28 6 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but προσεδόκων to look for αὐτὸν him ⚐μέλλειν be about to πίμπρασθαι to swell up ⚐ἢ or καταπίπτειν to fall down ἄφνω suddenly νεκρόν dead. ⚐ἐπὶ upon πολὺ much δὲ and αὐτῶν of them προσδοκώντων to look for ⚐καὶ and θεωρούντων to see ⚐μηδὲν nothing ἄτοπον wrong εἰς toward αὐτὸν him γινόμενον to be, ⚐μεταβαλόμενοι to change mind ⚐ἔλεγον to speak ⚐αὐτὸν him εἶναι to be θεόν God.

 -44 28 7 ⚐Ἐν in δὲ and τοῖς the περὶ about τὸν the τόπον place ἐκεῖνον that ὑπῆρχεν to be χωρία place ⚐τῷ the πρώτῳ first τῆς the νήσου island ὀνόματι name Ποπλίῳ Publius, ⚐ὃς which ἀναδεξάμενος to receive ἡμᾶς us ⚐τρεῖς three ἡμέρας day φιλοφρόνως hospitably ἐξένισεν to host. -44 28 8 ⚐ἐγένετο to be δὲ and τὸν the πατέρα father τοῦ the Ποπλίου Publius ⚐πυρετοῖς fever καὶ and δυσεντερίῳ dysentery συνεχόμενον to suffer from κατακεῖσθαι to recline, ⚐πρὸς to ὃν which ὁ the Παῦλος Paul εἰσελθὼν to enter καὶ and προσευξάμενος to pray ⚐ἐπιθεὶς to put τὰς the χεῖρας hand αὐτῷ to him ⚐ἰάσατο to heal αὐτόν him. -44 28 9 ⚐τούτου of this δὲ and γενομένου to be ⚐καὶ and οἱ the λοιποὶ remaining οἱ the ἐν on τῇ the νήσῳ island ἔχοντες to be ἀσθενείας weakness προσήρχοντο to come near καὶ and ἐθεραπεύοντο to heal, -44 28 10 ⚐οἳ which καὶ and πολλαῖς much τιμαῖς honor ἐτίμησαν to honor ἡμᾶς us ⚐καὶ and ἀναγομένοις to lead ⚐ἐπέθεντο to put τὰ the πρὸς to τὰς the χρείας need.

 -44 28 11 ⚐Μετὰ after δὲ and τρεῖς three μῆνας month ἀνήχθημεν to lead ἐν in πλοίῳ boat ⚐παρακεχειμακότι to winter ἐν in τῇ the νήσῳ island ⚐Ἀλεξανδρίνῳ Alexandrian, παρασήμῳ figurehead Διοσκούροις the twin gods. -44 28 12 ⚐καὶ and καταχθέντες to bring down εἰς toward Συρακούσας Syracuse ⚐ἐπεμείναμεν to remain ἡμέρας day τρεῖς three, -44 28 13 ⚐ὅθεν whence περιελόντες to take away ⚐κατηντήσαμεν to come to εἰς toward Ῥήγιον Rhegium. ⚐καὶ and μετὰ after μίαν one ἡμέραν day ἐπιγενομένου to spring up νότου south ⚐δευτεραῖοι the next day ἤλθομεν to come εἰς toward Ποτιόλους Puteoli, -44 28 14 ⚐οὗ where εὑρόντες to find ἀδελφοὺς brother ⚐παρεκλήθημεν to plead παρ᾽ with αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἐπιμεῖναι to remain ἡμέρας day ἑπτά seven· ⚐καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) εἰς toward τὴν the Ῥώμην Rome ἤλθαμεν to come. -44 28 15 ⚐κἀκεῖθεν and from there οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother ἀκούσαντες to hear τὰ the περὶ about ἡμῶν of us ⚐ἦλθαν to come εἰς toward ἀπάντησιν meeting ἡμῖν to us ἄχρι until Ἀππίου Appius Φόρου forum καὶ and Τριῶν three Ταβερνῶν tavern, ⚐οὓς which ἰδὼν to know ὁ the Παῦλος Paul ⚐εὐχαριστήσας to thank τῷ the θεῷ God ⚐ἔλαβε to take θάρσος courage.

 -44 28 16 ⚐Ὅτε when δὲ and εἰσήλθομεν to enter εἰς toward Ῥώμην Rome, ⚐ἐπετράπη to permit τῷ the Παύλῳ Paul ⚐μένειν to stay καθ᾽ according to ἑαυτὸν himself σὺν with τῷ who φυλάσσοντι to guard αὐτὸν him στρατιώτῃ soldier.

 -44 28 17 ⚐Ἐγένετο to be δὲ and ⚐μετὰ after ἡμέρας day τρεῖς three συγκαλέσασθαι to call together αὐτὸν him τοὺς the ὄντας to be τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish πρώτους first· ⚐συνελθόντων to assemble δὲ and αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἔλεγεν to speak πρὸς to αὐτούς them· ⚐Ἐγώ I, ἄνδρες man ἀδελφοί brother, οὐδὲν no one ἐναντίον against ποιήσας to do τῷ the λαῷ a people ἢ or τοῖς the ἔθεσι custom τοῖς the πατρῴοις ancestral ⚐δέσμιος prisoner ἐξ from Ἱεροσολύμων Jerusalem παρεδόθην to deliver εἰς toward τὰς the χεῖρας hand τῶν the Ῥωμαίων Roman, -44 28 18 ⚐οἵτινες who ἀνακρίναντές to investigate με me ⚐ἐβούλοντο to plan ἀπολῦσαι to release ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the μηδεμίαν nothing αἰτίαν cause θανάτου death ὑπάρχειν to be ἐν in ἐμοί to me· -44 28 19 ⚐ἀντιλεγόντων to dispute δὲ but τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish ⚐ἠναγκάσθην to compel ἐπικαλέσασθαι to call (on) Καίσαρα Caesar, ⚐οὐχ no ὡς as τοῦ the ἔθνους Gentiles μου of me ἔχων to have τι one κατηγορεῖν to accuse. -44 28 20 ⚐διὰ because of ταύτην this οὖν therefore τὴν the αἰτίαν cause παρεκάλεσα to plead ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἰδεῖν to know καὶ and προσλαλῆσαι to talk with, ⚐ἕνεκεν because of γὰρ for τῆς the ἐλπίδος hope τοῦ the Ἰσραὴλ Israel τὴν the ἅλυσιν chain ταύτην this περίκειμαι to surround. -44 28 21 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and πρὸς to αὐτὸν him εἶπαν to say· ⚐Ἡμεῖς we οὔτε neither γράμματα something written περὶ about σοῦ of you ἐδεξάμεθα to receive ἀπὸ from τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea, ⚐οὔτε neither παραγενόμενός to come τις one τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother ⚐ἀπήγγειλεν to announce ἢ or ἐλάλησέν to speak τι one περὶ about σοῦ of you πονηρόν bad. -44 28 22 ⚐ἀξιοῦμεν to deem worthy δὲ but ⚐παρὰ from σοῦ of you ἀκοῦσαι to hear ἃ which φρονεῖς to think, ⚐περὶ about μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for τῆς the αἱρέσεως sect ταύτης of this γνωστὸν acquainted with ἡμῖν to us ἐστιν to be ⚐ὅτι that πανταχοῦ everywhere ἀντιλέγεται to dispute.

 -44 28 23 ⚐Ταξάμενοι to appoint δὲ and αὐτῷ to him ἡμέραν day ⚐ἦλθον to come πρὸς to αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὴν the ξενίαν lodging πλείονες greater, ⚐οἷς which ἐξετίθετο to explain ⚐διαμαρτυρόμενος to testify solemnly τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐πείθων to persuade τε both αὐτοὺς them περὶ about τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἀπό from τε and τοῦ the νόμου law Μωϋσέως Moses καὶ and τῶν the προφητῶν prophet ἀπὸ from πρωῒ morning ἕως until ἑσπέρας evening. -44 28 24 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the μὲν on the other hand ἐπείθοντο to persuade τοῖς the λεγομένοις to speak ⚐οἱ the δὲ but ἠπίστουν to disbelieve, -44 28 25 ⚐ἀσύμφωνοι discordant δὲ and ὄντες to be πρὸς to ἀλλήλους one another ⚐ἀπελύοντο to release, ⚐εἰπόντος to say τοῦ the Παύλου Paul ῥῆμα word ἓν one ⚐ὅτι that Καλῶς well τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy ἐλάλησεν to speak διὰ through Ἠσαΐου Isaiah τοῦ the προφήτου prophet πρὸς to τοὺς the πατέρας father ὑμῶν of you -44 28 26 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Πορεύθητι to go πρὸς to τὸν the λαὸν a people τοῦτον this ⚐καὶ and εἰπόν to say· ⚐Ἀκοῇ hearing ἀκούσετε to hear ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not συνῆτε to understand, ⚐καὶ and βλέποντες to see βλέψετε to see ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not ἴδητε to know· -44 28 27 ⚐ἐπαχύνθη to thicken γὰρ for ἡ the καρδία heart τοῦ the λαοῦ a people τούτου of this, ⚐καὶ and τοῖς the ὠσὶν ear βαρέως difficultly ἤκουσαν to hear, ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye αὐτῶν of them ἐκάμμυσαν to close· ⚐μήποτε lest ἴδωσιν to know τοῖς the ὀφθαλμοῖς eye ⚐καὶ and τοῖς the ὠσὶν ear ἀκούσωσιν to hear ⚐καὶ and τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart συνῶσιν to understand ⚐καὶ and ἐπιστρέψωσιν to turn, ⚐καὶ and ἰάσομαι to heal αὐτούς them. -44 28 28 ⚐γνωστὸν acquainted with οὖν therefore ἔστω to be ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles ἀπεστάλη to send τοῦτο this τὸ the σωτήριον saving τοῦ the θεοῦ God· ⚐αὐτοὶ they καὶ and ἀκούσονται to hear.

 -44 28 30 ⚐Ἐνέμεινεν to abide in δὲ and διετίαν two years ὅλην all ἐν in ἰδίῳ one's own μισθώματι rented home, ⚐καὶ and ἀπεδέχετο to welcome πάντας all τοὺς who εἰσπορευομένους to enter πρὸς to αὐτόν him, -44 28 31 ⚐κηρύσσων to preach τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and διδάσκων to teach τὰ the περὶ about τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ μετὰ with πάσης all παρρησίας boldness ἀκωλύτως freely.

 -45 1 1 ⚐Παῦλος Paul δοῦλος slave Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐κλητὸς called ἀπόστολος apostle, ⚐ἀφωρισμένος to separate εἰς toward εὐαγγέλιον gospel θεοῦ God -45 1 2 ⚐ὃ which προεπηγγείλατο to promise διὰ through τῶν the προφητῶν prophet αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in γραφαῖς a writing ἁγίαις holy -45 1 3 περὶ about τοῦ the υἱοῦ son αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐τοῦ who γενομένου to be ἐκ out of σπέρματος seed Δαυὶδ David κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh, -45 1 4 ⚐τοῦ who ὁρισθέντος to determine υἱοῦ son θεοῦ God ἐν in δυνάμει power κατὰ according to πνεῦμα spirit ἁγιωσύνης holiness ἐξ out of ἀναστάσεως resurrection νεκρῶν dead, ⚐Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us, -45 1 5 ⚐δι᾽ through οὗ which ἐλάβομεν to take χάριν grace καὶ and ἀποστολὴν apostleship ⚐εἰς toward ὑπακοὴν obedience πίστεως faith ἐν among πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles ὑπὲρ for τοῦ the ὀνόματος name αὐτοῦ of him, -45 1 6 ⚐ἐν among οἷς which ἐστε to be καὶ and ὑμεῖς you κλητοὶ called Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, -45 1 7 ⚐πᾶσιν all τοῖς the οὖσιν to be ἐν in Ῥώμῃ Rome ⚐ἀγαπητοῖς beloved θεοῦ God, ⚐κλητοῖς called ἁγίοις holy· ⚐χάρις grace ὑμῖν to you καὶ and εἰρήνη peace ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us καὶ and κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -45 1 8 ⚐Πρῶτον first μὲν on the other hand εὐχαριστῶ to thank τῷ the θεῷ God μου of me διὰ through Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ περὶ about πάντων all ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ὅτι since ἡ the πίστις faith ὑμῶν of you καταγγέλλεται to proclaim ἐν in ὅλῳ all τῷ the κόσμῳ world. -45 1 9 ⚐μάρτυς witness γάρ for μού of me ἐστιν to be ὁ the θεός God, ⚐ᾧ which λατρεύω to minister ἐν in τῷ the πνεύματί spirit μου of me ἐν by τῷ the εὐαγγελίῳ gospel τοῦ the υἱοῦ son αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὡς as ἀδιαλείπτως unceasingly μνείαν remembrance ὑμῶν of you ποιοῦμαι to do -45 1 10 ⚐πάντοτε always ἐπὶ upon τῶν the προσευχῶν prayer μου of me, δεόμενος to pray ⚐εἴ if πως how? ἤδη already ποτὲ once εὐοδωθήσομαι to get along well ἐν in τῷ the θελήματι will τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ἐλθεῖν to visit πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you. -45 1 11 ⚐ἐπιποθῶ to long for γὰρ for ἰδεῖν to know ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἵνα in order that τι one μεταδῶ to share χάρισμα gift ὑμῖν to you πνευματικὸν spiritual ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the στηριχθῆναι to establish ὑμᾶς you, -45 1 12 ⚐τοῦτο this δέ and ἐστιν to be συμπαρακληθῆναι to encourage ἐν in ὑμῖν to you διὰ through τῆς the ἐν in ἀλλήλοις one another πίστεως faith ⚐ὑμῶν of you τε both καὶ and ἐμοῦ of me. -45 1 13 ⚐οὐ no θέλω to will δὲ and ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἀγνοεῖν be ignorant, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐ὅτι that πολλάκις often προεθέμην to plan ἐλθεῖν to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, ⚐καὶ and ἐκωλύθην to prevent ἄχρι until τοῦ the δεῦρο come, ⚐ἵνα in order that τινὰ one καρπὸν fruit σχῶ to have καὶ and ἐν among ὑμῖν to you ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and ἐν among τοῖς the λοιποῖς remaining ἔθνεσιν Gentiles. -45 1 14 ⚐Ἕλλησίν a Greek τε both καὶ and βαρβάροις barbarian, σοφοῖς wise τε both καὶ and ἀνοήτοις foolish ὀφειλέτης debtor εἰμί to be· -45 1 15 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) τὸ the κατ᾽ according to ἐμὲ me πρόθυμον eager ⚐καὶ and ὑμῖν to you τοῖς who ἐν in Ῥώμῃ Rome εὐαγγελίσασθαι to speak good news.

 -45 1 16 ⚐Οὐ no γὰρ for ἐπαισχύνομαι be ashamed of τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel, ⚐δύναμις power γὰρ for θεοῦ God ἐστιν to be εἰς toward σωτηρίαν salvation παντὶ all τῷ who πιστεύοντι to trust (in), Ἰουδαίῳ Jewish τε and πρῶτον first καὶ and Ἕλληνι a Greek· -45 1 17 ⚐δικαιοσύνη righteousness γὰρ for θεοῦ God ἐν in αὐτῷ to it ἀποκαλύπτεται to reveal ἐκ from πίστεως faith εἰς toward πίστιν faith, ⚐καθὼς just as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ὁ the δὲ and δίκαιος just ἐκ out of πίστεως faith ζήσεται to live.

 -45 1 18 ⚐Ἀποκαλύπτεται to reveal γὰρ for ὀργὴ wrath θεοῦ God ἀπ᾽ from οὐρανοῦ heaven ἐπὶ against πᾶσαν all ἀσέβειαν ungodlinessness καὶ and ἀδικίαν unrighteousness ἀνθρώπων a human ⚐τῶν the τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth ἐν by ἀδικίᾳ unrighteousness κατεχόντων to hold fast, -45 1 19 ⚐διότι because τὸ the γνωστὸν acquainted with τοῦ the θεοῦ God φανερόν manifest ἐστιν to be ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God γὰρ for αὐτοῖς to them ἐφανέρωσεν to manifest. -45 1 20 ⚐τὰ the γὰρ for ἀόρατα invisible αὐτοῦ of him ἀπὸ from κτίσεως creation κόσμου world τοῖς the ποιήμασιν workmanship νοούμενα to understand ⚐καθορᾶται to perceive, ἥ the τε and ἀΐδιος eternal αὐτοῦ of him δύναμις power καὶ and θειότης divinity, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the εἶναι to be αὐτοὺς them ἀναπολογήτους inexcusable, -45 1 21 ⚐διότι because γνόντες to know τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐οὐχ no ὡς as θεὸν God ἐδόξασαν to glorify ⚐ἢ or ηὐχαρίστησαν to thank, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐματαιώθησαν to make futile ἐν in τοῖς the διαλογισμοῖς reasoning αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἐσκοτίσθη to darken ἡ the ἀσύνετος senseless αὐτῶν of them καρδία heart· -45 1 22 ⚐φάσκοντες to claim εἶναι to be σοφοὶ wise ⚐ἐμωράνθησαν to make insipid, -45 1 23 ⚐καὶ and ἤλλαξαν to change τὴν the δόξαν glory τοῦ the ἀφθάρτου incorruptible θεοῦ God ⚐ἐν in ὁμοιώματι likeness εἰκόνος image φθαρτοῦ perishable ἀνθρώπου a human καὶ and πετεινῶν bird καὶ and τετραπόδων four-footed καὶ and ἑρπετῶν reptile.

 -45 1 24 ⚐Διὸ therefore παρέδωκεν to deliver αὐτοὺς them ὁ the θεὸς God ἐν in ταῖς the ἐπιθυμίαις desire τῶν the καρδιῶν heart αὐτῶν of them εἰς toward ἀκαθαρσίαν impurity ⚐τοῦ the ἀτιμάζεσθαι to dishonor τὰ the σώματα body αὐτῶν of them ἐν among αὐτοῖς to them, -45 1 25 ⚐οἵτινες who μετήλλαξαν to exchange τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐν in τῷ the ψεύδει lie, ⚐καὶ and ἐσεβάσθησαν to worship καὶ and ἐλάτρευσαν to minister τῇ the κτίσει creation παρὰ beside τὸν the κτίσαντα to create, ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be εὐλογητὸς praiseworthy εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age· ἀμήν amen.

 -45 1 26 ⚐Διὰ because of τοῦτο this παρέδωκεν to deliver αὐτοὺς them ὁ the θεὸς God εἰς toward πάθη passion ἀτιμίας dishonour· ⚐αἵ the τε and γὰρ for θήλειαι female αὐτῶν of them μετήλλαξαν to exchange τὴν the φυσικὴν natural χρῆσιν relations εἰς toward τὴν the παρὰ beside φύσιν nature, -45 1 27 ⚐ὁμοίως likewise τε and καὶ and οἱ the ἄρσενες male ἀφέντες to release τὴν the φυσικὴν natural χρῆσιν relations τῆς the θηλείας female ⚐ἐξεκαύθησαν be enflamed ἐν in τῇ the ὀρέξει lust αὐτῶν of them εἰς toward ἀλλήλους one another, ⚐ἄρσενες male ἐν with ἄρσεσιν male τὴν the ἀσχημοσύνην indecency κατεργαζόμενοι to workout ⚐καὶ and τὴν the ἀντιμισθίαν recompense ἣν which ἔδει be necessary τῆς the πλάνης error αὐτῶν of them ἐν in ἑαυτοῖς themselves ἀπολαμβάνοντες to get back.

 -45 1 28 ⚐Καὶ and καθὼς just as οὐκ no ἐδοκίμασαν to test τὸν the θεὸν God ἔχειν to have ἐν in ἐπιγνώσει knowledge, ⚐παρέδωκεν to deliver αὐτοὺς them ὁ the θεὸς God εἰς toward ἀδόκιμον failing νοῦν mind, ⚐ποιεῖν to do τὰ the μὴ not καθήκοντα be fit, -45 1 29 ⚐πεπληρωμένους to fulfill πάσῃ all ἀδικίᾳ unrighteousness πονηρίᾳ evil πλεονεξίᾳ greediness κακίᾳ evil, ⚐μεστοὺς full φθόνου envy φόνου murder ἔριδος quarrel δόλου deceit κακοηθείας malice, ⚐ψιθυριστάς gossip, -45 1 30 καταλάλους slanderous, θεοστυγεῖς God-hating, ὑβριστάς insolent man, ὑπερηφάνους arrogant, ἀλαζόνας braggart, ἐφευρετὰς inventor κακῶν evil, ⚐γονεῦσιν parent ἀπειθεῖς disobedient, -45 1 31 ⚐ἀσυνέτους senseless, ἀσυνθέτους untrustworthy, ἀστόργους unfeeling, ἀνελεήμονας merciless· -45 1 32 ⚐οἵτινες who τὸ the δικαίωμα righteous act τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐπιγνόντες to come to know, ⚐ὅτι that οἱ the τὰ the τοιαῦτα such as this πράσσοντες to practise ἄξιοι worthy θανάτου death εἰσίν to be, ⚐οὐ no μόνον alone αὐτὰ them ποιοῦσιν to do ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and συνευδοκοῦσιν to agree to τοῖς who πράσσουσιν to practise.

 -45 2 1 ⚐Διὸ therefore ἀναπολόγητος inexcusable εἶ to be, ὦ oh! ἄνθρωπε a human πᾶς all ὁ the κρίνων to judge· ⚐ἐν on ᾧ which γὰρ for κρίνεις to judge τὸν the ἕτερον other, ⚐σεαυτὸν yourself κατακρίνεις to condemn, ⚐τὰ the γὰρ for αὐτὰ them πράσσεις to practise ὁ who κρίνων to judge· -45 2 2 ⚐οἴδαμεν to know δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that τὸ the κρίμα judgment τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐστιν to be κατὰ according to ἀλήθειαν truth ἐπὶ against τοὺς the τὰ the τοιαῦτα such as this πράσσοντας to practise. -45 2 3 ⚐λογίζῃ to count δὲ and τοῦτο this, ὦ oh! ἄνθρωπε a human ⚐ὁ the κρίνων to judge τοὺς the τὰ the τοιαῦτα such as this πράσσοντας to practise ⚐καὶ and ποιῶν to do αὐτά them, ⚐ὅτι that σὺ you ἐκφεύξῃ to escape τὸ the κρίμα judgment τοῦ the θεοῦ God; -45 2 4 ⚐ἢ or τοῦ the πλούτου riches τῆς the χρηστότητος kindness αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and τῆς the ἀνοχῆς tolerance καὶ and τῆς the μακροθυμίας patience καταφρονεῖς to despise, ⚐ἀγνοῶν be ignorant ⚐ὅτι that τὸ the χρηστὸν kind τοῦ the θεοῦ God εἰς toward μετάνοιάν repentance σε you ἄγει to bring; -45 2 5 ⚐κατὰ according to δὲ but τὴν the σκληρότητά hardness σου of you καὶ and ἀμετανόητον unrepentant καρδίαν heart ⚐θησαυρίζεις to store up σεαυτῷ yourself ὀργὴν wrath ἐν in ἡμέρᾳ day ὀργῆς wrath καὶ and ἀποκαλύψεως revelation δικαιοκρισίας justice τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -45 2 6 ⚐ὃς which ἀποδώσει to pay ἑκάστῳ each κατὰ according to τὰ the ἔργα work αὐτοῦ of him· -45 2 7 ⚐τοῖς the μὲν on the other hand καθ᾽ according to ὑπομονὴν perseverance ἔργου work ἀγαθοῦ good-doer δόξαν glory καὶ and τιμὴν honor καὶ and ἀφθαρσίαν incorruptibility ζητοῦσιν to seek ⚐ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal· -45 2 8 ⚐τοῖς the δὲ but ἐξ out of ἐριθείας rivalry καὶ and ἀπειθοῦσιν to disobey τῇ the ἀληθείᾳ truth ⚐πειθομένοις to persuade δὲ but τῇ the ἀδικίᾳ unrighteousness ⚐ὀργὴ wrath καὶ and θυμός wrath, -45 2 9 ⚐θλῖψις pressure καὶ and στενοχωρία hardship, ἐπὶ on πᾶσαν all ψυχὴν soul ἀνθρώπου a human τοῦ who κατεργαζομένου to workout τὸ the κακόν evil, ⚐Ἰουδαίου Jewish τε and πρῶτον first καὶ and Ἕλληνος a Greek· -45 2 10 ⚐δόξα glory δὲ but καὶ and τιμὴ honor καὶ and εἰρήνη peace παντὶ all τῷ who ἐργαζομένῳ to work τὸ the ἀγαθόν good-doer, ⚐Ἰουδαίῳ Jewish τε and πρῶτον first καὶ and Ἕλληνι a Greek· -45 2 11 ⚐οὐ no γάρ for ἐστιν to be προσωπολημψία favoritism παρὰ with τῷ the θεῷ God.

 -45 2 12 ⚐Ὅσοι as much as γὰρ for ἀνόμως without law ἥμαρτον to sin, ἀνόμως without law καὶ and ἀπολοῦνται to destroy· ⚐καὶ and ὅσοι as much as ἐν in νόμῳ law ἥμαρτον to sin, διὰ through νόμου law κριθήσονται to judge· -45 2 13 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for οἱ who ἀκροαταὶ hearer νόμου law δίκαιοι just παρὰ beside τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οἱ who ποιηταὶ doer νόμου law δικαιωθήσονται to justify. -45 2 14 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) γὰρ for ἔθνη Gentiles τὰ the μὴ not νόμον law ἔχοντα to have φύσει nature τὰ the τοῦ the νόμου law ποιῶσιν to do, ⚐οὗτοι these νόμον law μὴ not ἔχοντες to have ⚐ἑαυτοῖς themselves εἰσιν to be νόμος law· -45 2 15 ⚐οἵτινες which ἐνδείκνυνται to show τὸ the ἔργον work τοῦ the νόμου law γραπτὸν written ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart αὐτῶν of them, ⚐συμμαρτυρούσης to testify with αὐτῶν of them τῆς the συνειδήσεως conscience ⚐καὶ and μεταξὺ between ἀλλήλων one another τῶν the λογισμῶν thought κατηγορούντων to accuse ἢ or καὶ and ἀπολογουμένων to defend oneself, -45 2 16 ⚐ἐν on ἡμέρᾳ day ὅτε when κρίνει to judge ὁ the θεὸς God τὰ the κρυπτὰ hidden τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human κατὰ according to τὸ the εὐαγγέλιόν gospel μου of me διὰ through Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus.

 -45 2 17 ⚐Εἰ if δὲ but σὺ you Ἰουδαῖος Jewish ἐπονομάζῃ to name ⚐καὶ and ἐπαναπαύῃ to rely on νόμῳ law ⚐καὶ and καυχᾶσαι to boast ἐν in θεῷ God -45 2 18 ⚐καὶ and γινώσκεις to know τὸ the θέλημα will ⚐καὶ and δοκιμάζεις to test τὰ the διαφέροντα to surpass ⚐κατηχούμενος to instruct ἐκ from τοῦ the νόμου law, -45 2 19 ⚐πέποιθάς to persuade τε and σεαυτὸν yourself ⚐ὁδηγὸν guide εἶναι to be τυφλῶν blind, ⚐φῶς light τῶν who ἐν in σκότει darkness, -45 2 20 ⚐παιδευτὴν instructor ἀφρόνων foolish, ⚐διδάσκαλον teacher νηπίων child, ⚐ἔχοντα to have τὴν the μόρφωσιν form τῆς the γνώσεως knowledge καὶ and τῆς the ἀληθείας truth ἐν in τῷ the νόμῳ law— -45 2 21 ⚐ὁ the οὖν therefore διδάσκων to teach ἕτερον other σεαυτὸν yourself οὐ no διδάσκεις to teach; ⚐ὁ who κηρύσσων to preach μὴ not κλέπτειν to steal κλέπτεις to steal; -45 2 22 ⚐ὁ who λέγων to speak μὴ not μοιχεύειν to commit adultery μοιχεύεις to commit adultery; ⚐ὁ who βδελυσσόμενος to abhor τὰ the εἴδωλα idol ἱεροσυλεῖς to despoil a temple; -45 2 23 ⚐ὃς which ἐν in νόμῳ law καυχᾶσαι to boast, διὰ through τῆς the παραβάσεως transgression τοῦ the νόμου law τὸν the θεὸν God ἀτιμάζεις to dishonor; -45 2 24 ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for ὄνομα name τοῦ the θεοῦ God δι᾽ because of ὑμᾶς you βλασφημεῖται to blaspheme ἐν among τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles, ⚐καθὼς just as γέγραπται to write.

 -45 2 25 ⚐Περιτομὴ circumcision μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for ὠφελεῖ to help ⚐ἐὰν if νόμον law πράσσῃς to practise· ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but παραβάτης transgresor νόμου law ᾖς to be, ⚐ἡ the περιτομή circumcision σου of you ἀκροβυστία uncircumcision γέγονεν to be. -45 2 26 ⚐ἐὰν if οὖν therefore ἡ the ἀκροβυστία uncircumcision τὰ the δικαιώματα righteous act τοῦ the νόμου law φυλάσσῃ to keep, ⚐οὐχ no ἡ the ἀκροβυστία uncircumcision αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward περιτομὴν circumcision λογισθήσεται to count; -45 2 27 ⚐καὶ and κρινεῖ to judge ἡ the ἐκ out of φύσεως nature ἀκροβυστία uncircumcision τὸν the νόμον law τελοῦσα to finish σὲ you ⚐τὸν the διὰ through γράμματος something written καὶ and περιτομῆς circumcision παραβάτην transgresor νόμου law. -45 2 28 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ὁ the ἐν in τῷ who φανερῷ manifest Ἰουδαῖός Jewish ἐστιν to be, ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἡ the ἐν in τῷ the φανερῷ manifest ἐν in σαρκὶ flesh περιτομή circumcision· -45 2 29 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the ἐν by τῷ who κρυπτῷ hidden Ἰουδαῖος Jewish, ⚐καὶ and περιτομὴ circumcision καρδίας heart ἐν in πνεύματι spirit οὐ no γράμματι something written, ⚐οὗ which ὁ this ἔπαινος praise οὐκ no ἐξ from ἀνθρώπων a human ἀλλ᾽ but ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -45 3 1 ⚐Τί which? οὖν therefore τὸ the περισσὸν excessive τοῦ the Ἰουδαίου Jewish, ⚐ἢ or τίς which? ἡ the ὠφέλεια advantage τῆς the περιτομῆς circumcision; -45 3 2 ⚐πολὺ much κατὰ according to πάντα all τρόπον way. ⚐πρῶτον first μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that ἐπιστεύθησαν to trust (in) τὰ the λόγια oracles τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -45 3 3 ⚐τί which? γάρ for; ⚐εἰ if ἠπίστησάν to disbelieve τινες one, ⚐μὴ not ἡ the ἀπιστία unbelief αὐτῶν of them τὴν the πίστιν faith τοῦ the θεοῦ God καταργήσει to end; -45 3 4 ⚐μὴ not γένοιτο to be· ⚐γινέσθω to be δὲ and ὁ the θεὸς God ἀληθής true, ⚐πᾶς all δὲ and ἄνθρωπος a human ψεύστης liar, ⚐καθὼς just as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ὅπως that ἂν if δικαιωθῇς to justify ἐν in τοῖς the λόγοις word σου of you ⚐καὶ and νικήσεις to conquer ἐν in τῷ the κρίνεσθαί to judge σε you. -45 3 5 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ἡ the ἀδικία unrighteousness ἡμῶν of us θεοῦ God δικαιοσύνην righteousness συνίστησιν to commend, ⚐τί which? ἐροῦμεν to say; ⚐μὴ not ἄδικος unjust ὁ the θεὸς God ὁ who ἐπιφέρων to inflict τὴν the ὀργήν wrath; ⚐κατὰ according to ἄνθρωπον a human λέγω to speak. -45 3 6 ⚐μὴ not γένοιτο to be· ⚐ἐπεὶ since πῶς how? κρινεῖ to judge ὁ the θεὸς God τὸν the κόσμον world; -45 3 7 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and ἡ the ἀλήθεια truth τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐν by τῷ the ἐμῷ my ψεύσματι falsehood ἐπερίσσευσεν to abound εἰς toward τὴν the δόξαν glory αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐τί which? ἔτι still κἀγὼ and I ὡς as ἁμαρτωλὸς sinful κρίνομαι to judge, -45 3 8 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ⚐καθὼς as βλασφημούμεθα to blaspheme ⚐καὶ and καθώς as φασίν to say τινες one ⚐ἡμᾶς us λέγειν to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ποιήσωμεν to do τὰ the κακὰ evil ⚐ἵνα in order that ἔλθῃ to come τὰ the ἀγαθά good-doer; ⚐ὧν which τὸ the κρίμα judgment ἔνδικόν just ἐστιν to be.

 -45 3 9 ⚐Τί which? οὖν then; ⚐προεχόμεθα to excel; ⚐οὐ no πάντως surely, ⚐προῃτιασάμεθα to accuse γὰρ for ⚐Ἰουδαίους Jewish τε and καὶ and Ἕλληνας a Greek πάντας all ὑφ᾽ under ἁμαρτίαν sin εἶναι to be, -45 3 10 ⚐καθὼς just as γέγραπται to write ⚐ὅτι that Οὐκ no ἔστιν to be δίκαιος just οὐδὲ and not εἷς one, -45 3 11 ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ὁ who συνίων to understand, ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ὁ who ἐκζητῶν to seek out τὸν the θεόν God· -45 3 12 ⚐πάντες all ἐξέκλιναν to turn from, ⚐ἅμα together ἠχρεώθησαν to make worthless· ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ὁ who ποιῶν to do χρηστότητα kindness, ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἕως until ἑνός one. -45 3 13 ⚐τάφος grave ἀνεῳγμένος to open ὁ the λάρυγξ throat αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ταῖς the γλώσσαις tongue αὐτῶν of them ἐδολιοῦσαν to deceive, ⚐ἰὸς poison ἀσπίδων asp ὑπὸ under τὰ the χείλη lip αὐτῶν of them, -45 3 14 ⚐ὧν which τὸ the στόμα mouth ἀρᾶς curse καὶ and πικρίας bitterness γέμει be full· -45 3 15 ⚐ὀξεῖς swift οἱ the πόδες foot αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐκχέαι to pour out αἷμα blood, -45 3 16 ⚐σύντριμμα ruin καὶ and ταλαιπωρία misery ἐν in ταῖς the ὁδοῖς road αὐτῶν of them, -45 3 17 ⚐καὶ and ὁδὸν road εἰρήνης peace οὐκ no ἔγνωσαν to know. -45 3 18 ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be φόβος fear θεοῦ God ἀπέναντι opposite τῶν the ὀφθαλμῶν eye αὐτῶν of them.

 -45 3 19 ⚐Οἴδαμεν to know δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that ὅσα as much as ὁ the νόμος law λέγει to speak τοῖς who ἐν in τῷ the νόμῳ law λαλεῖ to speak, ⚐ἵνα in order that πᾶν all στόμα mouth φραγῇ to stop ⚐καὶ and ὑπόδικος accountable γένηται to be πᾶς all ὁ the κόσμος world τῷ the θεῷ God· -45 3 20 ⚐διότι because ἐξ out of ἔργων work νόμου law οὐ no δικαιωθήσεται to justify πᾶσα all σὰρξ flesh ἐνώπιον before αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐διὰ through γὰρ for νόμου law ἐπίγνωσις knowledge ἁμαρτίας sin.

 -45 3 21 ⚐Νυνὶ now δὲ but χωρὶς without νόμου law δικαιοσύνη righteousness θεοῦ God πεφανέρωται to manifest, ⚐μαρτυρουμένη to testify ὑπὸ by τοῦ the νόμου law καὶ and τῶν the προφητῶν prophet, -45 3 22 ⚐δικαιοσύνη righteousness δὲ and θεοῦ God διὰ through πίστεως faith Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, εἰς toward πάντας all τοὺς who πιστεύοντας to trust (in), ⚐οὐ no γάρ for ἐστιν to be διαστολή distinction. -45 3 23 ⚐πάντες all γὰρ for ἥμαρτον to sin καὶ and ὑστεροῦνται to lack τῆς the δόξης glory τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -45 3 24 ⚐δικαιούμενοι to justify δωρεὰν freely τῇ the αὐτοῦ of him χάριτι grace διὰ through τῆς the ἀπολυτρώσεως redemption τῆς the ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus· -45 3 25 ⚐ὃν which προέθετο to present ὁ the θεὸς God ἱλαστήριον propitiation διὰ through τῆς the πίστεως faith ἐν in τῷ the αὐτοῦ of him αἵματι blood ⚐εἰς toward ἔνδειξιν demonstration τῆς the δικαιοσύνης righteousness αὐτοῦ of him ⚐διὰ because of τὴν the πάρεσιν passing over τῶν the προγεγονότων to do beforehand ἁμαρτημάτων sin -45 3 26 ἐν in τῇ the ἀνοχῇ tolerance τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐πρὸς to τὴν this ἔνδειξιν demonstration τῆς the δικαιοσύνης righteousness αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in τῷ the νῦν now καιρῷ time, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the εἶναι to be αὐτὸν him δίκαιον just ⚐καὶ and δικαιοῦντα to justify τὸν who ἐκ out of πίστεως faith Ἰησοῦ Jesus.

 -45 3 27 ⚐Ποῦ where? οὖν then ἡ the καύχησις pride; ⚐ἐξεκλείσθη to exclude. ⚐διὰ through ποίου what? νόμου law; ⚐τῶν the ἔργων work; ⚐οὐχί not, ἀλλὰ but διὰ through νόμου law πίστεως faith. -45 3 28 ⚐λογιζόμεθα to count γὰρ for ⚐δικαιοῦσθαι to justify πίστει faith ἄνθρωπον a human χωρὶς without ἔργων work νόμου law. -45 3 29 ⚐ἢ or Ἰουδαίων Jewish ὁ the θεὸς God μόνον alone; ⚐οὐχὶ not καὶ and ἐθνῶν Gentiles; ⚐ναὶ yes καὶ and ἐθνῶν Gentiles, -45 3 30 ⚐εἴπερ since εἷς one ὁ the θεός God, ⚐ὃς which δικαιώσει to justify περιτομὴν circumcision ἐκ out of πίστεως faith ⚐καὶ and ἀκροβυστίαν uncircumcision διὰ through τῆς the πίστεως faith. -45 3 31 ⚐νόμον law οὖν then καταργοῦμεν to end διὰ through τῆς the πίστεως faith; ⚐μὴ not γένοιτο to be, ⚐ἀλλὰ but νόμον law ἱστάνομεν to stand.

 -45 4 1 ⚐Τί which? οὖν then ἐροῦμεν to say ⚐εὑρηκέναι to discover Ἀβραὰμ Abraham τὸν the προπάτορα ancestor ἡμῶν of us κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh; -45 4 2 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ἐξ out of ἔργων work ἐδικαιώθη to justify, ⚐ἔχει to have καύχημα pride· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no πρὸς to θεόν God, -45 4 3 ⚐τί which? γὰρ for ἡ the γραφὴ a writing λέγει to speak; ⚐Ἐπίστευσεν to trust (in) δὲ and Ἀβραὰμ Abraham τῷ the θεῷ God ⚐καὶ and ἐλογίσθη to count αὐτῷ to him εἰς toward δικαιοσύνην righteousness. -45 4 4 ⚐τῷ the δὲ and ἐργαζομένῳ to work ὁ the μισθὸς wage οὐ no λογίζεται to count κατὰ according to χάριν grace ⚐ἀλλὰ but κατὰ according to ὀφείλημα debt· -45 4 5 ⚐τῷ the δὲ but μὴ not ἐργαζομένῳ to work, ⚐πιστεύοντι to trust (in) δὲ but ἐπὶ upon τὸν who δικαιοῦντα to justify τὸν the ἀσεβῆ ungodly, ⚐λογίζεται to count ἡ the πίστις faith αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward δικαιοσύνην righteousness, -45 4 6 ⚐καθάπερ just as καὶ and Δαυὶδ David λέγει to speak τὸν the μακαρισμὸν blessedness τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐ᾧ which ὁ the θεὸς God λογίζεται to count δικαιοσύνην righteousness χωρὶς without ἔργων work· -45 4 7 ⚐Μακάριοι blessed ὧν which ἀφέθησαν to release αἱ the ἀνομίαι lawlessness ⚐καὶ and ὧν which ἐπεκαλύφθησαν to cover αἱ the ἁμαρτίαι sin, -45 4 8 ⚐μακάριος blessed ἀνὴρ man ⚐οὗ which οὐ no μὴ not λογίσηται to count κύριος lord ἁμαρτίαν sin.

 -45 4 9 ⚐Ὁ the μακαρισμὸς blessedness οὖν then οὗτος this ἐπὶ upon τὴν the περιτομὴν circumcision ⚐ἢ or καὶ and ἐπὶ upon τὴν the ἀκροβυστίαν uncircumcision; ⚐λέγομεν to speak γάρ for· ⚐Ἐλογίσθη to count τῷ the Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ἡ the πίστις faith εἰς toward δικαιοσύνην righteousness. -45 4 10 ⚐πῶς how? οὖν then ἐλογίσθη to count; ⚐ἐν in περιτομῇ circumcision ὄντι to be ἢ or ἐν in ἀκροβυστίᾳ uncircumcision; ⚐οὐκ no ἐν in περιτομῇ circumcision ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in ἀκροβυστίᾳ uncircumcision· -45 4 11 ⚐καὶ and σημεῖον sign ἔλαβεν to take περιτομῆς circumcision, ⚐σφραγῖδα seal τῆς the δικαιοσύνης righteousness τῆς the πίστεως faith τῆς the ἐν in τῇ the ἀκροβυστίᾳ uncircumcision, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the εἶναι to be αὐτὸν him πατέρα father πάντων all τῶν who πιστευόντων to trust (in) δι᾽ through ἀκροβυστίας uncircumcision, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the λογισθῆναι to count καὶ and αὐτοῖς to them τὴν the δικαιοσύνην righteousness, -45 4 12 ⚐καὶ and πατέρα father περιτομῆς circumcision ⚐τοῖς who οὐκ no ἐκ out of περιτομῆς circumcision μόνον alone ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and τοῖς who στοιχοῦσιν to follow τοῖς the ἴχνεσιν track τῆς the ἐν in ἀκροβυστίᾳ uncircumcision πίστεως faith τοῦ the πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us Ἀβραάμ Abraham.

 -45 4 13 ⚐Οὐ no γὰρ for διὰ through νόμου law ἡ the ἐπαγγελία promise τῷ the Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ἢ or τῷ the σπέρματι seed αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐τὸ the κληρονόμον heir αὐτὸν him εἶναι to be κόσμου world, ⚐ἀλλὰ but διὰ through δικαιοσύνης righteousness πίστεως faith· -45 4 14 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for οἱ the ἐκ out of νόμου law κληρονόμοι heir, ⚐κεκένωται to empty ἡ the πίστις faith ⚐καὶ and κατήργηται to end ἡ the ἐπαγγελία promise· -45 4 15 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for νόμος law ὀργὴν wrath κατεργάζεται to workout, ⚐οὗ where δὲ and οὐκ no ἔστιν to be νόμος law, ⚐οὐδὲ and not παράβασις transgression.

 -45 4 16 ⚐Διὰ because of τοῦτο this ἐκ out of πίστεως faith, ⚐ἵνα in order that κατὰ according to χάριν grace, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the εἶναι to be βεβαίαν firm τὴν the ἐπαγγελίαν promise παντὶ all τῷ the σπέρματι seed, ⚐οὐ no τῷ who ἐκ out of τοῦ the νόμου law μόνον alone ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and τῷ the ἐκ out of πίστεως faith Ἀβραάμ Abraham( ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be πατὴρ father πάντων all ἡμῶν of us, -45 4 17 ⚐καθὼς as γέγραπται to write ⚐ὅτι that Πατέρα father πολλῶν much ἐθνῶν Gentiles τέθεικά to place σε you), ⚐κατέναντι before οὗ which ἐπίστευσεν to trust (in) θεοῦ God ⚐τοῦ who ζῳοποιοῦντος to make alive τοὺς the νεκροὺς dead ⚐καὶ and καλοῦντος to call τὰ the μὴ not ὄντα to be ὡς as ὄντα to be· -45 4 18 ⚐ὃς which παρ᾽ beside ἐλπίδα hope ἐπ᾽ upon ἐλπίδι hope ἐπίστευσεν to trust (in) ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the γενέσθαι to be αὐτὸν him πατέρα father πολλῶν much ἐθνῶν Gentiles ⚐κατὰ according to τὸ the εἰρημένον to say· ⚐Οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔσται to be τὸ the σπέρμα seed σου of you· -45 4 19 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ἀσθενήσας be weak τῇ the πίστει faith κατενόησεν to observe τὸ the ἑαυτοῦ myself σῶμα body ἤδη already νενεκρωμένον to put to death, ⚐ἑκατονταετής a hundred years old που somewhere ὑπάρχων to be, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the νέκρωσιν death τῆς the μήτρας womb Σάρρας Sarah, -45 4 20 ⚐εἰς toward δὲ and τὴν the ἐπαγγελίαν promise τοῦ the θεοῦ God οὐ no διεκρίθη to doubt τῇ the ἀπιστίᾳ unbelief ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐνεδυναμώθη to strengthen τῇ the πίστει faith, ⚐δοὺς to give δόξαν glory τῷ the θεῷ God -45 4 21 ⚐καὶ and πληροφορηθεὶς to fulfill ⚐ὅτι that ὃ which ἐπήγγελται to profess δυνατός able ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and ποιῆσαι to do. -45 4 22 ⚐διὸ therefore καὶ and ἐλογίσθη to count αὐτῷ to him εἰς toward δικαιοσύνην righteousness. -45 4 23 ⚐Οὐκ no ἐγράφη to write δὲ but δι᾽ because of αὐτὸν him μόνον alone ⚐ὅτι that ἐλογίσθη to count αὐτῷ to him, -45 4 24 ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and δι᾽ because of ἡμᾶς us ⚐οἷς which μέλλει be about to λογίζεσθαι to count, ⚐τοῖς who πιστεύουσιν to trust (in) ἐπὶ upon τὸν who ἐγείραντα to arise Ἰησοῦν Jesus τὸν the κύριον lord ἡμῶν of us ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead, -45 4 25 ⚐ὃς which παρεδόθη to deliver διὰ because of τὰ the παραπτώματα trespass ἡμῶν of us ⚐καὶ and ἠγέρθη to arise διὰ because of τὴν the δικαίωσιν justification ἡμῶν of us.

 -45 5 1 ⚐Δικαιωθέντες to justify οὖν therefore ἐκ out of πίστεως faith ⚐εἰρήνην peace ἔχομεν to have πρὸς with τὸν the θεὸν God διὰ through τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, -45 5 2 ⚐δι᾽ through οὗ which καὶ and τὴν the προσαγωγὴν access ἐσχήκαμεν to have τῇ the πίστει faith ⚐εἰς toward τὴν the χάριν grace ταύτην this ἐν in ᾗ which ἑστήκαμεν to stand, ⚐καὶ and καυχώμεθα to boast ἐπ᾽ upon ἐλπίδι hope τῆς the δόξης glory τοῦ the θεοῦ God· -45 5 3 ⚐οὐ no μόνον alone δέ and, ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and καυχώμεθα to boast ἐν in ταῖς the θλίψεσιν pressure, ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι that ἡ the θλῖψις pressure ὑπομονὴν perseverance κατεργάζεται to produce, -45 5 4 ⚐ἡ the δὲ and ὑπομονὴ perseverance δοκιμήν test, ⚐ἡ the δὲ and δοκιμὴ test ἐλπίδα hope. -45 5 5 ⚐ἡ the δὲ and ἐλπὶς hope οὐ no καταισχύνει to dishonor· ⚐ὅτι since ἡ the ἀγάπη love τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐκκέχυται to pour out ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart ἡμῶν of us ⚐διὰ through πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy τοῦ who δοθέντος to give ἡμῖν to us.

 -45 5 6 ⚐Ἔτι still γὰρ for Χριστὸς Christ ⚐ὄντων to be ἡμῶν of us ἀσθενῶν weak ἔτι still ⚐κατὰ according to καιρὸν time ὑπὲρ for ἀσεβῶν ungodly ἀπέθανεν to die. -45 5 7 ⚐μόλις hardly γὰρ for ὑπὲρ for δικαίου just τις one ἀποθανεῖται to die· ⚐ὑπὲρ for γὰρ for τοῦ the ἀγαθοῦ good-doer τάχα perhaps τις one καὶ and τολμᾷ be bold ἀποθανεῖν to die· -45 5 8 ⚐συνίστησιν to commend δὲ but τὴν the ἑαυτοῦ myself ἀγάπην love εἰς toward ἡμᾶς us ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐ὅτι that ἔτι still ἁμαρτωλῶν sinful ὄντων to be ἡμῶν of us Χριστὸς Christ ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us ἀπέθανεν to die. -45 5 9 ⚐πολλῷ much οὖν then μᾶλλον more δικαιωθέντες to justify νῦν now ἐν by τῷ the αἵματι blood αὐτοῦ of him ⚐σωθησόμεθα to save δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him ἀπὸ from τῆς the ὀργῆς wrath. -45 5 10 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ἐχθροὶ enemy ὄντες to be ⚐κατηλλάγημεν to reconcile τῷ the θεῷ God διὰ through τοῦ the θανάτου death τοῦ the υἱοῦ son αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐πολλῷ much μᾶλλον more καταλλαγέντες to reconcile ⚐σωθησόμεθα to save ἐν by τῇ the ζωῇ life αὐτοῦ of him· -45 5 11 ⚐οὐ no μόνον alone δέ and, ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and καυχώμενοι to boast ἐν in τῷ the θεῷ God διὰ through τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐δι᾽ through οὗ which νῦν now τὴν this καταλλαγὴν reconciliation ἐλάβομεν to take.

 -45 5 12 ⚐Διὰ through τοῦτο this ὥσπερ just as δι᾽ through ἑνὸς one ἀνθρώπου a human ἡ the ἁμαρτία sin εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world εἰσῆλθεν to enter ⚐καὶ and διὰ through τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin ὁ the θάνατος death, ⚐καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) εἰς toward πάντας all ἀνθρώπους a human ὁ the θάνατος death διῆλθεν to pass through ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ᾧ which πάντες all ἥμαρτον to sin— -45 5 13 ⚐ἄχρι until γὰρ for νόμου law ἁμαρτία sin ἦν to be ἐν in κόσμῳ world, ⚐ἁμαρτία sin δὲ but οὐκ no ἐλλογεῖται to charge ⚐μὴ not ὄντος to be νόμου law, -45 5 14 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐβασίλευσεν to reign ὁ the θάνατος death ἀπὸ from Ἀδὰμ Adam μέχρι until Μωϋσέως Moses ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ over τοὺς who μὴ not ἁμαρτήσαντας to sin ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ὁμοιώματι likeness τῆς the παραβάσεως transgression Ἀδάμ Adam, ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be τύπος pattern τοῦ the μέλλοντος be about to.

 -45 5 15 ⚐Ἀλλ᾽ but οὐχ no ὡς as τὸ the παράπτωμα trespass, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and τὸ the χάρισμα gift· ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for τῷ the τοῦ the ἑνὸς one παραπτώματι trespass οἱ the πολλοὶ much ἀπέθανον to die, ⚐πολλῷ much μᾶλλον more ἡ the χάρις grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and ἡ the δωρεὰ free gift ἐν by χάριτι grace ⚐τῇ the τοῦ the ἑνὸς one ἀνθρώπου a human Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ εἰς toward τοὺς the πολλοὺς much ἐπερίσσευσεν to abound. -45 5 16 ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no ὡς as δι᾽ through ἑνὸς one ἁμαρτήσαντος to sin τὸ the δώρημα free gift· ⚐τὸ the μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for κρίμα judgment ἐξ from ἑνὸς one εἰς toward κατάκριμα condemnation, ⚐τὸ the δὲ but χάρισμα gift ἐκ from πολλῶν much παραπτωμάτων trespass εἰς toward δικαίωμα righteous act. -45 5 17 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for τῷ the τοῦ the ἑνὸς one παραπτώματι trespass ⚐ὁ the θάνατος death ἐβασίλευσεν to reign διὰ through τοῦ the ἑνός one, ⚐πολλῷ much μᾶλλον more οἱ the τὴν the περισσείαν abundance τῆς the χάριτος grace καὶ and τῆς the δωρεᾶς free gift τῆς the δικαιοσύνης righteousness λαμβάνοντες to take ἐν in ζωῇ life βασιλεύσουσιν to reign διὰ through τοῦ the ἑνὸς one Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -45 5 18 ⚐Ἄρα therefore οὖν therefore ὡς as δι᾽ through ἑνὸς one παραπτώματος trespass εἰς toward πάντας all ἀνθρώπους a human εἰς toward κατάκριμα condemnation, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and δι᾽ through ἑνὸς one δικαιώματος righteous act εἰς toward πάντας all ἀνθρώπους a human εἰς toward δικαίωσιν justification ζωῆς life· -45 5 19 ⚐ὥσπερ just as γὰρ for διὰ through τῆς the παρακοῆς disobedience τοῦ the ἑνὸς one ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐ἁμαρτωλοὶ sinful κατεστάθησαν to make οἱ the πολλοί much, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and διὰ through τῆς the ὑπακοῆς obedience τοῦ the ἑνὸς one δίκαιοι just κατασταθήσονται to make οἱ the πολλοί much. -45 5 20 ⚐νόμος law δὲ and παρεισῆλθεν to come in ⚐ἵνα in order that πλεονάσῃ to increase τὸ the παράπτωμα trespass· ⚐οὗ where δὲ but ἐπλεόνασεν to increase ἡ the ἁμαρτία sin, ⚐ὑπερεπερίσσευσεν to abound ἡ the χάρις grace, -45 5 21 ⚐ἵνα in order that ὥσπερ just as ἐβασίλευσεν to reign ἡ the ἁμαρτία sin ἐν in τῷ the θανάτῳ death, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ἡ the χάρις grace βασιλεύσῃ to reign διὰ through δικαιοσύνης righteousness ⚐εἰς toward ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal διὰ through Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us.

 -45 6 1 ⚐Τί which? οὖν then ἐροῦμεν to say; ⚐ἐπιμένωμεν to remain τῇ the ἁμαρτίᾳ sin, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the χάρις grace πλεονάσῃ to increase; -45 6 2 ⚐μὴ not γένοιτο to be· ⚐οἵτινες who ἀπεθάνομεν to die τῇ the ἁμαρτίᾳ sin, πῶς how? ἔτι still ζήσομεν to live ἐν in αὐτῇ to her; -45 6 3 ⚐ἢ or ἀγνοεῖτε be ignorant ⚐ὅτι that ὅσοι as many as ἐβαπτίσθημεν to baptize εἰς toward Χριστὸν Christ Ἰησοῦν Jesus εἰς toward τὸν the θάνατον death αὐτοῦ of him ἐβαπτίσθημεν to baptize; -45 6 4 ⚐συνετάφημεν be buried with οὖν therefore αὐτῷ to him διὰ through τοῦ the βαπτίσματος baptism εἰς toward τὸν the θάνατον death, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὥσπερ just as ἠγέρθη to arise Χριστὸς Christ ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead διὰ through τῆς the δόξης glory τοῦ the πατρός father, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ἡμεῖς we ἐν in καινότητι newness ζωῆς life περιπατήσωμεν to walk.

 -45 6 5 ⚐Εἰ if γὰρ for σύμφυτοι united γεγόναμεν to be τῷ the ὁμοιώματι likeness τοῦ the θανάτου death αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and τῆς the ἀναστάσεως resurrection ἐσόμεθα to be· -45 6 6 ⚐τοῦτο this γινώσκοντες to know ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the παλαιὸς old ἡμῶν of us ἄνθρωπος a human συνεσταυρώθη to crucify with, ⚐ἵνα in order that καταργηθῇ to end τὸ the σῶμα body τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin, ⚐τοῦ the μηκέτι never again δουλεύειν be a slave ἡμᾶς us τῇ the ἁμαρτίᾳ sin, -45 6 7 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for ἀποθανὼν to die δεδικαίωται to justify ἀπὸ from τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin. -45 6 8 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and ἀπεθάνομεν to die σὺν with Χριστῷ Christ, ⚐πιστεύομεν to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and συζήσομεν to live together αὐτῷ to him· -45 6 9 ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι that Χριστὸς Christ ἐγερθεὶς to arise ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ⚐οὐκέτι not any more ἀποθνῄσκει to die, ⚐θάνατος death αὐτοῦ of him οὐκέτι not any more κυριεύει to lord over· -45 6 10 ⚐ὃ which γὰρ for ἀπέθανεν to die, τῇ the ἁμαρτίᾳ sin ἀπέθανεν to die ἐφάπαξ once for all· ⚐ὃ which δὲ but ζῇ to live, ζῇ to live τῷ the θεῷ God. -45 6 11 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὑμεῖς you λογίζεσθε to count ἑαυτοὺς yourself ⚐εἶναι to be νεκροὺς dead μὲν on the other hand τῇ the ἁμαρτίᾳ sin ⚐ζῶντας to live δὲ but τῷ the θεῷ God ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus.

 -45 6 12 ⚐Μὴ not οὖν therefore βασιλευέτω to reign ἡ the ἁμαρτία sin ἐν in τῷ the θνητῷ mortal ὑμῶν of you σώματι body ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ὑπακούειν to obey ταῖς the ἐπιθυμίαις desire αὐτοῦ of it, -45 6 13 ⚐μηδὲ not παριστάνετε to stand by τὰ the μέλη member ὑμῶν of you ὅπλα weapon ἀδικίας unrighteousness τῇ the ἁμαρτίᾳ sin, ⚐ἀλλὰ but παραστήσατε to stand by ἑαυτοὺς yourself τῷ the θεῷ God ὡσεὶ as ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ζῶντας to live ⚐καὶ and τὰ the μέλη member ὑμῶν of you ὅπλα weapon δικαιοσύνης righteousness τῷ the θεῷ God. -45 6 14 ⚐ἁμαρτία sin γὰρ for ὑμῶν of you οὐ no κυριεύσει to lord over, ⚐οὐ no γάρ for ἐστε to be ὑπὸ under νόμον law ἀλλὰ but ὑπὸ under χάριν grace.

 -45 6 15 ⚐Τί which? οὖν then; ⚐ἁμαρτήσωμεν to sin ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἐσμὲν to be ὑπὸ under νόμον law ἀλλὰ but ὑπὸ under χάριν grace; ⚐μὴ not γένοιτο to be· -45 6 16 ⚐οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that ᾧ which παριστάνετε to stand by ἑαυτοὺς yourself δούλους slave εἰς toward ὑπακοήν obedience, ⚐δοῦλοί slave ἐστε to be ᾧ which ὑπακούετε to obey, ⚐ἤτοι whether ἁμαρτίας sin εἰς toward θάνατον death ⚐ἢ or ὑπακοῆς obedience εἰς toward δικαιοσύνην righteousness; -45 6 17 ⚐χάρις grace δὲ but τῷ the θεῷ God ⚐ὅτι that ἦτε to be δοῦλοι slave τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin ⚐ὑπηκούσατε to obey δὲ and ἐκ from καρδίας heart ⚐εἰς toward ὃν which παρεδόθητε to deliver τύπον pattern διδαχῆς teaching, -45 6 18 ⚐ἐλευθερωθέντες to set free δὲ and ἀπὸ from τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin ⚐ἐδουλώθητε to enslave τῇ the δικαιοσύνῃ righteousness· -45 6 19 ⚐ἀνθρώπινον human λέγω to speak διὰ because of τὴν the ἀσθένειαν weakness τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh ὑμῶν of you· ⚐ὥσπερ just as γὰρ for παρεστήσατε to stand by τὰ the μέλη member ὑμῶν of you δοῦλα slave τῇ the ἀκαθαρσίᾳ impurity καὶ and τῇ the ἀνομίᾳ lawlessness ⚐εἰς toward τὴν the ἀνομίαν lawlessness, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) νῦν now παραστήσατε to stand by τὰ the μέλη member ὑμῶν of you δοῦλα slave τῇ the δικαιοσύνῃ righteousness ⚐εἰς toward ἁγιασμόν holiness.

 -45 6 20 ⚐Ὅτε when γὰρ for δοῦλοι slave ἦτε to be τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin, ⚐ἐλεύθεροι free ἦτε to be τῇ the δικαιοσύνῃ righteousness. -45 6 21 ⚐τίνα which? οὖν therefore καρπὸν fruit εἴχετε to have τότε then ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon οἷς which νῦν now ἐπαισχύνεσθε be ashamed of; ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for τέλος goal ἐκείνων that θάνατος death· -45 6 22 ⚐νυνὶ now δέ but, ἐλευθερωθέντες to set free ἀπὸ from τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin ⚐δουλωθέντες to enslave δὲ and τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐ἔχετε to have τὸν the καρπὸν fruit ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward ἁγιασμόν holiness, ⚐τὸ the δὲ and τέλος goal ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal. -45 6 23 ⚐τὰ the γὰρ for ὀψώνια compensation τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin θάνατος death, ⚐τὸ the δὲ but χάρισμα gift τοῦ the θεοῦ God ζωὴ life αἰώνιος eternal ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ἡμῶν of us.

 -45 7 1 ⚐Ἢ or ἀγνοεῖτε be ignorant, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐γινώσκουσιν to know γὰρ for νόμον law λαλῶ to speak, ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the νόμος law κυριεύει to lord over τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ὅσον as much as χρόνον time ζῇ to live; -45 7 2 ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for ὕπανδρος married γυνὴ woman τῷ the ζῶντι to live ἀνδρὶ man δέδεται to bind νόμῳ law· ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but ἀποθάνῃ to die ὁ the ἀνήρ man, ⚐κατήργηται to end ἀπὸ from τοῦ the νόμου law τοῦ the ἀνδρός man. -45 7 3 ⚐ἄρα therefore οὖν then ζῶντος to live τοῦ the ἀνδρὸς man ⚐μοιχαλὶς adulterous χρηματίσει to announce ⚐ἐὰν if γένηται to be ἀνδρὶ man ἑτέρῳ other· ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but ἀποθάνῃ to die ὁ the ἀνήρ man, ⚐ἐλευθέρα free ἐστὶν to be ἀπὸ from τοῦ the νόμου law, ⚐τοῦ the μὴ not εἶναι to be αὐτὴν her μοιχαλίδα adulterous ⚐γενομένην to be ἀνδρὶ man ἑτέρῳ other.

 -45 7 4 ⚐Ὥστε so, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me, καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἐθανατώθητε to kill τῷ the νόμῳ law ⚐διὰ through τοῦ the σώματος body τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the γενέσθαι to be ὑμᾶς you ἑτέρῳ other, τῷ the ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ἐγερθέντι to arise ⚐ἵνα in order to καρποφορήσωμεν to bear fruit τῷ the θεῷ God. -45 7 5 ⚐ὅτε when γὰρ for ἦμεν to be ἐν in τῇ the σαρκί flesh, ⚐τὰ the παθήματα suffering τῶν the ἁμαρτιῶν sin τὰ the διὰ through τοῦ the νόμου law ἐνηργεῖτο be active ἐν in τοῖς the μέλεσιν member ἡμῶν of us ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the καρποφορῆσαι to bear fruit τῷ the θανάτῳ death· -45 7 6 ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ but κατηργήθημεν to end ἀπὸ from τοῦ the νόμου law, ⚐ἀποθανόντες to die ἐν in ᾧ which κατειχόμεθα to hold fast, ⚐ὥστε so δουλεύειν be a slave ἡμᾶς us ἐν in καινότητι newness πνεύματος spirit ⚐καὶ and οὐ no παλαιότητι oldness γράμματος something written.

 -45 7 7 ⚐Τί which? οὖν then ἐροῦμεν to say; ⚐ὁ the νόμος law ἁμαρτία sin; ⚐μὴ not γένοιτο to be· ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὴν the ἁμαρτίαν sin οὐκ no ἔγνων to know εἰ if μὴ not διὰ through νόμου law, ⚐τήν the τε and γὰρ for ἐπιθυμίαν desire οὐκ no ᾔδειν to know ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ the νόμος law ἔλεγεν to speak· Οὐκ no ἐπιθυμήσεις to long for· -45 7 8 ⚐ἀφορμὴν opportunity δὲ but λαβοῦσα to take ἡ the ἁμαρτία sin διὰ through τῆς the ἐντολῆς commandment ⚐κατειργάσατο to produce ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me πᾶσαν all ἐπιθυμίαν desire, ⚐χωρὶς without γὰρ for νόμου law ἁμαρτία sin νεκρά dead. -45 7 9 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ and ἔζων to live χωρὶς without νόμου law ποτέ once· ⚐ἐλθούσης to come δὲ but τῆς the ἐντολῆς commandment ⚐ἡ the ἁμαρτία sin ἀνέζησεν to revive, -45 7 10 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ and ἀπέθανον to die, ⚐καὶ and εὑρέθη to find μοι to me ⚐ἡ the ἐντολὴ commandment ἡ the εἰς toward ζωὴν life αὕτη this εἰς toward θάνατον death· -45 7 11 ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for ἁμαρτία sin ἀφορμὴν opportunity λαβοῦσα to take διὰ through τῆς the ἐντολῆς commandment ⚐ἐξηπάτησέν to deceive με me ⚐καὶ and δι᾽ through αὐτῆς of her ἀπέκτεινεν to kill. -45 7 12 ⚐ὥστε so ὁ the μὲν on the other hand νόμος law ἅγιος holy, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ἐντολὴ commandment ἁγία holy καὶ and δικαία just καὶ and ἀγαθή good-doer.

 -45 7 13 ⚐Τὸ the οὖν then ἀγαθὸν good-doer ἐμοὶ to me ἐγένετο to be θάνατος death; ⚐μὴ not γένοιτο to be· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἡ the ἁμαρτία sin, ⚐ἵνα in order that φανῇ to appear ἁμαρτία sin ⚐διὰ through τοῦ the ἀγαθοῦ good-doer μοι to me κατεργαζομένη to produce θάνατον death· ⚐ἵνα in order that γένηται to be καθ᾽ according to ὑπερβολὴν surpassing ἁμαρτωλὸς sinful ἡ the ἁμαρτία sin ⚐διὰ through τῆς the ἐντολῆς commandment.

 -45 7 14 ⚐Οἴδαμεν to know γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the νόμος law πνευματικός spiritual ἐστιν to be· ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but σάρκινός fleshly εἰμι to be, ⚐πεπραμένος to sell ὑπὸ under τὴν the ἁμαρτίαν sin. -45 7 15 ⚐ὃ which γὰρ for κατεργάζομαι to workout οὐ no γινώσκω to know· ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ὃ which θέλω to will τοῦτο this πράσσω to practise, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὃ which μισῶ to hate τοῦτο this ποιῶ to do. -45 7 16 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ὃ which οὐ no θέλω to will τοῦτο this ποιῶ to do, ⚐σύμφημι to agree τῷ the νόμῳ law ⚐ὅτι that καλός good. -45 7 17 ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ but οὐκέτι not any more ἐγὼ I κατεργάζομαι to workout αὐτὸ it ⚐ἀλλὰ but ἡ the οἰκοῦσα to dwell ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me ἁμαρτία sin. -45 7 18 ⚐οἶδα to know γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no οἰκεῖ to dwell ἐν in ἐμοί to me, τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be ἐν in τῇ the σαρκί flesh μου of me, ἀγαθόν good-doer· ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for θέλειν to will παράκειταί be present μοι to me, ⚐τὸ the δὲ but κατεργάζεσθαι to workout τὸ the καλὸν good οὔ no· -45 7 19 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ὃ which θέλω to will ποιῶ to do ἀγαθόν good-doer, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὃ which οὐ no θέλω to will κακὸν evil τοῦτο this πράσσω to practise. -45 7 20 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and ὃ which οὐ no θέλω to will ἐγώ I τοῦτο this ποιῶ to do, ⚐οὐκέτι not any more ἐγὼ I κατεργάζομαι to workout αὐτὸ it ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἡ the οἰκοῦσα to dwell ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me ἁμαρτία sin.

 -45 7 21 ⚐Εὑρίσκω to find ἄρα therefore τὸν the νόμον law ⚐τῷ the θέλοντι to will ἐμοὶ to me ⚐ποιεῖν to do τὸ the καλὸν good ⚐ὅτι that ἐμοὶ to me τὸ the κακὸν evil παράκειται be present· -45 7 22 ⚐συνήδομαι to delight γὰρ for τῷ the νόμῳ law τοῦ the θεοῦ God κατὰ according to τὸν the ἔσω inner ἄνθρωπον a human, -45 7 23 ⚐βλέπω to see δὲ but ἕτερον other νόμον law ἐν in τοῖς the μέλεσίν member μου of me ⚐ἀντιστρατευόμενον to wage war against τῷ the νόμῳ law τοῦ the νοός mind μου of me ⚐καὶ and αἰχμαλωτίζοντά to capture με me ἐν in τῷ the νόμῳ law τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin ⚐τῷ the ὄντι to be ἐν in τοῖς the μέλεσίν member μου of me. -45 7 24 ⚐ταλαίπωρος wretched ἐγὼ I ἄνθρωπος a human· ⚐τίς which? με me ῥύσεται to deliver ἐκ from τοῦ the σώματος body τοῦ the θανάτου death τούτου of this;

 -45 7 25 ⚐χάρις grace δὲ but τῷ the θεῷ God διὰ through Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us. ⚐Ἄρα therefore οὖν then αὐτὸς he ἐγὼ I τῷ the μὲν on the other hand νοῒ mind δουλεύω be a slave νόμῳ law θεοῦ God, ⚐τῇ the δὲ and σαρκὶ flesh νόμῳ law ἁμαρτίας sin. -45 8 1 ⚐Οὐδὲν no one ἄρα therefore νῦν now κατάκριμα condemnation τοῖς who ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus· -45 8 2 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for νόμος law τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit τῆς the ζωῆς life ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἠλευθέρωσέν to set free σε you ⚐ἀπὸ from τοῦ the νόμου law τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin καὶ and τοῦ the θανάτου death. -45 8 3 ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for ἀδύνατον unable τοῦ the νόμου law, ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ἠσθένει be weak διὰ because of τῆς the σαρκός flesh, ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God τὸν the ἑαυτοῦ myself υἱὸν son πέμψας to send ἐν in ὁμοιώματι likeness σαρκὸς flesh ἁμαρτίας sin ⚐καὶ and περὶ about ἁμαρτίας sin ⚐κατέκρινεν to condemn τὴν the ἁμαρτίαν sin ἐν in τῇ the σαρκί flesh, -45 8 4 ⚐ἵνα in order that τὸ the δικαίωμα righteous act τοῦ the νόμου law πληρωθῇ to fulfill ἐν in ἡμῖν to us ⚐τοῖς who μὴ not κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh περιπατοῦσιν to walk ἀλλὰ but κατὰ according to πνεῦμα spirit· -45 8 5 ⚐οἱ the γὰρ for κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh ὄντες to be τὰ the τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh φρονοῦσιν to think, ⚐οἱ the δὲ but κατὰ according to πνεῦμα spirit τὰ the τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit. -45 8 6 ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for φρόνημα mind τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh θάνατος death, ⚐τὸ the δὲ but φρόνημα mind τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit ζωὴ life καὶ and εἰρήνη peace· -45 8 7 ⚐διότι because τὸ the φρόνημα mind τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh ἔχθρα hostility εἰς toward θεόν God, ⚐τῷ the γὰρ for νόμῳ law τοῦ the θεοῦ God οὐχ no ὑποτάσσεται to subject, ⚐οὐδὲ and not γὰρ for δύναται be able· -45 8 8 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἐν in σαρκὶ flesh ὄντες to be θεῷ God ἀρέσαι to please οὐ no δύνανται be able.

 -45 8 9 ⚐Ὑμεῖς you δὲ but οὐκ no ἐστὲ to be ἐν in σαρκὶ flesh ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in πνεύματι spirit, ⚐εἴπερ if so πνεῦμα spirit θεοῦ God οἰκεῖ to dwell ἐν in ὑμῖν to you. ⚐εἰ if δέ and τις one πνεῦμα spirit Χριστοῦ Christ οὐκ no ἔχει to have, ⚐οὗτος this οὐκ no ἔστιν to be αὐτοῦ of him. -45 8 10 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but Χριστὸς Christ ἐν in ὑμῖν to you, ⚐τὸ the μὲν on the other hand σῶμα body νεκρὸν dead διὰ because of ἁμαρτίαν sin, ⚐τὸ the δὲ but πνεῦμα spirit ζωὴ life διὰ because of δικαιοσύνην righteousness. -45 8 11 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τοῦ who ἐγείραντος to arise τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead οἰκεῖ to dwell ἐν in ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὁ who ἐγείρας to arise χριστὸν Christ ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ζῳοποιήσει to make alive καὶ and τὰ the θνητὰ mortal σώματα body ὑμῶν of you ⚐διὰ through τοῦ who ἐνοικοῦντος to dwell in αὐτοῦ of him πνεύματος spirit ἐν in ὑμῖν to you.

 -45 8 12 ⚐Ἄρα therefore οὖν then, ἀδελφοί brother, ὀφειλέται debtor ἐσμέν to be, οὐ no τῇ the σαρκὶ flesh ⚐τοῦ the κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh ζῆν to live, -45 8 13 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh ζῆτε to live ⚐μέλλετε be about to ἀποθνῄσκειν to die, ⚐εἰ if δὲ but πνεύματι spirit τὰς the πράξεις action τοῦ the σώματος body θανατοῦτε to kill, ⚐ζήσεσθε to live. -45 8 14 ⚐ὅσοι as much as γὰρ for πνεύματι spirit θεοῦ God ἄγονται to bring, ⚐οὗτοι these υἱοί son θεοῦ God εἰσιν to be. -45 8 15 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἐλάβετε to take πνεῦμα spirit δουλείας slavery πάλιν again εἰς toward φόβον fear, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐλάβετε to take πνεῦμα spirit υἱοθεσίας adoption (as son) ⚐ἐν by ᾧ which κράζομεν to cry· Αββα Father ὁ the πατήρ father· -45 8 16 ⚐αὐτὸ it τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit συμμαρτυρεῖ to testify with τῷ the πνεύματι spirit ἡμῶν of us ⚐ὅτι that ἐσμὲν to be τέκνα child θεοῦ God.

 -45 8 17 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and τέκνα child, ⚐καὶ and κληρονόμοι heir· ⚐κληρονόμοι heir μὲν on the other hand θεοῦ God, ⚐συγκληρονόμοι co-heir δὲ and Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐εἴπερ if so συμπάσχομεν to suffer with ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and συνδοξασθῶμεν to glory with.

 -45 8 18 ⚐Λογίζομαι to count γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no ἄξια worthy τὰ the παθήματα suffering τοῦ the νῦν now καιροῦ time ⚐πρὸς to τὴν the μέλλουσαν be about to δόξαν glory ἀποκαλυφθῆναι to reveal εἰς toward ἡμᾶς us. -45 8 19 ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for ἀποκαραδοκία eager expectation τῆς the κτίσεως creation τὴν the ἀποκάλυψιν revelation τῶν the υἱῶν son τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἀπεκδέχεται to expect· -45 8 20 ⚐τῇ the γὰρ for ματαιότητι futility ἡ the κτίσις creation ὑπετάγη to subject, ⚐οὐχ no ἑκοῦσα voluntarily ⚐ἀλλὰ but διὰ because of τὸν who ὑποτάξαντα to subject, ἐφ᾽ upon ἑλπίδι hope -45 8 21 ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and αὐτὴ she ἡ the κτίσις creation ἐλευθερωθήσεται to set free ἀπὸ from τῆς the δουλείας slavery τῆς the φθορᾶς corruption ⚐εἰς toward τὴν the ἐλευθερίαν freedom τῆς the δόξης glory τῶν the τέκνων child τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -45 8 22 ⚐οἴδαμεν to know γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that πᾶσα all ἡ the κτίσις creation συστενάζει to groan with καὶ and συνωδίνει to labor together ἄχρι until τοῦ the νῦν now· -45 8 23 ⚐οὐ no μόνον alone δέ and, ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and αὐτοὶ they τὴν the ἀπαρχὴν firstfruits τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit ἔχοντες to have ⚐ἡμεῖς we καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἐν in ἑαυτοῖς oneself στενάζομεν to groan, ⚐υἱοθεσίαν adoption (as son) ἀπεκδεχόμενοι to expect τὴν the ἀπολύτρωσιν redemption τοῦ the σώματος body ἡμῶν of us. -45 8 24 ⚐τῇ the γὰρ for ἐλπίδι hope ἐσώθημεν to save· ⚐ἐλπὶς hope δὲ and βλεπομένη to see οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐλπίς hope, ⚐ὃ which γὰρ for βλέπει to see τίς which? ἐλπίζει to hope; -45 8 25 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ὃ which οὐ no βλέπομεν to see ἐλπίζομεν to hope, ⚐δι᾽ through ὑπομονῆς perseverance ἀπεκδεχόμεθα to expect.

 -45 8 26 ⚐Ὡσαύτως likewise δὲ and καὶ and τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit συναντιλαμβάνεται to help τῇ the ἀσθενείᾳ weakness ἡμῶν of us· ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for τί which? προσευξώμεθα to pray καθὸ insofar as δεῖ to bind οὐκ no οἴδαμεν to know, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but αὐτὸ it τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit ὑπερεντυγχάνει to intercede στεναγμοῖς groan ἀλαλήτοις inexpressible, -45 8 27 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἐραυνῶν to look for τὰς the καρδίας heart οἶδεν to know ⚐τί which? τὸ the φρόνημα mind τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit, ⚐ὅτι since κατὰ according to θεὸν God ἐντυγχάνει to call on ὑπὲρ for ἁγίων holy.

 -45 8 28 ⚐Οἴδαμεν to know δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that τοῖς who ἀγαπῶσιν to love τὸν the θεὸν God πάντα all συνεργεῖ to work with εἰς toward ἀγαθόν good-doer, ⚐τοῖς the κατὰ according to πρόθεσιν purpose κλητοῖς called οὖσιν to be. -45 8 29 ⚐ὅτι since οὓς which προέγνω to foreknow, καὶ and προώρισεν to predestine ⚐συμμόρφους conformed τῆς the εἰκόνος image τοῦ the υἱοῦ son αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the εἶναι to be αὐτὸν him πρωτότοκον firstborn ἐν among πολλοῖς much ἀδελφοῖς brother· -45 8 30 ⚐οὓς which δὲ and προώρισεν to predestine, τούτους these καὶ and ἐκάλεσεν to call· ⚐καὶ and οὓς which ἐκάλεσεν to call, τούτους these καὶ and ἐδικαίωσεν to justify· ⚐οὓς which δὲ and ἐδικαίωσεν to justify, τούτους these καὶ and ἐδόξασεν to glorify.

 -45 8 31 ⚐Τί which? οὖν then ἐροῦμεν to say πρὸς to ταῦτα these; ⚐εἰ if ὁ the θεὸς God ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us, ⚐τίς which? καθ᾽ according to ἡμῶν of us; -45 8 32 ⚐ὅς which γε indeed τοῦ the ἰδίου one's own υἱοῦ son οὐκ no ἐφείσατο to spare, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us πάντων all παρέδωκεν to deliver αὐτόν him, ⚐πῶς how? οὐχὶ not καὶ and σὺν with αὐτῷ to him τὰ the πάντα all ἡμῖν to us χαρίσεται to give grace; -45 8 33 ⚐τίς which? ἐγκαλέσει to accuse κατὰ according to ἐκλεκτῶν select θεοῦ God; ⚐θεὸς God ὁ who δικαιῶν to justify· -45 8 34 ⚐τίς which? ὁ who κατακρινῶν to condemn; ⚐Χριστὸς Christ Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὁ who ἀποθανών to die, ⚐μᾶλλον more δὲ and ἐγερθείς to arise, ⚐ὅς which καί and ἐστιν to be ἐν in δεξιᾷ right τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ὃς which καὶ and ἐντυγχάνει to call on ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us· -45 8 35 ⚐τίς which? ἡμᾶς us χωρίσει to separate ἀπὸ from τῆς the ἀγάπης love τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ; ⚐θλῖψις pressure ἢ or στενοχωρία hardship ἢ or διωγμὸς persecution ⚐ἢ or λιμὸς hunger ἢ or γυμνότης nakedness ἢ or κίνδυνος danger ἢ or μάχαιρα sword; -45 8 36 ⚐καθὼς as γέγραπται to write ⚐ὅτι that Ἕνεκεν because of σοῦ of you θανατούμεθα to kill ὅλην all τὴν the ἡμέραν day, ⚐ἐλογίσθημεν to count ὡς as πρόβατα sheep σφαγῆς slaughter. -45 8 37 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in τούτοις to these πᾶσιν all ὑπερνικῶμεν to conquer διὰ through τοῦ who ἀγαπήσαντος to love ἡμᾶς us. -45 8 38 ⚐πέπεισμαι to persuade γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that οὔτε neither θάνατος death οὔτε neither ζωὴ life οὔτε neither ἄγγελοι angel οὔτε neither ἀρχαὶ beginning ⚐οὔτε neither ἐνεστῶτα be present οὔτε neither μέλλοντα be about to οὔτε neither δυνάμεις power -45 8 39 ⚐οὔτε neither ὕψωμα height οὔτε neither βάθος depth οὔτε neither τις one κτίσις creation ἑτέρα other ⚐δυνήσεται be able ⚐ἡμᾶς us χωρίσαι to separate ἀπὸ from τῆς the ἀγάπης love τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐τῆς the ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ἡμῶν of us.

 -45 9 1 ⚐Ἀλήθειαν truth λέγω to speak ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ, ⚐οὐ no ψεύδομαι to lie, ⚐συμμαρτυρούσης to testify with μοι to me τῆς the συνειδήσεώς conscience μου of me ἐν in πνεύματι spirit ἁγίῳ holy, -45 9 2 ⚐ὅτι that λύπη grief μοί to me ἐστιν to be μεγάλη great καὶ and ἀδιάλειπτος continuous ὀδύνη anguish τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart μου of me· -45 9 3 ⚐ηὐχόμην to wish for γὰρ for ⚐ἀνάθεμα devoted εἶναι to be αὐτὸς he ἐγὼ I ἀπὸ from τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐ὑπὲρ for τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother μου of me τῶν the συγγενῶν kindred μου of me κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh, -45 9 4 ⚐οἵτινές who εἰσιν to be Ἰσραηλῖται Israelite, ⚐ὧν which ἡ the υἱοθεσία adoption (as son) καὶ and ἡ the δόξα glory καὶ and αἱ the διαθῆκαι covenant ⚐καὶ and ἡ the νομοθεσία law καὶ and ἡ the λατρεία ministry καὶ and αἱ the ἐπαγγελίαι promise, -45 9 5 ⚐ὧν which οἱ the πατέρες father, ⚐καὶ and ἐξ from ὧν which ὁ the χριστὸς Christ τὸ the κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh, ⚐ὁ who ὢν to be ἐπὶ over πάντων all, ⚐θεὸς God εὐλογητὸς praiseworthy εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age· ἀμήν amen.

 -45 9 6 ⚐Οὐχ no οἷον such as δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that ἐκπέπτωκεν to fall out ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the θεοῦ God. ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for πάντες all οἱ who ἐξ from Ἰσραήλ Israel, οὗτοι these Ἰσραήλ Israel· -45 9 7 ⚐οὐδ᾽ and not ὅτι that εἰσὶν to be σπέρμα seed Ἀβραάμ Abraham, πάντες all τέκνα child, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but· Ἐν in Ἰσαὰκ Isaac κληθήσεταί to call σοι to you σπέρμα seed. -45 9 8 ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be, ⚐οὐ no τὰ the τέκνα child τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh ταῦτα these τέκνα child τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὰ the τέκνα child τῆς the ἐπαγγελίας promise λογίζεται to count εἰς toward σπέρμα seed· -45 9 9 ⚐ἐπαγγελίας promise γὰρ for ὁ the λόγος word οὗτος this· ⚐Κατὰ according to τὸν the καιρὸν time τοῦτον this ἐλεύσομαι to come ⚐καὶ and ἔσται to be τῇ the Σάρρᾳ Sarah υἱός son. -45 9 10 ⚐οὐ no μόνον alone δέ and, ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and Ῥεβέκκα Rebekah ἐξ out of ἑνὸς one κοίτην bed ἔχουσα to have, Ἰσαὰκ Isaac τοῦ the πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us· -45 9 11 ⚐μήπω not yet γὰρ for γεννηθέντων to beget ⚐μηδὲ not πραξάντων to practise τι one ἀγαθὸν good-doer ἢ or φαῦλον evil, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the κατ᾽ according to ἐκλογὴν selecting πρόθεσις purpose τοῦ the θεοῦ God μένῃ to stay, -45 9 12 ⚐οὐκ no ἐξ out of ἔργων work ἀλλ᾽ but ἐκ out of τοῦ the καλοῦντος to call, ⚐ἐρρέθη to say αὐτῇ to her ⚐ὅτι that Ὁ the μείζων great δουλεύσει be a slave τῷ the ἐλάσσονι lesser· -45 9 13 ⚐καθὼς just as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Τὸν the Ἰακὼβ Jacob ἠγάπησα to love, ⚐τὸν the δὲ but Ἠσαῦ Esau ἐμίσησα to hate.

 -45 9 14 ⚐Τί which? οὖν then ἐροῦμεν to say; ⚐μὴ not ἀδικία unrighteousness παρὰ with τῷ the θεῷ God; ⚐μὴ not γένοιτο to be· -45 9 15 ⚐τῷ the Μωϋσεῖ Moses γὰρ for λέγει to speak· ⚐Ἐλεήσω to have mercy ὃν which ἂν if ἐλεῶ to have mercy, ⚐καὶ and οἰκτιρήσω to have compassion ὃν which ἂν if οἰκτίρω to have compassion. -45 9 16 ⚐ἄρα therefore οὖν then οὐ no τοῦ the θέλοντος to desire οὐδὲ and not τοῦ the τρέχοντος to run ⚐ἀλλὰ but τοῦ who ἐλεῶντος to have mercy θεοῦ God. -45 9 17 ⚐λέγει to speak γὰρ for ἡ the γραφὴ a writing τῷ the Φαραὼ Pharaoh ⚐ὅτι that Εἰς toward αὐτὸ it τοῦτο this ἐξήγειρά to raise σε you ⚐ὅπως that ἐνδείξωμαι to show ἐν in σοὶ to you τὴν the δύναμίν power μου of me, ⚐καὶ and ὅπως that διαγγελῇ to proclaim τὸ the ὄνομά name μου of me ἐν in πάσῃ all τῇ the γῇ earth. -45 9 18 ⚐ἄρα therefore οὖν therefore ὃν which θέλει to will ἐλεεῖ to have mercy, ⚐ὃν which δὲ and θέλει to will σκληρύνει to harden.

 -45 9 19 ⚐Ἐρεῖς to say μοι to me οὖν then· ⚐Τί which? οὖν therefore ἔτι still μέμφεται to blame; ⚐τῷ the γὰρ for βουλήματι plan αὐτοῦ of him τίς which? ἀνθέστηκεν to oppose; -45 9 20 ⚐ὦ oh! ἄνθρωπε a human, μενοῦνγε rather σὺ you τίς which? εἶ to be ὁ the ἀνταποκρινόμενος to contradict τῷ the θεῷ God; ⚐μὴ not ἐρεῖ to say τὸ the πλάσμα formed thing τῷ the πλάσαντι to mold ⚐Τί which? με me ἐποίησας to make οὕτως thus(-ly); -45 9 21 ⚐ἢ or οὐκ no ἔχει to have ἐξουσίαν authority ὁ the κεραμεὺς potter τοῦ the πηλοῦ clay ⚐ἐκ from τοῦ the αὐτοῦ of it φυράματος lump ποιῆσαι to make ⚐ὃ which μὲν on the other hand εἰς toward τιμὴν honor σκεῦος vessel ⚐ὃ which δὲ and εἰς toward ἀτιμίαν dishonour; -45 9 22 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but θέλων to will ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐ἐνδείξασθαι to show τὴν the ὀργὴν wrath ⚐καὶ and γνωρίσαι to make known τὸ the δυνατὸν able αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἤνεγκεν to bear ἐν with πολλῇ much μακροθυμίᾳ patience σκεύη vessel ὀργῆς wrath κατηρτισμένα to complete εἰς toward ἀπώλειαν destruction, -45 9 23 ⚐καὶ and ἵνα in order to γνωρίσῃ to make known τὸν the πλοῦτον riches τῆς the δόξης glory αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐπὶ on σκεύη vessel ἐλέους mercy, ἃ which προητοίμασεν to prepare εἰς toward δόξαν glory, -45 9 24 ⚐οὓς which καὶ and ἐκάλεσεν to call ἡμᾶς us ⚐οὐ no μόνον alone ἐξ from Ἰουδαίων Jewish ἀλλὰ but καὶ and ἐξ from ἐθνῶν Gentiles;— -45 9 25 ⚐ὡς as καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the Ὡσηὲ Hosea λέγει to speak· ⚐Καλέσω to call τὸν who οὐ no λαόν a people μου of me λαόν a people μου of me ⚐καὶ and τὴν the οὐκ no ἠγαπημένην to love ἠγαπημένην to love· -45 9 26 ⚐καὶ and ἔσται to be ⚐ἐν in τῷ the τόπῳ place οὗ no ἐρρέθη to say αὐτοῖς to them· Οὐ no λαός a people μου of me ὑμεῖς you, ⚐ἐκεῖ there κληθήσονται to call υἱοὶ son θεοῦ God ζῶντος to live.

 -45 9 27 ⚐Ἠσαΐας Isaiah δὲ and κράζει to cry ὑπὲρ for τοῦ the Ἰσραήλ Israel· ⚐Ἐὰν if ᾖ to be ὁ the ἀριθμὸς number τῶν the υἱῶν son Ἰσραὴλ Israel ὡς as ἡ the ἄμμος sand τῆς the θαλάσσης sea, ⚐τὸ the ὑπόλειμμα vestige σωθήσεται to save· -45 9 28 ⚐λόγον word γὰρ for συντελῶν to complete καὶ and συντέμνων to cut short ποιήσει to do κύριος lord ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth. -45 9 29 ⚐καὶ and καθὼς just as προείρηκεν to predict Ἠσαΐας Isaiah· ⚐Εἰ if μὴ not κύριος lord Σαβαὼθ of Hosts ἐγκατέλιπεν to leave behind ἡμῖν to us σπέρμα seed, ⚐ὡς as Σόδομα Sodom ἂν if ἐγενήθημεν to be ⚐καὶ and ὡς as Γόμορρα Gomorrah ἂν if ὡμοιώθημεν to liken.

 -45 9 30 ⚐Τί which? οὖν then ἐροῦμεν to say; ⚐ὅτι that ἔθνη Gentiles τὰ who μὴ not διώκοντα to pursue δικαιοσύνην righteousness κατέλαβεν to overtake δικαιοσύνην righteousness, ⚐δικαιοσύνην righteousness δὲ and τὴν the ἐκ out of πίστεως faith· -45 9 31 ⚐Ἰσραὴλ Israel δὲ but διώκων to pursue νόμον law δικαιοσύνης righteousness ⚐εἰς toward νόμον law οὐκ no ἔφθασεν to arrive. -45 9 32 ⚐διὰ because of τί which?; ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἐκ out of πίστεως faith ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as ἐξ out of ἔργων work· ⚐προσέκοψαν to strike τῷ the λίθῳ stone τοῦ the προσκόμματος stumbling block, -45 9 33 ⚐καθὼς just as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! τίθημι to place ἐν in Σιὼν Zion λίθον stone προσκόμματος stumbling block καὶ and πέτραν rock σκανδάλου stumbling block, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῷ to him οὐ no καταισχυνθήσεται to dishonor.

 -45 10 1 ⚐Ἀδελφοί brother, ἡ the μὲν on the other hand εὐδοκία goodwill τῆς the ἐμῆς my καρδίας heart ⚐καὶ and ἡ the δέησις prayer πρὸς to τὸν the θεὸν God ὑπὲρ for αὐτῶν of them εἰς toward σωτηρίαν salvation. -45 10 2 ⚐μαρτυρῶ to testify γὰρ for αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ὅτι that ζῆλον zeal θεοῦ God ἔχουσιν to have· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no κατ᾽ according to ἐπίγνωσιν knowledge, -45 10 3 ⚐ἀγνοοῦντες be ignorant γὰρ for τὴν the τοῦ the θεοῦ God δικαιοσύνην righteousness, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the ἰδίαν one's own δικαιοσύνην righteousness ζητοῦντες to seek στῆσαι to stand, ⚐τῇ the δικαιοσύνῃ righteousness τοῦ the θεοῦ God οὐχ no ὑπετάγησαν to subject· -45 10 4 ⚐τέλος goal γὰρ for νόμου law Χριστὸς Christ ⚐εἰς toward δικαιοσύνην righteousness παντὶ all τῷ who πιστεύοντι to trust (in).

 -45 10 5 ⚐Μωϋσῆς Moses γὰρ for γράφει to write τὴν the δικαιοσύνην righteousness τὴν the ἐκ out of τοῦ the νόμου law ⚐ὅτι that ὁ who ποιήσας to do αὐτὰ them ἄνθρωπος a human ζήσεται to live ἐν by αὐτοῖς to them. -45 10 6 ⚐ἡ the δὲ but ἐκ out of πίστεως faith δικαιοσύνη righteousness οὕτως thus(-ly) λέγει to speak· ⚐Μὴ not εἴπῃς to say ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart σου of you· ⚐Τίς which? ἀναβήσεται to ascend εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανόν heaven; ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be ⚐Χριστὸν Christ καταγαγεῖν to bring down· -45 10 7 ⚐ἤ or· ⚐Τίς which? καταβήσεται to go down εἰς toward τὴν the ἄβυσσον abyss; ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be ⚐Χριστὸν Christ ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ἀναγαγεῖν to lead. -45 10 8 ⚐ἀλλὰ but τί which? λέγει to speak; ⚐Ἐγγύς near σου of you τὸ the ῥῆμά word ἐστιν to be, ⚐ἐν in τῷ the στόματί mouth σου of you καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart σου of you, ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be τὸ the ῥῆμα word τῆς the πίστεως faith ὃ which κηρύσσομεν to preach. -45 10 9 ⚐ὅτι since ἐὰν if ὁμολογήσῃς to confess ἐν with τῷ the στόματί mouth σου of you κύριον lord Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐καὶ and πιστεύσῃς to trust (in) ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart σου of you ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the θεὸς God αὐτὸν him ἤγειρεν to arise ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead, ⚐σωθήσῃ to save· -45 10 10 ⚐καρδίᾳ heart γὰρ for πιστεύεται to trust (in) ⚐εἰς toward δικαιοσύνην righteousness, ⚐στόματι mouth δὲ and ὁμολογεῖται to confess ⚐εἰς toward σωτηρίαν salvation· -45 10 11 ⚐λέγει to speak γὰρ for ἡ the γραφή a writing· ⚐Πᾶς all ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῷ to him οὐ no καταισχυνθήσεται to dishonor. -45 10 12 ⚐οὐ no γάρ for ἐστιν to be διαστολὴ distinction Ἰουδαίου Jewish τε and καὶ and Ἕλληνος a Greek, ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for αὐτὸς he κύριος lord πάντων all, πλουτῶν be rich ⚐εἰς toward πάντας all τοὺς who ἐπικαλουμένους to call (on) αὐτόν him· -45 10 13 ⚐Πᾶς all γὰρ for ὃς which ἂν if ἐπικαλέσηται to call (on) τὸ the ὄνομα name κυρίου lord σωθήσεται to save.

 -45 10 14 ⚐Πῶς how? οὖν therefore ἐπικαλέσωνται to call (on) εἰς toward ὃν which οὐκ no ἐπίστευσαν to trust (in); ⚐πῶς how? δὲ and πιστεύσωσιν to trust (in) οὗ which οὐκ no ἤκουσαν to hear; ⚐πῶς how? δὲ and ἀκούσωσιν to hear χωρὶς without κηρύσσοντος to preach; -45 10 15 ⚐πῶς how? δὲ and κηρύξωσιν to preach ἐὰν if μὴ not ἀποσταλῶσιν to send; ⚐καθὼς as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ὡς how ὡραῖοι timely οἱ the πόδες foot τῶν who εὐαγγελιζομένων to speak good news τὰ the ἀγαθά good-doer. -45 10 16 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no πάντες all ὑπήκουσαν to obey τῷ the εὐαγγελίῳ gospel· ⚐Ἠσαΐας Isaiah γὰρ for λέγει to speak· ⚐Κύριε lord, τίς which? ἐπίστευσεν to trust (in) τῇ the ἀκοῇ hearing ἡμῶν of us; -45 10 17 ⚐ἄρα therefore ἡ the πίστις faith ἐξ from ἀκοῆς hearing, ⚐ἡ the δὲ and ἀκοὴ hearing διὰ through ῥήματος word Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -45 10 18 ⚐Ἀλλὰ but λέγω to speak, ⚐μὴ not οὐκ no ἤκουσαν to hear; ⚐μενοῦνγε rather· ⚐Εἰς toward πᾶσαν all τὴν the γῆν earth ἐξῆλθεν to go out ὁ the φθόγγος sound αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward τὰ the πέρατα end τῆς the οἰκουμένης world τὰ the ῥήματα word αὐτῶν of them. -45 10 19 ⚐ἀλλὰ but λέγω to speak, ⚐μὴ not Ἰσραὴλ Israel οὐκ no ἔγνω to know; ⚐πρῶτος first Μωϋσῆς Moses λέγει to speak· ⚐Ἐγὼ I παραζηλώσω to make envious ὑμᾶς you ἐπ᾽ upon οὐκ no ἔθνει Gentiles, ⚐ἐπ᾽ upon ἔθνει Gentiles ἀσυνέτῳ senseless παροργιῶ to anger ὑμᾶς you. -45 10 20 ⚐Ἠσαΐας Isaiah δὲ and ἀποτολμᾷ be bold καὶ and λέγει to speak· ⚐Εὑρέθην to find ἐν by τοῖς the ἐμὲ me μὴ not ζητοῦσιν to seek, ⚐ἐμφανὴς revealed ἐγενόμην to be τοῖς the ἐμὲ me μὴ not ἐπερωτῶσιν to question. -45 10 21 ⚐πρὸς to δὲ but τὸν the Ἰσραὴλ Israel λέγει to speak· ⚐Ὅλην all τὴν the ἡμέραν day ἐξεπέτασα to extend τὰς the χεῖράς hand μου of me ⚐πρὸς to λαὸν a people ἀπειθοῦντα to disobey καὶ and ἀντιλέγοντα to dispute.

 -45 11 1 ⚐Λέγω to speak οὖν therefore, ⚐μὴ not ἀπώσατο to reject ὁ the θεὸς God τὸν the λαὸν a people αὐτοῦ of him; ⚐μὴ not γένοιτο to be· ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ἐγὼ I Ἰσραηλίτης Israelite εἰμί to be, ⚐ἐκ out of σπέρματος seed Ἀβραάμ Abraham, φυλῆς tribe Βενιαμίν Benjamin. -45 11 2 ⚐οὐκ no ἀπώσατο to reject ὁ the θεὸς God τὸν the λαὸν a people αὐτοῦ of him ὃν which προέγνω to foreknow. ⚐ἢ or οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐ἐν in Ἠλίᾳ Elijah τί which? λέγει to speak ἡ the γραφή a writing, ⚐ὡς how ἐντυγχάνει to call on τῷ the θεῷ God κατὰ according to τοῦ the Ἰσραήλ Israel; -45 11 3 ⚐Κύριε lord, τοὺς the προφήτας prophet σου of you ἀπέκτειναν to kill, ⚐τὰ the θυσιαστήριά altar σου of you κατέσκαψαν to ruin, ⚐κἀγὼ and I ὑπελείφθην to leave μόνος alone, ⚐καὶ and ζητοῦσιν to seek τὴν the ψυχήν soul μου of me. -45 11 4 ⚐ἀλλὰ but τί which? λέγει to speak αὐτῷ to him ὁ the χρηματισμός proclamation; ⚐Κατέλιπον to leave ἐμαυτῷ myself ἑπτακισχιλίους seven thousand ἄνδρας man, ⚐οἵτινες who οὐκ no ἔκαμψαν to bend γόνυ a knee τῇ the Βάαλ Baal. -45 11 5 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) οὖν therefore καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the νῦν now καιρῷ time ⚐λεῖμμα remnant κατ᾽ according to ἐκλογὴν selecting χάριτος grace γέγονεν to be· -45 11 6 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and χάριτι grace, ⚐οὐκέτι not any more ἐξ out of ἔργων work, ⚐ἐπεὶ since ἡ the χάρις grace οὐκέτι not any more γίνεται to be χάρις grace.

 -45 11 7 ⚐τί which? οὖν then; ⚐ὃ which ἐπιζητεῖ to seek after Ἰσραήλ Israel, τοῦτο this οὐκ no ἐπέτυχεν to obtain, ⚐ἡ the δὲ but ἐκλογὴ selecting ἐπέτυχεν to obtain· ⚐οἱ the δὲ and λοιποὶ remaining ἐπωρώθησαν to harden, -45 11 8 ⚐καθὼς as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ἔδωκεν to give αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the θεὸς God πνεῦμα spirit κατανύξεως stupor, ⚐ὀφθαλμοὺς eye τοῦ the μὴ not βλέπειν to see ⚐καὶ and ὦτα ear τοῦ the μὴ not ἀκούειν to hear, ⚐ἕως until τῆς this σήμερον today ἡμέρας day. -45 11 9 ⚐καὶ and Δαυὶδ David λέγει to speak· ⚐Γενηθήτω to be ἡ the τράπεζα table αὐτῶν of them εἰς toward παγίδα trap καὶ and εἰς toward θήραν trap ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward σκάνδαλον stumbling block καὶ and εἰς toward ἀνταπόδομα repayment αὐτοῖς to them, -45 11 10 ⚐σκοτισθήτωσαν to darken οἱ the ὀφθαλμοὶ eye αὐτῶν of them ⚐τοῦ the μὴ not βλέπειν to see, ⚐καὶ and τὸν the νῶτον back αὐτῶν of them διὰ through παντὸς all σύγκαμψον to bend.

 -45 11 11 ⚐Λέγω to speak οὖν then, ⚐μὴ not ἔπταισαν to stumble ⚐ἵνα in order that πέσωσιν to collapse; ⚐μὴ not γένοιτο to be· ⚐ἀλλὰ but τῷ the αὐτῶν of them παραπτώματι trespass ἡ the σωτηρία salvation τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the παραζηλῶσαι to make envious αὐτούς them. -45 11 12 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and τὸ the παράπτωμα trespass αὐτῶν of them πλοῦτος riches κόσμου world ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ἥττημα loss αὐτῶν of them πλοῦτος riches ἐθνῶν Gentiles, ⚐πόσῳ how much μᾶλλον more τὸ the πλήρωμα fulfillment αὐτῶν of them.

 -45 11 13 ⚐Ὑμῖν to you δὲ and λέγω to speak τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles. ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ὅσον as much as μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore εἰμι to be ἐγὼ I ἐθνῶν Gentiles ἀπόστολος apostle, ⚐τὴν the διακονίαν service μου of me δοξάζω to glorify, -45 11 14 ⚐εἴ if πως how? παραζηλώσω to make envious μου of me τὴν the σάρκα flesh ⚐καὶ and σώσω to save τινὰς one ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them. -45 11 15 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ἡ the ἀποβολὴ deprivation αὐτῶν of them καταλλαγὴ reconciliation κόσμου world, ⚐τίς which? ἡ the πρόσλημψις acceptance ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ζωὴ life ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead; -45 11 16 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and ἡ the ἀπαρχὴ firstfruits ἁγία holy, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the φύραμα lump· ⚐καὶ and εἰ if ἡ the ῥίζα root ἁγία holy, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the κλάδοι branch.

 -45 11 17 ⚐Εἰ if δέ and τινες one τῶν the κλάδων branch ἐξεκλάσθησαν to break off, ⚐σὺ you δὲ and ἀγριέλαιος wild olive tree ὢν to be ⚐ἐνεκεντρίσθης to ingraft ἐν among αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καὶ and συγκοινωνὸς sharer τῆς the ῥίζης root τῆς the πιότητος richness τῆς the ἐλαίας olive tree ἐγένου to be, -45 11 18 ⚐μὴ not κατακαυχῶ to boast τῶν the κλάδων branch· ⚐εἰ if δὲ but κατακαυχᾶσαι to boast, ⚐οὐ no σὺ you τὴν the ῥίζαν root βαστάζεις to carry ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἡ the ῥίζα root σέ you. -45 11 19 ⚐ἐρεῖς to say οὖν then· ⚐Ἐξεκλάσθησαν to break off κλάδοι branch ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐγὼ I ἐγκεντρισθῶ to ingraft. -45 11 20 ⚐καλῶς well· ⚐τῇ the ἀπιστίᾳ unbelief ἐξεκλάσθησαν to break off, ⚐σὺ you δὲ but τῇ the πίστει faith ἕστηκας to stand. ⚐μὴ not ὑψηλὰ high φρόνει to think, ⚐ἀλλὰ but φοβοῦ to fear· -45 11 21 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ὁ the θεὸς God τῶν the κατὰ according to φύσιν nature κλάδων branch οὐκ no ἐφείσατο to spare, ⚐μή πως so that οὐδέ and not σοῦ of you φείσεται to spare. -45 11 22 ⚐ἴδε look! οὖν therefore χρηστότητα kindness καὶ and ἀποτομίαν severity θεοῦ God· ⚐ἐπὶ to μὲν on the other hand τοὺς who πεσόντας to collapse ἀποτομία severity, ⚐ἐπὶ to δὲ but σὲ you χρηστότης kindness θεοῦ God, ⚐ἐὰν if ἐπιμένῃς to remain τῇ the χρηστότητι kindness, ⚐ἐπεὶ since καὶ and σὺ you ἐκκοπήσῃ to cut off. -45 11 23 ⚐κἀκεῖνοι and that one δέ and, ἐὰν if μὴ not ἐπιμένωσιν to remain τῇ the ἀπιστίᾳ unbelief, ἐγκεντρισθήσονται to ingraft· ⚐δυνατὸς able γάρ for ἐστιν to be ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐πάλιν again ἐγκεντρίσαι to ingraft αὐτούς them. -45 11 24 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for σὺ you ἐκ from τῆς the κατὰ according to φύσιν nature ἐξεκόπης to cut off ἀγριελαίου wild olive tree ⚐καὶ and παρὰ beside φύσιν nature ἐνεκεντρίσθης to ingraft εἰς toward καλλιέλαιον olive tree, ⚐πόσῳ how much μᾶλλον more οὗτοι these οἱ the κατὰ according to φύσιν nature ἐγκεντρισθήσονται to ingraft τῇ the ἰδίᾳ one's own ἐλαίᾳ olive tree.

 -45 11 25 ⚐Οὐ no γὰρ for θέλω to will ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἀγνοεῖν be ignorant, ἀδελφοί brother, τὸ the μυστήριον mystery τοῦτο this, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἦτε to be παρ᾽ beside ἑαυτοῖς oneself φρόνιμοι thoughtful, ⚐ὅτι that πώρωσις hardening ἀπὸ from μέρους part τῷ the Ἰσραὴλ Israel γέγονεν to be ⚐ἄχρι until οὗ which τὸ the πλήρωμα fulfillment τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles εἰσέλθῃ to enter, -45 11 26 ⚐καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) πᾶς all Ἰσραὴλ Israel σωθήσεται to save· ⚐καθὼς as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ἥξει to come ἐκ of Σιὼν Zion ὁ the ῥυόμενος to deliver, ⚐ἀποστρέψει to turn away ἀσεβείας ungodlinessness ἀπὸ from Ἰακώβ Jacob. -45 11 27 ⚐καὶ and αὕτη this αὐτοῖς to them ἡ the παρ᾽ beside ἐμοῦ of me διαθήκη covenant, ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ἀφέλωμαι to remove τὰς the ἁμαρτίας sin αὐτῶν of them. -45 11 28 ⚐κατὰ according to μὲν on the other hand τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel ἐχθροὶ enemy δι᾽ because of ὑμᾶς you, ⚐κατὰ according to δὲ but τὴν the ἐκλογὴν selecting ἀγαπητοὶ beloved διὰ through τοὺς the πατέρας father· -45 11 29 ⚐ἀμεταμέλητα irrevocable γὰρ for τὰ the χαρίσματα gift καὶ and ἡ the κλῆσις calling τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -45 11 30 ⚐ὥσπερ just as γὰρ for ὑμεῖς you ποτε once ἠπειθήσατε to disobey τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐νῦν now δὲ but ἠλεήθητε to have mercy τῇ the τούτων of these ἀπειθείᾳ disobedience, -45 11 31 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and οὗτοι these νῦν now ἠπείθησαν to disobey τῷ the ὑμετέρῳ your ἐλέει mercy ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and αὐτοὶ they νῦν now ἐλεηθῶσιν to have mercy· -45 11 32 ⚐συνέκλεισεν to confine γὰρ for ὁ the θεὸς God τοὺς the πάντας all εἰς toward ἀπείθειαν disobedience ⚐ἵνα in order that τοὺς the πάντας all ἐλεήσῃ to have mercy.

 -45 11 33 ⚐Ὦ oh! βάθος depth πλούτου riches καὶ and σοφίας wisdom καὶ and γνώσεως knowledge θεοῦ God· ⚐ὡς how ἀνεξεραύνητα unsearchable τὰ the κρίματα judgment αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἀνεξιχνίαστοι unsearchable αἱ the ὁδοὶ road αὐτοῦ of him. -45 11 34 ⚐Τίς which? γὰρ for ἔγνω to know νοῦν mind κυρίου lord; ⚐ἢ or τίς which? σύμβουλος counselor αὐτοῦ of him ἐγένετο to be; -45 11 35 ⚐ἢ or τίς which? προέδωκεν to give in advance αὐτῷ to him, ⚐καὶ and ἀνταποδοθήσεται to repay αὐτῷ to him; -45 11 36 ⚐ὅτι since ἐξ from αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and εἰς toward αὐτὸν him τὰ the πάντα all· ⚐αὐτῷ to him ἡ the δόξα glory εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age, ἀμήν amen.

 -45 12 1 ⚐Παρακαλῶ to plead οὖν therefore ὑμᾶς you, ἀδελφοί brother, διὰ through τῶν the οἰκτιρμῶν compassion τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐παραστῆσαι to stand by τὰ the σώματα body ὑμῶν of you θυσίαν sacrifice ζῶσαν to live ἁγίαν holy εὐάρεστον well-pleasing τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐τὴν the λογικὴν spiritual λατρείαν ministry ὑμῶν of you· -45 12 2 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not συσχηματίζεσθε to conform to τῷ the αἰῶνι an age τούτῳ to this, ⚐ἀλλὰ but μεταμορφοῦσθε to transform τῇ the ἀνακαινώσει renewal τοῦ the νοός mind, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the δοκιμάζειν to test ὑμᾶς you ⚐τί which? τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐τὸ the ἀγαθὸν good-doer καὶ and εὐάρεστον well-pleasing καὶ and τέλειον perfect.

 -45 12 3 ⚐Λέγω to speak γὰρ for διὰ through τῆς the χάριτος grace τῆς the δοθείσης to give μοι to me ⚐παντὶ all τῷ the ὄντι to be ἐν in ὑμῖν to you ⚐μὴ not ὑπερφρονεῖν be haughty παρ᾽ beside ὃ which δεῖ to bind φρονεῖν to think, ⚐ἀλλὰ but φρονεῖν to think εἰς toward τὸ the σωφρονεῖν be of sound mind, ⚐ἑκάστῳ each ὡς as ὁ the θεὸς God ἐμέρισεν to divide μέτρον measure πίστεως faith. -45 12 4 ⚐καθάπερ just as γὰρ for ἐν in ἑνὶ one σώματι body πολλὰ much μέλη member ἔχομεν to have, ⚐τὰ the δὲ and μέλη member πάντα all οὐ no τὴν the αὐτὴν her ἔχει to have πρᾶξιν action, -45 12 5 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) οἱ who πολλοὶ much ἓν one σῶμά body ἐσμεν to be ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ, ⚐τὸ the δὲ and καθ᾽ according to εἷς one ἀλλήλων one another μέλη member. -45 12 6 ⚐ἔχοντες to have δὲ and χαρίσματα gift κατὰ according to τὴν the χάριν grace τὴν the δοθεῖσαν to give ἡμῖν to us διάφορα different, ⚐εἴτε if προφητείαν prophecy κατὰ according to τὴν the ἀναλογίαν proportion τῆς the πίστεως faith, -45 12 7 ⚐εἴτε if διακονίαν service ἐν in τῇ the διακονίᾳ service, ⚐εἴτε if ὁ the διδάσκων to teach ἐν in τῇ the διδασκαλίᾳ teaching, -45 12 8 ⚐εἴτε if ὁ the παρακαλῶν to plead ἐν with τῇ the παρακλήσει encouragement, ⚐ὁ the μεταδιδοὺς to share ἐν with ἁπλότητι sincerity, ⚐ὁ the προϊστάμενος to set before ἐν with σπουδῇ diligence, ⚐ὁ the ἐλεῶν to have mercy ἐν in ἱλαρότητι cheerfulness.

 -45 12 9 ⚐Ἡ the ἀγάπη love ἀνυπόκριτος genuine. ⚐ἀποστυγοῦντες to abhor τὸ the πονηρόν evil, ⚐κολλώμενοι to join τῷ the ἀγαθῷ good-doer· -45 12 10 ⚐τῇ the φιλαδελφίᾳ brotherly love εἰς toward ἀλλήλους one another φιλόστοργοι devoted, ⚐τῇ the τιμῇ honor ἀλλήλους one another προηγούμενοι to prefer, -45 12 11 ⚐τῇ the σπουδῇ diligence μὴ not ὀκνηροί lazy, ⚐τῷ the πνεύματι spirit ζέοντες be fervent, ⚐τῷ the κυρίῳ lord δουλεύοντες be a slave, -45 12 12 ⚐τῇ the ἐλπίδι hope χαίροντες to rejoice, ⚐τῇ the θλίψει pressure ὑπομένοντες to endure, ⚐τῇ the προσευχῇ prayer προσκαρτεροῦντες to adhere to, -45 12 13 ⚐ταῖς the χρείαις need τῶν the ἁγίων holy κοινωνοῦντες to participate, ⚐τὴν the φιλοξενίαν hospitality διώκοντες to pursue. -45 12 14 ⚐εὐλογεῖτε to bless τοὺς who διώκοντας to pursue ὑμᾶς you, ⚐εὐλογεῖτε to bless καὶ and μὴ not καταρᾶσθε to curse. -45 12 15 ⚐χαίρειν to rejoice μετὰ with χαιρόντων to rejoice, ⚐κλαίειν to weep μετὰ with κλαιόντων to weep. -45 12 16 ⚐τὸ the αὐτὸ it εἰς toward ἀλλήλους one another φρονοῦντες to think, ⚐μὴ not τὰ the ὑψηλὰ high φρονοῦντες to think ⚐ἀλλὰ but τοῖς the ταπεινοῖς lowly συναπαγόμενοι to lead away with. ⚐μὴ not γίνεσθε to be φρόνιμοι thoughtful παρ᾽ beside ἑαυτοῖς oneself. -45 12 17 ⚐μηδενὶ nothing κακὸν evil ἀντὶ for κακοῦ evil ἀποδιδόντες to pay· ⚐προνοούμενοι to care for καλὰ good ἐνώπιον before πάντων all ἀνθρώπων a human· -45 12 18 ⚐εἰ if δυνατόν able, τὸ the ἐξ out of ὑμῶν of you ⚐μετὰ with πάντων all ἀνθρώπων a human εἰρηνεύοντες be at peace· -45 12 19 ⚐μὴ not ἑαυτοὺς yourself ἐκδικοῦντες to avenge, ἀγαπητοί beloved, ⚐ἀλλὰ but δότε to give τόπον place τῇ the ὀργῇ wrath, ⚐γέγραπται to write γάρ for· ⚐Ἐμοὶ to me ἐκδίκησις vengeance, ⚐ἐγὼ I ἀνταποδώσω to repay, ⚐λέγει to speak κύριος lord. -45 12 20 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐὰν if πεινᾷ to hunger ὁ the ἐχθρός enemy σου of you, ⚐ψώμιζε to feed αὐτόν him· ⚐ἐὰν if διψᾷ to thirst, ⚐πότιζε to water αὐτόν him· ⚐τοῦτο this γὰρ for ποιῶν to do ⚐ἄνθρακας charcoal πυρὸς fire σωρεύσεις to pile up ἐπὶ on τὴν the κεφαλὴν head αὐτοῦ of him. -45 12 21 ⚐μὴ not νικῶ to conquer ὑπὸ by τοῦ the κακοῦ evil, ⚐ἀλλὰ but νίκα to conquer ἐν with τῷ the ἀγαθῷ good-doer τὸ the κακόν evil.

 -45 13 1 ⚐Πᾶσα all ψυχὴ soul ἐξουσίαις authority ὑπερεχούσαις be higher ὑποτασσέσθω to subject, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἔστιν to be ἐξουσία authority εἰ if μὴ not ὑπὸ by θεοῦ God, ⚐αἱ the δὲ and οὖσαι to be ὑπὸ by θεοῦ God τεταγμέναι to appoint εἰσίν to be. -45 13 2 ⚐ὥστε so ὁ who ἀντιτασσόμενος to resist τῇ the ἐξουσίᾳ authority τῇ the τοῦ the θεοῦ God διαταγῇ ordinance ἀνθέστηκεν to oppose, ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἀνθεστηκότες to oppose ἑαυτοῖς oneself κρίμα judgment λήμψονται to take. -45 13 3 ⚐οἱ the γὰρ for ἄρχοντες ruler οὐκ no εἰσὶν to be φόβος fear τῷ the ἀγαθῷ good-doer ἔργῳ work ⚐ἀλλὰ but τῷ the κακῷ harm. ⚐θέλεις to desire δὲ and μὴ not φοβεῖσθαι to fear τὴν the ἐξουσίαν authority; ⚐τὸ the ἀγαθὸν good-doer ποίει to do, ⚐καὶ and ἕξεις to have ἔπαινον praise ἐξ out of αὐτῆς of her· -45 13 4 ⚐θεοῦ God γὰρ for διάκονός servant ἐστιν to be σοὶ to you εἰς toward τὸ the ἀγαθόν good-doer. ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but τὸ the κακὸν harm ποιῇς to do, ⚐φοβοῦ to fear· ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for εἰκῇ in vain τὴν the μάχαιραν sword φορεῖ to wear· ⚐θεοῦ God γὰρ for διάκονός servant ἐστιν to be, ⚐ἔκδικος avenging εἰς toward ὀργὴν wrath τῷ the τὸ the κακὸν harm πράσσοντι to practise. -45 13 5 ⚐διὸ therefore ἀνάγκη necessity ὑποτάσσεσθαι to subject, οὐ no μόνον alone διὰ because of τὴν the ὀργὴν wrath ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and διὰ because of τὴν the συνείδησιν conscience, -45 13 6 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this γὰρ for καὶ and φόρους tax τελεῖτε to finish, ⚐λειτουργοὶ minister γὰρ for θεοῦ God εἰσιν to be ⚐εἰς toward αὐτὸ it τοῦτο this προσκαρτεροῦντες to adhere to. -45 13 7 ⚐ἀπόδοτε to pay πᾶσιν all τὰς the ὀφειλάς debt, ⚐τῷ the τὸν the φόρον tax τὸν the φόρον tax, ⚐τῷ the τὸ the τέλος tax τὸ the τέλος tax, ⚐τῷ the τὸν the φόβον fear τὸν the φόβον fear, ⚐τῷ the τὴν the τιμὴν honor τὴν the τιμήν honor.

 -45 13 8 ⚐Μηδενὶ nothing μηδὲν nothing ὀφείλετε to owe, ⚐εἰ if μὴ not τὸ the ἀλλήλους one another ἀγαπᾶν to love· ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for ἀγαπῶν to love τὸν the ἕτερον other νόμον law πεπλήρωκεν to fulfill. -45 13 9 ⚐τὸ the γάρ for· Οὐ no μοιχεύσεις to commit adultery, Οὐ no φονεύσεις to murder, Οὐ no κλέψεις to steal, ⚐Οὐκ no ἐπιθυμήσεις to long for, καὶ and εἴ if τις one ἑτέρα other ἐντολή commandment, ⚐ἐν in τῷ this λόγῳ word τούτῳ to this ἀνακεφαλαιοῦται to summarise, ⚐ἐν in τῷ the· Ἀγαπήσεις to love τὸν the πλησίον neighbor σου of you ὡς as σεαυτόν yourself. -45 13 10 ⚐ἡ the ἀγάπη love τῷ the πλησίον neighbor κακὸν harm οὐκ no ἐργάζεται to work· ⚐πλήρωμα fulfillment οὖν therefore νόμου law ἡ the ἀγάπη love.

 -45 13 11 ⚐Καὶ and τοῦτο this εἰδότες to know τὸν the καιρόν time, ⚐ὅτι that ὥρα hour ἤδη already ⚐ὑμᾶς you ἐξ from ὕπνου sleep ἐγερθῆναι to arise, ⚐νῦν now γὰρ for ἐγγύτερον nearer ἡμῶν of us ἡ the σωτηρία salvation ⚐ἢ or ὅτε when ἐπιστεύσαμεν to trust (in). -45 13 12 ⚐ἡ the νὺξ night προέκοψεν to advance, ⚐ἡ the δὲ and ἡμέρα day ἤγγικεν to come near. ⚐ἀποθώμεθα to put aside οὖν then τὰ the ἔργα work τοῦ the σκότους darkness, ⚐ἐνδυσώμεθα to clothe δὲ and τὰ the ὅπλα weapon τοῦ the φωτός light. -45 13 13 ⚐ὡς as ἐν in ἡμέρᾳ day εὐσχημόνως properly περιπατήσωμεν to walk, ⚐μὴ not κώμοις orgy καὶ and μέθαις drunkenness, ⚐μὴ not κοίταις bed καὶ and ἀσελγείαις debauchery, ⚐μὴ not ἔριδι quarrel καὶ and ζήλῳ zeal, -45 13 14 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐνδύσασθε to clothe τὸν the κύριον lord Ἰησοῦν Jesus Χριστόν Christ, ⚐καὶ and τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh πρόνοιαν foresight μὴ not ποιεῖσθε to make εἰς toward ἐπιθυμίας desire.

 -45 14 1 ⚐Τὸν the δὲ and ἀσθενοῦντα be weak τῇ the πίστει faith προσλαμβάνεσθε to take, ⚐μὴ not εἰς toward διακρίσεις discernment διαλογισμῶν reasoning. -45 14 2 ⚐ὃς which μὲν on the other hand πιστεύει to trust (in) φαγεῖν to eat πάντα all, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἀσθενῶν be weak λάχανα plant ἐσθίει to eat. -45 14 3 ⚐ὁ who ἐσθίων to eat τὸν the μὴ not ἐσθίοντα to eat μὴ not ἐξουθενείτω to reject, ⚐ὁ the δὲ and μὴ not ἐσθίων to eat τὸν who ἐσθίοντα to eat μὴ not κρινέτω to judge, ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God γὰρ for αὐτὸν him προσελάβετο to take. -45 14 4 ⚐σὺ you τίς which? εἶ to be ὁ the κρίνων to judge ἀλλότριον another’s οἰκέτην slave; ⚐τῷ the ἰδίῳ one's own κυρίῳ lord στήκει to stand ἢ or πίπτει to collapse· ⚐σταθήσεται to stand δέ and, ⚐δυνατεῖ be able γὰρ for ὁ the κύριος lord ⚐στῆσαι to stand αὐτόν him.

 -45 14 5 ⚐Ὃς which μὲν on the other hand γάρ for κρίνει to judge ἡμέραν day παρ᾽ beside ἡμέραν day, ⚐ὃς which δὲ and κρίνει to judge πᾶσαν all ἡμέραν day· ⚐ἕκαστος each ἐν in τῷ the ἰδίῳ one's own νοῒ mind πληροφορείσθω to fulfill· -45 14 6 ⚐ὁ who φρονῶν to think τὴν the ἡμέραν day κυρίῳ lord φρονεῖ to think. ⚐καὶ and ὁ who ἐσθίων to eat κυρίῳ lord ἐσθίει to eat, ⚐εὐχαριστεῖ to thank γὰρ for τῷ the θεῷ God· ⚐καὶ and ὁ who μὴ not ἐσθίων to eat κυρίῳ lord οὐκ no ἐσθίει to eat, ⚐καὶ and εὐχαριστεῖ to thank τῷ the θεῷ God.

 -45 14 7 ⚐Οὐδεὶς no one γὰρ for ἡμῶν of us ἑαυτῷ himself ζῇ to live, ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἑαυτῷ himself ἀποθνῄσκει to die· -45 14 8 ⚐ἐάν if τε and γὰρ for ζῶμεν to live, ⚐τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ζῶμεν to live, ⚐ἐάν if τε and ἀποθνῄσκωμεν to die, ⚐τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ἀποθνῄσκομεν to die. ⚐ἐάν if τε and οὖν therefore ζῶμεν to live ἐάν if τε and ἀποθνῄσκωμεν to die, ⚐τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἐσμέν to be. -45 14 9 ⚐εἰς toward τοῦτο this γὰρ for Χριστὸς Christ ἀπέθανεν to die καὶ and ἔζησεν to live ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and νεκρῶν dead καὶ and ζώντων to live κυριεύσῃ to lord over.

 -45 14 10 ⚐Σὺ you δὲ but τί which? κρίνεις to judge τὸν the ἀδελφόν brother σου of you; ⚐ἢ or καὶ and σὺ you τί which? ἐξουθενεῖς to reject τὸν the ἀδελφόν brother σου of you; ⚐πάντες all γὰρ for παραστησόμεθα to stand by τῷ the βήματι judgement seat τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -45 14 11 ⚐γέγραπται to write γάρ for· ⚐Ζῶ to live ἐγώ I, ⚐λέγει to speak κύριος lord, ⚐ὅτι that ἐμοὶ to me κάμψει to bow πᾶν all γόνυ a knee, ⚐καὶ and πᾶσα all γλῶσσα tongue ἐξομολογήσεται to agree τῷ the θεῷ God. -45 14 12 ⚐ἄρα therefore οὖν therefore ἕκαστος each ἡμῶν of us περὶ about ἑαυτοῦ himself λόγον word δώσει to give τῷ the θεῷ God.

 -45 14 13 ⚐Μηκέτι never again οὖν therefore ἀλλήλους one another κρίνωμεν to judge· ⚐ἀλλὰ but τοῦτο this κρίνατε to judge μᾶλλον more, ⚐τὸ the μὴ not τιθέναι to place πρόσκομμα stumbling block τῷ the ἀδελφῷ brother ἢ or σκάνδαλον stumbling block. -45 14 14 ⚐οἶδα to know καὶ and πέπεισμαι to persuade ἐν in κυρίῳ lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐ὅτι that οὐδὲν no one κοινὸν common δι᾽ through ἑαυτοῦ itself· ⚐εἰ if μὴ not τῷ who λογιζομένῳ to count τι one κοινὸν common εἶναι to be, ⚐ἐκείνῳ that κοινόν common. -45 14 15 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for διὰ because of βρῶμα food ὁ the ἀδελφός brother σου of you λυπεῖται to grieve, ⚐οὐκέτι not any more κατὰ according to ἀγάπην love περιπατεῖς to walk. ⚐μὴ not τῷ the βρώματί food σου of you ἐκεῖνον that ἀπόλλυε to destroy ⚐ὑπὲρ for οὗ which Χριστὸς Christ ἀπέθανεν to die. -45 14 16 ⚐μὴ not βλασφημείσθω to blaspheme οὖν therefore ὑμῶν of you τὸ the ἀγαθόν good-doer. -45 14 17 ⚐οὐ no γάρ for ἐστιν to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God βρῶσις eating καὶ and πόσις drink, ⚐ἀλλὰ but δικαιοσύνη righteousness καὶ and εἰρήνη peace καὶ and χαρὰ joy ἐν in πνεύματι spirit ἁγίῳ holy· -45 14 18 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for ἐν in τούτῳ to this δουλεύων be a slave τῷ the Χριστῷ Christ εὐάρεστος well-pleasing τῷ the θεῷ God ⚐καὶ and δόκιμος tested τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human. -45 14 19 ⚐ἄρα therefore οὖν then τὰ the τῆς the εἰρήνης peace διώκωμεν to pursue καὶ and τὰ the τῆς the οἰκοδομῆς building τῆς the εἰς toward ἀλλήλους one another. -45 14 20 ⚐μὴ not ἕνεκεν because of βρώματος food κατάλυε to destroy τὸ the ἔργον work τοῦ the θεοῦ God. ⚐πάντα all μὲν on the other hand καθαρά clean, ⚐ἀλλὰ but κακὸν harm τῷ the ἀνθρώπῳ a human τῷ the διὰ through προσκόμματος stumbling block ἐσθίοντι to eat. -45 14 21 ⚐καλὸν good τὸ the μὴ not φαγεῖν to eat κρέα meat ⚐μηδὲ not πιεῖν to drink οἶνον wine ⚐μηδὲ not ἐν in ᾧ which ὁ the ἀδελφός brother σου of you προσκόπτει to strike -45 14 22 ⚐σὺ you πίστιν faith ἣν which ἔχεις to have κατὰ according to σεαυτὸν yourself ἔχε to have ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God. ⚐μακάριος blessed ὁ who μὴ not κρίνων to judge ἑαυτὸν himself ἐν by ᾧ which δοκιμάζει to test· -45 14 23 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but διακρινόμενος to doubt ἐὰν if φάγῃ to eat κατακέκριται to condemn, ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἐκ from πίστεως faith· ⚐πᾶν all δὲ and ὃ which οὐκ no ἐκ from πίστεως faith ἁμαρτία sin ἐστίν to be.

 -45 15 1 ⚐Ὀφείλομεν to owe δὲ but ἡμεῖς we οἱ who δυνατοὶ able ⚐τὰ the ἀσθενήματα weakness τῶν the ἀδυνάτων unable βαστάζειν to carry, ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ἑαυτοῖς ourselves ἀρέσκειν to please. -45 15 2 ⚐ἕκαστος each ἡμῶν of us τῷ the πλησίον neighbor ἀρεσκέτω to please ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ἀγαθὸν good-doer πρὸς to οἰκοδομήν building· -45 15 3 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ὁ the Χριστὸς Christ οὐχ no ἑαυτῷ himself ἤρεσεν to please· ⚐ἀλλὰ but καθὼς as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Οἱ the ὀνειδισμοὶ reproach τῶν who ὀνειδιζόντων to revile σε you ἐπέπεσαν to fall ἐπ᾽ on ἐμέ me. -45 15 4 ⚐ὅσα as much as γὰρ for προεγράφη to write, εἰς toward τὴν the ἡμετέραν our διδασκαλίαν teaching ἐγράφη to write, ⚐ἵνα in order that διὰ through τῆς the ὑπομονῆς perseverance καὶ and διὰ through τῆς the παρακλήσεως encouragement τῶν the γραφῶν a writing ⚐τὴν the ἐλπίδα hope ἔχωμεν to have. -45 15 5 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and θεὸς God τῆς the ὑπομονῆς perseverance καὶ and τῆς the παρακλήσεως encouragement δῴη to give ὑμῖν to you ⚐τὸ the αὐτὸ it φρονεῖν to think ἐν in ἀλλήλοις one another κατὰ according to Χριστὸν Christ Ἰησοῦν Jesus, -45 15 6 ⚐ἵνα in order that ὁμοθυμαδὸν united ἐν with ἑνὶ one στόματι mouth δοξάζητε to glorify ⚐τὸν the θεὸν God καὶ and πατέρα father τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -45 15 7 ⚐Διὸ therefore προσλαμβάνεσθε to take ἀλλήλους one another, ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and ὁ the Χριστὸς Christ προσελάβετο to take ὑμᾶς you, ⚐εἰς toward δόξαν glory τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -45 15 8 ⚐λέγω to speak γὰρ for ⚐Χριστὸν Christ διάκονον servant γεγενῆσθαι to be περιτομῆς circumcision ὑπὲρ for ἀληθείας truth θεοῦ God, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the βεβαιῶσαι to confirm τὰς the ἐπαγγελίας promise τῶν the πατέρων father, -45 15 9 ⚐τὰ the δὲ and ἔθνη Gentiles ὑπὲρ for ἐλέους mercy δοξάσαι to glorify τὸν the θεόν God· ⚐καθὼς as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Διὰ because of τοῦτο this ἐξομολογήσομαί to agree σοι to you ἐν among ἔθνεσιν Gentiles, ⚐καὶ and τῷ the ὀνόματί name σου of you ψαλῶ to sing praise. -45 15 10 ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again λέγει to speak· ⚐Εὐφράνθητε to celebrate, ἔθνη Gentiles, μετὰ with τοῦ the λαοῦ a people αὐτοῦ of him. -45 15 11 ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again· ⚐Αἰνεῖτε to praise, πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles, τὸν the κύριον lord, ⚐καὶ and ἐπαινεσάτωσαν to praise αὐτὸν him πάντες all οἱ the λαοί a people. -45 15 12 ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again Ἠσαΐας Isaiah λέγει to speak· ⚐Ἔσται to be ἡ the ῥίζα root τοῦ the Ἰεσσαί Jesse, καὶ and ὁ who ἀνιστάμενος to arise ἄρχειν be first ἐθνῶν Gentiles· ⚐ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῷ to him ἔθνη Gentiles ἐλπιοῦσιν to hope. -45 15 13 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and θεὸς God τῆς the ἐλπίδος hope πληρώσαι to fulfill ὑμᾶς you ⚐πάσης all χαρᾶς joy καὶ and εἰρήνης peace ἐν in τῷ the πιστεύειν to trust (in), ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the περισσεύειν to abound ὑμᾶς you ἐν in τῇ the ἐλπίδι hope ἐν by δυνάμει power πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy.

 -45 15 14 ⚐Πέπεισμαι to persuade δέ but, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me, καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἐγὼ I περὶ about ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and αὐτοὶ they μεστοί full ἐστε to be ἀγαθωσύνης goodness, ⚐πεπληρωμένοι to fulfill πάσης all τῆς the γνώσεως knowledge, ⚐δυνάμενοι be able ⚐καὶ and ἀλλήλους one another νουθετεῖν to admonish. -45 15 15 ⚐τολμηρότερον more boldly δὲ but ἔγραψα to write ὑμῖν to you ἀπὸ from μέρους part, ⚐ὡς as ἐπαναμιμνῄσκων to remind ὑμᾶς you, διὰ because of τὴν the χάριν grace ⚐τὴν the δοθεῖσάν to give μοι to me ὑπὸ by τοῦ the θεοῦ God -45 15 16 ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the εἶναί to be με me λειτουργὸν minister Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus εἰς toward τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles, ⚐ἱερουργοῦντα to minister τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἵνα in order that γένηται to be ἡ the προσφορὰ offering τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles εὐπρόσδεκτος acceptable, ⚐ἡγιασμένη to sanctify ἐν by πνεύματι spirit ἁγίῳ holy. -45 15 17 ⚐ἔχω to have οὖν therefore τὴν the καύχησιν pride ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus τὰ the πρὸς to τὸν the θεόν God· -45 15 18 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for τολμήσω be bold ⚐τι one λαλεῖν to speak ὧν which οὐ no κατειργάσατο to produce Χριστὸς Christ δι᾽ through ἐμοῦ of me ⚐εἰς toward ὑπακοὴν obedience ἐθνῶν Gentiles, ⚐λόγῳ word καὶ and ἔργῳ work, -45 15 19 ἐν in δυνάμει power σημείων sign καὶ and τεράτων wonders, ⚐ἐν in δυνάμει power πνεύματος spirit θεοῦ God· ⚐ὥστε so με me ἀπὸ from Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem καὶ and κύκλῳ surrounding μέχρι until τοῦ the Ἰλλυρικοῦ Illyricum ⚐πεπληρωκέναι to fulfill τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, -45 15 20 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) δὲ and φιλοτιμούμενον to aspire εὐαγγελίζεσθαι to speak good news οὐχ no ὅπου where(-ever) ὠνομάσθη to name Χριστός Christ, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἐπ᾽ on ἀλλότριον another’s θεμέλιον foundation οἰκοδομῶ to build, -45 15 21 ⚐ἀλλὰ but καθὼς as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Οἷς which οὐκ no ἀνηγγέλη to report περὶ about αὐτοῦ of him ὄψονται to see, ⚐καὶ and οἳ which οὐκ no ἀκηκόασιν to hear συνήσουσιν to understand.

 -45 15 22 ⚐Διὸ therefore καὶ and ἐνεκοπτόμην to hinder τὰ the πολλὰ much ⚐τοῦ the ἐλθεῖν to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you· -45 15 23 ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ but μηκέτι never again τόπον place ἔχων to have ἐν in τοῖς the κλίμασιν region τούτοις to these, ⚐ἐπιποθίαν longing δὲ and ἔχων to have τοῦ the ἐλθεῖν to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ἀπὸ from πολλῶν much ἐτῶν year, -45 15 24 ⚐ὡς as ἂν if πορεύωμαι to go εἰς toward τὴν the Σπανίαν Spain, ⚐ἐλπίζω to hope γὰρ for ⚐διαπορευόμενος to go through θεάσασθαι to see ὑμᾶς you ⚐καὶ and ὑφ᾽ by ὑμῶν of you προπεμφθῆναι to help on the way ἐκεῖ there ⚐ἐὰν if ὑμῶν of you πρῶτον first ἀπὸ from μέρους part ἐμπλησθῶ to fill up— -45 15 25 ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ but πορεύομαι to go εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐διακονῶν to serve τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy. -45 15 26 ⚐εὐδόκησαν to delight γὰρ for Μακεδονία Macedonia καὶ and Ἀχαΐα Achaia ⚐κοινωνίαν participation τινὰ one ποιήσασθαι to make εἰς toward τοὺς the πτωχοὺς poor τῶν the ἁγίων holy τῶν the ἐν in Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem. -45 15 27 ⚐εὐδόκησαν to delight γάρ for, ⚐καὶ and ὀφειλέται debtor εἰσὶν to be αὐτῶν of them· ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for τοῖς the πνευματικοῖς spiritual αὐτῶν of them ἐκοινώνησαν to participate τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles, ⚐ὀφείλουσιν to owe ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τοῖς the σαρκικοῖς fleshly λειτουργῆσαι to minister αὐτοῖς to them. -45 15 28 ⚐τοῦτο this οὖν therefore ἐπιτελέσας to complete, ⚐καὶ and σφραγισάμενος to seal αὐτοῖς to them τὸν the καρπὸν fruit τοῦτον this, ⚐ἀπελεύσομαι to go away δι᾽ through ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward Σπανίαν Spain· -45 15 29 ⚐οἶδα to know δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that ἐρχόμενος to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἐν in πληρώματι fulfillment εὐλογίας praise Χριστοῦ Christ ἐλεύσομαι to come.

 -45 15 30 ⚐Παρακαλῶ to plead δὲ and ὑμᾶς you, ἀδελφοί brother, διὰ through τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐καὶ and διὰ through τῆς the ἀγάπης love τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit ⚐συναγωνίσασθαί to struggle μοι to me ἐν in ταῖς the προσευχαῖς prayer ὑπὲρ above ἐμοῦ of me πρὸς to τὸν the θεόν God, -45 15 31 ⚐ἵνα in order that ῥυσθῶ to deliver ἀπὸ from τῶν who ἀπειθούντων to disobey ἐν in τῇ the Ἰουδαίᾳ Judea ⚐καὶ and ἡ the διακονία service μου of me ἡ the εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐εὐπρόσδεκτος acceptable τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy γένηται to be, -45 15 32 ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν with χαρᾷ joy ἐλθὼν to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you διὰ through θελήματος will θεοῦ God ⚐συναναπαύσωμαι to rest with ὑμῖν to you. -45 15 33 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and θεὸς God τῆς the εἰρήνης peace μετὰ with πάντων all ὑμῶν of you· ἀμήν amen.

 -45 16 1 ⚐Συνίστημι to commend δὲ and ὑμῖν to you Φοίβην Phoebe τὴν the ἀδελφὴν sister ἡμῶν of us, ⚐οὖσαν to be καὶ and διάκονον servant τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly τῆς the ἐν in Κεγχρεαῖς Cenchrea, -45 16 2 ⚐ἵνα in order that αὐτὴν her προσδέξησθε to welcome ἐν in κυρίῳ lord ἀξίως appropriately τῶν the ἁγίων holy, ⚐καὶ and παραστῆτε to stand by αὐτῇ to her ἐν with ᾧ which ἂν if ὑμῶν of you χρῄζῃ to need πράγματι thing, ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for αὐτὴ she προστάτις patroness πολλῶν much ἐγενήθη to be καὶ and ἐμοῦ of me αὐτοῦ of him.

 -45 16 3 ⚐Ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to Πρίσκαν Prisca καὶ and Ἀκύλαν Aquila τοὺς the συνεργούς co-worker μου of me ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, -45 16 4 ⚐οἵτινες who ὑπὲρ for τῆς the ψυχῆς soul μου of me τὸν the ἑαυτῶν myself τράχηλον neck ὑπέθηκαν to risk, ⚐οἷς which οὐκ no ἐγὼ I μόνος alone εὐχαριστῶ to thank ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and πᾶσαι all αἱ the ἐκκλησίαι assembly τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles, -45 16 5 ⚐καὶ and τὴν the κατ᾽ according to οἶκον house αὐτῶν of them ἐκκλησίαν assembly. ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to Ἐπαίνετον Epaenetus τὸν the ἀγαπητόν beloved μου of me, ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be ἀπαρχὴ firstfruits τῆς the Ἀσίας Asia εἰς toward Χριστόν Christ. -45 16 6 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to Μαρίαν Mary, ⚐ἥτις who πολλὰ much ἐκοπίασεν to labor εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you. -45 16 7 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to Ἀνδρόνικον Andronicus καὶ and Ἰουνιᾶν Junias τοὺς the συγγενεῖς kindred μου of me καὶ and συναιχμαλώτους fellow prisoner μου of me, ⚐οἵτινές who εἰσιν to be ἐπίσημοι notable ἐν in τοῖς the ἀποστόλοις apostle, ⚐οἳ which καὶ and πρὸ before ἐμοῦ of me γέγοναν to be ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ. -45 16 8 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to Ἀμπλιᾶτον Ampliatus τὸν the ἀγαπητόν beloved μου of me ἐν in κυρίῳ lord. -45 16 9 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to Οὐρβανὸν Urbanus τὸν the συνεργὸν co-worker ἡμῶν of us ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ ⚐καὶ and Στάχυν Stachys τὸν the ἀγαπητόν beloved μου of me. -45 16 10 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to Ἀπελλῆν Apelles τὸν who δόκιμον tested ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ. ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to τοὺς who ἐκ out of τῶν the Ἀριστοβούλου Aristobulus. -45 16 11 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to Ἡρῳδίωνα Herodion τὸν the συγγενῆ kindred μου of me. ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to τοὺς the ἐκ out of τῶν the Ναρκίσσου Narcissus τοὺς who ὄντας to be ἐν in κυρίῳ lord. -45 16 12 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to Τρύφαιναν Tryphena καὶ and Τρυφῶσαν Tryphosa τὰς the κοπιώσας to labor ἐν in κυρίῳ lord. ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to Περσίδα Persis τὴν the ἀγαπητήν beloved, ⚐ἥτις who πολλὰ much ἐκοπίασεν to labor ἐν in κυρίῳ lord. -45 16 13 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to Ῥοῦφον Rufus τὸν the ἐκλεκτὸν select ἐν in κυρίῳ lord ⚐καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and ἐμοῦ of me. -45 16 14 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to Ἀσύγκριτον Asyncritus, Φλέγοντα Phlegon, Ἑρμῆν Hermes, Πατροβᾶν Patrobas, Ἑρμᾶν Hermas ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the σὺν with αὐτοῖς to them ἀδελφούς brother. -45 16 15 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to Φιλόλογον Philologus καὶ and Ἰουλίαν Julia, Νηρέα Nereus καὶ and τὴν the ἀδελφὴν sister αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and Ὀλυμπᾶν Olympas καὶ and τοὺς who σὺν with αὐτοῖς to them πάντας all ἁγίους holy. -45 16 16 ⚐Ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to ἀλλήλους one another ἐν with φιλήματι kiss ἁγίῳ holy. ⚐Ἀσπάζονται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you αἱ the ἐκκλησίαι assembly πᾶσαι all τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -45 16 17 ⚐Παρακαλῶ to plead δὲ and ὑμᾶς you, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐σκοπεῖν to watch out τοὺς the τὰς the διχοστασίας dissension καὶ and τὰ the σκάνδαλα stumbling block ⚐παρὰ beside τὴν the διδαχὴν teaching ἣν which ὑμεῖς you ἐμάθετε to learn ποιοῦντας to create, ⚐καὶ and ἐκκλίνετε to turn from ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them· -45 16 18 ⚐οἱ the γὰρ for τοιοῦτοι such as this τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ἡμῶν of us Χριστῷ Christ οὐ no δουλεύουσιν be a slave ⚐ἀλλὰ but τῇ the ἑαυτῶν myself κοιλίᾳ stomach, ⚐καὶ and διὰ through τῆς the χρηστολογίας smooth talk καὶ and εὐλογίας praise ἐξαπατῶσιν to deceive τὰς the καρδίας heart τῶν the ἀκάκων innocent. -45 16 19 ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for ὑμῶν of you ὑπακοὴ obedience εἰς toward πάντας all ἀφίκετο to reach· ⚐ἐφ᾽ over ὑμῖν to you οὖν therefore χαίρω to rejoice, ⚐θέλω to will δὲ but ὑμᾶς you ⚐σοφοὺς wise εἶναι to be εἰς toward τὸ the ἀγαθόν good-doer, ⚐ἀκεραίους innocent δὲ and εἰς toward τὸ the κακόν evil. -45 16 20 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and θεὸς God τῆς the εἰρήνης peace συντρίψει to break τὸν the Σατανᾶν Satan ⚐ὑπὸ under τοὺς the πόδας foot ὑμῶν of you ἐν in τάχει quickness. ⚐ἡ the χάρις grace τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you.

 -45 16 21 ⚐Ἀσπάζεται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you Τιμόθεος Timothy ὁ the συνεργός co-worker μου of me, καὶ and Λούκιος Lucius ⚐καὶ and Ἰάσων Jason καὶ and Σωσίπατρος Sosipater οἱ the συγγενεῖς kindred μου of me. -45 16 22 ⚐ἀσπάζομαι to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you ἐγὼ I Τέρτιος Tertius ὁ who γράψας to write τὴν this ἐπιστολὴν epistle ἐν in κυρίῳ lord. -45 16 23 ⚐ἀσπάζεται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you Γάϊος Gaius ὁ who ξένος foreign μου of me καὶ and ὅλης all τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly. ⚐ἀσπάζεται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you Ἔραστος Erastus ὁ the οἰκονόμος manager τῆς the πόλεως city καὶ and Κούαρτος Quartus ὁ the ἀδελφός brother.

 -45 16 25 ⚐Τῷ the δὲ and δυναμένῳ be able ⚐ὑμᾶς you στηρίξαι to establish ⚐κατὰ according to τὸ the εὐαγγέλιόν gospel μου of me καὶ and τὸ the κήρυγμα preaching Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐κατὰ according to ἀποκάλυψιν revelation μυστηρίου mystery ⚐χρόνοις time αἰωνίοις eternal σεσιγημένου be silent, -45 16 26 ⚐φανερωθέντος to manifest δὲ but νῦν now ⚐διά through τε and γραφῶν a writing προφητικῶν prophetic κατ᾽ according to ἐπιταγὴν command τοῦ the αἰωνίου eternal θεοῦ God ⚐εἰς toward ὑπακοὴν obedience πίστεως faith εἰς toward πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles γνωρισθέντος to make known, -45 16 27 ⚐μόνῳ alone σοφῷ wise θεῷ God διὰ through Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐ᾧ which ἡ the δόξα glory εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age· ἀμήν amen. -46 1 1 ⚐Παῦλος Paul κλητὸς called ἀπόστολος apostle Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus διὰ through θελήματος will θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and Σωσθένης Sosthenes ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother -46 1 2 ⚐τῇ the ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly τοῦ the θεοῦ God, τῇ the οὔσῃ to be ἐν in Κορίνθῳ Corinth ⚐ἡγιασμένοις to sanctify ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, κλητοῖς called ἁγίοις holy, ⚐σὺν with πᾶσιν all τοῖς who ἐπικαλουμένοις to call (on) τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐ἐν in παντὶ all τόπῳ place αὐτῶν of them καὶ and ἡμῶν of us· -46 1 3 ⚐χάρις grace ὑμῖν to you καὶ and εἰρήνη peace ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us καὶ and κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -46 1 4 ⚐Εὐχαριστῶ to thank τῷ the θεῷ God μου of me πάντοτε always περὶ about ὑμῶν of you ⚐ἐπὶ upon τῇ the χάριτι grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God τῇ the δοθείσῃ to give ὑμῖν to you ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, -46 1 5 ⚐ὅτι since ἐν in παντὶ all ἐπλουτίσθητε to enrich ἐν in αὐτῷ to him, ⚐ἐν in παντὶ all λόγῳ word καὶ and πάσῃ all γνώσει knowledge, -46 1 6 ⚐καθὼς just as τὸ the μαρτύριον testimony τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ ἐβεβαιώθη to confirm ἐν among ὑμῖν to you, -46 1 7 ⚐ὥστε so ὑμᾶς you μὴ not ὑστερεῖσθαι to lack ἐν in μηδενὶ nothing χαρίσματι gift, ⚐ἀπεκδεχομένους to expect τὴν the ἀποκάλυψιν revelation τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ· -46 1 8 ⚐ὃς which καὶ and βεβαιώσει to confirm ὑμᾶς you ἕως until τέλους goal ⚐ἀνεγκλήτους irreproachable ἐν on τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ. -46 1 9 ⚐πιστὸς faithful ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐δι᾽ through οὗ which ἐκλήθητε to call εἰς toward κοινωνίαν participation τοῦ the υἱοῦ son αὐτοῦ of him Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us.

 -46 1 10 ⚐Παρακαλῶ to plead δὲ and ὑμᾶς you, ἀδελφοί brother, διὰ through τοῦ the ὀνόματος name τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐ἵνα in order to τὸ the αὐτὸ it λέγητε to speak πάντες all, ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ᾖ to be ἐν by ὑμῖν to you σχίσματα split, ⚐ἦτε to be δὲ and κατηρτισμένοι to complete ἐν in τῷ the αὐτῷ to him νοῒ mind καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the αὐτῇ to her γνώμῃ resolution. -46 1 11 ⚐ἐδηλώθη to make clear γάρ for μοι to me περὶ about ὑμῶν of you, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me, ὑπὸ by τῶν the Χλόης Chloe ⚐ὅτι that ἔριδες quarrel ἐν among ὑμῖν to you εἰσιν to be. -46 1 12 ⚐λέγω to speak δὲ and τοῦτο this ⚐ὅτι that ἕκαστος each ὑμῶν of you λέγει to speak· ⚐Ἐγὼ I μέν on the other hand εἰμι to be Παύλου Paul, ⚐Ἐγὼ I δὲ and Ἀπολλῶ Apollos, ⚐Ἐγὼ I δὲ and Κηφᾶ Cephas, ⚐Ἐγὼ I δὲ and Χριστοῦ Christ. -46 1 13 ⚐μεμέρισται to divide ὁ the Χριστός Christ; ⚐μὴ not Παῦλος Paul ἐσταυρώθη to crucify ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἢ or εἰς toward τὸ the ὄνομα name Παύλου Paul ἐβαπτίσθητε to baptize; -46 1 14 ⚐εὐχαριστῶ to thank τῷ the θεῷ God ⚐ὅτι that οὐδένα no one ὑμῶν of you ἐβάπτισα to baptize ⚐εἰ if μὴ not Κρίσπον Crispus καὶ and Γάϊον Gaius, -46 1 15 ⚐ἵνα in order that μή not τις one εἴπῃ to say ⚐ὅτι that εἰς toward τὸ the ἐμὸν my ὄνομα name ἐβαπτίσθητε to baptize· -46 1 16 ⚐ἐβάπτισα to baptize δὲ and καὶ and τὸν the Στεφανᾶ Stephanas οἶκον house· ⚐λοιπὸν henceforth οὐκ no οἶδα to know ⚐εἴ if τινα one ἄλλον another ἐβάπτισα to baptize. -46 1 17 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἀπέστειλέν to send με me Χριστὸς Christ ⚐βαπτίζειν to baptize ἀλλ᾽ but εὐαγγελίζεσθαι to speak good news, ⚐οὐκ no ἐν with σοφίᾳ wisdom λόγου word, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not κενωθῇ to empty ὁ the σταυρὸς cross τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -46 1 18 ⚐Ὁ the λόγος word γὰρ for ὁ the τοῦ the σταυροῦ cross ⚐τοῖς the μὲν on the other hand ἀπολλυμένοις to destroy μωρία foolishness ἐστίν to be, ⚐τοῖς the δὲ but σῳζομένοις to save ἡμῖν to us δύναμις power θεοῦ God ἐστιν to be. -46 1 19 ⚐γέγραπται to write γάρ for· ⚐Ἀπολῶ to destroy τὴν the σοφίαν wisdom τῶν the σοφῶν wise, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the σύνεσιν understanding τῶν the συνετῶν intelligent ἀθετήσω to reject. -46 1 20 ⚐ποῦ where? σοφός wise; ⚐ποῦ where? γραμματεύς scribe; ⚐ποῦ where? συζητητὴς debater τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age τούτου of this; ⚐οὐχὶ not ἐμώρανεν to make insipid ὁ the θεὸς God τὴν the σοφίαν wisdom τοῦ the κόσμου world; -46 1 21 ⚐ἐπειδὴ since γὰρ for ἐν in τῇ the σοφίᾳ wisdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐οὐκ no ἔγνω to know ὁ the κόσμος world διὰ through τῆς the σοφίας wisdom τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐εὐδόκησεν to delight ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐διὰ through τῆς the μωρίας foolishness τοῦ the κηρύγματος preaching σῶσαι to save τοὺς who πιστεύοντας to trust (in). -46 1 22 ⚐ἐπειδὴ since καὶ and Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish σημεῖα sign αἰτοῦσιν to ask ⚐καὶ and Ἕλληνες a Greek σοφίαν wisdom ζητοῦσιν to seek· -46 1 23 ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ but κηρύσσομεν to preach Χριστὸν Christ ἐσταυρωμένον to crucify, ⚐Ἰουδαίοις Jewish μὲν on the other hand σκάνδαλον stumbling block ⚐ἔθνεσιν Gentiles δὲ and μωρίαν foolishness, -46 1 24 ⚐αὐτοῖς to them δὲ but τοῖς who κλητοῖς called, Ἰουδαίοις Jewish τε both καὶ and Ἕλλησιν a Greek, ⚐Χριστὸν Christ θεοῦ God δύναμιν power καὶ and θεοῦ God σοφίαν wisdom. -46 1 25 ⚐ὅτι since τὸ the μωρὸν foolish τοῦ the θεοῦ God σοφώτερον wise τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human ἐστίν to be, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ἀσθενὲς weak τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἰσχυρότερον strong τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human.

 -46 1 26 ⚐Βλέπετε to see γὰρ for τὴν the κλῆσιν calling ὑμῶν of you, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no πολλοὶ much σοφοὶ wise κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh, ⚐οὐ no πολλοὶ much δυνατοί able, ⚐οὐ no πολλοὶ much εὐγενεῖς of noble birth· -46 1 27 ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὰ the μωρὰ foolish τοῦ the κόσμου world ἐξελέξατο to select ὁ the θεός God, ⚐ἵνα in order to καταισχύνῃ to dishonor τοὺς the σοφούς wise, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ἀσθενῆ weak τοῦ the κόσμου world ἐξελέξατο to select ὁ the θεός God, ⚐ἵνα in order to καταισχύνῃ to dishonor τὰ the ἰσχυρά strong, -46 1 28 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ἀγενῆ lowly τοῦ the κόσμου world καὶ and τὰ the ἐξουθενημένα to reject ἐξελέξατο to select ὁ the θεός God, ⚐τὰ the μὴ not ὄντα to be, ⚐ἵνα in order to τὰ the ὄντα to be καταργήσῃ to end, -46 1 29 ⚐ὅπως that μὴ not καυχήσηται to boast πᾶσα all σὰρξ flesh ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -46 1 30 ⚐ἐξ out of αὐτοῦ of him δὲ and ὑμεῖς you ἐστε to be ἐν with Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐ὃς which ἐγενήθη to be σοφία wisdom ἡμῖν to us ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God, ⚐δικαιοσύνη righteousness τε and καὶ and ἁγιασμὸς holiness καὶ and ἀπολύτρωσις redemption, -46 1 31 ⚐ἵνα in order that καθὼς as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ὁ who καυχώμενος to boast ἐν in κυρίῳ lord καυχάσθω to boast.

 -46 2 1 ⚐Κἀγὼ and I ἐλθὼν to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐ἦλθον to come ⚐οὐ no καθ᾽ according to ὑπεροχὴν authority λόγου word ἢ or σοφίας wisdom καταγγέλλων to proclaim ὑμῖν to you τὸ the μυστήριον mystery τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -46 2 2 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἔκρινά to judge ⚐τι one εἰδέναι to know ἐν among ὑμῖν to you ⚐εἰ if μὴ not Ἰησοῦν Jesus Χριστὸν Christ καὶ and τοῦτον this ἐσταυρωμένον to crucify· -46 2 3 ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἐν in ἀσθενείᾳ weakness καὶ and ἐν in φόβῳ fear καὶ and ἐν with τρόμῳ trembling πολλῷ much ἐγενόμην to be πρὸς with ὑμᾶς you, -46 2 4 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the λόγος word μου of me καὶ and τὸ the κήρυγμά preaching μου of me οὐκ no ἐν with πειθοῖς persuasive σοφίας wisdom λόγοις word ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν with ἀποδείξει demonstration πνεύματος spirit καὶ and δυνάμεως power, -46 2 5 ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the πίστις faith ὑμῶν of you μὴ not ᾖ to be ἐν in σοφίᾳ wisdom ἀνθρώπων a human ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν on δυνάμει power θεοῦ God.

 -46 2 6 ⚐Σοφίαν wisdom δὲ and λαλοῦμεν to speak ἐν among τοῖς the τελείοις perfect, ⚐σοφίαν wisdom δὲ but οὐ no τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age τούτου of this ⚐οὐδὲ and not τῶν the ἀρχόντων ruler τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age τούτου of this τῶν who καταργουμένων to end· -46 2 7 ⚐ἀλλὰ but λαλοῦμεν to speak θεοῦ God σοφίαν wisdom ἐν in μυστηρίῳ mystery, τὴν the ἀποκεκρυμμένην to conceal, ⚐ἣν which προώρισεν to predestine ὁ the θεὸς God πρὸ before τῶν the αἰώνων an age εἰς toward δόξαν glory ἡμῶν of us· -46 2 8 ⚐ἣν which οὐδεὶς no one τῶν the ἀρχόντων ruler τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age τούτου of this ἔγνωκεν to know, ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ἔγνωσαν to know, ⚐οὐκ no ἂν if τὸν the κύριον lord τῆς the δόξης glory ἐσταύρωσαν to crucify· -46 2 9 ⚐ἀλλὰ but καθὼς just as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ἃ which ὀφθαλμὸς eye οὐκ no εἶδεν to know ⚐καὶ and οὖς ear οὐκ no ἤκουσεν to hear ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ upon καρδίαν heart ἀνθρώπου a human οὐκ no ἀνέβη to ascend, ⚐ἃ which ἡτοίμασεν to make ready ὁ the θεὸς God τοῖς who ἀγαπῶσιν to love αὐτόν him. -46 2 10 ⚐ἡμῖν to us δὲ and ἀπεκάλυψεν to reveal ὁ the θεὸς God διὰ through τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit, ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for πνεῦμα spirit πάντα all ἐραυνᾷ to look for, καὶ and τὰ the βάθη depth τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -46 2 11 ⚐τίς which? γὰρ for οἶδεν to know ἀνθρώπων a human τὰ the τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐εἰ if μὴ not τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τοῦ the ἀνθρώπου a human τὸ the ἐν in αὐτῷ to him; ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and τὰ the τοῦ the θεοῦ God οὐδεὶς no one ἔγνωκεν to know ⚐εἰ if μὴ not τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -46 2 12 ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ and οὐ no τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τοῦ the κόσμου world ἐλάβομεν to take ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ who ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἵνα in order that εἰδῶμεν to know τὰ the ὑπὸ by τοῦ the θεοῦ God χαρισθέντα to give grace ἡμῖν to us· -46 2 13 ⚐ἃ which καὶ and λαλοῦμεν to speak οὐκ no ἐν with διδακτοῖς taught ἀνθρωπίνης human σοφίας wisdom λόγοις word, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν with διδακτοῖς taught πνεύματος spirit, ⚐πνευματικοῖς spiritual πνευματικὰ spiritual συγκρίνοντες to compare.

 -46 2 14 ⚐Ψυχικὸς natural δὲ and ἄνθρωπος a human οὐ no δέχεται to receive τὰ the τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐μωρία foolishness γὰρ for αὐτῷ to him ἐστίν to be, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no δύναται be able γνῶναι to know, ⚐ὅτι since πνευματικῶς spiritually ἀνακρίνεται to investigate· -46 2 15 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but πνευματικὸς spiritual ἀνακρίνει to investigate τὰ the πάντα all, ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ and ὑπ᾽ by οὐδενὸς no one ἀνακρίνεται to investigate. -46 2 16 ⚐τίς which? γὰρ for ἔγνω to know νοῦν mind κυρίου lord, ⚐ὃς which συμβιβάσει to join with αὐτόν him; ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ but νοῦν mind Χριστοῦ Christ ἔχομεν to have.

 -46 3 1 ⚐Κἀγώ and I, ἀδελφοί brother, οὐκ no ἠδυνήθην be able λαλῆσαι to speak ὑμῖν to you ὡς as πνευματικοῖς spiritual ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as σαρκίνοις fleshly, ὡς as νηπίοις child ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ. -46 3 2 ⚐γάλα milk ὑμᾶς you ἐπότισα to water, οὐ no βρῶμα food, ⚐οὔπω not yet γὰρ for ἐδύνασθε be able. ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐδὲ and not ἔτι still νῦν now δύνασθε be able, -46 3 3 ⚐ἔτι still γὰρ for σαρκικοί fleshly ἐστε to be. ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) γὰρ for ἐν among ὑμῖν to you ζῆλος zeal καὶ and ἔρις quarrel, ⚐οὐχὶ not σαρκικοί fleshly ἐστε to be ⚐καὶ and κατὰ according to ἄνθρωπον a human περιπατεῖτε to walk; -46 3 4 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) γὰρ for λέγῃ to speak τις one· ⚐Ἐγὼ I μέν on the other hand εἰμι to be Παύλου Paul, ⚐ἕτερος other δέ and· ⚐Ἐγὼ I Ἀπολλῶ Apollos, ⚐οὐκ no ἄνθρωποί a human ἐστε to be;

 -46 3 5 ⚐Τί which? οὖν therefore ἐστιν to be Ἀπολλῶς Apollos; ⚐τί which? δέ and ἐστιν to be Παῦλος Paul; ⚐διάκονοι servant δι᾽ through ὧν which ἐπιστεύσατε to trust (in), ⚐καὶ and ἑκάστῳ each ὡς as ὁ the κύριος lord ἔδωκεν to give. -46 3 6 ⚐ἐγὼ I ἐφύτευσα to plant, ⚐Ἀπολλῶς Apollos ἐπότισεν to water, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the θεὸς God ηὔξανεν to grow· -46 3 7 ⚐ὥστε so οὔτε neither ὁ who φυτεύων to plant ἐστίν to be τι one ⚐οὔτε neither ὁ who ποτίζων to water, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ who αὐξάνων to grow θεός God. -46 3 8 ⚐ὁ who φυτεύων to plant δὲ but καὶ and ὁ who ποτίζων to water ἕν one εἰσιν to be, ⚐ἕκαστος each δὲ and τὸν the ἴδιον one's own μισθὸν wage λήμψεται to take κατὰ according to τὸν the ἴδιον one's own κόπον labor, -46 3 9 ⚐θεοῦ God γάρ for ἐσμεν to be συνεργοί co-worker· ⚐θεοῦ God γεώργιον farm field, θεοῦ God οἰκοδομή building ἐστε to be.

 -46 3 10 ⚐Κατὰ according to τὴν the χάριν grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God τὴν the δοθεῖσάν to give μοι to me ⚐ὡς as σοφὸς wise ἀρχιτέκτων master-builder θεμέλιον foundation ἔθηκα to place, ⚐ἄλλος another δὲ but ἐποικοδομεῖ to build upon. ⚐ἕκαστος each δὲ and βλεπέτω to see ⚐πῶς how? ἐποικοδομεῖ to build upon· -46 3 11 ⚐θεμέλιον foundation γὰρ for ἄλλον another οὐδεὶς no one δύναται be able θεῖναι to place παρὰ beside τὸν the κείμενον to lay, ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be Ἰησοῦς Jesus Χριστός Christ· -46 3 12 ⚐εἰ if δέ and τις one ἐποικοδομεῖ to build upon ἐπὶ on τὸν the θεμέλιον foundation χρυσόν gold, ἄργυρον silver, λίθους stone τιμίους precious, ⚐ξύλα wood, χόρτον grass, καλάμην straw, -46 3 13 ⚐ἑκάστου each τὸ the ἔργον work φανερὸν manifest γενήσεται to be, ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for ἡμέρα day δηλώσει to make clear· ⚐ὅτι since ἐν by πυρὶ fire ἀποκαλύπτεται to reveal, ⚐καὶ and ἑκάστου each τὸ the ἔργον work ὁποῖόν what sort ἐστιν to be τὸ the πῦρ fire αὐτὸ it δοκιμάσει to test. -46 3 14 ⚐εἴ if τινος one τὸ the ἔργον work μενεῖ to stay ὃ which ἐποικοδόμησεν to build up, ⚐μισθὸν wage λήμψεται to take· -46 3 15 ⚐εἴ if τινος one τὸ the ἔργον work κατακαήσεται to burn, ⚐ζημιωθήσεται to lose, ⚐αὐτὸς he δὲ but σωθήσεται to save, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) δὲ and ὡς as διὰ through πυρός fire.

 -46 3 16 ⚐Οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that ναὸς temple θεοῦ God ἐστε to be ⚐καὶ and τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τοῦ the θεοῦ God οἰκεῖ to dwell ἐν in ὑμῖν to you; -46 3 17 ⚐εἴ if τις one τὸν the ναὸν temple τοῦ the θεοῦ God φθείρει to destroy, ⚐φθερεῖ to destroy τοῦτον this ὁ the θεός God· ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for ναὸς temple τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἅγιός holy ἐστιν to be, ⚐οἵτινές which ἐστε to be ὑμεῖς you.

 -46 3 18 ⚐Μηδεὶς nothing ἑαυτὸν yourself ἐξαπατάτω to deceive· ⚐εἴ if τις one δοκεῖ to think ⚐σοφὸς wise εἶναι to be ἐν among ὑμῖν to you ἐν in τῷ the αἰῶνι an age τούτῳ to this, ⚐μωρὸς foolish γενέσθω to be, ⚐ἵνα in order that γένηται to be σοφός wise, -46 3 19 ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for σοφία wisdom τοῦ the κόσμου world τούτου of this μωρία foolishness παρὰ with τῷ the θεῷ God ἐστιν to be· ⚐γέγραπται to write γάρ for· ⚐Ὁ the δρασσόμενος to catch τοὺς the σοφοὺς wise ἐν in τῇ the πανουργίᾳ craftiness αὐτῶν of them· -46 3 20 ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again· ⚐Κύριος lord γινώσκει to know τοὺς the διαλογισμοὺς reasoning τῶν the σοφῶν wise ⚐ὅτι that εἰσὶν to be μάταιοι futile. -46 3 21 ⚐ὥστε so μηδεὶς nothing καυχάσθω to boast ἐν in ἀνθρώποις a human· ⚐πάντα all γὰρ for ὑμῶν of you ἐστιν to be, -46 3 22 ⚐εἴτε if Παῦλος Paul εἴτε if Ἀπολλῶς Apollos εἴτε if Κηφᾶς Cephas ⚐εἴτε if κόσμος world εἴτε if ζωὴ life εἴτε if θάνατος death ⚐εἴτε if ἐνεστῶτα be present εἴτε if μέλλοντα be about to, ⚐πάντα all ὑμῶν of you, -46 3 23 ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ and Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐Χριστὸς Christ δὲ and θεοῦ God.

 -46 4 1 ⚐Οὕτως thus(-ly) ἡμᾶς us λογιζέσθω to count ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐ὡς as ὑπηρέτας servant Χριστοῦ Christ καὶ and οἰκονόμους manager μυστηρίων mystery θεοῦ God. -46 4 2 ⚐ὧδε here λοιπὸν henceforth ζητεῖται to seek ἐν in τοῖς the οἰκονόμοις manager ⚐ἵνα in order that πιστός faithful τις one εὑρεθῇ to find. -46 4 3 ⚐ἐμοὶ to me δὲ and εἰς toward ἐλάχιστόν least ἐστιν to be, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὑφ᾽ by ὑμῶν of you ἀνακριθῶ to investigate ⚐ἢ or ὑπὸ by ἀνθρωπίνης human ἡμέρας day· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐδὲ and not ἐμαυτὸν myself ἀνακρίνω to investigate· -46 4 4 ⚐οὐδὲν no one γὰρ for ἐμαυτῷ myself σύνοιδα to be conscious of, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no ἐν in τούτῳ to this δεδικαίωμαι to justify, ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἀνακρίνων to investigate με me κύριός lord ἐστιν to be. -46 4 5 ⚐ὥστε so μὴ not πρὸ before καιροῦ time τι one κρίνετε to judge, ⚐ἕως until ἂν if ἔλθῃ to come ὁ the κύριος lord, ⚐ὃς which καὶ and φωτίσει to illuminate τὰ the κρυπτὰ hidden τοῦ the σκότους darkness ⚐καὶ and φανερώσει to manifest τὰς the βουλὰς plan τῶν the καρδιῶν heart, ⚐καὶ and τότε then ὁ the ἔπαινος praise γενήσεται to be ἑκάστῳ each ἀπὸ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -46 4 6 ⚐Ταῦτα these δέ and, ἀδελφοί brother, μετεσχημάτισα to transform ⚐εἰς toward ἐμαυτὸν myself καὶ and Ἀπολλῶν Apollos δι᾽ because of ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν through ἡμῖν to us μάθητε to learn τό the· Μὴ not ὑπὲρ beyond ἃ which γέγραπται to write, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not εἷς one ὑπὲρ for τοῦ the ἑνὸς one φυσιοῦσθε to inflate κατὰ according to τοῦ the ἑτέρου other. -46 4 7 ⚐τίς which? γάρ for σε you διακρίνει to discern; ⚐τί which? δὲ and ἔχεις to have ὃ which οὐκ no ἔλαβες to take; ⚐εἰ if δὲ and καὶ and ἔλαβες to take, ⚐τί which? καυχᾶσαι to boast ὡς as μὴ not λαβών to take;

 -46 4 8 ⚐Ἤδη already κεκορεσμένοι to satisfy ἐστέ to be, ⚐ἤδη already ἐπλουτήσατε be rich, ⚐χωρὶς without ἡμῶν of us ἐβασιλεύσατε to reign· ⚐καὶ and ὄφελόν I wish! ⚐γε indeed ἐβασιλεύσατε to reign, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and ἡμεῖς we ὑμῖν to you συμβασιλεύσωμεν to reign with. -46 4 9 ⚐δοκῶ to think γάρ for, ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God ἡμᾶς us τοὺς the ἀποστόλους apostle ἐσχάτους last ἀπέδειξεν to display ὡς as ἐπιθανατίους condemned to death, ⚐ὅτι since θέατρον theatre ἐγενήθημεν to be τῷ the κόσμῳ world καὶ and ἀγγέλοις angel καὶ and ἀνθρώποις a human. -46 4 10 ⚐ἡμεῖς we μωροὶ foolish διὰ because of Χριστόν Christ, ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but φρόνιμοι thoughtful ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ· ⚐ἡμεῖς we ἀσθενεῖς weak, ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but ἰσχυροί strong· ⚐ὑμεῖς you ἔνδοξοι honored, ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ and ἄτιμοι dishonored. -46 4 11 ⚐ἄχρι until τῆς the ἄρτι now ὥρας hour καὶ and πεινῶμεν to hunger καὶ and διψῶμεν to thirst καὶ and γυμνιτεύομεν be naked ⚐καὶ and κολαφιζόμεθα to beat καὶ and ἀστατοῦμεν be unsettled -46 4 12 ⚐καὶ and κοπιῶμεν to labor ⚐ἐργαζόμενοι to work ταῖς the ἰδίαις one's own χερσίν hand· ⚐λοιδορούμενοι to revile ⚐εὐλογοῦμεν to bless, ⚐διωκόμενοι to pursue ⚐ἀνεχόμεθα to endure, -46 4 13 ⚐δυσφημούμενοι to slander ⚐παρακαλοῦμεν to comfort· ⚐ὡς as περικαθάρματα garbage τοῦ the κόσμου world ἐγενήθημεν to be, ⚐πάντων all περίψημα scum ἕως until ἄρτι now.

 -46 4 14 ⚐Οὐκ no ἐντρέπων to cause shame ὑμᾶς you γράφω to write ταῦτα these, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as τέκνα child μου of me ἀγαπητὰ beloved νουθετῶν to admonish· -46 4 15 ⚐ἐὰν if γὰρ for μυρίους myriad παιδαγωγοὺς guardian ἔχητε to have ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no πολλοὺς much πατέρας father, ⚐ἐν in γὰρ for Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus διὰ through τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel ἐγὼ I ὑμᾶς you ἐγέννησα to beget. -46 4 16 ⚐παρακαλῶ to comfort οὖν then ὑμᾶς you, ⚐μιμηταί imitator μου of me γίνεσθε to be. -46 4 17 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this ἔπεμψα to send ὑμῖν to you Τιμόθεον Timothy, ⚐ὅς which ἐστίν to be μου of me τέκνον child ἀγαπητὸν beloved καὶ and πιστὸν faithful ἐν in κυρίῳ lord, ⚐ὃς which ὑμᾶς you ἀναμνήσει to remind τὰς the ὁδούς road μου of me τὰς the ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐καθὼς as πανταχοῦ everywhere ἐν in πάσῃ all ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly διδάσκω to teach. -46 4 18 ⚐ὡς as μὴ not ἐρχομένου to come δέ and μου of me πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἐφυσιώθησάν to inflate τινες one· -46 4 19 ⚐ἐλεύσομαι to come δὲ but ταχέως quickly πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἐὰν if ὁ the κύριος lord θελήσῃ to will, ⚐καὶ and γνώσομαι to know οὐ no τὸν the λόγον word τῶν the πεφυσιωμένων to inflate ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὴν the δύναμιν power, -46 4 20 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἐν in λόγῳ word ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν with δυνάμει power. -46 4 21 ⚐τί which? θέλετε to will; ⚐ἐν with ῥάβδῳ rod ἔλθω to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, ἢ or ἐν with ἀγάπῃ love πνεύματί spirit τε and πραΰτητος gentleness;

 -46 5 1 ⚐Ὅλως at all ἀκούεται to hear ἐν among ὑμῖν to you πορνεία sexual sin, ⚐καὶ and τοιαύτη such as this πορνεία sexual sin ⚐ἥτις which οὐδὲ and not ἐν among τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles, ⚐ὥστε so γυναῖκά woman τινα one τοῦ the πατρὸς father ἔχειν to be. -46 5 2 ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you πεφυσιωμένοι to inflate ἐστέ to be, ⚐καὶ and οὐχὶ not μᾶλλον more ἐπενθήσατε to mourn, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀρθῇ to take up ἐκ from μέσου midst ὑμῶν of you ὁ the τὸ the ἔργον work τοῦτο this πράξας to practise;

 -46 5 3 ⚐Ἐγὼ I μὲν on the other hand γάρ for, ἀπὼν be away τῷ the σώματι body ⚐παρὼν be present δὲ and τῷ the πνεύματι spirit, ⚐ἤδη already κέκρικα to judge ὡς as παρὼν be present τὸν the οὕτως thus(-ly) τοῦτο this κατεργασάμενον to workout -46 5 4 ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματι name τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus, συναχθέντων to assemble ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and τοῦ the ἐμοῦ my πνεύματος spirit σὺν with τῇ the δυνάμει power τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus, -46 5 5 ⚐παραδοῦναι to deliver τὸν this τοιοῦτον such as this τῷ the Σατανᾷ Satan εἰς toward ὄλεθρον destructive τῆς the σαρκός flesh, ⚐ἵνα in order that τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit σωθῇ to save ἐν in τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τοῦ the κυρίου lord.

 -46 5 6 ⚐Οὐ no καλὸν good τὸ the καύχημα pride ὑμῶν of you. ⚐οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that μικρὰ small ζύμη leaven ὅλον all τὸ the φύραμα lump ζυμοῖ to leaven; -46 5 7 ⚐ἐκκαθάρατε to cleanse τὴν the παλαιὰν old ζύμην leaven, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἦτε to be νέον new φύραμα lump, ⚐καθώς as ἐστε to be ἄζυμοι unleavened. ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for τὸ the πάσχα Passover ἡμῶν of us ἐτύθη to sacrifice Χριστός Christ· -46 5 8 ⚐ὥστε so ἑορτάζωμεν to keep a festival, μὴ not ἐν with ζύμῃ leaven παλαιᾷ old ⚐μηδὲ not ἐν with ζύμῃ leaven κακίας evil καὶ and πονηρίας evil, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in ἀζύμοις unleavened εἰλικρινείας sincerity καὶ and ἀληθείας truth.

 -46 5 9 ⚐Ἔγραψα to write ὑμῖν to you ἐν in τῇ the ἐπιστολῇ epistle ⚐μὴ not συναναμίγνυσθαι to associate with πόρνοις sexual sinner, -46 5 10 ⚐οὐ no πάντως surely τοῖς the πόρνοις sexual sinner τοῦ the κόσμου world τούτου of this ⚐ἢ or τοῖς the πλεονέκταις greedy καὶ and ἅρπαξιν rapacious ἢ or εἰδωλολάτραις idolater, ⚐ἐπεὶ since ὠφείλετε to owe ἄρα therefore ⚐ἐκ of τοῦ the κόσμου world ἐξελθεῖν to go out. -46 5 11 ⚐νῦν now δὲ but ἔγραψα to write ὑμῖν to you ⚐μὴ not συναναμίγνυσθαι to associate with ⚐ἐάν if τις one ἀδελφὸς brother ὀνομαζόμενος to name ᾖ to be πόρνος sexual sinner ἢ or πλεονέκτης greedy ⚐ἢ or εἰδωλολάτρης idolater ἢ or λοίδορος reviler ἢ or μέθυσος drunkard ἢ or ἅρπαξ rapacious, ⚐τῷ the τοιούτῳ such as this μηδὲ not συνεσθίειν to eat with. -46 5 12 ⚐τί which? γάρ for μοι to me τοὺς the ἔξω outside κρίνειν to judge; ⚐οὐχὶ not τοὺς the ἔσω inside ὑμεῖς you κρίνετε to judge, -46 5 13 ⚐τοὺς the δὲ but ἔξω outside ὁ the θεὸς God κρινεῖ to judge; ⚐ἐξάρατε to expel τὸν the πονηρὸν evil ἐξ from ὑμῶν of you αὐτῶν of them.

 -46 6 1 ⚐Τολμᾷ be bold τις one ὑμῶν of you ⚐πρᾶγμα thing ἔχων to have πρὸς with τὸν the ἕτερον other ⚐κρίνεσθαι to judge ἐπὶ upon τῶν the ἀδίκων unjust, καὶ and οὐχὶ not ἐπὶ upon τῶν the ἁγίων holy; -46 6 2 ⚐ἢ or οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that οἱ the ἅγιοι holy τὸν the κόσμον world κρινοῦσιν to judge; ⚐καὶ and εἰ if ἐν by ὑμῖν to you κρίνεται to judge ὁ the κόσμος world, ⚐ἀνάξιοί unworthy ἐστε to be κριτηρίων lawsuit ἐλαχίστων least; -46 6 3 ⚐οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἀγγέλους angel κρινοῦμεν to judge, μήτι γε how much more βιωτικά of this life; -46 6 4 ⚐βιωτικὰ of this life μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore κριτήρια lawsuit ἐὰν if ἔχητε to have, ⚐τοὺς the ἐξουθενημένους to reject ἐν in τῇ the ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly, τούτους these καθίζετε to sit; -46 6 5 ⚐πρὸς to ἐντροπὴν shame ὑμῖν to you λέγω to speak. ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) οὐκ no ἔνι there is ἐν among ὑμῖν to you οὐδεὶς no one σοφὸς wise ⚐ὃς which δυνήσεται be able διακρῖναι to judge ἀνὰ each μέσον midst τοῦ the ἀδελφοῦ brother αὐτοῦ of him, -46 6 6 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀδελφὸς brother μετὰ with ἀδελφοῦ brother κρίνεται to judge, καὶ and τοῦτο this ἐπὶ upon ἀπίστων unbelieving; -46 6 7 ⚐ἤδη already μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore ὅλως at all ἥττημα loss ὑμῖν to you ἐστιν to be ⚐ὅτι that κρίματα judgment ἔχετε to have μεθ᾽ with ἑαυτῶν yourself· ⚐διὰ because of τί which? οὐχὶ not μᾶλλον more ἀδικεῖσθε to harm; ⚐διὰ because of τί which? οὐχὶ not μᾶλλον more ἀποστερεῖσθε to defraud; -46 6 8 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὑμεῖς you ἀδικεῖτε to harm καὶ and ἀποστερεῖτε to defraud, καὶ and τοῦτο this ἀδελφούς brother.

 -46 6 9 ⚐Ἢ or οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἄδικοι unjust θεοῦ God βασιλείαν kingdom οὐ no κληρονομήσουσιν to inherit; ⚐μὴ not πλανᾶσθε to lead astray· ⚐οὔτε neither πόρνοι sexual sinner οὔτε neither εἰδωλολάτραι idolater οὔτε neither μοιχοὶ adulterer οὔτε neither μαλακοὶ effeminate οὔτε neither ἀρσενοκοῖται sodomy -46 6 10 ⚐οὔτε neither κλέπται thief οὔτε neither πλεονέκται greedy, οὐ no μέθυσοι drunkard, οὐ no λοίδοροι reviler, οὐχ no ἅρπαγες rapacious ⚐βασιλείαν kingdom θεοῦ God κληρονομήσουσιν to inherit. -46 6 11 ⚐καὶ and ταῦτά these τινες one ἦτε to be· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀπελούσασθε to wash off, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἡγιάσθητε to sanctify, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐδικαιώθητε to justify ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματι name τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ καὶ and ἐν by τῷ the πνεύματι spirit τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἡμῶν of us.

 -46 6 12 ⚐Πάντα all μοι to me ἔξεστιν it is permitted· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no πάντα all συμφέρει to be profitable. ⚐πάντα all μοι to me ἔξεστιν it is permitted· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no ἐγὼ I ἐξουσιασθήσομαι to have authority ὑπό by τινος one. -46 6 13 ⚐τὰ the βρώματα food τῇ the κοιλίᾳ stomach, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the κοιλία stomach τοῖς the βρώμασιν food· ⚐ὁ the δὲ but θεὸς God καὶ and ταύτην this καὶ and ταῦτα these καταργήσει to end. ⚐τὸ the δὲ and σῶμα body οὐ no τῇ the πορνείᾳ sexual sin ἀλλὰ but τῷ the κυρίῳ lord, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the κύριος lord τῷ the σώματι body· -46 6 14 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and θεὸς God καὶ and τὸν the κύριον lord ἤγειρεν to arise ⚐καὶ and ἡμᾶς us ἐξεγερεῖ to raise διὰ through τῆς the δυνάμεως power αὐτοῦ of him. -46 6 15 ⚐οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that τὰ the σώματα body ὑμῶν of you μέλη member Χριστοῦ Christ ἐστιν to be; ⚐ἄρας to take up οὖν therefore τὰ the μέλη member τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐ποιήσω to make πόρνης prostitute μέλη member; ⚐μὴ not γένοιτο to be. -46 6 16 ⚐ἢ or οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that ὁ who κολλώμενος to join τῇ the πόρνῃ prostitute ἓν one σῶμά body ἐστιν to be; ⚐Ἔσονται to be γάρ for, φησίν to say, οἱ the δύο two εἰς toward σάρκα flesh μίαν one. -46 6 17 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but κολλώμενος to join τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ἓν one πνεῦμά spirit ἐστιν to be. -46 6 18 ⚐φεύγετε to flee τὴν the πορνείαν sexual sin· ⚐πᾶν all ἁμάρτημα sin ὃ which ἐὰν if ποιήσῃ to do ἄνθρωπος a human ἐκτὸς outside τοῦ the σώματός body ἐστιν to be, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but πορνεύων to sin sexually εἰς toward τὸ the ἴδιον one's own σῶμα body ἁμαρτάνει to sin. -46 6 19 ⚐ἢ or οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that τὸ the σῶμα body ὑμῶν of you ναὸς temple τοῦ the ἐν in ὑμῖν to you ἁγίου holy πνεύματός spirit ἐστιν to be, ⚐οὗ which ἔχετε to have ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God; ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐστὲ to be ἑαυτῶν myself, -46 6 20 ⚐ἠγοράσθητε to buy γὰρ for τιμῆς honor· ⚐δοξάσατε to glorify δὴ so τὸν the θεὸν God ἐν with τῷ the σώματι body ὑμῶν of you.

 -46 7 1 ⚐Περὶ about δὲ and ὧν which ἐγράψατε to write, ⚐καλὸν good ἀνθρώπῳ a human ⚐γυναικὸς woman μὴ not ἅπτεσθαι to kindle· -46 7 2 ⚐διὰ because of δὲ but τὰς the πορνείας sexual sin ἕκαστος each τὴν the ἑαυτοῦ oneself γυναῖκα woman ἐχέτω to have, ⚐καὶ and ἑκάστη each τὸν the ἴδιον one's own ἄνδρα man ἐχέτω to have. -46 7 3 ⚐τῇ the γυναικὶ woman ὁ the ἀνὴρ man τὴν the ὀφειλὴν debt ἀποδιδότω to pay, ⚐ὁμοίως likewise δὲ and καὶ and ἡ the γυνὴ woman τῷ the ἀνδρί man. -46 7 4 ⚐ἡ the γυνὴ woman τοῦ the ἰδίου one's own σώματος body οὐκ no ἐξουσιάζει to have authority ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the ἀνήρ man· ⚐ὁμοίως likewise δὲ and καὶ and ὁ the ἀνὴρ man τοῦ the ἰδίου one's own σώματος body οὐκ no ἐξουσιάζει to have authority ἀλλ᾽ but ἡ the γυνή woman. -46 7 5 ⚐μὴ not ἀποστερεῖτε to defraud ἀλλήλους one another, ⚐εἰ if μήτι no? ἂν if ἐκ out of συμφώνου mutual consent πρὸς to καιρὸν right time ⚐ἵνα in order that σχολάσητε be devoted τῇ the προσευχῇ prayer ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again ἐπὶ upon τὸ the αὐτὸ it ἦτε to be, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not πειράζῃ to tempt ὑμᾶς you ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan διὰ because of τὴν the ἀκρασίαν self-indulgence ὑμῶν of you. -46 7 6 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and λέγω to speak κατὰ according to συγγνώμην concession, ⚐οὐ no κατ᾽ according to ἐπιταγήν command. -46 7 7 ⚐θέλω to will δὲ and πάντας all ἀνθρώπους a human ⚐εἶναι to be ὡς as καὶ and ἐμαυτόν myself· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἕκαστος each ἴδιον one's own ἔχει to have χάρισμα gift ἐκ from θεοῦ God, ⚐ὁ the μὲν on the other hand οὕτως thus(-ly), ⚐ὁ the δὲ and οὕτως thus(-ly).

 -46 7 8 ⚐Λέγω to speak δὲ and τοῖς the ἀγάμοις unmarried καὶ and ταῖς the χήραις widow, ⚐καλὸν good αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἐὰν if μείνωσιν to stay ὡς as κἀγώ and I· -46 7 9 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but οὐκ no ἐγκρατεύονται to self-control, ⚐γαμησάτωσαν to marry, ⚐κρεῖττον greater γάρ for ἐστιν to be γαμῆσαι to marry ἢ or πυροῦσθαι to burn.

 -46 7 10 ⚐Τοῖς the δὲ and γεγαμηκόσιν to marry παραγγέλλω to order, οὐκ no ἐγὼ I ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the κύριος lord, ⚐γυναῖκα woman ἀπὸ from ἀνδρὸς man μὴ not χωρισθῆναι to separate— -46 7 11 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but καὶ and χωρισθῇ to leave, ⚐μενέτω to stay ἄγαμος unmarried ⚐ἢ or τῷ the ἀνδρὶ man καταλλαγήτω to reconcile— ⚐καὶ and ἄνδρα man γυναῖκα woman μὴ not ἀφιέναι to release.

 -46 7 12 ⚐Τοῖς the δὲ and λοιποῖς remaining λέγω to speak ἐγώ I, ⚐οὐχ no ὁ the κύριος lord· ⚐εἴ if τις one ἀδελφὸς brother γυναῖκα woman ἔχει to have ἄπιστον unbelieving, ⚐καὶ and αὕτη this συνευδοκεῖ to agree to οἰκεῖν to dwell μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐μὴ not ἀφιέτω to release αὐτήν her· -46 7 13 ⚐καὶ and γυνὴ woman εἴ if τις one ἔχει to have ἄνδρα man ἄπιστον unbelieving, ⚐καὶ and οὗτος this συνευδοκεῖ to agree to οἰκεῖν to dwell μετ᾽ with αὐτῆς of her, ⚐μὴ not ἀφιέτω to release τὸν the ἄνδρα man. -46 7 14 ⚐ἡγίασται to sanctify γὰρ for ὁ the ἀνὴρ man ὁ the ἄπιστος unbelieving ἐν in τῇ the γυναικί woman, ⚐καὶ and ἡγίασται to sanctify ἡ the γυνὴ woman ἡ the ἄπιστος unbelieving ἐν in τῷ the ἀδελφῷ brother· ⚐ἐπεὶ since ἄρα therefore τὰ the τέκνα child ὑμῶν of you ἀκάθαρτά unclean ἐστιν to be, ⚐νῦν now δὲ but ἅγιά holy ἐστιν to be. -46 7 15 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ὁ the ἄπιστος unbelieving χωρίζεται to separate, ⚐χωριζέσθω to separate· ⚐οὐ no δεδούλωται to enslave ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother ἢ or ἡ the ἀδελφὴ sister ἐν in τοῖς the τοιούτοις such as this, ⚐ἐν in δὲ and εἰρήνῃ peace κέκληκεν to call ὑμᾶς you ὁ the θεός God. -46 7 16 ⚐τί which? γὰρ for οἶδας to know, γύναι woman, ⚐εἰ if τὸν the ἄνδρα man σώσεις to save; ⚐ἢ or τί which? οἶδας to know, ἄνερ man, ⚐εἰ if τὴν the γυναῖκα woman σώσεις to save;

 -46 7 17 ⚐Εἰ if μὴ not ἑκάστῳ each ὡς as ἐμέρισεν to divide ὁ the κύριος lord, ⚐ἕκαστον each ὡς as κέκληκεν to call ὁ the θεός God, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) περιπατείτω to walk· ⚐καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐν in ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly πάσαις all διατάσσομαι to direct. -46 7 18 ⚐περιτετμημένος to circumcise τις one ἐκλήθη to call; ⚐μὴ not ἐπισπάσθω to uncircumcise· ⚐ἐν in ἀκροβυστίᾳ uncircumcision κέκληταί to call τις one; ⚐μὴ not περιτεμνέσθω to circumcise. -46 7 19 ⚐ἡ the περιτομὴ circumcision οὐδέν no one ἐστιν to be, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ἀκροβυστία uncircumcision οὐδέν no one ἐστιν to be, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τήρησις keeping ἐντολῶν commandment θεοῦ God. -46 7 20 ⚐ἕκαστος each ἐν in τῇ the κλήσει calling ᾗ which ἐκλήθη to call ἐν in ταύτῃ to this μενέτω to stay.

 -46 7 21 ⚐Δοῦλος slave ἐκλήθης to call; ⚐μή not σοι to you μελέτω to care· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἰ if καὶ and δύνασαι be able ⚐ἐλεύθερος free γενέσθαι to be, ⚐μᾶλλον more χρῆσαι to use. -46 7 22 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for ἐν in κυρίῳ lord κληθεὶς to call δοῦλος slave ἀπελεύθερος freedman κυρίου lord ἐστίν to be· ⚐ὁμοίως likewise ὁ the ἐλεύθερος free κληθεὶς to call δοῦλός slave ἐστιν to be Χριστοῦ Christ. -46 7 23 ⚐τιμῆς honor ἠγοράσθητε to buy· ⚐μὴ not γίνεσθε to be δοῦλοι slave ἀνθρώπων a human. -46 7 24 ⚐ἕκαστος each ἐν in ᾧ which ἐκλήθη to call, ἀδελφοί brother, ἐν in τούτῳ to this μενέτω to stay παρὰ with θεῷ God.

 -46 7 25 ⚐Περὶ about δὲ but τῶν who παρθένων virgin ⚐ἐπιταγὴν command κυρίου lord οὐκ no ἔχω to have, ⚐γνώμην resolution δὲ and δίδωμι to give ⚐ὡς as ἠλεημένος to have mercy ὑπὸ by κυρίου lord ⚐πιστὸς faithful εἶναι to be. -46 7 26 ⚐νομίζω to think οὖν therefore τοῦτο this καλὸν good ὑπάρχειν to be διὰ because of τὴν the ἐνεστῶσαν be present ἀνάγκην necessity, ⚐ὅτι that καλὸν good ἀνθρώπῳ a human τὸ the οὕτως thus(-ly) εἶναι to be. -46 7 27 ⚐δέδεσαι to bind γυναικί woman; ⚐μὴ not ζήτει to seek λύσιν divorce· ⚐λέλυσαι to loose ἀπὸ from γυναικός woman; ⚐μὴ not ζήτει to seek γυναῖκα woman· -46 7 28 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but καὶ and γαμήσῃς to marry, ⚐οὐχ no ἥμαρτες to sin. ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if γήμῃ to marry ἡ the παρθένος virgin, ⚐οὐχ no ἥμαρτεν to sin. ⚐θλῖψιν pressure δὲ but τῇ the σαρκὶ flesh ἕξουσιν to have οἱ who τοιοῦτοι such as this, ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ and ὑμῶν of you φείδομαι to spare. -46 7 29 ⚐τοῦτο this δέ and φημι to say, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐ὁ the καιρὸς time συνεσταλμένος to wrap up ἐστίν to be· ⚐τὸ the λοιπὸν henceforth ἵνα in order that καὶ and οἱ who ἔχοντες to have γυναῖκας woman ὡς as μὴ not ἔχοντες to have ὦσιν to be, -46 7 30 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the κλαίοντες to weep ὡς as μὴ not κλαίοντες to weep, ⚐καὶ and οἱ who χαίροντες to rejoice ὡς as μὴ not χαίροντες to rejoice, ⚐καὶ and οἱ who ἀγοράζοντες to buy ὡς as μὴ not κατέχοντες to hold fast, -46 7 31 ⚐καὶ and οἱ who χρώμενοι to use τὸν the κόσμον world ὡς as μὴ not καταχρώμενοι to use up· ⚐παράγει to pass γὰρ for τὸ the σχῆμα form τοῦ the κόσμου world τούτου of this.

 -46 7 32 ⚐Θέλω to will δὲ and ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἀμερίμνους untroubled εἶναι to be. ⚐ὁ the ἄγαμος unmarried μεριμνᾷ to worry τὰ the τοῦ the κυρίου lord, ⚐πῶς how? ἀρέσῃ to please τῷ the κυρίῳ lord· -46 7 33 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but γαμήσας to marry μεριμνᾷ to worry τὰ the τοῦ the κόσμου world, ⚐πῶς how? ἀρέσῃ to please τῇ the γυναικί woman, -46 7 34 ⚐καὶ and μεμέρισται to divide. ⚐καὶ and ἡ the γυνὴ woman ἡ the ἄγαμος unmarried καὶ and ἡ the παρθένος virgin μεριμνᾷ to worry τὰ the τοῦ the κυρίου lord, ⚐ἵνα in order to ᾖ to be ἁγία holy καὶ and τῷ the σώματι body καὶ and τῷ the πνεύματι spirit· ⚐ἡ the δὲ but γαμήσασα to marry μεριμνᾷ to worry τὰ the τοῦ the κόσμου world, ⚐πῶς how? ἀρέσῃ to please τῷ the ἀνδρί man. -46 7 35 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and πρὸς to τὸ the ὑμῶν of you αὐτῶν of them σύμφορον to be profitable λέγω to speak, ⚐οὐχ no ἵνα in order to βρόχον restraint ὑμῖν to you ἐπιβάλω to put on, ⚐ἀλλὰ but πρὸς to τὸ the εὔσχημον proper καὶ and εὐπάρεδρον devoted τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ἀπερισπάστως undivided.

 -46 7 36 ⚐Εἰ if δέ and τις one ἀσχημονεῖν to act improperly ἐπὶ to τὴν the παρθένον virgin αὐτοῦ of him νομίζει to think ⚐ἐὰν if ᾖ to be ὑπέρακμος past one’s prime, καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) ὀφείλει to owe γίνεσθαι to be, ⚐ὃ which θέλει to will ποιείτω to do· ⚐οὐχ no ἁμαρτάνει to sin· ⚐γαμείτωσαν to marry. -46 7 37 ⚐ὃς which δὲ but ἕστηκεν to stand ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart αὐτοῦ of him ἑδραῖος steadfast ⚐μὴ not ἔχων to be ἀνάγκην necessity, ⚐ἐξουσίαν authority δὲ but ἔχει to have περὶ about τοῦ the ἰδίου one's own θελήματος will, ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this κέκρικεν to judge ἐν in τῇ the ἰδίᾳ one's own καρδίᾳ heart, ⚐τηρεῖν to keep τὴν the ἑαυτοῦ myself παρθένον virgin, ⚐καλῶς well ποιήσει to do· -46 7 38 ⚐ὥστε so καὶ and ὁ who γαμίζων to give in marriage τὴν the ἑαυτοῦ myself παρθένον virgin καλῶς well ποιεῖ to do, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the μὴ not γαμίζων to give in marriage κρεῖσσον greater ποιήσει to do.

 -46 7 39 ⚐Γυνὴ woman δέδεται to bind ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ὅσον as much as χρόνον time ζῇ to live ὁ the ἀνὴρ man αὐτῆς of her· ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but κοιμηθῇ to sleep ὁ the ἀνήρ man, ⚐ἐλευθέρα free ἐστὶν to be ⚐ᾧ which θέλει to will γαμηθῆναι to marry, ⚐μόνον alone ἐν in κυρίῳ lord· -46 7 40 ⚐μακαριωτέρα blessed δέ but ἐστιν to be ⚐ἐὰν if οὕτως thus(-ly) μείνῃ to stay, ⚐κατὰ according to τὴν the ἐμὴν my γνώμην resolution, ⚐δοκῶ to think δὲ and ⚐κἀγὼ and I πνεῦμα spirit θεοῦ God ἔχειν to have.

 -46 8 1 ⚐Περὶ about δὲ but τῶν the εἰδωλοθύτων sacrificed to idols, ⚐οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that πάντες all γνῶσιν knowledge ἔχομεν to have. ⚐ἡ the γνῶσις knowledge φυσιοῖ to inflate, ⚐ἡ the δὲ and ἀγάπη love οἰκοδομεῖ to build. -46 8 2 ⚐εἴ if τις one δοκεῖ to think ἐγνωκέναι to know τι one, ⚐οὔπω not yet ἔγνω to know ⚐καθὼς as δεῖ to bind γνῶναι to know· -46 8 3 ⚐εἰ if δέ but τις one ἀγαπᾷ to love τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐οὗτος this ἔγνωσται to know ὑπ᾽ by αὐτοῦ of him.

 -46 8 4 ⚐Περὶ about τῆς the βρώσεως eating οὖν then τῶν the εἰδωλοθύτων sacrificed to idols ⚐οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that οὐδὲν no one εἴδωλον idol ἐν in κόσμῳ world, ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that οὐδεὶς no one θεὸς God εἰ if μὴ not εἷς one. -46 8 5 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for εἴπερ if so εἰσὶν to be λεγόμενοι to speak θεοὶ God εἴτε if ἐν in οὐρανῷ heaven εἴτε if ἐπὶ on γῆς earth, ⚐ὥσπερ just as εἰσὶν to be θεοὶ God πολλοὶ much καὶ and κύριοι lord πολλοί much, -46 8 6 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἡμῖν to us εἷς one θεὸς God ὁ the πατήρ father, ⚐ἐξ from οὗ which τὰ the πάντα all ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we εἰς toward αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and εἷς one κύριος lord Ἰησοῦς Jesus Χριστός Christ, ⚐δι᾽ through οὗ which τὰ the πάντα all ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him.

 -46 8 7 ⚐Ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no ἐν in πᾶσιν all ἡ this γνῶσις knowledge· ⚐τινὲς one δὲ and τῇ the συνηθείᾳ custom ἕως until ἄρτι now τοῦ the εἰδώλου idol ⚐ὡς as εἰδωλόθυτον sacrificed to idols ἐσθίουσιν to eat, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the συνείδησις conscience αὐτῶν of them ἀσθενὴς weak οὖσα to be ⚐μολύνεται to defile. -46 8 8 ⚐βρῶμα food δὲ and ἡμᾶς us οὐ no παραστήσει to stand by τῷ the θεῷ God· ⚐οὔτε neither ἐὰν if μὴ not φάγωμεν to eat, ὑστερούμεθα to lack, ⚐οὔτε neither ἐὰν if φάγωμεν to eat, περισσεύομεν to exceed. -46 8 9 ⚐βλέπετε to see δὲ but ⚐μή not πως how? ἡ the ἐξουσία authority ὑμῶν of you αὕτη this πρόσκομμα stumbling block γένηται to be τοῖς the ἀσθενέσιν weak. -46 8 10 ⚐ἐὰν if γάρ for τις one ἴδῃ to know σὲ you τὸν who ἔχοντα to have γνῶσιν knowledge ἐν in εἰδωλείῳ idol's temple κατακείμενον to recline, ⚐οὐχὶ not ἡ the συνείδησις conscience αὐτοῦ of him ἀσθενοῦς weak ὄντος to be ⚐οἰκοδομηθήσεται to build ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the τὰ the εἰδωλόθυτα sacrificed to idols ἐσθίειν to eat; -46 8 11 ⚐ἀπόλλυται to destroy γὰρ for ὁ the ἀσθενῶν be weak ἐν by τῇ the σῇ your γνώσει knowledge, ⚐ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother δι᾽ because of ὃν which Χριστὸς Christ ἀπέθανεν to die. -46 8 12 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) δὲ and ἁμαρτάνοντες to sin εἰς toward τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother ⚐καὶ and τύπτοντες to strike αὐτῶν of them τὴν the συνείδησιν conscience ἀσθενοῦσαν be weak ⚐εἰς toward Χριστὸν Christ ἁμαρτάνετε to sin. -46 8 13 ⚐διόπερ therefore εἰ if βρῶμα food σκανδαλίζει to cause to stumble τὸν the ἀδελφόν brother μου of me, ⚐οὐ no μὴ not φάγω to eat κρέα meat εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not τὸν the ἀδελφόν brother μου of me σκανδαλίσω to cause to stumble.

 -46 9 1 ⚐Οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἐλεύθερος free; ⚐οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἀπόστολος apostle; ⚐οὐχὶ not Ἰησοῦν Jesus τὸν the κύριον lord ἡμῶν of us ἑόρακα to see; ⚐οὐ no τὸ the ἔργον work μου of me ὑμεῖς you ἐστε to be ἐν in κυρίῳ lord; -46 9 2 ⚐εἰ if ἄλλοις another οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἀπόστολος apostle, ⚐ἀλλά but γε indeed ὑμῖν to you εἰμι to be, ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for σφραγίς seal μου of me τῆς the ἀποστολῆς apostleship ὑμεῖς you ἐστε to be ἐν in κυρίῳ lord.

 -46 9 3 ⚐Ἡ the ἐμὴ my ἀπολογία defence τοῖς the ἐμὲ me ἀνακρίνουσίν to investigate ἐστιν to be αὕτη this. -46 9 4 ⚐μὴ not οὐκ no ἔχομεν to have ἐξουσίαν authority ⚐φαγεῖν to eat καὶ and πεῖν to drink; -46 9 5 ⚐μὴ not οὐκ no ἔχομεν to have ἐξουσίαν authority ⚐ἀδελφὴν sister γυναῖκα woman περιάγειν to take, ⚐ὡς as καὶ and οἱ the λοιποὶ remaining ἀπόστολοι apostle καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother τοῦ the κυρίου lord καὶ and Κηφᾶς Cephas; -46 9 6 ⚐ἢ or μόνος alone ἐγὼ I καὶ and Βαρναβᾶς Barnabas οὐκ no ἔχομεν to have ἐξουσίαν authority ⚐μὴ not ἐργάζεσθαι to work; -46 9 7 ⚐τίς which? στρατεύεται to battle ἰδίοις one's own ὀψωνίοις compensation ποτέ ever; ⚐τίς which? φυτεύει to plant ἀμπελῶνα vineyard ⚐καὶ and τὸν the καρπὸν fruit αὐτοῦ of him οὐκ no ἐσθίει to eat; ⚐ἢ or τίς which? ποιμαίνει to shepherd ποίμνην flock ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of τοῦ the γάλακτος milk τῆς the ποίμνης flock οὐκ no ἐσθίει to eat;

 -46 9 8 ⚐Μὴ not κατὰ according to ἄνθρωπον a human ταῦτα these λαλῶ to speak ⚐ἢ or καὶ and ὁ the νόμος law ταῦτα these οὐ no λέγει to speak; -46 9 9 ⚐ἐν in γὰρ for τῷ the Μωϋσέως Moses νόμῳ law γέγραπται to write· ⚐Οὐ no κημώσεις to muzzle βοῦν ox ἀλοῶντα to thresh. ⚐μὴ not τῶν the βοῶν ox μέλει to care τῷ the θεῷ God, -46 9 10 ⚐ἢ or δι᾽ because of ἡμᾶς us πάντως surely λέγει to speak; ⚐δι᾽ because of ἡμᾶς us γὰρ for ἐγράφη to write, ⚐ὅτι since ὀφείλει to owe ἐπ᾽ upon ἐλπίδι hope ὁ the ἀροτριῶν to plow ἀροτριᾶν to plow, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἀλοῶν to thresh ἐπ᾽ upon ἐλπίδι hope τοῦ the μετέχειν to share. -46 9 11 ⚐εἰ if ἡμεῖς we ὑμῖν to you τὰ the πνευματικὰ spiritual ἐσπείραμεν to sow, ⚐μέγα great ⚐εἰ if ἡμεῖς we ὑμῶν of you τὰ the σαρκικὰ fleshly θερίσομεν to reap; -46 9 12 ⚐εἰ if ἄλλοι another τῆς the ὑμῶν of you ἐξουσίας authority μετέχουσιν to share, ⚐οὐ no μᾶλλον more ἡμεῖς we;

 ⚐Ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no ἐχρησάμεθα to use τῇ the ἐξουσίᾳ authority ταύτῃ to this, ⚐ἀλλὰ but πάντα all στέγομεν to endure ⚐ἵνα in order that μή not τινα one ἐγκοπὴν hindrance δῶμεν to give τῷ the εὐαγγελίῳ gospel τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ. -46 9 13 ⚐οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that οἱ the τὰ the ἱερὰ sacred ἐργαζόμενοι to work τὰ the ἐκ from τοῦ the ἱεροῦ temple ἐσθίουσιν to eat, ⚐οἱ the τῷ the θυσιαστηρίῳ altar παρεδρεύοντες to serve τῷ the θυσιαστηρίῳ altar συμμερίζονται to share; -46 9 14 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὁ the κύριος lord διέταξεν to direct τοῖς the τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel καταγγέλλουσιν to proclaim ⚐ἐκ out of τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel ζῆν to live.

 -46 9 15 ⚐Ἐγὼ I δὲ but οὐ no κέχρημαι to use οὐδενὶ no one τούτων of these. ⚐οὐκ no ἔγραψα to write δὲ and ταῦτα these ⚐ἵνα in order that οὕτως thus(-ly) γένηται to be ἐν in ἐμοί to me, ⚐καλὸν good γάρ for μοι to me ⚐μᾶλλον more ἀποθανεῖν to die ⚐ἤ or— τὸ the καύχημά pride μου of me οὐδεὶς no one κενώσει to empty. -46 9 16 ⚐ἐὰν if γὰρ for εὐαγγελίζωμαι to speak good news, ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be μοι to me καύχημα pride, ⚐ἀνάγκη necessity γάρ for μοι to me ἐπίκειται to lay on· ⚐οὐαὶ woe! γάρ for μοί to me ἐστιν to be ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not εὐαγγελίσωμαι to speak good news. -46 9 17 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ἑκὼν voluntarily τοῦτο this πράσσω to practise, ⚐μισθὸν wage ἔχω to have· ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ἄκων unwilling, ⚐οἰκονομίαν management πεπίστευμαι to trust (in). -46 9 18 ⚐τίς which? οὖν then μού of me ἐστιν to be ὁ the μισθός wage; ⚐ἵνα in order that εὐαγγελιζόμενος to speak good news ⚐ἀδάπανον free θήσω to place τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the μὴ not καταχρήσασθαι to use up τῇ the ἐξουσίᾳ authority μου of me ἐν in τῷ the εὐαγγελίῳ gospel.

 -46 9 19 ⚐Ἐλεύθερος free γὰρ for ὢν to be ἐκ from πάντων all ⚐πᾶσιν all ἐμαυτὸν myself ἐδούλωσα to enslave, ⚐ἵνα in order to τοὺς the πλείονας greater κερδήσω to gain· -46 9 20 ⚐καὶ and ἐγενόμην to be τοῖς the Ἰουδαίοις Jewish ὡς as Ἰουδαῖος Jewish, ⚐ἵνα in order to Ἰουδαίους Jewish κερδήσω to gain· ⚐τοῖς the ὑπὸ under νόμον law ὡς as ὑπὸ under νόμον law, ⚐μὴ not ὢν to be αὐτὸς he ὑπὸ under νόμον law, ⚐ἵνα in order that τοὺς the ὑπὸ under νόμον law κερδήσω to gain· -46 9 21 ⚐τοῖς the ἀνόμοις lawless ὡς as ἄνομος lawless, ⚐μὴ not ὢν to be ἄνομος lawless θεοῦ God ἀλλ᾽ but ἔννομος under law Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ἵνα in order to κερδάνω to gain τοὺς the ἀνόμους lawless· -46 9 22 ⚐ἐγενόμην to be τοῖς the ἀσθενέσιν weak ἀσθενής weak, ⚐ἵνα in order to τοὺς the ἀσθενεῖς weak κερδήσω to gain· ⚐τοῖς the πᾶσιν all γέγονα to be πάντα all, ⚐ἵνα in order that πάντως surely τινὰς one σώσω to save. -46 9 23 ⚐πάντα all δὲ and ποιῶ to do διὰ because of τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel, ⚐ἵνα in order that συγκοινωνὸς sharer αὐτοῦ of it γένωμαι to be.

 -46 9 24 ⚐Οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that οἱ the ἐν in σταδίῳ stadium τρέχοντες to run πάντες all μὲν on the other hand τρέχουσιν to run, ⚐εἷς one δὲ but λαμβάνει to take τὸ the βραβεῖον prize; ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) τρέχετε to run ⚐ἵνα in order to καταλάβητε to lay hold of. -46 9 25 ⚐πᾶς all δὲ but ὁ the ἀγωνιζόμενος to struggle πάντα all ἐγκρατεύεται to self-control, ⚐ἐκεῖνοι that μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore ἵνα in order to φθαρτὸν perishable στέφανον crown λάβωσιν to take, ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ and ἄφθαρτον incorruptible. -46 9 26 ⚐ἐγὼ I τοίνυν then οὕτως thus(-ly) τρέχω to run ὡς as οὐκ no ἀδήλως uncertainly, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) πυκτεύω to box ὡς as οὐκ no ἀέρα air δέρων to beat up· -46 9 27 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὑπωπιάζω to wear out μου of me τὸ the σῶμα body ⚐καὶ and δουλαγωγῶ to enslave, ⚐μή not πως how? ἄλλοις another κηρύξας to preach ⚐αὐτὸς he ἀδόκιμος failing γένωμαι to be.

 -46 10 1 ⚐Οὐ no θέλω to will γὰρ for ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἀγνοεῖν be ignorant, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐ὅτι that οἱ the πατέρες father ἡμῶν of us πάντες all ὑπὸ under τὴν the νεφέλην cloud ἦσαν to be ⚐καὶ and πάντες all διὰ through τῆς the θαλάσσης sea διῆλθον to pass through, -46 10 2 ⚐καὶ and πάντες all εἰς toward τὸν the Μωϋσῆν Moses ἐβαπτίσθησαν to baptize ἐν in τῇ the νεφέλῃ cloud καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the θαλάσσῃ sea, -46 10 3 ⚐καὶ and πάντες all τὸ the αὐτὸ it πνευματικὸν spiritual βρῶμα food ἔφαγον to eat -46 10 4 ⚐καὶ and πάντες all τὸ the αὐτὸ it πνευματικὸν spiritual ἔπιον to drink πόμα drink, ⚐ἔπινον to drink γὰρ for ἐκ from πνευματικῆς spiritual ἀκολουθούσης to follow πέτρας rock, ⚐ἡ the πέτρα rock δὲ and ἦν to be ὁ the Χριστός Christ· -46 10 5 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no ἐν with τοῖς the πλείοσιν greater αὐτῶν of them εὐδόκησεν to delight ὁ the θεός God, ⚐κατεστρώθησαν be thrown down γὰρ for ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted.

 -46 10 6 ⚐Ταῦτα these δὲ and τύποι example ἡμῶν of us ἐγενήθησαν to be, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the μὴ not εἶναι to be ἡμᾶς us ἐπιθυμητὰς one who desires κακῶν evil, ⚐καθὼς as κἀκεῖνοι and that one ἐπεθύμησαν to long for. -46 10 7 ⚐μηδὲ not εἰδωλολάτραι idolater γίνεσθε to be, καθώς as τινες one αὐτῶν of them· ⚐ὥσπερ just as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ἐκάθισεν to sit ὁ the λαὸς a people ⚐φαγεῖν to eat καὶ and πεῖν to drink, ⚐καὶ and ἀνέστησαν to arise παίζειν to play. -46 10 8 ⚐μηδὲ not πορνεύωμεν to sin sexually, ⚐καθώς as τινες one αὐτῶν of them ἐπόρνευσαν to sin sexually, ⚐καὶ and ἔπεσαν to collapse μιᾷ one ἡμέρᾳ day εἴκοσι twenty τρεῖς three χιλιάδες thousand. -46 10 9 ⚐μηδὲ not ἐκπειράζωμεν to test τὸν the Χριστόν Christ, ⚐καθώς as τινες one αὐτῶν of them ἐπείρασαν to test, ⚐καὶ and ὑπὸ by τῶν the ὄφεων snake ἀπώλλυντο to destroy. -46 10 10 ⚐μηδὲ not γογγύζετε to murmur, ⚐καθάπερ just as τινὲς one αὐτῶν of them ἐγόγγυσαν to murmur, ⚐καὶ and ἀπώλοντο to destroy ὑπὸ by τοῦ the ὀλοθρευτοῦ destroyer. -46 10 11 ⚐ταῦτα these δὲ and τυπικῶς example συνέβαινεν to happen ἐκείνοις that, ⚐ἐγράφη to write δὲ and πρὸς to νουθεσίαν admonition ἡμῶν of us, ⚐εἰς toward οὓς which τὰ the τέλη goal τῶν the αἰώνων an age κατήντηκεν to come to. -46 10 12 ⚐ὥστε so ὁ who δοκῶν to think ἑστάναι to stand βλεπέτω to see ⚐μὴ not πέσῃ to collapse, -46 10 13 ⚐πειρασμὸς temptation ὑμᾶς you οὐκ no εἴληφεν to take ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ἀνθρώπινος human· ⚐πιστὸς faithful δὲ and ὁ the θεός God, ⚐ὃς which οὐκ no ἐάσει to allow ὑμᾶς you ⚐πειρασθῆναι to tempt ὑπὲρ beyond ὃ which δύνασθε be able, ⚐ἀλλὰ but ποιήσει to make σὺν with τῷ the πειρασμῷ temptation καὶ and τὴν the ἔκβασιν way out ⚐τοῦ the δύνασθαι be able ὑπενεγκεῖν to endure.

 -46 10 14 ⚐Διόπερ therefore, ἀγαπητοί beloved μου of me, φεύγετε to flee ἀπὸ from τῆς the εἰδωλολατρίας idolatry. -46 10 15 ⚐ὡς as φρονίμοις thoughtful λέγω to speak· ⚐κρίνατε to judge ὑμεῖς you ὅ which φημι to say. -46 10 16 ⚐τὸ the ποτήριον cup τῆς the εὐλογίας praise ὃ which εὐλογοῦμεν to bless, ⚐οὐχὶ not κοινωνία participation ἐστὶν to be τοῦ the αἵματος blood τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ; ⚐τὸν the ἄρτον bread ὃν which κλῶμεν to break, οὐχὶ not κοινωνία participation τοῦ the σώματος body τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ ἐστιν to be; -46 10 17 ⚐ὅτι since εἷς one ἄρτος bread, ⚐ἓν one σῶμα body οἱ who πολλοί much ἐσμεν to be, ⚐οἱ the γὰρ for πάντες all ἐκ out of τοῦ the ἑνὸς one ἄρτου bread μετέχομεν to share. -46 10 18 ⚐βλέπετε to see τὸν the Ἰσραὴλ Israel κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh· ⚐οὐχ no οἱ who ἐσθίοντες to eat τὰς the θυσίας sacrifice κοινωνοὶ participant τοῦ the θυσιαστηρίου altar εἰσίν to be; -46 10 19 ⚐τί which? οὖν therefore φημι to say; ⚐ὅτι that εἰδωλόθυτόν sacrificed to idols τί one ἐστιν to be, ⚐ἢ or ὅτι that εἴδωλόν idol τί one ἐστιν to be; -46 10 20 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅτι that ἃ which θύουσιν to sacrifice, δαιμονίοις demon καὶ and οὐ no θεῷ God θύουσιν to sacrifice, ⚐οὐ no θέλω to will δὲ and ὑμᾶς you ⚐κοινωνοὺς participant τῶν the δαιμονίων demon γίνεσθαι to be. -46 10 21 ⚐οὐ no δύνασθε be able ⚐ποτήριον cup κυρίου lord πίνειν to drink καὶ and ποτήριον cup δαιμονίων demon· ⚐οὐ no δύνασθε be able ⚐τραπέζης table κυρίου lord μετέχειν to share καὶ and τραπέζης table δαιμονίων demon. -46 10 22 ⚐ἢ or παραζηλοῦμεν to make envious τὸν the κύριον lord; ⚐μὴ not ἰσχυρότεροι strong αὐτοῦ of him ἐσμεν to be;

 -46 10 23 ⚐Πάντα all ἔξεστιν it is permitted· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no πάντα all συμφέρει to be profitable. ⚐πάντα all ἔξεστιν it is permitted· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no πάντα all οἰκοδομεῖ to build. -46 10 24 ⚐μηδεὶς nothing τὸ the ἑαυτοῦ myself ζητείτω to seek ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὸ the τοῦ the ἑτέρου other. -46 10 25 ⚐πᾶν all τὸ the ἐν in μακέλλῳ meat market πωλούμενον to sell ἐσθίετε to eat ⚐μηδὲν nothing ἀνακρίνοντες to investigate διὰ through τὴν the συνείδησιν conscience, -46 10 26 ⚐τοῦ the κυρίου lord γὰρ for ἡ the γῆ earth καὶ and τὸ the πλήρωμα fulfillment αὐτῆς of her. -46 10 27 ⚐εἴ if τις one καλεῖ to call ὑμᾶς you τῶν the ἀπίστων unbelieving καὶ and θέλετε to will πορεύεσθαι to go, ⚐πᾶν all τὸ the παρατιθέμενον to set before ὑμῖν to you ἐσθίετε to eat ⚐μηδὲν nothing ἀνακρίνοντες to investigate διὰ through τὴν the συνείδησιν conscience· -46 10 28 ⚐ἐὰν if δέ but τις one ὑμῖν to you εἴπῃ to say· ⚐Τοῦτο this ἱερόθυτόν sacrificed to idols ἐστιν to be, ⚐μὴ not ἐσθίετε to eat δι᾽ because of ἐκεῖνον that τὸν who μηνύσαντα to disclose καὶ and τὴν the συνείδησιν conscience· -46 10 29 ⚐συνείδησιν conscience δὲ and λέγω to speak οὐχὶ not τὴν the ἑαυτοῦ yourself ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὴν the τοῦ the ἑτέρου other· ⚐ἱνατί why? γὰρ for ἡ the ἐλευθερία freedom μου of me κρίνεται to judge ὑπὸ by ἄλλης another συνειδήσεως conscience; -46 10 30 ⚐εἰ if ἐγὼ I χάριτι grace μετέχω to share, ⚐τί which? βλασφημοῦμαι to blaspheme ⚐ὑπὲρ for οὗ which ἐγὼ I εὐχαριστῶ to thank;

 -46 10 31 ⚐Εἴτε if οὖν therefore ἐσθίετε to eat εἴτε if πίνετε to drink εἴτε if τι one ποιεῖτε to do, ⚐πάντα all εἰς toward δόξαν glory θεοῦ God ποιεῖτε to do. -46 10 32 ⚐ἀπρόσκοποι not giving offence καὶ and Ἰουδαίοις Jewish γίνεσθε to be καὶ and Ἕλλησιν a Greek καὶ and τῇ the ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -46 10 33 ⚐καθὼς just as κἀγὼ and I πάντα all πᾶσιν all ἀρέσκω to please, ⚐μὴ not ζητῶν to seek τὸ the ἐμαυτοῦ myself σύμφορον to be profitable ἀλλὰ but τὸ the τῶν the πολλῶν much, ⚐ἵνα in order that σωθῶσιν to save. -46 11 1 ⚐μιμηταί imitator μου of me γίνεσθε to be, καθὼς just as κἀγὼ and I Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -46 11 2 ⚐Ἐπαινῶ to praise δὲ and ὑμᾶς you ⚐ὅτι since πάντα all μου of me μέμνησθε to remember ⚐καὶ and καθὼς just as παρέδωκα to deliver ὑμῖν to you τὰς the παραδόσεις tradition κατέχετε to hold fast. -46 11 3 ⚐θέλω to will δὲ but ὑμᾶς you ⚐εἰδέναι to know ⚐ὅτι that παντὸς all ἀνδρὸς man ἡ the κεφαλὴ head ὁ the Χριστός Christ ἐστιν to be, ⚐κεφαλὴ head δὲ and γυναικὸς woman ὁ the ἀνήρ man, ⚐κεφαλὴ head δὲ and τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ ὁ the θεός God. -46 11 4 ⚐πᾶς all ἀνὴρ man προσευχόμενος to pray ἢ or προφητεύων to prophesy κατὰ according to κεφαλῆς head ἔχων to have καταισχύνει to dishonor τὴν the κεφαλὴν head αὐτοῦ of him· -46 11 5 ⚐πᾶσα all δὲ but γυνὴ woman προσευχομένη to pray ἢ or προφητεύουσα to prophesy ἀκατακαλύπτῳ uncovered τῇ the κεφαλῇ head καταισχύνει to dishonor τὴν the κεφαλὴν head αὐτῆς of her, ⚐ἓν one γάρ for ἐστιν to be καὶ and τὸ the αὐτὸ it τῇ the ἐξυρημένῃ to shave. -46 11 6 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for οὐ no κατακαλύπτεται to cover γυνή woman, ⚐καὶ and κειράσθω to shear· ⚐εἰ if δὲ but αἰσχρὸν shameful γυναικὶ woman τὸ the κείρασθαι to shear ἢ or ξυρᾶσθαι to shave, ⚐κατακαλυπτέσθω to cover. -46 11 7 ⚐ἀνὴρ man μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for οὐκ no ὀφείλει to owe κατακαλύπτεσθαι to cover τὴν the κεφαλήν head, ⚐εἰκὼν image καὶ and δόξα glory θεοῦ God ὑπάρχων to be· ⚐ἡ the γυνὴ woman δὲ but δόξα glory ἀνδρός man ἐστιν to be. -46 11 8 ⚐οὐ no γάρ for ἐστιν to be ἀνὴρ man ἐκ from γυναικός woman, ⚐ἀλλὰ but γυνὴ woman ἐξ from ἀνδρός man· -46 11 9 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for οὐκ no ἐκτίσθη to create ἀνὴρ man διὰ because of τὴν the γυναῖκα woman, ⚐ἀλλὰ but γυνὴ woman διὰ because of τὸν the ἄνδρα man. -46 11 10 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this ὀφείλει to owe ἡ the γυνὴ woman ⚐ἐξουσίαν authority ἔχειν to have ἐπὶ on τῆς the κεφαλῆς head διὰ because of τοὺς the ἀγγέλους angel. -46 11 11 ⚐πλὴν but οὔτε neither γυνὴ woman χωρὶς without ἀνδρὸς man ⚐οὔτε neither ἀνὴρ man χωρὶς without γυναικὸς woman ἐν in κυρίῳ lord· -46 11 12 ⚐ὥσπερ just as γὰρ for ἡ the γυνὴ woman ἐκ from τοῦ the ἀνδρός man, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὁ the ἀνὴρ man διὰ through τῆς the γυναικός woman· ⚐τὰ the δὲ but πάντα all ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -46 11 13 ⚐ἐν in ὑμῖν to you αὐτοῖς to them κρίνατε to judge· ⚐πρέπον be proper ἐστὶν to be ⚐γυναῖκα woman ἀκατακάλυπτον uncovered τῷ the θεῷ God προσεύχεσθαι to pray; -46 11 14 ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἡ the φύσις nature αὐτὴ she διδάσκει to teach ὑμᾶς you ⚐ὅτι that ἀνὴρ man μὲν on the other hand ἐὰν if κομᾷ be long-haired, ἀτιμία dishonour αὐτῷ to him ἐστιν to be, -46 11 15 ⚐γυνὴ woman δὲ but ἐὰν if κομᾷ be long-haired, δόξα glory αὐτῇ to her ἐστιν to be; ⚐ὅτι since ἡ the κόμη hair ἀντὶ for περιβολαίου covering δέδοται to give αὐτῇ to her. -46 11 16 ⚐εἰ if δέ and τίς one δοκεῖ to think φιλόνεικος dispute-loving εἶναι to be, ⚐ἡμεῖς we τοιαύτην such as this συνήθειαν custom οὐκ no ἔχομεν to have, ⚐οὐδὲ and not αἱ the ἐκκλησίαι assembly τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -46 11 17 ⚐Τοῦτο this δὲ and παραγγέλλων to order ⚐οὐκ no ἐπαινῶ to praise ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no εἰς toward τὸ the κρεῖσσον greater ἀλλ᾽ but εἰς toward τὸ the ἧσσον worse συνέρχεσθε to assemble. -46 11 18 ⚐πρῶτον first μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for συνερχομένων to assemble ὑμῶν of you ἐν in ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly ⚐ἀκούω to hear ⚐σχίσματα split ἐν among ὑμῖν to you ὑπάρχειν to be, ⚐καὶ and μέρος part τι one πιστεύω to trust (in). -46 11 19 ⚐δεῖ to bind γὰρ for καὶ and αἱρέσεις sect ἐν among ὑμῖν to you εἶναι to be, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and οἱ who δόκιμοι tested φανεροὶ manifest γένωνται to be ἐν in ὑμῖν to you. -46 11 20 ⚐συνερχομένων to assemble οὖν then ὑμῶν of you ἐπὶ upon τὸ the αὐτὸ it ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be κυριακὸν the Lord’s δεῖπνον dinner φαγεῖν to eat, -46 11 21 ⚐ἕκαστος each γὰρ for τὸ the ἴδιον one's own δεῖπνον dinner προλαμβάνει to take beforehand ἐν in τῷ the φαγεῖν to eat, ⚐καὶ and ὃς which μὲν on the other hand πεινᾷ to hunger, ⚐ὃς which δὲ and μεθύει to get drunk. -46 11 22 ⚐μὴ not γὰρ for οἰκίας house οὐκ no ἔχετε to have ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ἐσθίειν to eat καὶ and πίνειν to drink; ⚐ἢ or τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly τοῦ the θεοῦ God καταφρονεῖτε to despise, ⚐καὶ and καταισχύνετε to dishonor τοὺς the μὴ not ἔχοντας to have; ⚐τί which? εἴπω to say ὑμῖν to you; ⚐ἐπαινέσω to praise ὑμᾶς you; ⚐ἐν in τούτῳ to this οὐκ no ἐπαινῶ to praise.

 -46 11 23 ⚐Ἐγὼ I γὰρ for παρέλαβον to take ἀπὸ from τοῦ the κυρίου lord, ὃ which καὶ and παρέδωκα to deliver ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the κύριος lord Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐν on τῇ the νυκτὶ night ᾗ which παρεδίδετο to deliver ἔλαβεν to take ἄρτον bread -46 11 24 ⚐καὶ and εὐχαριστήσας to thank ⚐ἔκλασεν to break καὶ and εἶπεν to say· ⚐Τοῦτό this μού of me ἐστιν to be τὸ the σῶμα body τὸ the ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you· ⚐τοῦτο this ποιεῖτε to do εἰς toward τὴν the ἐμὴν my ἀνάμνησιν remembrance. -46 11 25 ⚐ὡσαύτως likewise καὶ and τὸ the ποτήριον cup μετὰ after τὸ the δειπνῆσαι to dine, ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Τοῦτο this τὸ the ποτήριον cup ἡ the καινὴ new διαθήκη covenant ἐστὶν to be ἐν in τῷ the ἐμῷ my αἵματι blood· ⚐τοῦτο this ποιεῖτε to do, ὁσάκις whenever ἐὰν if πίνητε to drink, εἰς toward τὴν the ἐμὴν my ἀνάμνησιν remembrance. -46 11 26 ⚐ὁσάκις whenever γὰρ for ἐὰν if ἐσθίητε to eat τὸν the ἄρτον bread τοῦτον this καὶ and τὸ the ποτήριον cup πίνητε to drink, ⚐τὸν the θάνατον death τοῦ the κυρίου lord καταγγέλλετε to proclaim, ἄχρι until οὗ which ἔλθῃ to come.

 -46 11 27 ⚐Ὥστε so ὃς which ἂν if ἐσθίῃ to eat τὸν the ἄρτον bread ἢ or πίνῃ to drink τὸ the ποτήριον cup τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἀναξίως unworthily, ⚐ἔνοχος liable for ἔσται to be τοῦ the σώματος body καὶ and τοῦ the αἵματος blood τοῦ the κυρίου lord. -46 11 28 ⚐δοκιμαζέτω to test δὲ and ἄνθρωπος a human ἑαυτόν himself, ⚐καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐκ of τοῦ the ἄρτου bread ἐσθιέτω to eat ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of τοῦ the ποτηρίου cup πινέτω to drink· -46 11 29 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for ἐσθίων to eat καὶ and πίνων to drink κρίμα judgment ἑαυτῷ himself ἐσθίει to eat καὶ and πίνει to drink ⚐μὴ not διακρίνων to judge τὸ the σῶμα body. -46 11 30 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this ἐν in ὑμῖν to you πολλοὶ much ἀσθενεῖς weak καὶ and ἄρρωστοι ill ⚐καὶ and κοιμῶνται to sleep ἱκανοί sufficient. -46 11 31 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ἑαυτοὺς ourselves διεκρίνομεν to judge, ⚐οὐκ no ἂν if ἐκρινόμεθα to judge· -46 11 32 ⚐κρινόμενοι to judge δὲ but ὑπὸ by τοῦ the κυρίου lord ⚐παιδευόμεθα to instruct, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not σὺν with τῷ the κόσμῳ world κατακριθῶμεν to condemn.

 -46 11 33 ⚐Ὥστε so, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me, συνερχόμενοι to assemble εἰς toward τὸ the φαγεῖν to eat ⚐ἀλλήλους one another ἐκδέχεσθε to wait for. -46 11 34 ⚐εἴ if τις one πεινᾷ to hunger, ⚐ἐν in οἴκῳ house ἐσθιέτω to eat, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not εἰς toward κρίμα judgment συνέρχησθε to assemble. ⚐Τὰ the δὲ and λοιπὰ remaining ὡς as ἂν if ἔλθω to come διατάξομαι to direct.

 -46 12 1 ⚐Περὶ about δὲ and τῶν the πνευματικῶν spiritual, ἀδελφοί brother, οὐ no θέλω to will ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἀγνοεῖν be ignorant. -46 12 2 ⚐οἴδατε to know ὅτι that ⚐ὅτε when ἔθνη Gentiles ἦτε to be ⚐πρὸς to τὰ the εἴδωλα idol τὰ the ἄφωνα mute ὡς how ἂν if ἤγεσθε to bring ἀπαγόμενοι to lead away. -46 12 3 ⚐διὸ therefore γνωρίζω to make known ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὐδεὶς no one ἐν by πνεύματι spirit θεοῦ God λαλῶν to speak ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Ἀνάθεμα devoted Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one δύναται be able εἰπεῖν to say· ⚐Κύριος lord Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ἐν by πνεύματι spirit ἁγίῳ holy.

 -46 12 4 ⚐Διαιρέσεις variety δὲ and χαρισμάτων gift εἰσίν to be, ⚐τὸ the δὲ but αὐτὸ it πνεῦμα spirit· -46 12 5 ⚐καὶ and διαιρέσεις variety διακονιῶν service εἰσιν to be, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the αὐτὸς he κύριος lord· -46 12 6 ⚐καὶ and διαιρέσεις variety ἐνεργημάτων working εἰσίν to be, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but αὐτὸς he θεός God, ὁ who ἐνεργῶν be active τὰ the πάντα all ἐν in πᾶσιν all. -46 12 7 ⚐ἑκάστῳ each δὲ and δίδοται to give ἡ the φανέρωσις manifestation τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit πρὸς to τὸ the συμφέρον to be profitable. -46 12 8 ⚐ᾧ which μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for διὰ through τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit δίδοται to give λόγος word σοφίας wisdom, ⚐ἄλλῳ another δὲ and λόγος word γνώσεως knowledge κατὰ according to τὸ the αὐτὸ it πνεῦμα spirit, -46 12 9 ⚐ἑτέρῳ other πίστις faith ἐν by τῷ the αὐτῷ to it πνεύματι spirit, ⚐ἄλλῳ another δὲ and χαρίσματα gift ἰαμάτων healing ἐν by τῷ the ἑνὶ one πνεύματι spirit, -46 12 10 ⚐ἄλλῳ another δὲ and ἐνεργήματα working δυνάμεων power, ⚐ἄλλῳ another δὲ and προφητεία prophecy, ⚐ἄλλῳ another δὲ and διακρίσεις discernment πνευμάτων spirit, ⚐ἑτέρῳ other γένη family γλωσσῶν tongue, ⚐ἄλλῳ another δὲ and ἑρμηνεία interpretation γλωσσῶν tongue· -46 12 11 ⚐πάντα all δὲ and ταῦτα these ἐνεργεῖ be active τὸ the ἓν one καὶ and τὸ the αὐτὸ it πνεῦμα spirit, ⚐διαιροῦν to distribute ἰδίᾳ one's own ἑκάστῳ each καθὼς as βούλεται to plan.

 -46 12 12 ⚐Καθάπερ just as γὰρ for τὸ the σῶμα body ἕν one ἐστιν to be καὶ and μέλη member πολλὰ much ἔχει to have, ⚐πάντα all δὲ and τὰ the μέλη member τοῦ the σώματος body πολλὰ much ὄντα to be ⚐ἕν one ἐστιν to be σῶμα body, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὁ the Χριστός Christ· -46 12 13 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ἐν in ἑνὶ one πνεύματι spirit ἡμεῖς we πάντες all εἰς toward ἓν one σῶμα body ἐβαπτίσθημεν to baptize, ⚐εἴτε if Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish εἴτε if Ἕλληνες a Greek, εἴτε if δοῦλοι slave εἴτε if ἐλεύθεροι free, ⚐καὶ and πάντες all ἓν one πνεῦμα spirit ἐποτίσθημεν to water.

 -46 12 14 ⚐Καὶ and γὰρ for τὸ the σῶμα body οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἓν one μέλος member ἀλλὰ but πολλά much. -46 12 15 ⚐ἐὰν if εἴπῃ to say ὁ the πούς foot· Ὅτι since οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be χείρ hand, οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἐκ out of τοῦ the σώματος body, ⚐οὐ no παρὰ beside τοῦτο this οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐκ out of τοῦ the σώματος body; -46 12 16 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if εἴπῃ to say τὸ the οὖς ear· Ὅτι since οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ὀφθαλμός eye, οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἐκ out of τοῦ the σώματος body, ⚐οὐ no παρὰ beside τοῦτο this οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐκ out of τοῦ the σώματος body· -46 12 17 ⚐εἰ if ὅλον all τὸ the σῶμα body ὀφθαλμός eye, ⚐ποῦ where? ἡ the ἀκοή hearing; ⚐εἰ if ὅλον all ἀκοή hearing, ⚐ποῦ where? ἡ the ὄσφρησις sense of smell; -46 12 18 ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ but ὁ the θεὸς God ἔθετο to place τὰ the μέλη member, ⚐ἓν one ἕκαστον each αὐτῶν of them, ἐν in τῷ the σώματι body καθὼς just as ἠθέλησεν to will. -46 12 19 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and ἦν to be τὰ the πάντα all ἓν one μέλος member, ⚐ποῦ where? τὸ the σῶμα body; -46 12 20 ⚐νῦν now δὲ and πολλὰ much μὲν on the other hand μέλη member, ⚐ἓν one δὲ but σῶμα body. -46 12 21 ⚐οὐ no δύναται be able δὲ and ὁ the ὀφθαλμὸς eye ⚐εἰπεῖν to say τῇ the χειρί hand· ⚐Χρείαν need σου of you οὐκ no ἔχω to have, ⚐ἢ or πάλιν again ἡ the κεφαλὴ head τοῖς the ποσίν foot· ⚐Χρείαν need ὑμῶν of you οὐκ no ἔχω to have· -46 12 22 ⚐ἀλλὰ but πολλῷ much μᾶλλον more τὰ the δοκοῦντα to think μέλη member τοῦ the σώματος body ἀσθενέστερα weak ὑπάρχειν to be ἀναγκαῖά necessary ἐστιν to be, -46 12 23 ⚐καὶ and ἃ which δοκοῦμεν to think ἀτιμότερα dishonored εἶναι to be τοῦ the σώματος body, ⚐τούτοις to these τιμὴν honor περισσοτέραν superabundant περιτίθεμεν to put on, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ἀσχήμονα indecent ἡμῶν of us εὐσχημοσύνην propriety περισσοτέραν superabundant ἔχει to have, -46 12 24 ⚐τὰ the δὲ but εὐσχήμονα proper ἡμῶν of us οὐ no χρείαν need ἔχει to have. ⚐Ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the θεὸς God συνεκέρασεν to unite τὸ the σῶμα body, ⚐τῷ the ὑστερουμένῳ to lack περισσοτέραν superabundant δοὺς to give τιμήν honor, -46 12 25 ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ᾖ to be σχίσμα split ἐν in τῷ the σώματι body, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὸ the αὐτὸ it ὑπὲρ for ἀλλήλων one another μεριμνῶσιν to worry τὰ the μέλη member. -46 12 26 ⚐καὶ and εἴτε if πάσχει to suffer ἓν one μέλος member, ⚐συμπάσχει to suffer with πάντα all τὰ the μέλη member· ⚐εἴτε if δοξάζεται to glorify ἓν one μέλος member, ⚐συγχαίρει to rejoice with πάντα all τὰ the μέλη member.

 -46 12 27 ⚐Ὑμεῖς you δέ and ἐστε to be σῶμα body Χριστοῦ Christ καὶ and μέλη member ἐκ of μέρους part. -46 12 28 ⚐καὶ and οὓς which μὲν on the other hand ἔθετο to place ὁ the θεὸς God ἐν in τῇ the ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly ⚐πρῶτον first ἀποστόλους apostle, ⚐δεύτερον secondly προφήτας prophet, ⚐τρίτον third διδασκάλους teacher, ⚐ἔπειτα then δυνάμεις power, ⚐ἔπειτα then χαρίσματα gift ἰαμάτων healing, ἀντιλήμψεις help, κυβερνήσεις administration, γένη family γλωσσῶν tongue. -46 12 29 ⚐μὴ not πάντες all ἀπόστολοι apostle; ⚐μὴ not πάντες all προφῆται prophet; ⚐μὴ not πάντες all διδάσκαλοι teacher; ⚐μὴ not πάντες all δυνάμεις power; -46 12 30 ⚐μὴ not πάντες all χαρίσματα gift ἔχουσιν to have ἰαμάτων healing; ⚐μὴ not πάντες all γλώσσαις tongue λαλοῦσιν to speak; ⚐μὴ not πάντες all διερμηνεύουσιν to interpret; -46 12 31 ⚐ζηλοῦτε be eager δὲ but τὰ the χαρίσματα gift τὰ the μείζονα great. ⚐καὶ and ἔτι still καθ᾽ according to ὑπερβολὴν surpassing ὁδὸν road ὑμῖν to you δείκνυμι to show.

 -46 13 1 ⚐Ἐὰν if ταῖς the γλώσσαις tongue τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human λαλῶ to speak καὶ and τῶν the ἀγγέλων angel, ⚐ἀγάπην love δὲ but μὴ not ἔχω to have, ⚐γέγονα to be χαλκὸς bronze ἠχῶν to resound ἢ or κύμβαλον cymbal ἀλαλάζον to wail. -46 13 2 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if ἔχω to have προφητείαν prophecy καὶ and εἰδῶ to know τὰ the μυστήρια mystery πάντα all καὶ and πᾶσαν all τὴν the γνῶσιν knowledge, ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if ἔχω to have πᾶσαν all τὴν the πίστιν faith ⚐ὥστε so ὄρη mountain μεθιστάναι to move, ⚐ἀγάπην love δὲ but μὴ not ἔχω to have, ⚐οὐθέν no one εἰμι to be. -46 13 3 ⚐κἂν even if ψωμίσω to dole out πάντα all τὰ the ὑπάρχοντά to be μου of me, ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if παραδῶ to deliver τὸ the σῶμά body μου of me, ⚐ἵνα in order to καυχήσωμαι to boast, ⚐ἀγάπην love δὲ but μὴ not ἔχω to have, ⚐οὐδὲν no one ὠφελοῦμαι to help.

 -46 13 4 ⚐Ἡ the ἀγάπη love μακροθυμεῖ to have patience, ⚐χρηστεύεται be kind ἡ the ἀγάπη love, ⚐οὐ no ζηλοῖ be eager ⚐ἡ the ἀγάπη love, οὐ no περπερεύεται to boast, ⚐οὐ no φυσιοῦται to inflate, -46 13 5 ⚐οὐκ no ἀσχημονεῖ to act improperly, ⚐οὐ no ζητεῖ to seek τὰ the ἑαυτῆς oneself, ⚐οὐ no παροξύνεται to provoke, ⚐οὐ no λογίζεται to count τὸ the κακόν harm, -46 13 6 ⚐οὐ no χαίρει to rejoice ἐπὶ upon τῇ the ἀδικίᾳ unrighteousness, ⚐συγχαίρει to rejoice with δὲ but τῇ the ἀληθείᾳ truth· -46 13 7 ⚐πάντα all στέγει to endure, ⚐πάντα all πιστεύει to trust (in), ⚐πάντα all ἐλπίζει to hope, ⚐πάντα all ὑπομένει to endure.

 -46 13 8 ⚐Ἡ the ἀγάπη love οὐδέποτε never πίπτει to collapse. ⚐εἴτε if δὲ but προφητεῖαι prophecy, ⚐καταργηθήσονται to end· ⚐εἴτε if γλῶσσαι tongue, ⚐παύσονται to cease· ⚐εἴτε if γνῶσις knowledge, ⚐καταργηθήσεται to end. -46 13 9 ⚐ἐκ out of μέρους part γὰρ for γινώσκομεν to know ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of μέρους part προφητεύομεν to prophesy· -46 13 10 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ but ἔλθῃ to come τὸ the τέλειον perfect, ⚐τὸ the ἐκ out of μέρους part καταργηθήσεται to end. -46 13 11 ⚐ὅτε when ἤμην to be νήπιος child, ⚐ἐλάλουν to speak ὡς as νήπιος child, ⚐ἐφρόνουν to think ὡς as νήπιος child, ⚐ἐλογιζόμην to count ὡς as νήπιος child· ⚐ὅτε when γέγονα to be ἀνήρ man, ⚐κατήργηκα to end τὰ the τοῦ the νηπίου child. -46 13 12 ⚐βλέπομεν to see γὰρ for ἄρτι now δι᾽ through ἐσόπτρου mirror ἐν in αἰνίγματι obscure thing, ⚐τότε then δὲ but πρόσωπον face πρὸς to πρόσωπον face· ⚐ἄρτι now γινώσκω to know ἐκ out of μέρους part, ⚐τότε then δὲ but ἐπιγνώσομαι to come to know ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and ἐπεγνώσθην to come to know. -46 13 13 ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ and μένει to stay πίστις faith, ἐλπίς hope, ἀγάπη love· τὰ the τρία three ταῦτα these, ⚐μείζων great δὲ but τούτων of these ἡ the ἀγάπη love.

 -46 14 1 ⚐Διώκετε to pursue τὴν the ἀγάπην love, ⚐ζηλοῦτε be eager δὲ and τὰ the πνευματικά spiritual, ⚐μᾶλλον more δὲ and ἵνα in order that προφητεύητε to prophesy. -46 14 2 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for λαλῶν to speak γλώσσῃ tongue οὐκ no ἀνθρώποις a human λαλεῖ to speak ἀλλὰ but θεῷ God, ⚐οὐδεὶς no one γὰρ for ἀκούει to hear, ⚐πνεύματι spirit δὲ and λαλεῖ to speak μυστήρια mystery· -46 14 3 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but προφητεύων to prophesy ἀνθρώποις a human λαλεῖ to speak ⚐οἰκοδομὴν building καὶ and παράκλησιν encouragement καὶ and παραμυθίαν comfort. -46 14 4 ⚐ὁ who λαλῶν to speak γλώσσῃ tongue ἑαυτὸν himself οἰκοδομεῖ to build· ⚐ὁ the δὲ but προφητεύων to prophesy ἐκκλησίαν assembly οἰκοδομεῖ to build. -46 14 5 ⚐θέλω to will δὲ but πάντας all ὑμᾶς you ⚐λαλεῖν to speak γλώσσαις tongue, ⚐μᾶλλον more δὲ and ἵνα in order that προφητεύητε to prophesy· ⚐μείζων great δὲ and ὁ who προφητεύων to prophesy ἢ or ὁ who λαλῶν to speak γλώσσαις tongue, ἐκτὸς except ⚐εἰ if μὴ not διερμηνεύῃ to interpret, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the ἐκκλησία assembly οἰκοδομὴν building λάβῃ to take.

 -46 14 6 ⚐Νῦν now δέ and, ἀδελφοί brother, ἐὰν if ἔλθω to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you γλώσσαις tongue λαλῶν to speak, ⚐τί which? ὑμᾶς you ὠφελήσω to help, ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not ὑμῖν to you λαλήσω to speak ἢ or ἐν with ἀποκαλύψει revelation ἢ or ἐν with γνώσει knowledge ⚐ἢ or ἐν in προφητείᾳ prophecy ἢ or ἐν in διδαχῇ teaching; -46 14 7 ⚐ὅμως just as τὰ the ἄψυχα lifeless φωνὴν sound διδόντα to give, εἴτε if αὐλὸς flute εἴτε if κιθάρα harp, ⚐ἐὰν if διαστολὴν distinction τοῖς the φθόγγοις sound μὴ not δῷ to give, ⚐πῶς how? γνωσθήσεται to know τὸ the αὐλούμενον to play the flute ἢ or τὸ the κιθαριζόμενον to play the harp; -46 14 8 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ἐὰν if ἄδηλον unclear σάλπιγξ trumpet φωνὴν sound δῷ to give, ⚐τίς which? παρασκευάσεται to prepare εἰς toward πόλεμον war; -46 14 9 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὑμεῖς you διὰ through τῆς the γλώσσης tongue ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not εὔσημον intelligible λόγον word δῶτε to give, ⚐πῶς how? γνωσθήσεται to know τὸ the λαλούμενον to speak; ⚐ἔσεσθε to be γὰρ for εἰς toward ἀέρα air λαλοῦντες to speak. -46 14 10 ⚐τοσαῦτα so great εἰ if τύχοι to happen γένη family φωνῶν voice εἰσιν to be ἐν in κόσμῳ world, ⚐καὶ and οὐδὲν no one ἄφωνον mute· -46 14 11 ⚐ἐὰν if οὖν then μὴ not εἰδῶ to know τὴν the δύναμιν power τῆς the φωνῆς voice, ⚐ἔσομαι to be τῷ the λαλοῦντι to speak βάρβαρος barbarian ⚐καὶ and ὁ the λαλῶν to speak ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me βάρβαρος barbarian. -46 14 12 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὑμεῖς you, ἐπεὶ since ζηλωταί zealot ἐστε to be πνευμάτων spirit, ⚐πρὸς to τὴν the οἰκοδομὴν building τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly ζητεῖτε to seek ⚐ἵνα in order to περισσεύητε to abound.

 -46 14 13 ⚐Διὸ therefore ὁ who λαλῶν to speak γλώσσῃ tongue προσευχέσθω to pray ⚐ἵνα in order that διερμηνεύῃ to interpret. -46 14 14 ⚐ἐὰν if γὰρ for προσεύχωμαι to pray γλώσσῃ tongue, ⚐τὸ the πνεῦμά spirit μου of me προσεύχεται to pray, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but νοῦς mind μου of me ἄκαρπός unfruitful ἐστιν to be. -46 14 15 ⚐τί which? οὖν therefore ἐστιν to be; ⚐προσεύξομαι to pray τῷ the πνεύματι spirit, ⚐προσεύξομαι to pray δὲ but καὶ and τῷ the νοΐ mind· ⚐ψαλῶ to sing praise τῷ the πνεύματι spirit, ⚐ψαλῶ to sing praise δὲ but καὶ and τῷ the νοΐ mind· -46 14 16 ⚐ἐπεὶ since ἐὰν if εὐλογῇς to praise ἐν with πνεύματι spirit, ⚐ὁ the ἀναπληρῶν to fulfil τὸν the τόπον place τοῦ the ἰδιώτου unlearned πῶς how? ἐρεῖ to say τὸ the Ἀμήν amen ἐπὶ to τῇ the σῇ your εὐχαριστίᾳ thankfulness; ⚐ἐπειδὴ since τί which? λέγεις to speak οὐκ no οἶδεν to know· -46 14 17 ⚐σὺ you μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for καλῶς well εὐχαριστεῖς to thank, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the ἕτερος other οὐκ no οἰκοδομεῖται to build. -46 14 18 ⚐εὐχαριστῶ to thank τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐πάντων all ὑμῶν of you μᾶλλον more γλώσσαις tongue λαλῶ to speak· -46 14 19 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly θέλω to will ⚐πέντε five λόγους word τῷ the νοΐ mind μου of me λαλῆσαι to speak, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and ἄλλους another κατηχήσω to instruct, ⚐ἢ or μυρίους myriad λόγους word ἐν in γλώσσῃ tongue.

 -46 14 20 ⚐Ἀδελφοί brother, μὴ not παιδία child γίνεσθε to be ταῖς the φρεσίν thinking, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τῇ the κακίᾳ evil νηπιάζετε be childlike, ⚐ταῖς the δὲ but φρεσὶν thinking τέλειοι perfect γίνεσθε to be. -46 14 21 ⚐ἐν in τῷ the νόμῳ law γέγραπται to write ⚐ὅτι that Ἐν with ἑτερογλώσσοις in another language καὶ and ἐν by χείλεσιν lip ἑτέρων other λαλήσω to speak τῷ the λαῷ a people τούτῳ to this, ⚐καὶ and οὐδ᾽ and not οὕτως thus(-ly) εἰσακούσονταί to listen to μου of me, λέγει to speak κύριος lord. -46 14 22 ⚐ὥστε so αἱ the γλῶσσαι tongue εἰς toward σημεῖόν sign εἰσιν to be οὐ no τοῖς the πιστεύουσιν to trust (in) ⚐ἀλλὰ but τοῖς the ἀπίστοις unbelieving, ⚐ἡ the δὲ but προφητεία prophecy οὐ no τοῖς the ἀπίστοις unbelieving ⚐ἀλλὰ but τοῖς the πιστεύουσιν to trust (in). -46 14 23 ⚐ἐὰν if οὖν therefore συνέλθῃ to assemble ἡ the ἐκκλησία assembly ὅλη all ἐπὶ upon τὸ the αὐτὸ it ⚐καὶ and πάντες all λαλῶσιν to speak γλώσσαις tongue, ⚐εἰσέλθωσιν to enter δὲ and ἰδιῶται unlearned ἢ or ἄπιστοι unbelieving, ⚐οὐκ no ἐροῦσιν to say ⚐ὅτι that μαίνεσθε to rave; -46 14 24 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but πάντες all προφητεύωσιν to prophesy, ⚐εἰσέλθῃ to enter δέ and τις one ἄπιστος unbelieving ἢ or ἰδιώτης unlearned, ⚐ἐλέγχεται to rebuke ὑπὸ by πάντων all, ⚐ἀνακρίνεται to investigate ὑπὸ by πάντων all, -46 14 25 ⚐τὰ the κρυπτὰ hidden τῆς the καρδίας heart αὐτοῦ of him φανερὰ manifest γίνεται to be, ⚐καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) πεσὼν to collapse ἐπὶ with πρόσωπον face ⚐προσκυνήσει to worship τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐ἀπαγγέλλων to announce ⚐ὅτι that Ὄντως really ὁ the θεὸς God ἐν among ὑμῖν to you ἐστιν to be.

 -46 14 26 ⚐Τί which? οὖν then ἐστιν to be, ἀδελφοί brother; ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) συνέρχησθε to assemble, ⚐ἕκαστος each ψαλμὸν psalm ἔχει to have, ⚐διδαχὴν teaching ἔχει to have, ⚐ἀποκάλυψιν revelation ἔχει to have, ⚐γλῶσσαν tongue ἔχει to have, ⚐ἑρμηνείαν interpretation ἔχει to have· ⚐πάντα all πρὸς to οἰκοδομὴν building γινέσθω to be. -46 14 27 ⚐εἴτε if γλώσσῃ tongue τις one λαλεῖ to speak, ⚐κατὰ according to δύο two ἢ or τὸ the πλεῖστον most τρεῖς three, ⚐καὶ and ἀνὰ each μέρος part, ⚐καὶ and εἷς one διερμηνευέτω to interpret· -46 14 28 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ but μὴ not ᾖ to be διερμηνευτής interpreter, ⚐σιγάτω be silent ἐν in ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly, ⚐ἑαυτῷ himself δὲ and λαλείτω to speak καὶ and τῷ the θεῷ God. -46 14 29 ⚐προφῆται prophet δὲ and δύο two ἢ or τρεῖς three λαλείτωσαν to speak, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἄλλοι another διακρινέτωσαν to discern· -46 14 30 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ and ἄλλῳ another ἀποκαλυφθῇ to reveal καθημένῳ to sit, ⚐ὁ who πρῶτος first σιγάτω be silent. -46 14 31 ⚐δύνασθε be able γὰρ for ⚐καθ᾽ according to ἕνα one πάντες all προφητεύειν to prophesy, ⚐ἵνα in order that πάντες all μανθάνωσιν to learn ⚐καὶ and πάντες all παρακαλῶνται to comfort -46 14 32 ( ⚐καὶ and πνεύματα spirit προφητῶν prophet προφήταις prophet ὑποτάσσεται to subject, -46 14 33 ⚐οὐ no γάρ for ἐστιν to be ἀκαταστασίας disorder ὁ the θεὸς God ἀλλ᾽ but εἰρήνης peace), ⚐ὡς as ἐν in πάσαις all ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly τῶν the ἁγίων holy.

 -46 14 34 ⚐Αἱ the γυναῖκες woman ἐν in ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly σιγάτωσαν be silent, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἐπιτρέπεται to permit αὐταῖς to them ⚐λαλεῖν to speak· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὑποτασσέσθωσαν to subject, ⚐καθὼς as καὶ and ὁ the νόμος law λέγει to speak. -46 14 35 ⚐εἰ if δέ and τι one μαθεῖν to learn θέλουσιν to will, ⚐ἐν in οἴκῳ house τοὺς the ἰδίους one's own ἄνδρας man ἐπερωτάτωσαν to question, ⚐αἰσχρὸν shameful γάρ for ἐστιν to be γυναικὶ woman ⚐λαλεῖν to speak ἐν in ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly. -46 14 36 ⚐ἢ or ἀφ᾽ from ὑμῶν of you ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐξῆλθεν to go out, ⚐ἢ or εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you μόνους alone κατήντησεν to come to;

 -46 14 37 ⚐Εἴ if τις one δοκεῖ to think προφήτης prophet εἶναι to be ἢ or πνευματικός spiritual, ⚐ἐπιγινωσκέτω to come to know ἃ which γράφω to write ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that κυρίου lord ἐστὶν to be ἐντολή commandment· -46 14 38 ⚐εἰ if δέ and τις one ἀγνοεῖ be ignorant, ⚐ἀγνοεῖται be ignorant. -46 14 39 ⚐ὥστε so, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me, ζηλοῦτε be eager τὸ the προφητεύειν to prophesy, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the λαλεῖν to speak μὴ not κωλύετε to prevent γλώσσαις tongue· -46 14 40 ⚐πάντα all δὲ and εὐσχημόνως properly καὶ and κατὰ according to τάξιν order γινέσθω to be.

 -46 15 1 ⚐Γνωρίζω to make known δὲ and ὑμῖν to you, ἀδελφοί brother, τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel ⚐ὃ which εὐηγγελισάμην to speak good news ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὃ which καὶ and παρελάβετε to take, ⚐ἐν on ᾧ which καὶ and ἑστήκατε to stand, -46 15 2 ⚐δι᾽ through οὗ which καὶ and σῴζεσθε to save, ⚐τίνι which? λόγῳ word εὐηγγελισάμην to speak good news ὑμῖν to you, ⚐εἰ if κατέχετε to hold fast, ⚐ἐκτὸς except εἰ if μὴ not εἰκῇ in vain ἐπιστεύσατε to trust (in).

 -46 15 3 ⚐Παρέδωκα to deliver γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you ἐν in πρώτοις first, ὃ which καὶ and παρέλαβον to take, ⚐ὅτι that Χριστὸς Christ ἀπέθανεν to die ὑπὲρ for τῶν the ἁμαρτιῶν sin ἡμῶν of us κατὰ according to τὰς the γραφάς a writing, -46 15 4 ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that ἐτάφη to bury, ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that ἐγήγερται to arise τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τῇ the τρίτῃ third κατὰ according to τὰς the γραφάς a writing, -46 15 5 ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that ὤφθη to see Κηφᾷ Cephas, ⚐εἶτα then τοῖς the δώδεκα twelve· -46 15 6 ⚐ἔπειτα then ὤφθη to see ἐπάνω above πεντακοσίοις five hundred ἀδελφοῖς brother ἐφάπαξ at once, ⚐ἐξ of ὧν which οἱ the πλείονες greater μένουσιν to stay ἕως until ἄρτι now, ⚐τινὲς one δὲ and ἐκοιμήθησαν to sleep· -46 15 7 ⚐ἔπειτα then ὤφθη to see Ἰακώβῳ James, ⚐εἶτα then τοῖς the ἀποστόλοις apostle πᾶσιν all· -46 15 8 ⚐ἔσχατον last δὲ and πάντων all ὡσπερεὶ just as if τῷ the ἐκτρώματι untimely birth ὤφθη to see κἀμοί and I. -46 15 9 ⚐ἐγὼ I γάρ for εἰμι to be ὁ the ἐλάχιστος least τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle, ⚐ὃς which οὐκ no εἰμὶ to be ἱκανὸς sufficient ⚐καλεῖσθαι to call ἀπόστολος apostle, ⚐διότι because ἐδίωξα to pursue τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly τοῦ the θεοῦ God· -46 15 10 ⚐χάριτι grace δὲ but θεοῦ God εἰμι to be ὅ which εἰμι to be, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the χάρις grace αὐτοῦ of him ἡ the εἰς toward ἐμὲ me οὐ no κενὴ empty ἐγενήθη to be, ⚐ἀλλὰ but περισσότερον superabundant αὐτῶν of them πάντων all ἐκοπίασα to labor, ⚐οὐκ no ἐγὼ I δὲ but ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἡ the χάρις grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἡ the σὺν with ἐμοί to me. -46 15 11 ⚐εἴτε if οὖν then ἐγὼ I εἴτε if ἐκεῖνοι that, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) κηρύσσομεν to preach ⚐καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐπιστεύσατε to trust (in).

 -46 15 12 ⚐Εἰ if δὲ and Χριστὸς Christ κηρύσσεται to preach ὅτι that ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ἐγήγερται to arise, ⚐πῶς how? λέγουσιν to speak ἐν in ὑμῖν to you τινες one ⚐ὅτι that ἀνάστασις resurrection νεκρῶν dead οὐκ no ἔστιν to be; -46 15 13 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ἀνάστασις resurrection νεκρῶν dead οὐκ no ἔστιν to be, ⚐οὐδὲ and not Χριστὸς Christ ἐγήγερται to arise· -46 15 14 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and Χριστὸς Christ οὐκ no ἐγήγερται to arise, ⚐κενὸν empty ἄρα therefore καὶ and τὸ the κήρυγμα preaching ἡμῶν of us, ⚐κενὴ empty καὶ and ἡ the πίστις faith ὑμῶν of you, -46 15 15 ⚐εὑρισκόμεθα to find δὲ and καὶ and ψευδομάρτυρες false witness τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ὅτι since ἐμαρτυρήσαμεν to testify κατὰ according to τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ὅτι that ἤγειρεν to arise τὸν the Χριστόν Christ, ⚐ὃν which οὐκ no ἤγειρεν to arise ⚐εἴπερ if so ἄρα therefore νεκροὶ dead οὐκ no ἐγείρονται to arise. -46 15 16 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for νεκροὶ dead οὐκ no ἐγείρονται to arise, ⚐οὐδὲ and not Χριστὸς Christ ἐγήγερται to arise· -46 15 17 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and Χριστὸς Christ οὐκ no ἐγήγερται to arise, ⚐ματαία futile ἡ the πίστις faith ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἔτι still ἐστὲ to be ἐν in ταῖς the ἁμαρτίαις sin ὑμῶν of you. -46 15 18 ⚐ἄρα therefore καὶ and οἱ who κοιμηθέντες to sleep ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ ἀπώλοντο to destroy. -46 15 19 ⚐εἰ if ἐν in τῇ the ζωῇ life ταύτῃ to this ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ ἠλπικότες to hope ἐσμὲν to be μόνον alone, ⚐ἐλεεινότεροι pitiful πάντων all ἀνθρώπων a human ἐσμέν to be.

 -46 15 20 ⚐Νυνὶ now δὲ but Χριστὸς Christ ἐγήγερται to arise ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead, ⚐ἀπαρχὴ firstfruits τῶν who κεκοιμημένων to sleep. -46 15 21 ⚐ἐπειδὴ since γὰρ for δι᾽ through ἀνθρώπου a human θάνατος death, ⚐καὶ and δι᾽ through ἀνθρώπου a human ἀνάστασις resurrection νεκρῶν dead· -46 15 22 ⚐ὥσπερ just as γὰρ for ἐν in τῷ the Ἀδὰμ Adam πάντες all ἀποθνῄσκουσιν to die, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the Χριστῷ Christ πάντες all ζῳοποιηθήσονται to make alive. -46 15 23 ⚐ἕκαστος each δὲ but ἐν in τῷ the ἰδίῳ one's own τάγματι order· ⚐ἀπαρχὴ firstfruits Χριστός Christ, ⚐ἔπειτα then οἱ the τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ ἐν in τῇ the παρουσίᾳ coming αὐτοῦ of him· -46 15 24 ⚐εἶτα then τὸ the τέλος goal, ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) παραδιδῷ to deliver τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τῷ the θεῷ God καὶ and πατρί father, ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) καταργήσῃ to end πᾶσαν all ἀρχὴν beginning καὶ and πᾶσαν all ἐξουσίαν authority καὶ and δύναμιν power, -46 15 25 ⚐δεῖ to bind γὰρ for αὐτὸν him βασιλεύειν to reign ⚐ἄχρι until οὗ which θῇ to place πάντας all τοὺς the ἐχθροὺς enemy ὑπὸ under τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτοῦ of him. -46 15 26 ⚐ἔσχατος last ἐχθρὸς enemy καταργεῖται to end ὁ the θάνατος death, -46 15 27 ⚐πάντα all γὰρ for ὑπέταξεν to subject ὑπὸ under τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτοῦ of him. ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ but εἴπῃ to say ὅτι that πάντα all ὑποτέτακται to subject, ⚐δῆλον clear ⚐ὅτι that ἐκτὸς except τοῦ who ὑποτάξαντος to subject αὐτῷ to him τὰ the πάντα all. -46 15 28 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ and ὑποταγῇ to subject αὐτῷ to him τὰ the πάντα all, ⚐τότε then καὶ and αὐτὸς he ὁ the υἱὸς son ὑποταγήσεται to subject τῷ who ὑποτάξαντι to subject αὐτῷ to him τὰ the πάντα all, ⚐ἵνα in order that ᾖ to be ὁ the θεὸς God τὰ the πάντα all ἐν in πᾶσιν all.

 -46 15 29 ⚐Ἐπεὶ since τί which? ποιήσουσιν to do οἱ who βαπτιζόμενοι to baptize ὑπὲρ for τῶν the νεκρῶν dead; ⚐εἰ if ὅλως at all νεκροὶ dead οὐκ no ἐγείρονται to arise, ⚐τί which? καὶ and βαπτίζονται to baptize ὑπὲρ for αὐτῶν of them; -46 15 30 ⚐τί which? καὶ and ἡμεῖς we κινδυνεύομεν be in danger πᾶσαν all ὥραν hour; -46 15 31 ⚐καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day ἀποθνῄσκω to die, ⚐νὴ as surely as τὴν the ὑμετέραν your καύχησιν pride ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐ἣν which ἔχω to have ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ἡμῶν of us. -46 15 32 ⚐εἰ if κατὰ according to ἄνθρωπον a human ἐθηριομάχησα to fight beasts ἐν in Ἐφέσῳ Ephesus, ⚐τί which? μοι to me τὸ the ὄφελος gain; ⚐εἰ if νεκροὶ dead οὐκ no ἐγείρονται to arise, ⚐Φάγωμεν to eat καὶ and πίωμεν to drink, ⚐αὔριον tomorrow γὰρ for ἀποθνῄσκομεν to die. -46 15 33 ⚐μὴ not πλανᾶσθε to lead astray· ⚐φθείρουσιν to destroy ἤθη customs χρηστὰ good ὁμιλίαι association κακαί harm. -46 15 34 ⚐ἐκνήψατε to wake up δικαίως rightly ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ἁμαρτάνετε to sin, ⚐ἀγνωσίαν ignorance γὰρ for θεοῦ God τινες one ἔχουσιν to have· ⚐πρὸς to ἐντροπὴν shame ὑμῖν to you λαλῶ to speak.

 -46 15 35 ⚐Ἀλλ᾽ but ἐρεῖ to say τις one· ⚐Πῶς how? ἐγείρονται to arise οἱ the νεκροί dead, ⚐ποίῳ what? δὲ and σώματι body ἔρχονται to come; -46 15 36 ⚐ἄφρων foolish, σὺ you ὃ which σπείρεις to sow, οὐ no ζῳοποιεῖται to make alive ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not ἀποθάνῃ to die· -46 15 37 ⚐καὶ and ὃ which σπείρεις to sow, οὐ no τὸ the σῶμα body τὸ the γενησόμενον to be σπείρεις to sow ⚐ἀλλὰ but γυμνὸν naked κόκκον seed ⚐εἰ if τύχοι to happen σίτου grain ἤ or τινος one τῶν the λοιπῶν remaining· -46 15 38 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but θεὸς God δίδωσιν to give αὐτῷ to him σῶμα body ⚐καθὼς just as ἠθέλησεν to will, ⚐καὶ and ἑκάστῳ each τῶν the σπερμάτων seed ἴδιον one's own σῶμα body. -46 15 39 ⚐οὐ no πᾶσα all σὰρξ flesh ἡ the αὐτὴ she σάρξ flesh, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἄλλη another μὲν on the other hand ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐ἄλλη another δὲ and σὰρξ flesh κτηνῶν animal, ⚐ἄλλη another δὲ and σὰρξ flesh πτηνῶν bird, ⚐ἄλλη another δὲ and ἰχθύων fish. -46 15 40 ⚐καὶ and σώματα body ἐπουράνια heavenly, καὶ and σώματα body ἐπίγεια earthly· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἑτέρα other μὲν on the other hand ἡ the τῶν the ἐπουρανίων heavenly δόξα glory, ⚐ἑτέρα other δὲ and ἡ the τῶν the ἐπιγείων earthly. -46 15 41 ⚐ἄλλη another δόξα glory ἡλίου sun, ⚐καὶ and ἄλλη another δόξα glory σελήνης moon, ⚐καὶ and ἄλλη another δόξα glory ἀστέρων star, ⚐ἀστὴρ star γὰρ for ἀστέρος star διαφέρει to differ ἐν in δόξῃ glory.

 -46 15 42 ⚐Οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ἡ the ἀνάστασις resurrection τῶν the νεκρῶν dead. ⚐σπείρεται to sow ἐν in φθορᾷ corruption, ⚐ἐγείρεται to arise ἐν in ἀφθαρσίᾳ incorruptibility· -46 15 43 ⚐σπείρεται to sow ἐν in ἀτιμίᾳ dishonour, ⚐ἐγείρεται to arise ἐν in δόξῃ glory· ⚐σπείρεται to sow ἐν in ἀσθενείᾳ weakness, ⚐ἐγείρεται to arise ἐν in δυνάμει power· -46 15 44 ⚐σπείρεται to sow σῶμα body ψυχικόν natural, ⚐ἐγείρεται to arise σῶμα body πνευματικόν spiritual. ⚐Εἰ if ἔστιν to be σῶμα body ψυχικόν natural, ⚐ἔστιν to be καὶ and πνευματικόν spiritual. -46 15 45 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ἐγένετο to be ὁ the πρῶτος first ἄνθρωπος a human Ἀδὰμ Adam εἰς toward ψυχὴν soul ζῶσαν to live· ⚐ὁ the ἔσχατος last Ἀδὰμ Adam εἰς toward πνεῦμα spirit ζῳοποιοῦν to make alive. -46 15 46 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no πρῶτον first τὸ the πνευματικὸν spiritual ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὸ the ψυχικόν natural, ἔπειτα then τὸ the πνευματικόν spiritual. -46 15 47 ⚐ὁ the πρῶτος first ἄνθρωπος a human ἐκ from γῆς earth χοϊκός made of dust, ⚐ὁ the δεύτερος secondly ἄνθρωπος a human ἐξ from οὐρανοῦ heaven. -46 15 48 ⚐οἷος such as ὁ the χοϊκός made of dust, ⚐τοιοῦτοι such as this καὶ and οἱ the χοϊκοί made of dust, ⚐καὶ and οἷος such as ὁ the ἐπουράνιος heavenly, ⚐τοιοῦτοι such as this καὶ and οἱ who ἐπουράνιοι heavenly· -46 15 49 ⚐καὶ and καθὼς just as ἐφορέσαμεν to wear τὴν the εἰκόνα image τοῦ the χοϊκοῦ made of dust, ⚐φορέσομεν to wear καὶ and τὴν the εἰκόνα image τοῦ the ἐπουρανίου heavenly.

 -46 15 50 ⚐Τοῦτο this δέ and φημι to say, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐ὅτι that σὰρξ flesh καὶ and αἷμα blood βασιλείαν kingdom θεοῦ God κληρονομῆσαι to inherit οὐ no δύναται be able, ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἡ the φθορὰ corruption τὴν the ἀφθαρσίαν incorruptibility κληρονομεῖ to inherit. -46 15 51 ⚐ἰδοὺ look! μυστήριον mystery ὑμῖν to you λέγω to speak· ⚐πάντες all οὐ no κοιμηθησόμεθα to sleep ⚐πάντες all δὲ but ἀλλαγησόμεθα to change, -46 15 52 ἐν in ἀτόμῳ instant, ἐν in ῥιπῇ twinkling ὀφθαλμοῦ eye, ἐν in τῇ the ἐσχάτῃ last σάλπιγγι trumpet· ⚐σαλπίσει to sound a trumpet γάρ for, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the νεκροὶ dead ἐγερθήσονται to arise ἄφθαρτοι incorruptible, ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we ἀλλαγησόμεθα to change. -46 15 53 ⚐δεῖ to bind γὰρ for τὸ the φθαρτὸν perishable τοῦτο this ἐνδύσασθαι to clothe ἀφθαρσίαν incorruptibility ⚐καὶ and τὸ the θνητὸν mortal τοῦτο this ἐνδύσασθαι to clothe ἀθανασίαν immortality. -46 15 54 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ and τὸ the φθαρτὸν perishable τοῦτο this ἐνδύσηται to clothe ἀφθαρσίαν incorruptibility ⚐καὶ and τὸ the θνητὸν mortal τοῦτο this ἐνδύσηται to clothe ἀθανασίαν immortality, ⚐τότε then γενήσεται to be ὁ the λόγος word ὁ the γεγραμμένος to write· ⚐Κατεπόθη to swallow ὁ the θάνατος death εἰς toward νῖκος victory. -46 15 55 ⚐ποῦ where? σου of you, θάνατε death, τὸ the νῖκος victory; ⚐ποῦ where? σου of you, θάνατε death τὸ the κέντρον sting; -46 15 56 ⚐τὸ the δὲ and κέντρον sting τοῦ the θανάτου death ἡ the ἁμαρτία sin, ⚐ἡ the δὲ and δύναμις power τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin ὁ the νόμος law· -46 15 57 ⚐τῷ the δὲ but θεῷ God χάρις grace ⚐τῷ who διδόντι to give ἡμῖν to us τὸ the νῖκος victory διὰ through τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -46 15 58 ⚐Ὥστε so, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me ἀγαπητοί beloved, ἑδραῖοι steadfast γίνεσθε to be, ἀμετακίνητοι immovable, ⚐περισσεύοντες to exceed ἐν in τῷ the ἔργῳ work τοῦ the κυρίου lord πάντοτε always, ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the κόπος labor ὑμῶν of you οὐκ no ἔστιν to be κενὸς empty ἐν in κυρίῳ lord.

 -46 16 1 ⚐Περὶ about δὲ and τῆς the λογείας collection τῆς the εἰς toward τοὺς the ἁγίους holy, ⚐ὥσπερ just as διέταξα to direct ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly τῆς the Γαλατίας Galatia, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ποιήσατε to do. -46 16 2 ⚐κατὰ according to μίαν one σαββάτου Sabbath ἕκαστος each ὑμῶν of you παρ᾽ beside ἑαυτῷ oneself τιθέτω to place ⚐θησαυρίζων to store up ὅ which τι one ἐὰν if εὐοδῶται to get along well, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ὅταν when(-ever) ἔλθω to come ⚐τότε then λογεῖαι collection γίνωνται to be. -46 16 3 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ and παραγένωμαι to come, ⚐οὓς which ἐὰν if δοκιμάσητε to test ⚐δι᾽ through ἐπιστολῶν epistle, τούτους these πέμψω to send ⚐ἀπενεγκεῖν to carry off τὴν the χάριν grace ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem· -46 16 4 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ and ἄξιον worthy ᾖ to be τοῦ the κἀμὲ and I πορεύεσθαι to go, ⚐σὺν with ἐμοὶ to me πορεύσονται to go.

 -46 16 5 ⚐Ἐλεύσομαι to come δὲ but πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) Μακεδονίαν Macedonia διέλθω to pass through, ⚐Μακεδονίαν Macedonia γὰρ for διέρχομαι to pass through, -46 16 6 ⚐πρὸς with ὑμᾶς you δὲ and τυχὸν to happen παραμενῶ to continue ⚐ἢ or καὶ and παραχειμάσω to winter, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὑμεῖς you με me προπέμψητε to help on the way οὗ where ἐὰν if πορεύωμαι to go. -46 16 7 ⚐οὐ no θέλω to will γὰρ for ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἄρτι now ἐν in παρόδῳ passing by ἰδεῖν to know, ⚐ἐλπίζω to hope γὰρ for ⚐χρόνον time τινὰ one ἐπιμεῖναι to remain πρὸς with ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἐὰν if ὁ the κύριος lord ἐπιτρέψῃ to permit. -46 16 8 ⚐ἐπιμενῶ to remain δὲ but ἐν in Ἐφέσῳ Ephesus ἕως until τῆς the πεντηκοστῆς Pentecost· -46 16 9 ⚐θύρα door γάρ for μοι to me ἀνέῳγεν to open μεγάλη great καὶ and ἐνεργής effective, ⚐καὶ and ἀντικείμενοι be an opponent πολλοί much.

 -46 16 10 ⚐Ἐὰν if δὲ and ἔλθῃ to come Τιμόθεος Timothy, ⚐βλέπετε to see ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀφόβως fearlessly γένηται to be πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for ἔργον work κυρίου lord ἐργάζεται to work ὡς as κἀγώ and I· -46 16 11 ⚐μή not τις one οὖν then αὐτὸν him ἐξουθενήσῃ to reject. ⚐προπέμψατε to help on the way δὲ but αὐτὸν him ἐν in εἰρήνῃ peace, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἔλθῃ to come πρός to με me, ⚐ἐκδέχομαι to wait for γὰρ for αὐτὸν him μετὰ with τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother.

 -46 16 12 ⚐Περὶ about δὲ and Ἀπολλῶ Apollos τοῦ the ἀδελφοῦ brother, ⚐πολλὰ much παρεκάλεσα to comfort αὐτὸν him ⚐ἵνα in order to ἔλθῃ to visit πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you μετὰ with τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother· ⚐καὶ and πάντως surely οὐκ no ἦν to be θέλημα desire ⚐ἵνα in order to νῦν now ἔλθῃ to come, ⚐ἐλεύσεται to come δὲ and ὅταν when(-ever) εὐκαιρήσῃ to have opportunity.

 -46 16 13 ⚐Γρηγορεῖτε to keep watch, ⚐στήκετε to stand ἐν in τῇ the πίστει faith, ⚐ἀνδρίζεσθε to act like a man, ⚐κραταιοῦσθε to strengthen. -46 16 14 ⚐πάντα all ὑμῶν of you ἐν in ἀγάπῃ love γινέσθω to be.

 -46 16 15 ⚐Παρακαλῶ to plead δὲ and ὑμᾶς you, ἀδελφοί brother· ⚐οἴδατε to know τὴν the οἰκίαν house Στεφανᾶ Stephanas, ⚐ὅτι that ἐστὶν to be ἀπαρχὴ firstfruits τῆς the Ἀχαΐας Achaia ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward διακονίαν service τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy ἔταξαν to appoint ἑαυτούς themselves· -46 16 16 ⚐ἵνα in order to καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ὑποτάσσησθε to subject τοῖς the τοιούτοις such as this ⚐καὶ and παντὶ all τῷ who συνεργοῦντι to work with καὶ and κοπιῶντι to labor. -46 16 17 ⚐χαίρω to rejoice δὲ and ἐπὶ upon τῇ the παρουσίᾳ coming Στεφανᾶ Stephanas καὶ and Φορτουνάτου Fortunatus καὶ and Ἀχαϊκοῦ Achaicus, ⚐ὅτι since τὸ the ὑμέτερον your ὑστέρημα deficiency οὗτοι these ἀνεπλήρωσαν to fulfil, -46 16 18 ⚐ἀνέπαυσαν to give rest γὰρ for τὸ the ἐμὸν my πνεῦμα spirit καὶ and τὸ the ὑμῶν of you. ⚐ἐπιγινώσκετε to come to know οὖν then τοὺς the τοιούτους such as this.

 -46 16 19 ⚐Ἀσπάζονται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you αἱ the ἐκκλησίαι assembly τῆς the Ἀσίας Asia. ⚐ἀσπάζεται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you ἐν in κυρίῳ lord πολλὰ much Ἀκύλας Aquila καὶ and Πρίσκα Prisca ⚐σὺν with τῇ the κατ᾽ according to οἶκον house αὐτῶν of them ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly. -46 16 20 ⚐ἀσπάζονται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother πάντες all. ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to ἀλλήλους one another ἐν with φιλήματι kiss ἁγίῳ holy.

 -46 16 21 ⚐Ὁ this ἀσπασμὸς salutation τῇ the ἐμῇ my χειρὶ hand Παύλου Paul. -46 16 22 ⚐εἴ if τις one οὐ no φιλεῖ to love τὸν the κύριον lord, ⚐ἤτω to be ἀνάθεμα devoted. ⚐Μαράνα "Come, Lord!" θά "Come, Lord!". -46 16 23 ⚐ἡ the χάρις grace τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you. -46 16 24 ⚐ἡ the ἀγάπη love μου of me μετὰ with πάντων all ὑμῶν of you ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus..

 -47 1 1 ⚐Παῦλος Paul ἀπόστολος apostle Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus διὰ through θελήματος will θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and Τιμόθεος Timothy ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother ⚐τῇ the ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly τοῦ the θεοῦ God τῇ the οὔσῃ to be ἐν in Κορίνθῳ Corinth, ⚐σὺν with τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy πᾶσιν all τοῖς who οὖσιν to be ἐν in ὅλῃ all τῇ the Ἀχαΐᾳ Achaia· -47 1 2 ⚐χάρις grace ὑμῖν to you καὶ and εἰρήνη peace ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us καὶ and κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -47 1 3 ⚐Εὐλογητὸς praiseworthy ὁ the θεὸς God καὶ and πατὴρ father τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ὁ the πατὴρ father τῶν the οἰκτιρμῶν compassion καὶ and θεὸς God πάσης all παρακλήσεως encouragement, -47 1 4 ⚐ὁ who παρακαλῶν to comfort ἡμᾶς us ἐπὶ upon πάσῃ all τῇ the θλίψει pressure ἡμῶν of us, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the δύνασθαι be able ἡμᾶς us ⚐παρακαλεῖν to comfort τοὺς the ἐν in πάσῃ all θλίψει pressure ⚐διὰ through τῆς the παρακλήσεως encouragement ⚐ἧς which παρακαλούμεθα to comfort αὐτοὶ they ὑπὸ by τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -47 1 5 ⚐ὅτι since καθὼς just as περισσεύει to exceed τὰ the παθήματα suffering τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ εἰς toward ἡμᾶς us, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) διὰ through τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ περισσεύει to exceed καὶ and ἡ the παράκλησις encouragement ἡμῶν of us. -47 1 6 ⚐εἴτε if δὲ but θλιβόμεθα to press on, ⚐ὑπὲρ for τῆς the ὑμῶν of you παρακλήσεως encouragement καὶ and σωτηρίας salvation· ⚐εἴτε if παρακαλούμεθα to comfort, ⚐ὑπὲρ for τῆς the ὑμῶν of you παρακλήσεως encouragement ⚐τῆς the ἐνεργουμένης be active ἐν in ὑπομονῇ perseverance τῶν the αὐτῶν of them παθημάτων suffering ⚐ὧν which καὶ and ἡμεῖς we πάσχομεν to suffer, -47 1 7 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ἐλπὶς hope ἡμῶν of us βεβαία firm ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you· ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι that ὡς as κοινωνοί participant ἐστε to be τῶν the παθημάτων suffering, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and τῆς the παρακλήσεως encouragement.

 -47 1 8 ⚐Οὐ no γὰρ for θέλομεν to will ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἀγνοεῖν be ignorant, ἀδελφοί brother, ὑπὲρ for τῆς the θλίψεως pressure ἡμῶν of us τῆς the γενομένης to be ἐν in τῇ the Ἀσίᾳ Asia, ⚐ὅτι that καθ᾽ according to ὑπερβολὴν surpassing ὑπὲρ beyond δύναμιν power ἐβαρήθημεν to burden, ⚐ὥστε so ἐξαπορηθῆναι to despair ἡμᾶς us ⚐καὶ and τοῦ the ζῆν to live· -47 1 9 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but αὐτοὶ they ἐν in ἑαυτοῖς ourselves τὸ the ἀπόκριμα verdict τοῦ the θανάτου death ἐσχήκαμεν to have, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not πεποιθότες to persuade ὦμεν to be ἐφ᾽ upon ἑαυτοῖς ourselves ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπὶ upon τῷ the θεῷ God τῷ who ἐγείροντι to arise τοὺς the νεκρούς dead· -47 1 10 ⚐ὃς which ἐκ from τηλικούτου so great θανάτου death ἐρρύσατο to deliver ἡμᾶς us ⚐καὶ and ῥύσεται to deliver, ⚐εἰς toward ὃν which ἠλπίκαμεν to hope ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and ἔτι still ῥύσεται to deliver, -47 1 11 ⚐συνυπουργούντων to join in helping καὶ and ὑμῶν of you ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us τῇ the δεήσει prayer, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐκ out of πολλῶν much προσώπων face τὸ the εἰς toward ἡμᾶς us χάρισμα gift διὰ through πολλῶν much ⚐εὐχαριστηθῇ to thank ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us.

 -47 1 12 ⚐Ἡ the γὰρ for καύχησις pride ἡμῶν of us αὕτη this ἐστίν to be, ⚐τὸ the μαρτύριον testimony τῆς the συνειδήσεως conscience ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ὅτι that ἐν with ἁπλότητι sincerity καὶ and εἰλικρινείᾳ sincerity τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐν by σοφίᾳ wisdom σαρκικῇ fleshly ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν by χάριτι grace θεοῦ God, ⚐ἀνεστράφημεν to live ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world, ⚐περισσοτέρως superabundantly δὲ and πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you· -47 1 13 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἄλλα another γράφομεν to write ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἢ or ἃ which ἀναγινώσκετε to read ἢ or καὶ and ἐπιγινώσκετε to come to know, ⚐ἐλπίζω to hope δὲ but ⚐ὅτι that ἕως until τέλους goal ἐπιγνώσεσθε to come to know, -47 1 14 ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and ἐπέγνωτε to come to know ἡμᾶς us ἀπὸ from μέρους part, ⚐ὅτι that καύχημα pride ὑμῶν of you ἐσμεν to be ⚐καθάπερ just as καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἡμῶν of us ⚐ἐν in τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus.

 -47 1 15 ⚐Καὶ and ταύτῃ to this τῇ the πεποιθήσει confidence ἐβουλόμην to plan ⚐πρότερον before πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ἐλθεῖν to come, ⚐ἵνα in order that δευτέραν secondly χάριν grace σχῆτε to have, -47 1 16 ⚐καὶ and δι᾽ through ὑμῶν of you διελθεῖν to pass through εἰς toward Μακεδονίαν Macedonia, ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again ἀπὸ from Μακεδονίας Macedonia ἐλθεῖν to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ⚐καὶ and ὑφ᾽ by ὑμῶν of you προπεμφθῆναι to help on the way εἰς toward τὴν the Ἰουδαίαν Judea. -47 1 17 ⚐τοῦτο this οὖν therefore βουλόμενος to plan ⚐μήτι no? ἄρα therefore τῇ the ἐλαφρίᾳ lightness ἐχρησάμην to use; ⚐ἢ or ἃ which βουλεύομαι to plan κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh βουλεύομαι to plan, ⚐ἵνα in order that ᾖ to be παρ᾽ beside ἐμοὶ to me τὸ the Ναὶ yes ναὶ yes καὶ and τὸ the Οὒ no οὔ no; -47 1 18 ⚐πιστὸς faithful δὲ but ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the λόγος word ἡμῶν of us ὁ the πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you οὐκ no ἔστιν to be Ναὶ yes καὶ and Οὔ no. -47 1 19 ⚐ὁ the τοῦ the θεοῦ God γὰρ for υἱὸς son Ἰησοῦς Jesus Χριστὸς Christ ⚐ὁ the ἐν among ὑμῖν to you δι᾽ through ἡμῶν of us κηρυχθείς to preach, ⚐δι᾽ through ἐμοῦ of me καὶ and Σιλουανοῦ Silvanus καὶ and Τιμοθέου Timothy, ⚐οὐκ no ἐγένετο to be Ναὶ yes καὶ and Οὒ no, ⚐ἀλλὰ but Ναὶ yes ἐν in αὐτῷ to him γέγονεν to be· -47 1 20 ⚐ὅσαι as much as γὰρ for ἐπαγγελίαι promise θεοῦ God, ἐν in αὐτῷ to him τὸ the Ναί yes· ⚐διὸ therefore καὶ and δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him τὸ the Ἀμὴν amen τῷ the θεῷ God πρὸς to δόξαν glory δι᾽ through ἡμῶν of us. -47 1 21 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but βεβαιῶν to confirm ἡμᾶς us σὺν with ὑμῖν to you εἰς toward Χριστὸν Christ καὶ and χρίσας to anoint ἡμᾶς us θεός God, -47 1 22 ⚐ὁ who καὶ and σφραγισάμενος to seal ἡμᾶς us ⚐καὶ and δοὺς to give τὸν the ἀρραβῶνα guarantee τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart ἡμῶν of us.

 -47 1 23 ⚐Ἐγὼ I δὲ and μάρτυρα witness τὸν the θεὸν God ἐπικαλοῦμαι to call (on) ἐπὶ upon τὴν the ἐμὴν my ψυχήν soul, ⚐ὅτι that φειδόμενος to spare ὑμῶν of you οὐκέτι not any more ἦλθον to come εἰς toward Κόρινθον Corinth. -47 1 24 ⚐οὐχ no ὅτι that κυριεύομεν to lord over ὑμῶν of you τῆς the πίστεως faith, ⚐ἀλλὰ but συνεργοί co-worker ἐσμεν to be τῆς the χαρᾶς joy ὑμῶν of you, ⚐τῇ the γὰρ for πίστει faith ἑστήκατε to stand. -47 2 1 ⚐ἔκρινα to judge γὰρ for ἐμαυτῷ myself τοῦτο this, ⚐τὸ the μὴ not πάλιν again ἐν in λύπῃ grief πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ἐλθεῖν to go· -47 2 2 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ἐγὼ I λυπῶ to grieve ὑμᾶς you, ⚐καὶ and τίς which? ὁ the εὐφραίνων to celebrate με me ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ the λυπούμενος to grieve ἐξ out of ἐμοῦ of me; -47 2 3 ⚐καὶ and ἔγραψα to write τοῦτο this αὐτὸ it ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἐλθὼν to come ⚐λύπην grief σχῶ to have ἀφ᾽ from ὧν which ἔδει be necessary με me χαίρειν to rejoice, ⚐πεποιθὼς to persuade ἐπὶ upon πάντας all ὑμᾶς you ⚐ὅτι that ἡ the ἐμὴ my χαρὰ joy πάντων all ὑμῶν of you ἐστιν to be. -47 2 4 ⚐ἐκ out of γὰρ for πολλῆς much θλίψεως pressure καὶ and συνοχῆς anguish καρδίας heart ἔγραψα to write ὑμῖν to you διὰ through πολλῶν much δακρύων teardrop, ⚐οὐχ no ἵνα in order to λυπηθῆτε to grieve, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὴν the ἀγάπην love ἵνα in order that γνῶτε to know ἣν which ἔχω to have περισσοτέρως superabundantly εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you.

 -47 2 5 ⚐Εἰ if δέ but τις one λελύπηκεν to grieve, ⚐οὐκ no ἐμὲ me λελύπηκεν to grieve, ἀλλ᾽ but ἀπὸ from μέρους part ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἐπιβαρῶ to burden πάντας all ὑμᾶς you. -47 2 6 ⚐ἱκανὸν sufficient τῷ the τοιούτῳ such as this ἡ the ἐπιτιμία punishment αὕτη this ἡ the ὑπὸ by τῶν the πλειόνων greater, -47 2 7 ⚐ὥστε so τοὐναντίον instead μᾶλλον more ὑμᾶς you χαρίσασθαι to give grace καὶ and παρακαλέσαι to comfort, ⚐μή not πως how? τῇ the περισσοτέρᾳ superabundant λύπῃ grief καταποθῇ to swallow ὁ the τοιοῦτος such as this. -47 2 8 ⚐διὸ therefore παρακαλῶ to plead ὑμᾶς you ⚐κυρῶσαι to affirm εἰς toward αὐτὸν him ἀγάπην love· -47 2 9 ⚐εἰς toward τοῦτο this γὰρ for καὶ and ἔγραψα to write ⚐ἵνα in order to γνῶ to know τὴν the δοκιμὴν test ὑμῶν of you, ⚐εἰ if εἰς toward πάντα all ὑπήκοοί obedient ἐστε to be. -47 2 10 ⚐ᾧ which δέ and τι one χαρίζεσθε to give grace, κἀγώ and I· ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ἐγὼ I ὃ which κεχάρισμαι to give grace, ⚐εἴ if τι one κεχάρισμαι to give grace, ⚐δι᾽ because of ὑμᾶς you ἐν in προσώπῳ face Χριστοῦ Christ, -47 2 11 ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not πλεονεκτηθῶμεν to exploit ὑπὸ by τοῦ the Σατανᾶ Satan, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for αὐτοῦ of him τὰ the νοήματα thought ἀγνοοῦμεν be ignorant.

 -47 2 12 ⚐Ἐλθὼν to arrive δὲ and εἰς toward τὴν the Τρῳάδα Troas εἰς toward τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐καὶ and θύρας door μοι to me ἀνεῳγμένης to open ἐν in κυρίῳ lord, -47 2 13 ⚐οὐκ no ἔσχηκα to have ἄνεσιν rest τῷ the πνεύματί spirit μου of me ⚐τῷ the μὴ not εὑρεῖν to find με me Τίτον Titus τὸν the ἀδελφόν brother μου of me, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀποταξάμενος to leave αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἐξῆλθον to go out εἰς toward Μακεδονίαν Macedonia.

 -47 2 14 ⚐Τῷ the δὲ but θεῷ God χάρις grace ⚐τῷ who πάντοτε always θριαμβεύοντι to triumph ἡμᾶς us ἐν in τῷ the Χριστῷ Christ ⚐καὶ and τὴν the ὀσμὴν aroma τῆς the γνώσεως knowledge αὐτοῦ of him φανεροῦντι to manifest δι᾽ through ἡμῶν of us ἐν in παντὶ all τόπῳ place· -47 2 15 ⚐ὅτι since Χριστοῦ Christ εὐωδία aroma ἐσμὲν to be τῷ the θεῷ God ⚐ἐν among τοῖς the σῳζομένοις to save καὶ and ἐν among τοῖς who ἀπολλυμένοις to destroy, -47 2 16 ⚐οἷς which μὲν on the other hand ὀσμὴ aroma ἐκ from θανάτου death εἰς toward θάνατον death, ⚐οἷς which δὲ but ὀσμὴ aroma ἐκ from ζωῆς life εἰς toward ζωήν life. ⚐καὶ and πρὸς to ταῦτα these τίς which? ἱκανός sufficient; -47 2 17 ⚐οὐ no γάρ for ἐσμεν to be ὡς as οἱ the πολλοὶ much ⚐καπηλεύοντες to peddle τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as ἐξ out of εἰλικρινείας sincerity, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as ἐκ from θεοῦ God κατέναντι before θεοῦ God ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ λαλοῦμεν to speak.

 -47 3 1 ⚐Ἀρχόμεθα be first πάλιν again ἑαυτοὺς ourselves συνιστάνειν to commend; ⚐ἢ or μὴ not χρῄζομεν to need ὥς as τινες one συστατικῶν recommended ἐπιστολῶν epistle πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ἢ or ἐξ from ὑμῶν of you; -47 3 2 ⚐ἡ the ἐπιστολὴ epistle ἡμῶν of us ὑμεῖς you ἐστε to be, ⚐ἐγγεγραμμένη to write in ἐν on ταῖς the καρδίαις heart ἡμῶν of us, ⚐γινωσκομένη to know καὶ and ἀναγινωσκομένη to read ὑπὸ by πάντων all ἀνθρώπων a human· -47 3 3 ⚐φανερούμενοι to manifest ⚐ὅτι that ἐστὲ to be ἐπιστολὴ epistle Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐διακονηθεῖσα to serve ὑφ᾽ by ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ἐγγεγραμμένη to write in οὐ no μέλανι ink ⚐ἀλλὰ but πνεύματι spirit θεοῦ God ζῶντος to live, ⚐οὐκ no ἐν on πλαξὶν tablet λιθίναις stone ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν on πλαξὶν tablet καρδίαις heart σαρκίναις fleshly.

 -47 3 4 ⚐Πεποίθησιν confidence δὲ and τοιαύτην such as this ἔχομεν to have διὰ through τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ πρὸς to τὸν the θεόν God. -47 3 5 ⚐οὐχ no ὅτι that ἀφ᾽ from ἑαυτῶν ourselves ἱκανοί sufficient ἐσμεν to be ⚐λογίσασθαί to count τι one ὡς as ἐξ from ἑαυτῶν ourselves, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἡ the ἱκανότης sufficiency ἡμῶν of us ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -47 3 6 ⚐ὃς which καὶ and ἱκάνωσεν to qualify ἡμᾶς us διακόνους servant καινῆς new διαθήκης covenant, ⚐οὐ no γράμματος something written ἀλλὰ but πνεύματος spirit, ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for γράμμα something written ἀποκτέννει to kill, ⚐τὸ the δὲ but πνεῦμα spirit ζῳοποιεῖ to make alive.

 -47 3 7 ⚐Εἰ if δὲ but ἡ the διακονία service τοῦ the θανάτου death ἐν in γράμμασιν something written ἐντετυπωμένη to engrave λίθοις stone ἐγενήθη to be ἐν with δόξῃ glory, ⚐ὥστε so μὴ not δύνασθαι be able ἀτενίσαι to gaze τοὺς the υἱοὺς son Ἰσραὴλ Israel εἰς toward τὸ the πρόσωπον face Μωϋσέως Moses ⚐διὰ because of τὴν the δόξαν glory τοῦ the προσώπου face αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the καταργουμένην to end, -47 3 8 ⚐πῶς how? οὐχὶ not μᾶλλον more ἡ the διακονία service τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit ἔσται to be ἐν in δόξῃ glory; -47 3 9 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for τῇ the διακονίᾳ service τῆς the κατακρίσεως condemnation δόξα glory, ⚐πολλῷ much μᾶλλον more περισσεύει to exceed ἡ the διακονία service τῆς the δικαιοσύνης righteousness δόξῃ glory. -47 3 10 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for οὐ no δεδόξασται to glorify τὸ the δεδοξασμένον to glorify ἐν in τούτῳ to this τῷ the μέρει part ⚐εἵνεκεν because of τῆς the ὑπερβαλλούσης to surpass δόξης glory· -47 3 11 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for τὸ the καταργούμενον to end διὰ through δόξης glory, ⚐πολλῷ much μᾶλλον more τὸ the μένον to stay ἐν in δόξῃ glory.

 -47 3 12 ⚐Ἔχοντες to have οὖν therefore τοιαύτην such as this ἐλπίδα hope ⚐πολλῇ much παρρησίᾳ boldness χρώμεθα to use, -47 3 13 ⚐καὶ and οὐ no καθάπερ just as Μωϋσῆς Moses ἐτίθει to place κάλυμμα veil ἐπὶ over τὸ the πρόσωπον face αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐πρὸς to τὸ the μὴ not ἀτενίσαι to gaze τοὺς the υἱοὺς son Ἰσραὴλ Israel ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the τέλος goal τοῦ the καταργουμένου to end. -47 3 14 ⚐ἀλλὰ but ἐπωρώθη to harden τὰ the νοήματα mind αὐτῶν of them. ⚐ἄχρι until γὰρ for τῆς this σήμερον today ἡμέρας day τὸ the αὐτὸ it κάλυμμα veil ⚐ἐπὶ upon τῇ the ἀναγνώσει reading τῆς the παλαιᾶς old διαθήκης covenant μένει to stay ⚐μὴ not ἀνακαλυπτόμενον to unveil, ⚐ὅτι since ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ καταργεῖται to end, -47 3 15 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἕως until σήμερον today ἡνίκα when ἂν if ἀναγινώσκηται to read Μωϋσῆς Moses ⚐κάλυμμα veil ἐπὶ over τὴν the καρδίαν heart αὐτῶν of them κεῖται to lay· -47 3 16 ⚐ἡνίκα when δὲ but ἐὰν if ἐπιστρέψῃ to turn πρὸς to κύριον lord, ⚐περιαιρεῖται to take away τὸ the κάλυμμα veil. -47 3 17 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and κύριος lord τὸ the πνεῦμά spirit ἐστιν to be· ⚐οὗ where δὲ and τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit κυρίου lord, ἐλευθερία freedom. -47 3 18 ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ and πάντες all ἀνακεκαλυμμένῳ to unveil προσώπῳ face ⚐τὴν the δόξαν glory κυρίου lord κατοπτριζόμενοι to reflect ⚐τὴν the αὐτὴν her εἰκόνα image μεταμορφούμεθα to transform ἀπὸ from δόξης glory εἰς toward δόξαν glory, ⚐καθάπερ just as ἀπὸ from κυρίου lord πνεύματος spirit.

 -47 4 1 ⚐Διὰ because of τοῦτο this, ἔχοντες to have τὴν the διακονίαν service ταύτην this καθὼς just as ἠλεήθημεν to have mercy, ⚐οὐκ no ἐγκακοῦμεν to lose heart, -47 4 2 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀπειπάμεθα to renounce τὰ the κρυπτὰ hidden τῆς the αἰσχύνης shame, ⚐μὴ not περιπατοῦντες to walk ἐν with πανουργίᾳ craftiness ⚐μηδὲ not δολοῦντες to distort τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τῇ the φανερώσει manifestation τῆς the ἀληθείας truth συνιστάνοντες to commend ἑαυτοὺς ourselves ⚐πρὸς to πᾶσαν all συνείδησιν conscience ἀνθρώπων a human ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -47 4 3 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but καὶ and ἔστιν to be κεκαλυμμένον to cover τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ἐν among τοῖς who ἀπολλυμένοις to destroy ἐστὶν to be κεκαλυμμένον to cover, -47 4 4 ⚐ἐν among οἷς which ὁ the θεὸς God τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age τούτου of this ἐτύφλωσεν to blind τὰ the νοήματα mind τῶν who ἀπίστων unbelieving ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the μὴ not αὐγάσαι to see τὸν the φωτισμὸν light τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel τῆς the δόξης glory τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be εἰκὼν image τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -47 4 5 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἑαυτοὺς ourselves κηρύσσομεν to preach ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but Ἰησοῦν Jesus Χριστὸν Christ κύριον lord, ⚐ἑαυτοὺς ourselves δὲ and δούλους slave ὑμῶν of you διὰ because of Ἰησοῦν Jesus. -47 4 6 ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the θεὸς God ὁ who εἰπών to say· ⚐Ἐκ out of σκότους darkness φῶς light λάμψει to shine, ⚐ὃς which ἔλαμψεν to shine ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart ἡμῶν of us ⚐πρὸς to φωτισμὸν light τῆς the γνώσεως knowledge τῆς the δόξης glory τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐν in προσώπῳ face Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -47 4 7 ⚐Ἔχομεν to have δὲ but τὸν the θησαυρὸν treasure τοῦτον this ἐν in ὀστρακίνοις clay σκεύεσιν vessel, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the ὑπερβολὴ surpassing τῆς the δυνάμεως power ᾖ to be τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and μὴ not ἐξ from ἡμῶν of us· -47 4 8 ⚐ἐν on παντὶ all θλιβόμενοι to press on ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no στενοχωρούμενοι to press upon, ⚐ἀπορούμενοι be perplexed ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no ἐξαπορούμενοι to despair, -47 4 9 ⚐διωκόμενοι to pursue ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no ἐγκαταλειπόμενοι to leave behind, ⚐καταβαλλόμενοι to throw down ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no ἀπολλύμενοι to destroy, -47 4 10 ⚐πάντοτε always τὴν the νέκρωσιν death τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἐν in τῷ the σώματι body περιφέροντες to carry (around), ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and ἡ the ζωὴ life τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἐν in τῷ the σώματι body ἡμῶν of us φανερωθῇ to manifest· -47 4 11 ⚐ἀεὶ always γὰρ for ἡμεῖς we οἱ who ζῶντες to live εἰς toward θάνατον death παραδιδόμεθα to deliver διὰ because of Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and ἡ the ζωὴ life τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus φανερωθῇ to manifest ἐν in τῇ the θνητῇ mortal σαρκὶ flesh ἡμῶν of us. -47 4 12 ⚐ὥστε so ὁ the θάνατος death ἐν in ἡμῖν to us ἐνεργεῖται be active, ⚐ἡ the δὲ but ζωὴ life ἐν in ὑμῖν to you.

 -47 4 13 ⚐Ἔχοντες to have δὲ but τὸ the αὐτὸ it πνεῦμα spirit τῆς the πίστεως faith, κατὰ according to τὸ the γεγραμμένον to write· ⚐Ἐπίστευσα to trust (in), ⚐διὸ therefore ἐλάλησα to speak, ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we πιστεύομεν to trust (in), ⚐διὸ therefore καὶ and λαλοῦμεν to speak, -47 4 14 ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι since ὁ who ἐγείρας to arise τὸν the κύριον lord Ἰησοῦν Jesus καὶ and ἡμᾶς us σὺν with Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἐγερεῖ to arise ⚐καὶ and παραστήσει to stand by σὺν with ὑμῖν to you. -47 4 15 ⚐τὰ the γὰρ for πάντα all δι᾽ because of ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the χάρις grace πλεονάσασα to increase διὰ through τῶν the πλειόνων greater ⚐τὴν the εὐχαριστίαν thankfulness περισσεύσῃ to abound εἰς toward τὴν the δόξαν glory τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -47 4 16 ⚐Διὸ therefore οὐκ no ἐγκακοῦμεν to lose heart, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἰ if καὶ and ὁ the ἔξω out ἡμῶν of us ἄνθρωπος a human διαφθείρεται to corrupt, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the ἔσω inner ἡμῶν of us ἀνακαινοῦται to renew ἡμέρᾳ day καὶ and ἡμέρᾳ day. -47 4 17 ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for παραυτίκα momentary ἐλαφρὸν light τῆς the θλίψεως pressure ἡμῶν of us ⚐καθ᾽ according to ὑπερβολὴν surpassing εἰς toward ὑπερβολὴν surpassing αἰώνιον eternal βάρος burden δόξης glory κατεργάζεται to workout ἡμῖν to us, -47 4 18 ⚐μὴ not σκοπούντων to watch out ἡμῶν of us τὰ the βλεπόμενα to see ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὰ the μὴ not βλεπόμενα to see, ⚐τὰ the γὰρ for βλεπόμενα to see πρόσκαιρα temporary, ⚐τὰ the δὲ but μὴ not βλεπόμενα to see αἰώνια eternal.

 -47 5 1 ⚐Οἴδαμεν to know γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that ἐὰν if ἡ the ἐπίγειος earthly ἡμῶν of us οἰκία house τοῦ the σκήνους tent καταλυθῇ to destroy, ⚐οἰκοδομὴν building ἐκ from θεοῦ God ἔχομεν to have ⚐οἰκίαν house ἀχειροποίητον not man-made αἰώνιον eternal ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven. -47 5 2 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ἐν in τούτῳ to this στενάζομεν to groan, ⚐τὸ the οἰκητήριον dwelling ἡμῶν of us τὸ the ἐξ out of οὐρανοῦ heaven ἐπενδύσασθαι be clothed ἐπιποθοῦντες to long for, -47 5 3 ⚐εἴ if γε indeed καὶ and ἐκδυσάμενοι to strip ⚐οὐ no γυμνοὶ naked εὑρεθησόμεθα to find. -47 5 4 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for οἱ the ὄντες to be ἐν in τῷ this σκήνει tent στενάζομεν to groan ⚐βαρούμενοι to burden ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ᾧ which οὐ no θέλομεν to will ἐκδύσασθαι to strip ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπενδύσασθαι be clothed, ⚐ἵνα in order that καταποθῇ to swallow τὸ the θνητὸν mortal ὑπὸ by τῆς the ζωῆς life. -47 5 5 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and κατεργασάμενος to workout ἡμᾶς us εἰς toward αὐτὸ it τοῦτο this θεός God, ⚐ὁ who δοὺς to give ἡμῖν to us τὸν the ἀρραβῶνα guarantee τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit.

 -47 5 6 ⚐Θαρροῦντες be confident οὖν therefore πάντοτε always ⚐καὶ and εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐνδημοῦντες be home ἐν in τῷ the σώματι body ⚐ἐκδημοῦμεν be away ἀπὸ from τοῦ the κυρίου lord, -47 5 7 ⚐διὰ through πίστεως faith γὰρ for περιπατοῦμεν to walk, οὐ no διὰ through εἴδους appearance— -47 5 8 ⚐θαρροῦμεν be confident δὲ and καὶ and εὐδοκοῦμεν to delight ⚐μᾶλλον more ἐκδημῆσαι be away ἐκ from τοῦ the σώματος body ⚐καὶ and ἐνδημῆσαι be home πρὸς with τὸν the κύριον lord· -47 5 9 ⚐διὸ therefore καὶ and φιλοτιμούμεθα to aspire, ⚐εἴτε if ἐνδημοῦντες be home ⚐εἴτε if ἐκδημοῦντες be away, ⚐εὐάρεστοι well-pleasing αὐτῷ to him εἶναι to be. -47 5 10 ⚐τοὺς the γὰρ for πάντας all ἡμᾶς us φανερωθῆναι to manifest δεῖ to bind ἔμπροσθεν before τοῦ the βήματος judgement seat τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ἵνα in order that κομίσηται to be repaid ἕκαστος each τὰ the διὰ through τοῦ the σώματος body ⚐πρὸς to ἃ which ἔπραξεν to practise, ⚐εἴτε if ἀγαθὸν good-doer εἴτε if φαῦλον evil.

 -47 5 11 ⚐Εἰδότες to know οὖν therefore τὸν the φόβον fear τοῦ the κυρίου lord ⚐ἀνθρώπους a human πείθομεν to persuade, ⚐θεῷ God δὲ but πεφανερώμεθα to manifest· ⚐ἐλπίζω to hope δὲ and ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ταῖς the συνειδήσεσιν conscience ὑμῶν of you πεφανερῶσθαι to manifest. -47 5 12 ⚐οὐ no πάλιν again ἑαυτοὺς ourselves συνιστάνομεν to commend ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀφορμὴν opportunity διδόντες to give ὑμῖν to you καυχήματος pride ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἔχητε to have πρὸς to τοὺς the ἐν in προσώπῳ face καυχωμένους to boast ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ἐν in καρδίᾳ heart. -47 5 13 ⚐εἴτε if γὰρ for ἐξέστημεν to amaze, ⚐θεῷ God· ⚐εἴτε if σωφρονοῦμεν be of sound mind, ⚐ὑμῖν to you. -47 5 14 ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for ἀγάπη love τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ συνέχει to constrain ἡμᾶς us, ⚐κρίναντας to judge τοῦτο this ⚐ὅτι that εἷς one ὑπὲρ for πάντων all ἀπέθανεν to die· ⚐ἄρα therefore οἱ the πάντες all ἀπέθανον to die· -47 5 15 ⚐καὶ and ὑπὲρ for πάντων all ἀπέθανεν to die ⚐ἵνα in order that οἱ who ζῶντες to live μηκέτι never again ἑαυτοῖς themselves ζῶσιν to live ⚐ἀλλὰ but τῷ the ὑπὲρ for αὐτῶν of them ἀποθανόντι to die καὶ and ἐγερθέντι to arise.

 -47 5 16 ⚐Ὥστε so ἡμεῖς we ἀπὸ from τοῦ the νῦν now οὐδένα no one οἴδαμεν to know κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh· ⚐εἰ if καὶ and ἐγνώκαμεν to know κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh Χριστόν Christ, ⚐ἀλλὰ but νῦν now οὐκέτι not any more γινώσκομεν to know. -47 5 17 ⚐ὥστε so εἴ if τις one ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ, ⚐καινὴ new κτίσις creation· ⚐τὰ the ἀρχαῖα ancient παρῆλθεν to pass by, ⚐ἰδοὺ look! γέγονεν to be καινά new· -47 5 18 ⚐τὰ the δὲ and πάντα all ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐τοῦ who καταλλάξαντος to reconcile ἡμᾶς us ἑαυτῷ himself διὰ through Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐καὶ and δόντος to give ἡμῖν to us τὴν the διακονίαν service τῆς the καταλλαγῆς reconciliation, -47 5 19 ⚐ὡς as ὅτι that θεὸς God ἦν to be ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ ⚐κόσμον world καταλλάσσων to reconcile ἑαυτῷ himself, ⚐μὴ not λογιζόμενος to count αὐτοῖς to them τὰ the παραπτώματα trespass αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and θέμενος to place ἐν in ἡμῖν to us τὸν the λόγον word τῆς the καταλλαγῆς reconciliation. -47 5 20 ⚐ὑπὲρ for Χριστοῦ Christ οὖν therefore πρεσβεύομεν be ambassador ⚐ὡς as τοῦ the θεοῦ God παρακαλοῦντος to plead δι᾽ through ἡμῶν of us· ⚐δεόμεθα to pray ὑπὲρ for Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐καταλλάγητε to reconcile τῷ the θεῷ God. -47 5 21 ⚐τὸν who μὴ not γνόντα to know ἁμαρτίαν sin ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us ἁμαρτίαν sin ἐποίησεν to make, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡμεῖς we γενώμεθα to be δικαιοσύνη righteousness θεοῦ God ἐν in αὐτῷ to him.

 -47 6 1 ⚐Συνεργοῦντες to work with δὲ and ⚐καὶ and παρακαλοῦμεν to plead ⚐μὴ not εἰς toward κενὸν empty τὴν the χάριν grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God δέξασθαι to receive ὑμᾶς you· -47 6 2 ⚐λέγει to speak γάρ for· ⚐Καιρῷ time δεκτῷ acceptable ἐπήκουσά to listen to σου of you ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ἡμέρᾳ day σωτηρίας salvation ἐβοήθησά to help σοι to you· ⚐ἰδοὺ look! νῦν now καιρὸς time εὐπρόσδεκτος acceptable, ⚐ἰδοὺ look! νῦν now ἡμέρα day σωτηρίας salvation· -47 6 3 ⚐μηδεμίαν nothing ἐν in μηδενὶ nothing διδόντες to give προσκοπήν stumbling, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not μωμηθῇ to blame ἡ the διακονία service, -47 6 4 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in παντὶ all συνιστάντες to commend ἑαυτοὺς ourselves ὡς as θεοῦ God διάκονοι servant· ⚐ἐν with ὑπομονῇ perseverance πολλῇ much, ἐν in θλίψεσιν pressure, ἐν in ἀνάγκαις necessity, ἐν in στενοχωρίαις hardship, -47 6 5 ⚐ἐν in πληγαῖς blow, ἐν in φυλακαῖς prison, ἐν in ἀκαταστασίαις disorder, ἐν in κόποις labor, ἐν in ἀγρυπνίαις sleeplessness, ἐν in νηστείαις fasting, -47 6 6 ⚐ἐν by ἁγνότητι purity, ἐν by γνώσει knowledge, ἐν by μακροθυμίᾳ patience, ἐν by χρηστότητι kindness, ἐν by πνεύματι spirit ἁγίῳ holy, ⚐ἐν by ἀγάπῃ love ἀνυποκρίτῳ genuine, -47 6 7 ἐν by λόγῳ word ἀληθείας truth, ἐν by δυνάμει power θεοῦ God· ⚐διὰ through τῶν the ὅπλων weapon τῆς the δικαιοσύνης righteousness τῶν the δεξιῶν right καὶ and ἀριστερῶν left, -47 6 8 ⚐διὰ through δόξης glory καὶ and ἀτιμίας dishonour, ⚐διὰ through δυσφημίας slander καὶ and εὐφημίας good report· ⚐ὡς as πλάνοι deceiving καὶ and ἀληθεῖς true, -47 6 9 ⚐ὡς as ἀγνοούμενοι be ignorant ⚐καὶ and ἐπιγινωσκόμενοι to come to know, ⚐ὡς as ἀποθνῄσκοντες to die ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ζῶμεν to live, ⚐ὡς as παιδευόμενοι to instruct ⚐καὶ and μὴ not θανατούμενοι to kill, -47 6 10 ⚐ὡς as λυπούμενοι to grieve ⚐ἀεὶ always δὲ but χαίροντες to rejoice, ⚐ὡς as πτωχοὶ poor ⚐πολλοὺς much δὲ but πλουτίζοντες to enrich, ⚐ὡς as μηδὲν nothing ἔχοντες to have ⚐καὶ and πάντα all κατέχοντες to hold fast.

 -47 6 11 ⚐Τὸ the στόμα mouth ἡμῶν of us ἀνέῳγεν to open πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, Κορίνθιοι Corinthian, ⚐ἡ the καρδία heart ἡμῶν of us πεπλάτυνται to widen· -47 6 12 ⚐οὐ no στενοχωρεῖσθε to press upon ἐν in ἡμῖν to us, ⚐στενοχωρεῖσθε to press upon δὲ but ἐν in τοῖς the σπλάγχνοις affection ὑμῶν of you· -47 6 13 ⚐τὴν the δὲ and αὐτὴν her ἀντιμισθίαν recompense, ⚐ὡς as τέκνοις child λέγω to speak, ⚐πλατύνθητε to widen καὶ and ὑμεῖς you.

 -47 6 14 ⚐Μὴ not γίνεσθε to be ἑτεροζυγοῦντες to yoke a mismatch ἀπίστοις unbelieving· ⚐τίς which? γὰρ for μετοχὴ participation δικαιοσύνῃ righteousness καὶ and ἀνομίᾳ lawlessness, ⚐ἢ or τίς which? κοινωνία participation φωτὶ light πρὸς with σκότος darkness; -47 6 15 ⚐τίς which? δὲ and συμφώνησις harmony Χριστοῦ Christ πρὸς to Βελιάρ Belial, ⚐ἢ or τίς which? μερὶς part πιστῷ faithful μετὰ with ἀπίστου unbelieving; -47 6 16 ⚐τίς which? δὲ and συγκατάθεσις agreement ναῷ temple θεοῦ God μετὰ with εἰδώλων idol; ⚐ἡμεῖς we γὰρ for ναὸς temple θεοῦ God ἐσμεν to be ζῶντος to live· ⚐καθὼς just as εἶπεν to say ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐ὅτι that Ἐνοικήσω to dwell in ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καὶ and ἐμπεριπατήσω to walk among, ⚐καὶ and ἔσομαι to be αὐτῶν of them θεός God, ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἔσονταί to be μου of me λαός a people. -47 6 17 ⚐διὸ therefore ἐξέλθατε to go out ἐκ from μέσου midst αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and ἀφορίσθητε to separate, ⚐λέγει to speak κύριος lord, ⚐καὶ and ἀκαθάρτου unclean μὴ not ἅπτεσθε to kindle· ⚐κἀγὼ and I εἰσδέξομαι to receive ὑμᾶς you· -47 6 18 ⚐καὶ and ἔσομαι to be ὑμῖν to you εἰς toward πατέρα father, ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἔσεσθέ to be μοι to me εἰς toward υἱοὺς son καὶ and θυγατέρας daughter, ⚐λέγει to speak κύριος lord παντοκράτωρ almighty.

 -47 7 1 ⚐ταύτας these οὖν therefore ἔχοντες to have τὰς the ἐπαγγελίας promise, ἀγαπητοί beloved, ⚐καθαρίσωμεν to clean ἑαυτοὺς ourselves ἀπὸ from παντὸς all μολυσμοῦ defilement σαρκὸς flesh καὶ and πνεύματος spirit, ⚐ἐπιτελοῦντες to complete ἁγιωσύνην holiness ἐν in φόβῳ fear θεοῦ God.

 -47 7 2 ⚐Χωρήσατε to make room for ἡμᾶς us· ⚐οὐδένα no one ἠδικήσαμεν to harm, ⚐οὐδένα no one ἐφθείραμεν to destroy, ⚐οὐδένα no one ἐπλεονεκτήσαμεν to exploit. -47 7 3 ⚐πρὸς to κατάκρισιν condemnation οὐ no λέγω to speak, ⚐προείρηκα to predict γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart ἡμῶν of us ἐστε to be ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the συναποθανεῖν to die with καὶ and συζῆν to live together. -47 7 4 ⚐πολλή much μοι to me παρρησία boldness πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, ⚐πολλή much μοι to me καύχησις pride ὑπὲρ above ὑμῶν of you· ⚐πεπλήρωμαι to fulfill τῇ the παρακλήσει encouragement, ⚐ὑπερπερισσεύομαι to abound τῇ the χαρᾷ joy ἐπὶ upon πάσῃ all τῇ the θλίψει pressure ἡμῶν of us.

 -47 7 5 ⚐Καὶ and γὰρ for ἐλθόντων to come ἡμῶν of us εἰς toward Μακεδονίαν Macedonia ⚐οὐδεμίαν no one ἔσχηκεν to have ἄνεσιν rest ἡ the σὰρξ flesh ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in παντὶ all θλιβόμενοι to press on— ⚐ἔξωθεν outside μάχαι quarrel, ⚐ἔσωθεν inwardly φόβοι fear— -47 7 6 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ who παρακαλῶν to comfort τοὺς the ταπεινοὺς lowly ⚐παρεκάλεσεν to comfort ἡμᾶς us ὁ the θεὸς God ἐν by τῇ the παρουσίᾳ coming Τίτου Titus· -47 7 7 ⚐οὐ no μόνον alone δὲ and ἐν by τῇ the παρουσίᾳ coming αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and ἐν by τῇ the παρακλήσει encouragement ⚐ᾗ which παρεκλήθη to plead ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀναγγέλλων to report ἡμῖν to us τὴν the ὑμῶν of you ἐπιπόθησιν longing, ⚐τὸν the ὑμῶν of you ὀδυρμόν mourning, ⚐τὸν the ὑμῶν of you ζῆλον zeal ὑπὲρ for ἐμοῦ of me, ⚐ὥστε so με me μᾶλλον more χαρῆναι to rejoice. -47 7 8 ⚐ὅτι since εἰ if καὶ and ἐλύπησα to grieve ὑμᾶς you ἐν by τῇ the ἐπιστολῇ epistle, ⚐οὐ no μεταμέλομαι to repent· ⚐εἰ if καὶ and μετεμελόμην to repent( ⚐βλέπω to see γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that ἡ the ἐπιστολὴ epistle ἐκείνη that εἰ if καὶ and πρὸς to ὥραν hour ἐλύπησεν to grieve ὑμᾶς you), -47 7 9 ⚐νῦν now χαίρω to rejoice, ⚐οὐχ no ὅτι since ἐλυπήθητε to grieve, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅτι since ἐλυπήθητε to grieve εἰς toward μετάνοιαν repentance, ⚐ἐλυπήθητε to grieve γὰρ for κατὰ according to θεόν God, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν in μηδενὶ nothing ζημιωθῆτε to lose ἐξ out of ἡμῶν of us. -47 7 10 ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for κατὰ according to θεὸν God λύπη grief μετάνοιαν repentance εἰς toward σωτηρίαν salvation ἀμεταμέλητον irrevocable ἐργάζεται to work· ⚐ἡ the δὲ but τοῦ the κόσμου world λύπη grief θάνατον death κατεργάζεται to workout. -47 7 11 ⚐ἰδοὺ look! γὰρ for αὐτὸ it τοῦτο this τὸ the κατὰ according to θεὸν God λυπηθῆναι to grieve ⚐πόσην how much κατειργάσατο to produce ὑμῖν to you σπουδήν diligence, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀπολογίαν defence, ἀλλ᾽ but ἀγανάκτησιν indignation, ἀλλὰ but φόβον fear, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπιπόθησιν longing, ἀλλὰ but ζῆλον zeal, ἀλλ᾽ but ἐκδίκησιν vengeance· ⚐ἐν in παντὶ all συνεστήσατε to commend ἑαυτοὺς yourself ⚐ἁγνοὺς pure εἶναι to be τῷ this πράγματι thing. -47 7 12 ⚐ἄρα therefore εἰ if καὶ and ἔγραψα to write ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὐχ no ἕνεκεν because of τοῦ who ἀδικήσαντος to harm, ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἕνεκεν because of τοῦ who ἀδικηθέντος to harm, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἕνεκεν because of τοῦ the φανερωθῆναι to manifest τὴν the σπουδὴν diligence ὑμῶν of you τὴν the ὑπὲρ above ἡμῶν of us ⚐πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -47 7 13 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this παρακεκλήμεθα to comfort.

 ⚐Ἐπὶ upon δὲ and τῇ the παρακλήσει encouragement ἡμῶν of us περισσοτέρως superabundantly μᾶλλον more ἐχάρημεν to rejoice ἐπὶ upon τῇ the χαρᾷ joy Τίτου Titus, ⚐ὅτι since ἀναπέπαυται to give rest τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit αὐτοῦ of him ἀπὸ from πάντων all ὑμῶν of you· -47 7 14 ⚐ὅτι since εἴ if τι one αὐτῷ to him ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you κεκαύχημαι to boast, ⚐οὐ no κατῃσχύνθην to dishonor, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as πάντα all ἐν in ἀληθείᾳ truth ἐλαλήσαμεν to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ἡ the καύχησις pride ἡμῶν of us ἡ the ἐπὶ to Τίτου Titus ἀλήθεια truth ἐγενήθη to be. -47 7 15 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the σπλάγχνα affection αὐτοῦ of him περισσοτέρως superabundantly εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you ἐστιν to be ⚐ἀναμιμνῃσκομένου to remind τὴν the πάντων all ὑμῶν of you ὑπακοήν obedience, ⚐ὡς how μετὰ with φόβου fear καὶ and τρόμου trembling ἐδέξασθε to receive αὐτόν him. -47 7 16 ⚐χαίρω to rejoice ⚐ὅτι since ἐν in παντὶ all θαρρῶ be confident ἐν in ὑμῖν to you.

 -47 8 1 ⚐Γνωρίζομεν to make known δὲ and ὑμῖν to you, ἀδελφοί brother, τὴν the χάριν grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐τὴν the δεδομένην to give ἐν in ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly τῆς the Μακεδονίας Macedonia, -47 8 2 ⚐ὅτι that ἐν in πολλῇ much δοκιμῇ test θλίψεως pressure ἡ the περισσεία abundance τῆς the χαρᾶς joy αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἡ the κατὰ according to βάθους depth πτωχεία poverty αὐτῶν of them ἐπερίσσευσεν to exceed ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the πλοῦτος riches τῆς the ἁπλότητος sincerity αὐτῶν of them· -47 8 3 ⚐ὅτι since κατὰ according to δύναμιν power, μαρτυρῶ to testify, ⚐καὶ and παρὰ beside δύναμιν power, αὐθαίρετοι self-chosen -47 8 4 ⚐μετὰ with πολλῆς much παρακλήσεως encouragement δεόμενοι to pray ἡμῶν of us, τὴν the χάριν grace ⚐καὶ and τὴν the κοινωνίαν participation τῆς the διακονίας service τῆς the εἰς toward τοὺς the ἁγίους holy— -47 8 5 ⚐καὶ and οὐ no καθὼς just as ἠλπίσαμεν to hope ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἑαυτοὺς themselves ἔδωκαν to give πρῶτον first τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ⚐καὶ and ἡμῖν to us διὰ through θελήματος will θεοῦ God, -47 8 6 ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the παρακαλέσαι to plead ἡμᾶς us Τίτον Titus ⚐ἵνα in order that καθὼς just as προενήρξατο to begin beforehand ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ἐπιτελέσῃ to complete εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you καὶ and τὴν the χάριν grace ταύτην this· -47 8 7 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὥσπερ just as ἐν in παντὶ all περισσεύετε to exceed, ⚐πίστει faith καὶ and λόγῳ word καὶ and γνώσει knowledge καὶ and πάσῃ all σπουδῇ diligence ⚐καὶ and τῇ the ἐξ from ἡμῶν of us ἐν in ὑμῖν to you ἀγάπῃ love, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and ἐν in ταύτῃ to this τῇ the χάριτι grace περισσεύητε to exceed.

 -47 8 8 ⚐Οὐ no κατ᾽ according to ἐπιταγὴν command λέγω to speak ⚐ἀλλὰ but διὰ through τῆς the ἑτέρων other σπουδῆς diligence ⚐καὶ and τὸ the τῆς the ὑμετέρας your ἀγάπης love γνήσιον genuine δοκιμάζων to test· -47 8 9 ⚐γινώσκετε to know γὰρ for τὴν the χάριν grace τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ὅτι that δι᾽ because of ὑμᾶς you ἐπτώχευσεν be poor ⚐πλούσιος rich ὤν to be, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὑμεῖς you τῇ the ἐκείνου that πτωχείᾳ poverty πλουτήσητε be rich. -47 8 10 ⚐καὶ and γνώμην resolution ἐν on τούτῳ to this δίδωμι to give· ⚐τοῦτο this γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you συμφέρει to be profitable, ⚐οἵτινες which οὐ no μόνον alone τὸ the ποιῆσαι to do ἀλλὰ but καὶ and τὸ the θέλειν to desire προενήρξασθε to begin beforehand ἀπὸ from πέρυσι last year· -47 8 11 ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ and καὶ and τὸ the ποιῆσαι to do ἐπιτελέσατε to complete, ⚐ὅπως that καθάπερ just as ἡ the προθυμία eagerness τοῦ the θέλειν to will ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and τὸ the ἐπιτελέσαι to complete ἐκ out of τοῦ the ἔχειν to have. -47 8 12 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ἡ the προθυμία eagerness πρόκειται to set before, ⚐καθὸ insofar as ἐὰν if ἔχῃ to have εὐπρόσδεκτος acceptable, οὐ no καθὸ insofar as οὐκ no ἔχει to have. -47 8 13 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἵνα in order that ἄλλοις another ἄνεσις rest, ὑμῖν to you θλῖψις pressure· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐξ out of ἰσότητος equality -47 8 14 ⚐ἐν in τῷ the νῦν now καιρῷ time τὸ the ὑμῶν of you περίσσευμα overflow εἰς toward τὸ the ἐκείνων that ὑστέρημα deficiency, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and τὸ the ἐκείνων that περίσσευμα overflow γένηται to be εἰς toward τὸ the ὑμῶν of you ὑστέρημα deficiency, ⚐ὅπως that γένηται to be ἰσότης equality· -47 8 15 ⚐καθὼς as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ὁ the τὸ who πολὺ much οὐκ no ἐπλεόνασεν to increase, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the τὸ who ὀλίγον little οὐκ no ἠλαττόνησεν to have little.

 -47 8 16 ⚐Χάρις grace δὲ but τῷ the θεῷ God ⚐τῷ who δόντι to give τὴν the αὐτὴν her σπουδὴν diligence ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart Τίτου Titus, -47 8 17 ⚐ὅτι since τὴν the μὲν on the other hand παράκλησιν encouragement ἐδέξατο to receive, ⚐σπουδαιότερος eager δὲ but ὑπάρχων to be ⚐αὐθαίρετος self-chosen ἐξῆλθεν to go out πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you. -47 8 18 ⚐συνεπέμψαμεν to send with δὲ and μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother ⚐οὗ which ὁ the ἔπαινος praise ἐν in τῷ the εὐαγγελίῳ gospel διὰ through πασῶν all τῶν the ἐκκλησιῶν assembly— -47 8 19 ⚐οὐ no μόνον alone δὲ and ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and χειροτονηθεὶς to appoint ὑπὸ by τῶν the ἐκκλησιῶν assembly συνέκδημος companion ἡμῶν of us ⚐σὺν with τῇ the χάριτι grace ταύτῃ to this τῇ the διακονουμένῃ to serve ὑφ᾽ by ἡμῶν of us ⚐πρὸς to τὴν the αὐτοῦ of him τοῦ the κυρίου lord δόξαν glory καὶ and προθυμίαν eagerness ἡμῶν of us— -47 8 20 ⚐στελλόμενοι to avoid τοῦτο this ⚐μή not τις one ἡμᾶς us μωμήσηται to blame ἐν in τῇ the ἁδρότητι abundance ταύτῃ to this τῇ the διακονουμένῃ to serve ὑφ᾽ by ἡμῶν of us, -47 8 21 ⚐προνοοῦμεν to care for γὰρ for καλὰ good οὐ no μόνον alone ἐνώπιον before κυρίου lord ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and ἐνώπιον before ἀνθρώπων a human. -47 8 22 ⚐συνεπέμψαμεν to send with δὲ and αὐτοῖς to them τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother ἡμῶν of us ⚐ὃν which ἐδοκιμάσαμεν to test ἐν in πολλοῖς much πολλάκις often ⚐σπουδαῖον eager ὄντα to be, ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ but πολὺ much σπουδαιότερον eager πεποιθήσει confidence πολλῇ much τῇ the εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you. -47 8 23 ⚐εἴτε if ὑπὲρ for Τίτου Titus, ⚐κοινωνὸς participant ἐμὸς my καὶ and εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you συνεργός co-worker· ⚐εἴτε if ἀδελφοὶ brother ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ἀπόστολοι apostle ἐκκλησιῶν assembly, δόξα glory Χριστοῦ Christ. -47 8 24 ⚐τὴν the οὖν therefore ἔνδειξιν demonstration τῆς the ἀγάπης love ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and ἡμῶν of us καυχήσεως pride ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward αὐτοὺς them ἐνδεικνύμενοι to show εἰς toward πρόσωπον face τῶν the ἐκκλησιῶν assembly.

 -47 9 1 ⚐Περὶ about μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for τῆς this διακονίας service τῆς the εἰς toward τοὺς the ἁγίους holy ⚐περισσόν excessive μοί to me ἐστιν to be τὸ the γράφειν to write ὑμῖν to you, -47 9 2 ⚐οἶδα to know γὰρ for τὴν the προθυμίαν eagerness ὑμῶν of you ⚐ἣν which ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you καυχῶμαι to boast Μακεδόσιν Macedonian ⚐ὅτι that Ἀχαΐα Achaia παρεσκεύασται to prepare ἀπὸ from πέρυσι last year, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ὑμῶν of you ζῆλος zeal ἠρέθισεν to provoke τοὺς the πλείονας greater. -47 9 3 ⚐ἔπεμψα to send δὲ but τοὺς the ἀδελφούς brother, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not τὸ the καύχημα pride ἡμῶν of us τὸ the ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you κενωθῇ to empty ἐν in τῷ the μέρει part τούτῳ to this, ⚐ἵνα in order that καθὼς just as ἔλεγον to speak ⚐παρεσκευασμένοι to prepare ἦτε to be, -47 9 4 ⚐μή not πως how? ἐὰν if ἔλθωσιν to come σὺν with ἐμοὶ to me Μακεδόνες Macedonian ⚐καὶ and εὕρωσιν to find ὑμᾶς you ἀπαρασκευάστους unprepared ⚐καταισχυνθῶμεν to dishonor ἡμεῖς we, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not λέγω to speak ὑμεῖς you, ἐν in τῇ the ὑποστάσει confidence ταύτῃ to this. -47 9 5 ⚐ἀναγκαῖον necessary οὖν therefore ἡγησάμην to govern ⚐παρακαλέσαι to plead τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother ⚐ἵνα in order that προέλθωσιν to go before εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you ⚐καὶ and προκαταρτίσωσιν to arrange τὴν the προεπηγγελμένην to promise εὐλογίαν praise ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ταύτην this ἑτοίμην ready εἶναι to be οὕτως thus(-ly) ⚐ὡς as εὐλογίαν praise καὶ and μὴ not ὡς as πλεονεξίαν greediness.

 -47 9 6 ⚐Τοῦτο this δέ and, ⚐ὁ who σπείρων to sow φειδομένως sparingly φειδομένως sparingly καὶ and θερίσει to reap, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who σπείρων to sow ἐπ᾽ upon εὐλογίαις praise ἐπ᾽ upon εὐλογίαις praise καὶ and θερίσει to reap. -47 9 7 ⚐ἕκαστος each καθὼς just as προῄρηται to predetermine τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart, ⚐μὴ not ἐκ out of λύπης grief ἢ or ἐξ out of ἀνάγκης necessity· ⚐ἱλαρὸν cheerful γὰρ for δότην giver ἀγαπᾷ to love ὁ the θεός God. -47 9 8 ⚐δυνατεῖ be able δὲ and ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐πᾶσαν all χάριν grace περισσεῦσαι to exceed εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν in παντὶ all πάντοτε always πᾶσαν all αὐτάρκειαν self-sufficiency ἔχοντες to have ⚐περισσεύητε to exceed εἰς toward πᾶν all ἔργον work ἀγαθόν good-doer· -47 9 9 ( ⚐καθὼς just as γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ἐσκόρπισεν to scatter, ⚐ἔδωκεν to give τοῖς the πένησιν poor, ⚐ἡ the δικαιοσύνη righteousness αὐτοῦ of him μένει to stay εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age· -47 9 10 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἐπιχορηγῶν to supply σπόρον seed τῷ the σπείροντι to sow καὶ and ἄρτον bread εἰς toward βρῶσιν eating ⚐χορηγήσει to provide καὶ and πληθυνεῖ to multiply τὸν the σπόρον seed ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and αὐξήσει to grow τὰ the γενήματα offspring τῆς the δικαιοσύνης righteousness ὑμῶν of you·) -47 9 11 ⚐ἐν in παντὶ all πλουτιζόμενοι to enrich εἰς toward πᾶσαν all ἁπλότητα sincerity, ⚐ἥτις which κατεργάζεται to workout δι᾽ through ἡμῶν of us εὐχαριστίαν thankfulness τῷ the θεῷ God— -47 9 12 ⚐ὅτι since ἡ the διακονία service τῆς the λειτουργίας ministry ταύτης of this ⚐οὐ no μόνον alone ἐστὶν to be προσαναπληροῦσα to supply τὰ the ὑστερήματα deficiency τῶν the ἁγίων holy, ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and περισσεύουσα to exceed διὰ through πολλῶν much εὐχαριστιῶν thankfulness τῷ the θεῷ God— -47 9 13 ⚐διὰ through τῆς the δοκιμῆς test τῆς the διακονίας service ταύτης of this δοξάζοντες to glorify τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐ἐπὶ upon τῇ the ὑποταγῇ submission τῆς the ὁμολογίας confession ὑμῶν of you ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐καὶ and ἁπλότητι sincerity τῆς the κοινωνίας participation εἰς toward αὐτοὺς them καὶ and εἰς toward πάντας all, -47 9 14 ⚐καὶ and αὐτῶν of them δεήσει prayer ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you ἐπιποθούντων to long for ὑμᾶς you ⚐διὰ because of τὴν the ὑπερβάλλουσαν to surpass χάριν grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμῖν to you. -47 9 15 ⚐χάρις grace τῷ the θεῷ God ἐπὶ upon τῇ the ἀνεκδιηγήτῳ indescribable αὐτοῦ of him δωρεᾷ free gift.

 -47 10 1 ⚐Αὐτὸς he δὲ and ἐγὼ I Παῦλος Paul παρακαλῶ to plead ὑμᾶς you ⚐διὰ through τῆς the πραΰτητος gentleness καὶ and ἐπιεικείας gentleness τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ὃς which κατὰ according to πρόσωπον face μὲν on the other hand ταπεινὸς lowly ἐν among ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀπὼν be away δὲ but θαρρῶ be confident εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you· -47 10 2 ⚐δέομαι to pray δὲ and τὸ the μὴ not παρὼν be present θαρρῆσαι be confident τῇ the πεποιθήσει confidence ⚐ᾗ which λογίζομαι to count τολμῆσαι be bold ἐπί against τινας one τοὺς who λογιζομένους to count ἡμᾶς us ⚐ὡς as κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh περιπατοῦντας to walk. -47 10 3 ⚐ἐν in σαρκὶ flesh γὰρ for περιπατοῦντες to walk ⚐οὐ no κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh στρατευόμεθα to battle— -47 10 4 ⚐τὰ the γὰρ for ὅπλα weapon τῆς the στρατείας warfare ἡμῶν of us οὐ no σαρκικὰ fleshly ⚐ἀλλὰ but δυνατὰ able τῷ the θεῷ God πρὸς to καθαίρεσιν destruction ὀχυρωμάτων stronghold— ⚐λογισμοὺς thought καθαιροῦντες to take down -47 10 5 καὶ and πᾶν all ὕψωμα height ἐπαιρόμενον to lift up κατὰ according to τῆς the γνώσεως knowledge τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐καὶ and αἰχμαλωτίζοντες to capture πᾶν all νόημα thought εἰς toward τὴν the ὑπακοὴν obedience τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, -47 10 6 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ἑτοίμῳ ready ἔχοντες to have ⚐ἐκδικῆσαι to avenge πᾶσαν all παρακοήν disobedience, ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) πληρωθῇ to fulfill ὑμῶν of you ἡ the ὑπακοή obedience.

 -47 10 7 ⚐Τὰ the κατὰ according to πρόσωπον face βλέπετε to see. ⚐εἴ if τις one πέποιθεν to persuade ἑαυτῷ himself Χριστοῦ Christ εἶναι to be, ⚐τοῦτο this λογιζέσθω to count πάλιν again ἐφ᾽ upon ἑαυτοῦ oneself ⚐ὅτι that καθὼς just as αὐτὸς he Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ἡμεῖς we. -47 10 8 ⚐ἐάν if τε and γὰρ for περισσότερόν superabundant τι one καυχήσωμαι to boast περὶ about τῆς the ἐξουσίας authority ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ἧς which ἔδωκεν to give ὁ the κύριος lord εἰς toward οἰκοδομὴν building καὶ and οὐκ no εἰς toward καθαίρεσιν destruction ὑμῶν of you, ⚐οὐκ no αἰσχυνθήσομαι be ashamed, -47 10 9 ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not δόξω to think ⚐ὡς as ἂν if ἐκφοβεῖν to terrify ὑμᾶς you διὰ through τῶν the ἐπιστολῶν epistle· -47 10 10 ⚐ὅτι since Αἱ the ἐπιστολαὶ epistle μέν on the other hand, φησίν to say, βαρεῖαι weighty καὶ and ἰσχυραί strong, ⚐ἡ the δὲ but παρουσία coming τοῦ the σώματος body ἀσθενὴς weak ⚐καὶ and ὁ the λόγος word ἐξουθενημένος to reject. -47 10 11 ⚐τοῦτο this λογιζέσθω to count ὁ the τοιοῦτος such as this, ⚐ὅτι that οἷοί such as ἐσμεν to be τῷ the λόγῳ word δι᾽ through ἐπιστολῶν epistle ἀπόντες be away, ⚐τοιοῦτοι such as this καὶ and παρόντες be present τῷ the ἔργῳ work.

 -47 10 12 ⚐Οὐ no γὰρ for τολμῶμεν be bold ⚐ἐγκρῖναι to classify ἢ or συγκρῖναι to compare ἑαυτούς ourselves τισιν one τῶν the ἑαυτοὺς themselves συνιστανόντων to commend· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but αὐτοὶ they ἐν in ἑαυτοῖς themselves ἑαυτοὺς themselves μετροῦντες to measure ⚐καὶ and συγκρίνοντες to compare ἑαυτοὺς themselves ἑαυτοῖς themselves ⚐οὐ no συνιᾶσιν to understand. -47 10 13 ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ but οὐκ no εἰς toward τὰ the ἄμετρα immoderate καυχησόμεθα to boast, ⚐ἀλλὰ but κατὰ according to τὸ the μέτρον measure τοῦ the κανόνος rule ⚐οὗ which ἐμέρισεν to divide ἡμῖν to us ὁ the θεὸς God μέτρου measure, ⚐ἐφικέσθαι to reach ἄχρι until καὶ and ὑμῶν of you— -47 10 14 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ὡς as μὴ not ἐφικνούμενοι to reach εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you ὑπερεκτείνομεν to overextend ἑαυτούς oneself, ⚐ἄχρι until γὰρ for καὶ and ὑμῶν of you ἐφθάσαμεν to arrive ἐν with τῷ the εὐαγγελίῳ gospel τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ— -47 10 15 ⚐οὐκ no εἰς toward τὰ the ἄμετρα immoderate καυχώμενοι to boast ἐν in ἀλλοτρίοις another’s κόποις labor, ⚐ἐλπίδα hope δὲ but ἔχοντες to have ⚐αὐξανομένης to grow τῆς the πίστεως faith ὑμῶν of you ⚐ἐν among ὑμῖν to you μεγαλυνθῆναι to magnify κατὰ according to τὸν the κανόνα rule ἡμῶν of us εἰς toward περισσείαν abundance, -47 10 16 ⚐εἰς toward τὰ the ὑπερέκεινα beyond ὑμῶν of you εὐαγγελίσασθαι to speak good news, ⚐οὐκ no ἐν in ἀλλοτρίῳ another’s κανόνι rule εἰς toward τὰ the ἕτοιμα ready καυχήσασθαι to boast. -47 10 17 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ but καυχώμενος to boast ἐν in κυρίῳ lord καυχάσθω to boast· -47 10 18 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ὁ the ἑαυτὸν himself συνιστάνων to commend, ἐκεῖνός that ἐστιν to be δόκιμος tested, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὃν which ὁ the κύριος lord συνίστησιν to commend.

 -47 11 1 ⚐Ὄφελον I wish! ἀνείχεσθέ to do away with μου of me μικρόν small τι one ἀφροσύνης foolishness· ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and ἀνέχεσθέ to endure μου of me. -47 11 2 ⚐ζηλῶ be eager γὰρ for ὑμᾶς you θεοῦ God ζήλῳ zeal, ⚐ἡρμοσάμην to betroth γὰρ for ὑμᾶς you ἑνὶ one ἀνδρὶ man ⚐παρθένον virgin ἁγνὴν pure παραστῆσαι to stand by τῷ the Χριστῷ Christ· -47 11 3 ⚐φοβοῦμαι to fear δὲ but ⚐μή not πως how?, ὡς as ὁ the ὄφις snake ἐξηπάτησεν to deceive Εὕαν Eve ἐν by τῇ the πανουργίᾳ craftiness αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐φθαρῇ to destroy τὰ the νοήματα mind ὑμῶν of you ἀπὸ from τῆς the ἁπλότητος sincerity καὶ and τῆς the ἁγνότητος purity τῆς the εἰς toward τὸν the Χριστόν Christ. -47 11 4 ⚐εἰ if μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for ὁ the ἐρχόμενος to come ἄλλον another Ἰησοῦν Jesus κηρύσσει to preach ⚐ὃν which οὐκ no ἐκηρύξαμεν to preach, ⚐ἢ or πνεῦμα spirit ἕτερον other λαμβάνετε to take ⚐ὃ which οὐκ no ἐλάβετε to take, ⚐ἢ or εὐαγγέλιον gospel ἕτερον other ⚐ὃ which οὐκ no ἐδέξασθε to receive, ⚐καλῶς well ἀνέχεσθε to endure. -47 11 5 ⚐λογίζομαι to count γὰρ for ⚐μηδὲν nothing ὑστερηκέναι to lack τῶν the ὑπερλίαν greatly ἀποστόλων apostle· -47 11 6 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and καὶ and ἰδιώτης unlearned τῷ the λόγῳ word, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no τῇ the γνώσει knowledge, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in παντὶ all φανερώσαντες to manifest ἐν in πᾶσιν all εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you.

 -47 11 7 ⚐Ἢ or ἁμαρτίαν sin ἐποίησα to do ⚐ἐμαυτὸν myself ταπεινῶν to humble ⚐ἵνα in order that ὑμεῖς you ὑψωθῆτε to lift up, ⚐ὅτι since δωρεὰν freely τὸ the τοῦ the θεοῦ God εὐαγγέλιον gospel εὐηγγελισάμην to speak good news ὑμῖν to you; -47 11 8 ⚐ἄλλας another ἐκκλησίας assembly ἐσύλησα to rob ⚐λαβὼν to take ὀψώνιον compensation πρὸς to τὴν the ὑμῶν of you διακονίαν service, -47 11 9 ⚐καὶ and παρὼν be present πρὸς with ὑμᾶς you ⚐καὶ and ὑστερηθεὶς to lack ⚐οὐ no κατενάρκησα to burden οὐθενός no one· ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for ὑστέρημά deficiency μου of me προσανεπλήρωσαν to supply οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother ἐλθόντες to come ἀπὸ from Μακεδονίας Macedonia· ⚐καὶ and ἐν in παντὶ all ἀβαρῆ not burdensome ἐμαυτὸν myself ὑμῖν to you ἐτήρησα to keep καὶ and τηρήσω to keep. -47 11 10 ⚐ἔστιν to be ἀλήθεια truth Χριστοῦ Christ ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me ⚐ὅτι that ἡ the καύχησις pride αὕτη this οὐ no φραγήσεται to stop εἰς toward ἐμὲ me ἐν in τοῖς the κλίμασιν region τῆς the Ἀχαΐας Achaia. -47 11 11 ⚐διὰ because of τί which?; ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἀγαπῶ to love ὑμᾶς you; ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God οἶδεν to know.

 -47 11 12 ⚐Ὃ which δὲ and ποιῶ to do καὶ and ποιήσω to do, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐκκόψω to cut off τὴν the ἀφορμὴν opportunity τῶν who θελόντων to will ἀφορμήν opportunity, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν in ᾧ which καυχῶνται to boast εὑρεθῶσιν to find καθὼς as καὶ and ἡμεῖς we. -47 11 13 ⚐οἱ the γὰρ for τοιοῦτοι such as this ψευδαπόστολοι false apostle, ἐργάται worker δόλιοι deceitful, ⚐μετασχηματιζόμενοι to transform εἰς toward ἀποστόλους apostle Χριστοῦ Christ· -47 11 14 ⚐καὶ and οὐ no θαῦμα marvel, ⚐αὐτὸς he γὰρ for ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan μετασχηματίζεται to transform εἰς toward ἄγγελον angel φωτός light· -47 11 15 ⚐οὐ no μέγα great οὖν therefore ⚐εἰ if καὶ and οἱ the διάκονοι servant αὐτοῦ of him μετασχηματίζονται to transform ὡς as διάκονοι servant δικαιοσύνης righteousness, ⚐ὧν which τὸ the τέλος goal ἔσται to be κατὰ according to τὰ the ἔργα work αὐτῶν of them.

 -47 11 16 ⚐Πάλιν again λέγω to speak, ⚐μή not τίς one με me δόξῃ to think ⚐ἄφρονα foolish εἶναι to be— ⚐εἰ if δὲ but μή not γε not, ⚐κἂν and ὡς as ἄφρονα foolish ⚐δέξασθέ to receive με me, ⚐ἵνα in order that κἀγὼ and I μικρόν small τι one καυχήσωμαι to boast· -47 11 17 ⚐ὃ which λαλῶ to speak οὐ no κατὰ according to κύριον lord λαλῶ to speak, ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as ἐν with ἀφροσύνῃ foolishness, ⚐ἐν in ταύτῃ to this τῇ the ὑποστάσει confidence τῆς the καυχήσεως pride. -47 11 18 ⚐ἐπεὶ since πολλοὶ much καυχῶνται to boast κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh, ⚐κἀγὼ and I καυχήσομαι to boast. -47 11 19 ⚐ἡδέως gladly γὰρ for ἀνέχεσθε to endure τῶν the ἀφρόνων foolish ⚐φρόνιμοι thoughtful ὄντες to be· -47 11 20 ⚐ἀνέχεσθε to endure γὰρ for ⚐εἴ if τις one ὑμᾶς you καταδουλοῖ to enslave, ⚐εἴ if τις one κατεσθίει to devour, ⚐εἴ if τις one λαμβάνει to take, ⚐εἴ if τις one ἐπαίρεται to lift up, ⚐εἴ if τις one εἰς toward πρόσωπον face ὑμᾶς you δέρει to beat up. -47 11 21 ⚐κατὰ according to ἀτιμίαν dishonour λέγω to speak, ⚐ὡς as ὅτι that ἡμεῖς we ἠσθενήκαμεν be weak· ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which δ᾽ but ἄν if τις one τολμᾷ be bold, ⚐ἐν in ἀφροσύνῃ foolishness λέγω to speak, ⚐τολμῶ be bold κἀγώ and I. -47 11 22 ⚐Ἑβραῖοί a Hebrew εἰσιν to be; ⚐κἀγώ and I. ⚐Ἰσραηλῖταί Israelite εἰσιν to be; ⚐κἀγώ and I. ⚐σπέρμα seed Ἀβραάμ Abraham εἰσιν to be; ⚐κἀγώ and I. -47 11 23 ⚐διάκονοι servant Χριστοῦ Christ εἰσιν to be; ⚐παραφρονῶν be insane λαλῶ to speak, ⚐ὑπὲρ for ἐγώ I· ⚐ἐν with κόποις labor περισσοτέρως superabundantly, ⚐ἐν with φυλακαῖς prison περισσοτέρως superabundantly, ⚐ἐν with πληγαῖς blow ὑπερβαλλόντως severely, ⚐ἐν in θανάτοις death πολλάκις often· -47 11 24 ⚐ὑπὸ by Ἰουδαίων Jewish πεντάκις five times τεσσεράκοντα forty παρὰ beside μίαν one ἔλαβον to take, -47 11 25 ⚐τρὶς three times ἐρραβδίσθην to beat with a rod, ⚐ἅπαξ once ἐλιθάσθην to stone, ⚐τρὶς three times ἐναυάγησα be shipwrecked, ⚐νυχθήμερον and night and a day ἐν in τῷ the βυθῷ the deep πεποίηκα to spend· -47 11 26 ⚐ὁδοιπορίαις journey πολλάκις often, ⚐κινδύνοις danger ποταμῶν river, ⚐κινδύνοις danger λῃστῶν robber, ⚐κινδύνοις danger ἐκ out of γένους family, ⚐κινδύνοις danger ἐξ out of ἐθνῶν Gentiles, ⚐κινδύνοις danger ἐν in πόλει city, ⚐κινδύνοις danger ἐν in ἐρημίᾳ desert, ⚐κινδύνοις danger ἐν in θαλάσσῃ sea, ⚐κινδύνοις danger ἐν in ψευδαδέλφοις false brother, -47 11 27 ⚐κόπῳ labor καὶ and μόχθῳ toil, ⚐ἐν in ἀγρυπνίαις sleeplessness πολλάκις often, ⚐ἐν through λιμῷ hunger καὶ and δίψει thirst, ⚐ἐν in νηστείαις fasting πολλάκις often, ⚐ἐν in ψύχει cold καὶ and γυμνότητι nakedness· -47 11 28 ⚐χωρὶς without τῶν the παρεκτὸς except ἡ the ἐπίστασίς insurrection μοι to me ἡ the καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day, ⚐ἡ the μέριμνα concern πασῶν all τῶν the ἐκκλησιῶν assembly. -47 11 29 ⚐τίς which? ἀσθενεῖ be weak, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἀσθενῶ be weak; ⚐τίς which? σκανδαλίζεται to cause to stumble ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐγὼ I πυροῦμαι to burn;

 -47 11 30 ⚐Εἰ if καυχᾶσθαι to boast δεῖ to bind, ⚐τὰ the τῆς the ἀσθενείας weakness μου of me καυχήσομαι to boast. -47 11 31 ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God καὶ and πατὴρ father τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus οἶδεν to know, ὁ who ὢν to be εὐλογητὸς praiseworthy εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age, ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no ψεύδομαι to lie. -47 11 32 ⚐ἐν in Δαμασκῷ Damascus ὁ the ἐθνάρχης governor Ἁρέτα Aretas τοῦ the βασιλέως king ἐφρούρει to guard τὴν the πόλιν city Δαμασκηνῶν from Damascus ⚐πιάσαι to arrest με me, -47 11 33 ⚐καὶ and διὰ through θυρίδος window ἐν in σαργάνῃ basket ἐχαλάσθην to lower διὰ through τοῦ the τείχους wall ⚐καὶ and ἐξέφυγον to escape τὰς the χεῖρας hand αὐτοῦ of him.

 -47 12 1 ⚐Καυχᾶσθαι to boast δεῖ to bind· ⚐οὐ no συμφέρον to be profitable μέν on the other hand, ⚐ἐλεύσομαι to go δὲ and εἰς toward ὀπτασίας vision καὶ and ἀποκαλύψεις revelation κυρίου lord. -47 12 2 ⚐οἶδα to know ἄνθρωπον a human ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ πρὸ before ἐτῶν year δεκατεσσάρων fourteen— ⚐εἴτε if ἐν in σώματι body ⚐οὐκ no οἶδα to know, ⚐εἴτε if ἐκτὸς outside τοῦ the σώματος body ⚐οὐκ no οἶδα to know, ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God οἶδεν to know— ⚐ἁρπαγέντα to seize τὸν the τοιοῦτον such as this ἕως until τρίτου third οὐρανοῦ heaven. -47 12 3 ⚐καὶ and οἶδα to know τὸν the τοιοῦτον such as this ἄνθρωπον a human— ⚐εἴτε if ἐν in σώματι body εἴτε if χωρὶς without τοῦ the σώματος body ⚐οὐκ no οἶδα to know, ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God οἶδεν to know— -47 12 4 ⚐ὅτι that ἡρπάγη to seize εἰς toward τὸν the παράδεισον paradise ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσεν to hear ἄρρητα inexpressible ῥήματα word ⚐ἃ which οὐκ no ἐξὸν it is permitted ἀνθρώπῳ a human ⚐λαλῆσαι to speak. -47 12 5 ⚐ὑπὲρ above τοῦ the τοιούτου such as this καυχήσομαι to boast, ⚐ὑπὲρ for δὲ but ἐμαυτοῦ myself οὐ no καυχήσομαι to boast ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ἐν in ταῖς the ἀσθενείαις weakness. -47 12 6 ⚐ἐὰν if γὰρ for θελήσω to will καυχήσασθαι to boast, ⚐οὐκ no ἔσομαι to be ἄφρων foolish, ⚐ἀλήθειαν truth γὰρ for ἐρῶ to say· ⚐φείδομαι to spare δέ but, ⚐μή not τις one εἰς toward ἐμὲ me λογίσηται to count ⚐ὑπὲρ beyond ὃ which βλέπει to see με me ⚐ἢ or ἀκούει to hear τι one ἐξ from ἐμοῦ of me, -47 12 7 ⚐καὶ and τῇ the ὑπερβολῇ surpassing τῶν the ἀποκαλύψεων revelation. ⚐διὸ therefore ἵνα in order that μὴ not ὑπεραίρωμαι be haughty, ⚐ἐδόθη to give μοι to me σκόλοψ thorn τῇ the σαρκί flesh, ἄγγελος angel Σατανᾶ Satan, ⚐ἵνα in order to με me κολαφίζῃ to beat, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ὑπεραίρωμαι be haughty. -47 12 8 ⚐ὑπὲρ for τούτου of this τρὶς three times τὸν the κύριον lord παρεκάλεσα to plead ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀποστῇ to leave ἀπ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me· -47 12 9 ⚐καὶ and εἴρηκέν to say μοι to me· ⚐Ἀρκεῖ be sufficient σοι to you ἡ the χάρις grace μου of me· ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for δύναμις power ἐν in ἀσθενείᾳ weakness τελεῖται to finish. ⚐ἥδιστα most gladly οὖν then μᾶλλον more καυχήσομαι to boast ἐν in ταῖς the ἀσθενείαις weakness μου of me, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐπισκηνώσῃ to dwell ἐπ᾽ upon ἐμὲ me ἡ the δύναμις power τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ. -47 12 10 ⚐διὸ therefore εὐδοκῶ to delight ἐν with ἀσθενείαις weakness, ἐν with ὕβρεσιν mistreatment, ἐν with ἀνάγκαις necessity, ⚐ἐν with διωγμοῖς persecution καὶ and στενοχωρίαις hardship, ὑπὲρ for Χριστοῦ Christ· ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) γὰρ for ἀσθενῶ be weak, ⚐τότε then δυνατός able εἰμι to be.

 -47 12 11 ⚐Γέγονα to be ἄφρων foolish· ⚐ὑμεῖς you με me ἠναγκάσατε to compel· ⚐ἐγὼ I γὰρ for ὤφειλον to owe ⚐ὑφ᾽ by ὑμῶν of you συνίστασθαι to commend. ⚐οὐδὲν no one γὰρ for ὑστέρησα to lack τῶν the ὑπερλίαν greatly ἀποστόλων apostle, ⚐εἰ if καὶ and οὐδέν no one εἰμι to be· -47 12 12 ⚐τὰ the μὲν on the other hand σημεῖα sign τοῦ the ἀποστόλου apostle κατειργάσθη to workout ἐν among ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἐν with πάσῃ all ὑπομονῇ perseverance, ⚐σημείοις sign τε and καὶ and τέρασιν wonders καὶ and δυνάμεσιν power. -47 12 13 ⚐τί which? γάρ for ἐστιν to be ⚐ὃ which ἡσσώθητε be lesser ὑπὲρ than τὰς the λοιπὰς remaining ἐκκλησίας assembly, ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὅτι that αὐτὸς he ἐγὼ I οὐ no κατενάρκησα to burden ὑμῶν of you; ⚐χαρίσασθέ to give grace μοι to me τὴν the ἀδικίαν unrighteousness ταύτην this.

 -47 12 14 ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! τρίτον third τοῦτο this ἑτοίμως readily ἔχω to be ἐλθεῖν to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no καταναρκήσω to burden· ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ζητῶ to seek τὰ the ὑμῶν of you ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὑμᾶς you, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ὀφείλει to owe τὰ the τέκνα child ⚐τοῖς the γονεῦσιν parent θησαυρίζειν to store up, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οἱ the γονεῖς parent τοῖς the τέκνοις child. -47 12 15 ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ and ἥδιστα most gladly δαπανήσω to spend καὶ and ἐκδαπανηθήσομαι to expend ὑπὲρ for τῶν the ψυχῶν soul ὑμῶν of you. ⚐εἰ if περισσοτέρως superabundantly ὑμᾶς you ἀγαπῶν to love, ⚐ἧσσον less ἀγαπῶμαι to love; -47 12 16 ⚐ἔστω to be δέ but, ⚐ἐγὼ I οὐ no κατεβάρησα to burden ὑμᾶς you· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὑπάρχων to be πανοῦργος crafty ⚐δόλῳ deceit ὑμᾶς you ἔλαβον to take. -47 12 17 ⚐μή not τινα one ὧν which ἀπέσταλκα to send πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, ⚐δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him ἐπλεονέκτησα to exploit ὑμᾶς you; -47 12 18 ⚐παρεκάλεσα to plead Τίτον Titus ⚐καὶ and συναπέστειλα to send with τὸν the ἀδελφόν brother· ⚐μήτι no? ἐπλεονέκτησεν to exploit ὑμᾶς you Τίτος Titus; ⚐οὐ no τῷ the αὐτῷ to it πνεύματι spirit περιεπατήσαμεν to walk; ⚐οὐ no τοῖς the αὐτοῖς to them ἴχνεσιν track;

 -47 12 19 ⚐Πάλαι of old δοκεῖτε to think ⚐ὅτι that ὑμῖν to you ἀπολογούμεθα to defend oneself; ⚐κατέναντι before θεοῦ God ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ λαλοῦμεν to speak. ⚐τὰ the δὲ and πάντα all, ἀγαπητοί beloved, ὑπὲρ for τῆς the ὑμῶν of you οἰκοδομῆς building, -47 12 20 ⚐φοβοῦμαι to fear γὰρ for ⚐μή not πως how? ἐλθὼν to come ⚐οὐχ no οἵους such as θέλω to will εὕρω to find ὑμᾶς you, ⚐κἀγὼ and I εὑρεθῶ to find ὑμῖν to you ⚐οἷον such as οὐ no θέλετε to will, ⚐μή not πως how? ἔρις quarrel, ζῆλος zeal, θυμοί wrath, ἐριθεῖαι rivalry, καταλαλιαί slander, ⚐ψιθυρισμοί gossip, φυσιώσεις arrogance, ἀκαταστασίαι disorder· -47 12 21 ⚐μὴ not πάλιν again ἐλθόντος to come μου of me ⚐ταπεινώσῃ to humble με me ὁ the θεός God μου of me πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, ⚐καὶ and πενθήσω to mourn πολλοὺς much τῶν who προημαρτηκότων to sin beforehand ⚐καὶ and μὴ not μετανοησάντων to repent ἐπὶ upon τῇ the ἀκαθαρσίᾳ impurity καὶ and πορνείᾳ sexual sin καὶ and ἀσελγείᾳ debauchery ⚐ᾗ which ἔπραξαν to practise.

 -47 13 1 ⚐Τρίτον third τοῦτο this ἔρχομαι to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you· ⚐ἐπὶ upon στόματος mouth δύο two μαρτύρων witness καὶ and τριῶν three σταθήσεται to stand πᾶν all ῥῆμα word. -47 13 2 ⚐προείρηκα to predict καὶ and προλέγω to foretell ⚐ὡς as παρὼν be present τὸ the δεύτερον secondly καὶ and ἀπὼν be away νῦν now, ⚐τοῖς who προημαρτηκόσιν to sin beforehand καὶ and τοῖς the λοιποῖς remaining πᾶσιν all, ⚐ὅτι that ἐὰν if ἔλθω to come εἰς toward τὸ the πάλιν again ⚐οὐ no φείσομαι to spare, -47 13 3 ⚐ἐπεὶ since δοκιμὴν test ζητεῖτε to seek τοῦ the ἐν through ἐμοὶ to me λαλοῦντος to speak Χριστοῦ Christ· ⚐ὃς which εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you οὐκ no ἀσθενεῖ be weak ⚐ἀλλὰ but δυνατεῖ be able ἐν among ὑμῖν to you, -47 13 4 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ἐσταυρώθη to crucify ἐξ out of ἀσθενείας weakness, ⚐ἀλλὰ but ζῇ to live ἐκ out of δυνάμεως power θεοῦ God. ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ἡμεῖς we ἀσθενοῦμεν be weak ἐν in αὐτῷ to him, ⚐ἀλλὰ but ζήσομεν to live σὺν with αὐτῷ to him ἐκ out of δυνάμεως power θεοῦ God εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you.

 -47 13 5 ⚐Ἑαυτοὺς yourself πειράζετε to test ⚐εἰ if ἐστὲ to be ἐν in τῇ the πίστει faith, ⚐ἑαυτοὺς yourself δοκιμάζετε to test· ⚐ἢ or οὐκ no ἐπιγινώσκετε to come to know ἑαυτοὺς yourself ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus Χριστὸς Christ ἐν in ὑμῖν to you; ⚐εἰ if μήτι no? ἀδόκιμοί failing ἐστε to be. -47 13 6 ⚐ἐλπίζω to hope δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that γνώσεσθε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἡμεῖς we οὐκ no ἐσμὲν to be ἀδόκιμοι failing. -47 13 7 ⚐εὐχόμεθα to pray δὲ and πρὸς to τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐μὴ not ποιῆσαι to do ὑμᾶς you κακὸν harm μηδέν nothing, ⚐οὐχ no ἵνα in order that ἡμεῖς we δόκιμοι tested φανῶμεν to appear, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order that ὑμεῖς you τὸ the καλὸν good ποιῆτε to do, ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ and ὡς as ἀδόκιμοι failing ὦμεν to be. -47 13 8 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for δυνάμεθά be able τι one κατὰ according to τῆς the ἀληθείας truth, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὑπὲρ for τῆς the ἀληθείας truth. -47 13 9 ⚐χαίρομεν to rejoice γὰρ for ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ἡμεῖς we ἀσθενῶμεν be weak, ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but δυνατοὶ able ἦτε to be· ⚐τοῦτο this καὶ and εὐχόμεθα to pray, τὴν the ὑμῶν of you κατάρτισιν perfection. -47 13 10 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this ταῦτα these ἀπὼν be away γράφω to write, ⚐ἵνα in order that παρὼν be present ⚐μὴ not ἀποτόμως severely χρήσωμαι to use κατὰ according to τὴν the ἐξουσίαν authority ⚐ἣν which ὁ the κύριος lord ἔδωκέν to give μοι to me, εἰς toward οἰκοδομὴν building ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no εἰς toward καθαίρεσιν destruction.

 -47 13 11 ⚐Λοιπόν henceforth, ἀδελφοί brother, χαίρετε to rejoice, ⚐καταρτίζεσθε to complete, παρακαλεῖσθε to comfort, ⚐τὸ the αὐτὸ it φρονεῖτε to think, ⚐εἰρηνεύετε be at peace, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God τῆς the ἀγάπης love καὶ and εἰρήνης peace ἔσται to be μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you. -47 13 12 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to ἀλλήλους one another ἐν with ἁγίῳ holy φιλήματι kiss. ⚐ἀσπάζονται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you οἱ the ἅγιοι holy πάντες all. -47 13 13 ⚐ἡ the χάρις grace τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ καὶ and ἡ the ἀγάπη love τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and ἡ the κοινωνία participation τοῦ the ἁγίου holy πνεύματος spirit μετὰ with πάντων all ὑμῶν of you..

 -48 1 1 ⚐Παῦλος Paul ἀπόστολος apostle, οὐκ no ἀπ᾽ from ἀνθρώπων a human οὐδὲ and not δι᾽ through ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐ἀλλὰ but διὰ through Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐καὶ and θεοῦ God πατρὸς father τοῦ who ἐγείραντος to arise αὐτὸν him ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead, -48 1 2 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the σὺν with ἐμοὶ to me πάντες all ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly τῆς the Γαλατίας Galatia· -48 1 3 ⚐χάρις grace ὑμῖν to you καὶ and εἰρήνη peace ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us καὶ and κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, -48 1 4 ⚐τοῦ who δόντος to give ἑαυτὸν himself ὑπὲρ for τῶν the ἁμαρτιῶν sin ἡμῶν of us ⚐ὅπως that ἐξέληται to deliver ἡμᾶς us ἐκ from τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age τοῦ this ἐνεστῶτος be present πονηροῦ evil ⚐κατὰ according to τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us, -48 1 5 ⚐ᾧ which ἡ the δόξα glory εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age· ἀμήν amen.

 -48 1 6 ⚐Θαυμάζω to marvel ⚐ὅτι that οὕτως thus(-ly) ταχέως quickly μετατίθεσθε to transport ⚐ἀπὸ from τοῦ who καλέσαντος to call ὑμᾶς you ἐν by χάριτι grace Χριστοῦ Christ εἰς toward ἕτερον other εὐαγγέλιον gospel, -48 1 7 ⚐ὃ which οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἄλλο another· ⚐εἰ if μή not τινές one εἰσιν to be οἱ the ταράσσοντες to trouble ὑμᾶς you ⚐καὶ and θέλοντες to will μεταστρέψαι to change τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ. -48 1 8 ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and ἐὰν if ἡμεῖς we ἢ or ἄγγελος angel ἐξ from οὐρανοῦ heaven εὐαγγελίζηται to speak good news ὑμῖν to you ⚐παρ᾽ beside ὃ which εὐηγγελισάμεθα to speak good news ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀνάθεμα devoted ἔστω to be. -48 1 9 ⚐ὡς as προειρήκαμεν to predict, ⚐καὶ and ἄρτι now πάλιν again λέγω to speak, ⚐εἴ if τις one ὑμᾶς you εὐαγγελίζεται to speak good news παρ᾽ beside ὃ which παρελάβετε to take, ⚐ἀνάθεμα devoted ἔστω to be.

 -48 1 10 ⚐Ἄρτι now γὰρ for ἀνθρώπους a human πείθω to persuade ἢ or τὸν the θεόν God; ⚐ἢ or ζητῶ to seek ⚐ἀνθρώποις a human ἀρέσκειν to please; ⚐εἰ if ἔτι still ἀνθρώποις a human ἤρεσκον to please, ⚐Χριστοῦ Christ δοῦλος slave οὐκ no ἂν if ἤμην to be.

 -48 1 11 ⚐Γνωρίζω to make known γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you, ἀδελφοί brother, τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τὸ the εὐαγγελισθὲν to speak good news ὑπ᾽ by ἐμοῦ of me ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no ἔστιν to be κατὰ according to ἄνθρωπον a human· -48 1 12 ⚐οὐδὲ and not γὰρ for ἐγὼ I παρὰ from ἀνθρώπου a human παρέλαβον to take αὐτό it, ⚐οὔτε neither ἐδιδάχθην to teach, ⚐ἀλλὰ but δι᾽ through ἀποκαλύψεως revelation Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -48 1 13 ⚐Ἠκούσατε to hear γὰρ for τὴν the ἐμὴν my ἀναστροφήν behaviour ποτε once ἐν in τῷ the Ἰουδαϊσμῷ Judaism, ⚐ὅτι that καθ᾽ according to ὑπερβολὴν surpassing ἐδίωκον to pursue τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and ἐπόρθουν to lay waste αὐτήν her, -48 1 14 ⚐καὶ and προέκοπτον to advance ἐν in τῷ the Ἰουδαϊσμῷ Judaism ⚐ὑπὲρ beyond πολλοὺς much συνηλικιώτας contemporary ἐν in τῷ the γένει family μου of me, ⚐περισσοτέρως superabundantly ζηλωτὴς zealot ὑπάρχων to be τῶν the πατρικῶν paternal μου of me παραδόσεων tradition. -48 1 15 ⚐ὅτε when δὲ but εὐδόκησεν to delight ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐ὁ who ἀφορίσας to separate με me ἐκ from κοιλίας womb μητρός mother μου of me ⚐καὶ and καλέσας to call διὰ through τῆς the χάριτος grace αὐτοῦ of him -48 1 16 ⚐ἀποκαλύψαι to reveal τὸν the υἱὸν son αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me ⚐ἵνα in order that εὐαγγελίζωμαι to speak good news αὐτὸν him ἐν among τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles, ⚐εὐθέως immediately οὐ no προσανεθέμην to confer σαρκὶ flesh καὶ and αἵματι blood, -48 1 17 ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἀνῆλθον to go up εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem πρὸς to τοὺς the πρὸ before ἐμοῦ of me ἀποστόλους apostle, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀπῆλθον to go away εἰς toward Ἀραβίαν Arabia, ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again ὑπέστρεψα to return εἰς toward Δαμασκόν Damascus.

 -48 1 18 ⚐Ἔπειτα then μετὰ after ἔτη year τρία three ἀνῆλθον to go up εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem ⚐ἱστορῆσαι to get acquainted Κηφᾶν Cephas, ⚐καὶ and ἐπέμεινα to remain πρὸς with αὐτὸν him ἡμέρας day δεκαπέντε fifteen· -48 1 19 ⚐ἕτερον other δὲ but τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle οὐκ no εἶδον to know, ⚐εἰ if μὴ not Ἰάκωβον James τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother τοῦ the κυρίου lord. -48 1 20 ⚐ἃ which δὲ and γράφω to write ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no ψεύδομαι to lie. -48 1 21 ⚐ἔπειτα then ἦλθον to go εἰς toward τὰ the κλίματα region τῆς the Συρίας Syria καὶ and τῆς the Κιλικίας Cilicia. -48 1 22 ⚐ἤμην to be δὲ but ἀγνοούμενος be ignorant τῷ the προσώπῳ face ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly τῆς the Ἰουδαίας Judea ταῖς the ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ, -48 1 23 ⚐μόνον alone δὲ and ἀκούοντες to hear ἦσαν to be ⚐ὅτι that Ὁ the διώκων to pursue ἡμᾶς us ποτε once νῦν now εὐαγγελίζεται to speak good news τὴν the πίστιν faith ⚐ἥν which ποτε once ἐπόρθει to lay waste, -48 1 24 ⚐καὶ and ἐδόξαζον to glorify ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me τὸν the θεόν God.

 -48 2 1 ⚐Ἔπειτα then διὰ through δεκατεσσάρων fourteen ἐτῶν year πάλιν again ἀνέβην to ascend εἰς toward Ἱεροσόλυμα Jerusalem μετὰ with Βαρναβᾶ Barnabas ⚐συμπαραλαβὼν to take along with καὶ and Τίτον Titus· -48 2 2 ⚐ἀνέβην to ascend δὲ but κατὰ according to ἀποκάλυψιν revelation· ⚐καὶ and ἀνεθέμην to set before αὐτοῖς to them τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel ⚐ὃ which κηρύσσω to preach ἐν among τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles, ⚐κατ᾽ according to ἰδίαν private δὲ and τοῖς the δοκοῦσιν to think, ⚐μή not πως how? εἰς toward κενὸν empty τρέχω to run ἢ or ἔδραμον to run. -48 2 3 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐδὲ and not Τίτος Titus ὁ who σὺν with ἐμοί to me, Ἕλλην a Greek ὤν to be, ἠναγκάσθη to compel περιτμηθῆναι to circumcise· -48 2 4 ⚐διὰ because of δὲ and τοὺς this παρεισάκτους infiltrated ψευδαδέλφους false brother, ⚐οἵτινες who παρεισῆλθον to come in κατασκοπῆσαι to spy τὴν the ἐλευθερίαν freedom ἡμῶν of us ⚐ἣν which ἔχομεν to have ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐ἵνα in order to ἡμᾶς us καταδουλώσουσιν to enslave— -48 2 5 ⚐οἷς which οὐδὲ and not πρὸς to ὥραν hour εἴξαμεν to yield τῇ the ὑποταγῇ submission, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the ἀλήθεια truth τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel διαμείνῃ to remain πρὸς with ὑμᾶς you. -48 2 6 ⚐ἀπὸ from δὲ but τῶν the δοκούντων to think εἶναί to be τι one— ⚐ὁποῖοί what sort ποτε once ἦσαν to be οὐδέν no one μοι to me διαφέρει to surpass· ⚐πρόσωπον face ὁ the θεὸς God ἀνθρώπου a human οὐ no λαμβάνει to take— ⚐ἐμοὶ to me γὰρ for οἱ the δοκοῦντες to think οὐδὲν no one προσανέθεντο to confer, -48 2 7 ⚐ἀλλὰ but τοὐναντίον instead ἰδόντες to know ⚐ὅτι that πεπίστευμαι to trust (in) τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τῆς the ἀκροβυστίας uncircumcision ⚐καθὼς just as Πέτρος Peter τῆς the περιτομῆς circumcision, -48 2 8 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for ἐνεργήσας be active Πέτρῳ Peter εἰς toward ἀποστολὴν apostleship τῆς the περιτομῆς circumcision ⚐ἐνήργησεν be active καὶ and ἐμοὶ to me εἰς toward τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles, -48 2 9 ⚐καὶ and γνόντες to know τὴν the χάριν grace τὴν the δοθεῖσάν to give μοι to me, ⚐Ἰάκωβος James καὶ and Κηφᾶς Cephas καὶ and Ἰωάννης John, ⚐οἱ who δοκοῦντες to think στῦλοι pillar εἶναι to be, ⚐δεξιὰς right ἔδωκαν to give ἐμοὶ to me καὶ and Βαρναβᾷ Barnabas κοινωνίας participation, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡμεῖς we εἰς toward τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles, ⚐αὐτοὶ they δὲ and εἰς toward τὴν the περιτομήν circumcision· -48 2 10 ⚐μόνον alone τῶν the πτωχῶν poor ἵνα in order that μνημονεύωμεν to remember, ⚐ὃ which καὶ and ἐσπούδασα be eager ⚐αὐτὸ it τοῦτο this ποιῆσαι to do.

 -48 2 11 ⚐Ὅτε when δὲ but ἦλθεν to come Κηφᾶς Cephas εἰς toward Ἀντιόχειαν Antioch, ⚐κατὰ according to πρόσωπον face αὐτῷ to him ἀντέστην to oppose, ⚐ὅτι since κατεγνωσμένος to condemn ἦν to be· -48 2 12 ⚐πρὸ before τοῦ the γὰρ for ἐλθεῖν to come τινας one ἀπὸ from Ἰακώβου James ⚐μετὰ with τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles συνήσθιεν to eat with· ⚐ὅτε when δὲ but ἦλθον to arrive, ⚐ὑπέστελλεν to withdraw καὶ and ἀφώριζεν to separate ἑαυτόν himself, ⚐φοβούμενος to fear τοὺς who ἐκ out of περιτομῆς circumcision. -48 2 13 ⚐καὶ and συνυπεκρίθησαν to join hypocrisy αὐτῷ to him καὶ and οἱ the λοιποὶ remaining Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish, ⚐ὥστε so καὶ and Βαρναβᾶς Barnabas συναπήχθη to lead away with αὐτῶν of them τῇ the ὑποκρίσει hypocrisy. -48 2 14 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅτε when εἶδον to know ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no ὀρθοποδοῦσιν be upright πρὸς with τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel, ⚐εἶπον to say τῷ the Κηφᾷ Cephas ἔμπροσθεν before πάντων all· ⚐Εἰ if σὺ you Ἰουδαῖος Jewish ὑπάρχων to be ⚐ἐθνικῶς Gentile-like καὶ and οὐχὶ not Ἰουδαϊκῶς Jewishly ζῇς to live, ⚐πῶς how? τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles ἀναγκάζεις to compel Ἰουδαΐζειν be Jewish;

 -48 2 15 ⚐Ἡμεῖς we φύσει nature Ἰουδαῖοι Jewish καὶ and οὐκ no ἐξ out of ἐθνῶν Gentiles ἁμαρτωλοί sinful, -48 2 16 ⚐εἰδότες to know δὲ but ⚐ὅτι since οὐ no δικαιοῦται to justify ἄνθρωπος a human ἐξ out of ἔργων work νόμου law ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not διὰ through πίστεως faith Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we εἰς toward Χριστὸν Christ Ἰησοῦν Jesus ἐπιστεύσαμεν to trust (in), ⚐ἵνα in order that δικαιωθῶμεν to justify ἐκ out of πίστεως faith Χριστοῦ Christ καὶ and οὐκ no ἐξ out of ἔργων work νόμου law, ⚐ὅτι that ἐξ out of ἔργων work νόμου law οὐ no δικαιωθήσεται to justify πᾶσα all σάρξ flesh. -48 2 17 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ζητοῦντες to seek δικαιωθῆναι to justify ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ ⚐εὑρέθημεν to find καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἁμαρτωλοί sinful, ⚐ἆρα no? Χριστὸς Christ ἁμαρτίας sin διάκονος servant; ⚐μὴ not γένοιτο to be· -48 2 18 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ἃ which κατέλυσα to destroy ταῦτα these πάλιν again οἰκοδομῶ to build, ⚐παραβάτην transgresor ἐμαυτὸν myself συνιστάνω to commend. -48 2 19 ⚐ἐγὼ I γὰρ for διὰ through νόμου law νόμῳ law ἀπέθανον to die ⚐ἵνα in order that θεῷ God ζήσω to live· ⚐Χριστῷ Christ συνεσταύρωμαι to crucify with· -48 2 20 ⚐ζῶ to live δὲ and οὐκέτι not any more ἐγώ I, ⚐ζῇ to live δὲ but ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me Χριστός Christ· ⚐ὃ which δὲ and νῦν now ζῶ to live ἐν in σαρκί flesh, ⚐ἐν in πίστει faith ζῶ to live τῇ the τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐τοῦ who ἀγαπήσαντός to love με me ⚐καὶ and παραδόντος to deliver ἑαυτὸν himself ὑπὲρ for ἐμοῦ of me. -48 2 21 ⚐οὐκ no ἀθετῶ to reject τὴν the χάριν grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God· ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for διὰ through νόμου law δικαιοσύνη righteousness, ⚐ἄρα therefore Χριστὸς Christ δωρεὰν freely ἀπέθανεν to die.

 -48 3 1 ⚐Ὦ oh! ἀνόητοι foolish Γαλάται Galatian, τίς which? ὑμᾶς you ἐβάσκανεν to bewitch, ⚐οἷς which κατ᾽ according to ὀφθαλμοὺς eye Ἰησοῦς Jesus Χριστὸς Christ προεγράφη to designate ⚐ἐσταυρωμένος to crucify; -48 3 2 ⚐τοῦτο this μόνον alone θέλω to will μαθεῖν to learn ἀφ᾽ from ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἐξ out of ἔργων work νόμου law τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit ἐλάβετε to take ⚐ἢ or ἐξ out of ἀκοῆς hearing πίστεως trust; -48 3 3 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἀνόητοί foolish ἐστε to be; ⚐ἐναρξάμενοι to begin πνεύματι spirit ⚐νῦν now σαρκὶ flesh ἐπιτελεῖσθε to complete; -48 3 4 ⚐τοσαῦτα so great ἐπάθετε to suffer εἰκῇ in vain; ⚐εἴ if γε indeed καὶ and εἰκῇ in vain. -48 3 5 ⚐ὁ the οὖν then ἐπιχορηγῶν to supply ὑμῖν to you τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit ⚐καὶ and ἐνεργῶν be active δυνάμεις power ἐν among ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἐξ out of ἔργων work νόμου law ἢ or ἐξ out of ἀκοῆς hearing πίστεως trust; -48 3 6 ⚐καθὼς just as Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ἐπίστευσεν to trust (in) τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐καὶ and ἐλογίσθη to count αὐτῷ to him εἰς toward δικαιοσύνην righteousness.

 -48 3 7 ⚐Γινώσκετε to know ἄρα therefore ⚐ὅτι that οἱ the ἐκ out of πίστεως trust, οὗτοι these υἱοί son εἰσιν to be Ἀβραάμ Abraham. -48 3 8 ⚐προϊδοῦσα to foresee δὲ and ἡ the γραφὴ a writing ⚐ὅτι that ἐκ out of πίστεως faith δικαιοῖ to justify τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐προευηγγελίσατο to speak good news τῷ the Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ⚐ὅτι that Ἐνευλογηθήσονται be blessed ἐν in σοὶ to you πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles. -48 3 9 ⚐ὥστε so οἱ the ἐκ out of πίστεως trust εὐλογοῦνται to bless σὺν with τῷ the πιστῷ faithful Ἀβραάμ Abraham.

 -48 3 10 ⚐Ὅσοι as much as γὰρ for ἐξ out of ἔργων work νόμου law εἰσὶν to be ὑπὸ under κατάραν curse εἰσίν to be, ⚐γέγραπται to write γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that Ἐπικατάρατος cursed πᾶς all ὃς which οὐκ no ἐμμένει to abide by ⚐πᾶσιν all τοῖς the γεγραμμένοις to write ἐν in τῷ the βιβλίῳ scroll τοῦ the νόμου law ⚐τοῦ the ποιῆσαι to do αὐτά them. -48 3 11 ⚐ὅτι since δὲ and ἐν by νόμῳ law οὐδεὶς no one δικαιοῦται to justify παρὰ beside τῷ the θεῷ God δῆλον clear, ⚐ὅτι that Ὁ the δίκαιος just ἐκ out of πίστεως faith ζήσεται to live, -48 3 12 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but νόμος law οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐκ out of πίστεως faith, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but· Ὁ who ποιήσας to do αὐτὰ them ζήσεται to live ἐν by αὐτοῖς to them. -48 3 13 ⚐Χριστὸς Christ ἡμᾶς us ἐξηγόρασεν to redeem ἐκ from τῆς the κατάρας curse τοῦ the νόμου law ⚐γενόμενος to be ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us κατάρα curse, ⚐ὅτι since γέγραπται to write· ⚐Ἐπικατάρατος cursed πᾶς all ὁ who κρεμάμενος to hang ἐπὶ on ξύλου wood, -48 3 14 ⚐ἵνα in order that εἰς toward τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles ἡ the εὐλογία praise τοῦ the Ἀβραὰμ Abraham γένηται to be ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐ἵνα in order that τὴν the ἐπαγγελίαν promise τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit λάβωμεν to take διὰ through τῆς the πίστεως faith.

 -48 3 15 ⚐Ἀδελφοί brother, κατὰ according to ἄνθρωπον a human λέγω to speak· ⚐ὅμως just as ἀνθρώπου a human κεκυρωμένην to affirm διαθήκην covenant οὐδεὶς no one ἀθετεῖ to reject ἢ or ἐπιδιατάσσεται to add to. -48 3 16 ⚐τῷ the δὲ and Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ἐρρέθησαν to say αἱ the ἐπαγγελίαι promise ⚐καὶ and τῷ the σπέρματι seed αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐οὐ no λέγει to speak· Καὶ and τοῖς the σπέρμασιν seed, ὡς as ἐπὶ to πολλῶν much, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as ἐφ᾽ to ἑνός one· Καὶ and τῷ the σπέρματί seed σου of you, ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be Χριστός Christ. -48 3 17 ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and λέγω to speak· ⚐διαθήκην covenant προκεκυρωμένην to establish ὑπὸ by τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ὁ the μετὰ with τετρακόσια four hundred καὶ and τριάκοντα thirty ἔτη year γεγονὼς to be νόμος law οὐκ no ἀκυροῖ to nullify, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the καταργῆσαι to end τὴν the ἐπαγγελίαν promise. -48 3 18 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ἐκ out of νόμου law ἡ the κληρονομία inheritance, ⚐οὐκέτι not any more ἐξ out of ἐπαγγελίας promise· ⚐τῷ the δὲ but Ἀβραὰμ Abraham δι᾽ through ἐπαγγελίας promise κεχάρισται to give grace ὁ the θεός God.

 -48 3 19 ⚐Τί which? οὖν then ὁ the νόμος law; ⚐τῶν the παραβάσεων transgression χάριν therefore προσετέθη to add (to), ⚐ἄχρις until οὗ which ἔλθῃ to arrive τὸ the σπέρμα seed ᾧ which ἐπήγγελται to profess, ⚐διαταγεὶς to direct δι᾽ through ἀγγέλων angel ἐν by χειρὶ hand μεσίτου mediator· -48 3 20 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and μεσίτης mediator ἑνὸς one οὐκ no ἔστιν to be, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but θεὸς God εἷς one ἐστιν to be.

 -48 3 21 ⚐Ὁ the οὖν therefore νόμος law κατὰ according to τῶν the ἐπαγγελιῶν promise τοῦ the θεοῦ God; ⚐μὴ not γένοιτο to be· ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ἐδόθη to give νόμος law ὁ the δυνάμενος be able ζῳοποιῆσαι to make alive, ⚐ὄντως really ἐκ out of νόμου law ἂν if ἦν to be ἡ the δικαιοσύνη righteousness. -48 3 22 ⚐ἀλλὰ but συνέκλεισεν to confine ἡ the γραφὴ a writing τὰ the πάντα all ὑπὸ under ἁμαρτίαν sin ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the ἐπαγγελία promise ἐκ out of πίστεως faith Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ δοθῇ to give τοῖς who πιστεύουσιν to trust (in).

 -48 3 23 ⚐Πρὸ before τοῦ the δὲ and ἐλθεῖν to come τὴν the πίστιν faith ⚐ὑπὸ under νόμον law ἐφρουρούμεθα to guard ⚐συγκλειόμενοι to confine εἰς toward τὴν the μέλλουσαν be about to πίστιν faith ἀποκαλυφθῆναι to reveal. -48 3 24 ⚐ὥστε so ὁ the νόμος law παιδαγωγὸς guardian ἡμῶν of us γέγονεν to be εἰς toward Χριστόν Christ, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐκ out of πίστεως faith δικαιωθῶμεν to justify· -48 3 25 ⚐ἐλθούσης to come δὲ but τῆς the πίστεως faith ⚐οὐκέτι not any more ὑπὸ under παιδαγωγόν guardian ἐσμεν to be. -48 3 26 ⚐πάντες all γὰρ for υἱοὶ son θεοῦ God ἐστε to be διὰ through τῆς the πίστεως faith ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -48 3 27 ⚐ὅσοι as much as γὰρ for εἰς toward Χριστὸν Christ ἐβαπτίσθητε to baptize, Χριστὸν Christ ἐνεδύσασθε to clothe· -48 3 28 ⚐οὐκ no ἔνι there is Ἰουδαῖος Jewish οὐδὲ and not Ἕλλην a Greek, ⚐οὐκ no ἔνι there is δοῦλος slave οὐδὲ and not ἐλεύθερος free, ⚐οὐκ no ἔνι there is ἄρσεν male καὶ and θῆλυ female· ⚐πάντες all γὰρ for ὑμεῖς you εἷς one ἐστε to be ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -48 3 29 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and ὑμεῖς you Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ἄρα therefore τοῦ the Ἀβραὰμ Abraham σπέρμα seed ἐστέ to be, ⚐κατ᾽ according to ἐπαγγελίαν promise κληρονόμοι heir.

 -48 4 1 ⚐Λέγω to speak δέ and, ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ὅσον as much as χρόνον time ὁ the κληρονόμος heir νήπιός child ἐστιν to be, ⚐οὐδὲν no one διαφέρει to differ δούλου slave ⚐κύριος lord πάντων all ὤν to be, -48 4 2 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὑπὸ under ἐπιτρόπους manager ἐστὶν to be καὶ and οἰκονόμους manager ⚐ἄχρι until τῆς the προθεσμίας set time τοῦ the πατρός father. -48 4 3 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ἡμεῖς we, ὅτε when ἦμεν to be νήπιοι child, ⚐ὑπὸ under τὰ the στοιχεῖα principle τοῦ the κόσμου world ἤμεθα to be δεδουλωμένοι to enslave· -48 4 4 ⚐ὅτε when δὲ but ἦλθεν to come τὸ the πλήρωμα fulfillment τοῦ the χρόνου time, ⚐ἐξαπέστειλεν to send out ὁ the θεὸς God τὸν the υἱὸν son αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐γενόμενον to be ἐκ of γυναικός woman, ⚐γενόμενον to be ὑπὸ under νόμον law, -48 4 5 ⚐ἵνα in order to τοὺς who ὑπὸ under νόμον law ἐξαγοράσῃ to redeem, ⚐ἵνα in order that τὴν the υἱοθεσίαν adoption (as son) ἀπολάβωμεν to get back. -48 4 6 ⚐ὅτι since δέ and ἐστε to be υἱοί son, ⚐ἐξαπέστειλεν to send out ὁ the θεὸς God τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τοῦ the υἱοῦ son αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὰς the καρδίας heart ἡμῶν of us, ⚐κρᾶζον to cry· ⚐Αββα Father ὁ the πατήρ father. -48 4 7 ⚐ὥστε so οὐκέτι not any more εἶ to be δοῦλος slave ἀλλ᾽ but υἱός son· ⚐εἰ if δὲ and υἱός son, καὶ and κληρονόμος heir διὰ through θεοῦ God.

 -48 4 8 ⚐Ἀλλὰ but τότε then μὲν on the other hand οὐκ no εἰδότες to know θεὸν God ⚐ἐδουλεύσατε be a slave τοῖς the φύσει nature μὴ not οὖσιν to be θεοῖς God· -48 4 9 ⚐νῦν now δὲ but γνόντες to know θεόν God, ⚐μᾶλλον more δὲ and γνωσθέντες to know ὑπὸ by θεοῦ God, ⚐πῶς how? ἐπιστρέφετε to turn πάλιν again ἐπὶ to τὰ the ἀσθενῆ weak καὶ and πτωχὰ poor στοιχεῖα principle, ⚐οἷς which πάλιν again ἄνωθεν from the first δουλεύειν be a slave θέλετε to will; -48 4 10 ⚐ἡμέρας day παρατηρεῖσθε to observe καὶ and μῆνας month καὶ and καιροὺς right time καὶ and ἐνιαυτούς year. -48 4 11 ⚐φοβοῦμαι to fear ὑμᾶς you ⚐μή not πως how? εἰκῇ in vain κεκοπίακα to labor εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you.

 -48 4 12 ⚐Γίνεσθε to be ὡς as ἐγώ I, ⚐ὅτι since κἀγὼ and I ὡς as ὑμεῖς you, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐δέομαι to pray ὑμῶν of you. ⚐οὐδέν no one με me ἠδικήσατε to harm· -48 4 13 ⚐οἴδατε to know δὲ but ⚐ὅτι that δι᾽ because of ἀσθένειαν weakness τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh εὐηγγελισάμην to speak good news ὑμῖν to you τὸ the πρότερον before, -48 4 14 ⚐καὶ and τὸν the πειρασμὸν testing ὑμῶν of you ἐν in τῇ the σαρκί flesh μου of me οὐκ no ἐξουθενήσατε to reject οὐδὲ and not ἐξεπτύσατε to spit out, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as ἄγγελον angel θεοῦ God ἐδέξασθέ to receive με me, ὡς as Χριστὸν Christ Ἰησοῦν Jesus. -48 4 15 ⚐ποῦ where? οὖν then ὁ the μακαρισμὸς blessedness ὑμῶν of you; ⚐μαρτυρῶ to testify γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that εἰ if δυνατὸν able ⚐τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye ὑμῶν of you ἐξορύξαντες to dig out ⚐ἐδώκατέ to give μοι to me. -48 4 16 ⚐ὥστε so ἐχθρὸς enemy ὑμῶν of you γέγονα to be ⚐ἀληθεύων be truthful ὑμῖν to you; -48 4 17 ⚐ζηλοῦσιν be eager ὑμᾶς you οὐ no καλῶς well, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐκκλεῖσαι to exclude ὑμᾶς you θέλουσιν to will, ⚐ἵνα in order that αὐτοὺς them ζηλοῦτε be eager. -48 4 18 ⚐καλὸν good δὲ but ζηλοῦσθαι be eager ἐν in καλῷ good πάντοτε always, ⚐καὶ and μὴ not μόνον alone ἐν in τῷ the παρεῖναί be present με me πρὸς with ὑμᾶς you, -48 4 19 ⚐τέκνα child μου of me, οὓς which πάλιν again ὠδίνω be in labor ⚐μέχρις until οὗ which μορφωθῇ to form Χριστὸς Christ ἐν in ὑμῖν to you· -48 4 20 ⚐ἤθελον to will δὲ and παρεῖναι be present πρὸς with ὑμᾶς you ἄρτι now, ⚐καὶ and ἀλλάξαι to change τὴν the φωνήν voice μου of me, ⚐ὅτι since ἀποροῦμαι be perplexed ἐν in ὑμῖν to you.

 -48 4 21 ⚐Λέγετέ to speak μοι to me, οἱ the ὑπὸ under νόμον law θέλοντες to will εἶναι to be, ⚐τὸν the νόμον law οὐκ no ἀκούετε to hear; -48 4 22 ⚐γέγραπται to write γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that Ἀβραὰμ Abraham δύο two υἱοὺς son ἔσχεν to have, ⚐ἕνα one ἐκ out of τῆς the παιδίσκης maidservant ⚐καὶ and ἕνα one ἐκ out of τῆς the ἐλευθέρας free· -48 4 23 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the μὲν on the other hand ἐκ out of τῆς the παιδίσκης maidservant κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh γεγέννηται to beget, ⚐ὁ the δὲ and ἐκ out of τῆς the ἐλευθέρας free δι᾽ through ἐπαγγελίας promise. -48 4 24 ⚐ἅτινά which ἐστιν to be ἀλληγορούμενα to use an analogy· ⚐αὗται these γάρ for εἰσιν to be δύο two διαθῆκαι covenant, ⚐μία one μὲν on the other hand ἀπὸ from ὄρους mountain Σινᾶ Sinai, ⚐εἰς toward δουλείαν slavery γεννῶσα to beget, ⚐ἥτις which ἐστὶν to be Ἁγάρ Hagar, -48 4 25 ⚐τὸ the δὲ and Ἁγὰρ Hagar Σινᾶ Sinai ὄρος mountain ἐστὶν to be ἐν in τῇ the Ἀραβίᾳ Arabia, ⚐συστοιχεῖ to correspond to δὲ and τῇ the νῦν now Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐δουλεύει be a slave γὰρ for μετὰ with τῶν the τέκνων child αὐτῆς of her· -48 4 26 ⚐ἡ the δὲ but ἄνω above Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ἐλευθέρα free ἐστίν to be, ⚐ἥτις which ἐστὶν to be μήτηρ mother ἡμῶν of us· -48 4 27 ⚐γέγραπται to write γάρ for· ⚐Εὐφράνθητι to celebrate, στεῖρα infertility ἡ who οὐ no τίκτουσα to give birth to, ⚐ῥῆξον to throw violently καὶ and βόησον to cry out, ἡ the οὐκ no ὠδίνουσα be in labor· ⚐ὅτι since πολλὰ much τὰ the τέκνα child τῆς the ἐρήμου deserted ⚐μᾶλλον more ἢ or τῆς who ἐχούσης to have τὸν the ἄνδρα man. -48 4 28 ⚐ὑμεῖς you δέ but, ἀδελφοί brother, κατὰ according to Ἰσαὰκ Isaac ἐπαγγελίας promise τέκνα child ἐστέ to be· -48 4 29 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὥσπερ just as τότε then ὁ the κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh γεννηθεὶς to beget ⚐ἐδίωκεν to pursue τὸν the κατὰ according to πνεῦμα spirit, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and νῦν now. -48 4 30 ⚐ἀλλὰ but τί which? λέγει to speak ἡ the γραφή a writing; ⚐Ἔκβαλε to expel τὴν the παιδίσκην maidservant καὶ and τὸν the υἱὸν son αὐτῆς of her, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for μὴ not κληρονομήσει to inherit ὁ the υἱὸς son τῆς the παιδίσκης maidservant ⚐μετὰ with τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τῆς the ἐλευθέρας free. -48 4 31 ⚐διό therefore, ἀδελφοί brother, οὐκ no ἐσμὲν to be παιδίσκης maidservant τέκνα child ⚐ἀλλὰ but τῆς the ἐλευθέρας free. -48 5 1 ⚐τῇ the ἐλευθερίᾳ freedom ἡμᾶς us Χριστὸς Christ ἠλευθέρωσεν to set free· ⚐στήκετε to stand οὖν then ⚐καὶ and μὴ not πάλιν again ζυγῷ yoke δουλείας slavery ἐνέχεσθε to oppose.

 -48 5 2 ⚐Ἴδε look! ἐγὼ I Παῦλος Paul λέγω to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that ἐὰν if περιτέμνησθε to circumcise ⚐Χριστὸς Christ ὑμᾶς you οὐδὲν no one ὠφελήσει to help. -48 5 3 ⚐μαρτύρομαι to testify δὲ and πάλιν again παντὶ all ἀνθρώπῳ a human περιτεμνομένῳ to circumcise ⚐ὅτι that ὀφειλέτης debtor ἐστὶν to be ⚐ὅλον all τὸν the νόμον law ποιῆσαι to do. -48 5 4 ⚐κατηργήθητε to end ἀπὸ from Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐οἵτινες who ἐν by νόμῳ law δικαιοῦσθε to justify, ⚐τῆς the χάριτος grace ἐξεπέσατε to fall out. -48 5 5 ⚐ἡμεῖς we γὰρ for πνεύματι spirit ἐκ out of πίστεως faith ἐλπίδα hope δικαιοσύνης righteousness ἀπεκδεχόμεθα to expect. -48 5 6 ⚐ἐν in γὰρ for Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus οὔτε neither περιτομή circumcision τι one ἰσχύει be strong ⚐οὔτε neither ἀκροβυστία uncircumcision, ⚐ἀλλὰ but πίστις faith δι᾽ through ἀγάπης love ἐνεργουμένη be active.

 -48 5 7 ⚐Ἐτρέχετε to run καλῶς well· ⚐τίς which? ὑμᾶς you ἐνέκοψεν to hinder ⚐τῇ the ἀληθείᾳ truth μὴ not πείθεσθαι to persuade; -48 5 8 ⚐ἡ this πεισμονὴ persuasion οὐκ no ἐκ from τοῦ who καλοῦντος to call ὑμᾶς you. -48 5 9 ⚐μικρὰ small ζύμη leaven ὅλον all τὸ the φύραμα lump ζυμοῖ to leaven. -48 5 10 ⚐ἐγὼ I πέποιθα to persuade εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you ἐν in κυρίῳ lord ⚐ὅτι that οὐδὲν no one ἄλλο another φρονήσετε to think· ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ταράσσων to trouble ὑμᾶς you βαστάσει to carry τὸ the κρίμα judgment, ⚐ὅστις who ἐὰν if ᾖ to be. -48 5 11 ⚐ἐγὼ I δέ and, ἀδελφοί brother, εἰ if περιτομὴν circumcision ἔτι still κηρύσσω to preach, ⚐τί which? ἔτι still διώκομαι to pursue; ⚐ἄρα therefore κατήργηται to end τὸ the σκάνδαλον stumbling block τοῦ the σταυροῦ cross. -48 5 12 ⚐ὄφελον I wish! ⚐καὶ and ἀποκόψονται to cut off οἱ the ἀναστατοῦντες to cause trouble ὑμᾶς you.

 -48 5 13 ⚐Ὑμεῖς you γὰρ for ἐπ᾽ to ἐλευθερίᾳ freedom ἐκλήθητε to call, ἀδελφοί brother· ⚐μόνον alone μὴ not τὴν the ἐλευθερίαν freedom εἰς toward ἀφορμὴν opportunity τῇ the σαρκί flesh, ⚐ἀλλὰ but διὰ through τῆς the ἀγάπης love δουλεύετε be a slave ἀλλήλοις one another· -48 5 14 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for πᾶς all νόμος law ἐν in ἑνὶ one λόγῳ word πεπλήρωται to fulfill, ⚐ἐν in τῷ the· Ἀγαπήσεις to love τὸν the πλησίον neighbor σου of you ὡς as σεαυτόν yourself. -48 5 15 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ἀλλήλους one another δάκνετε to bite καὶ and κατεσθίετε to devour, ⚐βλέπετε to see ⚐μὴ not ὑπ᾽ by ἀλλήλων one another ἀναλωθῆτε to consume.

 -48 5 16 ⚐Λέγω to speak δέ but, ⚐πνεύματι spirit περιπατεῖτε to walk ⚐καὶ and ἐπιθυμίαν desire σαρκὸς flesh οὐ no μὴ not τελέσητε to finish. -48 5 17 ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for σὰρξ flesh ἐπιθυμεῖ to long for κατὰ according to τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit, ⚐τὸ the δὲ and πνεῦμα spirit κατὰ according to τῆς the σαρκός flesh, ⚐ταῦτα these γὰρ for ἀλλήλοις one another ἀντίκειται be an opponent, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἃ which ἐὰν if θέλητε to will ταῦτα these ποιῆτε to do. -48 5 18 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but πνεύματι spirit ἄγεσθε to bring, ⚐οὐκ no ἐστὲ to be ὑπὸ under νόμον law. -48 5 19 ⚐φανερὰ manifest δέ and ἐστιν to be τὰ the ἔργα work τῆς the σαρκός flesh, ⚐ἅτινά which ἐστιν to be πορνεία sexual sin, ἀκαθαρσία impurity, ἀσέλγεια debauchery, -48 5 20 ⚐εἰδωλολατρία idolatry, φαρμακεία sorcery, ἔχθραι hostility, ἔρις quarrel, ⚐ζῆλος zeal, θυμοί wrath, ἐριθεῖαι rivalry, διχοστασίαι dissension, αἱρέσεις sect, -48 5 21 ⚐φθόνοι envy, μέθαι drunkenness, κῶμοι orgy, καὶ and τὰ the ὅμοια like τούτοις to these, ⚐ἃ which προλέγω to foretell ὑμῖν to you ⚐καθὼς as προεῖπον to predict ⚐ὅτι that οἱ the τὰ the τοιαῦτα such as this πράσσοντες to practise βασιλείαν kingdom θεοῦ God οὐ no κληρονομήσουσιν to inherit.

 -48 5 22 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ but καρπὸς fruit τοῦ the πνεύματός spirit ἐστιν to be ἀγάπη love, χαρά joy, εἰρήνη peace, ⚐μακροθυμία patience, χρηστότης kindness, ἀγαθωσύνη goodness, πίστις faith, -48 5 23 ⚐πραΰτης gentleness, ἐγκράτεια self-control· ⚐κατὰ according to τῶν the τοιούτων such as this οὐκ no ἔστιν to be νόμος law. -48 5 24 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and τοῦ who Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus τὴν the σάρκα flesh ἐσταύρωσαν to crucify ⚐σὺν with τοῖς the παθήμασιν suffering καὶ and ταῖς the ἐπιθυμίαις desire. -48 5 25 ⚐εἰ if ζῶμεν to live πνεύματι spirit, ⚐πνεύματι spirit καὶ and στοιχῶμεν to follow. -48 5 26 ⚐μὴ not γινώμεθα to be κενόδοξοι conceited, ⚐ἀλλήλους one another προκαλούμενοι to provoke, ⚐ἀλλήλοις one another φθονοῦντες to envy.

 -48 6 1 ⚐Ἀδελφοί brother, ἐὰν if καὶ and προλημφθῇ to take beforehand ἄνθρωπος a human ἔν in τινι one παραπτώματι trespass, ⚐ὑμεῖς you οἱ who πνευματικοὶ spiritual καταρτίζετε to complete τὸν the τοιοῦτον such as this ἐν in πνεύματι spirit πραΰτητος gentleness, ⚐σκοπῶν to watch out σεαυτόν yourself, ⚐μὴ not καὶ and σὺ you πειρασθῇς to tempt. -48 6 2 ⚐ἀλλήλων one another τὰ the βάρη burden βαστάζετε to carry, ⚐καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) ἀναπληρώσετε to fulfil τὸν the νόμον law τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ. -48 6 3 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for δοκεῖ to think τις one εἶναί to be τι one μηδὲν nothing ὤν to be, ⚐φρεναπατᾷ to deceive ἑαυτόν himself· -48 6 4 ⚐τὸ the δὲ and ἔργον work ἑαυτοῦ himself δοκιμαζέτω to test ἕκαστος each, ⚐καὶ and τότε then εἰς toward ἑαυτὸν himself μόνον alone τὸ the καύχημα pride ἕξει to have ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no εἰς toward τὸν the ἕτερον other, -48 6 5 ⚐ἕκαστος each γὰρ for τὸ the ἴδιον one's own φορτίον burden βαστάσει to carry.

 -48 6 6 ⚐Κοινωνείτω to participate δὲ and ὁ who κατηχούμενος to instruct τὸν the λόγον word ⚐τῷ who κατηχοῦντι to instruct ἐν in πᾶσιν all ἀγαθοῖς good-doer. -48 6 7 ⚐μὴ not πλανᾶσθε to lead astray, ⚐θεὸς God οὐ no μυκτηρίζεται to mock· ⚐ὃ which γὰρ for ἐὰν if σπείρῃ to sow ἄνθρωπος a human, τοῦτο this καὶ and θερίσει to reap· -48 6 8 ⚐ὅτι since ὁ who σπείρων to sow εἰς toward τὴν the σάρκα flesh ἑαυτοῦ himself ⚐ἐκ from τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh θερίσει to reap φθοράν corruption, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but σπείρων to sow εἰς toward τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit ⚐ἐκ from τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit θερίσει to reap ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal. -48 6 9 ⚐τὸ the δὲ and καλὸν good ποιοῦντες to do μὴ not ἐγκακῶμεν to lose heart, ⚐καιρῷ time γὰρ for ἰδίῳ one's own θερίσομεν to reap ⚐μὴ not ἐκλυόμενοι to faint. -48 6 10 ⚐ἄρα therefore οὖν therefore ὡς as καιρὸν right time ἔχομεν to have, ⚐ἐργαζώμεθα to work τὸ the ἀγαθὸν good-doer πρὸς to πάντας all, ⚐μάλιστα especially δὲ and πρὸς to τοὺς who οἰκείους of one’s household τῆς the πίστεως faith.

 -48 6 11 ⚐Ἴδετε to know πηλίκοις how great ὑμῖν to you γράμμασιν something written ἔγραψα to write τῇ the ἐμῇ my χειρί hand. -48 6 12 ⚐ὅσοι as much as θέλουσιν to will εὐπροσωπῆσαι to impress ἐν in σαρκί flesh, ⚐οὗτοι these ἀναγκάζουσιν to compel ὑμᾶς you περιτέμνεσθαι to circumcise, ⚐μόνον alone ἵνα in order that τῷ the σταυρῷ cross τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ μὴ not διώκωνται to pursue· -48 6 13 ⚐οὐδὲ and not γὰρ for οἱ who περιτεμνόμενοι to circumcise αὐτοὶ they νόμον law φυλάσσουσιν to keep, ⚐ἀλλὰ but θέλουσιν to will ὑμᾶς you ⚐περιτέμνεσθαι to circumcise ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν in τῇ the ὑμετέρᾳ your σαρκὶ flesh καυχήσωνται to boast. -48 6 14 ⚐ἐμοὶ to me δὲ but μὴ not γένοιτο to be καυχᾶσθαι to boast ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ἐν in τῷ the σταυρῷ cross τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐δι᾽ through οὗ which ἐμοὶ to me κόσμος world ἐσταύρωται to crucify ⚐κἀγὼ and I κόσμῳ world. -48 6 15 ⚐οὔτε neither γὰρ for περιτομή circumcision τί which? ἐστιν to be οὔτε neither ἀκροβυστία uncircumcision, ⚐ἀλλὰ but καινὴ new κτίσις creation. -48 6 16 ⚐καὶ and ὅσοι as much as τῷ the κανόνι rule τούτῳ to this στοιχήσουσιν to follow, ⚐εἰρήνη peace ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτοὺς them καὶ and ἔλεος mercy, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on τὸν the Ἰσραὴλ Israel τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -48 6 17 ⚐Τοῦ the λοιποῦ henceforth κόπους labor μοι to me μηδεὶς nothing παρεχέτω to furnish occasion, ⚐ἐγὼ I γὰρ for τὰ the στίγματα mark τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἐν on τῷ the σώματί body μου of me βαστάζω to carry.

 -48 6 18 ⚐Ἡ the χάρις grace τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ μετὰ with τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit ὑμῶν of you, ἀδελφοί brother· ⚐ἀμήν amen.

 -49 1 1 ⚐Παῦλος Paul ἀπόστολος apostle Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus διὰ through θελήματος will θεοῦ God ⚐τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy τοῖς the οὖσιν to be[ ἐν in Ἐφέσῳ Ephesus] καὶ and πιστοῖς faithful ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus· -49 1 2 ⚐χάρις grace ὑμῖν to you καὶ and εἰρήνη peace ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us καὶ and κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -49 1 3 ⚐Εὐλογητὸς praiseworthy ὁ the θεὸς God καὶ and πατὴρ father τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ὁ who εὐλογήσας to bless ἡμᾶς us ἐν with πάσῃ all εὐλογίᾳ praise πνευματικῇ spiritual ἐν in τοῖς the ἐπουρανίοις heavenly ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ, -49 1 4 ⚐καθὼς as ἐξελέξατο to select ἡμᾶς us ἐν in αὐτῷ to him πρὸ before καταβολῆς beginning κόσμου world, ⚐εἶναι to be ἡμᾶς us ἁγίους holy καὶ and ἀμώμους blameless κατενώπιον before αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in ἀγάπῃ love, -49 1 5 ⚐προορίσας to predestine ἡμᾶς us εἰς toward υἱοθεσίαν adoption (as son) διὰ through Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ εἰς toward αὐτόν him, ⚐κατὰ according to τὴν the εὐδοκίαν goodwill τοῦ the θελήματος will αὐτοῦ of him, -49 1 6 ⚐εἰς toward ἔπαινον praise δόξης glory τῆς the χάριτος grace αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἧς which ἐχαρίτωσεν to favor ἡμᾶς us ἐν in τῷ the ἠγαπημένῳ to love, -49 1 7 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ἔχομεν to have τὴν the ἀπολύτρωσιν redemption διὰ through τοῦ the αἵματος blood αὐτοῦ of him, τὴν the ἄφεσιν forgiveness τῶν the παραπτωμάτων trespass, ⚐κατὰ according to τὸ the πλοῦτος riches τῆς the χάριτος grace αὐτοῦ of him -49 1 8 ⚐ἧς which ἐπερίσσευσεν to abound εἰς toward ἡμᾶς us ἐν in πάσῃ all σοφίᾳ wisdom καὶ and φρονήσει understanding -49 1 9 ⚐γνωρίσας to make known ἡμῖν to us τὸ the μυστήριον mystery τοῦ the θελήματος will αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐κατὰ according to τὴν the εὐδοκίαν goodwill αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἣν which προέθετο to present ἐν in αὐτῷ to him -49 1 10 ⚐εἰς toward οἰκονομίαν management τοῦ the πληρώματος fulfillment τῶν the καιρῶν time, ⚐ἀνακεφαλαιώσασθαι to summarise τὰ the πάντα all ἐν in τῷ the Χριστῷ Christ, ⚐τὰ the ἐπὶ upon τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven καὶ and τὰ the ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth· ἐν in αὐτῷ to him, -49 1 11 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which καὶ and ἐκληρώθημεν to obtain ⚐προορισθέντες to predestine κατὰ according to πρόθεσιν purpose τοῦ the τὰ the πάντα all ἐνεργοῦντος be active κατὰ according to τὴν the βουλὴν plan τοῦ the θελήματος will αὐτοῦ of him, -49 1 12 ⚐εἰς toward τὸ who εἶναι to be ἡμᾶς us εἰς toward ἔπαινον praise δόξης glory αὐτοῦ of him ⚐τοὺς the προηλπικότας to hope beforehand ἐν on τῷ the Χριστῷ Christ· -49 1 13 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἀκούσαντες to hear τὸν the λόγον word τῆς the ἀληθείας truth, τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τῆς the σωτηρίας salvation ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which καὶ and πιστεύσαντες to trust (in) ⚐ἐσφραγίσθητε to seal τῷ the πνεύματι spirit τῆς the ἐπαγγελίας promise τῷ the ἁγίῳ holy, -49 1 14 ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be ἀρραβὼν guarantee τῆς the κληρονομίας inheritance ἡμῶν of us, ⚐εἰς toward ἀπολύτρωσιν redemption τῆς the περιποιήσεως acquiring, εἰς toward ἔπαινον praise τῆς the δόξης glory αὐτοῦ of him.

 -49 1 15 ⚐Διὰ because of τοῦτο this κἀγώ and I, ἀκούσας to hear τὴν the καθ᾽ according to ὑμᾶς you πίστιν faith ἐν in τῷ the κυρίῳ lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐καὶ and τὴν the ἀγάπην love τὴν the εἰς toward πάντας all τοὺς the ἁγίους holy, -49 1 16 ⚐οὐ no παύομαι to cease εὐχαριστῶν to thank ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you ⚐μνείαν remembrance ποιούμενος to make ἐπὶ upon τῶν the προσευχῶν prayer μου of me, -49 1 17 ⚐ἵνα in order that ὁ the θεὸς God τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ὁ the πατὴρ father τῆς the δόξης glory, ⚐δώῃ to give ὑμῖν to you πνεῦμα spirit σοφίας wisdom καὶ and ἀποκαλύψεως revelation ἐν in ἐπιγνώσει knowledge αὐτοῦ of him, -49 1 18 ⚐πεφωτισμένους to illuminate τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye τῆς the καρδίας heart ὑμῶν of you ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the εἰδέναι to know ὑμᾶς you ⚐τίς which? ἐστιν to be ἡ the ἐλπὶς hope τῆς the κλήσεως calling αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐τίς which? ὁ the πλοῦτος riches τῆς the δόξης glory τῆς the κληρονομίας inheritance αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy, -49 1 19 ⚐καὶ and τί which? τὸ the ὑπερβάλλον to surpass μέγεθος greatness τῆς the δυνάμεως power αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward ἡμᾶς us ⚐τοὺς who πιστεύοντας to trust (in) κατὰ according to τὴν the ἐνέργειαν active energy τοῦ the κράτους power τῆς the ἰσχύος strength αὐτοῦ of him -49 1 20 ⚐ἣν which ἐνήργησεν be active ἐν in τῷ the Χριστῷ Christ ⚐ἐγείρας to arise αὐτὸν him ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead, ⚐καὶ and καθίσας to sit ἐν in δεξιᾷ right αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in τοῖς the ἐπουρανίοις heavenly -49 1 21 ⚐ὑπεράνω above πάσης all ἀρχῆς beginning καὶ and ἐξουσίας authority καὶ and δυνάμεως power καὶ and κυριότητος lordship ⚐καὶ and παντὸς all ὀνόματος name ὀνομαζομένου to name οὐ no μόνον alone ἐν in τῷ the αἰῶνι an age τούτῳ to this ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the μέλλοντι be about to· -49 1 22 ⚐καὶ and πάντα all ὑπέταξεν to subject ὑπὸ under τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸν him ἔδωκεν to give κεφαλὴν head ὑπὲρ over πάντα all τῇ the ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly, -49 1 23 ⚐ἥτις which ἐστὶν to be τὸ the σῶμα body αὐτοῦ of him, τὸ the πλήρωμα fulfillment τοῦ the τὰ the πάντα all ἐν in πᾶσιν all πληρουμένου to fulfill.

 -49 2 1 ⚐Καὶ and ὑμᾶς you ὄντας to be νεκροὺς dead τοῖς the παραπτώμασιν trespass καὶ and ταῖς the ἁμαρτίαις sin ὑμῶν of you, -49 2 2 ⚐ἐν in αἷς which ποτε once περιεπατήσατε to walk κατὰ according to τὸν the αἰῶνα an age τοῦ the κόσμου world τούτου of this, ⚐κατὰ according to τὸν the ἄρχοντα ruler τῆς the ἐξουσίας authority τοῦ the ἀέρος air, ⚐τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit τοῦ the νῦν now ἐνεργοῦντος be active ἐν in τοῖς the υἱοῖς son τῆς the ἀπειθείας disobedience· -49 2 3 ⚐ἐν among οἷς which καὶ and ἡμεῖς we πάντες all ἀνεστράφημέν to live ποτε once ἐν in ταῖς the ἐπιθυμίαις desire τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ποιοῦντες to do τὰ the θελήματα desire τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh καὶ and τῶν the διανοιῶν mind, ⚐καὶ and ἤμεθα to be τέκνα child φύσει nature ὀργῆς wrath ὡς as καὶ and οἱ the λοιποί remaining· -49 2 4 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but θεὸς God πλούσιος rich ὢν to be ἐν in ἐλέει mercy, ⚐διὰ because of τὴν the πολλὴν much ἀγάπην love αὐτοῦ of him ἣν which ἠγάπησεν to love ἡμᾶς us, -49 2 5 ⚐καὶ and ὄντας to be ἡμᾶς us νεκροὺς dead τοῖς the παραπτώμασιν trespass ⚐συνεζωοποίησεν to make alive with τῷ the Χριστῷ Christ— ⚐χάριτί grace ἐστε to be σεσῳσμένοι to save— -49 2 6 ⚐καὶ and συνήγειρεν to raise up with ⚐καὶ and συνεκάθισεν to sit down with ἐν in τοῖς the ἐπουρανίοις heavenly ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, -49 2 7 ⚐ἵνα in order to ἐνδείξηται to show ἐν in τοῖς the αἰῶσιν an age τοῖς the ἐπερχομένοις to arrive τὸ the ὑπερβάλλον to surpass πλοῦτος riches τῆς the χάριτος grace αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐν in χρηστότητι kindness ἐφ᾽ to ἡμᾶς us ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -49 2 8 ⚐τῇ the γὰρ for χάριτί grace ἐστε to be σεσῳσμένοι to save διὰ through πίστεως faith· ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this οὐκ no ἐξ from ὑμῶν of you, ⚐θεοῦ God τὸ the δῶρον gift· -49 2 9 ⚐οὐκ no ἐξ from ἔργων work, ⚐ἵνα in order that μή not τις one καυχήσηται to boast. -49 2 10 ⚐αὐτοῦ of him γάρ for ἐσμεν to be ποίημα workmanship, ⚐κτισθέντες to create ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἐπὶ upon ἔργοις work ἀγαθοῖς good-doer ⚐οἷς which προητοίμασεν to prepare ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them περιπατήσωμεν to walk.

 -49 2 11 ⚐Διὸ therefore μνημονεύετε to remember ⚐ὅτι that ποτὲ once ὑμεῖς you τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles ἐν in σαρκί flesh, ⚐οἱ who λεγόμενοι to speak ἀκροβυστία uncircumcision ὑπὸ by τῆς the λεγομένης to speak περιτομῆς circumcision ἐν in σαρκὶ flesh χειροποιήτου hand-made, -49 2 12 ⚐ὅτι that ἦτε to be τῷ the καιρῷ time ἐκείνῳ that χωρὶς without Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι to alienate τῆς the πολιτείας citizenship τοῦ the Ἰσραὴλ Israel ⚐καὶ and ξένοι foreign τῶν the διαθηκῶν covenant τῆς the ἐπαγγελίας promise, ⚐ἐλπίδα hope μὴ not ἔχοντες to have ⚐καὶ and ἄθεοι without God ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world. -49 2 13 ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ but ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus ὑμεῖς you οἵ which ποτε once ὄντες to be μακρὰν distant ἐγενήθητε to be ἐγγὺς near ἐν by τῷ the αἵματι blood τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ. -49 2 14 ⚐αὐτὸς he γάρ for ἐστιν to be ἡ the εἰρήνη peace ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ὁ who ποιήσας to make τὰ the ἀμφότερα both ἓν one ⚐καὶ and τὸ the μεσότοιχον wall τοῦ the φραγμοῦ fence λύσας to loose, τὴν the ἔχθραν hostility ἐν in τῇ the σαρκὶ flesh αὐτοῦ of him, -49 2 15 ⚐τὸν the νόμον law τῶν the ἐντολῶν commandment ἐν in δόγμασιν decree καταργήσας to end, ⚐ἵνα in order to τοὺς the δύο two κτίσῃ to create ἐν in αὑτῷ oneself εἰς toward ἕνα one καινὸν new ἄνθρωπον a human ⚐ποιῶν to make εἰρήνην peace, -49 2 16 ⚐καὶ and ἀποκαταλλάξῃ to reconcile τοὺς the ἀμφοτέρους both ἐν in ἑνὶ one σώματι body τῷ the θεῷ God διὰ through τοῦ the σταυροῦ cross ⚐ἀποκτείνας to kill τὴν the ἔχθραν hostility ἐν by αὐτῷ to him· -49 2 17 ⚐καὶ and ἐλθὼν to come ⚐εὐηγγελίσατο to speak good news εἰρήνην peace ὑμῖν to you τοῖς the μακρὰν distant ⚐καὶ and εἰρήνην peace τοῖς who ἐγγύς near· -49 2 18 ⚐ὅτι that δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him ἔχομεν to have τὴν the προσαγωγὴν access οἱ the ἀμφότεροι both ἐν in ἑνὶ one πνεύματι spirit πρὸς to τὸν the πατέρα father. -49 2 19 ⚐ἄρα therefore οὖν then οὐκέτι not any more ἐστὲ to be ξένοι foreign καὶ and πάροικοι foreigner, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐστὲ to be συμπολῖται fellow citizen τῶν the ἁγίων holy καὶ and οἰκεῖοι of one’s household τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -49 2 20 ⚐ἐποικοδομηθέντες to build upon ἐπὶ on τῷ the θεμελίῳ foundation τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle καὶ and προφητῶν prophet, ⚐ὄντος to be ἀκρογωνιαίου cornerstone αὐτοῦ of him Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, -49 2 21 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which πᾶσα all οἰκοδομὴ building συναρμολογουμένη to join ⚐αὔξει to grow εἰς toward ναὸν temple ἅγιον holy ἐν in κυρίῳ lord, -49 2 22 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which καὶ and ὑμεῖς you συνοικοδομεῖσθε to built up with εἰς toward κατοικητήριον dwelling place τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐν in πνεύματι spirit.

 -49 3 1 ⚐Τούτου of this χάριν therefore ἐγὼ I Παῦλος Paul ὁ the δέσμιος prisoner τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles— -49 3 2 ⚐εἴ if γε indeed ἠκούσατε to hear τὴν the οἰκονομίαν management τῆς the χάριτος grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐τῆς the δοθείσης to give μοι to me εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you· -49 3 3 ⚐ὅτι that κατὰ according to ἀποκάλυψιν revelation ἐγνωρίσθη to make known μοι to me τὸ the μυστήριον mystery, ⚐καθὼς as προέγραψα to write ἐν in ὀλίγῳ little, -49 3 4 ⚐πρὸς to ὃ which δύνασθε be able ⚐ἀναγινώσκοντες to read ⚐νοῆσαι to understand τὴν the σύνεσίν understanding μου of me ἐν in τῷ the μυστηρίῳ mystery τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, -49 3 5 ⚐ὃ which ἑτέραις other γενεαῖς generation οὐκ no ἐγνωρίσθη to make known τοῖς the υἱοῖς son τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human ⚐ὡς as νῦν now ἀπεκαλύφθη to reveal τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy ἀποστόλοις apostle αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and προφήταις prophet ἐν by πνεύματι spirit, -49 3 6 ⚐εἶναι to be τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles συγκληρονόμα co-heir καὶ and σύσσωμα of the same body καὶ and συμμέτοχα sharer τῆς the ἐπαγγελίας promise ⚐ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus διὰ through τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel, -49 3 7 ⚐οὗ which ἐγενήθην to be διάκονος servant κατὰ according to τὴν the δωρεὰν free gift τῆς the χάριτος grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐τῆς the δοθείσης to give μοι to me κατὰ according to τὴν the ἐνέργειαν active energy τῆς the δυνάμεως power αὐτοῦ of him— -49 3 8 ⚐ἐμοὶ to me τῷ the ἐλαχιστοτέρῳ least πάντων all ἁγίων holy ἐδόθη to give ἡ the χάρις grace αὕτη this— ⚐τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles εὐαγγελίσασθαι to speak good news τὸ the ἀνεξιχνίαστον unsearchable πλοῦτος riches τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, -49 3 9 ⚐καὶ and φωτίσαι to illuminate πάντας all ⚐τίς which? ἡ the οἰκονομία management τοῦ the μυστηρίου mystery τοῦ the ἀποκεκρυμμένου to conceal ἀπὸ from τῶν the αἰώνων an age ἐν in τῷ the θεῷ God ⚐τῷ the τὰ the πάντα all κτίσαντι to create, -49 3 10 ⚐ἵνα in order that γνωρισθῇ to make known νῦν now ταῖς the ἀρχαῖς beginning καὶ and ταῖς the ἐξουσίαις authority ἐν in τοῖς the ἐπουρανίοις heavenly ⚐διὰ through τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly ἡ the πολυποίκιλος manifold σοφία wisdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -49 3 11 ⚐κατὰ according to πρόθεσιν purpose τῶν the αἰώνων an age ⚐ἣν which ἐποίησεν to make ἐν in τῷ the Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ἡμῶν of us, -49 3 12 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ἔχομεν to have τὴν the παρρησίαν boldness καὶ and προσαγωγὴν access ἐν in πεποιθήσει confidence διὰ through τῆς the πίστεως faith αὐτοῦ of him. -49 3 13 ⚐διὸ therefore αἰτοῦμαι to ask ⚐μὴ not ἐγκακεῖν to lose heart ἐν in ταῖς the θλίψεσίν pressure μου of me ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἥτις which ἐστὶν to be δόξα glory ὑμῶν of you.

 -49 3 14 ⚐Τούτου of this χάριν therefore κάμπτω to bow τὰ the γόνατά a knee μου of me πρὸς to τὸν the πατέρα father, -49 3 15 ⚐ἐξ from οὗ which πᾶσα all πατριὰ family line ἐν in οὐρανοῖς heaven καὶ and ἐπὶ on γῆς earth ὀνομάζεται to name, -49 3 16 ⚐ἵνα in order that δῷ to give ὑμῖν to you κατὰ according to τὸ the πλοῦτος riches τῆς the δόξης glory αὐτοῦ of him ⚐δυνάμει power κραταιωθῆναι to strengthen διὰ through τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὸν the ἔσω inner ἄνθρωπον a human, -49 3 17 ⚐κατοικῆσαι to dwell τὸν the Χριστὸν Christ διὰ through τῆς the πίστεως faith ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart ὑμῶν of you ⚐ἐν in ἀγάπῃ love· ἐρριζωμένοι to root καὶ and τεθεμελιωμένοι to found, -49 3 18 ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐξισχύσητε to have power ⚐καταλαβέσθαι to realize σὺν with πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy ⚐τί which? τὸ the πλάτος width καὶ and μῆκος length καὶ and ὕψος height καὶ and βάθος depth, -49 3 19 ⚐γνῶναί to know τε and τὴν the ὑπερβάλλουσαν to surpass τῆς the γνώσεως knowledge ἀγάπην love τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ἵνα in order that πληρωθῆτε to fulfill εἰς toward πᾶν all τὸ the πλήρωμα fulfillment τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -49 3 20 ⚐Τῷ the δὲ and δυναμένῳ be able ⚐ὑπὲρ beyond πάντα all ποιῆσαι to do ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ superabundantly ὧν which αἰτούμεθα to ask ἢ or νοοῦμεν to understand ⚐κατὰ according to τὴν the δύναμιν power τὴν the ἐνεργουμένην be active ἐν in ἡμῖν to us, -49 3 21 ⚐αὐτῷ to him ἡ the δόξα glory ἐν in τῇ the ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly καὶ and ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus εἰς toward πάσας all τὰς the γενεὰς generation τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age· ἀμήν amen.

 -49 4 1 ⚐Παρακαλῶ to plead οὖν therefore ὑμᾶς you ἐγὼ I ὁ the δέσμιος prisoner ἐν in κυρίῳ lord ⚐ἀξίως appropriately περιπατῆσαι to walk τῆς the κλήσεως calling ἧς which ἐκλήθητε to call, -49 4 2 ⚐μετὰ with πάσης all ταπεινοφροσύνης humility καὶ and πραΰτητος gentleness, μετὰ with μακροθυμίας patience, ⚐ἀνεχόμενοι to endure ἀλλήλων one another ἐν in ἀγάπῃ love, -49 4 3 ⚐σπουδάζοντες be eager τηρεῖν to keep τὴν the ἑνότητα unity τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit ἐν in τῷ the συνδέσμῳ bond(age) τῆς the εἰρήνης peace· -49 4 4 ⚐ἓν one σῶμα body καὶ and ἓν one πνεῦμα spirit, ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and ἐκλήθητε to call ἐν in μιᾷ one ἐλπίδι hope τῆς the κλήσεως calling ὑμῶν of you· -49 4 5 ⚐εἷς one κύριος lord, μία one πίστις faith, ἓν one βάπτισμα baptism· -49 4 6 ⚐εἷς one θεὸς God καὶ and πατὴρ father πάντων all, ὁ who ἐπὶ upon πάντων all καὶ and διὰ through πάντων all καὶ and ἐν in πᾶσιν all.

 -49 4 7 ⚐Ἑνὶ one δὲ but ἑκάστῳ each ἡμῶν of us ἐδόθη to give ἡ the χάρις grace κατὰ according to τὸ the μέτρον measure τῆς the δωρεᾶς free gift τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ. -49 4 8 ⚐διὸ therefore λέγει to speak· ⚐Ἀναβὰς to ascend εἰς toward ὕψος height ⚐ᾐχμαλώτευσεν to take captive αἰχμαλωσίαν captivity, ⚐ἔδωκεν to give δόματα gift τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human. -49 4 9 ⚐τὸ the δὲ and Ἀνέβη to ascend τί which? ἐστιν to be ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὅτι that καὶ and κατέβη to go down εἰς toward τὰ the κατώτερα lower μέρη part τῆς the γῆς earth; -49 4 10 ⚐ὁ who καταβὰς to come down αὐτός he ἐστιν to be καὶ and ὁ who ἀναβὰς to ascend ὑπεράνω above πάντων all τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven, ⚐ἵνα in order to πληρώσῃ to fulfill τὰ the πάντα all. -49 4 11 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἔδωκεν to give τοὺς the μὲν on the other hand ἀποστόλους apostle, τοὺς the δὲ and προφήτας prophet, τοὺς the δὲ and εὐαγγελιστάς evangelist, τοὺς the δὲ and ποιμένας shepherd καὶ and διδασκάλους teacher, -49 4 12 ⚐πρὸς to τὸν the καταρτισμὸν preparation τῶν the ἁγίων holy εἰς toward ἔργον work διακονίας service, ⚐εἰς toward οἰκοδομὴν building τοῦ the σώματος body τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, -49 4 13 ⚐μέχρι until καταντήσωμεν to come to οἱ the πάντες all εἰς toward τὴν the ἑνότητα unity τῆς the πίστεως faith καὶ and τῆς the ἐπιγνώσεως knowledge τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐εἰς toward ἄνδρα man τέλειον perfect, ⚐εἰς toward μέτρον measure ἡλικίας height τοῦ the πληρώματος fulfillment τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, -49 4 14 ⚐ἵνα in order that μηκέτι never again ὦμεν to be νήπιοι child, ⚐κλυδωνιζόμενοι to toss καὶ and περιφερόμενοι to carry (around) παντὶ all ἀνέμῳ wind τῆς the διδασκαλίας teaching ⚐ἐν by τῇ the κυβείᾳ cunning τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human ⚐ἐν by πανουργίᾳ craftiness πρὸς to τὴν the μεθοδείαν scheme τῆς the πλάνης error, -49 4 15 ⚐ἀληθεύοντες be truthful δὲ but ἐν in ἀγάπῃ love ⚐αὐξήσωμεν to grow εἰς toward αὐτὸν him τὰ the πάντα all, ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be ἡ the κεφαλή head, Χριστός Christ, -49 4 16 ⚐ἐξ from οὗ which πᾶν all τὸ the σῶμα body συναρμολογούμενον to join καὶ and συμβιβαζόμενον to join with διὰ through πάσης all ἁφῆς joint τῆς the ἐπιχορηγίας supply ⚐κατ᾽ according to ἐνέργειαν active energy ἐν in μέτρῳ measure ἑνὸς one ἑκάστου each μέρους part ⚐τὴν the αὔξησιν growth τοῦ the σώματος body ποιεῖται to make εἰς toward οἰκοδομὴν building ἑαυτοῦ oneself ἐν in ἀγάπῃ love.

 -49 4 17 ⚐Τοῦτο this οὖν therefore λέγω to speak καὶ and μαρτύρομαι to testify ἐν in κυρίῳ lord, ⚐μηκέτι never again ὑμᾶς you περιπατεῖν to walk καθὼς as καὶ and τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles περιπατεῖ to walk ἐν in ματαιότητι futility τοῦ the νοὸς mind αὐτῶν of them, -49 4 18 ⚐ἐσκοτωμένοι to darken τῇ the διανοίᾳ mind ὄντες to be, ⚐ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι to alienate τῆς the ζωῆς life τοῦ the θεοῦ God, διὰ because of τὴν the ἄγνοιαν ignorance τὴν the οὖσαν to be ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐διὰ through τὴν the πώρωσιν hardening τῆς the καρδίας heart αὐτῶν of them, -49 4 19 ⚐οἵτινες who ἀπηλγηκότες to become callous ⚐ἑαυτοὺς themselves παρέδωκαν to deliver τῇ the ἀσελγείᾳ debauchery ⚐εἰς toward ἐργασίαν work ἀκαθαρσίας impurity πάσης all ἐν with πλεονεξίᾳ greediness. -49 4 20 ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but οὐχ no οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐμάθετε to learn τὸν the Χριστόν Christ, -49 4 21 ⚐εἴ if γε indeed αὐτὸν him ἠκούσατε to hear ⚐καὶ and ἐν in αὐτῷ to him ἐδιδάχθητε to teach, ⚐καθώς just as ἐστιν to be ἀλήθεια truth ἐν in τῷ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus, -49 4 22 ⚐ἀποθέσθαι to put aside ὑμᾶς you κατὰ according to τὴν the προτέραν before ἀναστροφὴν behaviour τὸν the παλαιὸν old ἄνθρωπον a human ⚐τὸν who φθειρόμενον to destroy κατὰ according to τὰς the ἐπιθυμίας desire τῆς the ἀπάτης deceit, -49 4 23 ⚐ἀνανεοῦσθαι to renew δὲ and τῷ the πνεύματι spirit τοῦ the νοὸς mind ὑμῶν of you, -49 4 24 ⚐καὶ and ἐνδύσασθαι to clothe τὸν the καινὸν new ἄνθρωπον a human ⚐τὸν the κατὰ according to θεὸν God κτισθέντα to create ἐν in δικαιοσύνῃ righteousness καὶ and ὁσιότητι holiness τῆς the ἀληθείας truth.

 -49 4 25 ⚐Διὸ therefore ἀποθέμενοι to put aside τὸ the ψεῦδος lie ⚐λαλεῖτε to speak ἀλήθειαν truth ἕκαστος each μετὰ with τοῦ the πλησίον neighbor αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὅτι since ἐσμὲν to be ἀλλήλων one another μέλη member. -49 4 26 ⚐ὀργίζεσθε to anger ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ἁμαρτάνετε to sin· ⚐ὁ the ἥλιος sun μὴ not ἐπιδυέτω to set ἐπὶ on τῷ the παροργισμῷ anger ὑμῶν of you, -49 4 27 ⚐μηδὲ not δίδοτε to give τόπον place τῷ the διαβόλῳ the Devil. -49 4 28 ⚐ὁ who κλέπτων to steal μηκέτι never again κλεπτέτω to steal, ⚐μᾶλλον more δὲ and κοπιάτω to labor ⚐ἐργαζόμενος to work ταῖς the ἰδίαις one's own χερσὶν hand τὸ the ἀγαθόν good-doer, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἔχῃ to have μεταδιδόναι to share τῷ the χρείαν need ἔχοντι to have. -49 4 29 ⚐πᾶς all λόγος word σαπρὸς rotten ἐκ of τοῦ the στόματος mouth ὑμῶν of you μὴ not ἐκπορευέσθω to come out, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἴ if τις one ἀγαθὸς good-doer ⚐πρὸς to οἰκοδομὴν building τῆς the χρείας need, ⚐ἵνα in order that δῷ to give χάριν grace τοῖς who ἀκούουσιν to hear. -49 4 30 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not λυπεῖτε to grieve τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἐν by ᾧ which ἐσφραγίσθητε to seal εἰς toward ἡμέραν day ἀπολυτρώσεως redemption. -49 4 31 ⚐πᾶσα all πικρία bitterness καὶ and θυμὸς wrath καὶ and ὀργὴ wrath καὶ and κραυγὴ shouting καὶ and βλασφημία blasphemy ἀρθήτω to take up ἀφ᾽ from ὑμῶν of you ⚐σὺν with πάσῃ all κακίᾳ evil. -49 4 32 ⚐γίνεσθε to be δὲ and εἰς toward ἀλλήλους one another χρηστοί kind, εὔσπλαγχνοι compassionate, ⚐χαριζόμενοι to give grace ἑαυτοῖς themselves ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ ἐχαρίσατο to give grace ὑμῖν to you. -49 5 1 ⚐γίνεσθε to be οὖν therefore μιμηταὶ imitator τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ὡς as τέκνα child ἀγαπητά beloved, -49 5 2 ⚐καὶ and περιπατεῖτε to walk ἐν in ἀγάπῃ love, ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and ὁ the Χριστὸς Christ ἠγάπησεν to love ἡμᾶς us ⚐καὶ and παρέδωκεν to deliver ἑαυτὸν himself ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us προσφορὰν offering καὶ and θυσίαν sacrifice τῷ the θεῷ God εἰς toward ὀσμὴν aroma εὐωδίας aroma.

 -49 5 3 ⚐Πορνεία sexual sin δὲ but καὶ and ἀκαθαρσία impurity πᾶσα all ἢ or πλεονεξία greediness μηδὲ not ὀνομαζέσθω to name ἐν among ὑμῖν to you, ⚐καθὼς as πρέπει be proper ἁγίοις holy, -49 5 4 ⚐καὶ and αἰσχρότης obscenity καὶ and μωρολογία foolish talk ἢ or εὐτραπελία vulgar jesting, ⚐ἃ which οὐκ no ἀνῆκεν be fitting, ⚐ἀλλὰ but μᾶλλον more εὐχαριστία thankfulness. -49 5 5 ⚐τοῦτο this γὰρ for ἴστε to know γινώσκοντες to know ⚐ὅτι that πᾶς all πόρνος sexual sinner ἢ or ἀκάθαρτος unclean ἢ or πλεονέκτης greedy, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be εἰδωλολάτρης idolater, ⚐οὐκ no ἔχει to have κληρονομίαν inheritance ἐν in τῇ the βασιλείᾳ kingdom τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ καὶ and θεοῦ God.

 -49 5 6 ⚐Μηδεὶς nothing ὑμᾶς you ἀπατάτω to deceive κενοῖς empty λόγοις word, ⚐διὰ because of ταῦτα these γὰρ for ἔρχεται to come ἡ the ὀργὴ wrath τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐπὶ on τοὺς the υἱοὺς son τῆς the ἀπειθείας disobedience. -49 5 7 ⚐μὴ not οὖν therefore γίνεσθε to be συμμέτοχοι sharer αὐτῶν of them· -49 5 8 ⚐ἦτε to be γάρ for ποτε once σκότος darkness, ⚐νῦν now δὲ but φῶς light ἐν in κυρίῳ lord· ⚐ὡς as τέκνα child φωτὸς light περιπατεῖτε to walk, -49 5 9 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for καρπὸς fruit τοῦ the φωτὸς light ἐν in πάσῃ all ἀγαθωσύνῃ goodness καὶ and δικαιοσύνῃ righteousness καὶ and ἀληθείᾳ truth, -49 5 10 ⚐δοκιμάζοντες to test ⚐τί which? ἐστιν to be εὐάρεστον well-pleasing τῷ the κυρίῳ lord· -49 5 11 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not συγκοινωνεῖτε to share with τοῖς the ἔργοις work τοῖς the ἀκάρποις unfruitful τοῦ the σκότους darkness, ⚐μᾶλλον more δὲ but καὶ and ἐλέγχετε to rebuke, -49 5 12 ⚐τὰ the γὰρ for κρυφῇ in secret γινόμενα to be ὑπ᾽ by αὐτῶν of them αἰσχρόν shameful ἐστιν to be καὶ and λέγειν to speak· -49 5 13 ⚐τὰ the δὲ but πάντα all ἐλεγχόμενα to rebuke ὑπὸ by τοῦ the φωτὸς light φανεροῦται to manifest, -49 5 14 ⚐πᾶν all γὰρ for τὸ the φανερούμενον to manifest φῶς light ἐστιν to be. ⚐διὸ therefore λέγει to speak· ⚐Ἔγειρε to arise, ὁ the καθεύδων to sleep, ⚐καὶ and ἀνάστα to arise ἐκ from τῶν the νεκρῶν dead, ⚐καὶ and ἐπιφαύσει to shine on σοι to you ὁ the Χριστός Christ.

 -49 5 15 ⚐Βλέπετε to see οὖν therefore ἀκριβῶς exactly ⚐πῶς how? περιπατεῖτε to walk, ⚐μὴ not ὡς as ἄσοφοι unwise ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as σοφοί wise, -49 5 16 ⚐ἐξαγοραζόμενοι to redeem τὸν the καιρόν right time, ⚐ὅτι since αἱ the ἡμέραι day πονηραί evil εἰσιν to be. -49 5 17 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this μὴ not γίνεσθε to be ἄφρονες foolish, ⚐ἀλλὰ but συνίετε to understand ⚐τί which? τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ the κυρίου lord· -49 5 18 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not μεθύσκεσθε to get drunk οἴνῳ wine, ⚐ἐν by ᾧ which ἐστιν to be ἀσωτία debauchery, ⚐ἀλλὰ but πληροῦσθε to fulfill ἐν in πνεύματι spirit, -49 5 19 ⚐λαλοῦντες to speak ἑαυτοῖς themselves ἐν in ψαλμοῖς psalm καὶ and ὕμνοις hymn καὶ and ᾠδαῖς song πνευματικαῖς spiritual, ⚐ᾄδοντες to sing καὶ and ψάλλοντες to sing praise τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart ὑμῶν of you τῷ the κυρίῳ lord, -49 5 20 ⚐εὐχαριστοῦντες to thank πάντοτε always ὑπὲρ for πάντων all ἐν in ὀνόματι name τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ τῷ the θεῷ God καὶ and πατρί father, -49 5 21 ⚐ὑποτασσόμενοι to subject ἀλλήλοις one another ἐν in φόβῳ fear Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -49 5 22 ⚐Αἱ the γυναῖκες woman τοῖς the ἰδίοις one's own ἀνδράσιν man ὡς as τῷ the κυρίῳ lord, -49 5 23 ⚐ὅτι since ἀνήρ man ἐστιν to be κεφαλὴ head τῆς the γυναικὸς woman ⚐ὡς as καὶ and ὁ the Χριστὸς Christ κεφαλὴ head τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly, ⚐αὐτὸς he σωτὴρ savior τοῦ the σώματος body. -49 5 24 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as ἡ the ἐκκλησία assembly ὑποτάσσεται to subject τῷ the Χριστῷ Christ, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and αἱ the γυναῖκες woman τοῖς the ἀνδράσιν man ἐν in παντί all.

 -49 5 25 ⚐Οἱ the ἄνδρες man, ἀγαπᾶτε to love τὰς the γυναῖκας woman, ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and ὁ the Χριστὸς Christ ἠγάπησεν to love τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly ⚐καὶ and ἑαυτὸν himself παρέδωκεν to deliver ὑπὲρ for αὐτῆς of her, -49 5 26 ⚐ἵνα in order to αὐτὴν her ἁγιάσῃ to sanctify ⚐καθαρίσας to clean τῷ the λουτρῷ washing τοῦ the ὕδατος water ἐν by ῥήματι word, -49 5 27 ⚐ἵνα in order that παραστήσῃ to stand by αὐτὸς he ἑαυτῷ himself ἔνδοξον honored τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly, ⚐μὴ not ἔχουσαν to have σπίλον stain ἢ or ῥυτίδα wrinkle ἤ or τι one τῶν the τοιούτων such as this, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order that ᾖ to be ἁγία holy καὶ and ἄμωμος blameless. -49 5 28 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ὀφείλουσιν to owe καὶ and οἱ the ἄνδρες man ⚐ἀγαπᾶν to love τὰς the ἑαυτῶν themselves γυναῖκας woman ὡς as τὰ the ἑαυτῶν myself σώματα body· ⚐ὁ who ἀγαπῶν to love τὴν the ἑαυτοῦ himself γυναῖκα woman ἑαυτὸν himself ἀγαπᾷ to love, -49 5 29 ⚐οὐδεὶς no one γάρ for ποτε ever τὴν the ἑαυτοῦ myself σάρκα flesh ἐμίσησεν to hate, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐκτρέφει to nourish καὶ and θάλπει to care for αὐτήν her, ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and ὁ the Χριστὸς Christ τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly, -49 5 30 ⚐ὅτι since μέλη member ἐσμὲν to be τοῦ the σώματος body αὐτοῦ of him. -49 5 31 ⚐ἀντὶ for τούτου of this καταλείψει to leave ἄνθρωπος a human τὸν the πατέρα father καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother ⚐καὶ and προσκολληθήσεται to join πρὸς to τὴν the γυναῖκα woman αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἔσονται to be οἱ the δύο two εἰς toward σάρκα flesh μίαν one. -49 5 32 ⚐τὸ the μυστήριον mystery τοῦτο this μέγα great ἐστίν to be, ⚐ἐγὼ I δὲ but λέγω to speak εἰς toward Χριστὸν Christ καὶ and εἰς toward τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly. -49 5 33 ⚐πλὴν but καὶ and ὑμεῖς you οἱ the καθ᾽ according to ἕνα one ἕκαστος each τὴν the ἑαυτοῦ myself γυναῖκα woman οὕτως thus(-ly) ἀγαπάτω to love ὡς as ἑαυτόν himself, ⚐ἡ the δὲ and γυνὴ woman ἵνα in order that φοβῆται to fear τὸν the ἄνδρα man.

 -49 6 1 ⚐Τὰ the τέκνα child, ὑπακούετε to obey τοῖς the γονεῦσιν parent ὑμῶν of you ἐν in κυρίῳ lord, ⚐τοῦτο this γάρ for ἐστιν to be δίκαιον just· -49 6 2 ⚐τίμα to honor τὸν the πατέρα father σου of you καὶ and τὴν the μητέρα mother, ⚐ἥτις which ἐστὶν to be ἐντολὴ commandment πρώτη first ἐν in ἐπαγγελίᾳ promise, -49 6 3 ⚐ἵνα in order that εὖ well σοι to you γένηται to be ⚐καὶ and ἔσῃ to be μακροχρόνιος long-lived ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth.

 -49 6 4 ⚐Καὶ and οἱ the πατέρες father, μὴ not παροργίζετε to anger τὰ the τέκνα child ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐκτρέφετε to rear αὐτὰ them ἐν in παιδείᾳ discipline καὶ and νουθεσίᾳ admonition κυρίου lord.

 -49 6 5 ⚐Οἱ the δοῦλοι slave, ὑπακούετε to obey τοῖς the κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh κυρίοις lord μετὰ with φόβου fear καὶ and τρόμου trembling ⚐ἐν in ἁπλότητι sincerity τῆς the καρδίας heart ὑμῶν of you ὡς as τῷ the Χριστῷ Christ, -49 6 6 ⚐μὴ not κατ᾽ according to ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν eye-service ὡς as ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι people-pleaser ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as δοῦλοι slave Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐ποιοῦντες to do τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ἐκ from ψυχῆς soul -49 6 7 ⚐μετ᾽ with εὐνοίας enthusiasm δουλεύοντες be a slave, ὡς as τῷ the κυρίῳ lord καὶ and οὐκ no ἀνθρώποις a human, -49 6 8 ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι that ἕκαστος each ἐάν if τι one ποιήσῃ to do ἀγαθόν good-doer, ⚐τοῦτο this κομίσεται to be repaid παρὰ beside κυρίου lord, ⚐εἴτε if δοῦλος slave εἴτε if ἐλεύθερος free.

 -49 6 9 ⚐Καὶ and οἱ the κύριοι lord, τὰ the αὐτὰ them ποιεῖτε to do πρὸς to αὐτούς them, ⚐ἀνιέντες to leave τὴν the ἀπειλήν threat, ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and αὐτῶν of them καὶ and ὑμῶν of you ὁ the κύριός lord ἐστιν to be ἐν in οὐρανοῖς heaven, ⚐καὶ and προσωπολημψία favoritism οὐκ no ἔστιν to be παρ᾽ with αὐτῷ to him.

 -49 6 10 ⚐Τοῦ the λοιποῦ henceforth ἐνδυναμοῦσθε to strengthen ἐν in κυρίῳ lord καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the κράτει power τῆς the ἰσχύος strength αὐτοῦ of him. -49 6 11 ⚐ἐνδύσασθε to clothe τὴν the πανοπλίαν complete armor τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐πρὸς to τὸ the δύνασθαι be able ὑμᾶς you ⚐στῆναι to stand πρὸς to τὰς the μεθοδείας scheme τοῦ the διαβόλου the Devil· -49 6 12 ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἡμῖν to us ἡ the πάλη struggle πρὸς to αἷμα blood καὶ and σάρκα flesh, ⚐ἀλλὰ but πρὸς to τὰς the ἀρχάς beginning, πρὸς to τὰς the ἐξουσίας authority, πρὸς to τοὺς the κοσμοκράτορας world power τοῦ the σκότους darkness τούτου of this, ⚐πρὸς to τὰ the πνευματικὰ spiritual τῆς the πονηρίας evil ἐν in τοῖς the ἐπουρανίοις heavenly. -49 6 13 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this ἀναλάβετε to take up τὴν the πανοπλίαν complete armor τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἵνα in order that δυνηθῆτε be able ἀντιστῆναι to oppose ἐν in τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τῇ the πονηρᾷ evil ⚐καὶ and ἅπαντα all κατεργασάμενοι to workout ⚐στῆναι to stand. -49 6 14 ⚐στῆτε to stand οὖν therefore ⚐περιζωσάμενοι to gird τὴν the ὀσφὺν loins ὑμῶν of you ἐν in ἀληθείᾳ truth, ⚐καὶ and ἐνδυσάμενοι to clothe τὸν the θώρακα breastplate τῆς the δικαιοσύνης righteousness, -49 6 15 ⚐καὶ and ὑποδησάμενοι to put on τοὺς the πόδας foot ἐν with ἑτοιμασίᾳ readiness τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel τῆς the εἰρήνης peace, -49 6 16 ⚐ἐν in πᾶσιν all ἀναλαβόντες to take up τὸν the θυρεὸν long shield τῆς the πίστεως faith, ⚐ἐν with ᾧ which δυνήσεσθε be able ⚐πάντα all τὰ the βέλη arrow τοῦ the πονηροῦ evil τὰ the πεπυρωμένα to burn σβέσαι to extinguish· -49 6 17 ⚐καὶ and τὴν the περικεφαλαίαν helmet τοῦ the σωτηρίου saving δέξασθε to receive, καὶ and τὴν the μάχαιραν sword τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be ῥῆμα word θεοῦ God, -49 6 18 ⚐διὰ through πάσης all προσευχῆς prayer καὶ and δεήσεως prayer, προσευχόμενοι to pray ἐν in παντὶ all καιρῷ time ἐν in πνεύματι spirit, ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward αὐτὸ it ἀγρυπνοῦντες be watchful ἐν with πάσῃ all προσκαρτερήσει perseverance καὶ and δεήσει prayer περὶ about πάντων all τῶν the ἁγίων holy, -49 6 19 ⚐καὶ and ὑπὲρ for ἐμοῦ of me, ⚐ἵνα in order that μοι to me δοθῇ to give λόγος word ἐν in ἀνοίξει opening τοῦ the στόματός mouth μου of me, ⚐ἐν in παρρησίᾳ boldness γνωρίσαι to make known τὸ the μυστήριον mystery τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel -49 6 20 ⚐ὑπὲρ for οὗ which πρεσβεύω be ambassador ἐν in ἁλύσει chain, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν in αὐτῷ to it παρρησιάσωμαι to preach boldly ⚐ὡς as δεῖ to bind με me λαλῆσαι to speak.

 -49 6 21 ⚐Ἵνα in order that δὲ and εἰδῆτε to know καὶ and ὑμεῖς you τὰ the κατ᾽ according to ἐμέ me, τί which? πράσσω to practise, ⚐πάντα all γνωρίσει to make known ὑμῖν to you Τυχικὸς Tychicus ὁ the ἀγαπητὸς beloved ἀδελφὸς brother καὶ and πιστὸς faithful διάκονος servant ἐν in κυρίῳ lord, -49 6 22 ⚐ὃν which ἔπεμψα to send πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you εἰς toward αὐτὸ it τοῦτο this ⚐ἵνα in order that γνῶτε to know τὰ the περὶ about ἡμῶν of us ⚐καὶ and παρακαλέσῃ to comfort τὰς the καρδίας heart ὑμῶν of you.

 -49 6 23 ⚐Εἰρήνη peace τοῖς the ἀδελφοῖς brother καὶ and ἀγάπη love μετὰ with πίστεως faith ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God πατρὸς father καὶ and κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ. -49 6 24 ⚐ἡ the χάρις grace μετὰ with πάντων all τῶν who ἀγαπώντων to love τὸν the κύριον lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦν Jesus Χριστὸν Christ ἐν with ἀφθαρσίᾳ incorruptibility..

 -50 1 1 ⚐Παῦλος Paul καὶ and Τιμόθεος Timothy δοῦλοι slave Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus τοῖς who οὖσιν to be ἐν in Φιλίπποις Philippi σὺν with ἐπισκόποις overseer καὶ and διακόνοις servant· -50 1 2 ⚐χάρις grace ὑμῖν to you καὶ and εἰρήνη peace ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us καὶ and κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -50 1 3 ⚐Εὐχαριστῶ to thank τῷ the θεῷ God μου of me ἐπὶ upon πάσῃ all τῇ the μνείᾳ remembrance ὑμῶν of you -50 1 4 ⚐πάντοτε always ἐν in πάσῃ all δεήσει prayer μου of me ὑπὲρ for πάντων all ὑμῶν of you, ⚐μετὰ with χαρᾶς joy τὴν the δέησιν prayer ποιούμενος to make, -50 1 5 ⚐ἐπὶ upon τῇ the κοινωνίᾳ participation ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel ἀπὸ from τῆς the πρώτης first ἡμέρας day ἄχρι until τοῦ the νῦν now, -50 1 6 ⚐πεποιθὼς to persuade αὐτὸ it τοῦτο this ⚐ὅτι that ὁ who ἐναρξάμενος to begin ἐν in ὑμῖν to you ἔργον work ἀγαθὸν good-doer ἐπιτελέσει to complete ἄχρι until ἡμέρας day Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus· -50 1 7 ⚐καθώς as ἐστιν to be δίκαιον just ἐμοὶ to me ⚐τοῦτο this φρονεῖν to think ὑπὲρ for πάντων all ὑμῶν of you, ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the ἔχειν to have με me ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἔν in τε both τοῖς the δεσμοῖς chain μου of me καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the ἀπολογίᾳ defence καὶ and βεβαιώσει confirmation τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel ⚐συγκοινωνούς sharer μου of me τῆς the χάριτος grace πάντας all ὑμᾶς you ὄντας to be· -50 1 8 ⚐μάρτυς witness γάρ for μου of me ὁ the θεός God, ⚐ὡς as ἐπιποθῶ to long for πάντας all ὑμᾶς you ἐν with σπλάγχνοις affection Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -50 1 9 ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this προσεύχομαι to pray ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the ἀγάπη love ὑμῶν of you ἔτι still μᾶλλον more καὶ and μᾶλλον more περισσεύῃ to abound ⚐ἐν in ἐπιγνώσει knowledge καὶ and πάσῃ all αἰσθήσει insight, -50 1 10 ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the δοκιμάζειν to test ὑμᾶς you τὰ the διαφέροντα to surpass, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἦτε to be εἰλικρινεῖς pure καὶ and ἀπρόσκοποι not giving offence εἰς toward ἡμέραν day Χριστοῦ Christ, -50 1 11 ⚐πεπληρωμένοι to fulfill καρπὸν fruit δικαιοσύνης righteousness τὸν the διὰ through Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ εἰς toward δόξαν glory καὶ and ἔπαινον praise θεοῦ God.

 -50 1 12 ⚐Γινώσκειν to know δὲ and ὑμᾶς you βούλομαι to plan, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐ὅτι that τὰ the κατ᾽ according to ἐμὲ me μᾶλλον more εἰς toward προκοπὴν progress τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel ἐλήλυθεν to come, -50 1 13 ⚐ὥστε so τοὺς the δεσμούς chain μου of me φανεροὺς manifest ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ γενέσθαι to be ⚐ἐν in ὅλῳ all τῷ the πραιτωρίῳ praetorium καὶ and τοῖς the λοιποῖς remaining πᾶσιν all, -50 1 14 ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the πλείονας greater τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother ἐν in κυρίῳ lord πεποιθότας to persuade τοῖς the δεσμοῖς chain μου of me ⚐περισσοτέρως superabundantly τολμᾶν be bold ⚐ἀφόβως fearlessly τὸν the λόγον word λαλεῖν to speak.

 -50 1 15 ⚐Τινὲς one μὲν on the other hand καὶ and διὰ through φθόνον envy καὶ and ἔριν quarrel, ⚐τινὲς one δὲ but καὶ and δι᾽ through εὐδοκίαν goodwill τὸν the Χριστὸν Christ κηρύσσουσιν to preach· -50 1 16 ⚐οἱ the μὲν on the other hand ἐξ from ἀγάπης love, ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι that εἰς toward ἀπολογίαν defence τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel κεῖμαι to lay, -50 1 17 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ἐξ from ἐριθείας rivalry τὸν the Χριστὸν Christ καταγγέλλουσιν to proclaim, οὐχ no ἁγνῶς purely, ⚐οἰόμενοι to suppose ⚐θλῖψιν pressure ἐγείρειν to arise τοῖς the δεσμοῖς chain μου of me. -50 1 18 ⚐τί which? γάρ for; ⚐πλὴν but ὅτι that παντὶ all τρόπῳ way, εἴτε if προφάσει pretense εἴτε if ἀληθείᾳ truth, Χριστὸς Christ καταγγέλλεται to proclaim, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τούτῳ to this χαίρω to rejoice· ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and χαρήσομαι to rejoice, -50 1 19 ⚐οἶδα to know γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that τοῦτό this μοι to me ἀποβήσεται to get out εἰς toward σωτηρίαν salvation ⚐διὰ through τῆς the ὑμῶν of you δεήσεως prayer καὶ and ἐπιχορηγίας supply τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, -50 1 20 ⚐κατὰ according to τὴν the ἀποκαραδοκίαν eager expectation καὶ and ἐλπίδα hope μου of me ⚐ὅτι that ἐν in οὐδενὶ no one αἰσχυνθήσομαι be ashamed, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν with πάσῃ all παρρησίᾳ boldness ὡς as πάντοτε always καὶ and νῦν now ⚐μεγαλυνθήσεται to magnify Χριστὸς Christ ἐν in τῷ the σώματί body μου of me, ⚐εἴτε if διὰ through ζωῆς life εἴτε if διὰ through θανάτου death. -50 1 21 ⚐ἐμοὶ to me γὰρ for τὸ the ζῆν to live Χριστὸς Christ ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ἀποθανεῖν to die κέρδος gain. -50 1 22 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and τὸ the ζῆν to live ἐν in σαρκί flesh, ⚐τοῦτό this μοι to me καρπὸς fruit ἔργου work— ⚐καὶ and τί which? αἱρήσομαι to choose οὐ no γνωρίζω to make known· -50 1 23 ⚐συνέχομαι to constrain δὲ and ἐκ out of τῶν the δύο two, ⚐τὴν the ἐπιθυμίαν desire ἔχων to have εἰς toward τὸ the ἀναλῦσαι to depart ⚐καὶ and σὺν with Χριστῷ Christ εἶναι to be, ⚐πολλῷ much γὰρ for μᾶλλον more κρεῖσσον greater, -50 1 24 ⚐τὸ the δὲ but ἐπιμένειν to remain ἐν in τῇ the σαρκὶ flesh ἀναγκαιότερον necessary δι᾽ because of ὑμᾶς you. -50 1 25 ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this πεποιθὼς to persuade ⚐οἶδα to know ⚐ὅτι that μενῶ to stay καὶ and παραμενῶ to continue πᾶσιν all ὑμῖν to you εἰς toward τὴν the ὑμῶν of you προκοπὴν progress καὶ and χαρὰν joy τῆς the πίστεως faith, -50 1 26 ⚐ἵνα in order that τὸ the καύχημα pride ὑμῶν of you περισσεύῃ to abound ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me ⚐διὰ through τῆς the ἐμῆς my παρουσίας coming πάλιν again πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you.

 -50 1 27 ⚐Μόνον alone ἀξίως appropriately τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ πολιτεύεσθε be a citizen, ⚐ἵνα in order that εἴτε if ἐλθὼν to come καὶ and ἰδὼν to know ὑμᾶς you εἴτε if ἀπὼν be away ⚐ἀκούω to hear τὰ the περὶ about ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ὅτι that στήκετε to stand ἐν in ἑνὶ one πνεύματι spirit, ⚐μιᾷ one ψυχῇ soul συναθλοῦντες to contend τῇ the πίστει faith τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel, -50 1 28 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not πτυρόμενοι to frighten ἐν in μηδενὶ nothing ὑπὸ by τῶν the ἀντικειμένων be an opponent( ⚐ἥτις which ἐστὶν to be αὐτοῖς to them ἔνδειξις demonstration ἀπωλείας destruction, ⚐ὑμῶν of you δὲ but σωτηρίας salvation, ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God, -50 1 29 ⚐ὅτι since ὑμῖν to you ἐχαρίσθη to give grace τὸ the ὑπὲρ for Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐οὐ no μόνον only τὸ the εἰς toward αὐτὸν him πιστεύειν to trust (in) ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and τὸ the ὑπὲρ for αὐτοῦ of him πάσχειν to suffer), -50 1 30 ⚐τὸν the αὐτὸν him ἀγῶνα fight ἔχοντες to have οἷον such as εἴδετε to know ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me ⚐καὶ and νῦν now ἀκούετε to hear ἐν in ἐμοί to me.

 -50 2 1 ⚐Εἴ if τις one οὖν therefore παράκλησις encouragement ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ, ⚐εἴ if τι one παραμύθιον comfort ἀγάπης love, ⚐εἴ if τις one κοινωνία participation πνεύματος spirit, ⚐εἴ if τις one σπλάγχνα affection καὶ and οἰκτιρμοί compassion, -50 2 2 ⚐πληρώσατέ to fulfill μου of me τὴν the χαρὰν joy ⚐ἵνα in order that τὸ the αὐτὸ it φρονῆτε to think, ⚐τὴν the αὐτὴν her ἀγάπην love ἔχοντες to have, ⚐σύμψυχοι harmonious, ⚐τὸ the ἓν one φρονοῦντες to think, -50 2 3 ⚐μηδὲν nothing κατ᾽ according to ἐριθείαν rivalry μηδὲ not κατὰ according to κενοδοξίαν empty conceit, ἀλλὰ but τῇ the ταπεινοφροσύνῃ humility ⚐ἀλλήλους one another ἡγούμενοι to govern ὑπερέχοντας be higher ἑαυτῶν yourself, -50 2 4 ⚐μὴ not τὰ the ἑαυτῶν myself ἕκαστος each σκοποῦντες to watch out, ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and τὰ the ἑτέρων other ἕκαστοι each. -50 2 5 ⚐τοῦτο this φρονεῖτε to think ἐν in ὑμῖν to you ὃ which καὶ and ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, -50 2 6 ⚐ὃς which ἐν in μορφῇ form θεοῦ God ὑπάρχων to be ⚐οὐχ no ἁρπαγμὸν something to grasp ἡγήσατο to govern τὸ the εἶναι to be ἴσα equal θεῷ God, -50 2 7 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἑαυτὸν himself ἐκένωσεν to empty ⚐μορφὴν form δούλου slave λαβών to take, ⚐ἐν by ὁμοιώματι likeness ἀνθρώπων a human γενόμενος to be· ⚐καὶ and σχήματι form εὑρεθεὶς to meet ὡς as ἄνθρωπος a human -50 2 8 ⚐ἐταπείνωσεν to humble ἑαυτὸν himself ⚐γενόμενος to be ὑπήκοος obedient μέχρι until θανάτου death, ⚐θανάτου death δὲ and σταυροῦ cross· -50 2 9 ⚐διὸ therefore καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God αὐτὸν him ὑπερύψωσεν to exalt, ⚐καὶ and ἐχαρίσατο to give grace αὐτῷ to him τὸ the ὄνομα name τὸ the ὑπὲρ for πᾶν all ὄνομα name, -50 2 10 ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματι name Ἰησοῦ Jesus πᾶν all γόνυ a knee κάμψῃ to bow ⚐ἐπουρανίων heavenly καὶ and ἐπιγείων earthly καὶ and καταχθονίων subterranean, -50 2 11 ⚐καὶ and πᾶσα all γλῶσσα tongue ἐξομολογήσηται to agree ⚐ὅτι that κύριος lord Ἰησοῦς Jesus Χριστὸς Christ εἰς toward δόξαν glory θεοῦ God πατρός father.

 -50 2 12 ⚐Ὥστε so, ἀγαπητοί beloved μου of me, καθὼς just as πάντοτε always ὑπηκούσατε to obey, ⚐μὴ not ὡς as ἐν in τῇ the παρουσίᾳ coming μου of me μόνον alone ⚐ἀλλὰ but νῦν now πολλῷ much μᾶλλον more ἐν in τῇ the ἀπουσίᾳ absence μου of me, ⚐μετὰ with φόβου fear καὶ and τρόμου trembling τὴν the ἑαυτῶν yourself σωτηρίαν salvation κατεργάζεσθε to workout, -50 2 13 ⚐θεὸς God γάρ for ἐστιν to be ὁ the ἐνεργῶν be active ἐν in ὑμῖν to you ⚐καὶ and τὸ the θέλειν to desire καὶ and τὸ the ἐνεργεῖν be active ὑπὲρ for τῆς the εὐδοκίας goodwill.

 -50 2 14 ⚐Πάντα all ποιεῖτε to do χωρὶς without γογγυσμῶν murmuring καὶ and διαλογισμῶν reasoning, -50 2 15 ⚐ἵνα in order that γένησθε to be ἄμεμπτοι blameless καὶ and ἀκέραιοι innocent, τέκνα child θεοῦ God ἄμωμα blameless ⚐μέσον midst γενεᾶς generation σκολιᾶς crooked καὶ and διεστραμμένης to pervert, ⚐ἐν in οἷς which φαίνεσθε to shine ὡς as φωστῆρες light ἐν in κόσμῳ world -50 2 16 ⚐λόγον word ζωῆς life ἐπέχοντες to offer, εἰς toward καύχημα pride ἐμοὶ to me εἰς toward ἡμέραν day Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no εἰς toward κενὸν empty ἔδραμον to run ⚐οὐδὲ and not εἰς toward κενὸν empty ἐκοπίασα to labor. -50 2 17 ⚐Ἀλλ᾽ but εἰ if καὶ and σπένδομαι to pour a libation ἐπὶ on τῇ the θυσίᾳ sacrifice καὶ and λειτουργίᾳ ministry τῆς the πίστεως faith ὑμῶν of you, ⚐χαίρω to rejoice καὶ and συγχαίρω to rejoice with πᾶσιν all ὑμῖν to you· -50 2 18 ⚐τὸ the δὲ and αὐτὸ it καὶ and ὑμεῖς you χαίρετε to rejoice καὶ and συγχαίρετέ to rejoice with μοι to me.

 -50 2 19 ⚐Ἐλπίζω to hope δὲ and ἐν in κυρίῳ lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐Τιμόθεον Timothy ταχέως quickly πέμψαι to send ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἵνα in order that κἀγὼ and I εὐψυχῶ be glad γνοὺς to know τὰ the περὶ about ὑμῶν of you. -50 2 20 ⚐οὐδένα no one γὰρ for ἔχω to have ἰσόψυχον like-minded ⚐ὅστις who γνησίως genuinely τὰ the περὶ about ὑμῶν of you μεριμνήσει to worry, -50 2 21 ⚐οἱ the πάντες all γὰρ for τὰ the ἑαυτῶν myself ζητοῦσιν to seek, οὐ no τὰ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ. -50 2 22 ⚐τὴν the δὲ but δοκιμὴν test αὐτοῦ of him γινώσκετε to know, ⚐ὅτι that ὡς as πατρὶ father τέκνον child σὺν with ἐμοὶ to me ἐδούλευσεν be a slave εἰς toward τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel. -50 2 23 ⚐τοῦτον this μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore ἐλπίζω to hope πέμψαι to send ⚐ὡς as ἂν if ἀφίδω to consider τὰ the περὶ about ἐμὲ me ἐξαυτῆς immediately· -50 2 24 ⚐πέποιθα to persuade δὲ and ἐν in κυρίῳ lord ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and αὐτὸς he ταχέως quickly ἐλεύσομαι to come.

 -50 2 25 ⚐Ἀναγκαῖον necessary δὲ but ἡγησάμην to govern ⚐Ἐπαφρόδιτον Epaphroditus τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother καὶ and συνεργὸν co-worker καὶ and συστρατιώτην fellow soldier μου of me, ⚐ὑμῶν of you δὲ and ἀπόστολον apostle καὶ and λειτουργὸν minister τῆς the χρείας need μου of me, πέμψαι to send πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, -50 2 26 ⚐ἐπειδὴ since ἐπιποθῶν to long for ἦν to be πάντας all ὑμᾶς you, καὶ and ἀδημονῶν be distressed ⚐διότι because ἠκούσατε to hear ὅτι that ἠσθένησεν be weak. -50 2 27 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ἠσθένησεν be weak παραπλήσιον almost θανάτῳ death· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the θεὸς God ἠλέησεν to have mercy αὐτόν him, ⚐οὐκ no αὐτὸν him δὲ and μόνον alone ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and ἐμέ me, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not λύπην grief ἐπὶ upon λύπην grief σχῶ to have. -50 2 28 ⚐σπουδαιοτέρως more eagerly οὖν therefore ἔπεμψα to send αὐτὸν him ⚐ἵνα in order that ἰδόντες to know αὐτὸν him πάλιν again ⚐χαρῆτε to rejoice ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἀλυπότερος without anxiety ὦ to be. -50 2 29 ⚐προσδέχεσθε to welcome οὖν therefore αὐτὸν him ἐν in κυρίῳ lord μετὰ with πάσης all χαρᾶς joy, ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the τοιούτους such as this ἐντίμους honored ἔχετε to have, -50 2 30 ⚐ὅτι since διὰ because of τὸ the ἔργον work Χριστοῦ Christ μέχρι until θανάτου death ἤγγισεν to come near, ⚐παραβολευσάμενος to risk τῇ the ψυχῇ soul ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀναπληρώσῃ to fulfil τὸ the ὑμῶν of you ὑστέρημα deficiency τῆς the πρός to με me λειτουργίας ministry.

 -50 3 1 ⚐Τὸ the λοιπόν henceforth, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me, χαίρετε to rejoice ἐν in κυρίῳ lord. ⚐τὰ the αὐτὰ them γράφειν to write ὑμῖν to you ἐμοὶ to me μὲν on the other hand οὐκ no ὀκνηρόν lazy, ⚐ὑμῖν to you δὲ and ἀσφαλές secure.

 -50 3 2 ⚐Βλέπετε to see τοὺς the κύνας dog, ⚐βλέπετε to see τοὺς the κακοὺς evil ἐργάτας worker, ⚐βλέπετε to see τὴν who κατατομήν mutilation. -50 3 3 ⚐ἡμεῖς we γάρ for ἐσμεν to be ἡ the περιτομή circumcision, ⚐οἱ the πνεύματι spirit θεοῦ God λατρεύοντες to minister ⚐καὶ and καυχώμενοι to boast ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐν on σαρκὶ flesh πεποιθότες to persuade, -50 3 4 ⚐καίπερ although ἐγὼ I ἔχων to have πεποίθησιν confidence καὶ and ἐν in σαρκί flesh.

 ⚐Εἴ if τις one δοκεῖ to think ἄλλος another πεποιθέναι to persuade ἐν in σαρκί flesh, ⚐ἐγὼ I μᾶλλον more· -50 3 5 ⚐περιτομῇ circumcision ὀκταήμερος eighth day, ⚐ἐκ from γένους family Ἰσραήλ Israel, φυλῆς tribe Βενιαμίν Benjamin, Ἑβραῖος a Hebrew ἐξ of Ἑβραίων a Hebrew, ⚐κατὰ according to νόμον law Φαρισαῖος Pharisee, -50 3 6 ⚐κατὰ according to ζῆλος zeal διώκων to pursue τὴν the ἐκκλησίαν assembly, ⚐κατὰ according to δικαιοσύνην righteousness τὴν the ἐν in νόμῳ law γενόμενος to be ἄμεμπτος blameless.

 -50 3 7 ⚐Ἀλλ᾽ but ἅτινα which ἦν to be μοι to me κέρδη gain, ταῦτα these ἥγημαι to govern διὰ because of τὸν the Χριστὸν Christ ζημίαν damage. -50 3 8 ⚐ἀλλὰ but μενοῦνγε rather καὶ and ἡγοῦμαι to govern ⚐πάντα all ζημίαν damage εἶναι to be διὰ because of τὸ the ὑπερέχον be higher τῆς the γνώσεως knowledge Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus τοῦ the κυρίου lord μου of me ⚐δι᾽ through ὃν which τὰ the πάντα all ἐζημιώθην to lose, ⚐καὶ and ἡγοῦμαι to govern σκύβαλα garbage ⚐ἵνα in order that Χριστὸν Christ κερδήσω to gain -50 3 9 ⚐καὶ and εὑρεθῶ to find ἐν in αὐτῷ to him, ⚐μὴ not ἔχων to have ἐμὴν my δικαιοσύνην righteousness τὴν the ἐκ from νόμου law ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὴν the διὰ because of πίστεως faith Χριστοῦ Christ, τὴν the ἐκ from θεοῦ God δικαιοσύνην righteousness ἐπὶ upon τῇ the πίστει faith, -50 3 10 ⚐τοῦ the γνῶναι to know αὐτὸν him καὶ and τὴν the δύναμιν power τῆς the ἀναστάσεως resurrection αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and τὴν the κοινωνίαν participation τῶν the παθημάτων suffering αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐συμμορφιζόμενος to make like τῷ the θανάτῳ death αὐτοῦ of him, -50 3 11 ⚐εἴ if πως how? καταντήσω to come to εἰς toward τὴν the ἐξανάστασιν resurrection τὴν the ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead.

 -50 3 12 ⚐Οὐχ no ὅτι that ἤδη already ἔλαβον to take ⚐ἢ or ἤδη already τετελείωμαι to perfect, ⚐διώκω to pursue δὲ but ⚐εἰ if καὶ and καταλάβω to lay hold of, ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ᾧ which καὶ and κατελήμφθην to lay hold of ὑπὸ by Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -50 3 13 ⚐ἀδελφοί brother, ἐγὼ I ἐμαυτὸν myself οὐ no λογίζομαι to count ⚐κατειληφέναι to lay hold of· ⚐ἓν one δέ and, ⚐τὰ the μὲν on the other hand ὀπίσω after ἐπιλανθανόμενος to forget ⚐τοῖς the δὲ and ἔμπροσθεν before ἐπεκτεινόμενος to reach out to, -50 3 14 ⚐κατὰ according to σκοπὸν goal διώκω to pursue εἰς toward τὸ the βραβεῖον prize τῆς the ἄνω above κλήσεως calling τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -50 3 15 ⚐ὅσοι as much as οὖν therefore τέλειοι perfect, τοῦτο this φρονῶμεν to think· ⚐καὶ and εἴ if τι one ἑτέρως differently φρονεῖτε to think, ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this ὁ the θεὸς God ὑμῖν to you ἀποκαλύψει to reveal· -50 3 16 ⚐πλὴν but εἰς toward ὃ which ἐφθάσαμεν to arrive, τῷ the αὐτῷ to it στοιχεῖν to follow.

 -50 3 17 ⚐Συμμιμηταί co-imitator μου of me γίνεσθε to be, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐καὶ and σκοπεῖτε to watch out τοὺς this οὕτως thus(-ly) περιπατοῦντας to walk ⚐καθὼς just as ἔχετε to have τύπον example ἡμᾶς us· -50 3 18 ⚐πολλοὶ much γὰρ for περιπατοῦσιν to walk ⚐οὓς which πολλάκις often ἔλεγον to speak ὑμῖν to you, ⚐νῦν now δὲ and καὶ and κλαίων to weep λέγω to speak, ⚐τοὺς the ἐχθροὺς enemy τοῦ the σταυροῦ cross τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, -50 3 19 ⚐ὧν which τὸ the τέλος goal ἀπώλεια destruction, ⚐ὧν which ὁ the θεὸς God ἡ the κοιλία belly ⚐καὶ and ἡ the δόξα glory ἐν in τῇ the αἰσχύνῃ shame αὐτῶν of them, ⚐οἱ the τὰ the ἐπίγεια earthly φρονοῦντες to think. -50 3 20 ⚐ἡμῶν of us γὰρ for τὸ the πολίτευμα citizenship ἐν in οὐρανοῖς heaven ὑπάρχει to be, ⚐ἐξ from οὗ which καὶ and σωτῆρα savior ἀπεκδεχόμεθα to expect κύριον lord Ἰησοῦν Jesus Χριστόν Christ, -50 3 21 ⚐ὃς which μετασχηματίσει to transform τὸ the σῶμα body τῆς the ταπεινώσεως lowliness ἡμῶν of us σύμμορφον conformed τῷ the σώματι body τῆς the δόξης glory αὐτοῦ of him ⚐κατὰ according to τὴν the ἐνέργειαν active energy τοῦ the δύνασθαι be able αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ὑποτάξαι to subject αὐτῷ to him τὰ the πάντα all. -50 4 1 ⚐ὥστε so, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me ἀγαπητοὶ beloved καὶ and ἐπιπόθητοι longed for, χαρὰ joy καὶ and στέφανός crown μου of me, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) στήκετε to stand ἐν in κυρίῳ lord, ἀγαπητοί beloved.

 -50 4 2 ⚐Εὐοδίαν Euodia παρακαλῶ to plead ⚐καὶ and Συντύχην Syntyche παρακαλῶ to plead ⚐τὸ the αὐτὸ it φρονεῖν to think ἐν in κυρίῳ lord. -50 4 3 ⚐ναὶ yes ἐρωτῶ to ask καὶ and σέ you, γνήσιε genuine σύζυγε yokefellow, ⚐συλλαμβάνου to help αὐταῖς to them, ⚐αἵτινες who ἐν in τῷ the εὐαγγελίῳ gospel συνήθλησάν to contend μοι to me ⚐μετὰ with καὶ and Κλήμεντος Clement καὶ and τῶν the λοιπῶν remaining συνεργῶν co-worker μου of me, ⚐ὧν which τὰ the ὀνόματα name ἐν in βίβλῳ book ζωῆς life.

 -50 4 4 ⚐Χαίρετε to rejoice ἐν in κυρίῳ lord πάντοτε always· ⚐πάλιν again ἐρῶ to say, χαίρετε to rejoice. -50 4 5 ⚐τὸ the ἐπιεικὲς gentle ὑμῶν of you γνωσθήτω to know πᾶσιν all ἀνθρώποις a human. ⚐ὁ the κύριος lord ἐγγύς near· -50 4 6 ⚐μηδὲν nothing μεριμνᾶτε to worry, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in παντὶ all τῇ the προσευχῇ prayer καὶ and τῇ the δεήσει prayer μετὰ with εὐχαριστίας thankfulness τὰ the αἰτήματα request ὑμῶν of you ⚐γνωριζέσθω to make known πρὸς to τὸν the θεόν God· -50 4 7 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the εἰρήνη peace τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἡ the ὑπερέχουσα be higher πάντα all νοῦν mind φρουρήσει to guard τὰς the καρδίας heart ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and τὰ the νοήματα mind ὑμῶν of you ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus.

 -50 4 8 ⚐Τὸ the λοιπόν henceforth, ἀδελφοί brother, ὅσα as much as ἐστὶν to be ἀληθῆ true, ὅσα as much as σεμνά noble, ὅσα as much as δίκαια just, ⚐ὅσα as much as ἁγνά pure, ὅσα as much as προσφιλῆ lovely, ὅσα as much as εὔφημα commendable, ⚐εἴ if τις one ἀρετὴ virtue καὶ and εἴ if τις one ἔπαινος praise, ⚐ταῦτα these λογίζεσθε to count· -50 4 9 ⚐ἃ which καὶ and ἐμάθετε to learn καὶ and παρελάβετε to take καὶ and ἠκούσατε to hear καὶ and εἴδετε to know ἐν in ἐμοί to me, ταῦτα these πράσσετε to practise· ⚐καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God τῆς the εἰρήνης peace ἔσται to be μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you.

 -50 4 10 ⚐Ἐχάρην to rejoice δὲ but ἐν in κυρίῳ lord μεγάλως greatly ⚐ὅτι since ἤδη already ποτὲ once ἀνεθάλετε to renew τὸ the ὑπὲρ for ἐμοῦ of me φρονεῖν to think, ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ᾧ which καὶ and ἐφρονεῖτε to think ⚐ἠκαιρεῖσθε to lack opportunity δέ and. -50 4 11 ⚐οὐχ no ὅτι since καθ᾽ according to ὑστέρησιν poverty λέγω to speak, ⚐ἐγὼ I γὰρ for ἔμαθον to learn ⚐ἐν in οἷς which εἰμι to be αὐτάρκης self-sufficient εἶναι to be· -50 4 12 ⚐οἶδα to know καὶ and ταπεινοῦσθαι to humble, ⚐οἶδα to know καὶ and περισσεύειν to abound· ⚐ἐν in παντὶ all καὶ and ἐν in πᾶσιν all μεμύημαι to initiate, ⚐καὶ and χορτάζεσθαι to feed καὶ and πεινᾶν to hunger, ⚐καὶ and περισσεύειν to abound καὶ and ὑστερεῖσθαι to lack· -50 4 13 ⚐πάντα all ἰσχύω be strong ἐν through τῷ who ἐνδυναμοῦντί to strengthen με me. -50 4 14 ⚐πλὴν but καλῶς well ἐποιήσατε to make ⚐συγκοινωνήσαντές to share with μου of me τῇ the θλίψει pressure.

 -50 4 15 ⚐Οἴδατε to know δὲ and καὶ and ὑμεῖς you, Φιλιππήσιοι Philippian, ⚐ὅτι that ἐν in ἀρχῇ beginning τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel, ⚐ὅτε when ἐξῆλθον to go out ἀπὸ from Μακεδονίας Macedonia, ⚐οὐδεμία no one μοι to me ἐκκλησία assembly ἐκοινώνησεν to participate εἰς toward λόγον word δόσεως gift καὶ and λήμψεως receiving ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὑμεῖς you μόνοι alone, -50 4 16 ⚐ὅτι since καὶ and ἐν in Θεσσαλονίκῃ Thessalonica καὶ and ἅπαξ once καὶ and δὶς twice εἰς toward τὴν the χρείαν need μοι to me ἐπέμψατε to send. -50 4 17 ⚐οὐχ no ὅτι since ἐπιζητῶ to seek after τὸ the δόμα gift, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπιζητῶ to seek after τὸν the καρπὸν fruit τὸν the πλεονάζοντα to increase εἰς toward λόγον word ὑμῶν of you. -50 4 18 ⚐ἀπέχω to have in full δὲ and πάντα all ⚐καὶ and περισσεύω to abound· ⚐πεπλήρωμαι to fulfill ⚐δεξάμενος to receive παρὰ from Ἐπαφροδίτου Epaphroditus τὰ the παρ᾽ beside ὑμῶν of you, ὀσμὴν aroma εὐωδίας aroma, θυσίαν sacrifice δεκτήν acceptable, ⚐εὐάρεστον well-pleasing τῷ the θεῷ God. -50 4 19 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and θεός God μου of me πληρώσει to fulfill πᾶσαν all χρείαν need ὑμῶν of you ⚐κατὰ according to τὸ the πλοῦτος riches αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in δόξῃ glory ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -50 4 20 ⚐τῷ the δὲ and θεῷ God καὶ and πατρὶ father ἡμῶν of us ἡ the δόξα glory εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age· ἀμήν amen.

 -50 4 21 ⚐Ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to πάντα all ἅγιον holy ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus. ⚐ἀσπάζονται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you οἱ the σὺν with ἐμοὶ to me ἀδελφοί brother. -50 4 22 ⚐ἀσπάζονται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you πάντες all οἱ the ἅγιοι holy, ⚐μάλιστα especially δὲ and οἱ who ἐκ out of τῆς the Καίσαρος Caesar οἰκίας house. -50 4 23 ⚐ἡ the χάρις grace τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ μετὰ with τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit ὑμῶν of you..

 -51 1 1 ⚐Παῦλος Paul ἀπόστολος apostle Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus διὰ through θελήματος will θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and Τιμόθεος Timothy ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother -51 1 2 ⚐τοῖς the ἐν in Κολοσσαῖς Colosse ἁγίοις holy καὶ and πιστοῖς faithful ἀδελφοῖς brother ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ· ⚐χάρις grace ὑμῖν to you καὶ and εἰρήνη peace ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us.

 -51 1 3 ⚐Εὐχαριστοῦμεν to thank τῷ the θεῷ God πατρὶ father τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐πάντοτε always περὶ about ὑμῶν of you προσευχόμενοι to pray, -51 1 4 ⚐ἀκούσαντες to hear τὴν the πίστιν faith ὑμῶν of you ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐καὶ and τὴν the ἀγάπην love ⚐ἣν which ἔχετε to have εἰς toward πάντας all τοὺς the ἁγίους holy -51 1 5 ⚐διὰ through τὴν the ἐλπίδα hope τὴν the ἀποκειμένην to lay up ὑμῖν to you ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven, ⚐ἣν which προηκούσατε to hear beforehand ἐν in τῷ the λόγῳ word τῆς the ἀληθείας truth τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel -51 1 6 ⚐τοῦ the παρόντος be present εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you, ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and ἐν in παντὶ all τῷ the κόσμῳ world ἐστὶν to be καρποφορούμενον to bear fruit καὶ and αὐξανόμενον to grow ⚐καθὼς as καὶ and ἐν among ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀφ᾽ from ἧς which ἡμέρας day ἠκούσατε to hear ⚐καὶ and ἐπέγνωτε to come to know τὴν the χάριν grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐν in ἀληθείᾳ truth· -51 1 7 ⚐καθὼς as ἐμάθετε to learn ἀπὸ from Ἐπαφρᾶ Epaphras τοῦ the ἀγαπητοῦ beloved συνδούλου fellow slave ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be πιστὸς faithful ὑπὲρ above ὑμῶν of you διάκονος servant τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, -51 1 8 ⚐ὁ who καὶ and δηλώσας to make clear ἡμῖν to us τὴν the ὑμῶν of you ἀγάπην love ἐν in πνεύματι spirit.

 -51 1 9 ⚐Διὰ because of τοῦτο this καὶ and ἡμεῖς we, ἀφ᾽ from ἧς which ἡμέρας day ἠκούσαμεν to hear, ⚐οὐ no παυόμεθα to cease ⚐ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you προσευχόμενοι to pray ⚐καὶ and αἰτούμενοι to ask ⚐ἵνα in order to πληρωθῆτε to fulfill τὴν the ἐπίγνωσιν knowledge τοῦ the θελήματος will αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐν in πάσῃ all σοφίᾳ wisdom καὶ and συνέσει understanding πνευματικῇ spiritual, -51 1 10 ⚐περιπατῆσαι to walk ἀξίως appropriately τοῦ the κυρίου lord εἰς toward πᾶσαν all ἀρεσκείαν pleasing ⚐ἐν in παντὶ all ἔργῳ work ἀγαθῷ good-doer καρποφοροῦντες to bear fruit ⚐καὶ and αὐξανόμενοι to grow τῇ the ἐπιγνώσει knowledge τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -51 1 11 ⚐ἐν with πάσῃ all δυνάμει power δυναμούμενοι to strengthen ⚐κατὰ according to τὸ the κράτος power τῆς the δόξης glory αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἰς toward πᾶσαν all ὑπομονὴν perseverance καὶ and μακροθυμίαν patience ⚐μετὰ with χαρᾶς joy, -51 1 12 εὐχαριστοῦντες to thank τῷ the πατρὶ father ⚐τῷ who ἱκανώσαντι to qualify ὑμᾶς you ⚐εἰς toward τὴν the μερίδα part τοῦ the κλήρου lot τῶν the ἁγίων holy ἐν in τῷ the φωτί light, -51 1 13 ⚐ὃς which ἐρρύσατο to deliver ἡμᾶς us ἐκ from τῆς the ἐξουσίας authority τοῦ the σκότους darkness ⚐καὶ and μετέστησεν to move εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τῆς the ἀγάπης love αὐτοῦ of him, -51 1 14 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ἔχομεν to have τὴν the ἀπολύτρωσιν redemption, τὴν the ἄφεσιν forgiveness τῶν the ἁμαρτιῶν sin· -51 1 15 ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be εἰκὼν image τοῦ the θεοῦ God τοῦ the ἀοράτου invisible, ⚐πρωτότοκος firstborn πάσης all κτίσεως creation, -51 1 16 ⚐ὅτι since ἐν in αὐτῷ to him ἐκτίσθη to create τὰ the πάντα all ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven καὶ and ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐τὰ the ὁρατὰ visible καὶ and τὰ the ἀόρατα invisible, ⚐εἴτε if θρόνοι throne εἴτε if κυριότητες lordship εἴτε if ἀρχαὶ beginning εἴτε if ἐξουσίαι authority· ⚐τὰ the πάντα all δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and εἰς toward αὐτὸν him ἔκτισται to create· -51 1 17 ⚐καὶ and αὐτός he ἐστιν to be πρὸ before πάντων all ⚐καὶ and τὰ the πάντα all ἐν in αὐτῷ to him συνέστηκεν to commend, -51 1 18 ⚐καὶ and αὐτός he ἐστιν to be ἡ the κεφαλὴ head τοῦ the σώματος body τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly· ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be ἀρχή beginning, πρωτότοκος firstborn ἐκ from τῶν the νεκρῶν dead, ⚐ἵνα in order that γένηται to be ⚐ἐν in πᾶσιν all αὐτὸς he πρωτεύων be first, -51 1 19 ⚐ὅτι since ἐν in αὐτῷ to him εὐδόκησεν to delight πᾶν all τὸ the πλήρωμα fulfillment ⚐κατοικῆσαι to dwell -51 1 20 ⚐καὶ and δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him ἀποκαταλλάξαι to reconcile τὰ the πάντα all εἰς toward αὐτόν him, ⚐εἰρηνοποιήσας to make peace διὰ through τοῦ the αἵματος blood τοῦ the σταυροῦ cross αὐτοῦ of him,[ δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him] ⚐εἴτε if τὰ the ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth εἴτε if τὰ the ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven· -51 1 21 ⚐καὶ and ὑμᾶς you ποτε once ὄντας to be ἀπηλλοτριωμένους to alienate καὶ and ἐχθροὺς enemy τῇ the διανοίᾳ mind ἐν in τοῖς the ἔργοις work τοῖς the πονηροῖς evil— -51 1 22 ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ but ἀποκατήλλαξεν to reconcile ἐν in τῷ the σώματι body τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh αὐτοῦ of him διὰ through τοῦ the θανάτου death— ⚐παραστῆσαι to stand by ὑμᾶς you ἁγίους holy καὶ and ἀμώμους blameless καὶ and ἀνεγκλήτους irreproachable κατενώπιον before αὐτοῦ of him, -51 1 23 ⚐εἴ if γε indeed ἐπιμένετε to remain τῇ the πίστει faith ⚐τεθεμελιωμένοι to found καὶ and ἑδραῖοι steadfast ⚐καὶ and μὴ not μετακινούμενοι to shift ἀπὸ from τῆς the ἐλπίδος hope τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel οὗ which ἠκούσατε to hear, ⚐τοῦ this κηρυχθέντος to preach ἐν in πάσῃ all κτίσει creation τῇ the ὑπὸ under τὸν the οὐρανόν heaven, ⚐οὗ which ἐγενόμην to be ἐγὼ I Παῦλος Paul διάκονος servant.

 -51 1 24 ⚐Νῦν now χαίρω to rejoice ἐν in τοῖς the παθήμασιν suffering ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you, ⚐καὶ and ἀνταναπληρῶ to fill up in turn τὰ the ὑστερήματα deficiency τῶν the θλίψεων pressure τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ ἐν in τῇ the σαρκί flesh μου of me ὑπὲρ for τοῦ the σώματος body αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be ἡ the ἐκκλησία assembly, -51 1 25 ⚐ἧς which ἐγενόμην to be ἐγὼ I διάκονος servant κατὰ according to τὴν the οἰκονομίαν management τοῦ the θεοῦ God τὴν the δοθεῖσάν to give μοι to me εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you ⚐πληρῶσαι to fulfill τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -51 1 26 ⚐τὸ the μυστήριον mystery τὸ the ἀποκεκρυμμένον to conceal ἀπὸ from τῶν the αἰώνων an age καὶ and ἀπὸ from τῶν the γενεῶν generation,— ⚐νῦν now δὲ but ἐφανερώθη to manifest τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy αὐτοῦ of him, -51 1 27 ⚐οἷς which ἠθέλησεν to will ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐γνωρίσαι to make known ⚐τί which? τὸ the πλοῦτος riches τῆς the δόξης glory τοῦ the μυστηρίου mystery τούτου of this ἐν among τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be Χριστὸς Christ ἐν in ὑμῖν to you, ἡ the ἐλπὶς hope τῆς the δόξης glory· -51 1 28 ⚐ὃν which ἡμεῖς we καταγγέλλομεν to proclaim ⚐νουθετοῦντες to admonish πάντα all ἄνθρωπον a human ⚐καὶ and διδάσκοντες to teach πάντα all ἄνθρωπον a human ἐν with πάσῃ all σοφίᾳ wisdom, ⚐ἵνα in order that παραστήσωμεν to stand by πάντα all ἄνθρωπον a human τέλειον perfect ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ· -51 1 29 ⚐εἰς toward ὃ which καὶ and κοπιῶ to labor ⚐ἀγωνιζόμενος to struggle κατὰ according to τὴν the ἐνέργειαν active energy ⚐αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the ἐνεργουμένην be active ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me ἐν in δυνάμει power.

 -51 2 1 ⚐Θέλω to will γὰρ for ὑμᾶς you ⚐εἰδέναι to know ⚐ἡλίκον how great ἀγῶνα fight ἔχω to have ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you καὶ and τῶν the ἐν in Λαοδικείᾳ Laodicea ⚐καὶ and ὅσοι as much as οὐχ no ἑόρακαν to see τὸ the πρόσωπόν face μου of me ἐν in σαρκί flesh, -51 2 2 ⚐ἵνα in order that παρακληθῶσιν to comfort αἱ the καρδίαι heart αὐτῶν of them, ⚐συμβιβασθέντες to join with ἐν in ἀγάπῃ love ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward πᾶν all πλοῦτος riches τῆς the πληροφορίας assurance τῆς the συνέσεως understanding, ⚐εἰς toward ἐπίγνωσιν knowledge τοῦ the μυστηρίου mystery τοῦ the θεοῦ God, Χριστοῦ Christ, -51 2 3 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which εἰσιν to be πάντες all οἱ the θησαυροὶ treasure τῆς the σοφίας wisdom καὶ and γνώσεως knowledge ἀπόκρυφοι concealed. -51 2 4 ⚐τοῦτο this λέγω to speak ⚐ἵνα in order that μηδεὶς nothing ὑμᾶς you παραλογίζηται to deceive ἐν through πιθανολογίᾳ persuasive speech. -51 2 5 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for καὶ and τῇ the σαρκὶ flesh ἄπειμι be away, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τῷ the πνεύματι spirit σὺν with ὑμῖν to you εἰμι to be, ⚐χαίρων to rejoice καὶ and βλέπων to see ὑμῶν of you τὴν the τάξιν order ⚐καὶ and τὸ the στερέωμα firmness τῆς the εἰς toward Χριστὸν Christ πίστεως faith ὑμῶν of you.

 -51 2 6 ⚐Ὡς as οὖν therefore παρελάβετε to take τὸν the Χριστὸν Christ Ἰησοῦν Jesus τὸν the κύριον lord, ⚐ἐν in αὐτῷ to him περιπατεῖτε to walk, -51 2 7 ⚐ἐρριζωμένοι to root ⚐καὶ and ἐποικοδομούμενοι to build up ἐν in αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and βεβαιούμενοι to confirm τῇ the πίστει faith ⚐καθὼς just as ἐδιδάχθητε to teach, ⚐περισσεύοντες to exceed ἐν with εὐχαριστίᾳ thankfulness.

 -51 2 8 ⚐Βλέπετε to see ⚐μή not τις one ὑμᾶς you ἔσται to be ὁ the συλαγωγῶν to capture ⚐διὰ through τῆς the φιλοσοφίας philosophy καὶ and κενῆς empty ἀπάτης deceit ⚐κατὰ according to τὴν the παράδοσιν tradition τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐κατὰ according to τὰ the στοιχεῖα principle τοῦ the κόσμου world ⚐καὶ and οὐ no κατὰ according to Χριστόν Christ· -51 2 9 ⚐ὅτι since ἐν in αὐτῷ to him κατοικεῖ to dwell πᾶν all τὸ the πλήρωμα fulfillment τῆς the θεότητος deity σωματικῶς bodily, -51 2 10 ⚐καὶ and ἐστὲ to be ἐν in αὐτῷ to him πεπληρωμένοι to fulfill, ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be ἡ the κεφαλὴ head πάσης all ἀρχῆς beginning καὶ and ἐξουσίας authority, -51 2 11 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which καὶ and περιετμήθητε to circumcise περιτομῇ circumcision ἀχειροποιήτῳ not man-made ⚐ἐν in τῇ the ἀπεκδύσει removal τοῦ the σώματος body τῆς the σαρκός flesh, ⚐ἐν in τῇ the περιτομῇ circumcision τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, -51 2 12 ⚐συνταφέντες be buried with αὐτῷ to him ἐν in τῷ the βαπτισμῷ baptism, ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which καὶ and συνηγέρθητε to raise up with διὰ through τῆς the πίστεως faith τῆς the ἐνεργείας active energy τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐τοῦ who ἐγείραντος to arise αὐτὸν him ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead· -51 2 13 ⚐καὶ and ὑμᾶς you νεκροὺς dead ὄντας to be ἐν in τοῖς the παραπτώμασιν trespass ⚐καὶ and τῇ the ἀκροβυστίᾳ uncircumcision τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh ὑμῶν of you, ⚐συνεζωοποίησεν to make alive with ὑμᾶς you σὺν with αὐτῷ to him· ⚐χαρισάμενος to give grace ἡμῖν to us πάντα all τὰ the παραπτώματα trespass, -51 2 14 ⚐ἐξαλείψας to blot out τὸ the καθ᾽ according to ἡμῶν of us χειρόγραφον writen record τοῖς the δόγμασιν decree ⚐ὃ which ἦν to be ὑπεναντίον opposed ἡμῖν to us, ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸ it ἦρκεν to take up ἐκ out of τοῦ the μέσου midst ⚐προσηλώσας to nail αὐτὸ it τῷ the σταυρῷ cross· -51 2 15 ⚐ἀπεκδυσάμενος to take off τὰς the ἀρχὰς beginning καὶ and τὰς the ἐξουσίας authority ⚐ἐδειγμάτισεν to disgrace ἐν by παρρησίᾳ boldness, ⚐θριαμβεύσας to triumph αὐτοὺς them ἐν in αὐτῷ to him.

 -51 2 16 ⚐Μὴ not οὖν therefore τις one ὑμᾶς you κρινέτω to judge ἐν in βρώσει eating καὶ and ἐν in πόσει drink ⚐ἢ or ἐν in μέρει part ἑορτῆς festival ἢ or νεομηνίας New Moon ἢ or σαββάτων Sabbath, -51 2 17 ⚐ἅ which ἐστιν to be σκιὰ shadow τῶν the μελλόντων be about to, ⚐τὸ the δὲ but σῶμα body τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ. -51 2 18 ⚐μηδεὶς nothing ὑμᾶς you καταβραβευέτω to disqualify ⚐θέλων to will ἐν in ταπεινοφροσύνῃ humility καὶ and θρησκείᾳ religion τῶν the ἀγγέλων angel, ⚐ἃ which ἑόρακεν to see ἐμβατεύων to investigate, ⚐εἰκῇ in vain φυσιούμενος to inflate ὑπὸ by τοῦ the νοὸς mind τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh αὐτοῦ of him, -51 2 19 ⚐καὶ and οὐ no κρατῶν to grasp τὴν the κεφαλήν head, ⚐ἐξ from οὗ which πᾶν all τὸ the σῶμα body ⚐διὰ through τῶν the ἁφῶν joint καὶ and συνδέσμων bond(age) ἐπιχορηγούμενον to supply καὶ and συμβιβαζόμενον to join with ⚐αὔξει to grow τὴν the αὔξησιν growth τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -51 2 20 ⚐Εἰ if ἀπεθάνετε to die σὺν with Χριστῷ Christ ἀπὸ from τῶν the στοιχείων principle τοῦ the κόσμου world, ⚐τί which? ὡς as ζῶντες to live ἐν in κόσμῳ world δογματίζεσθε to decree· -51 2 21 ⚐Μὴ not ἅψῃ to kindle μηδὲ not γεύσῃ to taste μηδὲ not θίγῃς to touch, -51 2 22 ⚐ἅ which ἐστιν to be πάντα all εἰς toward φθορὰν corruption τῇ the ἀποχρήσει using up, ⚐κατὰ according to τὰ the ἐντάλματα precept καὶ and διδασκαλίας teaching τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human; -51 2 23 ⚐ἅτινά who ἐστιν to be ⚐λόγον word μὲν on the other hand ἔχοντα to have σοφίας wisdom ⚐ἐν with ἐθελοθρησκίᾳ self-made religion καὶ and ταπεινοφροσύνῃ humility καὶ and ἀφειδίᾳ unsparing σώματος body, ⚐οὐκ no ἐν with τιμῇ honor τινι one πρὸς to πλησμονὴν gratification τῆς the σαρκός flesh.

 -51 3 1 ⚐Εἰ if οὖν therefore συνηγέρθητε to raise up with τῷ the Χριστῷ Christ, ⚐τὰ the ἄνω above ζητεῖτε to seek, ⚐οὗ where ὁ the Χριστός Christ ἐστιν to be ⚐ἐν in δεξιᾷ right τοῦ the θεοῦ God καθήμενος to sit· -51 3 2 ⚐τὰ the ἄνω above φρονεῖτε to think, μὴ not τὰ the ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth, -51 3 3 ⚐ἀπεθάνετε to die γάρ for, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ζωὴ life ὑμῶν of you κέκρυπται to hide σὺν with τῷ the Χριστῷ Christ ἐν in τῷ the θεῷ God· -51 3 4 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ὁ the Χριστὸς Christ φανερωθῇ to manifest, ἡ the ζωὴ life ὑμῶν of you, ⚐τότε then καὶ and ὑμεῖς you σὺν with αὐτῷ to him φανερωθήσεσθε to manifest ἐν in δόξῃ glory.

 -51 3 5 ⚐Νεκρώσατε to put to death οὖν therefore τὰ the μέλη member τὰ the ἐπὶ upon τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐πορνείαν sexual sin, ἀκαθαρσίαν impurity, πάθος passion, ἐπιθυμίαν desire κακήν evil, καὶ and τὴν the πλεονεξίαν greediness ⚐ἥτις which ἐστὶν to be εἰδωλολατρία idolatry, -51 3 6 ⚐δι᾽ because of ἃ which ἔρχεται to come ἡ the ὀργὴ wrath τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐπὶ upon τοὺς the υἱοὺς son τῆς the ἀπειθείας disobedience· -51 3 7 ⚐ἐν in οἷς which καὶ and ὑμεῖς you περιεπατήσατέ to walk ποτε once ⚐ὅτε when ἐζῆτε to live ἐν among τούτοις to these· -51 3 8 ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ but ἀπόθεσθε to put aside καὶ and ὑμεῖς you τὰ the πάντα all, ⚐ὀργήν wrath, θυμόν wrath, κακίαν evil, βλασφημίαν blasphemy, αἰσχρολογίαν obscenity ἐκ from τοῦ the στόματος mouth ὑμῶν of you· -51 3 9 ⚐μὴ not ψεύδεσθε to lie εἰς toward ἀλλήλους one another· ⚐ἀπεκδυσάμενοι to take off τὸν the παλαιὸν old ἄνθρωπον a human σὺν with ταῖς the πράξεσιν action αὐτοῦ of him, -51 3 10 ⚐καὶ and ἐνδυσάμενοι to clothe τὸν the νέον new ⚐τὸν the ἀνακαινούμενον to renew εἰς toward ἐπίγνωσιν knowledge κατ᾽ according to εἰκόνα image τοῦ who κτίσαντος to create αὐτόν him, -51 3 11 ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) οὐκ no ἔνι there is Ἕλλην a Greek καὶ and Ἰουδαῖος Jewish, περιτομὴ circumcision καὶ and ἀκροβυστία uncircumcision, ⚐βάρβαρος barbarian, Σκύθης Scythian, δοῦλος slave, ἐλεύθερος free, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὰ the πάντα all καὶ and ἐν in πᾶσιν all Χριστός Christ.

 -51 3 12 ⚐Ἐνδύσασθε to clothe οὖν therefore ὡς as ἐκλεκτοὶ select τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ἅγιοι holy καὶ and ἠγαπημένοι to love, ⚐σπλάγχνα entrails οἰκτιρμοῦ compassion, χρηστότητα kindness, ⚐ταπεινοφροσύνην humility, πραΰτητα gentleness, μακροθυμίαν patience, -51 3 13 ⚐ἀνεχόμενοι to endure ἀλλήλων one another ⚐καὶ and χαριζόμενοι to give grace ἑαυτοῖς themselves ⚐ἐάν if τις one πρός to τινα one ἔχῃ to have μομφήν complaint· ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and ὁ the κύριος lord ἐχαρίσατο to give grace ὑμῖν to you ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὑμεῖς you· -51 3 14 ⚐ἐπὶ to πᾶσιν all δὲ and τούτοις to these τὴν the ἀγάπην love, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be σύνδεσμος bond(age) τῆς the τελειότητος perfection. -51 3 15 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the εἰρήνη peace τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ βραβευέτω to rule ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart ὑμῶν of you, ⚐εἰς toward ἣν which καὶ and ἐκλήθητε to call ἐν in ἑνὶ one σώματι body· ⚐καὶ and εὐχάριστοι thankful γίνεσθε to be. -51 3 16 ⚐ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ ἐνοικείτω to dwell in ἐν in ὑμῖν to you πλουσίως richly ⚐ἐν with πάσῃ all σοφίᾳ wisdom· διδάσκοντες to teach ⚐καὶ and νουθετοῦντες to admonish ἑαυτοὺς themselves ⚐ψαλμοῖς psalm, ὕμνοις hymn, ᾠδαῖς song πνευματικαῖς spiritual ⚐ἐν with τῇ the χάριτι grace, ᾄδοντες to sing ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart ὑμῶν of you τῷ the θεῷ God· -51 3 17 ⚐καὶ and πᾶν all ὅ which τι one ἐὰν if ποιῆτε to do ἐν in λόγῳ word ἢ or ἐν in ἔργῳ work, ⚐πάντα all ἐν in ὀνόματι name κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐εὐχαριστοῦντες to thank τῷ the θεῷ God πατρὶ father δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him.

 -51 3 18 ⚐Αἱ the γυναῖκες woman, ὑποτάσσεσθε to subject τοῖς the ἀνδράσιν man, ⚐ὡς as ἀνῆκεν be fitting ἐν in κυρίῳ lord. -51 3 19 ⚐οἱ the ἄνδρες man, ἀγαπᾶτε to love τὰς the γυναῖκας woman ⚐καὶ and μὴ not πικραίνεσθε to embitter πρὸς to αὐτάς them.

 -51 3 20 ⚐Τὰ the τέκνα child, ὑπακούετε to obey τοῖς the γονεῦσιν parent κατὰ according to πάντα all, ⚐τοῦτο this γὰρ for εὐάρεστόν well-pleasing ἐστιν to be ἐν in κυρίῳ lord. -51 3 21 ⚐οἱ the πατέρες father, μὴ not ἐρεθίζετε to provoke τὰ the τέκνα child ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἀθυμῶσιν be discouraged. -51 3 22 ⚐οἱ the δοῦλοι slave, ὑπακούετε to obey κατὰ according to πάντα all τοῖς the κατὰ according to σάρκα flesh κυρίοις lord, ⚐μὴ not ἐν with ὀφθαλμοδουλίᾳ eye-service, ὡς as ἀνθρωπάρεσκοι people-pleaser, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in ἁπλότητι sincerity καρδίας heart, ⚐φοβούμενοι to fear τὸν the κύριον lord. -51 3 23 ⚐ὃ which ἐὰν if ποιῆτε to do, ἐκ out of ψυχῆς soul ἐργάζεσθε to work, ⚐ὡς as τῷ the κυρίῳ lord καὶ and οὐκ no ἀνθρώποις a human, -51 3 24 ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι that ἀπὸ from κυρίου lord ἀπολήμψεσθε to get back τὴν the ἀνταπόδοσιν reward τῆς the κληρονομίας inheritance· ⚐τῷ the κυρίῳ lord Χριστῷ Christ δουλεύετε be a slave· -51 3 25 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for ἀδικῶν to harm κομίσεται to be repaid ὃ which ἠδίκησεν to harm, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔστιν to be προσωπολημψία favoritism. -51 4 1 ⚐οἱ the κύριοι lord, τὸ the δίκαιον just καὶ and τὴν the ἰσότητα equality ⚐τοῖς the δούλοις slave παρέχεσθε to furnish occasion, ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἔχετε to have κύριον lord ἐν in οὐρανῷ heaven.

 -51 4 2 ⚐Τῇ the προσευχῇ prayer προσκαρτερεῖτε to adhere to, ⚐γρηγοροῦντες to keep watch ἐν in αὐτῇ to her ἐν with εὐχαριστίᾳ thankfulness, -51 4 3 ⚐προσευχόμενοι to pray ἅμα together καὶ and περὶ about ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὁ the θεὸς God ἀνοίξῃ to open ἡμῖν to us θύραν door τοῦ the λόγου word, ⚐λαλῆσαι to speak τὸ the μυστήριον mystery τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐δι᾽ because of ὃ which καὶ and δέδεμαι to bind, -51 4 4 ⚐ἵνα in order that φανερώσω to manifest αὐτὸ it ⚐ὡς as δεῖ to bind με me λαλῆσαι to speak.

 -51 4 5 ⚐Ἐν with σοφίᾳ wisdom περιπατεῖτε to walk πρὸς to τοὺς the ἔξω outsider, ⚐τὸν the καιρὸν right time ἐξαγοραζόμενοι to redeem. -51 4 6 ⚐ὁ the λόγος word ὑμῶν of you πάντοτε always ἐν in χάριτι grace, ⚐ἅλατι salt ἠρτυμένος to season, ⚐εἰδέναι to know πῶς how? δεῖ to bind ὑμᾶς you ἑνὶ one ἑκάστῳ each ἀποκρίνεσθαι to answer.

 -51 4 7 ⚐Τὰ the κατ᾽ according to ἐμὲ me πάντα all γνωρίσει to make known ὑμῖν to you Τυχικὸς Tychicus ὁ the ἀγαπητὸς beloved ἀδελφὸς brother καὶ and πιστὸς faithful διάκονος servant καὶ and σύνδουλος fellow slave ἐν in κυρίῳ lord, -51 4 8 ⚐ὃν which ἔπεμψα to send πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you εἰς toward αὐτὸ it τοῦτο this ⚐ἵνα in order that γνῶτε to know τὰ the περὶ about ἡμῶν of us ⚐καὶ and παρακαλέσῃ to comfort τὰς the καρδίας heart ὑμῶν of you, -51 4 9 ⚐σὺν with Ὀνησίμῳ Onesimus τῷ the πιστῷ faithful καὶ and ἀγαπητῷ beloved ἀδελφῷ brother, ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be ἐξ out of ὑμῶν of you· ⚐πάντα all ὑμῖν to you γνωρίσουσιν to make known τὰ the ὧδε here.

 -51 4 10 ⚐Ἀσπάζεται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you Ἀρίσταρχος Aristarchus ὁ the συναιχμάλωτός fellow prisoner μου of me, ⚐καὶ and Μᾶρκος Mark ὁ the ἀνεψιὸς cousin Βαρναβᾶ Barnabas( ⚐περὶ about οὗ which ἐλάβετε to take ἐντολάς commandment, ⚐ἐὰν if ἔλθῃ to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ⚐δέξασθε to receive αὐτόν him), -51 4 11 ⚐καὶ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus ὁ who λεγόμενος to speak Ἰοῦστος Justus, ⚐οἱ the ὄντες to be ἐκ out of περιτομῆς circumcision, ⚐οὗτοι these μόνοι alone συνεργοὶ co-worker εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐οἵτινες who ἐγενήθησάν to be μοι to me παρηγορία comfort. -51 4 12 ⚐ἀσπάζεται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you Ἐπαφρᾶς Epaphras ὁ who ἐξ out of ὑμῶν of you, δοῦλος slave Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐πάντοτε always ἀγωνιζόμενος to struggle ὑπὲρ above ὑμῶν of you ἐν in ταῖς the προσευχαῖς prayer, ⚐ἵνα in order that σταθῆτε to stand τέλειοι perfect ⚐καὶ and πεπληροφορημένοι to fulfill ἐν in παντὶ all θελήματι will τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -51 4 13 ⚐μαρτυρῶ to testify γὰρ for αὐτῷ to him ⚐ὅτι that ἔχει to have πολὺν much πόνον travail ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and τῶν the ἐν in Λαοδικείᾳ Laodicea καὶ and τῶν the ἐν in Ἱεραπόλει Hierapolis. -51 4 14 ⚐ἀσπάζεται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you Λουκᾶς Luke ὁ the ἰατρὸς physician ὁ the ἀγαπητὸς beloved καὶ and Δημᾶς Demas. -51 4 15 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to τοὺς who ἐν in Λαοδικείᾳ Laodicea ἀδελφοὺς brother ⚐καὶ and Νύμφαν Nympha καὶ and τὴν the κατ᾽ according to οἶκον house αὐτῆς of her ἐκκλησίαν assembly. -51 4 16 ⚐καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) ἀναγνωσθῇ to read παρ᾽ beside ὑμῖν to you ἡ this ἐπιστολή epistle, ⚐ποιήσατε to do ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the Λαοδικέων Laodicean ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly ἀναγνωσθῇ to read, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the ἐκ from Λαοδικείας Laodicea ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἀναγνῶτε to read. -51 4 17 ⚐καὶ and εἴπατε to say Ἀρχίππῳ Archippus· ⚐Βλέπε to see τὴν the διακονίαν service ἣν which παρέλαβες to take ἐν in κυρίῳ lord, ⚐ἵνα in order that αὐτὴν her πληροῖς to fulfill.

 -51 4 18 ⚐Ὁ this ἀσπασμὸς salutation τῇ the ἐμῇ my χειρὶ hand Παύλου Paul. ⚐μνημονεύετέ to remember μου of me τῶν the δεσμῶν chain. ⚐ἡ the χάρις grace μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you..

 -52 1 1 ⚐Παῦλος Paul καὶ and Σιλουανὸς Silvanus καὶ and Τιμόθεος Timothy ⚐τῇ the ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly Θεσσαλονικέων Thessalonian ἐν in θεῷ God πατρὶ father καὶ and κυρίῳ lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστῷ Christ· ⚐χάρις grace ὑμῖν to you καὶ and εἰρήνη peace.

 -52 1 2 ⚐Εὐχαριστοῦμεν to thank τῷ the θεῷ God πάντοτε always περὶ about πάντων all ὑμῶν of you ⚐μνείαν remembrance ποιούμενοι to make ἐπὶ upon τῶν the προσευχῶν prayer ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ἀδιαλείπτως unceasingly -52 1 3 μνημονεύοντες to remember ὑμῶν of you τοῦ the ἔργου work τῆς the πίστεως faith καὶ and τοῦ the κόπου labor τῆς the ἀγάπης love ⚐καὶ and τῆς the ὑπομονῆς perseverance τῆς the ἐλπίδος hope τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ἔμπροσθεν before τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us, -52 1 4 ⚐εἰδότες to know, ἀδελφοὶ brother ἠγαπημένοι to love ὑπὸ by τοῦ the θεοῦ God, τὴν the ἐκλογὴν selecting ὑμῶν of you, -52 1 5 ⚐ὅτι that τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel ἡμῶν of us οὐκ no ἐγενήθη to be εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you ἐν in λόγῳ word μόνον alone ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and ἐν in δυνάμει power καὶ and ἐν in πνεύματι spirit ἁγίῳ holy καὶ and ἐν with πληροφορίᾳ assurance πολλῇ much, ⚐καθὼς as οἴδατε to know ⚐οἷοι such as ἐγενήθημεν to be ἐν among ὑμῖν to you δι᾽ through ὑμᾶς you· -52 1 6 ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you μιμηταὶ imitator ἡμῶν of us ἐγενήθητε to be καὶ and τοῦ the κυρίου lord, ⚐δεξάμενοι to receive τὸν the λόγον word ἐν in θλίψει pressure πολλῇ much μετὰ with χαρᾶς joy πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy, -52 1 7 ⚐ὥστε so γενέσθαι to be ὑμᾶς you τύπον example πᾶσιν all τοῖς the πιστεύουσιν to trust (in) ⚐ἐν in τῇ the Μακεδονίᾳ Macedonia καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the Ἀχαΐᾳ Achaia. -52 1 8 ⚐ἀφ᾽ from ὑμῶν of you γὰρ for ἐξήχηται to sound out ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the κυρίου lord οὐ no μόνον alone ἐν in τῇ the Μακεδονίᾳ Macedonia καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the Ἀχαΐᾳ Achaia, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in παντὶ all τόπῳ place ἡ the πίστις faith ὑμῶν of you ἡ the πρὸς to τὸν the θεὸν God ἐξελήλυθεν to go out, ⚐ὥστε so μὴ not χρείαν need ἔχειν to have ἡμᾶς us ⚐λαλεῖν to speak τι one· -52 1 9 ⚐αὐτοὶ they γὰρ for περὶ about ἡμῶν of us ἀπαγγέλλουσιν to announce ⚐ὁποίαν what sort εἴσοδον entry ἔσχομεν to have πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, ⚐καὶ and πῶς how? ἐπεστρέψατε to turn πρὸς to τὸν the θεὸν God ἀπὸ from τῶν the εἰδώλων idol ⚐δουλεύειν be a slave θεῷ God ζῶντι to live καὶ and ἀληθινῷ true, -52 1 10 ⚐καὶ and ἀναμένειν to await τὸν the υἱὸν son αὐτοῦ of him ἐκ from τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven, ⚐ὃν which ἤγειρεν to arise ἐκ from τῶν the νεκρῶν dead, ⚐Ἰησοῦν Jesus τὸν the ῥυόμενον to deliver ἡμᾶς us ἐκ from τῆς the ὀργῆς wrath τῆς the ἐρχομένης to come.

 -52 2 1 ⚐Αὐτοὶ they γὰρ for οἴδατε to know, ἀδελφοί brother, τὴν the εἴσοδον entry ἡμῶν of us τὴν the πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no κενὴ empty γέγονεν to be, -52 2 2 ⚐ἀλλὰ but προπαθόντες to suffer before ⚐καὶ and ὑβρισθέντες to mistreat καθὼς as οἴδατε to know ἐν in Φιλίπποις Philippi ⚐ἐπαρρησιασάμεθα to preach boldly ἐν in τῷ the θεῷ God ἡμῶν of us ⚐λαλῆσαι to speak πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐν in πολλῷ much ἀγῶνι fight. -52 2 3 ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for παράκλησις encouragement ἡμῶν of us οὐκ no ἐκ from πλάνης error οὐδὲ and not ἐξ out of ἀκαθαρσίας impurity οὐδὲ and not ἐν with δόλῳ deceit, -52 2 4 ⚐ἀλλὰ but καθὼς just as δεδοκιμάσμεθα to test ὑπὸ by τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐πιστευθῆναι to trust (in) τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) λαλοῦμεν to speak, ⚐οὐχ no ὡς as ἀνθρώποις a human ἀρέσκοντες to please ⚐ἀλλὰ but θεῷ God τῷ who δοκιμάζοντι to test τὰς the καρδίας heart ἡμῶν of us. -52 2 5 ⚐οὔτε neither γάρ for ποτε once ἐν with λόγῳ word κολακείας flattery ἐγενήθημεν to be, ⚐καθὼς as οἴδατε to know, ⚐οὔτε neither ἐν with προφάσει pretense πλεονεξίας greediness, ⚐θεὸς God μάρτυς witness, -52 2 6 ⚐οὔτε neither ζητοῦντες to seek ἐξ from ἀνθρώπων a human δόξαν glory, ⚐οὔτε neither ἀφ᾽ from ὑμῶν of you οὔτε neither ἀπ᾽ from ἄλλων another, -52 2 7 ⚐δυνάμενοι be able ⚐ἐν in βάρει burden εἶναι to be ὡς as Χριστοῦ Christ ἀπόστολοι apostle· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐγενήθημεν to be νήπιοι child ἐν in μέσῳ midst ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ὡς as ἐὰν if τροφὸς nursing mother θάλπῃ to care for τὰ the ἑαυτῆς myself τέκνα child· -52 2 8 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ὁμειρόμενοι to desire ὑμῶν of you ⚐εὐδοκοῦμεν to delight ⚐μεταδοῦναι to share ὑμῖν to you οὐ no μόνον alone τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and τὰς the ἑαυτῶν myself ψυχάς soul, ⚐διότι because ἀγαπητοὶ beloved ἡμῖν to us ἐγενήθητε to be.

 -52 2 9 ⚐Μνημονεύετε to remember γάρ for, ἀδελφοί brother, τὸν the κόπον labor ἡμῶν of us καὶ and τὸν the μόχθον toil· ⚐νυκτὸς night καὶ and ἡμέρας day ἐργαζόμενοι to work πρὸς to τὸ the μὴ not ἐπιβαρῆσαί to burden τινα one ὑμῶν of you ⚐ἐκηρύξαμεν to preach εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -52 2 10 ⚐ὑμεῖς you μάρτυρες witness καὶ and ὁ the θεός God, ⚐ὡς as ὁσίως devoutly καὶ and δικαίως rightly καὶ and ἀμέμπτως blamelessly ὑμῖν to you τοῖς who πιστεύουσιν to trust (in) ἐγενήθημεν to be, -52 2 11 ⚐καθάπερ just as οἴδατε to know ⚐ὡς as ἕνα one ἕκαστον each ὑμῶν of you ὡς as πατὴρ father τέκνα child ἑαυτοῦ himself -52 2 12 ⚐παρακαλοῦντες to plead ὑμᾶς you ⚐καὶ and παραμυθούμενοι to encourage καὶ and μαρτυρόμενοι to testify, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the περιπατεῖν to walk ὑμᾶς you ἀξίως appropriately τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐τοῦ who καλοῦντος to call ὑμᾶς you εἰς toward τὴν the ἑαυτοῦ myself βασιλείαν kingdom καὶ and δόξαν glory.

 -52 2 13 ⚐Καὶ and διὰ through τοῦτο this καὶ and ἡμεῖς we εὐχαριστοῦμεν to thank τῷ the θεῷ God ἀδιαλείπτως unceasingly, ⚐ὅτι that παραλαβόντες to take λόγον word ἀκοῆς hearing παρ᾽ from ἡμῶν of us τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ἐδέξασθε to receive οὐ no λόγον word ἀνθρώπων a human ⚐ἀλλὰ but καθὼς as ἐστὶν to be ἀληθῶς truly λόγον word θεοῦ God, ⚐ὃς which καὶ and ἐνεργεῖται be active ἐν among ὑμῖν to you τοῖς who πιστεύουσιν to trust (in). -52 2 14 ⚐ὑμεῖς you γὰρ for μιμηταὶ imitator ἐγενήθητε to be, ἀδελφοί brother, τῶν the ἐκκλησιῶν assembly τοῦ the θεοῦ God τῶν the οὐσῶν to be ἐν in τῇ the Ἰουδαίᾳ Judea ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐ὅτι since τὰ the αὐτὰ them ἐπάθετε to suffer καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ὑπὸ by τῶν the ἰδίων one's own συμφυλετῶν fellow countryman ⚐καθὼς as καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ὑπὸ by τῶν the Ἰουδαίων Jewish -52 2 15 ⚐τῶν the καὶ and τὸν the κύριον lord ἀποκτεινάντων to kill ⚐Ἰησοῦν Jesus καὶ and τοὺς the προφήτας prophet ⚐καὶ and ἡμᾶς us ἐκδιωξάντων to persecute, ⚐καὶ and θεῷ God μὴ not ἀρεσκόντων to please, ⚐καὶ and πᾶσιν all ἀνθρώποις a human ἐναντίων against, -52 2 16 ⚐κωλυόντων to prevent ἡμᾶς us ⚐τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles λαλῆσαι to speak ⚐ἵνα in order that σωθῶσιν to save, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ἀναπληρῶσαι to fulfil αὐτῶν of them τὰς the ἁμαρτίας sin πάντοτε always. ⚐ἔφθασεν to arrive δὲ but ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτοὺς them ἡ the ὀργὴ wrath εἰς toward τέλος goal.

 -52 2 17 ⚐Ἡμεῖς we δέ but, ἀδελφοί brother, ἀπορφανισθέντες to orphan ἀφ᾽ from ὑμῶν of you πρὸς to καιρὸν time ὥρας hour, ⚐προσώπῳ face οὐ no καρδίᾳ heart, ⚐περισσοτέρως superabundantly ἐσπουδάσαμεν be eager ⚐τὸ the πρόσωπον face ὑμῶν of you ἰδεῖν to know ἐν in πολλῇ much ἐπιθυμίᾳ desire. -52 2 18 ⚐διότι because ἠθελήσαμεν to will ἐλθεῖν to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἐγὼ I μὲν on the other hand Παῦλος Paul καὶ and ἅπαξ once καὶ and δίς twice, ⚐καὶ and ἐνέκοψεν to hinder ἡμᾶς us ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan. -52 2 19 ⚐τίς which? γὰρ for ἡμῶν of us ἐλπὶς hope ἢ or χαρὰ joy ἢ or στέφανος crown καυχήσεως pride— ⚐ἢ or οὐχὶ not καὶ and ὑμεῖς you— ⚐ἔμπροσθεν before τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἐν in τῇ the αὐτοῦ of him παρουσίᾳ coming; -52 2 20 ⚐ὑμεῖς you γάρ for ἐστε to be ἡ the δόξα glory ἡμῶν of us καὶ and ἡ the χαρά joy.

 -52 3 1 ⚐Διὸ therefore μηκέτι never again στέγοντες to endure ⚐εὐδοκήσαμεν to delight καταλειφθῆναι to leave ἐν in Ἀθήναις Athens μόνοι alone, -52 3 2 ⚐καὶ and ἐπέμψαμεν to send Τιμόθεον Timothy, τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother ἡμῶν of us καὶ and συνεργὸν co-worker τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐν in τῷ the εὐαγγελίῳ gospel τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the στηρίξαι to establish ὑμᾶς you καὶ and παρακαλέσαι to comfort ὑπὲρ for τῆς the πίστεως faith ὑμῶν of you -52 3 3 ⚐τὸ the μηδένα nothing σαίνεσθαι to shake ἐν by ταῖς the θλίψεσιν pressure ταύταις to these. ⚐αὐτοὶ they γὰρ for οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that εἰς toward τοῦτο this κείμεθα to be appointed· -52 3 4 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ὅτε when πρὸς with ὑμᾶς you ἦμεν to be, ⚐προελέγομεν to foretell ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that μέλλομεν be about to θλίβεσθαι to press on, ⚐καθὼς as καὶ and ἐγένετο to be καὶ and οἴδατε to know. -52 3 5 ⚐διὰ through τοῦτο this κἀγὼ and I μηκέτι never again στέγων to endure ⚐ἔπεμψα to send εἰς toward τὸ the γνῶναι to know τὴν the πίστιν faith ὑμῶν of you, ⚐μή not πως how? ἐπείρασεν to tempt ὑμᾶς you ὁ the πειράζων to tempt ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward κενὸν empty γένηται to be ὁ the κόπος labor ἡμῶν of us.

 -52 3 6 ⚐Ἄρτι now δὲ but ἐλθόντος to come Τιμοθέου Timothy πρὸς to ἡμᾶς us ἀφ᾽ from ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and εὐαγγελισαμένου to speak good news ἡμῖν to us τὴν the πίστιν faith καὶ and τὴν the ἀγάπην love ὑμῶν of you, ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that ἔχετε to have μνείαν remembrance ἡμῶν of us ἀγαθὴν good-doer ⚐πάντοτε always ἐπιποθοῦντες to long for ⚐ἡμᾶς us ἰδεῖν to know ⚐καθάπερ just as καὶ and ἡμεῖς we ὑμᾶς you, -52 3 7 ⚐διὰ through τοῦτο this παρεκλήθημεν to comfort, ἀδελφοί brother, ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἐπὶ upon πάσῃ all τῇ the ἀνάγκῃ necessity καὶ and θλίψει pressure ἡμῶν of us διὰ through τῆς the ὑμῶν of you πίστεως faith, -52 3 8 ⚐ὅτι since νῦν now ζῶμεν to live ⚐ἐὰν if ὑμεῖς you στήκετε to stand ἐν in κυρίῳ lord. -52 3 9 ⚐τίνα which? γὰρ for εὐχαριστίαν thankfulness δυνάμεθα be able ⚐τῷ the θεῷ God ἀνταποδοῦναι to repay περὶ about ὑμῶν of you ⚐ἐπὶ upon πάσῃ all τῇ the χαρᾷ joy ⚐ᾗ which χαίρομεν to rejoice δι᾽ because of ὑμᾶς you ἔμπροσθεν before τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἡμῶν of us, -52 3 10 ⚐νυκτὸς night καὶ and ἡμέρας day ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ superabundantly δεόμενοι to pray ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ἰδεῖν to know ὑμῶν of you τὸ the πρόσωπον face ⚐καὶ and καταρτίσαι to complete τὰ the ὑστερήματα deficiency τῆς the πίστεως faith ὑμῶν of you;

 -52 3 11 ⚐Αὐτὸς he δὲ and ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐καὶ and πατὴρ father ἡμῶν of us καὶ and ὁ the κύριος lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦς Jesus ⚐κατευθύναι to guide τὴν the ὁδὸν road ἡμῶν of us πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you· -52 3 12 ⚐ὑμᾶς you δὲ and ὁ the κύριος lord πλεονάσαι to increase ⚐καὶ and περισσεύσαι to abound τῇ the ἀγάπῃ love εἰς toward ἀλλήλους one another καὶ and εἰς toward πάντας all, ⚐καθάπερ just as καὶ and ἡμεῖς we εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you, -52 3 13 ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the στηρίξαι to establish ὑμῶν of you τὰς the καρδίας heart ἀμέμπτους blameless ἐν in ἁγιωσύνῃ holiness ⚐ἔμπροσθεν before τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us ⚐ἐν in τῇ the παρουσίᾳ coming τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐μετὰ with πάντων all τῶν the ἁγίων holy αὐτοῦ of him ἀμήν amen.

 -52 4 1 ⚐Λοιπὸν henceforth οὖν then, ἀδελφοί brother, ἐρωτῶμεν to ask ὑμᾶς you ⚐καὶ and παρακαλοῦμεν to plead ἐν in κυρίῳ lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐ἵνα in order that ⚐καθὼς as παρελάβετε to take παρ᾽ from ἡμῶν of us ⚐τὸ the πῶς how? δεῖ to bind ὑμᾶς you περιπατεῖν to walk καὶ and ἀρέσκειν to please θεῷ God, ⚐καθὼς as καὶ and περιπατεῖτε to walk, ⚐ἵνα in order that περισσεύητε to abound μᾶλλον more. -52 4 2 ⚐οἴδατε to know γὰρ for ⚐τίνας which? παραγγελίας order ἐδώκαμεν to give ὑμῖν to you διὰ through τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -52 4 3 ⚐τοῦτο this γάρ for ἐστιν to be θέλημα will τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ὁ the ἁγιασμὸς holiness ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἀπέχεσθαι to have in full ὑμᾶς you ἀπὸ from τῆς the πορνείας sexual sin, -52 4 4 ⚐εἰδέναι to know ἕκαστον each ὑμῶν of you ⚐τὸ the ἑαυτοῦ myself σκεῦος vessel κτᾶσθαι to posses ἐν in ἁγιασμῷ holiness καὶ and τιμῇ honor, -52 4 5 ⚐μὴ not ἐν in πάθει passion ἐπιθυμίας desire ⚐καθάπερ just as καὶ and τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles τὰ who μὴ not εἰδότα to know τὸν the θεόν God, -52 4 6 ⚐τὸ the μὴ not ὑπερβαίνειν to wrong καὶ and πλεονεκτεῖν to exploit ἐν in τῷ this πράγματι thing τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐διότι because ἔκδικος avenging κύριος lord περὶ about πάντων all τούτων of these, ⚐καθὼς as καὶ and προείπαμεν to predict ὑμῖν to you ⚐καὶ and διεμαρτυράμεθα to testify solemnly. -52 4 7 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἐκάλεσεν to call ἡμᾶς us ὁ the θεὸς God ἐπὶ to ἀκαθαρσίᾳ impurity ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in ἁγιασμῷ holiness. -52 4 8 ⚐τοιγαροῦν therefore ὁ who ἀθετῶν to reject οὐκ no ἄνθρωπον a human ἀθετεῖ to reject ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὸν the θεὸν God τὸν the καὶ and διδόντα to give τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit αὐτοῦ of him τὸ the ἅγιον holy εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you.

 -52 4 9 ⚐Περὶ about δὲ and τῆς the φιλαδελφίας brotherly love οὐ no χρείαν need ἔχετε to have ⚐γράφειν to write ὑμῖν to you, ⚐αὐτοὶ they γὰρ for ὑμεῖς you θεοδίδακτοί divinely instructed ἐστε to be ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ἀγαπᾶν to love ἀλλήλους one another· -52 4 10 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ποιεῖτε to do αὐτὸ it εἰς toward πάντας all τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother τοὺς the ἐν in ὅλῃ all τῇ the Μακεδονίᾳ Macedonia. ⚐παρακαλοῦμεν to plead δὲ but ὑμᾶς you, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐περισσεύειν to abound μᾶλλον more, -52 4 11 ⚐καὶ and φιλοτιμεῖσθαι to aspire ἡσυχάζειν be quiet ⚐καὶ and πράσσειν to practise τὰ the ἴδια one's own ⚐καὶ and ἐργάζεσθαι to work ταῖς the ἰδίαις one's own χερσὶν hand ὑμῶν of you, ⚐καθὼς as ὑμῖν to you παρηγγείλαμεν to order, -52 4 12 ⚐ἵνα in order that περιπατῆτε to walk εὐσχημόνως properly πρὸς to τοὺς the ἔξω outsider ⚐καὶ and μηδενὸς nothing χρείαν need ἔχητε to be.

 -52 4 13 ⚐Οὐ no θέλομεν to will δὲ and ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἀγνοεῖν be ignorant, ἀδελφοί brother, περὶ about τῶν who κοιμωμένων to sleep, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not λυπῆσθε to grieve καθὼς as καὶ and οἱ the λοιποὶ remaining οἱ the μὴ not ἔχοντες to have ἐλπίδα hope. -52 4 14 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for πιστεύομεν to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀπέθανεν to die καὶ and ἀνέστη to arise, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God τοὺς who κοιμηθέντας to sleep διὰ through τοῦ the Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἄξει to bring σὺν with αὐτῷ to him. -52 4 15 ⚐τοῦτο this γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you λέγομεν to speak ἐν by λόγῳ word κυρίου lord, ⚐ὅτι that ἡμεῖς we οἱ who ζῶντες to live ⚐οἱ who περιλειπόμενοι to remain εἰς toward τὴν the παρουσίαν coming τοῦ the κυρίου lord οὐ no μὴ not φθάσωμεν to arrive τοὺς who κοιμηθέντας to sleep· -52 4 16 ⚐ὅτι since αὐτὸς he ὁ the κύριος lord ἐν with κελεύσματι command, ἐν with φωνῇ voice ἀρχαγγέλου archangel καὶ and ἐν with σάλπιγγι trumpet θεοῦ God, καταβήσεται to come down ἀπ᾽ from οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the νεκροὶ dead ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ ἀναστήσονται to arise πρῶτον first, -52 4 17 ⚐ἔπειτα then ἡμεῖς we οἱ who ζῶντες to live οἱ who περιλειπόμενοι to remain ἅμα together σὺν with αὐτοῖς to them ἁρπαγησόμεθα to seize ἐν in νεφέλαις cloud εἰς toward ἀπάντησιν meeting τοῦ the κυρίου lord εἰς toward ἀέρα air· ⚐καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) πάντοτε always σὺν with κυρίῳ lord ἐσόμεθα to be. -52 4 18 ⚐ὥστε so παρακαλεῖτε to comfort ἀλλήλους one another ἐν with τοῖς the λόγοις word τούτοις to these.

 -52 5 1 ⚐Περὶ about δὲ and τῶν the χρόνων time καὶ and τῶν the καιρῶν right time, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐οὐ no χρείαν need ἔχετε to have ⚐ὑμῖν to you γράφεσθαι to write, -52 5 2 ⚐αὐτοὶ they γὰρ for ἀκριβῶς exactly οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἡμέρα day κυρίου lord ὡς as κλέπτης thief ἐν in νυκτὶ night οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔρχεται to come. -52 5 3 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) λέγωσιν to speak· Εἰρήνη peace καὶ and ἀσφάλεια security, ⚐τότε then αἰφνίδιος sudden αὐτοῖς to them ἐφίσταται to approach ὄλεθρος destructive ⚐ὥσπερ just as ἡ the ὠδὶν labor τῇ the ἐν on γαστρὶ belly ἐχούσῃ to have, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not ἐκφύγωσιν to escape. -52 5 4 ⚐ὑμεῖς you δέ but, ἀδελφοί brother, οὐκ no ἐστὲ to be ἐν in σκότει darkness, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the ἡμέρα day ὑμᾶς you ὡς as κλέπτης thief καταλάβῃ to overtake, -52 5 5 ⚐πάντες all γὰρ for ὑμεῖς you υἱοὶ son φωτός light ἐστε to be καὶ and υἱοὶ son ἡμέρας day. ⚐οὐκ no ἐσμὲν to be νυκτὸς night οὐδὲ and not σκότους darkness· -52 5 6 ⚐ἄρα therefore οὖν then μὴ not καθεύδωμεν to sleep ὡς as οἱ the λοιποί remaining, ⚐ἀλλὰ but γρηγορῶμεν to keep watch καὶ and νήφωμεν be sober. -52 5 7 ⚐οἱ the γὰρ for καθεύδοντες to sleep νυκτὸς night καθεύδουσιν to sleep, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the μεθυσκόμενοι to get drunk νυκτὸς night μεθύουσιν to get drunk· -52 5 8 ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ but ἡμέρας day ὄντες to be ⚐νήφωμεν be sober, ⚐ἐνδυσάμενοι to clothe θώρακα breastplate πίστεως faith καὶ and ἀγάπης love ⚐καὶ and περικεφαλαίαν helmet ἐλπίδα hope σωτηρίας salvation· -52 5 9 ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἔθετο to place ἡμᾶς us ὁ the θεὸς God εἰς toward ὀργὴν wrath ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἰς toward περιποίησιν acquiring σωτηρίας salvation διὰ through τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, -52 5 10 ⚐τοῦ the ἀποθανόντος to die ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us ⚐ἵνα in order that εἴτε if γρηγορῶμεν to keep watch εἴτε if καθεύδωμεν to sleep ⚐ἅμα together σὺν with αὐτῷ to him ζήσωμεν to live. -52 5 11 ⚐διὸ therefore παρακαλεῖτε to comfort ἀλλήλους one another ⚐καὶ and οἰκοδομεῖτε to build εἷς one τὸν the ἕνα one, ⚐καθὼς just as καὶ and ποιεῖτε to do.

 -52 5 12 ⚐Ἐρωτῶμεν to ask δὲ and ὑμᾶς you, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐εἰδέναι to know τοὺς who κοπιῶντας to labor ἐν among ὑμῖν to you ⚐καὶ and προϊσταμένους to set before ὑμῶν of you ἐν in κυρίῳ lord ⚐καὶ and νουθετοῦντας to admonish ὑμᾶς you, -52 5 13 ⚐καὶ and ἡγεῖσθαι to govern αὐτοὺς them ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ superabundantly ἐν in ἀγάπῃ love διὰ because of τὸ the ἔργον work αὐτῶν of them. ⚐εἰρηνεύετε be at peace ἐν among ἑαυτοῖς yourself. -52 5 14 ⚐παρακαλοῦμεν to plead δὲ and ὑμᾶς you, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐νουθετεῖτε to admonish τοὺς the ἀτάκτους disorderly, ⚐παραμυθεῖσθε to encourage τοὺς the ὀλιγοψύχους fainthearted, ⚐ἀντέχεσθε to cling to τῶν the ἀσθενῶν weak, ⚐μακροθυμεῖτε to have patience πρὸς to πάντας all. -52 5 15 ⚐ὁρᾶτε to see ⚐μή not τις one κακὸν evil ἀντὶ for κακοῦ evil τινι one ἀποδῷ to pay, ⚐ἀλλὰ but πάντοτε always τὸ the ἀγαθὸν good-doer διώκετε to pursue καὶ and εἰς toward ἀλλήλους one another καὶ and εἰς toward πάντας all. -52 5 16 ⚐πάντοτε always χαίρετε to rejoice, -52 5 17 ⚐ἀδιαλείπτως unceasingly προσεύχεσθε to pray, -52 5 18 ⚐ἐν in παντὶ all εὐχαριστεῖτε to thank· ⚐τοῦτο this γὰρ for θέλημα will θεοῦ God ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you. -52 5 19 ⚐τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit μὴ not σβέννυτε to extinguish, -52 5 20 ⚐προφητείας prophecy μὴ not ἐξουθενεῖτε to reject· -52 5 21 ⚐πάντα all δὲ but δοκιμάζετε to test, ⚐τὸ the καλὸν good κατέχετε to hold fast, -52 5 22 ⚐ἀπὸ from παντὸς all εἴδους appearance πονηροῦ evil ἀπέχεσθε to have in full.

 -52 5 23 ⚐Αὐτὸς he δὲ and ὁ the θεὸς God τῆς the εἰρήνης peace ἁγιάσαι to sanctify ὑμᾶς you ὁλοτελεῖς wholly, ⚐καὶ and ὁλόκληρον whole ὑμῶν of you τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit καὶ and ἡ the ψυχὴ soul καὶ and τὸ the σῶμα body ἀμέμπτως blamelessly ⚐ἐν in τῇ the παρουσίᾳ coming τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ τηρηθείη to keep. -52 5 24 ⚐πιστὸς faithful ὁ who καλῶν to call ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ὃς which καὶ and ποιήσει to do.

 -52 5 25 ⚐Ἀδελφοί brother, προσεύχεσθε to pray καὶ and περὶ about ἡμῶν of us. -52 5 26 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother πάντας all ἐν with φιλήματι kiss ἁγίῳ holy. -52 5 27 ⚐ἐνορκίζω to adjure ὑμᾶς you τὸν the κύριον lord ⚐ἀναγνωσθῆναι to read τὴν this ἐπιστολὴν epistle πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ἀδελφοῖς brother. -52 5 28 ⚐ἡ the χάρις grace τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you..

 -53 1 1 ⚐Παῦλος Paul καὶ and Σιλουανὸς Silvanus καὶ and Τιμόθεος Timothy ⚐τῇ the ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly Θεσσαλονικέων Thessalonian ἐν in θεῷ God πατρὶ father ἡμῶν of us ⚐καὶ and κυρίῳ lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστῷ Christ· -53 1 2 ⚐χάρις grace ὑμῖν to you καὶ and εἰρήνη peace ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us ⚐καὶ and κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -53 1 3 ⚐Εὐχαριστεῖν to thank ὀφείλομεν to owe τῷ the θεῷ God πάντοτε always περὶ about ὑμῶν of you, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐καθὼς as ἄξιόν worthy ἐστιν to be, ⚐ὅτι since ὑπεραυξάνει to increase ἡ the πίστις faith ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and πλεονάζει to increase ἡ the ἀγάπη love ἑνὸς one ἑκάστου each πάντων all ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward ἀλλήλους one another, -53 1 4 ⚐ὥστε so αὐτοὺς them ἡμᾶς us ἐν in ὑμῖν to you ἐγκαυχᾶσθαι to boast of ἐν in ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ὑπὲρ for τῆς the ὑπομονῆς perseverance ὑμῶν of you καὶ and πίστεως faith ἐν in πᾶσιν all τοῖς the διωγμοῖς persecution ὑμῶν of you καὶ and ταῖς the θλίψεσιν pressure ⚐αἷς which ἀνέχεσθε to endure, -53 1 5 ⚐ἔνδειγμα evidence τῆς the δικαίας just κρίσεως judgment τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the καταξιωθῆναι to consider worthy ὑμᾶς you τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ὑπὲρ for ἧς which καὶ and πάσχετε to suffer, -53 1 6 ⚐εἴπερ if since δίκαιον just παρὰ with θεῷ God ⚐ἀνταποδοῦναι to repay τοῖς who θλίβουσιν to press on ὑμᾶς you θλῖψιν pressure -53 1 7 ⚐καὶ and ὑμῖν to you τοῖς who θλιβομένοις to press on ἄνεσιν rest μεθ᾽ with ἡμῶν of us ⚐ἐν in τῇ the ἀποκαλύψει revelation τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἀπ᾽ from οὐρανοῦ heaven ⚐μετ᾽ with ἀγγέλων angel δυνάμεως power αὐτοῦ of him -53 1 8 ἐν in πυρὶ fire φλογός flame, ⚐διδόντος to give ἐκδίκησιν vengeance τοῖς who μὴ not εἰδόσιν to know θεὸν God ⚐καὶ and τοῖς the μὴ not ὑπακούουσιν to obey τῷ the εὐαγγελίῳ gospel τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus, -53 1 9 ⚐οἵτινες who δίκην condemnation τίσουσιν to pay ⚐ὄλεθρον destructive αἰώνιον eternal ἀπὸ from προσώπου face τοῦ the κυρίου lord καὶ and ἀπὸ from τῆς the δόξης glory τῆς the ἰσχύος strength αὐτοῦ of him, -53 1 10 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) ἔλθῃ to come ἐνδοξασθῆναι be glorified ἐν among τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and θαυμασθῆναι to marvel ἐν on πᾶσιν all τοῖς who πιστεύσασιν to trust (in), ⚐ὅτι that ἐπιστεύθη to trust (in) τὸ the μαρτύριον testimony ἡμῶν of us ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἐν among τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day ἐκείνῃ that. -53 1 11 ⚐εἰς toward ὃ which καὶ and προσευχόμεθα to pray πάντοτε always περὶ about ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὑμᾶς you ἀξιώσῃ to deem worthy τῆς the κλήσεως calling ὁ the θεὸς God ἡμῶν of us ⚐καὶ and πληρώσῃ to fulfill πᾶσαν all εὐδοκίαν goodwill ἀγαθωσύνης goodness ⚐καὶ and ἔργον work πίστεως faith ἐν by δυνάμει power, -53 1 12 ⚐ὅπως that ἐνδοξασθῇ be glorified τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἐν in ὑμῖν to you, ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἐν in αὐτῷ to him, ⚐κατὰ according to τὴν the χάριν grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἡμῶν of us ⚐καὶ and κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -53 2 1 ⚐Ἐρωτῶμεν to ask δὲ and ὑμᾶς you, ἀδελφοί brother, ὑπὲρ for τῆς the παρουσίας coming τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐καὶ and ἡμῶν of us ἐπισυναγωγῆς gathering ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτόν him, -53 2 2 ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the μὴ not ταχέως quickly σαλευθῆναι to shake ὑμᾶς you ἀπὸ from τοῦ the νοὸς mind ⚐μηδὲ not θροεῖσθαι to alarm μήτε neither διὰ through πνεύματος spirit μήτε neither διὰ through λόγου word μήτε neither δι᾽ through ἐπιστολῆς epistle ὡς as δι᾽ through ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ὡς as ὅτι that ἐνέστηκεν be present ἡ the ἡμέρα day τοῦ the κυρίου lord. -53 2 3 ⚐μή not τις one ὑμᾶς you ἐξαπατήσῃ to deceive κατὰ according to μηδένα nothing τρόπον way· ⚐ὅτι since ἐὰν if μὴ not ἔλθῃ to arrive ἡ the ἀποστασία apostasy πρῶτον first ⚐καὶ and ἀποκαλυφθῇ to reveal ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human τῆς the ἀνομίας lawlessness, ὁ the υἱὸς son τῆς the ἀπωλείας destruction, -53 2 4 ⚐ὁ the ἀντικείμενος be an opponent καὶ and ὑπεραιρόμενος be haughty ἐπὶ upon πάντα all λεγόμενον to speak θεὸν God ἢ or σέβασμα object of worship, ⚐ὥστε so αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὸν the ναὸν temple τοῦ the θεοῦ God καθίσαι to sit ⚐ἀποδεικνύντα to display ἑαυτὸν himself ⚐ὅτι that ἔστιν to be θεός God. -53 2 5 ⚐οὐ no μνημονεύετε to remember ⚐ὅτι that ἔτι still ὢν to be πρὸς with ὑμᾶς you ταῦτα these ἔλεγον to speak ὑμῖν to you; -53 2 6 ⚐καὶ and νῦν now τὸ the κατέχον to hold back οἴδατε to know, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ἀποκαλυφθῆναι to reveal αὐτὸν him ἐν in τῷ the ἑαυτοῦ myself καιρῷ time· -53 2 7 ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for μυστήριον mystery ἤδη already ἐνεργεῖται be active τῆς the ἀνομίας lawlessness· ⚐μόνον alone ὁ who κατέχων to hold back ἄρτι now ⚐ἕως until ἐκ out of μέσου midst γένηται to be. -53 2 8 ⚐καὶ and τότε then ἀποκαλυφθήσεται to reveal ὁ the ἄνομος lawless, ⚐ὃν which ὁ the κύριος lord Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἀνελεῖ to do away with τῷ the πνεύματι breath τοῦ the στόματος mouth αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and καταργήσει to end τῇ the ἐπιφανείᾳ appearing τῆς the παρουσίας coming αὐτοῦ of him, -53 2 9 ⚐οὗ which ἐστιν to be ἡ the παρουσία coming κατ᾽ according to ἐνέργειαν active energy τοῦ the Σατανᾶ Satan ⚐ἐν with πάσῃ all δυνάμει power καὶ and σημείοις sign καὶ and τέρασιν wonders ψεύδους lie -53 2 10 ⚐καὶ and ἐν with πάσῃ all ἀπάτῃ deceit ἀδικίας unrighteousness τοῖς who ἀπολλυμένοις to destroy, ⚐ἀνθ᾽ for ὧν which τὴν the ἀγάπην love τῆς the ἀληθείας truth οὐκ no ἐδέξαντο to receive ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the σωθῆναι to save αὐτούς them· -53 2 11 ⚐καὶ and διὰ through τοῦτο this πέμπει to send αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the θεὸς God ἐνέργειαν active energy πλάνης error ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the πιστεῦσαι to trust (in) αὐτοὺς them τῷ the ψεύδει lie, -53 2 12 ⚐ἵνα in order that κριθῶσιν to judge πάντες all οἱ who μὴ not πιστεύσαντες to trust (in) τῇ the ἀληθείᾳ truth ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εὐδοκήσαντες to delight τῇ the ἀδικίᾳ unrighteousness.

 -53 2 13 ⚐Ἡμεῖς we δὲ but ὀφείλομεν to owe εὐχαριστεῖν to thank τῷ the θεῷ God πάντοτε always περὶ about ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἀδελφοὶ brother ἠγαπημένοι to love ὑπὸ by κυρίου lord, ⚐ὅτι since εἵλατο to choose ὑμᾶς you ὁ the θεὸς God ἀπαρχὴν firstfruits εἰς toward σωτηρίαν salvation ⚐ἐν through ἁγιασμῷ holiness πνεύματος spirit καὶ and πίστει faith ἀληθείας truth, -53 2 14 ⚐εἰς toward ὃ which καὶ and ἐκάλεσεν to call ὑμᾶς you διὰ through τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel ἡμῶν of us, ⚐εἰς toward περιποίησιν acquiring δόξης glory τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ. -53 2 15 ⚐ἄρα therefore οὖν therefore, ἀδελφοί brother, στήκετε to stand, ⚐καὶ and κρατεῖτε to grasp τὰς the παραδόσεις tradition ⚐ἃς which ἐδιδάχθητε to teach εἴτε if διὰ through λόγου word εἴτε if δι᾽ through ἐπιστολῆς epistle ἡμῶν of us.

 -53 2 16 ⚐Αὐτὸς he δὲ and ὁ the κύριος lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦς Jesus Χριστὸς Christ καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God ὁ the πατὴρ father ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ὁ who ἀγαπήσας to love ἡμᾶς us καὶ and δοὺς to give παράκλησιν encouragement αἰωνίαν eternal ⚐καὶ and ἐλπίδα hope ἀγαθὴν good-doer ἐν by χάριτι grace, -53 2 17 ⚐παρακαλέσαι to comfort ὑμῶν of you τὰς the καρδίας heart ⚐καὶ and στηρίξαι to establish ἐν in παντὶ all ἔργῳ work καὶ and λόγῳ word ἀγαθῷ good-doer.

 -53 3 1 ⚐Τὸ the λοιπὸν henceforth προσεύχεσθε to pray, ἀδελφοί brother, περὶ about ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the κυρίου lord τρέχῃ to run καὶ and δοξάζηται to glorify ⚐καθὼς as καὶ and πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, -53 3 2 ⚐καὶ and ἵνα in order that ῥυσθῶμεν to deliver ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἀτόπων wrong καὶ and πονηρῶν evil ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for πάντων all ἡ the πίστις faith. -53 3 3 ⚐πιστὸς faithful δέ but ἐστιν to be ὁ the κύριος lord, ⚐ὃς which στηρίξει to establish ὑμᾶς you ⚐καὶ and φυλάξει to keep ἀπὸ from τοῦ the πονηροῦ evil. -53 3 4 ⚐πεποίθαμεν to persuade δὲ and ἐν in κυρίῳ lord ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ὅτι that ἃ which παραγγέλλομεν to order καὶ and ποιεῖτε to do καὶ and ποιήσετε to do. -53 3 5 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and κύριος lord κατευθύναι to guide ὑμῶν of you τὰς the καρδίας heart ⚐εἰς toward τὴν the ἀγάπην love τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and εἰς toward τὴν the ὑπομονὴν perseverance τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -53 3 6 ⚐Παραγγέλλομεν to order δὲ but ὑμῖν to you, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐ἐν in ὀνόματι name τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐στέλλεσθαι to avoid ὑμᾶς you ἀπὸ from παντὸς all ἀδελφοῦ brother ἀτάκτως idly περιπατοῦντος to walk ⚐καὶ and μὴ not κατὰ according to τὴν the παράδοσιν tradition ἣν which παρελάβοσαν to take παρ᾽ from ἡμῶν of us. -53 3 7 ⚐αὐτοὶ they γὰρ for οἴδατε to know ⚐πῶς how? δεῖ to bind μιμεῖσθαι to imitate ἡμᾶς us, ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἠτακτήσαμεν be idle ἐν among ὑμῖν to you -53 3 8 ⚐οὐδὲ and not δωρεὰν freely ἄρτον bread ἐφάγομεν to eat παρά beside τινος one, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in κόπῳ labor καὶ and μόχθῳ toil ⚐νυκτὸς night καὶ and ἡμέρας day ἐργαζόμενοι to work ⚐πρὸς to τὸ the μὴ not ἐπιβαρῆσαί to burden τινα one ὑμῶν of you· -53 3 9 ⚐οὐχ no ὅτι since οὐκ no ἔχομεν to have ἐξουσίαν authority, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order to ἑαυτοὺς ourselves τύπον example δῶμεν to give ὑμῖν to you ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the μιμεῖσθαι to imitate ἡμᾶς us. -53 3 10 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ὅτε when ἦμεν to be πρὸς with ὑμᾶς you, ⚐τοῦτο this παρηγγέλλομεν to order ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὅτι that εἴ if τις one οὐ no θέλει to will ἐργάζεσθαι to work ⚐μηδὲ not ἐσθιέτω to eat. -53 3 11 ⚐ἀκούομεν to hear γάρ for τινας one ⚐περιπατοῦντας to walk ἐν among ὑμῖν to you ἀτάκτως idly, ⚐μηδὲν nothing ἐργαζομένους to work ⚐ἀλλὰ but περιεργαζομένους be a busybody· -53 3 12 ⚐τοῖς the δὲ and τοιούτοις such as this παραγγέλλομεν to order ⚐καὶ and παρακαλοῦμεν to plead ἐν in κυρίῳ lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστῷ Christ ⚐ἵνα in order to μετὰ with ἡσυχίας quietness ἐργαζόμενοι to work ⚐τὸν the ἑαυτῶν myself ἄρτον bread ἐσθίωσιν to eat. -53 3 13 ⚐ὑμεῖς you δέ but, ἀδελφοί brother, μὴ not ἐγκακήσητε to lose heart ⚐καλοποιοῦντες to do good.

 -53 3 14 ⚐Εἰ if δέ but τις one οὐχ no ὑπακούει to obey τῷ the λόγῳ word ἡμῶν of us διὰ through τῆς the ἐπιστολῆς epistle, ⚐τοῦτον this σημειοῦσθε to note, ⚐μὴ not συναναμίγνυσθαι to associate with αὐτῷ to him, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐντραπῇ to cause shame· -53 3 15 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ὡς as ἐχθρὸν enemy ἡγεῖσθε to govern, ⚐ἀλλὰ but νουθετεῖτε to admonish ὡς as ἀδελφόν brother.

 -53 3 16 ⚐Αὐτὸς he δὲ and ὁ the κύριος lord τῆς the εἰρήνης peace δῴη to give ὑμῖν to you τὴν the εἰρήνην peace ⚐διὰ through παντὸς all ἐν in παντὶ all τρόπῳ way. ⚐ὁ the κύριος lord μετὰ with πάντων all ὑμῶν of you.

 -53 3 17 ⚐Ὁ this ἀσπασμὸς salutation τῇ the ἐμῇ my χειρὶ hand Παύλου Paul, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be σημεῖον sign ἐν in πάσῃ all ἐπιστολῇ epistle· ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) γράφω to write. -53 3 18 ⚐ἡ the χάρις grace τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ μετὰ with πάντων all ὑμῶν of you..

 -54 1 1 ⚐Παῦλος Paul ἀπόστολος apostle Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐κατ᾽ according to ἐπιταγὴν command θεοῦ God σωτῆρος savior ἡμῶν of us ⚐καὶ and Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus τῆς the ἐλπίδος hope ἡμῶν of us -54 1 2 ⚐Τιμοθέῳ Timothy γνησίῳ genuine τέκνῳ child ἐν in πίστει faith· ⚐χάρις grace, ἔλεος mercy, εἰρήνη peace ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God πατρὸς father καὶ and Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us.

 -54 1 3 ⚐Καθὼς as παρεκάλεσά to plead σε you προσμεῖναι to remain ἐν in Ἐφέσῳ Ephesus, ⚐πορευόμενος to go εἰς toward Μακεδονίαν Macedonia, ⚐ἵνα in order to παραγγείλῃς to order τισὶν one ⚐μὴ not ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖν to teach heresy -54 1 4 ⚐μηδὲ not προσέχειν to watch out μύθοις myth καὶ and γενεαλογίαις genealogy ἀπεράντοις endless, ⚐αἵτινες which ἐκζητήσεις speculation παρέχουσιν to furnish occasion μᾶλλον more ἢ or οἰκονομίαν management θεοῦ God τὴν the ἐν in πίστει faith— -54 1 5 ⚐τὸ the δὲ but τέλος goal τῆς the παραγγελίας order ἐστὶν to be ἀγάπη love ἐκ from καθαρᾶς clean καρδίας heart ⚐καὶ and συνειδήσεως conscience ἀγαθῆς good-doer καὶ and πίστεως faith ἀνυποκρίτου genuine, -54 1 6 ⚐ὧν which τινες one ἀστοχήσαντες to deviate ⚐ἐξετράπησαν to turn away εἰς toward ματαιολογίαν babble, -54 1 7 ⚐θέλοντες to will εἶναι to be νομοδιδάσκαλοι teacher of the law, ⚐μὴ not νοοῦντες to understand μήτε neither ἃ which λέγουσιν to speak ⚐μήτε neither περὶ about τίνων which? διαβεβαιοῦνται to insist.

 -54 1 8 ⚐Οἴδαμεν to know δὲ but ⚐ὅτι that καλὸς good ὁ the νόμος law ⚐ἐάν if τις one αὐτῷ to him νομίμως lawfully χρῆται to use, -54 1 9 ⚐εἰδὼς to know τοῦτο this, ⚐ὅτι that δικαίῳ just νόμος law οὐ no κεῖται to be appointed, ⚐ἀνόμοις lawless δὲ but καὶ and ἀνυποτάκτοις insubordinate, ἀσεβέσιν ungodly καὶ and ἁμαρτωλοῖς sinful, ⚐ἀνοσίοις unholy καὶ and βεβήλοις profane, πατρολῴαις patricide καὶ and μητρολῴαις matricide, ⚐ἀνδροφόνοις murderer, -54 1 10 πόρνοις sexual sinner, ἀρσενοκοίταις sodomy, ἀνδραποδισταῖς slave-trader, ψεύσταις liar, ἐπιόρκοις perjurer, ⚐καὶ and εἴ if τι one ἕτερον other τῇ the ὑγιαινούσῃ be healthy διδασκαλίᾳ teaching ἀντίκειται be an opponent, -54 1 11 ⚐κατὰ according to τὸ the εὐαγγέλιον gospel τῆς the δόξης glory τοῦ the μακαρίου blessed θεοῦ God, ⚐ὃ which ἐπιστεύθην to trust (in) ἐγώ I.

 -54 1 12 ⚐Χάριν grace ἔχω to be τῷ who ἐνδυναμώσαντί to strengthen με me Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus τῷ the κυρίῳ lord ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ὅτι since πιστόν faithful με me ἡγήσατο to govern ⚐θέμενος to place εἰς toward διακονίαν service, -54 1 13 ⚐τὸ the πρότερον before ὄντα to be βλάσφημον blasphemous καὶ and διώκτην persecutor καὶ and ὑβριστήν insolent man· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἠλεήθην to have mercy, ⚐ὅτι since ἀγνοῶν be ignorant ⚐ἐποίησα to do ἐν in ἀπιστίᾳ unbelief, -54 1 14 ⚐ὑπερεπλεόνασεν to abound δὲ and ἡ the χάρις grace τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us ⚐μετὰ with πίστεως faith καὶ and ἀγάπης love τῆς the ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -54 1 15 ⚐πιστὸς faithful ὁ this λόγος word καὶ and πάσης all ἀποδοχῆς acceptance ἄξιος worthy, ⚐ὅτι that Χριστὸς Christ Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἦλθεν to come εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world ⚐ἁμαρτωλοὺς sinful σῶσαι to save· ⚐ὧν which πρῶτός first εἰμι to be ἐγώ I, -54 1 16 ⚐ἀλλὰ but διὰ because of τοῦτο this ἠλεήθην to have mercy, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν in ἐμοὶ to me πρώτῳ first ἐνδείξηται to show Χριστὸς Christ Ἰησοῦς Jesus τὴν the ἅπασαν all μακροθυμίαν patience, ⚐πρὸς to ὑποτύπωσιν example τῶν who μελλόντων be about to πιστεύειν to trust (in) ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῷ to him ⚐εἰς toward ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal. -54 1 17 ⚐τῷ the δὲ and βασιλεῖ king τῶν the αἰώνων an age, ἀφθάρτῳ incorruptible, ἀοράτῳ invisible, μόνῳ alone θεῷ God, ⚐τιμὴ honor καὶ and δόξα glory εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age· ἀμήν amen.

 -54 1 18 ⚐Ταύτην this τὴν the παραγγελίαν order παρατίθεμαί to set before σοι to you, τέκνον child Τιμόθεε Timothy, ⚐κατὰ according to τὰς the προαγούσας to lead the way ἐπὶ upon σὲ you προφητείας prophecy, ⚐ἵνα in order that στρατεύῃ to battle ἐν in αὐταῖς to them τὴν the καλὴν good στρατείαν warfare, -54 1 19 ⚐ἔχων to be πίστιν faith καὶ and ἀγαθὴν good-doer συνείδησιν conscience, ⚐ἥν which τινες one ἀπωσάμενοι to reject ⚐περὶ about τὴν the πίστιν faith ἐναυάγησαν be shipwrecked· -54 1 20 ⚐ὧν which ἐστιν to be Ὑμέναιος Hymenaeus καὶ and Ἀλέξανδρος Alexander, ⚐οὓς which παρέδωκα to deliver τῷ the Σατανᾷ Satan ⚐ἵνα in order to παιδευθῶσιν to instruct μὴ not βλασφημεῖν to blaspheme.

 -54 2 1 ⚐Παρακαλῶ to plead οὖν then πρῶτον first πάντων all ⚐ποιεῖσθαι to make δεήσεις prayer, προσευχάς prayer, ἐντεύξεις intercession, εὐχαριστίας thankfulness, ὑπὲρ for πάντων all ἀνθρώπων a human, -54 2 2 ⚐ὑπὲρ for βασιλέων king καὶ and πάντων all τῶν the ἐν in ὑπεροχῇ authority ὄντων to be, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἤρεμον quiet καὶ and ἡσύχιον quiet βίον life διάγωμεν to live ἐν in πάσῃ all εὐσεβείᾳ piety καὶ and σεμνότητι dignity. -54 2 3 ⚐τοῦτο this καλὸν good καὶ and ἀπόδεκτον pleasing ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the σωτῆρος savior ἡμῶν of us θεοῦ God, -54 2 4 ⚐ὃς which πάντας all ἀνθρώπους a human θέλει to will σωθῆναι to save ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward ἐπίγνωσιν knowledge ἀληθείας truth ἐλθεῖν to come. -54 2 5 ⚐εἷς one γὰρ for θεός God, ⚐εἷς one καὶ and μεσίτης mediator θεοῦ God καὶ and ἀνθρώπων a human ἄνθρωπος a human Χριστὸς Christ Ἰησοῦς Jesus, -54 2 6 ⚐ὁ who δοὺς to give ἑαυτὸν himself ἀντίλυτρον ransom ὑπὲρ for πάντων all, ⚐τὸ the μαρτύριον testimony καιροῖς right time ἰδίοις one's own· -54 2 7 ⚐εἰς toward ὃ which ἐτέθην to place ἐγὼ I κῆρυξ preacher καὶ and ἀπόστολος apostle— ⚐ἀλήθειαν truth λέγω to speak, ⚐οὐ no ψεύδομαι to lie— ⚐διδάσκαλος teacher ἐθνῶν Gentiles ἐν in πίστει faith καὶ and ἀληθείᾳ truth.

 -54 2 8 ⚐Βούλομαι to plan οὖν therefore ⚐προσεύχεσθαι to pray τοὺς the ἄνδρας man ἐν in παντὶ all τόπῳ place, ⚐ἐπαίροντας to lift up ὁσίους holy χεῖρας hand χωρὶς without ὀργῆς wrath καὶ and διαλογισμοῦ reasoning. -54 2 9 ⚐ὡσαύτως likewise καὶ and γυναῖκας woman ἐν in καταστολῇ attire κοσμίῳ respectable ⚐μετὰ with αἰδοῦς modesty καὶ and σωφροσύνης mental soundness κοσμεῖν to arrange ἑαυτάς themselves, ⚐μὴ not ἐν in πλέγμασιν braided καὶ and χρυσίῳ gold ἢ or μαργαρίταις pearl ἢ or ἱματισμῷ clothing πολυτελεῖ valuable, -54 2 10 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὃ which πρέπει be proper γυναιξὶν woman ἐπαγγελλομέναις to profess θεοσέβειαν reverence for God, ⚐δι᾽ through ἔργων work ἀγαθῶν good-doer. -54 2 11 ⚐γυνὴ woman ἐν with ἡσυχίᾳ quietness μανθανέτω to learn ἐν in πάσῃ all ὑποταγῇ submission· -54 2 12 ⚐διδάσκειν to teach δὲ but γυναικὶ woman οὐκ no ἐπιτρέπω to permit, οὐδὲ and not αὐθεντεῖν to domineer ἀνδρός man, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἶναι to be ἐν in ἡσυχίᾳ quietness. -54 2 13 ⚐Ἀδὰμ Adam γὰρ for πρῶτος first ἐπλάσθη to mold, ⚐εἶτα then Εὕα Eve· -54 2 14 ⚐καὶ and Ἀδὰμ Adam οὐκ no ἠπατήθη to deceive, ⚐ἡ the δὲ but γυνὴ woman ἐξαπατηθεῖσα to deceive ⚐ἐν in παραβάσει transgression γέγονεν to be. -54 2 15 ⚐σωθήσεται to save δὲ but διὰ through τῆς the τεκνογονίας childbearing, ⚐ἐὰν if μείνωσιν to stay ἐν in πίστει faith καὶ and ἀγάπῃ love καὶ and ἁγιασμῷ holiness μετὰ with σωφροσύνης mental soundness.

 -54 3 1 ⚐Πιστὸς faithful ὁ this λόγος word· ⚐εἴ if τις one ἐπισκοπῆς oversight ὀρέγεται to aspire, ⚐καλοῦ good ἔργου work ἐπιθυμεῖ to long for. -54 3 2 ⚐δεῖ to bind οὖν then τὸν the ἐπίσκοπον overseer ἀνεπίλημπτον irreproachable εἶναι to be, ⚐μιᾶς one γυναικὸς woman ἄνδρα man, ⚐νηφάλιον sober, σώφρονα self-controlled, κόσμιον respectable, φιλόξενον hospitable, διδακτικόν able to teach, -54 3 3 ⚐μὴ not πάροινον drunken, μὴ not πλήκτην bully, ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπιεικῆ gentle, ἄμαχον peacable, ἀφιλάργυρον not greedy, -54 3 4 ⚐τοῦ the ἰδίου one's own οἴκου house καλῶς well προϊστάμενον to set before, ⚐τέκνα child ἔχοντα to have ἐν in ὑποταγῇ submission μετὰ with πάσης all σεμνότητος dignity· -54 3 5 ( ⚐εἰ if δέ but τις one τοῦ the ἰδίου one's own οἴκου house προστῆναι to set before οὐκ no οἶδεν to know, ⚐πῶς how? ἐκκλησίας assembly θεοῦ God ἐπιμελήσεται to care;) -54 3 6 ⚐μὴ not νεόφυτον new convert, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not τυφωθεὶς be conceited ⚐εἰς toward κρίμα judgment ἐμπέσῃ to fall into τοῦ the διαβόλου the Devil. -54 3 7 ⚐δεῖ to bind δὲ and καὶ and μαρτυρίαν testimony καλὴν good ἔχειν to have ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἔξωθεν outside, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not εἰς toward ὀνειδισμὸν reproach ἐμπέσῃ to fall into καὶ and παγίδα trap τοῦ the διαβόλου the Devil.

 -54 3 8 ⚐Διακόνους servant ὡσαύτως likewise σεμνούς noble, μὴ not διλόγους insincere, ⚐μὴ not οἴνῳ wine πολλῷ much προσέχοντας to watch out, μὴ not αἰσχροκερδεῖς greedy, -54 3 9 ⚐ἔχοντας to have τὸ the μυστήριον mystery τῆς the πίστεως faith ἐν with καθαρᾷ clean συνειδήσει conscience. -54 3 10 ⚐καὶ and οὗτοι these δὲ and δοκιμαζέσθωσαν to test πρῶτον first, ⚐εἶτα then διακονείτωσαν to serve ⚐ἀνέγκλητοι irreproachable ὄντες to be. -54 3 11 ⚐γυναῖκας woman ὡσαύτως likewise σεμνάς noble, μὴ not διαβόλους devilish, νηφαλίους sober, ⚐πιστὰς faithful ἐν in πᾶσιν all. -54 3 12 ⚐διάκονοι servant ἔστωσαν to be μιᾶς one γυναικὸς woman ἄνδρες man, ⚐τέκνων child καλῶς well προϊστάμενοι to set before καὶ and τῶν the ἰδίων one's own οἴκων house· -54 3 13 ⚐οἱ the γὰρ for καλῶς well διακονήσαντες to serve βαθμὸν standing ἑαυτοῖς themselves καλὸν good περιποιοῦνται to gain ⚐καὶ and πολλὴν much παρρησίαν boldness ἐν in πίστει faith τῇ the ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus.

 -54 3 14 ⚐Ταῦτά these σοι to you γράφω to write, ⚐ἐλπίζων to hope ἐλθεῖν to come πρὸς to σὲ you ἐν in τάχει quickness, -54 3 15 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ and βραδύνω to delay, ⚐ἵνα in order to εἰδῇς to know ⚐πῶς how? δεῖ to bind ἐν in οἴκῳ house θεοῦ God ἀναστρέφεσθαι to live, ⚐ἥτις which ἐστὶν to be ἐκκλησία assembly θεοῦ God ζῶντος to live, στῦλος pillar καὶ and ἑδραίωμα foundation τῆς the ἀληθείας truth· -54 3 16 ⚐καὶ and ὁμολογουμένως undeniably μέγα great ἐστὶν to be τὸ the τῆς the εὐσεβείας piety μυστήριον mystery· ⚐Ὃς which ἐφανερώθη to manifest ἐν in σαρκί flesh, ⚐ἐδικαιώθη to justify ἐν by πνεύματι spirit, ⚐ὤφθη to see ἀγγέλοις angel, ⚐ἐκηρύχθη to preach ἐν among ἔθνεσιν Gentiles, ⚐ἐπιστεύθη to trust (in) ἐν in κόσμῳ world, ⚐ἀνελήμφθη to take up ἐν in δόξῃ glory.

 -54 4 1 ⚐Τὸ the δὲ and πνεῦμα spirit ῥητῶς expressly λέγει to speak ⚐ὅτι that ἐν in ὑστέροις later καιροῖς time ἀποστήσονταί to leave τινες one τῆς the πίστεως faith, ⚐προσέχοντες to watch out πνεύμασιν spirit πλάνοις deceiving καὶ and διδασκαλίαις teaching δαιμονίων demon -54 4 2 ⚐ἐν in ὑποκρίσει hypocrisy ψευδολόγων lying, ⚐κεκαυστηριασμένων to brand τὴν the ἰδίαν one's own συνείδησιν conscience, -54 4 3 ⚐κωλυόντων to prevent γαμεῖν to marry, ⚐ἀπέχεσθαι to have in full βρωμάτων food ⚐ἃ which ὁ the θεὸς God ἔκτισεν to create εἰς toward μετάλημψιν partaking of μετὰ with εὐχαριστίας thankfulness ⚐τοῖς who πιστοῖς faithful καὶ and ἐπεγνωκόσι to come to know τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth. -54 4 4 ⚐ὅτι since πᾶν all κτίσμα creature θεοῦ God καλόν good, ⚐καὶ and οὐδὲν no one ἀπόβλητον rejected ⚐μετὰ with εὐχαριστίας thankfulness λαμβανόμενον to take, -54 4 5 ⚐ἁγιάζεται to sanctify γὰρ for διὰ through λόγου word θεοῦ God καὶ and ἐντεύξεως intercession.

 -54 4 6 ⚐Ταῦτα these ὑποτιθέμενος to teach τοῖς the ἀδελφοῖς brother ⚐καλὸς good ἔσῃ to be διάκονος servant Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐ἐντρεφόμενος be reared τοῖς the λόγοις word τῆς the πίστεως faith ⚐καὶ and τῆς the καλῆς good διδασκαλίας teaching ᾗ which παρηκολούθηκας to follow, -54 4 7 ⚐τοὺς the δὲ but βεβήλους profane καὶ and γραώδεις old wives’ tale μύθους myth παραιτοῦ to refuse. ⚐γύμναζε to train δὲ and σεαυτὸν yourself πρὸς to εὐσέβειαν piety· -54 4 8 ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for σωματικὴ bodily γυμνασία training πρὸς to ὀλίγον little ἐστὶν to be ὠφέλιμος valuable, ⚐ἡ the δὲ but εὐσέβεια piety πρὸς to πάντα all ὠφέλιμός valuable ἐστιν to be, ⚐ἐπαγγελίαν promise ἔχουσα to have ζωῆς life τῆς the νῦν now καὶ and τῆς the μελλούσης be about to. -54 4 9 ⚐πιστὸς faithful ὁ this λόγος word καὶ and πάσης all ἀποδοχῆς acceptance ἄξιος worthy, -54 4 10 ⚐εἰς toward τοῦτο this γὰρ for κοπιῶμεν to labor καὶ and ἀγωνιζόμεθα to struggle, ⚐ὅτι since ἠλπίκαμεν to hope ἐπὶ on θεῷ God ζῶντι to live, ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be σωτὴρ savior πάντων all ἀνθρώπων a human, μάλιστα especially πιστῶν faithful.

 -54 4 11 ⚐Παράγγελλε to order ταῦτα these ⚐καὶ and δίδασκε to teach. -54 4 12 ⚐μηδείς nothing σου of you τῆς the νεότητος youth καταφρονείτω to despise, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τύπος example γίνου to be τῶν the πιστῶν faithful ἐν in λόγῳ word, ἐν in ἀναστροφῇ behaviour, ⚐ἐν in ἀγάπῃ love, ἐν in πίστει faith, ἐν in ἁγνείᾳ purity. -54 4 13 ⚐ἕως until ἔρχομαι to come ⚐πρόσεχε to watch out τῇ the ἀναγνώσει reading, τῇ the παρακλήσει encouragement, τῇ the διδασκαλίᾳ teaching. -54 4 14 ⚐μὴ not ἀμέλει to neglect τοῦ the ἐν in σοὶ to you χαρίσματος gift, ⚐ὃ which ἐδόθη to give σοι to you διὰ through προφητείας prophecy ⚐μετὰ with ἐπιθέσεως laying on τῶν the χειρῶν hand τοῦ the πρεσβυτερίου council of elders. -54 4 15 ⚐ταῦτα these μελέτα to meditate, ⚐ἐν in τούτοις to these ἴσθι to be, ⚐ἵνα in order that σου of you ἡ the προκοπὴ progress φανερὰ manifest ᾖ to be πᾶσιν all· -54 4 16 ⚐ἔπεχε to observe σεαυτῷ yourself καὶ and τῇ the διδασκαλίᾳ teaching· ⚐ἐπίμενε to remain αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐τοῦτο this γὰρ for ποιῶν to do ⚐καὶ and σεαυτὸν yourself σώσεις to save καὶ and τοὺς who ἀκούοντάς to hear σου of you.

 -54 5 1 ⚐Πρεσβυτέρῳ elder μὴ not ἐπιπλήξῃς to rebuke, ⚐ἀλλὰ but παρακάλει to plead ὡς as πατέρα father, ⚐νεωτέρους new ὡς as ἀδελφούς brother, -54 5 2 ⚐πρεσβυτέρας elder ὡς as μητέρας mother, ⚐νεωτέρας new ὡς as ἀδελφὰς sister ἐν with πάσῃ all ἁγνείᾳ purity.

 -54 5 3 ⚐Χήρας widow τίμα to honor τὰς who ὄντως really χήρας widow. -54 5 4 ⚐εἰ if δέ but τις one χήρα widow τέκνα child ἢ or ἔκγονα descendant ἔχει to have, ⚐μανθανέτωσαν to learn πρῶτον first ⚐τὸν the ἴδιον one's own οἶκον house εὐσεβεῖν to show piety ⚐καὶ and ἀμοιβὰς repayment ἀποδιδόναι to pay τοῖς the προγόνοις parent, ⚐τοῦτο this γάρ for ἐστιν to be ἀπόδεκτον pleasing ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -54 5 5 ⚐ἡ the δὲ but ὄντως really χήρα widow καὶ and μεμονωμένη to leave alone ⚐ἤλπικεν to hope ἐπὶ on θεὸν God ⚐καὶ and προσμένει to persist ταῖς the δεήσεσιν prayer καὶ and ταῖς the προσευχαῖς prayer νυκτὸς night καὶ and ἡμέρας day· -54 5 6 ⚐ἡ the δὲ but σπαταλῶσα to indulge ζῶσα to live τέθνηκεν to be dead. -54 5 7 ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these παράγγελλε to order, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀνεπίλημπτοι irreproachable ὦσιν to be· -54 5 8 ⚐εἰ if δέ but τις one τῶν the ἰδίων one's own ⚐καὶ and μάλιστα especially οἰκείων of one’s household οὐ no προνοεῖ to care for, ⚐τὴν the πίστιν faith ἤρνηται to deny ⚐καὶ and ἔστιν to be ἀπίστου unbelieving χείρων worse than.

 -54 5 9 ⚐Χήρα widow καταλεγέσθω to enrol ⚐μὴ not ἔλαττον lesser ἐτῶν year ἑξήκοντα sixty γεγονυῖα to be, ⚐ἑνὸς one ἀνδρὸς man γυνή woman, -54 5 10 ⚐ἐν in ἔργοις work καλοῖς good μαρτυρουμένη to testify, ⚐εἰ if ἐτεκνοτρόφησεν to raise children, ⚐εἰ if ἐξενοδόχησεν to show hospitality, ⚐εἰ if ἁγίων holy πόδας foot ἔνιψεν to wash, ⚐εἰ if θλιβομένοις to press on ἐπήρκεσεν to help, ⚐εἰ if παντὶ all ἔργῳ work ἀγαθῷ good-doer ἐπηκολούθησεν to follow after. -54 5 11 ⚐νεωτέρας new δὲ but χήρας widow παραιτοῦ to refuse· ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) γὰρ for καταστρηνιάσωσιν to desire τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐γαμεῖν to marry θέλουσιν to desire, -54 5 12 ⚐ἔχουσαι to have κρίμα judgment ⚐ὅτι since τὴν the πρώτην first πίστιν trust ἠθέτησαν to reject· -54 5 13 ⚐ἅμα together δὲ and καὶ and ἀργαὶ idle μανθάνουσιν to learn, ⚐περιερχόμεναι to go around τὰς the οἰκίας house, ⚐οὐ no μόνον alone δὲ and ἀργαὶ idle ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and φλύαροι gossipy καὶ and περίεργοι meddlesome, ⚐λαλοῦσαι to speak τὰ the μὴ not δέοντα be necessary. -54 5 14 ⚐βούλομαι to plan οὖν therefore νεωτέρας new ⚐γαμεῖν to marry, τεκνογονεῖν to have children, οἰκοδεσποτεῖν to manage a house, ⚐μηδεμίαν nothing ἀφορμὴν opportunity διδόναι to give τῷ the ἀντικειμένῳ be an opponent λοιδορίας reviling χάριν therefore· -54 5 15 ⚐ἤδη already γάρ for τινες one ἐξετράπησαν to wander away ὀπίσω after τοῦ the Σατανᾶ Satan. -54 5 16 ⚐εἴ if τις one πιστὴ faithful ἔχει to have χήρας widow, ⚐ἐπαρκείτω to help αὐταῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and μὴ not βαρείσθω to burden ἡ the ἐκκλησία assembly, ⚐ἵνα in order that ταῖς who ὄντως really χήραις widow ἐπαρκέσῃ to help.

 -54 5 17 ⚐Οἱ the καλῶς well προεστῶτες to set before πρεσβύτεροι elder διπλῆς double τιμῆς honor ἀξιούσθωσαν to deem worthy, ⚐μάλιστα especially οἱ who κοπιῶντες to labor ἐν in λόγῳ word καὶ and διδασκαλίᾳ teaching· -54 5 18 ⚐λέγει to speak γὰρ for ἡ the γραφή a writing· ⚐Βοῦν ox ἀλοῶντα to thresh οὐ no φιμώσεις to muzzle, ⚐καί and· ⚐Ἄξιος worthy ὁ the ἐργάτης worker τοῦ the μισθοῦ wage αὐτοῦ of him. -54 5 19 ⚐κατὰ according to πρεσβυτέρου elder κατηγορίαν accusation μὴ not παραδέχου to receive, ⚐ἐκτὸς except εἰ if μὴ not ἐπὶ upon δύο two ἢ or τριῶν three μαρτύρων witness· -54 5 20 ⚐τοὺς the ἁμαρτάνοντας to sin ἐνώπιον before πάντων all ἔλεγχε to rebuke, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and οἱ the λοιποὶ remaining φόβον fear ἔχωσιν to have. -54 5 21 ⚐διαμαρτύρομαι to testify solemnly ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus καὶ and τῶν the ἐκλεκτῶν select ἀγγέλων angel, ⚐ἵνα in order to ταῦτα these φυλάξῃς to keep χωρὶς without προκρίματος prejudice, ⚐μηδὲν nothing ποιῶν to do κατὰ according to πρόσκλισιν partiality. -54 5 22 ⚐χεῖρας hand ταχέως quickly μηδενὶ nothing ἐπιτίθει to lay on, ⚐μηδὲ not κοινώνει to participate ἁμαρτίαις sin ἀλλοτρίαις another’s· ⚐σεαυτὸν yourself ἁγνὸν pure τήρει to keep.

 -54 5 23 ⚐μηκέτι never again ὑδροπότει to drink water, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οἴνῳ wine ὀλίγῳ little χρῶ to use διὰ because of τὸν the στόμαχον stomach ⚐καὶ and τὰς the πυκνάς often σου of you ἀσθενείας weakness.

 -54 5 24 ⚐Τινῶν one ἀνθρώπων a human αἱ the ἁμαρτίαι sin πρόδηλοί obvious εἰσιν to be, ⚐προάγουσαι to go before εἰς toward κρίσιν judgment, ⚐τισὶν one δὲ but καὶ and ἐπακολουθοῦσιν to follow after· -54 5 25 ⚐ὡσαύτως likewise καὶ and τὰ the ἔργα work τὰ the καλὰ good πρόδηλα obvious, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ἄλλως otherwise ἔχοντα to have κρυβῆναι to hide οὐ no δύνανται be able.

 -54 6 1 ⚐Ὅσοι as much as εἰσὶν to be ὑπὸ under ζυγὸν yoke δοῦλοι slave, ⚐τοὺς the ἰδίους one's own δεσπότας master πάσης all τιμῆς honor ἀξίους worthy ἡγείσθωσαν to govern, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and ἡ the διδασκαλία teaching βλασφημῆται to blaspheme. -54 6 2 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but πιστοὺς faithful ἔχοντες to have δεσπότας master μὴ not καταφρονείτωσαν to despise, ⚐ὅτι since ἀδελφοί brother εἰσιν to be· ⚐ἀλλὰ but μᾶλλον more δουλευέτωσαν be a slave, ⚐ὅτι since πιστοί faithful εἰσιν to be καὶ and ἀγαπητοὶ beloved ⚐οἱ the τῆς the εὐεργεσίας good deed ἀντιλαμβανόμενοι to help.

 ⚐Ταῦτα these δίδασκε to teach καὶ and παρακάλει to plead. -54 6 3 ⚐εἴ if τις one ἑτεροδιδασκαλεῖ to teach heresy ⚐καὶ and μὴ not προσέρχεται to agree ὑγιαίνουσιν be healthy λόγοις word, ⚐τοῖς the τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐καὶ and τῇ the κατ᾽ according to εὐσέβειαν piety διδασκαλίᾳ teaching, -54 6 4 ⚐τετύφωται be conceited, ⚐μηδὲν nothing ἐπιστάμενος to understand, ⚐ἀλλὰ but νοσῶν be sick περὶ about ζητήσεις controversy καὶ and λογομαχίας quarrel, ⚐ἐξ out of ὧν which γίνεται to be φθόνος envy, ἔρις quarrel, βλασφημίαι blasphemy, ⚐ὑπόνοιαι suspicion πονηραί evil, -54 6 5 διαπαρατριβαὶ contention ⚐διεφθαρμένων to corrupt ἀνθρώπων a human τὸν the νοῦν mind ⚐καὶ and ἀπεστερημένων to defraud τῆς the ἀληθείας truth, ⚐νομιζόντων to think ⚐πορισμὸν gain εἶναι to be τὴν the εὐσέβειαν piety. -54 6 6 ⚐ἔστιν to be δὲ and πορισμὸς gain μέγας great ἡ the εὐσέβεια piety μετὰ with αὐταρκείας self-sufficiency· -54 6 7 ⚐οὐδὲν no one γὰρ for εἰσηνέγκαμεν to bring in εἰς toward τὸν this κόσμον world, ⚐ὅτι that οὐδὲ and not ἐξενεγκεῖν to carry out τι one δυνάμεθα be able· -54 6 8 ⚐ἔχοντες to have δὲ but διατροφὰς food καὶ and σκεπάσματα clothing, ⚐τούτοις to these ἀρκεσθησόμεθα be sufficient. -54 6 9 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but βουλόμενοι to plan πλουτεῖν be rich ἐμπίπτουσιν to fall into εἰς toward πειρασμὸν temptation καὶ and παγίδα trap ⚐καὶ and ἐπιθυμίας desire πολλὰς much ἀνοήτους foolish καὶ and βλαβεράς harmful, ⚐αἵτινες which βυθίζουσιν to sink τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human εἰς toward ὄλεθρον destructive καὶ and ἀπώλειαν destruction· -54 6 10 ⚐ῥίζα root γὰρ for πάντων all τῶν the κακῶν evil ἐστιν to be ἡ the φιλαργυρία love of money, ⚐ἧς which τινες one ὀρεγόμενοι to aspire ⚐ἀπεπλανήθησαν to mislead ἀπὸ from τῆς the πίστεως faith ⚐καὶ and ἑαυτοὺς themselves περιέπειραν to pierce ὀδύναις anguish πολλαῖς much.

 -54 6 11 ⚐Σὺ you δέ but, ὦ oh! ἄνθρωπε a human θεοῦ God, ταῦτα these φεῦγε to flee· ⚐δίωκε to pursue δὲ but δικαιοσύνην righteousness, εὐσέβειαν piety, πίστιν faith, ἀγάπην love, ὑπομονήν perseverance, πραϋπαθίαν gentleness. -54 6 12 ⚐ἀγωνίζου to struggle τὸν the καλὸν good ἀγῶνα fight τῆς the πίστεως faith, ⚐ἐπιλαβοῦ to catch τῆς the αἰωνίου eternal ζωῆς life, ⚐εἰς toward ἣν which ἐκλήθης to call ⚐καὶ and ὡμολόγησας to confess τὴν the καλὴν good ὁμολογίαν confession ἐνώπιον before πολλῶν much μαρτύρων witness. -54 6 13 ⚐παραγγέλλω to order σοι to you ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God τοῦ who ζῳογονοῦντος to give life τὰ the πάντα all ⚐καὶ and Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐τοῦ who μαρτυρήσαντος to testify ἐπὶ upon Ποντίου Pontius Πιλάτου Pilate τὴν the καλὴν good ὁμολογίαν confession, -54 6 14 ⚐τηρῆσαί to keep σε you τὴν this ἐντολὴν commandment ἄσπιλον spotless ἀνεπίλημπτον irreproachable ⚐μέχρι until τῆς the ἐπιφανείας appearing τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, -54 6 15 ⚐ἣν which καιροῖς time ἰδίοις one's own δείξει to show ὁ the μακάριος blessed καὶ and μόνος alone δυνάστης ruler, ⚐ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τῶν the βασιλευόντων to reign καὶ and κύριος lord τῶν the κυριευόντων to lord over, -54 6 16 ⚐ὁ the μόνος alone ἔχων to have ἀθανασίαν immortality, ⚐φῶς light οἰκῶν to dwell ἀπρόσιτον unapproachable, ⚐ὃν which εἶδεν to know οὐδεὶς no one ἀνθρώπων a human ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἰδεῖν to know δύναται be able· ⚐ᾧ which τιμὴ honor καὶ and κράτος power αἰώνιον eternal· ἀμήν amen.

 -54 6 17 ⚐Τοῖς who πλουσίοις rich ἐν in τῷ the νῦν now αἰῶνι an age παράγγελλε to order ⚐μὴ not ὑψηλοφρονεῖν be arrogant ⚐μηδὲ not ἠλπικέναι to hope ἐπὶ on πλούτου riches ἀδηλότητι uncertainty, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπὶ on θεῷ God ⚐τῷ the παρέχοντι to furnish occasion ἡμῖν to us πάντα all πλουσίως richly εἰς toward ἀπόλαυσιν enjoyment, -54 6 18 ⚐ἀγαθοεργεῖν to do good, ⚐πλουτεῖν be rich ἐν in ἔργοις work καλοῖς good, ⚐εὐμεταδότους generous εἶναι to be, κοινωνικούς generous, -54 6 19 ⚐ἀποθησαυρίζοντας to store up ἑαυτοῖς themselves θεμέλιον foundation καλὸν good εἰς toward τὸ the μέλλον be about to, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐπιλάβωνται to catch τῆς the ὄντως really ζωῆς life.

 -54 6 20 ⚐Ὦ oh! Τιμόθεε Timothy, τὴν the παραθήκην deposit φύλαξον to keep, ⚐ἐκτρεπόμενος to turn away τὰς the βεβήλους profane κενοφωνίας empty talk ⚐καὶ and ἀντιθέσεις opposition τῆς the ψευδωνύμου falsely called γνώσεως knowledge, -54 6 21 ⚐ἥν which τινες one ἐπαγγελλόμενοι to profess ⚐περὶ about τὴν the πίστιν faith ἠστόχησαν to deviate. ⚐Ἡ the χάρις grace μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you.

 -55 1 1 ⚐Παῦλος Paul ἀπόστολος apostle Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus διὰ through θελήματος will θεοῦ God ⚐κατ᾽ according to ἐπαγγελίαν promise ζωῆς life τῆς the ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus -55 1 2 ⚐Τιμοθέῳ Timothy ἀγαπητῷ beloved τέκνῳ child· ⚐χάρις grace, ἔλεος mercy, εἰρήνη peace ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God πατρὸς father καὶ and Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us.

 -55 1 3 ⚐Χάριν grace ἔχω to be τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐ᾧ which λατρεύω to minister ἀπὸ from προγόνων ancestor ἐν with καθαρᾷ clean συνειδήσει conscience, ⚐ὡς as ἀδιάλειπτον continuous ἔχω to have τὴν the περὶ about σοῦ of you μνείαν remembrance ⚐ἐν in ταῖς the δεήσεσίν prayer μου of me, νυκτὸς night καὶ and ἡμέρας day -55 1 4 ⚐ἐπιποθῶν to long for ⚐σε you ἰδεῖν to know, ⚐μεμνημένος to remember σου of you τῶν the δακρύων teardrop, ⚐ἵνα in order that χαρᾶς joy πληρωθῶ to fulfill -55 1 5 ⚐ὑπόμνησιν remembrance λαβὼν to take τῆς the ἐν in σοὶ to you ἀνυποκρίτου genuine πίστεως faith, ⚐ἥτις which ἐνῴκησεν to dwell in πρῶτον first ἐν in τῇ the μάμμῃ grandmother σου of you Λωΐδι Lois ⚐καὶ and τῇ the μητρί mother σου of you Εὐνίκῃ Eunice, ⚐πέπεισμαι to persuade δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and ἐν in σοί to you. -55 1 6 ⚐δι᾽ because of ἣν which αἰτίαν cause ἀναμιμνῄσκω to remind σε you ⚐ἀναζωπυρεῖν to rekindle τὸ the χάρισμα gift τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be ἐν in σοὶ to you διὰ through τῆς the ἐπιθέσεως laying on τῶν the χειρῶν hand μου of me· -55 1 7 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἔδωκεν to give ἡμῖν to us ὁ the θεὸς God πνεῦμα spirit δειλίας timidity, ⚐ἀλλὰ but δυνάμεως power καὶ and ἀγάπης love καὶ and σωφρονισμοῦ self-discipline.

 -55 1 8 ⚐Μὴ not οὖν therefore ἐπαισχυνθῇς be ashamed of τὸ the μαρτύριον testimony τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us ⚐μηδὲ not ἐμὲ me τὸν the δέσμιον prisoner αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἀλλὰ but συγκακοπάθησον to suffer with τῷ the εὐαγγελίῳ gospel κατὰ according to δύναμιν power θεοῦ God, -55 1 9 ⚐τοῦ who σώσαντος to save ἡμᾶς us καὶ and καλέσαντος to call κλήσει calling ἁγίᾳ holy, ⚐οὐ no κατὰ according to τὰ the ἔργα work ἡμῶν of us ⚐ἀλλὰ but κατὰ according to ἰδίαν one's own πρόθεσιν purpose καὶ and χάριν grace, ⚐τὴν the δοθεῖσαν to give ἡμῖν to us ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus πρὸ before χρόνων time αἰωνίων eternal, -55 1 10 ⚐φανερωθεῖσαν to manifest δὲ but νῦν now ⚐διὰ through τῆς the ἐπιφανείας appearing τοῦ the σωτῆρος savior ἡμῶν of us Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐καταργήσαντος to end μὲν on the other hand τὸν the θάνατον death ⚐φωτίσαντος to illuminate δὲ and ζωὴν life καὶ and ἀφθαρσίαν incorruptibility διὰ through τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel, -55 1 11 ⚐εἰς toward ὃ which ἐτέθην to place ἐγὼ I κῆρυξ preacher καὶ and ἀπόστολος apostle καὶ and διδάσκαλος teacher. -55 1 12 ⚐δι᾽ because of ἣν which αἰτίαν cause καὶ and ταῦτα these πάσχω to suffer, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no ἐπαισχύνομαι be ashamed of, ⚐οἶδα to know γὰρ for ᾧ which πεπίστευκα to trust (in), ⚐καὶ and πέπεισμαι to persuade ⚐ὅτι that δυνατός able ἐστιν to be ⚐τὴν the παραθήκην deposit μου of me φυλάξαι to keep εἰς toward ἐκείνην that τὴν the ἡμέραν day. -55 1 13 ⚐ὑποτύπωσιν example ἔχε to have ὑγιαινόντων be healthy λόγων word ⚐ὧν which παρ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me ἤκουσας to hear ἐν with πίστει faith καὶ and ἀγάπῃ love ⚐τῇ the ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus· -55 1 14 ⚐τὴν the καλὴν good παραθήκην deposit φύλαξον to keep ⚐διὰ through πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy τοῦ who ἐνοικοῦντος to dwell in ἐν in ἡμῖν to us.

 -55 1 15 ⚐Οἶδας to know τοῦτο this ⚐ὅτι that ἀπεστράφησάν to turn away με me πάντες all οἱ the ἐν in τῇ the Ἀσίᾳ Asia, ⚐ὧν which ἐστιν to be Φύγελος Phygelus καὶ and Ἑρμογένης Hermogenes. -55 1 16 ⚐δῴη to give ἔλεος mercy ὁ the κύριος lord τῷ the Ὀνησιφόρου Onesiphorus οἴκῳ house, ⚐ὅτι since πολλάκις often με me ἀνέψυξεν to refresh, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the ἅλυσίν chain μου of me οὐκ no ἐπαισχύνθη be ashamed of· -55 1 17 ⚐ἀλλὰ but γενόμενος to be ἐν in Ῥώμῃ Rome ⚐σπουδαίως diligently ἐζήτησέν to seek με me ⚐καὶ and εὗρεν to find— -55 1 18 ⚐δῴη to give αὐτῷ to him ὁ the κύριος lord ⚐εὑρεῖν to find ἔλεος mercy παρὰ from κυρίου lord ἐν on ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day— ⚐καὶ and ὅσα as much as ἐν in Ἐφέσῳ Ephesus διηκόνησεν to serve, βέλτιον better σὺ you γινώσκεις to know.

 -55 2 1 ⚐Σὺ you οὖν therefore, τέκνον child μου of me, ἐνδυναμοῦ to strengthen ἐν in τῇ the χάριτι grace τῇ the ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, -55 2 2 ⚐καὶ and ἃ which ἤκουσας to hear παρ᾽ beside ἐμοῦ of me διὰ through πολλῶν much μαρτύρων witness, ⚐ταῦτα these παράθου to set before πιστοῖς faithful ἀνθρώποις a human, ⚐οἵτινες who ἱκανοὶ sufficient ἔσονται to be ⚐καὶ and ἑτέρους other διδάξαι to teach. -55 2 3 ⚐συγκακοπάθησον to suffer with ὡς as καλὸς good στρατιώτης soldier Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -55 2 4 ⚐οὐδεὶς no one στρατευόμενος to battle ⚐ἐμπλέκεται to entangle ταῖς the τοῦ the βίου life πραγματείαις affairs, ⚐ἵνα in order that τῷ who στρατολογήσαντι to enlist ἀρέσῃ to please· -55 2 5 ⚐ἐὰν if δὲ and καὶ and ἀθλῇ to compete τις one, ⚐οὐ no στεφανοῦται to crown ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not νομίμως lawfully ἀθλήσῃ to compete· -55 2 6 ⚐τὸν who κοπιῶντα to labor γεωργὸν farmer δεῖ to bind πρῶτον first τῶν the καρπῶν fruit μεταλαμβάνειν to partake. -55 2 7 ⚐νόει to understand ὃ which λέγω to speak· ⚐δώσει to give γάρ for σοι to you ὁ the κύριος lord σύνεσιν understanding ἐν in πᾶσιν all.

 -55 2 8 ⚐Μνημόνευε to remember Ἰησοῦν Jesus Χριστὸν Christ ⚐ἐγηγερμένον to arise ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead, ἐκ out of σπέρματος seed Δαυίδ David, ⚐κατὰ according to τὸ the εὐαγγέλιόν gospel μου of me· -55 2 9 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which κακοπαθῶ to endure μέχρι until δεσμῶν chain ὡς as κακοῦργος criminal. ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the θεοῦ God οὐ no δέδεται to bind· -55 2 10 ⚐διὰ through τοῦτο this πάντα all ὑπομένω to endure διὰ because of τοὺς the ἐκλεκτούς select, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and αὐτοὶ they σωτηρίας salvation τύχωσιν to obtain ⚐τῆς the ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus μετὰ with δόξης glory αἰωνίου eternal. -55 2 11 ⚐πιστὸς faithful ὁ this λόγος word· ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for συναπεθάνομεν to die with, ⚐καὶ and συζήσομεν to live together· -55 2 12 ⚐εἰ if ὑπομένομεν to endure, ⚐καὶ and συμβασιλεύσομεν to reign with· ⚐εἰ if ἀρνησόμεθα to deny, ⚐κἀκεῖνος and that one ἀρνήσεται to deny ἡμᾶς us· -55 2 13 ⚐εἰ if ἀπιστοῦμεν to disbelieve, ⚐ἐκεῖνος that πιστὸς faithful μένει to stay· ⚐ἀρνήσασθαι to deny γὰρ for ἑαυτὸν himself οὐ no δύναται be able.

 -55 2 14 ⚐Ταῦτα these ὑπομίμνῃσκε to remind, ⚐διαμαρτυρόμενος to testify solemnly ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐μὴ not λογομαχεῖν to quarrel, ἐπ᾽ upon οὐδὲν no one χρήσιμον profitable, ⚐ἐπὶ upon καταστροφῇ ruin τῶν who ἀκουόντων to hear. -55 2 15 ⚐σπούδασον be eager ⚐σεαυτὸν yourself δόκιμον tested παραστῆσαι to stand by τῷ the θεῷ God, ἐργάτην worker ἀνεπαίσχυντον unashamed, ⚐ὀρθοτομοῦντα to cut straight τὸν the λόγον word τῆς the ἀληθείας truth. -55 2 16 ⚐τὰς the δὲ but βεβήλους profane κενοφωνίας empty talk περιΐστασο to stand around· ⚐ἐπὶ upon πλεῖον greater γὰρ for προκόψουσιν to advance ἀσεβείας ungodlinessness, -55 2 17 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the λόγος word αὐτῶν of them ὡς as γάγγραινα gangrene νομὴν pasture ἕξει to have· ⚐ὧν which ἐστιν to be Ὑμέναιος Hymenaeus καὶ and Φίλητος Philetus, -55 2 18 ⚐οἵτινες who περὶ about τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth ἠστόχησαν to deviate, ⚐λέγοντες to speak ⚐τὴν the ἀνάστασιν resurrection ἤδη already γεγονέναι to be, ⚐καὶ and ἀνατρέπουσιν to overturn τήν the τινων one πίστιν faith. -55 2 19 ⚐ὁ the μέντοι yet στερεὸς strong θεμέλιος foundation τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἕστηκεν to stand, ⚐ἔχων to have τὴν the σφραγῖδα seal ταύτην this· ⚐Ἔγνω to know κύριος lord τοὺς who ὄντας to be αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καί and· ⚐Ἀποστήτω to leave ἀπὸ from ἀδικίας unrighteousness πᾶς all ὁ who ὀνομάζων to name τὸ the ὄνομα name κυρίου lord.

 -55 2 20 ⚐Ἐν in μεγάλῃ great δὲ and οἰκίᾳ house οὐκ no ἔστιν to be μόνον alone σκεύη vessel χρυσᾶ golden καὶ and ἀργυρᾶ silver ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and ξύλινα wooden καὶ and ὀστράκινα clay, ⚐καὶ and ἃ which μὲν on the other hand εἰς toward τιμὴν honor ⚐ἃ which δὲ but εἰς toward ἀτιμίαν dishonour· -55 2 21 ⚐ἐὰν if οὖν therefore τις one ἐκκαθάρῃ to cleanse ἑαυτὸν himself ἀπὸ from τούτων of these, ⚐ἔσται to be σκεῦος vessel εἰς toward τιμήν honor, ⚐ἡγιασμένον to sanctify, εὔχρηστον helpful τῷ the δεσπότῃ master, ⚐εἰς toward πᾶν all ἔργον work ἀγαθὸν good-doer ἡτοιμασμένον to make ready. -55 2 22 ⚐τὰς the δὲ but νεωτερικὰς youthful ἐπιθυμίας desire φεῦγε to flee, ⚐δίωκε to pursue δὲ and δικαιοσύνην righteousness, πίστιν faith, ἀγάπην love, εἰρήνην peace ⚐μετὰ with τῶν who ἐπικαλουμένων to call (on) τὸν the κύριον lord ἐκ from καθαρᾶς clean καρδίας heart. -55 2 23 ⚐τὰς the δὲ but μωρὰς foolish καὶ and ἀπαιδεύτους uninstructed ζητήσεις controversy παραιτοῦ to refuse, ⚐εἰδὼς to know ⚐ὅτι that γεννῶσιν to beget μάχας quarrel· -55 2 24 ⚐δοῦλον slave δὲ and κυρίου lord οὐ no δεῖ to bind μάχεσθαι to quarrel, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἤπιον gentle εἶναι to be πρὸς to πάντας all, ⚐διδακτικόν able to teach, ἀνεξίκακον not resentful, -55 2 25 ⚐ἐν with πραΰτητι gentleness παιδεύοντα to instruct τοὺς the ἀντιδιατιθεμένους to oppose, ⚐μήποτε lest δώῃ to give αὐτοῖς to them ὁ the θεὸς God μετάνοιαν repentance ⚐εἰς toward ἐπίγνωσιν knowledge ἀληθείας truth, -55 2 26 ⚐καὶ and ἀνανήψωσιν to regain senses ⚐ἐκ out of τῆς the τοῦ the διαβόλου the Devil παγίδος trap, ⚐ἐζωγρημένοι to capture alive ὑπ᾽ by αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὸ the ἐκείνου that θέλημα will.

 -55 3 1 ⚐Τοῦτο this δὲ but γίνωσκε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐν in ἐσχάταις last ἡμέραις day ἐνστήσονται be present καιροὶ time χαλεποί harsh· -55 3 2 ⚐ἔσονται to be γὰρ for οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human φίλαυτοι selfish, φιλάργυροι money-loving, ἀλαζόνες braggart, ὑπερήφανοι arrogant, ⚐βλάσφημοι blasphemous, γονεῦσιν parent ἀπειθεῖς disobedient, ἀχάριστοι ungrateful, ἀνόσιοι unholy, -55 3 3 ⚐ἄστοργοι unfeeling, ἄσπονδοι irreconcilable, διάβολοι devilish, ἀκρατεῖς intemperate, ⚐ἀνήμεροι brutal, ἀφιλάγαθοι hating good, -55 3 4 προδόται traitor, προπετεῖς reckless, ⚐τετυφωμένοι be conceited, φιλήδονοι pleasure-loving μᾶλλον more ἢ or φιλόθεοι God-loving, -55 3 5 ⚐ἔχοντες to have μόρφωσιν form εὐσεβείας piety ⚐τὴν the δὲ but δύναμιν power αὐτῆς of her ἠρνημένοι to deny· ⚐καὶ and τούτους these ἀποτρέπου to avoid. -55 3 6 ⚐ἐκ out of τούτων of these γάρ for εἰσιν to be οἱ the ἐνδύνοντες to sneak εἰς toward τὰς the οἰκίας house ⚐καὶ and αἰχμαλωτίζοντες to capture γυναικάρια weak-willed woman ⚐σεσωρευμένα to pile up ἁμαρτίαις sin, ⚐ἀγόμενα to bring ἐπιθυμίαις desire ποικίλαις various, -55 3 7 ⚐πάντοτε always μανθάνοντα to learn ⚐καὶ and μηδέποτε never εἰς toward ἐπίγνωσιν knowledge ἀληθείας truth ἐλθεῖν to arrive δυνάμενα be able. -55 3 8 ⚐ὃν which τρόπον way δὲ and Ἰάννης Jannes καὶ and Ἰαμβρῆς Jambres ἀντέστησαν to oppose Μωϋσεῖ Moses, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and οὗτοι these ἀνθίστανται to oppose τῇ the ἀληθείᾳ truth, ⚐ἄνθρωποι a human κατεφθαρμένοι to corrupt τὸν the νοῦν mind, ⚐ἀδόκιμοι failing περὶ about τὴν the πίστιν faith. -55 3 9 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no προκόψουσιν to advance ἐπὶ upon πλεῖον greater, ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for ἄνοια folly αὐτῶν of them ἔκδηλος clearly evident ἔσται to be πᾶσιν all, ⚐ὡς as καὶ and ἡ the ἐκείνων that ἐγένετο to be.

 -55 3 10 ⚐Σὺ you δὲ but παρηκολούθησάς to follow μου of me τῇ the διδασκαλίᾳ teaching, τῇ the ἀγωγῇ self-conduct, ⚐τῇ the προθέσει purpose, τῇ the πίστει faith, τῇ the μακροθυμίᾳ patience, τῇ the ἀγάπῃ love, τῇ the ὑπομονῇ perseverance, -55 3 11 ⚐τοῖς the διωγμοῖς persecution, τοῖς the παθήμασιν suffering, ⚐οἷά such as μοι to me ἐγένετο to be ἐν in Ἀντιοχείᾳ Antioch, ἐν in Ἰκονίῳ Iconium, ἐν in Λύστροις Lystra, ⚐οἵους such as διωγμοὺς persecution ὑπήνεγκα to endure· ⚐καὶ and ἐκ from πάντων all με me ἐρρύσατο to deliver ὁ the κύριος lord. -55 3 12 ⚐καὶ and πάντες all δὲ and οἱ who θέλοντες to will εὐσεβῶς piously ζῆν to live ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus διωχθήσονται to pursue· -55 3 13 ⚐πονηροὶ evil δὲ but ἄνθρωποι a human καὶ and γόητες imposter προκόψουσιν to advance ἐπὶ upon τὸ the χεῖρον worse than, ⚐πλανῶντες to lead astray καὶ and πλανώμενοι to lead astray. -55 3 14 ⚐σὺ you δὲ but μένε to stay ἐν in οἷς which ἔμαθες to learn καὶ and ἐπιστώθης be convinced, ⚐εἰδὼς to know ⚐παρὰ beside τίνων which? ἔμαθες to learn, -55 3 15 ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that ἀπὸ from βρέφους infant τὰ the ἱερὰ sacred γράμματα something written οἶδας to know, ⚐τὰ the δυνάμενά be able ⚐σε you σοφίσαι to make wise εἰς toward σωτηρίαν salvation διὰ through πίστεως faith τῆς the ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus· -55 3 16 ⚐πᾶσα all γραφὴ a writing θεόπνευστος God-breathed καὶ and ὠφέλιμος valuable πρὸς to διδασκαλίαν teaching, ⚐πρὸς to ἐλεγμόν rebuke, πρὸς to ἐπανόρθωσιν correcting, πρὸς to παιδείαν discipline τὴν the ἐν in δικαιοσύνῃ righteousness, -55 3 17 ⚐ἵνα in order that ἄρτιος competent ᾖ to be ὁ the τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἄνθρωπος a human, ⚐πρὸς to πᾶν all ἔργον work ἀγαθὸν good-doer ἐξηρτισμένος to furnish.

 -55 4 1 ⚐Διαμαρτύρομαι to testify solemnly ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐τοῦ who μέλλοντος be about to κρίνειν to judge ζῶντας to live καὶ and νεκρούς dead, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the ἐπιφάνειαν appearing αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom αὐτοῦ of him· -55 4 2 ⚐κήρυξον to preach τὸν the λόγον word, ⚐ἐπίστηθι to approach εὐκαίρως well timed ἀκαίρως unseasonably, ⚐ἔλεγξον to rebuke, ἐπιτίμησον to rebuke, παρακάλεσον to plead, ἐν with πάσῃ all μακροθυμίᾳ patience καὶ and διδαχῇ teaching. -55 4 3 ⚐ἔσται to be γὰρ for καιρὸς time ⚐ὅτε when τῆς the ὑγιαινούσης be healthy διδασκαλίας teaching οὐκ no ἀνέξονται to endure, ⚐ἀλλὰ but κατὰ according to τὰς the ἰδίας one's own ἐπιθυμίας desire ἑαυτοῖς themselves ἐπισωρεύσουσιν to accumulate διδασκάλους teacher ⚐κνηθόμενοι to itch τὴν the ἀκοήν hearing, -55 4 4 ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from μὲν on the other hand τῆς the ἀληθείας truth τὴν the ἀκοὴν hearing ἀποστρέψουσιν to turn away, ⚐ἐπὶ on δὲ but τοὺς the μύθους myth ἐκτραπήσονται to turn away. -55 4 5 ⚐σὺ you δὲ but νῆφε be sober ἐν in πᾶσιν all, ⚐κακοπάθησον to endure, ⚐ἔργον work ποίησον to do εὐαγγελιστοῦ evangelist, ⚐τὴν the διακονίαν service σου of you πληροφόρησον to fulfill.

 -55 4 6 ⚐Ἐγὼ I γὰρ for ἤδη already σπένδομαι to pour a libation, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the καιρὸς time τῆς the ἀναλύσεώς departure μου of me ἐφέστηκεν to approach. -55 4 7 ⚐τὸν the καλὸν good ἀγῶνα fight ἠγώνισμαι to struggle, ⚐τὸν the δρόμον racecourse τετέλεκα to finish, ⚐τὴν the πίστιν faith τετήρηκα to keep· -55 4 8 ⚐λοιπὸν henceforth ἀπόκειταί to lay up μοι to me ὁ the τῆς the δικαιοσύνης righteousness στέφανος crown, ⚐ὃν which ἀποδώσει to pay μοι to me ὁ the κύριος lord ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day, ὁ the δίκαιος just κριτής judge, ⚐οὐ no μόνον alone δὲ and ἐμοὶ to me ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and πᾶσιν all τοῖς who ἠγαπηκόσιν to love τὴν the ἐπιφάνειαν appearing αὐτοῦ of him.

 -55 4 9 ⚐Σπούδασον be eager ἐλθεῖν to come πρός to με me ταχέως quickly· -55 4 10 ⚐Δημᾶς Demas γάρ for με me ἐγκατέλιπεν to leave behind ⚐ἀγαπήσας to love τὸν the νῦν now αἰῶνα an age, ⚐καὶ and ἐπορεύθη to go εἰς toward Θεσσαλονίκην Thessalonica, ⚐Κρήσκης Crescens εἰς toward Γαλατίαν Galatia, ⚐Τίτος Titus εἰς toward Δαλματίαν Dalmatia· -55 4 11 ⚐Λουκᾶς Luke ἐστιν to be μόνος alone μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me. ⚐Μᾶρκον Mark ἀναλαβὼν to take up ⚐ἄγε to bring μετὰ with σεαυτοῦ yourself, ⚐ἔστιν to be γάρ for μοι to me εὔχρηστος helpful εἰς toward διακονίαν service, -55 4 12 ⚐Τυχικὸν Tychicus δὲ and ἀπέστειλα to send εἰς toward Ἔφεσον Ephesus. -55 4 13 ⚐τὸν the φαιλόνην cloak, ὃν which ἀπέλιπον to leave ἐν in Τρῳάδι Troas παρὰ with Κάρπῳ Carpus, ἐρχόμενος to come φέρε to bring, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the βιβλία scroll, μάλιστα especially τὰς the μεμβράνας parchment. -55 4 14 ⚐Ἀλέξανδρος Alexander ὁ the χαλκεὺς coppersmith πολλά much μοι to me κακὰ harm ἐνεδείξατο to show— ⚐ἀποδώσει to pay αὐτῷ to him ὁ the κύριος lord κατὰ according to τὰ the ἔργα work αὐτοῦ of him— -55 4 15 ⚐ὃν which καὶ and σὺ you φυλάσσου to guard, ⚐λίαν greatly γὰρ for ἀντέστη to oppose τοῖς the ἡμετέροις our λόγοις word.

 -55 4 16 ⚐Ἐν in τῇ the πρώτῃ first μου of me ἀπολογίᾳ defence οὐδείς no one μοι to me παρεγένετο to come, ⚐ἀλλὰ but πάντες all με me ἐγκατέλιπον to leave behind— ⚐μὴ not αὐτοῖς to them λογισθείη to count— -55 4 17 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but κύριός lord μοι to me παρέστη to stand by ⚐καὶ and ἐνεδυνάμωσέν to strengthen με me, ⚐ἵνα in order that δι᾽ through ἐμοῦ of me τὸ the κήρυγμα preaching πληροφορηθῇ to fulfill ⚐καὶ and ἀκούσωσιν to hear πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles, ⚐καὶ and ἐρρύσθην to deliver ἐκ from στόματος mouth λέοντος lion. -55 4 18 ⚐ῥύσεταί to deliver με me ὁ the κύριος lord ἀπὸ from παντὸς all ἔργου work πονηροῦ evil ⚐καὶ and σώσει to save εἰς toward τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the ἐπουράνιον heavenly· ⚐ᾧ which ἡ the δόξα glory εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age, ἀμήν amen.

 -55 4 19 ⚐Ἄσπασαι to pay respects to Πρίσκαν Prisca καὶ and Ἀκύλαν Aquila καὶ and τὸν the Ὀνησιφόρου Onesiphorus οἶκον house. -55 4 20 ⚐Ἔραστος Erastus ἔμεινεν to stay ἐν in Κορίνθῳ Corinth, ⚐Τρόφιμον Trophimus δὲ and ἀπέλιπον to leave ἐν in Μιλήτῳ Miletus ἀσθενοῦντα be weak. -55 4 21 ⚐Σπούδασον be eager ⚐πρὸ before χειμῶνος winter ἐλθεῖν to come. ⚐Ἀσπάζεταί to pay respects to σε you Εὔβουλος Eubulus καὶ and Πούδης Pudens καὶ and Λίνος Linus καὶ and Κλαυδία Claudia ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother πάντες all.

 -55 4 22 ⚐Ὁ the κύριος lord μετὰ with τοῦ the πνεύματός spirit σου of you. ⚐ἡ the χάρις grace μεθ᾽ with ὑμῶν of you.

 -56 1 1 ⚐Παῦλος Paul δοῦλος slave θεοῦ God, ⚐ἀπόστολος apostle δὲ and Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐κατὰ according to πίστιν faith ἐκλεκτῶν select θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and ἐπίγνωσιν knowledge ἀληθείας truth τῆς the κατ᾽ according to εὐσέβειαν piety -56 1 2 ⚐ἐπ᾽ upon ἐλπίδι hope ζωῆς life αἰωνίου eternal, ⚐ἣν which ἐπηγγείλατο to profess ὁ who ἀψευδὴς not a liar θεὸς God πρὸ before χρόνων time αἰωνίων eternal -56 1 3 ⚐ἐφανέρωσεν to manifest δὲ but καιροῖς time ἰδίοις one's own, τὸν the λόγον word αὐτοῦ of him ἐν through κηρύγματι preaching ⚐ὃ which ἐπιστεύθην to trust (in) ἐγὼ I κατ᾽ according to ἐπιταγὴν command τοῦ the σωτῆρος savior ἡμῶν of us θεοῦ God, -56 1 4 ⚐Τίτῳ Titus γνησίῳ genuine τέκνῳ child κατὰ according to κοινὴν common πίστιν faith· ⚐χάρις grace καὶ and εἰρήνη peace ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God πατρὸς father καὶ and Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus τοῦ the σωτῆρος savior ἡμῶν of us.

 -56 1 5 ⚐Τούτου of this χάριν therefore ἀπέλιπόν to leave σε you ἐν in Κρήτῃ Crete ⚐ἵνα in order to τὰ the λείποντα to lack ἐπιδιορθώσῃ to straighten out, ⚐καὶ and καταστήσῃς to appoint κατὰ according to πόλιν city πρεσβυτέρους elder, ⚐ὡς as ἐγώ I σοι to you διεταξάμην to direct, -56 1 6 ⚐εἴ if τίς which? ἐστιν to be ἀνέγκλητος irreproachable, μιᾶς one γυναικὸς woman ἀνήρ man, ⚐τέκνα child ἔχων to have πιστά faithful, ⚐μὴ not ἐν in κατηγορίᾳ accusation ἀσωτίας debauchery ἢ or ἀνυπότακτα insubordinate. -56 1 7 ⚐δεῖ to bind γὰρ for τὸν the ἐπίσκοπον overseer ἀνέγκλητον irreproachable εἶναι to be ὡς as θεοῦ God οἰκονόμον manager, ⚐μὴ not αὐθάδη self-willed, μὴ not ὀργίλον quick-tempered, μὴ not πάροινον drunken, ⚐μὴ not πλήκτην bully, μὴ not αἰσχροκερδῆ greedy, -56 1 8 ⚐ἀλλὰ but φιλόξενον hospitable, φιλάγαθον lover of good, σώφρονα self-controlled, δίκαιον just, ὅσιον holy, ἐγκρατῆ self-controlled, -56 1 9 ⚐ἀντεχόμενον to cling to τοῦ the κατὰ according to τὴν the διδαχὴν teaching πιστοῦ faithful λόγου word, ⚐ἵνα in order that δυνατὸς able ᾖ to be ⚐καὶ and παρακαλεῖν to plead ἐν in τῇ the διδασκαλίᾳ teaching τῇ the ὑγιαινούσῃ be healthy ⚐καὶ and τοὺς who ἀντιλέγοντας to dispute ἐλέγχειν to rebuke.

 -56 1 10 ⚐Εἰσὶν to be γὰρ for πολλοὶ much καὶ and ἀνυπότακτοι insubordinate, ματαιολόγοι babbler καὶ and φρεναπάται deceiver, ⚐μάλιστα especially οἱ the ἐκ out of τῆς the περιτομῆς circumcision, -56 1 11 ⚐οὓς which δεῖ to bind ἐπιστομίζειν to silence, ⚐οἵτινες who ὅλους all οἴκους house ἀνατρέπουσιν to overturn ⚐διδάσκοντες to teach ἃ which μὴ not δεῖ to bind αἰσχροῦ shameful κέρδους gain χάριν therefore. -56 1 12 ⚐εἶπέν to say τις one ἐξ of αὐτῶν of them, ἴδιος one's own αὐτῶν of them προφήτης prophet, ⚐Κρῆτες Cretan ἀεὶ always ψεῦσται liar, κακὰ evil θηρία wild animal, γαστέρες belly ἀργαί idle· -56 1 13 ⚐ἡ the μαρτυρία testimony αὕτη this ἐστὶν to be ἀληθής true. ⚐δι᾽ because of ἣν which αἰτίαν cause ἔλεγχε to rebuke αὐτοὺς them ἀποτόμως severely, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὑγιαίνωσιν be healthy ἐν in τῇ the πίστει faith, -56 1 14 ⚐μὴ not προσέχοντες to watch out Ἰουδαϊκοῖς Jewish μύθοις myth καὶ and ἐντολαῖς commandment ἀνθρώπων a human ⚐ἀποστρεφομένων to turn away τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth. -56 1 15 ⚐πάντα all καθαρὰ clean τοῖς who καθαροῖς clean· ⚐τοῖς the δὲ but μεμιαμμένοις to stain καὶ and ἀπίστοις unbelieving οὐδὲν no one καθαρόν clean, ⚐ἀλλὰ but μεμίανται to stain αὐτῶν of them καὶ and ὁ the νοῦς mind καὶ and ἡ the συνείδησις conscience. -56 1 16 ⚐θεὸν God ὁμολογοῦσιν to profess εἰδέναι to know, ⚐τοῖς the δὲ but ἔργοις work ἀρνοῦνται to deny, ⚐βδελυκτοὶ abominable ὄντες to be καὶ and ἀπειθεῖς disobedient ⚐καὶ and πρὸς to πᾶν all ἔργον work ἀγαθὸν good-doer ἀδόκιμοι failing.

 -56 2 1 ⚐Σὺ you δὲ but λάλει to speak ἃ which πρέπει be proper τῇ the ὑγιαινούσῃ be healthy διδασκαλίᾳ teaching. -56 2 2 ⚐πρεσβύτας old man νηφαλίους sober εἶναι to be, σεμνούς noble, σώφρονας self-controlled, ⚐ὑγιαίνοντας be healthy τῇ the πίστει faith, τῇ the ἀγάπῃ love, τῇ the ὑπομονῇ perseverance.

 -56 2 3 ⚐Πρεσβύτιδας old woman ὡσαύτως likewise ἐν in καταστήματι behavior ἱεροπρεπεῖς reverent, ⚐μὴ not διαβόλους devilish μὴ not οἴνῳ wine πολλῷ much δεδουλωμένας to enslave, ⚐καλοδιδασκάλους teaching good, -56 2 4 ⚐ἵνα in order that σωφρονίζωσιν to train τὰς the νέας new ⚐φιλάνδρους husband-loving εἶναι to be, ⚐φιλοτέκνους parental love, -56 2 5 ⚐σώφρονας self-controlled, ἁγνάς pure, οἰκουργούς busy at home, ἀγαθάς good-doer, ⚐ὑποτασσομένας to subject τοῖς the ἰδίοις one's own ἀνδράσιν man, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the θεοῦ God βλασφημῆται to blaspheme.

 -56 2 6 ⚐Τοὺς the νεωτέρους new ὡσαύτως likewise παρακάλει to comfort σωφρονεῖν be of sound mind· -56 2 7 περὶ about πάντα all ⚐σεαυτὸν yourself παρεχόμενος to furnish occasion τύπον example καλῶν good ἔργων work, ⚐ἐν in τῇ the διδασκαλίᾳ teaching ἀφθορίαν incorruptibility, σεμνότητα dignity,, -56 2 8 ⚐λόγον word ὑγιῆ healthy ἀκατάγνωστον beyond reproach, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὁ the ἐξ out of ἐναντίας against ἐντραπῇ to cause shame ⚐μηδὲν nothing ἔχων to have λέγειν to speak περὶ about ἡμῶν of us φαῦλον evil.

 -56 2 9 ⚐Δούλους slave ἰδίοις one's own δεσπόταις master ὑποτάσσεσθαι to subject ἐν in πᾶσιν all, ⚐εὐαρέστους well-pleasing εἶναι to be, ⚐μὴ not ἀντιλέγοντας to dispute, -56 2 10 μὴ not νοσφιζομένους to embezzle, ⚐ἀλλὰ but πᾶσαν all πίστιν faith ἐνδεικνυμένους to show ἀγαθήν good-doer, ⚐ἵνα in order to τὴν the διδασκαλίαν teaching τὴν the τοῦ the σωτῆρος savior ἡμῶν of us θεοῦ God ⚐κοσμῶσιν to arrange ἐν in πᾶσιν all.

 -56 2 11 ⚐Ἐπεφάνη to appear γὰρ for ἡ the χάρις grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God σωτήριος saving πᾶσιν all ἀνθρώποις a human -56 2 12 ⚐παιδεύουσα to instruct ἡμᾶς us, ⚐ἵνα in order to ἀρνησάμενοι to deny τὴν the ἀσέβειαν ungodlinessness καὶ and τὰς the κοσμικὰς earthly ἐπιθυμίας desire ⚐σωφρόνως in self-control καὶ and δικαίως rightly καὶ and εὐσεβῶς piously ζήσωμεν to live ἐν in τῷ the νῦν now αἰῶνι an age, -56 2 13 ⚐προσδεχόμενοι to wait for τὴν the μακαρίαν blessed ἐλπίδα hope καὶ and ἐπιφάνειαν appearing ⚐τῆς the δόξης glory τοῦ the μεγάλου great θεοῦ God καὶ and σωτῆρος savior ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, -56 2 14 ⚐ὃς which ἔδωκεν to give ἑαυτὸν himself ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us ⚐ἵνα in order to λυτρώσηται to ransom ἡμᾶς us ἀπὸ from πάσης all ἀνομίας lawlessness ⚐καὶ and καθαρίσῃ to clean ἑαυτῷ himself λαὸν a people περιούσιον special, ⚐ζηλωτὴν zealot καλῶν good ἔργων work.

 -56 2 15 ⚐Ταῦτα these λάλει to speak καὶ and παρακάλει to plead καὶ and ἔλεγχε to rebuke μετὰ with πάσης all ἐπιταγῆς command· ⚐μηδείς nothing σου of you περιφρονείτω to despise.

 -56 3 1 ⚐Ὑπομίμνῃσκε to remind αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἀρχαῖς beginning ἐξουσίαις authority ὑποτάσσεσθαι to subject ⚐πειθαρχεῖν to obey, ⚐πρὸς to πᾶν all ἔργον work ἀγαθὸν good-doer ἑτοίμους ready εἶναι to be, -56 3 2 ⚐μηδένα nothing βλασφημεῖν to blaspheme, ⚐ἀμάχους peacable εἶναι to be, ἐπιεικεῖς gentle, ⚐πᾶσαν all ἐνδεικνυμένους to show πραΰτητα gentleness πρὸς to πάντας all ἀνθρώπους a human. -56 3 3 ⚐ἦμεν to be γάρ for ποτε once καὶ and ἡμεῖς we ἀνόητοι foolish, ἀπειθεῖς disobedient, ⚐πλανώμενοι to lead astray, ⚐δουλεύοντες be a slave ἐπιθυμίαις desire καὶ and ἡδοναῖς pleasure ποικίλαις various, ⚐ἐν in κακίᾳ evil καὶ and φθόνῳ envy διάγοντες to live, ⚐στυγητοί hated, μισοῦντες to hate ἀλλήλους one another. -56 3 4 ⚐ὅτε when δὲ but ἡ the χρηστότης kindness καὶ and ἡ the φιλανθρωπία benevolence ἐπεφάνη to appear ⚐τοῦ the σωτῆρος savior ἡμῶν of us θεοῦ God, -56 3 5 ⚐οὐκ no ἐξ out of ἔργων work τῶν the ἐν in δικαιοσύνῃ righteousness ἃ which ἐποιήσαμεν to do ἡμεῖς we ⚐ἀλλὰ but κατὰ according to τὸ the αὐτοῦ of him ἔλεος mercy ἔσωσεν to save ἡμᾶς us ⚐διὰ through λουτροῦ washing παλιγγενεσίας regeneration ⚐καὶ and ἀνακαινώσεως renewal πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy, -56 3 6 ⚐οὗ which ἐξέχεεν to pour out ἐφ᾽ on ἡμᾶς us πλουσίως richly διὰ through Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ τοῦ the σωτῆρος savior ἡμῶν of us, -56 3 7 ⚐ἵνα in order that δικαιωθέντες to justify τῇ the ἐκείνου that χάριτι grace ⚐κληρονόμοι heir γενηθῶμεν to be κατ᾽ according to ἐλπίδα hope ζωῆς life αἰωνίου eternal.

 -56 3 8 ⚐Πιστὸς faithful ὁ this λόγος word, ⚐καὶ and περὶ about τούτων of these βούλομαί to plan σε you ⚐διαβεβαιοῦσθαι to insist, ⚐ἵνα in order that φροντίζωσιν be careful ⚐καλῶν good ἔργων work προΐστασθαι to set before οἱ who πεπιστευκότες to trust (in) θεῷ God. ⚐ταῦτά these ἐστιν to be καλὰ good καὶ and ὠφέλιμα valuable τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human· -56 3 9 ⚐μωρὰς foolish δὲ but ζητήσεις controversy καὶ and γενεαλογίας genealogy καὶ and ἔρεις quarrel καὶ and μάχας quarrel νομικὰς lawyer περιΐστασο to stand around, ⚐εἰσὶν to be γὰρ for ἀνωφελεῖς useless καὶ and μάταιοι futile. -56 3 10 ⚐αἱρετικὸν schismatic ἄνθρωπον a human μετὰ after μίαν one καὶ and δευτέραν secondly νουθεσίαν admonition παραιτοῦ to refuse, -56 3 11 ⚐εἰδὼς to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐξέστραπται be warped ὁ the τοιοῦτος such as this ⚐καὶ and ἁμαρτάνει to sin, ⚐ὢν to be αὐτοκατάκριτος self-condemned.

 -56 3 12 ⚐Ὅταν when(-ever) πέμψω to send Ἀρτεμᾶν Artemas πρὸς to σὲ you ἢ or Τυχικόν Tychicus, ⚐σπούδασον be eager ἐλθεῖν to come πρός to με me εἰς toward Νικόπολιν Nicopolis, ⚐ἐκεῖ there γὰρ for κέκρικα to judge παραχειμάσαι to winter. -56 3 13 ⚐ζηνᾶν Zenas τὸν the νομικὸν lawyer καὶ and Ἀπολλῶν Apollos σπουδαίως diligently πρόπεμψον to help on the way, ⚐ἵνα in order that μηδὲν nothing αὐτοῖς to them λείπῃ to lack. -56 3 14 ⚐μανθανέτωσαν to learn δὲ and καὶ and οἱ the ἡμέτεροι our ⚐καλῶν good ἔργων work προΐστασθαι to set before εἰς toward τὰς the ἀναγκαίας necessary χρείας need, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ὦσιν to be ἄκαρποι unfruitful.

 -56 3 15 ⚐Ἀσπάζονταί to pay respects to σε you οἱ the μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me πάντες all. ⚐ἄσπασαι to pay respects to τοὺς who φιλοῦντας to love ἡμᾶς us ἐν in πίστει faith. ⚐ἡ the χάρις grace μετὰ with πάντων all ὑμῶν of you..

 -57 1 1 ⚐Παῦλος Paul δέσμιος prisoner Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus καὶ and Τιμόθεος Timothy ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother ⚐Φιλήμονι Philemon τῷ the ἀγαπητῷ beloved καὶ and συνεργῷ co-worker ἡμῶν of us -57 1 2 καὶ and Ἀπφίᾳ Apphia τῇ the ἀδελφῇ sister ⚐καὶ and Ἀρχίππῳ Archippus τῷ the συστρατιώτῃ fellow soldier ἡμῶν of us καὶ and τῇ the κατ᾽ according to οἶκόν house σου of you ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly· -57 1 3 ⚐χάρις grace ὑμῖν to you καὶ and εἰρήνη peace ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God πατρὸς father ἡμῶν of us καὶ and κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -57 1 4 ⚐Εὐχαριστῶ to thank τῷ the θεῷ God μου of me πάντοτε always ⚐μνείαν remembrance σου of you ποιούμενος to make ἐπὶ upon τῶν the προσευχῶν prayer μου of me, -57 1 5 ⚐ἀκούων to hear σου of you τὴν the ἀγάπην love καὶ and τὴν the πίστιν faith ⚐ἣν which ἔχεις to have πρὸς to τὸν the κύριον lord Ἰησοῦν Jesus καὶ and εἰς toward πάντας all τοὺς the ἁγίους holy, -57 1 6 ⚐ὅπως that ἡ the κοινωνία participation τῆς the πίστεώς faith σου of you ἐνεργὴς effective γένηται to be ⚐ἐν with ἐπιγνώσει knowledge παντὸς all ἀγαθοῦ good-doer τοῦ the ἐν in ἡμῖν to us εἰς toward Χριστόν Christ· -57 1 7 ⚐χαρὰν joy γὰρ for πολλὴν much ἔσχον to have καὶ and παράκλησιν encouragement ἐπὶ upon τῇ the ἀγάπῃ love σου of you, ⚐ὅτι since τὰ the σπλάγχνα affection τῶν the ἁγίων holy ἀναπέπαυται to give rest διὰ through σοῦ of you, ἀδελφέ brother.

 -57 1 8 ⚐Διό therefore, πολλὴν much ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ παρρησίαν boldness ἔχων to have ⚐ἐπιτάσσειν to command σοι to you τὸ the ἀνῆκον be fitting, -57 1 9 ⚐διὰ through τὴν the ἀγάπην love μᾶλλον more παρακαλῶ to plead, ⚐τοιοῦτος such as this ὢν to be ὡς as Παῦλος Paul πρεσβύτης old man ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ and καὶ and δέσμιος prisoner Χριστοῦ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus— -57 1 10 ⚐παρακαλῶ to plead σε you περὶ about τοῦ the ἐμοῦ my τέκνου child, ⚐ὃν which ἐγέννησα to beget ἐν in τοῖς the δεσμοῖς chain Ὀνήσιμον Onesimus, -57 1 11 ⚐τόν who ποτέ once σοι to you ἄχρηστον useless ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ but καὶ and σοὶ to you καὶ and ἐμοὶ to me εὔχρηστον helpful, -57 1 12 ⚐ὃν which ἀνέπεμψά to send back σοι to you ⚐αὐτόν him, ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be τὰ the ἐμὰ my σπλάγχνα entrails· -57 1 13 ⚐ὃν which ἐγὼ I ἐβουλόμην to plan ⚐πρὸς to ἐμαυτὸν myself κατέχειν to hold fast, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὑπὲρ for σοῦ of you μοι to me διακονῇ to serve ἐν in τοῖς the δεσμοῖς chain τοῦ the εὐαγγελίου gospel, -57 1 14 ⚐χωρὶς without δὲ but τῆς the σῆς your γνώμης resolution οὐδὲν no one ἠθέλησα to will ποιῆσαι to do, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ὡς as κατὰ according to ἀνάγκην necessity τὸ the ἀγαθόν good-doer σου of you ᾖ to be ⚐ἀλλὰ but κατὰ according to ἑκούσιον voluntary· -57 1 15 ⚐τάχα perhaps γὰρ for διὰ because of τοῦτο this ἐχωρίσθη to separate πρὸς to ὥραν hour ⚐ἵνα in order that αἰώνιον eternal αὐτὸν him ἀπέχῃς to have in full, -57 1 16 ⚐οὐκέτι not any more ὡς as δοῦλον slave ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὑπὲρ above δοῦλον slave, ἀδελφὸν brother ἀγαπητόν beloved, ⚐μάλιστα especially ἐμοί to me, ⚐πόσῳ how much δὲ and μᾶλλον more σοὶ to you καὶ and ἐν in σαρκὶ flesh καὶ and ἐν in κυρίῳ lord.

 -57 1 17 ⚐Εἰ if οὖν therefore με me ἔχεις to have κοινωνόν participant, ⚐προσλαβοῦ to take αὐτὸν him ὡς as ἐμέ me. -57 1 18 ⚐εἰ if δέ and τι one ἠδίκησέν to harm σε you ἢ or ὀφείλει to owe, ⚐τοῦτο this ἐμοὶ to me ἐλλόγα to charge· -57 1 19 ⚐ἐγὼ I Παῦλος Paul ἔγραψα to write τῇ this ἐμῇ my χειρί hand, ⚐ἐγὼ I ἀποτίσω to repay· ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not λέγω to speak σοι to you ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and σεαυτόν yourself μοι to me προσοφείλεις to owe besides. -57 1 20 ⚐ναί yes, ἀδελφέ brother, ἐγώ I σου of you ὀναίμην to have joy ἐν in κυρίῳ lord· ⚐ἀνάπαυσόν to give rest μου of me τὰ the σπλάγχνα entrails ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ. -57 1 21 ⚐πεποιθὼς to persuade τῇ the ὑπακοῇ obedience σου of you ⚐ἔγραψά to write σοι to you, ⚐εἰδὼς to know ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and ὑπὲρ above ἃ which λέγω to speak ποιήσεις to do. -57 1 22 ⚐ἅμα together δὲ and καὶ and ἑτοίμαζέ to make ready μοι to me ξενίαν lodging, ⚐ἐλπίζω to hope γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that διὰ through τῶν the προσευχῶν prayer ὑμῶν of you χαρισθήσομαι to give grace ὑμῖν to you.

 -57 1 23 ⚐Ἀσπάζεταί to pay respects to σε you Ἐπαφρᾶς Epaphras ὁ the συναιχμάλωτός fellow prisoner μου of me ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ Ἰησοῦ Jesus, -57 1 24 ⚐Μᾶρκος Mark, Ἀρίσταρχος Aristarchus, Δημᾶς Demas, Λουκᾶς Luke, οἱ the συνεργοί co-worker μου of me.

 -57 1 25 ⚐Ἡ the χάρις grace τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ μετὰ with τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit ὑμῶν of you..

 -58 1 1 ⚐Πολυμερῶς little by little καὶ and πολυτρόπως in many ways πάλαι of old ὁ the θεὸς God λαλήσας to speak τοῖς the πατράσιν father ἐν through τοῖς the προφήταις prophet -58 1 2 ⚐ἐπ᾽ upon ἐσχάτου last τῶν the ἡμερῶν day τούτων of these ἐλάλησεν to speak ἡμῖν to us ἐν in υἱῷ son, ⚐ὃν which ἔθηκεν to place κληρονόμον heir πάντων all, ⚐δι᾽ through οὗ which καὶ and ἐποίησεν to create τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age· -58 1 3 ⚐ὃς which ὢν to be ἀπαύγασμα radiance τῆς the δόξης glory καὶ and χαρακτὴρ reproduction τῆς the ὑποστάσεως essence αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐φέρων to bear τε and τὰ the πάντα all τῷ the ῥήματι word τῆς the δυνάμεως power, αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καθαρισμὸν cleansing τῶν the ἁμαρτιῶν sin ποιησάμενος to make ⚐ἐκάθισεν to sit ἐν in δεξιᾷ right τῆς the μεγαλωσύνης majesty ἐν on ὑψηλοῖς high, -58 1 4 ⚐τοσούτῳ so great κρείττων greater γενόμενος to be τῶν the ἀγγέλων angel ⚐ὅσῳ as much as διαφορώτερον different παρ᾽ beside αὐτοὺς them κεκληρονόμηκεν to inherit ὄνομα name.

 -58 1 5 ⚐Τίνι which? γὰρ for εἶπέν to say ποτε ever τῶν the ἀγγέλων angel· ⚐Υἱός son μου of me εἶ to be σύ you, ⚐ἐγὼ I σήμερον today γεγέννηκά to beget σε you, ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again· ⚐Ἐγὼ I ἔσομαι to be αὐτῷ to him εἰς toward πατέρα father, ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἔσται to be μοι to me εἰς toward υἱόν son; -58 1 6 ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) δὲ but πάλιν again εἰσαγάγῃ to bring in τὸν the πρωτότοκον firstborn εἰς toward τὴν the οἰκουμένην world, ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Καὶ and προσκυνησάτωσαν to worship αὐτῷ to him πάντες all ἄγγελοι angel θεοῦ God. -58 1 7 ⚐καὶ and πρὸς to μὲν on the other hand τοὺς the ἀγγέλους angel λέγει to speak· ⚐Ὁ the ποιῶν to make τοὺς the ἀγγέλους angel αὐτοῦ of him πνεύματα wind, ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the λειτουργοὺς minister αὐτοῦ of him πυρὸς fire φλόγα flame· -58 1 8 ⚐πρὸς to δὲ but τὸν the υἱόν son· ⚐Ὁ the θρόνος throne σου of you ὁ the θεὸς God εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ῥάβδος rod τῆς the εὐθύτητος righteousness ῥάβδος rod τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom σου of you. -58 1 9 ⚐ἠγάπησας to love δικαιοσύνην righteousness ⚐καὶ and ἐμίσησας to hate ἀνομίαν lawlessness· ⚐διὰ through τοῦτο this ἔχρισέν to anoint σε you ὁ the θεός God, ὁ the θεός God σου of you, ἔλαιον olive oil ἀγαλλιάσεως joy ⚐παρὰ beside τοὺς the μετόχους partaker σου of you· -58 1 10 ⚐καί and· ⚐Σὺ you κατ᾽ according to ἀρχάς beginning, κύριε lord, τὴν the γῆν earth ἐθεμελίωσας to found, ⚐καὶ and ἔργα work τῶν the χειρῶν hand σού of you εἰσιν to be οἱ the οὐρανοί heaven· -58 1 11 ⚐αὐτοὶ they ἀπολοῦνται to destroy, ⚐σὺ you δὲ but διαμένεις to remain· ⚐καὶ and πάντες all ὡς as ἱμάτιον clothing παλαιωθήσονται to make old, -58 1 12 ⚐καὶ and ὡσεὶ like περιβόλαιον covering ἑλίξεις to roll up αὐτούς them, ⚐ὡς as ἱμάτιον clothing καὶ and ἀλλαγήσονται to change· ⚐σὺ you δὲ but ὁ the αὐτὸς he εἶ to be, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ἔτη year σου of you οὐκ no ἐκλείψουσιν to fail. -58 1 13 ⚐πρὸς to τίνα which? δὲ but τῶν the ἀγγέλων angel εἴρηκέν to say ποτε ever· ⚐Κάθου to sit ἐκ out of δεξιῶν right μου of me ⚐ἕως until ἂν if θῶ to place τοὺς the ἐχθρούς enemy σου of you ὑποπόδιον footstool τῶν the ποδῶν foot σου of you; -58 1 14 ⚐οὐχὶ not πάντες all εἰσὶν to be λειτουργικὰ ministering πνεύματα spirit ⚐εἰς toward διακονίαν service ἀποστελλόμενα to send διὰ through τοὺς who μέλλοντας be about to κληρονομεῖν to inherit σωτηρίαν salvation;

 -58 2 1 ⚐Διὰ because of τοῦτο this δεῖ to bind περισσοτέρως superabundantly προσέχειν to watch out ἡμᾶς us τοῖς the ἀκουσθεῖσιν to hear, ⚐μήποτε lest παραρυῶμεν to drift away. -58 2 2 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ὁ the δι᾽ through ἀγγέλων angel λαληθεὶς to speak λόγος word ἐγένετο to be βέβαιος firm, ⚐καὶ and πᾶσα all παράβασις transgression καὶ and παρακοὴ disobedience ἔλαβεν to take ἔνδικον just μισθαποδοσίαν recompense, -58 2 3 ⚐πῶς how? ἡμεῖς we ἐκφευξόμεθα to escape ⚐τηλικαύτης so great ἀμελήσαντες to neglect σωτηρίας salvation, ⚐ἥτις which, ἀρχὴν beginning λαβοῦσα to take λαλεῖσθαι to speak διὰ through τοῦ the κυρίου lord, ⚐ὑπὸ by τῶν who ἀκουσάντων to hear εἰς toward ἡμᾶς us ἐβεβαιώθη to confirm, -58 2 4 ⚐συνεπιμαρτυροῦντος to testify with τοῦ the θεοῦ God σημείοις sign τε and καὶ and τέρασιν wonders ⚐καὶ and ποικίλαις various δυνάμεσιν power καὶ and πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy ⚐μερισμοῖς division κατὰ according to τὴν the αὐτοῦ of him θέλησιν will;

 -58 2 5 ⚐Οὐ no γὰρ for ἀγγέλοις angel ὑπέταξεν to subject τὴν the οἰκουμένην world τὴν the μέλλουσαν be about to, ⚐περὶ about ἧς which λαλοῦμεν to speak· -58 2 6 ⚐διεμαρτύρατο to testify solemnly δέ but πού somewhere τις one ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Τί which? ἐστιν to be ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐ὅτι that μιμνῄσκῃ to remember αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἢ or υἱὸς son ἀνθρώπου a human ⚐ὅτι that ἐπισκέπτῃ to care for αὐτόν him; -58 2 7 ⚐ἠλάττωσας to make less αὐτὸν him βραχύ little τι one παρ᾽ beside ἀγγέλους angel, ⚐δόξῃ glory καὶ and τιμῇ honor ἐστεφάνωσας to crown αὐτόν him, -58 2 8 ⚐πάντα all ὑπέταξας to subject ὑποκάτω under τῶν the ποδῶν foot αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐ἐν in τῷ the γὰρ for ὑποτάξαι to subject αὐτῷ to him τὰ the πάντα all ⚐οὐδὲν no one ἀφῆκεν to release αὐτῷ to him ἀνυπότακτον insubordinate. ⚐νῦν now δὲ and οὔπω not yet ὁρῶμεν to see αὐτῷ to him τὰ the πάντα all ὑποτεταγμένα to subject· -58 2 9 ⚐τὸν the δὲ but βραχύ little τι one παρ᾽ beside ἀγγέλους angel ἠλαττωμένον to make less ⚐βλέπομεν to see Ἰησοῦν Jesus διὰ because of τὸ the πάθημα suffering τοῦ the θανάτου death δόξῃ glory καὶ and τιμῇ honor ἐστεφανωμένον to crown, ⚐ὅπως that χάριτι grace θεοῦ God ὑπὲρ for παντὸς all γεύσηται to taste θανάτου death.

 -58 2 10 ⚐Ἔπρεπεν be proper γὰρ for αὐτῷ to him, ⚐δι᾽ because of ὃν which τὰ the πάντα all ⚐καὶ and δι᾽ through οὗ which τὰ the πάντα all, ⚐πολλοὺς much υἱοὺς son εἰς toward δόξαν glory ἀγαγόντα to bring ⚐τὸν the ἀρχηγὸν founder τῆς the σωτηρίας salvation αὐτῶν of them διὰ through παθημάτων suffering τελειῶσαι to perfect. -58 2 11 ⚐ὅ the τε and γὰρ for ἁγιάζων to sanctify καὶ and οἱ the ἁγιαζόμενοι to sanctify ἐξ out of ἑνὸς one πάντες all· ⚐δι᾽ through ἣν which αἰτίαν cause οὐκ no ἐπαισχύνεται be ashamed of ⚐ἀδελφοὺς brother αὐτοὺς them καλεῖν to call, -58 2 12 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἀπαγγελῶ to announce τὸ the ὄνομά name σου of you τοῖς the ἀδελφοῖς brother μου of me, ⚐ἐν in μέσῳ midst ἐκκλησίας assembly ὑμνήσω to praise σε you· -58 2 13 ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again· ⚐Ἐγὼ I ἔσομαι to be πεποιθὼς to persuade ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῷ to him· ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἐγὼ I καὶ and τὰ the παιδία child ⚐ἅ which μοι to me ἔδωκεν to give ὁ the θεός God.

 -58 2 14 ⚐Ἐπεὶ since οὖν therefore τὰ the παιδία child κεκοινώνηκεν to participate αἵματος blood καὶ and σαρκός flesh, ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he παραπλησίως similarly μετέσχεν to share τῶν the αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ἵνα in order that διὰ through τοῦ the θανάτου death καταργήσῃ to end τὸν the τὸ the κράτος power ἔχοντα to have τοῦ the θανάτου death, ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be τὸν the διάβολον the Devil, -58 2 15 ⚐καὶ and ἀπαλλάξῃ to release τούτους these, ⚐ὅσοι as much as φόβῳ fear θανάτου death διὰ through παντὸς all τοῦ the ζῆν to live ἔνοχοι liable for ἦσαν to be δουλείας slavery. -58 2 16 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for δήπου surely ἀγγέλων angel ἐπιλαμβάνεται to catch, ⚐ἀλλὰ but σπέρματος seed Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ἐπιλαμβάνεται to catch. -58 2 17 ⚐ὅθεν whence ὤφειλεν to owe ⚐κατὰ according to πάντα all τοῖς the ἀδελφοῖς brother ὁμοιωθῆναι to liken, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐλεήμων merciful γένηται to be καὶ and πιστὸς faithful ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest τὰ the πρὸς to τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ἱλάσκεσθαι to propitiate τὰς the ἁμαρτίας sin τοῦ the λαοῦ a people· -58 2 18 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which γὰρ for πέπονθεν to suffer ⚐αὐτὸς he πειρασθείς to tempt, ⚐δύναται be able ⚐τοῖς who πειραζομένοις to tempt βοηθῆσαι to help.

 -58 3 1 ⚐Ὅθεν whence, ἀδελφοὶ brother ἅγιοι holy, κλήσεως calling ἐπουρανίου heavenly μέτοχοι partaker, ⚐κατανοήσατε to observe τὸν the ἀπόστολον apostle καὶ and ἀρχιερέα high-priest τῆς the ὁμολογίας confession ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦν Jesus, -58 3 2 ⚐πιστὸν faithful ὄντα to be τῷ who ποιήσαντι to appoint αὐτὸν him ⚐ὡς as καὶ and Μωϋσῆς Moses ἐν in ὅλῳ all τῷ the οἴκῳ house αὐτοῦ of him. -58 3 3 ⚐πλείονος greater γὰρ for οὗτος this δόξης glory παρὰ beside Μωϋσῆν Moses ἠξίωται to deem worthy ⚐καθ᾽ according to ὅσον as much as πλείονα greater τιμὴν honor ἔχει to have τοῦ the οἴκου house ὁ the κατασκευάσας to prepare αὐτόν him· -58 3 4 ⚐πᾶς all γὰρ for οἶκος house κατασκευάζεται to prepare ὑπό by τινος one, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but πάντα all κατασκευάσας to prepare θεός God. -58 3 5 ⚐καὶ and Μωϋσῆς Moses μὲν on the other hand πιστὸς faithful ἐν in ὅλῳ all τῷ the οἴκῳ house αὐτοῦ of him ὡς as θεράπων servant ⚐εἰς toward μαρτύριον testimony τῶν the λαληθησομένων to speak, -58 3 6 ⚐Χριστὸς Christ δὲ but ὡς as υἱὸς son ἐπὶ over τὸν the οἶκον house αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐οὗ which οἶκός house ἐσμεν to be ἡμεῖς we, ⚐ἐάνπερ if indeed τὴν the παρρησίαν boldness καὶ and τὸ the καύχημα pride τῆς the ἐλπίδος hope κατάσχωμεν to hold fast.

 -58 3 7 ⚐Διό therefore, καθὼς as λέγει to speak τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy· ⚐Σήμερον today ἐὰν if τῆς the φωνῆς voice αὐτοῦ of him ἀκούσητε to hear, -58 3 8 ⚐μὴ not σκληρύνητε to harden τὰς the καρδίας heart ὑμῶν of you ⚐ὡς as ἐν in τῷ the παραπικρασμῷ rebellion, κατὰ according to τὴν the ἡμέραν day τοῦ the πειρασμοῦ testing ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted, -58 3 9 ⚐οὗ where ἐπείρασαν to test οἱ the πατέρες father ὑμῶν of you ἐν in δοκιμασίᾳ examination ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know τὰ the ἔργα work μου of me -58 3 10 τεσσεράκοντα forty ἔτη year· ⚐διὸ therefore προσώχθισα be angry τῇ the γενεᾷ generation ταύτῃ to this ⚐καὶ and εἶπον to say· ⚐Ἀεὶ always πλανῶνται to lead astray τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart· ⚐αὐτοὶ they δὲ and οὐκ no ἔγνωσαν to know τὰς the ὁδούς road μου of me· -58 3 11 ⚐ὡς as ὤμοσα to swear ἐν in τῇ the ὀργῇ wrath μου of me· ⚐Εἰ if εἰσελεύσονται to enter εἰς toward τὴν the κατάπαυσίν rest μου of me. -58 3 12 ⚐βλέπετε to see, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐μήποτε lest ἔσται to be ἔν in τινι one ὑμῶν of you καρδία heart πονηρὰ evil ἀπιστίας unbelief ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ἀποστῆναι to leave ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God ζῶντος to live, -58 3 13 ⚐ἀλλὰ but παρακαλεῖτε to plead ἑαυτοὺς themselves καθ᾽ according to ἑκάστην each ἡμέραν day, ⚐ἄχρις until οὗ which τὸ the Σήμερον today καλεῖται to call, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not σκληρυνθῇ to harden τις one ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you ἀπάτῃ deceit τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin· -58 3 14 ⚐μέτοχοι partaker γὰρ for τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ γεγόναμεν to be, ⚐ἐάνπερ if indeed τὴν the ἀρχὴν beginning τῆς the ὑποστάσεως confidence μέχρι until τέλους goal βεβαίαν firm κατάσχωμεν to hold fast. -58 3 15 ⚐ἐν in τῷ the λέγεσθαι to speak· ⚐Σήμερον today ἐὰν if τῆς the φωνῆς voice αὐτοῦ of him ἀκούσητε to hear, ⚐Μὴ not σκληρύνητε to harden τὰς the καρδίας heart ὑμῶν of you ὡς as ἐν in τῷ the παραπικρασμῷ rebellion. -58 3 16 ⚐τίνες which? γὰρ for ἀκούσαντες to hear παρεπίκραναν to rebel; ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no πάντες all οἱ who ἐξελθόντες to go out ἐξ of Αἰγύπτου Egypt διὰ through Μωϋσέως Moses; -58 3 17 ⚐τίσιν which? δὲ and προσώχθισεν be angry τεσσεράκοντα forty ἔτη year; ⚐οὐχὶ not τοῖς who ἁμαρτήσασιν to sin, ⚐ὧν which τὰ the κῶλα corpse ἔπεσεν to collapse ἐν in τῇ the ἐρήμῳ deserted; -58 3 18 ⚐τίσιν which? δὲ and ὤμοσεν to swear μὴ not εἰσελεύσεσθαι to enter εἰς toward τὴν the κατάπαυσιν rest αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἰ if μὴ not τοῖς who ἀπειθήσασιν to disobey; -58 3 19 ⚐καὶ and βλέπομεν to see ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no ἠδυνήθησαν be able εἰσελθεῖν to enter δι᾽ because of ἀπιστίαν unbelief.

 -58 4 1 ⚐Φοβηθῶμεν to fear οὖν therefore ⚐μήποτε lest καταλειπομένης to leave ἐπαγγελίας promise ⚐εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the κατάπαυσιν rest αὐτοῦ of him ⚐δοκῇ to think τις one ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you ⚐ὑστερηκέναι to lack· -58 4 2 ⚐καὶ and γάρ for ἐσμεν to be εὐηγγελισμένοι to speak good news καθάπερ just as κἀκεῖνοι and that one, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no ὠφέλησεν to help ὁ the λόγος word τῆς the ἀκοῆς hearing ἐκείνους that, ⚐μὴ not συγκεκερασμένους to unite τῇ the πίστει faith τοῖς who ἀκούσασιν to hear. -58 4 3 ⚐εἰσερχόμεθα to enter γὰρ for εἰς toward τὴν the κατάπαυσιν rest οἱ who πιστεύσαντες to trust (in), ⚐καθὼς as εἴρηκεν to say· ⚐Ὡς as ὤμοσα to swear ἐν in τῇ the ὀργῇ wrath μου of me, ⚐Εἰ if εἰσελεύσονται to enter εἰς toward τὴν the κατάπαυσίν rest μου of me, ⚐καίτοι and yet τῶν the ἔργων work ἀπὸ from καταβολῆς beginning κόσμου world γενηθέντων to be, -58 4 4 ⚐εἴρηκεν to say γάρ for που somewhere περὶ about τῆς the ἑβδόμης seventh οὕτως thus(-ly)· ⚐Καὶ and κατέπαυσεν to keep from ὁ the θεὸς God ἐν on τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τῇ the ἑβδόμῃ seventh ἀπὸ from πάντων all τῶν the ἔργων work αὐτοῦ of him, -58 4 5 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τούτῳ to this πάλιν again· ⚐Εἰ if εἰσελεύσονται to enter εἰς toward τὴν the κατάπαυσίν rest μου of me. -58 4 6 ⚐ἐπεὶ since οὖν therefore ἀπολείπεται to leave ⚐τινὰς one εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward αὐτήν her, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the πρότερον before εὐαγγελισθέντες to speak good news οὐκ no εἰσῆλθον to enter δι᾽ because of ἀπείθειαν disobedience, -58 4 7 ⚐πάλιν again τινὰ one ὁρίζει to determine ἡμέραν day, Σήμερον today, ⚐ἐν through Δαυὶδ David λέγων to speak μετὰ after τοσοῦτον so great χρόνον time, ⚐καθὼς as προείρηται to predict, ⚐Σήμερον today ἐὰν if τῆς the φωνῆς voice αὐτοῦ of him ἀκούσητε to hear, ⚐μὴ not σκληρύνητε to harden τὰς the καρδίας heart ὑμῶν of you· -58 4 8 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for αὐτοὺς them Ἰησοῦς Joshua κατέπαυσεν to keep from, ⚐οὐκ no ἂν if περὶ about ἄλλης another ἐλάλει to speak μετὰ after ταῦτα these ἡμέρας day. -58 4 9 ⚐ἄρα therefore ἀπολείπεται to leave σαββατισμὸς Sabbath τῷ the λαῷ a people τοῦ the θεοῦ God· -58 4 10 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for εἰσελθὼν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the κατάπαυσιν rest αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and αὐτὸς he κατέπαυσεν to keep from ⚐ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἔργων work αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὥσπερ just as ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἰδίων one's own ὁ the θεός God. -58 4 11 ⚐σπουδάσωμεν be eager οὖν therefore εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward ἐκείνην that τὴν the κατάπαυσιν rest, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἐν by τῷ the αὐτῷ to it τις one ὑποδείγματι example πέσῃ to collapse τῆς the ἀπειθείας disobedience.

 -58 4 12 ⚐Ζῶν to live γὰρ for ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and ἐνεργὴς effective καὶ and τομώτερος sharper ὑπὲρ than πᾶσαν all μάχαιραν sword δίστομον double-edged ⚐καὶ and διϊκνούμενος to penetrate ἄχρι until μερισμοῦ division ψυχῆς soul καὶ and πνεύματος spirit, ἁρμῶν joint τε and καὶ and μυελῶν marrow, ⚐καὶ and κριτικὸς discerning ἐνθυμήσεων reflection καὶ and ἐννοιῶν thought καρδίας heart· -58 4 13 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔστιν to be κτίσις creation ἀφανὴς hidden ἐνώπιον before αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐πάντα all δὲ but γυμνὰ naked καὶ and τετραχηλισμένα to lay bare τοῖς the ὀφθαλμοῖς eye αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐πρὸς to ὃν which ἡμῖν to us ὁ the λόγος word.

 -58 4 14 ⚐Ἔχοντες to have οὖν therefore ἀρχιερέα high-priest μέγαν great διεληλυθότα to pass through τοὺς the οὐρανούς heaven, ⚐Ἰησοῦν Jesus τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐κρατῶμεν to grasp τῆς the ὁμολογίας confession· -58 4 15 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἔχομεν to have ἀρχιερέα high-priest μὴ not δυνάμενον be able συμπαθῆσαι to sympathize ταῖς the ἀσθενείαις weakness ἡμῶν of us, ⚐πεπειρασμένον to tempt δὲ but κατὰ according to πάντα all καθ᾽ according to ὁμοιότητα likeness χωρὶς without ἁμαρτίας sin. -58 4 16 ⚐προσερχώμεθα to come near οὖν therefore μετὰ with παρρησίας boldness τῷ the θρόνῳ throne τῆς the χάριτος grace, ⚐ἵνα in order to λάβωμεν to take ἔλεος mercy ⚐καὶ and χάριν grace εὕρωμεν to find εἰς toward εὔκαιρον opportune βοήθειαν help.

 -58 5 1 ⚐Πᾶς all γὰρ for ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest ἐξ from ἀνθρώπων a human λαμβανόμενος to take ⚐ὑπὲρ for ἀνθρώπων a human καθίσταται to appoint τὰ the πρὸς to τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐ἵνα in order to προσφέρῃ to bring to δῶρά gift τε both καὶ and θυσίας sacrifice ὑπὲρ for ἁμαρτιῶν sin, -58 5 2 ⚐μετριοπαθεῖν be gentle δυνάμενος be able τοῖς who ἀγνοοῦσιν be ignorant καὶ and πλανωμένοις to lead astray ⚐ἐπεὶ since καὶ and αὐτὸς he περίκειται to surround ἀσθένειαν weakness, -58 5 3 ⚐καὶ and δι᾽ because of αὐτὴν her ὀφείλει to owe, ⚐καθὼς as περὶ about τοῦ the λαοῦ a people, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and περὶ about αὑτοῦ oneself προσφέρειν to bring to περὶ about ἁμαρτιῶν sin. -58 5 4 ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no ἑαυτῷ himself τις one λαμβάνει to take τὴν this τιμήν honor, ⚐ἀλλὰ but καλούμενος to call ὑπὸ by τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐καθώσπερ as καὶ and Ἀαρών Aaron.

 -58 5 5 ⚐Οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὁ the Χριστὸς Christ οὐχ no ἑαυτὸν himself ἐδόξασεν to glorify γενηθῆναι to be ἀρχιερέα high-priest, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ who λαλήσας to speak πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Υἱός son μου of me εἶ to be σύ you, ⚐ἐγὼ I σήμερον today γεγέννηκά to beget σε you· -58 5 6 ⚐καθὼς as καὶ and ἐν in ἑτέρῳ other λέγει to speak· ⚐Σὺ you ἱερεὺς priest εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age κατὰ according to τὴν the τάξιν order Μελχισέδεκ Melchizedek, -58 5 7 ⚐ὃς which ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh αὐτοῦ of him ⚐δεήσεις prayer τε both καὶ and ἱκετηρίας supplication πρὸς to τὸν who δυνάμενον be able σῴζειν to save αὐτὸν him ἐκ from θανάτου death ⚐μετὰ with κραυγῆς shouting ἰσχυρᾶς strong καὶ and δακρύων teardrop προσενέγκας to bring to ⚐καὶ and εἰσακουσθεὶς to listen to ἀπὸ from τῆς the εὐλαβείας reverence, -58 5 8 ⚐καίπερ although ὢν to be υἱός son, ⚐ἔμαθεν to learn ἀφ᾽ from ὧν which ἔπαθεν to suffer τὴν the ὑπακοήν obedience, -58 5 9 ⚐καὶ and τελειωθεὶς to perfect ⚐ἐγένετο to be πᾶσιν all τοῖς who ὑπακούουσιν to obey αὐτῷ to him αἴτιος causer σωτηρίας salvation αἰωνίου eternal, -58 5 10 ⚐προσαγορευθεὶς to designate ὑπὸ by τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest κατὰ according to τὴν the τάξιν order Μελχισέδεκ Melchizedek.

 -58 5 11 ⚐Περὶ about οὗ which πολὺς much ἡμῖν to us ὁ this λόγος word καὶ and δυσερμήνευτος hard to interpret λέγειν to speak, ⚐ἐπεὶ since νωθροὶ dull γεγόνατε to be ταῖς the ἀκοαῖς hearing· -58 5 12 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ὀφείλοντες to owe εἶναι to be διδάσκαλοι teacher διὰ through τὸν this χρόνον time, ⚐πάλιν again χρείαν need ἔχετε to have ⚐τοῦ the διδάσκειν to teach ὑμᾶς you τινὰ one τὰ the στοιχεῖα principle τῆς the ἀρχῆς beginning τῶν the λογίων oracles τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐καὶ and γεγόνατε to be χρείαν need ἔχοντες to have γάλακτος milk, καὶ and οὐ no στερεᾶς strong τροφῆς food. -58 5 13 ⚐πᾶς all γὰρ for ὁ who μετέχων to share γάλακτος milk ἄπειρος unacquainted λόγου word δικαιοσύνης righteousness, ⚐νήπιος child γάρ for ἐστιν to be· -58 5 14 ⚐τελείων perfect δέ but ἐστιν to be ἡ the στερεὰ strong τροφή food, ⚐τῶν the διὰ through τὴν the ἕξιν practice τὰ who αἰσθητήρια sense γεγυμνασμένα to train ἐχόντων to have ⚐πρὸς to διάκρισιν discernment καλοῦ good τε both καὶ and κακοῦ evil.

 -58 6 1 ⚐Διὸ therefore ἀφέντες to release τὸν the τῆς the ἀρχῆς beginning τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ λόγον word ⚐ἐπὶ to τὴν the τελειότητα perfection φερώμεθα to lead, ⚐μὴ not πάλιν again θεμέλιον foundation καταβαλλόμενοι to lay down μετανοίας repentance ἀπὸ from νεκρῶν dead ἔργων work, καὶ and πίστεως faith ἐπὶ upon θεόν God, -58 6 2 ⚐βαπτισμῶν baptism διδαχῆς teaching ἐπιθέσεώς laying on τε and χειρῶν hand, ⚐ἀναστάσεώς resurrection τε and νεκρῶν dead καὶ and κρίματος judgment αἰωνίου eternal. -58 6 3 ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this ποιήσομεν to do ⚐ἐάνπερ if indeed ἐπιτρέπῃ to permit ὁ the θεός God. -58 6 4 ⚐Ἀδύνατον unable γὰρ for ⚐τοὺς the ἅπαξ once φωτισθέντας to illuminate γευσαμένους to taste τε and τῆς the δωρεᾶς free gift τῆς the ἐπουρανίου heavenly ⚐καὶ and μετόχους partaker γενηθέντας to be πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy -58 6 5 ⚐καὶ and καλὸν good γευσαμένους to taste θεοῦ God ῥῆμα word ⚐δυνάμεις power τε and μέλλοντος be about to αἰῶνος an age, -58 6 6 ⚐καὶ and παραπεσόντας to defect, ⚐πάλιν again ἀνακαινίζειν to restore εἰς toward μετάνοιαν repentance, ⚐ἀνασταυροῦντας to recrucify ἑαυτοῖς themselves τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and παραδειγματίζοντας to disgrace. -58 6 7 ⚐γῆ earth γὰρ for ἡ the πιοῦσα to drink τὸν the ἐπ᾽ on αὐτῆς of her ἐρχόμενον to go πολλάκις often ὑετόν rain, ⚐καὶ and τίκτουσα to give birth to βοτάνην crop εὔθετον suitable ἐκείνοις that δι᾽ through οὓς which καὶ and γεωργεῖται to farm, ⚐μεταλαμβάνει to partake εὐλογίας praise ἀπὸ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God· -58 6 8 ⚐ἐκφέρουσα to carry out δὲ but ἀκάνθας a thorn καὶ and τριβόλους thistle ⚐ἀδόκιμος failing καὶ and κατάρας curse ἐγγύς near, ⚐ἧς which τὸ the τέλος goal εἰς toward καῦσιν burning.

 -58 6 9 ⚐Πεπείσμεθα to persuade δὲ but περὶ about ὑμῶν of you, ἀγαπητοί beloved, τὰ the κρείσσονα greater καὶ and ἐχόμενα to have σωτηρίας salvation, ⚐εἰ if καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) λαλοῦμεν to speak· -58 6 10 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἄδικος unjust ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐ἐπιλαθέσθαι to forget τοῦ the ἔργου work ὑμῶν of you καὶ and τῆς the ἀγάπης love ⚐ἧς which ἐνεδείξασθε to show εἰς toward τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐διακονήσαντες to serve τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy ⚐καὶ and διακονοῦντες to serve. -58 6 11 ⚐ἐπιθυμοῦμεν to long for δὲ but ⚐ἕκαστον each ὑμῶν of you τὴν the αὐτὴν her ἐνδείκνυσθαι to show σπουδὴν diligence ⚐πρὸς to τὴν the πληροφορίαν assurance τῆς the ἐλπίδος hope ἄχρι until τέλους goal, -58 6 12 ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not νωθροὶ dull γένησθε to be, ⚐μιμηταὶ imitator δὲ but τῶν who διὰ through πίστεως faith καὶ and μακροθυμίας patience ⚐κληρονομούντων to inherit τὰς the ἐπαγγελίας promise.

 -58 6 13 ⚐Τῷ the γὰρ for Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ἐπαγγειλάμενος to profess ὁ the θεός God, ⚐ἐπεὶ since κατ᾽ according to οὐδενὸς no one εἶχεν to have μείζονος great ὀμόσαι to swear, ⚐ὤμοσεν to swear καθ᾽ according to ἑαυτοῦ himself, -58 6 14 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Εἰ if μὴν certainly εὐλογῶν to bless εὐλογήσω to bless σε you ⚐καὶ and πληθύνων to multiply πληθυνῶ to multiply σε you· -58 6 15 ⚐καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) μακροθυμήσας to have patience ⚐ἐπέτυχεν to obtain τῆς the ἐπαγγελίας promise. -58 6 16 ⚐ἄνθρωποι a human γὰρ for κατὰ according to τοῦ the μείζονος great ὀμνύουσιν to swear, ⚐καὶ and πάσης all αὐτοῖς to them ἀντιλογίας dispute πέρας end εἰς toward βεβαίωσιν confirmation ὁ the ὅρκος oath· -58 6 17 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which περισσότερον superabundant βουλόμενος to plan ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐ἐπιδεῖξαι to prove τοῖς the κληρονόμοις heir τῆς the ἐπαγγελίας promise τὸ the ἀμετάθετον unchangeable τῆς the βουλῆς plan αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐμεσίτευσεν to guarantee ὅρκῳ oath, -58 6 18 ⚐ἵνα in order that διὰ through δύο two πραγμάτων thing ἀμεταθέτων unchangeable, ⚐ἐν in οἷς which ἀδύνατον unable ψεύσασθαι to lie τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐ἰσχυρὰν strong παράκλησιν encouragement ἔχωμεν to have ⚐οἱ the καταφυγόντες to flee κρατῆσαι to grasp τῆς the προκειμένης to set before ἐλπίδος hope· -58 6 19 ⚐ἣν which ὡς as ἄγκυραν anchor ἔχομεν to have τῆς the ψυχῆς soul, ⚐ἀσφαλῆ secure τε and καὶ and βεβαίαν firm ⚐καὶ and εἰσερχομένην to enter εἰς toward τὸ the ἐσώτερον inner τοῦ the καταπετάσματος curtain, -58 6 20 ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) πρόδρομος forerunner ὑπὲρ above ἡμῶν of us εἰσῆλθεν to enter Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐κατὰ according to τὴν the τάξιν order Μελχισέδεκ Melchizedek ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest γενόμενος to be εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age.

 -58 7 1 ⚐Οὗτος this γὰρ for ὁ the Μελχισέδεκ Melchizedek, βασιλεὺς king Σαλήμ Salem, ἱερεὺς priest τοῦ the θεοῦ God τοῦ the ὑψίστου highest, ⚐ὁ the συναντήσας to meet Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ὑποστρέφοντι to return ἀπὸ from τῆς the κοπῆς slaughter τῶν the βασιλέων king ⚐καὶ and εὐλογήσας to bless αὐτόν him, -58 7 2 ⚐ᾧ which καὶ and δεκάτην tenth ἀπὸ from πάντων all ἐμέρισεν to divide Ἀβραάμ Abraham, ⚐πρῶτον first μὲν on the other hand ἑρμηνευόμενος to interpret βασιλεὺς king δικαιοσύνης righteousness ⚐ἔπειτα then δὲ and καὶ and βασιλεὺς king Σαλήμ Salem, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be βασιλεὺς king εἰρήνης peace, -58 7 3 ⚐ἀπάτωρ fatherless, ἀμήτωρ motherless, ἀγενεαλόγητος without genealogy, ⚐μήτε neither ἀρχὴν beginning ἡμερῶν day μήτε neither ζωῆς life τέλος goal ἔχων to have, ⚐ἀφωμοιωμένος to make like δὲ but τῷ the υἱῷ son τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐μένει to stay ἱερεὺς priest εἰς toward τὸ the διηνεκές perpetual.

 -58 7 4 ⚐Θεωρεῖτε to see δὲ but ⚐πηλίκος how great οὗτος this ⚐ᾧ which καὶ and δεκάτην tenth Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ἔδωκεν to give ἐκ of τῶν the ἀκροθινίων fine spoils ὁ the πατριάρχης patriarch. -58 7 5 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the μὲν on the other hand ἐκ of τῶν the υἱῶν son Λευὶ Levi τὴν the ἱερατείαν priesthood λαμβάνοντες to take ⚐ἐντολὴν commandment ἔχουσιν to have ⚐ἀποδεκατοῦν to tithe τὸν the λαὸν a people κατὰ according to τὸν the νόμον law, ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καίπερ although ἐξεληλυθότας to go out ἐκ out of τῆς the ὀσφύος loins Ἀβραάμ Abraham· -58 7 6 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but μὴ not γενεαλογούμενος to trace genealogy ἐξ out of αὐτῶν of them δεδεκάτωκεν to tithe Ἀβραάμ Abraham, ⚐καὶ and τὸν who ἔχοντα to have τὰς the ἐπαγγελίας promise εὐλόγηκεν to bless. -58 7 7 ⚐χωρὶς without δὲ and πάσης all ἀντιλογίας dispute ⚐τὸ the ἔλαττον lesser ὑπὸ by τοῦ the κρείττονος greater εὐλογεῖται to bless. -58 7 8 ⚐καὶ and ὧδε here μὲν on the other hand δεκάτας tenth ἀποθνῄσκοντες to die ἄνθρωποι a human λαμβάνουσιν to take, ⚐ἐκεῖ there δὲ and μαρτυρούμενος to testify ὅτι that ζῇ to live. -58 7 9 ⚐καὶ and ὡς as ἔπος a word εἰπεῖν to say, δι᾽ through Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ⚐καὶ and Λευὶ Levi ὁ the δεκάτας tenth λαμβάνων to take δεδεκάτωται to tithe, -58 7 10 ⚐ἔτι still γὰρ for ἐν in τῇ the ὀσφύϊ loins τοῦ the πατρὸς father ἦν to be ⚐ὅτε when συνήντησεν to meet αὐτῷ to him Μελχισέδεκ Melchizedek.

 -58 7 11 ⚐Εἰ if μὲν on the other hand οὖν therefore τελείωσις perfection διὰ through τῆς the Λευιτικῆς Levitical ἱερωσύνης priesthood ἦν to be, ⚐ὁ the λαὸς a people γὰρ for ἐπ᾽ on αὐτῆς of her νενομοθέτηται to give laws, ⚐τίς which? ἔτι still χρεία need κατὰ according to τὴν the τάξιν order Μελχισέδεκ Melchizedek ἕτερον other ἀνίστασθαι to arise ἱερέα priest ⚐καὶ and οὐ no κατὰ according to τὴν the τάξιν order Ἀαρὼν Aaron λέγεσθαι to speak; -58 7 12 ⚐μετατιθεμένης to transport γὰρ for τῆς the ἱερωσύνης priesthood ⚐ἐξ out of ἀνάγκης necessity καὶ and νόμου law μετάθεσις change γίνεται to be. -58 7 13 ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ὃν which γὰρ for λέγεται to speak ταῦτα these φυλῆς tribe ἑτέρας other μετέσχηκεν to share, ⚐ἀφ᾽ from ἧς which οὐδεὶς no one προσέσχηκεν to watch out τῷ the θυσιαστηρίῳ altar· -58 7 14 ⚐πρόδηλον obvious γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that ἐξ from Ἰούδα Judah ἀνατέταλκεν to rise ὁ the κύριος lord ἡμῶν of us, ⚐εἰς toward ἣν which φυλὴν tribe περὶ about ἱερέων priest οὐδὲν no one Μωϋσῆς Moses ἐλάλησεν to speak.

 -58 7 15 ⚐Καὶ and περισσότερον superabundant ἔτι still κατάδηλόν evident ἐστιν to be, ⚐εἰ if κατὰ according to τὴν the ὁμοιότητα likeness Μελχισέδεκ Melchizedek ἀνίσταται to arise ἱερεὺς priest ἕτερος other, -58 7 16 ⚐ὃς which οὐ no κατὰ according to νόμον law ἐντολῆς commandment σαρκίνης fleshly γέγονεν to be ⚐ἀλλὰ but κατὰ according to δύναμιν power ζωῆς life ἀκαταλύτου indestructible, -58 7 17 ⚐μαρτυρεῖται to testify γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that Σὺ you ἱερεὺς priest εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age κατὰ according to τὴν the τάξιν order Μελχισέδεκ Melchizedek. -58 7 18 ⚐ἀθέτησις nullification μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for γίνεται to be προαγούσης to go before ἐντολῆς commandment ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the αὐτῆς of her ἀσθενὲς weak καὶ and ἀνωφελές useless, -58 7 19 ⚐οὐδὲν no one γὰρ for ἐτελείωσεν to perfect ὁ the νόμος law, ⚐ἐπεισαγωγὴ introduction δὲ but κρείττονος greater ἐλπίδος hope, ⚐δι᾽ through ἧς which ἐγγίζομεν to come near τῷ the θεῷ God.

 -58 7 20 ⚐Καὶ and καθ᾽ according to ὅσον as much as οὐ no χωρὶς without ὁρκωμοσίας oath ( ⚐οἱ the μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for χωρὶς without ὁρκωμοσίας oath εἰσὶν to be ἱερεῖς priest γεγονότες to be, -58 7 21 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but μετὰ with ὁρκωμοσίας oath ⚐διὰ through τοῦ who λέγοντος to speak πρὸς to αὐτόν him· ⚐Ὤμοσεν to swear κύριος lord, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μεταμεληθήσεται to repent, ⚐Σὺ you ἱερεὺς priest εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age), -58 7 22 ⚐κατὰ according to τοσοῦτο so great καὶ and κρείττονος greater διαθήκης covenant γέγονεν to be ἔγγυος guarantor Ἰησοῦς Jesus.

 -58 7 23 ⚐Καὶ and οἱ the μὲν on the other hand πλείονές greater εἰσιν to be γεγονότες to be ἱερεῖς priest ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the θανάτῳ death κωλύεσθαι to prevent παραμένειν to continue· -58 7 24 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but διὰ because of τὸ the μένειν to stay αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age ⚐ἀπαράβατον permanent ἔχει to have τὴν the ἱερωσύνην priesthood· -58 7 25 ⚐ὅθεν whence καὶ and σῴζειν to save εἰς toward τὸ the παντελὲς completely δύναται be able ⚐τοὺς who προσερχομένους to come near δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐πάντοτε always ζῶν to live ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ἐντυγχάνειν to call on ὑπὲρ for αὐτῶν of them.

 -58 7 26 ⚐Τοιοῦτος such as this γὰρ for ἡμῖν to us καὶ and ἔπρεπεν be proper ἀρχιερεύς high-priest, ⚐ὅσιος holy, ἄκακος innocent, ἀμίαντος pure, ⚐κεχωρισμένος to separate ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἁμαρτωλῶν sinful, ⚐καὶ and ὑψηλότερος high τῶν the οὐρανῶν heaven γενόμενος to be· -58 7 27 ⚐ὃς which οὐκ no ἔχει to have καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day ἀνάγκην necessity, ⚐ὥσπερ just as οἱ the ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest, ⚐πρότερον before ὑπὲρ for τῶν the ἰδίων one's own ἁμαρτιῶν sin θυσίας sacrifice ἀναφέρειν to carry up, ⚐ἔπειτα then τῶν the τοῦ the λαοῦ a people( ⚐τοῦτο this γὰρ for ἐποίησεν to do ἐφάπαξ once for all ⚐ἑαυτὸν himself ἀνενέγκας to carry up)· -58 7 28 ⚐ὁ the νόμος law γὰρ for ἀνθρώπους a human καθίστησιν to appoint ἀρχιερεῖς high-priest ⚐ἔχοντας to have ἀσθένειαν weakness, ⚐ὁ the λόγος word δὲ but τῆς the ὁρκωμοσίας oath τῆς the μετὰ after τὸν the νόμον law υἱόν son, ⚐εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age τετελειωμένον to perfect.

 -58 8 1 ⚐Κεφάλαιον sum δὲ and ἐπὶ upon τοῖς the λεγομένοις to speak, ⚐τοιοῦτον such as this ἔχομεν to have ἀρχιερέα high-priest, ⚐ὃς which ἐκάθισεν to sit ἐν in δεξιᾷ right τοῦ the θρόνου throne τῆς the μεγαλωσύνης majesty ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven, -58 8 2 ⚐τῶν the ἁγίων holy λειτουργὸς minister καὶ and τῆς the σκηνῆς tent τῆς the ἀληθινῆς true, ⚐ἣν which ἔπηξεν to set up ὁ the κύριος lord, οὐκ no ἄνθρωπος a human. -58 8 3 ⚐πᾶς all γὰρ for ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest εἰς toward τὸ the προσφέρειν to bring to δῶρά gift τε both καὶ and θυσίας sacrifice καθίσταται to appoint· ⚐ὅθεν whence ἀναγκαῖον necessary ⚐ἔχειν to have τι one καὶ and τοῦτον this ὃ which προσενέγκῃ to bring to. -58 8 4 ⚐εἰ if μὲν on the other hand οὖν then ἦν to be ἐπὶ on γῆς earth, ⚐οὐδ᾽ and not ἂν if ἦν to be ἱερεύς priest, ⚐ὄντων to be τῶν who προσφερόντων to bring to κατὰ according to νόμον law τὰ the δῶρα gift· -58 8 5 ( ⚐οἵτινες which ὑποδείγματι example καὶ and σκιᾷ shadow λατρεύουσιν to minister τῶν the ἐπουρανίων heavenly, ⚐καθὼς just as κεχρημάτισται to announce Μωϋσῆς Moses ⚐μέλλων be about to ἐπιτελεῖν to complete τὴν the σκηνήν tent, ⚐Ὅρα to see γάρ for, φησίν to say, ⚐ποιήσεις to make πάντα all κατὰ according to τὸν the τύπον pattern τὸν the δειχθέντα to show σοι to you ἐν on τῷ the ὄρει mountain)· -58 8 6 ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ but διαφορωτέρας different τέτυχεν to obtain λειτουργίας ministry, ⚐ὅσῳ as much as καὶ and κρείττονός greater ἐστιν to be διαθήκης covenant μεσίτης mediator, ⚐ἥτις which ἐπὶ on κρείττοσιν greater ἐπαγγελίαις promise νενομοθέτηται to give laws.

 -58 8 7 ⚐Εἰ if γὰρ for ἡ the πρώτη first ἐκείνη that ἦν to be ἄμεμπτος blameless, ⚐οὐκ no ἂν if δευτέρας secondly ἐζητεῖτο to seek τόπος place· -58 8 8 ⚐μεμφόμενος to blame γὰρ for αὐτοὺς them ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἡμέραι day ἔρχονται to come, ⚐λέγει to speak κύριος lord, ⚐καὶ and συντελέσω to complete ἐπὶ with τὸν the οἶκον house Ἰσραὴλ Israel καὶ and ἐπὶ with τὸν the οἶκον house Ἰούδα Judah διαθήκην covenant καινήν new, -58 8 9 ⚐οὐ no κατὰ according to τὴν the διαθήκην covenant ⚐ἣν which ἐποίησα to make τοῖς the πατράσιν father αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐν on ἡμέρᾳ day ἐπιλαβομένου to catch μου of me τῆς the χειρὸς hand αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐξαγαγεῖν to lead out αὐτοὺς them ἐκ out of γῆς earth Αἰγύπτου Egypt, ⚐ὅτι since αὐτοὶ they οὐκ no ἐνέμειναν to abide by ἐν in τῇ the διαθήκῃ covenant μου of me, ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἠμέλησα to neglect αὐτῶν of them, ⚐λέγει to speak κύριος lord. -58 8 10 ⚐ὅτι since αὕτη this ἡ the διαθήκη covenant ⚐ἣν which διαθήσομαι to make a covenant τῷ the οἴκῳ house Ἰσραὴλ Israel μετὰ after τὰς the ἡμέρας day ἐκείνας that, ⚐λέγει to speak κύριος lord, ⚐διδοὺς to give νόμους law μου of me εἰς toward τὴν the διάνοιαν mind αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on καρδίας heart αὐτῶν of them ἐπιγράψω to write on αὐτούς them, ⚐καὶ and ἔσομαι to be αὐτοῖς to them εἰς toward θεόν God ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἔσονταί to be μοι to me εἰς toward λαόν a people. -58 8 11 ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not διδάξωσιν to teach ἕκαστος each τὸν the πολίτην citizen αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and ἕκαστος each τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Γνῶθι to know τὸν the κύριον lord, ⚐ὅτι since πάντες all εἰδήσουσίν to know με me ἀπὸ from μικροῦ small ἕως until μεγάλου great αὐτῶν of them. -58 8 12 ⚐ὅτι since ἵλεως gracious ἔσομαι to be ταῖς the ἀδικίαις unrighteousness αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and τῶν the ἁμαρτιῶν sin αὐτῶν of them οὐ no μὴ not μνησθῶ to remember ἔτι still. -58 8 13 ⚐ἐν in τῷ the λέγειν to speak Καινὴν new ⚐πεπαλαίωκεν to make old τὴν the πρώτην first, ⚐τὸ the δὲ and παλαιούμενον to make old καὶ and γηράσκον to grow old ἐγγὺς near ἀφανισμοῦ disappearance.

 -58 9 1 ⚐Εἶχεν to have μὲν on the other hand οὖν then καὶ and ἡ the πρώτη first δικαιώματα righteous act λατρείας ministry τό the τε and ἅγιον holy κοσμικόν earthly. -58 9 2 ⚐σκηνὴ tent γὰρ for κατεσκευάσθη to prepare ἡ the πρώτη first ⚐ἐν in ᾗ which ἥ the τε and λυχνία lampstand καὶ and ἡ the τράπεζα table καὶ and ἡ the πρόθεσις purpose τῶν the ἄρτων bread, ⚐ἥτις which λέγεται to speak Ἅγια holy· -58 9 3 ⚐μετὰ after δὲ and τὸ the δεύτερον secondly καταπέτασμα curtain σκηνὴ tent ἡ the λεγομένη to speak Ἅγια holy Ἁγίων holy, -58 9 4 ⚐χρυσοῦν golden ἔχουσα to have θυμιατήριον incense altar ⚐καὶ and τὴν the κιβωτὸν ark τῆς the διαθήκης covenant περικεκαλυμμένην to cover πάντοθεν from all sides χρυσίῳ gold, ⚐ἐν in ᾗ which στάμνος jar χρυσῆ golden ἔχουσα to have τὸ the μάννα manna ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ῥάβδος rod Ἀαρὼν Aaron ἡ the βλαστήσασα to sprout καὶ and αἱ the πλάκες tablet τῆς the διαθήκης covenant, -58 9 5 ⚐ὑπεράνω above δὲ and αὐτῆς of her Χερουβὶν Cherub δόξης glory κατασκιάζοντα to overshadow τὸ the ἱλαστήριον propitiation· ⚐περὶ about ὧν which οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ⚐νῦν now λέγειν to speak κατὰ according to μέρος part.

 -58 9 6 ⚐Τούτων of these δὲ and οὕτως thus(-ly) κατεσκευασμένων to prepare, ⚐εἰς toward μὲν on the other hand τὴν the πρώτην first σκηνὴν tent διὰ through παντὸς all εἰσίασιν to enter οἱ the ἱερεῖς priest ⚐τὰς the λατρείας ministry ἐπιτελοῦντες to complete, -58 9 7 ⚐εἰς toward δὲ but τὴν the δευτέραν secondly ἅπαξ once τοῦ the ἐνιαυτοῦ year μόνος alone ὁ the ἀρχιερεύς high-priest, ⚐οὐ no χωρὶς without αἵματος blood, ⚐ὃ which προσφέρει to bring to ὑπὲρ for ἑαυτοῦ himself καὶ and τῶν the τοῦ the λαοῦ a people ἀγνοημάτων error, -58 9 8 ⚐τοῦτο this δηλοῦντος to make clear τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit τοῦ the ἁγίου holy, ⚐μήπω not yet πεφανερῶσθαι to manifest τὴν the τῶν the ἁγίων holy ὁδὸν road ⚐ἔτι still τῆς the πρώτης first σκηνῆς tent ἐχούσης to be στάσιν uprising, -58 9 9 ⚐ἥτις which παραβολὴ parable εἰς toward τὸν the καιρὸν time τὸν the ἐνεστηκότα be present, ⚐καθ᾽ according to ἣν which δῶρά gift τε and καὶ and θυσίαι sacrifice προσφέρονται to bring to ⚐μὴ not δυνάμεναι be able ⚐κατὰ according to συνείδησιν conscience τελειῶσαι to perfect τὸν the λατρεύοντα to minister, -58 9 10 ⚐μόνον alone ἐπὶ upon βρώμασιν food καὶ and πόμασιν drink καὶ and διαφόροις different βαπτισμοῖς baptism, ⚐δικαιώματα righteous act σαρκὸς flesh μέχρι until καιροῦ time διορθώσεως reformation ἐπικείμενα to lay on.

 -58 9 11 ⚐Χριστὸς Christ δὲ but παραγενόμενος to come ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest τῶν the γενομένων to be ἀγαθῶν good-doer ⚐διὰ through τῆς the μείζονος great καὶ and τελειοτέρας perfect σκηνῆς tent οὐ no χειροποιήτου hand-made, ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be οὐ no ταύτης of this τῆς the κτίσεως creation, -58 9 12 ⚐οὐδὲ and not δι᾽ through αἵματος blood τράγων he-goat καὶ and μόσχων calf ⚐διὰ through δὲ but τοῦ the ἰδίου one's own αἵματος blood, εἰσῆλθεν to enter ἐφάπαξ once for all εἰς toward τὰ the ἅγια holy, ⚐αἰωνίαν eternal λύτρωσιν redemption εὑράμενος to find. -58 9 13 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for τὸ the αἷμα blood τράγων he-goat καὶ and ταύρων bull καὶ and σποδὸς ashes δαμάλεως heifer ῥαντίζουσα to sprinkle ⚐τοὺς who κεκοινωμένους to profane ἁγιάζει to sanctify πρὸς to τὴν the τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh καθαρότητα cleanness, -58 9 14 ⚐πόσῳ how much μᾶλλον more τὸ the αἷμα blood τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ὃς which διὰ through πνεύματος spirit αἰωνίου eternal ἑαυτὸν himself προσήνεγκεν to bring to ἄμωμον blameless τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐καθαριεῖ to clean τὴν the συνείδησιν conscience ἡμῶν of us ἀπὸ from νεκρῶν dead ἔργων work ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the λατρεύειν to minister θεῷ God ζῶντι to live.

 -58 9 15 ⚐Καὶ and διὰ through τοῦτο this διαθήκης covenant καινῆς new μεσίτης mediator ἐστίν to be, ⚐ὅπως that θανάτου death γενομένου to be εἰς toward ἀπολύτρωσιν redemption ⚐τῶν the ἐπὶ upon τῇ the πρώτῃ first διαθήκῃ covenant παραβάσεων transgression ⚐τὴν the ἐπαγγελίαν promise λάβωσιν to take οἱ who κεκλημένοι to call τῆς the αἰωνίου eternal κληρονομίας inheritance. -58 9 16 ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) γὰρ for διαθήκη covenant, ⚐θάνατον death ἀνάγκη necessity φέρεσθαι to bear τοῦ who διαθεμένου to make a covenant· -58 9 17 ⚐διαθήκη covenant γὰρ for ἐπὶ upon νεκροῖς dead βεβαία firm, ⚐ἐπεὶ since μήποτε lest ἰσχύει be strong ⚐ὅτε when ζῇ to live ὁ who διαθέμενος to make a covenant. -58 9 18 ⚐ὅθεν whence οὐδὲ and not ἡ the πρώτη first χωρὶς without αἵματος blood ἐγκεκαίνισται to inaugurate· -58 9 19 ⚐λαληθείσης to speak γὰρ for πάσης all ἐντολῆς commandment κατὰ according to τὸν the νόμον law ὑπὸ by Μωϋσέως Moses παντὶ all τῷ the λαῷ a people, ⚐λαβὼν to take τὸ the αἷμα blood τῶν the μόσχων calf καὶ and τῶν the τράγων he-goat ⚐μετὰ with ὕδατος water καὶ and ἐρίου wool κοκκίνου scarlet καὶ and ὑσσώπου hyssop ⚐αὐτό it τε both τὸ the βιβλίον scroll καὶ and πάντα all τὸν the λαὸν a people ἐρράντισεν to sprinkle, -58 9 20 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Τοῦτο this τὸ the αἷμα blood τῆς the διαθήκης covenant ⚐ἧς which ἐνετείλατο to order πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ὁ the θεός God· -58 9 21 ⚐καὶ and τὴν the σκηνὴν tent δὲ and καὶ and πάντα all τὰ the σκεύη vessel τῆς the λειτουργίας ministry τῷ the αἵματι blood ὁμοίως likewise ἐρράντισεν to sprinkle. -58 9 22 ⚐καὶ and σχεδὸν nearly ἐν with αἵματι blood πάντα all καθαρίζεται to clean κατὰ according to τὸν the νόμον law, ⚐καὶ and χωρὶς without αἱματεκχυσίας bloodshed οὐ no γίνεται to be ἄφεσις forgiveness.

 -58 9 23 ⚐Ἀνάγκη necessity οὖν therefore ⚐τὰ the μὲν on the other hand ὑποδείγματα example τῶν the ἐν in τοῖς the οὐρανοῖς heaven τούτοις to these καθαρίζεσθαι to clean, ⚐αὐτὰ them δὲ but τὰ the ἐπουράνια heavenly ⚐κρείττοσιν greater θυσίαις sacrifice παρὰ beside ταύτας these. -58 9 24 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for εἰς toward χειροποίητα hand-made εἰσῆλθεν to enter ἅγια holy Χριστός Christ, ⚐ἀντίτυπα representation τῶν the ἀληθινῶν true, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἰς toward αὐτὸν him τὸν the οὐρανόν heaven, ⚐νῦν now ἐμφανισθῆναι to show τῷ the προσώπῳ face τοῦ the θεοῦ God ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us· -58 9 25 ⚐οὐδ᾽ and not ἵνα in order to πολλάκις often προσφέρῃ to bring to ἑαυτόν himself, ⚐ὥσπερ just as ὁ the ἀρχιερεὺς high-priest εἰσέρχεται to enter εἰς toward τὰ the ἅγια holy ⚐κατ᾽ according to ἐνιαυτὸν year ἐν with αἵματι blood ἀλλοτρίῳ another’s, -58 9 26 ⚐ἐπεὶ since ἔδει be necessary αὐτὸν him πολλάκις often παθεῖν to suffer ἀπὸ from καταβολῆς beginning κόσμου world· ⚐νυνὶ now δὲ but ἅπαξ once ἐπὶ upon συντελείᾳ consummation τῶν the αἰώνων an age ⚐εἰς toward ἀθέτησιν nullification τῆς the ἁμαρτίας sin διὰ through τῆς the θυσίας sacrifice αὐτοῦ of him πεφανέρωται to manifest. -58 9 27 ⚐καὶ and καθ᾽ according to ὅσον as much as ἀπόκειται to lay up τοῖς the ἀνθρώποις a human ἅπαξ once ἀποθανεῖν to die, ⚐μετὰ with δὲ and τοῦτο this κρίσις judgment, -58 9 28 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὁ the Χριστός Christ, ἅπαξ once προσενεχθεὶς to bring to ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the πολλῶν much ἀνενεγκεῖν to carry up ἁμαρτίας sin, ⚐ἐκ out of δευτέρου secondly χωρὶς without ἁμαρτίας sin ὀφθήσεται to see τοῖς the αὐτὸν him ἀπεκδεχομένοις to expect ⚐εἰς toward σωτηρίαν salvation.

 -58 10 1 ⚐Σκιὰν shadow γὰρ for ἔχων to have ὁ the νόμος law τῶν the μελλόντων be about to ἀγαθῶν good-doer, ⚐οὐκ no αὐτὴν her τὴν the εἰκόνα image τῶν the πραγμάτων thing, ⚐κατ᾽ according to ἐνιαυτὸν year ταῖς the αὐταῖς to them θυσίαις sacrifice ἃς which προσφέρουσιν to bring to εἰς toward τὸ the διηνεκὲς perpetual ⚐οὐδέποτε never δύναται be able ⚐τοὺς who προσερχομένους to come near τελειῶσαι to perfect· -58 10 2 ⚐ἐπεὶ since οὐκ no ἂν if ἐπαύσαντο to cease προσφερόμεναι to bring to, ⚐διὰ because of τὸ the μηδεμίαν nothing ἔχειν to have ἔτι still συνείδησιν conscience ἁμαρτιῶν sin τοὺς the λατρεύοντας to minister ⚐ἅπαξ once κεκαθαρισμένους to clean; -58 10 3 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in αὐταῖς to them ἀνάμνησις remembrance ἁμαρτιῶν sin κατ᾽ according to ἐνιαυτόν year, -58 10 4 ⚐ἀδύνατον unable γὰρ for ⚐αἷμα blood ταύρων bull καὶ and τράγων he-goat ἀφαιρεῖν to remove ἁμαρτίας sin. -58 10 5 ⚐διὸ therefore εἰσερχόμενος to enter εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world ⚐λέγει to speak· ⚐Θυσίαν sacrifice καὶ and προσφορὰν offering οὐκ no ἠθέλησας to desire, ⚐σῶμα body δὲ but κατηρτίσω to complete μοι to me· -58 10 6 ⚐ὁλοκαυτώματα burnt offering καὶ and περὶ about ἁμαρτίας sin οὐκ no εὐδόκησας to delight. -58 10 7 ⚐τότε then εἶπον to say· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἥκω to come, ⚐ἐν in κεφαλίδι scroll βιβλίου scroll γέγραπται to write περὶ about ἐμοῦ of me, ⚐τοῦ the ποιῆσαι to do, ὁ the θεός God, τὸ the θέλημά will σου of you. -58 10 8 ⚐ἀνώτερον higher λέγων to speak ⚐ὅτι that Θυσίας sacrifice καὶ and προσφορὰς offering καὶ and ὁλοκαυτώματα burnt offering καὶ and περὶ about ἁμαρτίας sin οὐκ no ἠθέλησας to desire ⚐οὐδὲ and not εὐδόκησας to delight, ⚐αἵτινες which κατὰ according to νόμον law προσφέρονται to bring to, -58 10 9 ⚐τότε then εἴρηκεν to say· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἥκω to come ⚐τοῦ the ποιῆσαι to do τὸ the θέλημά will σου of you· ⚐ἀναιρεῖ to do away with τὸ the πρῶτον first ⚐ἵνα in order to τὸ the δεύτερον secondly στήσῃ to stand. -58 10 10 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which θελήματι will ἡγιασμένοι to sanctify ἐσμὲν to be ⚐διὰ through τῆς the προσφορᾶς offering τοῦ the σώματος body Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ἐφάπαξ once for all.

 -58 10 11 ⚐Καὶ and πᾶς all μὲν on the other hand ἱερεὺς priest ἕστηκεν to stand ⚐καθ᾽ according to ἡμέραν day λειτουργῶν to minister ⚐καὶ and τὰς the αὐτὰς them πολλάκις often προσφέρων to bring to θυσίας sacrifice, ⚐αἵτινες which οὐδέποτε never δύνανται be able περιελεῖν to take away ἁμαρτίας sin. -58 10 12 ⚐οὗτος this δὲ but μίαν one ὑπὲρ for ἁμαρτιῶν sin προσενέγκας to bring to θυσίαν sacrifice εἰς toward τὸ the διηνεκὲς perpetual ⚐ἐκάθισεν to sit ἐν in δεξιᾷ right τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -58 10 13 ⚐τὸ the λοιπὸν henceforth ἐκδεχόμενος to wait for ⚐ἕως until τεθῶσιν to place οἱ the ἐχθροὶ enemy αὐτοῦ of him ὑποπόδιον footstool τῶν the ποδῶν foot αὐτοῦ of him, -58 10 14 ⚐μιᾷ one γὰρ for προσφορᾷ offering τετελείωκεν to perfect εἰς toward τὸ the διηνεκὲς perpetual τοὺς who ἁγιαζομένους to sanctify. -58 10 15 ⚐μαρτυρεῖ to testify δὲ and ἡμῖν to us καὶ and τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τὸ the ἅγιον holy, ⚐μετὰ after γὰρ for τὸ the εἰρηκέναι to say· -58 10 16 ⚐Αὕτη this ἡ the διαθήκη covenant ἣν which διαθήσομαι to make a covenant πρὸς with αὐτοὺς them μετὰ after τὰς the ἡμέρας day ἐκείνας that, ⚐λέγει to speak κύριος lord, ⚐διδοὺς to give νόμους law μου of me ἐπὶ on καρδίας heart αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on τὴν the διάνοιαν mind αὐτῶν of them ἐπιγράψω to write on αὐτούς them, -58 10 17 ⚐καὶ and τῶν the ἁμαρτιῶν sin αὐτῶν of them καὶ and τῶν the ἀνομιῶν lawlessness αὐτῶν of them οὐ no μὴ not μνησθήσομαι to remember ἔτι still· -58 10 18 ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) δὲ and ἄφεσις forgiveness τούτων of these, ⚐οὐκέτι not any more προσφορὰ offering περὶ about ἁμαρτίας sin.

 -58 10 19 ⚐Ἔχοντες to have οὖν therefore, ἀδελφοί brother, παρρησίαν boldness εἰς toward τὴν the εἴσοδον entry τῶν the ἁγίων holy ἐν by τῷ the αἵματι blood Ἰησοῦ Jesus, -58 10 20 ⚐ἣν which ἐνεκαίνισεν to inaugurate ἡμῖν to us ὁδὸν road πρόσφατον new καὶ and ζῶσαν to live διὰ through τοῦ the καταπετάσματος curtain, ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh αὐτοῦ of him, -58 10 21 ⚐καὶ and ἱερέα priest μέγαν great ἐπὶ over τὸν the οἶκον house τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -58 10 22 ⚐προσερχώμεθα to come near μετὰ with ἀληθινῆς true καρδίας heart ἐν in πληροφορίᾳ assurance πίστεως faith, ⚐ῥεραντισμένοι to sprinkle τὰς the καρδίας heart ἀπὸ from συνειδήσεως conscience πονηρᾶς evil ⚐καὶ and λελουσμένοι to wash τὸ the σῶμα body ὕδατι water καθαρῷ clean· -58 10 23 ⚐κατέχωμεν to hold fast τὴν the ὁμολογίαν confession τῆς the ἐλπίδος hope ἀκλινῆ unwavering, ⚐πιστὸς faithful γὰρ for ὁ who ἐπαγγειλάμενος to profess· -58 10 24 ⚐καὶ and κατανοῶμεν to observe ἀλλήλους one another ⚐εἰς toward παροξυσμὸν stirring up ἀγάπης love καὶ and καλῶν good ἔργων work, -58 10 25 ⚐μὴ not ἐγκαταλείποντες to leave behind τὴν the ἐπισυναγωγὴν gathering ἑαυτῶν myself, ⚐καθὼς as ἔθος custom τισίν one, ⚐ἀλλὰ but παρακαλοῦντες to comfort, ⚐καὶ and τοσούτῳ so great μᾶλλον more ⚐ὅσῳ as much as βλέπετε to see ἐγγίζουσαν to come near τὴν the ἡμέραν day.

 -58 10 26 ⚐Ἑκουσίως voluntarily γὰρ for ἁμαρτανόντων to sin ἡμῶν of us ⚐μετὰ after τὸ the λαβεῖν to take τὴν the ἐπίγνωσιν knowledge τῆς the ἀληθείας truth, ⚐οὐκέτι not any more περὶ about ἁμαρτιῶν sin ἀπολείπεται to leave θυσία sacrifice, -58 10 27 ⚐φοβερὰ fearful δέ but τις one ἐκδοχὴ expectation κρίσεως judgment καὶ and πυρὸς fire ζῆλος zeal ⚐ἐσθίειν to eat μέλλοντος be about to τοὺς the ὑπεναντίους opposed. -58 10 28 ⚐ἀθετήσας to reject τις one νόμον law Μωϋσέως Moses ⚐χωρὶς without οἰκτιρμῶν compassion ἐπὶ on δυσὶν two ἢ or τρισὶν three μάρτυσιν witness ἀποθνῄσκει to die· -58 10 29 ⚐πόσῳ how much δοκεῖτε to think χείρονος worse than ἀξιωθήσεται to deem worthy τιμωρίας punishment ⚐ὁ the τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the θεοῦ God καταπατήσας to trample, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the αἷμα blood τῆς the διαθήκης covenant κοινὸν common ἡγησάμενος to govern ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ἡγιάσθη to sanctify, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τῆς the χάριτος grace ἐνυβρίσας to insult. -58 10 30 ⚐οἴδαμεν to know γὰρ for τὸν who εἰπόντα to say· ⚐Ἐμοὶ to me ἐκδίκησις vengeance, ⚐ἐγὼ I ἀνταποδώσω to repay· ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again· ⚐Κρινεῖ to judge κύριος lord τὸν the λαὸν a people αὐτοῦ of him. -58 10 31 ⚐φοβερὸν fearful τὸ the ἐμπεσεῖν to fall into εἰς toward χεῖρας hand θεοῦ God ζῶντος to live.

 -58 10 32 ⚐Ἀναμιμνῄσκεσθε to remind δὲ but τὰς the πρότερον before ἡμέρας day, ⚐ἐν in αἷς which φωτισθέντες to illuminate ⚐πολλὴν much ἄθλησιν struggle ὑπεμείνατε to endure παθημάτων suffering, -58 10 33 ⚐τοῦτο this μὲν on the other hand ὀνειδισμοῖς reproach τε and καὶ and θλίψεσιν pressure θεατριζόμενοι to expose, ⚐τοῦτο this δὲ and κοινωνοὶ participant τῶν the οὕτως thus(-ly) ἀναστρεφομένων to live γενηθέντες to be· -58 10 34 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for τοῖς the δεσμίοις prisoner συνεπαθήσατε to sympathize, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the ἁρπαγὴν plunder τῶν the ὑπαρχόντων to be ὑμῶν of you μετὰ with χαρᾶς joy προσεδέξασθε to accept, ⚐γινώσκοντες to know ἔχειν to have ἑαυτοὺς yourself κρείττονα greater ὕπαρξιν property καὶ and μένουσαν to stay. -58 10 35 ⚐μὴ not ἀποβάλητε to throw away οὖν therefore τὴν the παρρησίαν boldness ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἥτις which ἔχει to have μεγάλην great μισθαποδοσίαν recompense, -58 10 36 ⚐ὑπομονῆς perseverance γὰρ for ἔχετε to have χρείαν need ⚐ἵνα in order to τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ the θεοῦ God ποιήσαντες to do ⚐κομίσησθε to be repaid τὴν the ἐπαγγελίαν promise· -58 10 37 ⚐ἔτι still γὰρ for μικρὸν small ὅσον as much as ὅσον as much as, ⚐ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come ἥξει to come ⚐καὶ and οὐ no χρονίσει to delay· -58 10 38 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but δίκαιός just μου of me ἐκ out of πίστεως faith ζήσεται to live, ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if ὑποστείληται to withdraw, ⚐οὐκ no εὐδοκεῖ to delight ἡ the ψυχή soul μου of me ἐν in αὐτῷ to him. -58 10 39 ⚐ἡμεῖς we δὲ but οὐκ no ἐσμὲν to be ὑποστολῆς shrinking εἰς toward ἀπώλειαν destruction, ⚐ἀλλὰ but πίστεως faith εἰς toward περιποίησιν acquiring ψυχῆς soul.

 -58 11 1 ⚐Ἔστιν to be δὲ and πίστις faith ἐλπιζομένων to hope ὑπόστασις confidence, ⚐πραγμάτων thing ἔλεγχος rebuke οὐ no βλεπομένων to see· -58 11 2 ⚐ἐν by ταύτῃ to this γὰρ for ἐμαρτυρήθησαν to testify οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder. -58 11 3 ⚐πίστει faith νοοῦμεν to understand κατηρτίσθαι to complete τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age ῥήματι word θεοῦ God, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the μὴ not ἐκ out of φαινομένων to appear τὸ the βλεπόμενον to see γεγονέναι to be.

 -58 11 4 ⚐Πίστει faith πλείονα greater θυσίαν sacrifice Ἅβελ Abel παρὰ beside Κάϊν Cain προσήνεγκεν to bring to τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐δι᾽ through ἧς which ἐμαρτυρήθη to testify εἶναι to be δίκαιος just, ⚐μαρτυροῦντος to testify ἐπὶ upon τοῖς the δώροις gift αὐτοῦ of him τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐καὶ and δι᾽ through αὐτῆς of her ἀποθανὼν to die ⚐ἔτι still λαλεῖ to speak. -58 11 5 ⚐Πίστει faith Ἑνὼχ Enoch μετετέθη to transport ⚐τοῦ the μὴ not ἰδεῖν to know θάνατον death, ⚐καὶ and οὐχ no ηὑρίσκετο to find ⚐διότι because μετέθηκεν to transport αὐτὸν him ὁ the θεός God· ⚐πρὸ before γὰρ for τῆς the μεταθέσεως removal ⚐μεμαρτύρηται to testify εὐαρεστηκέναι to please τῷ the θεῷ God, -58 11 6 ⚐χωρὶς without δὲ and πίστεως faith ἀδύνατον unable εὐαρεστῆσαι to please, ⚐πιστεῦσαι to trust (in) γὰρ for δεῖ to bind τὸν who προσερχόμενον to come near τῷ the θεῷ God ⚐ὅτι that ἔστιν to be ⚐καὶ and τοῖς who ἐκζητοῦσιν to seek out αὐτὸν him μισθαποδότης rewarder γίνεται to be. -58 11 7 ⚐πίστει faith χρηματισθεὶς to announce Νῶε Noah περὶ about τῶν the μηδέπω not yet βλεπομένων to see ⚐εὐλαβηθεὶς to revere ⚐κατεσκεύασεν to prepare κιβωτὸν ark εἰς toward σωτηρίαν salvation τοῦ the οἴκου house αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐δι᾽ through ἧς which κατέκρινεν to condemn τὸν the κόσμον world, ⚐καὶ and τῆς the κατὰ according to πίστιν faith δικαιοσύνης righteousness ἐγένετο to be κληρονόμος heir.

 -58 11 8 ⚐Πίστει faith καλούμενος to call Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ⚐ὑπήκουσεν to obey ἐξελθεῖν to go out εἰς toward τόπον place ⚐ὃν which ἤμελλεν be about to λαμβάνειν to take εἰς toward κληρονομίαν inheritance, ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out ⚐μὴ not ἐπιστάμενος to understand ποῦ where? ἔρχεται to go. -58 11 9 ⚐πίστει faith παρῴκησεν be a stranger εἰς toward γῆν earth τῆς the ἐπαγγελίας promise ὡς as ἀλλοτρίαν another’s, ⚐ἐν in σκηναῖς tent κατοικήσας to dwell μετὰ with Ἰσαὰκ Isaac καὶ and Ἰακὼβ Jacob ⚐τῶν who συγκληρονόμων co-heir τῆς the ἐπαγγελίας promise τῆς the αὐτῆς of her· -58 11 10 ⚐ἐξεδέχετο to wait for γὰρ for τὴν the τοὺς the θεμελίους foundation ἔχουσαν to have πόλιν city, ⚐ἧς which τεχνίτης craftsman καὶ and δημιουργὸς builder ὁ the θεός God. -58 11 11 ⚐πίστει faith καὶ and αὐτὴ she Σάρρα Sarah στεῖρα infertility ⚐δύναμιν power εἰς toward καταβολὴν beginning σπέρματος seed ἔλαβεν to take καὶ and παρὰ beside καιρὸν time ἡλικίας age, ⚐ἐπεὶ since πιστὸν faithful ἡγήσατο to govern τὸν who ἐπαγγειλάμενον to profess· -58 11 12 ⚐διὸ therefore καὶ and ἀφ᾽ from ἑνὸς one ἐγεννήθησαν to beget, ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these νενεκρωμένου to put to death, ⚐καθὼς as τὰ the ἄστρα star τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven τῷ the πλήθει multitude ⚐καὶ and ὡς as ἡ the ἄμμος sand ἡ the παρὰ beside τὸ the χεῖλος lip τῆς the θαλάσσης sea ἡ the ἀναρίθμητος countless.

 -58 11 13 ⚐Κατὰ according to πίστιν faith ἀπέθανον to die οὗτοι these πάντες all, ⚐μὴ not λαβόντες to take τὰς the ἐπαγγελίας promise, ⚐ἀλλὰ but πόρρωθεν afar off αὐτὰς them ἰδόντες to know ⚐καὶ and ἀσπασάμενοι to pay respects to, ⚐καὶ and ὁμολογήσαντες to acknowledge ⚐ὅτι that ξένοι foreign καὶ and παρεπίδημοί stranger εἰσιν to be ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth. -58 11 14 ⚐οἱ the γὰρ for τοιαῦτα such as this λέγοντες to speak ἐμφανίζουσιν to show ⚐ὅτι that πατρίδα fatherland ἐπιζητοῦσιν to seek after. -58 11 15 ⚐καὶ and εἰ if μὲν on the other hand ἐκείνης that ἐμνημόνευον to remember ἀφ᾽ from ἧς which ἐξέβησαν to_step_out, ⚐εἶχον to have ἂν if καιρὸν right time ἀνακάμψαι to return· -58 11 16 ⚐νῦν now δὲ but κρείττονος greater ὀρέγονται to aspire, ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be ἐπουρανίου heavenly. ⚐διὸ therefore οὐκ no ἐπαισχύνεται be ashamed of αὐτοὺς them ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐θεὸς God ἐπικαλεῖσθαι to name αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ἡτοίμασεν to make ready γὰρ for αὐτοῖς to them πόλιν city.

 -58 11 17 ⚐Πίστει faith προσενήνοχεν to bring to Ἀβραὰμ Abraham τὸν the Ἰσαὰκ Isaac ⚐πειραζόμενος to test, ⚐καὶ and τὸν the μονογενῆ unique προσέφερεν to bring to ⚐ὁ the τὰς the ἐπαγγελίας promise ἀναδεξάμενος to receive, -58 11 18 ⚐πρὸς to ὃν which ἐλαλήθη to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἐν in Ἰσαὰκ Isaac κληθήσεταί to call σοι to you σπέρμα seed, -58 11 19 ⚐λογισάμενος to count ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ἐγείρειν to arise δυνατὸς able ὁ the θεός God· ⚐ὅθεν whence αὐτὸν him καὶ and ἐν in παραβολῇ parable ἐκομίσατο to be repaid. -58 11 20 ⚐Πίστει faith καὶ and περὶ about μελλόντων be about to εὐλόγησεν to bless Ἰσαὰκ Isaac τὸν the Ἰακὼβ Jacob καὶ and τὸν the Ἠσαῦ Esau. -58 11 21 ⚐πίστει faith Ἰακὼβ Jacob ἀποθνῄσκων to die ⚐ἕκαστον each τῶν the υἱῶν son Ἰωσὴφ Joseph εὐλόγησεν to bless, ⚐καὶ and προσεκύνησεν to worship ἐπὶ upon τὸ the ἄκρον end τῆς the ῥάβδου rod αὐτοῦ of him. -58 11 22 ⚐πίστει faith Ἰωσὴφ Joseph τελευτῶν to die ⚐περὶ about τῆς the ἐξόδου departure τῶν the υἱῶν son Ἰσραὴλ Israel ἐμνημόνευσεν to remember, ⚐καὶ and περὶ about τῶν the ὀστέων bone αὐτοῦ of him ἐνετείλατο to order.

 -58 11 23 ⚐Πίστει faith Μωϋσῆς Moses γεννηθεὶς to beget ⚐ἐκρύβη to hide τρίμηνον three months ὑπὸ by τῶν the πατέρων father αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐διότι because εἶδον to know ⚐ἀστεῖον beautiful τὸ the παιδίον child ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐφοβήθησαν to fear τὸ the διάταγμα edict τοῦ the βασιλέως king. -58 11 24 ⚐πίστει faith Μωϋσῆς Moses μέγας great γενόμενος to be ⚐ἠρνήσατο to deny λέγεσθαι to speak υἱὸς son θυγατρὸς daughter Φαραώ Pharaoh, -58 11 25 ⚐μᾶλλον more ἑλόμενος to choose συγκακουχεῖσθαι to suffer with τῷ the λαῷ a people τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ἢ or πρόσκαιρον temporary ἔχειν to have ἁμαρτίας sin ἀπόλαυσιν enjoyment, -58 11 26 ⚐μείζονα great πλοῦτον riches ἡγησάμενος to govern τῶν the Αἰγύπτου Egypt θησαυρῶν treasure τὸν the ὀνειδισμὸν reproach τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ἀπέβλεπεν to look ahead γὰρ for εἰς toward τὴν the μισθαποδοσίαν recompense. -58 11 27 ⚐πίστει faith κατέλιπεν to leave Αἴγυπτον Egypt, ⚐μὴ not φοβηθεὶς to fear τὸν the θυμὸν wrath τοῦ the βασιλέως king, ⚐τὸν the γὰρ for ἀόρατον invisible ὡς as ὁρῶν to see ἐκαρτέρησεν to endure. -58 11 28 ⚐πίστει faith πεποίηκεν to do τὸ the πάσχα Passover καὶ and τὴν the πρόσχυσιν sprinkling τοῦ the αἵματος blood, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ὁ who ὀλοθρεύων to destroy τὰ the πρωτότοκα firstborn θίγῃ to touch αὐτῶν of them.

 -58 11 29 ⚐Πίστει faith διέβησαν to cross τὴν the Ἐρυθρὰν red Θάλασσαν sea ὡς as διὰ through ξηρᾶς dried up γῆς earth, ⚐ἧς which πεῖραν test λαβόντες to take οἱ the Αἰγύπτιοι Egyptian ⚐κατεπόθησαν to swallow. -58 11 30 ⚐πίστει faith τὰ the τείχη wall Ἰεριχὼ Jericho ἔπεσαν to collapse ⚐κυκλωθέντα to surround ἐπὶ upon ἑπτὰ seven ἡμέρας day. -58 11 31 ⚐πίστει faith Ῥαὰβ Rahab ἡ the πόρνη prostitute οὐ no συναπώλετο to destroy with τοῖς the ἀπειθήσασιν to disobey, ⚐δεξαμένη to receive τοὺς the κατασκόπους spy μετ᾽ with εἰρήνης peace.

 -58 11 32 ⚐Καὶ and τί which? ἔτι still λέγω to speak; ⚐ἐπιλείψει be insufficient με me γὰρ for διηγούμενον to relate fully ὁ the χρόνος time περὶ about Γεδεών Gideon, Βαράκ Barak, Σαμψών Samson, Ἰεφθάε Jephthah, ⚐Δαυίδ David τε and καὶ and Σαμουὴλ Samuel καὶ and τῶν the προφητῶν prophet, -58 11 33 ⚐οἳ which διὰ through πίστεως faith κατηγωνίσαντο to conquer βασιλείας kingdom, ⚐εἰργάσαντο to work δικαιοσύνην righteousness, ⚐ἐπέτυχον to obtain ἐπαγγελιῶν promise, ⚐ἔφραξαν to stop στόματα mouth λεόντων lion, -58 11 34 ⚐ἔσβεσαν to extinguish δύναμιν power πυρός fire, ⚐ἔφυγον to flee στόματα mouth μαχαίρης sword, ⚐ἐδυναμώθησαν to strengthen ἀπὸ from ἀσθενείας weakness, ⚐ἐγενήθησαν to be ἰσχυροὶ strong ἐν in πολέμῳ war, ⚐παρεμβολὰς barracks ἔκλιναν to lay down ἀλλοτρίων another’s· -58 11 35 ⚐ἔλαβον to take γυναῖκες woman ἐξ out of ἀναστάσεως resurrection τοὺς the νεκροὺς dead αὐτῶν of them· ⚐ἄλλοι another δὲ but ἐτυμπανίσθησαν to torture, ⚐οὐ no προσδεξάμενοι to accept τὴν the ἀπολύτρωσιν redemption, ⚐ἵνα in order to κρείττονος greater ἀναστάσεως resurrection τύχωσιν to obtain· -58 11 36 ⚐ἕτεροι other δὲ and ἐμπαιγμῶν jeering καὶ and μαστίγων whip πεῖραν test ἔλαβον to take, ⚐ἔτι still δὲ and δεσμῶν chain καὶ and φυλακῆς prison· -58 11 37 ⚐ἐλιθάσθησαν to stone, ⚐ἐπρίσθησαν to saw (in two), ⚐ἐν with φόνῳ murder μαχαίρης sword ἀπέθανον to die, ⚐περιῆλθον to go around ἐν in μηλωταῖς sheepskin, ἐν in αἰγείοις goat's δέρμασιν leather, ⚐ὑστερούμενοι to lack, ⚐θλιβόμενοι to press on, ⚐κακουχούμενοι to torment, -58 11 38 ⚐ὧν which οὐκ no ἦν to be ἄξιος worthy ὁ the κόσμος world ⚐ἐπὶ upon ἐρημίαις desert πλανώμενοι to lead astray καὶ and ὄρεσιν mountain καὶ and σπηλαίοις cave καὶ and ταῖς the ὀπαῖς hole τῆς the γῆς earth· -58 11 39 ⚐καὶ and οὗτοι these πάντες all μαρτυρηθέντες to testify διὰ because of τῆς the πίστεως faith ⚐οὐκ no ἐκομίσαντο to be repaid τὴν the ἐπαγγελίαν promise, -58 11 40 ⚐τοῦ the θεοῦ God περὶ about ἡμῶν of us κρεῖττόν greater τι one προβλεψαμένου to foresee, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not χωρὶς without ἡμῶν of us τελειωθῶσιν to perfect.

 -58 12 1 ⚐Τοιγαροῦν therefore καὶ and ἡμεῖς we, τοσοῦτον so great ἔχοντες to have περικείμενον to surround ἡμῖν to us νέφος cloud μαρτύρων witness, ⚐ὄγκον impediment ἀποθέμενοι to put aside πάντα all καὶ and τὴν the εὐπερίστατον thwarting ἁμαρτίαν sin, ⚐δι᾽ through ὑπομονῆς perseverance τρέχωμεν to run τὸν the προκείμενον to set before ἡμῖν to us ἀγῶνα fight, -58 12 2 ⚐ἀφορῶντες to consider εἰς toward τὸν the τῆς the πίστεως faith ἀρχηγὸν founder καὶ and τελειωτὴν finisher Ἰησοῦν Jesus, ⚐ὃς which ἀντὶ for τῆς the προκειμένης to set before αὐτῷ to him χαρᾶς joy ὑπέμεινεν to endure σταυρὸν cross ⚐αἰσχύνης shame καταφρονήσας to despise, ⚐ἐν in δεξιᾷ right τε and τοῦ the θρόνου throne τοῦ the θεοῦ God κεκάθικεν to sit.

 -58 12 3 ⚐Ἀναλογίσασθε to consider γὰρ for τὸν the τοιαύτην such as this ὑπομεμενηκότα to endure ὑπὸ by τῶν the ἁμαρτωλῶν sinful ⚐εἰς toward ἑαυτὸν himself ἀντιλογίαν dispute, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not κάμητε be weak ταῖς the ψυχαῖς soul ὑμῶν of you ⚐ἐκλυόμενοι to faint. -58 12 4 ⚐οὔπω not yet μέχρις until αἵματος blood ἀντικατέστητε to resist ⚐πρὸς to τὴν the ἁμαρτίαν sin ἀνταγωνιζόμενοι to struggle, -58 12 5 ⚐καὶ and ἐκλέλησθε to forget τῆς the παρακλήσεως encouragement, ⚐ἥτις which ὑμῖν to you ὡς as υἱοῖς son διαλέγεται to dispute, ⚐Υἱέ son μου of me, μὴ not ὀλιγώρει to despise παιδείας discipline κυρίου lord, ⚐μηδὲ not ἐκλύου to faint ⚐ὑπ᾽ by αὐτοῦ of him ἐλεγχόμενος to rebuke· -58 12 6 ⚐ὃν which γὰρ for ἀγαπᾷ to love κύριος lord παιδεύει to instruct, ⚐μαστιγοῖ to whip δὲ and πάντα all υἱὸν son ὃν which παραδέχεται to receive. -58 12 7 ⚐εἰς toward παιδείαν discipline ὑπομένετε to endure· ⚐ὡς as υἱοῖς son ὑμῖν to you προσφέρεται to bring to ὁ the θεός God· ⚐τίς which? γὰρ for υἱὸς son ⚐ὃν which οὐ no παιδεύει to instruct πατήρ father; -58 12 8 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but χωρίς without ἐστε to be παιδείας discipline ⚐ἧς which μέτοχοι partaker γεγόνασιν to be πάντες all, ⚐ἄρα therefore νόθοι illegitimate καὶ and οὐχ no υἱοί son ἐστε to be. -58 12 9 ⚐εἶτα then τοὺς the μὲν on the other hand τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh ἡμῶν of us πατέρας father εἴχομεν to have παιδευτὰς instructor ⚐καὶ and ἐνετρεπόμεθα to cause shame· ⚐οὐ no πολὺ much δὲ and μᾶλλον more ὑποταγησόμεθα to subject τῷ the πατρὶ father τῶν the πνευμάτων spirit ⚐καὶ and ζήσομεν to live; -58 12 10 ⚐οἱ the μὲν on the other hand γὰρ for πρὸς to ὀλίγας little ἡμέρας day ⚐κατὰ according to τὸ the δοκοῦν to think αὐτοῖς to them ἐπαίδευον to instruct, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ἐπὶ upon τὸ the συμφέρον to be profitable ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the μεταλαβεῖν to partake τῆς the ἁγιότητος holiness αὐτοῦ of him. -58 12 11 ⚐πᾶσα all δὲ and παιδεία discipline πρὸς to μὲν on the other hand τὸ the παρὸν be present οὐ no δοκεῖ to think ⚐χαρᾶς joy εἶναι to be ἀλλὰ but λύπης grief, ⚐ὕστερον later δὲ but καρπὸν fruit εἰρηνικὸν peaceful τοῖς the δι᾽ through αὐτῆς of her γεγυμνασμένοις to train ἀποδίδωσιν to pay δικαιοσύνης righteousness.

 -58 12 12 ⚐Διὸ therefore τὰς the παρειμένας to neglect χεῖρας hand καὶ and τὰ the παραλελυμένα to paralyze γόνατα a knee ἀνορθώσατε to restore, -58 12 13 ⚐καὶ and τροχιὰς track ὀρθὰς upright ποιεῖτε to make τοῖς the ποσὶν foot ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not τὸ the χωλὸν lame ἐκτραπῇ to turn away, ⚐ἰαθῇ to heal δὲ but μᾶλλον more.

 -58 12 14 ⚐Εἰρήνην peace διώκετε to pursue μετὰ with πάντων all, καὶ and τὸν the ἁγιασμόν holiness, ⚐οὗ which χωρὶς without οὐδεὶς no one ὄψεται to see τὸν the κύριον lord, -58 12 15 ⚐ἐπισκοποῦντες to care for ⚐μή not τις one ὑστερῶν to lack ἀπὸ from τῆς the χάριτος grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐μή not τις one ῥίζα root πικρίας bitterness ἄνω above φύουσα to grow ⚐ἐνοχλῇ to trouble ⚐καὶ and δι᾽ through αὐτῆς of her μιανθῶσιν to stain πολλοί much, -58 12 16 ⚐μή not τις one πόρνος sexual sinner ἢ or βέβηλος profane ὡς as Ἠσαῦ Esau, ⚐ὃς which ἀντὶ for βρώσεως eating μιᾶς one ἀπέδετο to pay τὰ the πρωτοτόκια birthright ἑαυτοῦ himself. -58 12 17 ⚐ἴστε to know γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and μετέπειτα afterward θέλων to will κληρονομῆσαι to inherit τὴν the εὐλογίαν praise ⚐ἀπεδοκιμάσθη to reject, ⚐μετανοίας repentance γὰρ for τόπον place οὐχ no εὗρεν to find, ⚐καίπερ although μετὰ with δακρύων teardrop ἐκζητήσας to seek out αὐτήν her.

 -58 12 18 ⚐Οὐ no γὰρ for προσεληλύθατε to come near ψηλαφωμένῳ to touch καὶ and κεκαυμένῳ to burn πυρὶ fire ⚐καὶ and γνόφῳ darkness καὶ and ζόφῳ darkness καὶ and θυέλλῃ storm -58 12 19 καὶ and σάλπιγγος trumpet ἤχῳ sound ⚐καὶ and φωνῇ voice ῥημάτων word, ⚐ἧς which οἱ who ἀκούσαντες to hear παρῃτήσαντο to excuse ⚐μὴ not προστεθῆναι to add (to) αὐτοῖς to them λόγον word· -58 12 20 ⚐οὐκ no ἔφερον to bear γὰρ for τὸ the διαστελλόμενον to give orders· ⚐Κἂν even if θηρίον wild animal θίγῃ to touch τοῦ the ὄρους mountain, ⚐λιθοβοληθήσεται to stone· -58 12 21 ⚐καί and, οὕτως thus(-ly) φοβερὸν fearful ἦν to be τὸ the φανταζόμενον to make visible, ⚐Μωϋσῆς Moses εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἔκφοβός terrified εἰμι to be καὶ and ἔντρομος trembling. -58 12 22 ⚐ἀλλὰ but προσεληλύθατε to come near Σιὼν Zion ὄρει mountain καὶ and πόλει city θεοῦ God ζῶντος to live, ⚐Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ἐπουρανίῳ heavenly, καὶ and μυριάσιν myriad ἀγγέλων angel, πανηγύρει assembly -58 12 23 ⚐καὶ and ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly πρωτοτόκων firstborn ἀπογεγραμμένων to register ἐν in οὐρανοῖς heaven, ⚐καὶ and κριτῇ judge θεῷ God πάντων all, καὶ and πνεύμασιν spirit δικαίων just τετελειωμένων to perfect, -58 12 24 ⚐καὶ and διαθήκης covenant νέας new μεσίτῃ mediator Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐καὶ and αἵματι blood ῥαντισμοῦ sprinkling κρεῖττον greater λαλοῦντι to speak παρὰ beside τὸν the Ἅβελ Abel.

 -58 12 25 ⚐Βλέπετε to see ⚐μὴ not παραιτήσησθε to refuse τὸν who λαλοῦντα to speak· ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ἐκεῖνοι that οὐκ no ἐξέφυγον to escape ⚐ἐπὶ upon γῆς earth παραιτησάμενοι to refuse τὸν who χρηματίζοντα to announce, ⚐πολὺ much μᾶλλον more ἡμεῖς we οἱ the τὸν who ἀπ᾽ from οὐρανῶν heaven ἀποστρεφόμενοι to turn away· -58 12 26 ⚐οὗ which ἡ the φωνὴ voice τὴν the γῆν earth ἐσάλευσεν to shake τότε then, ⚐νῦν now δὲ but ἐπήγγελται to profess ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἔτι still ἅπαξ once ἐγὼ I σείσω to shake οὐ no μόνον alone τὴν the γῆν earth ἀλλὰ but καὶ and τὸν the οὐρανόν heaven. -58 12 27 ⚐τὸ this δὲ and Ἔτι still ἅπαξ once δηλοῖ to make clear τὴν the τῶν the σαλευομένων to shake μετάθεσιν removal ⚐ὡς as πεποιημένων to create, ⚐ἵνα in order that μείνῃ to stay τὰ the μὴ not σαλευόμενα to shake. -58 12 28 ⚐διὸ therefore βασιλείαν kingdom ἀσάλευτον unshakable παραλαμβάνοντες to take ⚐ἔχωμεν to have χάριν grace, ⚐δι᾽ through ἧς which λατρεύωμεν to minister εὐαρέστως acceptably τῷ the θεῷ God μετὰ with εὐλαβείας reverence καὶ and δέους fear, -58 12 29 ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for ὁ the θεὸς God ἡμῶν of us πῦρ fire καταναλίσκον to consume.

 -58 13 1 ⚐Ἡ the φιλαδελφία brotherly love μενέτω to stay. -58 13 2 ⚐τῆς the φιλοξενίας hospitality μὴ not ἐπιλανθάνεσθε to forget, ⚐διὰ through ταύτης of this γὰρ for ἔλαθόν be hidden τινες one ξενίσαντες to host ἀγγέλους angel. -58 13 3 ⚐μιμνῄσκεσθε to remember τῶν the δεσμίων prisoner ὡς as συνδεδεμένοι to bind with, ⚐τῶν the κακουχουμένων to torment ὡς as καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ὄντες to be ἐν in σώματι body. -58 13 4 ⚐τίμιος precious ὁ the γάμος wedding ἐν among πᾶσιν all ⚐καὶ and ἡ the κοίτη bed ἀμίαντος pure, ⚐πόρνους sexual sinner γὰρ for καὶ and μοιχοὺς adulterer κρινεῖ to judge ὁ the θεός God. -58 13 5 ⚐ἀφιλάργυρος not greedy ὁ the τρόπος way· ⚐ἀρκούμενοι be sufficient τοῖς the παροῦσιν be present· ⚐αὐτὸς he γὰρ for εἴρηκεν to say· ⚐Οὐ no μή not σε you ἀνῶ to leave ⚐οὐδ᾽ and not οὐ no μή not σε you ἐγκαταλίπω to leave behind· -58 13 6 ⚐ὥστε so θαρροῦντας be confident ἡμᾶς us ⚐λέγειν to speak· ⚐Κύριος lord ἐμοὶ to me βοηθός a helper, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no φοβηθήσομαι to fear· ⚐τί which? ποιήσει to do μοι to me ἄνθρωπος a human;

 -58 13 7 ⚐Μνημονεύετε to remember τῶν the ἡγουμένων to govern ὑμῶν of you, ⚐οἵτινες who ἐλάλησαν to speak ὑμῖν to you τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ὧν which ἀναθεωροῦντες to contemplate τὴν the ἔκβασιν way out τῆς the ἀναστροφῆς behaviour ⚐μιμεῖσθε to imitate τὴν the πίστιν faith. -58 13 8 ⚐Ἰησοῦς Jesus Χριστὸς Christ ἐχθὲς yesterday καὶ and σήμερον today ὁ the αὐτός he, καὶ and εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age. -58 13 9 ⚐διδαχαῖς teaching ποικίλαις various καὶ and ξέναις foreign μὴ not παραφέρεσθε to take away· ⚐καλὸν good γὰρ for ⚐χάριτι grace βεβαιοῦσθαι to confirm τὴν the καρδίαν heart, οὐ no βρώμασιν food, ⚐ἐν in οἷς which οὐκ no ὠφελήθησαν to help οἱ who περιπατοῦντες to walk. -58 13 10 ⚐ἔχομεν to have θυσιαστήριον altar ⚐ἐξ from οὗ which φαγεῖν to eat οὐκ no ἔχουσιν to have ἐξουσίαν authority οἱ the τῇ the σκηνῇ tent λατρεύοντες to minister. -58 13 11 ⚐ὧν which γὰρ for εἰσφέρεται to bring in ζῴων living thing τὸ who αἷμα blood περὶ about ἁμαρτίας sin ⚐εἰς toward τὰ the ἅγια holy διὰ through τοῦ the ἀρχιερέως high-priest, ⚐τούτων of these τὰ the σώματα body κατακαίεται to burn ἔξω outside τῆς the παρεμβολῆς barracks· -58 13 12 ⚐διὸ therefore καὶ and Ἰησοῦς Jesus, ⚐ἵνα in order to ἁγιάσῃ to sanctify διὰ through τοῦ the ἰδίου one's own αἵματος blood τὸν the λαόν a people, ⚐ἔξω outside τῆς the πύλης gate ἔπαθεν to suffer. -58 13 13 ⚐τοίνυν then ἐξερχώμεθα to go out πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ἔξω outside τῆς the παρεμβολῆς barracks, ⚐τὸν the ὀνειδισμὸν reproach αὐτοῦ of him φέροντες to bear. -58 13 14 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for ἔχομεν to have ὧδε here μένουσαν to stay πόλιν city, ⚐ἀλλὰ but τὴν the μέλλουσαν be about to ἐπιζητοῦμεν to seek after· -58 13 15 ⚐δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him οὖν then ἀναφέρωμεν to carry up θυσίαν sacrifice αἰνέσεως praise διὰ through παντὸς all τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be καρπὸν fruit χειλέων lip ὁμολογούντων to praise τῷ the ὀνόματι name αὐτοῦ of him. -58 13 16 ⚐τῆς the δὲ and εὐποιΐας doing good καὶ and κοινωνίας participation μὴ not ἐπιλανθάνεσθε to forget, ⚐τοιαύταις such as this γὰρ for θυσίαις sacrifice εὐαρεστεῖται to please ὁ the θεός God.

 -58 13 17 ⚐Πείθεσθε to persuade τοῖς the ἡγουμένοις to govern ὑμῶν of you ⚐καὶ and ὑπείκετε to submit, ⚐αὐτοὶ they γὰρ for ἀγρυπνοῦσιν be watchful ὑπὲρ over τῶν the ψυχῶν soul ὑμῶν of you ὡς as λόγον word ἀποδώσοντες to pay, ⚐ἵνα in order that μετὰ with χαρᾶς joy τοῦτο this ποιῶσιν to work καὶ and μὴ not στενάζοντες to groan, ⚐ἀλυσιτελὲς unprofitable γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you τοῦτο this.

 -58 13 18 ⚐Προσεύχεσθε to pray περὶ about ἡμῶν of us, ⚐πειθόμεθα to persuade γὰρ for ⚐ὅτι that καλὴν good συνείδησιν conscience ἔχομεν to have, ⚐ἐν in πᾶσιν all καλῶς well θέλοντες to desire ἀναστρέφεσθαι to live. -58 13 19 ⚐περισσοτέρως superabundantly δὲ and παρακαλῶ to plead ⚐τοῦτο this ποιῆσαι to do ⚐ἵνα in order that τάχιον more quickly ἀποκατασταθῶ to restore ὑμῖν to you.

 -58 13 20 ⚐Ὁ the δὲ and θεὸς God τῆς the εἰρήνης peace, ὁ the ἀναγαγὼν to lead ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ⚐τὸν the ποιμένα shepherd τῶν the προβάτων sheep τὸν the μέγαν great ἐν in αἵματι blood διαθήκης covenant αἰωνίου eternal, ⚐τὸν the κύριον lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦν Jesus, -58 13 21 ⚐καταρτίσαι to complete ὑμᾶς you ἐν with παντὶ all ἀγαθῷ good-doer ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the ποιῆσαι to do τὸ the θέλημα will αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ποιῶν to work ἐν in ἡμῖν to us τὸ the εὐάρεστον well-pleasing ἐνώπιον before αὐτοῦ of him διὰ through Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ᾧ which ἡ the δόξα glory εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age· ἀμήν amen.

 -58 13 22 ⚐Παρακαλῶ to plead δὲ and ὑμᾶς you, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐ἀνέχεσθε to endure τοῦ the λόγου word τῆς the παρακλήσεως encouragement, ⚐καὶ and γὰρ for διὰ through βραχέων little ἐπέστειλα to write to ὑμῖν to you. -58 13 23 ⚐γινώσκετε to know ⚐τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother ἡμῶν of us Τιμόθεον Timothy ἀπολελυμένον to release, ⚐μεθ᾽ with οὗ which ἐὰν if τάχιον more quickly ἔρχηται to come ⚐ὄψομαι to see ὑμᾶς you. -58 13 24 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to πάντας all τοὺς the ἡγουμένους to govern ὑμῶν of you καὶ and πάντας all τοὺς the ἁγίους holy. ⚐ἀσπάζονται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you οἱ the ἀπὸ from τῆς the Ἰταλίας Italy. -58 13 25 ⚐ἡ the χάρις grace μετὰ with πάντων all ὑμῶν of you.

 -59 1 1 ⚐Ἰάκωβος James θεοῦ God καὶ and κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ δοῦλος slave ⚐ταῖς the δώδεκα twelve φυλαῖς tribe ταῖς the ἐν in τῇ the διασπορᾷ dispersion ⚐χαίρειν to rejoice.

 -59 1 2 ⚐Πᾶσαν all χαρὰν joy ἡγήσασθε to govern, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me, ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) πειρασμοῖς testing περιπέσητε to fall upon ποικίλοις various, -59 1 3 ⚐γινώσκοντες to know ⚐ὅτι that τὸ the δοκίμιον testing ὑμῶν of you τῆς the πίστεως faith κατεργάζεται to produce ὑπομονήν perseverance· -59 1 4 ⚐ἡ the δὲ and ὑπομονὴ perseverance ἔργον work τέλειον perfect ἐχέτω to have, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἦτε to be τέλειοι perfect καὶ and ὁλόκληροι whole, ⚐ἐν in μηδενὶ nothing λειπόμενοι to lack.

 -59 1 5 ⚐Εἰ if δέ but τις one ὑμῶν of you λείπεται to lack σοφίας wisdom, ⚐αἰτείτω to ask παρὰ beside τοῦ who διδόντος to give θεοῦ God πᾶσιν all ἁπλῶς without reserve ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ὀνειδίζοντος to revile, ⚐καὶ and δοθήσεται to give αὐτῷ to him· -59 1 6 ⚐αἰτείτω to ask δὲ but ἐν in πίστει faith, ⚐μηδὲν nothing διακρινόμενος to doubt, ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for διακρινόμενος to doubt ἔοικεν to resemble κλύδωνι waves θαλάσσης sea ⚐ἀνεμιζομένῳ be wind-blown καὶ and ῥιπιζομένῳ to toss about· -59 1 7 ⚐μὴ not γὰρ for οἰέσθω to suppose ὁ the ἄνθρωπος a human ἐκεῖνος that ⚐ὅτι that λήμψεταί to take τι one παρὰ from τοῦ the κυρίου lord -59 1 8 ⚐ἀνὴρ man δίψυχος double-minded, ⚐ἀκατάστατος restless ἐν in πάσαις all ταῖς the ὁδοῖς road αὐτοῦ of him.

 -59 1 9 ⚐Καυχάσθω to boast δὲ and ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother ὁ the ταπεινὸς lowly ἐν in τῷ the ὕψει height αὐτοῦ of him, -59 1 10 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but πλούσιος rich ἐν in τῇ the ταπεινώσει lowliness αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὅτι since ὡς as ἄνθος flower χόρτου grass παρελεύσεται to pass by. -59 1 11 ⚐ἀνέτειλεν to rise γὰρ for ὁ the ἥλιος sun σὺν with τῷ the καύσωνι heat ⚐καὶ and ἐξήρανεν to dry τὸν the χόρτον grass, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ἄνθος flower αὐτοῦ of him ἐξέπεσεν to fall out ⚐καὶ and ἡ the εὐπρέπεια beauty τοῦ the προσώπου face αὐτοῦ of it ἀπώλετο to destroy· ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ὁ the πλούσιος rich ἐν in ταῖς the πορείαις journey αὐτοῦ of him μαρανθήσεται to fade.

 -59 1 12 ⚐Μακάριος blessed ἀνὴρ man ὃς which ὑπομένει to endure πειρασμόν testing, ⚐ὅτι since δόκιμος tested γενόμενος to be ⚐λήμψεται to take τὸν the στέφανον crown τῆς the ζωῆς life, ⚐ὃν which ἐπηγγείλατο to profess τοῖς who ἀγαπῶσιν to love αὐτόν him. -59 1 13 ⚐μηδεὶς nothing πειραζόμενος to tempt λεγέτω to speak ⚐ὅτι that Ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God πειράζομαι to tempt· ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for θεὸς God ἀπείραστός untempted ἐστιν to be κακῶν evil, ⚐πειράζει to tempt δὲ and αὐτὸς he οὐδένα no one. -59 1 14 ⚐ἕκαστος each δὲ but πειράζεται to tempt ὑπὸ by τῆς the ἰδίας one's own ἐπιθυμίας desire ⚐ἐξελκόμενος to drag away καὶ and δελεαζόμενος to entice· -59 1 15 ⚐εἶτα then ἡ the ἐπιθυμία desire συλλαβοῦσα to conceive ⚐τίκτει to give birth to ἁμαρτίαν sin, ⚐ἡ the δὲ and ἁμαρτία sin ἀποτελεσθεῖσα to complete ⚐ἀποκύει to generate θάνατον death. -59 1 16 ⚐μὴ not πλανᾶσθε to lead astray, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me ἀγαπητοί beloved.

 -59 1 17 ⚐Πᾶσα all δόσις gift ἀγαθὴ good-doer καὶ and πᾶν all δώρημα free gift τέλειον perfect ἄνωθέν from above ἐστιν to be, ⚐καταβαῖνον to come down ἀπὸ from τοῦ the πατρὸς father τῶν the φώτων light, ⚐παρ᾽ with ᾧ which οὐκ no ἔνι there is παραλλαγὴ variation ἢ or τροπῆς turning ἀποσκίασμα shadow. -59 1 18 ⚐βουληθεὶς to plan ⚐ἀπεκύησεν to generate ἡμᾶς us λόγῳ word ἀληθείας truth, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the εἶναι to be ἡμᾶς us ἀπαρχήν firstfruits τινα one τῶν the αὐτοῦ of him κτισμάτων creature.

 -59 1 19 ⚐Ἴστε to know, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me ἀγαπητοί beloved. ⚐ἔστω to be δὲ and πᾶς all ἄνθρωπος a human ταχὺς quick εἰς toward τὸ the ἀκοῦσαι to hear, ⚐βραδὺς slow εἰς toward τὸ the λαλῆσαι to speak, ⚐βραδὺς slow εἰς toward ὀργήν wrath, -59 1 20 ⚐ὀργὴ wrath γὰρ for ἀνδρὸς man δικαιοσύνην righteousness θεοῦ God οὐ no κατεργάζεται to produce. -59 1 21 ⚐διὸ therefore ἀποθέμενοι to put aside πᾶσαν all ῥυπαρίαν filth καὶ and περισσείαν abundance κακίας evil ⚐ἐν in πραΰτητι gentleness δέξασθε to receive τὸν the ἔμφυτον implanted λόγον word ⚐τὸν the δυνάμενον be able σῶσαι to save τὰς the ψυχὰς soul ὑμῶν of you.

 -59 1 22 ⚐Γίνεσθε to be δὲ but ποιηταὶ doer λόγου word καὶ and μὴ not μόνον alone ἀκροαταὶ hearer ⚐παραλογιζόμενοι to deceive ἑαυτούς yourself. -59 1 23 ⚐ὅτι since εἴ if τις one ἀκροατὴς hearer λόγου word ἐστὶν to be καὶ and οὐ no ποιητής doer, ⚐οὗτος this ἔοικεν to resemble ἀνδρὶ man κατανοοῦντι to observe τὸ the πρόσωπον face τῆς the γενέσεως origin αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in ἐσόπτρῳ mirror, -59 1 24 ⚐κατενόησεν to observe γὰρ for ἑαυτὸν himself ⚐καὶ and ἀπελήλυθεν to go away ⚐καὶ and εὐθέως immediately ἐπελάθετο to forget ⚐ὁποῖος what sort ἦν to be. -59 1 25 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but παρακύψας to stoop εἰς toward νόμον law τέλειον perfect τὸν the τῆς the ἐλευθερίας freedom ⚐καὶ and παραμείνας to continue, ⚐οὐκ no ἀκροατὴς hearer ἐπιλησμονῆς forgetfulness γενόμενος to be ⚐ἀλλὰ but ποιητὴς doer ἔργου work, ⚐οὗτος this μακάριος blessed ἐν in τῇ the ποιήσει to do αὐτοῦ of him ἔσται to be.

 -59 1 26 ⚐Εἴ if τις one δοκεῖ to think θρησκὸς religious εἶναι to be ⚐μὴ not χαλιναγωγῶν to bridle γλῶσσαν tongue αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀπατῶν to deceive καρδίαν heart αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐τούτου of this μάταιος futile ἡ the θρησκεία religion. -59 1 27 ⚐θρησκεία religion καθαρὰ clean καὶ and ἀμίαντος pure παρὰ beside τῷ the θεῷ God καὶ and πατρὶ father αὕτη this ἐστίν to be, ⚐ἐπισκέπτεσθαι to care for ὀρφανοὺς orphan καὶ and χήρας widow ἐν in τῇ the θλίψει pressure αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ἄσπιλον spotless ἑαυτὸν oneself τηρεῖν to keep ἀπὸ from τοῦ the κόσμου world.

 -59 2 1 ⚐Ἀδελφοί brother μου of me, μὴ not ἐν in προσωπολημψίαις favoritism ἔχετε to have τὴν the πίστιν faith τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us ⚐Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ τῆς the δόξης glory; -59 2 2 ⚐ἐὰν if γὰρ for εἰσέλθῃ to enter εἰς toward συναγωγὴν synagogue ὑμῶν of you ἀνὴρ man χρυσοδακτύλιος gold-ringed ἐν in ἐσθῆτι clothing λαμπρᾷ shining, ⚐εἰσέλθῃ to enter δὲ and καὶ and πτωχὸς poor ἐν in ῥυπαρᾷ filthy ἐσθῆτι clothing, -59 2 3 ⚐ἐπιβλέψητε to look at δὲ and ἐπὶ to τὸν the φοροῦντα to wear τὴν the ἐσθῆτα clothing τὴν who λαμπρὰν shining ⚐καὶ and εἴπητε to say· ⚐Σὺ you κάθου to sit ὧδε here καλῶς well, ⚐καὶ and τῷ the πτωχῷ poor εἴπητε to say· ⚐Σὺ you στῆθι to stand ⚐ἢ or κάθου to sit ἐκεῖ there ὑπὸ by τὸ the ὑποπόδιόν footstool μου of me, -59 2 4 καὶ and ⚐οὐ no διεκρίθητε to doubt ἐν among ἑαυτοῖς yourself ⚐καὶ and ἐγένεσθε to be κριταὶ judge διαλογισμῶν reasoning πονηρῶν evil; -59 2 5 ⚐ἀκούσατε to hear, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me ἀγαπητοί beloved. ⚐οὐχ no ὁ the θεὸς God ἐξελέξατο to select τοὺς the πτωχοὺς poor τῷ the κόσμῳ world ⚐πλουσίους rich ἐν in πίστει faith καὶ and κληρονόμους heir τῆς the βασιλείας kingdom ⚐ἧς which ἐπηγγείλατο to profess τοῖς who ἀγαπῶσιν to love αὐτόν him; -59 2 6 ⚐ὑμεῖς you δὲ but ἠτιμάσατε to dishonor τὸν the πτωχόν poor. ⚐οὐχ no οἱ the πλούσιοι rich καταδυναστεύουσιν to oppress ὑμῶν of you, ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἕλκουσιν to draw ὑμᾶς you εἰς toward κριτήρια court; -59 2 7 ⚐οὐκ no αὐτοὶ they βλασφημοῦσιν to blaspheme τὸ the καλὸν good ὄνομα name τὸ the ἐπικληθὲν to call (on) ἐφ᾽ upon ὑμᾶς you;

 -59 2 8 ⚐Εἰ if μέντοι yet νόμον law τελεῖτε to finish βασιλικὸν royal κατὰ according to τὴν this γραφήν a writing ⚐Ἀγαπήσεις to love τὸν the πλησίον neighbor σου of you ὡς as σεαυτόν yourself, ⚐καλῶς well ποιεῖτε to do· -59 2 9 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but προσωπολημπτεῖτε to favor, ⚐ἁμαρτίαν sin ἐργάζεσθε to work, ⚐ἐλεγχόμενοι to rebuke ὑπὸ by τοῦ the νόμου law ὡς as παραβάται transgresor. -59 2 10 ⚐ὅστις who γὰρ for ὅλον all τὸν the νόμον law τηρήσῃ to keep, ⚐πταίσῃ to stumble δὲ but ἐν in ἑνί one, ⚐γέγονεν to be πάντων all ἔνοχος liable for. -59 2 11 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for εἰπών to say Μὴ not μοιχεύσῃς to commit adultery ⚐εἶπεν to say καί and Μὴ not φονεύσῃς to murder· ⚐εἰ if δὲ and οὐ no μοιχεύεις to commit adultery ⚐φονεύεις to murder δέ but, ⚐γέγονας to be παραβάτης transgresor νόμου law. -59 2 12 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) λαλεῖτε to speak καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) ποιεῖτε to do ⚐ὡς as διὰ through νόμου law ἐλευθερίας freedom μέλλοντες be about to κρίνεσθαι to judge. -59 2 13 ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for κρίσις judgment ἀνέλεος merciless τῷ the μὴ not ποιήσαντι to do ἔλεος mercy· ⚐κατακαυχᾶται to boast ἔλεος mercy κρίσεως judgment.

 -59 2 14 ⚐Τί which? τὸ the ὄφελος gain, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me, ⚐ἐὰν if πίστιν faith λέγῃ to speak τις one ἔχειν to have ⚐ἔργα work δὲ but μὴ not ἔχῃ to have; ⚐μὴ not δύναται be able ἡ this πίστις faith ⚐σῶσαι to save αὐτόν him; -59 2 15 ⚐ἐὰν if ἀδελφὸς brother ἢ or ἀδελφὴ sister γυμνοὶ naked ὑπάρχωσιν to be ⚐καὶ and λειπόμενοι to lack ὦσιν to be τῆς the ἐφημέρου daily τροφῆς food, -59 2 16 ⚐εἴπῃ to say δέ and τις one αὐτοῖς to them ἐξ of ὑμῶν of you· ⚐Ὑπάγετε to go ἐν in εἰρήνῃ peace, ⚐θερμαίνεσθε to warm καὶ and χορτάζεσθε to feed, ⚐μὴ not δῶτε to give δὲ but αὐτοῖς to them τὰ the ἐπιτήδεια necessary τοῦ the σώματος body, ⚐τί which? τὸ the ὄφελος gain; -59 2 17 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ἡ the πίστις faith, ἐὰν if μὴ not ἔχῃ to have ἔργα work, ⚐νεκρά dead ἐστιν to be καθ᾽ according to ἑαυτήν itself.

 -59 2 18 ⚐Ἀλλ᾽ but ἐρεῖ to say τις one· ⚐Σὺ you πίστιν faith ἔχεις to have ⚐κἀγὼ and I ἔργα work ἔχω to have. ⚐δεῖξόν to show μοι to me τὴν the πίστιν faith σου of you χωρὶς without τῶν the ἔργων work, ⚐κἀγώ and I σοι to you δείξω to show ἐκ out of τῶν the ἔργων work μου of me τὴν the πίστιν faith. -59 2 19 ⚐σὺ you πιστεύεις to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that εἷς one ἐστιν to be ὁ the θεός God; ⚐καλῶς well ποιεῖς to do· ⚐καὶ and τὰ the δαιμόνια demon πιστεύουσιν to trust (in) ⚐καὶ and φρίσσουσιν to shudder. -59 2 20 ⚐θέλεις to will δὲ but γνῶναι to know, ὦ oh! ἄνθρωπε a human κενέ empty, ⚐ὅτι that ἡ the πίστις faith χωρὶς without τῶν the ἔργων work ἀργή idle ἐστιν to be; -59 2 21 ⚐Ἀβραὰμ Abraham ὁ the πατὴρ father ἡμῶν of us οὐκ no ἐξ out of ἔργων work ἐδικαιώθη to justify, ⚐ἀνενέγκας to carry up Ἰσαὰκ Isaac τὸν the υἱὸν son αὐτοῦ of him ἐπὶ on τὸ the θυσιαστήριον altar; -59 2 22 ⚐βλέπεις to see ⚐ὅτι that ἡ the πίστις faith συνήργει to work with τοῖς the ἔργοις work αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of τῶν the ἔργων work ἡ the πίστις faith ἐτελειώθη to perfect, -59 2 23 ⚐καὶ and ἐπληρώθη to fulfill ἡ the γραφὴ a writing ἡ the λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Ἐπίστευσεν to trust (in) δὲ and Ἀβραὰμ Abraham τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐καὶ and ἐλογίσθη to count αὐτῷ to him εἰς toward δικαιοσύνην righteousness, ⚐καὶ and φίλος friend θεοῦ God ἐκλήθη to call. -59 2 24 ⚐ὁρᾶτε to see ⚐ὅτι that ἐξ out of ἔργων work δικαιοῦται to justify ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐκ out of πίστεως faith μόνον alone. -59 2 25 ⚐ὁμοίως likewise δὲ and καὶ and Ῥαὰβ Rahab ἡ the πόρνη prostitute οὐκ no ἐξ out of ἔργων work ἐδικαιώθη to justify, ⚐ὑποδεξαμένη to receive τοὺς the ἀγγέλους angel ⚐καὶ and ἑτέρᾳ other ὁδῷ road ἐκβαλοῦσα to expel; -59 2 26 ⚐ὥσπερ just as γὰρ for τὸ the σῶμα body χωρὶς without πνεύματος spirit νεκρόν dead ἐστιν to be, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ἡ the πίστις faith χωρὶς without ἔργων work νεκρά dead ἐστιν to be.

 -59 3 1 ⚐Μὴ not πολλοὶ much διδάσκαλοι teacher γίνεσθε to be, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me, ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι that μεῖζον great κρίμα judgment λημψόμεθα to take· -59 3 2 ⚐πολλὰ much γὰρ for πταίομεν to stumble ἅπαντες all. ⚐εἴ if τις one ἐν in λόγῳ word οὐ no πταίει to stumble, ⚐οὗτος this τέλειος perfect ἀνήρ man, ⚐δυνατὸς able χαλιναγωγῆσαι to bridle καὶ and ὅλον all τὸ the σῶμα body. -59 3 3 ⚐εἰ if δὲ and τῶν the ἵππων horse τοὺς the χαλινοὺς bridle εἰς toward τὰ the στόματα mouth βάλλομεν to throw ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the πείθεσθαι to persuade αὐτοὺς them ἡμῖν to us, ⚐καὶ and ὅλον all τὸ the σῶμα body αὐτῶν of them μετάγομεν to turn. -59 3 4 ⚐ἰδοὺ look! καὶ and τὰ the πλοῖα boat, ⚐τηλικαῦτα so great ὄντα to be ⚐καὶ and ὑπὸ by ἀνέμων wind σκληρῶν hard ἐλαυνόμενα to drive, ⚐μετάγεται to turn ὑπὸ by ἐλαχίστου least πηδαλίου rudder ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἡ the ὁρμὴ impulse τοῦ the εὐθύνοντος to straighten βούλεται to plan· -59 3 5 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) καὶ and ἡ the γλῶσσα tongue μικρὸν small μέλος member ἐστὶν to be ⚐καὶ and μεγάλα great αὐχεῖ to_boast.

 ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἡλίκον how great πῦρ fire ἡλίκην how great ὕλην forest ἀνάπτει to kindle· -59 3 6 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the γλῶσσα tongue πῦρ fire, ⚐ὁ the κόσμος world τῆς the ἀδικίας unrighteousness ἡ the γλῶσσα tongue καθίσταται to constitute ἐν among τοῖς the μέλεσιν member ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ἡ the σπιλοῦσα to stain ὅλον all τὸ the σῶμα body ⚐καὶ and φλογίζουσα to kindle τὸν the τροχὸν course τῆς the γενέσεως origin ⚐καὶ and φλογιζομένη to kindle ὑπὸ by τῆς the γεέννης Gehenna. -59 3 7 ⚐πᾶσα all γὰρ for φύσις nature θηρίων wild animal τε and καὶ and πετεινῶν bird ἑρπετῶν reptile τε and καὶ and ἐναλίων marine ⚐δαμάζεται to tame καὶ and δεδάμασται to tame τῇ the φύσει nature τῇ the ἀνθρωπίνῃ human· -59 3 8 ⚐τὴν the δὲ but γλῶσσαν tongue οὐδεὶς no one δαμάσαι to tame δύναται be able ἀνθρώπων a human· ⚐ἀκατάστατον restless κακόν evil, ⚐μεστὴ full ἰοῦ poison θανατηφόρου deadly. -59 3 9 ⚐ἐν in αὐτῇ to her εὐλογοῦμεν to bless τὸν the κύριον lord καὶ and πατέρα father, ⚐καὶ and ἐν with αὐτῇ to her καταρώμεθα to curse τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human ⚐τοὺς the καθ᾽ according to ὁμοίωσιν likeness θεοῦ God γεγονότας to be· -59 3 10 ⚐ἐκ from τοῦ the αὐτοῦ of it στόματος mouth ἐξέρχεται to go out εὐλογία praise καὶ and κατάρα curse. ⚐οὐ no χρή it should be, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me, ⚐ταῦτα these οὕτως thus(-ly) γίνεσθαι to be. -59 3 11 ⚐μήτι no? ἡ the πηγὴ flow ἐκ from τῆς the αὐτῆς of her ὀπῆς hole βρύει to pour τὸ the γλυκὺ sweet καὶ and τὸ the πικρόν bitter; -59 3 12 ⚐μὴ not δύναται be able, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me, συκῆ fig tree ⚐ἐλαίας olive tree ποιῆσαι to create ⚐ἢ or ἄμπελος vine σῦκα fig; ⚐οὔτε neither ἁλυκὸν salty γλυκὺ sweet ποιῆσαι to create ὕδωρ water.

 -59 3 13 ⚐Τίς which? σοφὸς wise καὶ and ἐπιστήμων knowing ἐν among ὑμῖν to you; ⚐δειξάτω to show ἐκ out of τῆς the καλῆς good ἀναστροφῆς behaviour ⚐τὰ the ἔργα work αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in πραΰτητι gentleness σοφίας wisdom. -59 3 14 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ζῆλον zeal πικρὸν bitter ἔχετε to have καὶ and ἐριθείαν rivalry ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart ὑμῶν of you, ⚐μὴ not κατακαυχᾶσθε to boast καὶ and ψεύδεσθε to lie κατὰ according to τῆς the ἀληθείας truth. -59 3 15 ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be αὕτη this ἡ the σοφία wisdom ἄνωθεν from above κατερχομένη to descend, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπίγειος earthly, ψυχική natural, δαιμονιώδης demonic· -59 3 16 ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) γὰρ for ζῆλος zeal καὶ and ἐριθεία rivalry, ⚐ἐκεῖ there ἀκαταστασία disorder καὶ and πᾶν all φαῦλον evil πρᾶγμα thing. -59 3 17 ⚐ἡ the δὲ but ἄνωθεν from above σοφία wisdom πρῶτον first μὲν on the other hand ἁγνή pure ἐστιν to be, ⚐ἔπειτα then εἰρηνική peaceful, ἐπιεικής gentle, εὐπειθής compliant, μεστὴ full ἐλέους mercy καὶ and καρπῶν fruit ἀγαθῶν good-doer, ἀδιάκριτος impartial, ἀνυπόκριτος genuine· -59 3 18 ⚐καρπὸς fruit δὲ and δικαιοσύνης righteousness ἐν in εἰρήνῃ peace σπείρεται to sow τοῖς who ποιοῦσιν to make εἰρήνην peace.

 -59 4 1 ⚐Πόθεν where πόλεμοι war ⚐καὶ and πόθεν where μάχαι quarrel ἐν among ὑμῖν to you; ⚐οὐκ no ἐντεῦθεν from here, ⚐ἐκ from τῶν the ἡδονῶν pleasure ὑμῶν of you τῶν the στρατευομένων to battle ἐν among τοῖς the μέλεσιν member ὑμῶν of you; -59 4 2 ⚐ἐπιθυμεῖτε to long for, καὶ and οὐκ no ἔχετε to have· ⚐φονεύετε to murder καὶ and ζηλοῦτε be eager, καὶ and οὐ no δύνασθε be able ἐπιτυχεῖν to obtain· ⚐μάχεσθε to quarrel καὶ and πολεμεῖτε to fight. ⚐οὐκ no ἔχετε to have διὰ because of τὸ the μὴ not αἰτεῖσθαι to ask ὑμᾶς you· -59 4 3 ⚐αἰτεῖτε to ask καὶ and οὐ no λαμβάνετε to take, ⚐διότι because κακῶς badly αἰτεῖσθε to ask, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν on ταῖς the ἡδοναῖς pleasure ὑμῶν of you δαπανήσητε to spend. -59 4 4 ⚐μοιχαλίδες adulterous, οὐκ no οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἡ the φιλία friendship τοῦ the κόσμου world ἔχθρα hostility τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐστιν to be; ⚐ὃς which ἐὰν if οὖν therefore βουληθῇ to plan ⚐φίλος friend εἶναι to be τοῦ the κόσμου world, ⚐ἐχθρὸς enemy τοῦ the θεοῦ God καθίσταται to make. -59 4 5 ⚐ἢ or δοκεῖτε to think ⚐ὅτι that κενῶς vainly ἡ the γραφὴ a writing λέγει to speak· ⚐Πρὸς to φθόνον envy ἐπιποθεῖ to long for τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit ὃ which κατῴκισεν to settle ἐν in ἡμῖν to us; -59 4 6 ⚐μείζονα great δὲ but δίδωσιν to give χάριν grace· ⚐διὸ therefore λέγει to speak· ⚐Ὁ the θεὸς God ὑπερηφάνοις arrogant ἀντιτάσσεται to resist ⚐ταπεινοῖς lowly δὲ but δίδωσιν to give χάριν grace. -59 4 7 ⚐ὑποτάγητε to subject οὖν therefore τῷ the θεῷ God· ⚐ἀντίστητε to oppose δὲ but τῷ the διαβόλῳ the Devil, ⚐καὶ and φεύξεται to flee ἀφ᾽ from ὑμῶν of you· -59 4 8 ⚐ἐγγίσατε to come near τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐καὶ and ἐγγιεῖ to come near ὑμῖν to you. ⚐καθαρίσατε to clean χεῖρας hand, ἁμαρτωλοί sinful, ⚐καὶ and ἁγνίσατε to purify καρδίας heart, δίψυχοι double-minded. -59 4 9 ⚐ταλαιπωρήσατε to grieve καὶ and πενθήσατε to mourn καὶ and κλαύσατε to weep· ⚐ὁ the γέλως laughter ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward πένθος grief μετατραπήτω to turn around ⚐καὶ and ἡ the χαρὰ joy εἰς toward κατήφειαν gloominess· -59 4 10 ⚐ταπεινώθητε to humble ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the κυρίου lord, ⚐καὶ and ὑψώσει to lift up ὑμᾶς you.

 -59 4 11 ⚐Μὴ not καταλαλεῖτε to slander ἀλλήλων one another, ἀδελφοί brother· ⚐ὁ who καταλαλῶν to slander ἀδελφοῦ brother ἢ or κρίνων to judge τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him καταλαλεῖ to slander νόμου law ⚐καὶ and κρίνει to judge νόμον law· ⚐εἰ if δὲ but νόμον law κρίνεις to judge, ⚐οὐκ no εἶ to be ποιητὴς doer νόμου law ἀλλὰ but κριτής judge. -59 4 12 ⚐εἷς one ἐστιν to be ὁ the νομοθέτης lawgiver καὶ and κριτής judge, ⚐ὁ who δυνάμενος be able σῶσαι to save καὶ and ἀπολέσαι to destroy· ⚐σὺ you δὲ but τίς which? εἶ to be, ὁ the κρίνων to judge τὸν the πλησίον neighbor;

 -59 4 13 ⚐Ἄγε to bring νῦν now οἱ who λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Σήμερον today ἢ or αὔριον tomorrow πορευσόμεθα to go εἰς toward τήνδε this τὴν the πόλιν city ⚐καὶ and ποιήσομεν to spend ἐκεῖ there ἐνιαυτὸν year ⚐καὶ and ἐμπορευσόμεθα to traffic in καὶ and κερδήσομεν to gain· -59 4 14 ⚐οἵτινες who οὐκ no ἐπίστασθε to know τὸ the τῆς the αὔριον tomorrow ⚐ποία what? ἡ the ζωὴ life ὑμῶν of you· ⚐ἀτμὶς vapor γάρ for ἐστε to be ⚐ἡ the πρὸς to ὀλίγον little φαινομένη to appear, ⚐ἔπειτα then καὶ and ἀφανιζομένη to destroy· -59 4 15 ⚐ἀντὶ for τοῦ the λέγειν to speak ὑμᾶς you· ⚐Ἐὰν if ὁ the κύριος lord θελήσῃ to will, ⚐καὶ and ζήσομεν to live καὶ and ποιήσομεν to do τοῦτο this ἢ or ἐκεῖνο that. -59 4 16 ⚐νῦν now δὲ but καυχᾶσθε to boast ἐν in ταῖς the ἀλαζονείαις boasting ὑμῶν of you· ⚐πᾶσα all καύχησις pride τοιαύτη such as this πονηρά evil ἐστιν to be. -59 4 17 ⚐εἰδότι to know οὖν therefore καλὸν good ποιεῖν to do καὶ and μὴ not ποιοῦντι to do, ⚐ἁμαρτία sin αὐτῷ to him ἐστιν to be.

 -59 5 1 ⚐Ἄγε to bring νῦν now οἱ the πλούσιοι rich, ⚐κλαύσατε to weep ⚐ὀλολύζοντες to wail ἐπὶ over ταῖς the ταλαιπωρίαις misery ὑμῶν of you ταῖς the ἐπερχομέναις to arrive. -59 5 2 ⚐ὁ the πλοῦτος riches ὑμῶν of you σέσηπεν to rot, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing ὑμῶν of you σητόβρωτα moth-eaten γέγονεν to be, -59 5 3 ⚐ὁ the χρυσὸς gold ὑμῶν of you καὶ and ὁ the ἄργυρος silver κατίωται to corrode, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἰὸς rust αὐτῶν of them εἰς toward μαρτύριον testimony ὑμῖν to you ἔσται to be ⚐καὶ and φάγεται to eat τὰς the σάρκας flesh ὑμῶν of you· ὡς as πῦρ fire ⚐ἐθησαυρίσατε to store up ἐν in ἐσχάταις last ἡμέραις day. -59 5 4 ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ὁ the μισθὸς wage τῶν the ἐργατῶν worker τῶν who ἀμησάντων to mow τὰς the χώρας country ὑμῶν of you ⚐ὁ the ἀπεστερημένος to defraud ἀφ᾽ from ὑμῶν of you κράζει to cry, ⚐καὶ and αἱ the βοαὶ outcry τῶν the θερισάντων to reap ⚐εἰς toward τὰ the ὦτα ear Κυρίου lord Σαβαὼθ of Hosts εἰσεληλύθασιν to enter· -59 5 5 ⚐ἐτρυφήσατε to self-indulge ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐καὶ and ἐσπαταλήσατε to indulge, ⚐ἐθρέψατε to feed τὰς the καρδίας heart ὑμῶν of you ἐν in ἡμέρᾳ day σφαγῆς slaughter. -59 5 6 ⚐κατεδικάσατε to condemn, ἐφονεύσατε to murder τὸν the δίκαιον just. ⚐οὐκ no ἀντιτάσσεται to resist ὑμῖν to you;

 -59 5 7 ⚐Μακροθυμήσατε to have patience οὖν therefore, ἀδελφοί brother, ἕως until τῆς the παρουσίας coming τοῦ the κυρίου lord. ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ὁ the γεωργὸς farmer ἐκδέχεται to wait for τὸν the τίμιον precious καρπὸν fruit τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐μακροθυμῶν to have patience ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῷ to him ⚐ἕως until λάβῃ to take πρόϊμον early rain καὶ and ὄψιμον late (rain). -59 5 8 ⚐μακροθυμήσατε to have patience καὶ and ὑμεῖς you, ⚐στηρίξατε to establish τὰς the καρδίας heart ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ὅτι since ἡ the παρουσία coming τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἤγγικεν to come near. -59 5 9 ⚐μὴ not στενάζετε to groan, ἀδελφοί brother, κατ᾽ according to ἀλλήλων one another, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not κριθῆτε to judge· ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ὁ the κριτὴς judge πρὸ before τῶν the θυρῶν door ἕστηκεν to stand. -59 5 10 ⚐ὑπόδειγμα example λάβετε to take, ἀδελφοί brother, τῆς the κακοπαθείας suffering καὶ and τῆς the μακροθυμίας patience ⚐τοὺς the προφήτας prophet, οἳ which ἐλάλησαν to speak ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματι name κυρίου lord. -59 5 11 ⚐ἰδοὺ look! μακαρίζομεν to bless τοὺς who ὑπομείναντας to endure· ⚐τὴν the ὑπομονὴν perseverance Ἰὼβ Job ἠκούσατε to hear, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the τέλος goal κυρίου lord εἴδετε to know, ⚐ὅτι that πολύσπλαγχνός very compassionate ἐστιν to be ὁ the κύριος lord καὶ and οἰκτίρμων compassionate.

 -59 5 12 ⚐Πρὸ before πάντων all δέ and, ἀδελφοί brother μου of me, μὴ not ὀμνύετε to swear, ⚐μήτε neither τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven μήτε neither τὴν the γῆν earth μήτε neither ἄλλον another τινὰ one ὅρκον oath· ⚐ἤτω to be δὲ but ὑμῶν of you τὸ the Ναὶ yes ναὶ yes καὶ and τὸ the Οὒ no οὔ no, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ὑπὸ under κρίσιν judgment πέσητε to collapse.

 -59 5 13 ⚐Κακοπαθεῖ to endure τις one ἐν among ὑμῖν to you; ⚐προσευχέσθω to pray· ⚐εὐθυμεῖ be cheerful τις one; ⚐ψαλλέτω to sing praise. -59 5 14 ⚐ἀσθενεῖ be weak τις one ἐν among ὑμῖν to you; ⚐προσκαλεσάσθω to summon τοὺς the πρεσβυτέρους elder τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly, ⚐καὶ and προσευξάσθωσαν to pray ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτὸν him ⚐ἀλείψαντες to anoint αὐτὸν him ἐλαίῳ olive oil ἐν in τῷ the ὀνόματι name τοῦ the κυρίου lord· -59 5 15 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the εὐχὴ a prayer τῆς the πίστεως faith σώσει to save τὸν who κάμνοντα be ill, ⚐καὶ and ἐγερεῖ to arise αὐτὸν him ὁ the κύριος lord· ⚐κἂν even if ἁμαρτίας sin ᾖ to be πεποιηκώς to do, ⚐ἀφεθήσεται to release αὐτῷ to him. -59 5 16 ⚐ἐξομολογεῖσθε to agree οὖν therefore ἀλλήλοις one another τὰς the ἁμαρτίας sin ⚐καὶ and εὔχεσθε to pray ὑπὲρ for ἀλλήλων one another, ⚐ὅπως that ἰαθῆτε to heal. ⚐πολὺ much ἰσχύει be strong δέησις prayer δικαίου just ἐνεργουμένη be active. -59 5 17 ⚐Ἠλίας Elijah ἄνθρωπος a human ἦν to be ὁμοιοπαθὴς like ἡμῖν to us, ⚐καὶ and προσευχῇ prayer προσηύξατο to pray ⚐τοῦ the μὴ not βρέξαι to rain down, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔβρεξεν to rain down ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ἐνιαυτοὺς year τρεῖς three καὶ and μῆνας month ἕξ six· -59 5 18 ⚐καὶ and πάλιν again προσηύξατο to pray, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the οὐρανὸς heaven ὑετὸν rain ἔδωκεν to give ⚐καὶ and ἡ the γῆ earth ἐβλάστησεν to sprout τὸν the καρπὸν fruit αὐτῆς of her.

 -59 5 19 ⚐Ἀδελφοί brother μου of me, ἐάν if τις one ἐν among ὑμῖν to you πλανηθῇ to lead astray ἀπὸ from τῆς the ἀληθείας truth ⚐καὶ and ἐπιστρέψῃ to turn τις one αὐτόν him, -59 5 20 ⚐γινωσκέτω to know ⚐ὅτι that ὁ who ἐπιστρέψας to turn ἁμαρτωλὸν sinful ἐκ from πλάνης error ὁδοῦ road αὐτοῦ of him ⚐σώσει to save ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him ἐκ from θανάτου death ⚐καὶ and καλύψει to cover πλῆθος multitude ἁμαρτιῶν sin.

 -60 1 1 ⚐Πέτρος Peter ἀπόστολος apostle Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐ἐκλεκτοῖς select παρεπιδήμοις stranger διασπορᾶς dispersion Πόντου Pontus, Γαλατίας Galatia, Καππαδοκίας Cappadocia, Ἀσίας Asia, καὶ and Βιθυνίας Bithynia, -60 1 2 ⚐κατὰ according to πρόγνωσιν foreknowledge θεοῦ God πατρός father, ἐν in ἁγιασμῷ holiness πνεύματος spirit, ⚐εἰς toward ὑπακοὴν obedience καὶ and ῥαντισμὸν sprinkling αἵματος blood Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ· ⚐χάρις grace ὑμῖν to you ⚐καὶ and εἰρήνη peace πληθυνθείη to multiply.

 -60 1 3 ⚐Εὐλογητὸς praiseworthy ὁ the θεὸς God καὶ and πατὴρ father τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ὁ the κατὰ according to τὸ the πολὺ much αὐτοῦ of him ἔλεος mercy ἀναγεννήσας to beget ἡμᾶς us ⚐εἰς toward ἐλπίδα hope ζῶσαν to live δι᾽ through ἀναστάσεως resurrection Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead, -60 1 4 ⚐εἰς toward κληρονομίαν inheritance ἄφθαρτον incorruptible καὶ and ἀμίαντον pure καὶ and ἀμάραντον unfading, ⚐τετηρημένην to keep ἐν in οὐρανοῖς heaven εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you -60 1 5 ⚐τοὺς who ἐν by δυνάμει power θεοῦ God φρουρουμένους to guard διὰ through πίστεως faith ⚐εἰς toward σωτηρίαν salvation ἑτοίμην ready ἀποκαλυφθῆναι to reveal ἐν in καιρῷ time ἐσχάτῳ last. -60 1 6 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ἀγαλλιᾶσθε to rejoice, ⚐ὀλίγον little ἄρτι now εἰ if δέον be necessary ἐστίν to be ⚐λυπηθέντας to grieve ἐν in ποικίλοις various πειρασμοῖς testing, -60 1 7 ⚐ἵνα in order that τὸ the δοκίμιον testing ὑμῶν of you τῆς the πίστεως faith ⚐πολυτιμότερον valuable χρυσίου gold τοῦ the ἀπολλυμένου to destroy ⚐διὰ through πυρὸς fire δὲ and δοκιμαζομένου to test ⚐εὑρεθῇ to find εἰς toward ἔπαινον praise καὶ and δόξαν glory καὶ and τιμὴν honor ἐν in ἀποκαλύψει revelation Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ. -60 1 8 ⚐ὃν which οὐκ no ἰδόντες to know ⚐ἀγαπᾶτε to love, ⚐εἰς toward ὃν which ἄρτι now μὴ not ὁρῶντες to see ⚐πιστεύοντες to trust (in) δὲ but ⚐ἀγαλλιᾶσθε to rejoice χαρᾷ joy ἀνεκλαλήτῳ inexpressible καὶ and δεδοξασμένῃ to glorify, -60 1 9 ⚐κομιζόμενοι to be repaid τὸ the τέλος goal τῆς the πίστεως faith ὑμῶν of you σωτηρίαν salvation ψυχῶν soul.

 -60 1 10 ⚐Περὶ about ἧς which σωτηρίας salvation ἐξεζήτησαν to seek out καὶ and ἐξηραύνησαν to search out προφῆται prophet ⚐οἱ the περὶ about τῆς the εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you χάριτος grace προφητεύσαντες to prophesy, -60 1 11 ⚐ἐραυνῶντες to look into ⚐εἰς toward τίνα which? ἢ or ποῖον what? καιρὸν time ἐδήλου to make clear τὸ the ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them πνεῦμα spirit Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐προμαρτυρόμενον to predict τὰ the εἰς toward Χριστὸν Christ παθήματα suffering καὶ and τὰς the μετὰ with ταῦτα these δόξας glory· -60 1 12 ⚐οἷς which ἀπεκαλύφθη to reveal ⚐ὅτι that οὐχ no ἑαυτοῖς themselves ὑμῖν to you δὲ but διηκόνουν to serve αὐτά them, ⚐ἃ which νῦν now ἀνηγγέλη to report ὑμῖν to you διὰ through τῶν who εὐαγγελισαμένων to speak good news ὑμᾶς you ἐν by πνεύματι spirit ἁγίῳ holy ⚐ἀποσταλέντι to send ἀπ᾽ from οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐εἰς toward ἃ which ἐπιθυμοῦσιν to long for ἄγγελοι angel ⚐παρακύψαι to stoop.

 -60 1 13 ⚐Διὸ therefore ἀναζωσάμενοι to gird τὰς the ὀσφύας loins τῆς the διανοίας mind ὑμῶν of you, ⚐νήφοντες be sober ⚐τελείως completely, ἐλπίσατε to hope ἐπὶ on τὴν the φερομένην to bring ὑμῖν to you χάριν grace ἐν in ἀποκαλύψει revelation Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ. -60 1 14 ⚐ὡς as τέκνα child ὑπακοῆς obedience, μὴ not συσχηματιζόμενοι to conform to ταῖς the πρότερον before ἐν in τῇ the ἀγνοίᾳ ignorance ὑμῶν of you ἐπιθυμίαις desire, -60 1 15 ⚐ἀλλὰ but κατὰ according to τὸν who καλέσαντα to call ὑμᾶς you ἅγιον holy ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἅγιοι holy ἐν in πάσῃ all ἀναστροφῇ behaviour γενήθητε to be, -60 1 16 ⚐διότι because γέγραπται to write ⚐ Ἅγιοι holy ἔσεσθε to be, ⚐ὅτι since ἐγὼ I ἅγιος holy .

 -60 1 17 ⚐Καὶ and εἰ if πατέρα father ἐπικαλεῖσθε to call (on) τὸν who ἀπροσωπολήμπτως impartially κρίνοντα to judge κατὰ according to τὸ the ἑκάστου each ἔργον work, ⚐ἐν in φόβῳ fear τὸν the τῆς the παροικίας sojourning ὑμῶν of you χρόνον time ἀναστράφητε to live· -60 1 18 ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐ὅτι that οὐ no φθαρτοῖς perishable, ἀργυρίῳ silver ἢ or χρυσίῳ gold, ἐλυτρώθητε to ransom ⚐ἐκ out of τῆς the ματαίας futile ὑμῶν of you ἀναστροφῆς behaviour πατροπαραδότου from forefathers, -60 1 19 ⚐ἀλλὰ but τιμίῳ precious αἵματι blood ὡς as ἀμνοῦ lamb ἀμώμου blameless καὶ and ἀσπίλου spotless Χριστοῦ Christ, -60 1 20 ⚐προεγνωσμένου to foreknow μὲν on the other hand πρὸ before καταβολῆς beginning κόσμου world, ⚐φανερωθέντος to manifest δὲ but ἐπ᾽ upon ἐσχάτου last τῶν the χρόνων time δι᾽ because of ὑμᾶς you -60 1 21 ⚐τοὺς the δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him πιστοὺς faithful εἰς toward θεὸν God ⚐τὸν who ἐγείραντα to arise αὐτὸν him ἐκ from νεκρῶν dead ⚐καὶ and δόξαν glory αὐτῷ to him δόντα to give, ⚐ὥστε so τὴν the πίστιν faith ὑμῶν of you καὶ and ἐλπίδα hope εἶναι to be εἰς toward θεόν God.

 -60 1 22 ⚐Τὰς the ψυχὰς soul ὑμῶν of you ἡγνικότες to purify ἐν by τῇ the ὑπακοῇ obedience τῆς the ἀληθείας truth εἰς toward φιλαδελφίαν brotherly love ἀνυπόκριτον genuine ⚐ἐκ from καθαρᾶς clean καρδίας heart ἀλλήλους one another ἀγαπήσατε to love ἐκτενῶς intently, -60 1 23 ⚐ἀναγεγεννημένοι to beget οὐκ no ἐκ from σπορᾶς seed φθαρτῆς perishable ἀλλ᾽ but ἀφθάρτου incorruptible, ⚐διὰ through λόγου word ζῶντος to live θεοῦ God καὶ and μένοντος to stay· -60 1 24 ⚐διότι because πᾶσα all σὰρξ flesh ὡς as χόρτος grass, ⚐καὶ and πᾶσα all δόξα glory αὐτῆς of her ὡς as ἄνθος flower χόρτου grass· ⚐ἐξηράνθη to dry ὁ the χόρτος grass, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ἄνθος flower ἐξέπεσεν to fall out· -60 1 25 ⚐τὸ the δὲ but ῥῆμα word κυρίου lord μένει to stay εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age. ⚐τοῦτο this δέ and ἐστιν to be τὸ the ῥῆμα word τὸ the εὐαγγελισθὲν to speak good news εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you.

 -60 2 1 ⚐Ἀποθέμενοι to put aside οὖν therefore πᾶσαν all κακίαν evil καὶ and πάντα all δόλον deceit καὶ and ὑποκρίσεις hypocrisy καὶ and φθόνους envy καὶ and πάσας all καταλαλιάς slander, -60 2 2 ⚐ὡς as ἀρτιγέννητα newborn βρέφη infant τὸ the λογικὸν spiritual ἄδολον pure γάλα milk ἐπιποθήσατε to long for, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν by αὐτῷ to it αὐξηθῆτε to grow εἰς toward σωτηρίαν salvation, -60 2 3 ⚐εἰ if ἐγεύσασθε to taste ⚐ὅτι that χρηστὸς kind ὁ the κύριος lord.

 -60 2 4 ⚐Πρὸς to ὃν which προσερχόμενοι to come near, λίθον stone ζῶντα to live, ⚐ὑπὸ by ἀνθρώπων a human μὲν on the other hand ἀποδεδοκιμασμένον to reject ⚐παρὰ beside δὲ but θεῷ God ἐκλεκτὸν select ἔντιμον valued -60 2 5 ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ὡς as λίθοι stone ζῶντες to live οἰκοδομεῖσθε to build οἶκος house πνευματικὸς spiritual εἰς toward ἱεράτευμα priesthood ἅγιον holy, ⚐ἀνενέγκαι to carry up πνευματικὰς spiritual θυσίας sacrifice εὐπροσδέκτους acceptable θεῷ God διὰ through Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ· -60 2 6 ⚐διότι because περιέχει to contain ἐν in γραφῇ a writing· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! τίθημι to place ἐν in Σιὼν Zion λίθον stone ἀκρογωνιαῖον cornerstone ἐκλεκτὸν select ἔντιμον valued, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πιστεύων to trust (in) ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῷ to him οὐ no μὴ not καταισχυνθῇ to dishonor. -60 2 7 ⚐ὑμῖν to you οὖν therefore ἡ who τιμὴ honor τοῖς the πιστεύουσιν to trust (in)· ⚐ἀπιστοῦσιν to disbelieve δὲ but ⚐λίθος stone ὃν which ἀπεδοκίμασαν to reject οἱ the οἰκοδομοῦντες to build ⚐οὗτος this ἐγενήθη to be εἰς toward κεφαλὴν head γωνίας corner -60 2 8 καὶ and λίθος stone προσκόμματος stumbling block καὶ and πέτρα rock σκανδάλου stumbling block· ⚐οἳ which προσκόπτουσιν to strike τῷ the λόγῳ word ἀπειθοῦντες to disobey· ⚐εἰς toward ὃ which καὶ and ἐτέθησαν to place.

 -60 2 9 ⚐Ὑμεῖς you δὲ but γένος family ἐκλεκτόν select, βασίλειον kingly ἱεράτευμα priesthood, ἔθνος Gentiles ἅγιον holy, λαὸς a people εἰς toward περιποίησιν acquiring, ⚐ὅπως that τὰς the ἀρετὰς virtue ἐξαγγείλητε to proclaim τοῦ the ἐκ of σκότους darkness ὑμᾶς you καλέσαντος to call ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the θαυμαστὸν marvellous αὐτοῦ of him φῶς light· -60 2 10 ⚐οἵ which ποτε once οὐ no λαὸς a people ⚐νῦν now δὲ but λαὸς a people θεοῦ God, ⚐οἱ the οὐκ no ἠλεημένοι to have mercy ⚐νῦν now δὲ but ἐλεηθέντες to have mercy. -60 2 11 ⚐Ἀγαπητοί beloved, παρακαλῶ to plead ὡς as παροίκους foreigner καὶ and παρεπιδήμους stranger ⚐ἀπέχεσθαι to have in full τῶν the σαρκικῶν fleshly ἐπιθυμιῶν desire, ⚐αἵτινες which στρατεύονται to battle κατὰ according to τῆς the ψυχῆς soul· -60 2 12 ⚐τὴν the ἀναστροφὴν behaviour ὑμῶν of you ἐν among τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles ἔχοντες to have καλήν good, ⚐ἵνα in order that, ἐν in ᾧ which καταλαλοῦσιν to slander ὑμῶν of you ὡς as κακοποιῶν wrongdoing, ⚐ἐκ out of τῶν the καλῶν good ἔργων work ἐποπτεύοντες to observe ⚐δοξάσωσιν to glorify τὸν the θεὸν God ἐν in ἡμέρᾳ day ἐπισκοπῆς oversight.

 -60 2 13 ⚐Ὑποτάγητε to subject πάσῃ all ἀνθρωπίνῃ human κτίσει creation διὰ because of τὸν the κύριον lord· ⚐εἴτε if βασιλεῖ king ⚐ὡς as ὑπερέχοντι be higher, -60 2 14 ⚐εἴτε if ἡγεμόσιν ruler ⚐ὡς as δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him πεμπομένοις to send εἰς toward ἐκδίκησιν vengeance κακοποιῶν wrongdoing ⚐ἔπαινον praise δὲ and ἀγαθοποιῶν doing good -60 2 15 ( ⚐ὅτι since οὕτως thus(-ly) ἐστὶν to be τὸ the θέλημα desire τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἀγαθοποιοῦντας to do good ⚐φιμοῦν to muzzle τὴν the τῶν the ἀφρόνων foolish ἀνθρώπων a human ἀγνωσίαν ignorance)· -60 2 16 ⚐ὡς as ἐλεύθεροι free, ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ὡς as ἐπικάλυμμα covering ἔχοντες to have τῆς the κακίας evil τὴν the ἐλευθερίαν freedom, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as θεοῦ God δοῦλοι slave. -60 2 17 ⚐πάντας all τιμήσατε to honor, ⚐τὴν the ἀδελφότητα brotherhood ἀγαπᾶτε to love, ⚐τὸν the θεὸν God φοβεῖσθε to fear, ⚐τὸν the βασιλέα king τιμᾶτε to honor.

 -60 2 18 ⚐Οἱ the οἰκέται slave ὑποτασσόμενοι to subject ἐν with παντὶ all φόβῳ fear τοῖς the δεσπόταις master, ⚐οὐ no μόνον alone τοῖς who ἀγαθοῖς good-doer καὶ and ἐπιεικέσιν gentle ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and τοῖς who σκολιοῖς crooked. -60 2 19 ⚐τοῦτο this γὰρ for χάρις grace ⚐εἰ if διὰ because of συνείδησιν conscience θεοῦ God ὑποφέρει to endure τις one λύπας grief ⚐πάσχων to suffer ἀδίκως unjustly· -60 2 20 ⚐ποῖον what? γὰρ for κλέος credit ⚐εἰ if ἁμαρτάνοντες to sin καὶ and κολαφιζόμενοι to beat ὑπομενεῖτε to endure; ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἰ if ἀγαθοποιοῦντες to do good καὶ and πάσχοντες to suffer ὑπομενεῖτε to endure, ⚐τοῦτο this χάρις grace παρὰ with θεῷ God. -60 2 21 ⚐εἰς toward τοῦτο this γὰρ for ἐκλήθητε to call, ⚐ὅτι since καὶ and Χριστὸς Christ ἔπαθεν to suffer ὑπὲρ for ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ὑμῖν to you ὑπολιμπάνων to leave behind ὑπογραμμὸν example ⚐ἵνα in order to ἐπακολουθήσητε to follow after τοῖς the ἴχνεσιν track αὐτοῦ of him· -60 2 22 ⚐ὃς which ἁμαρτίαν sin οὐκ no ἐποίησεν to do ⚐οὐδὲ and not εὑρέθη to find δόλος deceit ἐν in τῷ the στόματι mouth αὐτοῦ of him· -60 2 23 ⚐ὃς which λοιδορούμενος to revile ⚐οὐκ no ἀντελοιδόρει to retaliate, ⚐πάσχων to suffer ⚐οὐκ no ἠπείλει to threaten, ⚐παρεδίδου to deliver δὲ but τῷ who κρίνοντι to judge δικαίως rightly· -60 2 24 ⚐ὃς which τὰς the ἁμαρτίας sin ἡμῶν of us αὐτὸς he ἀνήνεγκεν to carry up ἐν in τῷ the σώματι body αὐτοῦ of him ἐπὶ on τὸ the ξύλον wood, ⚐ἵνα in order that ταῖς the ἁμαρτίαις sin ἀπογενόμενοι to cease to be ⚐τῇ the δικαιοσύνῃ righteousness ζήσωμεν to live· ⚐οὗ which τῷ the μώλωπι wound ἰάθητε to heal. -60 2 25 ⚐ἦτε to be γὰρ for ὡς as πρόβατα sheep πλανώμενοι to lead astray, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπεστράφητε to turn νῦν now ἐπὶ to τὸν the ποιμένα shepherd καὶ and ἐπίσκοπον overseer τῶν the ψυχῶν soul ὑμῶν of you.

 -60 3 1 ⚐Ὁμοίως likewise αἱ which γυναῖκες woman ὑποτασσόμεναι to subject τοῖς the ἰδίοις one's own ἀνδράσιν man, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and εἴ if τινες one ἀπειθοῦσιν to disobey τῷ the λόγῳ word ⚐διὰ through τῆς the τῶν the γυναικῶν woman ἀναστροφῆς behaviour ἄνευ without λόγου word κερδηθήσονται to gain -60 3 2 ⚐ἐποπτεύσαντες to observe τὴν the ἐν in φόβῳ fear ἁγνὴν pure ἀναστροφὴν behaviour ὑμῶν of you. -60 3 3 ⚐ὧν which ἔστω to be οὐχ no ὁ the ἔξωθεν outside ἐμπλοκῆς braiding τριχῶν hair καὶ and περιθέσεως wearing χρυσίων gold ἢ or ἐνδύσεως wearing ἱματίων clothing κόσμος world, -60 3 4 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the κρυπτὸς hidden τῆς the καρδίας heart ἄνθρωπος a human ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ἀφθάρτῳ incorruptible τοῦ the πραέως gentle καὶ and ἡσυχίου quiet πνεύματος spirit, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God πολυτελές valuable. -60 3 5 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) γάρ for ποτε once καὶ and αἱ the ἅγιαι holy γυναῖκες woman αἱ who ἐλπίζουσαι to hope εἰς toward θεὸν God ἐκόσμουν to arrange ἑαυτάς themselves, ⚐ὑποτασσόμεναι to subject τοῖς the ἰδίοις one's own ἀνδράσιν man, -60 3 6 ⚐ὡς as Σάρρα Sarah ὑπήκουσεν to obey τῷ the Ἀβραάμ Abraham, ⚐κύριον lord αὐτὸν him καλοῦσα to call· ⚐ἧς which ἐγενήθητε to be τέκνα child ⚐ἀγαθοποιοῦσαι to do good καὶ and μὴ not φοβούμεναι to fear μηδεμίαν nothing πτόησιν fear.

 -60 3 7 ⚐Οἱ the ἄνδρες man ὁμοίως likewise συνοικοῦντες to live with κατὰ according to γνῶσιν knowledge, ὡς as ἀσθενεστέρῳ weak σκεύει vessel τῷ the γυναικείῳ feminine ⚐ἀπονέμοντες to render as due τιμήν honor, ὡς as καὶ and συγκληρονόμοις co-heir χάριτος grace ζωῆς life, ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the μὴ not ἐγκόπτεσθαι to hinder τὰς the προσευχὰς prayer ὑμῶν of you.

 -60 3 8 ⚐Τὸ the δὲ and τέλος goal πάντες all ὁμόφρονες like-minded, συμπαθεῖς sympathetic, φιλάδελφοι loving the brothers, εὔσπλαγχνοι compassionate, ταπεινόφρονες humility, -60 3 9 ⚐μὴ not ἀποδιδόντες to pay κακὸν evil ἀντὶ for κακοῦ evil ἢ or λοιδορίαν reviling ἀντὶ for λοιδορίας reviling ⚐τοὐναντίον instead δὲ but εὐλογοῦντες to bless, ⚐ὅτι since εἰς toward τοῦτο this ἐκλήθητε to call ⚐ἵνα in order to εὐλογίαν praise κληρονομήσητε to inherit. -60 3 10 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for θέλων to will ζωὴν life ἀγαπᾶν to love ⚐καὶ and ἰδεῖν to know ἡμέρας day ἀγαθὰς good-doer ⚐παυσάτω to cease τὴν the γλῶσσαν tongue ἀπὸ from κακοῦ evil ⚐καὶ and χείλη lip ⚐τοῦ the μὴ not λαλῆσαι to speak δόλον deceit, -60 3 11 ⚐ἐκκλινάτω to turn from δὲ and ἀπὸ from κακοῦ evil ⚐καὶ and ποιησάτω to do ἀγαθόν good-doer, ⚐ζητησάτω to seek εἰρήνην peace ⚐καὶ and διωξάτω to pursue αὐτήν her· -60 3 12 ⚐ὅτι since ὀφθαλμοὶ eye κυρίου lord ἐπὶ upon δικαίους just ⚐καὶ and ὦτα ear αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward δέησιν prayer αὐτῶν of them, ⚐πρόσωπον face δὲ but κυρίου lord ἐπὶ against ποιοῦντας to do κακά evil.

 -60 3 13 ⚐Καὶ and τίς which? ὁ the κακώσων to harm ὑμᾶς you ⚐ἐὰν if τοῦ the ἀγαθοῦ good-doer ζηλωταὶ zealot γένησθε to be; -60 3 14 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἰ if καὶ and πάσχοιτε to suffer διὰ because of δικαιοσύνην righteousness, ⚐μακάριοι blessed. ⚐τὸν the δὲ but φόβον fear αὐτῶν of them μὴ not φοβηθῆτε to fear ⚐μηδὲ not ταραχθῆτε to trouble, -60 3 15 ⚐κύριον lord δὲ but τὸν the Χριστὸν Christ ἁγιάσατε to sanctify ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart ὑμῶν of you, ⚐ἕτοιμοι ready ἀεὶ always πρὸς to ἀπολογίαν defence ⚐παντὶ all τῷ who αἰτοῦντι to ask ὑμᾶς you λόγον word περὶ about τῆς the ἐν in ὑμῖν to you ἐλπίδος hope, -60 3 16 ⚐ἀλλὰ but μετὰ with πραΰτητος gentleness καὶ and φόβου fear, ⚐συνείδησιν conscience ἔχοντες to have ἀγαθήν good-doer, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν in ᾧ which καταλαλεῖσθε to slander ⚐καταισχυνθῶσιν to dishonor οἱ who ἐπηρεάζοντες to mistreat ὑμῶν of you τὴν the ἀγαθὴν good-doer ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ ἀναστροφήν behaviour. -60 3 17 ⚐κρεῖττον greater γὰρ for ⚐ἀγαθοποιοῦντας to do good, εἰ if θέλοι to will τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ the θεοῦ God, πάσχειν to suffer ἢ or κακοποιοῦντας to do evil. -60 3 18 ⚐ὅτι since καὶ and Χριστὸς Christ ἅπαξ once περὶ about ἁμαρτιῶν sin ἔπαθεν to suffer, ⚐δίκαιος just ὑπὲρ for ἀδίκων unjust, ⚐ἵνα in order to ὑμᾶς you προσαγάγῃ to bring near τῷ the θεῷ God, ⚐θανατωθεὶς to kill μὲν on the other hand σαρκὶ flesh ⚐ζῳοποιηθεὶς to make alive δὲ but πνεύματι spirit· -60 3 19 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which καὶ and τοῖς the ἐν in φυλακῇ prison πνεύμασιν spirit πορευθεὶς to go ⚐ἐκήρυξεν to preach, -60 3 20 ⚐ἀπειθήσασίν to disobey ποτε once ⚐ὅτε when ἀπεξεδέχετο to expect ἡ the τοῦ the θεοῦ God μακροθυμία patience ἐν in ἡμέραις day Νῶε Noah ⚐κατασκευαζομένης to prepare κιβωτοῦ ark ⚐εἰς toward ἣν which ὀλίγοι few, ⚐τοῦτ᾽ this ἔστιν to be ὀκτὼ eight ψυχαί soul, ⚐διεσώθησαν to save δι᾽ through ὕδατος water. -60 3 21 ⚐ὃ which καὶ and ὑμᾶς you ἀντίτυπον representation νῦν now σῴζει to save βάπτισμα baptism, ⚐οὐ no σαρκὸς flesh ἀπόθεσις removal ῥύπου filth ⚐ἀλλὰ but συνειδήσεως conscience ἀγαθῆς good-doer ἐπερώτημα pledge εἰς toward θεόν God, ⚐δι᾽ through ἀναστάσεως resurrection Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, -60 3 22 ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be ἐν in δεξιᾷ right τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐πορευθεὶς to go εἰς toward οὐρανὸν heaven ⚐ὑποταγέντων to subject αὐτῷ to him ἀγγέλων angel καὶ and ἐξουσιῶν authority καὶ and δυνάμεων power.

 -60 4 1 ⚐Χριστοῦ Christ οὖν therefore παθόντος to suffer σαρκὶ flesh ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you τὴν the αὐτὴν her ἔννοιαν purpose ὁπλίσασθε to arm, ⚐ὅτι since ὁ who παθὼν to suffer σαρκὶ flesh πέπαυται to cease ἁμαρτίας sin, -60 4 2 ⚐εἰς toward τὸ the μηκέτι never again ἀνθρώπων a human ἐπιθυμίαις desire ἀλλὰ but θελήματι will θεοῦ God ⚐τὸν the ἐπίλοιπον remaining ἐν on σαρκὶ flesh βιῶσαι to live χρόνον time. -60 4 3 ⚐ἀρκετὸς sufficient γὰρ for ὁ the παρεληλυθὼς to pass by χρόνος time ⚐τὸ the βούλημα plan τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles κατειργάσθαι to produce, ⚐πεπορευμένους to go ἐν in ἀσελγείαις debauchery, ἐπιθυμίαις desire, οἰνοφλυγίαις drunkenness, κώμοις orgy, πότοις carousing, ⚐καὶ and ἀθεμίτοις unlawful εἰδωλολατρίαις idolatry. -60 4 4 ⚐ἐν in ᾧ which ξενίζονται to host ⚐μὴ not συντρεχόντων to flock ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward τὴν the αὐτὴν her τῆς the ἀσωτίας debauchery ἀνάχυσιν outpouring, ⚐βλασφημοῦντες to blaspheme· -60 4 5 ⚐οἳ which ἀποδώσουσιν to pay λόγον word τῷ the ἑτοίμως readily ἔχοντι to be ⚐κρῖναι to judge ζῶντας to live καὶ and νεκρούς dead· -60 4 6 ⚐εἰς toward τοῦτο this γὰρ for καὶ and νεκροῖς dead εὐηγγελίσθη to speak good news ⚐ἵνα in order that κριθῶσιν to judge μὲν on the other hand κατὰ according to ἀνθρώπους a human σαρκὶ flesh ⚐ζῶσιν to live δὲ and κατὰ according to θεὸν God πνεύματι spirit.

 -60 4 7 ⚐Πάντων all δὲ and τὸ the τέλος goal ἤγγικεν to come near. ⚐σωφρονήσατε be of sound mind οὖν therefore ⚐καὶ and νήψατε be sober εἰς toward προσευχάς prayer· -60 4 8 ⚐πρὸ before πάντων all τὴν the εἰς toward ἑαυτοὺς themselves ἀγάπην love ἐκτενῆ earnest ἔχοντες to have, ⚐ὅτι since ἀγάπη love καλύπτει to cover πλῆθος multitude ἁμαρτιῶν sin· -60 4 9 ⚐φιλόξενοι hospitable εἰς toward ἀλλήλους one another ἄνευ without γογγυσμοῦ murmuring· -60 4 10 ⚐ἕκαστος each καθὼς just as ἔλαβεν to take χάρισμα gift, ⚐εἰς toward ἑαυτοὺς themselves αὐτὸ it διακονοῦντες to serve ὡς as καλοὶ good οἰκονόμοι manager ποικίλης various χάριτος grace θεοῦ God· -60 4 11 ⚐εἴ if τις one λαλεῖ to speak, ⚐ὡς as λόγια oracles θεοῦ God· ⚐εἴ if τις one διακονεῖ to serve, ⚐ὡς as ἐξ out of ἰσχύος strength ⚐ἧς which χορηγεῖ to provide ὁ the θεός God· ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν in πᾶσιν all δοξάζηται to glorify ὁ the θεὸς God διὰ through Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ᾧ which ἐστιν to be ἡ the δόξα glory καὶ and τὸ the κράτος power εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age· ἀμήν amen.

 -60 4 12 ⚐Ἀγαπητοί beloved, μὴ not ξενίζεσθε to host τῇ the ἐν among ὑμῖν to you πυρώσει burning ⚐πρὸς to πειρασμὸν testing ὑμῖν to you γινομένῃ to be ⚐ὡς as ξένου foreign ὑμῖν to you συμβαίνοντος to happen, -60 4 13 ⚐ἀλλὰ but καθὸ insofar as κοινωνεῖτε to participate τοῖς the τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ παθήμασιν suffering ⚐χαίρετε to rejoice, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the ἀποκαλύψει revelation τῆς the δόξης glory αὐτοῦ of him χαρῆτε to rejoice ⚐ἀγαλλιώμενοι to rejoice. -60 4 14 ⚐εἰ if ὀνειδίζεσθε to revile ἐν in ὀνόματι name Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐μακάριοι blessed, ⚐ὅτι since τὸ the τῆς the δόξης glory καὶ and τὸ who τοῦ the θεοῦ God πνεῦμα spirit ἐφ᾽ on ὑμᾶς you ἀναπαύεται to give rest. -60 4 15 ⚐μὴ not γάρ for τις one ὑμῶν of you πασχέτω to suffer ὡς as φονεὺς murderer ἢ or κλέπτης thief ἢ or κακοποιὸς wrongdoing ἢ or ὡς as ἀλλοτριεπίσκοπος meddler· -60 4 16 ⚐εἰ if δὲ but ὡς as Χριστιανός Christian, ⚐μὴ not αἰσχυνέσθω be ashamed, ⚐δοξαζέτω to glorify δὲ but τὸν the θεὸν God ἐν in τῷ the μέρει part τούτῳ to this. -60 4 17 ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the καιρὸς time τοῦ the ἄρξασθαι be first τὸ the κρίμα judgment ἀπὸ from τοῦ the οἴκου house τοῦ the θεοῦ God· ⚐εἰ if δὲ and πρῶτον first ἀφ᾽ from ἡμῶν of us, ⚐τί which? τὸ the τέλος goal τῶν who ἀπειθούντων to disobey τῷ the τοῦ the θεοῦ God εὐαγγελίῳ gospel; -60 4 18 ⚐καὶ and εἰ if ὁ the δίκαιος just μόλις hardly σῴζεται to save, ⚐ὁ the ἀσεβὴς ungodly καὶ and ἁμαρτωλὸς sinful ποῦ where? φανεῖται to appear; -60 4 19 ⚐ὥστε so καὶ and οἱ who πάσχοντες to suffer κατὰ according to τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ the θεοῦ God πιστῷ faithful κτίστῃ creator παρατιθέσθωσαν to set before τὰς the ψυχὰς soul αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἐν in ἀγαθοποιΐᾳ doing good.

 -60 5 1 ⚐Πρεσβυτέρους elder τοὺς the ἐν among ὑμῖν to you παρακαλῶ to plead ⚐ὁ the συμπρεσβύτερος fellow elder καὶ and μάρτυς witness τῶν the τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ παθημάτων suffering, ⚐ὁ the καὶ and τῆς the μελλούσης be about to ἀποκαλύπτεσθαι to reveal δόξης glory κοινωνός participant, -60 5 2 ⚐ποιμάνατε to shepherd τὸ the ἐν among ὑμῖν to you ποίμνιον flock τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἐπισκοποῦντες to oversee μὴ not ἀναγκαστῶς necessarily ἀλλ᾽ but ἑκουσίως voluntarily κατὰ according to θεόν God, ⚐μηδὲ not αἰσχροκερδῶς greedily ἀλλὰ but προθύμως eagerly, -60 5 3 ⚐μηδ᾽ not ὡς as κατακυριεύοντες to master τῶν the κλήρων lot ⚐ἀλλὰ but τύποι example γινόμενοι to be τοῦ the ποιμνίου flock· -60 5 4 ⚐καὶ and φανερωθέντος to manifest τοῦ the ἀρχιποίμενος chief shepherd ⚐κομιεῖσθε to be repaid τὸν the ἀμαράντινον unfading τῆς the δόξης glory στέφανον crown. -60 5 5 ⚐ὁμοίως likewise, νεώτεροι new, ὑποτάγητε to subject πρεσβυτέροις elder. ⚐πάντες all δὲ and ἀλλήλοις one another τὴν the ταπεινοφροσύνην humility ἐγκομβώσασθε to clothe oneself, ⚐ὅτι since Ὁ the θεὸς God ὑπερηφάνοις arrogant ἀντιτάσσεται to resist ⚐ταπεινοῖς lowly δὲ but δίδωσιν to give χάριν grace.

 -60 5 6 ⚐Ταπεινώθητε to humble οὖν then ὑπὸ under τὴν the κραταιὰν mighty χεῖρα hand τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὑμᾶς you ὑψώσῃ to lift up ἐν in καιρῷ time, -60 5 7 ⚐πᾶσαν all τὴν the μέριμναν concern ὑμῶν of you ἐπιρίψαντες to throw on ἐπ᾽ on αὐτόν him, ⚐ὅτι since αὐτῷ to him μέλει to care περὶ about ὑμῶν of you. -60 5 8 ⚐νήψατε be sober, ⚐γρηγορήσατε to keep watch. ⚐ὁ the ἀντίδικος opponent ὑμῶν of you διάβολος the Devil ὡς as λέων lion ὠρυόμενος to roar περιπατεῖ to walk ⚐ζητῶν to seek ⚐τινα one καταπιεῖν to swallow· -60 5 9 ⚐ᾧ which ἀντίστητε to oppose ⚐στερεοὶ strong τῇ the πίστει faith, ⚐εἰδότες to know ⚐τὰ the αὐτὰ them τῶν the παθημάτων suffering τῇ the ἐν in κόσμῳ world ὑμῶν of you ἀδελφότητι brotherhood ἐπιτελεῖσθαι to complete. -60 5 10 ⚐ὁ the δὲ and θεὸς God πάσης all χάριτος grace, ⚐ὁ who καλέσας to call ὑμᾶς you εἰς toward τὴν the αἰώνιον eternal αὐτοῦ of him δόξαν glory ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ , ⚐ὀλίγον little παθόντας to suffer ⚐αὐτὸς he καταρτίσει to complete, στηρίξει to establish, σθενώσει to strengthen, θεμελιώσει to found. -60 5 11 ⚐αὐτῷ to him τὸ the κράτος power εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age ἀμήν amen. -60 5 12 ⚐Διὰ through Σιλουανοῦ Silvanus ⚐ὑμῖν to you τοῦ the πιστοῦ faithful ἀδελφοῦ brother, ⚐ὡς as λογίζομαι to count, ⚐δι᾽ through ὀλίγων little ἔγραψα to write, ⚐παρακαλῶν to comfort ⚐καὶ and ἐπιμαρτυρῶν to testify to ⚐ταύτην this εἶναι to be ἀληθῆ true χάριν grace τοῦ the θεοῦ God· ⚐εἰς toward ἣν which στῆτε to stand. -60 5 13 ⚐ἀσπάζεται to pay respects to ὑμᾶς you ἡ the ἐν in Βαβυλῶνι Babylon συνεκλεκτὴ chosen with ⚐καὶ and Μᾶρκος Mark ὁ the υἱός son μου of me. -60 5 14 ⚐ἀσπάσασθε to pay respects to ἀλλήλους one another ἐν with φιλήματι kiss ἀγάπης love. ⚐εἰρήνη peace ὑμῖν to you πᾶσιν all τοῖς who ἐν in Χριστῷ Christ.

 -61 1 1 ⚐Συμεὼν Simeon Πέτρος Peter δοῦλος slave καὶ and ἀπόστολος apostle Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐τοῖς the ἰσότιμον equally valuable ἡμῖν to us λαχοῦσιν to choose by lot πίστιν faith ⚐ἐν in δικαιοσύνῃ righteousness τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἡμῶν of us καὶ and σωτῆρος savior Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ· -61 1 2 ⚐χάρις grace ὑμῖν to you καὶ and εἰρήνη peace πληθυνθείη to multiply ⚐ἐν in ἐπιγνώσει knowledge τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and Ἰησοῦ Jesus τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us.

 -61 1 3 ⚐Ὡς as πάντα all ἡμῖν to us τῆς the θείας divine δυνάμεως power αὐτοῦ of him ⚐τὰ the πρὸς to ζωὴν life καὶ and εὐσέβειαν piety δεδωρημένης to give ⚐διὰ through τῆς the ἐπιγνώσεως knowledge τοῦ who καλέσαντος to call ἡμᾶς us ἰδίᾳ one's own δόξῃ glory καὶ and ἀρετῇ virtue, -61 1 4 ⚐δι᾽ through ὧν which τὰ the τίμια precious καὶ and μέγιστα great ἡμῖν to us ἐπαγγέλματα a promise δεδώρηται to give, ⚐ἵνα in order that διὰ through τούτων of these γένησθε to be θείας divine κοινωνοὶ participant φύσεως nature, ⚐ἀποφυγόντες to escape τῆς the ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world ἐν in ἐπιθυμίᾳ desire φθορᾶς corruption. -61 1 5 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸ it τοῦτο this δὲ and σπουδὴν diligence πᾶσαν all παρεισενέγκαντες to supplement ⚐ἐπιχορηγήσατε to supply ἐν in τῇ the πίστει faith ὑμῶν of you τὴν the ἀρετήν virtue, ⚐ἐν in δὲ and τῇ the ἀρετῇ virtue τὴν the γνῶσιν knowledge, -61 1 6 ⚐ἐν in δὲ and τῇ the γνώσει knowledge τὴν the ἐγκράτειαν self-control, ⚐ἐν in δὲ and τῇ the ἐγκρατείᾳ self-control τὴν the ὑπομονήν perseverance, ⚐ἐν in δὲ and τῇ the ὑπομονῇ perseverance τὴν the εὐσέβειαν piety, -61 1 7 ⚐ἐν in δὲ and τῇ the εὐσεβείᾳ piety τὴν the φιλαδελφίαν brotherly love, ⚐ἐν in δὲ and τῇ the φιλαδελφίᾳ brotherly love τὴν the ἀγάπην love· -61 1 8 ⚐ταῦτα these γὰρ for ὑμῖν to you ὑπάρχοντα to be καὶ and πλεονάζοντα to increase ⚐οὐκ no ἀργοὺς idle οὐδὲ and not ἀκάρπους unfruitful καθίστησιν to make εἰς toward τὴν the τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ἐπίγνωσιν knowledge· -61 1 9 ⚐ᾧ which γὰρ for μὴ not πάρεστιν be present ταῦτα these, ⚐τυφλός blind ἐστιν to be ⚐μυωπάζων be nearsighted, ⚐λήθην forgetfulness λαβὼν to take τοῦ the καθαρισμοῦ cleansing τῶν the πάλαι of old αὐτοῦ of him ἁμαρτιῶν sin. -61 1 10 ⚐διὸ therefore μᾶλλον more, ἀδελφοί brother, σπουδάσατε be eager ⚐βεβαίαν firm ὑμῶν of you τὴν the κλῆσιν calling καὶ and ἐκλογὴν selecting ποιεῖσθαι to make· ⚐ταῦτα these γὰρ for ποιοῦντες to make ⚐οὐ no μὴ not πταίσητέ to stumble ποτε ever· -61 1 11 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) γὰρ for πλουσίως richly ἐπιχορηγηθήσεται to supply ὑμῖν to you ἡ the εἴσοδος entry εἰς toward τὴν the αἰώνιον eternal βασιλείαν kingdom ⚐τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us καὶ and σωτῆρος savior Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ.

 -61 1 12 ⚐Διὸ therefore μελλήσω be about to ἀεὶ always ὑμᾶς you ὑπομιμνῄσκειν to remind περὶ about τούτων of these, ⚐καίπερ although εἰδότας to know ⚐καὶ and ἐστηριγμένους to establish ἐν in τῇ the παρούσῃ be present ἀληθείᾳ truth. -61 1 13 ⚐δίκαιον just δὲ and ἡγοῦμαι to govern, ⚐ἐφ᾽ upon ὅσον as much as εἰμὶ to be ἐν in τούτῳ to this τῷ the σκηνώματι tent, ⚐διεγείρειν to arouse ὑμᾶς you ἐν by ὑπομνήσει remembrance, -61 1 14 ⚐εἰδὼς to know ⚐ὅτι that ταχινή quick ἐστιν to be ἡ the ἀπόθεσις removal τοῦ the σκηνώματός tent μου of me, ⚐καθὼς as καὶ and ὁ the κύριος lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦς Jesus Χριστὸς Christ ἐδήλωσέν to make clear μοι to me· -61 1 15 ⚐σπουδάσω be eager δὲ and ⚐καὶ and ἑκάστοτε always ἔχειν to have ὑμᾶς you μετὰ after τὴν the ἐμὴν my ἔξοδον departure τὴν the τούτων of these μνήμην remembrance ⚐ποιεῖσθαι to do.

 -61 1 16 ⚐Οὐ no γὰρ for σεσοφισμένοις to make wise μύθοις myth ἐξακολουθήσαντες to follow ⚐ἐγνωρίσαμεν to make known ὑμῖν to you τὴν the τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ δύναμιν power καὶ and παρουσίαν coming, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐπόπται eyewitness γενηθέντες to be τῆς the ἐκείνου that μεγαλειότητος majesty. -61 1 17 ⚐λαβὼν to take γὰρ for παρὰ from θεοῦ God πατρὸς father τιμὴν honor καὶ and δόξαν glory ⚐φωνῆς voice ἐνεχθείσης to bring αὐτῷ to him τοιᾶσδε such as this ὑπὸ by τῆς the μεγαλοπρεποῦς majestic δόξης glory· ⚐Ὁ the υἱός son μου of me ὁ the ἀγαπητός beloved μου of me οὗτός this ἐστιν to be, ⚐εἰς toward ὃν which ἐγὼ I εὐδόκησα to delight— -61 1 18 ⚐καὶ and ταύτην this τὴν the φωνὴν voice ἡμεῖς we ἠκούσαμεν to hear ἐξ from οὐρανοῦ heaven ἐνεχθεῖσαν to bring ⚐σὺν with αὐτῷ to him ὄντες to be ἐν on τῷ the ἁγίῳ holy ὄρει mountain. -61 1 19 ⚐καὶ and ἔχομεν to have βεβαιότερον firm τὸν the προφητικὸν prophetic λόγον word, ⚐ᾧ which καλῶς well ποιεῖτε to do ⚐προσέχοντες to watch out ὡς as λύχνῳ lamp φαίνοντι to shine ἐν in αὐχμηρῷ dingy τόπῳ place, ⚐ἕως until οὗ which ἡμέρα day διαυγάσῃ to shine through ⚐καὶ and φωσφόρος light-bearing ἀνατείλῃ to rise ἐν in ταῖς the καρδίαις heart ὑμῶν of you· -61 1 20 ⚐τοῦτο this πρῶτον first γινώσκοντες to know ⚐ὅτι that πᾶσα all προφητεία prophecy γραφῆς a writing ἰδίας one's own ἐπιλύσεως explanation οὐ no γίνεται to be, -61 1 21 ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for θελήματι desire ἀνθρώπου a human ἠνέχθη to bear προφητεία prophecy ποτέ ever, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὑπὸ by πνεύματος spirit ἁγίου holy φερόμενοι to lead ἐλάλησαν to speak ἀπὸ from θεοῦ God ἄνθρωποι a human.

 -61 2 1 ⚐Ἐγένοντο to be δὲ but καὶ and ψευδοπροφῆται false prophet ἐν among τῷ the λαῷ a people, ⚐ὡς as καὶ and ἐν among ὑμῖν to you ἔσονται to be ψευδοδιδάσκαλοι false teacher, ⚐οἵτινες which παρεισάξουσιν to introduce αἱρέσεις sect ἀπωλείας destruction, ⚐καὶ and τὸν who ἀγοράσαντα to buy αὐτοὺς them δεσπότην master ἀρνούμενοι to deny, ⚐ἐπάγοντες to bring upon ἑαυτοῖς themselves ταχινὴν quick ἀπώλειαν destruction· -61 2 2 ⚐καὶ and πολλοὶ much ἐξακολουθήσουσιν to follow αὐτῶν of them ταῖς the ἀσελγείαις debauchery, ⚐δι᾽ because of οὓς which ἡ the ὁδὸς road τῆς the ἀληθείας truth βλασφημηθήσεται to blaspheme· -61 2 3 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in πλεονεξίᾳ greediness πλαστοῖς made-up λόγοις word ὑμᾶς you ἐμπορεύσονται to traffic in· ⚐οἷς which τὸ the κρίμα judgment ἔκπαλαι of old οὐκ no ἀργεῖ be idle, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ἀπώλεια destruction αὐτῶν of them οὐ no νυστάζει to doze.

 -61 2 4 ⚐Εἰ if γὰρ for ὁ the θεὸς God ἀγγέλων angel ἁμαρτησάντων to sin οὐκ no ἐφείσατο to spare, ⚐ἀλλὰ but σειραῖς chain ζόφου darkness ταρταρώσας to condemn ⚐παρέδωκεν to deliver ⚐εἰς toward κρίσιν judgment τηρουμένους to keep, -61 2 5 ⚐καὶ and ἀρχαίου ancient κόσμου world οὐκ no ἐφείσατο to spare, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὄγδοον eighth Νῶε Noah δικαιοσύνης righteousness κήρυκα preacher ἐφύλαξεν to keep, ⚐κατακλυσμὸν flood κόσμῳ world ἀσεβῶν ungodly ἐπάξας to bring upon, -61 2 6 ⚐καὶ and πόλεις city Σοδόμων Sodom καὶ and Γομόρρας Gomorrah τεφρώσας to turn to ashes ⚐καταστροφῇ ruin κατέκρινεν to condemn, ⚐ὑπόδειγμα example μελλόντων be about to ἀσεβεῖν ungodly τεθεικώς to place, -61 2 7 ⚐καὶ and δίκαιον just Λὼτ Lot ⚐καταπονούμενον to oppress ὑπὸ by τῆς the τῶν the ἀθέσμων lawless ἐν in ἀσελγείᾳ debauchery ἀναστροφῆς behaviour ⚐ἐρρύσατο to deliver— -61 2 8 ⚐βλέμματι a look γὰρ for καὶ and ἀκοῇ hearing ὁ the δίκαιος just ἐγκατοικῶν to live among ἐν among αὐτοῖς to them ἡμέραν day ἐξ out of ἡμέρας day ⚐ψυχὴν soul δικαίαν just ἀνόμοις lawless ἔργοις work ἐβασάνιζεν to torture— -61 2 9 ⚐οἶδεν to know κύριος lord ⚐εὐσεβεῖς pious ἐκ from πειρασμοῦ testing ῥύεσθαι to deliver, ⚐ἀδίκους unjust δὲ and εἰς toward ἡμέραν day κρίσεως judgment κολαζομένους to punish τηρεῖν to keep, -61 2 10 ⚐μάλιστα especially δὲ and τοὺς the ὀπίσω after σαρκὸς flesh ⚐ἐν in ἐπιθυμίᾳ desire μιασμοῦ defilement πορευομένους to go ⚐καὶ and κυριότητος lordship καταφρονοῦντας to despise.

 ⚐Τολμηταὶ bold man, αὐθάδεις self-willed, ⚐δόξας glory οὐ no τρέμουσιν to tremble, ⚐βλασφημοῦντες to blaspheme, -61 2 11 ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἄγγελοι angel ἰσχύϊ strength καὶ and δυνάμει power μείζονες great ὄντες to be ⚐οὐ no φέρουσιν to bring κατ᾽ according to αὐτῶν of them παρὰ beside κυρίῳ lord βλάσφημον blasphemous κρίσιν judgment. -61 2 12 ⚐οὗτοι these δέ but, ὡς as ἄλογα unreasonable ζῷα living thing γεγεννημένα to beget φυσικὰ natural εἰς toward ἅλωσιν capture καὶ and φθοράν corruption, ⚐ἐν in οἷς which ἀγνοοῦσιν be ignorant βλασφημοῦντες to blaspheme, ⚐ἐν in τῇ the φθορᾷ corruption αὐτῶν of them καὶ and φθαρήσονται to destroy, -61 2 13 ⚐ἀδικούμενοι to harm μισθὸν wage ἀδικίας unrighteousness· ⚐ἡδονὴν pleasure ἡγούμενοι to govern τὴν the ἐν in ἡμέρᾳ day τρυφήν self-indulgence, ⚐σπίλοι stain καὶ and μῶμοι blemish ⚐ἐντρυφῶντες to revel ἐν in ταῖς the ἀπάταις deceit αὐτῶν of them ⚐συνευωχούμενοι to feast with ὑμῖν to you, -61 2 14 ⚐ὀφθαλμοὺς eye ἔχοντες to have μεστοὺς full μοιχαλίδος adulterous ⚐καὶ and ἀκαταπαύστους unceasing ἁμαρτίας sin, ⚐δελεάζοντες to entice ψυχὰς soul ἀστηρίκτους unstable, ⚐καρδίαν heart γεγυμνασμένην to train πλεονεξίας greediness ἔχοντες to have, ⚐κατάρας curse τέκνα child, -61 2 15 ⚐καταλιπόντες to leave εὐθεῖαν upright ὁδὸν road ⚐ἐπλανήθησαν to lead astray, ⚐ἐξακολουθήσαντες to follow τῇ the ὁδῷ road τοῦ the Βαλαὰμ Balaam τοῦ the Βοσὸρ Beor ⚐ὃς which μισθὸν wage ἀδικίας unrighteousness ἠγάπησεν to love -61 2 16 ⚐ἔλεγξιν rebuke δὲ but ἔσχεν to be ἰδίας one's own παρανομίας lawlessness· ⚐ὑποζύγιον donkey ἄφωνον mute ἐν with ἀνθρώπου a human φωνῇ voice φθεγξάμενον to speak ⚐ἐκώλυσεν to prevent τὴν the τοῦ the προφήτου prophet παραφρονίαν insanity.

 -61 2 17 ⚐Οὗτοί these εἰσιν to be πηγαὶ flow ἄνυδροι waterless καὶ and ὁμίχλαι fog ὑπὸ by λαίλαπος storm ἐλαυνόμεναι to drive, ⚐οἷς which ὁ the ζόφος darkness τοῦ the σκότους darkness τετήρηται to keep. -61 2 18 ⚐ὑπέρογκα boastful γὰρ for ματαιότητος futility φθεγγόμενοι to speak ⚐δελεάζουσιν to entice ἐν with ἐπιθυμίαις desire σαρκὸς flesh ἀσελγείαις debauchery ⚐τοὺς the ὄντως really ἀποφεύγοντας to escape τοὺς the ἐν in πλάνῃ error ἀναστρεφομένους to live, -61 2 19 ⚐ἐλευθερίαν freedom αὐτοῖς to them ἐπαγγελλόμενοι to profess, ⚐αὐτοὶ they δοῦλοι slave ὑπάρχοντες to be τῆς the φθορᾶς corruption· ⚐ᾧ which γάρ for τις one ἥττηται be lesser, τούτῳ to this δεδούλωται to enslave. -61 2 20 ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ἀποφυγόντες to escape τὰ the μιάσματα defilement τοῦ the κόσμου world ⚐ἐν through ἐπιγνώσει knowledge τοῦ the κυρίου lord καὶ and σωτῆρος savior Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐τούτοις to these δὲ and πάλιν again ἐμπλακέντες to entangle ἡττῶνται be lesser, ⚐γέγονεν to be αὐτοῖς to them τὰ the ἔσχατα last χείρονα worse than τῶν the πρώτων first. -61 2 21 ⚐κρεῖττον greater γὰρ for ἦν to be αὐτοῖς to them ⚐μὴ not ἐπεγνωκέναι to come to know τὴν the ὁδὸν road τῆς the δικαιοσύνης righteousness ⚐ἢ or ἐπιγνοῦσιν to come to know ⚐ὑποστρέψαι to return ἐκ from τῆς the παραδοθείσης to deliver αὐτοῖς to them ἁγίας holy ἐντολῆς commandment· -61 2 22 ⚐συμβέβηκεν to happen αὐτοῖς to them τὸ the τῆς this ἀληθοῦς true παροιμίας proverb· ⚐Κύων dog ἐπιστρέψας to turn ἐπὶ to τὸ the ἴδιον one's own ἐξέραμα vomit, ⚐καί and· Ὗς sow λουσαμένη to wash εἰς toward κυλισμὸν wallowing βορβόρου mire.

 -61 3 1 ⚐Ταύτην this ἤδη already, ἀγαπητοί beloved, δευτέραν secondly ὑμῖν to you γράφω to write ἐπιστολήν epistle, ⚐ἐν in αἷς which διεγείρω to arouse ὑμῶν of you ἐν in ὑπομνήσει remembrance τὴν the εἰλικρινῆ pure διάνοιαν mind, -61 3 2 ⚐μνησθῆναι to remember τῶν the προειρημένων to predict ῥημάτων word ὑπὸ by τῶν the ἁγίων holy προφητῶν prophet καὶ and τῆς the τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle ὑμῶν of you ἐντολῆς commandment τοῦ the κυρίου lord καὶ and σωτῆρος savior, -61 3 3 ⚐τοῦτο this πρῶτον first γινώσκοντες to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐλεύσονται to come ἐπ᾽ upon ἐσχάτων last τῶν the ἡμερῶν day ἐν in ἐμπαιγμονῇ derision ἐμπαῖκται a mocker ⚐κατὰ according to τὰς the ἰδίας one's own ἐπιθυμίας desire αὐτῶν of them πορευόμενοι to go -61 3 4 ⚐καὶ and λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ποῦ where? ἐστιν to be ἡ the ἐπαγγελία promise τῆς the παρουσίας coming αὐτοῦ of him; ⚐ἀφ᾽ from ἧς which γὰρ for οἱ the πατέρες father ἐκοιμήθησαν to sleep, ⚐πάντα all οὕτως thus(-ly) διαμένει to remain ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning κτίσεως creation. -61 3 5 ⚐λανθάνει be hidden γὰρ for αὐτοὺς them τοῦτο this ⚐θέλοντας to will ⚐ὅτι that οὐρανοὶ heaven ἦσαν to be ἔκπαλαι of old καὶ and γῆ earth ⚐ἐξ out of ὕδατος water καὶ and δι᾽ through ὕδατος water συνεστῶσα to commend τῷ the τοῦ the θεοῦ God λόγῳ word, -61 3 6 ⚐δι᾽ through ὃν which ὁ the τότε then κόσμος world ὕδατι water κατακλυσθεὶς to flood ⚐ἀπώλετο to destroy· -61 3 7 ⚐οἱ the δὲ but νῦν now οὐρανοὶ heaven καὶ and ἡ the γῆ earth τῷ the αὐτῷ to him λόγῳ word τεθησαυρισμένοι to store up εἰσὶν to be ⚐πυρὶ fire τηρούμενοι to keep εἰς toward ἡμέραν day κρίσεως judgment καὶ and ἀπωλείας destruction τῶν the ἀσεβῶν ungodly ἀνθρώπων a human.

 -61 3 8 ⚐Ἓν one δὲ and τοῦτο this μὴ not λανθανέτω be hidden ὑμᾶς you, ἀγαπητοί beloved, ⚐ὅτι that μία one ἡμέρα day παρὰ with κυρίῳ lord ὡς as χίλια thousand ἔτη year ⚐καὶ and χίλια thousand ἔτη year ὡς as ἡμέρα day μία one. -61 3 9 ⚐οὐ no βραδύνει to delay κύριος lord τῆς the ἐπαγγελίας promise, ⚐ὥς as τινες one βραδύτητα slowness ἡγοῦνται to govern, ⚐ἀλλὰ but μακροθυμεῖ to have patience εἰς toward ὑμᾶς you, ⚐μὴ not βουλόμενός to plan ⚐τινας one ἀπολέσθαι to destroy ⚐ἀλλὰ but πάντας all εἰς toward μετάνοιαν repentance χωρῆσαι to make room for. -61 3 10 ⚐ἥξει to come δὲ but ἡμέρα day κυρίου lord ὡς as κλέπτης thief, ⚐ἐν on ᾗ which οἱ the οὐρανοὶ heaven ῥοιζηδὸν with a roar παρελεύσονται to pass by, ⚐στοιχεῖα principle δὲ and καυσούμενα to burn λυθήσεται to loose, ⚐καὶ and γῆ earth καὶ and τὰ the ἐν in αὐτῇ to her ἔργα work οὐχ no εὑρεθήσεται to find.

 -61 3 11 ⚐Τούτων of these οὕτως thus(-ly) πάντων all λυομένων to loose ⚐ποταποὺς of what kind? δεῖ to bind ὑπάρχειν to be ὑμᾶς you ἐν in ἁγίαις holy ἀναστροφαῖς behaviour καὶ and εὐσεβείαις piety, -61 3 12 ⚐προσδοκῶντας to look for καὶ and σπεύδοντας to hasten τὴν the παρουσίαν coming τῆς the τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἡμέρας day, ⚐δι᾽ because of ἣν which οὐρανοὶ heaven πυρούμενοι to burn λυθήσονται to loose ⚐καὶ and στοιχεῖα principle καυσούμενα to burn τήκεται to melt· -61 3 13 ⚐καινοὺς new δὲ but οὐρανοὺς heaven καὶ and γῆν earth καινὴν new κατὰ according to τὸ the ἐπάγγελμα a promise αὐτοῦ of him προσδοκῶμεν to look for, ⚐ἐν in οἷς which δικαιοσύνη righteousness κατοικεῖ to dwell.

 -61 3 14 ⚐Διό therefore, ἀγαπητοί beloved, ταῦτα these προσδοκῶντες to look for ⚐σπουδάσατε be eager ⚐ἄσπιλοι spotless καὶ and ἀμώμητοι blameless αὐτῷ to him εὑρεθῆναι to find ἐν in εἰρήνῃ peace, -61 3 15 ⚐καὶ and τὴν the τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us μακροθυμίαν patience σωτηρίαν salvation ἡγεῖσθε to govern, ⚐καθὼς as καὶ and ὁ the ἀγαπητὸς beloved ἡμῶν of us ἀδελφὸς brother Παῦλος Paul κατὰ according to τὴν the δοθεῖσαν to give αὐτῷ to him σοφίαν wisdom ⚐ἔγραψεν to write ὑμῖν to you, -61 3 16 ⚐ὡς as καὶ and ἐν in πάσαις all ταῖς the ἐπιστολαῖς epistle ⚐λαλῶν to speak ἐν in αὐταῖς to them περὶ about τούτων of these, ⚐ἐν in αἷς which ἐστιν to be δυσνόητά hard to understand τινα one, ⚐ἃ which οἱ the ἀμαθεῖς ignorant καὶ and ἀστήρικτοι unstable στρεβλώσουσιν to distort ⚐ὡς as καὶ and τὰς the λοιπὰς remaining γραφὰς a writing ⚐πρὸς to τὴν the ἰδίαν one's own αὐτῶν of them ἀπώλειαν destruction. -61 3 17 ⚐ὑμεῖς you οὖν therefore, ἀγαπητοί beloved, προγινώσκοντες to foreknow ⚐φυλάσσεσθε to keep ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not τῇ the τῶν the ἀθέσμων lawless πλάνῃ error συναπαχθέντες to lead away with ⚐ἐκπέσητε to fall out τοῦ the ἰδίου one's own στηριγμοῦ security, -61 3 18 ⚐αὐξάνετε to grow δὲ but ἐν in χάριτι grace καὶ and γνώσει knowledge τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us καὶ and σωτῆρος savior Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ. ⚐αὐτῷ to him ἡ the δόξα glory καὶ and νῦν now καὶ and εἰς toward ἡμέραν day αἰῶνος an age ⚐. -62 1 1

⚐Ὃ which ἦν to be ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning, ⚐ὃ which ἀκηκόαμεν to hear, ⚐ὃ which ἑωράκαμεν to see τοῖς the ὀφθαλμοῖς eye ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ὃ which ἐθεασάμεθα to see καὶ and αἱ the χεῖρες hand ἡμῶν of us ἐψηλάφησαν to touch, περὶ about τοῦ the λόγου word τῆς the ζωῆς life— -62 1 2 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ζωὴ life ἐφανερώθη to manifest, ⚐καὶ and ἑωράκαμεν to see ⚐καὶ and μαρτυροῦμεν to testify ⚐καὶ and ἀπαγγέλλομεν to announce ὑμῖν to you τὴν the ζωὴν life τὴν the αἰώνιον eternal ⚐ἥτις which ἦν to be πρὸς with τὸν the πατέρα father ⚐καὶ and ἐφανερώθη to manifest ἡμῖν to us— -62 1 3 ⚐ὃ which ἑωράκαμεν to see καὶ and ἀκηκόαμεν to hear ἀπαγγέλλομεν to announce καὶ and ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and ὑμεῖς you κοινωνίαν participation ἔχητε to have μεθ᾽ with ἡμῶν of us· ⚐καὶ and ἡ the κοινωνία participation δὲ and ἡ the ἡμετέρα our μετὰ with τοῦ the πατρὸς father καὶ and μετὰ with τοῦ the υἱοῦ son αὐτοῦ of him Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ· -62 1 4 ⚐καὶ and ταῦτα these γράφομεν to write ἡμεῖς we ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the χαρὰ joy ἡμῶν of us ᾖ to be πεπληρωμένη to fulfill.

 -62 1 5 ⚐Καὶ and ἔστιν to be αὕτη this ἡ the ἀγγελία message ⚐ἣν which ἀκηκόαμεν to hear ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἀναγγέλλομεν to report ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the θεὸς God φῶς light ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and σκοτία darkness ἐν in αὐτῷ to him οὐκ no ἔστιν to be οὐδεμία no one. -62 1 6 ⚐ἐὰν if εἴπωμεν to say ⚐ὅτι that κοινωνίαν participation ἔχομεν to have μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the σκότει darkness περιπατῶμεν to walk, ⚐ψευδόμεθα to lie καὶ and οὐ no ποιοῦμεν to do τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth· -62 1 7 ⚐ἐὰν if ἐν in τῷ the φωτὶ light περιπατῶμεν to walk ⚐ὡς as αὐτός he ἐστιν to be ἐν in τῷ the φωτί light, ⚐κοινωνίαν participation ἔχομεν to have μετ᾽ with ἀλλήλων one another ⚐καὶ and τὸ the αἷμα blood Ἰησοῦ Jesus τοῦ the υἱοῦ son αὐτοῦ of him καθαρίζει to clean ἡμᾶς us ἀπὸ from πάσης all ἁμαρτίας sin. -62 1 8 ⚐ἐὰν if εἴπωμεν to say ⚐ὅτι that ἁμαρτίαν sin οὐκ no ἔχομεν to have, ⚐ἑαυτοὺς ourselves πλανῶμεν to lead astray ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ἀλήθεια truth οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐν in ἡμῖν to us. -62 1 9 ⚐ἐὰν if ὁμολογῶμεν to confess τὰς the ἁμαρτίας sin ἡμῶν of us, ⚐πιστός faithful ἐστιν to be καὶ and δίκαιος just ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀφῇ to release ἡμῖν to us τὰς the ἁμαρτίας sin ⚐καὶ and καθαρίσῃ to clean ἡμᾶς us ἀπὸ from πάσης all ἀδικίας unrighteousness. -62 1 10 ⚐ἐὰν if εἴπωμεν to say ⚐ὅτι that οὐχ no ἡμαρτήκαμεν to sin, ⚐ψεύστην liar ποιοῦμεν to make αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and ὁ the λόγος word αὐτοῦ of him οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐν in ἡμῖν to us.

 -62 2 1 ⚐Τεκνία children μου of me, ταῦτα these γράφω to write ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἁμάρτητε to sin. ⚐καὶ and ἐάν if τις one ἁμάρτῃ to sin, ⚐παράκλητον counsellor ἔχομεν to have πρὸς with τὸν the πατέρα father Ἰησοῦν Jesus Χριστὸν Christ δίκαιον just, -62 2 2 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἱλασμός propitiation ἐστιν to be περὶ about τῶν the ἁμαρτιῶν sin ἡμῶν of us, ⚐οὐ no περὶ about τῶν the ἡμετέρων our δὲ and μόνον alone ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and περὶ about ὅλου all τοῦ the κόσμου world.

 -62 2 3 ⚐Καὶ and ἐν by τούτῳ to this γινώσκομεν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐγνώκαμεν to know αὐτόν him, ⚐ἐὰν if τὰς the ἐντολὰς commandment αὐτοῦ of him τηρῶμεν to keep. -62 2 4 ⚐ὁ who λέγων to speak ὅτι that Ἔγνωκα to know αὐτὸν him καὶ and τὰς the ἐντολὰς commandment αὐτοῦ of him μὴ not τηρῶν to keep ⚐ψεύστης liar ἐστίν to be, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τούτῳ to this ἡ the ἀλήθεια truth οὐκ no ἔστιν to be· -62 2 5 ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ but ἂν if τηρῇ to keep αὐτοῦ of him τὸν the λόγον word, ⚐ἀληθῶς truly ἐν in τούτῳ to this ἡ the ἀγάπη love τοῦ the θεοῦ God τετελείωται to perfect. ⚐ἐν in τούτῳ to this γινώσκομεν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐν in αὐτῷ to him ἐσμεν to be· -62 2 6 ⚐ὁ who λέγων to speak ἐν in αὐτῷ to him μένειν to stay ὀφείλει to owe ⚐καθὼς just as ἐκεῖνος that περιεπάτησεν to walk ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he οὕτως thus(-ly) περιπατεῖν to walk.

 -62 2 7 ⚐Ἀγαπητοί beloved, οὐκ no ἐντολὴν commandment καινὴν new γράφω to write ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐντολὴν commandment παλαιὰν old ⚐ἣν which εἴχετε to have ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning· ⚐ἡ the ἐντολὴ commandment ἡ the παλαιά old ἐστιν to be ὁ the λόγος word ⚐ὃν which ἠκούσατε to hear. -62 2 8 ⚐πάλιν again ἐντολὴν commandment καινὴν new γράφω to write ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be ἀληθὲς true ἐν in αὐτῷ to him καὶ and ἐν in ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὅτι since ἡ the σκοτία darkness παράγεται to pass ⚐καὶ and τὸ the φῶς light τὸ the ἀληθινὸν true ἤδη already φαίνει to shine. -62 2 9 ⚐ὁ who λέγων to speak ἐν in τῷ the φωτὶ light εἶναι to be καὶ and τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him μισῶν to hate ⚐ἐν in τῇ the σκοτίᾳ darkness ἐστὶν to be ἕως until ἄρτι now. -62 2 10 ⚐ὁ who ἀγαπῶν to love τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in τῷ the φωτὶ light μένει to stay, ⚐καὶ and σκάνδαλον stumbling block ἐν in αὐτῷ to him οὐκ no ἔστιν to be· -62 2 11 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but μισῶν to hate τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in τῇ the σκοτίᾳ darkness ἐστὶν to be ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the σκοτίᾳ darkness περιπατεῖ to walk, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no οἶδεν to know ⚐ποῦ where? ὑπάγει to go, ⚐ὅτι since ἡ the σκοτία darkness ἐτύφλωσεν to blind τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye αὐτοῦ of him.

 -62 2 12 ⚐Γράφω to write ὑμῖν to you, τεκνία children, ⚐ὅτι that ἀφέωνται to release ὑμῖν to you αἱ the ἁμαρτίαι sin διὰ because of τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him· -62 2 13 ⚐γράφω to write ὑμῖν to you, πατέρες father, ⚐ὅτι that ἐγνώκατε to know τὸν who ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning· ⚐γράφω to write ὑμῖν to you, νεανίσκοι young man, ⚐ὅτι that νενικήκατε to conquer τὸν the πονηρόν evil. -62 2 14 ⚐ἔγραψα to write ὑμῖν to you, παιδία child, ⚐ὅτι that ἐγνώκατε to know τὸν the πατέρα father· ⚐ἔγραψα to write ὑμῖν to you, πατέρες father, ⚐ὅτι that ἐγνώκατε to know τὸν who ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning· ⚐ἔγραψα to write ὑμῖν to you, νεανίσκοι young man, ⚐ὅτι that ἰσχυροί strong ἐστε to be ⚐καὶ and ὁ the λόγος word τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐν in ὑμῖν to you μένει to stay ⚐καὶ and νενικήκατε to conquer τὸν the πονηρόν evil.

 -62 2 15 ⚐Μὴ not ἀγαπᾶτε to love τὸν the κόσμον world μηδὲ not τὰ the ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world. ⚐ἐάν if τις one ἀγαπᾷ to love τὸν the κόσμον world, ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἡ the ἀγάπη love τοῦ the πατρὸς father ἐν in αὐτῷ to him· -62 2 16 ⚐ὅτι since πᾶν all τὸ the ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world, ἡ the ἐπιθυμία desire τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh καὶ and ἡ the ἐπιθυμία desire τῶν the ὀφθαλμῶν eye καὶ and ἡ the ἀλαζονεία boasting τοῦ the βίου life, ⚐οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐκ from τοῦ the πατρός father, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐκ from τοῦ the κόσμου world ἐστίν to be· -62 2 17 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the κόσμος world παράγεται to pass καὶ and ἡ the ἐπιθυμία desire αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὁ the δὲ but ποιῶν to do τὸ the θέλημα will τοῦ the θεοῦ God μένει to stay εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age.

 -62 2 18 ⚐Παιδία child, ἐσχάτη last ὥρα hour ἐστίν to be, ⚐καὶ and καθὼς just as ἠκούσατε to hear ὅτι that ἀντίχριστος antichrist ἔρχεται to come, ⚐καὶ and νῦν now ἀντίχριστοι antichrist πολλοὶ much γεγόνασιν to be· ⚐ὅθεν whence γινώσκομεν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐσχάτη last ὥρα hour ἐστίν to be. -62 2 19 ⚐ἐξ from ἡμῶν of us ἐξῆλθαν to go out, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐκ no ἦσαν to be ἐξ out of ἡμῶν of us· ⚐εἰ if γὰρ for ἐξ out of ἡμῶν of us ἦσαν to be, ⚐μεμενήκεισαν to stay ἂν if μεθ᾽ with ἡμῶν of us· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order to φανερωθῶσιν to manifest ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no εἰσὶν to be πάντες all ἐξ out of ἡμῶν of us. -62 2 20 ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you χρῖσμα anointing ἔχετε to have ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ἁγίου holy ⚐καὶ and οἴδατε to know πάντες all· -62 2 21 ⚐οὐκ no ἔγραψα to write ὑμῖν to you ⚐ὅτι that οὐκ no οἴδατε to know τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅτι that οἴδατε to know αὐτήν her, ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that πᾶν all ψεῦδος lie ἐκ of τῆς the ἀληθείας truth οὐκ no ἔστιν to be. -62 2 22 ⚐τίς which? ἐστιν to be ὁ the ψεύστης liar ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ who ἀρνούμενος to deny ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ὁ the χριστός Christ; ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the ἀντίχριστος antichrist, ⚐ὁ who ἀρνούμενος to deny τὸν the πατέρα father καὶ and τὸν the υἱόν son. -62 2 23 ⚐πᾶς all ὁ who ἀρνούμενος to deny τὸν the υἱὸν son οὐδὲ and not τὸν the πατέρα father ἔχει to have· ⚐ὁ who ὁμολογῶν to confess τὸν the υἱὸν son καὶ and τὸν the πατέρα father ἔχει to have. -62 2 24 ⚐ὑμεῖς you ὃ which ἠκούσατε to hear ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning, ἐν in ὑμῖν to you μενέτω to stay· ⚐ἐὰν if ἐν in ὑμῖν to you μείνῃ to stay ὃ which ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning ἠκούσατε to hear, ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you ἐν in τῷ the υἱῷ son καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the πατρὶ father μενεῖτε to stay. -62 2 25 ⚐καὶ and αὕτη this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the ἐπαγγελία promise ⚐ἣν which αὐτὸς he ἐπηγγείλατο to profess ἡμῖν to us, ⚐τὴν the ζωὴν life τὴν the αἰώνιον eternal.

 -62 2 26 ⚐Ταῦτα these ἔγραψα to write ὑμῖν to you περὶ about τῶν who πλανώντων to lead astray ὑμᾶς you. -62 2 27 ⚐καὶ and ὑμεῖς you τὸ the χρῖσμα anointing ὃ which ἐλάβετε to take ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him μένει to stay ἐν in ὑμῖν to you, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no χρείαν need ἔχετε to have ⚐ἵνα in order that τις one διδάσκῃ to teach ὑμᾶς you· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὡς as τὸ the αὐτοῦ of him χρῖσμα anointing διδάσκει to teach ὑμᾶς you περὶ about πάντων all, ⚐καὶ and ἀληθές true ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ψεῦδος lie, ⚐καὶ and καθὼς just as ἐδίδαξεν to teach ὑμᾶς you, ⚐μένετε to stay ἐν in αὐτῷ to him.

 -62 2 28 ⚐Καὶ and νῦν now, τεκνία children, μένετε to stay ἐν in αὐτῷ to him, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐὰν if φανερωθῇ to manifest ⚐σχῶμεν to have παρρησίαν boldness ⚐καὶ and μὴ not αἰσχυνθῶμεν be ashamed ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in τῇ the παρουσίᾳ coming αὐτοῦ of him. -62 2 29 ⚐ἐὰν if εἰδῆτε to know ὅτι that δίκαιός just ἐστιν to be, ⚐γινώσκετε to know ⚐ὅτι that καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ who ποιῶν to do τὴν the δικαιοσύνην righteousness ἐξ out of αὐτοῦ of him γεγέννηται to beget. -62 3 1 ⚐ἴδετε to know ποταπὴν of what kind? ἀγάπην love δέδωκεν to give ἡμῖν to us ὁ the πατὴρ father ⚐ἵνα in order that τέκνα child θεοῦ God κληθῶμεν to call, ⚐καὶ and ἐσμέν to be. ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this ὁ the κόσμος world οὐ no γινώσκει to know ἡμᾶς us ⚐ὅτι since οὐκ no ἔγνω to know αὐτόν him. -62 3 2 ⚐ἀγαπητοί beloved, νῦν now τέκνα child θεοῦ God ἐσμεν to be, ⚐καὶ and οὔπω not yet ἐφανερώθη to manifest ⚐τί which? ἐσόμεθα to be. ⚐οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐὰν if φανερωθῇ to manifest ⚐ὅμοιοι like αὐτῷ to him ἐσόμεθα to be, ⚐ὅτι since ὀψόμεθα to see αὐτὸν him καθώς just as ἐστιν to be. -62 3 3 ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ who ἔχων to have τὴν the ἐλπίδα hope ταύτην this ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῷ to him ἁγνίζει to purify ἑαυτὸν himself ⚐καθὼς just as ἐκεῖνος that ἁγνός pure ἐστιν to be.

 -62 3 4 ⚐Πᾶς all ὁ who ποιῶν to make τὴν the ἁμαρτίαν sin καὶ and τὴν the ἀνομίαν lawlessness ποιεῖ to make, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ἁμαρτία sin ἐστὶν to be ἡ the ἀνομία lawlessness. -62 3 5 ⚐καὶ and οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐκεῖνος that ἐφανερώθη to manifest ⚐ἵνα in order to τὰς the ἁμαρτίας sin ἄρῃ to take up, ⚐καὶ and ἁμαρτία sin ἐν in αὐτῷ to him οὐκ no ἔστιν to be. -62 3 6 ⚐πᾶς all ὁ who ἐν in αὐτῷ to him μένων to stay οὐχ no ἁμαρτάνει to sin· ⚐πᾶς all ὁ who ἁμαρτάνων to sin οὐχ no ἑώρακεν to see αὐτὸν him ⚐οὐδὲ and not ἔγνωκεν to know αὐτόν him. -62 3 7 ⚐Παιδία child, μηδεὶς nothing πλανάτω to lead astray ὑμᾶς you· ⚐ὁ who ποιῶν to do τὴν the δικαιοσύνην righteousness δίκαιός just ἐστιν to be, ⚐καθὼς just as ἐκεῖνος that δίκαιός just ἐστιν to be· -62 3 8 ⚐ὁ who ποιῶν to make τὴν the ἁμαρτίαν sin ἐκ of τοῦ the διαβόλου the Devil ἐστίν to be, ⚐ὅτι since ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning ὁ the διάβολος the Devil ἁμαρτάνει to sin. ⚐εἰς toward τοῦτο this ἐφανερώθη to manifest ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ἵνα in order to λύσῃ to loose τὰ the ἔργα work τοῦ the διαβόλου the Devil. -62 3 9 ⚐πᾶς all ὁ who γεγεννημένος to beget ἐκ out of τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἁμαρτίαν sin οὐ no ποιεῖ to make, ⚐ὅτι since σπέρμα seed αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in αὐτῷ to him μένει to stay, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no δύναται be able ἁμαρτάνειν to sin, ⚐ὅτι since ἐκ out of τοῦ the θεοῦ God γεγέννηται to beget. -62 3 10 ⚐ἐν in τούτῳ to this φανερά manifest ἐστιν to be τὰ the τέκνα child τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and τὰ the τέκνα child τοῦ the διαβόλου the Devil· ⚐πᾶς all ὁ who μὴ not ποιῶν to do δικαιοσύνην righteousness οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐκ of τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who μὴ not ἀγαπῶν to love τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him.

 -62 3 11 ⚐Ὅτι since αὕτη this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the ἀγγελία message ⚐ἣν which ἠκούσατε to hear ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀγαπῶμεν to love ἀλλήλους one another· -62 3 12 ⚐οὐ no καθὼς as Κάϊν Cain ⚐ἐκ of τοῦ the πονηροῦ evil ἦν to be ⚐καὶ and ἔσφαξεν to slaughter τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐καὶ and χάριν therefore τίνος which? ἔσφαξεν to slaughter αὐτόν him; ⚐ὅτι since τὰ the ἔργα work αὐτοῦ of him πονηρὰ evil ἦν to be, ⚐τὰ the δὲ but τοῦ the ἀδελφοῦ brother αὐτοῦ of him δίκαια just. -62 3 13 ⚐καὶ and μὴ not θαυμάζετε to marvel, ἀδελφοί brother, ⚐εἰ if μισεῖ to hate ὑμᾶς you ὁ the κόσμος world. -62 3 14 ⚐ἡμεῖς we οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that μεταβεβήκαμεν to depart ἐκ from τοῦ the θανάτου death εἰς toward τὴν the ζωήν life, ⚐ὅτι since ἀγαπῶμεν to love τοὺς the ἀδελφούς brother· ⚐ὁ who μὴ not ἀγαπῶν to love μένει to stay ἐν in τῷ the θανάτῳ death. -62 3 15 ⚐πᾶς all ὁ who μισῶν to hate τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him ἀνθρωποκτόνος murderer ἐστίν to be, ⚐καὶ and οἴδατε to know ⚐ὅτι that πᾶς all ἀνθρωποκτόνος murderer οὐκ no ἔχει to have ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal ⚐ἐν in αὐτῷ to him μένουσαν to stay. -62 3 16 ⚐ἐν by τούτῳ to this ἐγνώκαμεν to know τὴν the ἀγάπην love, ⚐ὅτι that ἐκεῖνος that ὑπὲρ for ἡμῶν of us τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτοῦ of him ἔθηκεν to place· ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we ὀφείλομεν to owe ⚐ὑπὲρ for τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother τὰς the ψυχὰς soul θεῖναι to place. -62 3 17 ⚐ὃς which δ᾽ but ἂν if ἔχῃ to have τὸν the βίον life τοῦ the κόσμου world ⚐καὶ and θεωρῇ to see τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him χρείαν need ἔχοντα to have ⚐καὶ and κλείσῃ to shut τὰ the σπλάγχνα affection αὐτοῦ of him ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐πῶς how? ἡ the ἀγάπη love τοῦ the θεοῦ God μένει to stay ἐν in αὐτῷ to him;

 -62 3 18 ⚐Τεκνία children, μὴ not ἀγαπῶμεν to love λόγῳ word μηδὲ not τῇ the γλώσσῃ tongue ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in ἔργῳ work καὶ and ἀληθείᾳ truth. -62 3 19 ⚐καὶ and ἐν by τούτῳ to this γνωσόμεθα to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐκ of τῆς the ἀληθείας truth ἐσμέν to be, ⚐καὶ and ἔμπροσθεν before αὐτοῦ of him πείσομεν to persuade τὴν the καρδίαν heart ἡμῶν of us -62 3 20 ⚐ὅτι that ἐὰν if καταγινώσκῃ to condemn ἡμῶν of us ἡ the καρδία heart, ⚐ὅτι that μείζων great ἐστὶν to be ὁ the θεὸς God τῆς the καρδίας heart ἡμῶν of us ⚐καὶ and γινώσκει to know πάντα all. -62 3 21 ⚐ἀγαπητοί beloved, ἐὰν if ἡ the καρδία heart ἡμῶν of us μὴ not καταγινώσκῃ to condemn, ⚐παρρησίαν boldness ἔχομεν to have πρὸς to τὸν the θεόν God, -62 3 22 ⚐καὶ and ὃ which ἐὰν if αἰτῶμεν to ask λαμβάνομεν to take ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὅτι since τὰς the ἐντολὰς commandment αὐτοῦ of him τηροῦμεν to keep ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ἀρεστὰ pleasing ἐνώπιον before αὐτοῦ of him ποιοῦμεν to do. -62 3 23 ⚐καὶ and αὕτη this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the ἐντολὴ commandment αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἵνα in order that πιστεύσωμεν to trust (in) τῷ the ὀνόματι name τοῦ the υἱοῦ son αὐτοῦ of him Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐καὶ and ἀγαπῶμεν to love ἀλλήλους one another, ⚐καθὼς just as ἔδωκεν to give ἐντολὴν commandment ἡμῖν to us. -62 3 24 ⚐καὶ and ὁ who τηρῶν to keep τὰς the ἐντολὰς commandment αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in αὐτῷ to him μένει to stay ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἐν in αὐτῷ to him· ⚐καὶ and ἐν by τούτῳ to this γινώσκομεν to know ⚐ὅτι that μένει to stay ἐν in ἡμῖν to us, ⚐ἐκ out of τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit οὗ which ἡμῖν to us ἔδωκεν to give.

 -62 4 1 ⚐Ἀγαπητοί beloved, μὴ not παντὶ all πνεύματι spirit πιστεύετε to trust (in), ⚐ἀλλὰ but δοκιμάζετε to test τὰ the πνεύματα spirit ⚐εἰ if ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐστιν to be, ⚐ὅτι since πολλοὶ much ψευδοπροφῆται false prophet ἐξεληλύθασιν to go out εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world. -62 4 2 ⚐ἐν in τούτῳ to this γινώσκετε to know τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τοῦ the θεοῦ God· ⚐πᾶν all πνεῦμα spirit ὃ which ὁμολογεῖ to confess Ἰησοῦν Jesus Χριστὸν Christ ἐν in σαρκὶ flesh ἐληλυθότα to come ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐστιν to be, -62 4 3 ⚐καὶ and πᾶν all πνεῦμα spirit ὃ which μὴ not ὁμολογεῖ to confess τὸν the Ἰησοῦν Jesus ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God οὐκ no ἔστιν to be· ⚐καὶ and τοῦτό this ἐστιν to be τὸ the τοῦ the ἀντιχρίστου antichrist, ⚐ὃ which ἀκηκόατε to hear ὅτι that ἔρχεται to come, ⚐καὶ and νῦν now ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world ἐστὶν to be ἤδη already. -62 4 4 ⚐ὑμεῖς you ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐστε to be, τεκνία children, ⚐καὶ and νενικήκατε to conquer αὐτούς them, ⚐ὅτι since μείζων great ἐστὶν to be ὁ who ἐν in ὑμῖν to you ἢ or ὁ who ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world· -62 4 5 ⚐αὐτοὶ they ἐκ from τοῦ the κόσμου world εἰσίν to be· ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this ἐκ from τοῦ the κόσμου world λαλοῦσιν to speak ⚐καὶ and ὁ the κόσμος world αὐτῶν of them ἀκούει to hear. -62 4 6 ⚐ἡμεῖς we ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐσμεν to be· ⚐ὁ who γινώσκων to know τὸν the θεὸν God ἀκούει to hear ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ὃς which οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God οὐκ no ἀκούει to hear ἡμῶν of us. ⚐ἐκ out of τούτου of this γινώσκομεν to know τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τῆς the ἀληθείας truth καὶ and τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τῆς the πλάνης error.

 -62 4 7 ⚐Ἀγαπητοί beloved, ἀγαπῶμεν to love ἀλλήλους one another, ⚐ὅτι since ἡ the ἀγάπη love ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐστιν to be, ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ who ἀγαπῶν to love ἐκ out of τοῦ the θεοῦ God γεγέννηται to beget ⚐καὶ and γινώσκει to know τὸν the θεόν God. -62 4 8 ⚐ὁ who μὴ not ἀγαπῶν to love οὐκ no ἔγνω to know τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the θεὸς God ἀγάπη love ἐστίν to be. -62 4 9 ⚐ἐν in τούτῳ to this ἐφανερώθη to manifest ἡ the ἀγάπη love τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐν in ἡμῖν to us, ⚐ὅτι that τὸν the υἱὸν son αὐτοῦ of him τὸν the μονογενῆ unique ἀπέσταλκεν to send ὁ the θεὸς God εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world ⚐ἵνα in order that ζήσωμεν to live δι᾽ through αὐτοῦ of him. -62 4 10 ⚐ἐν in τούτῳ to this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the ἀγάπη love, ⚐οὐχ no ὅτι that ἡμεῖς we ἠγαπήκαμεν to love τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὅτι that αὐτὸς he ἠγάπησεν to love ἡμᾶς us ⚐καὶ and ἀπέστειλεν to send τὸν the υἱὸν son αὐτοῦ of him ἱλασμὸν propitiation περὶ about τῶν the ἁμαρτιῶν sin ἡμῶν of us. -62 4 11 ⚐ἀγαπητοί beloved, εἰ if οὕτως thus(-ly) ὁ the θεὸς God ἠγάπησεν to love ἡμᾶς us, ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we ὀφείλομεν to owe ⚐ἀλλήλους one another ἀγαπᾶν to love. -62 4 12 ⚐θεὸν God οὐδεὶς no one πώποτε ever τεθέαται to see· ⚐ἐὰν if ἀγαπῶμεν to love ἀλλήλους one another, ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God ἐν in ἡμῖν to us μένει to stay ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ἀγάπη love αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in ἡμῖν to us τετελειωμένη to perfect ἐστιν to be.

 -62 4 13 ⚐Ἐν in τούτῳ to this γινώσκομεν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐν in αὐτῷ to him μένομεν to stay ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἐν in ἡμῖν to us, ⚐ὅτι that ἐκ of τοῦ the πνεύματος spirit αὐτοῦ of him δέδωκεν to give ἡμῖν to us. -62 4 14 ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we τεθεάμεθα to see καὶ and μαρτυροῦμεν to testify ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the πατὴρ father ἀπέσταλκεν to send τὸν the υἱὸν son σωτῆρα savior τοῦ the κόσμου world. -62 4 15 ⚐ὃς which ἐὰν if ὁμολογήσῃ to confess ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐστιν to be ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ὁ the θεὸς God ἐν in αὐτῷ to him μένει to stay ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἐν in τῷ the θεῷ God. -62 4 16 ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we ἐγνώκαμεν to know καὶ and πεπιστεύκαμεν to trust (in) τὴν the ἀγάπην love ⚐ἣν which ἔχει to have ὁ the θεὸς God ἐν in ἡμῖν to us.

 ⚐Ὁ the θεὸς God ἀγάπη love ἐστίν to be, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who μένων to stay ἐν in τῇ the ἀγάπῃ love ἐν in τῷ the θεῷ God μένει to stay ⚐καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God ἐν in αὐτῷ to him μένει to stay. -62 4 17 ⚐ἐν in τούτῳ to this τετελείωται to perfect ἡ the ἀγάπη love μεθ᾽ with ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ἵνα in order that παρρησίαν boldness ἔχωμεν to have ἐν in τῇ the ἡμέρᾳ day τῆς the κρίσεως judgment, ⚐ὅτι since καθὼς just as ἐκεῖνός that ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we ἐσμεν to be ἐν in τῷ the κόσμῳ world τούτῳ to this. -62 4 18 ⚐φόβος fear οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἐν in τῇ the ἀγάπῃ love, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἡ the τελεία perfect ἀγάπη love ἔξω out βάλλει to throw τὸν the φόβον fear, ⚐ὅτι since ὁ the φόβος fear κόλασιν punishment ἔχει to have, ⚐ὁ the δὲ and φοβούμενος to fear οὐ no τετελείωται to perfect ἐν in τῇ the ἀγάπῃ love. -62 4 19 ⚐ἡμεῖς we ἀγαπῶμεν to love, ⚐ὅτι since αὐτὸς he πρῶτος first ἠγάπησεν to love ἡμᾶς us. -62 4 20 ⚐ἐάν if τις one εἴπῃ to say ὅτι that Ἀγαπῶ to love τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐καὶ and τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him μισῇ to hate, ⚐ψεύστης liar ἐστίν to be· ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for μὴ not ἀγαπῶν to love τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him ὃν which ἑώρακεν to see, ⚐τὸν the θεὸν God ὃν which οὐχ no ἑώρακεν to see οὐ no δύναται be able ἀγαπᾶν to love. -62 4 21 ⚐καὶ and ταύτην this τὴν the ἐντολὴν commandment ἔχομεν to have ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὁ who ἀγαπῶν to love τὸν the θεὸν God ἀγαπᾷ to love καὶ and τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him.

 -62 5 1 ⚐Πᾶς all ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐστιν to be ὁ the χριστὸς Christ ἐκ out of τοῦ the θεοῦ God γεγέννηται to beget, ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ who ἀγαπῶν to love τὸν the γεννήσαντα to beget ἀγαπᾷ to love καὶ and τὸν the γεγεννημένον to beget ἐξ out of αὐτοῦ of him. -62 5 2 ⚐ἐν in τούτῳ to this γινώσκομεν to know ὅτι that ἀγαπῶμεν to love τὰ the τέκνα child τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) τὸν the θεὸν God ἀγαπῶμεν to love ⚐καὶ and τὰς the ἐντολὰς commandment αὐτοῦ of him ποιῶμεν to do· -62 5 3 ⚐αὕτη this γάρ for ἐστιν to be ἡ the ἀγάπη love τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ἵνα in order that τὰς the ἐντολὰς commandment αὐτοῦ of him τηρῶμεν to keep, ⚐καὶ and αἱ the ἐντολαὶ commandment αὐτοῦ of him βαρεῖαι weighty οὐκ no εἰσίν to be, -62 5 4 ⚐ὅτι since πᾶν all τὸ who γεγεννημένον to beget ἐκ out of τοῦ the θεοῦ God νικᾷ to conquer τὸν the κόσμον world. ⚐καὶ and αὕτη this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the νίκη victory ἡ the νικήσασα to conquer τὸν the κόσμον world, ⚐ἡ the πίστις faith ἡμῶν of us· -62 5 5 ⚐τίς which? δέ and ἐστιν to be ὁ who νικῶν to conquer τὸν the κόσμον world ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἐστιν to be ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God;

 -62 5 6 ⚐Οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ who ἐλθὼν to come δι᾽ through ὕδατος water καὶ and αἵματος blood, ⚐Ἰησοῦς Jesus Χριστός Christ· ⚐οὐκ no ἐν by τῷ the ὕδατι water μόνον alone ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν by τῷ the ὕδατι water καὶ and ἐν in τῷ the αἵματι blood· ⚐καὶ and τὸ the πνεῦμά spirit ἐστιν to be τὸ who μαρτυροῦν to testify, ⚐ὅτι since τὸ the πνεῦμά spirit ἐστιν to be ἡ the ἀλήθεια truth. -62 5 7 ⚐ὅτι since τρεῖς three εἰσιν to be οἱ the μαρτυροῦντες to testify, -62 5 8 ⚐τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit καὶ and τὸ the ὕδωρ water καὶ and τὸ the αἷμα blood, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the τρεῖς three εἰς toward τὸ the ἕν one εἰσιν to be. -62 5 9 ⚐εἰ if τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human λαμβάνομεν to take, ⚐ἡ the μαρτυρία testimony τοῦ the θεοῦ God μείζων great ἐστίν to be, ⚐ὅτι since αὕτη this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the μαρτυρία testimony τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐ὅτι that μεμαρτύρηκεν to testify περὶ about τοῦ the υἱοῦ son αὐτοῦ of him. -62 5 10 ⚐ὁ who πιστεύων to trust (in) εἰς toward τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἔχει to have τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony ἐν in αὐτῷ to him· ⚐ὁ who μὴ not πιστεύων to trust (in) τῷ the θεῷ God ψεύστην liar πεποίηκεν to make αὐτόν him, ⚐ὅτι since οὐ no πεπίστευκεν to trust (in) εἰς toward τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony ⚐ἣν which μεμαρτύρηκεν to testify ὁ the θεὸς God περὶ about τοῦ the υἱοῦ son αὐτοῦ of him. -62 5 11 ⚐καὶ and αὕτη this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the μαρτυρία testimony, ⚐ὅτι that ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal ἔδωκεν to give ἡμῖν to us ὁ the θεὸς God, ⚐καὶ and αὕτη this ἡ the ζωὴ life ἐν in τῷ the υἱῷ son αὐτοῦ of him ἐστιν to be. -62 5 12 ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have τὸν the υἱὸν son ἔχει to have τὴν this ζωήν life· ⚐ὁ who μὴ not ἔχων to have τὸν the υἱὸν son τοῦ the θεοῦ God τὴν this ζωὴν life οὐκ no ἔχει to have.

 -62 5 13 ⚐Ταῦτα these ἔγραψα to write ὑμῖν to you ⚐ἵνα in order that εἰδῆτε to know ⚐ὅτι that ζωὴν life ἔχετε to have αἰώνιον eternal, ⚐τοῖς who πιστεύουσιν to trust (in) εἰς toward τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -62 5 14 ⚐καὶ and αὕτη this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the παρρησία boldness ἣν which ἔχομεν to have πρὸς to αὐτόν him, ⚐ὅτι that ἐάν if τι one αἰτώμεθα to ask κατὰ according to τὸ the θέλημα will αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἀκούει to hear ἡμῶν of us. -62 5 15 ⚐καὶ and ἐὰν if οἴδαμεν to know ὅτι that ἀκούει to hear ἡμῶν of us ὃ which ἐὰν if αἰτώμεθα to ask, ⚐οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἔχομεν to have τὰ the αἰτήματα request ⚐ἃ which ᾐτήκαμεν to ask ἀπ᾽ from αὐτοῦ of him. -62 5 16 ⚐ἐάν if τις one ἴδῃ to know τὸν the ἀδελφὸν brother αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἁμαρτάνοντα to sin ἁμαρτίαν sin μὴ not πρὸς to θάνατον death, ⚐αἰτήσει to ask, ⚐καὶ and δώσει to give αὐτῷ to him ζωήν life, ⚐τοῖς who ἁμαρτάνουσιν to sin μὴ not πρὸς to θάνατον death. ⚐ἔστιν to be ἁμαρτία sin πρὸς to θάνατον death· ⚐οὐ no περὶ about ἐκείνης that λέγω to speak ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐρωτήσῃ to ask. -62 5 17 ⚐πᾶσα all ἀδικία unrighteousness ἁμαρτία sin ἐστίν to be, ⚐καὶ and ἔστιν to be ἁμαρτία sin οὐ no πρὸς to θάνατον death.

 -62 5 18 ⚐Οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that πᾶς all ὁ the γεγεννημένος to beget ἐκ out of τοῦ the θεοῦ God οὐχ no ἁμαρτάνει to sin, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ the γεννηθεὶς to beget ἐκ out of τοῦ the θεοῦ God τηρεῖ to keep ἑαυτόν oneself, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the πονηρὸς evil οὐχ no ἅπτεται to kindle αὐτοῦ of him. -62 5 19 ⚐οἴδαμεν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐσμεν to be, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the κόσμος world ὅλος all ἐν in τῷ the πονηρῷ evil κεῖται to lay. -62 5 20 ⚐οἴδαμεν to know δὲ and ⚐ὅτι that ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἥκει to come, ⚐καὶ and δέδωκεν to give ἡμῖν to us διάνοιαν mind ⚐ἵνα in order to γινώσκωμεν to know τὸν who ἀληθινόν true· ⚐καὶ and ἐσμὲν to be ἐν in τῷ who ἀληθινῷ true, ἐν in τῷ the υἱῷ son αὐτοῦ of him Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστῷ Christ. ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the ἀληθινὸς true θεὸς God καὶ and ζωὴ life αἰώνιος eternal.

 -62 5 21 ⚐Τεκνία children, φυλάξατε to guard ἑαυτὰ yourself ἀπὸ from τῶν the εἰδώλων idol..

 -63 1 1 ⚐Ὁ the πρεσβύτερος elder ἐκλεκτῇ select κυρίᾳ lady καὶ and τοῖς the τέκνοις child αὐτῆς of her, ⚐οὓς which ἐγὼ I ἀγαπῶ to love ἐν in ἀληθείᾳ truth, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἐγὼ I μόνος alone ⚐ἀλλὰ but καὶ and πάντες all οἱ who ἐγνωκότες to know τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth, -63 1 2 ⚐διὰ because of τὴν the ἀλήθειαν truth τὴν the μένουσαν to stay ἐν in ἡμῖν to us, ⚐καὶ and μεθ᾽ with ἡμῶν of us ἔσται to be εἰς toward τὸν the αἰῶνα an age· -63 1 3 ⚐ἔσται to be μεθ᾽ with ἡμῶν of us χάρις grace ἔλεος mercy εἰρήνη peace παρὰ from θεοῦ God πατρός father, ⚐καὶ and παρὰ from Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ τοῦ the υἱοῦ son τοῦ the πατρός father, ἐν in ἀληθείᾳ truth καὶ and ἀγάπῃ love.

 -63 1 4 ⚐Ἐχάρην to rejoice λίαν greatly ⚐ὅτι since εὕρηκα to find ἐκ out of τῶν the τέκνων child σου of you ⚐περιπατοῦντας to walk ἐν in ἀληθείᾳ truth, ⚐καθὼς just as ἐντολὴν commandment ἐλάβομεν to take παρὰ beside τοῦ the πατρός father. -63 1 5 ⚐καὶ and νῦν now ἐρωτῶ to ask σε you, κυρία lady, ⚐οὐχ no ὡς as ἐντολὴν commandment γράφων to write σοι to you καινήν new ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἣν which εἴχομεν to have ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀγαπῶμεν to love ἀλλήλους one another. -63 1 6 ⚐καὶ and αὕτη this ἐστὶν to be ἡ the ἀγάπη love, ⚐ἵνα in order that περιπατῶμεν to walk κατὰ according to τὰς the ἐντολὰς commandment αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐αὕτη this ἡ the ἐντολή commandment ἐστιν to be, ⚐καθὼς just as ἠκούσατε to hear ἀπ᾽ from ἀρχῆς beginning, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν in αὐτῇ to her περιπατῆτε to walk. -63 1 7 ⚐ὅτι since πολλοὶ much πλάνοι deceiving ἐξῆλθον to go out εἰς toward τὸν the κόσμον world, ⚐οἱ who μὴ not ὁμολογοῦντες to confess Ἰησοῦν Jesus Χριστὸν Christ ἐρχόμενον to come ἐν in σαρκί flesh· ⚐οὗτός this ἐστιν to be ὁ the πλάνος deceiving καὶ and ὁ the ἀντίχριστος antichrist. -63 1 8 ⚐βλέπετε to see ἑαυτούς oneself, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἀπολέσητε to destroy ἃ which εἰργασάμεθα to work, ⚐ἀλλὰ but μισθὸν wage πλήρη full ἀπολάβητε to get back. -63 1 9 ⚐πᾶς all ὁ who προάγων to go before ⚐καὶ and μὴ not μένων to stay ἐν in τῇ the διδαχῇ teaching τοῦ the Χριστοῦ Christ θεὸν God οὐκ no ἔχει to have· ⚐ὁ who μένων to stay ἐν in τῇ the διδαχῇ teaching, ⚐οὗτος this καὶ and τὸν the πατέρα father καὶ and τὸν the υἱὸν son ἔχει to have. -63 1 10 ⚐εἴ if τις one ἔρχεται to come πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ⚐καὶ and ταύτην this τὴν the διδαχὴν teaching οὐ no φέρει to bear, ⚐μὴ not λαμβάνετε to take αὐτὸν him εἰς toward οἰκίαν house ⚐καὶ and χαίρειν to rejoice αὐτῷ to him μὴ not λέγετε to speak· -63 1 11 ⚐ὁ who λέγων to speak γὰρ for αὐτῷ to him χαίρειν to rejoice ⚐κοινωνεῖ to participate τοῖς the ἔργοις work αὐτοῦ of him τοῖς the πονηροῖς evil.

 -63 1 12 ⚐Πολλὰ much ἔχων to have ⚐ὑμῖν to you γράφειν to write ⚐οὐκ no ἐβουλήθην to plan διὰ through χάρτου paper καὶ and μέλανος ink, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐλπίζω to hope γενέσθαι to be πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you ⚐καὶ and στόμα mouth πρὸς to στόμα mouth λαλῆσαι to speak, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἡ the χαρὰ joy ἡμῶν of us ᾖ to be πεπληρωμένη to fulfill. -63 1 13 ⚐Ἀσπάζεταί to pay respects to σε you τὰ the τέκνα child τῆς the ἀδελφῆς sister σου of you τῆς the ἐκλεκτῆς select.

 -64 1 1 ⚐Ὁ the πρεσβύτερος elder Γαΐῳ Gaius τῷ the ἀγαπητῷ beloved, ⚐ὃν which ἐγὼ I ἀγαπῶ to love ἐν in ἀληθείᾳ truth.

 -64 1 2 ⚐Ἀγαπητέ beloved, περὶ about πάντων all εὔχομαί to pray σε you ⚐εὐοδοῦσθαι to get along well καὶ and ὑγιαίνειν be healthy, ⚐καθὼς just as εὐοδοῦταί to get along well σου of you ἡ the ψυχή soul. -64 1 3 ⚐ἐχάρην to rejoice γὰρ for λίαν greatly ⚐ἐρχομένων to come ἀδελφῶν brother ⚐καὶ and μαρτυρούντων to testify σου of you τῇ the ἀληθείᾳ truth, ⚐καθὼς just as σὺ you ἐν in ἀληθείᾳ truth περιπατεῖς to walk. -64 1 4 ⚐μειζοτέραν great τούτων of these οὐκ no ἔχω to have χαράν joy, ⚐ἵνα in order to ἀκούω to hear τὰ the ἐμὰ my τέκνα child ⚐ἐν in ἀληθείᾳ truth περιπατοῦντα to walk.

 -64 1 5 ⚐Ἀγαπητέ beloved, πιστὸν faithful ποιεῖς to do ⚐ὃ which ἐὰν if ἐργάσῃ to work εἰς toward τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother ⚐καὶ and τοῦτο this ξένους foreign, -64 1 6 ⚐οἳ which ἐμαρτύρησάν to testify σου of you τῇ the ἀγάπῃ love ἐνώπιον before ἐκκλησίας assembly, ⚐οὓς which καλῶς well ποιήσεις to do ⚐προπέμψας to help on the way ἀξίως appropriately τοῦ the θεοῦ God· -64 1 7 ⚐ὑπὲρ for γὰρ for τοῦ the ὀνόματος name ἐξῆλθον to go out ⚐μηδὲν nothing λαμβάνοντες to take ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἐθνικῶν Gentile. -64 1 8 ⚐ἡμεῖς we οὖν therefore ὀφείλομεν to owe ὑπολαμβάνειν to receive τοὺς the τοιούτους such as this, ⚐ἵνα in order that συνεργοὶ co-worker γινώμεθα to be τῇ the ἀληθείᾳ truth.

 -64 1 9 ⚐Ἔγραψά to write τι one τῇ the ἐκκλησίᾳ assembly· ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ὁ who φιλοπρωτεύων to love to be first αὐτῶν of them Διοτρέφης Diotrephes ⚐οὐκ no ἐπιδέχεται to welcome ἡμᾶς us. -64 1 10 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this, ἐὰν if ἔλθω to come, ⚐ὑπομνήσω to remind αὐτοῦ of him τὰ the ἔργα work ἃ which ποιεῖ to do, ⚐λόγοις word πονηροῖς evil φλυαρῶν to talk nonsense ἡμᾶς us, ⚐καὶ and μὴ not ἀρκούμενος be sufficient ἐπὶ with τούτοις to these ⚐οὔτε neither αὐτὸς he ἐπιδέχεται to welcome τοὺς the ἀδελφοὺς brother ⚐καὶ and τοὺς who βουλομένους to plan κωλύει to prevent ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of τῆς the ἐκκλησίας assembly ἐκβάλλει to expel.

 -64 1 11 ⚐Ἀγαπητέ beloved, μὴ not μιμοῦ to imitate τὸ the κακὸν harm ἀλλὰ but τὸ the ἀγαθόν good-doer. ⚐ὁ who ἀγαθοποιῶν to do good ἐκ of τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐστιν to be· ⚐ὁ who κακοποιῶν to do harm οὐχ no ἑώρακεν to see τὸν the θεόν God. -64 1 12 ⚐Δημητρίῳ Demetrius μεμαρτύρηται to testify ὑπὸ by πάντων all καὶ and ὑπὸ by αὐτῆς of her τῆς the ἀληθείας truth· ⚐καὶ and ἡμεῖς we δὲ and μαρτυροῦμεν to testify, ⚐καὶ and οἶδας to know ⚐ὅτι that ἡ the μαρτυρία testimony ἡμῶν of us ἀληθής true ἐστιν to be.

 -64 1 13 ⚐Πολλὰ much εἶχον to have γράψαι to write σοι to you, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but οὐ no θέλω to will ⚐διὰ through μέλανος ink καὶ and καλάμου pen σοι to you γράφειν to write· -64 1 14 ⚐ἐλπίζω to hope δὲ but ⚐εὐθέως immediately σε you ἰδεῖν to know, ⚐καὶ and στόμα mouth πρὸς to στόμα mouth λαλήσομεν to speak. -64 1 15 ⚐Εἰρήνη peace σοι to you. ⚐ἀσπάζονταί to pay respects to σε you οἱ the φίλοι friend. ⚐ἀσπάζου to pay respects to τοὺς the φίλους friend κατ᾽ according to ὄνομα name.

 -65 1 1 ⚐Ἰούδας Jude Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ δοῦλος slave, ἀδελφὸς brother δὲ and Ἰακώβου James, ⚐τοῖς the ἐν in θεῷ God πατρὶ father ἠγαπημένοις to love ⚐καὶ and Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστῷ Christ τετηρημένοις to keep κλητοῖς called· -65 1 2 ⚐ἔλεος mercy ὑμῖν to you καὶ and εἰρήνη peace καὶ and ἀγάπη love πληθυνθείη to multiply.

 -65 1 3 ⚐Ἀγαπητοί beloved, πᾶσαν all σπουδὴν diligence ποιούμενος to make ⚐γράφειν to write ὑμῖν to you περὶ about τῆς the κοινῆς common ἡμῶν of us σωτηρίας salvation ⚐ἀνάγκην necessity ἔσχον to have γράψαι to write ὑμῖν to you ⚐παρακαλῶν to comfort ⚐ἐπαγωνίζεσθαι to contend τῇ the ἅπαξ once παραδοθείσῃ to deliver τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy πίστει faith. -65 1 4 ⚐παρεισέδυσαν to infiltrate γάρ for τινες one ἄνθρωποι a human, ⚐οἱ who πάλαι of old προγεγραμμένοι to designate ⚐εἰς toward τοῦτο this τὸ the κρίμα judgment, ἀσεβεῖς ungodly, ⚐τὴν the τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἡμῶν of us χάριτα grace μετατιθέντες to transport εἰς toward ἀσέλγειαν debauchery ⚐καὶ and τὸν who μόνον alone δεσπότην master καὶ and κύριον lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦν Jesus Χριστὸν Christ ἀρνούμενοι to deny.

 -65 1 5 ⚐Ὑπομνῆσαι to remind δὲ and ὑμᾶς you βούλομαι to plan, ⚐εἰδότας to know ὑμᾶς you ἅπαξ once πάντα all ⚐ὅτι that Ἰησοῦς Jesus λαὸν a people ἐκ out of γῆς earth Αἰγύπτου Egypt σώσας to save ⚐τὸ the δεύτερον secondly τοὺς who μὴ not πιστεύσαντας to trust (in) ἀπώλεσεν to destroy, -65 1 6 ⚐ἀγγέλους angel τε and τοὺς who μὴ not τηρήσαντας to keep τὴν the ἑαυτῶν themselves ἀρχὴν beginning ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἀπολιπόντας to leave τὸ the ἴδιον one's own οἰκητήριον dwelling ⚐εἰς toward κρίσιν judgment μεγάλης great ἡμέρας day ⚐δεσμοῖς chain ἀϊδίοις eternal ὑπὸ under ζόφον darkness τετήρηκεν to keep· -65 1 7 ⚐ὡς as Σόδομα Sodom καὶ and Γόμορρα Gomorrah καὶ and αἱ the περὶ about αὐτὰς them πόλεις city, ⚐τὸν the ὅμοιον like τρόπον way τούτοις to these ἐκπορνεύσασαι to fornicate ⚐καὶ and ἀπελθοῦσαι to go away ὀπίσω after σαρκὸς flesh ἑτέρας other, ⚐πρόκεινται to set before δεῖγμα example ⚐πυρὸς fire αἰωνίου eternal δίκην condemnation ὑπέχουσαι to undergo.

 -65 1 8 ⚐Ὁμοίως likewise μέντοι yet καὶ and οὗτοι these ἐνυπνιαζόμενοι to dream σάρκα flesh μὲν on the other hand μιαίνουσιν to stain, ⚐κυριότητα lordship δὲ and ἀθετοῦσιν to reject, ⚐δόξας glory δὲ and βλασφημοῦσιν to blaspheme. -65 1 9 ⚐ὁ the δὲ but Μιχαὴλ Michael ὁ the ἀρχάγγελος archangel, ⚐ὅτε when τῷ the διαβόλῳ the Devil διακρινόμενος to contend ⚐διελέγετο to dispute περὶ about τοῦ the Μωϋσέως Moses σώματος body, ⚐οὐκ no ἐτόλμησεν be bold ⚐κρίσιν judgment ἐπενεγκεῖν to inflict βλασφημίας blasphemy, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but εἶπεν to say· ⚐Ἐπιτιμήσαι to rebuke σοι to you κύριος lord. -65 1 10 ⚐οὗτοι these δὲ but ὅσα as much as μὲν on the other hand οὐκ no οἴδασιν to know βλασφημοῦσιν to blaspheme, ⚐ὅσα as much as δὲ and φυσικῶς physically ὡς as τὰ the ἄλογα unreasonable ζῷα living thing ἐπίστανται to understand, ⚐ἐν by τούτοις to these φθείρονται to destroy. -65 1 11 ⚐οὐαὶ woe! αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐ὅτι since τῇ the ὁδῷ road τοῦ the Κάϊν Cain ἐπορεύθησαν to go, ⚐καὶ and τῇ the πλάνῃ error τοῦ the Βαλαὰμ Balaam μισθοῦ wage ἐξεχύθησαν to pour out, ⚐καὶ and τῇ the ἀντιλογίᾳ dispute τοῦ the Κόρε Korah ἀπώλοντο to destroy. -65 1 12 ⚐οὗτοί these εἰσιν to be οἱ the ἐν in ταῖς the ἀγάπαις love ὑμῶν of you σπιλάδες reef ⚐συνευωχούμενοι to feast with, ἀφόβως fearlessly ⚐ἑαυτοὺς themselves ποιμαίνοντες to shepherd, ⚐νεφέλαι cloud ἄνυδροι waterless ὑπὸ by ἀνέμων wind παραφερόμεναι to take away, ⚐δένδρα tree φθινοπωρινὰ autumnal ἄκαρπα unfruitful ⚐δὶς twice ἀποθανόντα to die ⚐ἐκριζωθέντα to uproot, -65 1 13 ⚐κύματα a wave ἄγρια wild θαλάσσης sea ἐπαφρίζοντα to foam up τὰς the ἑαυτῶν themselves αἰσχύνας shame, ⚐ἀστέρες star πλανῆται wandering ⚐οἷς which ὁ the ζόφος darkness τοῦ the σκότους darkness εἰς toward αἰῶνα an age τετήρηται to keep.

 -65 1 14 ⚐Προεφήτευσεν to prophesy δὲ and καὶ and τούτοις to these ἕβδομος seventh ἀπὸ from Ἀδὰμ Adam Ἑνὼχ Enoch ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἦλθεν to come κύριος lord ἐν with ἁγίαις holy μυριάσιν myriad αὐτοῦ of him, -65 1 15 ⚐ποιῆσαι to do κρίσιν judgment κατὰ according to πάντων all ⚐καὶ and ἐλέγξαι to rebuke πᾶσαν all ψυχὴν soul ⚐περὶ about πάντων all τῶν the ἔργων work ἀσεβείας ungodlinessness αὐτῶν of them ⚐ὧν which ἠσέβησαν be ungodly ⚐καὶ and περὶ about πάντων all τῶν the σκληρῶν hard ⚐ὧν which ἐλάλησαν to speak κατ᾽ according to αὐτοῦ of him ἁμαρτωλοὶ sinful ἀσεβεῖς ungodly. -65 1 16 ⚐οὗτοί these εἰσιν to be γογγυσταί a murmurer, μεμψίμοιροι malcontent, ⚐κατὰ according to τὰς the ἐπιθυμίας desire ἑαυτῶν themselves πορευόμενοι to go, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the στόμα mouth αὐτῶν of them λαλεῖ to speak ὑπέρογκα boastful, ⚐θαυμάζοντες to marvel πρόσωπα face ὠφελείας advantage χάριν therefore.

 -65 1 17 ⚐Ὑμεῖς you δέ but, ἀγαπητοί beloved, μνήσθητε to remember τῶν the ῥημάτων word ⚐τῶν the προειρημένων to predict ὑπὸ by τῶν the ἀποστόλων apostle ⚐τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ· -65 1 18 ⚐ὅτι since ἔλεγον to speak ὑμῖν to you ⚐ · Ἐπ᾽ upon ἐσχάτου last χρόνου time ἔσονται to be ἐμπαῖκται a mocker ⚐κατὰ according to τὰς the ἑαυτῶν myself ἐπιθυμίας desire πορευόμενοι to go τῶν the ἀσεβειῶν ungodlinessness. -65 1 19 ⚐οὗτοί these εἰσιν to be οἱ the ἀποδιορίζοντες to divide, ψυχικοί natural, ⚐πνεῦμα spirit μὴ not ἔχοντες to have. -65 1 20 ⚐ὑμεῖς you δέ but, ἀγαπητοί beloved, ἐποικοδομοῦντες to build up ἑαυτοὺς yourself τῇ the ἁγιωτάτῃ holy ὑμῶν of you πίστει faith, ⚐ἐν by πνεύματι spirit ἁγίῳ holy προσευχόμενοι to pray, -65 1 21 ⚐ἑαυτοὺς yourself ἐν in ἀγάπῃ love θεοῦ God τηρήσατε to keep ⚐προσδεχόμενοι to look for τὸ the ἔλεος mercy τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ ⚐εἰς toward ζωὴν life αἰώνιον eternal. -65 1 22 ⚐καὶ and οὓς which μὲν on the other hand ἐλεᾶτε to have mercy διακρινομένους to doubt, -65 1 23 ⚐οὓς which δὲ and σῴζετε to save ⚐ἐκ out of πυρὸς fire ἁρπάζοντες to seize, ⚐οὓς which δὲ and ἐλεᾶτε to have mercy ἐν in φόβῳ fear, ⚐μισοῦντες to hate καὶ and τὸν the ἀπὸ from τῆς the σαρκὸς flesh ἐσπιλωμένον to stain χιτῶνα tunic.

 -65 1 24 ⚐Τῷ the δὲ and δυναμένῳ be able φυλάξαι to keep ὑμᾶς you ἀπταίστους without falling ⚐καὶ and στῆσαι to stand κατενώπιον before τῆς the δόξης glory αὐτοῦ of him ἀμώμους blameless ἐν in ἀγαλλιάσει joy -65 1 25 ⚐μόνῳ alone θεῷ God σωτῆρι savior ἡμῶν of us διὰ through Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us ⚐δόξα glory μεγαλωσύνη majesty κράτος power καὶ and ἐξουσία authority ⚐πρὸ before παντὸς all τοῦ the αἰῶνος an age καὶ and νῦν now καὶ and εἰς toward πάντας all τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age· ἀμήν amen.

 -66 1 1 ⚐Ἀποκάλυψις revelation Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ἣν which ἔδωκεν to give αὐτῷ to him ὁ the θεὸς God ⚐δεῖξαι to show τοῖς the δούλοις slave αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἃ which δεῖ to bind γενέσθαι to be ἐν in τάχει quickness, ⚐καὶ and ἐσήμανεν to signify ⚐ἀποστείλας to send διὰ through τοῦ the ἀγγέλου angel αὐτοῦ of him τῷ the δούλῳ slave αὐτοῦ of him Ἰωάννῃ John, -66 1 2 ⚐ὃς which ἐμαρτύρησεν to testify τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐ὅσα as much as εἶδεν to know. -66 1 3 ⚐μακάριος blessed ὁ who ἀναγινώσκων to read καὶ and οἱ who ἀκούοντες to hear τοὺς the λόγους word τῆς this προφητείας prophecy ⚐καὶ and τηροῦντες to keep τὰ the ἐν in αὐτῇ to her γεγραμμένα to write, ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for καιρὸς time ἐγγύς near.

 -66 1 4 ⚐Ἰωάννης John ταῖς the ἑπτὰ seven ἐκκλησίαις assembly ταῖς the ἐν in τῇ the Ἀσίᾳ Asia· ⚐χάρις grace ὑμῖν to you καὶ and εἰρήνη peace ⚐ἀπὸ from ὁ who ὢν to be καὶ and ὁ who ἦν to be καὶ and ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come, ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἑπτὰ seven πνευμάτων spirit ⚐ἃ which ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θρόνου throne αὐτοῦ of him, -66 1 5 ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from Ἰησοῦ Jesus Χριστοῦ Christ, ὁ the μάρτυς witness ὁ the πιστός faithful, ⚐ὁ the πρωτότοκος firstborn τῶν the νεκρῶν dead ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἄρχων ruler τῶν the βασιλέων king τῆς the γῆς earth.

 ⚐Τῷ who ἀγαπῶντι to love ἡμᾶς us ⚐καὶ and λύσαντι to loose ἡμᾶς us ἐκ from τῶν the ἁμαρτιῶν sin ἡμῶν of us ἐν in τῷ the αἵματι blood αὐτοῦ of him— -66 1 6 ⚐καὶ and ἐποίησεν to make ἡμᾶς us βασιλείαν kingdom, ἱερεῖς priest τῷ the θεῷ God καὶ and πατρὶ father αὐτοῦ of him— ⚐αὐτῷ to him ἡ the δόξα glory καὶ and τὸ the κράτος power εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age· ⚐ἀμήν amen.

 -66 1 7 ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἔρχεται to come μετὰ with τῶν the νεφελῶν cloud, ⚐καὶ and ὄψεται to see αὐτὸν him πᾶς all ὀφθαλμὸς eye ⚐καὶ and οἵτινες who αὐτὸν him ἐξεκέντησαν to pierce, ⚐καὶ and κόψονται to mourn ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτὸν him πᾶσαι all αἱ the φυλαὶ tribe τῆς the γῆς earth. ⚐ναί yes, ἀμήν amen.

 -66 1 8 ⚐Ἐγώ I εἰμι to be τὸ the Ἄλφα alpha καὶ and τὸ the Ὦ Omega, ⚐λέγει to speak κύριος lord, ὁ the θεός God, ὁ who ὢν to be καὶ and ὁ who ἦν to be καὶ and ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come, ὁ the παντοκράτωρ almighty.

 -66 1 9 ⚐Ἐγὼ I Ἰωάννης John, ⚐ὁ the ἀδελφὸς brother ὑμῶν of you καὶ and συγκοινωνὸς sharer ἐν in τῇ the θλίψει pressure καὶ and βασιλείᾳ kingdom καὶ and ὑπομονῇ perseverance ἐν in Ἰησοῦ Jesus, ⚐ἐγενόμην to be ἐν on τῇ the νήσῳ island τῇ the καλουμένῃ to call Πάτμῳ Patmos διὰ because of τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony Ἰησοῦ Jesus. -66 1 10 ⚐ἐγενόμην to be ἐν in πνεύματι spirit ἐν on τῇ the κυριακῇ the Lord’s ἡμέρᾳ day, ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear ὀπίσω after μου of me φωνὴν sound μεγάλην great ὡς as σάλπιγγος trumpet -66 1 11 ⚐λεγούσης to speak· ⚐Ὃ which βλέπεις to see γράψον to write εἰς toward βιβλίον scroll ⚐καὶ and πέμψον to send ταῖς the ἑπτὰ seven ἐκκλησίαις assembly, εἰς toward Ἔφεσον Ephesus καὶ and εἰς toward Σμύρναν Smyrna καὶ and εἰς toward Πέργαμον Pergamum καὶ and εἰς toward Θυάτειρα Thyatira καὶ and εἰς toward Σάρδεις Sardis καὶ and εἰς toward Φιλαδέλφειαν Philadelphia καὶ and εἰς toward Λαοδίκειαν Laodicea.

 -66 1 12 ⚐Καὶ and ἐπέστρεψα to turn ⚐βλέπειν to see τὴν who φωνὴν voice ⚐ἥτις which ἐλάλει to speak μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me· ⚐καὶ and ἐπιστρέψας to turn ⚐εἶδον to know ἑπτὰ seven λυχνίας lampstand χρυσᾶς golden, -66 1 13 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in μέσῳ midst τῶν the λυχνιῶν lampstand ὅμοιον like υἱὸν son ἀνθρώπου a human, ⚐ἐνδεδυμένον to clothe ποδήρη floorlength ⚐καὶ and περιεζωσμένον to gird πρὸς to τοῖς the μαστοῖς breast ζώνην belt χρυσᾶν golden· -66 1 14 ⚐ἡ the δὲ and κεφαλὴ head αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and αἱ the τρίχες hair λευκαὶ white ὡς as ἔριον wool λευκόν white, ὡς as χιών snow, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ὀφθαλμοὶ eye αὐτοῦ of him ὡς as φλὸξ flame πυρός fire, -66 1 15 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the πόδες foot αὐτοῦ of him ὅμοιοι like χαλκολιβάνῳ bronze, ⚐ὡς as ἐν in καμίνῳ furnace πεπυρωμένης to burn, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the φωνὴ voice αὐτοῦ of him ὡς as φωνὴ voice ὑδάτων water πολλῶν much, -66 1 16 ⚐καὶ and ἔχων to have ἐν in τῇ the δεξιᾷ right χειρὶ hand αὐτοῦ of him ἀστέρας star ἑπτά seven, ⚐καὶ and ἐκ of τοῦ the στόματος mouth αὐτοῦ of him ῥομφαία sword δίστομος double-edged ὀξεῖα sharp ἐκπορευομένη to come out, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ὄψις face αὐτοῦ of him ὡς as ὁ the ἥλιος sun φαίνει to shine ἐν in τῇ the δυνάμει power αὐτοῦ of him.

 -66 1 17 ⚐Καὶ and ὅτε when εἶδον to know αὐτόν him, ⚐ἔπεσα to collapse πρὸς to τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτοῦ of him ὡς as νεκρός dead· ⚐καὶ and ἔθηκεν to place τὴν the δεξιὰν right αὐτοῦ of him ἐπ᾽ on ἐμὲ me ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Μὴ not φοβοῦ to fear· ⚐ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ὁ the πρῶτος first καὶ and ὁ the ἔσχατος last, -66 1 18 καὶ and ὁ who ζῶν to live— ⚐καὶ and ἐγενόμην to be νεκρὸς dead ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ζῶν to live εἰμι to be εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age— ⚐καὶ and ἔχω to have τὰς the κλεῖς key τοῦ the θανάτου death καὶ and τοῦ the ᾅδου Hades. -66 1 19 ⚐γράψον to write οὖν therefore ἃ which εἶδες to know καὶ and ἃ which εἰσὶν to be ⚐καὶ and ἃ which μέλλει be about to γενέσθαι to be μετὰ after ταῦτα these. -66 1 20 ⚐τὸ the μυστήριον mystery τῶν the ἑπτὰ seven ἀστέρων star ⚐οὓς which εἶδες to know ἐπὶ upon τῆς the δεξιᾶς right μου of me, ⚐καὶ and τὰς the ἑπτὰ seven λυχνίας lampstand τὰς the χρυσᾶς golden· ⚐οἱ the ἑπτὰ seven ἀστέρες star ἄγγελοι angel τῶν the ἑπτὰ seven ἐκκλησιῶν assembly εἰσίν to be, ⚐καὶ and αἱ the λυχνίαι lampstand αἱ the ἑπτὰ seven ἑπτὰ seven ἐκκλησίαι assembly εἰσίν to be.

 -66 2 1 ⚐Τῷ the ἀγγέλῳ angel τῆς the ἐν in Ἐφέσῳ Ephesus ἐκκλησίας assembly γράψον to write· ⚐Τάδε this λέγει to speak ὁ who κρατῶν to grasp τοὺς the ἑπτὰ seven ἀστέρας star ἐν in τῇ the δεξιᾷ right αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὁ who περιπατῶν to walk ἐν among μέσῳ midst τῶν the ἑπτὰ seven λυχνιῶν lampstand τῶν the χρυσῶν golden·

 -66 2 2 ⚐Οἶδα to know τὰ the ἔργα work σου of you, καὶ and τὸν the κόπον labor καὶ and τὴν the ὑπομονήν perseverance σου of you, ⚐καὶ and ὅτι that οὐ no δύνῃ be able βαστάσαι to carry κακούς evil, ⚐καὶ and ἐπείρασας to test τοὺς who λέγοντας to speak ἑαυτοὺς themselves ἀποστόλους apostle, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no εἰσίν to be, ⚐καὶ and εὗρες to discover αὐτοὺς them ψευδεῖς false· -66 2 3 ⚐καὶ and ὑπομονὴν perseverance ἔχεις to have, ⚐καὶ and ἐβάστασας to carry διὰ because of τὸ the ὄνομά name μου of me, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no κεκοπίακες to labor. -66 2 4 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἔχω to have κατὰ according to σοῦ of you ⚐ὅτι that τὴν the ἀγάπην love σου of you τὴν the πρώτην first ἀφῆκες to release. -66 2 5 ⚐μνημόνευε to remember οὖν therefore ⚐πόθεν where πέπτωκας to collapse, ⚐καὶ and μετανόησον to repent ⚐καὶ and τὰ the πρῶτα first ἔργα work ποίησον to do· ⚐εἰ if δὲ and μή not, ⚐ἔρχομαί to come σοι to you, ⚐καὶ and κινήσω to move τὴν the λυχνίαν lampstand σου of you ἐκ from τοῦ the τόπου place αὐτῆς of her, ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not μετανοήσῃς to repent. -66 2 6 ⚐ἀλλὰ but τοῦτο this ἔχεις to have ⚐ὅτι that μισεῖς to hate τὰ the ἔργα work τῶν the Νικολαϊτῶν Nicolaitan, ⚐ἃ which κἀγὼ and I μισῶ to hate. -66 2 7 ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have οὖς ear ἀκουσάτω to hear ⚐τί which? τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit λέγει to speak ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly. ⚐τῷ who νικῶντι to conquer δώσω to give αὐτῷ to him ⚐φαγεῖν to eat ἐκ from τοῦ the ξύλου wood τῆς the ζωῆς life, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be ἐν in τῷ the παραδείσῳ paradise τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -66 2 8 ⚐Καὶ and τῷ the ἀγγέλῳ angel τῆς the ἐν in Σμύρνῃ Smyrna ἐκκλησίας assembly γράψον to write· ⚐Τάδε this λέγει to speak ὁ who πρῶτος first καὶ and ὁ the ἔσχατος last, ⚐ὃς which ἐγένετο to be νεκρὸς dead καὶ and ἔζησεν to live·

 -66 2 9 ⚐Οἶδά to know σου of you τὴν the θλῖψιν pressure καὶ and τὴν the πτωχείαν poverty, ⚐ἀλλὰ but πλούσιος rich εἶ to be, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the βλασφημίαν blasphemy ἐκ out of τῶν who λεγόντων to speak Ἰουδαίους Jewish εἶναι to be ἑαυτούς themselves, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no εἰσίν to be, ⚐ἀλλὰ but συναγωγὴ synagogue τοῦ the Σατανᾶ Satan. -66 2 10 ⚐μηδὲν nothing φοβοῦ to fear ἃ which μέλλεις be about to πάσχειν to suffer. ⚐ἰδοὺ look! μέλλει be about to βάλλειν to throw ὁ the διάβολος the Devil ἐξ out of ὑμῶν of you εἰς toward φυλακὴν prison ⚐ἵνα in order that πειρασθῆτε to test, ⚐καὶ and ἕξετε to have θλῖψιν pressure ἡμερῶν day δέκα ten. ⚐γίνου to be πιστὸς faithful ἄχρι until θανάτου death, ⚐καὶ and δώσω to give σοι to you τὸν the στέφανον crown τῆς the ζωῆς life. -66 2 11 ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have οὖς ear ἀκουσάτω to hear ⚐τί which? τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit λέγει to speak ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly. ⚐ὁ who νικῶν to conquer οὐ no μὴ not ἀδικηθῇ to harm ἐκ out of τοῦ the θανάτου death τοῦ the δευτέρου secondly.

 -66 2 12 ⚐Καὶ and τῷ the ἀγγέλῳ angel τῆς the ἐν in Περγάμῳ Pergamum ἐκκλησίας assembly γράψον to write· ⚐Τάδε this λέγει to speak ὁ who ἔχων to have τὴν the ῥομφαίαν sword τὴν the δίστομον double-edged τὴν the ὀξεῖαν sharp·

 -66 2 13 ⚐Οἶδα to know ⚐ποῦ where? κατοικεῖς to dwell, ὅπου where(-ever) ὁ the θρόνος throne τοῦ the Σατανᾶ Satan, ⚐καὶ and κρατεῖς to grasp τὸ the ὄνομά name μου of me, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἠρνήσω to deny τὴν the πίστιν faith μου of me ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day Ἀντιπᾶς Antipas, ὁ the μάρτυς witness μου of me, ὁ the πιστός faithful μου of me, ⚐ὃς which ἀπεκτάνθη to kill παρ᾽ beside ὑμῖν to you, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan κατοικεῖ to dwell. -66 2 14 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἔχω to have κατὰ according to σοῦ of you ὀλίγα few, ⚐ὅτι that ἔχεις to have ἐκεῖ there κρατοῦντας to grasp τὴν the διδαχὴν teaching Βαλαάμ Balaam, ⚐ὃς which ἐδίδασκεν to teach τῷ the Βαλὰκ Balak ⚐βαλεῖν to throw σκάνδαλον stumbling block ἐνώπιον before τῶν the υἱῶν son Ἰσραήλ Israel, ⚐φαγεῖν to eat εἰδωλόθυτα sacrificed to idols ⚐καὶ and πορνεῦσαι to sin sexually· -66 2 15 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) ἔχεις to have καὶ and σὺ you κρατοῦντας to grasp τὴν the διδαχὴν teaching τῶν the Νικολαϊτῶν Nicolaitan ὁμοίως likewise. -66 2 16 ⚐μετανόησον to repent οὖν therefore· ⚐εἰ if δὲ and μή not, ⚐ἔρχομαί to come σοι to you ταχύ quickly, ⚐καὶ and πολεμήσω to fight μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ἐν with τῇ the ῥομφαίᾳ sword τοῦ the στόματός mouth μου of me. -66 2 17 ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have οὖς ear ἀκουσάτω to hear ⚐τί which? τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit λέγει to speak ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly. ⚐τῷ who νικῶντι to conquer δώσω to give αὐτῷ to him τοῦ the μάννα manna τοῦ the κεκρυμμένου to hide, ⚐καὶ and δώσω to give αὐτῷ to him ψῆφον stone λευκήν white, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on τὴν the ψῆφον stone ὄνομα name καινὸν new γεγραμμένον to write ⚐ὃ which οὐδεὶς no one οἶδεν to know ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ who λαμβάνων to take.

 -66 2 18 ⚐Καὶ and τῷ the ἀγγέλῳ angel τῆς the ἐν in Θυατείροις Thyatira ἐκκλησίας assembly γράψον to write· ⚐Τάδε this λέγει to speak ὁ the υἱὸς son τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have τοὺς the ὀφθαλμοὺς eye αὐτοῦ of him ὡς as φλόγα flame πυρός fire, ⚐καὶ and οἱ who πόδες foot αὐτοῦ of him ὅμοιοι like χαλκολιβάνῳ bronze·

 -66 2 19 ⚐Οἶδά to know σου of you τὰ the ἔργα work, καὶ and τὴν the ἀγάπην love καὶ and τὴν the πίστιν faith ⚐καὶ and τὴν the διακονίαν service καὶ and τὴν the ὑπομονήν perseverance σου of you, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ἔργα work σου of you τὰ the ἔσχατα last πλείονα greater τῶν the πρώτων first. -66 2 20 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἔχω to have κατὰ according to σοῦ of you ⚐ὅτι that ἀφεῖς to release τὴν the γυναῖκα woman Ἰεζάβελ Jezebel, ἡ who λέγουσα to speak ἑαυτὴν herself προφῆτιν prophetess, ⚐καὶ and διδάσκει to teach καὶ and πλανᾷ to lead astray τοὺς the ἐμοὺς my δούλους slave ⚐πορνεῦσαι to sin sexually καὶ and φαγεῖν to eat εἰδωλόθυτα sacrificed to idols. -66 2 21 ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκα to give αὐτῇ to her χρόνον time ⚐ἵνα in order to μετανοήσῃ to repent, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no θέλει to will μετανοῆσαι to repent ἐκ of τῆς the πορνείας sexual sin αὐτῆς of her. -66 2 22 ⚐ἰδοὺ look! βάλλω to throw αὐτὴν her εἰς toward κλίνην bed, ⚐καὶ and τοὺς who μοιχεύοντας to commit adultery μετ᾽ with αὐτῆς of her εἰς toward θλῖψιν pressure μεγάλην great, ⚐ἐὰν if μὴ not μετανοήσωσιν to repent ἐκ of τῶν the ἔργων work αὐτῆς of her· -66 2 23 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the τέκνα child αὐτῆς of her ἀποκτενῶ to kill ἐν with θανάτῳ death· ⚐καὶ and γνώσονται to know πᾶσαι all αἱ the ἐκκλησίαι assembly ⚐ὅτι that ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ὁ who ἐραυνῶν to look for νεφροὺς mind καὶ and καρδίας heart, ⚐καὶ and δώσω to give ὑμῖν to you ἑκάστῳ each κατὰ according to τὰ the ἔργα work ὑμῶν of you. -66 2 24 ⚐ὑμῖν to you δὲ but λέγω to speak τοῖς the λοιποῖς remaining τοῖς the ἐν in Θυατείροις Thyatira, ⚐ὅσοι as much as οὐκ no ἔχουσιν to have τὴν the διδαχὴν teaching ταύτην this, ⚐οἵτινες who οὐκ no ἔγνωσαν to know τὰ the βαθέα deep τοῦ the Σατανᾶ Satan, ὡς as λέγουσιν to speak, ⚐οὐ no βάλλω to throw ἐφ᾽ on ὑμᾶς you ἄλλο another βάρος burden· -66 2 25 ⚐πλὴν but ὃ which ἔχετε to have κρατήσατε to grasp ἄχρις until οὗ which ἂν if ἥξω to come. -66 2 26 ⚐καὶ and ὁ who νικῶν to conquer καὶ and ὁ who τηρῶν to keep ἄχρι until τέλους goal τὰ the ἔργα work μου of me, ⚐δώσω to give αὐτῷ to him ἐξουσίαν authority ἐπὶ over τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles, -66 2 27 ⚐καὶ and ποιμανεῖ to shepherd αὐτοὺς them ἐν with ῥάβδῳ rod σιδηρᾷ iron ⚐ὡς as τὰ the σκεύη vessel τὰ the κεραμικὰ made of clay συντρίβεται to break, -66 2 28 ⚐ὡς as κἀγὼ and I εἴληφα to take παρὰ from τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me, ⚐καὶ and δώσω to give αὐτῷ to him τὸν the ἀστέρα star τὸν the πρωϊνόν morning. -66 2 29 ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have οὖς ear ἀκουσάτω to hear ⚐τί which? τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit λέγει to speak ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly.

 -66 3 1 ⚐Καὶ and τῷ the ἀγγέλῳ angel τῆς the ἐν in Σάρδεσιν Sardis ἐκκλησίας assembly γράψον to write· ⚐Τάδε this λέγει to speak ὁ who ἔχων to have τὰ the ἑπτὰ seven πνεύματα spirit τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and τοὺς the ἑπτὰ seven ἀστέρας star·

 ⚐Οἶδά to know σου of you τὰ the ἔργα work, ⚐ὅτι that ὄνομα name ἔχεις to have ⚐ὅτι that ζῇς to live, ⚐καὶ and νεκρὸς dead εἶ to be. -66 3 2 ⚐γίνου to be γρηγορῶν to keep watch, ⚐καὶ and στήρισον to establish τὰ the λοιπὰ remaining ⚐ἃ which ἔμελλον be about to ἀποθανεῖν to die, ⚐οὐ no γὰρ for εὕρηκά to find σου of you τὰ the ἔργα work ⚐πεπληρωμένα to fulfill ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God μου of me· -66 3 3 ⚐μνημόνευε to remember οὖν therefore ⚐πῶς how? εἴληφας to take καὶ and ἤκουσας to hear ⚐καὶ and τήρει to keep, καὶ and μετανόησον to repent· ⚐ἐὰν if οὖν therefore μὴ not γρηγορήσῃς to keep watch, ⚐ἥξω to come ὡς as κλέπτης thief, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not γνῷς to know ⚐ποίαν what? ὥραν hour ἥξω to come ἐπὶ against σέ you· -66 3 4 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἔχεις to have ὀλίγα few ὀνόματα name ἐν in Σάρδεσιν Sardis ⚐ἃ which οὐκ no ἐμόλυναν to defile τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and περιπατήσουσιν to walk μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me ἐν in λευκοῖς white, ⚐ὅτι since ἄξιοί worthy εἰσιν to be. -66 3 5 ⚐ὁ who νικῶν to conquer οὕτως thus(-ly) περιβαλεῖται to clothe ἐν in ἱματίοις clothing λευκοῖς white, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not ἐξαλείψω to blot out τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him ἐκ from τῆς the βίβλου book τῆς the ζωῆς life, ⚐καὶ and ὁμολογήσω to declare τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me καὶ and ἐνώπιον before τῶν the ἀγγέλων angel αὐτοῦ of him. -66 3 6 ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have οὖς ear ἀκουσάτω to hear ⚐τί which? τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit λέγει to speak ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly.

 -66 3 7 ⚐Καὶ and τῷ the ἀγγέλῳ angel τῆς the ἐν in Φιλαδελφείᾳ Philadelphia ἐκκλησίας assembly γράψον to write· ⚐Τάδε this λέγει to speak ὁ the ἅγιος holy, ὁ the ἀληθινός true, ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have τὴν the κλεῖν key Δαυίδ David, ⚐ὁ who ἀνοίγων to open ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one κλείσει to shut, ⚐καὶ and κλείων to shut ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἀνοίγει to open·

 -66 3 8 ⚐Οἶδά to know σου of you τὰ the ἔργα work— ⚐ἰδοὺ look! δέδωκα to give ἐνώπιόν before σου of you θύραν door ἠνεῳγμένην to open, ⚐ἣν which οὐδεὶς no one δύναται be able κλεῖσαι to shut αὐτήν her— ⚐ὅτι that μικρὰν small ἔχεις to have δύναμιν power, ⚐καὶ and ἐτήρησάς to keep μου of me τὸν the λόγον word, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἠρνήσω to deny τὸ the ὄνομά name μου of me. -66 3 9 ⚐ἰδοὺ look! διδῶ to give ἐκ from τῆς the συναγωγῆς synagogue τοῦ the Σατανᾶ Satan, ⚐τῶν who λεγόντων to speak ⚐ἑαυτοὺς themselves Ἰουδαίους Jewish εἶναι to be, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no εἰσὶν to be ⚐ἀλλὰ but ψεύδονται to lie— ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ποιήσω to make αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἵνα in order that ἥξουσιν to come ⚐καὶ and προσκυνήσουσιν to worship ἐνώπιον before τῶν the ποδῶν foot σου of you, ⚐καὶ and γνῶσιν to know ⚐ὅτι that ἐγὼ I ἠγάπησά to love σε you. -66 3 10 ⚐ὅτι since ἐτήρησας to keep τὸν the λόγον word τῆς the ὑπομονῆς perseverance μου of me, ⚐κἀγώ and I σε you τηρήσω to keep ἐκ from τῆς the ὥρας hour τοῦ the πειρασμοῦ testing ⚐τῆς the μελλούσης be about to ἔρχεσθαι to come ἐπὶ on τῆς the οἰκουμένης world ὅλης all, ⚐πειράσαι to test τοὺς who κατοικοῦντας to dwell ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth. -66 3 11 ⚐ἔρχομαι to come ταχύ quickly· ⚐κράτει to grasp ὃ which ἔχεις to have, ⚐ἵνα in order that μηδεὶς nothing λάβῃ to take τὸν the στέφανόν crown σου of you. -66 3 12 ⚐ὁ who νικῶν to conquer ποιήσω to make αὐτὸν him στῦλον pillar ἐν in τῷ the ναῷ temple τοῦ the θεοῦ God μου of me, ⚐καὶ and ἔξω out οὐ no μὴ not ἐξέλθῃ to go out ἔτι still, ⚐καὶ and γράψω to write ἐπ᾽ on αὐτὸν him τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the θεοῦ God μου of me ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ὄνομα name τῆς the πόλεως city τοῦ the θεοῦ God μου of me, τῆς the καινῆς new Ἰερουσαλήμ Jerusalem, ⚐ἡ the καταβαίνουσα to come down ἐκ out of τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ἀπὸ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God μου of me, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ὄνομά name μου of me τὸ the καινόν new. -66 3 13 ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have οὖς ear ἀκουσάτω to hear ⚐τί which? τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit λέγει to speak ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly.

 -66 3 14 ⚐Καὶ and τῷ the ἀγγέλῳ angel τῆς the ἐν in Λαοδικείᾳ Laodicea ἐκκλησίας assembly γράψον to write· ⚐Τάδε this λέγει to speak ὁ the Ἀμήν amen, ὁ the μάρτυς witness ὁ the πιστὸς faithful καὶ and ἀληθινός true, ⚐ἡ the ἀρχὴ beginning τῆς the κτίσεως creation τοῦ the θεοῦ God·

 -66 3 15 ⚐Οἶδά to know σου of you τὰ the ἔργα work, ⚐ὅτι that οὔτε neither ψυχρὸς cold εἶ to be οὔτε neither ζεστός hot. ⚐ὄφελον I wish! ⚐ψυχρὸς cold ἦς to be ἢ or ζεστός hot. -66 3 16 ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly), ὅτι since χλιαρὸς lukewarm εἶ to be καὶ and οὔτε neither ζεστὸς hot οὔτε neither ψυχρός cold, ⚐μέλλω be about to σε you ἐμέσαι to vomit ἐκ out of τοῦ the στόματός mouth μου of me. -66 3 17 ⚐ὅτι since λέγεις to speak ⚐ὅτι that Πλούσιός rich εἰμι to be ⚐καὶ and πεπλούτηκα be rich ⚐καὶ and οὐδὲν no one χρείαν need ἔχω to have, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no οἶδας to know ⚐ὅτι that σὺ you εἶ to be ὁ the ταλαίπωρος wretched καὶ and ἐλεεινὸς pitiful καὶ and πτωχὸς poor καὶ and τυφλὸς blind καὶ and γυμνός naked, -66 3 18 ⚐συμβουλεύω to consult σοι to you ⚐ἀγοράσαι to buy παρ᾽ from ἐμοῦ of me χρυσίον gold πεπυρωμένον to burn ἐκ out of πυρὸς fire ⚐ἵνα in order that πλουτήσῃς be rich, ⚐καὶ and ἱμάτια clothing λευκὰ white ⚐ἵνα in order that περιβάλῃ to clothe ⚐καὶ and μὴ not φανερωθῇ to manifest ἡ the αἰσχύνη shame τῆς the γυμνότητός nakedness σου of you, ⚐καὶ and κολλούριον eye salve ⚐ἐγχρῖσαι to rub on τοὺς the ὀφθαλμούς eye σου of you ⚐ἵνα in order that βλέπῃς to see. -66 3 19 ⚐ἐγὼ I ὅσους as much as ἐὰν if φιλῶ to love ἐλέγχω to rebuke καὶ and παιδεύω to instruct· ⚐ζήλευε to envy οὖν therefore καὶ and μετανόησον to repent. -66 3 20 ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἕστηκα to stand ἐπὶ upon τὴν the θύραν door καὶ and κρούω to knock· ⚐ἐάν if τις one ἀκούσῃ to hear τῆς the φωνῆς voice μου of me καὶ and ἀνοίξῃ to open τὴν the θύραν door, ⚐καὶ and εἰσελεύσομαι to enter πρὸς to αὐτὸν him ⚐καὶ and δειπνήσω to dine μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me. -66 3 21 ⚐ὁ who νικῶν to conquer δώσω to give αὐτῷ to him ⚐καθίσαι to sit μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me ἐν on τῷ the θρόνῳ throne μου of me, ⚐ὡς as κἀγὼ and I ἐνίκησα to conquer ⚐καὶ and ἐκάθισα to sit μετὰ with τοῦ the πατρός father μου of me ἐν on τῷ the θρόνῳ throne αὐτοῦ of him. -66 3 22 ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have οὖς ear ἀκουσάτω to hear ⚐τί which? τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit λέγει to speak ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly.

 -66 4 1 ⚐Μετὰ after ταῦτα these εἶδον to know, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! θύρα door ἠνεῳγμένη to open ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the φωνὴ voice ἡ the πρώτη first ἣν which ἤκουσα to hear ὡς as σάλπιγγος trumpet λαλούσης to speak μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me, ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἀνάβα to ascend ὧδε here, ⚐καὶ and δείξω to show σοι to you ⚐ἃ which δεῖ to bind γενέσθαι to be. μετὰ after ταῦτα these -66 4 2 ⚐εὐθέως immediately ἐγενόμην to be ἐν in πνεύματι spirit· ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! θρόνος throne ἔκειτο to lay ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on τὸν the θρόνον throne καθήμενος to sit, -66 4 3 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the καθήμενος to sit ὅμοιος like ὁράσει appearance λίθῳ stone ἰάσπιδι jasper καὶ and σαρδίῳ gem, ⚐καὶ and ἶρις rainbow κυκλόθεν around τοῦ the θρόνου throne ὅμοιος like ὁράσει appearance σμαραγδίνῳ emerald. -66 4 4 ⚐καὶ and κυκλόθεν around τοῦ the θρόνου throne θρόνους throne εἴκοσι twenty τέσσαρες four, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on τοὺς the θρόνους throne εἴκοσι twenty τέσσαρας four πρεσβυτέρους elder καθημένους to sit ⚐περιβεβλημένους to clothe ἐν in ἱματίοις clothing λευκοῖς white, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on τὰς the κεφαλὰς head αὐτῶν of them στεφάνους crown χρυσοῦς golden. -66 4 5 ⚐καὶ and ἐκ from τοῦ the θρόνου throne ἐκπορεύονται to come out ἀστραπαὶ lightning καὶ and φωναὶ noise καὶ and βρονταί thunder· ⚐καὶ and ἑπτὰ seven λαμπάδες window πυρὸς fire καιόμεναι to burn ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θρόνου throne, ⚐ἅ which εἰσιν to be τὰ the ἑπτὰ seven πνεύματα spirit τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -66 4 6 ⚐καὶ and ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θρόνου throne ὡς as θάλασσα sea ὑαλίνη glass ὁμοία like κρυστάλλῳ crystal.

 ⚐Καὶ and ἐν in μέσῳ midst τοῦ the θρόνου throne καὶ and κύκλῳ surrounding τοῦ the θρόνου throne τέσσαρα four ζῷα living thing ⚐γέμοντα be full ὀφθαλμῶν eye ἔμπροσθεν before καὶ and ὄπισθεν after· -66 4 7 ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ζῷον living thing τὸ the πρῶτον first ὅμοιον like λέοντι lion, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the δεύτερον secondly ζῷον living thing ὅμοιον like μόσχῳ calf, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the τρίτον third ζῷον living thing ἔχων to have τὸ the πρόσωπον face ὡς as ἀνθρώπου a human, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the τέταρτον fourth ζῷον living thing ὅμοιον like ἀετῷ eagle πετομένῳ to fly· -66 4 8 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the τέσσαρα four ζῷα living thing, ⚐ἓν one καθ᾽ according to ἓν one αὐτῶν of them ἔχων to have ἀνὰ each πτέρυγας wing ἕξ six, ⚐κυκλόθεν around καὶ and ἔσωθεν inwardly γέμουσιν be full ὀφθαλμῶν eye· ⚐καὶ and ἀνάπαυσιν rest οὐκ no ἔχουσιν to have ἡμέρας day καὶ and νυκτὸς night ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἅγιος holy ἅγιος holy ἅγιος holy κύριος lord, ὁ the θεός God, ὁ the παντοκράτωρ almighty, ⚐ὁ the ἦν to be καὶ and ὁ who ὢν to be καὶ and ὁ who ἐρχόμενος to come. -66 4 9 ⚐καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) δώσουσιν to give τὰ the ζῷα living thing δόξαν glory καὶ and τιμὴν honor καὶ and εὐχαριστίαν thankfulness τῷ who καθημένῳ to sit ἐπὶ on τῷ the θρόνῳ throne, ⚐τῷ who ζῶντι to live εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age, -66 4 10 ⚐πεσοῦνται to collapse οἱ the εἴκοσι twenty τέσσαρες four πρεσβύτεροι elder ἐνώπιον before τοῦ who καθημένου to sit ἐπὶ on τοῦ the θρόνου throne, ⚐καὶ and προσκυνήσουσιν to worship τῷ who ζῶντι to live εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age, ⚐καὶ and βαλοῦσιν to throw τοὺς the στεφάνους crown αὐτῶν of them ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θρόνου throne, ⚐λέγοντες to speak· -66 4 11 ⚐Ἄξιος worthy εἶ to be, ὁ the κύριος lord καὶ and ὁ the θεὸς God ἡμῶν of us, ⚐λαβεῖν to take τὴν the δόξαν glory καὶ and τὴν the τιμὴν honor καὶ and τὴν the δύναμιν power, ⚐ὅτι since σὺ you ἔκτισας to create τὰ the πάντα all, ⚐καὶ and διὰ because of τὸ the θέλημά will σου of you ἦσαν to be καὶ and ἐκτίσθησαν to create.

 -66 5 1 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know ἐπὶ upon τὴν the δεξιὰν right τοῦ who καθημένου to sit ἐπὶ on τοῦ the θρόνου throne ⚐βιβλίον scroll γεγραμμένον to write ἔσωθεν inwardly καὶ and ὄπισθεν after, ⚐κατεσφραγισμένον to seal σφραγῖσιν seal ἑπτά seven. -66 5 2 ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know ἄγγελον angel ἰσχυρὸν strong ⚐κηρύσσοντα to preach ἐν in φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great· ⚐Τίς which? ἄξιος worthy ⚐ἀνοῖξαι to open τὸ the βιβλίον scroll καὶ and λῦσαι to loose τὰς the σφραγῖδας seal αὐτοῦ of it; -66 5 3 ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἐδύνατο be able ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven οὐδὲ and not ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth οὐδὲ and not ὑποκάτω under τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐ἀνοῖξαι to open τὸ the βιβλίον scroll ⚐οὔτε neither βλέπειν to see αὐτό it. -66 5 4 ⚐καὶ and ἔκλαιον to weep πολὺ much ⚐ὅτι since οὐδεὶς no one ἄξιος worthy εὑρέθη to find ⚐ἀνοῖξαι to open τὸ the βιβλίον scroll οὔτε neither βλέπειν to see αὐτό it· -66 5 5 ⚐καὶ and εἷς one ἐκ of τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder λέγει to speak μοι to me· ⚐Μὴ not κλαῖε to weep· ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἐνίκησεν to conquer ὁ the λέων lion ὁ the ἐκ of τῆς the φυλῆς tribe Ἰούδα Judah, ἡ the ῥίζα root Δαυίδ David, ⚐ἀνοῖξαι to open τὸ the βιβλίον scroll καὶ and τὰς the ἑπτὰ seven σφραγῖδας seal αὐτοῦ of it.

 -66 5 6 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know ἐν in μέσῳ midst τοῦ the θρόνου throne καὶ and τῶν the τεσσάρων four ζῴων living thing καὶ and ἐν in μέσῳ midst τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder ἀρνίον lamb ⚐ἑστηκὸς to stand ὡς as ἐσφαγμένον to slaughter, ⚐ἔχων to have κέρατα horn ἑπτὰ seven καὶ and ὀφθαλμοὺς eye ἑπτά seven, ⚐οἵ which εἰσιν to be τὰ the ἑπτὰ seven πνεύματα spirit τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἀπεσταλμένοι to send εἰς toward πᾶσαν all τὴν the γῆν earth. -66 5 7 ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to come ⚐καὶ and εἴληφεν to take ἐκ from τῆς the δεξιᾶς right τοῦ who καθημένου to sit ἐπὶ on τοῦ the θρόνου throne. -66 5 8 ⚐καὶ and ὅτε when ἔλαβεν to take τὸ the βιβλίον scroll, ⚐τὰ the τέσσαρα four ζῷα living thing καὶ and οἱ the εἴκοσι twenty τέσσαρες four πρεσβύτεροι elder ἔπεσαν to collapse ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb, ⚐ἔχοντες to have ἕκαστος each κιθάραν harp καὶ and φιάλας bowl χρυσᾶς golden γεμούσας be full θυμιαμάτων incense, ⚐αἵ which εἰσιν to be αἱ the προσευχαὶ prayer τῶν the ἁγίων holy· -66 5 9 ⚐καὶ and ᾄδουσιν to sing ᾠδὴν song καινὴν new ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἄξιος worthy εἶ to be ⚐λαβεῖν to take τὸ the βιβλίον scroll ⚐καὶ and ἀνοῖξαι to open τὰς the σφραγῖδας seal αὐτοῦ of it, ⚐ὅτι since ἐσφάγης to slaughter ⚐καὶ and ἠγόρασας to buy τῷ the θεῷ God ἐν in τῷ the αἵματί blood σου of you ἐκ from πάσης all φυλῆς tribe καὶ and γλώσσης tongue καὶ and λαοῦ a people καὶ and ἔθνους Gentiles, -66 5 10 ⚐καὶ and ἐποίησας to make αὐτοὺς them τῷ the θεῷ God ἡμῶν of us βασιλείαν kingdom καὶ and ἱερεῖς priest, ⚐καὶ and βασιλεύσουσιν to reign ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth.

 -66 5 11 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know, ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear φωνὴν voice ἀγγέλων angel πολλῶν much κύκλῳ surrounding τοῦ the θρόνου throne ⚐καὶ and τῶν the ζῴων living thing καὶ and τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ὁ the ἀριθμὸς number αὐτῶν of them μυριάδες myriad μυριάδων myriad καὶ and χιλιάδες thousand χιλιάδων thousand, -66 5 12 ⚐λέγοντες to speak φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great· ⚐Ἄξιόν worthy ἐστιν to be τὸ the ἀρνίον lamb τὸ who ἐσφαγμένον to slaughter ⚐λαβεῖν to take τὴν the δύναμιν power καὶ and πλοῦτον riches καὶ and σοφίαν wisdom καὶ and ἰσχὺν strength καὶ and τιμὴν honor καὶ and δόξαν glory καὶ and εὐλογίαν praise. -66 5 13 ⚐καὶ and πᾶν all κτίσμα creature ὃ which ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven καὶ and ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth καὶ and ὑποκάτω under τῆς the γῆς earth καὶ and ἐπὶ upon τῆς the θαλάσσης sea, καὶ and τὰ the ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them πάντα all, ἤκουσα to hear ⚐λέγοντας to speak· ⚐Τῷ the καθημένῳ to sit ἐπὶ on τῷ the θρόνῳ throne καὶ and τῷ the ἀρνίῳ lamb ἡ the εὐλογία praise καὶ and ἡ the τιμὴ honor καὶ and ἡ the δόξα glory καὶ and τὸ the κράτος power εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age.. -66 5 14 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the τέσσαρα four ζῷα living thing ἔλεγον to speak· ⚐Ἀμήν amen. ⚐καὶ and οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder ἔπεσαν to collapse καὶ and προσεκύνησαν to worship.

 -66 6 1 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know ⚐ὅτε when ἤνοιξεν to open τὸ the ἀρνίον lamb μίαν one ἐκ of τῶν the ἑπτὰ seven σφραγίδων seal, ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear ἑνὸς one ἐκ of τῶν the τεσσάρων four ζῴων living thing ⚐λέγοντος to speak ὡς as φωνῇ voice βροντῆς thunder· ⚐Ἔρχου to come. -66 6 2 ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἵππος horse λευκός white, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who καθήμενος to sit ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτὸν him ἔχων to have τόξον bow, ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐτῷ to him στέφανος crown, ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out νικῶν to conquer ⚐καὶ and ἵνα in order to νικήσῃ to conquer.

 -66 6 3 ⚐Καὶ and ὅτε when ἤνοιξεν to open τὴν the σφραγῖδα seal τὴν the δευτέραν secondly, ⚐ἤκουσα to hear τοῦ the δευτέρου secondly ζῴου living thing ⚐λέγοντος to speak· ⚐Ἔρχου to come. -66 6 4 ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἄλλος another ἵππος horse πυρρός fiery red, ⚐καὶ and τῷ who καθημένῳ to sit ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτὸν him ἐδόθη to give αὐτῷ to him ⚐λαβεῖν to take τὴν the εἰρήνην peace ἐκ from τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐καὶ and ἵνα in order that ἀλλήλους one another σφάξουσιν to slaughter, ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐτῷ to him μάχαιρα sword μεγάλη great.

 -66 6 5 ⚐Καὶ and ὅτε when ἤνοιξεν to open τὴν the σφραγῖδα seal τὴν the τρίτην third, ⚐ἤκουσα to hear τοῦ the τρίτου third ζῴου living thing ⚐λέγοντος to speak· ⚐Ἔρχου to come. ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἵππος horse μέλας black, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who καθήμενος to sit ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτὸν him ἔχων to have ζυγὸν scales ἐν in τῇ the χειρὶ hand αὐτοῦ of him. -66 6 6 ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear ὡς as φωνὴν voice ἐν in μέσῳ midst τῶν the τεσσάρων four ζῴων living thing ⚐λέγουσαν to speak· ⚐Χοῖνιξ quart σίτου grain δηναρίου denarius, ⚐καὶ and τρεῖς three χοίνικες quart κριθῶν barley δηναρίου denarius· ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ἔλαιον olive oil καὶ and τὸν the οἶνον wine μὴ not ἀδικήσῃς to harm.

 -66 6 7 ⚐Καὶ and ὅτε when ἤνοιξεν to open τὴν the σφραγῖδα seal τὴν the τετάρτην fourth, ⚐ἤκουσα to hear φωνὴν voice τοῦ the τετάρτου fourth ζῴου living thing ⚐λέγοντος to speak· ⚐Ἔρχου to come. -66 6 8 ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἵππος horse χλωρός green, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who καθήμενος to sit ἐπάνω above αὐτοῦ of him ὄνομα name αὐτῷ to him ὁ the Θάνατος death, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ᾅδης Hades ἠκολούθει to follow μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐτοῖς to them ἐξουσία authority ἐπὶ over τὸ the τέταρτον fourth τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐ἀποκτεῖναι to kill ἐν with ῥομφαίᾳ sword καὶ and ἐν in λιμῷ hunger καὶ and ἐν in θανάτῳ death ⚐καὶ and ὑπὸ by τῶν the θηρίων wild animal τῆς the γῆς earth.

 -66 6 9 ⚐Καὶ and ὅτε when ἤνοιξεν to open τὴν the πέμπτην fifth σφραγῖδα seal, ⚐εἶδον to know ὑποκάτω under τοῦ the θυσιαστηρίου altar τὰς the ψυχὰς soul τῶν who ἐσφαγμένων to slaughter ⚐διὰ because of τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and διὰ because of τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony ἣν which εἶχον to have. -66 6 10 ⚐καὶ and ἔκραξαν to cry φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἕως until πότε when?, ὁ the δεσπότης master ὁ the ἅγιος holy καὶ and ἀληθινός true, οὐ no κρίνεις to judge ⚐καὶ and ἐκδικεῖς to avenge τὸ the αἷμα blood ἡμῶν of us ἐκ out of τῶν who κατοικούντων to dwell ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth; -66 6 11 ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐτοῖς to them ἑκάστῳ each στολὴ robe λευκή white, ⚐καὶ and ἐρρέθη to say αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἵνα in order to ἀναπαύσονται to give rest ἔτι still χρόνον time μικρόν small, ⚐ἕως until πληρωθῶσιν to fulfill καὶ and οἱ the σύνδουλοι fellow slave αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἀδελφοὶ brother αὐτῶν of them ⚐οἱ who μέλλοντες be about to ἀποκτέννεσθαι to kill ὡς as καὶ and αὐτοί they.

 -66 6 12 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know ὅτε when ἤνοιξεν to open τὴν the σφραγῖδα seal τὴν the ἕκτην sixth, ⚐καὶ and σεισμὸς earthquake μέγας great ἐγένετο to be, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἥλιος sun ἐγένετο to be μέλας black ὡς as σάκκος sackcloth τρίχινος of hair, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the σελήνη moon ὅλη all ἐγένετο to be ὡς as αἷμα blood, -66 6 13 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἀστέρες star τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ἔπεσαν to collapse εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth, ⚐ὡς as συκῆ fig tree βάλλει to throw τοὺς the ὀλύνθους late fig αὐτῆς of her ⚐ὑπὸ by ἀνέμου wind μεγάλου great σειομένη to shake, -66 6 14 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the οὐρανὸς heaven ἀπεχωρίσθη to separate from ⚐ὡς as βιβλίον scroll ἑλισσόμενον to roll up, ⚐καὶ and πᾶν all ὄρος mountain καὶ and νῆσος island ἐκ from τῶν the τόπων place αὐτῶν of them ἐκινήθησαν to move. -66 6 15 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the βασιλεῖς king τῆς the γῆς earth καὶ and οἱ the μεγιστᾶνες great man καὶ and οἱ the χιλίαρχοι military officer ⚐καὶ and οἱ the πλούσιοι rich καὶ and οἱ the ἰσχυροὶ strong καὶ and πᾶς all δοῦλος slave καὶ and ἐλεύθερος free ⚐ἔκρυψαν to hide ἑαυτοὺς themselves εἰς toward τὰ the σπήλαια cave καὶ and εἰς toward τὰς the πέτρας rock τῶν the ὀρέων mountain· -66 6 16 ⚐καὶ and λέγουσιν to speak τοῖς the ὄρεσιν mountain καὶ and ταῖς the πέτραις rock· ⚐Πέσετε to collapse ἐφ᾽ on ἡμᾶς us ⚐καὶ and κρύψατε to hide ἡμᾶς us ἀπὸ from προσώπου face τοῦ who καθημένου to sit ἐπὶ on τοῦ the θρόνου throne ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from τῆς the ὀργῆς wrath τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb, -66 6 17 ⚐ὅτι since ἦλθεν to come ἡ the ἡμέρα day ἡ the μεγάλη great τῆς the ὀργῆς wrath αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and τίς which? δύναται be able σταθῆναι to stand;

 -66 7 1 ⚐Μετὰ after τοῦτο this εἶδον to know τέσσαρας four ἀγγέλους angel ⚐ἑστῶτας to stand ἐπὶ upon τὰς the τέσσαρας four γωνίας corner τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐κρατοῦντας to grasp τοὺς the τέσσαρας four ἀνέμους wind τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not πνέῃ to blow ἄνεμος wind ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth μήτε neither ἐπὶ on τῆς the θαλάσσης sea μήτε neither ἐπὶ on πᾶν all δένδρον tree. -66 7 2 ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know ἄλλον another ἄγγελον angel ⚐ἀναβαίνοντα to ascend ἀπὸ from ἀνατολῆς east ἡλίου sun, ⚐ἔχοντα to have σφραγῖδα seal θεοῦ God ζῶντος to live, ⚐καὶ and ἔκραξεν to cry φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great τοῖς the τέσσαρσιν four ἀγγέλοις angel ⚐οἷς which ἐδόθη to give αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἀδικῆσαι to harm τὴν the γῆν earth καὶ and τὴν the θάλασσαν sea, -66 7 3 ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Μὴ not ἀδικήσητε to harm τὴν the γῆν earth μήτε neither τὴν the θάλασσαν sea μήτε neither τὰ the δένδρα tree, ⚐ἄχρι until σφραγίσωμεν to seal τοὺς the δούλους slave τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἡμῶν of us ἐπὶ on τῶν the μετώπων forehead αὐτῶν of them.

 -66 7 4 ⚐Καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear τὸν the ἀριθμὸν number τῶν who ἐσφραγισμένων to seal, ἑκατὸν hundred τεσσεράκοντα forty τέσσαρες four χιλιάδες thousand, ⚐ἐσφραγισμένοι to seal ἐκ from πάσης all φυλῆς tribe υἱῶν son Ἰσραήλ Israel·

 -66 7 5 ⚐ἐκ from φυλῆς tribe Ἰούδα Judah δώδεκα twelve χιλιάδες thousand ἐσφραγισμένοι to seal, ⚐ἐκ from φυλῆς tribe Ῥουβὴν Reuben δώδεκα twelve χιλιάδες thousand, ⚐ἐκ from φυλῆς tribe Γὰδ Gad δώδεκα twelve χιλιάδες thousand,

 -66 7 6 ⚐ἐκ from φυλῆς tribe Ἀσὴρ Asher δώδεκα twelve χιλιάδες thousand,

 ⚐ἐκ from φυλῆς tribe Νεφθαλὶμ Naphtali δώδεκα twelve χιλιάδες thousand,

 ⚐ἐκ from φυλῆς tribe Μανασσῆ Manasseh δώδεκα twelve χιλιάδες thousand,

 -66 7 7 ⚐ἐκ from φυλῆς tribe Συμεὼν Simeon δώδεκα twelve χιλιάδες thousand,

 ⚐ἐκ from φυλῆς tribe Λευὶ Levi δώδεκα twelve χιλιάδες thousand,

 ⚐ἐκ from φυλῆς tribe Ἰσσαχὰρ Issachar δώδεκα twelve χιλιάδες thousand,

 -66 7 8 ⚐ἐκ from φυλῆς tribe Ζαβουλὼν Zebulun δώδεκα twelve χιλιάδες thousand,

 ⚐ἐκ from φυλῆς tribe Ἰωσὴφ Joseph δώδεκα twelve χιλιάδες thousand,

 ⚐ἐκ from φυλῆς tribe Βενιαμὶν Benjamin δώδεκα twelve χιλιάδες thousand ἐσφραγισμένοι to seal. -66 7 9 ⚐Μετὰ after ταῦτα these εἶδον to know, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ὄχλος crowd πολύς much, ⚐ὃν which ἀριθμῆσαι to number αὐτὸν him οὐδεὶς no one ἐδύνατο be able, ⚐ἐκ from παντὸς all ἔθνους Gentiles καὶ and φυλῶν tribe καὶ and λαῶν a people καὶ and γλωσσῶν tongue, ⚐ἑστῶτες to stand ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θρόνου throne καὶ and ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb, ⚐περιβεβλημένους to clothe στολὰς robe λευκάς white, ⚐καὶ and φοίνικες palm ἐν in ταῖς the χερσὶν hand αὐτῶν of them· -66 7 10 ⚐καὶ and κράζουσιν to cry φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἡ the σωτηρία salvation τῷ the θεῷ God ἡμῶν of us τῷ who καθημένῳ to sit ἐπὶ on τῷ the θρόνῳ throne ⚐καὶ and τῷ the ἀρνίῳ lamb. -66 7 11 ⚐καὶ and πάντες all οἱ the ἄγγελοι angel εἱστήκεισαν to stand κύκλῳ surrounding τοῦ the θρόνου throne ⚐καὶ and τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder καὶ and τῶν the τεσσάρων four ζῴων living thing, ⚐καὶ and ἔπεσαν to collapse ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θρόνου throne ἐπὶ with τὰ the πρόσωπα face αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and προσεκύνησαν to worship τῷ the θεῷ God, -66 7 12 ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἀμήν amen· ⚐ἡ the εὐλογία praise καὶ and ἡ the δόξα glory καὶ and ἡ the σοφία wisdom καὶ and ἡ the εὐχαριστία thankfulness καὶ and ἡ the τιμὴ honor καὶ and ἡ the δύναμις power καὶ and ἡ the ἰσχὺς strength ⚐τῷ the θεῷ God ἡμῶν of us εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age· ⚐ἀμήν amen.

 -66 7 13 ⚐Καὶ and ἀπεκρίθη to answer εἷς one ἐκ out of τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder ⚐λέγων to speak μοι to me· ⚐Οὗτοι these οἱ the περιβεβλημένοι to clothe τὰς the στολὰς robe τὰς the λευκὰς white τίνες which? εἰσὶν to be ⚐καὶ and πόθεν where ἦλθον to come; -66 7 14 ⚐καὶ and εἴρηκα to say αὐτῷ to him· ⚐Κύριέ lord μου of me, σὺ you οἶδας to know. ⚐καὶ and εἶπέν to say μοι to me· ⚐Οὗτοί these εἰσιν to be οἱ who ἐρχόμενοι to come ἐκ out of τῆς the θλίψεως pressure τῆς the μεγάλης great, ⚐καὶ and ἔπλυναν to wash τὰς the στολὰς robe αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἐλεύκαναν to bleach αὐτὰς them ἐν in τῷ the αἵματι blood τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb. -66 7 15 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτό this εἰσιν to be ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θρόνου throne τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐καὶ and λατρεύουσιν to minister αὐτῷ to him ἡμέρας day καὶ and νυκτὸς night ἐν in τῷ the ναῷ temple αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the καθήμενος to sit ἐπὶ on τοῦ the θρόνου throne σκηνώσει to dwell ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτούς them. -66 7 16 ⚐οὐ no πεινάσουσιν to hunger ἔτι still ⚐οὐδὲ and not διψήσουσιν to thirst ἔτι still, ⚐οὐδὲ and not μὴ not πέσῃ to collapse ἐπ᾽ on αὐτοὺς them ὁ the ἥλιος sun οὐδὲ and not πᾶν all καῦμα heat, -66 7 17 ⚐ὅτι since τὸ the ἀρνίον lamb τὸ the ἀνὰ each μέσον midst τοῦ the θρόνου throne ποιμανεῖ to shepherd αὐτούς them, ⚐καὶ and ὁδηγήσει to guide αὐτοὺς them ἐπὶ upon ζωῆς life πηγὰς flow ὑδάτων water· ⚐καὶ and ἐξαλείψει to blot out ὁ the θεὸς God πᾶν all δάκρυον teardrop ἐκ from τῶν the ὀφθαλμῶν eye αὐτῶν of them.

 -66 8 1 ⚐Καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) ἤνοιξεν to open τὴν the σφραγῖδα seal τὴν the ἑβδόμην seventh, ⚐ἐγένετο to be σιγὴ silence ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven ὡς as ἡμιώριον half an hour. -66 8 2 ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know τοὺς the ἑπτὰ seven ἀγγέλους angel ⚐οἳ which ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἑστήκασιν to stand, ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθησαν to give αὐτοῖς to them ἑπτὰ seven σάλπιγγες trumpet.

 -66 8 3 ⚐Καὶ and ἄλλος another ἄγγελος angel ἦλθεν to come ⚐καὶ and ἐστάθη to stand ἐπὶ upon τοῦ the θυσιαστηρίου altar ⚐ἔχων to have λιβανωτὸν censer χρυσοῦν golden, ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐτῷ to him θυμιάματα incense πολλὰ much ⚐ἵνα in order to δώσει to give ταῖς the προσευχαῖς prayer τῶν the ἁγίων holy πάντων all ⚐ἐπὶ on τὸ the θυσιαστήριον altar τὸ the χρυσοῦν golden τὸ the ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θρόνου throne. -66 8 4 ⚐καὶ and ἀνέβη to ascend ὁ the καπνὸς smoke τῶν the θυμιαμάτων incense ταῖς the προσευχαῖς prayer τῶν the ἁγίων holy ⚐ἐκ from χειρὸς hand τοῦ the ἀγγέλου angel ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -66 8 5 ⚐καὶ and εἴληφεν to take ὁ the ἄγγελος angel τὸν the λιβανωτόν censer, ⚐καὶ and ἐγέμισεν to fill αὐτὸν him ἐκ out of τοῦ the πυρὸς fire τοῦ the θυσιαστηρίου altar, ⚐καὶ and ἔβαλεν to throw εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth· ⚐καὶ and ἐγένοντο to be βρονταὶ thunder καὶ and φωναὶ noise καὶ and ἀστραπαὶ lightning καὶ and σεισμός earthquake.

 -66 8 6 ⚐Καὶ and οἱ the ἑπτὰ seven ἄγγελοι angel οἱ the ἔχοντες to have τὰς the ἑπτὰ seven σάλπιγγας trumpet ἡτοίμασαν to make ready αὐτοὺς them ⚐ἵνα in order to σαλπίσωσιν to sound a trumpet.

 -66 8 7 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the πρῶτος first ἐσάλπισεν to sound a trumpet· ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be χάλαζα hail καὶ and πῦρ fire μεμιγμένα to mix ἐν with αἵματι blood, ⚐καὶ and ἐβλήθη to throw εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth· ⚐καὶ and τὸ the τρίτον third τῆς the γῆς earth κατεκάη to burn, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the τρίτον third τῶν the δένδρων tree κατεκάη to burn, ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all χόρτος grass χλωρὸς green κατεκάη to burn.

 -66 8 8 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the δεύτερος secondly ἄγγελος angel ἐσάλπισεν to sound a trumpet· ⚐καὶ and ὡς as ὄρος mountain μέγα great πυρὶ fire καιόμενον to burn ἐβλήθη to throw εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea· ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be τὸ the τρίτον third τῆς the θαλάσσης sea αἷμα blood, -66 8 9 ⚐καὶ and ἀπέθανεν to die τὸ the τρίτον third τῶν the κτισμάτων creature ⚐τῶν the ἐν in τῇ the θαλάσσῃ sea, τὰ the ἔχοντα to have ψυχάς soul, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the τρίτον third τῶν the πλοίων boat διεφθάρησαν to corrupt.

 -66 8 10 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the τρίτος third ἄγγελος angel ἐσάλπισεν to sound a trumpet· ⚐καὶ and ἔπεσεν to collapse ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ἀστὴρ star μέγας great ⚐καιόμενος to burn ὡς as λαμπάς window, ⚐καὶ and ἔπεσεν to collapse ἐπὶ on τὸ the τρίτον third τῶν the ποταμῶν river καὶ and ἐπὶ on τὰς the πηγὰς flow τῶν the ὑδάτων water. -66 8 11 ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the ἀστέρος star λέγεται to speak· ὁ the Ἄψινθος wormwood. ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be τὸ the τρίτον third τῶν the ὑδάτων water εἰς toward ἄψινθον wormwood, ⚐καὶ and πολλοὶ much τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human ἀπέθανον to die ἐκ from τῶν the ὑδάτων water, ⚐ὅτι since ἐπικράνθησαν to embitter.

 -66 8 12 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the τέταρτος fourth ἄγγελος angel ἐσάλπισεν to sound a trumpet· ⚐καὶ and ἐπλήγη to strike τὸ the τρίτον third τοῦ the ἡλίου sun καὶ and τὸ the τρίτον third τῆς the σελήνης moon ⚐καὶ and τὸ the τρίτον third τῶν the ἀστέρων star, ⚐ἵνα in order that σκοτισθῇ to darken τὸ the τρίτον third αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ἡμέρα day μὴ not φάνῃ to shine τὸ the τρίτον third αὐτῆς of her, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the νὺξ night ὁμοίως likewise.

 -66 8 13 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know, ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear ἑνὸς one ἀετοῦ eagle πετομένου to fly ἐν in μεσουρανήματι midair ⚐λέγοντος to speak φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great· ⚐Οὐαὶ woe! οὐαὶ woe! οὐαὶ woe! τοὺς who κατοικοῦντας to dwell ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐ἐκ out of τῶν the λοιπῶν remaining φωνῶν voice τῆς the σάλπιγγος trumpet τῶν the τριῶν three ἀγγέλων angel ⚐τῶν who μελλόντων be about to σαλπίζειν to sound a trumpet.

 -66 9 1 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the πέμπτος fifth ἄγγελος angel ἐσάλπισεν to sound a trumpet· ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know ἀστέρα star ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven πεπτωκότα to collapse εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth, ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐτῷ to him ἡ the κλεὶς key τοῦ the φρέατος abyss τῆς the ἀβύσσου abyss· -66 9 2 ⚐καὶ and ἤνοιξεν to open τὸ the φρέαρ abyss τῆς the ἀβύσσου abyss, ⚐καὶ and ἀνέβη to ascend καπνὸς smoke ἐκ of τοῦ the φρέατος abyss ὡς as καπνὸς smoke καμίνου furnace μεγάλης great, ⚐καὶ and ἐσκοτώθη to darken ὁ the ἥλιος sun καὶ and ὁ the ἀὴρ air ἐκ out of τοῦ the καπνοῦ smoke τοῦ the φρέατος abyss. -66 9 3 ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of τοῦ the καπνοῦ smoke ἐξῆλθον to go out ἀκρίδες locust εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth, ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐταῖς to them ἐξουσία authority ⚐ὡς as ἔχουσιν to have ἐξουσίαν authority οἱ the σκορπίοι scorpion τῆς the γῆς earth. -66 9 4 ⚐καὶ and ἐρρέθη to say αὐταῖς to them ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ἀδικήσουσιν to harm τὸν the χόρτον grass τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐οὐδὲ and not πᾶν all χλωρὸν green οὐδὲ and not πᾶν all δένδρον tree, ⚐εἰ if μὴ not τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human ⚐οἵτινες who οὐκ no ἔχουσιν to have τὴν the σφραγῖδα seal τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐπὶ on τῶν the μετώπων forehead. -66 9 5 ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐτοῖς to them ⚐ἵνα in order to μὴ not ἀποκτείνωσιν to kill αὐτούς them, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἵνα in order to βασανισθήσονται to torture μῆνας month πέντε five· ⚐καὶ and ὁ the βασανισμὸς torment αὐτῶν of them ὡς as βασανισμὸς torment σκορπίου scorpion, ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) παίσῃ to strike ἄνθρωπον a human. -66 9 6 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day ἐκείναις that ζητήσουσιν to seek οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human τὸν the θάνατον death ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not εὑρήσουσιν to find αὐτόν him, ⚐καὶ and ἐπιθυμήσουσιν to long for ἀποθανεῖν to die ⚐καὶ and φεύγει to flee ὁ the θάνατος death ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῶν of them.

 -66 9 7 ⚐Καὶ and τὰ the ὁμοιώματα likeness τῶν the ἀκρίδων locust ὅμοια like ἵπποις horse ἡτοιμασμένοις to make ready εἰς toward πόλεμον war, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ upon τὰς the κεφαλὰς head αὐτῶν of them ὡς as στέφανοι crown ὅμοιοι like χρυσῷ gold, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the πρόσωπα face αὐτῶν of them ὡς as πρόσωπα face ἀνθρώπων a human, -66 9 8 ⚐καὶ and εἶχον to have τρίχας hair ὡς as τρίχας hair γυναικῶν woman, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ὀδόντες tooth αὐτῶν of them ὡς as λεόντων lion ἦσαν to be, -66 9 9 ⚐καὶ and εἶχον to have θώρακας breastplate ὡς as θώρακας breastplate σιδηροῦς iron, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the φωνὴ sound τῶν the πτερύγων wing αὐτῶν of them ὡς as φωνὴ noise ἁρμάτων chariot ⚐ἵππων horse πολλῶν much τρεχόντων to run εἰς toward πόλεμον war· -66 9 10 ⚐καὶ and ἔχουσιν to have οὐρὰς tail ὁμοίας like σκορπίοις scorpion καὶ and κέντρα sting, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ταῖς the οὐραῖς tail αὐτῶν of them ἡ the ἐξουσία authority αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἀδικῆσαι to harm τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human μῆνας month πέντε five. -66 9 11 ⚐ἔχουσιν to have ἐπ᾽ over αὐτῶν of them βασιλέα king τὸν the ἄγγελον angel τῆς the ἀβύσσου abyss· ⚐ὄνομα name αὐτῷ to him Ἑβραϊστὶ in Aramaic Ἀβαδδών Abaddon ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the Ἑλληνικῇ Greek ὄνομα name ἔχει to be Ἀπολλύων Apollyon.

 -66 9 12 ⚐Ἡ the οὐαὶ woe! ἡ the μία one ἀπῆλθεν to go away· ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἔρχεται to come ἔτι still δύο two οὐαὶ woe! μετὰ after ταῦτα these.

 -66 9 13 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the ἕκτος sixth ἄγγελος angel ἐσάλπισεν to sound a trumpet· ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear φωνὴν voice μίαν one ἐκ from τῶν the τεσσάρων four κεράτων horn ⚐τοῦ the θυσιαστηρίου altar τοῦ the χρυσοῦ golden τοῦ the ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -66 9 14 ⚐λέγοντα to speak τῷ the ἕκτῳ sixth ἀγγέλῳ angel, ὁ the ἔχων to have τὴν the σάλπιγγα trumpet· ⚐Λῦσον to loose τοὺς the τέσσαρας four ἀγγέλους angel ⚐τοὺς who δεδεμένους to bind ἐπὶ upon τῷ the ποταμῷ river τῷ the μεγάλῳ great Εὐφράτῃ Euphrates. -66 9 15 ⚐καὶ and ἐλύθησαν to loose οἱ the τέσσαρες four ἄγγελοι angel ⚐οἱ who ἡτοιμασμένοι to make ready εἰς toward τὴν this ὥραν hour καὶ and ἡμέραν day καὶ and μῆνα month καὶ and ἐνιαυτόν year, ⚐ἵνα in order to ἀποκτείνωσιν to kill τὸ the τρίτον third τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human. -66 9 16 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἀριθμὸς number τῶν the στρατευμάτων troops τοῦ the ἱππικοῦ horseman δισμυριάδες two-myriad μυριάδων myriad· ⚐ἤκουσα to hear τὸν the ἀριθμὸν number αὐτῶν of them. -66 9 17 ⚐καὶ and οὕτως thus(-ly) εἶδον to know τοὺς the ἵππους horse ἐν in τῇ the ὁράσει vision ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the καθημένους to sit ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ἔχοντας to have θώρακας breastplate πυρίνους fiery καὶ and ὑακινθίνους dark blue καὶ and θειώδεις sulphurous· ⚐καὶ and αἱ the κεφαλαὶ head τῶν the ἵππων horse ὡς as κεφαλαὶ head λεόντων lion, ⚐καὶ and ἐκ of τῶν the στομάτων mouth αὐτῶν of them ἐκπορεύεται to come out πῦρ fire καὶ and καπνὸς smoke καὶ and θεῖον sulfur. -66 9 18 ⚐ἀπὸ from τῶν the τριῶν three πληγῶν plague τούτων of these ἀπεκτάνθησαν to kill τὸ the τρίτον third τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐ἐκ out of τοῦ the πυρὸς fire καὶ and τοῦ the καπνοῦ smoke καὶ and τοῦ the θείου sulfur ⚐τοῦ the ἐκπορευομένου to come out ἐκ of τῶν the στομάτων mouth αὐτῶν of them. -66 9 19 ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for ἐξουσία authority τῶν the ἵππων horse ἐν in τῷ the στόματι mouth αὐτῶν of them ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ταῖς the οὐραῖς tail αὐτῶν of them· ⚐αἱ the γὰρ for οὐραὶ tail αὐτῶν of them ὅμοιαι like ὄφεσιν snake, ⚐ἔχουσαι to have κεφαλάς head, ⚐καὶ and ἐν in αὐταῖς to them ἀδικοῦσιν to harm.

 -66 9 20 ⚐Καὶ and οἱ the λοιποὶ remaining τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐οἳ which οὐκ no ἀπεκτάνθησαν to kill ἐν by ταῖς the πληγαῖς plague ταύταις to these, ⚐οὐδὲ and not μετενόησαν to repent ἐκ of τῶν the ἔργων work τῶν the χειρῶν hand αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not προσκυνήσουσιν to worship τὰ the δαιμόνια demon καὶ and τὰ the εἴδωλα idol τὰ the χρυσᾶ golden ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ἀργυρᾶ silver καὶ and τὰ the χαλκᾶ bronze καὶ and τὰ the λίθινα stone καὶ and τὰ the ξύλινα wooden, ⚐ἃ which οὔτε neither βλέπειν to see δύνανται be able οὔτε neither ἀκούειν to hear οὔτε neither περιπατεῖν to walk, -66 9 21 ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μετενόησαν to repent ἐκ of τῶν the φόνων murder αὐτῶν of them οὔτε neither ἐκ of τῶν the φαρμάκων sorcerer αὐτῶν of them ⚐οὔτε neither ἐκ of τῆς the πορνείας sexual sin αὐτῶν of them οὔτε neither ἐκ of τῶν the κλεμμάτων theft αὐτῶν of them.

 -66 10 1 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know ἄλλον another ἄγγελον angel ἰσχυρὸν strong ⚐καταβαίνοντα to come down ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐περιβεβλημένον to clothe νεφέλην cloud, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ἶρις rainbow ἐπὶ upon τῆς the κεφαλῆς head αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the πρόσωπον face αὐτοῦ of him ὡς as ὁ the ἥλιος sun, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the πόδες foot αὐτοῦ of him ὡς as στῦλοι pillar πυρός fire, -66 10 2 ⚐καὶ and ἔχων to have ἐν in τῇ the χειρὶ hand αὐτοῦ of him βιβλαρίδιον little scroll ἠνεῳγμένον to open. ⚐καὶ and ἔθηκεν to place τὸν the πόδα foot αὐτοῦ of him τὸν the δεξιὸν right ἐπὶ on τῆς the θαλάσσης sea, ⚐τὸν the δὲ and εὐώνυμον left ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth, -66 10 3 ⚐καὶ and ἔκραξεν to cry φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great ⚐ὥσπερ just as λέων lion μυκᾶται to roar. ⚐καὶ and ὅτε when ἔκραξεν to cry, ἐλάλησαν to speak αἱ the ἑπτὰ seven βρονταὶ thunder τὰς the ἑαυτῶν themselves φωνάς voice. -66 10 4 ⚐καὶ and ὅτε when ἐλάλησαν to speak αἱ the ἑπτὰ seven βρονταί thunder, ⚐ἤμελλον be about to γράφειν to write· ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear φωνὴν sound ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ⚐λέγουσαν to speak· ⚐Σφράγισον to seal ἃ which ἐλάλησαν to speak αἱ the ἑπτὰ seven βρονταί thunder, ⚐καὶ and μὴ not αὐτὰ them γράψῃς to write. -66 10 5 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἄγγελος angel, ⚐ὃν which εἶδον to know ἑστῶτα to stand ἐπὶ on τῆς the θαλάσσης sea καὶ and ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐ἦρεν to take up τὴν the χεῖρα hand αὐτοῦ of him τὴν the δεξιὰν right εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανόν heaven, -66 10 6 ⚐καὶ and ὤμοσεν to swear ἐν by τῷ who ζῶντι to live εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age, ⚐ὃς which ἔκτισεν to create τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven καὶ and τὰ the ἐν in αὐτῷ to him ⚐καὶ and τὴν the γῆν earth καὶ and τὰ the ἐν in αὐτῇ to her ⚐καὶ and τὴν the θάλασσαν sea καὶ and τὰ the ἐν in αὐτῇ to her, ⚐ὅτι that χρόνος time οὐκέτι not any more ἔσται to be· -66 10 7 ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in ταῖς the ἡμέραις day τῆς the φωνῆς sound τοῦ the ἑβδόμου seventh ἀγγέλου angel, ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) μέλλῃ be about to σαλπίζειν to sound a trumpet, καὶ and ἐτελέσθη to finish τὸ the μυστήριον mystery τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ὡς as εὐηγγέλισεν to speak good news τοὺς the ἑαυτοῦ himself δούλους slave τοὺς the προφήτας prophet.

 -66 10 8 ⚐Καὶ and ἡ the φωνὴ voice ἣν which ἤκουσα to hear ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven, πάλιν again λαλοῦσαν to speak μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me ⚐καὶ and λέγουσαν to speak· ⚐Ὕπαγε to go λάβε to take τὸ the βιβλίον scroll τὸ the ἠνεῳγμένον to open ἐν in τῇ the χειρὶ hand τοῦ the ἀγγέλου angel ⚐τοῦ who ἑστῶτος to stand ἐπὶ on τῆς the θαλάσσης sea καὶ and ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth. -66 10 9 ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθα to go away πρὸς to τὸν the ἄγγελον angel ⚐λέγων to speak αὐτῷ to him ⚐δοῦναί to give μοι to me τὸ the βιβλαρίδιον little scroll. ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak μοι to me· ⚐Λάβε to take καὶ and κατάφαγε to devour αὐτό it, ⚐καὶ and πικρανεῖ to embitter σου of you τὴν the κοιλίαν stomach, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐν in τῷ the στόματί mouth σου of you ἔσται to be γλυκὺ sweet ὡς as μέλι honey. -66 10 10 ⚐καὶ and ἔλαβον to take τὸ the βιβλαρίδιον little scroll ἐκ from τῆς the χειρὸς hand τοῦ the ἀγγέλου angel ⚐καὶ and κατέφαγον to devour αὐτό it, ⚐καὶ and ἦν to be ἐν in τῷ the στόματί mouth μου of me ὡς as μέλι honey γλυκύ sweet· ⚐καὶ and ὅτε when ἔφαγον to eat αὐτό it, ἐπικράνθη to embitter ἡ the κοιλία stomach μου of me.

 -66 10 11 ⚐Καὶ and λέγουσίν to speak μοι to me· ⚐Δεῖ to bind σε you πάλιν again προφητεῦσαι to prophesy ἐπὶ upon λαοῖς a people καὶ and ἔθνεσιν Gentiles καὶ and γλώσσαις tongue καὶ and βασιλεῦσιν king πολλοῖς much.

 -66 11 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἐδόθη to give μοι to me κάλαμος stick ὅμοιος like ῥάβδῳ rod, ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἔγειρε to arise ⚐καὶ and μέτρησον to measure τὸν the ναὸν temple τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and τὸ the θυσιαστήριον altar ⚐καὶ and τοὺς who προσκυνοῦντας to worship ἐν in αὐτῷ to him. -66 11 2 ⚐καὶ and τὴν the αὐλὴν courtyard τὴν the ἔξωθεν outside τοῦ the ναοῦ temple ἔκβαλε to expel ἔξωθεν outside, ⚐καὶ and μὴ not αὐτὴν her μετρήσῃς to measure, ⚐ὅτι since ἐδόθη to give τοῖς the ἔθνεσιν Gentiles, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the πόλιν city τὴν the ἁγίαν holy πατήσουσιν to trample μῆνας month τεσσεράκοντα forty καὶ and δύο two. -66 11 3 ⚐καὶ and δώσω to give τοῖς the δυσὶν two μάρτυσίν witness μου of me, ⚐καὶ and προφητεύσουσιν to prophesy ἡμέρας day χιλίας thousand διακοσίας two hundred ἑξήκοντα sixty, ⚐περιβεβλημένοι to clothe σάκκους sackcloth.

 -66 11 4 ⚐Οὗτοί these εἰσιν to be αἱ the δύο two ἐλαῖαι olive tree καὶ and αἱ the δύο two λυχνίαι lampstand ⚐αἱ the ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the κυρίου lord τῆς the γῆς earth ἑστῶτες to stand. -66 11 5 ⚐καὶ and εἴ if τις one αὐτοὺς them θέλει to will ἀδικῆσαι to harm, ⚐πῦρ fire ἐκπορεύεται to come out ἐκ of τοῦ the στόματος mouth αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and κατεσθίει to devour τοὺς the ἐχθροὺς enemy αὐτῶν of them· ⚐καὶ and εἴ if τις one θελήσῃ to will αὐτοὺς them ἀδικῆσαι to harm, ⚐οὕτως thus(-ly) δεῖ to bind αὐτὸν him ἀποκτανθῆναι to kill. -66 11 6 ⚐οὗτοι these ἔχουσιν to have τὴν the ἐξουσίαν authority ⚐κλεῖσαι to shut τὸν the οὐρανόν heaven, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not ὑετὸς rain βρέχῃ to rain down τὰς the ἡμέρας day τῆς the προφητείας prophecy αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and ἐξουσίαν authority ἔχουσιν to have ἐπὶ upon τῶν the ὑδάτων water ⚐στρέφειν to turn αὐτὰ them εἰς toward αἷμα blood ⚐καὶ and πατάξαι to strike τὴν the γῆν earth ἐν with πάσῃ all πληγῇ plague ⚐ὁσάκις whenever ἐὰν if θελήσωσιν to will.

 -66 11 7 ⚐Καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) τελέσωσιν to finish τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony αὐτῶν of them, ⚐τὸ the θηρίον wild animal τὸ the ἀναβαῖνον to ascend ἐκ from τῆς the ἀβύσσου abyss ποιήσει to make μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them πόλεμον war ⚐καὶ and νικήσει to conquer αὐτοὺς them ⚐καὶ and ἀποκτενεῖ to kill αὐτούς them. -66 11 8 ⚐καὶ and τὸ the πτῶμα corpse αὐτῶν of them ἐπὶ upon τῆς the πλατείας wide τῆς the πόλεως city τῆς the μεγάλης great, ⚐ἥτις which καλεῖται to call πνευματικῶς spiritually Σόδομα Sodom καὶ and Αἴγυπτος Egypt, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) καὶ and ὁ the κύριος lord αὐτῶν of them ἐσταυρώθη to crucify. -66 11 9 ⚐καὶ and βλέπουσιν to see ἐκ from τῶν the λαῶν a people καὶ and φυλῶν tribe καὶ and γλωσσῶν tongue καὶ and ἐθνῶν Gentiles ⚐τὸ the πτῶμα corpse αὐτῶν of them ἡμέρας day τρεῖς three καὶ and ἥμισυ half, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the πτώματα corpse αὐτῶν of them οὐκ no ἀφίουσιν to release ⚐τεθῆναι to place εἰς toward μνῆμα tomb. -66 11 10 ⚐καὶ and οἱ who κατοικοῦντες to dwell ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth χαίρουσιν to rejoice ἐπ᾽ over αὐτοῖς to them ⚐καὶ and εὐφραίνονται to celebrate, ⚐καὶ and δῶρα gift πέμψουσιν to send ἀλλήλοις one another, ⚐ὅτι since οὗτοι these οἱ the δύο two προφῆται prophet ἐβασάνισαν to torture τοὺς who κατοικοῦντας to dwell ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth.

 -66 11 11 ⚐Καὶ and μετὰ after τὰς the τρεῖς three ἡμέρας day καὶ and ἥμισυ half ⚐πνεῦμα breath ζωῆς life ἐκ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God εἰσῆλθεν to enter ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and ἔστησαν to stand ἐπὶ on τοὺς the πόδας foot αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and φόβος fear μέγας great ἐπέπεσεν to fall ἐπὶ upon τοὺς who θεωροῦντας to see αὐτούς them· -66 11 12 ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσαν to hear φωνῆς voice μεγάλης great ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ⚐λεγούσης to speak αὐτοῖς to them· ⚐Ἀνάβατε to ascend ὧδε here, ⚐καὶ and ἀνέβησαν to ascend εἰς toward τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ἐν in τῇ the νεφέλῃ cloud, ⚐καὶ and ἐθεώρησαν to see αὐτοὺς them οἱ the ἐχθροὶ enemy αὐτῶν of them. -66 11 13 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in ἐκείνῃ that τῇ the ὥρᾳ hour ἐγένετο to be σεισμὸς earthquake μέγας great, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the δέκατον tenth τῆς the πόλεως city ἔπεσεν to collapse, ⚐καὶ and ἀπεκτάνθησαν to kill ἐν in τῷ the σεισμῷ earthquake ὀνόματα name ἀνθρώπων a human χιλιάδες thousand ἑπτά seven, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the λοιποὶ remaining ἔμφοβοι afraid ἐγένοντο to be ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκαν to give δόξαν glory τῷ the θεῷ God τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven.

 -66 11 14 ⚐Ἡ the οὐαὶ woe! ἡ the δευτέρα secondly ἀπῆλθεν to go away· ⚐ἰδοὺ look! ἡ the οὐαὶ woe! ἡ the τρίτη third ἔρχεται to come ταχύ quickly.

 -66 11 15 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the ἕβδομος seventh ἄγγελος angel ἐσάλπισεν to sound a trumpet· ⚐καὶ and ἐγένοντο to be φωναὶ voice μεγάλαι great ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἐγένετο to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the κόσμου world τοῦ the κυρίου lord ἡμῶν of us καὶ and τοῦ the χριστοῦ Christ αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and βασιλεύσει to reign εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age.

 -66 11 16 ⚐Καὶ and οἱ the εἴκοσι twenty τέσσαρες four πρεσβύτεροι elder ⚐οἱ the ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God καθήμενοι to sit ἐπὶ on τοὺς the θρόνους throne αὐτῶν of them ⚐ἔπεσαν to collapse ἐπὶ with τὰ the πρόσωπα face αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and προσεκύνησαν to worship τῷ the θεῷ God, -66 11 17 ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Εὐχαριστοῦμέν to thank σοι to you, κύριε lord, ὁ the θεός God, ὁ the παντοκράτωρ almighty, ⚐ὁ who ὢν to be καὶ and ὁ who ἦν to be, ⚐ὅτι since εἴληφας to take τὴν the δύναμίν power σου of you τὴν the μεγάλην great ⚐καὶ and ἐβασίλευσας to reign. -66 11 18 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles ὠργίσθησαν to anger, ⚐καὶ and ἦλθεν to come ἡ the ὀργή wrath σου of you καὶ and ὁ the καιρὸς time ⚐τῶν the νεκρῶν dead κριθῆναι to judge ⚐καὶ and δοῦναι to give τὸν the μισθὸν wage τοῖς the δούλοις slave σου of you τοῖς the προφήταις prophet καὶ and τοῖς the ἁγίοις holy ⚐καὶ and τοῖς who φοβουμένοις to fear τὸ the ὄνομά name σου of you, ⚐τοὺς the μικροὺς small καὶ and τοὺς the μεγάλους great, ⚐καὶ and διαφθεῖραι to corrupt τοὺς who διαφθείροντας to corrupt τὴν the γῆν earth.

 -66 11 19 ⚐Καὶ and ἠνοίγη to open ὁ the ναὸς temple τοῦ the θεοῦ God ὁ the ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven, ⚐καὶ and ὤφθη to see ἡ the κιβωτὸς ark τῆς the διαθήκης covenant αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in τῷ the ναῷ temple αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐καὶ and ἐγένοντο to be ἀστραπαὶ lightning καὶ and φωναὶ noise καὶ and βρονταὶ thunder ⚐καὶ and σεισμὸς earthquake καὶ and χάλαζα hail μεγάλη great.

 -66 12 1 ⚐Καὶ and σημεῖον sign μέγα great ὤφθη to see ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven, ⚐γυνὴ woman περιβεβλημένη to clothe τὸν the ἥλιον sun, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the σελήνη moon ὑποκάτω under τῶν the ποδῶν foot αὐτῆς of her, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on τῆς the κεφαλῆς head αὐτῆς of her στέφανος crown ἀστέρων star δώδεκα twelve, -66 12 2 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in γαστρὶ belly ἔχουσα to be· ⚐καὶ and κράζει to cry ⚐ὠδίνουσα be in labor ⚐καὶ and βασανιζομένη to torture τεκεῖν to give birth to. -66 12 3 ⚐καὶ and ὤφθη to see ἄλλο another σημεῖον sign ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! δράκων dragon μέγας great πυρρός fiery red, ⚐ἔχων to have κεφαλὰς head ἑπτὰ seven καὶ and κέρατα horn δέκα ten ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on τὰς the κεφαλὰς head αὐτοῦ of him ἑπτὰ seven διαδήματα diadem, -66 12 4 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the οὐρὰ tail αὐτοῦ of him σύρει to drag τὸ the τρίτον third τῶν the ἀστέρων star τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐καὶ and ἔβαλεν to throw αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth. ⚐καὶ and ὁ the δράκων dragon ἕστηκεν to stand ἐνώπιον before τῆς the γυναικὸς woman τῆς who μελλούσης be about to τεκεῖν to give birth to, ⚐ἵνα in order that ὅταν when(-ever) τέκῃ to give birth to τὸ the τέκνον child αὐτῆς of her καταφάγῃ to devour. -66 12 5 ⚐καὶ and ἔτεκεν to give birth to υἱόν son, ἄρσεν male, ⚐ὃς which μέλλει be about to ποιμαίνειν to shepherd πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles ἐν with ῥάβδῳ rod σιδηρᾷ iron· ⚐καὶ and ἡρπάσθη to seize τὸ the τέκνον child αὐτῆς of her πρὸς to τὸν the θεὸν God καὶ and πρὸς to τὸν the θρόνον throne αὐτοῦ of him. -66 12 6 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the γυνὴ woman ἔφυγεν to flee εἰς toward τὴν the ἔρημον deserted, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἔχει to have ἐκεῖ there τόπον place ἡτοιμασμένον to make ready ἀπὸ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐκεῖ there τρέφωσιν to feed αὐτὴν her ἡμέρας day χιλίας thousand διακοσίας two hundred ἑξήκοντα sixty.

 -66 12 7 ⚐Καὶ and ἐγένετο to be πόλεμος war ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven, ⚐ὁ the Μιχαὴλ Michael καὶ and οἱ the ἄγγελοι angel αὐτοῦ of him τοῦ the πολεμῆσαι to fight μετὰ with τοῦ the δράκοντος dragon. ⚐καὶ and ὁ the δράκων dragon ἐπολέμησεν to fight καὶ and οἱ the ἄγγελοι angel αὐτοῦ of him, -66 12 8 ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἴσχυσεν be strong, ⚐οὐδὲ and not τόπος place εὑρέθη to find αὐτῶν of them ἔτι still ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven -66 12 9 ⚐καὶ and ἐβλήθη to throw ὁ the δράκων dragon ὁ the μέγας great, ὁ the ὄφις snake ὁ the ἀρχαῖος ancient, ⚐ὁ the καλούμενος to call Διάβολος the Devil καὶ and ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan, ⚐ὁ who πλανῶν to lead astray τὴν the οἰκουμένην world ὅλην all— ⚐ἐβλήθη to throw εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἄγγελοι angel αὐτοῦ of him μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him ἐβλήθησαν to throw.

 -66 12 10 ⚐Καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear φωνὴν voice μεγάλην great ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven ⚐λέγουσαν to speak· ⚐Ἄρτι now ἐγένετο to be ἡ the σωτηρία salvation καὶ and ἡ the δύναμις power ⚐καὶ and ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἡμῶν of us καὶ and ἡ the ἐξουσία authority τοῦ the χριστοῦ Christ αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ὅτι since ἐβλήθη to throw ὁ the κατήγωρ an accuser τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother ἡμῶν of us, ⚐ὁ who κατηγορῶν to accuse αὐτοὺς them ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἡμῶν of us ἡμέρας day καὶ and νυκτός night. -66 12 11 ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they ἐνίκησαν to conquer αὐτὸν him διὰ through τὸ the αἷμα blood τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb ⚐καὶ and διὰ through τὸν the λόγον word τῆς the μαρτυρίας testimony αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἠγάπησαν to love τὴν the ψυχὴν soul αὐτῶν of them ἄχρι until θανάτου death· -66 12 12 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this εὐφραίνεσθε to celebrate, οἱ the οὐρανοὶ heaven καὶ and οἱ who ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them σκηνοῦντες to dwell. ⚐οὐαὶ woe! τὴν the γῆν earth καὶ and τὴν the θάλασσαν sea, ⚐ὅτι since κατέβη to come down ὁ the διάβολος the Devil πρὸς to ὑμᾶς you, ⚐ἔχων to be θυμὸν wrath μέγαν great, ⚐εἰδὼς to know ⚐ὅτι that ὀλίγον little καιρὸν time ἔχει to have.

 -66 12 13 ⚐Καὶ and ὅτε when εἶδεν to know ὁ the δράκων dragon ὅτι that ἐβλήθη to throw εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth, ⚐ἐδίωξεν to pursue τὴν the γυναῖκα woman ⚐ἥτις who ἔτεκεν to give birth to τὸν the ἄρσενα male. -66 12 14 ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθησαν to give τῇ the γυναικὶ woman αἱ the δύο two πτέρυγες wing τοῦ the ἀετοῦ eagle τοῦ the μεγάλου great, ⚐ἵνα in order that πέτηται to fly εἰς toward τὴν the ἔρημον deserted εἰς toward τὸν the τόπον place αὐτῆς of her, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) τρέφεται to feed ἐκεῖ there καιρὸν time καὶ and καιροὺς time καὶ and ἥμισυ half καιροῦ time ⚐ἀπὸ from προσώπου face τοῦ the ὄφεως snake. -66 12 15 ⚐καὶ and ἔβαλεν to throw ὁ the ὄφις snake ἐκ out of τοῦ the στόματος mouth αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ὀπίσω after τῆς the γυναικὸς woman ὕδωρ water ὡς as ποταμόν river, ⚐ἵνα in order to αὐτὴν her ποταμοφόρητον flooded ποιήσῃ to make. -66 12 16 ⚐καὶ and ἐβοήθησεν to help ἡ the γῆ earth τῇ the γυναικί woman, ⚐καὶ and ἤνοιξεν to open ἡ the γῆ earth τὸ the στόμα mouth αὐτῆς of her ⚐καὶ and κατέπιεν to swallow τὸν the ποταμὸν river ⚐ὃν which ἔβαλεν to throw ὁ the δράκων dragon ἐκ from τοῦ the στόματος mouth αὐτοῦ of him· -66 12 17 ⚐καὶ and ὠργίσθη to anger ὁ the δράκων dragon ἐπὶ upon τῇ the γυναικί woman, ⚐καὶ and ἀπῆλθεν to go away ⚐ποιῆσαι to make πόλεμον war μετὰ with τῶν the λοιπῶν remaining τοῦ the σπέρματος seed αὐτῆς of her, ⚐τῶν who τηρούντων to keep τὰς the ἐντολὰς commandment τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and ἐχόντων to have τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony Ἰησοῦ Jesus· -66 12 18 ⚐καὶ and ἐστάθη to stand ἐπὶ upon τὴν the ἄμμον sand τῆς the θαλάσσης sea.

 -66 13 1 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know ἐκ out of τῆς the θαλάσσης sea θηρίον wild animal ἀναβαῖνον to ascend, ⚐ἔχον to have κέρατα horn δέκα ten καὶ and κεφαλὰς head ἑπτά seven, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on τῶν the κεράτων horn αὐτοῦ of it δέκα ten διαδήματα diadem, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on τὰς the κεφαλὰς head αὐτοῦ of it ὀνόματα name βλασφημίας blasphemy. -66 13 2 ⚐καὶ and τὸ the θηρίον wild animal ὃ which εἶδον to know ἦν to be ὅμοιον like παρδάλει leopard, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the πόδες foot αὐτοῦ of it ὡς as ἄρκου bear, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the στόμα mouth αὐτοῦ of it ὡς as στόμα mouth λέοντος lion. ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκεν to give αὐτῷ to it ὁ the δράκων dragon τὴν the δύναμιν power αὐτοῦ of it καὶ and τὸν the θρόνον throne αὐτοῦ of it καὶ and ἐξουσίαν authority μεγάλην great. -66 13 3 ⚐καὶ and μίαν one ἐκ of τῶν the κεφαλῶν head αὐτοῦ of it ὡς as ἐσφαγμένην to slaughter εἰς toward θάνατον death, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the πληγὴ wound τοῦ the θανάτου death αὐτοῦ of it ἐθεραπεύθη to heal. ⚐καὶ and ἐθαυμάσθη to marvel ὅλη all ἡ the γῆ earth ὀπίσω after τοῦ the θηρίου wild animal, -66 13 4 ⚐καὶ and προσεκύνησαν to worship τῷ the δράκοντι dragon ⚐ὅτι since ἔδωκεν to give τὴν the ἐξουσίαν authority τῷ the θηρίῳ wild animal, ⚐καὶ and προσεκύνησαν to worship τῷ the θηρίῳ wild animal ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τίς which? ὅμοιος like τῷ the θηρίῳ wild animal, ⚐καὶ and τίς which? δύναται be able πολεμῆσαι to fight μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of it;

 -66 13 5 ⚐Καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐτῷ to it στόμα mouth ⚐λαλοῦν to speak μεγάλα great καὶ and βλασφημίας blasphemy, ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐτῷ to it ἐξουσία authority ⚐ποιῆσαι to do μῆνας month τεσσεράκοντα forty καὶ and δύο two. -66 13 6 ⚐καὶ and ἤνοιξεν to open τὸ the στόμα mouth αὐτοῦ of it εἰς toward βλασφημίας blasphemy πρὸς to τὸν the θεόν God, ⚐βλασφημῆσαι to blaspheme τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and τὴν the σκηνὴν tent αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐τοὺς the ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven σκηνοῦντας to dwell. -66 13 7 ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐτῷ to it ⚐ποιῆσαι to make πόλεμον war μετὰ with τῶν the ἁγίων holy ⚐καὶ and νικῆσαι to conquer αὐτούς them, ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐτῷ to it ἐξουσία authority ἐπὶ over πᾶσαν all φυλὴν tribe καὶ and λαὸν a people ⚐καὶ and γλῶσσαν tongue καὶ and ἔθνος Gentiles. -66 13 8 ⚐καὶ and προσκυνήσουσιν to worship αὐτὸν him πάντες all οἱ who κατοικοῦντες to dwell ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐οὗ which οὐ no γέγραπται to write τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him ἐν in τῷ the βιβλίῳ scroll τῆς the ζωῆς life ⚐τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb τοῦ who ἐσφαγμένου to slaughter ἀπὸ from καταβολῆς beginning κόσμου world.

 -66 13 9 ⚐Εἴ if τις one ἔχει to have οὖς ear ⚐ἀκουσάτω to hear. -66 13 10 ⚐εἴ if τις one εἰς toward αἰχμαλωσίαν captivity, ⚐εἰς toward αἰχμαλωσίαν captivity ὑπάγει to go· ⚐εἴ if τις one ἐν by μαχαίρῃ sword ἀποκτανθῆναι to kill ⚐αὐτὸν him ἐν in μαχαίρῃ sword ἀποκτανθῆναι to kill. ⚐ὧδέ here ἐστιν to be ἡ the ὑπομονὴ perseverance καὶ and ἡ the πίστις faith τῶν the ἁγίων holy.

 -66 13 11 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know ἄλλο another θηρίον wild animal ⚐ἀναβαῖνον to ascend ἐκ from τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐καὶ and εἶχεν to have κέρατα horn δύο two ὅμοια like ἀρνίῳ lamb, ⚐καὶ and ἐλάλει to speak ὡς as δράκων dragon. -66 13 12 ⚐καὶ and τὴν the ἐξουσίαν authority τοῦ the πρώτου first θηρίου wild animal πᾶσαν all ποιεῖ to do ἐνώπιον before αὐτοῦ of it. ⚐καὶ and ποιεῖ to do τὴν the γῆν earth καὶ and τοὺς the ἐν in αὐτῇ to her κατοικοῦντας to dwell ⚐ἵνα in order that προσκυνήσουσιν to worship τὸ the θηρίον wild animal τὸ the πρῶτον first, ⚐οὗ which ἐθεραπεύθη to heal ἡ the πληγὴ wound τοῦ the θανάτου death αὐτοῦ of it. -66 13 13 ⚐καὶ and ποιεῖ to do σημεῖα sign μεγάλα great, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and πῦρ fire ποιῇ to do ⚐ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven καταβαίνειν to come down εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth ἐνώπιον before τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human. -66 13 14 ⚐καὶ and πλανᾷ to lead astray τοὺς who κατοικοῦντας to dwell ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐διὰ through τὰ the σημεῖα sign ἃ which ἐδόθη to give αὐτῷ to it ⚐ποιῆσαι to do ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θηρίου wild animal, ⚐λέγων to speak τοῖς the κατοικοῦσιν to dwell ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐ποιῆσαι to do εἰκόνα image τῷ the θηρίῳ wild animal, ⚐ὃς which ἔχει to have τὴν the πληγὴν wound τῆς the μαχαίρης sword ⚐καὶ and ἔζησεν to live. -66 13 15 ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐτῷ to it ⚐δοῦναι to give πνεῦμα breath τῇ the εἰκόνι image τοῦ the θηρίου wild animal, ⚐ἵνα in order that καὶ and λαλήσῃ to speak ἡ the εἰκὼν image τοῦ the θηρίου wild animal ⚐καὶ and ποιήσῃ to make ⚐ἵνα in order that ὅσοι as much as ἐὰν if μὴ not προσκυνήσωσιν to worship ⚐τῇ the εἰκόνι image τοῦ the θηρίου wild animal ἀποκτανθῶσιν to kill. -66 13 16 ⚐καὶ and ποιεῖ to make πάντας all, τοὺς the μικροὺς small καὶ and τοὺς the μεγάλους great, ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the πλουσίους rich καὶ and τοὺς the πτωχούς poor, ⚐καὶ and τοὺς the ἐλευθέρους free καὶ and τοὺς the δούλους slave, ⚐ἵνα in order to δῶσιν to give αὐτοῖς to them χάραγμα mark ἐπὶ on τῆς the χειρὸς hand αὐτῶν of them τῆς the δεξιᾶς right ⚐ἢ or ἐπὶ on τὸ the μέτωπον forehead αὐτῶν of them, -66 13 17 ⚐καὶ and ἵνα in order that μή not τις one δύνηται be able ἀγοράσαι to buy ἢ or πωλῆσαι to sell ⚐εἰ if μὴ not ὁ the ἔχων to have τὸ the χάραγμα mark, τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the θηρίου wild animal ⚐ἢ or τὸν the ἀριθμὸν number τοῦ the ὀνόματος name αὐτοῦ of it. -66 13 18 ⚐ὧδε here ἡ the σοφία wisdom ἐστίν to be· ⚐ὁ who ἔχων to have νοῦν mind ψηφισάτω to calculate τὸν the ἀριθμὸν number τοῦ the θηρίου wild animal, ⚐ἀριθμὸς number γὰρ for ἀνθρώπου a human ἐστίν to be· ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἀριθμὸς number αὐτοῦ of it ἑξακόσιοι six hundred ἑξήκοντα sixty ἕξ six.

 -66 14 1 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! τὸ the ἀρνίον lamb ἑστὸς to stand ἐπὶ on τὸ the ὄρος mountain Σιών Zion, ⚐καὶ and μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him ἑκατὸν hundred τεσσεράκοντα forty τέσσαρες four χιλιάδες thousand ⚐ἔχουσαι to have τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him καὶ and τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the πατρὸς father αὐτοῦ of him ⚐γεγραμμένον to write ἐπὶ on τῶν the μετώπων forehead αὐτῶν of them. -66 14 2 ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear φωνὴν voice ἐκ out of τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ⚐ὡς as φωνὴν voice ὑδάτων water πολλῶν much ⚐καὶ and ὡς as φωνὴν voice βροντῆς thunder μεγάλης great, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the φωνὴ voice ἣν which ἤκουσα to hear ὡς as κιθαρῳδῶν harpist ⚐κιθαριζόντων to play the harp ἐν in ταῖς the κιθάραις harp αὐτῶν of them. -66 14 3 ⚐καὶ and ᾄδουσιν to sing ὡς as ᾠδὴν song καινὴν new ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θρόνου throne ⚐καὶ and ἐνώπιον before τῶν the τεσσάρων four ζῴων living thing καὶ and τῶν the πρεσβυτέρων elder· ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἐδύνατο be able μαθεῖν to learn τὴν the ᾠδὴν song ⚐εἰ if μὴ not αἱ the ἑκατὸν hundred τεσσεράκοντα forty τέσσαρες four χιλιάδες thousand, ⚐οἱ who ἠγορασμένοι to buy ἀπὸ from τῆς the γῆς earth. -66 14 4 ⚐οὗτοί these εἰσιν to be οἳ which μετὰ with γυναικῶν woman οὐκ no ἐμολύνθησαν to defile, ⚐παρθένοι virgin γάρ for εἰσιν to be· ⚐οὗτοι these οἱ who ἀκολουθοῦντες to follow τῷ the ἀρνίῳ lamb ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἂν if ὑπάγῃ to go· ⚐οὗτοι these ἠγοράσθησαν to buy ἀπὸ from τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human ⚐ἀπαρχὴ firstfruits τῷ the θεῷ God καὶ and τῷ the ἀρνίῳ lamb, -66 14 5 ⚐καὶ and ἐν on τῷ the στόματι mouth αὐτῶν of them οὐχ no εὑρέθη to find ψεῦδος lie· ⚐ἄμωμοί blameless εἰσιν to be.

 -66 14 6 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know ἄλλον another ἄγγελον angel ⚐πετόμενον to fly ἐν in μεσουρανήματι midair, ⚐ἔχοντα to have εὐαγγέλιον gospel αἰώνιον eternal ⚐εὐαγγελίσαι to speak good news ἐπὶ to τοὺς who καθημένους to sit ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ to πᾶν all ἔθνος Gentiles καὶ and φυλὴν tribe καὶ and γλῶσσαν tongue καὶ and λαόν a people, -66 14 7 ⚐λέγων to speak ἐν in φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great· ⚐Φοβήθητε to fear τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐καὶ and δότε to give αὐτῷ to him δόξαν glory, ⚐ὅτι since ἦλθεν to arrive ἡ the ὥρα hour τῆς the κρίσεως judgment αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and προσκυνήσατε to worship τῷ who ποιήσαντι to make τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven καὶ and τὴν the γῆν earth ⚐καὶ and θάλασσαν sea καὶ and πηγὰς flow ὑδάτων water.

 -66 14 8 ⚐Καὶ and ἄλλος another ἄγγελος angel δεύτερος secondly ἠκολούθησεν to follow ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἔπεσεν to collapse, ἔπεσεν to collapse Βαβυλὼν Babylon ἡ the μεγάλη great, ⚐ἣ which ἐκ out of τοῦ the οἴνου wine τοῦ the θυμοῦ wrath τῆς the πορνείας sexual sin αὐτῆς of her ⚐πεπότικεν to water πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles.

 -66 14 9 ⚐Καὶ and ἄλλος another ἄγγελος angel τρίτος third ἠκολούθησεν to follow αὐτοῖς to them ⚐λέγων to speak ἐν in φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great· ⚐Εἴ if τις one προσκυνεῖ to worship τὸ the θηρίον wild animal καὶ and τὴν the εἰκόνα image αὐτοῦ of it, ⚐καὶ and λαμβάνει to take χάραγμα mark ἐπὶ on τοῦ the μετώπου forehead αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἢ or ἐπὶ upon τὴν the χεῖρα hand αὐτοῦ of him, -66 14 10 ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he πίεται to drink ἐκ out of τοῦ the οἴνου wine τοῦ the θυμοῦ wrath τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐τοῦ the κεκερασμένου to mix ἀκράτου undiluted ἐν in τῷ the ποτηρίῳ cup τῆς the ὀργῆς wrath αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and βασανισθήσεται to torture ἐν with πυρὶ fire καὶ and θείῳ sulfur ἐνώπιον before ἀγγέλων angel ἁγίων holy ⚐καὶ and ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb. -66 14 11 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the καπνὸς smoke τοῦ the βασανισμοῦ torment αὐτῶν of them εἰς toward αἰῶνας an age αἰώνων an age ἀναβαίνει to ascend, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔχουσιν to have ἀνάπαυσιν rest ἡμέρας day καὶ and νυκτός night, οἱ who προσκυνοῦντες to worship τὸ the θηρίον wild animal καὶ and τὴν the εἰκόνα image αὐτοῦ of it, ⚐καὶ and εἴ if τις one λαμβάνει to take τὸ the χάραγμα mark τοῦ the ὀνόματος name αὐτοῦ of it.

 -66 14 12 ⚐Ὧδε here ἡ the ὑπομονὴ perseverance τῶν the ἁγίων holy ἐστίν to be, ⚐οἱ who τηροῦντες to keep τὰς the ἐντολὰς commandment τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and τὴν the πίστιν faith Ἰησοῦ Jesus.

 -66 14 13 ⚐Καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear φωνῆς voice ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ⚐λεγούσης to speak· ⚐Γράψον to write· ⚐Μακάριοι blessed οἱ the νεκροὶ dead οἱ the ἐν in κυρίῳ lord ἀποθνῄσκοντες to die ἀπ᾽ from ἄρτι now. ⚐ναί yes, λέγει to speak τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἀναπαήσονται to give rest ἐκ from τῶν the κόπων labor αὐτῶν of them, ⚐τὰ the γὰρ for ἔργα work αὐτῶν of them ἀκολουθεῖ to follow μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them.

 -66 14 14 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! νεφέλη cloud λευκή white, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on τὴν the νεφέλην cloud καθήμενον to sit ὅμοιον like υἱὸν son ἀνθρώπου a human, ⚐ἔχων to have ἐπὶ on τῆς the κεφαλῆς head αὐτοῦ of him στέφανον crown χρυσοῦν golden ⚐καὶ and ἐν in τῇ the χειρὶ hand αὐτοῦ of him δρέπανον sickle ὀξύ sharp. -66 14 15 ⚐καὶ and ἄλλος another ἄγγελος angel ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἐκ of τοῦ the ναοῦ temple ⚐κράζων to cry ἐν in φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great τῷ the καθημένῳ to sit ἐπὶ on τῆς the νεφέλης cloud· ⚐Πέμψον to send τὸ the δρέπανόν sickle σου of you ⚐καὶ and θέρισον to reap, ⚐ὅτι since ἦλθεν to come ἡ the ὥρα hour θερίσαι to reap, ⚐ὅτι since ἐξηράνθη to dry ὁ the θερισμὸς harvest τῆς the γῆς earth. -66 14 16 ⚐καὶ and ἔβαλεν to throw ὁ the καθήμενος to sit ἐπὶ on τῆς the νεφέλης cloud ⚐τὸ the δρέπανον sickle αὐτοῦ of him ἐπὶ over τὴν the γῆν earth, ⚐καὶ and ἐθερίσθη to reap ἡ the γῆ earth.

 -66 14 17 ⚐Καὶ and ἄλλος another ἄγγελος angel ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἐκ of τοῦ the ναοῦ temple τοῦ the ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven, ⚐ἔχων to have καὶ and αὐτὸς he δρέπανον sickle ὀξύ sharp. -66 14 18 ⚐καὶ and ἄλλος another ἄγγελος angel ἐξῆλθεν to go out ἐκ from τοῦ the θυσιαστηρίου altar, ⚐ὁ the ἔχων to be ἐξουσίαν authority ἐπὶ upon τοῦ the πυρός fire, ⚐καὶ and ἐφώνησεν to call φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great τῷ who ἔχοντι to have τὸ the δρέπανον sickle τὸ the ὀξὺ sharp ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Πέμψον to send σου of you τὸ the δρέπανον sickle τὸ the ὀξὺ sharp ⚐καὶ and τρύγησον to harvest τοὺς the βότρυας bunch of grapes τῆς the ἀμπέλου vine τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐ὅτι since ἤκμασαν to ripen αἱ the σταφυλαὶ grapes αὐτῆς of her. -66 14 19 ⚐καὶ and ἔβαλεν to throw ὁ the ἄγγελος angel τὸ the δρέπανον sickle αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth, ⚐καὶ and ἐτρύγησεν to harvest τὴν the ἄμπελον vine τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐καὶ and ἔβαλεν to throw εἰς toward τὴν the ληνὸν winepress τοῦ the θυμοῦ wrath τοῦ the θεοῦ God τὸν the μέγαν great. -66 14 20 ⚐καὶ and ἐπατήθη to trample ἡ the ληνὸς winepress ἔξωθεν outside τῆς the πόλεως city, ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out αἷμα blood ἐκ of τῆς the ληνοῦ winepress ἄχρι until τῶν the χαλινῶν bridle τῶν the ἵππων horse ⚐ἀπὸ from σταδίων stadium χιλίων thousand ἑξακοσίων six hundred.

 -66 15 1 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know ἄλλο another σημεῖον sign ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven μέγα great καὶ and θαυμαστόν marvellous, ⚐ἀγγέλους angel ἑπτὰ seven ἔχοντας to have πληγὰς plague ἑπτὰ seven τὰς the ἐσχάτας last, ⚐ὅτι since ἐν in αὐταῖς to them ἐτελέσθη to finish ὁ the θυμὸς wrath τοῦ the θεοῦ God.

 -66 15 2 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know ὡς as θάλασσαν sea ὑαλίνην glass ⚐μεμιγμένην to mix πυρί fire, ⚐καὶ and τοὺς who νικῶντας to conquer ἐκ out of τοῦ the θηρίου wild animal καὶ and ἐκ out of τῆς the εἰκόνος image αὐτοῦ of it ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of τοῦ the ἀριθμοῦ number τοῦ the ὀνόματος name αὐτοῦ of it ⚐ἑστῶτας to stand ἐπὶ upon τὴν the θάλασσαν sea τὴν the ὑαλίνην glass, ⚐ἔχοντας to have κιθάρας harp τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -66 15 3 ⚐καὶ and ᾄδουσιν to sing τὴν the ᾠδὴν song Μωϋσέως Moses τοῦ the δούλου slave τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and τὴν the ᾠδὴν song τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Μεγάλα great καὶ and θαυμαστὰ marvellous τὰ the ἔργα work σου of you, κύριε lord, ὁ the θεός God, ὁ the παντοκράτωρ almighty· ⚐δίκαιαι just καὶ and ἀληθιναὶ true αἱ the ὁδοί road σου of you, ὁ the βασιλεὺς king τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles· -66 15 4 ⚐τίς which? οὐ no μὴ not φοβηθῇ to fear, κύριε lord, ⚐καὶ and δοξάσει to glorify τὸ the ὄνομά name σου of you, ⚐ὅτι since μόνος alone ὅσιος holy; ⚐ὅτι since πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles ἥξουσιν to come ⚐καὶ and προσκυνήσουσιν to worship ἐνώπιόν before σου of you, ⚐ὅτι that τὰ the δικαιώματά righteous act σου of you ἐφανερώθησαν to manifest.

 -66 15 5 ⚐Καὶ and μετὰ after ταῦτα these εἶδον to know, ⚐καὶ and ἠνοίγη to open ὁ the ναὸς temple τῆς the σκηνῆς tent τοῦ the μαρτυρίου testimony ⚐ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven, -66 15 6 ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθον to go out οἱ the ἑπτὰ seven ἄγγελοι angel οἱ who ἔχοντες to have τὰς the ἑπτὰ seven πληγὰς plague ⚐ἐκ of τοῦ the ναοῦ temple, ⚐ἐνδεδυμένοι to clothe λίνον linen καθαρὸν clean λαμπρὸν shining ⚐καὶ and περιεζωσμένοι to gird περὶ about τὰ the στήθη chest ζώνας belt χρυσᾶς golden. -66 15 7 ⚐καὶ and ἓν one ἐκ of τῶν the τεσσάρων four ζῴων living thing ἔδωκεν to give τοῖς the ἑπτὰ seven ἀγγέλοις angel ⚐ἑπτὰ seven φιάλας bowl χρυσᾶς golden ⚐γεμούσας be full τοῦ the θυμοῦ wrath τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐τοῦ who ζῶντος to live εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age. -66 15 8 ⚐καὶ and ἐγεμίσθη to fill ὁ the ναὸς temple καπνοῦ smoke ἐκ from τῆς the δόξης glory τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐καὶ and ἐκ from τῆς the δυνάμεως power αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and οὐδεὶς no one ἐδύνατο be able εἰσελθεῖν to enter εἰς toward τὸν the ναὸν temple ⚐ἄχρι until τελεσθῶσιν to finish αἱ the ἑπτὰ seven πληγαὶ plague τῶν the ἑπτὰ seven ἀγγέλων angel.

 -66 16 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear μεγάλης great φωνῆς voice ἐκ from τοῦ the ναοῦ temple ⚐λεγούσης to speak τοῖς the ἑπτὰ seven ἀγγέλοις angel· ⚐Ὑπάγετε to go ⚐καὶ and ἐκχέετε to pour out τὰς the ἑπτὰ seven φιάλας bowl τοῦ the θυμοῦ wrath τοῦ the θεοῦ God εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth.

 -66 16 2 ⚐Καὶ and ἀπῆλθεν to go away ὁ the πρῶτος first ⚐καὶ and ἐξέχεεν to pour out τὴν the φιάλην bowl αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὴν the γῆν earth· ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ἕλκος sore κακὸν harm καὶ and πονηρὸν bad ἐπὶ on τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human ⚐τοὺς who ἔχοντας to have τὸ the χάραγμα mark τοῦ the θηρίου wild animal ⚐καὶ and τοὺς who προσκυνοῦντας to worship τῇ the εἰκόνι image αὐτοῦ of it.

 -66 16 3 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the δεύτερος secondly ἐξέχεεν to pour out τὴν the φιάλην bowl αὐτοῦ of him εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea· ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be αἷμα blood ὡς as νεκροῦ dead, ⚐καὶ and πᾶσα all ψυχὴ soul ζωῆς life ἀπέθανεν to die τὰ the ἐν in τῇ the θαλάσσῃ sea.

 -66 16 4 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the τρίτος third ἐξέχεεν to pour out τὴν the φιάλην bowl αὐτοῦ of him ⚐εἰς toward τοὺς the ποταμοὺς river καὶ and τὰς the πηγὰς flow τῶν the ὑδάτων water· ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be αἷμα blood. -66 16 5 ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear τοῦ the ἀγγέλου angel τῶν the ὑδάτων water ⚐λέγοντος to speak· ⚐Δίκαιος just εἶ to be, ὁ who ὢν to be καὶ and ὁ who ἦν to be, ὁ the ὅσιος holy, ⚐ὅτι since ταῦτα these ἔκρινας to judge, -66 16 6 ⚐ὅτι since αἷμα blood ἁγίων holy καὶ and προφητῶν prophet ἐξέχεαν to pour out, ⚐καὶ and αἷμα blood αὐτοῖς to them δέδωκας to give πιεῖν to drink· ⚐ἄξιοί worthy εἰσιν to be. -66 16 7 ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear τοῦ the θυσιαστηρίου altar ⚐λέγοντος to speak· ⚐Ναί yes, κύριε lord, ὁ the θεός God, ὁ the παντοκράτωρ almighty, ⚐ἀληθιναὶ true καὶ and δίκαιαι just αἱ the κρίσεις judgment σου of you.

 -66 16 8 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the τέταρτος fourth ἐξέχεεν to pour out τὴν the φιάλην bowl αὐτοῦ of him ἐπὶ on τὸν the ἥλιον sun· ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐτῷ to him ⚐καυματίσαι to scorch τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human ἐν with πυρί fire. -66 16 9 ⚐καὶ and ἐκαυματίσθησαν to scorch οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human καῦμα heat μέγα great· ⚐καὶ and ἐβλασφήμησαν to blaspheme τὸ the ὄνομα name τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐τοῦ who ἔχοντος to have τὴν the ἐξουσίαν authority ἐπὶ over τὰς the πληγὰς plague ταύτας these, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μετενόησαν to repent ⚐δοῦναι to give αὐτῷ to him δόξαν glory.

 -66 16 10 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the πέμπτος fifth ἐξέχεεν to pour out τὴν the φιάλην bowl αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐπὶ on τὸν the θρόνον throne τοῦ the θηρίου wild animal· ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ἡ the βασιλεία kingdom αὐτοῦ of it ⚐ἐσκοτωμένη to darken, ⚐καὶ and ἐμασῶντο to gnaw τὰς the γλώσσας tongue αὐτῶν of them ἐκ out of τοῦ the πόνου travail, -66 16 11 ⚐καὶ and ἐβλασφήμησαν to blaspheme τὸν the θεὸν God τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ἐκ out of τῶν the πόνων travail αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of τῶν the ἑλκῶν sore αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μετενόησαν to repent ἐκ of τῶν the ἔργων work αὐτῶν of them.

 -66 16 12 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the ἕκτος sixth ἐξέχεεν to pour out τὴν the φιάλην bowl αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἐπὶ on τὸν the ποταμὸν river τὸν the μέγαν great τὸν the Εὐφράτην Euphrates· ⚐καὶ and ἐξηράνθη to dry τὸ the ὕδωρ water αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἵνα in order to ἑτοιμασθῇ to make ready ἡ the ὁδὸς road τῶν the βασιλέων king τῶν the ἀπὸ from ἀνατολῆς east ἡλίου sun. -66 16 13 ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know ἐκ out of τοῦ the στόματος mouth τοῦ the δράκοντος dragon ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of τοῦ the στόματος mouth τοῦ the θηρίου wild animal ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of τοῦ the στόματος mouth τοῦ the ψευδοπροφήτου false prophet ⚐πνεύματα spirit τρία three ἀκάθαρτα unclean ὡς as βάτραχοι frog· -66 16 14 ⚐εἰσὶν to be γὰρ for πνεύματα spirit δαιμονίων demon ⚐ποιοῦντα to do σημεῖα sign, ⚐ἃ which ἐκπορεύεται to go out ἐπὶ to τοὺς the βασιλεῖς king τῆς the οἰκουμένης world ὅλης all, ⚐συναγαγεῖν to assemble αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὸν the πόλεμον war ⚐τῆς the ἡμέρας day τῆς the μεγάλης great τοῦ the θεοῦ God τοῦ the παντοκράτορος almighty— -66 16 15 ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἔρχομαι to come ὡς as κλέπτης thief. ⚐μακάριος blessed ὁ who γρηγορῶν to keep watch καὶ and τηρῶν to keep τὰ the ἱμάτια clothing αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not γυμνὸς naked περιπατῇ to walk ⚐καὶ and βλέπωσιν to see τὴν the ἀσχημοσύνην indecency αὐτοῦ of him— -66 16 16 ⚐καὶ and συνήγαγεν to assemble αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὸν the τόπον place ⚐τὸν the καλούμενον to call Ἑβραϊστὶ in Aramaic Ἁρμαγεδών Armageddon.

 -66 16 17 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ the ἕβδομος seventh ἐξέχεεν to pour out τὴν the φιάλην bowl αὐτοῦ of him ἐπὶ upon τὸν the ἀέρα air— ⚐καὶ and ἐξῆλθεν to go out φωνὴ voice μεγάλη great ἐκ of τοῦ the ναοῦ temple ἀπὸ from τοῦ the θρόνου throne ⚐λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Γέγονεν to be— -66 16 18 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένοντο to be ἀστραπαὶ lightning καὶ and φωναὶ noise καὶ and βρονταί thunder, ⚐καὶ and σεισμὸς earthquake ἐγένετο to be μέγας great, ⚐οἷος such as οὐκ no ἐγένετο to be ⚐ἀφ᾽ from οὗ which ἄνθρωπος a human ἐγένετο to be ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐τηλικοῦτος so great σεισμὸς earthquake οὕτως thus(-ly) μέγας great, -66 16 19 ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be ἡ the πόλις city ἡ the μεγάλη great εἰς toward τρία three μέρη part, ⚐καὶ and αἱ the πόλεις city τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles ἔπεσαν to collapse· ⚐καὶ and Βαβυλὼν Babylon ἡ the μεγάλη great ἐμνήσθη to remember ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θεοῦ God ⚐δοῦναι to give αὐτῇ to her τὸ the ποτήριον cup τοῦ the οἴνου wine τοῦ the θυμοῦ wrath τῆς the ὀργῆς wrath αὐτοῦ of him· -66 16 20 ⚐καὶ and πᾶσα all νῆσος island ἔφυγεν to flee, ⚐καὶ and ὄρη mountain οὐχ no εὑρέθησαν to find. -66 16 21 ⚐καὶ and χάλαζα hail μεγάλη great ὡς as ταλαντιαία weighing a talent καταβαίνει to come down ⚐ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ἐπὶ on τοὺς the ἀνθρώπους a human· ⚐καὶ and ἐβλασφήμησαν to blaspheme οἱ the ἄνθρωποι a human τὸν the θεὸν God ⚐ἐκ out of τῆς the πληγῆς plague τῆς the χαλάζης hail, ⚐ὅτι since μεγάλη great ἐστὶν to be ἡ the πληγὴ plague αὐτῆς of her σφόδρα very.

 -66 17 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἦλθεν to come εἷς one ἐκ of τῶν the ἑπτὰ seven ἀγγέλων angel τῶν who ἐχόντων to have τὰς the ἑπτὰ seven φιάλας bowl, ⚐καὶ and ἐλάλησεν to speak μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Δεῦρο come, ⚐δείξω to show σοι to you τὸ the κρίμα judgment τῆς the πόρνης prostitute τῆς the μεγάλης great ⚐τῆς who καθημένης to sit ἐπὶ on ὑδάτων water πολλῶν much, -66 17 2 ⚐μεθ᾽ with ἧς which ἐπόρνευσαν to sin sexually οἱ the βασιλεῖς king τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐καὶ and ἐμεθύσθησαν to get drunk οἱ the κατοικοῦντες to dwell τὴν the γῆν earth ἐκ out of τοῦ the οἴνου wine τῆς the πορνείας sexual sin αὐτῆς of her. -66 17 3 ⚐καὶ and ἀπήνεγκέν to carry off με me εἰς toward ἔρημον deserted ἐν in πνεύματι spirit. ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know γυναῖκα woman καθημένην to sit ἐπὶ on θηρίον wild animal κόκκινον scarlet, ⚐γέμοντα be full ὀνόματα name βλασφημίας blasphemy, ⚐ἔχων to have κεφαλὰς head ἑπτὰ seven καὶ and κέρατα horn δέκα ten. -66 17 4 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the γυνὴ woman ἦν to be περιβεβλημένη to clothe πορφυροῦν purple καὶ and κόκκινον scarlet, ⚐καὶ and κεχρυσωμένη to gild χρυσίῳ gold καὶ and λίθῳ stone τιμίῳ precious καὶ and μαργαρίταις pearl, ⚐ἔχουσα to have ποτήριον cup χρυσοῦν golden ἐν in τῇ the χειρὶ hand αὐτῆς of her ⚐γέμον be full βδελυγμάτων abomination καὶ and τὰ the ἀκάθαρτα unclean τῆς the πορνείας sexual sin αὐτῆς of her, -66 17 5 ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ upon τὸ the μέτωπον forehead αὐτῆς of her ὄνομα name γεγραμμένον to write, μυστήριον mystery, ⚐Βαβυλὼν Babylon ἡ the μεγάλη great, ἡ the μήτηρ mother τῶν the πορνῶν prostitute καὶ and τῶν the βδελυγμάτων abomination τῆς the γῆς earth. -66 17 6 ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know τὴν the γυναῖκα woman ⚐μεθύουσαν to get drunk ἐκ out of τοῦ the αἵματος blood τῶν the ἁγίων holy καὶ and ἐκ out of τοῦ the αἵματος blood τῶν who μαρτύρων witness Ἰησοῦ Jesus.

 ⚐Καὶ and ἐθαύμασα to marvel ἰδὼν to know αὐτὴν her θαῦμα marvel μέγα great· -66 17 7 ⚐καὶ and εἶπέν to say μοι to me ὁ the ἄγγελος angel· ⚐Διὰ because of τί which? ἐθαύμασας to marvel; ⚐ἐγὼ I ἐρῶ to say σοι to you τὸ the μυστήριον mystery τῆς the γυναικὸς woman ⚐καὶ and τοῦ the θηρίου wild animal τοῦ the βαστάζοντος to carry αὐτήν her, ⚐τοῦ the ἔχοντος to have τὰς the ἑπτὰ seven κεφαλὰς head καὶ and τὰ the δέκα ten κέρατα horn· -66 17 8 ⚐τὸ the θηρίον wild animal ὃ which εἶδες to know ἦν to be ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔστιν to be, ⚐καὶ and μέλλει be about to ἀναβαίνειν to ascend ἐκ from τῆς the ἀβύσσου abyss, ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward ἀπώλειαν destruction ὑπάγει to go· ⚐καὶ and θαυμασθήσονται to marvel οἱ the κατοικοῦντες to dwell ἐπὶ upon τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐ὧν which οὐ no γέγραπται to write τὸ the ὄνομα name ἐπὶ upon τὸ the βιβλίον scroll τῆς the ζωῆς life ἀπὸ from καταβολῆς beginning κόσμου world, ⚐βλεπόντων to see τὸ the θηρίον wild animal ⚐ὅτι that ἦν to be καὶ and οὐκ no ἔστιν to be καὶ and παρέσται be present.

 -66 17 9 ⚐Ὧδε here ὁ the νοῦς mind ὁ the ἔχων to have σοφίαν wisdom. ⚐αἱ the ἑπτὰ seven κεφαλαὶ head ἑπτὰ seven ὄρη mountain εἰσίν to be, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) ἡ the γυνὴ woman κάθηται to sit ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῶν of them. ⚐καὶ and βασιλεῖς king ἑπτά seven εἰσιν to be· -66 17 10 ⚐οἱ the πέντε five ἔπεσαν to collapse, ⚐ὁ the εἷς one ἔστιν to be, ⚐ὁ the ἄλλος another οὔπω not yet ἦλθεν to come, ⚐καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) ἔλθῃ to come ⚐ὀλίγον little αὐτὸν him δεῖ to bind μεῖναι to stay, -66 17 11 ⚐καὶ and τὸ the θηρίον wild animal ὃ which ἦν to be καὶ and οὐκ no ἔστιν to be. καὶ and αὐτὸς he ὄγδοός eighth ἐστιν to be ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of τῶν the ἑπτά seven ἐστιν to be, ⚐καὶ and εἰς toward ἀπώλειαν destruction ὑπάγει to go. -66 17 12 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the δέκα ten κέρατα horn ἃ which εἶδες to know δέκα ten βασιλεῖς king εἰσιν to be, ⚐οἵτινες who βασιλείαν kingdom οὔπω not yet ἔλαβον to take, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἐξουσίαν authority ὡς as βασιλεῖς king μίαν one ὥραν hour λαμβάνουσιν to take μετὰ with τοῦ the θηρίου wild animal. -66 17 13 ⚐οὗτοι these μίαν one γνώμην resolution ἔχουσιν to have, ⚐καὶ and τὴν the δύναμιν power καὶ and ἐξουσίαν authority αὐτῶν of them τῷ the θηρίῳ wild animal διδόασιν to give. -66 17 14 ⚐οὗτοι these μετὰ with τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb πολεμήσουσιν to fight, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ἀρνίον lamb νικήσει to conquer αὐτούς them, ⚐ὅτι since κύριος lord κυρίων lord ἐστὶν to be καὶ and βασιλεὺς king βασιλέων king, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him κλητοὶ called καὶ and ἐκλεκτοὶ select καὶ and πιστοί faithful.

 -66 17 15 ⚐Καὶ and λέγει to speak μοι to me· ⚐Τὰ the ὕδατα water ἃ which εἶδες to know, ⚐οὗ where ἡ the πόρνη prostitute κάθηται to sit, ⚐λαοὶ a people καὶ and ὄχλοι crowd εἰσὶν to be καὶ and ἔθνη Gentiles καὶ and γλῶσσαι tongue. -66 17 16 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the δέκα ten κέρατα horn ἃ which εἶδες to know καὶ and τὸ the θηρίον wild animal, οὗτοι these μισήσουσιν to hate τὴν the πόρνην prostitute, ⚐καὶ and ἠρημωμένην to lay waste ποιήσουσιν to make αὐτὴν her καὶ and γυμνήν naked, ⚐καὶ and τὰς the σάρκας flesh αὐτῆς of her φάγονται to eat, ⚐καὶ and αὐτὴν her κατακαύσουσιν to burn ἐν with πυρί fire· -66 17 17 ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for θεὸς God ἔδωκεν to give εἰς toward τὰς the καρδίας heart αὐτῶν of them ⚐ποιῆσαι to do τὴν the γνώμην resolution αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and ποιῆσαι to do μίαν one γνώμην resolution ⚐καὶ and δοῦναι to give τὴν the βασιλείαν kingdom αὐτῶν of them τῷ the θηρίῳ wild animal, ⚐ἄχρι until τελεσθήσονται to finish οἱ the λόγοι word τοῦ the θεοῦ God. -66 17 18 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the γυνὴ woman ἣν which εἶδες to know ἔστιν to be ἡ the πόλις city ἡ the μεγάλη great ⚐ἡ the ἔχουσα to have βασιλείαν kingdom ἐπὶ over τῶν the βασιλέων king τῆς the γῆς earth.

 -66 18 1 ⚐Μετὰ after ταῦτα these εἶδον to know ἄλλον another ἄγγελον angel ⚐καταβαίνοντα to come down ἐκ out of τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐ἔχοντα to have ἐξουσίαν authority μεγάλην great, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the γῆ earth ἐφωτίσθη to illuminate ἐκ out of τῆς the δόξης glory αὐτοῦ of him. -66 18 2 ⚐καὶ and ἔκραξεν to cry ἐν with ἰσχυρᾷ strong φωνῇ voice ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Ἔπεσεν to collapse, ἔπεσεν to collapse Βαβυλὼν Babylon ἡ the μεγάλη great, ⚐καὶ and ἐγένετο to be κατοικητήριον dwelling place δαιμονίων demon ⚐καὶ and φυλακὴ prison παντὸς all πνεύματος spirit ἀκαθάρτου unclean ⚐καὶ and φυλακὴ prison παντὸς all ὀρνέου bird ἀκαθάρτου unclean ⚐καὶ and φυλακὴ prison παντὸς all θηρίου wild animal ἀκαθάρτου unclean καὶ and μεμισημένου to hate, -66 18 3 ⚐ὅτι since ἐκ from τοῦ the οἴνου wine τοῦ the θυμοῦ wrath τῆς the πορνείας sexual sin αὐτῆς of her πέπωκαν to drink πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the βασιλεῖς king τῆς the γῆς earth μετ᾽ with αὐτῆς of her ἐπόρνευσαν to sin sexually, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the ἔμποροι merchant τῆς the γῆς earth ἐκ from τῆς the δυνάμεως power τοῦ the στρήνους luxury αὐτῆς of her ἐπλούτησαν be rich.

 -66 18 4 ⚐Καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear ἄλλην another φωνὴν voice ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ⚐λέγουσαν to speak· ⚐Ἐξέλθατε to go out, ὁ the λαός a people μου of me, ἐξ of αὐτῆς of her, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not συγκοινωνήσητε to share with ταῖς the ἁμαρτίαις sin αὐτῆς of her, ⚐καὶ and ἐκ out of τῶν the πληγῶν plague αὐτῆς of her ἵνα in order that μὴ not λάβητε to take· -66 18 5 ⚐ὅτι since ἐκολλήθησαν to join αὐτῆς of her αἱ the ἁμαρτίαι sin ἄχρι until τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐καὶ and ἐμνημόνευσεν to remember ὁ the θεὸς God τὰ the ἀδικήματα crime αὐτῆς of her. -66 18 6 ⚐ἀπόδοτε to pay αὐτῇ to her ⚐ὡς as καὶ and αὐτὴ she ἀπέδωκεν to pay, ⚐καὶ and διπλώσατε to double τὰ the διπλᾶ double κατὰ according to τὰ the ἔργα work αὐτῆς of her· ⚐ἐν in τῷ the ποτηρίῳ cup ᾧ which ἐκέρασεν to mix κεράσατε to mix αὐτῇ to her διπλοῦν double· -66 18 7 ⚐ὅσα as much as ἐδόξασεν to glorify αὑτὴν herself καὶ and ἐστρηνίασεν to revel, ⚐τοσοῦτον so great δότε to give αὐτῇ to her βασανισμὸν torment καὶ and πένθος grief. ⚐ὅτι since ἐν in τῇ the καρδίᾳ heart αὐτῆς of her λέγει to speak ⚐ὅτι that Κάθημαι to sit βασίλισσα queen, ⚐καὶ and χήρα widow οὐκ no εἰμί to be, ⚐καὶ and πένθος grief οὐ no μὴ not ἴδω to know. -66 18 8 ⚐διὰ because of τοῦτο this ἐν in μιᾷ one ἡμέρᾳ day ἥξουσιν to be present αἱ the πληγαὶ plague αὐτῆς of her, θάνατος death καὶ and πένθος grief καὶ and λιμός hunger, ⚐καὶ and ἐν with πυρὶ fire κατακαυθήσεται to burn· ⚐ὅτι since ἰσχυρὸς strong κύριος lord ὁ the θεὸς God ὁ who κρίνας to judge αὐτήν her.

 -66 18 9 ⚐Καὶ and κλαύσουσιν to weep καὶ and κόψονται to mourn ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτὴν her οἱ the βασιλεῖς king τῆς the γῆς earth ⚐οἱ who μετ᾽ with αὐτῆς of her πορνεύσαντες to sin sexually καὶ and στρηνιάσαντες to revel, ⚐ὅταν when(-ever) βλέπωσιν to see τὸν the καπνὸν smoke τῆς the πυρώσεως burning αὐτῆς of her, -66 18 10 ⚐ἀπὸ from μακρόθεν from afar ἑστηκότες to stand διὰ because of τὸν the φόβον fear τοῦ the βασανισμοῦ torment αὐτῆς of her ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Οὐαὶ woe! οὐαί woe!, ἡ the πόλις city ἡ the μεγάλη great, Βαβυλὼν Babylon ἡ the πόλις city ἡ the ἰσχυρά strong, ⚐ὅτι that μιᾷ one ὥρᾳ hour ἦλθεν to come ἡ the κρίσις judgment σου of you.

 -66 18 11 ⚐Καὶ and οἱ the ἔμποροι merchant τῆς the γῆς earth κλαίουσιν to weep καὶ and πενθοῦσιν to mourn ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτήν her, ⚐ὅτι since τὸν the γόμον cargo αὐτῶν of them οὐδεὶς no one ἀγοράζει to buy οὐκέτι not any more, -66 18 12 ⚐γόμον cargo χρυσοῦ gold καὶ and ἀργύρου silver καὶ and λίθου stone τιμίου precious καὶ and μαργαριτῶν pearl ⚐καὶ and βυσσίνου fine linen καὶ and πορφύρας purple καὶ and σιρικοῦ silk καὶ and κοκκίνου scarlet, ⚐καὶ and πᾶν all ξύλον wood θύϊνον citron καὶ and πᾶν all σκεῦος vessel ἐλεφάντινον made of ivory ⚐καὶ and πᾶν all σκεῦος vessel ἐκ out of ξύλου wood τιμιωτάτου precious ⚐καὶ and χαλκοῦ bronze καὶ and σιδήρου iron καὶ and μαρμάρου marble, -66 18 13 καὶ and κιννάμωμον cinnamon ⚐καὶ and ἄμωμον blameless καὶ and θυμιάματα incense καὶ and μύρον ointment καὶ and λίβανον frankincense ⚐καὶ and οἶνον wine καὶ and ἔλαιον olive oil καὶ and σεμίδαλιν fine flour καὶ and σῖτον grain καὶ and κτήνη animal καὶ and πρόβατα sheep, ⚐καὶ and ἵππων horse καὶ and ῥεδῶν carriage καὶ and σωμάτων body, καὶ and ψυχὰς soul ἀνθρώπων a human. -66 18 14 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ὀπώρα fruit σου of you τῆς the ἐπιθυμίας desire τῆς the ψυχῆς soul ἀπῆλθεν to go away ἀπὸ from σοῦ of you, ⚐καὶ and πάντα all τὰ the λιπαρὰ rich καὶ and τὰ the λαμπρὰ shining ἀπώλετο to destroy ἀπὸ from σοῦ of you, ⚐καὶ and οὐκέτι not any more οὐ no μὴ not αὐτὰ them εὑρήσουσιν to find. -66 18 15 ⚐οἱ the ἔμποροι merchant τούτων of these, οἱ who πλουτήσαντες be rich ἀπ᾽ from αὐτῆς of her, ⚐ἀπὸ from μακρόθεν from afar στήσονται to stand διὰ because of τὸν the φόβον fear τοῦ the βασανισμοῦ torment αὐτῆς of her ⚐κλαίοντες to weep καὶ and πενθοῦντες to mourn, -66 18 16 ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Οὐαὶ woe! οὐαί woe!, ἡ the πόλις city ἡ the μεγάλη great, ⚐ἡ the περιβεβλημένη to clothe βύσσινον fine linen καὶ and πορφυροῦν purple καὶ and κόκκινον scarlet ⚐καὶ and κεχρυσωμένη to gild ἐν with χρυσίῳ gold καὶ and λίθῳ stone τιμίῳ precious καὶ and μαργαρίτῃ pearl, -66 18 17 ⚐ὅτι since μιᾷ one ὥρᾳ hour ἠρημώθη to lay waste ὁ the τοσοῦτος so great πλοῦτος riches.

 ⚐Καὶ and πᾶς all κυβερνήτης captain καὶ and πᾶς all ὁ the ἐπὶ upon τόπον place πλέων to sail, καὶ and ναῦται sailor ⚐καὶ and ὅσοι as much as τὴν the θάλασσαν sea ἐργάζονται to work, ἀπὸ from μακρόθεν from afar ἔστησαν to stand -66 18 18 ⚐καὶ and ἔκραζον to cry ⚐βλέποντες to see τὸν the καπνὸν smoke τῆς the πυρώσεως burning αὐτῆς of her ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Τίς which? ὁμοία like τῇ the πόλει city τῇ the μεγάλῃ great; -66 18 19 ⚐καὶ and ἔβαλον to throw χοῦν dust ἐπὶ on τὰς the κεφαλὰς head αὐτῶν of them ⚐καὶ and ἔκραζον to cry ⚐κλαίοντες to weep καὶ and πενθοῦντες to mourn ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Οὐαὶ woe! οὐαί woe!, ἡ the πόλις city ἡ the μεγάλη great, ⚐ἐν in ᾗ which ἐπλούτησαν be rich πάντες all οἱ who ἔχοντες to have τὰ the πλοῖα boat ἐν on τῇ the θαλάσσῃ sea ἐκ from τῆς the τιμιότητος wealth αὐτῆς of her, ⚐ὅτι since μιᾷ one ὥρᾳ hour ἠρημώθη to lay waste.

 -66 18 20 ⚐Εὐφραίνου to celebrate ἐπ᾽ over αὐτῇ to her, οὐρανέ heaven, καὶ and οἱ the ἅγιοι holy καὶ and οἱ the ἀπόστολοι apostle καὶ and οἱ the προφῆται prophet, ⚐ὅτι that ἔκρινεν to judge ὁ the θεὸς God τὸ the κρίμα judgment ὑμῶν of you ἐξ out of αὐτῆς of her.

 -66 18 21 ⚐Καὶ and ἦρεν to take up εἷς one ἄγγελος angel ἰσχυρὸς strong λίθον stone ὡς as μύλινον mill μέγαν great, ⚐καὶ and ἔβαλεν to throw εἰς toward τὴν the θάλασσαν sea ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Οὕτως thus(-ly) ὁρμήματι sudden violence βληθήσεται to throw Βαβυλὼν Babylon ἡ the μεγάλη great πόλις city, ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not εὑρεθῇ to find ἔτι still. -66 18 22 ⚐καὶ and φωνὴ sound κιθαρῳδῶν harpist καὶ and μουσικῶν musician καὶ and αὐλητῶν flute player καὶ and σαλπιστῶν trumpeter οὐ no μὴ not ἀκουσθῇ to hear ἐν in σοὶ to you ἔτι still, ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all τεχνίτης craftsman πάσης all τέχνης skill οὐ no μὴ not εὑρεθῇ to find ἐν in σοὶ to you ἔτι still, ⚐καὶ and φωνὴ noise μύλου millstone οὐ no μὴ not ἀκουσθῇ to hear ἐν in σοὶ to you ἔτι still, -66 18 23 ⚐καὶ and φῶς light λύχνου lamp οὐ no μὴ not φάνῃ to shine ἐν in σοὶ to you ἔτι still, ⚐καὶ and φωνὴ voice νυμφίου bridegroom καὶ and νύμφης bride οὐ no μὴ not ἀκουσθῇ to hear ἐν in σοὶ to you ἔτι still· ⚐ὅτι since οἱ the ἔμποροί merchant σου of you ἦσαν to be οἱ the μεγιστᾶνες great man τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐ὅτι since ἐν by τῇ the φαρμακείᾳ sorcery σου of you ἐπλανήθησαν to lead astray πάντα all τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles, -66 18 24 ⚐καὶ and ἐν in αὐτῇ to her αἷμα blood προφητῶν prophet καὶ and ἁγίων holy εὑρέθη to find ⚐καὶ and πάντων all τῶν who ἐσφαγμένων to slaughter ἐπὶ on τῆς the γῆς earth.

 -66 19 1 ⚐Μετὰ after ταῦτα these ἤκουσα to hear ὡς as φωνὴν voice μεγάλην great ὄχλου crowd πολλοῦ much ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven ⚐λεγόντων to speak· ⚐Ἁλληλουϊά hallelujah· ⚐ἡ the σωτηρία salvation καὶ and ἡ the δόξα glory καὶ and ἡ the δύναμις power τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἡμῶν of us, -66 19 2 ⚐ὅτι since ἀληθιναὶ true καὶ and δίκαιαι just αἱ the κρίσεις judgment αὐτοῦ of him· ⚐ὅτι since ἔκρινεν to judge τὴν the πόρνην prostitute τὴν the μεγάλην great ⚐ἥτις who ἔφθειρεν to destroy τὴν the γῆν earth ἐν with τῇ the πορνείᾳ sexual sin αὐτῆς of her, ⚐καὶ and ἐξεδίκησεν to avenge τὸ the αἷμα blood τῶν the δούλων slave αὐτοῦ of him ἐκ out of χειρὸς hand αὐτῆς of her. -66 19 3 ⚐καὶ and δεύτερον secondly εἴρηκαν to say· ⚐Ἁλληλουϊά hallelujah· ⚐καὶ and ὁ the καπνὸς smoke αὐτῆς of her ἀναβαίνει to ascend εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age. -66 19 4 ⚐καὶ and ἔπεσαν to collapse οἱ the πρεσβύτεροι elder οἱ the εἴκοσι twenty τέσσαρες four καὶ and τὰ the τέσσαρα four ζῷα living thing, ⚐καὶ and προσεκύνησαν to worship τῷ the θεῷ God τῷ who καθημένῳ to sit ἐπὶ on τῷ the θρόνῳ throne ⚐λέγοντες to speak· ⚐Ἀμήν amen, Ἁλληλουϊά hallelujah.

 -66 19 5 ⚐Καὶ and φωνὴ voice ἀπὸ from τοῦ the θρόνου throne ἐξῆλθεν to go out ⚐λέγουσα to speak· ⚐Αἰνεῖτε to praise τῷ the θεῷ God ἡμῶν of us, πάντες all οἱ the δοῦλοι slave αὐτοῦ of him, καὶ and οἱ who φοβούμενοι to fear αὐτόν him, ⚐οἱ the μικροὶ small καὶ and οἱ the μεγάλοι great. -66 19 6 ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear ὡς as φωνὴν voice ὄχλου crowd πολλοῦ much ⚐καὶ and ὡς as φωνὴν voice ὑδάτων water πολλῶν much ⚐καὶ and ὡς as φωνὴν voice βροντῶν thunder ἰσχυρῶν strong, ⚐λεγόντων to speak· ⚐Ἁλληλουϊά hallelujah, ⚐ὅτι since ἐβασίλευσεν to reign κύριος lord, ὁ the θεός God ἡμῶν of us ὁ the παντοκράτωρ almighty. -66 19 7 ⚐χαίρωμεν to rejoice καὶ and ἀγαλλιῶμεν to rejoice, ⚐καὶ and δώσωμεν to give τὴν the δόξαν glory αὐτῷ to him, ⚐ὅτι since ἦλθεν to come ὁ the γάμος wedding τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the γυνὴ woman αὐτοῦ of him ἡτοίμασεν to make ready ἑαυτήν herself, -66 19 8 ⚐καὶ and ἐδόθη to give αὐτῇ to her ⚐ἵνα in order to περιβάληται to clothe βύσσινον fine linen λαμπρὸν shining καθαρόν clean, ⚐τὸ the γὰρ for βύσσινον fine linen τὰ the δικαιώματα righteous act τῶν the ἁγίων holy ἐστίν to be.

 -66 19 9 ⚐Καὶ and λέγει to speak μοι to me· ⚐Γράψον to write· ⚐Μακάριοι blessed οἱ the εἰς toward τὸ the δεῖπνον dinner τοῦ the γάμου wedding τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb κεκλημένοι to call. ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak μοι to me· ⚐Οὗτοι these οἱ the λόγοι word ἀληθινοὶ true τοῦ the θεοῦ God εἰσιν to be. -66 19 10 ⚐καὶ and ἔπεσα to collapse ἔμπροσθεν before τῶν the ποδῶν foot αὐτοῦ of him ⚐προσκυνῆσαι to worship αὐτῷ to him. ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak μοι to me· ⚐Ὅρα to see μή not· ⚐σύνδουλός fellow slave σού of you εἰμι to be καὶ and τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother σου of you τῶν the ἐχόντων to have τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony Ἰησοῦ Jesus· ⚐τῷ the θεῷ God προσκύνησον to worship· ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for μαρτυρία testimony Ἰησοῦ Jesus ἐστιν to be τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit τῆς the προφητείας prophecy.

 -66 19 11 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know τὸν the οὐρανὸν heaven ἠνεῳγμένον to open, ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἵππος horse λευκός white, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the καθήμενος to sit ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτὸν him καλούμενος to call πιστὸς faithful καὶ and ἀληθινός true, ⚐καὶ and ἐν with δικαιοσύνῃ righteousness κρίνει to judge καὶ and πολεμεῖ to fight. -66 19 12 ⚐οἱ the δὲ and ὀφθαλμοὶ eye αὐτοῦ of him ὡς as φλὸξ flame πυρός fire, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ on τὴν the κεφαλὴν head αὐτοῦ of him διαδήματα diadem πολλά much, ⚐ἔχων to have ὄνομα name γεγραμμένον to write ⚐ὃ which οὐδεὶς no one οἶδεν to know ⚐εἰ if μὴ not αὐτός he, -66 19 13 ⚐καὶ and περιβεβλημένος to clothe ἱμάτιον clothing βεβαμμένον to dip αἵματι blood, ⚐καὶ and κέκληται to call τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him ὁ the Λόγος word τοῦ the Θεοῦ God. -66 19 14 ⚐καὶ and τὰ the στρατεύματα troops τὰ the ἐν in τῷ the οὐρανῷ heaven ἠκολούθει to follow αὐτῷ to him ἐφ᾽ on ἵπποις horse λευκοῖς white, ⚐ἐνδεδυμένοι to clothe βύσσινον fine linen λευκὸν white καθαρόν clean. -66 19 15 ⚐καὶ and ἐκ from τοῦ the στόματος mouth αὐτοῦ of him ἐκπορεύεται to come out ῥομφαία sword ὀξεῖα sharp, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἐν with αὐτῇ to her πατάξῃ to strike τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles, ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ποιμανεῖ to shepherd αὐτοὺς them ἐν with ῥάβδῳ rod σιδηρᾷ iron· ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he πατεῖ to trample τὴν the ληνὸν winepress τοῦ the οἴνου wine τοῦ the θυμοῦ wrath τῆς the ὀργῆς wrath τοῦ the θεοῦ God τοῦ the παντοκράτορος almighty. -66 19 16 ⚐καὶ and ἔχει to have ἐπὶ on τὸ the ἱμάτιον clothing καὶ and ἐπὶ on τὸν the μηρὸν thigh αὐτοῦ of him ὄνομα name γεγραμμένον to write· ⚐Βασιλεὺς king βασιλέων king καὶ and κύριος lord κυρίων lord.

 -66 19 17 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know ἕνα one ἄγγελον angel ⚐ἑστῶτα to stand ἐν in τῷ the ἡλίῳ sun, ⚐καὶ and ἔκραξεν to cry ἐν in φωνῇ voice μεγάλῃ great ⚐λέγων to speak πᾶσιν all τοῖς the ὀρνέοις bird τοῖς the πετομένοις to fly ἐν in μεσουρανήματι midair· ⚐Δεῦτε come συνάχθητε to assemble εἰς toward τὸ the δεῖπνον dinner τὸ the μέγα great τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -66 19 18 ⚐ἵνα in order to φάγητε to eat σάρκας flesh βασιλέων king καὶ and σάρκας flesh χιλιάρχων military officer καὶ and σάρκας flesh ἰσχυρῶν strong ⚐καὶ and σάρκας flesh ἵππων horse καὶ and τῶν who καθημένων to sit ἐπ᾽ upon αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and σάρκας flesh πάντων all ἐλευθέρων free τε both καὶ and δούλων slave καὶ and μικρῶν small καὶ and μεγάλων great. -66 19 19 ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know τὸ the θηρίον wild animal καὶ and τοὺς the βασιλεῖς king τῆς the γῆς earth καὶ and τὰ the στρατεύματα troops αὐτῶν of them ⚐συνηγμένα to assemble ⚐ποιῆσαι to make τὸν the πόλεμον war μετὰ with τοῦ who καθημένου to sit ἐπὶ upon τοῦ the ἵππου horse καὶ and μετὰ with τοῦ the στρατεύματος troops αὐτοῦ of him. -66 19 20 ⚐καὶ and ἐπιάσθη to catch τὸ the θηρίον wild animal ⚐καὶ and μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of it ὁ the ψευδοπροφήτης false prophet ὁ the ποιήσας to do τὰ the σημεῖα sign ἐνώπιον before αὐτοῦ of it, ⚐ἐν in οἷς which ἐπλάνησεν to lead astray τοὺς who λαβόντας to take τὸ the χάραγμα mark τοῦ the θηρίου wild animal ⚐καὶ and τοὺς who προσκυνοῦντας to worship τῇ the εἰκόνι image αὐτοῦ of it· ⚐ζῶντες to live ἐβλήθησαν to throw οἱ the δύο two εἰς toward τὴν the λίμνην lake τοῦ the πυρὸς fire τῆς the καιομένης to burn ἐν with θείῳ sulfur. -66 19 21 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the λοιποὶ remaining ἀπεκτάνθησαν to kill ἐν by τῇ the ῥομφαίᾳ sword τοῦ who καθημένου to sit ἐπὶ upon τοῦ the ἵππου horse ⚐τῇ the ἐξελθούσῃ to go out ἐκ from τοῦ the στόματος mouth αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and πάντα all τὰ the ὄρνεα bird ἐχορτάσθησαν to feed ἐκ out of τῶν the σαρκῶν flesh αὐτῶν of them.

 -66 20 1 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know ἄγγελον angel ⚐καταβαίνοντα to come down ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven, ⚐ἔχοντα to have τὴν the κλεῖν key τῆς the ἀβύσσου abyss καὶ and ἅλυσιν chain μεγάλην great ἐπὶ upon τὴν the χεῖρα hand αὐτοῦ of him. -66 20 2 ⚐καὶ and ἐκράτησεν to seize τὸν the δράκοντα dragon, ὁ the ὄφις snake ὁ the ἀρχαῖος ancient, ⚐ὅς which ἐστιν to be Διάβολος the Devil καὶ and ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan, ⚐καὶ and ἔδησεν to bind αὐτὸν him χίλια thousand ἔτη year, -66 20 3 ⚐καὶ and ἔβαλεν to throw αὐτὸν him εἰς toward τὴν the ἄβυσσον abyss, ⚐καὶ and ἔκλεισεν to shut καὶ and ἐσφράγισεν to seal ἐπάνω above αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐ἵνα in order that μὴ not πλανήσῃ to lead astray ἔτι still τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles, ⚐ἄχρι until τελεσθῇ to finish τὰ the χίλια thousand ἔτη year· ⚐μετὰ after ταῦτα these δεῖ to bind ⚐λυθῆναι to loose αὐτὸν him μικρὸν small χρόνον time.

 -66 20 4 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know θρόνους throne, ⚐καὶ and ἐκάθισαν to sit ἐπ᾽ on αὐτούς them, ⚐καὶ and κρίμα judgment ἐδόθη to give αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and τὰς the ψυχὰς soul τῶν who πεπελεκισμένων to behead διὰ because of τὴν the μαρτυρίαν testimony Ἰησοῦ Jesus ⚐καὶ and διὰ because of τὸν the λόγον word τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐καὶ and οἵτινες which οὐ no προσεκύνησαν to worship τὸ the θηρίον wild animal οὐδὲ and not τὴν the εἰκόνα image αὐτοῦ of it ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔλαβον to take τὸ the χάραγμα mark ἐπὶ on τὸ the μέτωπον forehead καὶ and ἐπὶ upon τὴν the χεῖρα hand αὐτῶν of them· ⚐καὶ and ἔζησαν to live ⚐καὶ and ἐβασίλευσαν to reign μετὰ with τοῦ the χριστοῦ Christ χίλια thousand ἔτη year. -66 20 5 ⚐οἱ the λοιποὶ remaining τῶν the νεκρῶν dead οὐκ no ἔζησαν to live ⚐ἄχρι until τελεσθῇ to finish τὰ the χίλια thousand ἔτη year. ⚐αὕτη this ἡ the ἀνάστασις resurrection ἡ the πρώτη first. -66 20 6 ⚐μακάριος blessed καὶ and ἅγιος holy ὁ who ἔχων to have μέρος part ἐν in τῇ the ἀναστάσει resurrection τῇ the πρώτῃ first· ⚐ἐπὶ upon τούτων of these ὁ the δεύτερος secondly θάνατος death οὐκ no ἔχει to have ἐξουσίαν authority, ⚐ἀλλ᾽ but ἔσονται to be ἱερεῖς priest τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and τοῦ the χριστοῦ Christ, ⚐καὶ and βασιλεύσουσιν to reign μετ᾽ with αὐτοῦ of him τὰ the χίλια thousand ἔτη year.

 -66 20 7 ⚐Καὶ and ὅταν when(-ever) τελεσθῇ to finish τὰ the χίλια thousand ἔτη year, ⚐λυθήσεται to loose ὁ the Σατανᾶς Satan ἐκ from τῆς the φυλακῆς prison αὐτοῦ of him, -66 20 8 ⚐καὶ and ἐξελεύσεται to go out ⚐πλανῆσαι to lead astray τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles τὰ the ἐν in ταῖς the τέσσαρσιν four γωνίαις corner τῆς the γῆς earth, τὸν the Γὼγ Gog καὶ and Μαγώγ Magog, ⚐συναγαγεῖν to assemble αὐτοὺς them εἰς toward τὸν the πόλεμον war, ⚐ὧν which ὁ the ἀριθμὸς number αὐτῶν of them ὡς as ἡ the ἄμμος sand τῆς the θαλάσσης sea. -66 20 9 ⚐καὶ and ἀνέβησαν to ascend ἐπὶ on τὸ the πλάτος width τῆς the γῆς earth, ⚐καὶ and ἐκύκλευσαν encompass τὴν the παρεμβολὴν barracks τῶν the ἁγίων holy καὶ and τὴν the πόλιν city τὴν the ἠγαπημένην to love. ⚐καὶ and κατέβη to come down πῦρ fire ἐκ from τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ⚐καὶ and κατέφαγεν to devour αὐτούς them· -66 20 10 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the διάβολος the Devil ὁ who πλανῶν to lead astray αὐτοὺς them ἐβλήθη to throw εἰς toward τὴν the λίμνην lake τοῦ the πυρὸς fire καὶ and θείου sulfur, ⚐ὅπου where(-ever) καὶ and τὸ the θηρίον wild animal καὶ and ὁ the ψευδοπροφήτης false prophet, ⚐καὶ and βασανισθήσονται to torture ἡμέρας day καὶ and νυκτὸς night εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age.

 -66 20 11 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know θρόνον throne μέγαν great λευκὸν white ⚐καὶ and τὸν who καθήμενον to sit ἐπ᾽ on αὐτόν him, ⚐οὗ which ἀπὸ from τοῦ the προσώπου face ἔφυγεν to flee ἡ the γῆ earth καὶ and ὁ the οὐρανός heaven, ⚐καὶ and τόπος place οὐχ no εὑρέθη to find αὐτοῖς to them. -66 20 12 ⚐καὶ and εἶδον to know τοὺς the νεκρούς dead, τοὺς the μεγάλους great καὶ and τοὺς the μικρούς small, ⚐ἑστῶτας to stand ἐνώπιον before τοῦ the θρόνου throne, ⚐καὶ and βιβλία scroll ἠνοίχθησαν to open· ⚐καὶ and ἄλλο another βιβλίον scroll ἠνοίχθη to open, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be τῆς the ζωῆς life· ⚐καὶ and ἐκρίθησαν to judge οἱ the νεκροὶ dead ἐκ out of τῶν the γεγραμμένων to write ἐν in τοῖς the βιβλίοις scroll κατὰ according to τὰ the ἔργα work αὐτῶν of them. -66 20 13 ⚐καὶ and ἔδωκεν to give ἡ the θάλασσα sea τοὺς the νεκροὺς dead τοὺς the ἐν in αὐτῇ to her, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the θάνατος death καὶ and ὁ the ᾅδης Hades ἔδωκαν to give τοὺς the νεκροὺς dead τοὺς the ἐν in αὐτοῖς to them, ⚐καὶ and ἐκρίθησαν to judge ἕκαστος each κατὰ according to τὰ the ἔργα work αὐτῶν of them. -66 20 14 ⚐καὶ and ὁ the θάνατος death καὶ and ὁ the ᾅδης Hades ἐβλήθησαν to throw εἰς toward τὴν the λίμνην lake τοῦ the πυρός fire. ⚐οὗτος this ὁ the θάνατος death ὁ the δεύτερός secondly ἐστιν to be, ἡ the λίμνη lake τοῦ the πυρός fire. -66 20 15 ⚐καὶ and εἴ if τις one οὐχ no εὑρέθη to find ἐν in τῇ the βίβλῳ book τῆς the ζωῆς life γεγραμμένος to write, ⚐ἐβλήθη to throw εἰς toward τὴν the λίμνην lake τοῦ the πυρός fire.

 -66 21 1 ⚐Καὶ and εἶδον to know οὐρανὸν heaven καινὸν new καὶ and γῆν earth καινήν new· ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for πρῶτος first οὐρανὸς heaven καὶ and ἡ the πρώτη first γῆ earth ἀπῆλθαν to go away, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the θάλασσα sea οὐκ no ἔστιν to be ἔτι still. -66 21 2 ⚐καὶ and τὴν the πόλιν city τὴν the ἁγίαν holy Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem καινὴν new εἶδον to know ⚐καταβαίνουσαν to come down ἐκ out of τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ἀπὸ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God, ⚐ἡτοιμασμένην to make ready ὡς as νύμφην bride ⚐κεκοσμημένην to arrange τῷ the ἀνδρὶ man αὐτῆς of her. -66 21 3 ⚐καὶ and ἤκουσα to hear φωνῆς voice μεγάλης great ἐκ from τοῦ the θρόνου throne ⚐λεγούσης to speak· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἡ the σκηνὴ tent τοῦ the θεοῦ God μετὰ with τῶν the ἀνθρώπων a human, ⚐καὶ and σκηνώσει to dwell μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and αὐτοὶ they λαοὶ a people αὐτοῦ of him ἔσονται to be, ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ὁ the θεὸς God μετ᾽ with αὐτῶν of them ἔσται to be αὐτῶν of them θεός God, -66 21 4 ⚐καὶ and ἐξαλείψει to blot out πᾶν all δάκρυον teardrop ἐκ from τῶν the ὀφθαλμῶν eye αὐτῶν of them, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the θάνατος death οὐκ no ἔσται to be ἔτι still· ⚐οὔτε neither πένθος grief οὔτε neither κραυγὴ shouting οὔτε neither πόνος travail οὐκ no ἔσται to be ἔτι still, ⚐ὅτι since τὰ the πρῶτα first ἀπῆλθαν to go away.

 -66 21 5 ⚐Καὶ and εἶπεν to say ὁ the καθήμενος to sit ἐπὶ on τῷ the θρόνῳ throne· ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! καινὰ new ποιῶ to make πάντα all. ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak· ⚐Γράψον to write, ⚐ὅτι since οὗτοι these οἱ the λόγοι word πιστοὶ faithful καὶ and ἀληθινοί true εἰσιν to be. -66 21 6 ⚐καὶ and εἶπέν to say μοι to me· ⚐Γέγοναν to be ⚐ἐγώ I εἰμι to be τὸ the Ἄλφα alpha καὶ and τὸ the Ὦ Omega, ἡ the ἀρχὴ beginning καὶ and τὸ the τέλος goal. ⚐ἐγὼ I τῷ who διψῶντι to thirst δώσω to give ἐκ from τῆς the πηγῆς flow τοῦ the ὕδατος water τῆς the ζωῆς life δωρεάν freely. -66 21 7 ⚐ὁ who νικῶν to conquer κληρονομήσει to inherit ταῦτα these, ⚐καὶ and ἔσομαι to be αὐτῷ to him θεὸς God ⚐καὶ and αὐτὸς he ἔσται to be μοι to me υἱός son. -66 21 8 ⚐τοῖς the δὲ but δειλοῖς timid καὶ and ἀπίστοις unbelieving καὶ and ἐβδελυγμένοις to abhor καὶ and φονεῦσιν murderer καὶ and πόρνοις sexual sinner καὶ and φαρμάκοις sorcerer καὶ and εἰδωλολάτραις idolater καὶ and πᾶσιν all τοῖς who ψευδέσιν false ⚐τὸ the μέρος part αὐτῶν of them ἐν in τῇ the λίμνῃ lake τῇ the καιομένῃ to burn πυρὶ fire καὶ and θείῳ sulfur, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be ὁ the θάνατος death ὁ the δεύτερος secondly.

 -66 21 9 ⚐Καὶ and ἦλθεν to come εἷς one ἐκ out of τῶν the ἑπτὰ seven ἀγγέλων angel ⚐τῶν who ἐχόντων to have τὰς the ἑπτὰ seven φιάλας bowl, ⚐τῶν the γεμόντων be full τῶν the ἑπτὰ seven πληγῶν plague τῶν the ἐσχάτων last, ⚐καὶ and ἐλάλησεν to speak μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me ⚐λέγων to speak· ⚐Δεῦρο come, ⚐δείξω to show σοι to you τὴν the νύμφην bride τὴν the γυναῖκα woman τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb. -66 21 10 ⚐καὶ and ἀπήνεγκέν to carry off με me ἐν in πνεύματι spirit ἐπὶ to ὄρος mountain μέγα great καὶ and ὑψηλόν high, ⚐καὶ and ἔδειξέν to show μοι to me τὴν the πόλιν city τὴν the ἁγίαν holy Ἰερουσαλὴμ Jerusalem ⚐καταβαίνουσαν to come down ἐκ out of τοῦ the οὐρανοῦ heaven ἀπὸ from τοῦ the θεοῦ God, -66 21 11 ⚐ἔχουσαν to have τὴν the δόξαν glory τοῦ the θεοῦ God· ⚐ὁ the φωστὴρ light αὐτῆς of her ὅμοιος like λίθῳ stone τιμιωτάτῳ precious, ⚐ὡς as λίθῳ stone ἰάσπιδι jasper ⚐κρυσταλλίζοντι be clear· -66 21 12 ⚐ἔχουσα to have τεῖχος wall μέγα great καὶ and ὑψηλόν high, ⚐ἔχουσα to have πυλῶνας gate δώδεκα twelve, ⚐καὶ and ἐπὶ upon τοῖς the πυλῶσιν gate ἀγγέλους angel δώδεκα twelve, ⚐καὶ and ὀνόματα name ἐπιγεγραμμένα to write on ⚐ἅ which ἐστιν to be τὰ the ὀνόματα name τῶν the δώδεκα twelve φυλῶν tribe υἱῶν son Ἰσραήλ Israel· -66 21 13 ⚐ἀπὸ from ἀνατολῆς east πυλῶνες gate τρεῖς three, ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from βορρᾶ the north πυλῶνες gate τρεῖς three, ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from νότου south πυλῶνες gate τρεῖς three, ⚐καὶ and ἀπὸ from δυσμῶν west πυλῶνες gate τρεῖς three· -66 21 14 ⚐καὶ and τὸ the τεῖχος wall τῆς the πόλεως city ἔχων to have θεμελίους foundation δώδεκα twelve, ⚐καὶ and ἐπ᾽ on αὐτῶν of them δώδεκα twelve ὀνόματα name τῶν the δώδεκα twelve ἀποστόλων apostle τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb.

 -66 21 15 ⚐Καὶ and ὁ who λαλῶν to speak μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me εἶχεν to have μέτρον measure κάλαμον stick χρυσοῦν golden, ⚐ἵνα in order to μετρήσῃ to measure τὴν the πόλιν city καὶ and τοὺς the πυλῶνας gate αὐτῆς of her καὶ and τὸ the τεῖχος wall αὐτῆς of her. -66 21 16 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the πόλις city τετράγωνος square κεῖται to lay, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the μῆκος length αὐτῆς of her ὅσον as much as καὶ and τὸ the πλάτος width. ⚐καὶ and ἐμέτρησεν to measure τὴν the πόλιν city τῷ the καλάμῳ stick ἐπὶ upon σταδίων stadium δώδεκα twelve χιλιάδων thousand· ⚐τὸ the μῆκος length καὶ and τὸ the πλάτος width καὶ and τὸ the ὕψος height αὐτῆς of her ἴσα equal ἐστίν to be. -66 21 17 ⚐καὶ and ἐμέτρησεν to measure τὸ the τεῖχος wall αὐτῆς of her ἑκατὸν hundred τεσσεράκοντα forty τεσσάρων four πηχῶν cubit, μέτρον measure ἀνθρώπου a human, ⚐ὅ which ἐστιν to be ἀγγέλου angel. -66 21 18 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the ἐνδώμησις material τοῦ the τείχους wall αὐτῆς of her ἴασπις jasper, ⚐καὶ and ἡ the πόλις city χρυσίον gold καθαρὸν clean ὅμοιον like ὑάλῳ glass καθαρῷ clean· -66 21 19 ⚐οἱ the θεμέλιοι foundation τοῦ the τείχους wall τῆς the πόλεως city παντὶ all λίθῳ stone τιμίῳ precious κεκοσμημένοι to arrange· ⚐ὁ the θεμέλιος foundation ὁ the πρῶτος first ἴασπις jasper, ⚐ὁ the δεύτερος secondly σάπφιρος sapphire, ⚐ὁ the τρίτος third χαλκηδών chalcedony, ⚐ὁ the τέταρτος fourth σμάραγδος emerald, -66 21 20 ⚐ὁ the πέμπτος fifth σαρδόνυξ sardonyx, ⚐ὁ the ἕκτος sixth σάρδιον gem, ⚐ὁ the ἕβδομος seventh χρυσόλιθος chrysolite, ⚐ὁ the ὄγδοος eighth βήρυλλος beryl, ⚐ὁ the ἔνατος ninth (hour) τοπάζιον topaz, ⚐ὁ the δέκατος tenth χρυσόπρασος chrysoprase, ⚐ὁ the ἑνδέκατος eleventh ὑάκινθος hyacinth, ⚐ὁ the δωδέκατος twelfth ἀμέθυστος amethyst· -66 21 21 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the δώδεκα twelve πυλῶνες gate δώδεκα twelve μαργαρῖται pearl, ⚐ἀνὰ each εἷς one ἕκαστος each τῶν the πυλώνων gate ἦν to be ἐξ from ἑνὸς one μαργαρίτου pearl· ⚐καὶ and ἡ the πλατεῖα wide τῆς the πόλεως city χρυσίον gold καθαρὸν clean ὡς as ὕαλος glass διαυγής transparent.

 -66 21 22 ⚐Καὶ and ναὸν temple οὐκ no εἶδον to know ἐν in αὐτῇ to her, ⚐ὁ the γὰρ for κύριος lord, ὁ the θεός God, ὁ the παντοκράτωρ almighty, ναὸς temple αὐτῆς of her ἐστιν to be, καὶ and τὸ the ἀρνίον lamb. -66 21 23 ⚐καὶ and ἡ the πόλις city οὐ no χρείαν need ἔχει to have τοῦ the ἡλίου sun οὐδὲ and not τῆς the σελήνης moon, ⚐ἵνα in order to φαίνωσιν to shine αὐτῇ to her, ⚐ἡ the γὰρ for δόξα glory τοῦ the θεοῦ God ἐφώτισεν to illuminate αὐτήν her, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the λύχνος lamp αὐτῆς of her τὸ the ἀρνίον lamb. -66 21 24 ⚐καὶ and περιπατήσουσιν to walk τὰ the ἔθνη Gentiles διὰ through τοῦ the φωτὸς light αὐτῆς of her· ⚐καὶ and οἱ the βασιλεῖς king τῆς the γῆς earth φέρουσιν to bring τὴν the δόξαν glory αὐτῶν of them εἰς toward αὐτήν her· -66 21 25 ⚐καὶ and οἱ the πυλῶνες gate αὐτῆς of her οὐ no μὴ not κλεισθῶσιν to shut ἡμέρας day, ⚐νὺξ night γὰρ for οὐκ no ἔσται to be ἐκεῖ there, -66 21 26 ⚐καὶ and οἴσουσιν to bring τὴν the δόξαν glory καὶ and τὴν the τιμὴν honor τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles εἰς toward αὐτήν her. -66 21 27 ⚐καὶ and οὐ no μὴ not εἰσέλθῃ to enter εἰς toward αὐτὴν her πᾶν all κοινὸν common καὶ and ὁ who ποιῶν to do βδέλυγμα abomination καὶ and ψεῦδος lie, ⚐εἰ if μὴ not οἱ who γεγραμμένοι to write ἐν in τῷ the βιβλίῳ scroll τῆς the ζωῆς life τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb.

 -66 22 1 ⚐Καὶ and ἔδειξέν to show μοι to me ποταμὸν river ὕδατος water ζωῆς life λαμπρὸν shining ὡς as κρύσταλλον crystal, ⚐ἐκπορευόμενον to come out ἐκ from τοῦ the θρόνου throne τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb -66 22 2 ἐν in μέσῳ midst τῆς the πλατείας wide αὐτῆς of her· ⚐καὶ and τοῦ the ποταμοῦ river ἐντεῦθεν from here καὶ and ἐκεῖθεν from there ξύλον wood ζωῆς life ποιοῦν to create καρποὺς fruit δώδεκα twelve, ⚐κατὰ according to μῆνα month ἕκαστον each ἀποδιδοῦν to pay τὸν the καρπὸν fruit αὐτοῦ of it, ⚐καὶ and τὰ the φύλλα leaf τοῦ the ξύλου wood εἰς toward θεραπείαν service τῶν the ἐθνῶν Gentiles. -66 22 3 ⚐καὶ and πᾶν all κατάθεμα curse οὐκ no ἔσται to be ἔτι still. ⚐καὶ and ὁ the θρόνος throne τοῦ the θεοῦ God καὶ and τοῦ the ἀρνίου lamb ἐν in αὐτῇ to her ἔσται to be, ⚐καὶ and οἱ the δοῦλοι slave αὐτοῦ of him λατρεύσουσιν to minister αὐτῷ to him, -66 22 4 ⚐καὶ and ὄψονται to see τὸ the πρόσωπον face αὐτοῦ of him, ⚐καὶ and τὸ the ὄνομα name αὐτοῦ of him ἐπὶ upon τῶν the μετώπων forehead αὐτῶν of them. -66 22 5 ⚐καὶ and νὺξ night οὐκ no ἔσται to be ἔτι still, ⚐καὶ and οὐκ no ἔχουσιν to have χρείαν need φωτὸς light λύχνου lamp καὶ and φωτὸς light ἡλίου sun, ⚐ὅτι since κύριος lord ὁ the θεὸς God φωτίσει to illuminate ἐπ᾽ on αὐτούς them, ⚐καὶ and βασιλεύσουσιν to reign εἰς toward τοὺς the αἰῶνας an age τῶν the αἰώνων an age.

 -66 22 6 ⚐Καὶ and εἶπέν to say μοι to me· ⚐Οὗτοι these οἱ the λόγοι word πιστοὶ faithful καὶ and ἀληθινοί true, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the κύριος lord, ὁ the θεὸς God τῶν the πνευμάτων spirit τῶν the προφητῶν prophet, ἀπέστειλεν to send τὸν the ἄγγελον angel αὐτοῦ of him ⚐δεῖξαι to show τοῖς the δούλοις slave αὐτοῦ of him ⚐ἃ which δεῖ to bind γενέσθαι to be ἐν in τάχει quickness· -66 22 7 ⚐καὶ and ἰδοὺ look! ἔρχομαι to come ταχύ quickly· ⚐μακάριος blessed ὁ who τηρῶν to keep τοὺς the λόγους word τῆς the προφητείας prophecy τοῦ the βιβλίου scroll τούτου of this.

 -66 22 8 ⚐Κἀγὼ and I Ἰωάννης John ὁ who ἀκούων to hear καὶ and βλέπων to see ταῦτα these. ⚐καὶ and ὅτε when ἤκουσα to hear καὶ and ἔβλεψα to see, ⚐ἔπεσα to collapse προσκυνῆσαι to worship ἔμπροσθεν before τῶν the ποδῶν foot τοῦ the ἀγγέλου angel ⚐τοῦ who δεικνύοντός to show μοι to me ταῦτα these. -66 22 9 ⚐καὶ and λέγει to speak μοι to me· ⚐Ὅρα to see μή not· ⚐σύνδουλός fellow slave σού of you εἰμι to be καὶ and τῶν the ἀδελφῶν brother σου of you τῶν the προφητῶν prophet ⚐καὶ and τῶν who τηρούντων to keep τοὺς the λόγους word τοῦ the βιβλίου scroll τούτου of this· ⚐τῷ the θεῷ God προσκύνησον to worship.

 -66 22 10 ⚐Καὶ and λέγει to speak μοι to me· ⚐Μὴ not σφραγίσῃς to seal τοὺς the λόγους word τῆς the προφητείας prophecy τοῦ the βιβλίου scroll τούτου of this, ⚐ὁ the καιρὸς time γὰρ for ἐγγύς near ἐστιν to be. -66 22 11 ⚐ὁ the ἀδικῶν to harm ἀδικησάτω to harm ἔτι still, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who ῥυπαρὸς filthy ῥυπανθήτω to defile ἔτι still, ⚐καὶ and ὁ who δίκαιος just δικαιοσύνην righteousness ποιησάτω to do ἔτι still, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the ἅγιος holy ἁγιασθήτω to sanctify ἔτι still.

 -66 22 12 ⚐Ἰδοὺ look! ἔρχομαι to come ταχύ quick, ⚐καὶ and ὁ the μισθός wage μου of me μετ᾽ with ἐμοῦ of me, ⚐ἀποδοῦναι to pay ἑκάστῳ each ⚐ὡς as τὸ the ἔργον work ἐστὶν to be αὐτοῦ of him. -66 22 13 ⚐ἐγὼ I τὸ the Ἄλφα alpha καὶ and τὸ the Ὦ Omega, ὁ the πρῶτος first καὶ and ὁ the ἔσχατος last, ἡ the ἀρχὴ beginning καὶ and τὸ the τέλος goal.

 -66 22 14 ⚐Μακάριοι blessed οἱ who πλύνοντες to wash τὰς the στολὰς robe αὐτῶν of them, ⚐ἵνα in order that ἔσται to be ἡ the ἐξουσία authority αὐτῶν of them ἐπὶ to τὸ the ξύλον wood τῆς the ζωῆς life ⚐καὶ and τοῖς the πυλῶσιν gate εἰσέλθωσιν to enter εἰς toward τὴν the πόλιν city. -66 22 15 ⚐ἔξω outside οἱ the κύνες dog καὶ and οἱ the φάρμακοι sorcerer καὶ and οἱ the πόρνοι sexual sinner καὶ and οἱ the φονεῖς murderer καὶ and οἱ the εἰδωλολάτραι idolater ⚐καὶ and πᾶς all φιλῶν to love καὶ and ποιῶν to do ψεῦδος lie.

 -66 22 16 ⚐Ἐγὼ I Ἰησοῦς Jesus ἔπεμψα to send τὸν the ἄγγελόν angel μου of me ⚐μαρτυρῆσαι to testify ὑμῖν to you ταῦτα these ἐπὶ upon ταῖς the ἐκκλησίαις assembly. ⚐ἐγώ I εἰμι to be ἡ the ῥίζα root καὶ and τὸ the γένος family Δαυίδ David, ⚐ὁ the ἀστὴρ star ὁ the λαμπρός shining, ὁ the πρωϊνός morning. -66 22 17 ⚐καὶ and τὸ the πνεῦμα spirit καὶ and ἡ the νύμφη bride λέγουσιν to speak· ⚐Ἔρχου to come· ⚐καὶ and ὁ who ἀκούων to hear εἰπάτω to say· ⚐Ἔρχου to come· ⚐καὶ and ὁ who διψῶν to thirst ἐρχέσθω to come, ⚐ὁ who θέλων to will λαβέτω to take ὕδωρ water ζωῆς life δωρεάν freely.

 -66 22 18 ⚐Μαρτυρῶ to testify ἐγὼ I παντὶ all τῷ who ἀκούοντι to hear τοὺς the λόγους word τῆς the προφητείας prophecy τοῦ the βιβλίου scroll τούτου of this· ⚐ἐάν if τις one ἐπιθῇ to put ἐπ᾽ to αὐτά them, ⚐ἐπιθήσει to put ὁ the θεὸς God ἐπ᾽ to αὐτὸν him τὰς the πληγὰς plague ⚐τὰς the γεγραμμένας to write ἐν in τῷ the βιβλίῳ scroll τούτῳ to this· -66 22 19 ⚐καὶ and ἐάν if τις one ἀφέλῃ to remove ἀπὸ from τῶν the λόγων word τοῦ this βιβλίου scroll τῆς the προφητείας prophecy ταύτης of this, ⚐ἀφελεῖ to remove ὁ the θεὸς God τὸ the μέρος part αὐτοῦ of him ἀπὸ from τοῦ the ξύλου wood τῆς the ζωῆς life καὶ and ἐκ out of τῆς the πόλεως city τῆς the ἁγίας holy, ⚐τῶν the γεγραμμένων to write ἐν in τῷ the βιβλίῳ scroll τούτῳ to this.

 -66 22 20 ⚐Λέγει to speak ὁ who μαρτυρῶν to testify ταῦτα these· ⚐Ναί yes· ἔρχομαι to come ταχύ quickly. ⚐Ἀμήν amen· ἔρχου to come, κύριε lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus.

 -66 22 21 ⚐Ἡ the χάρις grace τοῦ the κυρίου lord Ἰησοῦ Jesus μετὰ with πάντων all.